diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'texinfo')
141 files changed, 81234 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/texinfo/COPYING b/texinfo/COPYING new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..916d1f0f284 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/COPYING @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/texinfo/ChangeLog b/texinfo/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f4efc18de74 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,2389 @@ +Mon Jul 28 17:26:48 1997 Rob Savoye <rob@chinadoll.cygnus.com> + + * aclocal.m4: Add CYGWIN and EXEEXT autoconf macros. + * configure.in: Use CYGWIN and EXEEXT autoconf macro to look for + win32 dependencies. + * configure: Regenerated with autoconf 2.12. + * Makefile.in: Add $(EXEEXT) to all executables. + * makeinfo/Makefile.in: Add $(EXEEXT) to all executables. + * util/Makefile.in: Add $(EXEEXT) to all executables. + +Mon May 26 12:44:43 1997 Ian Lance Taylor <ian@cygnus.com> + + * texinfo.tex: Update to newest FSF version (2.201). + +Wed Feb 12 11:15:16 1997 Michael Meissner <meissner@cygnus.com> + + * util/texindex.c (main): Make main an int function, not void. + +Sat Jun 29 18:56:07 1996 Geoffrey Noer <noer@cygnus.com> + + * configure.in: if ac_cv_c_cross is yes, don't run the + AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED call since it tries to do a run + test. This allows texinfo to build for cygwin32 Canadian + crosses/natives + * configure: regenerate + +Wed Jun 26 12:48:10 1996 Jason Molenda (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp) + + * Makefile.in (bindir, libdir, mandir, infodir): Use autoconf-set + values. + * configure.in (AC_PREREQ): autoconf 2.5 or higher. + * configure: Rebuilt. + * emacs/Makefile.in (bindir, libdir, mandir, infodir): Use + autoconf-set values. + * info/Makefile.in (bindir, libdir, mandir, infodir): Use + autoconf-set values. + * libtxi/Makefile.in (bindir, libdir, mandir, infodir): Use + autoconf-set values. + * makeinfo/Makefile.in (bindir, libdir, mandir, infodir): + Use autoconf-set values. + * util/Makefile.in (bindir, libdir, mandir, infodir): Use + autoconf-set values. + +Fri Oct 4 07:49:49 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * Version 3.9. + + * Makefile.in (install): Say to install texinfo.tex manually. + + * util/texi2dvi, + * util/texindex.c, + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c, + * info/info.c: Include only the current year in the copyright message. + + * util/texi2dvi: Exit successfully. + From: Andreas Schwab <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>. + +Thu Oct 3 12:58:32 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * Rename install.sh to the preferred install-sh. + + * Makefile.in (VERSION), + * util/texi2dvi, + * util/texindex.c, + * util/install-info.c, + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (minor_version, print_version_info), + * info/info.c: Update version number. + + * util/texi2dvi: Only show diff if verbose. + + * util/install-info.c (main): Check for a missing dir file as well + as a missing info files. + (main): At start of a node, completely initialize the newly-malloced + node structure. + + * texinfo.texi: Fix incorrect uses of @key, + insert missing newline in Installing Dir Entries' @menu item, + document install-info invocation. + + * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Do not put .gdbinit's in distribution. + (dist): Use || instead of && (and invert sense) so make doesn't think + the command failed. + (dist): Exclude more junk. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_xref): Back out patch from Tom T., since + we generate a good-enough error message that is suppressible + without it. + + * util/gen-dir-node: The recommended name for the top-level info + file is dir, not dir.info. + + * util/install-info.c (main): At `Mark the end of the Top node', + make sure the node name is non-NULL before comparing it. From + lvirden@cas.org. + + * configure.in (AC_REPLACE_FUNCS): Use this for memcpy, memmove, + and strdup. + (AC_CHECK_FUNCS): Instead of this. + Because both bcopy and memmove are missing on the 3b2, as reported by + Gaylen Miller <gaylen@proaxis.com>, hence we must provide our own. + * libtxi/Makefile.in (LIBOBJS): New variable. + (OBJS): Include it. + * libtxi/memcpy.c, libtxi/memmove.c, libtxi/strdup.c: New files, + taken from fileutils 3.13. + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c, + * info/clib.c (strdup): Move to libtxi. + +Wed Oct 2 18:23:30 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * info/info-utils.h (memcpy) [!HAVE_MEMCPY], + * info/termdep.h (memcpy) [!HAVE_MEMCPY], + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (memmove) [!HAVE_MEMMOVE]: Remove this + #ifdef, as we now include it in libtxi if missing. + +Tue Oct 1 17:41:52 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * makeinfo/Makefile.in (install), + * info/Makefile.in (install), + * Makefile.in (install): Use new option name --info-dir instead of + --infodir. + + * makeinfo/multi.c (out_char): New fn. Replace all calls to + putc/fprintf with calls to this. + + * util/install-info.c: Rename --infodir to info-dir. + +Mon Sep 30 10:07:21 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * Version 3.8. + + * texinfo.tex: Untabify. + + * texinfo.tex (\ptexl, \ptexL): Do not save, we have our own + commands now. + (\onepageout): Reformat for readability, and call \indexdummies + to avoid expansion of Texinfo commands (e.g., accents) in \write's. + (\,, \dotaccent, \ringaccent, \tieaccent, \ubaraccent, udotaccent, + \questiondown, \exclamdown, \dotless): New macros. + (\l): Let plain TeX definition remain, instead of switching + to ``lisp'' font. + (\multitable): Ensure space between the columns, + insert struts to make interline spacing constant, + use real strut instead of a box containing `Xy'. + (\indexdummies): Do not define \rm, \char, but + do define \@, \{, \}, \dotless, and \,. And \t should generate + \t, not \r. + (\indexnofonts): Define \, and \dotless as \indexdummyfont, + and let \@ be @. + (\doind): Reformat for readability, and use temp control sequence + names that actually make sense. + (\doublecolumnout, \pagesofar, \enddoublecolumns): Restore + Knuth's original code to avoid spurious overfull vbox messages. + (No boxes are actually overfull). + (\shortcontents): Do not allow hyphenations. + (\dochapentry, \tocentry): Make glue above and below flexible, to allow + better page breaks. + (\tex): Reset \, to its plain TeX meaning, + and do not reset \l. + + * COPYING: Update for new FSF address (from gcc dist). + + * libtxi/Makefile.in: Various simplifications. + +Sun Sep 29 12:58:44 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * util/texi2dvi: Use $progname instead of $0 for --version. + + * util/install-info.c (xmalloc, xrealloc): Declare malloc and + realloc as returning void *, + to avoid ptr/int problems on Digital Unix. + + * info/tilde.c (tilde_expand_word): Declare getenv as returning char *, + to avoid warning on Digital Unix. + + * makeinfo/multi.c (multitable_active): Declare extern here to + avoid ld warning on rs6000. + + * util/texindex.c (usage): Avoid ??' trigraph. + + * util/install-info.c: Include <sys/fcntl.h> or <fnctl.h>, + according to HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H, + and only include <sys/file.h> if HAVE_SYS_FILE_H. + (readlines): Oops, had NULL's and 0's reversed for ptr/int members. + + * info/terminal.c (terminal_goto_xy): Remove spurious extra ;. + + * util/install-info.c: Untabify. (input_sections): Initialize. + (find_lines): Initialize the terminating element of the array. + (print_help): Document --infodir. + (main): Compare the basename of infile sans .info to the dir entry, + not infile itself. + * util/Makefile.in (clean): Remove the install-info binary. + + * info/Makefile.in (distclean): Remove *.info* files. + + * Makefile.in (install), + * info/Makefile.in (install), + * makeinfo/Makefile.in (install): Use --infodir instead of --info-file. + + * info/info.c, + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c: Avoid newlines in string constants for the + sake of SunOS cc. + + * makeinfo/multi.c: Do not assume ANSI C. + + * info/info.texi: Oops, need @end vtable for a @vtable. + +Sat Sep 28 16:31:28 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * Makefile.in (texinfo): Do not depend on sub-all, as then + makeinfo is always run. Instead, depend on texinfo.texi. + + * makeinfo/Makefile.in (info, dvi): New targets. + makeinfo.info, makeinfo.dvi: Do not depend on macro.texi for now. + + * info/Makefile.in (install): Must call install-info twice. + + * info/info-stnd.texi, + * info/info.texi, + * makeinfo/makeinfo.texi: Include direntry. + + * emacs/Makefile.in: Use && after cd, etc. + + * texinfo.texi: Kludges so makeinfo -E will not create spurious + differences. Add new direntries. + + * util/install-info.c, + * util/texindex.c, + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c, + * info/info.c: Standardize --version output. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (defun_internal): Don't insert index command + if expanding macros. + (cm_footnotestyle): Don't change the footnote style if it was set + on the command line. + + * util/texi2dvi: Recompute original index files each time through loop. + Make indentation uniform. + Use same basename for the temp input files. + Standardize --version output. + + * info/Makefile.in (install), + * makeinfo/Makefile.in (install): Insert $(POST_INSTALL). + +Fri Sep 27 13:27:30 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * texinfo.texi (Format with texi2dvi): Rewrite now that the script + runs in a loop. + + * info/Makefile.in (MAKEINFO): Simplify to ../makeinfo/makeinfo. + +Fri Sep 27 00:26:03 1996 Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * info/terminal.c [HAVE_TERMIOS_H] (terminal_prep_terminal, + terminal_unprep_terminal): Add code for termios. + [HAVE_TERMIOS_H] (original_termios, ttybuff): New variables. + * info/termdep.h: [HAVE_TERMIOS_H]: Add include of <termios.h>. + * configure.in: Add check for <termios.h>. + +Thu Sep 26 10:46:34 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * emacs/texnfo-upd.el, + * emacs/texinfo.el, + * emacs/texinfmt.el: Update from bob for new Texinfo commands, etc. + + * emacs/info.el, emacs/informat.el, emacs/makeinfo.el, + emacs/texnfo-tex.el: Update from Emacs 19.34 dist. + + * emacs/elisp-comp: Use TMPDIR if set. + + * util/Makefile.in (libdir): Remove. + + * makeinfo/Makefile.in (install), + * Makefile.in (install), + * info/Makefile.in (install): Run install-info. + (libdir): Remove. + + * texinfo.texi: Various fixes as I make this go through TeX. + + * util/install-info.c: Quote newlines in help message. + + * util/texi2dvi (texi2dvi): Run TeX until the aux/index files + stabilize, instead of just twice. From: David Shaw + <daves@gsms01.alcatel.com.au>. + +Tue Sep 24 14:43:03 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * dir: Blank dir file for installation on new systems. + +Mon Sep 23 12:18:43 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (args_from_string): Do not back up at a }; + that leads to an infinite loop. + +Sat Sep 21 17:48:04 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_xref): Do not seg fault if outside of + any node. From: Tom Tromey <tromey@creche.cygnus.com>. + (cm_ctrl): Make obsolete. + +Tue Sep 17 13:30:08 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * texinfo.tex (\inforef): Move to more appropriate place. + (\pounds): Remove spurious extra $. + (\email): Typeset argument in angle brackets. + (\macro): Use \doignore for robustness, instead of just letting TeX + parse the argument. + (\unmacro): Define. + +Sat Sep 14 16:17:35 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * texinfo.texi: Document multitables, new ISBN number. + +Wed Sep 11 18:01:24 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * makeinfo/multi.c (struct env): Remove unused output_position + field; this needs to be global. + (setup_multitable_parameters): Implement template-defined multitables. + (output_multitable_row): Remove trailing whitespace. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (_READ_BUFFER_GROWTH, struct _defines): + Remove leading underscore for POSIX/ANSI pedants. + (init_conversion): Initialize output_position here. + (init_paragraph): Instead of here, where it loses with the + multitable calls, eventually resulting in negative counts to the + write call when the output file is split. + + * texinfo.texi: First cut at macro documentation. + Change accent doc to use tables. + Remove whitespace experiments, they are now the default. + +Mon Sep 9 14:16:24 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c: Use putc instead of fprintf where possible. + (cm_accent): Put _ from @ubaraccent after argument. + + * util/texindex.c (strerror) [!strerror]: Conditionalize + declaration. + +Sat Sep 7 14:13:24 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (commandTable): Obsolete @setchapterstyle. + +Thu Sep 5 15:45:11 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (convert_from_loaded_file): Oops, fix + wording of initial output comment. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_angle_brackets): Rename from cm_key. + (commandTable): @email should produce angle brackets. + @key: Change name. + +Tue Sep 3 14:52:17 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * texinfo.tex (\hsize): Decrease. + (\hoffset): Increase. + (\setleading): Decrease dramatically. + This change affects 8.5x11 format only. + + * texinfo.texi: Document accent commands. + +Mon Sep 2 11:10:49 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (commandTable): Deprecate @ichapter and + @titlespec. + Move all the deprecated @i<section> commands to the end of the list. + + * texinfo.texi: Document @pounds{} and @centerchap{}. + + * texinfo.tex (\centerchfplain): Rewrite to use \chfplain, and to + actually center. + (\unnchfplain): Just call \chfplain. + (\chfplain): Rewrite to be generally callable. + (\centerparametersmaybe): Hook, a no-op except with @centerchap. + +Sun Sep 1 15:01:49 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * texinfo.texi: Document @<whitespace>, rearrange spacing section. + + * makeinfo.c (commandTable): Make @. @? @! insert themselves, + not be sentence-non-enders. They are sentence *enders*. Also, + make @\t and @\n insert a normal space character, not themselves. + Also, define @hyphenation. + (insert_space): New function. + (cm_ignore_sentence_ender): Remove this. + (flush_output): Check only for META-SPC, not META-<sentence-ender>. + +Fri Aug 30 18:55:30 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * texinfo.texi: Document @- and @hyphenation{}. + Miscellanous fixes. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (commandTable): Define @- as cm_no_op, since + makeinfo doesn't do hyphenation. + +Thu Aug 29 13:05:38 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * texinfo.tex (\key): Do not uppercase the argument; key names + can be mixed case, e.g., `Control'. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c: @infotop, @infounnumbered, + @infounnumberedsec, @infounnumberedsubsec, + @infounnumberedsubsubsec, @infoappendix, @infoappendixsec, + @infoappendixsubsec, @infoappendixsubsubsec, @infochapter, + @infosection, @infosubsection, @infosubsubsection: + Remove these long-since obsolete commands. + @iappendix, @iappendixsection, @iappendixsec, @iappendixsubsec, + @iappendixsubsubsec, @ichapter, @isection, @isubsection, + @isubsubsection, @iunnumbered, @iunnumberedsec, @iunnumberedsubsec, + @iunnumberedsubsubsec: + Deprecate these. + @infoinclude: + Obsolete this. + @,: Have to take an argument, since have to do @,{c} not c@,; can't + feasibly implement the latter in TeX. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c: Rename @d to @udotaccent, since this is + relatively infrequently used. + +Tue Aug 27 14:58:56 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * info/info.c (print_short_help), + * util/install-info.c (print_help), + * util/texi2dvi, + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (usage) Include bug reporting address. + +Mon Aug 26 15:27:17 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (commandTable): Remove @input, @medbreak, + @smallbreak, @overfullrule, @br. + +Sun Aug 25 17:25:48 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (commandTable): Unify commands that perform + the same operation, such as cm_file, cm_samp, cm_email, + etc., which all do cm_code. + + * texinfo.texi: Document @ifhtml ... @end ifhtml. Change + `PlainTeX' to `plain TeX'. + +Fri Aug 23 16:03:16 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * texinfo.tex (\pounds): New Texinfo command @pounds{}. + (\parskip): New smaller value. + (\chapheadingskip, \secheadingskip, \subsecheadingskip): New smaller + values, both for 8.5x11 and @smallbook formats. From Bob. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_special_char): @pounds{} prints a #. + (commandTable): Add new command @pounds. + +Tue Aug 20 13:47:20 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (CommandTable): Restore "!", accidentally + removed previously. + + * texinfo.tex (\key): Typeset a lozenge around the argument (from + gildea@intouchsys.com). + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_key): Surround arg with <...> to match + new lozenge style in TeX. + +Wed Aug 14 16:59:23 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * texinfo.texi: Propagate change from rms. + +Tue Aug 13 11:33:27 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * texinfo.texi: Propagate change from rms. + + * texinfo.texi: Document other @headings options. + +Sun Aug 11 13:19:42 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_accent, cm_special_char, cm_dotless): + New functions. + (CommandTable): Add new commands for all of plain.tex's + accents and non-English characters. + +Fri Aug 9 14:12:07 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (convert_from_loaded_file): Say we're making + ``text'' file if no_headers. Also, use `input_filename' instead + of just `name' for clarity. + (suffixes): Check for no suffix last, i.e., prefer `foo.texi' as an + input file to `foo'. (The latter is probably a binary.) + +Mon Aug 5 13:52:39 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * texinfo.tex (\heading, \subheading, \subsubheading): Can no + longer call the nonexistent \*secheadingi series. Instead, call + \plain*secheading. + (\plainsubsecheading, \plainsubsubsecheading): New macros, by analogy + with \plainsecheading. + (\unnumberedsubseczzz, \unnumberedsubsubseczzz): Call them. + +Sun Aug 4 16:46:10 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (flush_output): Mask out eighth bit, that we + turned on in non-sentence enders. + +Sat Aug 3 14:03:10 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * texinfo.tex (\HEADINGSdouble, \HEADINGSsingle, + HEADINGSdoubleafter, \HEADINGSsingleafter, \CHAPPAGoff, + \CHAPPAGon, \CHAPPAGodd): Set \contentsalignmacro, analogous to + \pagealignmacro. + (\startcontents): Call \contentsalignmacro instead of \pagealignmacro. + +Mon Jul 29 14:44:33 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * texinfo.tex (\indexfonts): Make leading be 12pt. Otherwise, it's + too crammed. + (\smalllispx): Remove \setleading{10pt}. That was too small. + (\doprintindex): Do not call \tex ... \Etex. Index files are Texinfo + source, not TeX source, except for using \ instead of @ as the + escape character (for now). + +Sun Jul 28 13:37:05 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * texinfo.tex (paragraphindent): Move to more reasonable place in + the source file. + (chapfonts, secfonts, subsecfonts, indexfonts): Call \setleading. + (\chfplain, \secheading, \plainsecheading, \subsecheading, + \subsubheading): Rewrite to properly \hangindent the title. + (\sectionheading): New generic macro to print section titles. + + * texinfo.texi: Update the `Obtaining TeX' node. + +Fri Jul 26 14:11:48 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * util/texi2dvi: Do macro expansion with makeinfo before running TeX. + Various expansion safety measures added for test; avoid use of -o. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (usage): More usage message tweaks. + +Fri Jul 26 11:55:37 1996 Karl Berry <karl@laurie> + + * util/texi2dvi: Format usage message to conform to the other *utils. + +Thu Jul 25 17:05:47 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * emacs/Makefile.in: Do not compile the Elisp by default. We + don't install it, so it confuses people to compile it. + +Sun Jul 21 07:20:09 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * util/Makefile.in (install-info): Dependency should be + install-info.o, not install-info. Also, update copyright years. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_printindex): Don't call execute_string + to print index entries, we've already done the expansion now. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.h: Add copyright. Finish merge of rms changes. + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c: Finish merge, add my expansion changes again. + * makeinfo/multi.c: Add copyright message. + +Fri Jul 19 10:35:22 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * info/info.c: Update copyright date. + + * info/info.texi, + * util/install-info.c, + * emacs/Makefile.in, + * emacs/texnfo-tex.el, + * emacs/Makefile.in: Change FSF address. + + * Merged changes from bfox -- below, plus multitable changes, plus + lots more. + + Sun Apr 14 08:49:50 1996 Brian J. Fox <bfox@nirvana.samsara.com> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (remember_node_reference): Numerous commands + call remember_node_reference. If a node has not yet been defined, + use the empty string as the current node for those cases. + + Mon Feb 12 17:35:38 1996 Brian J. Fox <bfox@nirvana.samsara.com> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (push_node_filename): Clean up calls to + xmalloc and xrealloc. Only have to call xrealloc. + + Fri Jan 26 08:00:38 1996 Brian J. Fox <bfox@nirvana.samsara.com> + + * info/session.c (info_input_buffer_space_available): Fix typo + which forced the limitation of the sizeof (int) instead of sizeof + (buffer). + + * Makefile.in (PACKVER): now at 3.8. Add TERMIOS support to + Info. Minor bugs fixed in Makeinfo. + +Sat Jul 13 11:58:57 1996 Karl Berry <karl@cs.umb.edu> + + * texinfo.texi (ftable vtable): Mention example. + +Sun Jun 30 14:59:51 1996 Karl Berry <karl@goldman.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_email): New function for new @email command. + * texinfo.texi (email): New node documenting it. + +Wed Apr 17 18:07:34 1996 Richard Stallman <rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_kbd): Do nothing if in @example or @code. + (struct brace_element): New field in_fixed_with_font. + (remember_brace_1): Save in_fixed_with_font. + (pop_and_call_brace): Restore in_fixed_with_font. + (cm_code): Don't decrement in_fixed_with_font at end of construct. + (struct istack_elt): New field in_fixed_with_font. + (push_insertion, pop_insertion): Save and restore in_fixed_with_font. + (end_insertion): Don't decrement in_fixed_with_font here. + (not_fixed_width): New function. + (cm_sc, cm_var, cm_italic, cm_roman, cm_titlefont): + Use not_fixed_width. + +Sat Apr 13 23:22:05 1996 Richard Stallman <rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * util/install-info.c (main): Fatal error if no input file spec'd. + Look for START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY, not BEGIN-INFO-DIR-ENTRY. + +Thu Apr 11 18:21:50 1996 Richard Stallman <rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_enddots): New function. + (self_delimiting): Accept -, ^ and ". + (CommandTable): Add commands -, ^, ", enddots, centerchap. + +Sun Mar 24 12:18:32 1996 Richard Stallman <rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (enum insertion_type): Add `direntry'. + (insertion_type_names): Add "direntry". + (cm_dircategory): New function. + (cm_direntry): New function. + (CommandTable): Add "dircategory" and "direntry". + (insert_string): New function. + (end_insertion): Handle direntry. + (begin_insertion): Handle direntry. + +Sun Mar 24 11:10:05 1996 Karl Berry <karl@spiff.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_url): New function for new @url command. + +Fri Feb 23 21:14:40 1996 Richard Stallman <rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * info/Makefile.in (install, uninstall): Use manprefix. + +Fri Feb 23 19:50:18 1996 Richard Stallman <rms@whiz-bang.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * util/Makefile.in (install-info, install-info.o): New targets. + (all): Depend on install-info. + (install, uninstall): Operate on install-info. + + * install-info.c: New file. + +Wed Jan 3 10:01:45 1996 Brian J. Fox <bfox@nirvana.datawave.net> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (make_index_entries_unique): Be a little bit + stricter about what makes two index entries identical. + +Fri Dec 29 13:00:24 1995 Brian J. Fox <bfox@wizard.datawave.net> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (Whole File): Add @detailmenu for allowing + detailed menu listings to appear while still defaulting nodes. + +Wed Dec 27 13:54:30 1995 Brian Fox <bfox@albert.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_code): Always notice that we are in + fixed_width_font, even if other formatting changes are not to take + place. + +Sat Dec 23 11:48:43 1995 Brian J. Fox <bfox@wizard.datawave.net> + + * info/man.c: (clean_manpage) Remove ^L's from page. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (get_brace_args): Change some memcpy's to + memmoves. + + * info/info.c (main): Prefer caseless matches over partial + matches. + + * Makefile.in (All Subdir Targets): Change suggested by Debian + people which allows errors in recursive makes to kill the + top-level make. + + * makeinfo/Makefile.in (makeinfo.dvi): New target. + + * info/info.c (main): Print version of containing texinfo package. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (flush_output): Don't strip high-bit from + sentence_enders. + Print the version number of the containing texinfo package. + + * info/man.c (locate_manpage_xref): Count the 0th entry. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_menu): If a menu is seen before a node + has been defined, warn, and create the node `Top'. + +Wed Jun 21 03:19:39 1995 Brian Fox <bfox@albert.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_infoinclude): Clean up after printing + error if the file couldn't be included. + (discard_braces): Print errors only for those unmatched open + braces that belong to a texinfo command. + + * */Makefile.in: Use @CFLAGS@ and @LDFLAGS@. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c: End `node_search_string' and friends with a + terminating null character. + +Wed Jun 21 01:23:49 1995 Jim Meyering (meyering@comco.com) + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c: Close comment after #endif. + +Tue Jun 20 04:58:26 1995 Brian Fox <bfox@albert.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * emacs/Makefile.in (install): Fix typo: "fle" -> "file". + + * Makefile.in (VERSION): Bump to 3.6 + + * info/clib.c: Include general.h for `info_toupper' and friends. + + * info/clib.h: strncmp and strncascmp return an int. What kind of + drugs was I on? + +Mon Jun 19 23:34:47 1995 Brian Fox <bfox@albert.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (make_index_entries_unique): Copy the last + index entry. + +Mon Jun 19 21:55:49 1995 Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu> + + * util/texi2dvi (--version): New option. + Cosmetic changes. + +Mon Jun 19 16:06:40 1995 Brian Fox <bfox@albert.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_macro): Fix typo. `x != y' is not the + same as `x |= y'. + + * info/Makefile.in (exec_prefix): Use @exec_prefix@ not $(prefix). + * makeinfo/Makefile.in (exec_prefix): Use @exec_prefix@ not $(prefix). + * util/Makefile.in (exec_prefix): Use @exec_prefix@ not $(prefix). + * libtxi/Makefile.in (exec_prefix): Use @exec_prefix@ not $(prefix). + + * emacs/Makefile.in (uninstall): New target. + (install): Use the definition of $(lispdir), don't dynamically + find it. Use INSTALL_DATA not cp. + (exec_prefix): use @exec_prefix@ not $(prefix). + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (apply): If there isn't an actual argument + for a named argument, default it to "". + + * Makefile.in (VERSION): Now at 3.5. + (texinfo): Make ./makeinfo/makeinfo depend on sub-all for parallel + makes. + + * emacs/Makefile.in (ELISP_OBJS): Explictly declare .el and .elc + in the SUFFIXES list. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_today): Special case for losing alpha. + * (minor_version): Increase to 63. + + * info/info.c (version_string): Now at 2.14. + * info/tilde.c: Declare getenv to return (char *). + * info/window.c (build_message_buffer): Jump through hoops to keep + DEC Alpha's happy. + + * info/xmalloc.c: Declare malloc and realloc as (void *) returning + functions. + +Sun Jun 18 12:47:21 1995 Richard Stallman <rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * emacs/detexinfo.el (detexinfo-line-cmds-without-arg): + Handle ifhtml. + +Fri Jun 16 13:48:14 1995 Brian Fox <bfox@albert.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * util/texindex.c: Update TEXINDEX_VERSION_STRING for texinfo 3.4 + + * (All *.c *.h *.in): Change FSF old address to new. + * texinfo.texi (Obtaining TeX): Change FSF old address to new + address. Change Old phone numbers to new phone numbers. + + * Makefile.in (VERSION): Change to 3.4. + +Thu Jun 15 22:49:07 1995 Robert J. Chassell <bob@hill.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * texinfo.texi, emacs/=development/cover.texi: update + Texinfo distribution package version number + +Thu Jun 15 09:23:02 1995 Brian J. Fox <bfox@wizard.datawave.net> + + * info/info.c: (minor_version): Set to 13. + + * info/clib.c,h: New files gather together replacement functions + for those POSIX-style C library functions that are not present on + the target system. + + * info/Makefile.in (SRCS): Add clib.c and clib.h. makedoc now + needs clib.o to build on systems missing various string.h stuff. + + * info/variables.c (whole file): Call strdup, not savestring. + * info/tilde.c (whole file): Call strdup, not savestring. + * info/search.c (whole file): Call strdup, not savestring. + * info/nodes.c (whole file): Call strdup, not savestring. + * info/nodemenu.c (whole file): Call strdup, not savestring. + * info/man.c (whole file): Call strdup, not savestring. + * info/makedoc.c (whole file): Call strdup, not savestring. + * info/m-x.c (whole file): Call strdup, not savestring. + * info/info.c (whole file): Call strdup, not savestring. + * info/indices.c (whole file): Call strdup, not savestring. + * info/echo_area.c (whole file): Call strdup, not savestring. + * info/session.c (whole file): Call strdup, not savestring. + * info/filesys.c (whole file): Call strdup, not savestring. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (minor_version): Change to 1.62. + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (get_execution_string): Initialize `i' to 0 + in case there are no execution_strings. + +Wed Jun 14 17:48:06 1995 Brian J. Fox <bfox@wizard.datawave.net> + + * texinfo.texi: include "texinfo.tex", not "texinfo". + * info/session.c (forget_window_and_nodes): Place a sequence point + in between "info_windows[i] = info_windows[++i];" as per various + compiler experts. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (strdup): Create this function if the system + doesn't have it. + (discard_insertions): Use the insertion's filename, not the + current input file. + (push_insertion): Remember the current input file with each + insertion. + (pop_insertion): Free storage used by remembered input file. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (whole file): Use `strdup' instead of + `savestring'. + * configure.in: Check for `strdup'. + +Wed Jun 14 15:58:51 1995 Brian Fox <bfox@albert.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * libtxi/Makefile.in (prefix): Use @prefix@, not /usr/local/ + +Wed Jun 14 10:50:57 1995 Brian J. Fox <bfox@wizard.datawave.net> + + * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Don't include *.elc files in the list + of files to distribute. + (installdirs): Include `emacs' in the list of sub-dirs with + Makefile.in's. + + * emacs/elisp-comp: Shell script which batch compiles the *.el files. + * emacs/Makefile.in: New file contains targets to build the elc files. + * configure.in: Add `emacs/Makefile' to the list of created makefiles. + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (whole file): Give every function a return + type. All cm_xxx functions are now void. Add declarations for + functions to top of file. + +Mon Jun 12 12:00:57 1995 Brian J. Fox <bfox@wizard.datawave.net> + + * info/man.c (reference_section_starters): Add versions of "SEE + ALSO" and "RELATED INFORMATION" with tabs instead of spaces as + well. + + * util/texindex.c: Back out changes for OFF_T. Explicity coerce + the result of lseek to a long, and use longs everywhere. + + * texinfo.texi: Change "@end shorttitlepage" to "@end titlepage". + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c: Make @shorttitlepage ignore the rest of the + line. + + * util/texindex.c (strrchr): Create if not present. + Test for HAVE_STRCHR and HAVE_STRING_H. + (main): Make PROGRAM_NAME be just the last path componenet of argv[0]. + (decode_command): Rewrite. + (usage): Rewrite. Now texindex handles --version. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (make_index_entries_unique): Rewrite from + scratch. + + * Don't distribute created info files with texinfo. After all, + the user will have the tools necessary to create them, yes? + + * Makefile.in (distclean): Remove *.log + + * info/man.c (read_from_fd): Change timeout value for select to 15 + seconds. Some systems (e.g., albert.ai.mit.edu) actually need + more than 10 seconds to format a man page. + + * info/tilde.c: Fix typo in declaration for + `tilde_expansion_failure_hook'. + +Wed Jun 7 13:36:53 1995 Brian Fox <bfox@albert.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * info/tilde.h: Change type of tilde_expansion_failure_hook to + a pointer to a function returning a (char *). + * info/tilde.c: Change type of tilde_expansion_failure_hook to a + pointer to function returning a (char *). + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (get_execution_string): Don't use `i' in the + latter assignment, use `execution_strings_index' instead. + + * info/man.c (read_from_fd): Change logic to avoid using FIONREAD. + + * info/xmalloc.c (xrealloc): Use (void *), not (caddr_t *). + * info/xmalloc.c (xmalloc): Use (void *), not (caddr_t *). + + * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Don't find RCS no "=" directories. + + * util/Makefile.in (prefix): Use @prefix@ as the value. + * info/Makefile.in (prefix): Use @prefix@ as the value. + * makeinfo/Makefile.in (prefix): Use @prefix@ as the value. + +Wed Jun 7 12:29:28 1995 Robert J. Chassell <bob@hill.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * texinfo.texi: Correct minor typos. + + * emacs/texinfmt.el: Don't require @shorttitlepage to be inside + of @iftex ... @end iftex + +Mon May 8 18:33:52 1995 Brian J. Fox <bfox@wizard.datawave.net> + + * info/nodes.c: #include "man.h" if HANDLE_MAN_PAGES. + (info_get_node_of_file_buffer): If the file buffer is one + associated with manpages, call the manpage node finding + function instead. + (info_find_file_internal): If the file buffer is one associated + with manpages, avoid doing any file I/O. + (info_reload_file_buffer_contents): Ditto. + (info_find_file_internal): Call create_manpage_file_buffer instead + of info_load_file_internal. + + * info/info.c: #include "man.h" if HANDLE_MAN_PAGES. + (main): If the initial node cannot be found, perhaps find it as a + manpage. + * info/info-utils.c: #include "man.h" if HANDLE_MAN_PAGES. + (info_xrefs_of_node): If handling man pages, and this is a manpage + node, use xrefs_of_manpage. + + * info/session.c (info_set_input_from_file): Only fclose (stream) + if it is non-null and not stdin. + #include "man.h" if HANDLE_MAN_PAGES. + (info_menu_or_ref_item): If handling man pages, and this is a + manpage node, get the xrefs from manpage_xrefs_in_binding. + (info_man): Compile in for M-x man if handling man pages. + (info_move_to_xref): If handling man pages, and the current node + is a manpage node, use locate_manpage_xref to get xrefs. + +Thu May 4 08:55:23 1995 Brian J. Fox <bfox@wizard.datawave.net> + + * info/info.c (main): If the output device is not a terminal, and + no output filename has been specified, make user_output_filename + be "-", so that the info is written to stdout, and turn on the + dumping of subnodes. + +Thu Apr 13 18:05:06 1995 Daniel Hagerty <hag@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * texinfo.texi: Fixed @end titlepage/@end shorttitlepage + +Sat Apr 8 12:51:49 1995 Roland McGrath <roland@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c [! HAVE_STRERROR] (strerror): New function, + snarfed from ../info/filesys.c. + (cm_infoinclude): Use strerror instead of sys_errlist. + +Tue Apr 4 18:44:00 1995 Brian J. Fox <bfox@wizard.datawave.net> + + * util/texindex.c (sort_offline): Change TOTAL to be an off_t. + * util/texindex.c (sort_in_core): Change TOTAL to be an off_t. + * util/texindex.c (MAX_IN_CORE_SORT): Cast to off_t. + +Sun Apr 2 16:20:13 1995 Brian J. Fox <bfox@wizard.datawave.net> + + * info/Makefile.in: Define DEFAULT_INFOPATH in case we are + compiling in the current directory. + * info/Makefile.in (info.o): Add filesys.h because of DEFAULT_INFOPATH. + * info/(search.c,h, nodes.c info-utils.c) Use strcasecmp and + strncasecmp instead of stricmp and strnicmp. Define strcasecmp + and strncasecmp in search.c if !HAVE_STRCASECMP. + * info/search.c: If HAVE_STRING_H include it. + * info/nodes.c: If HAVE_STRING_H include it. + * info/info-utils.c: If HAVE_STRING_H include it. + * info/info.h: If HAVE_STRING_H include it. + * configure.in (AC_HAVE_FUNCS): Check for strcasecmp. + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (strcasecmp): Define if !HAVE_STRCASECMP. + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (entire file): Use `strcasecmp' instead of + `stricmp'. + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_ifeq): New command takes three args. + Compares first two, executes remainder if the first two are + string-wise eq. + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (ifhtml): Add to command list. Shouldn't be + used, but it is by people who don't want to hack macros. + +Sat Apr 1 09:20:14 1995 Brian J. Fox <bfox@wizard.datawave.net> + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (begin_insertion): Fix reversed arguments to + line_error. + + * info/info-stnd.texi: Use "end" footnote style instead of "separate". + + * info/Makefile.in: Change "rm -f" to $(RM). + + * info/general.h: Define zero_mem in terms of memset if we have + it, else in terms of bzero if we have that, else as inline code. + + * info/NEWS: Updated to reflect changes in 2.11. + +Fri Mar 31 22:38:31 1995 Brian J. Fox <bfox@wizard.datawave.net> + + * Makefile (DISTFILES): Don't include *.a, *orig, nor *.e + files. + (DISTFILES): + +Sat Mar 4 12:16:29 1995 Brian J. Fox <bfox@wizard.datawave.net> + + * Makefile.in: Use @prefix@ instead of hardwired `/usr/local'. + Clean up makefile rules which make in subdirs. + (ALL_SUBDIRS): Add makeinfo/macros to list of subdirectories. + + * configure.in (AC_CHECK_FUNCS): Add `bcopy' to list of things to + check for. + +Fri Mar 3 13:54:10 1995 Robert J. Chassell <bob@hill.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * texinfo.texi: Minor changes for incremental new edition 2.20. + +Fri Mar 3 19:01:36 1995 Brian J. Fox <bfox@wizard.datawave.net> + + * filesys.c (filesys_read_info_file): Local variable ST_SIZE is a + long which has the value of finfo->st_size casted to it. + * nodes.c (whole file): Similar changes. + + These changes and the following for makedoc.c were required for + proper operation on HPm68k NetBSD. + +Mon Feb 27 15:16:27 1995 Brian J. Fox <bfox@wizard.datawave.net> + + * makedoc.c (process_one_file): Local variable FILE_SIZE is a long + which has the value of finfo.st_size casted to it. + + +Fri Mar 3 18:58:38 1995 Brian J. Fox <bfox@wizard.datawave.net> + + * makeinfo.c (find_and_load): Cast fileinfo.st_size to a long for + internal use. This makes things work on NetBSD. + + +Fri Mar 3 13:54:10 1995 Robert J. Chassell <bob@hill.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * texinfo.texi: Minor changes for incremental new edition 2.20. + +Fri Mar 3 09:41:39 1995 Brian J. Fox <bfox@wizard.datawave.net> + + * configure.in (TERMLIBS): Use AC_CHECK_LIB instead of + AC_HAVE_LIBRARY. + +Mon Jan 9 16:55:31 1995 Brian Fox <bfox@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add the directory EMACS-BACKUPS to the + list of things to avoid distributing. + +Tue Nov 29 17:48:37 1994 David J. MacKenzie <djm@duality.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * configure.in: Check for off_t. + * util/texindex.c (main): Use it. + +Fri Nov 11 14:46:28 1994 David J. MacKenzie <djm@duality.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * configure.in: Update for Autoconf v2. + +Thu Oct 13 02:17:38 1994 Richard Stallman <rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * emacs/detexinfo.el (detexinfo): Handle @!, @?, @^, @". + +Mon Aug 1 03:26:13 1994 Richard Stallman <rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu> + + * texindex.c: Move the memset define down past string.h include. + +Tue Jun 28 14:21:43 1994 David J. MacKenzie (djm@churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c: Add --help option. + (usage): Take args for stream and error code. + Change callers. + (print_version_info): Write to stdout, not stderr. + +Wed May 18 18:55:24 1994 Brian J. Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) + + * info/session.c (forget_window_and_nodes): Negate test for + internal_info_node_p. We only want to free the text if it is + not an internal node. + +Thu Mar 10 03:07:18 1994 Richard Stallman (rms@mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * texindex.c (memset): Fix invalid parm name (was 0). + +Thu Feb 10 12:56:52 1994 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (current_item_function): Don't loop if elt + is NULL. + +Wed Feb 9 12:21:09 1994 Brian J. Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (minor_version): Release now at 1.60. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (expand_filename): Additional fixes. Now + when called with NULL filename, makes an output filename from the + input filename. + (convert_from_loaded_file): If REQUIRE_SETFILENAME is #defined (no + longer the default case) then error if no @setfilename was found + in the file. If REQUIRE_SETFILENAME is not #defined, the input + file starts either at the first line, or at the second line if the + first line contains the text "\input", and the output filename is + the input file name without directory and with ".info" replacing + any extension found. + (convert_from_loaded_file): Fixed bug in search for first + occurence of "@setfilename". + +Tue Feb 8 14:16:58 1994 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * configure.in: Check for sys/file.h. + info/dir.c, info/filesys.c, info/makedoc.c, info/nodes.c, + info/session.c, info/termdep.h, makeinfo/makeinfo.c + [HAVE_SYS_FILE_H]: Include <sys/file.h>. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (convert_from_loaded_file): Print + real_output_filename instead of output_filename, so user knows + exactly where output file is going. + + Fri Jun 11 14:34:30 1993 Ian Lance Taylor (ian@cygnus.com) + * configure.in: Check for sigprocmask and sigsetmask. + * info/signals.h (HAVE_SIGSETMASK): Don't define. + (HAVE_SIGPROCMASK): Use instead of _POSIX_VERSION. + (BLOCK_SIGNAL, UNBLOCK_SIGNAL): If neither HAVE_SIGPROCMASK nor + HAVE_SIGSETMASK is defined, define these to do nothing. + * info/signals.c (sigprocmask): Don't compile if HAVE_SIGSETMASK + is not defined. + + * info/terminal.c (terminal_prep_terminal): Don't clobber VINTR + and VQUIT in conditionals. + +Mon Feb 7 18:10:22 1994 Brian J. Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (full_pathname): Correct to really return + the full pathname of the input argument. Now makeinfo + /foo/bar.texi, where /foo/bar.texi contains "@setfilename + bar.info", correctly leaves the output file in "./bar.info". + Note that "@setfilename ../bar.info" still works; this is already + an absolute pathname. + +Sat Feb 5 13:04:05 1994 Brian J. Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c: Version 1.59 released. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (whole file): Large number of changes allow + the "-E filename" option to be used to write a macro expanded + output file. On a file which contains no @include's and no + @macro's, the output file is identical to the input file. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (declarations): Remove cm_tex (). It is + never used since it is implemented with `command_name_condition'. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (add_char): Shift braces following the + current break point if we have deleted any characters. + (adjust_braces_following): New function adjusts all of the markers + in the brace stack which follow HERE by AMOUNT. This fixes a bug + where (for example) @var{} immediately following a line break + which is the end of a sentence modified the output incorrectly. + +Wed Feb 2 14:14:03 1994 Brian J. Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) + + * makeinfo: Version 1.58. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_node): Add extra hair to allow + backtracking through execution strings. Add extra hair to allow + the first node seen after a @top node is seen to adjust the + sectioning level of the @top node and associated menus. + Fix a few typos. + Add facility for macros to invoke the original definition. This + works by not allowing a single macro to recurse. Mutual recursion + is also disallowed with this plan. + + * makeinfo/macros: New directory contains shippable macros. + * makeinfo/macros/simpledoc.texi: Macros which simplify the most + common uses of TeXinfo. See the example file. + Macros are now a reasonable way to get people started using + TeXinfo. + +Mon Jan 31 12:54:36 1994 Brian J. Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (minor_version): Increase to 57. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_node): Call execute_string on the node, + next, prev, and up pointers. + (reader_loop): Change logic for `@bye'. No longer required at the + ends of executed strings. + (execute_string): Do not append `@bye' to the string to execute. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (whole file): Use COMMAND_PREFIX instead of + hardcoding `@' character in strings and searches. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (read_command): If HAVE_MACROS is defined, + then recognize and execute macros here. + (CommandTable): Add "macro" and "unmacro" to table if HAVE_MACROS + is defined. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_macro, cm_unmacro, execute_macro) + makeinfo/makeinfo.c (get_macro_args, find_macro, add_macro) + makeinfo/makeinfo.c (delete_macro, array_len, apply): + New functions implement macro facility if HAVE_MACROS is + defined. + + * makeinfo/macro.texi (new file): Examples of using the new macro + facility. + +Mon Jan 31 10:24:52 1994 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (executing_string): Restore global + declaration. + +Mon Jan 24 23:48:26 1994 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * texinfo.texi: Various typo fixes from Bob Chassell + <bob@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. + +Thu Jan 6 13:34:21 1994 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * texinfo.texi: Turned on smallbook format and @set smallbook. + +Wed Dec 15 20:08:43 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * info/filesys.h (DEFAULT_INFOPATH): Added /usr/local/info, + /opt/gnu/info, /usr/share/info, and /usr/local/share/info. + +Tue Dec 14 19:10:20 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * libtxi/Makefile.in (ALLOCA): Define from configure. + +Fri Dec 10 04:33:12 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * util/texi2dvi: Put under RCS control. + +Sun Dec 26 11:55:46 1993 Brian J. Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) + + * info/session.c (info_numeric_digit_arg_loop): Fix doc string. + + * info/infodoc.c (create_internal_info_help_node): Print out list + of functions which have to keystroke equivalent if we support + NAMED_FUNCTIONS. + + * info/filesys.c (compress_suffixes): Add ".gz" for "gunzip" to + alist. + + * info/footnotes.c (make_footnotes_node): If refs[i] doesn't have + a nodename, then it couldn't be a reference to a footnote. + + * info/nodemenu.c (get_visited_nodes): Handle the case where + filter_func has left no possible buffers to select. + +Sat Dec 25 10:35:56 1993 Brian J. Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) + + * info/infodoc.c (create_internal_info_help_node): Conditionalize + generation of the help node based on the #define + HELP_NODE_GETS_REGENERATED. When this is not set (the default) + the help node is generated exactly once, and is not gc'able. + Otherwise, a new node is always created for the help window, and + the old node gets garbage collected by the gc system. + (info_find_or_create_help_window): Conditionalize window node + selected based on the #define HELP_NODE_GETS_REGENERATED. + + * info/dir.c (add_menu_to_file_buffer): Place exactly one blank + line between directory entries. + + * info/info.c (version_string): Update minor version to "11". + + * info/info.h: Update comment to "2.11". + + * info/dir.c (maybe_build_dir_node): Only add the contents of a + new file if it is not identical to the file of the DIR buffer. + + * info/nodes.c (info_get_node): Call `maybe_build_dir_node' on + "dir" as well as "localdir" to mimic emacs-19.22 "dir" merging + behaviour. + +Fri Dec 3 13:41:44 1993 Brian J. Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) + + * info/info-utils.c (canonicalize_whitespace): Suppress whitespace + found at the start of STRING. + +Sat Nov 20 14:00:50 1993 Brian J. Fox (bfox@hippie) + + * info/indices.c (DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND): Fix typo in assignment to + `old_offset' (= instead of ==). + +Tue Nov 2 12:22:40 1993 Brian J. Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (make_index_entries_unique): New function + makes a sorted array have all unique entries by appending numbers + to the ends of strings. + (sort_index): Call `make_index_entries_unique'. + +Mon Sep 20 12:04:05 1993 Brian J. Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (get_execution_string): New Function returns + a pointer to an EXECUTION_STRING structure. + (execute_string): No longer uses a static string; call + `get_execution_string' instead in order to get a free buffer for + consing. + +Sun May 23 07:00:20 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * Texinfo 3.1 released. + +Sat May 22 18:21:27 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * info/info.c (info_patch_level): Increment constant to 1. + + * info/Makefile.in (DEFAULT_INFOPATH): Default definition deleted. + Makefile.in: Put it here instead. + * Makefile.in (MDEFINES): Add DEFAULT_INFOPATH. + + * configure.in: check for vfprintf and vsprintf. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c: Version 1.55. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (add_word_args, execute_string) [HAVE_VARARGS_H]: + Don't use this definition unless HAVE_VSPRINTF is also defined. + (error, line_error, warning) [HAVE_VARARGS_H]: Don't use this + definition unless HAVE_VFPRINTF is also defined. + Remove indentation of all cpp directives, except for #pragma. + +Fri May 21 14:34:24 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * texinfo.texi: Rename to texi.texi. + Change @setfilenname and START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY to `texi.info'. + + * Makefile.in (MDEFINES): Pass LDFLAGS to sub-makes. + (realclean): Delete `configure'. + Changed all references to texinfo.info to texi.info + + * configure.in: Add AC_PROG_RANLIB, and AC_CONST. + Check for `rindex' function. + Check for varargs.h. + Clean up symbol names for header files so a single AC_HAVE_HEADERS + can be used. + (AC_INIT): Use texi.texi instead of makeinfo/makeinfo.c + + * info/info-utils.h: Copy definitions of bcopy, index, and rindex + (with appropriate #ifdef wrappers) from termdep.h. These are + included by a mutually exclusive set of files. + + * info/termdep.h [HAVE_SYS_PTEM]: Use HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H instead. + + * info/terminal.c, info/termdep.h [HAVE_TERMIO]: Use HAVE_TERMIO_H + instead. + + * info/makedoc.c, info/filesys.c [!O_RDONLY]: Include fcntl.h or + sys/fnctl.h, depending on whether HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H is set. + + * info/termdep.h: Remove all indentation in #-exprs. + Remove old assumptions about bcopy, index, and rindex. + [HAVE_BCOPY]: Define bcopy. + [HAVE_RINDEX]: Define index and rindex. + + * info/nodes.c (info_get_node): Don't call stricmp if nodename is + NULL. Remove indentation in #-exprs. + + * info/echo_area.c (echo_area_stack_depth): Declare static. + + * info/Makefile.in (DEFAULT_INFOPATH): Make separate Makefile + variable so it can be overridden more easily by the user. Add `.' + to beginning of path. + (clean): Delete core.* (386bsd core files). + (MAKEDOC): Variable removed. Refer to `makedoc' explicitly. + (funs.h): Add `:' commands after if, to avoid spurious nonzero + exit statuses. + + * info/userdoc.texi: Improved comments explaining its purpose. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c [HAVE_VARARGS_H]: Include varargs.h. + (error, line_error, warning, add_word_args, + execute_string)[HAVE_VARARGS_H]: New versions that + use varargs. From bfox. + + * makeinfo/Makefile.in (clean): Delete core.* (386bsd core files). + + * util/Makefile.in (clean): Remove core.* (386bsd core files). + + * libtxi/Makefile.in: Remove all references to $(common). + (RANLIB): New variable, set from autoconf. + (libtxi.a): Use $(RANLIB) instead of `ranlib' in target rules. + (clean): Delete core.* (386bsd core files). + +Tue May 18 12:08:24 1993 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle.stockbridge.ma.us) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-format-refill): Do not fill a section + title line with the asterisks, hyphens, etc. that underline + it in any circumstance. + +Sun May 16 13:53:43 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * util/mkinstalldirs: handle relative pathnames. + +Fri May 14 20:18:49 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * util/mkinstalldirs: initialize IFS if unset. + +Tue May 11 06:33:14 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (cm_item): don't dereference item_func if NULL. + +Mon May 10 14:50:31 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * Texinfo 3.0 released. + + * Makefile.in (ALLOCA): Provide for substitution. + +Mon May 10 10:12:53 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfmt-version): Updated year. + +Fri Apr 16 04:48:03 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c: Version 1.54 from bfox. + + * util/fixfonts: Replace instances of `[..]' with `test'. + Use more portable `test' arguments: `z$foo = z' instead of `! $foo'. + Robustify quoting in eval assignments. + (textfmdir, texpkdir, texgfdir): Don't override definition from + environment, if any. + Trap EXIT, SIGHUP, SIGINT, SIGQUIT, SIGTERM to delete temp files + instead of trying to remove them explicitly before calling exit. + When changing cwd, do so in subshell, in case various tex*dir + variables are relative. + Don't use `head', `dirname', or `basename'. These don't behave + consistently and/or don't even exist on some systems. They can + all be emulated with `sed' anyway. + (tempfile2_line1): New variable. Use it instead of running + process to extract first line out of tempfile2 multiple times. + Eliminate some gratuitous uses of $tempfile2, such as in for loops. + +Fri Mar 26 23:25:13 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * texinfo.texi: @setfilename texinfo.info. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.c (reader_loop, end_insertion): Fix typos in + comments. + (handle_variable_internal): Handle the case that there further + menu text after a false ifset/ifclear. + + * util/texi2dvi: Version 0.4 + Replace all instances of `[ ... ]' with `test'. + Updated bug-reporting address. + +Thu Mar 25 12:31:30 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * info/Makefile.in (install): Install info.1 man page. + (uninstall): Remove installed info.1 man page. + + * info/infoman.texi: Standalone manual renamed to info-stnd.texi. + Makefile.in: Targets updated appropriately. + + * info/Makefile.in (LDEFS): New variable. Use it for info-local + macros, since DEFS will be inherited from parent make and any + local definitions will get clobbered. + + * info/RELEASE: Renamed to info/NEWS. + + * README: New file. + + * Makefile.in (topclean): New target. + + * Getting-started: Renamed to INTRODUCTION. Former name is too + long (over 14 chars). + + * New-features: Renamed to NEWS. + + * Makefile.in (MDEFINES): Set it. + + * Makefile.in (dist): Use --gzip option to tar to make sure + resulting file is compressed with gzip. Change tar file + extension from `.Z' to `.z'. + + * Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Filter out any file or directory names + starting with `='. + + * fixfonts: Moved to util/fixfonts. + + * RELEASE: Deleted. + + * makeinfo/Makefile.in (VPATH): Use $(srcdir), not @srcdir@. + (common): Use ../libtxi, not ../common. + (makeinfo.in): Run makeinfo with --no-split. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.texi: Changes from bob. + + * util/Makefile.in (VPATH): Use $(srcdir), not @srcdir@. + (common): Use ../libtxi, not ../common. + + * util/fixfonts: Moved from top-level directory. + +Wed Mar 24 10:21:31 1993 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-format-region): Do not require + `@setfilename' line; delete `\input texinfo' line if part of + region. + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-raise-lower-sections): Raise or lower the + hierarchical level of chapters, sections, etc. according to + `@raisesections' and `@lowersections' commands. + +Thu Mar 18 16:02:27 1993 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfo.el (texinfo-show-structure): Indent *Occur* buffer + according to the structure of the file. + +Sat Mar 6 05:16:44 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * util/texi2dvi: use ${1+"$@"}, not just "$@". + +Tue Feb 2 08:38:06 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * info/Makefile.in: Replace all "--nosplit" arguments to makeinfo + with "--no-split" + +Sun Jan 31 18:16:58 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * util/texi2dvi: Don't put .dvi and related auxillary files in same + directory as source files. Put them in current directory instead. + (TEXINPUTS_orig): New variable. + (file_texi): Variable removed. + (filename_texi): New variable. + (command_line_filename): Use this wherever references to file_texi + occured except in setting filename_noext. + (TEXINPUTS): Current directory and source directory where input + file resides prepended to standard path before invoking TeX. + +Wed Jan 27 16:24:37 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * util/Makefile.in: overhauled. + +Tue Jan 26 21:04:23 1993 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * Makefile.in, info/Makefile.in, makeinfo/Makefile.in: Overhauled. + + * configure.in: Renamed from texinfo.in. + Incorporated makeinfo/makeinfo.in, info/info.in, and + util/util.in. Create all child Makefiles. + + * makeinfo/makeinfo.in, info/info.in: Deleted (incorporated into + top configure.in). + + * util/util.in: Deleted (incorporated into ../configure.in). + +Mon Jan 25 10:59:49 1993 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/info.c: New version 2.9; new variable INFO_PATCH_LEVEL + appears in the version string if it is non-zero. New function + version_string () produces the current version string, as in 2.8-p1. + + * info/dir.c: New file implements Gillespies `localdir' hacks. + + * info/nodes.c (info_get_node): Now calls maybe_build_dir_node () + if the file name to look for is "dir". + + * info/nodes.h: New flag N_CannotGC unconditionally prevents garbage + collection of a file buffer's contents. Used when "dir" is made + from at least one "localdir". + +Fri Jan 22 11:36:42 1993 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/footnotes.c: Do not declare auto_footnotes_p as "extern" in + this file. + +Thu Jan 21 08:57:08 1993 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/info.c: New version 2.8. + + * info/userdoc.texi, info/infoman.texi, info/info.texi: Fully + document Info; create both online and printed manual versions. + "userdoc.texi" contains exactly the documentation for GNU Info 2.x. + "infoman.texi" is a wrapper for that file; it is meant to produce + printed documentation. "info.texi" has the user documentation as a + complete chapter within itself, but continues to contain the Info + tutorial. + + * info/makedoc.c: Convert "ea_" into "echo_area_" when creating the + command name. + +Fri Jan 15 16:50:35 1993 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/search.c (skip_node_characters): New argument NEWLINES_OKAY if + non-zero says that newlines should be skipped over during parsing. + + * info/info-utils.c (info_parse_node): New argument NEWLINES_OKAY if + non-zero says that newlines should be skipped while parsing out + the nodename specification. + +Wed Jan 13 14:42:33 1993 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/makedoc.c: Remove "info_" from the front of the command name + before installing it. + + * info/session.c (info_menu_or_ref_item): A label of "Menu" is okay if + the builder is not info_menu_of_node (); + + * info/m-x.c: New function replace_in_documentation () replaces \\[foo] + with the keystrokes you type to get that command. Now used in + indices.c, info.c, infodoc.c. + +Mon Jan 11 10:27:41 1993 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/variables.c, h: New files contain describe-variable and stuff + moved out of m-x.c. + + * info/m-x.c: Move VARIABLE_ALIST and variable functions into + variables.c. Add documentation string to variable definition. + + * info/echo_area.c (push_echo_area): Zero the contents of + echo_area_completion_items after pushing the vars. + +Sat Jan 9 11:59:47 1993 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/Makefile.in: Add footnotes.c,h,o to the appropriate Makefile + variables. + + * info/window.c (window_tile_windows): New function divides the + available space among the visible windows. + + * info/session.c (info_tile_windows): New function calls + window_tile_windows. + + * info/footnotes.c, footnotes.h: New file implements functions for + aiding automatic footnote display when entering a node which has + footnotes. + + * info/m-x.c: New user-variable "automatic-footnotes". + + * info/window.c (window_physical_lines) New function counts the + carriage returns found in NODE. + +Wed Jan 6 11:24:19 1993 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/general.h: #include <unistd.h> if we have it. + +Tue Jan 5 11:12:33 1993 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/info-utils.c (info_concatenate_references): If either arg is + NULL, return the other arg. + + * info/indices.c (info_indices_of_file_buffer): Simplified and + corrected loop through tags/nodes of file buffer looking for + indices. + + * info/search.c (skip_node_characters): Rewrite "if" statement for + clarification and conciseness. + +Fri Jan 1 03:18:26 1993 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/info.in: Check for setvbuf (), and check to see whether the args + are reversed. + + * info/dribble.c (open_dribble_file) Check HAVE_SETVBUF and + SETVBUF_REVERSED when setting the buffering on info_dribble_file. + +Thu Dec 31 20:14:13 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/session.c (info_select_reference) If the node couldn't be found, + look for the label as a filename (i.e., "(LABEL)Top"). + +Wed Dec 30 01:57:50 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * New Version 2.7 Beta. + + * info/echo_area.c: Numerous functions now do something with the + numeric argument. Kill ring implemented, as well as yank and + yank_pop. Also transpose-chars. + + * info/window.c (window_make_modeline): Check node->flags for + N_IsCompressed and display "zz" in the modeline if the node comes + from a file which is compressed on disk. + +Mon Dec 28 17:33:12 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/filesys.c, info/nodes.c: New member of FILE_BUFFER "FILESIZE" + contains the size of file_buffer->contents. finfo.st_size is no + longer relied upon to read the contents of files, since the new + function (filesys_read_info_file) can read compressed files. + + * info/filesys.c (info_find_fullpath) If a file starts with a slash (or + tilde expansion causes it to start with a slash) still call + info_find_file_in_path () on it so that we can find files with + compression suffixes. + + * info/m-x.c: New variable "gc-compressed-files". + +Tue Dec 22 03:45:28 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/info.c: Version 2.6 Beta. + + * info/indices.c (info_index_next): Improve the final search for the + matched index entry. + + * info/session.c (move_to_screen_line): New function implements `M-r'. + Given a numeric argument, move point to the start of that line in + the current window; without an arg, move to the center line. + * infomap.c: Put move_to_screen_line () on `M-r'. + + * info/nodes.c (adjust_nodestart): Don't set N_UpdateTags unless the + node came from a tags table. + + * info/nodes.c (info_find_file_internal): If the filename being looked + for doesn't start with a `/', then additionally compare the + filename against the fullpath of the file buffer sans the + directory name. This can happen when selecting nodemenu items. + +Mon Dec 21 10:07:18 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/session.c, info/display.c: Remove all references to + active_window_ch, active_window_cv, cursor_h, and cursor_v. The + single function display_cursor_at_point () is used for all cursor + movement, and to place the terminal's cursor at the right location + on the screen. + +Sat Dec 19 12:01:33 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/nodemenu.c: New file implements a few functions for manipulating + previously visited nodes. `list-visited-nodes' produces a menu of + the nodes that could be reached by info_history_node () in some + window. `select-visited-node' is similar to `list-visited-node' + followed by `info-menu-item', but doesn't display a window with + the visited nodes menu. + + * info/session.c (info_numeric_arg_digit_loop): If redisplay had been + interrupted, then redisplay all of the windows while waiting for + input. + + * info/display.c (display_was_interrupted_p): New variable keeps track + of interrupted display. Used in + info/session.c:info_numeric_arg_digit_loop (). + + * info/session.c (info_global_next, info_global_prev): Use the numeric + argument passed to determine how many nodes to move. + + * info/session.c (info_scroll_forward, info_scroll_backward): If the + invoking key is not SPC or DEL only do Page Only scrolling. + +Thu Dec 17 01:34:22 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/display.c (display_update_one_window): Allow W_NoWrap to affect + window display. + + * info/window.c (calculate_line_starts): Now takes a WINDOW * as an + argument, and simply does the calculation, placing the results + into window->line_starts and window->line_count. It also handles + W_NoWrap in window->flags. + +Mon Dec 14 02:18:55 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/session.c (info_backward_scroll): Don't try to get previous node + if the top of the node isn't currently being displayed. + + * info/window.c (window_adjust_pagetop) Use new variable + "window_scroll_step" to attempt to control the amount which the + window scrolls. + + * info/m-x.c (info_variables) Add "scroll-step" to the list. + +Thu Dec 10 08:52:10 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/m-x.c: New variable entry show-index-matches. When set to + non-zero the matched portion of the search string is indicated + with ` and '. Perhaps I should use `|' inst|ea|d? + + * info/echo_area.c (ea_possible_completions): Always build completions + before checking to see how many there were. + + * info/info-utils.c: (info_concatenate_references): New utility + function concatenates references. + + * info/Makefile.in: Add indices.c and indices.h to SRCS and HDRS. + Add indices.c to CMDFILES. + + * info/indices.c, info/indices.h: New file implements `i' and `,' + commands of info, and provides index searching capabilities. + + * info/echo_area.c (info_read_completing_in_echo_area): Split off into + separate callable function info_read_completing_internal (). + + * info/echo_area.c (info_read_maybe_completing): New function calls + info_read_completing_internal () with non-forcing argument. + + * info/session.c: Rename down_next_upnext_or_error () and + prev_up_or_error () to forward_move_node_structure (), and + backward_move_node_structure (). Implement new commands + info_global_next () and info_global_prev (). + + * info/infomap.c (initialize_info_keymaps): Bind `[' and `]' to + backward_, forward_move_node_structure () respectively. + + * info/session.c (info_menu_digit): Called with "0" as arg, select the + last menu item. + + * info/infomap.c (initialize_info_keymaps): "0" calls + info_menu_digit (). + + * info/session.c (info_move_to_xref): Take dir into account when there + are xrefs and menu items in the node and we are wrapping + backwards. + +Tue Dec 8 09:57:58 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/info.c: Version 2.5 Beta. + + * info/terminal.c (terminal_insert_lines, terminal_delete_lines) Do not + expect tgoto to return a new string; it returns the address of a + static buffer. + + * info/infodoc.c (info_find_or_create_help_window) Correct check for + prior existing help node. + + * info/m-x.c (set_variable): Allow variables to have a list of choices. + Add new variable scroll-behaviour. + + * info/session.c (down_next_upnext_or_error, prev_up_or_error) New + functions implement user-controlled behaviour when attempting to + scroll past the bottom or top of a node. New variable + info_scroll_behaviour is user visible as "scroll-behaviour". + + * info/session.c (info_scroll_forward, info_scroll_backward) Call new + functions for user-controlled scroll behaviour. + + * info/terminal.c (terminal_initialize_terminal) Set PC from BC not + from BUFFER. + +Mon Dec 7 11:26:12 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * util/texindex.c: Change EXIT_SUCCESS and EXIT_FATAL to TI_NO_ERROR + and TI_FATAL_ERROR respectively. This avoids namespace conflicts + on NeXT 2.0. + +Sat Dec 5 00:07:59 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/info.c: New option "--subnodes" says to recursively dump the + menus of the nodes that you wish to dump. Menu items which point + to external nodes are not dumped, and no node is dumped twice. + +Thu Dec 3 16:11:02 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/session.c (info_error) Don't ring the bell if + info_error_rings_bell_p is zero. (info_abort_key) Ring the bell + if printing "Quit" in the echo area wouldn't do it. + + * info/m-x.c (set_variable) New functions allows setting of + variables in the echo area. Currently, only visilble-bell and + errors-ring-bell are implemented. + +Wed Dec 2 13:11:37 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/nodes.c, info/makedoc.c: If O_RDONLY is not defined by + sys/file.h, include sys/fcntl.h. + + * info/filesys.c (info_file_in_path): Expand leading tildes found + within directory names. + + * info/terminal.c (terminal_initialize_terminal) Set ospeed to 13 if + not settable any other way. It is an index into an array of + output speeds. + + * info/display.c (free_display) Do not free a NULL display. + + * info/display.c (string_width): New functions returns the width of + STRING when printed at HPOS. + +Sun Nov 29 01:24:42 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/info.c: New version 2.4 beta. + + * info/general.h: #define info_toupper and info_tolower which check + their arguments before performing any conversion. + + * info/search.c, info/echo_area.c: Use info_toupper. + +Sat Nov 28 14:23:24 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/session.c (info_scroll_forward, info_scroll_backward) If at + last/first page of the node, and the last command was + forward/backward, do info_next/prev/_node. + + * info/session.c: New function info_select_reference_this_line gets + menu or cross reference immediately. + + * info/infomap.c (initialize_info_keymaps): Add info_keymap[LFD] to + invoke info_select_reference_this_line (). + + * info/session.c (info_last_reference) Rename to + info_history_reference. Wrote info_last_reference, and + info_first_reference which go to the last or first node of an info + file. + +Fri Nov 27 00:59:02 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/info.c: New version 2.3. Completed implementing contents of + TODO file. + + * info/session.c (info_redraw_display): Fix C-l with numeric arg. + +Thu Nov 26 20:14:18 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/m-x.c: New file implements reading named commands in the echo + area, along with a new function "info-set-screen-height". + Compilation of this file and some code in others controlled by the + Makefile variable NAMED_COMMANDS (set to -DNAMED_COMMANDS). + + * info/window.c (window_new_screen_size) Rewrite from scratch, allowing + clean growth and shrinkage of the screen. New variable + window_deletion_notifier is a pointer to a function to call when + the screen changes size, and some windows have to get deleted. + The function is called with the window to be deleted as an + argument, and it should clean up dangling references to that + window. + + * info/session.c (initialize_info_session): Set + window_deletion_function to forget_window_and_nodes. + + * info/display.c (display_update_one_window): If the first row of the + window to display wouldn't appear in the_screen, don't try to + display it. This happens when the screen has been made + unreasonably small, and we attempt to display the echo area. + +Tue Nov 24 00:47:20 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * Release Info 2.2. + + * info/session.c: New functions implement reading typeahead and + implement C-g flushing typed ahead characters. + (info_search_internal): allows C-g to exit multi-file searches. + +Mon Nov 23 01:53:35 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/nodes.c: Remove calls to sscanf (), replacing them with calls to + atol (), since that is much faster. + (get_nodes_of_tags_table) Only check for "(Indirect)" if we + haven't parsed any nodes out of the tags table. Increase the + amount that file_buffer->nodes grows to 100 from 50. These two + together sufficiently speed up the parsing process. + + * info/nodes.c: info_get_node_of_file_buffer_tags (), + info_get_node_of_file_buffer_nodes (): Search the appropriate list + and return a node. This was simply a cut and paste edit to + functionalize the code. + + * info/TODO: Remove suggestion for partial tag parsing, since tag + parsing is much faster now. + +Sat Nov 21 02:48:23 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/makedoc.c: New File replaces makedoc.sh shell script. + + * info/infomap.c: Install info_isearch (on C-s) and + info_reverse_isearch (on C-r) for Info windows. + + * info/session.c (incremental_search, info_isearch, + info_reverse_isearch) New functions implement incremental + searching. + +Fri Nov 20 00:01:35 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/terminal.c (terminal_initialize_terminal): Declare and set up + `ospeed'. Turn off C-s and C-q processing. + + * info/session.c (info_show_point) When this function is called, the + desired result is to show the point immediately. So now it calls + set_window_pagetop () if the new pagetop is not the same as the + old one. This means that info_prev_line (), info_next_line (), + info_forward_word (), and info_backward_word () can all scroll the + window if they have to. + +Thu Nov 19 12:27:07 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/session.c (set_window_pagetop): Add scrolling to make this + faster. + + * info/echo_area.c (push/pop_echo_area): Remember the list of items to + complete over. + + * info/session.c (info_forward_char): Don't let point get equal to + nodelen, only to nodelen - 1. + + * info/display.c: New function display_scroll_display () scrolls the + rmembered display as well as the text on the actual display. + + * info/terminal.c: New functions terminal_scroll_terminal (), + terminal_scroll_down (), and terminal_scroll_up (). All + implemented using "al" and "dl" termcap capabilities. (i.e., + insert and delete line). + +Wed Nov 18 15:05:14 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * info/termdep.h: Only define HAVE_FCNTL_H if !aix and !ultrix. + +Tue Nov 17 20:35:08 1992 Brian Fox (bfox@cubit) + + * First Beta Release of Info 2.0. + +Sun Nov 1 02:21:05 1992 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * util/texi2dvi (--force): Option removed. Always run tex at least + once, don't bother checking if .dvi file is newer than source. + +Fri Oct 30 02:16:28 1992 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * util/texi2dvi (-D): debugging option renamed from '-d'. + Made check to enable debugging more terse. + When checking if index files have changed, use + variable $this_file instead of $file in for loop. + (file_texi): wherever the variable $file was used to reference + the texinfo file, substituted $file_texi. + +Sat Oct 17 07:30:34 1992 Brian J. Fox (bfox@helios) + + * util/texindex.c: Remove references to USG replacing them with a + define declaring the actual feature required or missing. + +Thu Oct 15 16:17:47 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob@nutrimat.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-format-setfilename): Remove date from + Info file header so regression testing is easier. + +Tue Sep 15 16:28:35 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfmt-version): New variable. + (texinfo-format-setfilename): Include date and + version in Info file header. + Better documentation for @definfoenclose + Handle whitespace after @end iftex, etc. + +Thu Sep 3 09:25:37 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texnfo-upd.el: Fix typo re `texinfo-sequential-node-update.' + +Tue Aug 18 08:56:24 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-value): Revise syntax. + + * emacs/texnfo-upd.el (texinfo-start-menu-description): + New function to insert title as description in a menu. + (texinfo-make-menu-list): Remove automatic title insertion. + + * emacs/texinfo.el (texinfo-mode-map): Add keybinding for + texinfo-start-menu-description. + +Wed Jul 29 11:58:53 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-set): Revise to set a string to the flag. + (texinfo-value): @value{flag}: New command which inserts the + string to which the flag is set. + +Tue Jul 7 15:10:52 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texnfo-upd.el (texinfo-master-menu): Error message if file + contains too few nodes for a master menu. + (texinfo-insert-master-menu-list): Only attempt to insert detailed + master menu if there is one. + +Wed Jun 10 15:26:18 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-append-refill): Refill properly when lines + begin with within-paragraph @-commands. + +Tue Jun 9 12:28:11 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el: Add `texinfo-deffn-formatting-property' and + `texinfo-defun-indexing-property' to @deffn commands. + +Mon Jun 8 11:52:01 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texnfo-upd.el: Replace `(mark-whole-buffer)' with + `(push-mark (point-max) t) (goto-char (point-min))' + to avoid `Mark set' messages. + +Fri Jun 5 15:15:16 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob@kropotkin.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * emacs/texnfo-upd.el (texinfo-check-for-node-name): Offer section + title as prompt. + (texinfo-copy-next-section-title): Copy title correctly. + +Thu May 28 20:34:17 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob@hill.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el: @vtable defined, parallel to @ftable, for + variables. + (texinfo-append-refill): set case-fold-search nil so @TeX is not + confused with @tex. + +Thu Mar 26 21:36:41 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob@kropotkin.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * emacs/makeinfo.el: Rename temp buffer from `*Makeinfo*' back to + `*compilation*' so `next-error' works; unfortunately, + `*compilation*' is written into the code as the name + `next-error' needs. + Rename `makeinfo-recenter-makeinfo-buffer' back to + `makeinfo-recenter-makeinfo-buffer' + +Thu May 14 21:14:25 1992 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * util/fixfonts: Enclosed most variable references with "" to prevent + potential globbing and other weirdness. Eliminated uses of + ${var-value}, which unfortunately isn't portable. + + * util/texi2dvi: rewritten from scratch. + +Sat Apr 18 23:46:25 1992 Charles Hannum (mycroft@hal.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * util/fixfonts: Re-evaluate prefix and libdir if inherited (to resolve + variable references from make). + (texlibdir): Don't add '/tex', since it's already there. + +Fri Apr 10 14:51:23 1992 Noah Friedman (friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu) + + * util/fixfonts: set prefix and libdir only if they are not already + defined (i.e. not inherited from the environment). + Changed default path for libdir to be consistent with Makefile. + +Tue Mar 3 13:17:42 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texnfo-upd.el (texinfo-insert-master-menu-list): Insert a + master menu only after `Top' node and before next node. + (texinfo-copy-menu): Error message if menu empty. + +Mon Feb 24 15:47:49 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-format-region): Make sure region ends in a + newline. + (texinfo-itemize-item): Recognize all non-whitespace on same line + as @item command. + +Sat Feb 22 02:15:00 1992 Brian Fox (bfox at gnuwest.fsf.org) + + * util/texindex.c: New version 1.45 has cleanups, should compile under + VMS quietly. + +Wed Feb 12 10:50:51 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/makeinfo.el: Rename temp buffer as *Makeinfo*. + Rename `makeinfo-recenter-compilation-buffer'. + (makeinfo-buffer): Offer to save buffer if it is modified. + (makeinfo-compile): Do not offer to save other buffers. + (makeinfo-compilation-sentinel): Switch to Info file. + +Tue Feb 4 13:07:39 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-print-index): Format so that node names in + the index are lined up. + +Mon Feb 3 09:08:14 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-itemize-item): Format entry when text + is on the same line as @item command. Also, handle @-commands. + (texinfo-format-region, texinfo-format-buffer-1): Set fill column + to local value of Texinfo buffer. + + * emacs/texnfo-upd.el (texinfo-pointer-name): Find only those + section commands that are accompanied by `@node' lines. + +Tue Jan 14 16:10:16 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texnfo-upd.el: Ensure that no commands depend on the value of + case-fold-search. + +Fri Jan 10 15:13:55 1992 Robert J. Chassell (bob at kropotkin) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-append-refill): Replace use of + unsupported function `looking-at-backward' with + `re-search-backward'. + +Mon Dec 23 23:46:42 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * util/texindex.c: Change POSIX ifdefs to HAVE_UNISTD_H and + _POSIX_VERSION. + +Mon Dec 16 15:01:36 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-append-refill): New function appends + @refill to all appropriate paragraphs so you no longer need to + append @refill command yourself. + (texinfo-format-region, texinfo-format-buffer-1, + texinfo-format-include): Call `texinfo-append-refill'. + +Fri Dec 6 01:25:09 1991 David J. MacKenzie (djm at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * util/texindex.c: Conditionalize on _AIX (which is predefined) instead + of AIX, just like makeinfo does. + +Tue Nov 26 10:21:04 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texnfo-upd.el (texinfo-section-types-regexp): `@subtitle' no + longer treated as subsection. + +Sat Nov 16 08:27:42 1991 Richard Stallman (rms at mole.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * util/fixfonts: New file, from Karl Berry. + +Tue Nov 12 16:13:24 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el: Create @end smalllisp. + +Mon Nov 11 16:50:13 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfo.el (texinfo-environment-regexp): Add all other block + enclosing Texinfo commands. + +Thu Nov 7 10:23:51 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfo.el (texinfo-insert-@end): Attempt to insert correct end + command statement, eg, @end table. Fails with nested lists. + (texinfo-insert-*): Accept prefix arg to surround following N + words with braces for command. + +Thu Oct 31 21:31:41 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at kropotki) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-clear): Clear flag even if flag not + previously set. + +Wed Oct 23 11:15:58 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfo.el (texinfo-mode): page-delimiter now finds top node as + well as chapters. + +Tue Oct 22 11:46:12 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-do-flushright): Test whether a line is too + long for the flush right command (line length must be less than + the value of fill column). + + * emacs/texnfo-tex.el (texinfo-tex-buffer): Prompt for original file + even if point moved to *texinfo-tex-shell*. + texinfo-tex-original-file: variable to hold file name. + +Wed Oct 16 08:32:05 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-format-center): Expand string before + centering so @-commands not included. + +Thu Oct 10 22:01:47 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at kropotki) + + * emacs/texnfo-tex.el (texinfo-show-tex-print-queue): Do not kill a + running process; do start a process none exists. + +Thu Sep 26 21:58:47 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at kropotki) + + * util/texi2dvi: Misc. bugs fixed. + + * emacs/texinfo.el: Remove extraneous references to TeX. + +Thu Sep 19 20:45:29 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at kropotki) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el: add @cartouche as a noop (makes box with rounded + corners in TeX) + +Tue Sep 10 20:44:57 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texnfo-upd.el (texinfo-make-one-menu): Copy node-name correctly + for message. + +Thu Aug 29 17:54:07 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at kropotki) + + * emacs/texnfo-tex.el (texinfo-quit-tex-job): Do not set mark. + +Wed Aug 21 10:36:21 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texnfo-upd.el: (texinfo-copy-menu-title): Copy title as it + should rather than node line. + +Mon Aug 5 15:27:12 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-format-convert): Changed regexp that + looks for three hyphens in a row to find those between word + constituent characters, as now, for Oxford Univ. style dashes and + also between spaces, for Cambridge Univ. Press style dashes. + + * emacs/texnfo-tex.el (texinfo-tex-start-shell): Runs "/bin/sh" so + `explicit-shell-file-name' is not set globally. + + * emacs/texnfo-upd.el: Rewrite messages. + (texinfo-find-higher-level-node): Stop search at limit. + (texinfo-copy-menu-title): Rewrite to handle outer include files. + (texinfo-multi-file-update): Update all nodes properly; + rewrite doc string and interactive. + +Sat Aug 3 10:46:13 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texnfo-upd.el (texinfo-all-menus-update): Fixed typo that + caused the function to create a master menu when it shouldn't. + + * emacs/texinfo.el (texinfo-mode): Make `indent-tabs-mode' a local + variable and set to nil to prevent TABs troubles with TeX. + +Wed Jul 31 11:07:08 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texnfo-tex.el (texinfo-quit-tex-job): New function: quit + currently running TeX job, by sending an `x' to it. + (texinfo-tex-shell-sentinel): New function to + restart texinfo-tex-shell after it is killed. + (texinfo-kill-tex-job): Rewrite to use kill-process rather than + quit-process; uses `texinfo-tex-shell-sentinel' to restart + texinfo-tex-shell after it is killed. + (texinfo-tex-region, texinfo-tex-buffer): Replace + texinfo-kill-tex-job with quit-process. + + * emacs/texinfo.el (texinfo-define-common-keys): Add keybinding for + texinfo-quit-tex-job + +Wed Jul 10 15:15:03 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el: New commands @set, @clear, @ifset...@end + ifset, and @ifclear...@end ifclear. + Definition functions rewritten to make them easier to + maintain. + +Wed Jul 3 19:37:04 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at kropotki) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-format-deftypefn-index): Remove reference + to data-type to make consistent with texinfo.tex and makeinfo. + texinfo.el: Fix page-delimiter and texinfo-chapter-level-regexp + variables. + +Thu Jun 27 18:35:36 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at nutrimat) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el: Add @dmn as `texinfo-format-noop'. + texinfo2.texi: Document @dmn. + texinfmt.el (texinfo{,-end}-{eleterate,ecapitate} renamed + {alphaenumerate, capsenumerate}. + +Fri Jun 14 12:46:32 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-format-defun-1): @defivar prints name + correctly. + +Thu Jun 6 21:38:33 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at churchy.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * emacs/texinfo.el (texinfo-mode): Set page delimiter to + 'texinfo-chapter-level-regexp' so that page commands work by + chapter or equivalent. + + * emacs/texinfmt.el (texinfo-format-defun-1): @defop prints name + correctly. + (batch-texinfo-format): replace unsupported + 'buffer-disable-undo' with 'buffer-flush-undo' + +Fri Apr 5 15:17:17 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at wookumz.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * emacs/makeinfo.el (makeinfo-compilation-sentinel): Check for + existance of makeinfo-temp-file to avoid harmless error message. + texinfo2.texi: Minor typos fixed. + +Thu Mar 28 19:13:24 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at pogo.gnu.ai.mit.edu) + + * util/texi2dvi: Revised. + +Mon Mar 11 12:35:51 1991 Robert J. Chassell (bob at grackle) + + * emacs/texinfmt.el: (@footnotestyle): New command to set + footnotestyle. + (@paragraphindent): New command to set indentation. + (texinfo-format-refill): Add indentation feature so as to + indent paragraph or leave indentation asis before refilling + according to value set by @paragraphindent command. + (texinfo-format-region): Insert header, if any, into Info buffer. + (texinfo-format-separate-node, texinfo-format-end-node): Run + texinfo-format-scan on footnote text only once. + (texinfo-format-scan): Shorten `---' to `--'. + + * emacs/texinfo.el: Define key for `texinfo-master-menu'; define + start and end of header expressions. + + * emacs/texnfo-upd.el (texinfo-all-menus-update): Update + pre-existing master menu, if there is one. + +Fri May 11 14:36:07 1990 Richard Stallman (rms at sugar-bombs.ai.mit.edu) + + * util/texindex.c: Rename `lines' to `nlines'. + (bzero): Pass arg to lib$movc5 through non-register var. + (perror_with_file, pfatal_with_file): Move extern decls and includes + to top of file. + [VMS]: If not using VMS C, define away `noshare' keyword. + Include perror.h. + +Mon Jul 11 18:02:29 1988 Chris Hanson (cph at kleph) + + * util/texindex.c (indexify): when comparing to initial strings to + decide whether to change the header, must use `strncmp' to avoid + comparing entire strings of which initials are a substring. + +Sun Jun 26 18:46:16 1988 Richard Stallman (rms at sugar-bombs.ai.mit.edu) + + * util/texindex.c (sort_in_core, sort_offline, parsefile): + Give up on input file if any line doesn't start with backslash. diff --git a/texinfo/INSTALL b/texinfo/INSTALL new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a2c8722ccaf --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/INSTALL @@ -0,0 +1,181 @@ +Basic Installation +================== + + These are generic installation instructions. + + The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for +various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses +those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package. +It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent +definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that +you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file +`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up +reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output +(useful mainly for debugging `configure'). + + If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try +to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail +diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can +be considered for the next release. If at some point `config.cache' +contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. + + The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program +called `autoconf'. You only need `configure.in' if you want to change +it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'. + +The simplest way to compile this package is: + + 1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type + `./configure' to configure the package for your system. If you're + using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type + `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute + `configure' itself. + + Running `configure' takes awhile. While running, it prints some + messages telling which features it is checking for. + + 2. Type `make' to compile the package. + + 3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with + the package. + + 4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and + documentation. + + 5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the + source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the + files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for + a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is + also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly + for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get + all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came + with the distribution. + +Compilers and Options +===================== + + Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that +the `configure' script does not know about. You can give `configure' +initial values for variables by setting them in the environment. Using +a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like +this: + CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure + +Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this: + env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure + +Compiling For Multiple Architectures +==================================== + + You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the +same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their +own directory. To do this, you must use a version of `make' that +supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'. `cd' to the +directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run +the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the +source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. + + If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH' +variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time +in the source code directory. After you have installed the package for +one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another +architecture. + +Installation Names +================== + + By default, `make install' will install the package's files in +`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc. You can specify an +installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the +option `--prefix=PATH'. + + You can specify separate installation prefixes for +architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you +give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use +PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries. +Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix. + + In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give +options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular +kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories +you can set and what kinds of files go in them. + + If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed +with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the +option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'. + +Optional Features +================= + + Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to +`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package. +They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE +is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The +`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the +package recognizes. + + For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually +find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't, +you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and +`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations. + +Specifying the System Type +========================== + + There may be some features `configure' can not figure out +automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package +will run on. Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints +a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the +`--host=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system +type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields: + CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM + +See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If +`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't +need to know the host type. + + If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also +use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will +produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of +system on which you are compiling the package. + +Sharing Defaults +================ + + If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, +you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives +default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'. +`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then +`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the +`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script. +A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script. + +Operation Controls +================== + + `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it +operates. + +`--cache-file=FILE' + Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of + `./config.cache'. Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for + debugging `configure'. + +`--help' + Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit. + +`--quiet' +`--silent' +`-q' + Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. + +`--srcdir=DIR' + Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually + `configure' can determine that directory automatically. + +`--version' + Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure' + script, and exit. + +`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. + diff --git a/texinfo/INTRODUCTION b/texinfo/INTRODUCTION new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1d298ca36a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/INTRODUCTION @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +Getting Started with Texinfo +============================ + +25 March 1993 + +Most of the installation instructions are described in the file `INSTALL'. +One additional note to make is that if your info files are in a nonstandard +place (i.e. not in the `info' directory immediately under $prefix) you may +wish to change the default info path as specified via DEFAULT_INFOPATH in +info/Makefile.in. + +"Texinfo" is a documentation system that uses a single source file to +produce both on-line information and printed output. Using Texinfo, +you can create a printed document with the normal features of a book, +including chapters, sections, cross references, and indices. From the +same Texinfo source file, you can create a menu-driven, on-line Info +file with nodes, menus, cross references, and indices. + +The name of the Texinfo source documentation file is `texinfo.texi'. +You can produce both on-line information and printed output from this +source file. The documentation describes Texinfo in detail, including +how to write Texinfo files, how to format them for both hard copy and +Info, and how to install Info files. + +To get started, you need to create either a printed manual or an +on-line Info file from the `texinfo.texi' file. You do not need to +create both, although you will probably want both eventually. + +To learn how to use Info, read the info documentation. You can do this in +one of two ways: using the standalone `info' program, or using Info mode in +GNU Emacs. + + * If you want to use the `info' program, type + + $ info -f info-stnd + + * If you want to use Emacs, start up emacs and type `C-h i' [M-x info]. + Follow the instructions to learn how to use Info. + +After learning how to use Info, you can read the Texinfo documentation. +Using the standalone `info', type the following at the shell prompt: + + $ info -f texinfo + +To use read this manual in Emacs, you first need to edit the Info-directory +menu (the file `dir' in the system info directory) to contain the +appropriate node. To learn how to do this, see node: Add in the Info +documentation. + +The Texinfo documentation describes Texinfo in detail; among other things, +it tells how to install Info files in the usual manner. (See node: Install +an Info File.) + +The `info-stnd.info' file describes the standalone Info reader in detail. To +read this file, type + + $ info -f info-stnd + +If you are using GNU Emacs, you may want to install the Emacs Lisp files +permanently. Move them them to a directory in the load-path for Emacs; +otherwise Emacs will not be able to load the autoloaded support files, such +as `texinfmt.el'. + +The `texinfo.el' file contains the autoload commands; it is the only +file that needs to be loaded initially. If your Emacs does not +automatically load `texinfo.el', you can tell it to do so by placing +the following in `default.el' or in your `.emacs' file: + + (load "texinfo") + + +To create a printed manual +========================== + +You need: + + * The `tex' program, which typesets the manual using TeX. + * The `texinfo.tex' definition file that tells TeX how to typeset + a Texinfo file. + * The `texindex' program, which sorts the unsorted index files + created by TeX. + * A printing program such as `lp' or `lpr', + * A printer. + +This Texinfo distribution package contains `texinfo.tex', the C source +for `texindex', and the handy shell script `texi2dvi'. The `tex' +program is not part of this distribution, but is available separately. +(See `How to Obtain TeX' in the Texinfo documentation.) + + * Install `tex'. (`texindex' is installed automagically by + `make install' in this distribution.) + + * Move the `texinfo.tex' file to an appropriate directory; the current + directory will do. (`/usr/local/lib/tex/inputs' might be a good place. + See ``Preparing to Use TeX'' in the Texinfo manual, for more + information.) + +After following those instructions, type the following to make the .dvi +files: + + $ make texinfo.dvi + $ (cd info; make info.dvi info-stnd.dvi) + $ (cd makeinfo; make makeinfo.dvi) + +You can then print the resulting .dvi files with the `lpr' command (on BSD +systems. On SysV systems the command is `lp'. Consult your man pages for +more information). + +For example, the command to print the texinfo.dvi file might be: + + $ lpr -d texinfo.dvi + +The name of the printing command depends on the system; `lpr -d' is +common, and is illustrated here. You may use a different name for the +printing command. + +Please report bugs to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu. + +Happy formatting. diff --git a/texinfo/Makefile.in b/texinfo/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4a5083853eb --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,244 @@ +# Makefile for Texinfo distribution. +# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.11 1996/10/04 18:40:33 karl Exp $ +# +# Copyright (C) 1993, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +#### Start of system configuration section. #### + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +VPATH = $(srcdir):$(common) + +common = $(srcdir)/libtxi + +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +CC = @CC@ + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + +LN = ln +RM = rm -f +TAR = tar +MKDIR = mkdir + +DEFS = @DEFS@ +LIBS = @LIBS@ +LOADLIBES = $(LIBS) + +ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ + +SHELL = /bin/sh + +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ + +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +bindir = @bindir@ +# Prefix for each installed program, normally empty or `g'. +binprefix = +# Prefix for each installed man page, normally empty or `g'. +manprefix = +mandir = @mandir@/man$(manext) +manext = 1 +infodir = @infodir@ + +# For info program. +DEFAULT_INFOPATH = $(infodir):. + +#### End of system configuration section. #### + +VERSION = 3.9 +DISTNAME = texinfo-$(VERSION) + +# Subdirectories that have makefiles +SUBDIRS = libtxi makeinfo info util emacs + +# All subdirectories that go into a distribution +ALL_SUBDIRS = $(SUBDIRS) makeinfo/macros + +MDEFINES = bindir='$(bindir)' mandir='$(mandir)' manext='$(manext)' \ + prefix='$(prefix)' binprefix='$(binprefix)' \ + manprefix='$(manprefix)' infodir='$(infodir)' CFLAGS='$(CFLAGS)' \ + CC='$(CC)' ALLOCA='$(ALLOCA)' LDFLAGS='$(LDFLAGS)' \ + DEFAULT_INFOPATH='$(DEFAULT_INFOPATH)' \ + INSTALL='$(INSTALL)' INSTALL_DATA='$(INSTALL_DATA)' \ + INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' + +all: sub-all texinfo + +check: +installcheck: +dvi: texinfo.dvi license.dvi lgpl.dvi + @for dir in $(SUBDIRS); do cd $$dir; $(MAKE) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) $@; cd ..; done + +install: all installdirs + test -f $(infodir)/dir || $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/dir $(infodir) + for dir in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + echo making $@ in $$dir; \ + (cd $$dir && $(MAKE) $(MDEFINES) $@ || exit 1); \ + done + d=$(srcdir); test -f ./texinfo && d=.; \ + (cd $$d && for f in texinfo* ; do \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$f $(infodir)/$$f; done) + $(POST_INSTALL) + ./util/install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/texinfo + @echo Please install $(srcdir)/texinfo.tex manually. + +installdirs: + -$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/util/mkinstalldirs $(bindir) $(datadir) $(infodir) $(mandir) + +.PHONY: install-info +install-info: info + for dir in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + echo making $@ in $$dir; \ + (cd $$dir && $(MAKE) $(MDEFINES) $@ || exit 1); \ + done + d=$(srcdir); test -f ./texinfo && d=.; \ + (cd $$d; \ + for f in texinfo* ; do \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$f $(infodir)/$$f; \ + done) + +uninstall: + for dir in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + echo making $@ in $$dir; \ + (cd $$dir && $(MAKE) $(MDEFINES) $@ || exit 1); \ + done + $(RM) $(infodir)/texinfo $(infodir)/texinfo-* + +Makefile: Makefile.in config.status + $(SHELL) ./config.status + +config.status: configure + $(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck + +#configure: configure.in +# cd $(srcdir) && autoconf + +sub-all TAGS: + for dir in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + echo making $@ in $$dir; \ + (cd $$dir && $(MAKE) $(MDEFINES) $@ || exit 1); \ + done +.PHONY: sub-all + +clean mostlyclean: + for dir in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + echo making $@ in $$dir; \ + (cd $$dir && $(MAKE) $(MDEFINES) $@ || exit 1); \ + done + +distclean: clean texclean + for dir in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + echo making $@ in $$dir; \ + (cd $$dir && $(MAKE) $(MDEFINES) $@ || exit 1); \ + done + $(RM) Makefile *.status *.cache *.log texinfo texinfo-? texinfo-?? + +texclean: + $(RM) *.aux *.cp *.cps *.dvi *.fn *.fns *.ky *.kys *.pg *.pgs + $(RM) *.toc *.tp *.tps *.vr *.vrs + +realclean: distclean + +# Let's hope we weren't cross-compiling. +# If we depend on sub-all, this always gets remade. Annoying. +info texinfo: texinfo.texi + ./makeinfo/makeinfo$(EXEEXT) -I$(srcdir) texinfo.texi +.PHONY: info + +texinfo.dvi: + PATH="$(srcdir)/util:$${PATH}" TEXINPUTS="$(srcdir):$(common):$${TEXINPUTS}" texi2dvi $(srcdir)/texinfo.texi +.PHONY: dvi + +license.info: $(srcdir)/license.texi + $(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir) -o license.info $(srcdir)/license.texi + +license.dvi: $(srcdir)/license.texi + PATH="$(srcdir)/util:$${PATH}" TEXINPUTS="$(srcdir):$(common):$${TEXINPUTS}" texi2dvi $(srcdir)/license.texi + +lgpl.info: $(srcdir)/liblic.texi + $(MAKEINFO) -I$(srcdir) -o lgpl.info $(srcdir)/liblic.texi + +lgpl.dvi: $(srcdir)/liblic.texi + PATH="$(srcdir)/util:$${PATH}" TEXINPUTS="$(srcdir):$(common):$${TEXINPUTS}" texi2dvi $(srcdir)/liblic.texi + mv liblic.dvi lgpl.dvi + +dist: DISTFILES + $(RM) -r $(DISTNAME) + $(MKDIR) $(DISTNAME) + for d in `find . -type d ! -name RCS -print`; do \ + d=`echo $$d | grep -v '[@=]'`; \ + test -z "$$d" || test "$$d" = . || test "$$d" = "./$(DISTNAME)" \ + || mkdir $(DISTNAME)/$$d; done + for f in `cat DISTFILES`; do \ + $(LN) $(srcdir)/$$f $(DISTNAME)/$$f || \ + { echo copying $$f; cp -p $(srcdir)/$$f $(DISTNAME)/$$f ; } \ + done + (cd $(DISTNAME); $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) distclean) + $(TAR) chvf - $(DISTNAME) | gzip >$(DISTNAME).tar.gz + $(RM) -r $(DISTNAME) + +# Gets rid of most of the unwanted files. Verify manually (if necessary) +# that this produces a list of all the files desired in the distribution. +DISTFILES: force + (cd $(srcdir); find . ! -type d -print) \ + | sed '/\/RCS\//d; \ + /\/EMACS-BACKUPS\//d; \ + /\.tar.*/d; \ + /~$$/d; /\.o$$/d; \ + /\.gdbinit$$/d; \ + /\.orig$$/d; \ + /\#$$/d; \ + /\/info\/info$$/d; \ + /\.info$$/d; \ + /\.elc/d; \ + /\/makeinfo\/makeinfo$$/d; \ + /\/$(DISTNAME)\/.*$$/d; \ + /\/util\/texindex$$/d; \ + /texinfo$$/d; \ + /texinfo-[0-9]+$$/d; \ + /\/.*\.BAK$$/d; \ + /\/.*\.a$$/d; \ + /\/core$$/d; \ + /\/*\.core$$/d; \ + /\/core\..*$$/d; \ + /\/a.out$$/d; \ + /\/[=@]/d; \ + /\/conftest\.c$$/d; \ + /\/DISTFILES$$/d; \ + /\/foo$$/d; \ + /\/bar$$/d; \ + /\.toc$$/d; \ + /\.bak$$/d; \ + /\.aux$$/d; /\.log$$/d; \ + /\.cps$$/d; /\.cp$$/d; \ + /\.fns$$/d; /\.fn$$/d; \ + /\.tps$$/d; /\.tp$$/d; \ + /\.vrs$$/d; /\.vr$$/d; \ + /\.pgs$$/d; /\.pg$$/d; \ + /\.kys$$/d; /\.ky$$/d; \ + /\.ops$$/d; /\.op$$/d; \ + s/^.\///; /^\.$$/d;' \ + | sort | uniq > DISTFILES + +force: + +# Prevent GNU make v3 from overflowing arg limit on SysV. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/texinfo/NEWS b/texinfo/NEWS new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ffc70933396 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/NEWS @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +This file records noteworthy changes. + +3.9 (4 October 1996) +* makeinfo: + - Give a suppressible (with --no-validate) error for references + outside of any node. + - Keep track of multitable output correctly for split files; this + caused nodes after the first multitable to be ``undefined''. +* install-info: + - Rename --infodir option to --info-dir. + - More robust error checking to avoid various crashes. +* configure: Include replacements for memcpy and memmove functions in + the distribution, in case they are missing. + +3.8 (30 September 1996) +* Define and/or document new and/or previously existing commands: + Accents: @" @' @, @" @= @^ @` @~ @H @d @dotaccent @dotless @ringaccent + @tieaccent @u @ubaraccent @v + Special characters: @AA @AE @L @O @OE @aa @ae @exclamdown @l @o @oe + @pounds @questiondown @ss + Special punctuation: @! @? @enddots + dir file maintenance: @dircategory @direntry; also new program, install-info + HTML support: @email @url @ifhtml...@end ifhtml + Macros: @macro @unmacro + Tables: @multitable @tab + Hyphenation: @- @hyphenation + Spacing: @ @<TAB> @<NEWLINE> + Sectioning: + @headings singleafter/doubleafter (change heading style after current page) + @centerchap + @setchapterstyle + Other: + @shorttitlepage (simple title pages) + @detailmenu...@end detailmenu (help makeinfo parse master menus) +* Makeinfo prefers an input file named `foo.texinfo' or `foo.texi' or + `foo.txinfo' to just `foo' (the latter most likely being an executable). +* Makeinfo implements @. @! @? correctly, as end-of-sentence punctuation. +* @key marks its argument with a lozenge in TeX and <...> in Info. +* TeX output has substantially decreased interline spacing and other + formatting changes. +* Remove these obsolete and never-documented commands: + @infotop + @infoappendix @infoappendixsec @infoappendixsubsec @infoappendixsubsubsec + @infochapter @infosection @infosubsection @infosubsubsection + @infounnumbered @infounnumberedsec @infounnumberedsubsec + @infounnumberedsubsubsec + @input + @smallbreak @medbreak + @overfullrule + @br +* Deprecate these obsolete commands, to be removed in the next release: + @ctrl + @infoinclude + @iappendix @iappendixsection @iappendixsec @iappendixsubsec + @iappendixsubsubsec + @ichapter @isection @isubsection @isubsubsection + @iunnumbered @iunnumberedsec @iunnumberedsubsec @iunnumberedsubsubsec + @setchapterstyle + @titlespec + +3.7 (24 December 1995) +* Have --version print texinfo release number as well as the individual + program version. +* Better man page cleaning. +* Update Elisp files from current Emacs release. + +3.6 (21 June 1995) +* Unmatched brace error reporting improved. +* Missing comment terminator prevented compilation. + +3.5 (20 June 1995) +* Autoconf update. +* Support for parallel makes. +* make install does not install Elisp files. + +3.4 (19 June 1995) +* Handle @ifhtml in Elisp. +* Update FSF address. + +3.3 (15 June 1995) +* Portability changes. +* Compile Elisp files. +* Don't distribute .info* files. + +3.2 (9 June 1995) +* Standalone Info can read Unix man pages. +* New commands: @! @? @^ @" @enddots. +* makeinfo -E does macro expansion (and nothing else). + +3.1 (23 May 1993) +Just bug fixes, see ChangeLog for full details. + +texinfo-3.0: first release of Texinfo version 2, with many new commands. diff --git a/texinfo/README b/texinfo/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..357a98fb555 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/README @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +Texinfo, Version 3 +================== + +This is the README file for version 3 of the Texinfo distribution. +Files within this distribution have their own version and edition +numbers. When you refer to a file, please mention its own number, as +well as the version number of the Texinfo distribution. + +PLEASE REPORT BUGS TO: bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu + +Texinfo is a documentation system that uses a single source file to +produce both on-line information and printed output. This means that +instead of writing two different documents, one for the on-line help +or other on-line information and the other for a typeset manual or +other printed work, you need write only one document. When the work +is revised, you need revise only one document. You can read the +on-line information, known as an "Info file", with an Info +documentation-reading program. By convention, Texinfo source file +names end with a `.texi' or `.texinfo' extension. Texinfo is +described in the Texinfo manual (the file ./texinfo.texi). + +You can write and format Texinfo files into Info files within GNU Emacs, +and read them using the Emacs Info reader. If you do not have Emacs, +you can format Texinfo files into Info files using `makeinfo' and read +them using `info'. Use TeX, which is not included in this package (see +`How to Obtain TeX' in the Texinfo manual for information), to typeset +Texinfo files for printing. + +For instructions on compiling and installing info, makeinfo, texi2dvi, +and texindex, please read the file `INSTALL'. The Emacs Lisp files are +not installed by default; to install them, use `make install' in the +`emacs' subdirectory. The Info tree uses a file `dir' as its root node; +a sample `dir' file is included in the distribution, but not installed +anywhere. Use it or not as you like. + +This distribution includes (but is not limited to) the following files: + + README This file. + + INTRODUCTION This file tells you how to create + readable files from the Texinfo source + files in this distribution. + +Texinfo source files: + + texinfo.texi This manual describes Texinfo. It + tells how to use Texinfo to write + documentation, how to use Texinfo mode + in GNU Emacs, how to use TeX, + makeinfo, and the Emacs Lisp Texinfo + formatting commands. + + info.texi This manual tells you how to use + Info. This document comes as part of + GNU Emacs. If you do not have Emacs, + you can format this Texinfo source + file with makeinfo or TeX and then + read the resulting Info file with the + standalone Info reader that is part of + this distribution. + + info-stnd.texi This manual tells you how to use + the standalone GNU Info reader that is + included in this distribution as a C + source file, `info.c'. + + makeinfo.texi This manual tells you how to use + makeinfo. The same information is + contained in a chapter of the Texinfo + manual; it has been extracted here for + your convenience. + + +Printing related files: + + texinfo.tex This TeX definitions file tells + the TeX program how to typeset a + Texinfo file into a DVI file ready for + printing. + + texindex.c This file contains the source for + the `texindex' program that generates + sorted indices used by TeX when + typesetting a file for printing. + + texi2dvi This is a shell script for + producing an indexed DVI file using + TeX and texindex. Must be used if the + source document uses Texinfo @macros. + + +GNU Emacs related files: + + texinfmt.el This Emacs Lisp file provides the + functions that GNU Emacs uses to + format a Texinfo file into an Info + file. + + texinfo.el This file provides Texinfo mode + for GNU Emacs. + + texnfo-upd.el These files provides commands to + texnfo-tex.el help you write Texinfo files + makeinfo.el using GNU Emacs Texinfo mode. + + detexinfo.el This extra utility file contains functions + to remove Texinfo commands from a + Texinfo source file. + + info.el These are the standard GNU Emacs + informat.el Info reading and support files, + included here for your convenience. + + +Source files for standalone C programs: + + makeinfo.c This file contains the source for + the `makeinfo' program that you can + use to create an Info file from a + Texinfo file. + + info.c This file contains the source for + the `info' program that you can use to + view Info files on an ASCII terminal. + + getopt.c Various support files + getopt1.c + getopt.h + + +C Installation files: + + configure This file creates creates a Makefile + which in turn creates an `info' or + `makeinfo' executable, or a C sources + distribution. + + configure.in This is a template for creating + `configure' using m4 macros. + + Makefile.in This is a template for `configure' + to use to make a Makefile. + + +Other files: + + NEWS This contains a summary of new + features since the first edition + of Texinfo. + + info.1 This is a `man' page that briefly + describes the standalone `info' + program. + + fixfonts This is a shell script to install the + `lcircle10' TeX fonts as an alias for + the `circle10' fonts. In some older + TeX distributions the names are + different. + + tex3patch This handles a bug for version + 3.0 of TeX that does not occur in + more recent versions. diff --git a/texinfo/TODO b/texinfo/TODO new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..de5b571722f --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/TODO @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +If you are interested in working on any of these, +email bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu. + +* Use Automake. + +* Use a config header file instead of @DEFS@. + +* A detexinfo program, like detex or delatex. This command would + strip all the texinfo commands out, and would be used as a filter on + the way to a speller. An option would be to NOT strip comments out. + makeinfo --no-headers come close. + +* Change bars. This is difficult or impossible in TeX, + unfortunately. To do it right requires device driver support. + +* The dark corner symbol for the gawk manual. + +* Better i18n support, including support for 8-bit input + characters. Requires fonts, and the DC fonts are not (as of this + writing) free. + +* @exercise/@answer command for, e.g., gawk. + +* @figure. + +* HTML output in makeinfo. + +* Include a complete functional summary, a la a reference card, in the manual. + +* Use @ as the escape character, and Texinfo syntax generally, in the + table of contents, aux, and index files. Eliminate all the crazy + redefinitions of every Texinfo command (which lists always seem to be + incomplete). + +* Improve the manuals for makeinfo, standalone info, etc. diff --git a/texinfo/aclocal.m4 b/texinfo/aclocal.m4 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..556a341489c --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/aclocal.m4 @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +dnl aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.2 + +# Check to see if we're running under Cygwin32, without using +# AC_CANONICAL_*. If so, set output variable CYGWIN32 to "yes". +# Otherwise set it to "no". + +dnl AM_CYGWIN32() +AC_DEFUN(AM_CYGWIN32, +[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for Cygwin32 environment, am_cv_cygwin32, +[AC_TRY_COMPILE(,[int main () { return __CYGWIN32__; }], +am_cv_cygwin32=yes, am_cv_cygwin32=no) +rm -f conftest*]) +CYGWIN32= +test "$am_cv_cygwin32" = yes && CYGWIN32=yes]) + +# Check to see if we're running under Win32, without using +# AC_CANONICAL_*. If so, set output variable EXEEXT to ".exe". +# Otherwise set it to "". + +dnl AM_EXEEXT() +dnl This knows we add .exe if we're building in the Cygwin32 +dnl environment. But if we're not, then it compiles a test program +dnl to see if there is a suffix for executables. +AC_DEFUN(AM_EXEEXT, +dnl AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])AC_REQUIRE([AM_CYGWIN32]) +AC_MSG_CHECKING([for executable suffix]) +[AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_exeext, +[if test "$CYGWIN32" = yes; then +am_cv_exeext=.exe +else +cat > am_c_test.c << 'EOF' +int main() { +/* Nothing needed here */ +} +EOF +${CC-cc} -o am_c_test $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS am_c_test.c $LIBS 1>&5 +am_cv_exeext=`ls am_c_test.* | grep -v am_c_test.c | sed -e s/am_c_test//` +rm -f am_c_test*]) +test x"${am_cv_exeext}" = x && am_cv_exeext=no +fi +EXEEXT="" +test x"${am_cv_exeext}" != xno && EXEEXT=${am_cv_exeext} +AC_MSG_RESULT(${am_cv_exeext}) +AC_SUBST(EXEEXT)]) + diff --git a/texinfo/configure b/texinfo/configure new file mode 100755 index 00000000000..f6ecd822667 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/configure @@ -0,0 +1,2025 @@ +#! /bin/sh + +# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. +# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.12 +# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. + +# Defaults: +ac_help= +ac_default_prefix=/usr/local +# Any additions from configure.in: + +# Initialize some variables set by options. +# The variables have the same names as the options, with +# dashes changed to underlines. +build=NONE +cache_file=./config.cache +exec_prefix=NONE +host=NONE +no_create= +nonopt=NONE +no_recursion= +prefix=NONE +program_prefix=NONE +program_suffix=NONE +program_transform_name=s,x,x, +silent= +site= +srcdir= +target=NONE +verbose= +x_includes=NONE +x_libraries=NONE +bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' +sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' +libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' +datadir='${prefix}/share' +sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' +sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' +localstatedir='${prefix}/var' +libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' +includedir='${prefix}/include' +oldincludedir='/usr/include' +infodir='${prefix}/info' +mandir='${prefix}/man' + +# Initialize some other variables. +subdirs= +MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS= +# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document. +ac_max_here_lines=12 + +ac_prev= +for ac_option +do + + # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. + if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option" + ac_prev= + continue + fi + + case "$ac_option" in + -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;; + *) ac_optarg= ;; + esac + + # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. + + case "$ac_option" in + + -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) + ac_prev=bindir ;; + -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) + bindir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) + ac_prev=build ;; + -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) + build="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ + | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) + ac_prev=cache_file ;; + -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ + | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) + cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da) + ac_prev=datadir ;; + -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \ + | --da=*) + datadir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -disable-* | --disable-*) + ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'` + eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;; + + -enable-* | --enable-*) + ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'` + case "$ac_option" in + *=*) ;; + *) ac_optarg=yes ;; + esac + eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;; + + -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ + | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ + | --exec | --exe | --ex) + ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; + -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ + | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ + | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) + exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) + # Obsolete; use --with-gas. + with_gas=yes ;; + + -help | --help | --hel | --he) + # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. + # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. + cat << EOF +Usage: configure [options] [host] +Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions] +Configuration: + --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE + --help print this message + --no-create do not create output files + --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages + --version print the version of autoconf that created configure +Directory and file names: + --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX + [$ac_default_prefix] + --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX + [same as prefix] + --bindir=DIR user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin] + --sbindir=DIR system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin] + --libexecdir=DIR program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec] + --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data in DIR + [PREFIX/share] + --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc] + --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR + [PREFIX/com] + --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var] + --libdir=DIR object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib] + --includedir=DIR C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include] + --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include] + --infodir=DIR info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info] + --mandir=DIR man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man] + --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..] + --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names + --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names + --program-transform-name=PROGRAM + run sed PROGRAM on installed program names +EOF + cat << EOF +Host type: + --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST] + --host=HOST configure for HOST [guessed] + --target=TARGET configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST] +Features and packages: + --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) + --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] + --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] + --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) + --x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR + --x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR +EOF + if test -n "$ac_help"; then + echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help" + fi + exit 0 ;; + + -host | --host | --hos | --ho) + ac_prev=host ;; + -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) + host="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ + | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) + ac_prev=includedir ;; + -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ + | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) + includedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) + ac_prev=infodir ;; + -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) + infodir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) + ac_prev=libdir ;; + -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) + libdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ + | --libexe | --libex | --libe) + ac_prev=libexecdir ;; + -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ + | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) + libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ + | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \ + | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo) + ac_prev=localstatedir ;; + -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ + | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \ + | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*) + localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) + ac_prev=mandir ;; + -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) + mandir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -nfp | --nfp | --nf) + # Obsolete; use --without-fp. + with_fp=no ;; + + -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ + | --no-cr | --no-c) + no_create=yes ;; + + -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ + | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) + no_recursion=yes ;; + + -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ + | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ + | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) + ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; + -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ + | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ + | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) + oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) + ac_prev=prefix ;; + -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) + prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ + | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) + ac_prev=program_prefix ;; + -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ + | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) + program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ + | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) + ac_prev=program_suffix ;; + -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ + | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) + program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ + | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ + | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ + | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ + | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ + | --program-trans | --program-tran \ + | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) + ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; + -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ + | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ + | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ + | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ + | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ + | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ + | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) + program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) + silent=yes ;; + + -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) + ac_prev=sbindir ;; + -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ + | --sbi=* | --sb=*) + sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ + | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ + | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ + | --sha | --sh) + ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; + -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ + | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ + | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ + | --sha=* | --sh=*) + sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -site | --site | --sit) + ac_prev=site ;; + -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) + site="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) + ac_prev=srcdir ;; + -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) + srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ + | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) + ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; + -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ + | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) + sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) + ac_prev=target ;; + -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) + target="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) + verbose=yes ;; + + -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers) + echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.12" + exit 0 ;; + + -with-* | --with-*) + ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` + case "$ac_option" in + *=*) ;; + *) ac_optarg=yes ;; + esac + eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;; + + -without-* | --without-*) + ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` + eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;; + + --x) + # Obsolete; use --with-x. + with_x=yes ;; + + -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ + | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) + ac_prev=x_includes ;; + -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ + | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) + x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ + | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) + ac_prev=x_libraries ;; + -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ + | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) + x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; } + ;; + + *) + if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then + echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2 + fi + if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then + { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + nonopt="$ac_option" + ;; + + esac +done + +if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi + +trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15 + +# File descriptor usage: +# 0 standard input +# 1 file creation +# 2 errors and warnings +# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty +# 4 used on the Kubota Titan +# 6 checking for... messages and results +# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log +if test "$silent" = yes; then + exec 6>/dev/null +else + exec 6>&1 +fi +exec 5>./config.log + +echo "\ +This file contains any messages produced by compilers while +running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. +" 1>&5 + +# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. +# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters. +ac_configure_args= +for ac_arg +do + case "$ac_arg" in + -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ + | --no-cr | --no-c) ;; + -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ + | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;; + *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*) + ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;; + *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;; + esac +done + +# NLS nuisances. +# Only set these to C if already set. These must not be set unconditionally +# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO). +# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'! +# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check. +if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi +if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi +if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi +if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}" = set; then LC_CTYPE=C; export LC_CTYPE; fi + +# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. +rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h +# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline. +echo > confdefs.h + +# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that +# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct. +ac_unique_file=texinfo.texi + +# Find the source files, if location was not specified. +if test -z "$srcdir"; then + ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes + # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent. + ac_prog=$0 + ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=. + srcdir=$ac_confdir + if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then + srcdir=.. + fi +else + ac_srcdir_defaulted=no +fi +if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then + if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then + { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; } + else + { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi +fi +srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'` + +# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. +if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then + if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then + CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site" + else + CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site" + fi +fi +for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do + if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then + echo "loading site script $ac_site_file" + . "$ac_site_file" + fi +done + +if test -r "$cache_file"; then + echo "loading cache $cache_file" + . $cache_file +else + echo "creating cache $cache_file" + > $cache_file +fi + +ac_ext=c +# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' +ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' +cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross + +if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then + # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu. + if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then + ac_n= ac_c=' +' ac_t=' ' + else + ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t= + fi +else + ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t= +fi + + + +ac_aux_dir= +for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do + if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c" + break + elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then + ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir + ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c" + break + fi +done +if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then + { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi +ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess +ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub +ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure. + +# Find a good install program. We prefer a C program (faster), +# so one script is as good as another. But avoid the broken or +# incompatible versions: +# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install +# SunOS /usr/etc/install +# IRIX /sbin/install +# AIX /bin/install +# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args +# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff" +# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh. +echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:553: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5 +if test -z "$INSTALL"; then +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements. + case "$ac_dir/" in + /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;; + *) + # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install. + for ac_prog in ginstall installbsd scoinst install; do + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then + if test $ac_prog = install && + grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then + # AIX install. It has an incompatible calling convention. + # OSF/1 installbsd also uses dspmsg, but is usable. + : + else + ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c" + break 2 + fi + fi + done + ;; + esac + done + IFS="$ac_save_IFS" + +fi + if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then + INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install" + else + # As a last resort, use the slow shell script. We don't cache a + # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will + # break other packages using the cache if that directory is + # removed, or if the path is relative. + INSTALL="$ac_install_sh" + fi +fi +echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6 + +# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}. +# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution. +test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}' + +test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644' + +# Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:605: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="ranlib" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" + test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_RANLIB=":" +fi +fi +RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" +if test -n "$RANLIB"; then + echo "$ac_t""$RANLIB" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + + +# Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:635: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +fi +fi +CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +if test -n "$CC"; then + echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +if test -z "$CC"; then + # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args. +set dummy cc; ac_word=$2 +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:664: checking for $ac_word" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test -n "$CC"; then + ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test. +else + IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:" + ac_prog_rejected=no + for ac_dir in $PATH; do + test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=. + if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then + if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then + ac_prog_rejected=yes + continue + fi + ac_cv_prog_CC="cc" + break + fi + done + IFS="$ac_save_ifs" +if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then + # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it. + set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC + shift + if test $# -gt 0; then + # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one. + # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen + # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name. + shift + set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" "$@" + shift + ac_cv_prog_CC="$@" + fi +fi +fi +fi +CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC" +if test -n "$CC"; then + echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6 +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + + test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:712: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5 + +ac_ext=c +# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' +ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' +cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross + +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 722 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +main(){return(0);} +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:726: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes + # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler. + if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=no + else + ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=yes + fi +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + ac_cv_prog_cc_works=no +fi +rm -fr conftest* + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_prog_cc_works = no; then + { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi +echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:746: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5 +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6 +cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross + +echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:751: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.c <<EOF +#ifdef __GNUC__ + yes; +#endif +EOF +if { ac_try='${CC-cc} -E conftest.c'; { (eval echo configure:760: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then + ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes +else + ac_cv_prog_gcc=no +fi +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6 + +if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then + GCC=yes + ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}" + ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" + CFLAGS= + echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:775: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c +if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes +else + ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6 + if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then + CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS" + elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then + CFLAGS="-g -O2" + else + CFLAGS="-O2" + fi +else + GCC= + test "${CFLAGS+set}" = set || CFLAGS="-g" +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking for POSIXized ISC""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:803: checking for POSIXized ISC" >&5 +if test -d /etc/conf/kconfig.d && + grep _POSIX_VERSION /usr/include/sys/unistd.h >/dev/null 2>&1 +then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ISC=yes # If later tests want to check for ISC. + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define _POSIX_SOURCE 1 +EOF + + if test "$GCC" = yes; then + CC="$CC -posix" + else + CC="$CC -Xp" + fi +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 + ISC= +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:824: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5 +# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory. +if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then + CPP= +fi +if test -z "$CPP"; then +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get + # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make. + CPP="${CC-cc} -E" + # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, + # not just through cpp. + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 839 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +#include <assert.h> +Syntax Error +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:845: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + : +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp" + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 856 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +#include <assert.h> +Syntax Error +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:862: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + : +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + CPP=/lib/cpp +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +rm -f conftest* + ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP" +fi + CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP" +else + ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP" +fi +echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6 + +ac_safe=`echo "minix/config.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +echo $ac_n "checking for minix/config.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:886: checking for minix/config.h" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 891 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +#include <minix/config.h> +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:896: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + MINIX=yes +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +MINIX= +fi + +if test "$MINIX" = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define _POSIX_SOURCE 1 +EOF + + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define _POSIX_1_SOURCE 2 +EOF + + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define _MINIX 1 +EOF + +fi + + +echo $ac_n "checking for Cygwin32 environment""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:935: checking for Cygwin32 environment" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_cygwin32'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 940 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" + +int main() { +int main () { return __CYGWIN32__; } +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:947: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + am_cv_cygwin32=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + am_cv_cygwin32=no +fi +rm -f conftest* +rm -f conftest* +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$am_cv_cygwin32" 1>&6 +CYGWIN32= +test "$am_cv_cygwin32" = yes && CYGWIN32=yes +echo $ac_n "checking for executable suffix""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:964: checking for executable suffix" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_exeext'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test "$CYGWIN32" = yes; then +am_cv_exeext=.exe +else +cat > am_c_test.c << 'EOF' +int main() { +/* Nothing needed here */ +} +EOF +${CC-cc} -o am_c_test $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS am_c_test.c $LIBS 1>&5 +am_cv_exeext=`ls am_c_test.* | grep -v am_c_test.c | sed -e s/am_c_test//` +rm -f am_c_test* +fi + +test x"${am_cv_exeext}" = x && am_cv_exeext=no +fi +EXEEXT="" +test x"${am_cv_exeext}" != xno && EXEEXT=${am_cv_exeext} +echo "$ac_t""${am_cv_exeext}" 1>&6 + + +# Needed on sysV68 for sigblock, sigsetmask. +echo $ac_n "checking for sigblock in -lbsd""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:990: checking for sigblock in -lbsd" >&5 +ac_lib_var=`echo bsd'_'sigblock | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" +LIBS="-lbsd $LIBS" +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 998 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char sigblock(); + +int main() { +sigblock() +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1009: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_lib=HAVE_LIB`echo bsd | sed -e 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g' \ + -e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/'` + cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF +#define $ac_tr_lib 1 +EOF + + LIBS="-lbsd $LIBS" + +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + + +TERMLIBS= +for termlib in curses ncurses termcap terminfo termlib ; do + echo $ac_n "checking for tputs in -l${termlib}""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1040: checking for tputs in -l${termlib}" >&5 +ac_lib_var=`echo ${termlib}'_'tputs | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS" +LIBS="-l${termlib} $LIBS" +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 1048 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char tputs(); + +int main() { +tputs() +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1059: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS" + +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + TERMLIBS="${TERMLIBS} -l${termlib}"; break +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +done + + +echo $ac_n "checking for ANSI C header files""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1083: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_stdc'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 1088 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdarg.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <float.h> +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:1096: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=yes +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 1113 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +#include <string.h> +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. +cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 1131 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +#include <stdlib.h> +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + : +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. +if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + : +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 1152 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +#include <ctype.h> +#define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') +#define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) +#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) +int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) +if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) exit(2); +exit (0); } + +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1163: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null +then + : +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -fr conftest* + ac_cv_header_stdc=no +fi +rm -fr conftest* +fi + +fi +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_stdc" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define STDC_HEADERS 1 +EOF + +fi + +for ac_hdr in unistd.h termios.h termio.h strings.h string.h varargs.h \ + sys/time.h sys/fcntl.h sys/ttold.h sys/ptem.h sys/file.h +do +ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'` +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1191: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 1196 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +#include <$ac_hdr> +EOF +ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out" +{ (eval echo configure:1201: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; } +ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out` +if test -z "$ac_err"; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes" +else + echo "$ac_err" >&5 + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'` + cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF +#define $ac_tr_hdr 1 +EOF + +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi +done + + +echo $ac_n "checking for off_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1229: checking for off_t" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_off_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 1234 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +#include <sys/types.h> +#if STDC_HEADERS +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stddef.h> +#endif +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "off_t[^a-zA-Z_0-9]" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_type_off_t=yes +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_type_off_t=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_off_t" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_type_off_t = no; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define off_t long +EOF + +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking for working const""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1262: checking for working const" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_const'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 1267 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" + +int main() { + +/* Ultrix mips cc rejects this. */ +typedef int charset[2]; const charset x; +/* SunOS 4.1.1 cc rejects this. */ +char const *const *ccp; +char **p; +/* NEC SVR4.0.2 mips cc rejects this. */ +struct point {int x, y;}; +static struct point const zero = {0,0}; +/* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this. + It does not let you subtract one const X* pointer from another in an arm + of an if-expression whose if-part is not a constant expression */ +const char *g = "string"; +ccp = &g + (g ? g-g : 0); +/* HPUX 7.0 cc rejects these. */ +++ccp; +p = (char**) ccp; +ccp = (char const *const *) p; +{ /* SCO 3.2v4 cc rejects this. */ + char *t; + char const *s = 0 ? (char *) 0 : (char const *) 0; + + *t++ = 0; +} +{ /* Someone thinks the Sun supposedly-ANSI compiler will reject this. */ + int x[] = {25, 17}; + const int *foo = &x[0]; + ++foo; +} +{ /* Sun SC1.0 ANSI compiler rejects this -- but not the above. */ + typedef const int *iptr; + iptr p = 0; + ++p; +} +{ /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this saying + "k.c", line 2.27: 1506-025 (S) Operand must be a modifiable lvalue. */ + struct s { int j; const int *ap[3]; }; + struct s *b; b->j = 5; +} +{ /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */ + const int foo = 10; +} + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1316: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_c_const=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_c_const=no +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_const" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define const +EOF + +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking whether struct tm is in sys/time.h or time.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1337: checking whether struct tm is in sys/time.h or time.h" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_struct_tm'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 1342 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <time.h> +int main() { +struct tm *tp; tp->tm_sec; +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1350: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_struct_tm=time.h +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_struct_tm=sys/time.h +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_struct_tm" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_struct_tm = sys/time.h; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define TM_IN_SYS_TIME 1 +EOF + +fi + + +# The Ultrix 4.2 mips builtin alloca declared by alloca.h only works +# for constant arguments. Useless! +echo $ac_n "checking for working alloca.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1374: checking for working alloca.h" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_alloca_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 1379 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +#include <alloca.h> +int main() { +char *p = alloca(2 * sizeof(int)); +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1386: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_alloca_h=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_header_alloca_h=no +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_alloca_h" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_header_alloca_h = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1 +EOF + +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking for alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1407: checking for alloca" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_alloca_works'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 1412 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +#else +# if HAVE_ALLOCA_H +# include <alloca.h> +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */ +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +int main() { +char *p = (char *) alloca(1); +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1435: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_func_alloca_works=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_func_alloca_works=no +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_alloca_works" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +EOF + +fi + +if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = no; then + # The SVR3 libPW and SVR4 libucb both contain incompatible functions + # that cause trouble. Some versions do not even contain alloca or + # contain a buggy version. If you still want to use their alloca, + # use ar to extract alloca.o from them instead of compiling alloca.c. + ALLOCA=alloca.o + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define C_ALLOCA 1 +EOF + + +echo $ac_n "checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1467: checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_os_cray'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 1472 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +#if defined(CRAY) && ! defined(CRAY2) +webecray +#else +wenotbecray +#endif + +EOF +if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | + egrep "webecray" >/dev/null 2>&1; then + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_os_cray=yes +else + rm -rf conftest* + ac_cv_os_cray=no +fi +rm -f conftest* + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_os_cray" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_os_cray = yes; then +for ac_func in _getb67 GETB67 getb67; do + echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1497: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 1502 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */ +#include <assert.h> +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char $ac_func(); + +int main() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) +choke me +#else +$ac_func(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1525: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF +#define CRAY_STACKSEG_END $ac_func +EOF + + break +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi + +done +fi + +echo $ac_n "checking stack direction for C alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1552: checking stack direction for C alloca" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_stack_direction'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + ac_cv_c_stack_direction=0 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 1560 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +find_stack_direction () +{ + static char *addr = 0; + auto char dummy; + if (addr == 0) + { + addr = &dummy; + return find_stack_direction (); + } + else + return (&dummy > addr) ? 1 : -1; +} +main () +{ + exit (find_stack_direction() < 0); +} +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1579: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null +then + ac_cv_c_stack_direction=1 +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -fr conftest* + ac_cv_c_stack_direction=-1 +fi +rm -fr conftest* +fi + +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_stack_direction" 1>&6 +cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF +#define STACK_DIRECTION $ac_cv_c_stack_direction +EOF + +fi + +if test "$ac_cv_c_cross" = no; then + echo $ac_n "checking whether setvbuf arguments are reversed""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1602: checking whether setvbuf arguments are reversed" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then + { echo "configure: error: can not run test program while cross compiling" 1>&2; exit 1; } +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 1610 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +#include <stdio.h> +/* If setvbuf has the reversed format, exit 0. */ +main () { + /* This call has the arguments reversed. + A reversed system may check and see that the address of main + is not _IOLBF, _IONBF, or _IOFBF, and return nonzero. */ + if (setvbuf(stdout, _IOLBF, (char *) main, BUFSIZ) != 0) + exit(1); + putc('\r', stdout); + exit(0); /* Non-reversed systems segv here. */ +} +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1624: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null +then + ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed=yes +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -fr conftest* + ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed=no +fi +rm -fr conftest* +fi + +rm -f core core.* *.core +fi + +echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed" 1>&6 +if test $ac_cv_func_setvbuf_reversed = yes; then + cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF +#define SETVBUF_REVERSED 1 +EOF + +fi + +fi +for ac_func in setvbuf getcwd memset bzero strchr strcasecmp \ + vfprintf vsprintf strerror sigprocmask sigsetmask +do +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1652: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 1657 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */ +#include <assert.h> +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char $ac_func(); + +int main() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) +choke me +#else +$ac_func(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1680: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` + cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF +#define $ac_tr_func 1 +EOF + +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +fi +done + +for ac_func in memcpy memmove strdup +do +echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6 +echo "configure:1707: checking for $ac_func" >&5 +if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then + echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6 +else + cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF +#line 1712 "configure" +#include "confdefs.h" +/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes, + which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below. */ +#include <assert.h> +/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error. */ +/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2 + builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply. */ +char $ac_func(); + +int main() { + +/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements + to always fail with ENOSYS. Some functions are actually named + something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias. */ +#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func) +choke me +#else +$ac_func(); +#endif + +; return 0; } +EOF +if { (eval echo configure:1735: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes" +else + echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5 + cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5 + rm -rf conftest* + eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no" +fi +rm -f conftest* +fi + +if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then + echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6 + ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'` + cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF +#define $ac_tr_func 1 +EOF + +else + echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6 +LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS ${ac_func}.o" +fi +done + + + +trap '' 1 2 15 +cat > confcache <<\EOF +# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure +# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure +# scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. +# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. +# +# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file, +# creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure +# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is +# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in +# subdirectories, so they share the cache. +# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure. +# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the +# --recheck option to rerun configure. +# +EOF +# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, +# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. +# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values. +# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, +# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. +(set) 2>&1 | + case `(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in + *ac_space=\ *) + # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution + # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \). + sed -n \ + -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \ + -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p" + ;; + *) + # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. + sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p' + ;; + esac >> confcache +if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then + : +else + if test -w $cache_file; then + echo "updating cache $cache_file" + cat confcache > $cache_file + else + echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" + fi +fi +rm -f confcache + +trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15 + +test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix +# Let make expand exec_prefix. +test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' + +# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute +# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed. +# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it. +if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then + ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[^:]*$/d' +fi + +trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15 + +# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS. +# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules. +# Protect against Makefile macro expansion. +cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF +s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g +s%[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g +s%\[%\\&%g +s%\]%\\&%g +s%\$%$$%g +EOF +DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '` +rm -f conftest.defs + + +# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status. +: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status} + +echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS +rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS +cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF +#! /bin/sh +# Generated automatically by configure. +# Run this file to recreate the current configuration. +# This directory was configured as follows, +# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: +# +# $0 $ac_configure_args +# +# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging +# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists. + +ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]" +for ac_option +do + case "\$ac_option" in + -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) + echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion" + exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;; + -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v) + echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.12" + exit 0 ;; + -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h) + echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;; + *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;; + esac +done + +ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir +ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL" + +trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile libtxi/Makefile makeinfo/Makefile info/Makefile util/Makefile emacs/Makefile " | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15 +EOF +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF + +# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status. +sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g; + s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF +$ac_vpsub +$extrasub +s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g +s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g +s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g +s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g +s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g +s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g +s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g +s%@prefix@%$prefix%g +s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g +s%@bindir@%$bindir%g +s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g +s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g +s%@datadir@%$datadir%g +s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g +s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g +s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g +s%@libdir@%$libdir%g +s%@includedir@%$includedir%g +s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g +s%@infodir@%$infodir%g +s%@mandir@%$mandir%g +s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g +s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g +s%@RANLIB@%$RANLIB%g +s%@CC@%$CC%g +s%@CPP@%$CPP%g +s%@EXEEXT@%$EXEEXT%g +s%@TERMLIBS@%$TERMLIBS%g +s%@ALLOCA@%$ALLOCA%g +s%@LIBOBJS@%$LIBOBJS%g + +CEOF +EOF + +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF + +# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with +# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX. +ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script. +ac_file=1 # Number of current file. +ac_beg=1 # First line for current file. +ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file. +ac_more_lines=: +ac_sed_cmds="" +while $ac_more_lines; do + if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then + sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file + else + sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file + fi + if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then + ac_more_lines=false + rm -f conftest.s$ac_file + else + if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then + ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file" + else + ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file" + fi + ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1` + ac_beg=$ac_end + ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds` + fi +done +if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then + ac_sed_cmds=cat +fi +EOF + +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF + +CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile libtxi/Makefile makeinfo/Makefile info/Makefile util/Makefile emacs/Makefile "} +EOF +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF +for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then + # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in". + case "$ac_file" in + *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'` + ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; + *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;; + esac + + # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories. + + # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname. + ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then + # The file is in a subdirectory. + test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir" + ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`" + # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. + ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` + else + ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots= + fi + + case "$ac_given_srcdir" in + .) srcdir=. + if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=. + else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;; + /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + ?:*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + *) # Relative path. + srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix" + top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + esac + + case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in + [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;; + *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;; + esac + + echo creating "$ac_file" + rm -f "$ac_file" + configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure." + case "$ac_file" in + *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\ +# $configure_input" ;; + *) ac_comsub= ;; + esac + + ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%g"` + sed -e "$ac_comsub +s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g +s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g +s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g +s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g +" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file +fi; done +rm -f conftest.s* + +EOF +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF + +EOF +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF + +exit 0 +EOF +chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS +rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files +test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1 + diff --git a/texinfo/configure.in b/texinfo/configure.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..321923d4753 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/configure.in @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. +dnl $Id: configure.in,v 1.3 1996/10/03 18:33:52 karl Exp $ +AC_PREREQ(2.5) +AC_INIT(texinfo.texi) + +dnl Checks for programs. +dnl AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL +AC_PROG_INSTALL +AC_PROG_RANLIB + +AC_ISC_POSIX +AC_MINIX + +AM_CYGWIN32 +AM_EXEEXT + +dnl Checks for libraries. +# Needed on sysV68 for sigblock, sigsetmask. +AC_CHECK_LIB(bsd, sigblock) + +TERMLIBS= +for termlib in curses ncurses termcap terminfo termlib ; do + AC_CHECK_LIB(${termlib}, tputs, + [TERMLIBS="${TERMLIBS} -l${termlib}"; break]) +done +AC_SUBST(TERMLIBS) + +dnl Checks for header files. +AC_HEADER_STDC +AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h termios.h termio.h strings.h string.h varargs.h \ + sys/time.h sys/fcntl.h sys/ttold.h sys/ptem.h sys/file.h) + +dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics. +AC_TYPE_OFF_T +AC_C_CONST +AC_STRUCT_TM + +dnl Checks for library functions. +AC_FUNC_ALLOCA +if test "$ac_cv_c_cross" = no; then + AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED +fi +AC_CHECK_FUNCS(setvbuf getcwd memset bzero strchr strcasecmp \ + vfprintf vsprintf strerror sigprocmask sigsetmask) +dnl strcasecmp, strerror, xmalloc, xrealloc, probably others should be added. +AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(memcpy memmove strdup) + +AC_OUTPUT(Makefile libtxi/Makefile makeinfo/Makefile info/Makefile util/Makefile emacs/Makefile diff --git a/texinfo/dir b/texinfo/dir new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8f7e01d7867 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/dir @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +$Id: dir,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:57:52 jason Exp $ +This is the file .../info/dir, which contains the topmost node of the +Info hierarchy. The first time you invoke Info you start off +looking at that node, which is (dir)Top. + +File: dir Node: Top This is the top of the INFO tree + + This (the Directory node) gives a menu of major topics. + Typing "q" exits, "?" lists all Info commands, "d" returns here, + "h" gives a primer for first-timers, + "mEmacs<Return>" visits the Emacs topic, etc. + + In Emacs, you can click mouse button 2 on a menu item or cross reference + to select it. + +* Menu: diff --git a/texinfo/dir-example b/texinfo/dir-example new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3b9bd72e3d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/dir-example @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +This is the directory file `dir' a.k.a. `DIR', which contains the +topmost node of the Info hierarchy. This file is merely made available +for your hacking pleasure, not official or standard in any way. +If it doesn't make sense to you, or you don't like it, ignore it. + +$Id: dir-example,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:57:52 jason Exp $ + +File: dir Node: Top This is the top of the INFO tree. + +This node gives a menu of the major topics accessible through Info. + + `q' quits; + `?' lists all Info commands; + `h' starts the Info tutorial; + `mTexinfo RET' visits the Texinfo manual, etc. + +* Menu: + +GNU packages +* Bash: (bash). Bourne again shell. +* Cpio: (cpio). Cpio archiver. +* DC: (dc). Postfix arbitrary expression calculator. +* Diff: (diff). Comparing and merging programs. +* Ed: (ed). Line editor. +* Emacs: (emacs). Extensible self-documenting text editor. +* File utilities: (fileutils). GNU file utilities. +* Finding files: (find). Operating on files matching certain criteria. +* Font utilities: (fontu). Programs for font manipulation. +* Gawk: (gawk). A text processing and scanning language. +* Gzip: (gzip). General (de)compression. +* Identifier DB: (id-utils). Identifier database utilities. +* Ispell: (ispell). Interactive spelling corrector. +* M4: (m4). Macro processor. +* Make: (make). Remake files automatically. +* Ptx: (ptx). Permuted index generator. +* Shar: (sharutils). Shell archiver, uudecode/uuencode. +* Shell utilities: (sh-utils). GNU shell utilities. +* Tar: (tar). ``Tape'' archiver. +* Text utilities: (textutils). GNU text utilities. +* Time: (time). Measuring program resource usage. +* UUCP: (uucp). Copying between machines, offline. +* Wdiff: (wdiff). Word-by-word comparison. + +GNU programming tools +* As: (as). Assembler. +* Binutils: (binutils). ar/copy/objdump/nm/size/strip/ranlib. +* Bison: (bison). LALR(1) parser generator. +* CPP: (cpp). C preprocessor. +* CVS: (cvs). Concurrent versions system for source control. +* DejaGnu: (dejagnu). Testing framework. +* Flex: (flex). A fast scanner generator. +* Gasp: (gasp). GNU Assembler preprocessor. +* Libtool: (libtool). Generic library support script. +* GCC: (gcc). C compiler. +* GDB: (gdb). Source-level debugger for C and C++. +* Gperf: (gperf). Perfect hash function generator. +* Gprof: (gprof). Profiler. +* Indent: (indent). Prettyprinter for programs. +* Ld: (ld). Linker. + +Texinfo documentation system +* Info: (info). Documentation browsing system. +* Texinfo: (texinfo). The GNU documentation format. +* install-info: (texinfo)Invoking install-info. Updating info/dir entries. +* texi2dvi: (texinfo)Format with texi2dvi. Printing Texinfo documentation. +* texindex: (texinfo)Format with tex/texindex. Sorting Texinfo index files. +* info program: (info-stnd). Standalone Info-reading program. +* makeinfo: (makeinfo). Convert Texinfo source to Info or plain ASCII. + +GNU Emacs Lisp +* Elisp: (elisp). GNU Emacs Lisp reference manual. +* Intro Elisp: (emacs-lisp-intro). Introduction to Elisp programming. + +* Calc: (calc). Calculator and more. +* CC-mode: (ccmode). Editing C, C++, and Objective C. +* Common Lisp: (cl). Partial Common Lisp support for Emacs Lisp. +* Dired-x: (dired-x). Extra directory editor features. +* Edebug: (edebug). Source-level debugger for Emacs Lisp. +* Ediff: (ediff). Comprehensive visual interface to diff & patch. +* EDB: (edb). Database for Emacs. +* Forms: (forms). Fill-in-the-form data entry. +* Gmhist: (gmhist). Generic minibuffer history. +* GNUS: (gnus). Netnews reading and posting. +* Mailcrypt: (mailcrypt). Use PGP in Emacs. +* MH-E: (mh-e). Emacs interface to the MH mail system. +* PCL-CVS: (pcl-cvs). Emacs front end to CVS. +* Supercite: (sc). Supercite for including other people's words. +* VIP: (vip). vi emulation. +* VIPER: (viper). The new VI-emulation mode in Emacs-19.29. +* VM: (vm). Mail reader. +* W3: (w3). WWW browser. + +GNU admin +* Autoconf: (autoconf). Automatic generation of package configuration. +* Automake: (automake). Making Makefile.in's. +* Configure: (configure). Cygnus configure. +* Gettext: (gettext). Internationalization. +* Gnats: (gnats). Cygnus bug tracking system. +* Maintaining: (maintain). Maintaining GNU software. +* Remsync: (remsync). Remote synchronization of directory trees. +* Send PR: (send-pr). Cygnus bug reporting for Gnats. +* Source config: (cfg-paper). Some theory on configuring source packages. +* Standards: (standards). GNU coding standards. + +GNU libraries +* Annotate: (annotate). High-level GDB to GUI's. +* BFD: (bfd). Binary file descriptors for object file IO. +* GDB library: (libgdb). Application programming interface to GDB. +* GDBM: (gdbm). Hashed databases. +* History: (history). Recall previous lines of input. +* Iostream: (iostream). C++ input/output. +* Libc: (libc). C library. +* Libg++: (libg++). C++ classes. +* Mmalloc: (mmalloc). Memory-mapped malloc. +* Readline: (readline). General command-line interface. +* Regex: (regex). Regular expressions. +* Termcap: (termcap). All about /etc/termcap. + +GNU programming documentation +* GDB internals: (gdbint). Debugger internals. +* Ld internals: (ldint). GNU linker internals. +* Stabs: (stabs). Symbol table debugging information format. + +DOS +* Demacs: (demacs). GNU Emacs for DOS. +* GNUish: (gnuish). GNU utilities for DOS. + +TeX things +* Afm2tfm: (dvips)Invoking afm2tfm. Making Type 1 fonts available to TeX. +* Dvips: (dvips). DVI-to-PostScript translator. +* Eplain: (eplain). Expanding on plain TeX. +* Kpathsearch: (kpathsea). File lookup along search paths. +* LaTeX: (latex). LaTeX. +* MakeIndex: (makeindex). Index creation for TeX. +* Naming fonts: (fontname). Filenames for TeX fonts. +* TeXDraw: (texdraw). Drawing PostScript diagrams within TeX. +* Web2c: (web2c). TeX, Metafont, and their companion programs. + +Other things +* Amd: (amdref). Filesystem automounter. +* CMUCL: (cmu-user). CMU Common Lisp. +* File headers: (filehdr). Bibliographic information for computer files. +* HTML: (snafu). Hypertext Markup Language 2.0 specification. +* Jargon: (jargon). The jargon file. +* Perl: (perl). Practical extraction and report language. +* PRCS: (prcs). Project revision control system. +* Screen: (screen). Virtual screen manager. +* UMB C.S. Dept.: (csinfo). UMass/Boston Computer Science Dept. info. + +Individual utilities +* aid: (id-utils)aid invocation. Matching strings. +* ar: (binutils)ar. Create/modify/extract archives. +* at-pr: (gnats)at-pr. Bug report timely reminders. +* autoreconf: (autoconf)Invoking autoreconf. Remake multiple configure's. +* autoscan: (autoconf)Invoking autoscan. Automate initial configure.in. +* awk: (Gawk)Invoking gawk. Text processing and scanning. +* basename: (sh-utils)basename invocation. Strip directory and suffix. +* bibtex: (web2c)BibTeX invocation. Maintaining bibliographies. +* c++filt: (binutils)c++filt. Demangle C++ symbols. +* cat: (textutils)cat invocation. Concatenate and write files. +* chgrp: (fileutils)chgrp invocation. Change file groups. +* chmod: (fileutils)chmod invocation. Change file permissions. +* chown: (fileutils)chown invocation. Change file owners/groups. +* chroot: (sh-utils)chroot invocation. Specify the root directory. +* cksum: (textutils)cksum invocation. Print POSIX CRC checksum. +* cmp: (diff)Invoking cmp. Character-by-character diff. +* comm: (textutils)comm invocation. Compare sorted files by line. +* cp: (fileutils)cp invocation. Copy files. +* csplit: (textutils)csplit invocation. Split by context. +* cut: (textutils)cut invocation. Print selected parts of lines. +* date: (sh-utils)date invocation. Print/set system date and time. +* dd: (fileutils)dd invocation. Copy and convert a file. +* df: (fileutils)df invocation. Report filesystems' disk usage. +* diff3: (diff)Invoking diff3. Three-way diff. +* dir: (fileutils)dir invocation. List directories briefly. +* dirname: (sh-utils)dirname invocation. Strip non-directory suffix. +* dmp: (web2c)Dmp invocation. Troff->MPX (MetaPost pictures). +* du: (fileutils)du invocation. Report on disk usage. +* dvicopy: (web2c)DVIcopy invocation. Virtual font expansion +* dvitomp: (web2c)DVItoMP invocation. DVI to MPX (MetaPost pictures). +* dvitype: (web2c)DVItype invocation. DVI to human-readable text. +* echo: (sh-utils)echo invocation. Print a line of text. +* edit-pr: (gnats)Invoking edit-pr. Changing bugs. +* eid: (id-utils)eid invocation. Invoking an editor on matches. +* emacsclient: (emacs)Emacs Server. Connecting to a running Emacs. +* emacsserver: (emacs)Emacs Server. Connecting to a running Emacs. +* env: (sh-utils)env invocation. Modify the environment. +* etags: (emacs)Create Tags Table. Creating a TAGS table. +* expand: (textutils)expand invocation. Convert tabs to spaces. +* expr: (sh-utils)expr invocation. Evaluate expressions. +* false: (sh-utils)false invocation. Do nothing, unsuccessfully. +* fid: (id-utils)fid invocation. Listing a file's identifiers. +* file-pr: (gnats)file-pr. Processing incoming traffic. +* find: (find)Invoking find. Finding and acting on files. +* fmt: (textutils)fmt invocation. Reformat paragraph text. +* fold: (textutils)fold invocation. Wrap long input lines. +* g++: (gcc)Invoking G++. The GNU C++ compiler. +* gftodvi: (web2c)GFtoDVI invocation. Generic font proofsheets. +* gftopk: (web2c)GFtoPK invocation. Generic to packed fonts. +* gftype: (web2c)GFtype invocation. GF to human-readable text. +* gid: (id-utils)gid invocation. Listing all matching lines. +* groups: (sh-utils)groups invocation. Print group names a user is in. +* gunzip: (gzip)Overview. Decompression. +* head: (textutils)head invocation. Output the first part of files. +* hostname: (sh-utils)hostname invocation. Print or set system name. +* id: (sh-utils)id invocation. Print real/effective uid/gid. +* idx: (id-utils)idx invocation. Testing mkid scanners. +* ifnames: (autoconf)Invoking ifnames. List conditionals in source. +* iid: (id-utils)iid invocation. Interactive complex queries. +* inimf: (web2c)inimf invocation. Initial Metafont. +* inimp: (web2c)inimp invocation. Initial MetaPost. +* initex: (web2c)initex invocation. Initial TeX. +* install: (fileutils)install invocation. Copy and change attributes. +* join: (textutils)join invocation. Join lines on a common field. +* kpsewhich: (kpathsea)Invoking kpsewhich. TeX file searching. +* lid: (id-utils)lid invocation. Matching identifier patterns. +* ln: (fileutils)ln invocation. Make links between files. +* locate: (find)Invoking locate. Finding files in a database. +* logname: (sh-utils)logname invocation. Print current login name. +* ls: (fileutils)ls invocation. List directory contents. +* makempx: (web2c)MakeMPX invocation. MetaPost label typesetting. +* maketexmf: (kpathsea)MakeTeX scripts. MF source generation. +* maketexpk: (kpathsea)MakeTeX scripts. PK bitmap generation. +* maketextex: (kpathsea)MakeTeX scripts. TeX source generation. +* maketextfm: (kpathsea)MakeTeX scripts. TeX font metric generation. +* mf: (web2c)mf invocation. Creating typeface families. +* mft: (web2c)MFT invocation. Prettyprinting Metafont source. +* mkdir: (fileutils)mkdir invocation. Create directories. +* mkfifo: (fileutils)mkfifo invocation. Create FIFOs: (named pipes). +* mkid: (id-utils)mkid invocation. Creating an ID database. +* mknod: (fileutils)mknod invocation. Create special files. +* mp: (web2c)mp invocation. Creating technical diagrams. +* mpto: (web2c)MPto invocation. MetaPost label extraction. +* mv: (fileutils)mv invocation. Rename files. +* newer: (web2c)Newer invocation. Compare modification times. +* nice: (sh-utils)nice invocation. Modify scheduling priority. +* nl: (textutils)nl invocation. Number lines and write files. +* nlmconv: (binutils)nlmconv. Convert object to NetWare LM. +* nm: (binutils)nm. List symbols in object files. +* nohup: (sh-utils)nohup invocation. Immunize to hangups. +* objcopy: (binutils)objcopy. Copy/translate object files. +* objdump: (binutils)objdump. Display info from object files. +* od: (textutils)od invocation. Dump files in octal, etc. +* paste: (textutils)paste invocation. Merge lines of files. +* patch: (diff)Invoking patch. Automatically applying diffs. +* patgen: (web2c)Patgen invocation. Creating hyphenation patterns. +* pathchk: (sh-utils)pathchk invocation. Check file name portability. +* pid: (id-utils)pid invocation. Looking up filenames. +* pktogf: (web2c)PKtoGF invocation. Packed to generic fonts. +* pktype: (web2c)PKtype invocation. PK to human-readable text. +* pltotf: (web2c)PLtoTF invocation. Property list to TFM. +* pooltype: (web2c)Pooltype invocation. Display WEB pool files. +* pr-addr: (gnats)pr-addr. Bug report address retrieval. +* pr-edit: (gnats)pr-edit. The edit-pr driver. +* pr: (textutils)pr invocation. Paginate or columnate files. +* printenv: (sh-utils)printenv invocation. Print environment variables. +* printf: (sh-utils)printf invocation. Format and print data. +* pwd: (sh-utils)pwd invocation. Print working directory. +* query-pr: (gnats)Invoking query-pr. Bug searching/reporting. +* queue-pr: (gnats)queue-pr. Handling incoming traffic. +* ranlib: (binutils)ranlib. Index archive file contents. +* rm: (fileutils)rm invocation. Remove files. +* rmdir: (fileutils)rmdir invocation. Remove empty directories. +* sdiff: (diff)Invoking sdiff. Interactively merge files. +* send-pr: (gnats)Invoking send-pr. Submitting bugs. +* shar: (sharutils)shar invocation. Create shell archive. +* size: (binutils)size. List object file section sizes. +* sleep: (sh-utils)sleep invocation. Delay for a specified time. +* sort: (textutils)sort invocation. Sort text files. +* split: (textutils)split invocation. Split into fixed-size pieces. +* strings: (binutils)strings. List printable strings. +* strip: (binutils)strip. Discard symbols. +* stty: (sh-utils)stty invocation. Print/change terminal settings. +* su: (sh-utils)su invocation. Modify user and group id. +* sum: (textutils)sum invocation. Print traditional checksum. +* sync: (fileutils)sync invocation. Synchronize memory and disk. +* tabs: (tput)Invoking tabs. Tab settings. +* tac: (textutils)tac invocation. Reverse files. +* tail: (textutils)tail invocation. Output the last part of files. +* tangle: (web2c)Tangle invocation. WEB to Pascal. +* tee: (sh-utils)tee invocation. Redirect to multiple files. +* test: (sh-utils)test invocation. File/string tests. +* tex: (web2c)tex invocation. Typesetting. +* tftopl: (web2c)TFtoPL invocation. TFM -> property list. +* touch: (fileutils)touch invocation. Change file timestamps. +* tput: (tput)Invoking tput. Termcap in shell scripts. +* tr: (textutils)tr invocation. Translate characters. +* true: (sh-utils)true invocation. Do nothing, successfully. +* tty: (sh-utils)tty invocation. Print terminal name. +* uname: (sh-utils)uname invocation. Print system information. +* unexpand: (textutils)unexpand invocation. Convert spaces to tabs. +* uniq: (textutils)uniq invocation. Uniqify files. +* unshar: (sharutils)unshar invocation. Extract from shell archive. +* updatedb: (find)Invoking updatedb. Building the locate database. +* users: (sh-utils)users invocation. Print current user names. +* vdir: (fileutils)vdir invocation. List directories verbosely. +* vftovp: (web2c)VFtoVP invocation. Virtual font -> virtual pl. +* view-pr: (gnats)Invoking view-pr. Showing bug reports. +* virmf: (web2c)virmf invocation. Virgin Metafont. +* virmp: (web2c)virmp invocation. Virgin MetaPost. +* virtex: (web2c)virtex invocation. Virgin TeX. +* vptovf: (web2c)VPtoVF invocation. Virtual pl -> virtual font. +* wc: (textutils)wc invocation. Byte, word, and line counts. +* weave: (web2c)Weave invocation. WEB to TeX. +* who: (sh-utils)who invocation. Print who is logged in. +* whoami: (sh-utils)whoami invocation. Print effective user id. +* xargs: (find)Invoking xargs. Operating on many files. +* yes: (sh-utils)yes invocation. Print a string indefinitely. +* zcat: (gzip)Overview. Decompression to stdout. diff --git a/texinfo/dir.info-template b/texinfo/dir.info-template new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5f3df62a2c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/dir.info-template @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +info +-- +intro +send-pr +README +COPYING +COPYING.LIB +-- +gcc +g++ +reno-1 +cpp +-- +gdb +gdbint +stabs +-- +binutils +ld +as +-- +dejagnu +-- +make +flex +bison +byacc +gperf +gprof +-- +libc +libg++ +iostream +libm +-- +bfd +readline +libiberty +regex +termcap +-- +emacs +elisp +ange-ftp +calc +calendar +cl +forms +gnus +vip +vm +-- +ispell +diff +patch +wdiff +m4 +-- +texinfo +makeinfo +-- +autoconf +configure +cfg-paper +-- +standards + diff --git a/texinfo/emacs/Makefile.in b/texinfo/emacs/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5f19d1abea9 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/emacs/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +# Makefile for Texinfo/emacs. +# Copyright (C) 1995, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:57:56 jason Exp $ + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +# +# Author: Brian J. Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) +# + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +VPATH = @srcdir@ +SHELL = /bin/sh +RM = rm -f + + +ELISP_SRCS = info.el makeinfo.el texinfo.el texnfo-upd.el \ + texnfo-tex.el texinfmt.el informat.el detexinfo.el +ELISP_OBJS = info.elc makeinfo.elc texinfo.elc texnfo-upd.elc \ + texnfo-tex.elc texinfmt.elc informat.elc detexinfo.elc + +.SUFFIXES: .el .elc + +.el.elc: + $(srcdir)/elisp-comp $< + +all: +sub-all: all + +dvi: +install-info: + +elisp: $(ELISP_OBJS) +.PHONY: elisp + +# Nobody likes any of these install targets. Fine. Install it +# manually, then. +install: + @echo Please install the Emacs Lisp files manually. + +uninstall: + @echo Please uninstall the Emacs Lisp files manually. + +# install: $(ELISP_OBJS) +# @(echo "(print (car load-path))" >/tmp/elc.$$$$; \ +# lispdir=`emacs -batch -q -l /tmp/elc.$$$$ -nw | grep site-lisp`; \ +# rm /tmp/elc.$$$$; \ +# if [ "$$lispdir" != "" ]; then \ +# lispdir=`echo $$lispdir | sed -e 's/"//g'`; \ +# echo "Installing .elc files in $$lispdir."; \ +# $(CP) $(ELISP_OBJS) $$lispdir; \ +# else \ +# echo "To install the elisp files, please copy *.elc to the"; \ +# echo "emacs site-lisp directory."; \ +# fi) +# +# install: $(ELISP_OBJS) +# for file in $(ELISP_OBJS); do \ +# $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(lispdir); \ +# done +# +# uninstall: $(ELISP_OBJS) +# cd $(lispdir) && rm -f $(ELISP_OBJS) +# +informat.elc: info.elc +makeinfo.elc: texinfo.elc +texinfmt.elc: texinfo.elc +texinfmt.elc: texnfo-upd.elc + +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ../config.status + cd .. && sh config.status + +realclean distclean: clean + $(RM) Makefile *.log + +clean: FORCE + $(RM) *.elc + +FORCE: + diff --git a/texinfo/emacs/detexinfo.el b/texinfo/emacs/detexinfo.el new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fda99091c49 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/emacs/detexinfo.el @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@ +;;; Here is a handy keybinding: + +(global-set-key "\C-x\\" 'detexinfo) + +;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; detexinfo.el ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; +;;; +;;; Remove Texinfo commands from a Texinfo source file. +;;; +;;; Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation +;;; Robert J. Chassell +;;; bugs to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu +;;; +;;; ==> test version <== +;;; Fails if Texinfo source file contains formatting errors. +;;; +;;; Version 0.05 - 3 Jun 1992 +;;; Add to list of removed commands. Improve messages. +;;; +;;; Version 0.04 - 27 Jan 1992 +;;; Rewrite to insert detexinfo'd text into a temporary buffer. +;;; +;;; Version 0.03 - 27 Dec 1991 +;;; Improved messages. +;;; +;;; Version 0.02 - 13 Nov 1991 +;;; detexinfo-remove-inline-cmd, detexinfo-syntax-table: Handle +;;; nested commands. +;;; detexinfo: Handle nested @'s, eg @samp{@}} and @samp{@@}; +;;; replace @TeX{} with TeX. +;;; +;;; Version 0.01 - 13 Nov 1991 +;;; +;;; Based on detex.el, by Bengt Martensson, 4 Oct 1987 +;;; +;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; + +(defvar detexinfo-buffer-name "*detexinfo*" + "*Name of the temporary buffer used by \\[detexinfo].") + +(defvar detexinfo-syntax-table nil) + +(if detexinfo-syntax-table + nil + (setq detexinfo-syntax-table (make-syntax-table)) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\[ "." detexinfo-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\] "." detexinfo-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\" "." detexinfo-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\\ "." detexinfo-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\( "." detexinfo-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\) "." detexinfo-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?{ "(}" detexinfo-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?} "){" detexinfo-syntax-table)) + +(defun detexinfo () + "Remove Texinfo commands from current buffer, copying result to new buffer. +BUG: Fails if Texinfo source file contains formatting errors." + (interactive) + (let ((input-buffer (current-buffer))) + ;; Find a buffer to use. + (switch-to-buffer (get-buffer-create detexinfo-buffer-name)) + (setq major-mode 'detexinfo-mode) + (set-syntax-table detexinfo-syntax-table) + (erase-buffer) + (insert-buffer-substring input-buffer) + + ;; Replace @{ and @} with %#* and *#% temporarily, so @samp{@{} works. + ;; What is a better way of doing this?? + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (search-forward "@{" nil t) ; e.g., @samp{@{} + (replace-match "%#*")) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (search-forward "@}" nil t) + (forward-char -3) ; e.g., @samp{@@} + (if (looking-at "@") ; Two @@ in a row + (progn + (delete-char 2) + (insert "%&%#")) + (forward-char 1) + (delete-char 2) + (insert "*#%"))) + + (goto-char (point-min)) + ;; Remove @refill, the only inline command without braces. + (while (search-forward "@refill" nil t) + (replace-match "")) + ;; Replace @TeX{} with TeX + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (search-forward "@TeX{}" nil t) (replace-match "TeX" t t)) + + (detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-without-arg) + (detexinfo-remove-inline-cmds-without-arg) + (detexinfo-remove-inline-cmds-keep-arg) + (detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-deletable-arg) + (detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-maybe-delete-arg) + (detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-keep-arg) + + ;; Now replace %#*, *#%, and %&%# with {, }, and @@. + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (search-forward "%#*" nil t) + (replace-match "{")) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (search-forward "*#%" nil t) + (replace-match "}")) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (search-forward "%&%#" nil t) + (replace-match "@@")) + + ;; Scan for remaining two character @-commands + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (search-forward "@" nil t) + (cond ((looking-at "[*:]") + (delete-region (1- (point)) (1+ (point)))) + ((looking-at "[{}^@.'`]\"?!") + (delete-region (1- (point)) (point))))) + + (goto-char (point-min)) + (message "Done...removed Texinfo commands from buffer. You may save it."))) + +(defun detexinfo-remove-whole-line (cmd) + "Delete Texinfo line command CMD at beginning of line and rest of line." + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while + (re-search-forward + (concat "^@" cmd "[ \n]+") (point-max) t) + (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) + (delete-region + (point) (save-excursion (end-of-line) (1+ (point)))))) + +(defun detexinfo-remove-inline-cmd (cmd) + "Delete Texinfo inline command CMD, eg. @point, @code." + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while + (re-search-forward (concat "@" cmd "{") (point-max) t) + (save-excursion + (forward-char -1) + (forward-sexp 1) + (delete-char -1)) ; delete right brace + (delete-region (point) (match-beginning 0)))) + +;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; + +;;; 1. @setfilename and other line commands with args to delete + +(defvar detexinfo-line-cmds-deletable-arg + '("enumerate" "ftable" "vtable" "itemize" "table" + "setfilename" "settitle" "setchapternewpage" + "footnotestyle" "paragraphindent" + "include" "need" "sp" + "clear" "ifclear" "ifset" "set" + "defcodeindex" "defindex" "syncodeindex" "synindex") + "List of Texinfo commands whose arguments should be deleted.") + +(defun detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-deletable-arg () + "Delete Texinfo line commands together with their args, eg @setfilename." + (message "Removing commands such as @enumerate...with their arguments...") + (mapcar 'detexinfo-remove-whole-line + detexinfo-line-cmds-deletable-arg)) + +;;; 2. @cindex and other cmds with args that may be deleted +;;; This list is here just to make it easier to revise the +;;; categories. In particular, you might want to keep the index entries. + +(defvar detexinfo-line-cmds-maybe-delete-arg + '("cindex" "findex" "kindex" "pindex" "tindex" "vindex" "node" + "c" "comment" "end" "headings" "printindex" "vskip" + "evenfooting" "evenheading" "everyfooting" "everyheading" + "oddfooting" "oddheading") + "List of Texinfo commands whose arguments may possibly be deleted.") + +(defun detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-maybe-delete-arg () + "Delete Texinfo line commands together with their arguments, eg, @cindex." + (message "Removing commands such as @cindex...with their arguments...") + (mapcar 'detexinfo-remove-whole-line + detexinfo-line-cmds-maybe-delete-arg)) + +;;; 3. @chapter and other line cmds with args to keep. + +(defvar detexinfo-line-cmds-keep-arg + '("top" "chapter" "section" "subsection" "subsubsection" + "unnumbered" "unnumberedsec" "unnumberedsubsec" "unnumberedsubsubsec" + "majorheading" "chapheading" "heading" "subheading" "subsubheading" + "appendix" "appendixsec" "appendixsubsec" "appendixsubsubsec" + "item" "itemx" + "title" "subtitle" "center" "author" "exdent" + "defcv" "deffn" "defivar" "defmac" "defmethod" "defop" "defopt" + "defspec" "deftp" "deftypefn" "deftypefun" "deftypvr" + "deftypevar" "defun" "defvar" "defvr") + "List of Texinfo line commands whose arguments should be kept.") + +(defun detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-keep-arg () + "Delete Texinfo line commands but keep their arguments, eg @chapter." + (message "Removing commands such as @chapter...but not their arguments...") + (mapcar 'detexinfo-remove-line-cmd-keep-arg + detexinfo-line-cmds-keep-arg)) + +(defun detexinfo-remove-line-cmd-keep-arg (cmd) + "Delete Texinfo line command CMD but keep its argument, eg @chapter." + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while + (re-search-forward + (concat "^@" cmd "[ \n]+") (point-max) t) + (delete-region (match-beginning 0) (match-end 0)))) + +;;; 4. @bye and other line commands without args. + +(defvar detexinfo-line-cmds-without-arg + '("bye" "contents" "display" "example" "finalout" + "flushleft" "flushright" "format" "group" "ifhtml" "ifinfo" "iftex" + "ignore" "lisp" "menu" "noindent" "page" "quotation" + "shortcontents" "smallbook" "smallexample" "smalllisp" + "summarycontents" "tex" "thischapter" "thischaptername" + "thisfile" "thispage" "thissection" "thistitle" "titlepage") + "List of Texinfo commands without arguments that should be deleted.") + +(defun detexinfo-remove-line-cmds-without-arg () + "Delete line Texinfo commands that lack args, eg. @example." + (message "Removing commands such as @example...that lack arguments...") + (mapcar 'detexinfo-remove-whole-line + detexinfo-line-cmds-without-arg)) + +;;; 5. @equiv and other inline cmds without args. + +(defvar detexinfo-inline-cmds-without-arg + '("equiv" "error" "expansion" "point" "print" "result" + "asis" "br" "bullet" "dots" "minus" "today") + "List of Texinfo inline commands without arguments that should be deleted.") + +(defun detexinfo-remove-inline-cmds-without-arg () + "Delete Texinfo inline commands in that lack arguments." + (message "Removing within line commands such as @result...") + (mapcar 'detexinfo-remove-inline-cmd + detexinfo-inline-cmds-without-arg)) + +;;; 6. @code and other inline cmds with args to keep + +(defvar detexinfo-inline-cmds-keep-arg + '("b" "cartouche" "cite" "code" "copyright" "ctrl" "dfn" "dmn" + "emph" "file" "footnote" "i" "inforef" + "kbd" "key" "pxref" "r" "ref" "samp" "sc" "titlefont" + "strong" "t" "var" "w" "xref") + "List of Texinfo inline commands with arguments that should be kept.") + +(defun detexinfo-remove-inline-cmds-keep-arg () + "Delete Texinfo inline commands but keep its arg, eg. @code." + (message + "Removing within line commands such as @code...but not their arguments...") + (mapcar 'detexinfo-remove-inline-cmd + detexinfo-inline-cmds-keep-arg)) + +;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; end detexinfo.el ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; diff --git a/texinfo/emacs/elisp-comp b/texinfo/emacs/elisp-comp new file mode 100755 index 00000000000..72b204d68b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/emacs/elisp-comp @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# $Id: elisp-comp,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:57:57 jason Exp $ +# Trivial script to compile the Elisp files. +setpath=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/elc.$$ +echo "(setq load-path (cons nil load-path))" > $setpath +emacs -batch -l $setpath -f batch-byte-compile "$@" +rm -f $setpath diff --git a/texinfo/emacs/info.el b/texinfo/emacs/info.el new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ead6ab92c98 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/emacs/info.el @@ -0,0 +1,1846 @@ +;;; info.el --- info package for Emacs. + +;; Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1992, 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +;; Maintainer: FSF +;; Keywords: help + +;; This file is part of GNU Emacs. + +;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +;; any later version. + +;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +;; GNU General Public License for more details. + +;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the +;; Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +;;; Commentary: + +;; Note that nowadays we expect info files to be made using makeinfo. + +;;; Code: + +(defvar Info-history nil + "List of info nodes user has visited. +Each element of list is a list (FILENAME NODENAME BUFFERPOS).") + +(defvar Info-enable-edit nil + "*Non-nil means the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-edit] command in Info can edit the current node. +This is convenient if you want to write info files by hand. +However, we recommend that you not do this. +It is better to write a Texinfo file and generate the Info file from that, +because that gives you a printed manual as well.") + +(defvar Info-enable-active-nodes nil + "Non-nil allows Info to execute Lisp code associated with nodes. +The Lisp code is executed when the node is selected.") +(put 'Info-enable-active-nodes 'risky-local-variable t) + +(defvar Info-fontify t + "*Non-nil enables highlighting and fonts in Info nodes.") + +(defvar Info-fontify-maximum-menu-size 30000 + "*Maximum size of menu to fontify if `Info-fontify' is non-nil.") + +(defvar Info-directory-list + (let ((path (getenv "INFOPATH")) + ;; This is for older Emacs versions + ;; which might get this info.el from the Texinfo distribution. + (path-separator (if (boundp 'path-separator) path-separator + (if (eq system-type 'ms-dos) ";" ":"))) + (source (expand-file-name "info/" source-directory)) + (sibling (if installation-directory + (expand-file-name "info/" installation-directory))) + alternative) + (if path + (let ((list nil) + idx) + (while (> (length path) 0) + (setq idx (or (string-match path-separator path) (length path)) + list (cons (substring path 0 idx) list) + path (substring path (min (1+ idx) + (length path))))) + (nreverse list)) + (if (and sibling (file-exists-p sibling)) + (setq alternative sibling) + (setq alternative source)) + (if (or (member alternative Info-default-directory-list) + (not (file-exists-p alternative)) + ;; On DOS/NT, we use movable executables always, + ;; and we must always find the Info dir at run time. + (if (or (eq system-type 'ms-dos) (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) + nil + ;; Use invocation-directory for Info only if we used it for + ;; exec-directory also. + (not (string= exec-directory + (expand-file-name "lib-src/" + installation-directory))))) + Info-default-directory-list + (reverse (cons alternative + (cdr (reverse Info-default-directory-list))))))) + "List of directories to search for Info documentation files. +nil means not yet initialized. In this case, Info uses the environment +variable INFOPATH to initialize it, or `Info-default-directory-list' +if there is no INFOPATH variable in the environment. +The last element of `Info-default-directory-list' is the directory +where Emacs installs the Info files that come with it. + +If you run the Emacs executable from the `src' directory in the Emacs +source tree, the `info' directory in the source tree is used as the last +element, in place of the installation Info directory. This is useful +when you run a version of Emacs without installing it.") + +(defvar Info-additional-directory-list nil + "List of additional directories to search for Info documentation files. +These directories are not searched for merging the `dir' file.") + +(defvar Info-current-file nil + "Info file that Info is now looking at, or nil. +This is the name that was specified in Info, not the actual file name. +It doesn't contain directory names or file name extensions added by Info.") + +(defvar Info-current-subfile nil + "Info subfile that is actually in the *info* buffer now, +or nil if current info file is not split into subfiles.") + +(defvar Info-current-node nil + "Name of node that Info is now looking at, or nil.") + +(defvar Info-tag-table-marker (make-marker) + "Marker pointing at beginning of current Info file's tag table. +Marker points nowhere if file has no tag table.") + +(defvar Info-current-file-completions nil + "Cached completion list for current Info file.") + +(defvar Info-index-alternatives nil + "List of possible matches for last Info-index command.") + +(defvar Info-standalone nil + "Non-nil if Emacs was started solely as an Info browser.") + +(defvar Info-suffix-list + (if (eq system-type 'ms-dos) + '( (".gz" . "gunzip") + (".z" . "gunzip") + (".inf" . nil) + ("" . nil)) + '( (".info.Z" . "uncompress") + (".info.Y" . "unyabba") + (".info.gz" . "gunzip") + (".info.z" . "gunzip") + (".info" . nil) + (".Z" . "uncompress") + (".Y" . "unyabba") + (".gz" . "gunzip") + (".z" . "gunzip") + ("" . nil))) + "List of file name suffixes and associated decoding commands. +Each entry should be (SUFFIX . STRING); the file is given to +the command as standard input. If STRING is nil, no decoding is done. +Because the SUFFIXes are tried in order, the empty string should +be last in the list.") + +;; Concatenate SUFFIX onto FILENAME. SUFFIX should start with a dot. +;; First, on ms-dos, delete some of the extension in FILENAME +;; to make room. +(defun info-insert-file-contents-1 (filename suffix) + (if (not (eq system-type 'ms-dos)) + (concat filename suffix) + (let* ((sans-exts (file-name-sans-extension filename)) + ;; How long is the extension in FILENAME (not counting the dot). + (ext-len (max 0 (- (length filename) (length sans-exts) 1))) + ext-left) + ;; SUFFIX starts with a dot. If FILENAME already has one, + ;; get rid of the one in SUFFIX (unless suffix is empty). + (or (and (<= ext-len 0) + (not (eq (aref filename (1- (length filename))) ?.))) + (= (length suffix) 0) + (setq suffix (substring suffix 1))) + ;; How many chars of that extension should we keep? + (setq ext-left (min ext-len (max 0 (- 3 (length suffix))))) + ;; Get rid of the rest of the extension, and add SUFFIX. + (concat (substring filename 0 (- (length filename) + (- ext-len ext-left))) + suffix)))) + +(defun info-insert-file-contents (filename &optional visit) + "Insert the contents of an info file in the current buffer. +Do the right thing if the file has been compressed or zipped." + (let ((tail Info-suffix-list) + fullname decoder) + (if (file-exists-p filename) + ;; FILENAME exists--see if that name contains a suffix. + ;; If so, set DECODE accordingly. + (progn + (while (and tail + (not (string-match + (concat (regexp-quote (car (car tail))) "$") + filename))) + (setq tail (cdr tail))) + (setq fullname filename + decoder (cdr (car tail)))) + ;; Try adding suffixes to FILENAME and see if we can find something. + (while (and tail + (not (file-exists-p (info-insert-file-contents-1 + filename (car (car tail)))))) + (setq tail (cdr tail))) + ;; If we found a file with a suffix, set DECODER according to the suffix + ;; and set FULLNAME to the file's actual name. + (setq fullname (info-insert-file-contents-1 filename (car (car tail))) + decoder (cdr (car tail))) + (or tail + (error "Can't find %s or any compressed version of it" filename))) + ;; check for conflict with jka-compr + (if (and (featurep 'jka-compr) + (jka-compr-installed-p) + (jka-compr-get-compression-info fullname)) + (setq decoder nil)) + (insert-file-contents fullname visit) + (if decoder + (let ((buffer-read-only nil) + (default-directory (or (file-name-directory fullname) + default-directory))) + (call-process-region (point-min) (point-max) decoder t t))))) + +;;;###autoload (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*") + +;;;###autoload +(defun info (&optional file) + "Enter Info, the documentation browser. +Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine; +the default is the top-level directory of Info. + +In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command +to read a file name from the minibuffer. + +The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'. +The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir' +in all the directories in that path." + (interactive (if current-prefix-arg + (list (read-file-name "Info file name: " nil nil t)))) + (if file + (Info-goto-node (concat "(" file ")")) + (if (get-buffer "*info*") + (pop-to-buffer "*info*") + (Info-directory)))) + +;;;###autoload +(defun info-standalone () + "Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader. +Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename] +In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." + (setq Info-standalone t) + (if (and command-line-args-left + (not (string-match "^-" (car command-line-args-left)))) + (condition-case err + (progn + (info (car command-line-args-left)) + (setq command-line-args-left (cdr command-line-args-left))) + (error (send-string-to-terminal + (format "%s\n" (if (eq (car-safe err) 'error) + (nth 1 err) err))) + (save-buffers-kill-emacs))) + (info))) + +;; Go to an info node specified as separate filename and nodename. +;; no-going-back is non-nil if recovering from an error in this function; +;; it says do not attempt further (recursive) error recovery. +(defun Info-find-node (filename nodename &optional no-going-back) + ;; Convert filename to lower case if not found as specified. + ;; Expand it. + (if filename + (let (temp temp-downcase found) + (setq filename (substitute-in-file-name filename)) + (if (string= (downcase filename) "dir") + (setq found t) + (let ((dirs (if (string-match "^\\./" filename) + ;; If specified name starts with `./' + ;; then just try current directory. + '("./") + (if (file-name-absolute-p filename) + ;; No point in searching for an + ;; absolute file name + '(nil) + (if Info-additional-directory-list + (append Info-directory-list + Info-additional-directory-list) + Info-directory-list))))) + ;; Search the directory list for file FILENAME. + (while (and dirs (not found)) + (setq temp (expand-file-name filename (car dirs))) + (setq temp-downcase + (expand-file-name (downcase filename) (car dirs))) + ;; Try several variants of specified name. + (let ((suffix-list Info-suffix-list)) + (while (and suffix-list (not found)) + (cond ((file-exists-p + (info-insert-file-contents-1 + temp (car (car suffix-list)))) + (setq found temp)) + ((file-exists-p + (info-insert-file-contents-1 + temp-downcase (car (car suffix-list)))) + (setq found temp-downcase))) + (setq suffix-list (cdr suffix-list)))) + (setq dirs (cdr dirs))))) + (if found + (setq filename found) + (error "Info file %s does not exist" filename)))) + ;; Record the node we are leaving. + (if (and Info-current-file (not no-going-back)) + (setq Info-history + (cons (list Info-current-file Info-current-node (point)) + Info-history))) + ;; Go into info buffer. + (switch-to-buffer "*info*") + (buffer-disable-undo (current-buffer)) + (or (eq major-mode 'Info-mode) + (Info-mode)) + (widen) + (setq Info-current-node nil) + (unwind-protect + (progn + ;; Switch files if necessary + (or (null filename) + (equal Info-current-file filename) + (let ((buffer-read-only nil)) + (setq Info-current-file nil + Info-current-subfile nil + Info-current-file-completions nil + Info-index-alternatives nil + buffer-file-name nil) + (erase-buffer) + (if (eq filename t) + (Info-insert-dir) + (info-insert-file-contents filename t) + (setq default-directory (file-name-directory filename))) + (set-buffer-modified-p nil) + ;; See whether file has a tag table. Record the location if yes. + (set-marker Info-tag-table-marker nil) + (goto-char (point-max)) + (forward-line -8) + ;; Use string-equal, not equal, to ignore text props. + (or (string-equal nodename "*") + (not (search-forward "\^_\nEnd tag table\n" nil t)) + (let (pos) + ;; We have a tag table. Find its beginning. + ;; Is this an indirect file? + (search-backward "\nTag table:\n") + (setq pos (point)) + (if (save-excursion + (forward-line 2) + (looking-at "(Indirect)\n")) + ;; It is indirect. Copy it to another buffer + ;; and record that the tag table is in that buffer. + (save-excursion + (let ((buf (current-buffer))) + (set-buffer (get-buffer-create " *info tag table*")) + (buffer-disable-undo (current-buffer)) + (setq case-fold-search t) + (erase-buffer) + (insert-buffer-substring buf) + (set-marker Info-tag-table-marker + (match-end 0)))) + (set-marker Info-tag-table-marker pos)))) + (setq Info-current-file + (if (eq filename t) "dir" filename)))) + ;; Use string-equal, not equal, to ignore text props. + (if (string-equal nodename "*") + (progn (setq Info-current-node nodename) + (Info-set-mode-line)) + ;; Search file for a suitable node. + (let ((guesspos (point-min)) + (regexp (concat "Node: *" (regexp-quote nodename) " *[,\t\n\177]"))) + ;; First get advice from tag table if file has one. + ;; Also, if this is an indirect info file, + ;; read the proper subfile into this buffer. + (if (marker-position Info-tag-table-marker) + (save-excursion + (set-buffer (marker-buffer Info-tag-table-marker)) + (goto-char Info-tag-table-marker) + (if (re-search-forward regexp nil t) + (progn + (setq guesspos (read (current-buffer))) + ;; If this is an indirect file, + ;; determine which file really holds this node + ;; and read it in. + (if (not (eq (current-buffer) (get-buffer "*info*"))) + (setq guesspos + (Info-read-subfile guesspos)))) + (error "No such node: %s" nodename)))) + (goto-char (max (point-min) (- guesspos 1000))) + ;; Now search from our advised position (or from beg of buffer) + ;; to find the actual node. + (catch 'foo + (while (search-forward "\n\^_" nil t) + (forward-line 1) + (let ((beg (point))) + (forward-line 1) + (if (re-search-backward regexp beg t) + (throw 'foo t)))) + (error "No such node: %s" nodename))) + (Info-select-node))) + ;; If we did not finish finding the specified node, + ;; go back to the previous one. + (or Info-current-node no-going-back (null Info-history) + (let ((hist (car Info-history))) + (setq Info-history (cdr Info-history)) + (Info-find-node (nth 0 hist) (nth 1 hist) t) + (goto-char (nth 2 hist))))) + (goto-char (point-min))) + +;; Cache the contents of the (virtual) dir file, once we have merged +;; it for the first time, so we can save time subsequently. +(defvar Info-dir-contents nil) + +;; Cache for the directory we decided to use for the default-directory +;; of the merged dir text. +(defvar Info-dir-contents-directory nil) + +;; Record the file attributes of all the files from which we +;; constructed Info-dir-contents. +(defvar Info-dir-file-attributes nil) + +;; Construct the Info directory node by merging the files named `dir' +;; from various directories. Set the *info* buffer's +;; default-directory to the first directory we actually get any text +;; from. +(defun Info-insert-dir () + (if (and Info-dir-contents Info-dir-file-attributes + ;; Verify that none of the files we used has changed + ;; since we used it. + (eval (cons 'and + (mapcar '(lambda (elt) + (let ((curr (file-attributes (car elt)))) + ;; Don't compare the access time. + (if curr (setcar (nthcdr 4 curr) 0)) + (setcar (nthcdr 4 (cdr elt)) 0) + (equal (cdr elt) curr))) + Info-dir-file-attributes)))) + (insert Info-dir-contents) + (let ((dirs Info-directory-list) + buffers buffer others nodes dirs-done) + + (setq Info-dir-file-attributes nil) + + ;; Search the directory list for the directory file. + (while dirs + (let ((truename (file-truename (expand-file-name (car dirs))))) + (or (member truename dirs-done) + (member (directory-file-name truename) dirs-done) + ;; Try several variants of specified name. + ;; Try upcasing, appending `.info', or both. + (let* (file + (attrs + (or + (progn (setq file (expand-file-name "dir" truename)) + (file-attributes file)) + (progn (setq file (expand-file-name "DIR" truename)) + (file-attributes file)) + (progn (setq file (expand-file-name "dir.info" truename)) + (file-attributes file)) + (progn (setq file (expand-file-name "DIR.INFO" truename)) + (file-attributes file))))) + (setq dirs-done + (cons truename + (cons (directory-file-name truename) + dirs-done))) + (if attrs + (save-excursion + (or buffers + (message "Composing main Info directory...")) + (set-buffer (generate-new-buffer "info dir")) + (insert-file-contents file) + (setq buffers (cons (current-buffer) buffers) + Info-dir-file-attributes + (cons (cons file attrs) + Info-dir-file-attributes)))))) + (or (cdr dirs) (setq Info-dir-contents-directory (car dirs))) + (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) + + (or buffers + (error "Can't find the Info directory node")) + ;; Distinguish the dir file that comes with Emacs from all the + ;; others. Yes, that is really what this is supposed to do. + ;; If it doesn't work, fix it. + (setq buffer (car buffers) + others (cdr buffers)) + + ;; Insert the entire original dir file as a start; note that we've + ;; already saved its default directory to use as the default + ;; directory for the whole concatenation. + (insert-buffer buffer) + + ;; Look at each of the other buffers one by one. + (while others + (let ((other (car others))) + ;; In each, find all the menus. + (save-excursion + (set-buffer other) + (goto-char (point-min)) + ;; Find each menu, and add an elt to NODES for it. + (while (re-search-forward "^\\* Menu:" nil t) + (let (beg nodename end) + (forward-line 1) + (setq beg (point)) + (search-backward "\n\^_") + (search-forward "Node: ") + (setq nodename (Info-following-node-name)) + (search-forward "\n\^_" nil 'move) + (beginning-of-line) + (setq end (point)) + (setq nodes (cons (list nodename other beg end) nodes)))))) + (setq others (cdr others))) + ;; Add to the main menu a menu item for each other node. + (re-search-forward "^\\* Menu:") + (forward-line 1) + (let ((menu-items '("top")) + (nodes nodes) + (case-fold-search t) + (end (save-excursion (search-forward "\^_" nil t) (point)))) + (while nodes + (let ((nodename (car (car nodes)))) + (save-excursion + (or (member (downcase nodename) menu-items) + (re-search-forward (concat "^\\* " + (regexp-quote nodename) + "::") + end t) + (progn + (insert "* " nodename "::" "\n") + (setq menu-items (cons nodename menu-items)))))) + (setq nodes (cdr nodes)))) + ;; Now take each node of each of the other buffers + ;; and merge it into the main buffer. + (while nodes + (let ((nodename (car (car nodes)))) + (goto-char (point-min)) + ;; Find the like-named node in the main buffer. + (if (re-search-forward (concat "\n\^_.*\n.*Node: " + (regexp-quote nodename) + "[,\n\t]") + nil t) + (progn + (search-forward "\n\^_" nil 'move) + (beginning-of-line) + (insert "\n")) + ;; If none exists, add one. + (goto-char (point-max)) + (insert "\^_\nFile: dir\tNode: " nodename "\n\n* Menu:\n\n")) + ;; Merge the text from the other buffer's menu + ;; into the menu in the like-named node in the main buffer. + (apply 'insert-buffer-substring (cdr (car nodes)))) + (setq nodes (cdr nodes))) + ;; Kill all the buffers we just made. + (while buffers + (kill-buffer (car buffers)) + (setq buffers (cdr buffers))) + (message "Composing main Info directory...done")) + (setq Info-dir-contents (buffer-string))) + (setq default-directory Info-dir-contents-directory)) + +(defun Info-read-subfile (nodepos) + (set-buffer (marker-buffer Info-tag-table-marker)) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (search-forward "\n\^_") + (let (lastfilepos + lastfilename) + (forward-line 2) + (catch 'foo + (while (not (looking-at "\^_")) + (if (not (eolp)) + (let ((beg (point)) + thisfilepos thisfilename) + (search-forward ": ") + (setq thisfilename (buffer-substring beg (- (point) 2))) + (setq thisfilepos (read (current-buffer))) + ;; read in version 19 stops at the end of number. + ;; Advance to the next line. + (forward-line 1) + (if (> thisfilepos nodepos) + (throw 'foo t)) + (setq lastfilename thisfilename) + (setq lastfilepos thisfilepos)) + (forward-line 1)))) + (set-buffer (get-buffer "*info*")) + (or (equal Info-current-subfile lastfilename) + (let ((buffer-read-only nil)) + (setq buffer-file-name nil) + (widen) + (erase-buffer) + (info-insert-file-contents lastfilename) + (set-buffer-modified-p nil) + (setq Info-current-subfile lastfilename))) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (search-forward "\n\^_") + (+ (- nodepos lastfilepos) (point)))) + +;; Select the info node that point is in. +(defun Info-select-node () + (save-excursion + ;; Find beginning of node. + (search-backward "\n\^_") + (forward-line 2) + ;; Get nodename spelled as it is in the node. + (re-search-forward "Node:[ \t]*") + (setq Info-current-node + (buffer-substring-no-properties (point) + (progn + (skip-chars-forward "^,\t\n") + (point)))) + (Info-set-mode-line) + ;; Find the end of it, and narrow. + (beginning-of-line) + (let (active-expression) + (narrow-to-region (point) + (if (re-search-forward "\n[\^_\f]" nil t) + (prog1 + (1- (point)) + (if (looking-at "[\n\^_\f]*execute: ") + (progn + (goto-char (match-end 0)) + (setq active-expression + (read (current-buffer)))))) + (point-max))) + (if Info-enable-active-nodes (eval active-expression)) + (if Info-fontify (Info-fontify-node)) + (run-hooks 'Info-selection-hook)))) + +(defun Info-set-mode-line () + (setq mode-line-buffer-identification + (concat + "Info: (" + (if Info-current-file + (file-name-nondirectory Info-current-file) + "") + ")" + (or Info-current-node "")))) + +;; Go to an info node specified with a filename-and-nodename string +;; of the sort that is found in pointers in nodes. + +(defun Info-goto-node (nodename) + "Go to info node named NAME. Give just NODENAME or (FILENAME)NODENAME." + (interactive (list (Info-read-node-name "Goto node: "))) + (let (filename) + (string-match "\\s *\\((\\s *\\([^\t)]*\\)\\s *)\\s *\\|\\)\\(.*\\)" + nodename) + (setq filename (if (= (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1)) + "" + (substring nodename (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))) + nodename (substring nodename (match-beginning 3) (match-end 3))) + (let ((trim (string-match "\\s *\\'" filename))) + (if trim (setq filename (substring filename 0 trim)))) + (let ((trim (string-match "\\s *\\'" nodename))) + (if trim (setq nodename (substring nodename 0 trim)))) + (if transient-mark-mode (deactivate-mark)) + (Info-find-node (if (equal filename "") nil filename) + (if (equal nodename "") "Top" nodename)))) + +;; This function is used as the "completion table" while reading a node name. +;; It does completion using the alist in completion-table +;; unless STRING starts with an open-paren. +(defun Info-read-node-name-1 (string predicate code) + (let ((no-completion (and (> (length string) 0) (eq (aref string 0) ?\()))) + (cond ((eq code nil) + (if no-completion + string + (try-completion string completion-table predicate))) + ((eq code t) + (if no-completion + nil + (all-completions string completion-table predicate))) + ((eq code 'lambda) + (if no-completion + t + (assoc string completion-table)))))) + +(defun Info-read-node-name (prompt &optional default) + (let* ((completion-ignore-case t) + (completion-table (Info-build-node-completions)) + (nodename (completing-read prompt 'Info-read-node-name-1))) + (if (equal nodename "") + (or default + (Info-read-node-name prompt)) + nodename))) + +(defun Info-build-node-completions () + (or Info-current-file-completions + (let ((compl nil)) + (save-excursion + (save-restriction + (if (marker-buffer Info-tag-table-marker) + (progn + (set-buffer (marker-buffer Info-tag-table-marker)) + (widen) + (goto-char Info-tag-table-marker) + (while (re-search-forward "\nNode: \\(.*\\)\177" nil t) + (setq compl + (cons (list (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) + (match-end 1))) + compl)))) + (widen) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (search-forward "\n\^_" nil t) + (forward-line 1) + (let ((beg (point))) + (forward-line 1) + (if (re-search-backward "Node: *\\([^,\n]*\\) *[,\n\t]" + beg t) + (setq compl + (cons (list (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) + (match-end 1))) + compl)))))))) + (setq Info-current-file-completions compl)))) + +(defun Info-restore-point (hl) + "If this node has been visited, restore the point value when we left." + (while hl + (if (and (equal (nth 0 (car hl)) Info-current-file) + ;; Use string-equal, not equal, to ignore text props. + (string-equal (nth 1 (car hl)) Info-current-node)) + (progn + (goto-char (nth 2 (car hl))) + (setq hl nil)) ;terminate the while at next iter + (setq hl (cdr hl))))) + +(defvar Info-last-search nil + "Default regexp for \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command to search for.") + +(defun Info-search (regexp) + "Search for REGEXP, starting from point, and select node it's found in." + (interactive "sSearch (regexp): ") + (if transient-mark-mode (deactivate-mark)) + (if (equal regexp "") + (setq regexp Info-last-search) + (setq Info-last-search regexp)) + (let ((found ()) current + (onode Info-current-node) + (ofile Info-current-file) + (opoint (point)) + (osubfile Info-current-subfile)) + (save-excursion + (save-restriction + (widen) + (if (null Info-current-subfile) + (progn (re-search-forward regexp) (setq found (point))) + (condition-case err + (progn (re-search-forward regexp) (setq found (point))) + (search-failed nil))))) + (if (not found) ;can only happen in subfile case -- else would have erred + (unwind-protect + (let ((list ())) + (set-buffer (marker-buffer Info-tag-table-marker)) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (search-forward "\n\^_\nIndirect:") + (save-restriction + (narrow-to-region (point) + (progn (search-forward "\n\^_") + (1- (point)))) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (search-forward (concat "\n" osubfile ": ")) + (beginning-of-line) + (while (not (eobp)) + (re-search-forward "\\(^.*\\): [0-9]+$") + (goto-char (+ (match-end 1) 2)) + (setq list (cons (cons (read (current-buffer)) + (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) + (match-end 1))) + list)) + (goto-char (1+ (match-end 0)))) + (setq list (nreverse list) + current (car (car list)) + list (cdr list))) + (while list + (message "Searching subfile %s..." (cdr (car list))) + (Info-read-subfile (car (car list))) + (setq list (cdr list)) +;; (goto-char (point-min)) + (if (re-search-forward regexp nil t) + (setq found (point) list ()))) + (if found + (message "") + (signal 'search-failed (list regexp)))) + (if (not found) + (progn (Info-read-subfile opoint) + (goto-char opoint) + (Info-select-node))))) + (widen) + (goto-char found) + (Info-select-node) + ;; Use string-equal, not equal, to ignore text props. + (or (and (string-equal onode Info-current-node) + (equal ofile Info-current-file)) + (setq Info-history (cons (list ofile onode opoint) + Info-history))))) + +;; Extract the value of the node-pointer named NAME. +;; If there is none, use ERRORNAME in the error message; +;; if ERRORNAME is nil, just return nil. +(defun Info-extract-pointer (name &optional errorname) + (save-excursion + (goto-char (point-min)) + (forward-line 1) + (if (re-search-backward (concat name ":") nil t) + (progn + (goto-char (match-end 0)) + (Info-following-node-name)) + (if (eq errorname t) + nil + (error "Node has no %s" (capitalize (or errorname name))))))) + +;; Return the node name in the buffer following point. +;; ALLOWEDCHARS, if non-nil, goes within [...] to make a regexp +;; saying which chas may appear in the node name. +(defun Info-following-node-name (&optional allowedchars) + (skip-chars-forward " \t") + (buffer-substring-no-properties + (point) + (progn + (while (looking-at (concat "[" (or allowedchars "^,\t\n") "]")) + (skip-chars-forward (concat (or allowedchars "^,\t\n") "(")) + (if (looking-at "(") + (skip-chars-forward "^)"))) + (skip-chars-backward " ") + (point)))) + +(defun Info-next () + "Go to the next node of this node." + (interactive) + (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-pointer "next"))) + +(defun Info-prev () + "Go to the previous node of this node." + (interactive) + (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-pointer "prev[ious]*" "previous"))) + +(defun Info-up () + "Go to the superior node of this node." + (interactive) + (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-pointer "up")) + (Info-restore-point Info-history)) + +(defun Info-last () + "Go back to the last node visited." + (interactive) + (or Info-history + (error "This is the first Info node you looked at")) + (let (filename nodename opoint) + (setq filename (car (car Info-history))) + (setq nodename (car (cdr (car Info-history)))) + (setq opoint (car (cdr (cdr (car Info-history))))) + (setq Info-history (cdr Info-history)) + (Info-find-node filename nodename) + (setq Info-history (cdr Info-history)) + (goto-char opoint))) + +(defun Info-directory () + "Go to the Info directory node." + (interactive) + (Info-find-node "dir" "top")) + +(defun Info-follow-reference (footnotename) + "Follow cross reference named NAME to the node it refers to. +NAME may be an abbreviation of the reference name." + (interactive + (let ((completion-ignore-case t) + completions default alt-default (start-point (point)) str i bol eol) + (save-excursion + ;; Store end and beginning of line. + (end-of-line) + (setq eol (point)) + (beginning-of-line) + (setq bol (point)) + + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (re-search-forward "\\*note[ \n\t]*\\([^:]*\\):" nil t) + (setq str (buffer-substring + (match-beginning 1) + (1- (point)))) + ;; See if this one should be the default. + (and (null default) + (<= (match-beginning 0) start-point) + (<= start-point (point)) + (setq default t)) + ;; See if this one should be the alternate default. + (and (null alt-default) + (and (<= bol (match-beginning 0)) + (<= (point) eol)) + (setq alt-default t)) + (setq i 0) + (while (setq i (string-match "[ \n\t]+" str i)) + (setq str (concat (substring str 0 i) " " + (substring str (match-end 0)))) + (setq i (1+ i))) + ;; Record as a completion and perhaps as default. + (if (eq default t) (setq default str)) + (if (eq alt-default t) (setq alt-default str)) + (setq completions + (cons (cons str nil) + completions)))) + ;; If no good default was found, try an alternate. + (or default + (setq default alt-default)) + ;; If only one cross-reference found, then make it default. + (if (eq (length completions) 1) + (setq default (car (car completions)))) + (if completions + (let ((input (completing-read (if default + (concat "Follow reference named: (" + default ") ") + "Follow reference named: ") + completions nil t))) + (list (if (equal input "") + default input))) + (error "No cross-references in this node")))) + (let (target beg i (str (concat "\\*note " (regexp-quote footnotename)))) + (while (setq i (string-match " " str i)) + (setq str (concat (substring str 0 i) "[ \t\n]+" (substring str (1+ i)))) + (setq i (+ i 6))) + (save-excursion + (goto-char (point-min)) + (or (re-search-forward str nil t) + (error "No cross-reference named %s" footnotename)) + (goto-char (+ (match-beginning 0) 5)) + (setq target + (Info-extract-menu-node-name "Bad format cross reference" t))) + (while (setq i (string-match "[ \t\n]+" target i)) + (setq target (concat (substring target 0 i) " " + (substring target (match-end 0)))) + (setq i (+ i 1))) + (Info-goto-node target))) + +(defun Info-extract-menu-node-name (&optional errmessage multi-line) + (skip-chars-forward " \t\n") + (let ((beg (point)) + str i) + (skip-chars-forward "^:") + (forward-char 1) + (setq str + (if (looking-at ":") + (buffer-substring-no-properties beg (1- (point))) + (skip-chars-forward " \t\n") + (Info-following-node-name (if multi-line "^.,\t" "^.,\t\n")))) + (while (setq i (string-match "\n" str i)) + (aset str i ?\ )) + ;; Collapse multiple spaces. + (while (string-match " +" str) + (setq str (replace-match " " t t str))) + str)) + +;; No one calls this. +;;(defun Info-menu-item-sequence (list) +;; (while list +;; (Info-menu (car list)) +;; (setq list (cdr list)))) + +(defun Info-complete-menu-item (string predicate action) + (let ((case-fold-search t)) + (cond ((eq action nil) + (let (completions + (pattern (concat "\n\\* \\(" + (regexp-quote string) + "[^:\t\n]*\\):"))) + (save-excursion + (set-buffer Info-complete-menu-buffer) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (search-forward "\n* Menu:") + (while (re-search-forward pattern nil t) + (setq completions (cons (cons (format "%s" + (buffer-substring + (match-beginning 1) + (match-end 1))) + (match-beginning 1)) + completions)))) + (try-completion string completions predicate))) + ((eq action t) + (let (completions + (pattern (concat "\n\\* \\(" + (regexp-quote string) + "[^:\t\n]*\\):"))) + (save-excursion + (set-buffer Info-complete-menu-buffer) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (search-forward "\n* Menu:") + (while (re-search-forward pattern nil t) + (setq completions (cons (cons (format "%s" + (buffer-substring + (match-beginning 1) + (match-end 1))) + (match-beginning 1)) + completions)))) + (all-completions string completions predicate))) + (t + (save-excursion + (set-buffer Info-complete-menu-buffer) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (search-forward "\n* Menu:") + (re-search-forward (concat "\n\\* " + (regexp-quote string) + ":") + nil t)))))) + + +(defun Info-menu (menu-item) + "Go to node for menu item named (or abbreviated) NAME. +Completion is allowed, and the menu item point is on is the default." + (interactive + (let ((completions '()) + ;; If point is within a menu item, use that item as the default + (default nil) + (p (point)) + beg + (last nil)) + (save-excursion + (goto-char (point-min)) + (if (not (search-forward "\n* menu:" nil t)) + (error "No menu in this node")) + (setq beg (point)) + (and (< (point) p) + (save-excursion + (goto-char p) + (end-of-line) + (re-search-backward "\n\\* \\([^:\t\n]*\\):" beg t) + (setq default (format "%s" (buffer-substring + (match-beginning 1) + (match-end 1))))))) + (let ((item nil)) + (while (null item) + (setq item (let ((completion-ignore-case t) + (Info-complete-menu-buffer (current-buffer))) + (completing-read (if default + (format "Menu item (default %s): " + default) + "Menu item: ") + 'Info-complete-menu-item nil t))) + ;; we rely on the fact that completing-read accepts an input + ;; of "" even when the require-match argument is true and "" + ;; is not a valid possibility + (if (string= item "") + (if default + (setq item default) + ;; ask again + (setq item nil)))) + (list item)))) + ;; there is a problem here in that if several menu items have the same + ;; name you can only go to the node of the first with this command. + (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-menu-item menu-item))) + +(defun Info-extract-menu-item (menu-item) + (setq menu-item (regexp-quote menu-item)) + (save-excursion + (goto-char (point-min)) + (or (search-forward "\n* menu:" nil t) + (error "No menu in this node")) + (or (re-search-forward (concat "\n\\* " menu-item ":") nil t) + (re-search-forward (concat "\n\\* " menu-item) nil t) + (error "No such item in menu")) + (beginning-of-line) + (forward-char 2) + (Info-extract-menu-node-name))) + +;; If COUNT is nil, use the last item in the menu. +(defun Info-extract-menu-counting (count) + (save-excursion + (goto-char (point-min)) + (or (search-forward "\n* menu:" nil t) + (error "No menu in this node")) + (if count + (or (search-forward "\n* " nil t count) + (error "Too few items in menu")) + (while (search-forward "\n* " nil t) + nil)) + (Info-extract-menu-node-name))) + +(defun Info-nth-menu-item () + "Go to the node of the Nth menu item. +N is the digit argument used to invoke this command." + (interactive) + (Info-goto-node + (Info-extract-menu-counting + (- (aref (this-command-keys) (1- (length (this-command-keys)))) ?0)))) + +(defun Info-top-node () + "Go to the Top node of this file." + (interactive) + (Info-goto-node "Top")) + +(defun Info-final-node () + "Go to the final node in this file." + (interactive) + (Info-goto-node "Top") + (let (Info-history) + ;; Go to the last node in the menu of Top. + (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-menu-counting nil)) + ;; If the last node in the menu is not last in pointer structure, + ;; move forward until we can't go any farther. + (while (Info-forward-node t t) nil) + ;; Then keep moving down to last subnode, unless we reach an index. + (while (and (not (string-match "\\<index\\>" Info-current-node)) + (save-excursion (search-forward "\n* Menu:" nil t))) + (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-menu-counting nil))))) + +(defun Info-forward-node (&optional not-down no-error) + "Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence." + (interactive) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (forward-line 1) + ;; three possibilities, in order of priority: + ;; 1. next node is in a menu in this node (but not in an index) + ;; 2. next node is next at same level + ;; 3. next node is up and next + (cond ((and (not not-down) + (save-excursion (search-forward "\n* menu:" nil t)) + (not (string-match "\\<index\\>" Info-current-node))) + (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-menu-counting 1)) + t) + ((save-excursion (search-backward "next:" nil t)) + (Info-next) + t) + ((and (save-excursion (search-backward "up:" nil t)) + ;; Use string-equal, not equal, to ignore text props. + (not (string-equal (downcase (Info-extract-pointer "up")) + "top"))) + (let ((old-node Info-current-node)) + (Info-up) + (let (Info-history success) + (unwind-protect + (setq success (Info-forward-node t no-error)) + (or success (Info-goto-node old-node)))))) + (no-error nil) + (t (error "No pointer forward from this node")))) + +(defun Info-backward-node () + "Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence." + (interactive) + (let ((prevnode (Info-extract-pointer "prev[ious]*" t)) + (upnode (Info-extract-pointer "up" t))) + (cond ((and upnode (string-match "(" upnode)) + (error "First node in file")) + ((and upnode (or (null prevnode) + ;; Use string-equal, not equal, + ;; to ignore text properties. + (string-equal (downcase prevnode) + (downcase upnode)))) + (Info-up)) + (prevnode + ;; If we move back at the same level, + ;; go down to find the last subnode*. + (Info-prev) + (let (Info-history) + (while (and (not (string-match "\\<index\\>" Info-current-node)) + (save-excursion (search-forward "\n* Menu:" nil t))) + (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-menu-counting nil))))) + (t + (error "No pointer backward from this node"))))) + +(defun Info-exit () + "Exit Info by selecting some other buffer." + (interactive) + (if Info-standalone + (save-buffers-kill-emacs) + (switch-to-buffer (prog1 (other-buffer (current-buffer)) + (bury-buffer (current-buffer)))))) + +(defun Info-next-menu-item () + (interactive) + (save-excursion + (forward-line -1) + (search-forward "\n* menu:" nil t) + (or (search-forward "\n* " nil t) + (error "No more items in menu")) + (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-menu-node-name)))) + +(defun Info-last-menu-item () + (interactive) + (save-excursion + (forward-line 1) + (let ((beg (save-excursion + (and (search-backward "\n* menu:" nil t) + (point))))) + (or (and beg (search-backward "\n* " beg t)) + (error "No previous items in menu"))) + (Info-goto-node (save-excursion + (goto-char (match-end 0)) + (Info-extract-menu-node-name))))) + +(defmacro Info-no-error (&rest body) + (list 'condition-case nil (cons 'progn (append body '(t))) '(error nil))) + +(defun Info-next-preorder () + "Go to the next subnode or the next node, or go up a level." + (interactive) + (cond ((Info-no-error (Info-next-menu-item))) + ((Info-no-error (Info-next))) + ((Info-no-error (Info-up)) + ;; Since we have already gone thru all the items in this menu, + ;; go up to the end of this node. + (goto-char (point-max)) + ;; Since logically we are done with the node with that menu, + ;; move on from it. + (Info-next-preorder)) + (t + (error "No more nodes")))) + +(defun Info-last-preorder () + "Go to the last node, popping up a level if there is none." + (interactive) + (cond ((Info-no-error + (Info-last-menu-item) + ;; If we go down a menu item, go to the end of the node + ;; so we can scroll back through it. + (goto-char (point-max))) + ;; Keep going down, as long as there are nested menu nodes. + (while (Info-no-error + (Info-last-menu-item) + ;; If we go down a menu item, go to the end of the node + ;; so we can scroll back through it. + (goto-char (point-max)))) + (recenter -1)) + ((Info-no-error (Info-prev)) + (goto-char (point-max)) + (while (Info-no-error + (Info-last-menu-item) + ;; If we go down a menu item, go to the end of the node + ;; so we can scroll back through it. + (goto-char (point-max)))) + (recenter -1)) + ((Info-no-error (Info-up)) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (or (search-forward "\n* Menu:" nil t) + (goto-char (point-max)))) + (t (error "No previous nodes")))) + +(defun Info-scroll-up () + "Scroll one screenful forward in Info, considering all nodes as one sequence. +Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the screen, +the next scroll moves into its first subnode. When you scroll past +the end of a node, that goes to the next node or back up to the parent node." + (interactive) + (if (or (< (window-start) (point-min)) + (> (window-start) (point-max))) + (set-window-start (selected-window) (point))) + (let ((virtual-end (save-excursion + (goto-char (point-min)) + (if (search-forward "\n* Menu:" nil t) + (point) + (point-max))))) + (if (or (< virtual-end (window-start)) + (pos-visible-in-window-p virtual-end)) + (Info-next-preorder) + (scroll-up)))) + +(defun Info-scroll-down () + "Scroll one screenful back in Info, considering all nodes as one sequence. +Within the menu of a node, this goes to its last subnode. +When you scroll past the beginning of a node, that goes to the +previous node or back up to the parent node." + (interactive) + (if (or (< (window-start) (point-min)) + (> (window-start) (point-max))) + (set-window-start (selected-window) (point))) + (let* ((current-point (point)) + (virtual-end (save-excursion + (beginning-of-line) + (setq current-point (point)) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (search-forward "\n* Menu:" + current-point + t)))) + (if (or virtual-end (pos-visible-in-window-p (point-min))) + (Info-last-preorder) + (scroll-down)))) + +(defun Info-next-reference (&optional recur) + "Move cursor to the next cross-reference or menu item in the node." + (interactive) + (let ((pat "\\*note[ \n\t]*\\([^:]*\\):\\|^\\* .*:") + (old-pt (point))) + (or (eobp) (forward-char 1)) + (or (re-search-forward pat nil t) + (progn + (goto-char (point-min)) + (or (re-search-forward pat nil t) + (progn + (goto-char old-pt) + (error "No cross references in this node"))))) + (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) + (if (looking-at "\\* Menu:") + (if recur + (error "No cross references in this node") + (Info-next-reference t))))) + +(defun Info-prev-reference (&optional recur) + "Move cursor to the previous cross-reference or menu item in the node." + (interactive) + (let ((pat "\\*note[ \n\t]*\\([^:]*\\):\\|^\\* .*:") + (old-pt (point))) + (or (re-search-backward pat nil t) + (progn + (goto-char (point-max)) + (or (re-search-backward pat nil t) + (progn + (goto-char old-pt) + (error "No cross references in this node"))))) + (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) + (if (looking-at "\\* Menu:") + (if recur + (error "No cross references in this node") + (Info-prev-reference t))))) + +(defun Info-index (topic) + "Look up a string in the index for this file. +The index is defined as the first node in the top-level menu whose +name contains the word \"Index\", plus any immediately following +nodes whose names also contain the word \"Index\". +If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses +the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic. +Use the `,' command to see the other matches. +Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself." + (interactive "sIndex topic: ") + (let ((orignode Info-current-node) + (rnode nil) + (pattern (format "\n\\* \\([^\n:]*%s[^\n:]*\\):[ \t]*\\([^.\n]*\\)\\.[ \t]*\\([0-9]*\\)" + (regexp-quote topic))) + node) + (Info-goto-node "Top") + (or (search-forward "\n* menu:" nil t) + (error "No index")) + (or (re-search-forward "\n\\* \\(.*\\<Index\\>\\)" nil t) + (error "No index")) + (goto-char (match-beginning 1)) + ;; Here, and subsequently in this function, + ;; we bind Info-history to nil for internal node-switches + ;; so that we don't put junk in the history. + ;; In the first Info-goto-node call, above, we do update the history + ;; because that is what the user's previous node choice into it. + (let ((Info-history nil)) + (Info-goto-node (Info-extract-menu-node-name))) + (or (equal topic "") + (let ((matches nil) + (exact nil) + (Info-history nil) + found) + (while + (progn + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (re-search-forward pattern nil t) + (setq matches + (cons (list (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) + (match-end 1)) + (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) + (match-end 2)) + Info-current-node + (string-to-int (concat "0" + (buffer-substring + (match-beginning 3) + (match-end 3))))) + matches))) + (and (setq node (Info-extract-pointer "next" t)) + (string-match "\\<Index\\>" node))) + (Info-goto-node node)) + (or matches + (progn + (Info-goto-node orignode) + (error "No `%s' in index" topic))) + ;; Here it is a feature that assoc is case-sensitive. + (while (setq found (assoc topic matches)) + (setq exact (cons found exact) + matches (delq found matches))) + (setq Info-index-alternatives (nconc exact (nreverse matches))) + (Info-index-next 0))))) + +(defun Info-index-next (num) + "Go to the next matching index item from the last `i' command." + (interactive "p") + (or Info-index-alternatives + (error "No previous `i' command in this file")) + (while (< num 0) + (setq num (+ num (length Info-index-alternatives)))) + (while (> num 0) + (setq Info-index-alternatives + (nconc (cdr Info-index-alternatives) + (list (car Info-index-alternatives))) + num (1- num))) + (Info-goto-node (nth 1 (car Info-index-alternatives))) + (if (> (nth 3 (car Info-index-alternatives)) 0) + (forward-line (nth 3 (car Info-index-alternatives))) + (forward-line 3) ; don't search in headers + (let ((name (car (car Info-index-alternatives)))) + (Info-find-index-name name))) + (message "Found `%s' in %s. %s" + (car (car Info-index-alternatives)) + (nth 2 (car Info-index-alternatives)) + (if (cdr Info-index-alternatives) + "(Press `,' for more)" + "(Only match)"))) + +(defun Info-find-index-name (name) + "Move point to the place within the current node where NAME is defined." + (if (or (re-search-forward (format + "[a-zA-Z]+: %s\\( \\|$\\)" + (regexp-quote name)) nil t) + (search-forward (format "`%s'" name) nil t) + (and (string-match "\\`.*\\( (.*)\\)\\'" name) + (search-forward + (format "`%s'" (substring name 0 (match-beginning 1))) + nil t)) + (search-forward name nil t)) + (beginning-of-line) + (goto-char (point-min)))) + +(defun Info-undefined () + "Make command be undefined in Info." + (interactive) + (ding)) + +(defun Info-help () + "Enter the Info tutorial." + (interactive) + (delete-other-windows) + (Info-find-node "info" + (if (< (window-height) 23) + "Help-Small-Screen" + "Help"))) + +(defun Info-summary () + "Display a brief summary of all Info commands." + (interactive) + (save-window-excursion + (switch-to-buffer "*Help*") + (erase-buffer) + (insert (documentation 'Info-mode)) + (help-mode) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (let (ch flag) + (while (progn (setq flag (not (pos-visible-in-window-p (point-max)))) + (message (if flag "Type Space to see more" + "Type Space to return to Info")) + (if (not (eq ?\ (setq ch (read-event)))) + (progn (setq unread-command-events (list ch)) nil) + flag)) + (scroll-up))) + (bury-buffer "*Help*"))) + +(defun Info-get-token (pos start all &optional errorstring) + "Return the token around POS, +POS must be somewhere inside the token +START is a regular expression which will match the + beginning of the tokens delimited string +ALL is a regular expression with a single + parenthesized subpattern which is the token to be + returned. E.g. '{\(.*\)}' would return any string + enclosed in braces around POS. +SIG optional fourth argument, controls action on no match + nil: return nil + t: beep + a string: signal an error, using that string." + (save-excursion + (goto-char pos) + (re-search-backward start (max (point-min) (- pos 200)) 'yes) + (let (found) + (while (and (re-search-forward all (min (point-max) (+ pos 200)) 'yes) + (not (setq found (and (<= (match-beginning 0) pos) + (> (match-end 0) pos)))))) + (if (and found (<= (match-beginning 0) pos) + (> (match-end 0) pos)) + (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1)) + (cond ((null errorstring) + nil) + ((eq errorstring t) + (beep) + nil) + (t + (error "No %s around position %d" errorstring pos))))))) + +(defun Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node (click) + "\\<Info-mode-map>Follow a node reference near point. +Like \\[Info-menu], \\[Info-follow-reference], \\[Info-next], \\[Info-prev] or \\[Info-up] command, depending on where you click. +At end of the node's text, moves to the next node, or up if none." + (interactive "e") + (let* ((start (event-start click)) + (window (car start)) + (pos (car (cdr start)))) + (select-window window) + (goto-char pos)) + (and (not (Info-try-follow-nearest-node)) + (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (eobp)) + (Info-next-preorder))) + +(defun Info-follow-nearest-node () + "\\<Info-mode-map>Follow a node reference near point. +Like \\[Info-menu], \\[Info-follow-reference], \\[Info-next], \\[Info-prev] or \\[Info-up] command, depending on where point is. +If no reference to follow, moves to the next node, or up if none." + (interactive) + (or (Info-try-follow-nearest-node) + (Info-next-preorder))) + +;; Common subroutine. +(defun Info-try-follow-nearest-node () + "Follow a node reference near point. Return non-nil if successful." + (let (node) + (cond + ((setq node (Info-get-token (point) "\\*note[ \n]" + "\\*note[ \n]\\([^:]*\\):")) + (Info-follow-reference node)) + ((setq node (Info-get-token (point) "\\* " "\\* \\([^:]*\\)::")) + (Info-goto-node node)) + ((setq node (Info-get-token (point) "\\* " "\\* \\([^:]*\\):")) + (Info-menu node)) + ((setq node (Info-get-token (point) "Up: " "Up: \\([^,\n\t]*\\)")) + (Info-goto-node node)) + ((setq node (Info-get-token (point) "Next: " "Next: \\([^,\n\t]*\\)")) + (Info-goto-node node)) + ((setq node (Info-get-token (point) "File: " "File: \\([^,\n\t]*\\)")) + (Info-goto-node "Top")) + ((setq node (Info-get-token (point) "Prev: " "Prev: \\([^,\n\t]*\\)")) + (Info-goto-node node))) + node)) + +(defvar Info-mode-map nil + "Keymap containing Info commands.") +(if Info-mode-map + nil + (setq Info-mode-map (make-keymap)) + (suppress-keymap Info-mode-map) + (define-key Info-mode-map "." 'beginning-of-buffer) + (define-key Info-mode-map " " 'Info-scroll-up) + (define-key Info-mode-map "\C-m" 'Info-follow-nearest-node) + (define-key Info-mode-map "\t" 'Info-next-reference) + (define-key Info-mode-map "\e\t" 'Info-prev-reference) + (define-key Info-mode-map "1" 'Info-nth-menu-item) + (define-key Info-mode-map "2" 'Info-nth-menu-item) + (define-key Info-mode-map "3" 'Info-nth-menu-item) + (define-key Info-mode-map "4" 'Info-nth-menu-item) + (define-key Info-mode-map "5" 'Info-nth-menu-item) + (define-key Info-mode-map "6" 'Info-nth-menu-item) + (define-key Info-mode-map "7" 'Info-nth-menu-item) + (define-key Info-mode-map "8" 'Info-nth-menu-item) + (define-key Info-mode-map "9" 'Info-nth-menu-item) + (define-key Info-mode-map "0" 'undefined) + (define-key Info-mode-map "?" 'Info-summary) + (define-key Info-mode-map "]" 'Info-forward-node) + (define-key Info-mode-map "[" 'Info-backward-node) + (define-key Info-mode-map "<" 'Info-top-node) + (define-key Info-mode-map ">" 'Info-final-node) + (define-key Info-mode-map "b" 'beginning-of-buffer) + (define-key Info-mode-map "d" 'Info-directory) + (define-key Info-mode-map "e" 'Info-edit) + (define-key Info-mode-map "f" 'Info-follow-reference) + (define-key Info-mode-map "g" 'Info-goto-node) + (define-key Info-mode-map "h" 'Info-help) + (define-key Info-mode-map "i" 'Info-index) + (define-key Info-mode-map "l" 'Info-last) + (define-key Info-mode-map "m" 'Info-menu) + (define-key Info-mode-map "n" 'Info-next) + (define-key Info-mode-map "p" 'Info-prev) + (define-key Info-mode-map "q" 'Info-exit) + (define-key Info-mode-map "s" 'Info-search) + ;; For consistency with Rmail. + (define-key Info-mode-map "\M-s" 'Info-search) + (define-key Info-mode-map "t" 'Info-top-node) + (define-key Info-mode-map "u" 'Info-up) + (define-key Info-mode-map "," 'Info-index-next) + (define-key Info-mode-map "\177" 'Info-scroll-down) + (define-key Info-mode-map [mouse-2] 'Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node) + ) + +;; Info mode is suitable only for specially formatted data. +(put 'info-mode 'mode-class 'special) + +(defun Info-mode () + "\\<Info-mode-map> +Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree. +Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses +one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related +topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes. + +\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial. + +Selecting other nodes: +\\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node] + Follow a node reference you click on. + This works with menu items, cross references, and + the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click. +\\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node. +\\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node. +\\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node. +\\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation). + Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected. +\\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node. +\\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference. +\\[Info-last] Move to the last node you were at. +\\[Info-index] Look up a topic in this file's Index and move to that node. +\\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous `i' command. + +Moving within a node: +\\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen. If the end of the buffer is +already visible, try to go to the next menu entry, or up if there is none. +\\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is +already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up if there is none. +\\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node. + +Advanced commands: +\\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer. +\\[Info-edit] Edit contents of selected node. +1 Pick first item in node's menu. +2, 3, 4, 5 Pick second ... fifth item in node's menu. +\\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name. + You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME. +\\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion. +\\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp, + and select the node in which the next occurrence is found. +\\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item. +\\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item." + (kill-all-local-variables) + (setq major-mode 'Info-mode) + (setq mode-name "Info") + (use-local-map Info-mode-map) + (set-syntax-table text-mode-syntax-table) + (setq local-abbrev-table text-mode-abbrev-table) + (setq case-fold-search t) + (setq buffer-read-only t) + (make-local-variable 'Info-current-file) + (make-local-variable 'Info-current-subfile) + (make-local-variable 'Info-current-node) + (make-local-variable 'Info-tag-table-marker) + (make-local-variable 'Info-history) + (make-local-variable 'Info-index-alternatives) + (if (memq (framep (selected-frame)) '(x pc)) + (progn + (make-face 'info-node) + (make-face 'info-menu-5) + (make-face 'info-xref) + (or (face-differs-from-default-p 'info-node) + (if (face-differs-from-default-p 'bold-italic) + (copy-face 'bold-italic 'info-node) + (copy-face 'bold 'info-node))) + (or (face-differs-from-default-p 'info-menu-5) + (set-face-underline-p 'info-menu-5 t)) + (or (face-differs-from-default-p 'info-xref) + (copy-face 'bold 'info-xref))) + (setq Info-fontify nil)) + (Info-set-mode-line) + (run-hooks 'Info-mode-hook)) + +(defvar Info-edit-map nil + "Local keymap used within `e' command of Info.") +(if Info-edit-map + nil + (setq Info-edit-map (nconc (make-sparse-keymap) text-mode-map)) + (define-key Info-edit-map "\C-c\C-c" 'Info-cease-edit)) + +;; Info-edit mode is suitable only for specially formatted data. +(put 'info-edit-mode 'mode-class 'special) + +(defun Info-edit-mode () + "Major mode for editing the contents of an Info node. +Like text mode with the addition of `Info-cease-edit' +which returns to Info mode for browsing. +\\{Info-edit-map}" + (use-local-map Info-edit-map) + (setq major-mode 'Info-edit-mode) + (setq mode-name "Info Edit") + (kill-local-variable 'mode-line-buffer-identification) + (setq buffer-read-only nil) + (force-mode-line-update) + (buffer-enable-undo (current-buffer)) + (run-hooks 'Info-edit-mode-hook)) + +(defun Info-edit () + "Edit the contents of this Info node. +Allowed only if variable `Info-enable-edit' is non-nil." + (interactive) + (or Info-enable-edit + (error "Editing info nodes is not enabled")) + (Info-edit-mode) + (message "%s" (substitute-command-keys + "Editing: Type \\<Info-edit-map>\\[Info-cease-edit] to return to info"))) + +(defun Info-cease-edit () + "Finish editing Info node; switch back to Info proper." + (interactive) + ;; Do this first, so nothing has changed if user C-g's at query. + (and (buffer-modified-p) + (y-or-n-p "Save the file? ") + (save-buffer)) + (use-local-map Info-mode-map) + (setq major-mode 'Info-mode) + (setq mode-name "Info") + (Info-set-mode-line) + (setq buffer-read-only t) + (force-mode-line-update) + (and (marker-position Info-tag-table-marker) + (buffer-modified-p) + (message "Tags may have changed. Use Info-tagify if necessary"))) + +(defvar Info-file-list-for-emacs + '("ediff" "forms" "gnus" "info" ("mh" . "mh-e") "sc") + "List of Info files that describe Emacs commands. +An element can be a file name, or a list of the form (PREFIX . FILE) +where PREFIX is a name prefix and FILE is the file to look in. +If the element is just a file name, the file name also serves as the prefix.") + +(defun Info-find-emacs-command-nodes (command) + "Return a list of locations documenting COMMAND. +The `info-file' property of COMMAND says which Info manual to search. +If COMMAND has no property, the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs' +defines heuristics for which Info manual to try. +The locations are of the format used in Info-history, i.e. +\(FILENAME NODENAME BUFFERPOS\)." + (let ((where '()) + (cmd-desc (concat "^\\* " (regexp-quote (symbol-name command)) + ":\\s *\\(.*\\)\\.$")) + (info-file "emacs")) ;default + ;; Determine which info file this command is documented in. + (if (get command 'info-file) + (setq info-file (get command 'info-file)) + ;; If it doesn't say explicitly, test its name against + ;; various prefixes that we know. + (let ((file-list Info-file-list-for-emacs)) + (while file-list + (let* ((elt (car file-list)) + (name (if (consp elt) + (car elt) + elt)) + (file (if (consp elt) (cdr elt) elt)) + (regexp (concat "\\`" (regexp-quote name) + "\\(\\'\\|-\\)"))) + (if (string-match regexp (symbol-name command)) + (setq info-file file file-list nil)) + (setq file-list (cdr file-list)))))) + (save-excursion + (condition-case nil + (Info-find-node info-file "Command Index") + ;; Some manuals may not have a separate Command Index node, + ;; so try just Index instead. + (error + (Info-find-node info-file "Index"))) + ;; Take the index node off the Info history. + (setq Info-history (cdr Info-history)) + (goto-char (point-max)) + (while (re-search-backward cmd-desc nil t) + (setq where (cons (list Info-current-file + (buffer-substring + (match-beginning 1) + (match-end 1)) + 0) + where))) + where))) + +;;;###autoload +(defun Info-goto-emacs-command-node (command) + "Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND. +The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index +or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or +the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." + (interactive "CFind documentation for command: ") + (or (commandp command) + (signal 'wrong-type-argument (list 'commandp command))) + (let ((where (Info-find-emacs-command-nodes command))) + (if where + (let ((num-matches (length where))) + ;; Get Info running, and pop to it in another window. + (save-window-excursion + (info)) + (pop-to-buffer "*info*") + (Info-find-node (car (car where)) + (car (cdr (car where)))) + (if (> num-matches 1) + (progn + ;; Info-find-node already pushed (car where) onto + ;; Info-history. Put the other nodes that were found on + ;; the history. + (setq Info-history (nconc (cdr where) Info-history)) + (message "Found %d other entr%s. Use %s to see %s." + (1- num-matches) + (if (> num-matches 2) "ies" "y") + (substitute-command-keys "\\[Info-last]") + (if (> num-matches 2) "them" "it"))))) + (error "Couldn't find documentation for %s" command)))) + +;;;###autoload +(defun Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node (key) + "Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual the command bound to KEY, a string. +Interactively, if the binding is execute-extended-command, a command is read. +The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's Command Index +or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or +the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." + (interactive "kFind documentation for key:") + (let ((command (key-binding key))) + (cond ((null command) + (message "%s is undefined" (key-description key))) + ((and (interactive-p) + (eq command 'execute-extended-command)) + (Info-goto-emacs-command-node + (read-command "Find documentation for command: "))) + (t + (Info-goto-emacs-command-node command))))) + +(defvar Info-title-face-alist + '((?* bold underline) + (?= bold-italic underline) + (?- italic underline)) + "*Alist of face or list of faces to use for pseudo-underlined titles. +The alist key is the character the title is underlined with (?*, ?= or ?-).") + +(defun Info-fontify-node () + (save-excursion + (let ((buffer-read-only nil)) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (if (looking-at "^File: [^,: \t]+,?[ \t]+") + (progn + (goto-char (match-end 0)) + (while + (looking-at "[ \t]*[^:, \t\n]+:[ \t]+\\([^:,\t\n]+\\),?") + (goto-char (match-end 0)) + (put-text-property (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1) + 'face 'info-xref) + (put-text-property (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1) + 'mouse-face 'highlight)))) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (re-search-forward "\n\\([^ \t\n].+\\)\n\\(\\*+\\|=+\\|-+\\)$" + nil t) + (put-text-property (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1) + 'face + (cdr (assq (preceding-char) Info-title-face-alist))) + (put-text-property (match-end 1) (match-end 2) + 'invisible t)) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (re-search-forward "\\*Note[ \n\t]+\\([^:]*\\):" nil t) + (if (= (char-after (1- (match-beginning 0))) ?\") ; hack + nil + (put-text-property (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1) + 'face 'info-xref) + (put-text-property (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1) + 'mouse-face 'highlight))) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (if (and (search-forward "\n* Menu:" nil t) + (not (string-match "\\<Index\\>" Info-current-node)) + ;; Don't take time to annotate huge menus + (< (- (point-max) (point)) Info-fontify-maximum-menu-size)) + (let ((n 0)) + (while (re-search-forward "^\\* \\([^:\t\n]*\\):" nil t) + (setq n (1+ n)) + (if (memq n '(5 9)) ; visual aids to help with 1-9 keys + (put-text-property (match-beginning 0) + (1+ (match-beginning 0)) + 'face 'info-menu-5)) + (put-text-property (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1) + 'face 'info-node) + (put-text-property (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1) + 'mouse-face 'highlight)))) + (set-buffer-modified-p nil)))) + +(provide 'info) + +;;; info.el ends here diff --git a/texinfo/emacs/informat.el b/texinfo/emacs/informat.el new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0b195b9e620 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/emacs/informat.el @@ -0,0 +1,429 @@ +;;; informat.el --- info support functions package for Emacs + +;; Copyright (C) 1986 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +;; Maintainer: FSF +;; Keywords: help + +;; This file is part of GNU Emacs. + +;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +;; any later version. + +;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +;; GNU General Public License for more details. + +;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the +;; Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +;;; Code: + +(require 'info) + +;;;###autoload +(defun Info-tagify () + "Create or update Info-file tag table in current buffer." + (interactive) + ;; Save and restore point and restrictions. + ;; save-restrictions would not work + ;; because it records the old max relative to the end. + ;; We record it relative to the beginning. + (message "Tagifying %s ..." (file-name-nondirectory (buffer-file-name))) + (let ((omin (point-min)) + (omax (point-max)) + (nomax (= (point-max) (1+ (buffer-size)))) + (opoint (point))) + (unwind-protect + (progn + (widen) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (if (search-forward "\^_\nIndirect:\n" nil t) + (message "Cannot tagify split info file") + (let ((regexp "Node:[ \t]*\\([^,\n\t]*\\)[,\t\n]") + (case-fold-search t) + list) + (while (search-forward "\n\^_" nil t) + ;; We want the 0-origin character position of the ^_. + ;; That is the same as the Emacs (1-origin) position + ;; of the newline before it. + (let ((beg (match-beginning 0))) + (forward-line 2) + (if (re-search-backward regexp beg t) + (setq list + (cons (list (buffer-substring-no-properties + (match-beginning 1) + (match-end 1)) + beg) + list))))) + (goto-char (point-max)) + (forward-line -8) + (let ((buffer-read-only nil)) + (if (search-forward "\^_\nEnd tag table\n" nil t) + (let ((end (point))) + (search-backward "\nTag table:\n") + (beginning-of-line) + (delete-region (point) end))) + (goto-char (point-max)) + (insert "\^_\f\nTag table:\n") + (move-marker Info-tag-table-marker (point)) + (setq list (nreverse list)) + (while list + (insert "Node: " (car (car list)) ?\177) + (princ (car (cdr (car list))) (current-buffer)) + (insert ?\n) + (setq list (cdr list))) + (insert "\^_\nEnd tag table\n"))))) + (goto-char opoint) + (narrow-to-region omin (if nomax (1+ (buffer-size)) + (min omax (point-max)))))) + (message "Tagifying %s ... done" (file-name-nondirectory (buffer-file-name)))) + +;;;###autoload +(defun Info-split () + "Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles. +Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node. + +To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag +table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which +should be saved in place of the original visited file. + +The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is +in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original +file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it +contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." + + (interactive) + (if (< (buffer-size) 70000) + (error "This is too small to be worth splitting")) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (search-forward "\^_") + (forward-char -1) + (let ((start (point)) + (chars-deleted 0) + subfiles + (subfile-number 1) + (case-fold-search t) + (filename (file-name-sans-versions buffer-file-name))) + (goto-char (point-max)) + (forward-line -8) + (setq buffer-read-only nil) + (or (search-forward "\^_\nEnd tag table\n" nil t) + (error "Tag table required; use M-x Info-tagify")) + (search-backward "\nTag table:\n") + (if (looking-at "\nTag table:\n\^_") + (error "Tag table is just a skeleton; use M-x Info-tagify")) + (beginning-of-line) + (forward-char 1) + (save-restriction + (narrow-to-region (point-min) (point)) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (< (1+ (point)) (point-max)) + (goto-char (min (+ (point) 50000) (point-max))) + (search-forward "\^_" nil 'move) + (setq subfiles + (cons (list (+ start chars-deleted) + (concat (file-name-nondirectory filename) + (format "-%d" subfile-number))) + subfiles)) + ;; Put a newline at end of split file, to make Unix happier. + (insert "\n") + (write-region (point-min) (point) + (concat filename (format "-%d" subfile-number))) + (delete-region (1- (point)) (point)) + ;; Back up over the final ^_. + (forward-char -1) + (setq chars-deleted (+ chars-deleted (- (point) start))) + (delete-region start (point)) + (setq subfile-number (1+ subfile-number)))) + (while subfiles + (goto-char start) + (insert (nth 1 (car subfiles)) + (format ": %d" (1- (car (car subfiles)))) + "\n") + (setq subfiles (cdr subfiles))) + (goto-char start) + (insert "\^_\nIndirect:\n") + (search-forward "\nTag Table:\n") + (insert "(Indirect)\n"))) + +;;;###autoload +(defun Info-validate () + "Check current buffer for validity as an Info file. +Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." + (interactive) + (save-excursion + (save-restriction + (widen) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (if (search-forward "\nTag table:\n(Indirect)\n" nil t) + (error "Don't yet know how to validate indirect info files: \"%s\"" + (buffer-name (current-buffer)))) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (let ((allnodes '(("*"))) + (regexp "Node:[ \t]*\\([^,\n\t]*\\)[,\t\n]") + (case-fold-search t) + (tags-losing nil) + (lossages ())) + (while (search-forward "\n\^_" nil t) + (forward-line 1) + (let ((beg (point))) + (forward-line 1) + (if (re-search-backward regexp beg t) + (let ((name (downcase + (buffer-substring-no-properties + (match-beginning 1) + (progn + (goto-char (match-end 1)) + (skip-chars-backward " \t") + (point)))))) + (if (assoc name allnodes) + (setq lossages + (cons (list name "Duplicate node-name" nil) + lossages)) + (setq allnodes + (cons (list name + (progn + (end-of-line) + (and (re-search-backward + "prev[ious]*:" beg t) + (progn + (goto-char (match-end 0)) + (downcase + (Info-following-node-name))))) + beg) + allnodes))))))) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (search-forward "\n\^_" nil t) + (forward-line 1) + (let ((beg (point)) + thisnode next) + (forward-line 1) + (if (re-search-backward regexp beg t) + (save-restriction + (search-forward "\n\^_" nil 'move) + (narrow-to-region beg (point)) + (setq thisnode (downcase + (buffer-substring-no-properties + (match-beginning 1) + (progn + (goto-char (match-end 1)) + (skip-chars-backward " \t") + (point))))) + (end-of-line) + (and (search-backward "next:" nil t) + (setq next (Info-validate-node-name "invalid Next")) + (assoc next allnodes) + (if (equal (car (cdr (assoc next allnodes))) + thisnode) + ;; allow multiple `next' pointers to one node + (let ((tem lossages)) + (while tem + (if (and (equal (car (cdr (car tem))) + "should have Previous") + (equal (car (car tem)) + next)) + (setq lossages (delq (car tem) lossages))) + (setq tem (cdr tem)))) + (setq lossages + (cons (list next + "should have Previous" + thisnode) + lossages)))) + (end-of-line) + (if (re-search-backward "prev[ious]*:" nil t) + (Info-validate-node-name "invalid Previous")) + (end-of-line) + (if (search-backward "up:" nil t) + (Info-validate-node-name "invalid Up")) + (if (re-search-forward "\n* Menu:" nil t) + (while (re-search-forward "\n\\* " nil t) + (Info-validate-node-name + (concat "invalid menu item " + (buffer-substring (point) + (save-excursion + (skip-chars-forward "^:") + (point)))) + (Info-extract-menu-node-name)))) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (re-search-forward "\\*note[ \n]*[^:\t]*:" nil t) + (goto-char (+ (match-beginning 0) 5)) + (skip-chars-forward " \n") + (Info-validate-node-name + (concat "invalid reference " + (buffer-substring (point) + (save-excursion + (skip-chars-forward "^:") + (point)))) + (Info-extract-menu-node-name "Bad format cross-reference"))))))) + (setq tags-losing (not (Info-validate-tags-table))) + (if (or lossages tags-losing) + (with-output-to-temp-buffer " *problems in info file*" + (while lossages + (princ "In node \"") + (princ (car (car lossages))) + (princ "\", ") + (let ((tem (nth 1 (car lossages)))) + (cond ((string-match "\n" tem) + (princ (substring tem 0 (match-beginning 0))) + (princ "...")) + (t + (princ tem)))) + (if (nth 2 (car lossages)) + (progn + (princ ": ") + (let ((tem (nth 2 (car lossages)))) + (cond ((string-match "\n" tem) + (princ (substring tem 0 (match-beginning 0))) + (princ "...")) + (t + (princ tem)))))) + (terpri) + (setq lossages (cdr lossages))) + (if tags-losing (princ "\nTags table must be recomputed\n"))) + ;; Here if info file is valid. + ;; If we already made a list of problems, clear it out. + (save-excursion + (if (get-buffer " *problems in info file*") + (progn + (set-buffer " *problems in info file*") + (kill-buffer (current-buffer))))) + (message "File appears valid")))))) + +(defun Info-validate-node-name (kind &optional name) + (if name + nil + (goto-char (match-end 0)) + (skip-chars-forward " \t") + (if (= (following-char) ?\() + nil + (setq name + (buffer-substring-no-properties + (point) + (progn + (skip-chars-forward "^,\t\n") + (skip-chars-backward " ") + (point)))))) + (if (null name) + nil + (setq name (downcase name)) + (or (and (> (length name) 0) (= (aref name 0) ?\()) + (assoc name allnodes) + (setq lossages + (cons (list thisnode kind name) lossages)))) + name) + +(defun Info-validate-tags-table () + (goto-char (point-min)) + (if (not (search-forward "\^_\nEnd tag table\n" nil t)) + t + (not (catch 'losing + (let* ((end (match-beginning 0)) + (start (progn (search-backward "\nTag table:\n") + (1- (match-end 0)))) + tem) + (setq tem allnodes) + (while tem + (goto-char start) + (or (equal (car (car tem)) "*") + (search-forward (concat "Node: " + (car (car tem)) + "\177") + end t) + (throw 'losing 'x)) + (setq tem (cdr tem))) + (goto-char (1+ start)) + (while (looking-at ".*Node: \\(.*\\)\177\\([0-9]+\\)$") + (setq tem (downcase (buffer-substring-no-properties + (match-beginning 1) + (match-end 1)))) + (setq tem (assoc tem allnodes)) + (if (or (not tem) + (< 1000 (progn + (goto-char (match-beginning 2)) + (setq tem (- (car (cdr (cdr tem))) + (read (current-buffer)))) + (if (> tem 0) tem (- tem))))) + (throw 'losing 'y)) + (forward-line 1))) + (if (looking-at "\^_\n") + (forward-line 1)) + (or (looking-at "End tag table\n") + (throw 'losing 'z)) + nil)))) + +;;;###autoload +(defun batch-info-validate () + "Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line. +Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion. +Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. +For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" + (if (not noninteractive) + (error "batch-info-validate may only be used -batch.")) + (let ((version-control t) + (auto-save-default nil) + (find-file-run-dired nil) + (kept-old-versions 259259) + (kept-new-versions 259259)) + (let ((error 0) + file + (files ())) + (while command-line-args-left + (setq file (expand-file-name (car command-line-args-left))) + (cond ((not (file-exists-p file)) + (message ">> %s does not exist!" file) + (setq error 1 + command-line-args-left (cdr command-line-args-left))) + ((file-directory-p file) + (setq command-line-args-left (nconc (directory-files file) + (cdr command-line-args-left)))) + (t + (setq files (cons file files) + command-line-args-left (cdr command-line-args-left))))) + (while files + (setq file (car files) + files (cdr files)) + (let ((lose nil)) + (condition-case err + (progn + (if buffer-file-name (kill-buffer (current-buffer))) + (find-file file) + (buffer-disable-undo (current-buffer)) + (set-buffer-modified-p nil) + (fundamental-mode) + (let ((case-fold-search nil)) + (goto-char (point-max)) + (cond ((search-backward "\n\^_\^L\nTag table:\n" nil t) + (message "%s already tagified" file)) + ((< (point-max) 30000) + (message "%s too small to bother tagifying" file)) + (t + (Info-tagify)))) + (let ((loss-name " *problems in info file*")) + (message "Checking validity of info file %s..." file) + (if (get-buffer loss-name) + (kill-buffer loss-name)) + (Info-validate) + (if (not (get-buffer loss-name)) + nil ;(message "Checking validity of info file %s... OK" file) + (message "----------------------------------------------------------------------") + (message ">> PROBLEMS IN INFO FILE %s" file) + (save-excursion + (set-buffer loss-name) + (princ (buffer-substring-no-properties + (point-min) (point-max)))) + (message "----------------------------------------------------------------------") + (setq error 1 lose t))) + (if (and (buffer-modified-p) + (not lose)) + (progn (message "Saving modified %s" file) + (save-buffer)))) + (error (message ">> Error: %s" (prin1-to-string err)))))) + (kill-emacs error)))) + +;;; informat.el ends here diff --git a/texinfo/emacs/makeinfo.el b/texinfo/emacs/makeinfo.el new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a649d522156 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/emacs/makeinfo.el @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +;;; makeinfo.el --- run makeinfo conveniently + +;; Copyright (C) 1991, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +;; Author: Robert J. Chassell +;; Maintainer: FSF + +;; This file is part of GNU Emacs. + +;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +;; any later version. + +;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +;; GNU General Public License for more details. + +;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the +;; Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +;;; Commentary: + +;;; The Texinfo mode `makeinfo' related commands are: + +;; makeinfo-region to run makeinfo on the current region. +;; makeinfo-buffer to run makeinfo on the current buffer, or +;; with optional prefix arg, on current region +;; kill-compilation to kill currently running makeinfo job +;; makeinfo-recenter-makeinfo-buffer to redisplay *compilation* buffer + +;;; Keybindings (defined in `texinfo.el') + +;; makeinfo bindings +; (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-m\C-r" 'makeinfo-region) +; (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-m\C-b" 'makeinfo-buffer) +; (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-m\C-k" 'kill-compilation) +; (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-m\C-l" +; 'makeinfo-recenter-compilation-buffer) + +;;; Code: + +;;; Variables used by `makeinfo' + +(require 'compile) + +(defvar makeinfo-run-command "makeinfo" + "*Command used to run `makeinfo' subjob. +The name of the file is appended to this string, separated by a space.") + +(defvar makeinfo-options "--fill-column=70" + "*String containing options for running `makeinfo'. +Do not include `--footnote-style' or `--paragraph-indent'; +the proper way to specify those is with the Texinfo commands +`@footnotestyle` and `@paragraphindent'.") + +(require 'texinfo) + +(defvar makeinfo-compilation-process nil + "Process that runs `makeinfo'. Should start out nil.") + +(defvar makeinfo-temp-file nil + "Temporary file name used for text being sent as input to `makeinfo'.") + +(defvar makeinfo-output-file-name nil + "Info file name used for text output by `makeinfo'.") + + +;;; The `makeinfo' function definitions + +(defun makeinfo-region (region-beginning region-end) + "Make Info file from region of current Texinfo file, and switch to it. + +This command does not offer the `next-error' feature since it would +apply to a temporary file, not the original; use the `makeinfo-buffer' +command to gain use of `next-error'." + + (interactive "r") + (let (filename-or-header + filename-or-header-beginning + filename-or-header-end) + ;; Cannot use `let' for makeinfo-temp-file or + ;; makeinfo-output-file-name since `makeinfo-compilation-sentinel' + ;; needs them. + + (setq makeinfo-temp-file + (concat + (make-temp-name + (substring (buffer-file-name) + 0 + (or (string-match "\\.tex" (buffer-file-name)) + (length (buffer-file-name))))) + ".texinfo")) + + (save-excursion + (save-restriction + (widen) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (let ((search-end (save-excursion (forward-line 100) (point)))) + ;; Find and record the Info filename, + ;; or else explain that a filename is needed. + (if (re-search-forward + "^@setfilename[ \t]+\\([^ \t\n]+\\)[ \t]*" + search-end t) + (setq makeinfo-output-file-name + (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1))) + (error + "The texinfo file needs a line saying: @setfilename <name>")) + + ;; Find header and specify its beginning and end. + (goto-char (point-min)) + (if (and + (prog1 + (search-forward tex-start-of-header search-end t) + (beginning-of-line) + ;; Mark beginning of header. + (setq filename-or-header-beginning (point))) + (prog1 + (search-forward tex-end-of-header nil t) + (beginning-of-line) + ;; Mark end of header + (setq filename-or-header-end (point)))) + + ;; Insert the header into the temporary file. + (write-region + (min filename-or-header-beginning region-beginning) + filename-or-header-end + makeinfo-temp-file nil nil) + + ;; Else no header; insert @filename line into temporary file. + (goto-char (point-min)) + (search-forward "@setfilename" search-end t) + (beginning-of-line) + (setq filename-or-header-beginning (point)) + (forward-line 1) + (setq filename-or-header-end (point)) + (write-region + (min filename-or-header-beginning region-beginning) + filename-or-header-end + makeinfo-temp-file nil nil)) + + ;; Insert the region into the file. + (write-region + (max region-beginning filename-or-header-end) + region-end + makeinfo-temp-file t nil) + + ;; Run the `makeinfo-compile' command in the *compilation* buffer + (save-excursion + (makeinfo-compile + (concat makeinfo-run-command + " " + makeinfo-options + " " + makeinfo-temp-file) + "Use `makeinfo-buffer' to gain use of the `next-error' command" + nil))))))) + +;;; Actually run makeinfo. COMMAND is the command to run. +;;; ERROR-MESSAGE is what to say when next-error can't find another error. +;;; If PARSE-ERRORS is non-nil, do try to parse error messages. +(defun makeinfo-compile (command error-message parse-errors) + (let ((buffer + (compile-internal command error-message nil + (and (not parse-errors) + ;; If we do want to parse errors, pass nil. + ;; Otherwise, use this function, which won't + ;; ever find any errors. + '(lambda (&rest ignore) + (setq compilation-error-list nil)))))) + (set-process-sentinel (get-buffer-process buffer) + 'makeinfo-compilation-sentinel))) + +;; Delete makeinfo-temp-file after processing is finished, +;; and visit Info file. +;; This function is called when the compilation process changes state. +;; Based on `compilation-sentinel' in compile.el +(defun makeinfo-compilation-sentinel (proc msg) + (compilation-sentinel proc msg) + (if (and makeinfo-temp-file (file-exists-p makeinfo-temp-file)) + (delete-file makeinfo-temp-file)) + ;; Always use the version on disk. + (if (get-file-buffer makeinfo-output-file-name) + (progn (set-buffer makeinfo-output-file-name) + (revert-buffer t t)) + (find-file makeinfo-output-file-name)) + (goto-char (point-min))) + +(defun makeinfo-buffer () + "Make Info file from current buffer. + +Use the \\[next-error] command to move to the next error +\(if there are errors\)." + + (interactive) + (cond ((null buffer-file-name) + (error "Buffer not visiting any file")) + ((buffer-modified-p) + (if (y-or-n-p "Buffer modified; do you want to save it? ") + (save-buffer)))) + + ;; Find and record the Info filename, + ;; or else explain that a filename is needed. + (save-excursion + (goto-char (point-min)) + (let ((search-end (save-excursion (forward-line 100) (point)))) + (if (re-search-forward + "^@setfilename[ \t]+\\([^ \t\n]+\\)[ \t]*" + search-end t) + (setq makeinfo-output-file-name + (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1))) + (error + "The texinfo file needs a line saying: @setfilename <name>")))) + + (save-excursion + (makeinfo-compile + (concat makeinfo-run-command " " makeinfo-options + " " buffer-file-name) + "No more errors." + t))) + +(defun makeinfo-recenter-compilation-buffer (linenum) + "Redisplay `*compilation*' buffer so most recent output can be seen. +The last line of the buffer is displayed on +line LINE of the window, or centered if LINE is nil." + (interactive "P") + (let ((makeinfo-buffer (get-buffer "*compilation*")) + (old-buffer (current-buffer))) + (if (null makeinfo-buffer) + (message "No *compilation* buffer") + (pop-to-buffer makeinfo-buffer) + (bury-buffer makeinfo-buffer) + (goto-char (point-max)) + (recenter (if linenum + (prefix-numeric-value linenum) + (/ (window-height) 2))) + (pop-to-buffer old-buffer) + ))) + +;;; Place `provide' at end of file. +(provide 'makeinfo) + +;;; makeinfo.el ends here + diff --git a/texinfo/emacs/new-useful-setqs b/texinfo/emacs/new-useful-setqs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4241ae429ef --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/emacs/new-useful-setqs @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +;; -*- Mode: Emacs-Lisp -*- + +;; This is the `new-useful-setqs' file +;; This overrides old defvars since they were revised. + +(setq texinfmt-version "2.35 of 10 September 1996") + +(setq texinfo-master-menu-header + "\n@detailmenu\n --- The Detailed Node Listing ---\n") + +(setq texinfo-environment-regexp + (concat + "^@" + "\\(" + "cartouche\\|" + "display\\|" + "end\\|" + "enumerate\\|" + "example\\|" + "f?table\\|" + "flushleft\\|" + "flushright\\|" + "format\\|" + "group\\|" + "ifhtml\\|" + "ifinfo\\|" + "iftex\\|" + "ignore\\|" + "itemize\\|" + "lisp\\|" + "macro\\|" + "multitable\\|" + "quotation\\|" + "smallexample\\|" + "smalllisp\\|" + "tex" + "\\)") +) + +(setq texinfo-no-refill-regexp + (concat + "^@" + "\\(" + "example\\|" + "smallexample\\|" + "lisp\\|" + "smalllisp\\|" + "display\\|" + "format\\|" + "flushleft\\|" + "flushright\\|" + "menu\\|" + "multitable\\|" + "titlepage\\|" + "iftex\\|" + "ifhtml\\|" + "tex\\|" + "html" + "\\)")) + + +(setq texinfo-accent-commands + (concat + "@OE\\|" + "@oe\\|" + "@AA\\|" + "@aa\\|" + "@AE\\|" + "@ae\\|" + "@ss\\|" + "@^\\|" + "@`\\|" + "@'\\|" + "@\"\\|" + "@,\\|" + "@=\\|" + "@~\\|" + "@questiondown{\\|" + "@exclamdown{\\|" + "@L{\\|" + "@l{\\|" + "@O{\\|" + "@o{\\|" + "@dotaccent{\\|" + "@ubaraccent{\\|" + "@d{\\|" + "@H{\\|" + "@ringaccent{\\|" + "@tieaccent{\\|" + "@u{\\|" + "@v{\\|" + "@dotless{" + )) + +(setq texinfo-part-of-para-regexp + (concat + "^@" + "\\(" + "b{\\|" + "bullet{\\|" + "cite{\\|" + "code{\\|" + "emph{\\|" + "equiv{\\|" + "error{\\|" + "expansion{\\|" + "file{\\|" + "i{\\|" + "inforef{\\|" + "kbd{\\|" + "key{\\|" + "lisp{\\|" + "email{\\|" + "minus{\\|" + "point{\\|" + "print{\\|" + "pxref{\\|" + "r{\\|" + "ref{\\|" + "result{\\|" + "samp{\\|" + "sc{\\|" + "t{\\|" + "TeX{\\|" + "today{\\|" + "url{\\|" + "var{\\|" + "w{\\|" + "xref{\\|" + "@-\\|" ; @- is a descretionary hyphen (not an accent) (a noop). + texinfo-accent-commands + "\\)" + )) + +(setq texinfo-raisesections-alist + '((@chapter . @chapter) ; Cannot go higher + (@unnumbered . @unnumbered) + (@centerchap . @unnumbered) + + (@majorheading . @majorheading) + (@chapheading . @chapheading) + (@appendix . @appendix) + + (@section . @chapter) + (@unnumberedsec . @unnumbered) + (@heading . @chapheading) + (@appendixsec . @appendix) + + (@subsection . @section) + (@unnumberedsubsec . @unnumberedsec) + (@subheading . @heading) + (@appendixsubsec . @appendixsec) + + (@subsubsection . @subsection) + (@unnumberedsubsubsec . @unnumberedsubsec) + (@subsubheading . @subheading) + (@appendixsubsubsec . @appendixsubsec))) + +(setq texinfo-lowersections-alist + '((@chapter . @section) + (@unnumbered . @unnumberedsec) + (@centerchap . @unnumberedsec) + (@majorheading . @heading) + (@chapheading . @heading) + (@appendix . @appendixsec) + + (@section . @subsection) + (@unnumberedsec . @unnumberedsubsec) + (@heading . @subheading) + (@appendixsec . @appendixsubsec) + + (@subsection . @subsubsection) + (@unnumberedsubsec . @unnumberedsubsubsec) + (@subheading . @subsubheading) + (@appendixsubsec . @appendixsubsubsec) + + (@subsubsection . @subsubsection) ; Cannot go lower. + (@unnumberedsubsubsec . @unnumberedsubsubsec) + (@subsubheading . @subsubheading) + (@appendixsubsubsec . @appendixsubsubsec))) diff --git a/texinfo/emacs/texinfmt.el b/texinfo/emacs/texinfmt.el new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c0d09635a8d --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/emacs/texinfmt.el @@ -0,0 +1,3979 @@ +;;; texinfmt.el --- format Texinfo files into Info files. + +;; Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, +;; 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +;; Author: Robert J. Chassell +;; Date: 10 Sep 1996 +;; Maintainer: Robert J. Chassell <bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu> +;; Keywords: maint, tex, docs + +;; This file is part of GNU Emacs. + +;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +;; any later version. + +;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +;; GNU General Public License for more details. + +;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the +;; Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +;;; Code: + +;;; Emacs lisp functions to convert Texinfo files to Info files. + +(defvar texinfmt-version "2.35 of 10 September 1996") + +(defun texinfmt-version (&optional here) + "Show the version of texinfmt.el in the minibuffer. +If optional argument HERE is non-nil, insert info at point." + (interactive "P") + (let ((version-string + (format "Version of \`texinfmt.el\': %s" texinfmt-version))) + (if here + (insert version-string) + (if (interactive-p) + (message "%s" version-string) + version-string)))) + + +;;; Variable definitions + +(require 'texinfo) ; So `texinfo-footnote-style' is defined. +(require 'texnfo-upd) ; So `texinfo-section-types-regexp' is defined. + +(defvar texinfo-format-syntax-table nil) + +(defvar texinfo-vindex) +(defvar texinfo-findex) +(defvar texinfo-cindex) +(defvar texinfo-pindex) +(defvar texinfo-tindex) +(defvar texinfo-kindex) +(defvar texinfo-last-node) +(defvar texinfo-node-names) +(defvar texinfo-enclosure-list) +(defvar texinfo-alias-list) + +(defvar texinfo-command-start) +(defvar texinfo-command-end) +(defvar texinfo-command-name) +(defvar texinfo-defun-type) +(defvar texinfo-last-node-pos) +(defvar texinfo-stack) +(defvar texinfo-short-index-cmds-alist) +(defvar texinfo-short-index-format-cmds-alist) +(defvar texinfo-format-filename) +(defvar texinfo-footnote-number) +(defvar texinfo-start-of-header) +(defvar texinfo-end-of-header) +(defvar texinfo-raisesections-alist) +(defvar texinfo-lowersections-alist) + +;;; Syntax table + +(if texinfo-format-syntax-table + nil + (setq texinfo-format-syntax-table (make-syntax-table)) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\" " " texinfo-format-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\\ " " texinfo-format-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?@ "\\" texinfo-format-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\^q "\\" texinfo-format-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\[ "." texinfo-format-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\] "." texinfo-format-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\( "." texinfo-format-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\) "." texinfo-format-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?{ "(}" texinfo-format-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?} "){" texinfo-format-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\' "." texinfo-format-syntax-table)) + + +;;; Top level buffer and region formatting functions + +;;;###autoload +(defun texinfo-format-buffer (&optional notagify) + "Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file. +The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file +names specified in the @setfilename command. + +Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table +and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and +Info-split to do these manually." + (interactive "P") + (let ((lastmessage "Formatting Info file...")) + (message lastmessage) + (texinfo-format-buffer-1) + (if notagify + nil + (if (> (buffer-size) 30000) + (progn + (message (setq lastmessage "Making tags table for Info file...")) + (Info-tagify))) + (if (> (buffer-size) 100000) + (progn + (message (setq lastmessage "Splitting Info file...")) + (Info-split)))) + (message (concat lastmessage + (if (interactive-p) "done. Now save it." "done."))))) + +(defvar texinfo-region-buffer-name "*Info Region*" + "*Name of the temporary buffer used by \\[texinfo-format-region].") + +;;;###autoload +(defun texinfo-format-region (region-beginning region-end) + "Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format. +This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info. +The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is +converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." + (interactive "r") + (message "Converting region to Info format...") + (let (texinfo-command-start + texinfo-command-end + texinfo-command-name + texinfo-vindex + texinfo-findex + texinfo-cindex + texinfo-pindex + texinfo-tindex + texinfo-kindex + texinfo-stack + (texinfo-format-filename "") + texinfo-example-start + texinfo-last-node-pos + texinfo-last-node + texinfo-node-names + (texinfo-footnote-number 0) + last-input-buffer + (fill-column-for-info fill-column) + (input-buffer (current-buffer)) + (input-directory default-directory) + (header-text "") + (header-beginning 1) + (header-end 1)) + +;;; Copy lines between beginning and end of header lines, +;;; if any, or else copy the `@setfilename' line, if any. + (save-excursion + (save-restriction + (widen) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (let ((search-end (save-excursion (forward-line 100) (point)))) + (if (or + ;; Either copy header text. + (and + (prog1 + (search-forward tex-start-of-header search-end t) + (forward-line 1) + ;; Mark beginning of header. + (setq header-beginning (point))) + (prog1 + (search-forward tex-end-of-header nil t) + (beginning-of-line) + ;; Mark end of header + (setq header-end (point)))) + ;; Or copy @filename line. + (prog2 + (goto-char (point-min)) + (search-forward "@setfilename" search-end t) + (beginning-of-line) + (setq header-beginning (point)) + (forward-line 1) + (setq header-end (point)))) + + ;; Copy header + (setq header-text + (buffer-substring + (min header-beginning region-beginning) + header-end)))))) + +;;; Find a buffer to use. + (switch-to-buffer (get-buffer-create texinfo-region-buffer-name)) + (erase-buffer) + ;; Insert the header into the buffer. + (insert header-text) + ;; Insert the region into the buffer. + (insert-buffer-substring + input-buffer + (max region-beginning header-end) + region-end) + ;; Make sure region ends in a newline. + (or (= (preceding-char) ?\n) + (insert "\n")) + + (goto-char (point-min)) + (texinfo-mode) + (message "Converting region to Info format...") + (setq fill-column fill-column-for-info) + ;; Install a syntax table useful for scanning command operands. + (set-syntax-table texinfo-format-syntax-table) + + ;; Insert @include files so `texinfo-raise-lower-sections' can + ;; work on them without losing track of multiple + ;; @raise/@lowersections commands. + (while (re-search-forward "^@include" nil t) + (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) + (let ((filename (concat input-directory + (texinfo-parse-line-arg)))) + (re-search-backward "^@include") + (delete-region (point) (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point))) + (message "Reading included file: %s" filename) + (save-excursion + (save-restriction + (narrow-to-region + (point) + (+ (point) (car (cdr (insert-file-contents filename))))) + (goto-char (point-min)) + ;; Remove `@setfilename' line from included file, if any, + ;; so @setfilename command not duplicated. + (if (re-search-forward + "^@setfilename" (save-excursion (forward-line 100) (point)) t) + (progn + (beginning-of-line) + (delete-region + (point) (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point))))))))) + + ;; Raise or lower level of each section, if necessary. + (goto-char (point-min)) + (texinfo-raise-lower-sections) + ;; Append @refill to appropriate paragraphs for filling. + (goto-char (point-min)) + (texinfo-append-refill) + ;; If the region includes the effective end of the data, + ;; discard everything after that. + (goto-char (point-max)) + (if (re-search-backward "^@bye" nil t) + (delete-region (point) (point-max))) + ;; Make sure buffer ends in a newline. + (or (= (preceding-char) ?\n) + (insert "\n")) + ;; Don't use a previous value of texinfo-enclosure-list. + (setq texinfo-enclosure-list nil) + (setq texinfo-alias-list nil) + + (goto-char (point-min)) + (if (looking-at "\\\\input[ \t]+texinfo") + (delete-region (point) (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point)))) + + ;; Insert Info region title text. + (goto-char (point-min)) + (if (search-forward + "@setfilename" (save-excursion (forward-line 100) (point)) t) + (progn + (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) + (beginning-of-line) + (setq texinfo-command-start (point)) + (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) + (insert " " + texinfo-region-buffer-name + " buffer for: `") + (insert (file-name-nondirectory (expand-file-name arg))) + (insert "', -*-Text-*-\n"))) + ;; Else no `@setfilename' line + (insert " " + texinfo-region-buffer-name + " buffer -*-Text-*-\n")) + (insert "produced by `texinfo-format-region'\n" + "from a region in: " + (if (buffer-file-name input-buffer) + (concat "`" + (file-name-sans-versions + (file-name-nondirectory + (buffer-file-name input-buffer))) + "'") + (concat "buffer `" (buffer-name input-buffer) "'")) + "\nusing `texinfmt.el' version " + texinfmt-version + ".\n\n") + + ;; Now convert for real. + (goto-char (point-min)) + (texinfo-format-scan) + (goto-char (point-min)) + + (message "Done."))) + + +;;; Primary internal formatting function for the whole buffer. + +(defun texinfo-format-buffer-1 () + (let (texinfo-format-filename + texinfo-example-start + texinfo-command-start + texinfo-command-end + texinfo-command-name + texinfo-last-node + texinfo-last-node-pos + texinfo-vindex + texinfo-findex + texinfo-cindex + texinfo-pindex + texinfo-tindex + texinfo-kindex + texinfo-stack + texinfo-node-names + (texinfo-footnote-number 0) + last-input-buffer + outfile + (fill-column-for-info fill-column) + (input-buffer (current-buffer)) + (input-directory default-directory)) + (setq texinfo-enclosure-list nil) + (setq texinfo-alias-list nil) + (save-excursion + (goto-char (point-min)) + (or (search-forward "@setfilename" nil t) + (error "Texinfo file needs an `@setfilename FILENAME' line.")) + (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) + (setq outfile (texinfo-parse-line-arg))) + (find-file outfile) + (texinfo-mode) + (setq fill-column fill-column-for-info) + (set-syntax-table texinfo-format-syntax-table) + (erase-buffer) + (insert-buffer-substring input-buffer) + (message "Converting %s to Info format..." (buffer-name input-buffer)) + + ;; Insert @include files so `texinfo-raise-lower-sections' can + ;; work on them without losing track of multiple + ;; @raise/@lowersections commands. + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (re-search-forward "^@include" nil t) + (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) + (let ((filename (concat input-directory + (texinfo-parse-line-arg)))) + (re-search-backward "^@include") + (delete-region (point) (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point))) + (message "Reading included file: %s" filename) + (save-excursion + (save-restriction + (narrow-to-region + (point) + (+ (point) (car (cdr (insert-file-contents filename))))) + (goto-char (point-min)) + ;; Remove `@setfilename' line from included file, if any, + ;; so @setfilename command not duplicated. + (if (re-search-forward + "^@setfilename" + (save-excursion (forward-line 100) (point)) t) + (progn + (beginning-of-line) + (delete-region + (point) (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point))))))))) + ;; Raise or lower level of each section, if necessary. + (goto-char (point-min)) + (texinfo-raise-lower-sections) + ;; Append @refill to appropriate paragraphs + (goto-char (point-min)) + (texinfo-append-refill) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (search-forward "@setfilename") + (beginning-of-line) + (delete-region (point-min) (point)) + ;; Remove @bye at end of file, if it is there. + (goto-char (point-max)) + (if (search-backward "@bye" nil t) + (delete-region (point) (point-max))) + ;; Make sure buffer ends in a newline. + (or (= (preceding-char) ?\n) + (insert "\n")) + ;; Scan the whole buffer, converting to Info format. + (texinfo-format-scan) + ;; Return data for indices. + (goto-char (point-min)) + (list outfile + texinfo-vindex texinfo-findex texinfo-cindex + texinfo-pindex texinfo-tindex texinfo-kindex))) + + +;;; Perform non-@-command file conversions: quotes and hyphens + +(defun texinfo-format-convert (min max) + ;; Convert left and right quotes to typewriter font quotes. + (goto-char min) + (while (search-forward "``" max t) + (replace-match "\"")) + (goto-char min) + (while (search-forward "''" max t) + (replace-match "\"")) + ;; Convert three hyphens in a row to two. + (goto-char min) + (while (re-search-forward "\\( \\|\\w\\)\\(---\\)\\( \\|\\w\\)" max t) + (delete-region (1+ (match-beginning 2)) (+ 2 (match-beginning + 2))))) + + +;;; Handle paragraph filling + +;; Keep as concatinated lists for ease of maintenance + +(defvar texinfo-no-refill-regexp + (concat + "^@" + "\\(" + "example\\|" + "smallexample\\|" + "lisp\\|" + "smalllisp\\|" + "display\\|" + "format\\|" + "flushleft\\|" + "flushright\\|" + "menu\\|" + "multitable\\|" + "titlepage\\|" + "iftex\\|" + "ifhtml\\|" + "tex\\|" + "html" + "\\)") + "Regexp specifying environments in which paragraphs are not filled.") + +(defvar texinfo-accent-commands + (concat + "@^\\|" + "@`\\|" + "@'\\|" + "@\"\\|" + "@,\\|" + "@=\\|" + "@~\\|" + "@OE{\\|" + "@oe{\\|" + "@AA{\\|" + "@aa{\\|" + "@AE{\\|" + "@ae{\\|" + "@ss{\\|" + "@questiondown{\\|" + "@exclamdown{\\|" + "@L{\\|" + "@l{\\|" + "@O{\\|" + "@o{\\|" + "@dotaccent{\\|" + "@ubaraccent{\\|" + "@d{\\|" + "@H{\\|" + "@ringaccent{\\|" + "@tieaccent{\\|" + "@u{\\|" + "@v{\\|" + "@dotless{" + )) + +(defvar texinfo-part-of-para-regexp + (concat + "^@" + "\\(" + "b{\\|" + "bullet{\\|" + "cite{\\|" + "code{\\|" + "emph{\\|" + "equiv{\\|" + "error{\\|" + "expansion{\\|" + "file{\\|" + "i{\\|" + "inforef{\\|" + "kbd{\\|" + "key{\\|" + "lisp{\\|" + "email{\\|" + "minus{\\|" + "point{\\|" + "print{\\|" + "pxref{\\|" + "r{\\|" + "ref{\\|" + "result{\\|" + "samp{\\|" + "sc{\\|" + "t{\\|" + "TeX{\\|" + "today{\\|" + "url{\\|" + "var{\\|" + "w{\\|" + "xref{\\|" + "@-\\|" ; @- is a descretionary hyphen (not an accent) (a noop). + texinfo-accent-commands + "\\)" + ) + "Regexp specifying @-commands found within paragraphs.") + +(defun texinfo-append-refill () + "Append @refill at end of each paragraph that should be filled. +Do not append @refill to paragraphs within @example and similar environments. +Do not append @refill to paragraphs containing @w{TEXT} or @*." + + ;; It is necessary to append @refill before other processing because + ;; the other processing removes information that tells Texinfo + ;; whether the text should or should not be filled. + + (while (< (point) (point-max)) + (let ((refill-blank-lines "^[ \t\n]*$") + (case-fold-search nil)) ; Don't confuse @TeX and @tex.... + (beginning-of-line) + ;; 1. Skip over blank lines; + ;; skip over lines beginning with @-commands, + ;; but do not skip over lines + ;; that are no-refill environments such as @example or + ;; that begin with within-paragraph @-commands such as @code. + (while (and (looking-at (concat "^@\\|^\\\\\\|" refill-blank-lines)) + (not (looking-at + (concat + "\\(" + texinfo-no-refill-regexp + "\\|" + texinfo-part-of-para-regexp + "\\)"))) + (< (point) (point-max))) + (forward-line 1)) + ;; 2. Skip over @example and similar no-refill environments. + (if (looking-at texinfo-no-refill-regexp) + (let ((environment + (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1)))) + (progn (re-search-forward (concat "^@end " environment) nil t) + (forward-line 1))) + ;; Else + ;; 3. Do not refill a paragraph containing @w or @*, or ending + ;; with @<newline> followed by a newline. + (if (or + (>= (point) (point-max)) + (re-search-forward + "@w{\\|@\\*\\|@\n\n" + (save-excursion + (forward-paragraph) + (forward-line 1) + (point)) t)) + ;; Go to end of paragraph and do nothing. + (forward-paragraph) + ;; 4. Else go to end of paragraph and insert @refill + (forward-paragraph) + (forward-line -1) + (end-of-line) + (delete-region + (point) + (save-excursion (skip-chars-backward " \t") (point))) + ;; `looking-at-backward' not available in v. 18.57 + ;; (if (not (looking-at-backward "@refill\\|@bye")) ;) + (if (not (re-search-backward + "@refill\\|@bye" + (save-excursion (beginning-of-line) (point)) + t)) + (insert "@refill")) + (forward-line 1)))))) + + +;;; Handle `@raisesections' and `@lowersections' commands + +;; These commands change the hierarchical level of chapter structuring +;; commands. +;; +;; @raisesections changes @subsection to @section, +;; @section to @chapter, +;; etc. +;; +;; @lowersections changes @chapter to @section +;; @subsection to @subsubsection, +;; etc. +;; +;; An @raisesections/@lowersections command changes only those +;; structuring commands that follow the @raisesections/@lowersections +;; command. +;; +;; Repeated @raisesections/@lowersections continue to raise or lower +;; the heading level. +;; +;; An @lowersections command cancels an @raisesections command, and +;; vice versa. +;; +;; You cannot raise or lower "beyond" chapters or subsubsections, but +;; trying to do so does not elicit an error---you just get more +;; headings that mean the same thing as you keep raising or lowering +;; (for example, after a single @raisesections, both @chapter and +;; @section produce chapter headings). + +(defun texinfo-raise-lower-sections () + "Raise or lower the hierarchical level of chapters, sections, etc. + +This function acts according to `@raisesections' and `@lowersections' +commands in the Texinfo file. + +For example, an `@lowersections' command is useful if you wish to +include what is written as an outer or standalone Texinfo file in +another Texinfo file as an inner, included file. The `@lowersections' +command changes chapters to sections, sections to subsections and so +on. + +@raisesections changes @subsection to @section, + @section to @chapter, + @heading to @chapheading, + etc. + +@lowersections changes @chapter to @section, + @subsection to @subsubsection, + @heading to @subheading, + etc. + +An `@raisesections' or `@lowersections' command changes only those +structuring commands that follow the `@raisesections' or +`@lowersections' command. + +An `@lowersections' command cancels an `@raisesections' command, and +vice versa. + +Repeated use of the commands continue to raise or lower the hierarchical +level a step at a time. + +An attempt to raise above `chapters' reproduces chapter commands; an +attempt to lower below subsubsections reproduces subsubsection +commands." + + ;; `texinfo-section-types-regexp' is defined in `texnfo-upd.el'; + ;; it is a regexp matching chapter, section, other headings + ;; (but not the top node). + + (let (type (level 0)) + (while + (re-search-forward + (concat + "\\(\\(^@\\(raise\\|lower\\)sections\\)\\|\\(" + texinfo-section-types-regexp + "\\)\\)") + nil t) + (beginning-of-line) + (save-excursion (setq type (read (current-buffer)))) + (cond + + ;; 1. Increment level + ((eq type '@raisesections) + (setq level (1+ level)) + (delete-region + (point) (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point)))) + + ;; 2. Decrement level + ((eq type '@lowersections) + (setq level (1- level)) + (delete-region + (point) (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point)))) + + ;; Now handle structuring commands + ((cond + + ;; 3. Raise level when positive + ((> level 0) + (let ((count level) + (new-level type)) + (while (> count 0) + (setq new-level + (cdr (assq new-level texinfo-raisesections-alist))) + (setq count (1- count))) + (kill-word 1) + (insert (symbol-name new-level)))) + + ;; 4. Do nothing except move point when level is zero + ((= level 0) (forward-line 1)) + + ;; 5. Lower level when positive + ((< level 0) + (let ((count level) + (new-level type)) + (while (< count 0) + (setq new-level + (cdr (assq new-level texinfo-lowersections-alist))) + (setq count (1+ count))) + (kill-word 1) + (insert (symbol-name new-level)))))))))) + +(defvar texinfo-raisesections-alist + '((@chapter . @chapter) ; Cannot go higher + (@unnumbered . @unnumbered) + (@centerchap . @unnumbered) + + (@majorheading . @majorheading) + (@chapheading . @chapheading) + (@appendix . @appendix) + + (@section . @chapter) + (@unnumberedsec . @unnumbered) + (@heading . @chapheading) + (@appendixsec . @appendix) + + (@subsection . @section) + (@unnumberedsubsec . @unnumberedsec) + (@subheading . @heading) + (@appendixsubsec . @appendixsec) + + (@subsubsection . @subsection) + (@unnumberedsubsubsec . @unnumberedsubsec) + (@subsubheading . @subheading) + (@appendixsubsubsec . @appendixsubsec)) + "*An alist of next higher levels for chapters, sections. etc. +For example, section to chapter, subsection to section. +Used by `texinfo-raise-lower-sections'. +The keys specify types of section; the values correspond to the next +higher types.") + +(defvar texinfo-lowersections-alist + '((@chapter . @section) + (@unnumbered . @unnumberedsec) + (@centerchap . @unnumberedsec) + (@majorheading . @heading) + (@chapheading . @heading) + (@appendix . @appendixsec) + + (@section . @subsection) + (@unnumberedsec . @unnumberedsubsec) + (@heading . @subheading) + (@appendixsec . @appendixsubsec) + + (@subsection . @subsubsection) + (@unnumberedsubsec . @unnumberedsubsubsec) + (@subheading . @subsubheading) + (@appendixsubsec . @appendixsubsubsec) + + (@subsubsection . @subsubsection) ; Cannot go lower. + (@unnumberedsubsubsec . @unnumberedsubsubsec) + (@subsubheading . @subsubheading) + (@appendixsubsubsec . @appendixsubsubsec)) + "*An alist of next lower levels for chapters, sections. etc. +For example, chapter to section, section to subsection. +Used by `texinfo-raise-lower-sections'. +The keys specify types of section; the values correspond to the next +lower types.") + + +;;; Perform those texinfo-to-info conversions that apply to the whole input +;;; uniformly. + +(defun texinfo-format-scan () + (texinfo-format-convert (point-min) (point-max)) + ;; Scan for @-commands. + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (search-forward "@" nil t) + ;; + ;; These are the single-character accent commands: @^ @` @' @" @= @~ + ;; In Info, they are simply quoted and the @ deleted. + ;; Other single-character commands: + ;; @* forces a line break, + ;; @- is a discretionary hyphenation point; does nothing in Info. + ;; @<space>, @<tab>, @<newline> each produce a single space, + ;; unless followed by a newline. + ;; + ;; Old version 2.34 expression: (looking-at "[@{}^'` *\"?!]") + (if (looking-at "[@{}^'`\"=~ \t\n*?!-]") + ;; @*, causes a line break. + (cond + ;; @*, a line break + ((= (following-char) ?*) + ;; remove command + (delete-region (1- (point)) (1+ (point))) + ;; insert return if not at end of line; + ;; else line is already broken. + (if (not (= (following-char) ?\n)) + (insert ?\n))) + ;; @-, deleted + ((= (following-char) ?-) + (delete-region (1- (point)) (1+ (point)))) + ;; @<space>, @<tab>, @<newline>: produce a single space, + ;; unless followed by a newline. + ((= (following-char) ? ) + (delete-region (1- (point)) (1+ (point))) + ;; insert single space if not at end of line; + ;; else line is already broken. + (if (not (= (following-char) ?\n)) + (insert ? ))) + ((= (following-char) ?\t) + (delete-region (1- (point)) (1+ (point))) + ;; insert single space if not at end of line; + ;; else line is already broken. + (if (not (= (following-char) ?\n)) + (insert ? ))) + ;; following char is a carriage return + ((= (following-char) ? +) + ;; remove command + (delete-region (1- (point)) (1+ (point))) + ;; insert single space if not at end of line; + ;; else line is already broken. + (if (not (= (following-char) ?\n)) + (insert ? ))) + ;; Otherwise: the other characters are simply quoted. Delete the @. + (t + (delete-char -1) + (forward-char 1))) + ;; @ is followed by a command-word; find the end of the word. + (setq texinfo-command-start (1- (point))) + (if (= (char-syntax (following-char)) ?w) + (forward-word 1) + (forward-char 1)) + (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) + ;; Handle let aliasing + (setq texinfo-command-name + (let (trial + (cmdname + (buffer-substring + (1+ texinfo-command-start) texinfo-command-end))) + (while (setq trial (assoc cmdname texinfo-alias-list)) + (setq cmdname (cdr trial))) + (intern cmdname))) + ;; Call the handler for this command. + (let ((enclosure-type + (assoc + (symbol-name texinfo-command-name) + texinfo-enclosure-list))) + (if enclosure-type + (progn + (insert + (car (car (cdr enclosure-type))) + (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) + (car (cdr (car (cdr enclosure-type))))) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + (let ((cmd (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-format))) + (if cmd (funcall cmd) (texinfo-unsupported))))))) + + (cond (texinfo-stack + (goto-char (nth 2 (car texinfo-stack))) + (error "Unterminated @%s" (car (car texinfo-stack)))))) + +(put 'begin 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-begin) +(defun texinfo-format-begin () + (texinfo-format-begin-end 'texinfo-format)) + +(put 'end 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-end) +(defun texinfo-format-end () + (texinfo-format-begin-end 'texinfo-end)) + +(defun texinfo-format-begin-end (prop) + (setq texinfo-command-name (intern (texinfo-parse-line-arg))) + (let ((cmd (get texinfo-command-name prop))) + (if cmd (funcall cmd) + (texinfo-unsupported)))) + +;;; Parsing functions + +(defun texinfo-parse-line-arg () + "Return argument of @-command as string. +Argument is separated from command either by a space or by a brace. +If a space, return rest of line, with beginning and ending white +space removed. If a brace, return string between braces. +Leave point after argument." + (goto-char texinfo-command-end) + (let ((start (point))) + (cond ((looking-at " ") + (skip-chars-forward " ") + (setq start (point)) + (end-of-line) + (skip-chars-backward " ") + (delete-region (point) (progn (end-of-line) (point))) + (setq texinfo-command-end (1+ (point)))) + ((looking-at "{") + (setq start (1+ (point))) + (forward-list 1) + (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) + (forward-char -1)) + (t + (error "Invalid texinfo command arg format"))) + (prog1 (buffer-substring start (point)) + (if (eolp) (forward-char 1))))) + +(defun texinfo-parse-expanded-arg () + (goto-char texinfo-command-end) + (let ((start (point)) + marker) + (cond ((looking-at " ") + (skip-chars-forward " ") + (setq start (point)) + (end-of-line) + (setq texinfo-command-end (1+ (point)))) + ((looking-at "{") + (setq start (1+ (point))) + (forward-list 1) + (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) + (forward-char -1)) + (t + (error "Invalid texinfo command arg format"))) + (setq marker (move-marker (make-marker) texinfo-command-end)) + (texinfo-format-expand-region start (point)) + (setq texinfo-command-end (marker-position marker)) + (move-marker marker nil) + (prog1 (buffer-substring start (point)) + (if (eolp) (forward-char 1))))) + +(defun texinfo-format-expand-region (start end) + (save-restriction + (narrow-to-region start end) + (let (texinfo-command-start + texinfo-command-end + texinfo-command-name + texinfo-stack) + (texinfo-format-scan)) + (goto-char (point-max)))) + +(defun texinfo-parse-arg-discard () + "Delete command and argument; return argument of command." + (prog1 (texinfo-parse-line-arg) + (texinfo-discard-command))) + +(defun texinfo-discard-command () + (delete-region texinfo-command-start texinfo-command-end)) + +(defun texinfo-optional-braces-discard () + "Discard braces following command, if any." + (goto-char texinfo-command-end) + (let ((start (point))) + (cond ((looking-at "[ \t]*\n")) ; do nothing + ((looking-at "{") ; remove braces, if any + (forward-list 1) + (setq texinfo-command-end (point))) + (t + (error + "Invalid `texinfo-optional-braces-discard' format \(need braces?\)"))) + (delete-region texinfo-command-start texinfo-command-end))) + +(defun texinfo-format-parse-line-args () + (let ((start (1- (point))) + next beg end + args) + (skip-chars-forward " ") + (while (not (eolp)) + (setq beg (point)) + (re-search-forward "[\n,]") + (setq next (point)) + (if (bolp) (setq next (1- next))) + (forward-char -1) + (skip-chars-backward " ") + (setq end (point)) + (setq args (cons (if (> end beg) (buffer-substring beg end)) + args)) + (goto-char next) + (skip-chars-forward " ")) + (if (eolp) (forward-char 1)) + (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) + (nreverse args))) + +(defun texinfo-format-parse-args () + (let ((start (1- (point))) + next beg end + args) + (search-forward "{") + (save-excursion + (texinfo-format-expand-region + (point) + (save-excursion (up-list 1) (1- (point))))) + ;; The following does not handle cross references of the form: + ;; `@xref{bullet, , @code{@@bullet}@{@}}.' because the + ;; re-search-forward finds the first right brace after the second + ;; comma. + (while (/= (preceding-char) ?\}) + (skip-chars-forward " \t\n") + (setq beg (point)) + (re-search-forward "[},]") + (setq next (point)) + (forward-char -1) + (skip-chars-backward " \t\n") + (setq end (point)) + (cond ((< beg end) + (goto-char beg) + (while (search-forward "\n" end t) + (replace-match " ")))) + (setq args (cons (if (> end beg) (buffer-substring beg end)) + args)) + (goto-char next)) + (if (eolp) (forward-char 1)) + (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) + (nreverse args))) + +(defun texinfo-format-parse-defun-args () + (goto-char texinfo-command-end) + (let ((start (point))) + (end-of-line) + (setq texinfo-command-end (1+ (point))) + (let ((marker (move-marker (make-marker) texinfo-command-end))) + (texinfo-format-expand-region start (point)) + (setq texinfo-command-end (marker-position marker)) + (move-marker marker nil)) + (goto-char start) + (let ((args '()) + beg end) + (skip-chars-forward " ") + (while (not (eolp)) + (cond ((looking-at "{") + (setq beg (1+ (point))) + (forward-list 1) + (setq end (1- (point)))) + (t + (setq beg (point)) + (re-search-forward "[\n ]") + (forward-char -1) + (setq end (point)))) + (setq args (cons (buffer-substring beg end) args)) + (skip-chars-forward " ")) + (forward-char 1) + (nreverse args)))) + +(defun texinfo-discard-line () + (goto-char texinfo-command-end) + (skip-chars-forward " \t") + (or (eolp) + (error "Extraneous text at end of command line.")) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start) + (or (bolp) + (error "Extraneous text at beginning of command line.")) + (delete-region (point) (progn (forward-line 1) (point)))) + +(defun texinfo-discard-line-with-args () + (goto-char texinfo-command-start) + (delete-region (point) (progn (forward-line 1) (point)))) + + +;;; @setfilename + +;; Only `texinfo-format-buffer' handles @setfilename with this +;; definition; `texinfo-format-region' handles @setfilename, if any, +;; specially. +(put 'setfilename 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-setfilename) +(defun texinfo-format-setfilename () + (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) + (message "Formatting Info file: %s" arg) + (setq texinfo-format-filename + (file-name-nondirectory (expand-file-name arg))) + (insert "Info file: " + texinfo-format-filename ", -*-Text-*-\n" + ;; Date string removed so that regression testing is easier. + ;; "produced on " + ;; (substring (current-time-string) 8 10) " " + ;; (substring (current-time-string) 4 7) " " + ;; (substring (current-time-string) -4) " " + "produced by `texinfo-format-buffer'\n" + "from file" + (if (buffer-file-name input-buffer) + (concat " `" + (file-name-sans-versions + (file-name-nondirectory + (buffer-file-name input-buffer))) + "'") + (concat "buffer `" (buffer-name input-buffer) "'")) + "\nusing `texinfmt.el' version " + texinfmt-version + ".\n\n"))) + +;;; @node, @menu, @detailmenu + +(put 'node 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-node) +(put 'nwnode 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-node) +(defun texinfo-format-node () + (let* ((args (texinfo-format-parse-line-args)) + (name (nth 0 args)) + (next (nth 1 args)) + (prev (nth 2 args)) + (up (nth 3 args))) + (texinfo-discard-command) + (setq texinfo-last-node name) + (let ((tem (downcase name))) + (if (assoc tem texinfo-node-names) + (error "Duplicate node name: %s" name) + (setq texinfo-node-names (cons (list tem) texinfo-node-names)))) + (setq texinfo-footnote-number 0) + ;; insert "\n\^_" unconditionally since this is what info is looking for + (insert "\n\^_\nFile: " texinfo-format-filename + ", Node: " name) + (if next + (insert ", Next: " next)) + (if prev + (insert ", Prev: " prev)) + (if up + (insert ", Up: " up)) + (insert ?\n) + (setq texinfo-last-node-pos (point)))) + +(put 'menu 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-menu) +(defun texinfo-format-menu () + (texinfo-discard-line) + (insert "* Menu:\n\n")) + +(put 'menu 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-discard-command) + +;; The @detailmenu should be removed eventually. + +;; According to Karl Berry, 31 August 1996: +;; +;; You don't like, I don't like it. I agree, it would be better just to +;; fix the bug [in `makeinfo']. .. At this point, since inserting those +;; two commands in the Elisp fn is trivial, I don't especially want to +;; expend more effort... +;; +;; I added a couple sentences of documentation to the manual (putting the +;; blame on makeinfo where it belongs :-(). + +(put 'detailmenu 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) +(put 'detailmenu 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-discard-command) + +;; (Also see `texnfo-upd.el') + + +;;; Cross references + +;; @xref {NODE, FNAME, NAME, FILE, DOCUMENT} +;; -> *Note FNAME: (FILE)NODE +;; If FILE is missing, +;; *Note FNAME: NODE +;; If FNAME is empty and NAME is present +;; *Note NAME: Node +;; If both NAME and FNAME are missing +;; *Note NODE:: +;; texinfo ignores the DOCUMENT argument. +;; -> See section <xref to NODE> [NAME, else NODE], page <xref to NODE> +;; If FILE is specified, (FILE)NODE is used for xrefs. +;; If fifth argument DOCUMENT is specified, produces +;; See section <xref to NODE> [NAME, else NODE], page <xref to NODE> +;; of DOCUMENT + +;; @ref a reference that does not put `See' or `see' in +;; the hardcopy and is the same as @xref in Info +(put 'ref 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-xref) + +(put 'xref 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-xref) +(defun texinfo-format-xref () + (let ((args (texinfo-format-parse-args))) + (texinfo-discard-command) + (insert "*Note ") + (let ((fname (or (nth 1 args) (nth 2 args)))) + (if (null (or fname (nth 3 args))) + (insert (car args) "::") + (insert (or fname (car args)) ": ") + (if (nth 3 args) + (insert "(" (nth 3 args) ")")) + (insert (car args)))))) + +(put 'pxref 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-pxref) +(defun texinfo-format-pxref () + (texinfo-format-xref) + (or (save-excursion + (forward-char -2) + (looking-at "::")) + (insert "."))) + +;; @inforef{NODE, FNAME, FILE} +;; Like @xref{NODE, FNAME,,FILE} in texinfo. +;; In Tex, generates "See Info file FILE, node NODE" +(put 'inforef 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-inforef) +(defun texinfo-format-inforef () + (let ((args (texinfo-format-parse-args))) + (texinfo-discard-command) + (if (nth 1 args) + (insert "*Note " (nth 1 args) ": (" (nth 2 args) ")" (car args)) + (insert "*Note " "(" (nth 2 args) ")" (car args) "::")))) + + +;;; Section headings + +(put 'majorheading 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) +(put 'chapheading 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) +(put 'ichapter 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) +(put 'chapter 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) +(put 'iappendix 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) +(put 'appendix 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) +(put 'iunnumbered 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) +(put 'top 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) +(put 'unnumbered 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) +(put 'centerchap 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-chapter) +(defun texinfo-format-chapter () + (texinfo-format-chapter-1 ?*)) + +(put 'heading 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-section) +(put 'isection 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-section) +(put 'section 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-section) +(put 'iappendixsection 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-section) +(put 'appendixsection 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-section) +(put 'iappendixsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-section) +(put 'appendixsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-section) +(put 'iunnumberedsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-section) +(put 'unnumberedsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-section) +(defun texinfo-format-section () + (texinfo-format-chapter-1 ?=)) + +(put 'subheading 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsection) +(put 'isubsection 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsection) +(put 'subsection 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsection) +(put 'iappendixsubsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsection) +(put 'appendixsubsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsection) +(put 'iunnumberedsubsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsection) +(put 'unnumberedsubsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsection) +(defun texinfo-format-subsection () + (texinfo-format-chapter-1 ?-)) + +(put 'subsubheading 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsubsection) +(put 'isubsubsection 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsubsection) +(put 'subsubsection 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsubsection) +(put 'iappendixsubsubsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsubsection) +(put 'appendixsubsubsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsubsection) +(put 'iunnumberedsubsubsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsubsection) +(put 'unnumberedsubsubsec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-subsubsection) +(defun texinfo-format-subsubsection () + (texinfo-format-chapter-1 ?.)) + +(defun texinfo-format-chapter-1 (belowchar) + (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) + (message "Formatting: %s ... " arg) ; So we can see where we are. + (insert ?\n arg ?\n "@SectionPAD " belowchar ?\n) + (forward-line -2))) + +(put 'SectionPAD 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-sectionpad) +(defun texinfo-format-sectionpad () + (let ((str (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) + (forward-char -1) + (let ((column (current-column))) + (forward-char 1) + (while (> column 0) + (insert str) + (setq column (1- column)))) + (insert ?\n))) + + +;;; Space controlling commands: @. and @:, and the soft hyphen. + +(put '\. 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-\.) +(defun texinfo-format-\. () + (texinfo-discard-command) + (insert ".")) + +(put '\: 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-\:) +(defun texinfo-format-\: () + (texinfo-discard-command)) + +(put '\- 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-soft-hyphen) +(defun texinfo-format-soft-hyphen () + (texinfo-discard-command)) + + +;;; @center, @sp, and @br + +(put 'center 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-center) +(defun texinfo-format-center () + (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-expanded-arg))) + (texinfo-discard-command) + (insert arg) + (insert ?\n) + (save-restriction + (goto-char (1- (point))) + (let ((indent-tabs-mode nil)) + (center-line))))) + +(put 'sp 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-sp) +(defun texinfo-format-sp () + (let* ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (num (read arg))) + (insert-char ?\n num))) + +(put 'br 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-paragraph-break) +(defun texinfo-format-paragraph-break () + "Force a paragraph break. +If used within a line, follow `@br' with braces." + (texinfo-optional-braces-discard) + ;; insert one return if at end of line; + ;; else insert two returns, to generate a blank line. + (if (= (following-char) ?\n) + (insert ?\n) + (insert-char ?\n 2))) + + +;;; @footnote and @footnotestyle + +;; In Texinfo, footnotes are created with the `@footnote' command. +;; This command is followed immediately by a left brace, then by the text of +;; the footnote, and then by a terminating right brace. The +;; template for a footnote is: +;; +;; @footnote{TEXT} +;; +;; Info has two footnote styles: +;; +;; * In the End of node style, all the footnotes for a single node +;; are placed at the end of that node. The footnotes are +;; separated from the rest of the node by a line of dashes with +;; the word `Footnotes' within it. +;; +;; * In the Separate node style, all the footnotes for a single node +;; are placed in an automatically constructed node of their own. + +;; Footnote style is specified by the @footnotestyle command, either +;; @footnotestyle separate +;; or +;; @footnotestyle end +;; +;; The default is separate + +(defvar texinfo-footnote-style "separate" + "Footnote style, either separate or end.") + +(put 'footnotestyle 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-footnotestyle) +(defun texinfo-footnotestyle () + "Specify whether footnotes are at end of node or in separate nodes. +Argument is either end or separate." + (setq texinfo-footnote-style (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) + +(defvar texinfo-footnote-number) + +(put 'footnote 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-footnote) +(defun texinfo-format-footnote () + "Format a footnote in either end of node or separate node style. +The texinfo-footnote-style variable controls which style is used." + (setq texinfo-footnote-number (1+ texinfo-footnote-number)) + (cond ((string= texinfo-footnote-style "end") + (texinfo-format-end-node)) + ((string= texinfo-footnote-style "separate") + (texinfo-format-separate-node)))) + +(defun texinfo-format-separate-node () + "Format footnote in Separate node style, with notes in own node. +The node is constructed automatically." + (let* (start + (arg (texinfo-parse-line-arg)) + (node-name-beginning + (save-excursion + (re-search-backward + "^File: \\w+\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\|\\.\\|,\\)*[ \t]+Node:") + (match-end 0))) + (node-name + (save-excursion + (buffer-substring + (progn (goto-char node-name-beginning) ; skip over node command + (skip-chars-forward " \t") ; and over spaces + (point)) + (if (search-forward + "," + (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point)) t) ; bound search + (1- (point)) + (end-of-line) (point)))))) + (texinfo-discard-command) ; remove or insert whitespace, as needed + (delete-region (save-excursion (skip-chars-backward " \t\n") (point)) + (point)) + (insert (format " (%d) (*Note %s-Footnotes::)" + texinfo-footnote-number node-name)) + (fill-paragraph nil) + (save-excursion + (if (re-search-forward "^@node" nil 'move) + (forward-line -1)) + + ;; two cases: for the first footnote, we must insert a node header; + ;; for the second and subsequent footnotes, we need only insert + ;; the text of the footnote. + + (if (save-excursion + (re-search-backward + (concat node-name "-Footnotes, Up: ") + node-name-beginning + t)) + (progn ; already at least one footnote + (setq start (point)) + (insert (format "\n(%d) %s\n" texinfo-footnote-number arg)) + (fill-region start (point))) + ;; else not yet a footnote + (insert "\n\^_\nFile: " texinfo-format-filename + " Node: " node-name "-Footnotes, Up: " node-name "\n") + (setq start (point)) + (insert (format "\n(%d) %s\n" texinfo-footnote-number arg)) + (fill-region start (point)))))) + +(defun texinfo-format-end-node () + "Format footnote in the End of node style, with notes at end of node." + (let (start + (arg (texinfo-parse-line-arg))) + (texinfo-discard-command) ; remove or insert whitespace, as needed + (delete-region (save-excursion (skip-chars-backward " \t\n") (point)) + (point)) + (insert (format " (%d) " texinfo-footnote-number)) + (fill-paragraph nil) + (save-excursion + (if (search-forward "\n--------- Footnotes ---------\n" nil t) + (progn ; already have footnote, put new one before end of node + (if (re-search-forward "^@node" nil 'move) + (forward-line -1)) + (setq start (point)) + (insert (format "\n(%d) %s\n" texinfo-footnote-number arg)) + (fill-region start (point))) + ;; else no prior footnote + (if (re-search-forward "^@node" nil 'move) + (forward-line -1)) + (insert "\n--------- Footnotes ---------\n") + (setq start (point)) + (insert (format "\n(%d) %s\n" texinfo-footnote-number arg)))))) + + +;;; @itemize, @enumerate, and similar commands + +;; @itemize pushes (itemize "COMMANDS" STARTPOS) on texinfo-stack. +;; @enumerate pushes (enumerate 0 STARTPOS). +;; @item dispatches to the texinfo-item prop of the first elt of the list. +;; For itemize, this puts in and rescans the COMMANDS. +;; For enumerate, this increments the number and puts it in. +;; In either case, it puts a Backspace at the front of the line +;; which marks it not to be indented later. +;; All other lines get indented by 5 when the @end is reached. + +(defvar texinfo-stack-depth 0 + "Count of number of unpopped texinfo-push-stack calls. +Used by @refill indenting command to avoid indenting within lists, etc.") + +(defun texinfo-push-stack (check arg) + (setq texinfo-stack-depth (1+ texinfo-stack-depth)) + (setq texinfo-stack + (cons (list check arg texinfo-command-start) + texinfo-stack))) + +(defun texinfo-pop-stack (check) + (setq texinfo-stack-depth (1- texinfo-stack-depth)) + (if (null texinfo-stack) + (error "Unmatched @end %s" check)) + (if (not (eq (car (car texinfo-stack)) check)) + (error "@end %s matches @%s" + check (car (car texinfo-stack)))) + (prog1 (cdr (car texinfo-stack)) + (setq texinfo-stack (cdr texinfo-stack)))) + +(put 'itemize 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-itemize) +(defun texinfo-itemize () + (texinfo-push-stack + 'itemize + (progn (skip-chars-forward " \t") + (if (eolp) + "@bullet" + (texinfo-parse-line-arg)))) + (texinfo-discard-line-with-args) + (setq fill-column (- fill-column 5))) + +(put 'itemize 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-itemize) +(defun texinfo-end-itemize () + (setq fill-column (+ fill-column 5)) + (texinfo-discard-command) + (let ((stacktop + (texinfo-pop-stack 'itemize))) + (texinfo-do-itemize (nth 1 stacktop)))) + +(put 'enumerate 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-enumerate) +(defun texinfo-enumerate () + (texinfo-push-stack + 'enumerate + (progn (skip-chars-forward " \t") + (if (eolp) + 1 + (read (current-buffer))))) + (if (and (symbolp (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack)))) + (> 1 (length (symbol-name (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack))))))) + (error + "@enumerate: Use a number or letter, eg: 1, A, a, 3, B, or d." )) + (texinfo-discard-line-with-args) + (setq fill-column (- fill-column 5))) + +(put 'enumerate 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-enumerate) +(defun texinfo-end-enumerate () + (setq fill-column (+ fill-column 5)) + (texinfo-discard-command) + (let ((stacktop + (texinfo-pop-stack 'enumerate))) + (texinfo-do-itemize (nth 1 stacktop)))) + +;; @alphaenumerate never became a standard part of Texinfo +(put 'alphaenumerate 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-alphaenumerate) +(defun texinfo-alphaenumerate () + (texinfo-push-stack 'alphaenumerate (1- ?a)) + (setq fill-column (- fill-column 5)) + (texinfo-discard-line)) + +(put 'alphaenumerate 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-alphaenumerate) +(defun texinfo-end-alphaenumerate () + (setq fill-column (+ fill-column 5)) + (texinfo-discard-command) + (let ((stacktop + (texinfo-pop-stack 'alphaenumerate))) + (texinfo-do-itemize (nth 1 stacktop)))) + +;; @capsenumerate never became a standard part of Texinfo +(put 'capsenumerate 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-capsenumerate) +(defun texinfo-capsenumerate () + (texinfo-push-stack 'capsenumerate (1- ?A)) + (setq fill-column (- fill-column 5)) + (texinfo-discard-line)) + +(put 'capsenumerate 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-capsenumerate) +(defun texinfo-end-capsenumerate () + (setq fill-column (+ fill-column 5)) + (texinfo-discard-command) + (let ((stacktop + (texinfo-pop-stack 'capsenumerate))) + (texinfo-do-itemize (nth 1 stacktop)))) + +;; At the @end, indent all the lines within the construct +;; except those marked with backspace. FROM says where +;; construct started. +(defun texinfo-do-itemize (from) + (save-excursion + (while (progn (forward-line -1) + (>= (point) from)) + (if (= (following-char) ?\b) + (save-excursion + (delete-char 1) + (end-of-line) + (delete-char 6)) + (if (not (looking-at "[ \t]*$")) + (save-excursion (insert " "))))))) + +(put 'item 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-item) +(put 'itemx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-item) +(defun texinfo-item () + (funcall (get (car (car texinfo-stack)) 'texinfo-item))) + +(put 'itemize 'texinfo-item 'texinfo-itemize-item) +(defun texinfo-itemize-item () + ;; (texinfo-discard-line) ; Did not handle text on same line as @item. + (delete-region (1+ (point)) (save-excursion (beginning-of-line) (point))) + (if (looking-at "[ \t]*[^ \t\n]+") + ;; Text on same line as @item command. + (insert "\b " (nth 1 (car texinfo-stack)) " \n") + ;; Else text on next line. + (insert "\b " (nth 1 (car texinfo-stack)) " ")) + (forward-line -1)) + +(put 'enumerate 'texinfo-item 'texinfo-enumerate-item) +(defun texinfo-enumerate-item () + (texinfo-discard-line) + (let (enumerating-symbol) + (cond ((integerp (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack)))) + (setq enumerating-symbol (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack)))) + (insert ?\b (format "%3d. " enumerating-symbol) ?\n) + (setcar (cdr (car texinfo-stack)) (1+ enumerating-symbol))) + ((symbolp (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack)))) + (setq enumerating-symbol + (symbol-name (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack))))) + (if (or (equal ?\[ (string-to-char enumerating-symbol)) + (equal ?\{ (string-to-char enumerating-symbol))) + (error + "Too many items in enumerated list; alphabet ends at Z.")) + (insert ?\b (format "%3s. " enumerating-symbol) ?\n) + (setcar (cdr (car texinfo-stack)) + (make-symbol + (char-to-string + (1+ + (string-to-char enumerating-symbol)))))) + (t + (error + "@enumerate: Use a number or letter, eg: 1, A, a, 3, B or d." ))) + (forward-line -1))) + +(put 'alphaenumerate 'texinfo-item 'texinfo-alphaenumerate-item) +(defun texinfo-alphaenumerate-item () + (texinfo-discard-line) + (let ((next (1+ (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack)))))) + (if (> next ?z) + (error "More than 26 items in @alphaenumerate; get a bigger alphabet.")) + (setcar (cdr (car texinfo-stack)) next) + (insert "\b " next ". \n")) + (forward-line -1)) + +(put 'capsenumerate 'texinfo-item 'texinfo-capsenumerate-item) +(defun texinfo-capsenumerate-item () + (texinfo-discard-line) + (let ((next (1+ (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack)))))) + (if (> next ?Z) + (error "More than 26 items in @capsenumerate; get a bigger alphabet.")) + (setcar (cdr (car texinfo-stack)) next) + (insert "\b " next ". \n")) + (forward-line -1)) + + +;;; @table + +;; The `@table' command produces two-column tables. + +(put 'table 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-table) +(defun texinfo-table () + (texinfo-push-stack + 'table + (progn (skip-chars-forward " \t") + (if (eolp) + "@asis" + (texinfo-parse-line-arg)))) + (texinfo-discard-line-with-args) + (setq fill-column (- fill-column 5))) + +(put 'table 'texinfo-item 'texinfo-table-item) +(defun texinfo-table-item () + (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (itemfont (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack))))) + (insert ?\b itemfont ?\{ arg "}\n \n")) + (forward-line -2)) + +(put 'table 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-table) +(defun texinfo-end-table () + (setq fill-column (+ fill-column 5)) + (texinfo-discard-command) + (let ((stacktop + (texinfo-pop-stack 'table))) + (texinfo-do-itemize (nth 1 stacktop)))) + +;; @description appears to be an undocumented variant on @table that +;; does not require an arg. It fails in texinfo.tex 2.58 and is not +;; part of makeinfo.c The command appears to be a relic of the past. +(put 'description 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-table) +(put 'description 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-description) +(defun texinfo-description () + (texinfo-push-stack 'table "@asis") + (setq fill-column (- fill-column 5)) + (texinfo-discard-line)) + + +;;; @ftable, @vtable + +;; The `@ftable' and `@vtable' commands are like the `@table' command +;; but they also insert each entry in the first column of the table +;; into the function or variable index. + +;; Handle the @ftable and @vtable commands: + +(put 'ftable 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-ftable) +(put 'vtable 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-vtable) + +(defun texinfo-ftable () (texinfo-indextable 'ftable)) +(defun texinfo-vtable () (texinfo-indextable 'vtable)) + +(defun texinfo-indextable (table-type) + (texinfo-push-stack table-type (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (setq fill-column (- fill-column 5))) + +;; Handle the @item commands within ftable and vtable: + +(put 'ftable 'texinfo-item 'texinfo-ftable-item) +(put 'vtable 'texinfo-item 'texinfo-vtable-item) + +(defun texinfo-ftable-item () (texinfo-indextable-item 'texinfo-findex)) +(defun texinfo-vtable-item () (texinfo-indextable-item 'texinfo-vindex)) + +(defun texinfo-indextable-item (index-type) + (let ((item (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (itemfont (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack)))) + (indexvar index-type)) + (insert ?\b itemfont ?\{ item "}\n \n") + (set indexvar + (cons + (list item texinfo-last-node) + (symbol-value indexvar))) + (forward-line -2))) + +;; Handle @end ftable, @end vtable + +(put 'ftable 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-ftable) +(put 'vtable 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-vtable) + +(defun texinfo-end-ftable () (texinfo-end-indextable 'ftable)) +(defun texinfo-end-vtable () (texinfo-end-indextable 'vtable)) + +(defun texinfo-end-indextable (table-type) + (setq fill-column (+ fill-column 5)) + (texinfo-discard-command) + (let ((stacktop + (texinfo-pop-stack table-type))) + (texinfo-do-itemize (nth 1 stacktop)))) + + +;;; @multitable ... @end multitable + +;; Produce a multi-column table, with as many columns as desired. +;; +;; A multi-column table has this template: +;; +;; @multitable {A1} {A2} {A3} +;; @item A1 @tab A2 @tab A3 +;; @item B1 @tab B2 @tab B3 +;; @item C1 @tab C2 @tab C3 +;; @end multitable +;; +;; where the width of the text in brackets specifies the width of the +;; respective column. +;; +;; Or else: +;; +;; @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 +;; @item A1 @tab A2 @tab A3 +;; @item B1 @tab B2 @tab B3 +;; @end multitable +;; +;; where the fractions specify the width of each column as a percent +;; of the current width of the text (i.e., of the fill-column). +;; +;; Long lines of text are filled within columns. +;; +;; Using the Emacs Lisp formatter, texinfmt.el, +;; the whitespace between columns can be increased by setting +;; `extra-inter-column-width' to a value greater than 0. By default, +;; there is at least one blank space between columns. +;; +;; The Emacs Lisp formatter, texinfmt.el, ignores the following four +;; commands that are defined in texinfo.tex for printed output. +;; +;; @multitableparskip, +;; @multitableparindent, +;; @multitablecolmargin, +;; @multitablelinespace. + +;; How @multitable works. +;; ===================== +;; +;; `texinfo-multitable' reads the @multitable line and determines from it +;; how wide each column should be. +;; +;; Also, it pushes this information, along with an identifying symbol, +;; onto the `texinfo-stack'. At the @end multitable command, the stack +;; is checked for its matching @multitable command, and then popped, or +;; else an error is signaled. Also, this command pushes the location of +;; the start of the table onto the stack. +;; +;; `texinfo-end-multitable' checks the `texinfo-stack' that the @end +;; multitable truly is ending a corresponding beginning, and if it is, +;; pops the stack. +;; +;; `texinfo-multitable-widths' is called by `texinfo-multitable'. +;; The function returns a list of the widths of each column in a +;; multi-column table, based on the information supplied by the arguments +;; to the @multitable command (by arguments, I mean the text on the rest +;; of the @multitable line, not the remainder of the multi-column table +;; environment). +;; +;; `texinfo-multitable-item' formats a row within a multicolumn table. +;; This command is executed when texinfmt sees @item inside @multitable. +;; Cells in row are separated by `@tab's. Widths of cells are specified +;; by the arguments in the @multitable line. Cells are filled. All cells +;; are made to be the same height by padding their bottoms, as needed, +;; with blanks. +;; +;; `texinfo-multitable-extract-row' is called by `texinfo-multitable-item'. +;; This function returns the text in a multitable row, as a string. +;; The start of a row is marked by an @item and the end of row is the +;; beginning of next @item or beginning of the @end multitable line. +;; Cells within a row are separated by @tab. +;; +;; Note that @tab, the cell separators, are not treated as independent +;; Texinfo commands. + +(defvar extra-inter-column-width 0 +"*Insert NUMBER of additional columns of whitespace between entries of +a multi-column table.") + +(defvar multitable-temp-buffer-name "*multitable-temporary-buffer*") +(defvar multitable-temp-rectangle-name "texinfo-multitable-temp-") + +;; These commands are defined in texinfo.tex for printed output. +(put 'multitableparskip 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'multitableparindent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'multitablecolmargin 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'multitablelinespace 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) + +(put 'multitable 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-multitable) +(defun texinfo-multitable () + "Produce multi-column tables. + +A multi-column table has this template: + + @multitable {A1} {A2} {A3} + @item A1 @tab A2 @tab A3 + @item B1 @tab B2 @tab B3 + @item C1 @tab C2 @tab C3 + @end multitable + +where the width of the text in brackets specifies the width of the +respective column. + +Or else: + + @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 + @item A1 @tab A2 @tab A3 + @item B1 @tab B2 @tab B3 + @end multitable + +where the fractions specify the width of each column as a percent +of the current width of the text (i.e., of the fill-column). + +Long lines of text are filled within columns. + +Using the Emacs Lisp formatter, texinfmt.el, +the whitespace between columns can be increased by setting +`extra-inter-column-width' to a value greater than 0. By default, +there is at least one blank space between columns. + +The Emacs Lisp formatter, texinfmt.el, ignores the following four +commands that are defined in texinfo.tex for printed output. + + @multitableparskip, + @multitableparindent, + @multitablecolmargin, + @multitablelinespace." + +;; This function pushes information onto the `texinfo-stack'. +;; A stack element consists of: +;; - type-of-command, i.e., multitable +;; - the information about column widths, and +;; - the position of texinfo-command-start. +;; e.g., ('multitable (1 2 3 4) 123) +;; The command line is then deleted. + (texinfo-push-stack + 'multitable + ;; push width information on stack + (texinfo-multitable-widths)) + (texinfo-discard-line-with-args)) + +(put 'multitable 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-multitable) +(defun texinfo-end-multitable () + "Discard the @end multitable line and pop the stack of multitable." + (texinfo-discard-command) + (texinfo-pop-stack 'multitable)) + +(defun texinfo-multitable-widths () + "Return list of widths of each column in a multi-column table." + (let (texinfo-multitable-width-list) + ;; Fractions format: + ;; @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 + ;; + ;; Template format: + ;; @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2} {Column 3 example} + ;; Place point before first argument + (skip-chars-forward " \t") + (cond + ;; Check for common misspelling + ((looking-at "@columnfraction ") + (error "In @multitable, @columnfractions misspelled")) + ;; Case 1: @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 + ((looking-at "@columnfractions") + (forward-word 1) + (while (not (eolp)) + (setq texinfo-multitable-width-list + (cons + (truncate + (1- + (* fill-column (read (get-buffer (current-buffer)))))) + texinfo-multitable-width-list)))) + ;; + ;; Case 2: {Column 1 template} {Column 2} {Column 3 example} + ((looking-at "{") + (let ((start-of-templates (point))) + (while (not (eolp)) + (skip-chars-forward " \t") + (let* ((start-of-template (1+ (point))) + (end-of-template + ;; forward-sexp works with braces in Texinfo mode + (progn (forward-sexp 1) (1- (point))))) + (setq texinfo-multitable-width-list + (cons (- end-of-template start-of-template) + texinfo-multitable-width-list)) + ;; Remove carriage return from within a template, if any. + ;; This helps those those who want to use more than + ;; one line's worth of words in @multitable line. + (narrow-to-region start-of-template end-of-template) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (search-forward " +" nil t) + (delete-char -1)) + (goto-char (point-max)) + (widen) + (forward-char 1))))) + ;; + ;; Case 3: Trouble + (t + (error + "You probably need to specify column widths for @multitable correctly."))) + ;; Check whether columns fit on page. + (let ((desired-columns + (+ + ;; between column spaces + (length texinfo-multitable-width-list) + ;; additional between column spaces, if any + extra-inter-column-width + ;; sum of spaces for each entry + (apply '+ texinfo-multitable-width-list)))) + (if (> desired-columns fill-column) + (error + (format + "Multi-column table width, %d chars, is greater than page width, %d chars." + desired-columns fill-column)))) + texinfo-multitable-width-list)) + +;; @item A1 @tab A2 @tab A3 +(defun texinfo-multitable-extract-row () + "Return multitable row, as a string. +End of row is beginning of next @item or beginning of @end. +Cells within rows are separated by @tab." + (skip-chars-forward " \t") + (let* ((start (point)) + (end (progn + (re-search-forward "@item\\|@end") + (match-beginning 0))) + (row (progn (goto-char end) + (skip-chars-backward " ") + ;; remove whitespace at end of argument + (delete-region (point) end) + (buffer-substring start (point))))) + (delete-region texinfo-command-start end) + row)) + +(put 'multitable 'texinfo-item 'texinfo-multitable-item) +(defun texinfo-multitable-item () + "Format a row within a multicolumn table. +Cells in row are separated by @tab. +Widths of cells are specified by the arguments in the @multitable line. +All cells are made to be the same height. +This command is executed when texinfmt sees @item inside @multitable." + (let ((original-buffer (current-buffer)) + (table-widths (reverse (car (cdr (car texinfo-stack))))) + (existing-fill-column fill-column) + start + end + (table-column 0) + (table-entry-height 0) + ;; unformatted row looks like: A1 @tab A2 @tab A3 + ;; extract-row command deletes the source line in the table. + (unformated-row (texinfo-multitable-extract-row))) + ;; Use a temporary buffer + (set-buffer (get-buffer-create multitable-temp-buffer-name)) + (delete-region (point-min) (point-max)) + (insert unformated-row) + (goto-char (point-min)) +;; 1. Check for correct number of @tab in line. + (let ((tab-number 1)) ; one @tab between two columns + (while (search-forward "@tab" nil t) + (setq tab-number (1+ tab-number))) + (if (/= tab-number (length table-widths)) + (error "Wrong number of @tab's in a @multitable row."))) + (goto-char (point-min)) +;; 2. Format each cell, and copy to a rectangle + ;; buffer looks like this: A1 @tab A2 @tab A3 + ;; Cell #1: format up to @tab + ;; Cell #2: format up to @tab + ;; Cell #3: format up to eob + (while (not (eobp)) + (setq start (point)) + (setq end (save-excursion + (if (search-forward "@tab" nil 'move) + ;; Delete the @tab command, including the @-sign + (delete-region + (point) + (progn (forward-word -1) (1- (point))))) + (point))) + ;; Set fill-column *wider* than needed to produce inter-column space + (setq fill-column (+ 1 + extra-inter-column-width + (nth table-column table-widths))) + (narrow-to-region start end) + ;; Remove whitespace before and after entry. + (skip-chars-forward " ") + (delete-region (point) (save-excursion (beginning-of-line) (point))) + (goto-char (point-max)) + (skip-chars-backward " ") + (delete-region (point) (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point))) + ;; Temorarily set texinfo-stack to nil so texinfo-format-scan + ;; does not see an unterminated @multitable. + (let (texinfo-stack) ; nil + (texinfo-format-scan)) + (let (fill-prefix) ; no fill prefix + (fill-region (point-min) (point-max))) + (setq table-entry-height + (max table-entry-height (count-lines (point-min) (point-max)))) +;; 3. Move point to end of bottom line, and pad that line to fill column. + (goto-char (point-min)) + (forward-line (1- table-entry-height)) + (let* ((beg (point)) ; beginning of line + ;; add one more space for inter-column spacing + (needed-whitespace + (1+ + (- fill-column + (- + (progn (end-of-line) (point)) ; end of existing line + beg))))) + (insert (make-string + (if (> needed-whitespace 0) needed-whitespace 1) + ? ))) + ;; now, put formatted cell into a rectangle + (set (intern (concat multitable-temp-rectangle-name + (int-to-string table-column))) + (extract-rectangle (point-min) (point))) + (delete-region (point-min) (point)) + (goto-char (point-max)) + (setq table-column (1+ table-column)) + (widen)) +;; 4. Add extra lines to rectangles so all are of same height + (let ((total-number-of-columns table-column) + (column-number 0) + here) + (while (> table-column 0) + (let ((this-rectangle (int-to-string table-column))) + (while (< (length this-rectangle) table-entry-height) + (setq this-rectangle (append this-rectangle '(""))))) + (setq table-column (1- table-column))) +;; 5. Insert formatted rectangles in original buffer + (switch-to-buffer original-buffer) + (open-line table-entry-height) + (while (< column-number total-number-of-columns) + (setq here (point)) + (insert-rectangle + (eval (intern + (concat multitable-temp-rectangle-name + (int-to-string column-number))))) + (goto-char here) + (end-of-line) + (setq column-number (1+ column-number)))) + (kill-buffer multitable-temp-buffer-name) + (setq fill-column existing-fill-column))) + + +;;; @ifinfo, @iftex, @tex, @ifhtml, @html + +(put 'ifinfo 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) +(put 'ifinfo 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-discard-command) + +(put 'iftex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-iftex) +(defun texinfo-format-iftex () + (delete-region texinfo-command-start + (progn (re-search-forward "@end iftex[ \t]*\n") + (point)))) + +(put 'ifhtml 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-ifhtml) +(defun texinfo-format-ifhtml () + (delete-region texinfo-command-start + (progn (re-search-forward "@end ifhtml[ \t]*\n") + (point)))) + +(put 'tex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-tex) +(defun texinfo-format-tex () + (delete-region texinfo-command-start + (progn (re-search-forward "@end tex[ \t]*\n") + (point)))) + +(put 'html 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-html) +(defun texinfo-format-html () + (delete-region texinfo-command-start + (progn (re-search-forward "@end html[ \t]*\n") + (point)))) + + +;;; @titlepage + +(put 'titlepage 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-titlepage) +(defun texinfo-format-titlepage () + (delete-region texinfo-command-start + (progn (re-search-forward "@end titlepage[ \t]*\n") + (point)))) + +(put 'endtitlepage 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) + +;; @titlespec an alternative titling command; ignored by Info + +(put 'titlespec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-titlespec) +(defun texinfo-format-titlespec () + (delete-region texinfo-command-start + (progn (re-search-forward "@end titlespec[ \t]*\n") + (point)))) + +(put 'endtitlespec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) + + +;;; @today + +(put 'today 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-today) + +;; Produces Day Month Year style of output. eg `1 Jan 1900' +;; The `@today{}' command requires a pair of braces, like `@dots{}'. +(defun texinfo-format-today () + (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) + (insert (format "%s %s %s" + (substring (current-time-string) 8 10) + (substring (current-time-string) 4 7) + (substring (current-time-string) -4)))) + + +;;; @ignore + +(put 'ignore 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-ignore) +(defun texinfo-format-ignore () + (delete-region texinfo-command-start + (progn (re-search-forward "@end ignore[ \t]*\n") + (point)))) + +(put 'endignore 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) + + +;;; Define the Info enclosure command: @definfoenclose + +;; A `@definfoenclose' command may be used to define a highlighting +;; command for Info, but not for TeX. A command defined using +;; `@definfoenclose' marks text by enclosing it in strings that precede +;; and follow the text. +;; +;; Presumably, if you define a command with `@definfoenclose` for Info, +;; you will also define the same command in the TeX definitions file, +;; `texinfo.tex' in a manner appropriate for typesetting. +;; +;; Write a `@definfoenclose' command on a line and follow it with three +;; arguments separated by commas (commas are used as separators in an +;; `@node' line in the same way). The first argument to +;; `@definfoenclose' is the @-command name \(without the `@'\); the +;; second argument is the Info start delimiter string; and the third +;; argument is the Info end delimiter string. The latter two arguments +;; enclose the highlighted text in the Info file. A delimiter string +;; may contain spaces. Neither the start nor end delimiter is +;; required. However, if you do not provide a start delimiter, you +;; must follow the command name with two commas in a row; otherwise, +;; the Info formatting commands will misinterpret the end delimiter +;; string as a start delimiter string. +;; +;; If you do a @definfoenclose{} on the name of a pre-defined macro (such +;; as @emph{}, @strong{}, @tt{}, or @i{}) the enclosure definition will +;; override the built-in definition. +;; +;; An enclosure command defined this way takes one argument in braces. +;; +;; For example, you can write: +;; +;; @ifinfo +;; @definfoenclose phoo, //, \\ +;; @end ifinfo +;; +;; near the beginning of a Texinfo file at the beginning of the lines +;; to define `@phoo' as an Info formatting command that inserts `//' +;; before and `\\' after the argument to `@phoo'. You can then write +;; `@phoo{bar}' wherever you want `//bar\\' highlighted in Info. +;; +;; Also, for TeX formatting, you could write +;; +;; @iftex +;; @global@let@phoo=@i +;; @end iftex +;; +;; to define `@phoo' as a command that causes TeX to typeset +;; the argument to `@phoo' in italics. +;; +;; Note that each definition applies to its own formatter: one for TeX, +;; the other for texinfo-format-buffer or texinfo-format-region. +;; +;; Here is another example: write +;; +;; @definfoenclose headword, , : +;; +;; near the beginning of the file, to define `@headword' as an Info +;; formatting command that inserts nothing before and a colon after the +;; argument to `@headword'. + +(put 'definfoenclose 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-define-info-enclosure) +(defun texinfo-define-info-enclosure () + (let* ((args (texinfo-format-parse-line-args)) + (command-name (nth 0 args)) + (beginning-delimiter (or (nth 1 args) "")) + (end-delimiter (or (nth 2 args) ""))) + (texinfo-discard-command) + (setq texinfo-enclosure-list + (cons + (list command-name + (list + beginning-delimiter + end-delimiter)) + texinfo-enclosure-list)))) + + +;;; @var, @code and the like + +(put 'var 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-var) +;; @sc a small caps font for TeX; formatted as `var' in Info +(put 'sc 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-var) +(defun texinfo-format-var () + (insert (upcase (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +(put 'url 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-code) +(put 'cite 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-code) +(put 'code 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-code) +(put 'file 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-code) +(put 'samp 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-code) +(defun texinfo-format-code () + (insert "`" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) "'") + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +(put 'emph 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-emph) +(put 'strong 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-emph) +(defun texinfo-format-emph () + (insert "*" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) "*") + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +(put 'dfn 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defn) +(put 'defn 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defn) +(defun texinfo-format-defn () + (insert "\"" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) "\"") + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +(put 'email 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-key) +(put 'key 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-key) +(defun texinfo-format-key () + (insert "<" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) ">") + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +(put 'bullet 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-bullet) +(defun texinfo-format-bullet () + "Insert an asterisk. +If used within a line, follow `@bullet' with braces." + (texinfo-optional-braces-discard) + (insert "*")) + + +;;; @kbd + +;; Inside of @example ... @end example and similar environments, +;; @kbd does nothing; but outside of such environments, it places +;; single quotation markes around its argument. + +(defvar texinfo-format-kbd-regexp + (concat + "^@" + "\\(" + "example\\|" + "smallexample\\|" + "lisp\\|" + "smalllisp" + "\\)") + "Regexp specifying environments in which @kbd does not put `...' + around argument.") + +(defvar texinfo-format-kbd-end-regexp + (concat + "^@end " + "\\(" + "example\\|" + "smallexample\\|" + "lisp\\|" + "smalllisp" + "\\)") + "Regexp specifying end of environments in which @kbd does not put `...' + around argument. (See `texinfo-format-kbd-regexp')") + +(put 'kbd 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-kbd) +(defun texinfo-format-kbd () + "Place single quote marks around arg, except in @example and similar." + ;; Search forward for @end example closer than an @example. + ;; Can stop search at nearest @node or texinfo-section-types-regexp + (let* ((stop + (save-excursion + (re-search-forward + (concat "^@node\\|\\(" texinfo-section-types-regexp "\\)") + nil + 'move-to-end) ; if necessary, return point at end of buffer + (point))) + (example-location + (save-excursion + (re-search-forward texinfo-format-kbd-regexp stop 'move-to-end) + (point))) + (end-example-location + (save-excursion + (re-search-forward texinfo-format-kbd-end-regexp stop 'move-to-end) + (point)))) + ;; If inside @example, @end example will be closer than @example + ;; or end of search i.e., end-example-location less than example-location + (if (>= end-example-location example-location) + ;; outside an @example or equivalent + (insert "`" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) "'") + ;; else, in @example; do not surround with `...' + (insert (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start))) + + +;;; @example, @lisp, @quotation, @display, @smalllisp, @smallexample + +(put 'display 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-example) +(put 'example 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-example) +(put 'lisp 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-example) +(put 'quotation 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-example) +(put 'smallexample 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-example) +(put 'smalllisp 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-example) +(defun texinfo-format-example () + (texinfo-push-stack 'example nil) + (setq fill-column (- fill-column 5)) + (texinfo-discard-line)) + +(put 'example 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-example) +(put 'display 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-example) +(put 'lisp 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-example) +(put 'quotation 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-example) +(put 'smallexample 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-example) +(put 'smalllisp 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-example) +(defun texinfo-end-example () + (setq fill-column (+ fill-column 5)) + (texinfo-discard-command) + (let ((stacktop + (texinfo-pop-stack 'example))) + (texinfo-do-itemize (nth 1 stacktop)))) + +(put 'exdent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-exdent) +(defun texinfo-format-exdent () + (texinfo-discard-command) + (delete-region (point) + (progn + (skip-chars-forward " ") + (point))) + (insert ?\b) + ;; Cancel out the deletion that texinfo-do-itemize + ;; is going to do at the end of this line. + (save-excursion + (end-of-line) + (insert "\n "))) + + +;;; @cartouche + +;; The @cartouche command is a noop in Info; in a printed manual, +;; it makes a box with rounded corners. + +(put 'cartouche 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) +(put 'cartouche 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-discard-command) + + +;;; @flushleft and @format + +;; The @flushleft command left justifies every line but leaves the +;; right end ragged. As far as Info is concerned, @flushleft is a +;; `do-nothing' command + +;; The @format command is similar to @example except that it does not +;; indent; this means that in Info, @format is similar to @flushleft. + +(put 'format 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-flushleft) +(put 'flushleft 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-flushleft) +(defun texinfo-format-flushleft () + (texinfo-discard-line)) + +(put 'format 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-flushleft) +(put 'flushleft 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-flushleft) +(defun texinfo-end-flushleft () + (texinfo-discard-command)) + + +;;; @flushright + +;; The @flushright command right justifies every line but leaves the +;; left end ragged. Spaces and tabs at the right ends of lines are +;; removed so that visible text lines up on the right side. + +(put 'flushright 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-flushright) +(defun texinfo-format-flushright () + (texinfo-push-stack 'flushright nil) + (texinfo-discard-line)) + +(put 'flushright 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-flushright) +(defun texinfo-end-flushright () + (texinfo-discard-command) + + (let ((stacktop + (texinfo-pop-stack 'flushright))) + + (texinfo-do-flushright (nth 1 stacktop)))) + +(defun texinfo-do-flushright (from) + (save-excursion + (while (progn (forward-line -1) + (>= (point) from)) + + (beginning-of-line) + (insert + (make-string + (- fill-column + (save-excursion + (end-of-line) + (skip-chars-backward " \t") + (delete-region (point) (progn (end-of-line) (point))) + (current-column))) + ? ))))) + + +;;; @ctrl, @TeX, @copyright, @minus, @dots, @enddots, @pounds + +(put 'ctrl 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-ctrl) +(defun texinfo-format-ctrl () + (let ((str (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) + (insert (logand 31 (aref str 0))))) + +(put 'TeX 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-TeX) +(defun texinfo-format-TeX () + (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) + (insert "TeX")) + +(put 'copyright 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-copyright) +(defun texinfo-format-copyright () + (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) + (insert "(C)")) + +(put 'minus 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-minus) +(defun texinfo-format-minus () + "Insert a minus sign. +If used within a line, follow `@minus' with braces." + (texinfo-optional-braces-discard) + (insert "-")) + +(put 'dots 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-dots) +(defun texinfo-format-dots () + (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) + (insert "...")) + +(put 'enddots 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-enddots) +(defun texinfo-format-enddots () + (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) + (insert "....")) + +(put 'pounds 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-pounds) +(defun texinfo-format-pounds () + (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) + (insert "#")) + + +;;; Refilling and indenting: @refill, @paragraphindent, @noindent + +;;; Indent only those paragraphs that are refilled as a result of an +;;; @refill command. + +;; * If the value is `asis', do not change the existing indentation at +;; the starts of paragraphs. + +;; * If the value zero, delete any existing indentation. + +;; * If the value is greater than zero, indent each paragraph by that +;; number of spaces. + +;;; But do not refill paragraphs with an @refill command that are +;;; preceded by @noindent or are part of a table, list, or deffn. + +(defvar texinfo-paragraph-indent "asis" + "Number of spaces for @refill to indent a paragraph; else to leave as is.") + +(put 'paragraphindent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-paragraphindent) + +(defun texinfo-paragraphindent () + "Specify the number of spaces for @refill to indent a paragraph. +Default is to leave the number of spaces as is." + (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) + (if (string= "asis" arg) + (setq texinfo-paragraph-indent "asis") + (setq texinfo-paragraph-indent (string-to-int arg))))) + +(put 'refill 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-refill) +(defun texinfo-format-refill () + "Refill paragraph. Also, indent first line as set by @paragraphindent. +Default is to leave paragraph indentation as is." + (texinfo-discard-command) + (forward-paragraph -1) + (if (looking-at "[ \t\n]*$") (forward-line 1)) + ;; Do not indent if an entry in a list, table, or deffn, + ;; or if paragraph is preceded by @noindent. + ;; Otherwise, indent + (cond + ;; delete a @noindent line and do not indent paragraph + ((save-excursion (forward-line -1) + (looking-at "^@noindent")) + (forward-line -1) + (delete-region (point) (progn (forward-line 1) (point)))) + ;; do nothing if "asis" + ((equal texinfo-paragraph-indent "asis")) + ;; do no indenting in list, etc. + ((> texinfo-stack-depth 0)) + ;; otherwise delete existing whitespace and indent + (t + (delete-region (point) (progn (skip-chars-forward " \t") (point))) + (insert (make-string texinfo-paragraph-indent ? )))) + (forward-paragraph 1) + (forward-line -1) + (end-of-line) + ;; Do not fill a section title line with asterisks, hyphens, etc. that + ;; are used to underline it. This could occur if the line following + ;; the underlining is not an index entry and has text within it. + (let* ((previous-paragraph-separate paragraph-separate) + (paragraph-separate + (concat paragraph-separate "\\|[-=.]+\\|\\*\\*+")) + (previous-paragraph-start paragraph-start) + (paragraph-start + (concat paragraph-start "\\|[-=.]+\\|\\*\\*+"))) + (unwind-protect + (fill-paragraph nil) + (setq paragraph-separate previous-paragraph-separate) + (setq paragraph-start previous-paragraph-start)))) + +(put 'noindent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-noindent) +(defun texinfo-noindent () + (save-excursion + (forward-paragraph 1) + (if (search-backward "@refill" + (save-excursion (forward-line -1) (point)) t) + () ; leave @noindent command so @refill command knows not to indent + ;; else + (texinfo-discard-line)))) + + +;;; Index generation + +(put 'vindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-vindex) +(defun texinfo-format-vindex () + (texinfo-index 'texinfo-vindex)) + +(put 'cindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-cindex) +(defun texinfo-format-cindex () + (texinfo-index 'texinfo-cindex)) + +(put 'findex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-findex) +(defun texinfo-format-findex () + (texinfo-index 'texinfo-findex)) + +(put 'pindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-pindex) +(defun texinfo-format-pindex () + (texinfo-index 'texinfo-pindex)) + +(put 'tindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-tindex) +(defun texinfo-format-tindex () + (texinfo-index 'texinfo-tindex)) + +(put 'kindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-kindex) +(defun texinfo-format-kindex () + (texinfo-index 'texinfo-kindex)) + +(defun texinfo-index (indexvar) + (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-expanded-arg))) + (texinfo-discard-command) + (set indexvar + (cons (list arg + texinfo-last-node + ;; Region formatting may not provide last node position. + (if texinfo-last-node-pos + (1+ (count-lines texinfo-last-node-pos (point))) + 1)) + (symbol-value indexvar))))) + +(defconst texinfo-indexvar-alist + '(("cp" . texinfo-cindex) + ("fn" . texinfo-findex) + ("vr" . texinfo-vindex) + ("tp" . texinfo-tindex) + ("pg" . texinfo-pindex) + ("ky" . texinfo-kindex))) + + +;;; @defindex @defcodeindex +(put 'defindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defindex) +(put 'defcodeindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defindex) + +(defun texinfo-format-defindex () + (let* ((index-name (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) ; eg: `aa' + (indexing-command (intern (concat index-name "index"))) + (index-formatting-command ; eg: `texinfo-format-aaindex' + (intern (concat "texinfo-format-" index-name "index"))) + (index-alist-name ; eg: `texinfo-aaindex' + (intern (concat "texinfo-" index-name "index")))) + + (set index-alist-name nil) + + (put indexing-command ; eg, aaindex + 'texinfo-format + index-formatting-command) ; eg, texinfo-format-aaindex + + ;; eg: "aa" . texinfo-aaindex + (or (assoc index-name texinfo-indexvar-alist) + (setq texinfo-indexvar-alist + (cons + (cons index-name + index-alist-name) + texinfo-indexvar-alist))) + + (fset index-formatting-command + (list 'lambda 'nil + (list 'texinfo-index + (list 'quote index-alist-name)))))) + + +;;; @synindex @syncodeindex + +(put 'synindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-synindex) +(put 'syncodeindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-synindex) + +(defun texinfo-format-synindex () + (let* ((args (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (second (cdr (read-from-string args))) + (joiner (symbol-name (car (read-from-string args)))) + (joined (symbol-name (car (read-from-string args second))))) + + (if (assoc joiner texinfo-short-index-cmds-alist) + (put + (cdr (assoc joiner texinfo-short-index-cmds-alist)) + 'texinfo-format + (or (cdr (assoc joined texinfo-short-index-format-cmds-alist)) + (intern (concat "texinfo-format-" joined "index")))) + (put + (intern (concat joiner "index")) + 'texinfo-format + (or (cdr(assoc joined texinfo-short-index-format-cmds-alist)) + (intern (concat "texinfo-format-" joined "index"))))))) + +(defconst texinfo-short-index-cmds-alist + '(("cp" . cindex) + ("fn" . findex) + ("vr" . vindex) + ("tp" . tindex) + ("pg" . pindex) + ("ky" . kindex))) + +(defconst texinfo-short-index-format-cmds-alist + '(("cp" . texinfo-format-cindex) + ("fn" . texinfo-format-findex) + ("vr" . texinfo-format-vindex) + ("tp" . texinfo-format-tindex) + ("pg" . texinfo-format-pindex) + ("ky" . texinfo-format-kindex))) + + +;;; Sort and index (for VMS) + +;; Sort an index which is in the current buffer between START and END. +;; Used on VMS, where the `sort' utility is not available. +(defun texinfo-sort-region (start end) + (require 'sort) + (save-restriction + (narrow-to-region start end) + (sort-subr nil 'forward-line 'end-of-line 'texinfo-sort-startkeyfun))) + +;; Subroutine for sorting an index. +;; At start of a line, return a string to sort the line under. +(defun texinfo-sort-startkeyfun () + (let ((line + (buffer-substring (point) (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point))))) + ;; Canonicalize whitespace and eliminate funny chars. + (while (string-match "[ \t][ \t]+\\|[^a-z0-9 ]+" line) + (setq line (concat (substring line 0 (match-beginning 0)) + " " + (substring line (match-end 0) (length line))))) + line)) + + +;;; @printindex + +(put 'printindex 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-printindex) + +(defun texinfo-format-printindex () + (let ((indexelts (symbol-value + (cdr (assoc (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) + texinfo-indexvar-alist)))) + opoint) + (insert "\n* Menu:\n\n") + (setq opoint (point)) + (texinfo-print-index nil indexelts) + + (if (memq system-type '(vax-vms windows-nt ms-dos)) + (texinfo-sort-region opoint (point)) + (shell-command-on-region opoint (point) "sort -fd" 1)))) + +(defun texinfo-print-index (file indexelts) + (while indexelts + (if (stringp (car (car indexelts))) + (progn + (insert "* " (car (car indexelts)) ": " ) + (indent-to 32) + (insert + (if file (concat "(" file ")") "") + (nth 1 (car indexelts)) ".") + (indent-to 54) + (insert + (if (nth 2 (car indexelts)) + (format " %d." (nth 2 (car indexelts))) + "") + "\n")) + ;; index entries from @include'd file + (texinfo-print-index (nth 1 (car indexelts)) + (nth 2 (car indexelts)))) + (setq indexelts (cdr indexelts)))) + + +;;; Glyphs: @equiv, @error, etc + +;; @equiv to show that two expressions are equivalent +;; @error to show an error message +;; @expansion to show what a macro expands to +;; @point to show the location of point in an example +;; @print to show what an evaluated expression prints +;; @result to indicate the value returned by an expression + +(put 'equiv 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-equiv) +(defun texinfo-format-equiv () + (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) + (insert "==")) + +(put 'error 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-error) +(defun texinfo-format-error () + (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) + (insert "error-->")) + +(put 'expansion 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-expansion) +(defun texinfo-format-expansion () + (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) + (insert "==>")) + +(put 'point 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-point) +(defun texinfo-format-point () + (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) + (insert "-!-")) + +(put 'print 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-print) +(defun texinfo-format-print () + (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) + (insert "-|")) + +(put 'result 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-result) +(defun texinfo-format-result () + (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) + (insert "=>")) + + +;;; Accent commands + +;; Info presumes a plain ASCII output, so the accented characters do +;; not look as they would if typeset, or output with a different +;; character set. + +;; See the `texinfo-accent-commands' variable +;; in the section for `texinfo-append-refill'. +;; Also, see the defun for `texinfo-format-scan' +;; for single-character accent commands. + +;; Command Info output Name + +;; These do not have braces: +;; @^ ==> ^ circumflex accent +;; @` ==> ` grave accent +;; @' ==> ' acute accent +;; @" ==> " umlaut accent +;; @= ==> = overbar accent +;; @~ ==> ~ tilde accent + +;; These have braces, but take no argument: +;; @OE{} ==> OE French-OE-ligature +;; @oe{} ==> oe +;; @AA{} ==> AA Scandinavian-A-with-circle +;; @aa{} ==> aa +;; @AE{} ==> AE Latin-Scandinavian-AE +;; @ae{} ==> ae +;; @ss{} ==> ss German-sharp-S + +;; @questiondown{} ==> ? upside-down-question-mark +;; @exclamdown{} ==> ! upside-down-exclamation-mark +;; @L{} ==> L/ Polish suppressed-L (Lslash) +;; @l{} ==> l/ Polish suppressed-L (Lslash) (lower case) +;; @O{} ==> O/ Scandinavian O-with-slash +;; @o{} ==> o/ Scandinavian O-with-slash (lower case) + +;; These have braces, and take an argument: +;; @,{c} ==> c, cedilla accent +;; @dotaccent{o} ==> .o overdot-accent +;; @ubaraccent{o} ==> _o underbar-accent +;; @udotaccent{o} ==> o-. underdot-accent +;; @H{o} ==> ""o long Hungarian umlaut +;; @ringaccent{o} ==> *o ring accent +;; @tieaccent{oo} ==> [oo tie after accent +;; @u{o} ==> (o breve accent +;; @v{o} ==> <o hacek accent +;; @dotless{i} ==> i dotless i and dotless j + +;; ========== + +;; Note: The defun texinfo-format-scan +;; looks at "[@{}^'`\",=~ *?!-]" +;; In the case of @*, a line break is inserted; +;; in the other cases, the characters are simply quoted and the @ is deleted. +;; Thus, `texinfo-format-scan' handles the following +;; single-character accent commands: @^ @` @' @" @, @- @= @~ + +;; @^ ==> ^ circumflex accent +;; (put '^ 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-circumflex-accent) +;; (defun texinfo-format-circumflex-accent () +;; (texinfo-discard-command) +;; (insert "^")) +;; +;; @` ==> ` grave accent +;; (put '\` 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-grave-accent) +;; (defun texinfo-format-grave-accent () +;; (texinfo-discard-command) +;; (insert "\`")) +;; +;; @' ==> ' acute accent +;; (put '\' 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-acute-accent) +;; (defun texinfo-format-acute-accent () +;; (texinfo-discard-command) +;; (insert "'")) +;; +;; @" ==> " umlaut accent +;; (put '\" 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-umlaut-accent) +;; (defun texinfo-format-umlaut-accent () +;; (texinfo-discard-command) +;; (insert "\"")) +;; +;; @= ==> = overbar accent +;; (put '= 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-overbar-accent) +;; (defun texinfo-format-overbar-accent () +;; (texinfo-discard-command) +;; (insert "=")) +;; +;; @~ ==> ~ tilde accent +;; (put '~ 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-tilde-accent) +;; (defun texinfo-format-tilde-accent () +;; (texinfo-discard-command) +;; (insert "~")) + +;; @OE{} ==> OE French-OE-ligature +(put 'OE 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-French-OE-ligature) +(defun texinfo-format-French-OE-ligature () + (insert "OE" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; @oe{} ==> oe +(put 'oe 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-French-oe-ligature) +(defun texinfo-format-French-oe-ligature () ; lower case + (insert "oe" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; @AA{} ==> AA Scandinavian-A-with-circle +(put 'AA 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-Scandinavian-A-with-circle) +(defun texinfo-format-Scandinavian-A-with-circle () + (insert "AA" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; @aa{} ==> aa +(put 'aa 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-Scandinavian-a-with-circle) +(defun texinfo-format-Scandinavian-a-with-circle () ; lower case + (insert "aa" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; @AE{} ==> AE Latin-Scandinavian-AE +(put 'AE 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-Latin-Scandinavian-AE) +(defun texinfo-format-Latin-Scandinavian-AE () + (insert "AE" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; @ae{} ==> ae +(put 'ae 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-Latin-Scandinavian-ae) +(defun texinfo-format-Latin-Scandinavian-ae () ; lower case + (insert "ae" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; @ss{} ==> ss German-sharp-S +(put 'ss 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-German-sharp-S) +(defun texinfo-format-German-sharp-S () + (insert "ss" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; @questiondown{} ==> ? upside-down-question-mark +(put 'questiondown 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-upside-down-question-mark) +(defun texinfo-format-upside-down-question-mark () + (insert "?" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; @exclamdown{} ==> ! upside-down-exclamation-mark +(put 'exclamdown 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-upside-down-exclamation-mark) +(defun texinfo-format-upside-down-exclamation-mark () + (insert "!" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; @L{} ==> L/ Polish suppressed-L (Lslash) +(put 'L 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-Polish-suppressed-L) +(defun texinfo-format-Polish-suppressed-L () + (insert (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) "/L") + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; @l{} ==> l/ Polish suppressed-L (Lslash) (lower case) +(put 'l 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-Polish-suppressed-l-lower-case) +(defun texinfo-format-Polish-suppressed-l-lower-case () + (insert (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) "/l") + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + + +;; @O{} ==> O/ Scandinavian O-with-slash +(put 'O 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-Scandinavian-O-with-slash) +(defun texinfo-format-Scandinavian-O-with-slash () + (insert (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) "O/") + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; @o{} ==> o/ Scandinavian O-with-slash (lower case) +(put 'o 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-Scandinavian-o-with-slash-lower-case) +(defun texinfo-format-Scandinavian-o-with-slash-lower-case () + (insert (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) "o/") + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; Take arguments + +;; @,{c} ==> c, cedilla accent +(put ', 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-cedilla-accent) +(defun texinfo-format-cedilla-accent () + (insert (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) ",") + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + + +;; @dotaccent{o} ==> .o overdot-accent +(put 'dotaccent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-overdot-accent) +(defun texinfo-format-overdot-accent () + (insert "." (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; @ubaraccent{o} ==> _o underbar-accent +(put 'ubaraccent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-underbar-accent) +(defun texinfo-format-underbar-accent () + (insert "_" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; @udotaccent{o} ==> o-. underdot-accent +(put 'udotaccent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-underdot-accent) +(defun texinfo-format-underdot-accent () + (insert (texinfo-parse-arg-discard) "-.") + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; @H{o} ==> ""o long Hungarian umlaut +(put 'H 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-long-Hungarian-umlaut) +(defun texinfo-format-long-Hungarian-umlaut () + (insert "\"\"" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; @ringaccent{o} ==> *o ring accent +(put 'ringaccent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-ring-accent) +(defun texinfo-format-ring-accent () + (insert "*" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; @tieaccent{oo} ==> [oo tie after accent +(put 'tieaccent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-tie-after-accent) +(defun texinfo-format-tie-after-accent () + (insert "[" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + + +;; @u{o} ==> (o breve accent +(put 'u 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-breve-accent) +(defun texinfo-format-breve-accent () + (insert "(" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; @v{o} ==> <o hacek accent +(put 'v 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-hacek-accent) +(defun texinfo-format-hacek-accent () + (insert "<" (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + + +;; @dotless{i} ==> i dotless i and dotless j +(put 'dotless 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-dotless) +(defun texinfo-format-dotless () + (insert (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + + +;;; Definition formatting: @deffn, @defun, etc + +;; What definition formatting produces: +;; +;; @deffn category name args... +;; In Info, `Category: name ARGS' +;; In index: name: node. line#. +;; +;; @defvr category name +;; In Info, `Category: name' +;; In index: name: node. line#. +;; +;; @deftp category name attributes... +;; `category name attributes...' Note: @deftp args in lower case. +;; In index: name: node. line#. +;; +;; Specialized function-like or variable-like entity: +;; +;; @defun, @defmac, @defspec, @defvar, @defopt +;; +;; @defun name args In Info, `Function: name ARGS' +;; @defmac name args In Info, `Macro: name ARGS' +;; @defvar name In Info, `Variable: name' +;; etc. +;; In index: name: node. line#. +;; +;; Generalized typed-function-like or typed-variable-like entity: +;; @deftypefn category data-type name args... +;; In Info, `Category: data-type name args...' +;; @deftypevr category data-type name +;; In Info, `Category: data-type name' +;; In index: name: node. line#. +;; +;; Specialized typed-function-like or typed-variable-like entity: +;; @deftypefun data-type name args... +;; In Info, `Function: data-type name ARGS' +;; In index: name: node. line#. +;; +;; @deftypevar data-type name +;; In Info, `Variable: data-type name' +;; In index: name: node. line#. but include args after name!? +;; +;; Generalized object oriented entity: +;; @defop category class name args... +;; In Info, `Category on class: name ARG' +;; In index: name on class: node. line#. +;; +;; @defcv category class name +;; In Info, `Category of class: name' +;; In index: name of class: node. line#. +;; +;; Specialized object oriented entity: +;; @defmethod class name args... +;; In Info, `Method on class: name ARGS' +;; In index: name on class: node. line#. +;; +;; @defivar class name +;; In Info, `Instance variable of class: name' +;; In index: name of class: node. line#. + + +;;; The definition formatting functions + +(defun texinfo-format-defun () + (texinfo-push-stack 'defun nil) + (setq fill-column (- fill-column 5)) + (texinfo-format-defun-1 t)) + +(defun texinfo-end-defun () + (setq fill-column (+ fill-column 5)) + (texinfo-discard-command) + (let ((start (nth 1 (texinfo-pop-stack 'defun)))) + (texinfo-do-itemize start) + ;; Delete extra newline inserted after header. + (save-excursion + (goto-char start) + (delete-char -1)))) + +(defun texinfo-format-defunx () + (texinfo-format-defun-1 nil)) + +(defun texinfo-format-defun-1 (first-p) + (let ((parse-args (texinfo-format-parse-defun-args)) + (texinfo-defun-type (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-defun-type))) + (texinfo-discard-command) + ;; Delete extra newline inserted after previous header line. + (if (not first-p) + (delete-char -1)) + (funcall + (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property) parse-args) + ;; Insert extra newline so that paragraph filling does not mess + ;; with header line. + (insert "\n\n") + (rplaca (cdr (cdr (car texinfo-stack))) (point)) + (funcall + (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property) parse-args))) + +;;; Formatting the first line of a definition + +;; @deffn, @defvr, @deftp +(put 'deffn 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deffn) +(put 'deffnx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deffn) +(put 'defvr 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deffn) +(put 'defvrx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deffn) +(put 'deftp 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deffn) +(put 'deftpx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deffn) +(defun texinfo-format-deffn (parsed-args) + ;; Generalized function-like, variable-like, or generic data-type entity: + ;; @deffn category name args... + ;; In Info, `Category: name ARGS' + ;; @deftp category name attributes... + ;; `category name attributes...' Note: @deftp args in lower case. + (let ((category (car parsed-args)) + (name (car (cdr parsed-args))) + (args (cdr (cdr parsed-args)))) + (insert " -- " category ": " name) + (while args + (insert " " + (if (or (= ?& (aref (car args) 0)) + (eq (eval (car texinfo-defun-type)) 'deftp-type)) + (car args) + (upcase (car args)))) + (setq args (cdr args))))) + +;; @defun, @defmac, @defspec, @defvar, @defopt: Specialized, simple +(put 'defun 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property + 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) +(put 'defunx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property + 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) +(put 'defmac 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property + 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) +(put 'defmacx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property + 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) +(put 'defspec 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property + 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) +(put 'defspecx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property + 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) +(put 'defvar 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property + 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) +(put 'defvarx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property + 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) +(put 'defopt 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property + 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) +(put 'defoptx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property + 'texinfo-format-specialized-defun) +(defun texinfo-format-specialized-defun (parsed-args) + ;; Specialized function-like or variable-like entity: + ;; @defun name args In Info, `Function: Name ARGS' + ;; @defmac name args In Info, `Macro: Name ARGS' + ;; @defvar name In Info, `Variable: Name' + ;; Use cdr of texinfo-defun-type to determine category: + (let ((category (car (cdr texinfo-defun-type))) + (name (car parsed-args)) + (args (cdr parsed-args))) + (insert " -- " category ": " name) + (while args + (insert " " + (if (= ?& (aref (car args) 0)) + (car args) + (upcase (car args)))) + (setq args (cdr args))))) + +;; @deftypefn, @deftypevr: Generalized typed +(put 'deftypefn 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deftypefn) +(put 'deftypefnx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deftypefn) +(put 'deftypevr 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deftypefn) +(put 'deftypevrx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deftypefn) +(defun texinfo-format-deftypefn (parsed-args) + ;; Generalized typed-function-like or typed-variable-like entity: + ;; @deftypefn category data-type name args... + ;; In Info, `Category: data-type name args...' + ;; @deftypevr category data-type name + ;; In Info, `Category: data-type name' + ;; Note: args in lower case, unless modified in command line. + (let ((category (car parsed-args)) + (data-type (car (cdr parsed-args))) + (name (car (cdr (cdr parsed-args)))) + (args (cdr (cdr (cdr parsed-args))))) + (insert " -- " category ": " data-type " " name) + (while args + (insert " " (car args)) + (setq args (cdr args))))) + +;; @deftypefun, @deftypevar: Specialized typed +(put 'deftypefun 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deftypefun) +(put 'deftypefunx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property + 'texinfo-format-deftypefun) +(put 'deftypevar 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-deftypefun) +(put 'deftypevarx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property + 'texinfo-format-deftypefun) +(defun texinfo-format-deftypefun (parsed-args) + ;; Specialized typed-function-like or typed-variable-like entity: + ;; @deftypefun data-type name args... + ;; In Info, `Function: data-type name ARGS' + ;; @deftypevar data-type name + ;; In Info, `Variable: data-type name' + ;; Note: args in lower case, unless modified in command line. + ;; Use cdr of texinfo-defun-type to determine category: + (let ((category (car (cdr texinfo-defun-type))) + (data-type (car parsed-args)) + (name (car (cdr parsed-args))) + (args (cdr (cdr parsed-args)))) + (insert " -- " category ": " data-type " " name) + (while args + (insert " " (car args)) + (setq args (cdr args))))) + +;; @defop: Generalized object-oriented +(put 'defop 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-defop) +(put 'defopx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-defop) +(defun texinfo-format-defop (parsed-args) + ;; Generalized object oriented entity: + ;; @defop category class name args... + ;; In Info, `Category on class: name ARG' + ;; Note: args in upper case; use of `on' + (let ((category (car parsed-args)) + (class (car (cdr parsed-args))) + (name (car (cdr (cdr parsed-args)))) + (args (cdr (cdr (cdr parsed-args))))) + (insert " -- " category " on " class ": " name) + (while args + (insert " " (upcase (car args))) + (setq args (cdr args))))) + +;; @defcv: Generalized object-oriented +(put 'defcv 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-defcv) +(put 'defcvx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-defcv) +(defun texinfo-format-defcv (parsed-args) + ;; Generalized object oriented entity: + ;; @defcv category class name + ;; In Info, `Category of class: name' + ;; Note: args in upper case; use of `of' + (let ((category (car parsed-args)) + (class (car (cdr parsed-args))) + (name (car (cdr (cdr parsed-args)))) + (args (cdr (cdr (cdr parsed-args))))) + (insert " -- " category " of " class ": " name) + (while args + (insert " " (upcase (car args))) + (setq args (cdr args))))) + +;; @defmethod: Specialized object-oriented +(put 'defmethod 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-defmethod) +(put 'defmethodx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-defmethod) +(defun texinfo-format-defmethod (parsed-args) + ;; Specialized object oriented entity: + ;; @defmethod class name args... + ;; In Info, `Method on class: name ARGS' + ;; Note: args in upper case; use of `on' + ;; Use cdr of texinfo-defun-type to determine category: + (let ((category (car (cdr texinfo-defun-type))) + (class (car parsed-args)) + (name (car (cdr parsed-args))) + (args (cdr (cdr parsed-args)))) + (insert " -- " category " on " class ": " name) + (while args + (insert " " (upcase (car args))) + (setq args (cdr args))))) + +;; @defivar: Specialized object-oriented +(put 'defivar 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-defivar) +(put 'defivarx 'texinfo-deffn-formatting-property 'texinfo-format-defivar) +(defun texinfo-format-defivar (parsed-args) + ;; Specialized object oriented entity: + ;; @defivar class name + ;; In Info, `Instance variable of class: name' + ;; Note: args in upper case; use of `of' + ;; Use cdr of texinfo-defun-type to determine category: + (let ((category (car (cdr texinfo-defun-type))) + (class (car parsed-args)) + (name (car (cdr parsed-args))) + (args (cdr (cdr parsed-args)))) + (insert " -- " category " of " class ": " name) + (while args + (insert " " (upcase (car args))) + (setq args (cdr args))))) + + +;;; Indexing for definitions + +;; An index entry has three parts: the `entry proper', the node name, and the +;; line number. Depending on the which command is used, the entry is +;; formatted differently: +;; +;; @defun, +;; @defmac, +;; @defspec, +;; @defvar, +;; @defopt all use their 1st argument as the entry-proper +;; +;; @deffn, +;; @defvr, +;; @deftp +;; @deftypefun +;; @deftypevar all use their 2nd argument as the entry-proper +;; +;; @deftypefn, +;; @deftypevr both use their 3rd argument as the entry-proper +;; +;; @defmethod uses its 2nd and 1st arguments as an entry-proper +;; formatted: NAME on CLASS + +;; @defop uses its 3rd and 2nd arguments as an entry-proper +;; formatted: NAME on CLASS +;; +;; @defivar uses its 2nd and 1st arguments as an entry-proper +;; formatted: NAME of CLASS +;; +;; @defcv uses its 3rd and 2nd argument as an entry-proper +;; formatted: NAME of CLASS + +(put 'defun 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) +(put 'defunx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) +(put 'defmac 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) +(put 'defmacx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) +(put 'defspec 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) +(put 'defspecx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) +(put 'defvar 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) +(put 'defvarx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) +(put 'defopt 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) +(put 'defoptx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defun) +(defun texinfo-index-defun (parsed-args) + ;; use 1st parsed-arg as entry-proper + ;; `index-list' will be texinfo-findex or the like + (let ((index-list (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-defun-index))) + (set index-list + (cons + ;; Three elements: entry-proper, node-name, line-number + (list + (car parsed-args) + texinfo-last-node + ;; Region formatting may not provide last node position. + (if texinfo-last-node-pos + (1+ (count-lines texinfo-last-node-pos (point))) + 1)) + (symbol-value index-list))))) + +(put 'deffn 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) +(put 'deffnx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) +(put 'defvr 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) +(put 'defvrx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) +(put 'deftp 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) +(put 'deftpx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) +(put 'deftypefun 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) +(put 'deftypefunx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) +(put 'deftypevar 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) +(put 'deftypevarx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deffn) +(defun texinfo-index-deffn (parsed-args) + ;; use 2nd parsed-arg as entry-proper + ;; `index-list' will be texinfo-findex or the like + (let ((index-list (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-defun-index))) + (set index-list + (cons + ;; Three elements: entry-proper, node-name, line-number + (list + (car (cdr parsed-args)) + texinfo-last-node + ;; Region formatting may not provide last node position. + (if texinfo-last-node-pos + (1+ (count-lines texinfo-last-node-pos (point))) + 1)) + (symbol-value index-list))))) + +(put 'deftypefn 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deftypefn) +(put 'deftypefnx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deftypefn) +(put 'deftypevr 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deftypefn) +(put 'deftypevrx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-deftypefn) +(defun texinfo-index-deftypefn (parsed-args) + ;; use 3rd parsed-arg as entry-proper + ;; `index-list' will be texinfo-findex or the like + (let ((index-list (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-defun-index))) + (set index-list + (cons + ;; Three elements: entry-proper, node-name, line-number + (list + (car (cdr (cdr parsed-args))) + texinfo-last-node + ;; Region formatting may not provide last node position. + (if texinfo-last-node-pos + (1+ (count-lines texinfo-last-node-pos (point))) + 1)) + (symbol-value index-list))))) + +(put 'defmethod 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defmethod) +(put 'defmethodx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defmethod) +(defun texinfo-index-defmethod (parsed-args) + ;; use 2nd on 1st parsed-arg as entry-proper + ;; `index-list' will be texinfo-findex or the like + (let ((index-list (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-defun-index))) + (set index-list + (cons + ;; Three elements: entry-proper, node-name, line-number + (list + (format "%s on %s" + (car (cdr parsed-args)) + (car parsed-args)) + texinfo-last-node + ;; Region formatting may not provide last node position. + (if texinfo-last-node-pos + (1+ (count-lines texinfo-last-node-pos (point))) + 1)) + (symbol-value index-list))))) + +(put 'defop 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defop) +(put 'defopx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defop) +(defun texinfo-index-defop (parsed-args) + ;; use 3rd on 2nd parsed-arg as entry-proper + ;; `index-list' will be texinfo-findex or the like + (let ((index-list (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-defun-index))) + (set index-list + (cons + ;; Three elements: entry-proper, node-name, line-number + (list + (format "%s on %s" + (car (cdr (cdr parsed-args))) + (car (cdr parsed-args))) + texinfo-last-node + ;; Region formatting may not provide last node position. + (if texinfo-last-node-pos + (1+ (count-lines texinfo-last-node-pos (point))) + 1)) + (symbol-value index-list))))) + +(put 'defivar 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defivar) +(put 'defivarx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defivar) +(defun texinfo-index-defivar (parsed-args) + ;; use 2nd of 1st parsed-arg as entry-proper + ;; `index-list' will be texinfo-findex or the like + (let ((index-list (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-defun-index))) + (set index-list + (cons + ;; Three elements: entry-proper, node-name, line-number + (list + (format "%s of %s" + (car (cdr parsed-args)) + (car parsed-args)) + texinfo-last-node + ;; Region formatting may not provide last node position. + (if texinfo-last-node-pos + (1+ (count-lines texinfo-last-node-pos (point))) + 1)) + (symbol-value index-list))))) + +(put 'defcv 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defcv) +(put 'defcvx 'texinfo-defun-indexing-property 'texinfo-index-defcv) +(defun texinfo-index-defcv (parsed-args) + ;; use 3rd of 2nd parsed-arg as entry-proper + ;; `index-list' will be texinfo-findex or the like + (let ((index-list (get texinfo-command-name 'texinfo-defun-index))) + (set index-list + (cons + ;; Three elements: entry-proper, node-name, line-number + (list + (format "%s of %s" + (car (cdr (cdr parsed-args))) + (car (cdr parsed-args))) + texinfo-last-node + ;; Region formatting may not provide last node position. + (if texinfo-last-node-pos + (1+ (count-lines texinfo-last-node-pos (point))) + 1)) + (symbol-value index-list))))) + + +;;; Properties for definitions + +;; Each definition command has six properties: +;; +;; 1. texinfo-deffn-formatting-property to format definition line +;; 2. texinfo-defun-indexing-property to create index entry +;; 3. texinfo-format formatting command +;; 4. texinfo-end end formatting command +;; 5. texinfo-defun-type type of deffn to format +;; 6. texinfo-defun-index type of index to use +;; +;; The `x' forms of each definition command are used for the second +;; and subsequent header lines. + +;; The texinfo-deffn-formatting-property and texinfo-defun-indexing-property +;; are listed just before the appropriate formatting and indexing commands. + +(put 'deffn 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) +(put 'deffnx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) +(put 'deffn 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) +(put 'deffn 'texinfo-defun-type '('deffn-type nil)) +(put 'deffnx 'texinfo-defun-type '('deffn-type nil)) +(put 'deffn 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) +(put 'deffnx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) + +(put 'defun 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) +(put 'defunx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) +(put 'defun 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) +(put 'defun 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Function")) +(put 'defunx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Function")) +(put 'defun 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) +(put 'defunx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) + +(put 'defmac 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) +(put 'defmacx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) +(put 'defmac 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) +(put 'defmac 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Macro")) +(put 'defmacx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Macro")) +(put 'defmac 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) +(put 'defmacx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) + +(put 'defspec 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) +(put 'defspecx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) +(put 'defspec 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) +(put 'defspec 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Special form")) +(put 'defspecx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Special form")) +(put 'defspec 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) +(put 'defspecx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) + +(put 'defvr 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) +(put 'defvrx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) +(put 'defvr 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) +(put 'defvr 'texinfo-defun-type '('deffn-type nil)) +(put 'defvrx 'texinfo-defun-type '('deffn-type nil)) +(put 'defvr 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) +(put 'defvrx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) + +(put 'defvar 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) +(put 'defvarx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) +(put 'defvar 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) +(put 'defvar 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Variable")) +(put 'defvarx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Variable")) +(put 'defvar 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) +(put 'defvarx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) + +(put 'defconst 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) +(put 'defconstx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) +(put 'defconst 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) +(put 'defconst 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Constant")) +(put 'defconstx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Constant")) +(put 'defconst 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) +(put 'defconstx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) + +(put 'defcmd 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) +(put 'defcmdx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) +(put 'defcmd 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) +(put 'defcmd 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Command")) +(put 'defcmdx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "Command")) +(put 'defcmd 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) +(put 'defcmdx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) + +(put 'defopt 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) +(put 'defoptx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) +(put 'defopt 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) +(put 'defopt 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "User Option")) +(put 'defoptx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defun-type "User Option")) +(put 'defopt 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) +(put 'defoptx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) + +(put 'deftp 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) +(put 'deftpx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) +(put 'deftp 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) +(put 'deftp 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftp-type nil)) +(put 'deftpx 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftp-type nil)) +(put 'deftp 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-tindex) +(put 'deftpx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-tindex) + +;;; Object-oriented stuff is a little hairier. + +(put 'defop 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) +(put 'defopx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) +(put 'defop 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) +(put 'defop 'texinfo-defun-type '('defop-type nil)) +(put 'defopx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defop-type nil)) +(put 'defop 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) +(put 'defopx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) + +(put 'defmethod 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) +(put 'defmethodx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) +(put 'defmethod 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) +(put 'defmethod 'texinfo-defun-type '('defmethod-type "Method")) +(put 'defmethodx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defmethod-type "Method")) +(put 'defmethod 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) +(put 'defmethodx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) + +(put 'defcv 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) +(put 'defcvx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) +(put 'defcv 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) +(put 'defcv 'texinfo-defun-type '('defop-type nil)) +(put 'defcvx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defop-type nil)) +(put 'defcv 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) +(put 'defcvx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) + +(put 'defivar 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) +(put 'defivarx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) +(put 'defivar 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) +(put 'defivar 'texinfo-defun-type '('defmethod-type "Instance variable")) +(put 'defivarx 'texinfo-defun-type '('defmethod-type "Instance variable")) +(put 'defivar 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) +(put 'defivarx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) + +;;; Typed functions and variables + +(put 'deftypefn 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) +(put 'deftypefnx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) +(put 'deftypefn 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) +(put 'deftypefn 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftypefn-type nil)) +(put 'deftypefnx 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftypefn-type nil)) +(put 'deftypefn 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) +(put 'deftypefnx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) + +(put 'deftypefun 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) +(put 'deftypefunx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) +(put 'deftypefun 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) +(put 'deftypefun 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftypefun-type "Function")) +(put 'deftypefunx 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftypefun-type "Function")) +(put 'deftypefun 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) +(put 'deftypefunx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-findex) + +(put 'deftypevr 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) +(put 'deftypevrx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) +(put 'deftypevr 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) +(put 'deftypevr 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftypefn-type nil)) +(put 'deftypevrx 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftypefn-type nil)) +(put 'deftypevr 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) +(put 'deftypevrx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) + +(put 'deftypevar 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defun) +(put 'deftypevarx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-defunx) +(put 'deftypevar 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-end-defun) +(put 'deftypevar 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftypevar-type "Variable")) +(put 'deftypevarx 'texinfo-defun-type '('deftypevar-type "Variable")) +(put 'deftypevar 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) +(put 'deftypevarx 'texinfo-defun-index 'texinfo-vindex) + + +;;; @set, @clear, @ifset, @ifclear + +;; If a flag is set with @set FLAG, then text between @ifset and @end +;; ifset is formatted normally, but if the flag is is cleared with +;; @clear FLAG, then the text is not formatted; it is ignored. + +;; If a flag is cleared with @clear FLAG, then text between @ifclear +;; and @end ifclear is formatted normally, but if the flag is is set with +;; @set FLAG, then the text is not formatted; it is ignored. @ifclear +;; is the opposite of @ifset. + +;; If a flag is set to a string with @set FLAG, +;; replace @value{FLAG} with the string. +;; If a flag with a value is cleared, +;; @value{FLAG} is invalid, +;; as if there had never been any @set FLAG previously. + +(put 'clear 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-clear) +(defun texinfo-clear () + "Clear the value of the flag." + (let* ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (flag (car (read-from-string arg))) + (value (substring arg (cdr (read-from-string arg))))) + (put flag 'texinfo-whether-setp 'flag-cleared) + (put flag 'texinfo-set-value ""))) + +(put 'set 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-set) +(defun texinfo-set () + "Set the value of the flag, optionally to a string. +The command `@set foo This is a string.' +sets flag foo to the value: `This is a string.' +The command `@value{foo}' expands to the value." + (let* ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (flag (car (read-from-string arg))) + (value (substring arg (cdr (read-from-string arg))))) + (put flag 'texinfo-whether-setp 'flag-set) + (put flag 'texinfo-set-value value))) + +(put 'value 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-value) +(defun texinfo-value () + "Insert the string to which the flag is set. +The command `@set foo This is a string.' +sets flag foo to the value: `This is a string.' +The command `@value{foo}' expands to the value." + (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) + (cond ((and + (eq (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-whether-setp) + 'flag-set) + (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-set-value)) + (insert (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-set-value))) + ((eq (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-whether-setp) + 'flag-cleared) + (insert (format "{No value for \"%s\"}" arg))) + ((eq (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-whether-setp) nil) + (insert (format "{No value for \"%s\"}" arg)))))) + +(put 'ifset 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-discard-command) +(put 'ifset 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-if-set) +(defun texinfo-if-set () + "If set, continue formatting; else do not format region up to @end ifset" + (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) + (cond + ((eq (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-whether-setp) + 'flag-set) + ;; Format the text (i.e., do not remove it); do nothing here. + ()) + ((eq (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-whether-setp) + 'flag-cleared) + ;; Clear region (i.e., cause the text to be ignored). + (delete-region texinfo-command-start + (progn (re-search-forward "@end ifset[ \t]*\n") + (point)))) + ((eq (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-whether-setp) + nil) + ;; In this case flag is neither set nor cleared. + ;; Act as if set, i.e. do nothing. + ())))) + +(put 'ifclear 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-discard-command) +(put 'ifclear 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-if-clear) +(defun texinfo-if-clear () + "If clear, continue formatting; if set, do not format up to @end ifset" + (let ((arg (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) + (cond + ((eq (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-whether-setp) + 'flag-set) + ;; Clear region (i.e., cause the text to be ignored). + (delete-region texinfo-command-start + (progn (re-search-forward "@end ifclear[ \t]*\n") + (point)))) + ((eq (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-whether-setp) + 'flag-cleared) + ;; Format the text (i.e., do not remove it); do nothing here. + ()) + ((eq (get (car (read-from-string arg)) 'texinfo-whether-setp) + nil) + ;; In this case flag is neither set nor cleared. + ;; Act as if clear, i.e. do nothing. + ())))) + + +;;; @ifeq + +(put 'ifeq 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-ifeq) +(defun texinfo-format-ifeq () + "If ARG1 and ARG2 caselessly string compare to same string, performs COMMAND. +Otherwise produces no output. + +Thus: + @ifeq{ arg1 , arg1 , @code{foo}} bar + + ==> `foo' bar. +but + @ifeq{ arg1 , arg2 , @code{foo}} bar + + ==> bar + +Note that the Texinfo command and its arguments must be arguments to +the @ifeq command." + ;; compare-buffer-substrings does not exist in version 18; don't use + (goto-char texinfo-command-end) + (let* ((case-fold-search t) + (stop (save-excursion (forward-sexp 1) (point))) + start end + ;; @ifeq{arg1, arg2, @command{optional-args}} + (arg1 + (progn + (forward-char 1) + (skip-chars-forward " ") + (setq start (point)) + (search-forward "," stop t) + (skip-chars-backward ", ") + (buffer-substring start (point)))) + (arg2 + (progn + (search-forward "," stop t) + (skip-chars-forward " ") + (setq start (point)) + (search-forward "," stop t) + (skip-chars-backward ", ") + (buffer-substring start (point)))) + (texinfo-command + (progn + (search-forward "," stop t) + (skip-chars-forward " ") + (setq start (point)) + (goto-char (1- stop)) + (skip-chars-backward " ") + (buffer-substring start (point))))) + (delete-region texinfo-command-start stop) + (if (equal arg1 arg2) + (insert texinfo-command)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start))) + + +;;; Process included files: `@include' command + +;; Updated 19 October 1990 +;; In the original version, include files were ignored by Info but +;; incorporated in to the printed manual. To make references to the +;; included file, the Texinfo source file has to refer to the included +;; files using the `(filename)nodename' format for referring to other +;; Info files. Also, the included files had to be formatted on their +;; own. It was just like they were another file. + +;; Currently, include files are inserted into the buffer that is +;; formatted for Info. If large, the resulting info file is split and +;; tagified. For current include files to work, the master menu must +;; refer to all the nodes, and the highest level nodes in the include +;; files must have the correct next, prev, and up pointers. + +;; The included file may have an @setfilename and even an @settitle, +;; but not an `\input texinfo' line. + +;; Updated 24 March 1993 +;; In order for @raisesections and @lowersections to work, included +;; files must be inserted into the buffer holding the outer file +;; before other Info formatting takes place. So @include is no longer +;; is treated like other @-commands. +(put 'include 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) + +;; Original definition: +;; (defun texinfo-format-include () +;; (let ((filename (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) +;; (default-directory input-directory) +;; subindex) +;; (setq subindex +;; (save-excursion +;; (progn (find-file +;; (cond ((file-readable-p (concat filename ".texinfo")) +;; (concat filename ".texinfo")) +;; ((file-readable-p (concat filename ".texi")) +;; (concat filename ".texi")) +;; ((file-readable-p (concat filename ".tex")) +;; (concat filename ".tex")) +;; ((file-readable-p filename) +;; filename) +;; (t (error "@include'd file %s not found" +;; filename)))) +;; (texinfo-format-buffer-1)))) +;; (texinfo-subindex 'texinfo-vindex (car subindex) (nth 1 subindex)) +;; (texinfo-subindex 'texinfo-findex (car subindex) (nth 2 subindex)) +;; (texinfo-subindex 'texinfo-cindex (car subindex) (nth 3 subindex)) +;; (texinfo-subindex 'texinfo-pindex (car subindex) (nth 4 subindex)) +;; (texinfo-subindex 'texinfo-tindex (car subindex) (nth 5 subindex)) +;; (texinfo-subindex 'texinfo-kindex (car subindex) (nth 6 subindex)))) +;; +;;(defun texinfo-subindex (indexvar file content) +;; (set indexvar (cons (list 'recurse file content) +;; (symbol-value indexvar)))) + +;; Second definition: +;; (put 'include 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-include) +;; (defun texinfo-format-include () +;; (let ((filename (concat input-directory +;; (texinfo-parse-arg-discard))) +;; (default-directory input-directory)) +;; (message "Reading: %s" filename) +;; (save-excursion +;; (save-restriction +;; (narrow-to-region +;; (point) +;; (+ (point) (car (cdr (insert-file-contents filename))))) +;; (goto-char (point-min)) +;; (texinfo-append-refill) +;; (texinfo-format-convert (point-min) (point-max)))) +;; (setq last-input-buffer input-buffer) ; to bypass setfilename +;; )) + + +;;; Numerous commands do nothing in Info +;; These commands are defined in texinfo.tex for printed output. + + +;;; various noops, such as @b{foo}, that take arguments in braces + +(put 'b 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) +(put 'i 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) +(put 'r 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) +(put 't 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) +(put 'w 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) +(put 'asis 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) +(put 'dmn 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) +(put 'math 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) +(put 'titlefont 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-format-noop) +(defun texinfo-format-noop () + (insert (texinfo-parse-arg-discard)) + (goto-char texinfo-command-start)) + +;; @hyphenation command discards an argument within braces +(put 'hyphenation 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-command-and-arg) +(defun texinfo-discard-command-and-arg () + "Discard both @-command and its argument in braces." + (goto-char texinfo-command-end) + (forward-list 1) + (setq texinfo-command-end (point)) + (delete-region texinfo-command-start texinfo-command-end)) + + +;;; Do nothing commands, such as @smallbook, that have no args and no braces +;; These must appear on a line of their own + +(put 'bye 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) +(put 'smallbook 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) +(put 'finalout 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) +(put 'overfullrule 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) +(put 'smallbreak 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) +(put 'medbreak 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) +(put 'bigbreak 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line) + + +;;; These noop commands discard the rest of the line. + +(put 'c 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'comment 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'contents 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'group 'texinfo-end 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'group 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'headings 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'setchapterstyle 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'hsize 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'itemindent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'lispnarrowing 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'need 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'nopara 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'page 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'parindent 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'setchapternewpage 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'setq 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'settitle 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'setx 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'shortcontents 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'shorttitlepage 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'summarycontents 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'input 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) +(put 'dircategory 'texinfo-format 'texinfo-discard-line-with-args) + + +;;; Some commands cannot be handled + +(defun texinfo-unsupported () + (error "%s is not handled by texinfo" + (buffer-substring texinfo-command-start texinfo-command-end))) + +;;; Batch formatting + +(defun batch-texinfo-format () + "Runs texinfo-format-buffer on the files remaining on the command line. +Must be used only with -batch, and kills emacs on completion. +Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. +For example, invoke + \"emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format $docs/ ~/*.texinfo\"." + (if (not noninteractive) + (error "batch-texinfo-format may only be used -batch.")) + (let ((version-control t) + (auto-save-default nil) + (find-file-run-dired nil) + (kept-old-versions 259259) + (kept-new-versions 259259)) + (let ((error 0) + file + (files ())) + (while command-line-args-left + (setq file (expand-file-name (car command-line-args-left))) + (cond ((not (file-exists-p file)) + (message ">> %s does not exist!" file) + (setq error 1 + command-line-args-left (cdr command-line-args-left))) + ((file-directory-p file) + (setq command-line-args-left + (nconc (directory-files file) + (cdr command-line-args-left)))) + (t + (setq files (cons file files) + command-line-args-left (cdr command-line-args-left))))) + (while files + (setq file (car files) + files (cdr files)) + (condition-case err + (progn + (if buffer-file-name (kill-buffer (current-buffer))) + (find-file file) + (buffer-disable-undo (current-buffer)) + (set-buffer-modified-p nil) + (texinfo-mode) + (message "texinfo formatting %s..." file) + (texinfo-format-buffer nil) + (if (buffer-modified-p) + (progn (message "Saving modified %s" (buffer-file-name)) + (save-buffer)))) + (error + (message ">> Error: %s" (prin1-to-string err)) + (message ">> point at") + (let ((s (buffer-substring (point) + (min (+ (point) 100) + (point-max)))) + (tem 0)) + (while (setq tem (string-match "\n+" s tem)) + (setq s (concat (substring s 0 (match-beginning 0)) + "\n>> " + (substring s (match-end 0))) + tem (1+ tem))) + (message ">> %s" s)) + (setq error 1)))) + (kill-emacs error)))) + + +;;; Place `provide' at end of file. +(provide 'texinfmt) + +;;; texinfmt.el ends here. diff --git a/texinfo/emacs/texinfo.el b/texinfo/emacs/texinfo.el new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0a1ab13401e --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/emacs/texinfo.el @@ -0,0 +1,932 @@ +;;; texinfo.el--major mode for editing Texinfo files. + +;; Copyright (C) 1985, '88, '89, '90, '91, +;; '92, '93, '96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +;; Author: Robert J. Chassell +;; Date: 6 Sep 1996 +;; Maintainer: bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu +;; Keywords: maint, tex, docs + +;; This file is part of GNU Emacs. + +;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +;; any later version. + +;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +;; GNU General Public License for more details. + +;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the +;; Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + +;;; Autoloads: + +(autoload 'makeinfo-region + "makeinfo" + "Make Info file from region of current Texinfo file, and switch to it. + +This command does not offer the `next-error' feature since it would +apply to a temporary file, not the original; use the `makeinfo-buffer' +command to gain use of `next-error'." + t nil) + +(autoload 'makeinfo-buffer + "makeinfo" + "Make Info file from current buffer. + +Use the \\[next-error] command to move to the next error +\(if there are errors\)." + t nil) + +(autoload 'kill-compilation + "compile" + "Kill the process made by the \\[compile] command." + t nil) + +(autoload 'makeinfo-recenter-compilation-buffer + "makeinfo" + "Redisplay `*compilation*' buffer so most recent output can be seen. +The last line of the buffer is displayed on +line LINE of the window, or centered if LINE is nil." + t nil) + +(autoload 'texinfo-update-node + "texnfo-upd" + "Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. +Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the +marked region. + +The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their +keybindings, are: + + texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-update-node] + texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update] + texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p) + + texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu] + texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] + texinfo-master-menu () + + texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) + +The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to +which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." + t nil) + +(autoload 'texinfo-every-node-update + "texnfo-upd" + "Update every node in a Texinfo file." + t nil) + +(autoload 'texinfo-sequential-node-update + "texnfo-upd" + "Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers. + +This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the +immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or +lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or +`p' takes you straight through the file. + +Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. +Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the +marked region. + +This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and +subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant +to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the +Info `g*' command is inadequate." + t nil) + +(autoload 'texinfo-make-menu + "texnfo-upd" + "Without any prefix argument, make or update a menu. +Make the menu for the section enclosing the node found following point. + +Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means make or update menus +for nodes within or part of the marked region. + +Whenever a menu exists, and is being updated, the descriptions that +are associated with node names in the pre-existing menu are +incorporated into the new menu. Otherwise, the nodes' section titles +are inserted as descriptions." + t nil) + +(autoload 'texinfo-all-menus-update + "texnfo-upd" + "Update every regular menu in a Texinfo file. +Remove pre-existing master menu, if there is one. + +If called with a non-nil argument, this function first updates all the +nodes in the buffer before updating the menus." + t nil) + +(autoload 'texinfo-master-menu + "texnfo-upd" + "Make a master menu for a whole Texinfo file. +Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means first update all +existing nodes and menus. Remove pre-existing master menu, if there is one. + +This function creates a master menu that follows the top node. The +master menu includes every entry from all the other menus. It +replaces any existing ordinary menu that follows the top node. + +If called with a non-nil argument, this function first updates all the +menus in the buffer (incorporating descriptions from pre-existing +menus) before it constructs the master menu. + +The function removes the detailed part of an already existing master +menu. This action depends on the pre-existing master menu using the +standard `texinfo-master-menu-header'. + +The master menu has the following format, which is adapted from the +recommendation in the Texinfo Manual: + + * The first part contains the major nodes in the Texinfo file: the + nodes for the chapters, chapter-like sections, and the major + appendices. This includes the indices, so long as they are in + chapter-like sections, such as unnumbered sections. + + * The second and subsequent parts contain a listing of the other, + lower level menus, in order. This way, an inquirer can go + directly to a particular node if he or she is searching for + specific information. + +Each of the menus in the detailed node listing is introduced by the +title of the section containing the menu." + t nil) + +(autoload 'texinfo-indent-menu-description + "texnfo-upd" + "Indent every description in menu following point to COLUMN. +Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means indent every +description in every menu in the region. Does not indent second and +subsequent lines of a multi-line description." + t nil) + +(autoload 'texinfo-insert-node-lines + "texnfo-upd" + "Insert missing `@node' lines in region of Texinfo file. +Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means also to insert the +section titles as node names; and also to insert the section titles as +node names in pre-existing @node lines that lack names." + t nil) + +(autoload 'texinfo-start-menu-description + "texnfo-upd" + "In this menu entry, insert the node's section title as a description. +Position point at beginning of description ready for editing. +Do not insert a title if the line contains an existing description. + +You will need to edit the inserted text since a useful description +complements the node name rather than repeats it as a title does." + t nil) + +(autoload 'texinfo-multiple-files-update + "texnfo-upd" + "Update first node pointers in each file included in OUTER-FILE; +create or update main menu in the outer file that refers to such nodes. +This does not create or update menus or pointers within the included files. + +With optional MAKE-MASTER-MENU argument (prefix arg, if interactive), +insert a master menu in OUTER-FILE. This does not create or update +menus or pointers within the included files. + +With optional UPDATE-EVERYTHING argument (numeric prefix arg, if +interactive), update all the menus and all the `Next', `Previous', and +`Up' pointers of all the files included in OUTER-FILE before inserting +a master menu in OUTER-FILE. + +The command also updates the `Top' level node pointers of OUTER-FILE. + +Notes: + + * this command does NOT save any files--you must save the + outer file and any modified, included files. + + * except for the `Top' node, this command does NOT handle any + pre-existing nodes in the outer file; hence, indices must be + enclosed in an included file. + +Requirements: + + * each of the included files must contain exactly one highest + hierarchical level node, + * this highest node must be the first node in the included file, + * each highest hierarchical level node must be of the same type. + +Thus, normally, each included file contains one, and only one, +chapter." + t nil) + + +;;; Code: + +;;; Don't you dare insert any `require' calls at top level in this file--rms. + +;;; Syntax table + +(defvar texinfo-mode-syntax-table nil) + +(if texinfo-mode-syntax-table + nil + (setq texinfo-mode-syntax-table (make-syntax-table)) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\" " " texinfo-mode-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\\ " " texinfo-mode-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?@ "\\" texinfo-mode-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\^q "\\" texinfo-mode-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\[ "(]" texinfo-mode-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\] ")[" texinfo-mode-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?{ "(}" texinfo-mode-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?} "){" texinfo-mode-syntax-table) + (modify-syntax-entry ?\' "w" texinfo-mode-syntax-table)) + +;; Written by Wolfgang Bangerth <zcg51122@rpool1.rus.uni-stuttgart.de> +;; To override this example, set either `imenu-generic-expression' +;; or `imenu-create-index-function'. +(defvar texinfo-imenu-generic-expression + '((nil "^@node[ \t]+\\([^,\n]*\\)" 1) + ("Chapters" "^@chapter[ \t]+\\(.*\\)$" 1)) + + "Imenu generic expression for TexInfo mode. See `imenu-generic-expression'.") + +(defvar texinfo-font-lock-keywords + '(;; All but the first 2 had an OVERRIDE of t. + ;; It didn't seem to be any better, and it's slower--simon. + ("^\\(@c\\|@comment\\)\\>.*" . font-lock-comment-face) ;comments + ;; Robert J. Chassell <bob@gnu.ai.mit.edu> says remove this line. + ;("\\$\\([^$]*\\)\\$" 1 font-lock-string-face t) + ("@\\([a-zA-Z]+\\|[^ \t\n]\\)" 1 font-lock-keyword-face) ;commands + ("^\\*\\(.*\\)[\t ]*$" 1 font-lock-function-name-face t) ;menu items + ("@\\(emph\\|strong\\|b\\|i\\){\\([^}]+\\)" 2 font-lock-comment-face) + ("@\\(file\\|kbd\\|key\\){\\([^}]+\\)" 2 font-lock-string-face) + ("@\\(samp\\|code\\|var\\|math\\){\\([^}]+\\)" + 2 font-lock-variable-name-face) + ("@\\(cite\\|xref\\|pxref\\){\\([^}]+\\)" 2 font-lock-reference-face) + ("@\\(end\\|itemx?\\) +\\(.+\\)" 2 font-lock-function-name-face keep) + ) + "Additional expressions to highlight in TeXinfo mode.") + +(defvar texinfo-section-list + '(("top" 1) + ("majorheading" 1) + ("chapter" 2) + ("unnumbered" 2) + ("appendix" 2) + ("chapheading" 2) + ("section" 3) + ("unnumberedsec" 3) + ("appendixsec" 3) + ("heading" 3) + ("subsection" 4) + ("unnumberedsubsec" 4) + ("appendixsubsec" 4) + ("subheading" 4) + ("subsubsection" 5) + ("unnumberedsubsubsec" 5) + ("appendixsubsubsec" 5) + ("subsubheading" 5)) + "Alist of sectioning commands and their relative level.") + +(defun texinfo-outline-level () + ;; Calculate level of current texinfo outline heading. + (save-excursion + (if (bobp) + 0 + (forward-char 1) + (let* ((word (buffer-substring-no-properties + (point) (progn (forward-word 1) (point)))) + (entry (assoc word texinfo-section-list))) + (if entry + (nth 1 entry) + 5))))) + + +;;; Keybindings +(defvar texinfo-mode-map nil) + +;;; Keys common both to Texinfo mode and to TeX shell. + +(defun texinfo-define-common-keys (keymap) + "Define the keys both in Texinfo mode and in the texinfo-tex-shell." + (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-k" 'tex-kill-job) + (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-x" 'texinfo-quit-job) + (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-l" 'tex-recenter-output-buffer) + (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-d" 'texinfo-delete-from-print-queue) + (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-q" 'tex-show-print-queue) + (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-p" 'texinfo-tex-print) + (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-i" 'texinfo-texindex) + + (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-r" 'texinfo-tex-region) + (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-b" 'texinfo-tex-buffer)) + +;; Mode documentation displays commands in reverse order +;; from how they are listed in the texinfo-mode-map. + +(if texinfo-mode-map + nil + (setq texinfo-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap)) + + ;; bindings for `texnfo-tex.el' + (texinfo-define-common-keys texinfo-mode-map) + + ;; bindings for `makeinfo.el' + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-m\C-k" 'kill-compilation) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-m\C-l" + 'makeinfo-recenter-compilation-buffer) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-m\C-r" 'makeinfo-region) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-m\C-b" 'makeinfo-buffer) + + ;; bindings for `texinfmt.el' + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-e\C-r" 'texinfo-format-region) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-e\C-b" 'texinfo-format-buffer) + + ;; bindings for updating nodes and menus + + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-um" 'texinfo-master-menu) + + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-u\C-m" 'texinfo-make-menu) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-u\C-n" 'texinfo-update-node) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-u\C-e" 'texinfo-every-node-update) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-u\C-a" 'texinfo-all-menus-update) + + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-s" 'texinfo-show-structure) + + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c}" 'up-list) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c]" 'up-list) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c{" 'texinfo-insert-braces) + + ;; bindings for inserting strings + + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-c\C-d" 'texinfo-start-menu-description) + + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cv" 'texinfo-insert-@var) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-ct" 'texinfo-insert-@table) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cs" 'texinfo-insert-@samp) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-co" 'texinfo-insert-@noindent) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cn" 'texinfo-insert-@node) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-ck" 'texinfo-insert-@kbd) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-ci" 'texinfo-insert-@item) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cf" 'texinfo-insert-@file) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cx" 'texinfo-insert-@example) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-ce" 'texinfo-insert-@end) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cd" 'texinfo-insert-@dfn) + (define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cc" 'texinfo-insert-@code)) + + +;;; Texinfo mode + +(defvar texinfo-chapter-level-regexp + "chapter\\|unnumbered \\|appendix \\|majorheading\\|chapheading" + "Regular expression matching Texinfo chapter-level headings. +This does not match `@node' and does not match the `@top' command.") + +;;;###autoload +(defun texinfo-mode () + "Major mode for editing Texinfo files. + + It has these extra commands: +\\{texinfo-mode-map} + + These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals +and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or +the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and +modified version of TeX input format. + + Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is +set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see +what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like, +use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region. + + You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure]. +This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the +lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like. +These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window. +In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and +use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot +in the Texinfo file. + + In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various +frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these +commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with +\\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to +move forward past the closing brace. + +Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or +updating menus and node pointers. These functions + + * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, + * insert or update the menu for a section, and + * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. + +Here are the functions: + + texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node] + texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update] + texinfo-sequential-node-update + + texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu] + texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] + texinfo-master-menu + + texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) + +The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to +which menu descriptions are indented. + +Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the +`texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs +in the region. + +To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file +hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the +Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an +`@chapter' or `@section' line. + +If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and +be the first node in the file. + +Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of text-mode-hook, and then the +value of texinfo-mode-hook." + (interactive) + (text-mode) + (setq mode-name "Texinfo") + (setq major-mode 'texinfo-mode) + (use-local-map texinfo-mode-map) + (set-syntax-table texinfo-mode-syntax-table) + (make-local-variable 'page-delimiter) + (setq page-delimiter + (concat + "^@node [ \t]*[Tt]op\\|^@\\(" + texinfo-chapter-level-regexp + "\\)")) + (make-local-variable 'require-final-newline) + (setq require-final-newline t) + (make-local-variable 'indent-tabs-mode) + (setq indent-tabs-mode nil) + (make-local-variable 'paragraph-separate) + (setq paragraph-separate (concat "^\b\\|^@[a-zA-Z]*[ \n]\\|" paragraph-separate)) + (make-local-variable 'paragraph-start) + (setq paragraph-start (concat "^\b\\|^@[a-zA-Z]*[ \n]\\|" paragraph-start)) + (make-local-variable 'fill-column) + (setq fill-column 72) + (make-local-variable 'comment-start) + (setq comment-start "@c ") + (make-local-variable 'comment-start-skip) + (setq comment-start-skip "@c +") + (make-local-variable 'words-include-escapes) + (setq words-include-escapes t) + (make-local-variable 'imenu-generic-expression) + (setq imenu-generic-expression texinfo-imenu-generic-expression) + (make-local-variable 'font-lock-defaults) + (setq font-lock-defaults '(texinfo-font-lock-keywords t)) + (make-local-variable 'outline-regexp) + (setq outline-regexp + (concat "@\\(" + (mapconcat 'car texinfo-section-list "\\>\\|") + "\\>\\)")) + (make-local-variable 'outline-level) + (setq outline-level 'texinfo-outline-level) + (make-local-variable 'tex-start-of-header) + (setq tex-start-of-header "%**start") + (make-local-variable 'tex-end-of-header) + (setq tex-end-of-header "%**end") + (run-hooks 'text-mode-hook 'texinfo-mode-hook)) + + +;;; Insert string commands + +;; Keep as concatinated lists for ease of maintenance +(defconst texinfo-environment-regexp + (concat + "^@" + "\\(" + "cartouche\\|" + "display\\|" + "end\\|" + "enumerate\\|" + "example\\|" + "f?table\\|" + "flushleft\\|" + "flushright\\|" + "format\\|" + "group\\|" + "ifhtml\\|" + "ifinfo\\|" + "iftex\\|" + "ignore\\|" + "itemize\\|" + "lisp\\|" + "macro\\|" + "multitable\\|" + "quotation\\|" + "smallexample\\|" + "smalllisp\\|" + "tex" + "\\)") + "Regexp for environment-like TexInfo list commands. + Subexpression 1 is what goes into the corresponding `@end' statement.") + +;; The following texinfo-insert-@end command not only inserts a SPC +;; after the @end, but tries to find out what belongs there. It is +;; not very smart: it does not understand nested lists. + +(defun texinfo-insert-@end () + "Insert the matching `@end' for the last Texinfo command that needs one." + (interactive) + (let ((depth 1) string) + (save-excursion + (while (and (> depth 0) + (re-search-backward texinfo-environment-regexp nil t) + (if (looking-at "@end") + (setq depth (1+ depth)) + (setq depth (1- depth))))) + (looking-at texinfo-environment-regexp) + (if (zerop depth) + (setq string + (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) + (match-end 1))))) + (insert "@end ") + (if string (insert string "\n")))) + +;; The following insert commands accept a prefix arg N, which is the +;; number of words (actually s-exprs) that should be surrounded by +;; braces. Thus you can first paste a variable name into a .texinfo +;; buffer, then say C-u 1 C-c C-c v at the beginning of the just +;; pasted variable name to put @var{...} *around* the variable name. +;; Operate on previous word or words with negative arg. + +;; These commands use texinfo-insert-@-with-arg +(defun texinfo-insert-@-with-arg (string &optional arg) + (if arg + (progn + (setq arg (prefix-numeric-value arg)) + (if (< arg 0) + (progn + (skip-chars-backward " \t\n\r\f") + (save-excursion + (forward-sexp arg) + (insert "@" string "{")) + (insert "}")) + (skip-chars-forward " \t\n\r\f") + (insert "@" string "{") + (forward-sexp arg) + (insert "}"))) + (insert "@" string "{}") + (backward-char))) + +(defun texinfo-insert-braces () + "Make a pair of braces and be poised to type inside of them. +Use \\[up-list] to move forward out of the braces." + (interactive) + (insert "{}") + (backward-char)) + +(defun texinfo-insert-@code (&optional arg) + "Insert a `@code{...}' command in a Texinfo buffer. +A numeric argument says how many words the braces should surround. +The default is not to surround any existing words with the braces." + (interactive "P") + (texinfo-insert-@-with-arg "code" arg)) + +(defun texinfo-insert-@dfn (&optional arg) + "Insert a `@dfn{...}' command in a Texinfo buffer. +A numeric argument says how many words the braces should surround. +The default is not to surround any existing words with the braces." + (interactive "P") + (texinfo-insert-@-with-arg "dfn" arg)) + +(defun texinfo-insert-@example () + "Insert the string `@example' in a Texinfo buffer." + (interactive) + (insert "@example\n")) + +(defun texinfo-insert-@file (&optional arg) + "Insert a `@file{...}' command in a Texinfo buffer. +A numeric argument says how many words the braces should surround. +The default is not to surround any existing words with the braces." + (interactive "P") + (texinfo-insert-@-with-arg "file" arg)) + +(defun texinfo-insert-@item () + "Insert the string `@item' in a Texinfo buffer." + (interactive) + (insert "@item") + (newline)) + +(defun texinfo-insert-@kbd (&optional arg) + "Insert a `@kbd{...}' command in a Texinfo buffer. +A numeric argument says how many words the braces should surround. +The default is not to surround any existing words with the braces." + (interactive "P") + (texinfo-insert-@-with-arg "kbd" arg)) + +(defun texinfo-insert-@node () + "Insert the string `@node' in a Texinfo buffer. +This also inserts on the following line a comment indicating +the order of arguments to @node." + (interactive) + (insert "@node \n@comment node-name, next, previous, up") + (forward-line -1) + (forward-char 6)) + +(defun texinfo-insert-@noindent () + "Insert the string `@noindent' in a Texinfo buffer." + (interactive) + (insert "@noindent\n")) + +(defun texinfo-insert-@samp (&optional arg) + "Insert a `@samp{...}' command in a Texinfo buffer. +A numeric argument says how many words the braces should surround. +The default is not to surround any existing words with the braces." + (interactive "P") + (texinfo-insert-@-with-arg "samp" arg)) + +(defun texinfo-insert-@table (&optional arg) + "Insert the string `@table' in a Texinfo buffer." + (interactive "P") + (insert "@table ")) + +(defun texinfo-insert-@var (&optional arg) + "Insert a `@var{}' command in a Texinfo buffer. +A numeric argument says how many words the braces should surround. +The default is not to surround any existing words with the braces." + (interactive "P") + (texinfo-insert-@-with-arg "var" arg)) + +;;; Texinfo file structure + +;; These are defined in texnfo-upd.el. +;; texinfo-section-types-regexp +;; texinfo-section-level-regexp +;; texinfo-subsection-level-regexp +;; texinfo-subsubsection-level-regexp + +;; `texinfo-show-structure' requires texnfo-upd.el +(defun texinfo-show-structure (&optional nodes-too) + "Show the structure of a Texinfo file. +List the lines in the file that begin with the @-sign commands for +@chapter, @section, and the like. + +With optional argument (prefix if interactive), list both the lines +with @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like, and list +@node lines. + +Lines with structuring commands beginning in them are displayed in +another buffer named `*Occur*'. In that buffer, you can move point to +one of those lines and then use \\<occur-mode-map>\\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], +to jump to the corresponding spot in the Texinfo source file." + + (interactive "P") + (require 'texnfo-upd) + (save-excursion + (goto-char (point-min)) + (if nodes-too + (occur (concat "\\(^@node\\)\\|" texinfo-section-types-regexp)) + (occur texinfo-section-types-regexp))) + (pop-to-buffer "*Occur*") + (goto-char (point-min)) + (flush-lines "-----") + ;; Now format the "*Occur*" buffer to show the structure. + ;; Thanks to ceder@signum.se (Per Cederqvist) + (goto-char (point-max)) + (let ((margin 5)) + (while (re-search-backward "^ *[0-9]*:" nil 0) + (re-search-forward ":") + (setq margin + (cond + ((looking-at + (concat "@\\(" texinfo-chapter-level-regexp "\\)")) 5) + ;; ((looking-at "@chapter ") 5) + ;; ((looking-at "@unnumbered ") 5) + ;; ((looking-at "@appendix ") 5) + ;; ((looking-at "@majorheading ") 5) + ;; ((looking-at "@chapheading ") 5) + + ((looking-at + (concat "@\\(" texinfo-section-level-regexp "\\)")) 9) + ;; ((looking-at "@section ") 9) + ;; ((looking-at "@unnumberedsec ") 9) + ;; ((looking-at "@appendixsec ") 9) + ;; ((looking-at "@heading ") 9) + + ((looking-at + (concat "@\\(" texinfo-subsection-level-regexp "\\)")) 13) + ;; ((looking-at "@subsection ") 13) + ;; ((looking-at "@unnumberedsubsec ") 13) + ;; ((looking-at "@appendixsubsec ") 13) + ;; ((looking-at "@subheading ") 13) + + ((looking-at + (concat "@\\(" texinfo-subsubsection-level-regexp "\\)")) 17) + ;; ((looking-at "@subsubsection ") 17) + ;; ((looking-at "@unnumberedsubsubsec ") 17) + ;; ((looking-at "@appendixsubsubsec ") 17) + ;; ((looking-at "@subsubheading ") 17) + (t margin))) + (indent-to-column margin) + (beginning-of-line)))) + +;;; The tex and print function definitions: + +(defvar texinfo-texi2dvi-command "texi2dvi" + "*Command used by `texinfo-tex-buffer' to run TeX and texindex on a buffer.") + +(defvar texinfo-tex-command "tex" + "*Command used by `texinfo-tex-region' to run TeX on a region.") + +(defvar texinfo-texindex-command "texindex" + "*Command used by `texinfo-texindex' to sort unsorted index files.") + +(defvar texinfo-delete-from-print-queue-command "lprm" + "*Command string used to delete a job from the line printer queue. +Command is used by \\[texinfo-delete-from-print-queue] based on +number provided by a previous \\[tex-show-print-queue] +command.") + +(defvar texinfo-tex-trailer "@bye" + "String appended after a region sent to TeX by `texinfo-tex-region'.") + +(defun texinfo-tex-region (beg end) + "Run TeX on the current region. +This works by writing a temporary file (`tex-zap-file') in the directory +that is the value of `tex-directory', then running TeX on that file. + +The first line of the buffer is copied to the +temporary file; and if the buffer has a header, it is written to the +temporary file before the region itself. The buffer's header is all lines +between the strings defined by `tex-start-of-header' and `tex-end-of-header' +inclusive. The header must start in the first 100 lines. + +The value of `texinfo-tex-trailer' is appended to the temporary file after the region." + (interactive "r") + (require 'tex-mode) + (if (get-buffer "*tex-shell*") + (tex-kill-job) + (tex-start-shell)) + (or tex-zap-file (setq tex-zap-file (make-temp-name "#tz"))) + (let ((tex-out-file (concat tex-zap-file ".tex")) + (temp-buffer (get-buffer-create " tex-Output-Buffer")) + (zap-directory + (file-name-as-directory (expand-file-name tex-directory)))) + (save-excursion + (save-restriction + (widen) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (forward-line 100) + (let ((search-end (point)) + (hbeg (point-min)) (hend (point-min)) + (default-directory zap-directory)) + (goto-char (point-min)) + + ;; Copy first line, the `\input texinfo' line, to temp file + (write-region (point) + (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point)) + tex-out-file nil nil) + + ;; Don't copy first line twice if region includes it. + (forward-line 1) + (if (< beg (point)) (setq beg (point))) + + ;; Initialize the temp file with either the header or nothing + (if (search-forward tex-start-of-header search-end t) + (progn + (beginning-of-line) + (setq hbeg (point)) ; Mark beginning of header. + (if (search-forward tex-end-of-header nil t) + (progn (beginning-of-line) + (setq hend (point))) ; Mark end of header. + (setq hbeg (point-min))))) ; Else no header. + + ;; Copy header to temp file. + (write-region (min hbeg beg) hend tex-out-file t nil) + + ;; Copy region to temp file. + (write-region (max beg hend) end tex-out-file t nil)) + + ;; This is a kludge to insert the tex-trailer into the tex-out-file. + ;; We have to create a special buffer in which to insert + ;; the tex-trailer first because there is no function with + ;; which to append a literal string directly to a file. + (let ((local-tex-trailer texinfo-tex-trailer)) + (set-buffer temp-buffer) + (erase-buffer) + ;; make sure trailer isn't hidden by a comment + (insert-string "\n") + (if local-tex-trailer (insert-string local-tex-trailer)) + (tex-set-buffer-directory temp-buffer zap-directory) + (write-region (point-min) (point-max) tex-out-file t nil)) + +;;; The following is sufficient in Emacs 19. +;;; (write-region (concat "\n" texinfo-tex-trailer) nil +;;; tex-out-file t nil) + )) + + (tex-set-buffer-directory "*tex-shell*" zap-directory) + (tex-send-command tex-shell-cd-command zap-directory) + (tex-send-command texinfo-tex-command tex-out-file) + ;; alternatively: + ;; (send-string "tex-shell" (concat tex-shell-cd-command " " + ;; zap-directory "\n")) + ;; (send-string "tex-shell" (concat texinfo-tex-command " " + ;; tex-out-file "\n")) + (tex-recenter-output-buffer 0))) + +(defun texinfo-tex-buffer () + "Run TeX on visited file, once or twice, to make a correct `.dvi' file." + (interactive) + + ;; Make sure TeX shell is running. + (require 'tex-mode) + (if (get-buffer "*tex-shell*") + (quit-process (get-process "tex-shell") t) + (tex-start-shell)) + + (cond ((null buffer-file-name) + (error "Buffer not visiting any file!")) + ((buffer-modified-p) + (error "Buffer has been modified since last saved!"))) + + (setq tex-zap-file buffer-file-name) + + (tex-send-command tex-shell-cd-command (file-name-directory tex-zap-file)) + + (tex-send-command texinfo-texi2dvi-command tex-zap-file) + + ;; alternatively: + ;; (send-string "tex-shell" + ;; (concat tex-shell-cd-command + ;; " " (file-name-directory tex-zap-file) "\n")) + ;; ) + ;; + ;; (send-string "tex-shell" + ;; (concat texinfo-texi2dvi-command " " tex-zap-file "\n")) + + + (tex-recenter-output-buffer 0)) + +(defun texinfo-texindex () + "Run `texindex' on unsorted index files. +The index files are made by \\[texinfo-tex-region] or \\[texinfo-tex-buffer]. +This runs the shell command defined by `texinfo-texindex-command'." + (interactive) + (require 'tex-mode) + (tex-send-command texinfo-texindex-command (concat tex-zap-file ".??")) + ;; alternatively + ;; (send-string "tex-shell" + ;; (concat texinfo-texindex-command + ;; " " tex-zap-file ".??" "\n")) + (tex-recenter-output-buffer nil)) + +(defun texinfo-tex-print () + "Print `.dvi' file made by \\[texinfo-tex-region] or \\[texinfo-tex-buffer]. +This runs the shell command defined by `tex-dvi-print-command'." + (interactive) + (require 'tex-mode) + (tex-send-command tex-dvi-print-command (concat tex-zap-file ".dvi")) + ;; alternatively: + ;; (send-string "tex-shell" + ;; (concat tex-dvi-print-command + ;; " " tex-zap-file ".dvi" "\n")) + (tex-recenter-output-buffer nil)) + +(defun texinfo-quit-job () + "Quit currently running TeX job, by sending an `x' to it." + (interactive) + (if (not (get-process "tex-shell")) + (error "No TeX shell running")) + (tex-send-command "x")) +;; alternatively: +;; save-excursion +;; (set-buffer (get-buffer "*tex-shell*")) +;; (goto-char (point-max)) +;; (insert "x") +;; (comint-send-input) + +(defun texinfo-delete-from-print-queue (job-number) + "Delete job from the line printer spooling queue. +You are prompted for the job number (use a number shown by a previous +\\[tex-show-print-queue] command)." + (interactive "nPrinter job number for deletion: ") + (require 'tex-mode) + (if (tex-shell-running) + (tex-kill-job) + (tex-start-shell)) + (tex-send-command texinfo-delete-from-print-queue-command job-number) + ;; alternatively + ;; (send-string "tex-shell" + ;; (concat + ;; texinfo-delete-from-print-queue-command + ;; " " + ;; job-number"\n")) + (tex-recenter-output-buffer nil)) + +(provide 'texinfo) + +;;; texinfo.el ends here diff --git a/texinfo/emacs/texnfo-tex.el b/texinfo/emacs/texnfo-tex.el new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..225ea685c04 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/emacs/texnfo-tex.el @@ -0,0 +1,346 @@ +;;;; texnfo-tex.el + +;;; Texinfo mode TeX and hardcopy printing commands. + +;; These commands are for running TeX on a region of a Texinfo file in +;; GNU Emacs, or on the whole buffer, and for printing the resulting +;; DVI file. + +;;; Version 2.07 22 October 1991 +;;; Robert J. Chassell +;;; Please send bug reports to: bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu + +;;; Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + +;;; This file is part of GNU Emacs. + +;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +;; any later version. + +;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +;; GNU General Public License for more details. + +;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to +;; Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, + + +;;; The Texinfo mode TeX related commands are: + +; texinfo-tex-region to run tex on the current region. +; texinfo-tex-buffer to run tex on the current buffer. +; texinfo-texindex to sort unsorted index files. +; texinfo-tex-print to print the .dvi file made by tex. +; texinfo-kill-tex-job to kill the currently running tex job. +; texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer to redisplay tex output buffer. +; texinfo-show-tex-print-queue to show the print queue. + + +;;; Keys common both to Texinfo mode and to TeX shell. + +;; Defined in `texinfo.el' +; (defun texinfo-define-common-keys (keymap) +; "Define the keys both in Texinfo mode and in the texinfo-tex-shell." +; (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-k" 'texinfo-kill-tex-job) +; (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-x" 'texinfo-quit-tex-job) +; (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-l" 'texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer) +; (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-d" 'texinfo-delete-from-tex-print-queue) +; (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-q" 'texinfo-show-tex-print-queue) +; (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-p" 'texinfo-tex-print) +; (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-i" 'texinfo-texindex) +; (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-r" 'texinfo-tex-region) +; (define-key keymap "\C-c\C-t\C-b" 'texinfo-tex-buffer)) + +;; See also texinfo-tex-start-shell. +;; The following is executed in the `texinfo.el' file +;(texinfo-define-common-keys texinfo-mode-map) + + +;;; Variable definitions: + +(require 'shell) + +(defvar texinfo-tex-shell-cd-command "cd" + "Command to give to shell running TeX to change directory.") + +(defvar texinfo-tex-command "tex" + "*Command used by texinfo-tex-region to run tex on a region.") + +(defvar texinfo-texindex-command "texindex" + "*Command used by texinfo-texindex to sort unsorted index files.") + +(defvar texinfo-tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" + "*Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.") + +(defvar texinfo-show-tex-queue-command "lpq" + "*Command string used to show the Texinfo TeX print queue. +Command is used by \\[texinfo-show-tex-print-queue] and it +should show the queue that \\[texinfo-tex-print] puts jobs on.") + +(defvar texinfo-delete-from-print-queue-command "lprm" + "*Command string used to delete a job from the line printer queue. +Command is used by \\[texinfo-delete-from-tex-print-queue] based on +number provided by a previous \\[texinfo-show-tex-print-queue] +command.") + +(defvar texinfo-tex-trailer "@bye" + "String appended after a region sent to TeX by texinfo-tex-region.") + +(defvar texinfo-tex-original-file "" + "Original name of file on which to run TeX.") + +(defvar texinfo-tex-temp-file nil + "Temporary file name used for text being sent as input to TeX.") + +(defvar texinfo-tex-root-temp-file nil + "Temporary file name used for text being sent as input to TeX.") + + +;;; Texinfo TeX main functions + +(defun texinfo-tex-region (beginning end) + "Run tex on the current region. + +A temporary file is written in the default directory, and tex is run +in that directory. The first line of the file is copied to the +temporary file; and if the buffer has a header, it is written to the +temporary file before the region itself. The buffer's header is all +lines between the strings defined by texinfo-start-of-header and +texinfo-end-of-header inclusive. The header must start in the first 100 +lines. The value of texinfo-tex-trailer is appended to the temporary file +after the region." + + (interactive "r") + (if (get-buffer "*texinfo-tex-shell*") + (quit-process (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell") t) + (texinfo-tex-start-shell)) + + (setq texinfo-tex-root-temp-file + (expand-file-name + (make-temp-name + (prin1-to-string (read (buffer-name)))))) + + (let ((texinfo-tex-temp-file (concat texinfo-tex-root-temp-file ".tex"))) + (save-excursion + (save-restriction + (widen) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (forward-line 100) + (let ((search-end (point)) + (header-beginning (point-min)) (header-end (point-min))) + (goto-char (point-min)) + ;; Copy first line, the `\input texinfo' line, to temp file + (write-region (point) + (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point)) + texinfo-tex-temp-file nil nil) + ;; Don't copy first line twice if region includes it. + (forward-line 1) + (if (< beginning (point)) (setq beginning (point))) + ;; Initialize the temp file with either the header or nothing + (if (search-forward texinfo-start-of-header search-end t) + (progn + (beginning-of-line) + (setq header-beginning (point)) ; Mark beginning of header. + (if (search-forward texinfo-end-of-header nil t) + (progn (beginning-of-line) + (setq header-end (point))) ; Mark end of header. + (setq header-beginning (point-min))))) ; Else no header. + ;; Copy header to temp file. + (write-region + (min header-beginning beginning ) + header-end + texinfo-tex-temp-file t nil) + ;; Copy region to temp file. + (write-region + (max beginning header-end) + end + texinfo-tex-temp-file t nil) + ;; This is a kludge to insert the texinfo-tex-trailer into the + ;; texinfo-tex-temp-file. We have to create a special buffer + ;; in which to insert the texinfo-tex-trailer first because there is + ;; no function with which to append a literal string directly + ;; to a file. + (let ((local-tex-trailer texinfo-tex-trailer) + (temp-buffer (get-buffer-create " texinfo-trailer-buffer"))) + (set-buffer temp-buffer) + (erase-buffer) + ;; make sure trailer isn't hidden by a comment + (insert-string "\n") + (if local-tex-trailer (insert local-tex-trailer)) + (write-region (point-min) (point-max) + texinfo-tex-temp-file t nil))) + (set-process-sentinel (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell") + 'texinfo-tex-shell-sentinel) + (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell" + (concat texinfo-tex-shell-cd-command " " + default-directory "\n")) + (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell" + (concat texinfo-tex-command " " + texinfo-tex-temp-file "\n ")) + (texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer 0))))) + +(defun texinfo-tex-buffer (buffer) + "Run TeX on current buffer. +After running TeX the first time, you may have to run \\[texinfo-texindex] +and then \\[texinfo-tex-buffer] again." + (interactive + (list + ;; Sometimes you put point into *texinfo-tex-shell*; this prompts + ;; you for the correct file regardless. + (if (and + (string= (buffer-name (current-buffer)) "*texinfo-tex-shell*") + texinfo-tex-root-temp-file) + (read-string (format "Run TeX on: ") + texinfo-tex-original-file) + (read-string (format "Run TeX on: ") (buffer-name (current-buffer)))))) + + ;; Set to original buffer if in *texinfo-tex-shell*; otherwise, + ;; record name of current buffer. + (if (string= (buffer-name (current-buffer)) "*texinfo-tex-shell*") + (set-buffer buffer) + (setq texinfo-tex-original-file + (buffer-name (current-buffer)))) + + (if (get-buffer "*texinfo-tex-shell*") + (quit-process (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell") t) + (texinfo-tex-start-shell)) + (cond ((null buffer-file-name) + (error "Buffer not visiting any file!")) + ((buffer-modified-p) + (error "Buffer has been modified since last saved!")) + (t (set-process-sentinel (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell") + 'texinfo-tex-shell-sentinel) + (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell" + (concat texinfo-tex-shell-cd-command + " " + (file-name-directory + (buffer-file-name + (get-buffer buffer))) + "\n")) + (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell" + (concat texinfo-tex-command " " buffer "\n ")) + + ;; so the texinfo-tex-print command works + (setq texinfo-tex-root-temp-file + (substring buffer 0 + (or (string-match "\\.tex" buffer) + (length buffer)))) + + (texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer 0)))) + +(defun texinfo-texindex () + "Run texindex on unsorted index files. +The index files are made by \\[texinfo-tex-region] or \\[texinfo-tex-buffer]. +Runs the shell command defined by texinfo-texindex-command." + (interactive) + (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell" + (concat texinfo-texindex-command + " " texinfo-tex-root-temp-file ".??" "\n")) + (texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer nil)) + +(defun texinfo-tex-print () + "Print .dvi file made by \\[texinfo-tex-region] or \\[texinfo-tex-buffer]. +Runs the shell command defined by texinfo-tex-dvi-print-command." + (interactive) + (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell" + (concat texinfo-tex-dvi-print-command + " " texinfo-tex-root-temp-file ".dvi" "\n")) + (texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer nil)) + + +;;; Texinfo TeX utility functions + +(defun texinfo-tex-start-shell () + (save-excursion + (require 'texinfo) + (set-buffer (make-shell "texinfo-tex-shell" "/bin/sh" nil "-v")) + (setq texinfo-tex-shell-map (copy-keymap shell-mode-map)) + (texinfo-define-common-keys texinfo-tex-shell-map) + (use-local-map texinfo-tex-shell-map) + (run-hooks 'texinfo-tex-shell-hook) + (if (zerop (buffer-size)) + (sleep-for 1)))) + +(defun texinfo-quit-tex-job () + "Quit currently running TeX job, by sending an `x' to it." + (interactive) + (if (not (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell")) + (error "No TeX shell running.")) + (save-excursion + (set-buffer (get-buffer "*texinfo-tex-shell*")) + (goto-char (point-max)) + (insert "x") + (shell-send-input))) + +(defun texinfo-kill-tex-job () + "Kill the currently running TeX job." + (interactive) + (if (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell") + ;; Use `texinfo-tex-shell-sentinel' to restart + ;; texinfo-tex-shell after it is killed. + (kill-process (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell")))) + +(defun texinfo-tex-shell-sentinel (process event) + "Restart texinfo-tex-shell after it is killed." + (if (equal event "killed\n") + (save-excursion + (set-buffer "*texinfo-tex-shell*") + (insert "\n") + (texinfo-tex-start-shell)))) + +(defun texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer (linenum) + "Redisplay buffer of TeX job output so that most recent output can be seen. +The last line of the buffer is displayed on +line LINE of the window, or centered if LINE is nil." + (interactive "P") + (let ((texinfo-tex-shell (get-buffer "*texinfo-tex-shell*")) + (old-buffer (current-buffer))) + (if (null texinfo-tex-shell) + (message "No TeX output buffer") + (pop-to-buffer texinfo-tex-shell) + (bury-buffer texinfo-tex-shell) + (goto-char (point-max)) + (recenter (if linenum + (prefix-numeric-value linenum) + (/ (window-height) 2))) + (pop-to-buffer old-buffer) + ))) + +(defun texinfo-show-tex-print-queue () + "Show the print queue that \\[texinfo-tex-print] put your job on. +Runs the shell command defined by texinfo-show-tex-queue-command." + (interactive) + (if (not (texinfo-tex-shell-running-p)) + (texinfo-tex-start-shell)) + (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell" + (concat texinfo-show-tex-queue-command "\n")) + (texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer nil)) + +(defun texinfo-delete-from-tex-print-queue (job-number) + "Delete job from the line printer spooling queue. +You are prompted for the job number (shown by a previous +\\[texinfo-show-tex-print-queue] command." + (interactive "nPrinter job number for deletion: ") + (if (texinfo-tex-shell-running-p) + (texinfo-kill-tex-job) + (texinfo-tex-start-shell)) + (send-string "texinfo-tex-shell" + (concat + texinfo-delete-from-print-queue-command + " " + job-number"\n")) + (texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer nil)) + +(defun texinfo-tex-shell-running-p () + (and (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell") + (eq (process-status (get-process "texinfo-tex-shell")) 'run))) + + +;;; Place `provide' at end of file. +(provide 'texnfo-tex) +;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; end texnfo-tex.el ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; diff --git a/texinfo/emacs/texnfo-upd.el b/texinfo/emacs/texnfo-upd.el new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4827fe5f819 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/emacs/texnfo-upd.el @@ -0,0 +1,2058 @@ +;;; texnfo-upd.el --- utilities for updating nodes and menus in Texinfo files + +;; Copyright 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +;; Author: Robert J. Chassell +;; Date: 12 Sep 1996 +;; Maintainer: Robert J. Chassell <bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu> +;; Keywords: maint, tex, docs + +;; This file is part of GNU Emacs. + +;; GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +;; any later version. + +;; GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +;; GNU General Public License for more details. + +;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +;; along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the +;; Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +;; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +;;; Commentary: + +;; Known bug: update commands fail to ignore @ignore. + +;; Summary: how to use the updating commands + +;; The node and menu updating functions automatically + +;; * insert missing `@node' lines, +;; * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, +;; * insert or update the menu for a section, +;; * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. +;; +;; Passed an argument, the `texinfo-update-node' and +;; `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs in the region. +;; +;; In brief, the functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, are: +;; +;; texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) +;; texinfo-every-node-update () +;; texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p) +;; +;; texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) +;; texinfo-all-menus-update () +;; texinfo-master-menu () +;; +;; texinfo-insert-node-lines (&optional title-p) +;; +;; texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) + +;; The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to +;; which menu descriptions are indented. + +;; Texinfo file structure +;; ---------------------- + +;; To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file +;; hierarchically. Each `@node' line, with the exception of the top +;; node, must be accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an +;; `@chapter' or `@section' line. Each node-line/section-line +;; combination must look like this: + +;; @node Lists and Tables, Cross References, Structuring, Top +;; @comment node-name, next, previous, up +;; @chapter Making Lists and Tables + +;; or like this (without the `@comment' line): + +;; @node Lists and Tables, Cross References, Structuring, Top +;; @chapter Making Lists and Tables + +;; If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and +;; be the first node in the file. + + +;;; The update node functions described in detail + +;; The `texinfo-update-node' function without an argument inserts +;; the correct next, previous and up pointers for the node in which +;; point is located (i.e., for the node preceding point). + +;; With an argument, the `texinfo-update-node' function inserts the +;; correct next, previous and up pointers for the nodes inside the +;; region. + +;; It does not matter whether the `@node' line has pre-existing +;; `Next', `Previous', or `Up' pointers in it. They are removed. + +;; The `texinfo-every-node-update' function runs `texinfo-update-node' +;; on the whole buffer. + +;; The `texinfo-sequential-node-update' function inserts the +;; immediately following and preceding node into the `Next' or +;; `Previous' pointers regardless of their hierarchical level. This is +;; only useful for certain kinds of text, like a novel, which you go +;; through sequentially. + + +;;; The menu making functions described in detail + +;; The `texinfo-make-menu' function without an argument creates or +;; updates a menu for the section encompassing the node that follows +;; point. With an argument, it makes or updates menus for the nodes +;; within or part of the marked region. + +;; Whenever an existing menu is updated, the descriptions from +;; that menu are incorporated into the new menu. This is done by copying +;; descriptions from the existing menu to the entries in the new menu +;; that have the same node names. If the node names are different, the +;; descriptions are not copied to the new menu. + +;; Menu entries that refer to other Info files are removed since they +;; are not a node within current buffer. This is a deficiency. + +;; The `texinfo-all-menus-update' function runs `texinfo-make-menu' +;; on the whole buffer. + +;; The `texinfo-master-menu' function creates an extended menu located +;; after the top node. (The file must have a top node.) The function +;; first updates all the regular menus in the buffer (incorporating the +;; descriptions from pre-existing menus), and then constructs a master +;; menu that includes every entry from every other menu. (However, the +;; function cannot update an already existing master menu; if one +;; exists, it must be removed before calling the function.) + +;; The `texinfo-indent-menu-description' function indents every +;; description in the menu following point, to the specified column. +;; Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means indent every +;; description in every menu in the region. This function does not +;; indent second and subsequent lines of a multi-line description. + +;; The `texinfo-insert-node-lines' function inserts `@node' before the +;; `@chapter', `@section', and such like lines of a region in a Texinfo +;; file where the `@node' lines are missing. +;; +;; With a non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive), the function not +;; only inserts `@node' lines but also inserts the chapter or section +;; titles as the names of the corresponding nodes; and inserts titles +;; as node names in pre-existing `@node' lines that lack names. +;; +;; Since node names should be more concise than section or chapter +;; titles, node names so inserted will need to be edited manually. + + +;;; Code: + +;;; The menu making functions + +(defun texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) + "Without any prefix argument, make or update a menu. +Make the menu for the section enclosing the node found following point. + +Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means make or update menus +for nodes within or part of the marked region. + +Whenever a menu exists, and is being updated, the descriptions that +are associated with node names in the pre-existing menu are +incorporated into the new menu. Otherwise, the nodes' section titles +are inserted as descriptions." + + (interactive "P") + (if (not region-p) + (let ((level (texinfo-hierarchic-level))) + (texinfo-make-one-menu level) + (message "Done...updated the menu. You may save the buffer.")) + ;; else + (message "Making or updating menus in %s... " (buffer-name)) + (let ((beginning (region-beginning)) + (region-end (region-end)) + (level (progn ; find section type following point + (goto-char (region-beginning)) + (texinfo-hierarchic-level)))) + (if (= region-end beginning) + (error "Please mark a region!")) + (save-excursion + (save-restriction + (widen) + + (while (texinfo-find-lower-level-node level region-end) + (setq level (texinfo-hierarchic-level)) ; new, lower level + (texinfo-make-one-menu level)) + + (while (and (< (point) region-end) + (texinfo-find-higher-level-node level region-end)) + (setq level (texinfo-hierarchic-level)) + (while (texinfo-find-lower-level-node level region-end) + (setq level (texinfo-hierarchic-level)) ; new, lower level + (texinfo-make-one-menu level)))))) + (message "Done...updated menus. You may save the buffer."))) + +(defun texinfo-make-one-menu (level) + "Make a menu of all the appropriate nodes in this section. +`Appropriate nodes' are those associated with sections that are +at the level specified by LEVEL. Point is left at the end of menu." + (let* + ((case-fold-search t) + (beginning + (save-excursion + (goto-char (texinfo-update-menu-region-beginning level)) + (end-of-line) + (point))) + (end (texinfo-update-menu-region-end level)) + (first (texinfo-menu-first-node beginning end)) + (node-name (progn + (goto-char beginning) + (beginning-of-line) + (texinfo-copy-node-name))) + (new-menu-list (texinfo-make-menu-list beginning end level))) + (if (texinfo-old-menu-p beginning first) + (progn + (texinfo-incorporate-descriptions new-menu-list) + (texinfo-incorporate-menu-entry-names new-menu-list) + (texinfo-delete-old-menu beginning first))) + (texinfo-insert-menu new-menu-list node-name))) + +(defun texinfo-all-menus-update (&optional update-all-nodes-p) + "Update every regular menu in a Texinfo file. +Update pre-existing master menu, if there is one. + +If called with a non-nil argument, this function first updates all the +nodes in the buffer before updating the menus." + (interactive "P") + (let ((case-fold-search t) + master-menu-p) + (save-excursion + (push-mark (point-max) t) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (message "Checking for a master menu in %s ... "(buffer-name)) + (save-excursion + (if (re-search-forward texinfo-master-menu-header nil t) + ;; Remove detailed master menu listing + (progn + (setq master-menu-p t) + (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) + (let ((end-of-detailed-menu-descriptions + (save-excursion ; beginning of end menu line + (goto-char (texinfo-menu-end)) + (beginning-of-line) (forward-char -1) + (point)))) + (delete-region (point) end-of-detailed-menu-descriptions))))) + + (if update-all-nodes-p + (progn + (message "Updating all nodes in %s ... " (buffer-name)) + (sleep-for 2) + (push-mark (point-max) t) + (goto-char (point-min)) + ;; Using the mark to pass bounds this way + ;; is kludgy, but it's not worth fixing. -- rms. + (let ((mark-active t)) + (texinfo-update-node t)))) + + (message "Updating all menus in %s ... " (buffer-name)) + (sleep-for 2) + (push-mark (point-max) t) + (goto-char (point-min)) + ;; Using the mark to pass bounds this way + ;; is kludgy, but it's not worth fixing. -- rms. + (let ((mark-active t)) + (texinfo-make-menu t)) + + (if master-menu-p + (progn + (message "Updating the master menu in %s... " (buffer-name)) + (sleep-for 2) + (texinfo-master-menu nil)))) + + (message "Done...updated all the menus. You may save the buffer."))) + +(defun texinfo-find-lower-level-node (level region-end) + "Search forward from point for node at any level lower than LEVEL. +Search is limited to the end of the marked region, REGION-END, +and to the end of the menu region for the level. + +Return t if the node is found, else nil. Leave point at the beginning +of the node if one is found; else do not move point." + (let ((case-fold-search t)) + (if (and (< (point) region-end) + (re-search-forward + (concat + "\\(^@node\\).*\n" ; match node line + "\\(\\(\\(^@c\\).*\n\\)" ; match comment line, if any + "\\|" ; or + "\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)\\)?" ; ifinfo line, if any + (eval (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-lower-regexps)))) + ;; the next higher level node marks the end of this + ;; section, and no lower level node will be found beyond + ;; this position even if region-end is farther off + (texinfo-update-menu-region-end level) + t)) + (goto-char (match-beginning 1))))) + +(defun texinfo-find-higher-level-node (level region-end) + "Search forward from point for node at any higher level than argument LEVEL. +Search is limited to the end of the marked region, REGION-END. + +Return t if the node is found, else nil. Leave point at the beginning +of the node if one is found; else do not move point." + (let ((case-fold-search t)) + (cond + ((or (string-equal "top" level) (string-equal "chapter" level)) + (if (re-search-forward "^@node [ \t]*top[ \t]*\\(,\\|$\\)" region-end t) + (progn (beginning-of-line) t))) + (t + (if (re-search-forward + (concat + "\\(^@node\\).*\n" ; match node line + "\\(\\(\\(^@c\\).*\n\\)" ; match comment line, if any + "\\|" ; or + "\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)\\)?" ; ifinfo line, if any + (eval (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-higher-regexps)))) + region-end t) + (progn (beginning-of-line) t)))))) + + +;;; Making the list of new menu entries + +(defun texinfo-make-menu-list (beginning end level) + "Make a list of node names and their descriptions. +Point is left at the end of the menu region, but the menu is not inserted. + +First argument is position from which to start making menu list; +second argument is end of region in which to try to locate entries; +third argument is the level of the nodes that are the entries. + +Node names and descriptions are dotted pairs of strings. Each pair is +an element of the list. If the description does not exist, the +element consists only of the node name." + (goto-char beginning) + (let (new-menu-list) + (while (texinfo-menu-locate-entry-p level end) + (setq new-menu-list + (cons (cons + (texinfo-copy-node-name) + (prog1 "" (forward-line 1))) + ;; Use following to insert section titles automatically. + ;; (texinfo-copy-section-title)) + new-menu-list))) + (reverse new-menu-list))) + +(defun texinfo-menu-locate-entry-p (level search-end) + "Find a node that will be part of menu for this section. +First argument is a string such as \"section\" specifying the general +hierarchical level of the menu; second argument is a position +specifying the end of the search. + +The function returns t if the node is found, else nil. It searches +forward from point, and leaves point at the beginning of the node. + +The function finds entries of the same type. Thus `subsections' and +`unnumberedsubsecs' will appear in the same menu." + (let ((case-fold-search t)) + (if (re-search-forward + (concat + "\\(^@node\\).*\n" ; match node line + "\\(\\(\\(^@c\\).*\n\\)" ; match comment line, if any + "\\|" ; or + "\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)\\)?" ; ifinfo line, if any + (eval + (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-same-level-regexps)))) + search-end + t) + (goto-char (match-beginning 1))))) + +(defun texinfo-copy-node-name () + "Return the node name as a string. + +Start with point at the beginning of the node line; copy the text +after the node command up to the first comma on the line, if any, and +return the text as a string. Leaves point at the beginning of the +line. If there is no node name, returns an empty string." + + (save-excursion + (buffer-substring + (progn (forward-word 1) ; skip over node command + (skip-chars-forward " \t") ; and over spaces + (point)) + (if (search-forward + "," + (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point)) t) ; bound search + (1- (point)) + (end-of-line) (point))))) + +(defun texinfo-copy-section-title () + "Return the title of the section as a string. +The title is used as a description line in the menu when one does not +already exist. + +Move point to the beginning of the appropriate section line by going +to the start of the text matched by last regexp searched for, which +must have been done by `texinfo-menu-locate-entry-p'." + + ;; could use the same re-search as in `texinfo-menu-locate-entry-p' + ;; instead of using `match-beginning'; such a variation would be + ;; more general, but would waste information already collected + + (goto-char (match-beginning 7)) ; match section name + + (buffer-substring + (progn (forward-word 1) ; skip over section type + (skip-chars-forward " \t") ; and over spaces + (point)) + (progn (end-of-line) (point)))) + + +;;; Handling the old menu + +(defun texinfo-old-menu-p (beginning first) + "Move point to the beginning of the menu for this section, if any. +Otherwise move point to the end of the first node of this section. +Return t if a menu is found, nil otherwise. + +First argument is the position of the beginning of the section in which +the menu will be located; second argument is the position of the first +node within the section. + +If no menu is found, the function inserts two newlines just before the +end of the section, and leaves point there where a menu ought to be." + (goto-char beginning) + (if (not (re-search-forward "^@menu" first 'goto-end)) + (progn (insert "\n\n") (forward-line -2) nil) + t)) + +(defun texinfo-incorporate-descriptions (new-menu-list) + "Copy the old menu line descriptions that exist to the new menu. + +Point must be at beginning of old menu. + +If the node-name of the new menu is found in the old menu, insert the +old description into the new entry. + +For this function, the new menu is a list made up of lists of dotted +pairs in which the first element of the pair is the node name and the +second element the description. The new menu is changed destructively. +The old menu is the menu as it appears in the texinfo file." + + (let ((new-menu-list-pointer new-menu-list) + (end-of-menu (texinfo-menu-end))) + (while new-menu-list + (save-excursion ; keep point at beginning of menu + (if (re-search-forward + ;; Existing nodes can have the form + ;; * NODE NAME:: DESCRIPTION + ;; or + ;; * MENU ITEM: NODE NAME. DESCRIPTION. + ;; + ;; Recognize both when looking for the description. + (concat "\\* \\(" ; so only menu entries are found + (car (car new-menu-list)) "::" + "\\|" + ".*: " (car (car new-menu-list)) "[.,\t\n]" + "\\)" + ) ; so only complete entries are found + end-of-menu + t) + (setcdr (car new-menu-list) + (texinfo-menu-copy-old-description end-of-menu)))) + (setq new-menu-list (cdr new-menu-list))) + (setq new-menu-list new-menu-list-pointer))) + +(defun texinfo-incorporate-menu-entry-names (new-menu-list) + "Copy any old menu entry names to the new menu. + +Point must be at beginning of old menu. + +If the node-name of the new menu entry cannot be found in the old +menu, do nothing. + +For this function, the new menu is a list made up of lists of dotted +pairs in which the first element of the pair is the node name and the +second element is the description (or nil). + +If we find an existing menu entry name, we change the first element of +the pair to be another dotted pair in which the car is the menu entry +name and the cdr is the node name. + +NEW-MENU-LIST is changed destructively. The old menu is the menu as it +appears in the texinfo file." + + (let ((new-menu-list-pointer new-menu-list) + (end-of-menu (texinfo-menu-end))) + (while new-menu-list + (save-excursion ; keep point at beginning of menu + (if (re-search-forward + ;; Existing nodes can have the form + ;; * NODE NAME:: DESCRIPTION + ;; or + ;; * MENU ITEM: NODE NAME. DESCRIPTION. + ;; + ;; We're interested in the second case. + (concat "\\* " ; so only menu entries are found + "\\(.*\\): " (car (car new-menu-list)) "[.,\t\n]") + end-of-menu + t) + (setcar + (car new-menu-list) ; replace the node name + (cons (buffer-substring (match-beginning 1) (match-end 1)) + (car (car new-menu-list))))) + (setq new-menu-list (cdr new-menu-list)))) + (setq new-menu-list new-menu-list-pointer))) + +(defun texinfo-menu-copy-old-description (end-of-menu) + "Return description field of old menu line as string. +Point must be located just after the node name. Point left before description. +Single argument, END-OF-MENU, is position limiting search." + (skip-chars-forward "[:.,\t\n ]+") + ;; don't copy a carriage return at line beginning with asterisk! + ;; do copy a description that begins with an `@'! + ;; !! Known bug: does not copy descriptions starting with ^|\{?* etc. + (if (and (looking-at "\\(\\w+\\|@\\)") + (not (looking-at "\\(^\\* \\|^@end menu\\)"))) + (buffer-substring + (point) + (save-excursion + (re-search-forward "\\(^\\* \\|^@end menu\\)" end-of-menu t) + (forward-line -1) + (end-of-line) ; go to end of last description line + (point))) + "")) + +(defun texinfo-menu-end () + "Return position of end of menu. Does not change location of point. +Signal an error if not end of menu." + (save-excursion + (if (re-search-forward "^@end menu" nil t) + (point) + (error "Menu does not have an end.")))) + +(defun texinfo-delete-old-menu (beginning first) + "Delete the old menu. Point must be in or after menu. +First argument is position of the beginning of the section in which +the menu will be located; second argument is the position of the first +node within the section." + ;; No third arg to search, so error if search fails. + (re-search-backward "^@menu" beginning) + (delete-region (point) + (save-excursion + (re-search-forward "^@end menu" first) + (point)))) + + +;;; Inserting new menu + +;; try 32, but perhaps 24 is better +(defvar texinfo-column-for-description 32 + "*Column at which descriptions start in a Texinfo menu.") + +(defun texinfo-insert-menu (menu-list node-name) + "Insert formatted menu at point. +Indents the first line of the description, if any, to the value of +texinfo-column-for-description. + +MENU-LIST has form: + + \(\(\"node-name1\" . \"description\"\) + \(\"node-name2\" . \"description\"\) ... \) + +However, the description field might be nil. + +Also, the node-name field might itself be a dotted pair (call it P) of +strings instead of just a string. In that case, the car of P +is the menu entry name, and the cdr of P is the node name." + + (insert "@menu\n") + (while menu-list + ;; Every menu entry starts with a star and a space. + (insert "* ") + + ;; Insert the node name (and menu entry name, if present). + (let ((node-part (car (car menu-list)))) + (if (stringp node-part) + ;; "Double colon" entry line; menu entry and node name are the same, + (insert (format "%s::" node-part)) + ;; "Single colon" entry line; menu entry and node name are different. + (insert (format "%s: %s." (car node-part) (cdr node-part))))) + + ;; Insert the description, if present. + (if (cdr (car menu-list)) + (progn + ;; Move to right place. + (indent-to texinfo-column-for-description 2) + ;; Insert description. + (insert (format "%s" (cdr (car menu-list)))))) + + (insert "\n") ; end this menu entry + (setq menu-list (cdr menu-list))) + (insert "@end menu") + (message + "Updated \"%s\" level menu following node: %s ... " level node-name)) + + +;;; Starting menu descriptions by inserting titles + +(defun texinfo-start-menu-description () + "In this menu entry, insert the node's section title as a description. +Position point at beginning of description ready for editing. +Do not insert a title if the line contains an existing description. + +You will need to edit the inserted text since a useful description +complements the node name rather than repeats it as a title does." + + (interactive) + (let (beginning end node-name title) + (save-excursion + (beginning-of-line) + (if (search-forward "* " (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point)) t) + (progn (skip-chars-forward " \t") + (setq beginning (point))) + (error "This is not a line in a menu!")) + + (cond + ;; "Double colon" entry line; menu entry and node name are the same, + ((search-forward "::" (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point)) t) + (if (looking-at "[ \t]*[^ \t\n]+") + (error "Descriptive text already exists.")) + (skip-chars-backward ": \t") + (setq node-name (buffer-substring beginning (point)))) + + ;; "Single colon" entry line; menu entry and node name are different. + ((search-forward ":" (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point)) t) + (skip-chars-forward " \t") + (setq beginning (point)) + ;; Menu entry line ends in a period, comma, or tab. + (if (re-search-forward "[.,\t]" + (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point)) t) + (progn + (if (looking-at "[ \t]*[^ \t\n]+") + (error "Descriptive text already exists.")) + (skip-chars-backward "., \t") + (setq node-name (buffer-substring beginning (point)))) + ;; Menu entry line ends in a return. + (re-search-forward ".*\n" + (save-excursion (forward-line 1) (point)) t) + (skip-chars-backward " \t\n") + (setq node-name (buffer-substring beginning (point))) + (if (= 0 (length node-name)) + (error "No node name on this line.") + (insert ".")))) + (t (error "No node name on this line."))) + ;; Search for node that matches node name, and copy the section title. + (if (re-search-forward + (concat + "^@node[ \t]+" + node-name + ".*\n" ; match node line + "\\(" + "\\(\\(^@c \\|^@comment\\).*\n\\)" ; match comment line, if any + "\\|" ; or + "\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)" ; ifinfo line, if any + "\\)?") + nil t) + (progn + (setq title + (buffer-substring + ;; skip over section type + (progn (forward-word 1) + ;; and over spaces + (skip-chars-forward " \t") + (point)) + (progn (end-of-line) + (skip-chars-backward " \t") + (point))))) + (error "Cannot find node to match node name in menu entry."))) + ;; Return point to the menu and insert the title. + (end-of-line) + (delete-region + (point) + (save-excursion (skip-chars-backward " \t") (point))) + (indent-to texinfo-column-for-description 2) + (save-excursion (insert title)))) + + +;;; Handling description indentation + +;; Since the make-menu functions indent descriptions, these functions +;; are useful primarily for indenting a single menu specially. + +(defun texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) + "Indent every description in menu following point to COLUMN. +Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means indent every +description in every menu in the region. Does not indent second and +subsequent lines of a multi-line description." + + (interactive + "nIndent menu descriptions to (column number): \nP") + (save-excursion + (save-restriction + (widen) + (if (not region-p) + (progn + (re-search-forward "^@menu") + (texinfo-menu-indent-description column) + (message + "Indented descriptions in menu. You may save the buffer.")) + ;;else + (message "Indenting every menu description in region... ") + (goto-char (region-beginning)) + (while (and (< (point) (region-end)) + (texinfo-locate-menu-p)) + (forward-line 1) + (texinfo-menu-indent-description column)) + (message "Indenting done. You may save the buffer."))))) + +(defun texinfo-menu-indent-description (to-column-number) + "Indent the Texinfo file menu description to TO-COLUMN-NUMBER. +Start with point just after the word `menu' in the `@menu' line and +leave point on the line before the `@end menu' line. Does not indent +second and subsequent lines of a multi-line description." + (let* ((beginning-of-next-line (point))) + (while (< beginning-of-next-line + (save-excursion ; beginning of end menu line + (goto-char (texinfo-menu-end)) + (beginning-of-line) + (point))) + + (if (re-search-forward "\\* \\(.*::\\|.*: [^.,\t\n]+[.,\t]\\)" + (texinfo-menu-end) + t) + (progn + (let ((beginning-white-space (point))) + (skip-chars-forward " \t") ; skip over spaces + (if (looking-at "\\(@\\|\\w\\)+") ; if there is text + (progn + ;; remove pre-existing indentation + (delete-region beginning-white-space (point)) + (indent-to-column to-column-number)))))) + ;; position point at beginning of next line + (forward-line 1) + (setq beginning-of-next-line (point))))) + + +;;; Making the master menu + +(defun texinfo-master-menu (update-all-nodes-menus-p) + "Make a master menu for a whole Texinfo file. +Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means first update all +existing nodes and menus. Remove pre-existing master menu, if there is one. + +This function creates a master menu that follows the top node. The +master menu includes every entry from all the other menus. It +replaces any existing ordinary menu that follows the top node. + +If called with a non-nil argument, this function first updates all the +menus in the buffer (incorporating descriptions from pre-existing +menus) before it constructs the master menu. + +The function removes the detailed part of an already existing master +menu. This action depends on the pre-existing master menu using the +standard `texinfo-master-menu-header'. + +The master menu has the following format, which is adapted from the +recommendation in the Texinfo Manual: + + * The first part contains the major nodes in the Texinfo file: the + nodes for the chapters, chapter-like sections, and the major + appendices. This includes the indices, so long as they are in + chapter-like sections, such as unnumbered sections. + + * The second and subsequent parts contain a listing of the other, + lower level menus, in order. This way, an inquirer can go + directly to a particular node if he or she is searching for + specific information. + +Each of the menus in the detailed node listing is introduced by the +title of the section containing the menu." + + (interactive "P") + (let ((case-fold-search t)) + (widen) + (goto-char (point-min)) + + ;; Move point to location after `top'. + (if (not (re-search-forward "^@node [ \t]*top[ \t]*\\(,\\|$\\)" nil t)) + (error "This buffer needs a Top node!")) + + (let ((first-chapter + (save-excursion + (or (re-search-forward "^@node" nil t) + (error "Too few nodes for a master menu!")) + (point)))) + (if (re-search-forward texinfo-master-menu-header first-chapter t) + ;; Remove detailed master menu listing + (progn + (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) + (let ((end-of-detailed-menu-descriptions + (save-excursion ; beginning of end menu line + (goto-char (texinfo-menu-end)) + (beginning-of-line) (forward-char -1) + (point)))) + (delete-region (point) end-of-detailed-menu-descriptions))))) + + (if update-all-nodes-menus-p + (progn + (message "Making a master menu in %s ...first updating all nodes... " + (buffer-name)) + (sleep-for 2) + (push-mark (point-max) t) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (texinfo-update-node t) + + (message "Updating all menus in %s ... " (buffer-name)) + (sleep-for 2) + (push-mark (point-max) t) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (texinfo-make-menu t))) + + (message "Now making the master menu in %s... " (buffer-name)) + (sleep-for 2) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (texinfo-insert-master-menu-list + (texinfo-master-menu-list)) + + ;; Remove extra newlines that texinfo-insert-master-menu-list + ;; may have inserted. + + (save-excursion + (goto-char (point-min)) + + (if (re-search-forward texinfo-master-menu-header nil t) + (progn + (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) + (insert "\n") + (delete-blank-lines) + (goto-char (point-min)))) + + (re-search-forward "^@menu") + (forward-line -1) + (delete-blank-lines) + + (re-search-forward "^@end menu") + (forward-line 1) + (delete-blank-lines)) + + (message + "Done...completed making master menu. You may save the buffer."))) + +(defun texinfo-master-menu-list () + "Return a list of menu entries and header lines for the master menu. + +Start with the menu for chapters and indices and then find each +following menu and the title of the node preceding that menu. + +The master menu list has this form: + + \(\(\(... \"entry-1-2\" \"entry-1\"\) \"title-1\"\) + \(\(... \"entry-2-2\" \"entry-2-1\"\) \"title-2\"\) + ...\) + +However, there does not need to be a title field." + + (let (master-menu-list) + (while (texinfo-locate-menu-p) + (setq master-menu-list + (cons (list + (texinfo-copy-menu) + (texinfo-copy-menu-title)) + master-menu-list))) + (reverse master-menu-list))) + +(defun texinfo-insert-master-menu-list (master-menu-list) + "Format and insert the master menu in the current buffer." + (goto-char (point-min)) + ;; Insert a master menu only after `Top' node and before next node + ;; \(or include file if there is no next node\). + (if (not (re-search-forward "^@node [ \t]*top[ \t]*\\(,\\|$\\)" nil t)) + (error "This buffer needs a Top node!")) + (let ((first-chapter + (save-excursion (re-search-forward "^@node\\|^@include") (point)))) + (if (not (re-search-forward "^@menu" first-chapter t)) + (error + "Buffer lacks ordinary `Top' menu in which to insert master."))) + (beginning-of-line) + (delete-region ; buffer must have ordinary top menu + (point) + (save-excursion (re-search-forward "^@end menu") (point))) + + (save-excursion ; leave point at beginning of menu + ;; Handle top of menu + (insert "\n@menu\n") + ;; Insert chapter menu entries + (setq this-very-menu-list (reverse (car (car master-menu-list)))) + ;; Tell user what is going on. + (message "Inserting chapter menu entry: %s ... " this-very-menu-list) + (while this-very-menu-list + (insert "* " (car this-very-menu-list) "\n") + (setq this-very-menu-list (cdr this-very-menu-list))) + + (setq master-menu-list (cdr master-menu-list)) + + ;; Only insert detailed master menu if there is one.... + (if (car (car master-menu-list)) +;; @detailmenu added 5 Sept 1996 at Karl Berry's request to avert a +;; bug in `makeinfo'; all agree this is a bad kluge and should +;; eventually be removed. @detailmenu ... @end detailmenu is a noop +;; in `texinfmt.el' See @end detailmenu below +;; also see `texinfo-all-menus-update' above, `texinfo-master-menu', +;; `texinfo-multiple-files-update' + (insert texinfo-master-menu-header)) + + ;; Now, insert all the other menus + + ;; The menu master-menu-list has a form like this: + ;; ((("beta" "alpha") "title-A") + ;; (("delta" "gamma") "title-B")) + + (while master-menu-list + + (message + "Inserting menu for %s .... " (car (cdr (car master-menu-list)))) + ;; insert title of menu section + (insert "\n" (car (cdr (car master-menu-list))) "\n\n") + + ;; insert each menu entry + (setq this-very-menu-list (reverse (car (car master-menu-list)))) + (while this-very-menu-list + (insert "* " (car this-very-menu-list) "\n") + (setq this-very-menu-list (cdr this-very-menu-list))) + + (setq master-menu-list (cdr master-menu-list))) + + ;; Finish menu +;; @detailmenu (see note above) + (insert "\n@end detailmenu") + (insert "\n@end menu\n\n"))) + +(defvar texinfo-master-menu-header + "\n@detailmenu\n --- The Detailed Node Listing ---\n" + "String inserted before lower level entries in Texinfo master menu. +It comes after the chapter-level menu entries.") + +(defun texinfo-locate-menu-p () + "Find the next menu in the texinfo file. +If found, leave point after word `menu' on the `@menu' line, and return t. +If a menu is not found, do not move point and return nil." + (re-search-forward "\\(^@menu\\)" nil t)) + +(defun texinfo-copy-menu-title () + "Return the title of the section preceding the menu as a string. +If such a title cannot be found, return an empty string. Do not move +point." + (let ((case-fold-search t)) + (save-excursion + (if (re-search-backward + (concat + "\\(^@top" + "\\|" ; or + texinfo-section-types-regexp ; all other section types + "\\)") + nil + t) + (progn + (beginning-of-line) + (forward-word 1) ; skip over section type + (skip-chars-forward " \t") ; and over spaces + (buffer-substring + (point) + (progn (end-of-line) (point)))) + "")))) + +(defun texinfo-copy-menu () + "Return the entries of an existing menu as a list. +Start with point just after the word `menu' in the `@menu' line +and leave point on the line before the `@end menu' line." + (let* (this-menu-list + (end-of-menu (texinfo-menu-end)) ; position of end of `@end menu' + (last-entry (save-excursion ; position of beginning of + ; last `* ' entry + (goto-char end-of-menu) + ;; handle multi-line description + (if (not (re-search-backward "^\\* " nil t)) + (error "No entries in menu.")) + (point)))) + (while (< (point) last-entry) + (if (re-search-forward "^\\* " end-of-menu t) + (progn + (setq this-menu-list + (cons + (buffer-substring + (point) + ;; copy multi-line descriptions + (save-excursion + (re-search-forward "\\(^\\* \\|^@e\\)" nil t) + (- (point) 3))) + this-menu-list))))) + this-menu-list)) + + +;;; Determining the hierarchical level in the texinfo file + +(defun texinfo-specific-section-type () + "Return the specific type of next section, as a string. +For example, \"unnumberedsubsec\". Return \"top\" for top node. + +Searches forward for a section. Hence, point must be before the +section whose type will be found. Does not move point. Signal an +error if the node is not the top node and a section is not found." + (let ((case-fold-search t)) + (save-excursion + (cond + ((re-search-forward "^@node [ \t]*top[ \t]*\\(,\\|$\\)" +;;; Following search limit by cph but causes a bug +;;; (save-excursion +;;; (end-of-line) +;;; (point)) + nil + t) + "top") + ((re-search-forward texinfo-section-types-regexp nil t) + (buffer-substring-no-properties + (progn (beginning-of-line) ; copy its name + (1+ (point))) + (progn (forward-word 1) + (point)))) + (t + (error + "texinfo-specific-section-type: Chapter or section not found.")))))) + +(defun texinfo-hierarchic-level () + "Return the general hierarchal level of the next node in a texinfo file. +Thus, a subheading or appendixsubsec is of type subsection." + (let ((case-fold-search t)) + (cdr (assoc + (texinfo-specific-section-type) + texinfo-section-to-generic-alist)))) + + +;;; Locating the major positions + +(defun texinfo-update-menu-region-beginning (level) + "Locate beginning of higher level section this section is within. +Return position of the beginning of the node line; do not move point. +Thus, if this level is subsection, searches backwards for section node. +Only argument is a string of the general type of section." + (let ((case-fold-search t)) + ;; !! Known bug: if section immediately follows top node, this + ;; returns the beginning of the buffer as the beginning of the + ;; higher level section. + (cond + ((or (string-equal "top" level) + (string-equal "chapter" level)) + (save-excursion + (goto-char (point-min)) + (re-search-forward "^@node [ \t]*top[ \t]*\\(,\\|$\\)" nil t) + (beginning-of-line) + (point))) + (t + (save-excursion + (re-search-backward + (concat + "\\(^@node\\).*\n" ; match node line + "\\(\\(\\(^@c\\).*\n\\)" ; match comment line, if any + "\\|" ; or + "\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)\\)?" ; ifinfo line, if any + (eval + (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-higher-regexps)))) + nil + 'goto-beginning) + (point)))))) + +(defun texinfo-update-menu-region-end (level) + "Locate end of higher level section this section is within. +Return position; do not move point. Thus, if this level is a +subsection, find the node for the section this subsection is within. +If level is top or chapter, returns end of file. Only argument is a +string of the general type of section." + (let ((case-fold-search t)) + (save-excursion + (if (re-search-forward + (concat + "\\(^@node\\).*\n" ; match node line + "\\(\\(\\(^@c\\).*\n\\)" ; match comment line, if any + "\\|" ; or + "\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)\\)?" ; ifinfo line, if any + (eval + ;; Never finds end of level above chapter so goes to end. + (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-higher-regexps)))) + nil + 'goto-end) + (match-beginning 1) + (point-max))))) + +(defun texinfo-menu-first-node (beginning end) + "Locate first node of the section the menu will be placed in. +Return position; do not move point. +The menu will be located just before this position. + +First argument is the position of the beginning of the section in +which the menu will be located; second argument is the position of the +end of that region; it limits the search." + + (save-excursion + (goto-char beginning) + (forward-line 1) + (re-search-forward "^@node" end t) + (beginning-of-line) + (point))) + + +;;; Alists and regular expressions for defining hierarchical levels + +(defvar texinfo-section-to-generic-alist + '(("top" . "top") + + ("chapter" . "chapter") + ("unnumbered" . "chapter") + ("majorheading" . "chapter") + ("chapheading" . "chapter") + ("appendix" . "chapter") + + ("section" . "section") + ("unnumberedsec" . "section") + ("heading" . "section") + ("appendixsec" . "section") + + ("subsection" . "subsection") + ("unnumberedsubsec" . "subsection") + ("subheading" . "subsection") + ("appendixsubsec" . "subsection") + + ("subsubsection" . "subsubsection") + ("unnumberedsubsubsec" . "subsubsection") + ("subsubheading" . "subsubsection") + ("appendixsubsubsec" . "subsubsection")) + "*An alist of specific and corresponding generic Texinfo section types. +The keys are strings specifying specific types of section; the values +are strings of their corresponding general types.") + +;; We used to look for just sub, but that found @subtitle. +(defvar texinfo-section-types-regexp + "^@\\(chapter \\|sect\\|subs\\|subh\\|unnum\\|major\\|chapheading \\|heading \\|appendix\\)" + "Regexp matching chapter, section, other headings (but not the top node).") + +(defvar texinfo-chapter-level-regexp + "chapter\\|unnumbered \\|appendix \\|majorheading\\|chapheading" + "Regular expression matching just the Texinfo chapter level headings.") + +(defvar texinfo-section-level-regexp + "section\\|unnumberedsec\\|heading \\|appendixsec" + "Regular expression matching just the Texinfo section level headings.") + +(defvar texinfo-subsection-level-regexp + "subsection\\|unnumberedsubsec\\|subheading\\|appendixsubsec" + "Regular expression matching just the Texinfo subsection level headings.") + +(defvar texinfo-subsubsection-level-regexp + "subsubsection\\|unnumberedsubsubsec\\|subsubheading\\|appendixsubsubsec" + "Regular expression matching just the Texinfo subsubsection level headings.") + +(defvar texinfo-update-menu-same-level-regexps + '(("top" . "top[ \t]+") + ("chapter" . + (concat "\\(^@\\)\\(" texinfo-chapter-level-regexp "\\)[ \t]*")) + ("section" . + (concat "\\(^@\\)\\(" texinfo-section-level-regexp "\\)[ \t]*")) + ("subsection" . + (concat "\\(^@\\)\\(" texinfo-subsection-level-regexp "\\)[ \t]+")) + ("subsubsection" . + (concat "\\(^@\\)\\(" texinfo-subsubsection-level-regexp "\\)[ \t]+"))) + "*Regexps for searching for same level sections in a Texinfo file. +The keys are strings specifying the general hierarchical level in the +document; the values are regular expressions.") + +(defvar texinfo-update-menu-higher-regexps + '(("top" . "^@node [ \t]*DIR") + ("chapter" . "^@node [ \t]*top[ \t]*\\(,\\|$\\)") + ("section" . + (concat + "\\(^@\\(" + texinfo-chapter-level-regexp + "\\)[ \t]*\\)")) + ("subsection" . + (concat + "\\(^@\\(" + texinfo-section-level-regexp + "\\|" + texinfo-chapter-level-regexp + "\\)[ \t]*\\)")) + ("subsubsection" . + (concat + "\\(^@\\(" + texinfo-subsection-level-regexp + "\\|" + texinfo-section-level-regexp + "\\|" + texinfo-chapter-level-regexp + "\\)[ \t]*\\)"))) + "*Regexps for searching for higher level sections in a Texinfo file. +The keys are strings specifying the general hierarchical level in the +document; the values are regular expressions.") + +(defvar texinfo-update-menu-lower-regexps + '(("top" . + (concat + "\\(^@\\(" + texinfo-chapter-level-regexp + "\\|" + texinfo-section-level-regexp + "\\|" + texinfo-subsection-level-regexp + "\\|" + texinfo-subsubsection-level-regexp + "\\)[ \t]*\\)")) + ("chapter" . + (concat + "\\(^@\\(" + texinfo-section-level-regexp + "\\|" + texinfo-subsection-level-regexp + "\\|" + texinfo-subsubsection-level-regexp + "\\)[ \t]*\\)")) + ("section" . + (concat + "\\(^@\\(" + texinfo-subsection-level-regexp + "\\|" + texinfo-subsubsection-level-regexp + "\\)[ \t]+\\)")) + ("subsection" . + (concat + "\\(^@\\(" + texinfo-subsubsection-level-regexp + "\\)[ \t]+\\)")) + ("subsubsection" . "nothing lower")) + "*Regexps for searching for lower level sections in a Texinfo file. +The keys are strings specifying the general hierarchical level in the +document; the values are regular expressions.") + + +;;; Updating a node + +;;;###autoload +(defun texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) + "Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. +Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the +marked region. + +The functions for creating or updating nodes and menus, and their +keybindings, are: + + texinfo-update-node (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-update-node] + texinfo-every-node-update () \\[texinfo-every-node-update] + texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p) + + texinfo-make-menu (&optional region-p) \\[texinfo-make-menu] + texinfo-all-menus-update () \\[texinfo-all-menus-update] + texinfo-master-menu () + + texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) + +The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to +which menu descriptions are indented. Its default value is 32." + + (interactive "P") + (if (not region-p) + ;; update a single node + (let ((auto-fill-function nil) (auto-fill-hook nil)) + (if (not (re-search-backward "^@node" (point-min) t)) + (error "Node line not found before this position.")) + (texinfo-update-the-node) + (message "Done...updated the node. You may save the buffer.")) + ;; else + (let ((auto-fill-function nil) + (auto-fill-hook nil) + (beginning (region-beginning)) + (end (region-end))) + (if (= end beginning) + (error "Please mark a region!")) + (save-restriction + (narrow-to-region beginning end) + (goto-char beginning) + (push-mark (point) t) + (while (re-search-forward "^@node" (point-max) t) + (beginning-of-line) + (texinfo-update-the-node)) + (message "Done...updated nodes in region. You may save the buffer."))))) + +;;;###autoload +(defun texinfo-every-node-update () + "Update every node in a Texinfo file." + (interactive) + (save-excursion + (push-mark (point-max) t) + (goto-char (point-min)) + ;; Using the mark to pass bounds this way + ;; is kludgy, but it's not worth fixing. -- rms. + (let ((mark-active t)) + (texinfo-update-node t)) + (message "Done...updated every node. You may save the buffer."))) + +(defun texinfo-update-the-node () + "Update one node. Point must be at the beginning of node line. +Leave point at the end of the node line." + (texinfo-check-for-node-name) + (texinfo-delete-existing-pointers) + (message "Updating node: %s ... " (texinfo-copy-node-name)) + (save-restriction + (widen) + (let* + ((case-fold-search t) + (level (texinfo-hierarchic-level)) + (beginning (texinfo-update-menu-region-beginning level)) + (end (texinfo-update-menu-region-end level))) + (if (string-equal level "top") + (texinfo-top-pointer-case) + ;; else + (texinfo-insert-pointer beginning end level 'next) + (texinfo-insert-pointer beginning end level 'previous) + (texinfo-insert-pointer beginning end level 'up) + (texinfo-clean-up-node-line))))) + +(defun texinfo-top-pointer-case () + "Insert pointers in the Top node. This is a special case. + +The `Next' pointer is a pointer to a chapter or section at a lower +hierarchical level in the file. The `Previous' and `Up' pointers are +to `(dir)'. Point must be at the beginning of the node line, and is +left at the end of the node line." + + (texinfo-clean-up-node-line) + (insert ", " + (save-excursion + ;; There may be an @chapter or other such command between + ;; the top node line and the next node line, as a title + ;; for an `ifinfo' section. This @chapter command must + ;; must be skipped. So the procedure is to search for + ;; the next `@node' line, and then copy its name. + (if (re-search-forward "^@node" nil t) + (progn + (beginning-of-line) + (texinfo-copy-node-name)) + " ")) + ", (dir), (dir)")) + +(defun texinfo-check-for-node-name () + "Determine whether the node has a node name. Prompt for one if not. +Point must be at beginning of node line. Does not move point." + (save-excursion + (let ((initial (texinfo-copy-next-section-title))) + ;; This is not clean. Use `interactive' to read the arg. + (forward-word 1) ; skip over node command + (skip-chars-forward " \t") ; and over spaces + (if (not (looking-at "[^,\t\n ]+")) ; regexp based on what Info looks for + ; alternatively, use "[a-zA-Z]+" + (let ((node-name + (read-from-minibuffer + "Node name (use no @, commas, colons, or apostrophes): " + initial))) + (insert " " node-name)))))) + +(defun texinfo-delete-existing-pointers () + "Delete `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers. +Starts from the current position of the cursor, and searches forward +on the line for a comma and if one is found, deletes the rest of the +line, including the comma. Leaves point at beginning of line." + (let ((eol-point (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point)))) + (if (search-forward "," eol-point t) + (delete-region (1- (point)) eol-point))) + (beginning-of-line)) + +(defun texinfo-find-pointer (beginning end level direction) + "Move point to section associated with next, previous, or up pointer. +Return type of pointer (either 'normal or 'no-pointer). + +The first and second arguments bound the search for a pointer to the +beginning and end, respectively, of the enclosing higher level +section. The third argument is a string specifying the general kind +of section such as \"chapter\" or \"section\". When looking for the +`Next' pointer, the section found will be at the same hierarchical +level in the Texinfo file; when looking for the `Previous' pointer, +the section found will be at the same or higher hierarchical level in +the Texinfo file; when looking for the `Up' pointer, the section found +will be at some level higher in the Texinfo file. The fourth argument +\(one of 'next, 'previous, or 'up\) specifies whether to find the +`Next', `Previous', or `Up' pointer." + (let ((case-fold-search t)) + (cond ((eq direction 'next) + (forward-line 3) ; skip over current node + ;; Search for section commands accompanied by node lines; + ;; ignore section commands in the middle of nodes. + (if (re-search-forward + ;; A `Top' node is never a next pointer, so won't find it. + (concat + ;; Match node line. + "\\(^@node\\).*\n" + ;; Match comment or ifinfo line, if any + "\\(\\(\\(^@c\\).*\n\\)\\|\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)\\)?" + (eval + (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-same-level-regexps)))) + end + t) + 'normal + 'no-pointer)) + ((eq direction 'previous) + (if (re-search-backward + (concat + "\\(" + ;; Match node line. + "\\(^@node\\).*\n" + ;; Match comment or ifinfo line, if any + "\\(\\(\\(^@c\\).*\n\\)\\|\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)\\)?" + (eval + (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-same-level-regexps))) + "\\|" + ;; Match node line. + "\\(^@node\\).*\n" + ;; Match comment or ifinfo line, if any + "\\(\\(\\(^@c\\).*\n\\)\\|\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)\\)?" + (eval + (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-higher-regexps))) + "\\|" + ;; Handle `Top' node specially. + "^@node [ \t]*top[ \t]*\\(,\\|$\\)" + "\\)") + beginning + t) + 'normal + 'no-pointer)) + ((eq direction 'up) + (if (re-search-backward + (concat + "\\(" + ;; Match node line. + "\\(^@node\\).*\n" + ;; Match comment or ifinfo line, if any + "\\(\\(\\(^@c\\).*\n\\)\\|\\(^@ifinfo[ ]*\n\\)\\)?" + (eval (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-higher-regexps))) + "\\|" + ;; Handle `Top' node specially. + "^@node [ \t]*top[ \t]*\\(,\\|$\\)" + "\\)") + (save-excursion + (goto-char beginning) + (beginning-of-line) + (point)) + t) + 'normal + 'no-pointer)) + (t + (error "texinfo-find-pointer: lack proper arguments"))))) + +(defun texinfo-pointer-name (kind) + "Return the node name preceding the section command. +The argument is the kind of section, either normal or no-pointer." + (let (name) + (cond ((eq kind 'normal) + (end-of-line) ; this handles prev node top case + (re-search-backward ; when point is already + "^@node" ; at the beginning of @node line + (save-excursion (forward-line -3)) + t) + (setq name (texinfo-copy-node-name))) + ((eq kind 'no-pointer) + (setq name " "))) ; put a blank in the pointer slot + name)) + +(defun texinfo-insert-pointer (beginning end level direction) + "Insert the `Next', `Previous' or `Up' node name at point. +Move point forward. + +The first and second arguments bound the search for a pointer to the +beginning and end, respectively, of the enclosing higher level +section. The third argument is the hierarchical level of the Texinfo +file, a string such as \"section\". The fourth argument is direction +towards which the pointer is directed, one of `next, `previous, or +'up." + + (end-of-line) + (insert + ", " + (save-excursion + (texinfo-pointer-name + (texinfo-find-pointer beginning end level direction))))) + +(defun texinfo-clean-up-node-line () + "Remove extra commas, if any, at end of node line." + (end-of-line) + (skip-chars-backward ", ") + (delete-region (point) (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point)))) + + +;;; Updating nodes sequentially +;; These sequential update functions insert `Next' or `Previous' +;; pointers that point to the following or preceding nodes even if they +;; are at higher or lower hierarchical levels. This means that if a +;; section contains one or more subsections, the section's `Next' +;; pointer will point to the subsection and not the following section. +;; (The subsection to which `Next' points will most likely be the first +;; item on the section's menu.) + +;;;###autoload +(defun texinfo-sequential-node-update (&optional region-p) + "Update one node (or many) in a Texinfo file with sequential pointers. + +This function causes the `Next' or `Previous' pointer to point to the +immediately preceding or following node, even if it is at a higher or +lower hierarchical level in the document. Continually pressing `n' or +`p' takes you straight through the file. + +Without any prefix argument, update the node in which point is located. +Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means update the nodes in the +marked region. + +This command makes it awkward to navigate among sections and +subsections; it should be used only for those documents that are meant +to be read like a novel rather than a reference, and for which the +Info `g*' command is inadequate." + + (interactive "P") + (if (not region-p) + ;; update a single node + (let ((auto-fill-function nil) (auto-fill-hook nil)) + (if (not (re-search-backward "^@node" (point-min) t)) + (error "Node line not found before this position.")) + (texinfo-sequentially-update-the-node) + (message + "Done...sequentially updated the node . You may save the buffer.")) + ;; else + (let ((auto-fill-function nil) + (auto-fill-hook nil) + (beginning (region-beginning)) + (end (region-end))) + (if (= end beginning) + (error "Please mark a region!")) + (save-restriction + (narrow-to-region beginning end) + (goto-char beginning) + (push-mark (point) t) + (while (re-search-forward "^@node" (point-max) t) + (beginning-of-line) + (texinfo-sequentially-update-the-node)) + (message + "Done...updated the nodes in sequence. You may save the buffer."))))) + +(defun texinfo-sequentially-update-the-node () + "Update one node such that the pointers are sequential. +A `Next' or `Previous' pointer points to any preceding or following node, +regardless of its hierarchical level." + + (texinfo-check-for-node-name) + (texinfo-delete-existing-pointers) + (message + "Sequentially updating node: %s ... " (texinfo-copy-node-name)) + (save-restriction + (widen) + (let* + ((case-fold-search t) + (level (texinfo-hierarchic-level))) + (if (string-equal level "top") + (texinfo-top-pointer-case) + ;; else + (texinfo-sequentially-insert-pointer level 'next) + (texinfo-sequentially-insert-pointer level 'previous) + (texinfo-sequentially-insert-pointer level 'up) + (texinfo-clean-up-node-line))))) + +(defun texinfo-sequentially-find-pointer (level direction) + "Find next or previous pointer sequentially in Texinfo file, or up pointer. +Move point to section associated with the pointer. Find point even if +it is in a different section. + +Return type of pointer (either 'normal or 'no-pointer). + +The first argument is a string specifying the general kind of section +such as \"chapter\" or \"section\". The section found will be at the +same hierarchical level in the Texinfo file, or, in the case of the up +pointer, some level higher. The second argument (one of 'next, +'previous, or 'up) specifies whether to find the `Next', `Previous', +or `Up' pointer." + (let ((case-fold-search t)) + (cond ((eq direction 'next) + (forward-line 3) ; skip over current node + (if (re-search-forward + texinfo-section-types-regexp + (point-max) + t) + 'normal + 'no-pointer)) + ((eq direction 'previous) + (if (re-search-backward + texinfo-section-types-regexp + (point-min) + t) + 'normal + 'no-pointer)) + ((eq direction 'up) + (if (re-search-backward + (eval (cdr (assoc level texinfo-update-menu-higher-regexps))) + beginning + t) + 'normal + 'no-pointer)) + (t + (error "texinfo-sequential-find-pointer: lack proper arguments"))))) + +(defun texinfo-sequentially-insert-pointer (level direction) + "Insert the `Next', `Previous' or `Up' node name at point. +Move point forward. + +The first argument is the hierarchical level of the Texinfo file, a +string such as \"section\". The second argument is direction, one of +`next, `previous, or 'up." + + (end-of-line) + (insert + ", " + (save-excursion + (texinfo-pointer-name + (texinfo-sequentially-find-pointer level direction))))) + + +;;; Inserting `@node' lines +;; The `texinfo-insert-node-lines' function inserts `@node' lines as needed +;; before the `@chapter', `@section', and such like lines of a region +;; in a Texinfo file. + +(defun texinfo-insert-node-lines (beginning end &optional title-p) + "Insert missing `@node' lines in region of Texinfo file. +Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means also to insert the +section titles as node names; and also to insert the section titles as +node names in pre-existing @node lines that lack names." + (interactive "r\nP") + + ;; Use marker; after inserting node lines, leave point at end of + ;; region and mark at beginning. + + (let (beginning-marker end-marker title last-section-position) + + ;; Save current position on mark ring and set mark to end. + (push-mark end t) + (setq end-marker (mark-marker)) + + (goto-char beginning) + (while (re-search-forward + texinfo-section-types-regexp + end-marker + 'end) + ;; Copy title if desired. + (if title-p + (progn + (beginning-of-line) + (forward-word 1) + (skip-chars-forward " \t") + (setq title (buffer-substring + (point) + (save-excursion (end-of-line) (point)))))) + ;; Insert node line if necessary. + (if (re-search-backward + "^@node" + ;; Avoid finding previous node line if node lines are close. + (or last-section-position + (save-excursion (forward-line -2) (point))) t) + ;; @node is present, and point at beginning of that line + (forward-word 1) ; Leave point just after @node. + ;; Else @node missing; insert one. + (beginning-of-line) ; Beginning of `@section' line. + (insert "@node\n") + (backward-char 1)) ; Leave point just after `@node'. + ;; Insert title if desired. + (if title-p + (progn + (skip-chars-forward " \t") + ;; Use regexp based on what info looks for + ;; (alternatively, use "[a-zA-Z]+"); + ;; this means we only insert a title if none exists. + (if (not (looking-at "[^,\t\n ]+")) + (progn + (beginning-of-line) + (forward-word 1) + (insert " " title) + (message "Inserted title %s ... " title))))) + ;; Go forward beyond current section title. + (re-search-forward texinfo-section-types-regexp + (save-excursion (forward-line 3) (point)) t) + (setq last-section-position (point)) + (forward-line 1)) + + ;; Leave point at end of region, mark at beginning. + (set-mark beginning) + + (if title-p + (message + "Done inserting node lines and titles. You may save the buffer.") + (message "Done inserting node lines. You may save the buffer.")))) + + +;;; Update and create menus for multi-file Texinfo sources + +;; 1. M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update +;; +;; Read the include file list of an outer Texinfo file and +;; update all highest level nodes in the files listed and insert a +;; main menu in the outer file after its top node. + +;; 2. C-u M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update +;; +;; Same as 1, but insert a master menu. (Saves reupdating lower +;; level menus and nodes.) This command simply reads every menu, +;; so if the menus are wrong, the master menu will be wrong. +;; Similarly, if the lower level node pointers are wrong, they +;; will stay wrong. + +;; 3. C-u 2 M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update +;; +;; Read the include file list of an outer Texinfo file and +;; update all nodes and menus in the files listed and insert a +;; master menu in the outer file after its top node. + +;;; Note: these functions: +;;; +;;; * Do not save or delete any buffers. You may fill up your memory. +;;; * Do not handle any pre-existing nodes in outer file. +;;; Hence, you may need a file for indices. + + +;;; Auxiliary functions for multiple file updating + +(defun texinfo-multi-file-included-list (outer-file) + "Return a list of the included files in OUTER-FILE." + (let ((included-file-list (list outer-file)) + start) + (save-excursion + (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect outer-file)) + (widen) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (while (re-search-forward "^@include" nil t) + (skip-chars-forward " \t") + (setq start (point)) + (end-of-line) + (skip-chars-backward " \t") + (setq included-file-list + (cons (buffer-substring start (point)) + included-file-list))) + (nreverse included-file-list)))) + +(defun texinfo-copy-next-section-title () + "Return the name of the immediately following section as a string. + +Start with point at the beginning of the node line. Leave point at the +same place. If there is no title, returns an empty string." + + (save-excursion + (end-of-line) + (let ((node-end (or + (save-excursion + (if (re-search-forward "\\(^@node\\)" nil t) + (match-beginning 0))) + (point-max)))) + (if (re-search-forward texinfo-section-types-regexp node-end t) + (progn + (beginning-of-line) + ;; copy title + (let ((title + (buffer-substring + (progn (forward-word 1) ; skip over section type + (skip-chars-forward " \t") ; and over spaces + (point)) + (progn (end-of-line) (point))))) + title)) + "")))) + +(defun texinfo-multi-file-update (files &optional update-everything) + "Update first node pointers in each file in FILES. +Return a list of the node names. + +The first file in the list is an outer file; the remaining are +files included in the outer file with `@include' commands. + +If optional arg UPDATE-EVERYTHING non-nil, update every menu and +pointer in each of the included files. + +Also update the `Top' level node pointers of the outer file. + +Requirements: + + * the first file in the FILES list must be the outer file, + * each of the included files must contain exactly one highest + hierarchical level node, + * this node must be the first node in the included file, + * each highest hierarchical level node must be of the same type. + +Thus, normally, each included file contains one, and only one, +chapter." + +;; The menu-list has the form: +;; +;; \(\(\"node-name1\" . \"title1\"\) +;; \(\"node-name2\" . \"title2\"\) ... \) +;; +;; However, there does not need to be a title field and this function +;; does not fill it; however a comment tells you how to do so. +;; You would use the title field if you wanted to insert titles in the +;; description slot of a menu as a description. + + (let ((case-fold-search t) + menu-list) + + ;; Find the name of the first node of the first included file. + (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect (car (cdr files)))) + (widen) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (if (not (re-search-forward "^@node" nil t)) + (error "No `@node' line found in %s !" (buffer-name))) + (beginning-of-line) + (texinfo-check-for-node-name) + (setq next-node-name (texinfo-copy-node-name)) + + (setq menu-list + (cons (cons + next-node-name + (prog1 "" (forward-line 1))) + ;; Use following to insert section titles automatically. + ;; (texinfo-copy-next-section-title) + menu-list)) + + ;; Go to outer file + (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect (car files))) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (if (not (re-search-forward "^@node [ \t]*top[ \t]*\\(,\\|$\\)" nil t)) + (error "This buffer needs a Top node!")) + (beginning-of-line) + (texinfo-delete-existing-pointers) + (end-of-line) + (insert ", " next-node-name ", (dir), (dir)") + (beginning-of-line) + (setq previous-node-name "Top") + (setq files (cdr files)) + + (while files + + (if (not (cdr files)) + ;; No next file + (setq next-node-name "") + ;; Else, + ;; find the name of the first node in the next file. + (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect (car (cdr files)))) + (widen) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (if (not (re-search-forward "^@node" nil t)) + (error "No `@node' line found in %s !" (buffer-name))) + (beginning-of-line) + (texinfo-check-for-node-name) + (setq next-node-name (texinfo-copy-node-name)) + (setq menu-list + (cons (cons + next-node-name + (prog1 "" (forward-line 1))) + ;; Use following to insert section titles automatically. + ;; (texinfo-copy-next-section-title) + menu-list))) + + ;; Go to node to be updated. + (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect (car files))) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (if (not (re-search-forward "^@node" nil t)) + (error "No `@node' line found in %s !" (buffer-name))) + (beginning-of-line) + + ;; Update other menus and nodes if requested. + (if update-everything (texinfo-all-menus-update t)) + + (beginning-of-line) + (texinfo-delete-existing-pointers) + (end-of-line) + (insert ", " next-node-name ", " previous-node-name ", " up-node-name) + + (beginning-of-line) + (setq previous-node-name (texinfo-copy-node-name)) + + (setq files (cdr files))) + (nreverse menu-list))) + +(defun texinfo-multi-files-insert-main-menu (menu-list) + "Insert formatted main menu at point. +Indents the first line of the description, if any, to the value of +texinfo-column-for-description." + + (insert "@menu\n") + (while menu-list + ;; Every menu entry starts with a star and a space. + (insert "* ") + + ;; Insert the node name (and menu entry name, if present). + (let ((node-part (car (car menu-list)))) + (if (stringp node-part) + ;; "Double colon" entry line; menu entry and node name are the same, + (insert (format "%s::" node-part)) + ;; "Single colon" entry line; menu entry and node name are different. + (insert (format "%s: %s." (car node-part) (cdr node-part))))) + + ;; Insert the description, if present. + (if (cdr (car menu-list)) + (progn + ;; Move to right place. + (indent-to texinfo-column-for-description 2) + ;; Insert description. + (insert (format "%s" (cdr (car menu-list)))))) + + (insert "\n") ; end this menu entry + (setq menu-list (cdr menu-list))) + (insert "@end menu")) + +(defun texinfo-multi-file-master-menu-list (files-list) + "Return master menu list from files in FILES-LIST. +Menu entries in each file collected using `texinfo-master-menu-list'. + +The first file in FILES-LIST must be the outer file; the others must +be the files included within it. A main menu must already exist." + (save-excursion + (let (master-menu-list) + (while files-list + (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect (car files-list))) + (message "Working on: %s " (current-buffer)) + (goto-char (point-min)) + (setq master-menu-list + (append master-menu-list (texinfo-master-menu-list))) + (setq files-list (cdr files-list))) + master-menu-list))) + + +;;; The multiple-file update function + +(defun texinfo-multiple-files-update + (outer-file &optional update-everything make-master-menu) + "Update first node pointers in each file included in OUTER-FILE; +create or update the `Top' level node pointers and the main menu in +the outer file that refers to such nodes. This does not create or +update menus or pointers within the included files. + +With optional MAKE-MASTER-MENU argument (prefix arg, if interactive), +insert a master menu in OUTER-FILE in addition to creating or updating +pointers in the first @node line in each included file and creating or +updating the `Top' level node pointers of the outer file. This does +not create or update other menus and pointers within the included +files. + +With optional UPDATE-EVERYTHING argument (numeric prefix arg, if +interactive), update all the menus and all the `Next', `Previous', and +`Up' pointers of all the files included in OUTER-FILE before inserting +a master menu in OUTER-FILE. Also, update the `Top' level node +pointers of OUTER-FILE. + +Notes: + + * this command does NOT save any files--you must save the + outer file and any modified, included files. + + * except for the `Top' node, this command does NOT handle any + pre-existing nodes in the outer file; hence, indices must be + enclosed in an included file. + +Requirements: + + * each of the included files must contain exactly one highest + hierarchical level node, + * this highest node must be the first node in the included file, + * each highest hierarchical level node must be of the same type. + +Thus, normally, each included file contains one, and only one, +chapter." + + (interactive (cons + (read-string + "Name of outer `include' file: " + (buffer-file-name)) + (cond ((not current-prefix-arg) + '(nil nil)) + ((listp current-prefix-arg) + '(t nil)) ; make-master-menu + ((numberp current-prefix-arg) + '(t t)) ; update-everything + ))) + + (let* ((included-file-list (texinfo-multi-file-included-list outer-file)) + (files included-file-list) + main-menu-list + next-node-name + previous-node-name + (up-node-name "Top")) + +;;; Update the pointers +;;; and collect the names of the nodes and titles + (setq main-menu-list (texinfo-multi-file-update files update-everything)) + +;;; Insert main menu + + ;; Go to outer file + (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect (car included-file-list))) + (if (texinfo-old-menu-p + (point-min) + (save-excursion + (re-search-forward "^@include") + (beginning-of-line) + (point))) + + ;; If found, leave point after word `menu' on the `@menu' line. + (progn + (texinfo-incorporate-descriptions main-menu-list) + ;; Delete existing menu. + (beginning-of-line) + (delete-region + (point) + (save-excursion (re-search-forward "^@end menu") (point))) + ;; Insert main menu + (texinfo-multi-files-insert-main-menu main-menu-list)) + + ;; Else no current menu; insert it before `@include' + (texinfo-multi-files-insert-main-menu main-menu-list)) + +;;; Insert master menu + + (if make-master-menu + (progn + ;; First, removing detailed part of any pre-existing master menu + (goto-char (point-min)) + (if (re-search-forward texinfo-master-menu-header nil t) + ;; Remove detailed master menu listing + (progn + (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) + (let ((end-of-detailed-menu-descriptions + (save-excursion ; beginning of end menu line + (goto-char (texinfo-menu-end)) + (beginning-of-line) (forward-char -1) + (point)))) + (delete-region (point) end-of-detailed-menu-descriptions)))) + + ;; Create a master menu and insert it + (texinfo-insert-master-menu-list + (texinfo-multi-file-master-menu-list + included-file-list))))) + + ;; Remove unwanted extra lines. + (save-excursion + (goto-char (point-min)) + + (re-search-forward "^@menu") + (forward-line -1) + (insert "\n") ; Ensure at least one blank line. + (delete-blank-lines) + + (re-search-forward "^@end menu") + (forward-line 1) + (insert "\n") ; Ensure at least one blank line. + (delete-blank-lines)) + + (message "Multiple files updated.")) + + +;;; Place `provide' at end of file. +(provide 'texnfo-upd) + +;;; texnfo-upd.el ends here diff --git a/texinfo/gen-info-dir b/texinfo/gen-info-dir new file mode 100755 index 00000000000..ede0daa7e7b --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/gen-info-dir @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# +# generate an Info directory, given a directory of Info files and a +# list of entries. The output will be suitable for a dir.info file, +# in the order given in the skeleton file + +INFODIR=$1 +if [ $# = 2 ] ; then + SKELETON=$2 +else + SKELETON=/dev/null +fi + +skip= + +if [ $# -gt 2 ] ; then + echo usage: $0 info-directory [ skeleton-file ] 1>&2 + exit 1 +else + true +fi + +if [ ! -d ${INFODIR} ] ; then + echo "$0: first argument must specify a directory" + exit 1 +fi + +infofiles=`(cd ${INFODIR}; ls *.info | sort | sed "s/dir\.info//")` +template=`cat ${SKELETON}` + +### output the dir.info header +echo "-*- Text -*-" +echo "This file was generated automatically by the gen-info-dir script." +echo "This version was generated on `date`" +echo "by `whoami`@`hostname` for `(cd ${INFODIR}; pwd)`" + +cat << moobler + +This is the file .../info/dir, which contains the topmost node of the +Info hierarchy. The first time you invoke Info you start off +looking at that node, which is (dir)Top. + +File: dir Node: Top This is the top of the INFO tree + This (the Directory node) gives a menu of major topics. + Typing "d" returns here, "q" exits, "?" lists all INFO commands, "h" + gives a primer for first-timers, "mTexinfo<Return>" visits Texinfo topic, + etc. + --- PLEASE ADD DOCUMENTATION TO THIS TREE. (See INFO topic first.) --- + +* Menu: The list of major topics begins on the next line. + +moobler + + +### go through the list of files in the template. If an info file +### exists, grab the ENTRY information from it. If there is no entry +### info, then create a minimal dir entry, otherwise use the given info. +### +### Then remove that file from the list of existing files. If any +### additional files remain (ones that don't have a template entry), +### then generate entries for those in the same way, putting the info for +### those at the very end.... + +for file in ${template} ; do + if [ "${file}" = "--" ] ; then + skip=1 + else + if [ -f ${INFODIR}/${file}.info ] ; then + entry=`sed -e '1,/START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/d' -e '/END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/,$d' ${INFODIR}/${file}.info` + if [ ! -z "${skip}" ] ; then + echo + skip= + fi + + if [ ! -z "${entry}" ] ; then + echo "${entry}" + else + echo "* ${file}: (${file})." + fi + + infofiles=`echo ${infofiles} | sed -e "s/${file}\.info//"` + fi + fi +done + +if [ -z "${infofiles}" ] ; then + exit 0 +else + echo +fi + +for file in ${infofiles}; do + entry=`sed -e '1,/START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/d' -e '/END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/,$d' ${INFODIR}/${file}` + + if [ ! -z "${entry}" ] ; then + echo "${entry}" + else + echo "* ${file}: (${file})." + fi +done + diff --git a/texinfo/gpl.texinfo b/texinfo/gpl.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ce7d62ec8f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/gpl.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,398 @@ +@c This GPL is meant to be included from other files. +@c To format a standalone GPL, use license.texi. + +@center Version 2, June 1991 + +@display +Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 675 +Mass Ave, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA + +Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies +of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. +@end display + +@unnumberedsec Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software---to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + +@iftex +@unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION +@end iftex +@ifinfo +@center TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION +@end ifinfo + +@enumerate 0 +@item +This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The ``Program'', below, +refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based on the Program'' +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term ``modification''.) Each licensee is addressed as ``you''. + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + +@item +You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + +@item +You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + +@enumerate a +@item +You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices +stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + +@item +You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in +whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any +part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third +parties under the terms of this License. + +@item +If the modified program normally reads commands interactively +when run, you must cause it, when started running for such +interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an +announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a +notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide +a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under +these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this +License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but +does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on +the Program is not required to print an announcement.) +@end enumerate + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + +@item +You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + +@enumerate a +@item +Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable +source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections +1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + +@item +Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three +years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your +cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete +machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be +distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium +customarily used for software interchange; or, + +@item +Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer +to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is +allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you +received the program in object code or executable form with such +an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) +@end enumerate + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + +@item +You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + +@item +You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + +@item +Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + +@item +If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + +@item +If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + +@item +The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ``any +later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + +@item +If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + +@iftex +@vskip -@baselineskip +@vskip -@baselineskip +@heading NO WARRANTY +@end iftex +@ifinfo +@center NO WARRANTY +@end ifinfo + +@item +BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + +@item +IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. +@end enumerate + +@iftex +@heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS +@end iftex +@ifinfo +@center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS +@end ifinfo + +@page +@unnumberedsec How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the ``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + +@smallexample +@var{one line to give the program's name and an idea of what it does.} +Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author} + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License +as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 +of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. +@end smallexample + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + +@smallexample +Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author} +Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details +type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome +to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' +for details. +@end smallexample + +The hypothetical commands @samp{show w} and @samp{show c} should show +the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the +commands you use may be called something other than @samp{show w} and +@samp{show c}; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items---whatever +suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + +@example +@group +Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright +interest in the program `Gnomovision' +(which makes passes at compilers) written +by James Hacker. + +@var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1989 +Ty Coon, President of Vice +@end group +@end example + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/texinfo/info/Makefile.in b/texinfo/info/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..776872ef68e --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +# Makefile for texinfo/info. -*- Indented-Text -*- +# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:57:59 jason Exp $ +# +# Copyright (C) 1993,96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +#### Start of system configuration section. #### + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +VPATH = $(srcdir):$(common) + +common = $(srcdir)/../libtxi +util = $(srcdir)/../util + +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +CC = @CC@ + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + +LN = ln +RM = rm -f +MKDIR = mkdir +MAKEINFO= ../makeinfo/makeinfo$(EXEEXT) + +DEFS = @DEFS@ + +LDEFS = -DHANDLE_MAN_PAGES -DNAMED_FUNCTIONS=1 -DDEFAULT_INFOPATH='"$(DEFAULT_INFOPATH)"' + +TERMLIBS = @TERMLIBS@ +LIBS = $(TERMLIBS) -L../libtxi -ltxi @LIBS@ +LOADLIBES = $(LIBS) + +SHELL = /bin/sh + +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ + +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +bindir = @bindir@ +# Prefix for each installed program, normally empty or `g'. +binprefix = +# Prefix for each installed man page, normally empty or `g'. +manprefix = +mandir = @mandir@/man1 +manext = 1 +infodir = @infodir@ +DEFAULT_INFOPATH= $(infodir):. + +#### End of system configuration section. #### + +SRCS = dir.c display.c echo_area.c filesys.c \ + info-utils.c info.c infodoc.c infomap.c \ + m-x.c nodes.c search.c session.c \ + signals.c terminal.c tilde.c window.c \ + xmalloc.c indices.c makedoc.c nodemenu.c \ + footnotes.c dribble.c variables.c gc.c man.c \ + clib.c + +HDRS = display.h doc.h echo_area.h filesys.h \ + general.h getopt.h info-utils.h info.h \ + infomap.h nodes.h search.h session.h \ + signals.h termdep.h terminal.h tilde.h \ + indices.h window.h footnotes.h dribble.h \ + variables.h gc.h clib.h + +OBJS = dir.o display.o doc.o echo_area.o filesys.o info-utils.o info.o \ + infodoc.o infomap.o m-x.o nodes.o search.o session.o signals.o \ + terminal.o tilde.o window.o indices.o xmalloc.o nodemenu.o \ + footnotes.o dribble.o variables.o gc.o man.o clib.o + +# The names of files which declare info commands. +CMDFILES = $(srcdir)/session.c $(srcdir)/echo_area.c $(srcdir)/infodoc.c \ + $(srcdir)/m-x.c $(srcdir)/indices.c $(srcdir)/nodemenu.c \ + $(srcdir)/footnotes.c $(srcdir)/variables.c + +# The name of the program which builds documentation structure from CMDFILES. +MAKEDOC_OBJECTS = makedoc.o clib.o xmalloc.o +MAKEDOC_SOURCE = makedoc.c clib.c xmalloc.c + +infofiles = info.info info-stnd.info + +.c.o: + $(CC) -c $(CPPFLAGS) $(LDEFS) $(DEFS) -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(common) $(CFLAGS) $< + +all: info$(EXEEXT) $(infofiles) +sub-all: all + +dvi: all-dvi + +install: all + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) info$(EXEEXT) $(bindir)/$(binprefix)info$(EXEEXT) + -$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/info.1 $(mandir)/$(manprefix)info.$(manext) + $(POST_INSTALL) + +install-info: + -d=$(srcdir); test -f ./info.info && d=.; $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/info.info $(infodir)/info.info + -d=$(srcdir); test -f ./info-stnd.info && d=.; $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/info-stnd.info $(infodir)/info-stnd.info + ../util/install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/info.info + ../util/install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/info-stnd.info + +uninstall: + $(RM) $(bindir)/info$(EXEEXT) + $(RM) $(infodir)/info.info + $(RM) $(infodir)/info-stnd.info + $(RM) $(mandir)/$(manprefix)info.$(manext) + +info$(EXEEXT): $(OBJS) ../libtxi/libtxi.a + $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJS) $(LOADLIBES) + +all-info: info.info info-stnd.info + +info.info: info.texi + $(MAKEINFO) --no-split -I$(srcdir) info.texi + +info-stnd.info: info-stnd.texi + $(MAKEINFO) --no-split -I$(srcdir) info-stnd.texi + +dvi all-dvi: info.dvi info-stnd.dvi +info.dvi: info.texi + PATH="$(util):$${PATH}" TEXINPUTS="$(srcdir):$(common):$${TEXINPUTS}" texi2dvi $(srcdir)/info.texi + +info-stnd.dvi: info-stnd.texi + PATH="$(util):$${PATH}" TEXINPUTS="$(srcdir):$(common):$${TEXINPUTS}" texi2dvi $(srcdir)/info-stnd.texi + +makedoc$(EXEEXT): $(MAKEDOC_OBJECTS) ../libtxi/libtxi.a + $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(MAKEDOC_OBJECTS) $(LOADLIBES) + +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in ../config.status + cd ..; $(SHELL) config.status + +clean: + $(RM) info$(EXEEXT) funs.h doc.c makedoc$(EXEEXT) $(OBJS) $(MAKEDOC_OBJECTS) + +distclean: clean texclean + $(RM) Makefile config.status config.cache *~ core core.* *.core + $(RM) *.BAK makedoc-TAGS TAGS \#* *.info* + +mostlyclean: clean + +realclean: distclean + $(RM) info.info info-stnd.info + +TAGS: $(SRCS) makedoc-TAGS + etags $(SRCS) + cat makedoc-TAGS >>TAGS && $(RM) makedoc-TAGS + +makedoc-TAGS: $(CMDFILES) + ./makedoc -tags $(CMDFILES) >makedoc-TAGS + +texclean: + $(RM) *.toc *.aux *.log *.cp *.fn *.tp *.vr *.pg *.ky *.cps + $(RM) *.tps *.fns *.kys *.pgs *.vrs + +check: info + +# The files `doc.c' and `funs.h' are created by ./makedoc run over the source +# files which contain DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND. `funs.h' is a header file +# listing the functions found. `doc.c' is a structure containing pointers +# to those functions along with completable names and documentation strings. +funs.h: makedoc$(EXEEXT) $(CMDFILES) + -@if test -f funs.h; then mv -f funs.h old-funs.h; fi; : + -@if test -f doc.c; then mv -f doc.c old-doc.c; fi; : + ./makedoc$(EXEEXT) $(CMDFILES) + -@if cmp -s old-funs.h funs.h; then mv old-funs.h funs.h; \ + else $(RM) old-funs.h; fi; : + -@if cmp -s old-doc.c doc.c; then mv old-doc.c doc.c; \ + else $(RM) old-doc.c; fi; : + +doc.c: funs.h +dribble.o: dribble.c dribble.h +display.o: display.c +echo_area.o: echo_area.c +filesys.o: filesys.c +info-utils.o: info-utils.c +info.o: info.c filesys.h +infodoc.o: infodoc.c +infomap.o: infomap.c +m-x.o: m-x.c +nodes.o: nodes.c +search.o: search.c +session.o: session.c +signals.o: signals.c +terminal.o: terminal.c +tilde.o: tilde.c +window.o: window.c +xmalloc.o: xmalloc.c +indices.o: indices.c +makedoc.o: makedoc.c + +dir.o: dir.c +display.o: nodes.h info-utils.h search.h +display.o: terminal.h window.h display.h +echo_area.o: info.h +filesys.o: general.h tilde.h filesys.h +footnotes.o: footnotes.h +info-utils.o: info-utils.h nodes.h search.h +info.o: info.h $(common)/getopt.h +infodoc.o: info.h doc.h +infomap.o: infomap.h funs.h +gc.o: info.h +m-x.o: info.h +nodes.o: search.h filesys.h +nodes.o: nodes.h info-utils.h +search.o: general.h search.h nodes.h +session.o: info.h +signals.o: info.h signals.h +terminal.o: terminal.h termdep.h +tilde.o: tilde.h +variables.c: variables.h +window.o: nodes.h window.h display.h +window.o: info-utils.h search.h infomap.h + +# Prevent GNU make v3 from overflowing arg limit on SysV. +.NOEXPORT: + +# eof diff --git a/texinfo/info/NEWS b/texinfo/info/NEWS new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b13fb1531b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/NEWS @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +This release of Info is version 2.11. Please read the file README. + +Version 2.11, Sat Apr 1 09:15:21 1995 + +Changes since 2.7 beta: + +Although the basic code remains the same, there are numerous nits +fixed, including some display bugs, and a memory leak. Some changes +that have taken place with larger impact include the way in which the +(dir) node is built; I have added in support for "localdir" +directories among other things. Info files may be stored in +compressed formats, and in their own subdirectories; menu items which +do not explicitly name the node to which they are attached have the +menu item name looked up as an Info file if it is not found within the +current document. This means that the menu item: + +* Info:: The Info documentation reader. + +in (dir) refers to the info node "(info)Top". + +Please see the ChangeLog and documentation for details on other +changes. + +Version 2.7 beta, Wed Dec 30 02:02:38 1992 +Version 2.6 beta, Tue Dec 22 03:58:07 1992 +Version 2.5 beta, Tue Dec 8 14:50:35 1992 +Version 2.4 beta, Sat Nov 28 14:34:02 1992 +Version 2.3 beta, Fri Nov 27 01:04:13 1992 +Version 2.2 beta, Tue Nov 24 09:36:08 1992 +Version 2.1 beta, Tue Nov 17 23:29:36 1992 + +Changes since 2.5 beta: + +Note that versions 2.6 and 2.7 Beta were only released to a select group. + +* "info-" removed from the front of M-x commands. + +* Automatic footnote display. When you enter a node which contains + footnotes, and the variable "automatic-footnotes" is "On", Info pops + up a window containing the footnotes. Likewise, when you leave that + node, the window containing the footnotes goes away. + +* Cleaner built in documentation, and documentation functions. + + Use: + o `M-x describe-variable' to read a variable's documenation + o `M-x describe-key' to find out what a particular keystroke does. + o `M-x describe-function' to read a function's documentation. + o `M-x where-is' to find out what keys invoke a particular function. + +* Info can "tile" the displayed windows (via "M-x tile-windows"). If + the variable "automatic-tiling" is "On", then splitting a window or + deleting a window causes the remaining windows to be retiled. + +* You can save every keystroke you type in a "dribble file" by using the + `--dribble FILENAME' option. You can initially read keystrokes from an + alternate input stream with `--restore FILENAME', or by redirecting + input on the command line `info < old-dribble'. + +* New behaviour of menu items. If the label is the same as the + target node name, and the node couldn't be found in the current file, + treat the label as a file name. For example, a menu entry in "DIR" + might contain: + + * Emacs:: Cool text-editor. + + Info would not find the node "(dir)Emacs", so just plain "(emacs)" + would be tried. + +* New variable "ISO-Latin" allows you to use European machines with + 8-bit character sets. + +* Cleanups in echo area reading, and redisplay. Cleanups in handling the + window which shows possible completions. + +* Info can now read files that have been compressed. An array in filesys.c + maps extensions to programs that can decompress stdin, and write the results + to stdout. Currently, ".Z"/uncompress, ".z"/gunzip, and ".Y"/unyabba are + supported. The modeline for a compressed file shows "zz" in it. + +* There is a new variable "gc-compressed-files" which, if non-zero, says + it is okay to reclaim the file buffer space allocated to a file which + was compressed, if, and only if, that file's contents do not appear in + any history node. + +* New file `nodemenu.c' implements a few functions for manipulating + previously visited nodes. `C-x C-b' (list-visited-nodes) produces a + menu of the nodes that could be reached by info-history-node in some + window. `C-x b' (select-visited-node) is similar, but reads one of + the node names with completion. + +* Keystroke `M-r' (move_to_screen_line) allows the user to place the cursor at + the start of a specific screen line. Without a numeric argument, place the + cursor on the center line; with an arg, place the cursor on that line. + +* Interruptible display implemented. Basic display speedups and hacks. +* The message "*** Tags Out of Date ***" now means what it says. +* Index searching with `,' (info-index-next) has been improved. +* When scrolling with C-v, C-M-v, or M-v, only "Page Only" scrolling + will happen. + +* Continous scrolling (along with `]' (info-global-next) and `[' + (info-global-prev) works better. `]' and `[' accept numeric + arguments, moving that many nodes in that case. + +* `C-x w' (info-toggle-wrap) controls how lines wider than the width + of the screen are displayed. If a line is too long, a `$' is + displayed in the rightmost column of the window. + +* There are some new variables for controlling the behaviour of Info + interactively. The current list of variables is as follows: + + Variable Name Default Value Description + ------------- ------------- ----------- + `automatic-footnotes' On When "On", footnotes appear and + disappear automatically. + + `automatic-tiling' Off When "On", creating of deleting a + window resizes other windows. + + `visible-bell' Off If non-zero, try to use a visible bell. + + `errors-ring-bell' On If non-zero, errors cause a ring. + + `show-index-match' On If non-zero, the portion of the string + matched is highlighted by changing its + case. + + `scroll-behaviour' Continuous One of "Continuous", "Next Only", or + "Page Only". "Page Only" prevents you from + scrolling past the bottom or top of a node. + "Next Only" causes the Next or Prev node to + be selected when you scroll past the bottom + or top of a node. "Continous" moves + linearly through the files hierchichal + structure. + + `scroll-step' 0 Controls how scrolling is done for you when + the cursor moves out of the current window. + Non-zero means it is the number of lines + you would like the screen to shift. A + value of 0 means to center the line + containing the cursor in the window. + + `gc-compressed-files' Off If non-zero means it is okay to reclaim the + file buffer space allocated to a file which + was compressed, if, and only if, that + file's contents do not appear in the node + list of any window. + + `ISO-Latin' Off Non-zero means that you are using an ISO + Latin character set. By default, standard + ASCII characters are assumed. +________________________________________ +This release of Info is version 2.5 beta. + +Changes since 2.4 beta: + +* Index (i) and (,) commands fully implemented. +* "configure" script now shipped with Info. +* New function "set-variable" allows users to set various variables. +* User-settable behaviour on end or beginning of node scrolling. This + supercedes the SPC and DEL changes in 2.3 beta. + +________________________________________ +This release of Info is version 2.4 beta. + +Changes since 2.3 beta: + +* info-last-node now means move to the last node of this info file. +* info-history-node means move backwards through this window's node history. +* info-first-node moves to the first node in the Info file. This node is + not necessarily "Top"! +* SPC and DEL can select the Next or Prev node after printing an informative + message when pressed at the end/beg of a node. + +---------------------------------------- +This release of Info is version 2.3 beta. + +Changes since 2.2 beta: + +* M-x command lines if NAMED_COMMANDS is #defined. Variable in Makefile. +* Screen height changes made quite robust. +* Interactive function "set-screen-height" implements user height changes. +* Scrolling on some terminals is faster now. +* C-l with numeric arguement is fixed. + +---------------------------------------- +This release of Info is version 2.2 beta. + +Changes since 2.0: + +* C-g can now interrupt multi-file searches. +* Incremental search is fully implemented. +* Loading large tag tables is much faster now. +* makedoc.c replaces shell script, speeding incremental builds. +* Scrolling in redisplay is implemented. +* Recursive uses of the echo area made more robust. +* Garbage collection of unreferenced nodes. + diff --git a/texinfo/info/README b/texinfo/info/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d8f1ab624d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/README @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +The file NEWS contains information about what has changed since the last +release. + +The file ../INSTALL contains instructions on how to install Info. + + +Info 2.0 is a complete rewrite of the original standalone Info I wrote in +1987, the first program I wrote for rms. That program was something like +my second Unix program ever, and my die-hard machine language coding habits +tended to show through. I found the original Info hard to read and +maintain, and thus decided to write this one. + +The rewrite consists of about 12,000 lines of code written in about 12 +days. I believe this version of Info to be in much better shape than the +original Info, and the only reason it is in Beta test is because of its +short life span. + +Info 2.0 is substantially different from its original standalone +predecessor. It appears almost identical to the GNU Emacs version, but has +the advantages of smaller size, ease of portability, and a built in library +which can be used in other programs (to get or display documentation from +Info files, for example). + +I eagerly await responses to this newer version of Info; comments on its +portability, ease of use and user interface, code quality, and general +usefulness are all of interest to me, and I will appreciate any comments +that you would care to make. + +A full listing of the commands available in Info can be gotten by typing +`?' while within an Info window. This produces a node in a window which +can be viewed just like any Info node. + +Please send your comments, bug reports, and suggestions to + + bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu + +--Brian Fox <bfox@ai.mit.edu> diff --git a/texinfo/info/clib.c b/texinfo/info/clib.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0f913370bf3 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/clib.c @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/* clib.c: Functions which we normally expect to find in the C library. + $Id: clib.c,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:57:59 jason Exp $ + + This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include <stdio.h> + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +#include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H) +#include <stdlib.h> +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H) +#include <string.h> +#endif + +#include <sys/errno.h> + +extern void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc (); +#include "general.h" + +#if !defined (errno) +extern int errno; +#endif + +#if !defined (HAVE_STRERROR) +extern char *sys_errlist[]; +extern int sys_nerr; + +char * +strerror (num) + int num; +{ + if (num >= sys_nerr) + return (""); + else + return (sys_errlist[num]); +} +#endif /* !HAVE_STRERROR */ + +#if !defined (HAVE_STRCASECMP) +/* This Unix doesn't have the strcasecmp () function. */ +int +strcasecmp (string1, string2) + char *string1, *string2; +{ + char ch1, ch2; + + for (;;) + { + ch1 = *string1++; + ch2 = *string2++; + + if (!(ch1 | ch2)) + return (0); + + ch1 = info_toupper (ch1); + ch2 = info_toupper (ch2); + + if (ch1 != ch2) + return (ch1 - ch2); + } +} + +/* Compare at most COUNT characters from string1 to string2. Case + doesn't matter. */ +int +strncasecmp (string1, string2, count) + char *string1, *string2; + int count; +{ + register char ch1, ch2; + + while (count) + { + ch1 = *string1++; + ch2 = *string2++; + + ch1 = info_toupper (ch1); + ch2 = info_toupper (ch2); + + if (ch1 == ch2) + count--; + else + break; + } + return (count); +} +#endif /* !STRCASECMP */ + diff --git a/texinfo/info/clib.h b/texinfo/info/clib.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c559fe51b60 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/clib.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* clib.h: Declarations of functions which appear in clib.c (or libc.a). */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_CLIB_H_) +#define _CLIB_H_ + +#if !defined (HAVE_STRDUP) +extern char *strdup (); +#endif + +#if !defined (HAVE_STRERROR) +extern char *strerror (); +#endif + +#if !defined (HAVE_STRCASECMP) +extern int strcasecmp (); +extern int strncasecmp (); +#endif + +#endif /* !_CLIB_H_ */ + + diff --git a/texinfo/info/dir.c b/texinfo/info/dir.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4ccf8561310 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/dir.c @@ -0,0 +1,273 @@ +/* dir.c -- How to build a special "dir" node from "localdir" files. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H) +#include <sys/file.h> +#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */ +#include <sys/errno.h> +#include "info-utils.h" +#include "filesys.h" +#include "tilde.h" + +/* The "dir" node can be built from the contents of a file called "dir", + with the addition of the menus of every file named in the array + dirs_to_add which are found in INFOPATH. */ + +static void add_menu_to_file_buffer (), insert_text_into_fb_at_binding (); +static void build_dir_node_internal (); + +static char *dirs_to_add[] = { + "dir", "localdir", (char *)NULL +}; + +void +maybe_build_dir_node (dirname) + char *dirname; +{ + FILE_BUFFER *dir_buffer; + int path_index, update_tags; + char *this_dir; + + /* Check to see if the file has already been built. If so, then + do not build it again. */ + dir_buffer = info_find_file (dirname); + + /* If there is no "dir" in the current info path, we cannot build one + from nothing. */ + if (!dir_buffer) + return; + + /* If this directory has already been built, return now. */ + if (dir_buffer->flags & N_CannotGC) + return; + + path_index = update_tags = 0; + + /* Using each element of the path, check for one of the files in + DIRS_TO_ADD. Do not check for "localdir.info.Z" or anything else. + Only files explictly named are eligible. This is a design decision. + There can be an info file name "localdir.info" which contains + information on the setting up of "localdir" files. */ + while (this_dir = extract_colon_unit (infopath, &path_index)) + { + register int da_index; + char *from_file; + + /* Expand a leading tilde if one is present. */ + if (*this_dir == '~') + { + char *tilde_expanded_dirname; + + tilde_expanded_dirname = tilde_expand_word (this_dir); + if (tilde_expanded_dirname != this_dir) + { + free (this_dir); + this_dir = tilde_expanded_dirname; + } + } + + /* For every file named in DIRS_TO_ADD found in the search path, + add the contents of that file's menu to our "dir" node. */ + for (da_index = 0; from_file = dirs_to_add[da_index]; da_index++) + { + struct stat finfo; + char *fullpath; + int namelen, statable; + + namelen = strlen (from_file); + + fullpath = (char *)xmalloc (3 + strlen (this_dir) + namelen); + strcpy (fullpath, this_dir); + if (fullpath[strlen (fullpath) - 1] != '/') + strcat (fullpath, "/"); + strcat (fullpath, from_file); + + statable = (stat (fullpath, &finfo) == 0); + + /* Only add the contents of this file if it is not identical to the + file of the DIR buffer. */ + if ((statable && S_ISREG (finfo.st_mode)) && + (strcmp (dir_buffer->fullpath, fullpath) != 0)) + { + long filesize; + char *contents; + + contents = filesys_read_info_file (fullpath, &filesize, &finfo); + + if (contents) + { + update_tags++; + add_menu_to_file_buffer (contents, filesize, dir_buffer); + free (contents); + } + } + + free (fullpath); + } + free (this_dir); + } + + if (update_tags) + build_tags_and_nodes (dir_buffer); + + /* Flag that the dir buffer has been built. */ + dir_buffer->flags |= N_CannotGC; +} + +/* Given CONTENTS and FB (a file buffer), add the menu found in CONTENTS + to the menu found in FB->contents. Second argument SIZE is the total + size of CONTENTS. */ +static void +add_menu_to_file_buffer (contents, size, fb) + char *contents; + long size; + FILE_BUFFER *fb; +{ + SEARCH_BINDING contents_binding, fb_binding; + long contents_offset, fb_offset; + + contents_binding.buffer = contents; + contents_binding.start = 0; + contents_binding.end = size; + contents_binding.flags = S_FoldCase | S_SkipDest; + + fb_binding.buffer = fb->contents; + fb_binding.start = 0; + fb_binding.end = fb->filesize; + fb_binding.flags = S_FoldCase | S_SkipDest; + + /* Move to the start of the menus in CONTENTS and FB. */ + contents_offset = search_forward (INFO_MENU_LABEL, &contents_binding); + fb_offset = search_forward (INFO_MENU_LABEL, &fb_binding); + + /* If there is no menu in CONTENTS, quit now. */ + if (contents_offset == -1) + return; + + /* There is a menu in CONTENTS, and contents_offset points to the first + character following the menu starter string. Skip all whitespace + and newline characters. */ + contents_offset += skip_whitespace_and_newlines (contents + contents_offset); + + /* If there is no menu in FB, make one. */ + if (fb_offset == -1) + { + /* Find the start of the second node in this file buffer. If there + is only one node, we will be adding the contents to the end of + this node. */ + fb_offset = find_node_separator (&fb_binding); + + /* If not even a single node separator, give up. */ + if (fb_offset == -1) + return; + + fb_binding.start = fb_offset; + fb_binding.start += + skip_node_separator (fb_binding.buffer + fb_binding.start); + + /* Try to find the next node separator. */ + fb_offset = find_node_separator (&fb_binding); + + /* If found one, consider that the start of the menu. Otherwise, the + start of this menu is the end of the file buffer (i.e., fb->size). */ + if (fb_offset != -1) + fb_binding.start = fb_offset; + else + fb_binding.start = fb_binding.end; + + insert_text_into_fb_at_binding + (fb, &fb_binding, INFO_MENU_LABEL, strlen (INFO_MENU_LABEL)); + + fb_binding.buffer = fb->contents; + fb_binding.start = 0; + fb_binding.end = fb->filesize; + fb_offset = search_forward (INFO_MENU_LABEL, &fb_binding); + if (fb_offset == -1) + abort (); + } + + /* CONTENTS_OFFSET and FB_OFFSET point to the starts of the menus that + appear in their respective buffers. Add the remainder of CONTENTS + to the end of FB's menu. */ + fb_binding.start = fb_offset; + fb_offset = find_node_separator (&fb_binding); + if (fb_offset != -1) + fb_binding.start = fb_offset; + else + fb_binding.start = fb_binding.end; + + /* Leave exactly one blank line between directory entries. */ + { + int num_found = 0; + + while ((fb_binding.start > 0) && + (whitespace_or_newline (fb_binding.buffer[fb_binding.start - 1]))) + { + num_found++; + fb_binding.start--; + } + + /* Optimize if possible. */ + if (num_found >= 2) + { + fb_binding.buffer[fb_binding.start++] = '\n'; + fb_binding.buffer[fb_binding.start++] = '\n'; + } + else + { + /* Do it the hard way. */ + insert_text_into_fb_at_binding (fb, &fb_binding, "\n\n", 2); + fb_binding.start += 2; + } + } + + /* Insert the new menu. */ + insert_text_into_fb_at_binding + (fb, &fb_binding, contents + contents_offset, size - contents_offset); +} + +static void +insert_text_into_fb_at_binding (fb, binding, text, textlen) + FILE_BUFFER *fb; + SEARCH_BINDING *binding; + char *text; + int textlen; +{ + char *contents; + long start, end; + + start = binding->start; + end = fb->filesize; + + contents = (char *)xmalloc (fb->filesize + textlen + 1); + memcpy (contents, fb->contents, start); + memcpy (contents + start, text, textlen); + memcpy (contents + start + textlen, fb->contents + start, end - start); + free (fb->contents); + fb->contents = contents; + fb->filesize += textlen; + fb->finfo.st_size = fb->filesize; +} diff --git a/texinfo/info/display.c b/texinfo/info/display.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0194afafa20 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/display.c @@ -0,0 +1,561 @@ +/* display.c -- How to display Info windows. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include "display.h" + +extern int info_any_buffered_input_p (); /* Found in session.c. */ + +static void free_display (); +static DISPLAY_LINE **make_display (); + +/* An array of display lines which tell us what is currently visible on + the display. */ +DISPLAY_LINE **the_display = (DISPLAY_LINE **)NULL; + +/* Non-zero means do no output. */ +int display_inhibited = 0; + +/* Initialize THE_DISPLAY to WIDTH and HEIGHT, with nothing in it. */ +void +display_initialize_display (width, height) + int width, height; +{ + free_display (the_display); + the_display = make_display (width, height); + display_clear_display (the_display); +} + +/* Clear all of the lines in DISPLAY making the screen blank. */ +void +display_clear_display (display) + DISPLAY_LINE **display; +{ + register int i; + register DISPLAY_LINE *display_line; + + for (i = 0; display_line = display[i]; i++) + { + display[i]->text[0] = '\0'; + display[i]->textlen = 0; + display[i]->inverse = 0; + } +} + +/* Non-zero if we didn't completely redisplay a window. */ +int display_was_interrupted_p = 0; + +/* Update the windows pointed to by WINDOW in the_display. This actually + writes the text on the screen. */ +void +display_update_display (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + register WINDOW *win; + + display_was_interrupted_p = 0; + + /* For every window in the list, check contents against the display. */ + for (win = window; win; win = win->next) + { + /* Only re-display visible windows which need updating. */ + if (((win->flags & W_WindowVisible) == 0) || + ((win->flags & W_UpdateWindow) == 0) || + (win->height == 0)) + continue; + + display_update_one_window (win); + if (display_was_interrupted_p) + break; + } + + /* Always update the echo area. */ + display_update_one_window (the_echo_area); +} + +/* Display WIN on the_display. Unlike display_update_display (), this + function only does one window. */ +void +display_update_one_window (win) + WINDOW *win; +{ + register char *nodetext; /* Current character to display. */ + register char *last_node_char; /* Position of the last character in node. */ + register int i; /* General use index. */ + char *printed_line; /* Buffer for a printed line. */ + int pl_index = 0; /* Index into PRINTED_LINE. */ + int line_index = 0; /* Number of lines done so far. */ + DISPLAY_LINE **display = the_display; + + /* If display is inhibited, that counts as an interrupted display. */ + if (display_inhibited) + display_was_interrupted_p = 1; + + /* If the window has no height, or display is inhibited, quit now. */ + if (!win->height || display_inhibited) + return; + + /* If the window's first row doesn't appear in the_screen, then it + cannot be displayed. This can happen when the_echo_area is the + window to be displayed, and the screen has shrunk to less than one + line. */ + if ((win->first_row < 0) || (win->first_row > the_screen->height)) + return; + + /* Print each line in the window into our local buffer, and then + check the contents of that buffer against the display. If they + differ, update the display. */ + printed_line = (char *)xmalloc (1 + win->width); + + if (!win->node || !win->line_starts) + goto done_with_node_display; + + nodetext = win->line_starts[win->pagetop]; + last_node_char = win->node->contents + win->node->nodelen; + + for (; nodetext < last_node_char; nodetext++) + { + char *rep, *rep_carried_over, rep_temp[2]; + int replen; + + if (isprint (*nodetext)) + { + rep_temp[0] = *nodetext; + replen = 1; + rep_temp[1] = '\0'; + rep = rep_temp; + } + else + { + if (*nodetext == '\r' || *nodetext == '\n') + { + replen = win->width - pl_index; + } + else + { + rep = printed_representation (*nodetext, pl_index); + replen = strlen (rep); + } + } + + /* If this character can be printed without passing the width of + the line, then stuff it into the line. */ + if (replen + pl_index < win->width) + { + /* Optimize if possible. */ + if (replen == 1) + { + printed_line[pl_index++] = *rep; + } + else + { + for (i = 0; i < replen; i++) + printed_line[pl_index++] = rep[i]; + } + } + else + { + DISPLAY_LINE *entry; + + /* If this character cannot be printed in this line, we have + found the end of this line as it would appear on the screen. + Carefully print the end of the line, and then compare. */ + if (*nodetext == '\n' || *nodetext == '\r' || *nodetext == '\t') + { + printed_line[pl_index] = '\0'; + rep_carried_over = (char *)NULL; + } + else + { + /* The printed representation of this character extends into + the next line. Remember the offset of the last character + printed out of REP so that we can carry the character over + to the next line. */ + for (i = 0; pl_index < (win->width - 1);) + printed_line[pl_index++] = rep[i++]; + + rep_carried_over = rep + i; + + /* If printing the last character in this window couldn't + possibly cause the screen to scroll, place a backslash + in the rightmost column. */ + if (1 + line_index + win->first_row < the_screen->height) + { + if (win->flags & W_NoWrap) + printed_line[pl_index++] = '$'; + else + printed_line[pl_index++] = '\\'; + } + printed_line[pl_index] = '\0'; + } + + /* We have the exact line as it should appear on the screen. + Check to see if this line matches the one already appearing + on the screen. */ + entry = display[line_index + win->first_row]; + + /* If the screen line is inversed, then we have to clear + the line from the screen first. Why, I don't know. */ + if (entry->inverse) + { + terminal_goto_xy (0, line_index + win->first_row); + terminal_clear_to_eol (); + entry->inverse = 0; + entry->text[0] = '\0'; + entry->textlen = 0; + } + + /* Find the offset where these lines differ. */ + for (i = 0; i < pl_index; i++) + if (printed_line[i] != entry->text[i]) + break; + + /* If the lines are not the same length, or if they differed + at all, we must do some redrawing. */ + if ((i != pl_index) || (pl_index != entry->textlen)) + { + /* Move to the proper point on the terminal. */ + terminal_goto_xy (i, line_index + win->first_row); + + /* If there is any text to print, print it. */ + if (i != pl_index) + terminal_put_text (printed_line + i); + + /* If the printed text didn't extend all the way to the edge + of the window, and text was appearing between here and the + edge of the window, clear from here to the end of the line. */ + if ((pl_index < win->width && pl_index < entry->textlen) || + (entry->inverse)) + terminal_clear_to_eol (); + + fflush (stdout); + + /* Update the display text buffer. */ + strcpy (entry->text + i, printed_line + i); + entry->textlen = pl_index; + + /* Lines showing node text are not in inverse. Only modelines + have that distinction. */ + entry->inverse = 0; + } + + /* We have done at least one line. Increment our screen line + index, and check against the bottom of the window. */ + if (++line_index == win->height) + break; + + /* A line has been displayed, and the screen reflects that state. + If there is typeahead pending, then let that typeahead be read + now, instead of continuing with the display. */ + if (info_any_buffered_input_p ()) + { + free (printed_line); + display_was_interrupted_p = 1; + return; + } + + /* Reset PL_INDEX to the start of the line. */ + pl_index = 0; + + /* If there are characters from REP left to print, stuff them + into the buffer now. */ + if (rep_carried_over) + for (; rep[pl_index]; pl_index++) + printed_line[pl_index] = rep[pl_index]; + + /* If this window has chosen not to wrap lines, skip to the end + of the physical line in the buffer, and start a new line here. */ + if (pl_index && (win->flags & W_NoWrap)) + { + char *begin; + + pl_index = 0; + printed_line[0] = '\0'; + + begin = nodetext; + + while ((nodetext < last_node_char) && (*nodetext != '\n')) + nodetext++; + } + } + } + + done_with_node_display: + /* We have reached the end of the node or the end of the window. If it + is the end of the node, then clear the lines of the window from here + to the end of the window. */ + for (; line_index < win->height; line_index++) + { + DISPLAY_LINE *entry = display[line_index + win->first_row]; + + /* If this line has text on it then make it go away. */ + if (entry && entry->textlen) + { + entry->textlen = 0; + entry->text[0] = '\0'; + + terminal_goto_xy (0, line_index + win->first_row); + terminal_clear_to_eol (); + } + } + + /* Finally, if this window has a modeline it might need to be redisplayed. + Check the window's modeline against the one in the display, and update + if necessary. */ + if ((win->flags & W_InhibitMode) == 0) + { + window_make_modeline (win); + line_index = win->first_row + win->height; + + /* This display line must both be in inverse, and have the same + contents. */ + if ((!display[line_index]->inverse) || + (strcmp (display[line_index]->text, win->modeline) != 0)) + { + terminal_goto_xy (0, line_index); + terminal_begin_inverse (); + terminal_put_text (win->modeline); + terminal_end_inverse (); + strcpy (display[line_index]->text, win->modeline); + display[line_index]->inverse = 1; + display[line_index]->textlen = strlen (win->modeline); + fflush (stdout); + } + } + + /* Okay, this window doesn't need updating anymore. */ + win->flags &= ~W_UpdateWindow; + free (printed_line); + fflush (stdout); +} + +/* Scroll the region of the_display starting at START, ending at END, and + moving the lines AMOUNT lines. If AMOUNT is less than zero, the lines + are moved up in the screen, otherwise down. Actually, it is possible + for no scrolling to take place in the case that the terminal doesn't + support it. This doesn't matter to us. */ +void +display_scroll_display (start, end, amount) + int start, end, amount; +{ + register int i, last; + DISPLAY_LINE *temp; + + /* If this terminal cannot do scrolling, give up now. */ + if (!terminal_can_scroll) + return; + + /* If there isn't anything displayed on the screen because it is too + small, quit now. */ + if (!the_display[0]) + return; + + /* If there is typeahead pending, then don't actually do any scrolling. */ + if (info_any_buffered_input_p ()) + return; + + /* Do it on the screen. */ + terminal_scroll_terminal (start, end, amount); + + /* Now do it in the display buffer so our contents match the screen. */ + if (amount > 0) + { + last = end + amount; + + /* Shift the lines to scroll right into place. */ + for (i = 0; i < (end - start); i++) + { + temp = the_display[last - i]; + the_display[last - i] = the_display[end - i]; + the_display[end - i] = temp; + } + + /* The lines have been shifted down in the buffer. Clear all of the + lines that were vacated. */ + for (i = start; i != (start + amount); i++) + { + the_display[i]->text[0] = '\0'; + the_display[i]->textlen = 0; + the_display[i]->inverse = 0; + } + } + + if (amount < 0) + { + last = start + amount; + for (i = 0; i < (end - start); i++) + { + temp = the_display[last + i]; + the_display[last + i] = the_display[start + i]; + the_display[start + i] = temp; + } + + /* The lines have been shifted up in the buffer. Clear all of the + lines that are left over. */ + for (i = end + amount; i != end; i++) + { + the_display[i]->text[0] = '\0'; + the_display[i]->textlen = 0; + the_display[i]->inverse = 0; + } + } +} + +/* Try to scroll lines in WINDOW. OLD_PAGETOP is the pagetop of WINDOW before + having had its line starts recalculated. OLD_STARTS is the list of line + starts that used to appear in this window. OLD_COUNT is the number of lines + that appear in the OLD_STARTS array. */ +void +display_scroll_line_starts (window, old_pagetop, old_starts, old_count) + WINDOW *window; + int old_pagetop, old_count; + char **old_starts; +{ + register int i, old, new; /* Indices into the line starts arrays. */ + int last_new, last_old; /* Index of the last visible line. */ + int old_first, new_first; /* Index of the first changed line. */ + int unchanged_at_top = 0; + int already_scrolled = 0; + + /* Locate the first line which was displayed on the old window. */ + old_first = old_pagetop; + new_first = window->pagetop; + + /* Find the last line currently visible in this window. */ + last_new = window->pagetop + (window->height - 1); + if (last_new > window->line_count) + last_new = window->line_count - 1; + + /* Find the last line which used to be currently visible in this window. */ + last_old = old_pagetop + (window->height - 1); + if (last_old > old_count) + last_old = old_count - 1; + + for (old = old_first, new = new_first; + old < last_old && new < last_new; + old++, new++) + if (old_starts[old] != window->line_starts[new]) + break; + else + unchanged_at_top++; + + /* Loop through the old lines looking for a match in the new lines. */ + for (old = old_first + unchanged_at_top; old < last_old; old++) + { + for (new = new_first; new < last_new; new++) + if (old_starts[old] == window->line_starts[new]) + { + /* Find the extent of the matching lines. */ + for (i = 0; (old + i) < last_old; i++) + if (old_starts[old + i] != window->line_starts[new + i]) + break; + + /* Scroll these lines if there are enough of them. */ + { + int start, end, amount; + + start = (window->first_row + + ((old + already_scrolled) - old_pagetop)); + amount = new - (old + already_scrolled); + end = window->first_row + window->height; + + /* If we are shifting the block of lines down, then the last + AMOUNT lines will become invisible. Thus, don't bother + scrolling them. */ + if (amount > 0) + end -= amount; + + if ((end - start) > 0) + { + display_scroll_display (start, end, amount); + + /* Some lines have been scrolled. Simulate the scrolling + by offsetting the value of the old index. */ + old += i; + already_scrolled += amount; + } + } + } + } +} + +/* Move the screen cursor to directly over the current character in WINDOW. */ +void +display_cursor_at_point (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + int vpos, hpos; + + vpos = window_line_of_point (window) - window->pagetop + window->first_row; + hpos = window_get_cursor_column (window); + terminal_goto_xy (hpos, vpos); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Functions Static to this File */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Make a DISPLAY_LINE ** with width and height. */ +static DISPLAY_LINE ** +make_display (width, height) + int width, height; +{ + register int i; + DISPLAY_LINE **display; + + display = (DISPLAY_LINE **)xmalloc ((1 + height) * sizeof (DISPLAY_LINE *)); + + for (i = 0; i < height; i++) + { + display[i] = (DISPLAY_LINE *)xmalloc (sizeof (DISPLAY_LINE)); + display[i]->text = (char *)xmalloc (1 + width); + display[i]->textlen = 0; + display[i]->inverse = 0; + } + display[i] = (DISPLAY_LINE *)NULL; + return (display); +} + +/* Free the storage allocated to DISPLAY. */ +static void +free_display (display) + DISPLAY_LINE **display; +{ + register int i; + register DISPLAY_LINE *display_line; + + if (!display) + return; + + for (i = 0; display_line = display[i]; i++) + { + free (display_line->text); + free (display_line); + } + free (display); +} diff --git a/texinfo/info/display.h b/texinfo/info/display.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d8bd5a166fe --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/display.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/* display.h -- How the display in Info is done. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_DISPLAY_H_) +#define _DISPLAY_H_ + +#include "info-utils.h" +#include "terminal.h" + +typedef struct { + char *text; /* Text of the line as it appears. */ + int textlen; /* Printable Length of TEXT. */ + int inverse; /* Non-zero means this line is inverse. */ +} DISPLAY_LINE; + +/* An array of display lines which tell us what is currently visible on + the display. */ +extern DISPLAY_LINE **the_display; + +/* Non-zero means do no output. */ +extern int display_inhibited; + +/* Non-zero if we didn't completely redisplay a window. */ +extern int display_was_interrupted_p; + +/* Initialize THE_DISPLAY to WIDTH and HEIGHT, with nothing in it. */ +extern void display_initialize_display (); + +/* Clear all of the lines in DISPLAY making the screen blank. */ +extern void display_clear_display (); + +/* Update the windows pointed to by WINDOWS in THE_DISPLAY. This actually + writes the text on the screen. */ +extern void display_update_display (); + +/* Display WIN on THE_DISPLAY. Unlike display_update_display (), this + function only does one window. */ +extern void display_update_one_window (); + +/* Move the screen cursor to directly over the current character in WINDOW. */ +extern void display_cursor_at_point (); + +/* Scroll the region of the_display starting at START, ending at END, and + moving the lines AMOUNT lines. If AMOUNT is less than zero, the lines + are moved up in the screen, otherwise down. Actually, it is possible + for no scrolling to take place in the case that the terminal doesn't + support it. This doesn't matter to us. */ +extern void display_scroll_display (); + +/* Try to scroll lines in WINDOW. OLD_PAGETOP is the pagetop of WINDOW before + having had its line starts recalculated. OLD_STARTS is the list of line + starts that used to appear in this window. OLD_COUNT is the number of lines + that appear in the OLD_STARTS array. */ +extern void display_scroll_line_starts (); + +#endif /* !_DISPLAY_H_ */ diff --git a/texinfo/info/doc.h b/texinfo/info/doc.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8afc28f7446 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/doc.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* doc.h -- Structure associating function pointers with documentation. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_DOC_H_) +#define _DOC_H_ + +#if !defined (NULL) +# define NULL 0x0 +#endif /* !NULL */ + +#if !defined (__FUNCTION_DEF) +# define __FUNCTION_DEF +typedef int Function (); +typedef void VFunction (); +#endif /* _FUNCTION_DEF */ + +typedef struct { + VFunction *func; +#if defined (NAMED_FUNCTIONS) + char *func_name; +#endif /* NAMED_FUNCTIONS */ + char *doc; +} FUNCTION_DOC; + +extern FUNCTION_DOC function_doc_array[]; + +extern char *function_documentation (); +extern char *key_documentation (); +extern char *pretty_keyname (); +extern char *replace_in_documentation (); +extern void info_document_key (); +extern void dump_map_to_message_buffer (); + +#if defined (NAMED_FUNCTIONS) +extern char *function_name (); +extern VFunction *named_function (); +#endif /* NAMED_FUNCTIONS */ +#endif /* !_DOC_H_ */ diff --git a/texinfo/info/dribble.c b/texinfo/info/dribble.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8e16cea4e45 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/dribble.c @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/* dribble.c -- Dribble files for Info. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include "dribble.h" + +/* When non-zero, it is a stream to write all input characters to for the + duration of this info session. */ +FILE *info_dribble_file = (FILE *)NULL; + +/* Open a dribble file named NAME, perhaps closing an already open one. + This sets the global variable INFO_DRIBBLE_FILE to the open stream. */ +void +open_dribble_file (name) + char *name; +{ + /* Perhaps close existing dribble file. */ + close_dribble_file (); + + info_dribble_file = fopen (name, "w"); + +#if defined (HAVE_SETVBUF) + if (info_dribble_file) +# if defined (SETVBUF_REVERSED) + setvbuf (info_dribble_file, _IONBF, (char *)NULL, 1); +# else + setvbuf (info_dribble_file, (char *)NULL, _IONBF, 1); +# endif /* !SETVBUF_REVERSED */ +#endif /* HAVE_SETVBUF */ +} + +/* If there is a dribble file already open, close it. */ +void +close_dribble_file () +{ + if (info_dribble_file) + { + fflush (info_dribble_file); + fclose (info_dribble_file); + info_dribble_file = (FILE *)NULL; + } +} + +/* Write some output to our existing dribble file. */ +void +dribble (byte) + unsigned char byte; +{ + if (info_dribble_file) + fwrite (&byte, sizeof (unsigned char), 1, info_dribble_file); +} diff --git a/texinfo/info/dribble.h b/texinfo/info/dribble.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5647b40529e --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/dribble.h @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +/* dribble.h -- Functions and vars declared in dribble.c. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_DRIBBLE_H_) +#define _DRIBBLE_H_ + +/* When non-zero, it is a stream to write all input characters to for the + duration of this info session. */ +extern FILE *info_dribble_file; + +/* Open a dribble file named NAME, perhaps closing an already open one. + This sets the global variable INFO_DRIBBLE_FILE to the open stream. */ +extern void open_dribble_file (); + +/* If there is a dribble file already open, close it. */ +extern void close_dribble_file (); + +/* Write some output to our existing dribble file. */ +extern void dribble (); + +#endif /* !_DRIBBLE_H_ */ diff --git a/texinfo/info/echo_area.c b/texinfo/info/echo_area.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..265e9880425 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/echo_area.c @@ -0,0 +1,1508 @@ +/* echo_area.c -- How to read a line in the echo area. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include "info.h" + +#if defined (FD_SET) +# if defined (hpux) +# define fd_set_cast(x) (int *)(x) +# else +# define fd_set_cast(x) (fd_set *)(x) +# endif /* !hpux */ +#endif /* FD_SET */ + +/* Non-zero means that C-g was used to quit reading input. */ +int info_aborted_echo_area = 0; + +/* Non-zero means that the echo area is being used to read input. */ +int echo_area_is_active = 0; + +/* The address of the last command executed in the echo area. */ +VFunction *ea_last_executed_command = (VFunction *)NULL; + +/* Non-zero means that the last command executed while reading input + killed some text. */ +int echo_area_last_command_was_kill = 0; + +/* Variables which hold on to the current state of the input line. */ +static char input_line[1 + EA_MAX_INPUT]; +static char *input_line_prompt; +static int input_line_point; +static int input_line_beg; +static int input_line_end; +static NODE input_line_node = { + (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, input_line, EA_MAX_INPUT, 0 +}; + +static void echo_area_initialize_node (); +static void push_echo_area (), pop_echo_area (); +static int echo_area_stack_depth (), echo_area_stack_contains_completions_p (); + +static void ea_kill_text (); + +/* Non-zero means we force the user to complete. */ +static int echo_area_must_complete_p = 0; +static int completions_window_p (); + +/* If non-null, this is a window which was specifically created to display + possible completions output. We remember it so we can delete it when + appropriate. */ +static WINDOW *echo_area_completions_window = (WINDOW *)NULL; + +/* Variables which keep track of the window which was active prior to + entering the echo area. */ +static WINDOW *calling_window = (WINDOW *)NULL; +static NODE *calling_window_node = (NODE *)NULL; +static long calling_window_point = 0; +static long calling_window_pagetop = 0; + +/* Remember the node and pertinent variables of the calling window. */ +static void +remember_calling_window (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + /* Only do this if the calling window is not the completions window, or, + if it is the completions window and there is no other window. */ + if (!completions_window_p (window) || + ((window == windows) && !(window->next))) + { + calling_window = window; + calling_window_node = window->node; + calling_window_point = window->point; + calling_window_pagetop = window->pagetop; + } +} + +/* Restore the caller's window so that it shows the node that it was showing + on entry to info_read_xxx_echo_area (). */ +static void +restore_calling_window () +{ + register WINDOW *win, *compwin = (WINDOW *)NULL; + + /* If the calling window is still visible, and it is the window that + we used for completions output, then restore the calling window. */ + for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) + { + if (completions_window_p (win)) + compwin = win; + + if (win == calling_window && win == compwin) + { + window_set_node_of_window (calling_window, calling_window_node); + calling_window->point = calling_window_point; + calling_window->pagetop = calling_window_pagetop; + compwin = (WINDOW *)NULL; + break; + } + } + + /* Delete the completions window if it is still present, it isn't the + last window on the screen, and there aren't any prior echo area reads + pending which created a completions window. */ + if (compwin) + { + if ((compwin != windows || windows->next) && + !echo_area_stack_contains_completions_p ()) + { + WINDOW *next; + int pagetop, start, end, amount; + + next = compwin->next; + if (next) + { + start = next->first_row; + end = start + next->height; + amount = - (compwin->height + 1); + pagetop = next->pagetop; + } + + info_delete_window_internal (compwin); + + /* This is not necessary because info_delete_window_internal () + calls echo_area_inform_of_deleted_window (), which does the + right thing. */ +#if defined (UNNECESSARY) + echo_area_completions_window = (WINDOW *)NULL; +#endif /* UNNECESSARY */ + + if (next) + { + display_scroll_display (start, end, amount); + next->pagetop = pagetop; + display_update_display (windows); + } + } + } +} + +/* Set up a new input line with PROMPT. */ +static void +initialize_input_line (prompt) + char *prompt; +{ + input_line_prompt = prompt; + if (prompt) + strcpy (input_line, prompt); + else + input_line[0] = '\0'; + + input_line_beg = input_line_end = input_line_point = strlen (prompt); +} + +static char * +echo_area_after_read () +{ + char *return_value; + + if (info_aborted_echo_area) + { + info_aborted_echo_area = 0; + return_value = (char *)NULL; + } + else + { + if (input_line_beg == input_line_end) + return_value = strdup (""); + else + { + int line_len = input_line_end - input_line_beg; + return_value = (char *) xmalloc (1 + line_len); + strncpy (return_value, &input_line[input_line_beg], line_len); + return_value[line_len] = '\0'; + } + } + return (return_value); +} + +/* Read a line of text in the echo area. Return a malloc ()'ed string, + or NULL if the user aborted out of this read. WINDOW is the currently + active window, so that we can restore it when we need to. PROMPT, if + non-null, is a prompt to print before reading the line. */ +char * +info_read_in_echo_area (window, prompt) + WINDOW *window; + char *prompt; +{ + char *line; + + /* If the echo area is already active, remember the current state. */ + if (echo_area_is_active) + push_echo_area (); + + /* Initialize our local variables. */ + initialize_input_line (prompt); + + /* Initialize the echo area for the first (but maybe not the last) time. */ + echo_area_initialize_node (); + + /* Save away the original node of this window, and the window itself, + so echo area commands can temporarily use this window. */ + remember_calling_window (window); + + /* Let the rest of Info know that the echo area is active. */ + echo_area_is_active++; + active_window = the_echo_area; + + /* Read characters in the echo area. */ + info_read_and_dispatch (); + + echo_area_is_active--; + + /* Restore the original active window and show point in it. */ + active_window = calling_window; + restore_calling_window (); + display_cursor_at_point (active_window); + fflush (stdout); + + /* Get the value of the line. */ + line = echo_area_after_read (); + + /* If there is a previous loop waiting for us, restore it now. */ + if (echo_area_is_active) + pop_echo_area (); + + /* Return the results to the caller. */ + return (line); +} + +/* (re) Initialize the echo area node. */ +static void +echo_area_initialize_node () +{ + register int i; + + for (i = input_line_end; i < sizeof (input_line); i++) + input_line[i] = ' '; + + input_line[i - 1] = '\n'; + window_set_node_of_window (the_echo_area, &input_line_node); + input_line[input_line_end] = '\n'; +} + +/* Prepare to read characters in the echo area. This can initialize the + echo area node, but its primary purpose is to side effect the input + line buffer contents. */ +void +echo_area_prep_read () +{ + if (the_echo_area->node != &input_line_node) + echo_area_initialize_node (); + + the_echo_area->point = input_line_point; + input_line[input_line_end] = '\n'; + display_update_one_window (the_echo_area); + display_cursor_at_point (active_window); +} + + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Echo Area Movement Commands */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_forward, "Move forward a character") +{ + if (count < 0) + ea_backward (window, -count, key); + else + { + input_line_point += count; + if (input_line_point > input_line_end) + input_line_point = input_line_end; + } +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_backward, "Move backward a character") +{ + if (count < 0) + ea_forward (window, -count, key); + else + { + input_line_point -= count; + if (input_line_point < input_line_beg) + input_line_point = input_line_beg; + } +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_beg_of_line, "Move to the start of this line") +{ + input_line_point = input_line_beg; +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_end_of_line, "Move to the end of this line") +{ + input_line_point = input_line_end; +} + +#define alphabetic(c) (islower (c) || isupper (c) || isdigit (c)) + +/* Move forward a word in the input line. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_forward_word, "Move forward a word") +{ + int c; + + if (count < 0) + ea_backward_word (window, -count, key); + else + { + while (count--) + { + if (input_line_point == input_line_end) + return; + + /* If we are not in a word, move forward until we are in one. + Then, move forward until we hit a non-alphabetic character. */ + c = input_line[input_line_point]; + + if (!alphabetic (c)) + { + while (++input_line_point < input_line_end) + { + c = input_line[input_line_point]; + if (alphabetic (c)) + break; + } + } + + if (input_line_point == input_line_end) + return; + + while (++input_line_point < input_line_end) + { + c = input_line[input_line_point]; + if (!alphabetic (c)) + break; + } + } + } +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_backward_word, "Move backward a word") +{ + int c; + + if (count < 0) + ea_forward_word (window, -count, key); + else + { + while (count--) + { + if (input_line_point == input_line_beg) + return; + + /* Like ea_forward_word (), except that we look at the + characters just before point. */ + + c = input_line[input_line_point - 1]; + + if (!alphabetic (c)) + { + while ((--input_line_point) != input_line_beg) + { + c = input_line[input_line_point - 1]; + if (alphabetic (c)) + break; + } + } + + while (input_line_point != input_line_beg) + { + c = input_line[input_line_point - 1]; + if (!alphabetic (c)) + break; + else + --input_line_point; + } + } + } +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_delete, "Delete the character under the cursor") +{ + register int i; + + if (count < 0) + ea_rubout (window, -count, key); + else + { + if (input_line_point == input_line_end) + return; + + if (info_explicit_arg || count > 1) + { + int orig_point; + + orig_point = input_line_point; + ea_forward (window, count, key); + ea_kill_text (orig_point, input_line_point); + input_line_point = orig_point; + } + else + { + for (i = input_line_point; i < input_line_end; i++) + input_line[i] = input_line[i + 1]; + + input_line_end--; + } + } +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_rubout, "Delete the character behind the cursor") +{ + if (count < 0) + ea_delete (window, -count, key); + else + { + int start; + + if (input_line_point == input_line_beg) + return; + + start = input_line_point; + ea_backward (window, count, key); + + if (info_explicit_arg || count > 1) + ea_kill_text (start, input_line_point); + else + ea_delete (window, count, key); + } +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_abort, "Cancel or quit operation") +{ + /* If any text, just discard it, and restore the calling window's node. + If no text, quit. */ + if (input_line_end != input_line_beg) + { + terminal_ring_bell (); + input_line_end = input_line_point = input_line_beg; + if (calling_window->node != calling_window_node) + restore_calling_window (); + } + else + info_aborted_echo_area = 1; +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_newline, "Accept (or force completion of) this line") +{ + /* Stub does nothing. Simply here to see if it has been executed. */ +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_quoted_insert, "Insert next character verbatim") +{ + unsigned char character; + + character = info_get_another_input_char (); + ea_insert (window, count, character); +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_insert, "Insert this character") +{ + register int i; + + if ((input_line_end + 1) == EA_MAX_INPUT) + { + terminal_ring_bell (); + return; + } + + for (i = input_line_end + 1; i != input_line_point; i--) + input_line[i] = input_line[i - 1]; + + input_line[input_line_point] = key; + input_line_point++; + input_line_end++; +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_tab_insert, "Insert a TAB character") +{ + ea_insert (window, count, '\t'); +} + +/* Transpose the characters at point. If point is at the end of the line, + then transpose the characters before point. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_transpose_chars, "Transpose characters at point") +{ + /* Handle conditions that would make it impossible to transpose + characters. */ + if (!count || !input_line_point || (input_line_end - input_line_beg) < 2) + return; + + while (count) + { + int t; + if (input_line_point == input_line_end) + { + t = input_line[input_line_point - 1]; + + input_line[input_line_point - 1] = input_line[input_line_point - 2]; + input_line[input_line_point - 2] = t; + } + else + { + t = input_line[input_line_point]; + + input_line[input_line_point] = input_line[input_line_point - 1]; + input_line[input_line_point - 1] = t; + + if (count < 0 && input_line_point != input_line_beg) + input_line_point--; + else + input_line_point++; + } + + if (count < 0) + count++; + else + count--; + } +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Echo Area Killing and Yanking */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +static char **kill_ring = (char **)NULL; +static int kill_ring_index = 0; /* Number of kills appearing in KILL_RING. */ +static int kill_ring_slots = 0; /* Number of slots allocated to KILL_RING. */ +static int kill_ring_loc = 0; /* Location of current yank pointer. */ + +/* The largest number of kills that we remember at one time. */ +static int max_retained_kills = 15; + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_yank, "Yank back the contents of the last kill") +{ + register int i; + register char *text; + + if (!kill_ring_index) + { + inform_in_echo_area ("Kill ring is empty"); + return; + } + + text = kill_ring[kill_ring_loc]; + + for (i = 0; text[i]; i++) + ea_insert (window, 1, text[i]); +} + +/* If the last command was yank, or yank_pop, and the text just before + point is identical to the current kill item, then delete that text + from the line, rotate the index down, and yank back some other text. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_yank_pop, "Yank back a previous kill") +{ + register int len; + + if (((ea_last_executed_command != ea_yank) && + (ea_last_executed_command != ea_yank_pop)) || + (kill_ring_index == 0)) + return; + + len = strlen (kill_ring[kill_ring_loc]); + + /* Delete the last yanked item from the line. */ + { + register int i, counter; + + counter = input_line_end - input_line_point; + + for (i = input_line_point - len; counter; i++, counter--) + input_line[i] = input_line[i + len]; + + input_line_end -= len; + input_line_point -= len; + } + + /* Get a previous kill, and yank that. */ + kill_ring_loc--; + if (kill_ring_loc < 0) + kill_ring_loc = kill_ring_index - 1; + + ea_yank (window, count, key); +} + +/* Delete the text from point to end of line. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_kill_line, "Kill to the end of the line") +{ + if (count < 0) + { + ea_kill_text (input_line_point, input_line_beg); + input_line_point = input_line_beg; + } + else + ea_kill_text (input_line_point, input_line_end); +} + +/* Delete the text from point to beg of line. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_backward_kill_line, + "Kill to the beginning of the line") +{ + if (count < 0) + ea_kill_text (input_line_point, input_line_end); + else + { + ea_kill_text (input_line_point, input_line_beg); + input_line_point = input_line_beg; + } +} + +/* Delete from point to the end of the current word. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_kill_word, "Kill the word following the cursor") +{ + int orig_point = input_line_point; + + if (count < 0) + ea_backward_kill_word (window, -count, key); + else + { + ea_forward_word (window, count, key); + + if (input_line_point != orig_point) + ea_kill_text (orig_point, input_line_point); + + input_line_point = orig_point; + } +} + +/* Delete from point to the start of the current word. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_backward_kill_word, + "Kill the word preceding the cursor") +{ + int orig_point = input_line_point; + + if (count < 0) + ea_kill_word (window, -count, key); + else + { + ea_backward_word (window, count, key); + + if (input_line_point != orig_point) + ea_kill_text (orig_point, input_line_point); + } +} + +/* The way to kill something. This appends or prepends to the last + kill, if the last command was a kill command. If FROM is less + than TO, then the killed text is appended to the most recent kill, + otherwise it is prepended. If the last command was not a kill command, + then a new slot is made for this kill. */ +static void +ea_kill_text (from, to) + int from, to; +{ + register int i, counter, distance; + int killing_backwards, slot; + char *killed_text; + + killing_backwards = (from > to); + + /* If killing backwards, reverse the values of FROM and TO. */ + if (killing_backwards) + { + int temp = from; + from = to; + to = temp; + } + + /* Remember the text that we are about to delete. */ + distance = to - from; + killed_text = (char *)xmalloc (1 + distance); + strncpy (killed_text, &input_line[from], distance); + killed_text[distance] = '\0'; + + /* Actually delete the text from the line. */ + counter = input_line_end - to; + + for (i = from; counter; i++, counter--) + input_line[i] = input_line[i + distance]; + + input_line_end -= distance; + + /* If the last command was a kill, append or prepend the killed text to + the last command's killed text. */ + if (echo_area_last_command_was_kill) + { + char *old, *new; + + slot = kill_ring_loc; + old = kill_ring[slot]; + new = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (old) + strlen (killed_text)); + + if (killing_backwards) + { + /* Prepend TEXT to current kill. */ + strcpy (new, killed_text); + strcat (new, old); + } + else + { + /* Append TEXT to current kill. */ + strcpy (new, old); + strcat (new, killed_text); + } + + free (old); + free (killed_text); + kill_ring[slot] = new; + } + else + { + /* Try to store the kill in a new slot, unless that would cause there + to be too many remembered kills. */ + slot = kill_ring_index; + + if (slot == max_retained_kills) + slot = 0; + + if (slot + 1 > kill_ring_slots) + kill_ring = (char **) xrealloc + (kill_ring, + (kill_ring_slots += max_retained_kills) * sizeof (char *)); + + if (slot != kill_ring_index) + free (kill_ring[slot]); + else + kill_ring_index++; + + kill_ring[slot] = killed_text; + + kill_ring_loc = slot; + } + + /* Notice that the last command was a kill. */ + echo_area_last_command_was_kill++; +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Echo Area Completion */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Pointer to an array of REFERENCE to complete over. */ +static REFERENCE **echo_area_completion_items = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + +/* Sorted array of REFERENCE * which is the possible completions found in + the variable echo_area_completion_items. If there is only one element, + it is the only possible completion. */ +static REFERENCE **completions_found = (REFERENCE **)NULL; +static int completions_found_index = 0; +static int completions_found_slots = 0; + +/* The lowest common denominator found while completing. */ +static REFERENCE *LCD_completion; + +/* Internal functions used by the user calls. */ +static void build_completions (), completions_must_be_rebuilt (); + +/* Variable which holds the output of completions. */ +static NODE *possible_completions_output_node = (NODE *)NULL; + +static char *compwin_name = "*Completions*"; + +/* Return non-zero if WINDOW is a window used for completions output. */ +static int +completions_window_p (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + int result = 0; + + if (internal_info_node_p (window->node) && + (strcmp (window->node->nodename, compwin_name) == 0)) + result = 1; + + return (result); +} + +/* Workhorse for completion readers. If FORCE is non-zero, the user cannot + exit unless the line read completes, or is empty. */ +char * +info_read_completing_internal (window, prompt, completions, force) + WINDOW *window; + char *prompt; + REFERENCE **completions; + int force; +{ + char *line; + + /* If the echo area is already active, remember the current state. */ + if (echo_area_is_active) + push_echo_area (); + + echo_area_must_complete_p = force; + + /* Initialize our local variables. */ + initialize_input_line (prompt); + + /* Initialize the echo area for the first (but maybe not the last) time. */ + echo_area_initialize_node (); + + /* Save away the original node of this window, and the window itself, + so echo area commands can temporarily use this window. */ + remember_calling_window (window); + + /* Save away the list of items to complete over. */ + echo_area_completion_items = completions; + completions_must_be_rebuilt (); + + active_window = the_echo_area; + echo_area_is_active++; + + /* Read characters in the echo area. */ + while (1) + { + info_read_and_dispatch (); + + line = echo_area_after_read (); + + /* Force the completion to take place if the user hasn't accepted + a default or aborted, and if FORCE is active. */ + if (force && line && *line && completions) + { + register int i; + + build_completions (); + + /* If there is only one completion, then make the line be that + completion. */ + if (completions_found_index == 1) + { + free (line); + line = strdup (completions_found[0]->label); + break; + } + + /* If one of the completions matches exactly, then that is okay, so + return the current line. */ + for (i = 0; i < completions_found_index; i++) + if (strcasecmp (completions_found[i]->label, line) == 0) + { + free (line); + line = strdup (completions_found[i]->label); + break; + } + + /* If no match, go back and try again. */ + if (i == completions_found_index) + { + inform_in_echo_area ("Not complete"); + continue; + } + } + break; + } + echo_area_is_active--; + + /* Restore the original active window and show point in it. */ + active_window = calling_window; + restore_calling_window (); + display_cursor_at_point (active_window); + fflush (stdout); + + echo_area_completion_items = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + completions_must_be_rebuilt (); + + /* If there is a previous loop waiting for us, restore it now. */ + if (echo_area_is_active) + pop_echo_area (); + + return (line); +} + +/* Read a line in the echo area with completion over COMPLETIONS. */ +char * +info_read_completing_in_echo_area (window, prompt, completions) + WINDOW *window; + char *prompt; + REFERENCE **completions; +{ + return (info_read_completing_internal (window, prompt, completions, 1)); +} + +/* Read a line in the echo area allowing completion over COMPLETIONS, but + not requiring it. */ +char * +info_read_maybe_completing (window, prompt, completions) + WINDOW *window; + char *prompt; + REFERENCE **completions; +{ + return (info_read_completing_internal (window, prompt, completions, 0)); +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_possible_completions, "List possible completions") +{ + if (!echo_area_completion_items) + { + ea_insert (window, count, key); + return; + } + + build_completions (); + + if (!completions_found_index) + { + terminal_ring_bell (); + inform_in_echo_area ("No completions"); + } + else if ((completions_found_index == 1) && (key != '?')) + { + inform_in_echo_area ("Sole completion"); + } + else + { + register int i, l; + int limit, count, max_label = 0; + + initialize_message_buffer (); + printf_to_message_buffer + ("There %s %d ", completions_found_index == 1 ? "is" : "are", + completions_found_index); + printf_to_message_buffer + ("completion%s:\n", completions_found_index == 1 ? "" : "s"); + + /* Find the maximum length of a label. */ + for (i = 0; i < completions_found_index; i++) + { + int len = strlen (completions_found[i]->label); + if (len > max_label) + max_label = len; + } + + max_label += 4; + + /* Find out how many columns we should print in. */ + limit = calling_window->width / max_label; + if (limit != 1 && (limit * max_label == calling_window->width)) + limit--; + + /* Avoid a possible floating exception. If max_label > width then + the limit will be 0 and a divide-by-zero fault will result. */ + if (limit == 0) + limit = 1; + + /* How many iterations of the printing loop? */ + count = (completions_found_index + (limit - 1)) / limit; + + /* Watch out for special case. If the number of completions is less + than LIMIT, then just do the inner printing loop. */ + if (completions_found_index < limit) + count = 1; + + /* Print the sorted items, up-and-down alphabetically. */ + for (i = 0; i < count; i++) + { + register int j; + + for (j = 0, l = i; j < limit; j++) + { + if (l >= completions_found_index) + break; + else + { + char *label; + int printed_length, k; + + label = completions_found[l]->label; + printed_length = strlen (label); + printf_to_message_buffer ("%s", label); + + if (j + 1 < limit) + { + for (k = 0; k < max_label - printed_length; k++) + printf_to_message_buffer (" "); + } + } + l += count; + } + printf_to_message_buffer ("\n"); + } + + /* Make a new node to hold onto possible completions. Don't destroy + dangling pointers. */ + { + NODE *temp; + + temp = message_buffer_to_node (); + add_gcable_pointer (temp->contents); + name_internal_node (temp, compwin_name); + possible_completions_output_node = temp; + } + + /* Find a suitable window for displaying the completions output. + First choice is an existing window showing completions output. + If there is only one window, and it is large, make another + (smaller) window, and use that one. Otherwise, use the caller's + window. */ + { + WINDOW *compwin; + + compwin = get_internal_info_window (compwin_name); + + if (!compwin) + { + /* If we can split the window to display most of the completion + items, then do so. */ + if (calling_window->height > (count * 2)) + { + int start, end, pagetop; + + active_window = calling_window; + + /* Perhaps we can scroll this window on redisplay. */ + start = calling_window->first_row; + pagetop = calling_window->pagetop; + + compwin = + window_make_window (possible_completions_output_node); + active_window = the_echo_area; + window_change_window_height + (compwin, -(compwin->height - (count + 2))); + + window_adjust_pagetop (calling_window); + remember_calling_window (calling_window); + +#if defined (SPLIT_BEFORE_ACTIVE) + /* If the pagetop hasn't changed, scrolling the calling + window is a reasonable thing to do. */ + if (pagetop == calling_window->pagetop) + { + end = start + calling_window->height; + display_scroll_display + (start, end, calling_window->prev->height + 1); + } +#else /* !SPLIT_BEFORE_ACTIVE */ + /* If the pagetop has changed, set the new pagetop here. */ + if (pagetop != calling_window->pagetop) + { + int newtop = calling_window->pagetop; + calling_window->pagetop = pagetop; + set_window_pagetop (calling_window, newtop); + } +#endif /* !SPLIT_BEFORE_ACTIVE */ + + echo_area_completions_window = compwin; + remember_window_and_node (compwin, compwin->node); + } + else + compwin = calling_window; + } + + if (compwin->node != possible_completions_output_node) + { + window_set_node_of_window + (compwin, possible_completions_output_node); + remember_window_and_node (compwin, compwin->node); + } + + display_update_display (windows); + } + } +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_complete, "Insert completion") +{ + if (!echo_area_completion_items) + { + ea_insert (window, count, key); + return; + } + + /* If KEY is SPC, and we are not forcing completion to take place, simply + insert the key. */ + if (!echo_area_must_complete_p && key == SPC) + { + ea_insert (window, count, key); + return; + } + + if (ea_last_executed_command == ea_complete) + { + /* If the keypress is a SPC character, and we have already tried + completing once, and there are several completions, then check + the batch of completions to see if any continue with a space. + If there are some, insert the space character and continue. */ + if (key == SPC && completions_found_index > 1) + { + register int i, offset; + + offset = input_line_end - input_line_beg; + + for (i = 0; i < completions_found_index; i++) + if (completions_found[i]->label[offset] == ' ') + break; + + if (completions_found[i]) + ea_insert (window, 1, ' '); + else + { + ea_possible_completions (window, count, key); + return; + } + } + else + { + ea_possible_completions (window, count, key); + return; + } + } + + input_line_point = input_line_end; + build_completions (); + + if (!completions_found_index) + terminal_ring_bell (); + else if (LCD_completion->label[0] == '\0') + ea_possible_completions (window, count, key); + else + { + register int i; + input_line_point = input_line_end = input_line_beg; + for (i = 0; LCD_completion->label[i]; i++) + ea_insert (window, 1, LCD_completion->label[i]); + } +} + +/* Utility REFERENCE used to store possible LCD. */ +static REFERENCE LCD_reference = { (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL }; + +static void remove_completion_duplicates (); + +/* Variables which remember the state of the most recent call + to build_completions (). */ +static char *last_completion_request = (char *)NULL; +static REFERENCE **last_completion_items = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + +/* How to tell the completion builder to reset internal state. */ +static void +completions_must_be_rebuilt () +{ + maybe_free (last_completion_request); + last_completion_request = (char *)NULL; + last_completion_items = (REFERENCE **)NULL; +} + +/* Build a list of possible completions from echo_area_completion_items, + and the contents of input_line. */ +static void +build_completions () +{ + register int i, len; + register REFERENCE *entry; + char *request; + int informed_of_lengthy_job = 0; + + /* If there are no items to complete over, exit immediately. */ + if (!echo_area_completion_items) + { + completions_found_index = 0; + LCD_completion = (REFERENCE *)NULL; + return; + } + + /* Check to see if this call to build completions is the same as the last + call to build completions. */ + len = input_line_end - input_line_beg; + request = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len); + strncpy (request, &input_line[input_line_beg], len); + request[len] = '\0'; + + if (last_completion_request && last_completion_items && + last_completion_items == echo_area_completion_items && + (strcmp (last_completion_request, request) == 0)) + { + free (request); + return; + } + + maybe_free (last_completion_request); + last_completion_request = request; + last_completion_items = echo_area_completion_items; + + /* Always start at the beginning of the list. */ + completions_found_index = 0; + LCD_completion = (REFERENCE *)NULL; + + for (i = 0; entry = echo_area_completion_items[i]; i++) + { + if (strncasecmp (request, entry->label, len) == 0) + add_pointer_to_array (entry, completions_found_index, + completions_found, completions_found_slots, + 20, REFERENCE *); + + if (!informed_of_lengthy_job && completions_found_index > 100) + { + informed_of_lengthy_job = 1; + window_message_in_echo_area ("Building completions..."); + } + } + + if (!completions_found_index) + return; + + /* Sort and prune duplicate entries from the completions array. */ + remove_completion_duplicates (); + + /* If there is only one completion, just return that. */ + if (completions_found_index == 1) + { + LCD_completion = completions_found[0]; + return; + } + + /* Find the least common denominator. */ + { + long shortest = 100000; + + for (i = 1; i < completions_found_index; i++) + { + register int j; + int c1, c2; + + for (j = 0; + (c1 = info_tolower (completions_found[i - 1]->label[j])) && + (c2 = info_tolower (completions_found[i]->label[j])); + j++) + if (c1 != c2) + break; + + if (shortest > j) + shortest = j; + } + + maybe_free (LCD_reference.label); + LCD_reference.label = (char *)xmalloc (1 + shortest); + strncpy (LCD_reference.label, completions_found[0]->label, shortest); + LCD_reference.label[shortest] = '\0'; + LCD_completion = &LCD_reference; + } + + if (informed_of_lengthy_job) + echo_area_initialize_node (); +} + +/* Function called by qsort. */ +static int +compare_references (entry1, entry2) + REFERENCE **entry1, **entry2; +{ + return (strcasecmp ((*entry1)->label, (*entry2)->label)); +} + +/* Prune duplicate entries from COMPLETIONS_FOUND. */ +static void +remove_completion_duplicates () +{ + register int i, j; + REFERENCE **temp; + int newlen; + + if (!completions_found_index) + return; + + /* Sort the items. */ + qsort (completions_found, completions_found_index, sizeof (REFERENCE *), + compare_references); + + for (i = 0, newlen = 1; i < completions_found_index - 1; i++) + { + if (strcmp (completions_found[i]->label, + completions_found[i + 1]->label) == 0) + completions_found[i] = (REFERENCE *)NULL; + else + newlen++; + } + + /* We have marked all the dead slots. It is faster to copy the live slots + twice than to prune the dead slots one by one. */ + temp = (REFERENCE **)xmalloc ((1 + newlen) * sizeof (REFERENCE *)); + for (i = 0, j = 0; i < completions_found_index; i++) + if (completions_found[i]) + temp[j++] = completions_found[i]; + + for (i = 0; i < newlen; i++) + completions_found[i] = temp[i]; + + completions_found[i] = (REFERENCE *)NULL; + completions_found_index = newlen; + free (temp); +} + +/* Scroll the "other" window. If there is a window showing completions, scroll + that one, otherwise scroll the window which was active on entering the read + function. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (ea_scroll_completions_window, "Scroll the completions window") +{ + WINDOW *compwin; + int old_pagetop; + + compwin = get_internal_info_window (compwin_name); + + if (!compwin) + compwin = calling_window; + + old_pagetop = compwin->pagetop; + + /* Let info_scroll_forward () do the work, and print any messages that + need to be displayed. */ + info_scroll_forward (compwin, count, key); +} + +/* Function which gets called when an Info window is deleted while the + echo area is active. WINDOW is the window which has just been deleted. */ +void +echo_area_inform_of_deleted_window (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + /* If this is the calling_window, forget what we remembered about it. */ + if (window == calling_window) + { + if (active_window != the_echo_area) + remember_calling_window (active_window); + else + remember_calling_window (windows); + } + + /* If this window was the echo_area_completions_window, then notice that + the window has been deleted. */ + if (window == echo_area_completions_window) + echo_area_completions_window = (WINDOW *)NULL; +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Pushing and Popping the Echo Area */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Push and Pop the echo area. */ +typedef struct { + char *line; + char *prompt; + REFERENCE **comp_items; + int point, beg, end; + int must_complete; + NODE node; + WINDOW *compwin; +} PUSHED_EA; + +static PUSHED_EA **pushed_echo_areas = (PUSHED_EA **)NULL; +static int pushed_echo_areas_index = 0; +static int pushed_echo_areas_slots = 0; + +/* Pushing the echo_area has a side effect of zeroing the completion_items. */ +static void +push_echo_area () +{ + PUSHED_EA *pushed; + + pushed = (PUSHED_EA *)xmalloc (sizeof (PUSHED_EA)); + pushed->line = strdup (input_line); + pushed->prompt = input_line_prompt; + pushed->point = input_line_point; + pushed->beg = input_line_beg; + pushed->end = input_line_end; + pushed->node = input_line_node; + pushed->comp_items = echo_area_completion_items; + pushed->must_complete = echo_area_must_complete_p; + pushed->compwin = echo_area_completions_window; + + add_pointer_to_array (pushed, pushed_echo_areas_index, pushed_echo_areas, + pushed_echo_areas_slots, 4, PUSHED_EA *); + + echo_area_completion_items = (REFERENCE **)NULL; +} + +static void +pop_echo_area () +{ + PUSHED_EA *popped; + + popped = pushed_echo_areas[--pushed_echo_areas_index]; + + strcpy (input_line, popped->line); + free (popped->line); + input_line_prompt = popped->prompt; + input_line_point = popped->point; + input_line_beg = popped->beg; + input_line_end = popped->end; + input_line_node = popped->node; + echo_area_completion_items = popped->comp_items; + echo_area_must_complete_p = popped->must_complete; + echo_area_completions_window = popped->compwin; + completions_must_be_rebuilt (); + + /* If the completion window no longer exists, forget about it. */ + if (echo_area_completions_window) + { + register WINDOW *win; + + for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) + if (echo_area_completions_window == win) + break; + + /* If the window wasn't found, then it has already been deleted. */ + if (!win) + echo_area_completions_window = (WINDOW *)NULL; + } + + free (popped); +} + +static int +echo_area_stack_depth () +{ + return (pushed_echo_areas_index); +} + +/* Returns non-zero if any of the prior stacked calls to read in the echo + area produced a completions window. */ +static int +echo_area_stack_contains_completions_p () +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; i < pushed_echo_areas_index; i++) + if (pushed_echo_areas[i]->compwin) + return (1); + + return (0); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Error Messages While Reading in Echo Area */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_TIME_H) +# include <sys/time.h> +# define HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL +#endif /* HAVE_SYS_TIME_H */ + +static void +pause_or_input () +{ +#if defined (FD_SET) + struct timeval timer; + fd_set readfds; + int ready; + + FD_ZERO (&readfds); + FD_SET (fileno (stdin), &readfds); + timer.tv_sec = 2; + timer.tv_usec = 750; + ready = select (1, &readfds, (fd_set *)NULL, (fd_set *)NULL, &timer); +#endif /* FD_SET */ +} + +/* Print MESSAGE right after the end of the current line, and wait + for input or 2.75 seconds, whichever comes first. Then flush the + informational message that was printed. */ +void +inform_in_echo_area (message) + char *message; +{ + register int i; + char *text; + + text = strdup (message); + for (i = 0; text[i] && text[i] != '\n'; i++); + text[i] = '\0'; + + echo_area_initialize_node (); + sprintf (&input_line[input_line_end], "%s[%s]\n", + echo_area_is_active ? " ": "", text); + free (text); + the_echo_area->point = input_line_point; + display_update_one_window (the_echo_area); + display_cursor_at_point (active_window); + fflush (stdout); + pause_or_input (); + echo_area_initialize_node (); +} diff --git a/texinfo/info/echo_area.h b/texinfo/info/echo_area.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..09c2bc7e22e --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/echo_area.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* echo_area.h -- Functions used in reading information from the echo area. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_ECHO_AREA_H_) +#define _ECHO_AREA_H_ + +#define EA_MAX_INPUT 256 + +extern int echo_area_is_active, info_aborted_echo_area; + +/* Non-zero means that the last command executed while reading input + killed some text. */ +extern int echo_area_last_command_was_kill; + +extern void inform_in_echo_area (), echo_area_inform_of_deleted_window (); +extern void echo_area_prep_read (); +extern VFunction *ea_last_executed_command; + +/* Read a line of text in the echo area. Return a malloc ()'ed string, + or NULL if the user aborted out of this read. WINDOW is the currently + active window, so that we can restore it when we need to. PROMPT, if + non-null, is a prompt to print before reading the line. */ +extern char *info_read_in_echo_area (); + +/* Read a line in the echo area with completion over COMPLETIONS. + Takes arguments of WINDOW, PROMPT, and COMPLETIONS, a REFERENCE **. */ +char *info_read_completing_in_echo_area (); + +/* Read a line in the echo area allowing completion over COMPLETIONS, but + not requiring it. Takes arguments of WINDOW, PROMPT, and COMPLETIONS, + a REFERENCE **. */ +extern char *info_read_maybe_completing (); + +extern void ea_insert (), ea_quoted_insert (); +extern void ea_beg_of_line (), ea_backward (), ea_delete (), ea_end_of_line (); +extern void ea_forward (), ea_abort (), ea_rubout (), ea_complete (); +extern void ea_newline (), ea_kill_line (), ea_transpose_chars (); +extern void ea_yank (), ea_tab_insert (), ea_possible_completions (); +extern void ea_backward_word (), ea_kill_word (), ea_forward_word (); +extern void ea_yank_pop (), ea_backward_kill_word (); +extern void ea_scroll_completions_window (); + +#endif /* _ECHO_AREA_H_ */ diff --git a/texinfo/info/filesys.c b/texinfo/info/filesys.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e684bf81f7b --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/filesys.c @@ -0,0 +1,617 @@ +/* filesys.c -- File system specific functions for hacking this system. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H) +#include <sys/file.h> +#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */ +#include <sys/errno.h> +#include "general.h" +#include "tilde.h" +#include "filesys.h" + +#if !defined (O_RDONLY) +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H) +#include <sys/fcntl.h> +#else /* !HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H */ +#include <fcntl.h> +#endif /* !HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H */ +#endif /* !O_RDONLY */ + +#if !defined (errno) +extern int errno; +#endif /* !errno */ + +/* Found in info-utils.c. */ +extern char *filename_non_directory (); + +#if !defined (BUILDING_LIBRARY) +/* Found in session.c */ +extern int info_windows_initialized_p; + +/* Found in window.c. */ +extern void message_in_echo_area (), unmessage_in_echo_area (); +#endif /* !BUILDING_LIBRARY */ + +/* Local to this file. */ +static char *info_file_in_path (), *lookup_info_filename (); +static void remember_info_filename (), maybe_initialize_infopath (); + +#if !defined (NULL) +# define NULL 0x0 +#endif /* !NULL */ + +typedef struct { + char *suffix; + char *decompressor; +} COMPRESSION_ALIST; + +static char *info_suffixes[] = { + "", + ".info", + "-info", + (char *)NULL +}; + +static COMPRESSION_ALIST compress_suffixes[] = { + { ".Z", "uncompress" }, + { ".Y", "unyabba" }, + { ".z", "gunzip" }, + { ".gz", "gunzip" }, + { (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL } +}; + +/* The path on which we look for info files. You can initialize this + from the environment variable INFOPATH if there is one, or you can + call info_add_path () to add paths to the beginning or end of it. + You can call zap_infopath () to make the path go away. */ +char *infopath = (char *)NULL; +static int infopath_size = 0; + +/* Expand the filename in PARTIAL to make a real name for this operating + system. This looks in INFO_PATHS in order to find the correct file. + If it can't find the file, it returns NULL. */ +static char *local_temp_filename = (char *)NULL; +static int local_temp_filename_size = 0; + +char * +info_find_fullpath (partial) + char *partial; +{ + int initial_character; + char *temp; + + filesys_error_number = 0; + + maybe_initialize_infopath (); + + if (partial && (initial_character = *partial)) + { + char *expansion; + + expansion = lookup_info_filename (partial); + + if (expansion) + return (expansion); + + /* If we have the full path to this file, we still may have to add + various extensions to it. I guess we have to stat this file + after all. */ + if (initial_character == '/') + temp = info_file_in_path (partial + 1, "/"); + else if (initial_character == '~') + { + expansion = tilde_expand_word (partial); + if (*expansion == '/') + { + temp = info_file_in_path (expansion + 1, "/"); + free (expansion); + } + else + temp = expansion; + } + else if (initial_character == '.' && + (partial[1] == '/' || (partial[1] == '.' && partial[2] == '/'))) + { + if (local_temp_filename_size < 1024) + local_temp_filename = (char *)xrealloc + (local_temp_filename, (local_temp_filename_size = 1024)); +#if defined (HAVE_GETCWD) + if (!getcwd (local_temp_filename, local_temp_filename_size)) +#else /* !HAVE_GETCWD */ + if (!getwd (local_temp_filename)) +#endif /* !HAVE_GETCWD */ + { + filesys_error_number = errno; + return (partial); + } + + strcat (local_temp_filename, "/"); + strcat (local_temp_filename, partial); + return (local_temp_filename); + } + else + temp = info_file_in_path (partial, infopath); + + if (temp) + { + remember_info_filename (partial, temp); + if (strlen (temp) > local_temp_filename_size) + local_temp_filename = (char *) xrealloc + (local_temp_filename, + (local_temp_filename_size = (50 + strlen (temp)))); + strcpy (local_temp_filename, temp); + free (temp); + return (local_temp_filename); + } + } + return (partial); +} + +/* Scan the list of directories in PATH looking for FILENAME. If we find + one that is a regular file, return it as a new string. Otherwise, return + a NULL pointer. */ +static char * +info_file_in_path (filename, path) + char *filename, *path; +{ + struct stat finfo; + char *temp_dirname; + int statable, dirname_index; + + dirname_index = 0; + + while (temp_dirname = extract_colon_unit (path, &dirname_index)) + { + register int i, pre_suffix_length; + char *temp; + + /* Expand a leading tilde if one is present. */ + if (*temp_dirname == '~') + { + char *expanded_dirname; + + expanded_dirname = tilde_expand_word (temp_dirname); + free (temp_dirname); + temp_dirname = expanded_dirname; + } + + temp = (char *)xmalloc (30 + strlen (temp_dirname) + strlen (filename)); + strcpy (temp, temp_dirname); + if (temp[(strlen (temp)) - 1] != '/') + strcat (temp, "/"); + strcat (temp, filename); + + pre_suffix_length = strlen (temp); + + free (temp_dirname); + + for (i = 0; info_suffixes[i]; i++) + { + strcpy (temp + pre_suffix_length, info_suffixes[i]); + + statable = (stat (temp, &finfo) == 0); + + /* If we have found a regular file, then use that. Else, if we + have found a directory, look in that directory for this file. */ + if (statable) + { + if (S_ISREG (finfo.st_mode)) + { + return (temp); + } + else if (S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode)) + { + char *newpath, *filename_only, *newtemp; + + newpath = strdup (temp); + filename_only = filename_non_directory (filename); + newtemp = info_file_in_path (filename_only, newpath); + + free (newpath); + if (newtemp) + { + free (temp); + return (newtemp); + } + } + } + else + { + /* Add various compression suffixes to the name to see if + the file is present in compressed format. */ + register int j, pre_compress_suffix_length; + + pre_compress_suffix_length = strlen (temp); + + for (j = 0; compress_suffixes[j].suffix; j++) + { + strcpy (temp + pre_compress_suffix_length, + compress_suffixes[j].suffix); + + statable = (stat (temp, &finfo) == 0); + if (statable && (S_ISREG (finfo.st_mode))) + return (temp); + } + } + } + free (temp); + } + return ((char *)NULL); +} + +/* Given a string containing units of information separated by colons, + return the next one pointed to by IDX, or NULL if there are no more. + Advance IDX to the character after the colon. */ +char * +extract_colon_unit (string, idx) + char *string; + int *idx; +{ + register int i, start; + + i = start = *idx; + if ((i >= strlen (string)) || !string) + return ((char *) NULL); + + while (string[i] && string[i] != ':') + i++; + if (i == start) + { + return ((char *) NULL); + } + else + { + char *value; + + value = (char *) xmalloc (1 + (i - start)); + strncpy (value, &string[start], (i - start)); + value[i - start] = '\0'; + if (string[i]) + ++i; + *idx = i; + return (value); + } +} + +/* A structure which associates a filename with its expansion. */ +typedef struct { + char *filename; + char *expansion; +} FILENAME_LIST; + +/* An array of remembered arguments and results. */ +static FILENAME_LIST **names_and_files = (FILENAME_LIST **)NULL; +static int names_and_files_index = 0; +static int names_and_files_slots = 0; + +/* Find the result for having already called info_find_fullpath () with + FILENAME. */ +static char * +lookup_info_filename (filename) + char *filename; +{ + if (filename && names_and_files) + { + register int i; + for (i = 0; names_and_files[i]; i++) + { + if (strcmp (names_and_files[i]->filename, filename) == 0) + return (names_and_files[i]->expansion); + } + } + return (char *)NULL;; +} + +/* Add a filename and its expansion to our list. */ +static void +remember_info_filename (filename, expansion) + char *filename, *expansion; +{ + FILENAME_LIST *new; + + if (names_and_files_index + 2 > names_and_files_slots) + { + int alloc_size; + names_and_files_slots += 10; + + alloc_size = names_and_files_slots * sizeof (FILENAME_LIST *); + + names_and_files = + (FILENAME_LIST **) xrealloc (names_and_files, alloc_size); + } + + new = (FILENAME_LIST *)xmalloc (sizeof (FILENAME_LIST)); + new->filename = strdup (filename); + new->expansion = expansion ? strdup (expansion) : (char *)NULL; + + names_and_files[names_and_files_index++] = new; + names_and_files[names_and_files_index] = (FILENAME_LIST *)NULL; +} + +static void +maybe_initialize_infopath () +{ + if (!infopath_size) + { + infopath = (char *) + xmalloc (infopath_size = (1 + strlen (DEFAULT_INFOPATH))); + + strcpy (infopath, DEFAULT_INFOPATH); + } +} + +/* Add PATH to the list of paths found in INFOPATH. 2nd argument says + whether to put PATH at the front or end of INFOPATH. */ +void +info_add_path (path, where) + char *path; + int where; +{ + int len; + + if (!infopath) + { + infopath = (char *)xmalloc (infopath_size = 200 + strlen (path)); + infopath[0] = '\0'; + } + + len = strlen (path) + strlen (infopath); + + if (len + 2 >= infopath_size) + infopath = (char *)xrealloc (infopath, (infopath_size += (2 * len) + 2)); + + if (!*infopath) + strcpy (infopath, path); + else if (where == INFOPATH_APPEND) + { + strcat (infopath, ":"); + strcat (infopath, path); + } + else if (where == INFOPATH_PREPEND) + { + char *temp = strdup (infopath); + strcpy (infopath, path); + strcat (infopath, ":"); + strcat (infopath, temp); + free (temp); + } +} + +/* Make INFOPATH have absolutely nothing in it. */ +void +zap_infopath () +{ + if (infopath) + free (infopath); + + infopath = (char *)NULL; + infopath_size = 0; +} + +/* Read the contents of PATHNAME, returning a buffer with the contents of + that file in it, and returning the size of that buffer in FILESIZE. + FINFO is a stat struct which has already been filled in by the caller. + If the file cannot be read, return a NULL pointer. */ +char * +filesys_read_info_file (pathname, filesize, finfo) + char *pathname; + long *filesize; + struct stat *finfo; +{ + long st_size; + + *filesize = filesys_error_number = 0; + + if (compressed_filename_p (pathname)) + return (filesys_read_compressed (pathname, filesize, finfo)); + else + { + int descriptor; + char *contents; + + descriptor = open (pathname, O_RDONLY, 0666); + + /* If the file couldn't be opened, give up. */ + if (descriptor < 0) + { + filesys_error_number = errno; + return ((char *)NULL); + } + + /* Try to read the contents of this file. */ + st_size = (long) finfo->st_size; + contents = (char *)xmalloc (1 + st_size); + if ((read (descriptor, contents, st_size)) != st_size) + { + filesys_error_number = errno; + close (descriptor); + free (contents); + return ((char *)NULL); + } + + close (descriptor); + + *filesize = st_size; + return (contents); + } +} + +/* Typically, pipe buffers are 4k. */ +#define BASIC_PIPE_BUFFER (4 * 1024) + +/* We use some large multiple of that. */ +#define FILESYS_PIPE_BUFFER_SIZE (16 * BASIC_PIPE_BUFFER) + +char * +filesys_read_compressed (pathname, filesize, finfo) + char *pathname; + long *filesize; + struct stat *finfo; +{ + FILE *stream; + char *command, *decompressor; + char *contents = (char *)NULL; + + *filesize = filesys_error_number = 0; + + decompressor = filesys_decompressor_for_file (pathname); + + if (!decompressor) + return ((char *)NULL); + + command = (char *)xmalloc (10 + strlen (pathname) + strlen (decompressor)); + sprintf (command, "%s < %s", decompressor, pathname); + +#if !defined (BUILDING_LIBRARY) + if (info_windows_initialized_p) + { + char *temp; + + temp = (char *)xmalloc (5 + strlen (command)); + sprintf (temp, "%s...", command); + message_in_echo_area ("%s", temp); + free (temp); + } +#endif /* !BUILDING_LIBRARY */ + + stream = popen (command, "r"); + free (command); + + /* Read chunks from this file until there are none left to read. */ + if (stream) + { + int offset, size; + char *chunk; + + offset = size = 0; + chunk = (char *)xmalloc (FILESYS_PIPE_BUFFER_SIZE); + + while (1) + { + int bytes_read; + + bytes_read = fread (chunk, 1, FILESYS_PIPE_BUFFER_SIZE, stream); + + if (bytes_read + offset >= size) + contents = (char *)xrealloc + (contents, size += (2 * FILESYS_PIPE_BUFFER_SIZE)); + + memcpy (contents + offset, chunk, bytes_read); + offset += bytes_read; + if (bytes_read != FILESYS_PIPE_BUFFER_SIZE) + break; + } + + free (chunk); + pclose (stream); + contents = (char *)xrealloc (contents, offset + 1); + *filesize = offset; + } + else + { + filesys_error_number = errno; + } + +#if !defined (BUILDING_LIBARARY) + if (info_windows_initialized_p) + unmessage_in_echo_area (); +#endif /* !BUILDING_LIBRARY */ + return (contents); +} + +/* Return non-zero if FILENAME belongs to a compressed file. */ +int +compressed_filename_p (filename) + char *filename; +{ + char *decompressor; + + /* Find the final extension of this filename, and see if it matches one + of our known ones. */ + decompressor = filesys_decompressor_for_file (filename); + + if (decompressor) + return (1); + else + return (0); +} + +/* Return the command string that would be used to decompress FILENAME. */ +char * +filesys_decompressor_for_file (filename) + char *filename; +{ + register int i; + char *extension = (char *)NULL; + + /* Find the final extension of FILENAME, and see if it appears in our + list of known compression extensions. */ + for (i = strlen (filename) - 1; i > 0; i--) + if (filename[i] == '.') + { + extension = filename + i; + break; + } + + if (!extension) + return ((char *)NULL); + + for (i = 0; compress_suffixes[i].suffix; i++) + if (strcmp (extension, compress_suffixes[i].suffix) == 0) + return (compress_suffixes[i].decompressor); + + return ((char *)NULL); +} + +/* The number of the most recent file system error. */ +int filesys_error_number = 0; + +/* A function which returns a pointer to a static buffer containing + an error message for FILENAME and ERROR_NUM. */ +static char *errmsg_buf = (char *)NULL; +static int errmsg_buf_size = 0; + +char * +filesys_error_string (filename, error_num) + char *filename; + int error_num; +{ + int len; + char *result; + + if (error_num == 0) + return ((char *)NULL); + + result = strerror (error_num); + + len = 4 + strlen (filename) + strlen (result); + if (len >= errmsg_buf_size) + errmsg_buf = (char *)xrealloc (errmsg_buf, (errmsg_buf_size = 2 + len)); + + sprintf (errmsg_buf, "%s: %s", filename, result); + return (errmsg_buf); +} + diff --git a/texinfo/info/filesys.h b/texinfo/info/filesys.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..130a52a6357 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/filesys.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/* filesys.h -- External declarations of functions and vars in filesys.c. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_FILESYS_H_) +#define _FILESYS_H_ + +/* The path on which we look for info files. You can initialize this + from the environment variable INFOPATH if there is one, or you can + call info_add_path () to add paths to the beginning or end of it. */ +extern char *infopath; + +/* Make INFOPATH have absolutely nothing in it. */ +extern void zap_infopath (); + +/* Add PATH to the list of paths found in INFOPATH. 2nd argument says + whether to put PATH at the front or end of INFOPATH. */ +extern void info_add_path (); + +/* Defines that are passed along with the pathname to info_add_path (). */ +#define INFOPATH_PREPEND 0 +#define INFOPATH_APPEND 1 + +/* Expand the filename in PARTIAL to make a real name for this operating + system. This looks in INFO_PATHS in order to find the correct file. + If it can't find the file, it returns NULL. */ +extern char *info_find_fullpath (); + +/* Read the contents of PATHNAME, returning a buffer with the contents of + that file in it, and returning the size of that buffer in FILESIZE. + FINFO is a stat struct which has already been filled in by the caller. + If the file cannot be read, return a NULL pointer. */ +extern char *filesys_read_info_file (); +extern char *filesys_read_compressed (); + +/* Return the command string that would be used to decompress FILENAME. */ +extern char *filesys_decompressor_for_file (); +extern int compressed_filename_p (); + +/* A function which returns a pointer to a static buffer containing + an error message for FILENAME and ERROR_NUM. */ +extern char *filesys_error_string (); + +/* The number of the most recent file system error. */ +extern int filesys_error_number; + +/* Given a string containing units of information separated by colons, + return the next one pointed to by IDX, or NULL if there are no more. + Advance IDX to the character after the colon. */ +extern char *extract_colon_unit (); + +/* The default value of INFOPATH. */ +#if !defined (DEFAULT_INFOPATH) +! # define DEFAULT_INFOPATH "/usr/local/info:/usr/info:/usr/local/lib/info:/usr/lib/info:/usr/local/gnu/info:/usr/local/gnu/lib/info:/usr/gnu/info:/usr/gnu/lib/info:/opt/gnu/info:/usr/share/info:/usr/share/lib/info:/usr/local/share/info:/usr/local/share/lib/info:/usr/gnu/lib/emacs/info:/usr/local/gnu/lib/emacs/info:/usr/local/lib/emacs/info:/usr/local/emacs/info:." +#endif /* !DEFAULT_INFOPATH */ + +#if !defined (S_ISREG) && defined (S_IFREG) +# define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG) +#endif /* !S_ISREG && S_IFREG */ + +#if !defined (S_ISDIR) && defined (S_IFDIR) +# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) +#endif /* !S_ISDIR && S_IFDIR */ + +#endif /* !_FILESYS_H_ */ diff --git a/texinfo/info/footnotes.c b/texinfo/info/footnotes.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..35a0f352de8 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/footnotes.c @@ -0,0 +1,265 @@ +/* footnotes.c -- Some functions for manipulating footnotes. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include "info.h" + +/* Non-zero means attempt to show footnotes when displaying a new window. */ +int auto_footnotes_p = 1; + +static char *footnote_nodename = "*Footnotes*"; + +#define FOOTNOTE_HEADER_FORMAT \ + "*** Footnotes appearing in the node \"%s\" ***\n" + +/* Find the window currently showing footnotes. */ +static WINDOW * +find_footnotes_window () +{ + WINDOW *win; + + /* Try to find an existing window first. */ + for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) + if (internal_info_node_p (win->node) && + (strcmp (win->node->nodename, footnote_nodename) == 0)) + break; + + return (win); +} + +/* Manufacture a node containing the footnotes of this node, and + return the manufactured node. If NODE has no footnotes, return a + NULL pointer. */ +NODE * +make_footnotes_node (node) + NODE *node; +{ + NODE *fn_node, *result = (NODE *)NULL; + long fn_start; + + /* Make the initial assumption that the footnotes appear as simple + text within this windows node. */ + fn_node = node; + + /* See if this node contains the magic footnote label. */ + fn_start = + info_search_in_node (FOOTNOTE_LABEL, node, 0, (WINDOW *)NULL, 1); + + /* If it doesn't, check to see if it has an associated footnotes node. */ + if (fn_start == -1) + { + REFERENCE **refs; + + refs = info_xrefs_of_node (node); + + if (refs) + { + register int i; + char *refname; + + refname = (char *)xmalloc + (1 + strlen ("-Footnotes") + strlen (node->nodename)); + + strcpy (refname, node->nodename); + strcat (refname, "-Footnotes"); + + for (i = 0; refs[i]; i++) + if ((refs[i]->nodename != (char *)NULL) && + (strcmp (refs[i]->nodename, refname) == 0)) + { + char *filename; + + filename = node->parent; + if (!filename) + filename = node->filename; + + fn_node = info_get_node (filename, refname); + + if (fn_node) + fn_start = 0; + + break; + } + + free (refname); + info_free_references (refs); + } + } + + /* If we never found the start of a footnotes area, quit now. */ + if (fn_start == -1) + return ((NODE *)NULL); + + /* Make the new node. */ + result = (NODE *)xmalloc (sizeof (NODE)); + result->flags = 0; + + /* Get the size of the footnotes appearing within this node. */ + { + char *header; + long text_start = fn_start; + + header = (char *)xmalloc + (1 + strlen (node->nodename) + strlen (FOOTNOTE_HEADER_FORMAT)); + sprintf (header, FOOTNOTE_HEADER_FORMAT, node->nodename); + + /* Move the start of the displayed text to right after the first line. + This effectively skips either "---- footno...", or "File: foo...". */ + while (text_start < fn_node->nodelen) + if (fn_node->contents[text_start++] == '\n') + break; + + result->nodelen = strlen (header) + fn_node->nodelen - text_start; + + /* Set the contents of this node. */ + result->contents = (char *)xmalloc (1 + result->nodelen); + sprintf (result->contents, "%s", header); + memcpy (result->contents + strlen (header), + fn_node->contents + text_start, fn_node->nodelen - text_start); + + name_internal_node (result, footnote_nodename); + free (header); + } + +#if defined (NOTDEF) + /* If the footnotes were gleaned from the node that we were called with, + shorten the calling node's display length. */ + if (fn_node == node) + narrow_node (node, 0, fn_start); +#endif /* NOTDEF */ + + return (result); +} + +/* Create or delete the footnotes window depending on whether footnotes + exist in WINDOW's node or not. Returns FN_FOUND if footnotes were found + and displayed. Returns FN_UNFOUND if there were no footnotes found + in WINDOW's node. Returns FN_UNABLE if there were footnotes, but the + window to show them couldn't be made. */ +int +info_get_or_remove_footnotes (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + WINDOW *fn_win; + NODE *new_footnotes; + + fn_win = find_footnotes_window (); + + /* If we are in the footnotes window, change nothing. */ + if (fn_win == window) + return (FN_FOUND); + + /* Try to find footnotes for this window's node. */ + new_footnotes = make_footnotes_node (window->node); + + /* If there was a window showing footnotes, and there are no footnotes + for the current window, delete the old footnote window. */ + if (fn_win && !new_footnotes) + { + if (windows->next) + info_delete_window_internal (fn_win); + } + + /* If there are footnotes for this window's node, but no window around + showing footnotes, try to make a new window. */ + if (new_footnotes && !fn_win) + { + WINDOW *old_active; + WINDOW *last, *win; + + /* Always make this window be the last one appearing in the list. Find + the last window in the chain. */ + for (win = windows, last = windows; win; last = win, win = win->next); + + /* Try to split this window, and make the split window the one to + contain the footnotes. */ + old_active = active_window; + active_window = last; + fn_win = window_make_window (new_footnotes); + active_window = old_active; + + if (!fn_win) + { + free (new_footnotes->contents); + free (new_footnotes); + + /* If we are hacking automatic footnotes, and there are footnotes + but we couldn't display them, print a message to that effect. */ + if (auto_footnotes_p) + inform_in_echo_area ("Footnotes could not be displayed"); + return (FN_UNABLE); + } + } + + /* If there are footnotes, and there is a window to display them, + make that window be the number of lines appearing in the footnotes. */ + if (new_footnotes && fn_win) + { + window_set_node_of_window (fn_win, new_footnotes); + + window_change_window_height + (fn_win, fn_win->line_count - fn_win->height); + + remember_window_and_node (fn_win, new_footnotes); + add_gcable_pointer (new_footnotes->contents); + } + + if (!new_footnotes) + return (FN_UNFOUND); + else + return (FN_FOUND); +} + +/* Show the footnotes associated with this node in another window. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_show_footnotes, + "Show the footnotes associated with this node in another window") +{ + int result; + + /* A negative argument means just make the window go away. */ + if (count < 0) + { + WINDOW *fn_win = find_footnotes_window (); + + /* If there is an old footnotes window, and it isn't the only window + on the screen, delete it. */ + if (fn_win && windows->next) + info_delete_window_internal (fn_win); + } + else + { + int result; + + result = info_get_or_remove_footnotes (window); + + switch (result) + { + case FN_UNFOUND: + info_error (NO_FOOT_NODE); + break; + + case FN_UNABLE: + info_error (WIN_TOO_SMALL); + break; + } + } +} diff --git a/texinfo/info/footnotes.h b/texinfo/info/footnotes.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..89b1b3578e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/footnotes.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* footnotes.h -- Some functions for manipulating footnotes. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_FOOTNOTES_H_) +#define _FOOTNOTES_H_ + +/* Magic string which indicates following text is footnotes. */ +#define FOOTNOTE_LABEL "---------- Footnotes ----------" + +#define FN_FOUND 0 +#define FN_UNFOUND 1 +#define FN_UNABLE 2 + + +/* Create or delete the footnotes window depending on whether footnotes + exist in WINDOW's node or not. Returns FN_FOUND if footnotes were found + and displayed. Returns FN_UNFOUND if there were no footnotes found + in WINDOW's node. Returns FN_UNABLE if there were footnotes, but the + window to show them couldn't be made. */ +extern int info_get_or_remove_footnotes (); + +/* Non-zero means attempt to show footnotes when displaying a new window. */ +extern int auto_footnotes_p; + +#endif /* !_FOOTNOTES_H_ */ + diff --git a/texinfo/info/gc.c b/texinfo/info/gc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3b9b0907f51 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/gc.c @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +/* gc.c -- Functions to remember and garbage collect unused node contents. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include "info.h" + +/* Array of pointers to the contents of gc-able nodes. A pointer on this + list can be garbage collected when no info window contains a node whose + contents member match the pointer. */ +static char **gcable_pointers = (char **)NULL; +static int gcable_pointers_index = 0; +static int gcable_pointers_slots = 0; + +/* Add POINTER to the list of garbage collectible pointers. A pointer + is not actually garbage collected until no info window contains a node + whose contents member is equal to the pointer. */ +void +add_gcable_pointer (pointer) + char *pointer; +{ + gc_pointers (); + add_pointer_to_array (pointer, gcable_pointers_index, gcable_pointers, + gcable_pointers_slots, 10, char *); +} + +/* Grovel the list of info windows and gc-able pointers finding those + node->contents which are collectible, and free them. */ +void +gc_pointers () +{ + register int i, j, k; + INFO_WINDOW *iw; + char **new = (char **)NULL; + int new_index = 0; + int new_slots = 0; + + if (!info_windows || !gcable_pointers_index) + return; + + for (i = 0; iw = info_windows[i]; i++) + { + for (j = 0; j < iw->nodes_index; j++) + { + NODE *node = iw->nodes[j]; + + /* If this node->contents appears in our list of gcable_pointers, + it is not gc-able, so save it. */ + for (k = 0; k < gcable_pointers_index; k++) + if (gcable_pointers[k] == node->contents) + { + add_pointer_to_array + (node->contents, new_index, new, new_slots, 10, char *); + break; + } + } + } + + /* We have gathered all of the pointers which need to be saved. Free any + of the original pointers which do not appear in the new list. */ + for (i = 0; i < gcable_pointers_index; i++) + { + for (j = 0; j < new_index; j++) + if (gcable_pointers[i] == new[j]) + break; + + /* If we got all the way through the new list, then the old pointer + can be garbage collected. */ + if (new && !new[j]) + free (gcable_pointers[i]); + } + + free (gcable_pointers); + gcable_pointers = new; + gcable_pointers_slots = new_slots; + gcable_pointers_index = new_index; +} diff --git a/texinfo/info/gc.h b/texinfo/info/gc.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..876062ad249 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/gc.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* gc.h -- Functions for garbage collecting unused node contents. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_GC_H_) +#define _GC_H_ + +/* Add POINTER to the list of garbage collectible pointers. A pointer + is not actually garbage collected until no info window contains a node + whose contents member is equal to the pointer. */ +extern void add_gcable_pointer (); + +/* Grovel the list of info windows and gc-able pointers finding those + node->contents which are collectible, and free them. */ +extern void gc_pointers (); + +#endif /* !_GC_H_ */ diff --git a/texinfo/info/general.h b/texinfo/info/general.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4b97dc8d8da --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/general.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* general.h -- Some generally useful defines. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_GENERAL_H_) +#define _GENERAL_H_ + +extern void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc (); + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# include <unistd.h> +#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */ + +#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H) +# include <string.h> +#else +# include <strings.h> +#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */ + +#include "clib.h" + +#define info_toupper(x) (islower (x) ? toupper (x) : x) +#define info_tolower(x) (isupper (x) ? tolower (x) : x) + +#if !defined (whitespace) +# define whitespace(c) ((c == ' ') || (c == '\t')) +#endif /* !whitespace */ + +#if !defined (whitespace_or_newline) +# define whitespace_or_newline(c) (whitespace (c) || (c == '\n')) +#endif /* !whitespace_or_newline */ + +#if !defined (__FUNCTION_DEF) +# define __FUNCTION_DEF +typedef int Function (); +typedef void VFunction (); +typedef char *CFunction (); +#endif /* _FUNCTION_DEF */ + +/* Add POINTER to the list of pointers found in ARRAY. SLOTS is the number + of slots that have already been allocated. INDEX is the index into the + array where POINTER should be added. GROW is the number of slots to grow + ARRAY by, in the case that it needs growing. TYPE is a cast of the type + of object stored in ARRAY (e.g., NODE_ENTRY *. */ +#define add_pointer_to_array(pointer, idx, array, slots, grow, type) \ + do { \ + if (idx + 2 >= slots) \ + array = (type *)(xrealloc (array, (slots += grow) * sizeof (type))); \ + array[idx++] = (type)pointer; \ + array[idx] = (type)NULL; \ + } while (0) + +#define maybe_free(x) do { if (x) free (x); } while (0) + +#if !defined (zero_mem) && defined (HAVE_MEMSET) +# define zero_mem(mem, length) memset (mem, 0, length) +#endif /* !zero_mem && HAVE_MEMSET */ + +#if !defined (zero_mem) && defined (HAVE_BZERO) +# define zero_mem(mem, length) bzero (mem, length) +#endif /* !zero_mem && HAVE_BZERO */ + +#if !defined (zero_mem) +# define zero_mem(mem, length) \ + do { \ + register int zi; \ + register unsigned char *place; \ + \ + place = (unsigned char *)mem; \ + for (zi = 0; zi < length; zi++) \ + place[zi] = 0; \ + } while (0) +#endif /* !zero_mem */ + +#endif /* !_GENERAL_H_ */ diff --git a/texinfo/info/indices.c b/texinfo/info/indices.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6848884288b --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/indices.c @@ -0,0 +1,667 @@ +/* indices.c -- Commands for dealing with an Info file Index. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include "info.h" +#include "indices.h" + +/* User-visible variable controls the output of info-index-next. */ +int show_index_match = 1; + +/* In the Info sense, an index is a menu. This variable holds the last + parsed index. */ +static REFERENCE **index_index = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + +/* The offset of the most recently selected index element. */ +static int index_offset = 0; + +/* Variable which holds the last string searched for. */ +static char *index_search = (char *)NULL; + +/* A couple of "globals" describing where the initial index was found. */ +static char *initial_index_filename = (char *)NULL; +static char *initial_index_nodename = (char *)NULL; + +/* A structure associating index names with index offset ranges. */ +typedef struct { + char *name; /* The nodename of this index. */ + int first; /* The index in our list of the first entry. */ + int last; /* The index in our list of the last entry. */ +} INDEX_NAME_ASSOC; + +/* An array associating index nodenames with index offset ranges. */ +static INDEX_NAME_ASSOC **index_nodenames = (INDEX_NAME_ASSOC **)NULL; +static int index_nodenames_index = 0; +static int index_nodenames_slots = 0; + +/* Add the name of NODE, and the range of the associated index elements + (passed in ARRAY) to index_nodenames. */ +static void +add_index_to_index_nodenames (array, node) + REFERENCE **array; + NODE *node; +{ + register int i, last; + INDEX_NAME_ASSOC *assoc; + + for (last = 0; array[last]; last++); + assoc = (INDEX_NAME_ASSOC *)xmalloc (sizeof (INDEX_NAME_ASSOC)); + assoc->name = strdup (node->nodename); + + if (!index_nodenames_index) + { + assoc->first = 0; + assoc->last = last; + } + else + { + for (i = 0; index_nodenames[i + 1]; i++); + assoc->first = 1 + index_nodenames[i]->last; + assoc->last = assoc->first + last; + } + add_pointer_to_array + (assoc, index_nodenames_index, index_nodenames, index_nodenames_slots, + 10, INDEX_NAME_ASSOC *); +} + +/* Find and return the indices of WINDOW's file. The indices are defined + as the first node in the file containing the word "Index" and any + immediately following nodes whose names also contain "Index". All such + indices are concatenated and the result returned. If WINDOW's info file + doesn't have any indices, a NULL pointer is returned. */ +REFERENCE ** +info_indices_of_window (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + FILE_BUFFER *fb; + + fb = file_buffer_of_window (window); + + return (info_indices_of_file_buffer (fb)); +} + +REFERENCE ** +info_indices_of_file_buffer (file_buffer) + FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer; +{ + register int i; + REFERENCE **result = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + + /* No file buffer, no indices. */ + if (!file_buffer) + return ((REFERENCE **)NULL); + + /* Reset globals describing where the index was found. */ + maybe_free (initial_index_filename); + maybe_free (initial_index_nodename); + initial_index_filename = (char *)NULL; + initial_index_nodename = (char *)NULL; + + if (index_nodenames) + { + for (i = 0; index_nodenames[i]; i++) + { + free (index_nodenames[i]->name); + free (index_nodenames[i]); + } + + index_nodenames_index = 0; + index_nodenames[0] = (INDEX_NAME_ASSOC *)NULL; + } + + /* Grovel the names of the nodes found in this file. */ + if (file_buffer->tags) + { + TAG *tag; + + for (i = 0; tag = file_buffer->tags[i]; i++) + { + if (string_in_line ("Index", tag->nodename) != -1) + { + NODE *node; + REFERENCE **menu; + + /* Found one. Get its menu. */ + node = info_get_node (tag->filename, tag->nodename); + if (!node) + continue; + + /* Remember the filename and nodename of this index. */ + initial_index_filename = strdup (file_buffer->filename); + initial_index_nodename = strdup (tag->nodename); + + menu = info_menu_of_node (node); + + /* If we have a menu, add this index's nodename and range + to our list of index_nodenames. */ + if (menu) + { + add_index_to_index_nodenames (menu, node); + + /* Concatenate the references found so far. */ + result = info_concatenate_references (result, menu); + } + free (node); + } + } + } + + /* If there is a result, clean it up so that every entry has a filename. */ + for (i = 0; result && result[i]; i++) + if (!result[i]->filename) + result[i]->filename = strdup (file_buffer->filename); + + return (result); +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_index_search, + "Look up a string in the index for this file") +{ + FILE_BUFFER *fb; + char *line; + + /* Reset the index offset, since this is not the info-index-next command. */ + index_offset = 0; + + /* The user is selecting a new search string, so flush the old one. */ + maybe_free (index_search); + index_search = (char *)NULL; + + /* If this window's file is not the same as the one that we last built an + index for, build and remember an index now. */ + fb = file_buffer_of_window (window); + if (!initial_index_filename || + (strcmp (initial_index_filename, fb->filename) != 0)) + { + info_free_references (index_index); + window_message_in_echo_area ("Finding index entries..."); + index_index = info_indices_of_file_buffer (fb); + } + + /* If there is no index, quit now. */ + if (!index_index) + { + info_error ("No indices found."); + return; + } + + /* Okay, there is an index. Let the user select one of the members of it. */ + line = + info_read_maybe_completing (window, "Index entry: ", index_index); + + window = active_window; + + /* User aborted? */ + if (!line) + { + info_abort_key (active_window, 1, 0); + return; + } + + /* Empty line means move to the Index node. */ + if (!*line) + { + free (line); + + if (initial_index_filename && initial_index_nodename) + { + NODE *node; + + node = + info_get_node (initial_index_filename, initial_index_nodename); + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window); + window_set_node_of_window (window, node); + remember_window_and_node (window, node); + window_clear_echo_area (); + return; + } + } + + /* The user typed either a completed index label, or a partial string. + Find an exact match, or, failing that, the first index entry containing + the partial string. So, we just call info_next_index_match () with minor + manipulation of INDEX_OFFSET. */ + { + int old_offset; + + /* Start the search right after/before this index. */ + if (count < 0) + { + register int i; + for (i = 0; index_index[i]; i++); + index_offset = i; + } + else + index_offset = -1; + + old_offset = index_offset; + + /* The "last" string searched for is this one. */ + index_search = line; + + /* Find it, or error. */ + info_next_index_match (window, count, 0); + + /* If the search failed, return the index offset to where it belongs. */ + if (index_offset == old_offset) + index_offset = 0; + } +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_next_index_match, + "Go to the next matching index item from the last `\\[index-search]' command") +{ + register int i; + int partial, dir; + NODE *node; + + /* If there is no previous search string, the user hasn't built an index + yet. */ + if (!index_search) + { + info_error ("No previous index search string."); + return; + } + + /* If there is no index, that is an error. */ + if (!index_index) + { + info_error ("No index entries."); + return; + } + + /* The direction of this search is controlled by the value of the + numeric argument. */ + if (count < 0) + dir = -1; + else + dir = 1; + + /* Search for the next occurence of index_search. First try to find + an exact match. */ + partial = 0; + + for (i = index_offset + dir; (i > -1) && (index_index[i]); i += dir) + if (strcmp (index_search, index_index[i]->label) == 0) + break; + + /* If that failed, look for the next substring match. */ + if ((i < 0) || (!index_index[i])) + { + for (i = index_offset + dir; (i > -1) && (index_index[i]); i += dir) + if (string_in_line (index_search, index_index[i]->label) != -1) + break; + + if ((i > -1) && (index_index[i])) + partial = string_in_line (index_search, index_index[i]->label); + } + + /* If that failed, print an error. */ + if ((i < 0) || (!index_index[i])) + { + info_error ("No %sindex entries containing \"%s\".", + index_offset > 0 ? "more " : "", index_search); + return; + } + + /* Okay, we found the next one. Move the offset to the current entry. */ + index_offset = i; + + /* Report to the user on what we have found. */ + { + register int j; + char *name = "CAN'T SEE THIS"; + char *match; + + for (j = 0; index_nodenames[j]; j++) + { + if ((i >= index_nodenames[j]->first) && + (i <= index_nodenames[j]->last)) + { + name = index_nodenames[j]->name; + break; + } + } + + /* If we had a partial match, indicate to the user which part of the + string matched. */ + match = strdup (index_index[i]->label); + + if (partial && show_index_match) + { + int j, ls, start, upper; + + ls = strlen (index_search); + start = partial - ls; + upper = isupper (match[start]) ? 1 : 0; + + for (j = 0; j < ls; j++) + if (upper) + match[j + start] = info_tolower (match[j + start]); + else + match[j + start] = info_toupper (match[j + start]); + } + + { + char *format; + + format = replace_in_documentation + ("Found \"%s\" in %s. (`\\[next-index-match]' tries to find next.)"); + + window_message_in_echo_area (format, match, name); + } + + free (match); + } + + /* Select the node corresponding to this index entry. */ + node = info_get_node (index_index[i]->filename, index_index[i]->nodename); + + if (!node) + { + info_error (CANT_FILE_NODE, + index_index[i]->filename, index_index[i]->nodename); + return; + } + + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window); + window_set_node_of_window (window, node); + remember_window_and_node (window, node); + + + /* Try to find an occurence of LABEL in this node. */ + { + long start, loc; + + start = window->line_starts[1] - window->node->contents; + loc = info_target_search_node (node, index_index[i]->label, start); + + if (loc != -1) + { + window->point = loc; + window_adjust_pagetop (window); + } + } +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Info APROPOS: Search every known index. */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* For every menu item in DIR, search the indices of that file for + SEARCH_STRING. */ +REFERENCE ** +apropos_in_all_indices (search_string, inform) + char *search_string; + int inform; +{ + register int i, dir_index; + REFERENCE **all_indices = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + REFERENCE **dir_menu = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + NODE *dir_node; + int printed = 0; + + dir_node = info_get_node ("dir", "Top"); + if (dir_node) + dir_menu = info_menu_of_node (dir_node); + + if (!dir_menu) + return; + + /* For every menu item in DIR, get the associated node's file buffer and + read the indices of that file buffer. Gather all of the indices into + one large one. */ + for (dir_index = 0; dir_menu[dir_index]; dir_index++) + { + REFERENCE **this_index, *this_item; + NODE *this_node; + FILE_BUFFER *this_fb; + + this_item = dir_menu[dir_index]; + + if (!this_item->filename) + { + if (dir_node->parent) + this_item->filename = strdup (dir_node->parent); + else + this_item->filename = strdup (dir_node->filename); + } + + /* Find this node. If we cannot find it, try using the label of the + entry as a file (i.e., "(LABEL)Top"). */ + this_node = info_get_node (this_item->filename, this_item->nodename); + + if (!this_node && this_item->nodename && + (strcmp (this_item->label, this_item->nodename) == 0)) + this_node = info_get_node (this_item->label, "Top"); + + if (!this_node) + continue; + + /* Get the file buffer associated with this node. */ + { + char *files_name; + + files_name = this_node->parent; + if (!files_name) + files_name = this_node->filename; + + this_fb = info_find_file (files_name); + + if (this_fb && inform) + message_in_echo_area ("Scanning indices of \"%s\"...", files_name); + + this_index = info_indices_of_file_buffer (this_fb); + free (this_node); + + if (this_fb && inform) + unmessage_in_echo_area (); + } + + if (this_index) + { + /* Remember the filename which contains this set of references. */ + for (i = 0; this_index && this_index[i]; i++) + if (!this_index[i]->filename) + this_index[i]->filename = strdup (this_fb->filename); + + /* Concatenate with the other indices. */ + all_indices = info_concatenate_references (all_indices, this_index); + } + } + + info_free_references (dir_menu); + + /* Build a list of the references which contain SEARCH_STRING. */ + if (all_indices) + { + REFERENCE *entry, **apropos_list = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + int apropos_list_index = 0; + int apropos_list_slots = 0; + + for (i = 0; (entry = all_indices[i]); i++) + { + if (string_in_line (search_string, entry->label) != -1) + { + add_pointer_to_array + (entry, apropos_list_index, apropos_list, apropos_list_slots, + 100, REFERENCE *); + } + else + { + maybe_free (entry->label); + maybe_free (entry->filename); + maybe_free (entry->nodename); + free (entry); + } + } + + free (all_indices); + all_indices = apropos_list; + } + return (all_indices); +} + +#define APROPOS_NONE \ + "No available info files reference \"%s\" in their indices." + +void +info_apropos (string) + char *string; +{ + REFERENCE **apropos_list; + + apropos_list = apropos_in_all_indices (string, 0); + + if (!apropos_list) + { + info_error (APROPOS_NONE, string); + } + else + { + register int i; + REFERENCE *entry; + + for (i = 0; (entry = apropos_list[i]); i++) + fprintf (stderr, "\"(%s)%s\" -- %s\n", + entry->filename, entry->nodename, entry->label); + } + info_free_references (apropos_list); +} + +static char *apropos_list_nodename = "*Apropos*"; + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_index_apropos, + "Grovel all known info file's indices for a string and build a menu") +{ + char *line; + + line = info_read_in_echo_area (window, "Index apropos: "); + + window = active_window; + + /* User aborted? */ + if (!line) + { + info_abort_key (window, 1, 1); + return; + } + + /* User typed something? */ + if (*line) + { + REFERENCE **apropos_list; + NODE *apropos_node; + + apropos_list = apropos_in_all_indices (line, 1); + + if (!apropos_list) + { + info_error (APROPOS_NONE, line); + } + else + { + register int i; + char *line_buffer; + + initialize_message_buffer (); + printf_to_message_buffer + ("\n* Menu: Nodes whoses indices contain \"%s\":\n", line); + line_buffer = (char *)xmalloc (500); + + for (i = 0; apropos_list[i]; i++) + { + int len; + sprintf (line_buffer, "* (%s)%s::", + apropos_list[i]->filename, apropos_list[i]->nodename); + len = pad_to (36, line_buffer); + sprintf (line_buffer + len, "%s", apropos_list[i]->label); + printf_to_message_buffer ("%s\n", line_buffer); + } + free (line_buffer); + } + + apropos_node = message_buffer_to_node (); + add_gcable_pointer (apropos_node->contents); + name_internal_node (apropos_node, apropos_list_nodename); + + /* Even though this is an internal node, we don't want the window + system to treat it specially. So we turn off the internalness + of it here. */ + apropos_node->flags &= ~N_IsInternal; + + /* Find/Create a window to contain this node. */ + { + WINDOW *new; + NODE *node; + + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window); + + /* If a window is visible and showing an apropos list already, + re-use it. */ + for (new = windows; new; new = new->next) + { + node = new->node; + + if (internal_info_node_p (node) && + (strcmp (node->nodename, apropos_list_nodename) == 0)) + break; + } + + /* If we couldn't find an existing window, try to use the next window + in the chain. */ + if (!new && window->next) + new = window->next; + + /* If we still don't have a window, make a new one to contain + the list. */ + if (!new) + { + WINDOW *old_active; + + old_active = active_window; + active_window = window; + new = window_make_window ((NODE *)NULL); + active_window = old_active; + } + + /* If we couldn't make a new window, use this one. */ + if (!new) + new = window; + + /* Lines do not wrap in this window. */ + new->flags |= W_NoWrap; + + window_set_node_of_window (new, apropos_node); + remember_window_and_node (new, apropos_node); + active_window = new; + } + info_free_references (apropos_list); + } + free (line); + + if (!info_error_was_printed) + window_clear_echo_area (); +} + diff --git a/texinfo/info/indices.h b/texinfo/info/indices.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..265b1472ba8 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/indices.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +/* indices.h -- Functions defined in indices.c. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_INDICES_H_) +#define _INDICES_H_ + +/* User-visible variable controls the output of info-index-next. */ +extern int show_index_match; + +extern REFERENCE **info_indices_of_window (), **info_indices_of_file_buffer (); +extern void info_apropos (); + +/* For every menu item in DIR, search the indices of that file for STRING. */ +REFERENCE **apropos_in_all_indices (); + +/* User visible functions declared in indices.c. */ +extern void info_index_search (), info_next_index_match (); + +#endif /* !_INDICES_H_ */ diff --git a/texinfo/info/info-stnd.texi b/texinfo/info/info-stnd.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1e2fccb1d8e --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/info-stnd.texi @@ -0,0 +1,1365 @@ +\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- +@comment %**start of header +@setfilename info-stnd.info +@settitle GNU Info +@set InfoProgVer 2.11 +@paragraphindent none +@footnotestyle end +@synindex vr cp +@synindex fn cp +@synindex ky cp +@comment %**end of header +@comment $Id: info-stnd.texi,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:58:01 jason Exp $ + +@dircategory Texinfo documentation system +@direntry +* info program: (info-stnd). Standalone Info-reading program. +@end direntry + +@ifinfo +This file documents GNU Info, a program for viewing the on-line formatted +versions of Texinfo files. This documentation is different from the +documentation for the Info reader that is part of GNU Emacs. If you do +not know how to use Info, but have a working Info reader, you should +read that documentation first. + +Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 93, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this +manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are +preserved on all copies. + +@ignore +Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the +results, provided the printed document carries a copying permission +notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph +(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). +@end ignore + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the +sections entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License'' are +included exactly as in the original, and provided that the entire +resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission +notice identical to this one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation +approved by the Free Software Foundation. +@end ifinfo + +@titlepage +@title GNU Info User's Guide +@subtitle For GNU Info version @value{InfoProgVer} +@author Brian J. Fox (bfox@@ai.mit.edu) +@page +@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this +manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are +preserved on all copies. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the +sections entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License'' are +included exactly as in the original, and provided that the entire +resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission +notice identical to this one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation +approved by the Free Software Foundation. +@end titlepage + +@ifinfo +@node Top, What is Info, (dir), (dir) +@top The GNU Info Program + +This file documents GNU Info, a program for viewing the on-line +formatted versions of Texinfo files, version @value{InfoProgVer}. This +documentation is different from the documentation for the Info reader +that is part of GNU Emacs. +@end ifinfo + +@menu +* What is Info:: +* Options:: Options you can pass on the command line. +* Cursor Commands:: Commands which move the cursor within a node. +* Scrolling Commands:: Commands for moving the node around + in a window. +* Node Commands:: Commands for selecting a new node. +* Searching Commands:: Commands for searching an Info file. +* Xref Commands:: Commands for selecting cross references. +* Window Commands:: Commands which manipulate multiple windows. +* Printing Nodes:: How to print out the contents of a node. +* Miscellaneous Commands:: A few commands that defy categories. +* Variables:: How to change the default behavior of Info. +* GNU Info Global Index:: Global index containing keystrokes, + command names, variable names, + and general concepts. +@end menu + +@node What is Info, Options, Top, Top +@chapter What is Info? + +@iftex +This file documents GNU Info, a program for viewing the on-line formatted +versions of Texinfo files, version @value{InfoProgVer}. +@end iftex + +@dfn{Info} is a program which is used to view Info files on an ASCII +terminal. @dfn{Info files} are the result of processing Texinfo files +with the program @code{makeinfo} or with one of the Emacs commands, such +as @code{M-x texinfo-format-buffer}. Texinfo itself is a documentation +system that uses a single source file to produce both on-line +information and printed output. You can typeset and print the +files that you read in Info.@refill + +@node Options, Cursor Commands, What is Info, Top +@chapter Command Line Options +@cindex command line options +@cindex arguments, command line + +GNU Info accepts several options to control the initial node being +viewed, and to specify which directories to search for Info files. Here +is a template showing an invocation of GNU Info from the shell: + +@example +info [--@var{option-name} @var{option-value}] @var{menu-item}@dots{} +@end example + +The following @var{option-names} are available when invoking Info from +the shell: + +@table @code +@cindex directory path +@item --directory @var{directory-path} +@itemx -d @var{directory-path} +Add @var{directory-path} to the list of directory paths searched when +Info needs to find a file. You may issue @code{--directory} multiple +times; once for each directory which contains Info files. +Alternatively, you may specify a value for the environment variable +@code{INFOPATH}; if @code{--directory} is not given, the value of +@code{INFOPATH} is used. The value of @code{INFOPATH} is a colon +separated list of directory names. If you do not supply @code{INFOPATH} +or @code{--directory-path}, Info uses a default path. + +@item --file @var{filename} +@itemx -f @var{filename} +@cindex Info file, selecting +Specify a particular Info file to visit. By default, Info visits +the file @code{dir}; if you use this option, Info will start with +@code{(@var{filename})Top} as the first file and node. + +@item --node @var{nodename} +@itemx -n @var{nodename} +@cindex node, selecting +Specify a particular node to visit in the initial file that Info +loads. This is especially useful in conjunction with +@code{--file}@footnote{Of course, you can specify both the file and node +in a @code{--node} command; but don't forget to escape the open and +close parentheses from the shell as in: @code{info --node +"(emacs)Buffers"}}. You may specify @code{--node} multiple times; for +an interactive Info, each @var{nodename} is visited in its own window, +for a non-interactive Info (such as when @code{--output} is given) each +@var{nodename} is processed sequentially. + +@item --output @var{filename} +@itemx -o @var{filename} +@cindex file, outputting to +@cindex outputting to a file +Specify @var{filename} as the name of a file to which to direct output. +Each node that Info visits will be output to @var{filename} instead of +interactively viewed. A value of @code{-} for @var{filename} specifies +the standard output. + +@item --subnodes +@cindex @code{--subnodes}, command line option +This option only has meaning when given in conjunction with +@code{--output}. It means to recursively output the nodes appearing in +the menus of each node being output. Menu items which resolve to +external Info files are not output, and neither are menu items which are +members of an index. Each node is only output once. + +@item --help +@itemx -h +Produces a relatively brief description of the available Info options. + +@item --version +@cindex version information +Prints the version information of Info and exits. + +@item @var{menu-item} +@cindex menu, following +Info treats its remaining arguments as the names of menu items. The +first argument is a menu item in the initial node visited, while +the second argument is a menu item in the first argument's node. +You can easily move to the node of your choice by specifying the menu +names which describe the path to that node. For example, + +@example +info emacs buffers +@end example + +@noindent +first selects the menu item @samp{Emacs} in the node @samp{(dir)Top}, +and then selects the menu item @samp{Buffers} in the node +@samp{(emacs)Top}. +@end table + +@node Cursor Commands, Scrolling Commands, Options, Top +@chapter Moving the Cursor +@cindex cursor, moving + +Many people find that reading screens of text page by page is made +easier when one is able to indicate particular pieces of text with some +kind of pointing device. Since this is the case, GNU Info (both the +Emacs and standalone versions) have several commands which allow you to +move the cursor about the screen. The notation used in this manual to +describe keystrokes is identical to the notation used within the Emacs +manual, and the GNU Readline manual. @xref{Characters, , Character +Conventions, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}, if you are unfamiliar with the +notation. + +The following table lists the basic cursor movement commands in Info. +Each entry consists of the key sequence you should type to execute the +cursor movement, the @code{M-x}@footnote{@code{M-x} is also a command; it +invokes @code{execute-extended-command}. @xref{M-x, , Executing an +extended command, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}, for more detailed +information.} command name (displayed in parentheses), and a short +description of what the command does. All of the cursor motion commands +can take an @dfn{numeric} argument (@pxref{Miscellaneous Commands, +@code{universal-argument}}), to find out how to supply them. With a +numeric argument, the motion commands are simply executed that +many times; for example, a numeric argument of 4 given to +@code{next-line} causes the cursor to move down 4 lines. With a +negative numeric argument, the motion is reversed; an argument of -4 +given to the @code{next-line} command would cause the cursor to move +@emph{up} 4 lines. + +@table @asis +@item @code{C-n} (@code{next-line}) +@kindex C-n +@findex next-line +Move the cursor down to the next line. + +@item @code{C-p} (@code{prev-line}) +@kindex C-p +@findex prev-line +Move the cursor up to the previous line. + +@item @code{C-a} (@code{beginning-of-line}) +@kindex C-a, in Info windows +@findex beginning-of-line +Move the cursor to the start of the current line. + +@item @code{C-e} (@code{end-of-line}) +@kindex C-e, in Info windows +@findex end-of-line +Move the cursor to the end of the current line. + +@item @code{C-f} (@code{forward-char}) +@kindex C-f, in Info windows +@findex forward-char +Move the cursor forward a character. + +@item @code{C-b} (@code{backward-char}) +@kindex C-b, in Info windows +@findex backward-char +Move the cursor backward a character. + +@item @code{M-f} (@code{forward-word}) +@kindex M-f, in Info windows +@findex forward-word +Move the cursor forward a word. + +@item @code{M-b} (@code{backward-word}) +@kindex M-b, in Info windows +@findex backward-word +Move the cursor backward a word. + +@item @code{M-<} (@code{beginning-of-node}) +@itemx @code{b} +@kindex b, in Info windows +@kindex M-< +@findex beginning-of-node +Move the cursor to the start of the current node. + +@item @code{M->} (@code{end-of-node}) +@kindex M-> +@findex end-of-node +Move the cursor to the end of the current node. + +@item @code{M-r} (@code{move-to-window-line}) +@kindex M-r +@findex move-to-window-line +Move the cursor to a specific line of the window. Without a numeric +argument, @code{M-r} moves the cursor to the start of the line in the +center of the window. With a numeric argument of @var{n}, @code{M-r} +moves the cursor to the start of the @var{n}th line in the window. +@end table + +@node Scrolling Commands, Node Commands, Cursor Commands, Top +@chapter Moving Text Within a Window +@cindex scrolling + +Sometimes you are looking at a screenful of text, and only part of the +current paragraph you are reading is visible on the screen. The +commands detailed in this section are used to shift which part of the +current node is visible on the screen. + +@table @asis +@item @code{SPC} (@code{scroll-forward}) +@itemx @code{C-v} +@kindex SPC, in Info windows +@kindex C-v +@findex scroll-forward +Shift the text in this window up. That is, show more of the node which +is currently below the bottom of the window. With a numeric argument, +show that many more lines at the bottom of the window; a numeric +argument of 4 would shift all of the text in the window up 4 lines +(discarding the top 4 lines), and show you four new lines at the bottom +of the window. Without a numeric argument, @key{SPC} takes the bottom +two lines of the window and places them at the top of the window, +redisplaying almost a completely new screenful of lines. + +@item @code{DEL} (@code{scroll-backward}) +@itemx @code{M-v} +@kindex DEL, in Info windows +@kindex M-v +@findex scroll-backward +Shift the text in this window down. The inverse of +@code{scroll-forward}. +@end table + +@cindex scrolling through node structure +The @code{scroll-forward} and @code{scroll-backward} commands can also +move forward and backward through the node structure of the file. If +you press @key{SPC} while viewing the end of a node, or @key{DEL} while +viewing the beginning of a node, what happens is controlled by the +variable @code{scroll-behavior}. @xref{Variables, +@code{scroll-behavior}}, for more information. + +@table @asis +@item @code{C-l} (@code{redraw-display}) +@kindex C-l +@findex redraw-display +Redraw the display from scratch, or shift the line containing the cursor +to a specified location. With no numeric argument, @samp{C-l} clears +the screen, and then redraws its entire contents. Given a numeric +argument of @var{n}, the line containing the cursor is shifted so that +it is on the @var{n}th line of the window. + +@item @code{C-x w} (@code{toggle-wrap}) +@kindex C-w +@findex toggle-wrap +Toggles the state of line wrapping in the current window. Normally, +lines which are longer than the screen width @dfn{wrap}, i.e., they are +continued on the next line. Lines which wrap have a @samp{\} appearing +in the rightmost column of the screen. You can cause such lines to be +terminated at the rightmost column by changing the state of line +wrapping in the window with @code{C-x w}. When a line which needs more +space than one screen width to display is displayed, a @samp{$} appears +in the rightmost column of the screen, and the remainder of the line is +invisible. +@end table + +@node Node Commands, Searching Commands, Scrolling Commands, Top +@chapter Selecting a New Node +@cindex nodes, selection of + +This section details the numerous Info commands which select a new node +to view in the current window. + +The most basic node commands are @samp{n}, @samp{p}, @samp{u}, and +@samp{l}. + +When you are viewing a node, the top line of the node contains some Info +@dfn{pointers} which describe where the next, previous, and up nodes +are. Info uses this line to move about the node structure of the file +when you use the following commands: + +@table @asis +@item @code{n} (@code{next-node}) +@kindex n +@findex next-node +Select the `Next' node. + +@item @code{p} (@code{prev-node}) +@kindex p +@findex prev-node +Select the `Prev' node. + +@item @code{u} (@code{up-node}) +@kindex u +@findex up-node +Select the `Up' node. +@end table + +You can easily select a node that you have already viewed in this window +by using the @samp{l} command -- this name stands for "last", and +actually moves through the list of already visited nodes for this +window. @samp{l} with a negative numeric argument moves forward through +the history of nodes for this window, so you can quickly step between +two adjacent (in viewing history) nodes. + +@table @asis +@item @code{l} (@code{history-node}) +@kindex l +@findex history-node +Select the most recently selected node in this window. +@end table + +Two additional commands make it easy to select the most commonly +selected nodes; they are @samp{t} and @samp{d}. + +@table @asis +@item @code{t} (@code{top-node}) +@kindex t +@findex top-node +Select the node @samp{Top} in the current Info file. + +@item @code{d} (@code{dir-node}) +@kindex d +@findex dir-node +Select the directory node (i.e., the node @samp{(dir)}). +@end table + +Here are some other commands which immediately result in the selection +of a different node in the current window: + +@table @asis +@item @code{<} (@code{first-node}) +@kindex < +@findex first-node +Selects the first node which appears in this file. This node is most +often @samp{Top}, but it does not have to be. + +@item @code{>} (@code{last-node}) +@kindex > +@findex last-node +Select the last node which appears in this file. + +@item @code{]} (@code{global-next-node}) +@kindex ] +@findex global-next-node +Move forward or down through node structure. If the node that you are +currently viewing has a @samp{Next} pointer, that node is selected. +Otherwise, if this node has a menu, the first menu item is selected. If +there is no @samp{Next} and no menu, the same process is tried with the +@samp{Up} node of this node. + +@item @code{[} (@code{global-prev-node}) +@kindex [ +@findex global-prev-node +Move backward or up through node structure. If the node that you are +currently viewing has a @samp{Prev} pointer, that node is selected. +Otherwise, if the node has an @samp{Up} pointer, that node is selected, +and if it has a menu, the last item in the menu is selected. +@end table + +You can get the same behavior as @code{global-next-node} and +@code{global-prev-node} while simply scrolling through the file with +@key{SPC} and @key{DEL}; @xref{Variables, @code{scroll-behavior}}, for +more information. + +@table @asis +@item @code{g} (@code{goto-node}) +@kindex g +@findex goto-node +Read the name of a node and select it. No completion is done while +reading the node name, since the desired node may reside in a separate +file. The node must be typed exactly as it appears in the Info file. A +file name may be included as with any node specification, for example + +@example +@code{g(emacs)Buffers} +@end example + +finds the node @samp{Buffers} in the Info file @file{emacs}. + +@item @code{C-x k} (@code{kill-node}) +@kindex C-x k +@findex kill-node +Kill a node. The node name is prompted for in the echo area, with a +default of the current node. @dfn{Killing} a node means that Info tries +hard to forget about it, removing it from the list of history nodes kept +for the window where that node is found. Another node is selected in +the window which contained the killed node. + +@item @code{C-x C-f} (@code{view-file}) +@kindex C-x C-f +@findex view-file +Read the name of a file and selects the entire file. The command +@example +@code{C-x C-f @var{filename}} +@end example +is equivalent to typing +@example +@code{g(@var{filename})*} +@end example + +@item @code{C-x C-b} (@code{list-visited-nodes}) +@kindex C-x C-b +@findex list-visited-nodes +Make a window containing a menu of all of the currently visited nodes. +This window becomes the selected window, and you may use the standard +Info commands within it. + +@item @code{C-x b} (@code{select-visited-node}) +@kindex C-x b +@findex select-visited-node +Select a node which has been previously visited in a visible window. +This is similar to @samp{C-x C-b} followed by @samp{m}, but no window is +created. +@end table + +@node Searching Commands, Xref Commands, Node Commands, Top +@chapter Searching an Info File +@cindex searching + +GNU Info allows you to search for a sequence of characters throughout an +entire Info file, search through the indices of an Info file, or find +areas within an Info file which discuss a particular topic. + +@table @asis +@item @code{s} (@code{search}) +@kindex s +@findex search +Read a string in the echo area and search for it. + +@item @code{C-s} (@code{isearch-forward}) +@kindex C-s +@findex isearch-forward +Interactively search forward through the Info file for a string as you +type it. + +@item @code{C-r} (@code{isearch-backward}) +@kindex C-r +@findex isearch-backward +Interactively search backward through the Info file for a string as +you type it. + +@item @code{i} (@code{index-search}) +@kindex i +@findex index-search +Look up a string in the indices for this Info file, and select a node +where the found index entry points to. + +@item @code{,} (@code{next-index-match}) +@kindex , +@findex next-index-match +Move to the node containing the next matching index item from the last +@samp{i} command. +@end table + +The most basic searching command is @samp{s} (@code{search}). The +@samp{s} command prompts you for a string in the echo area, and then +searches the remainder of the Info file for an occurrence of that string. +If the string is found, the node containing it is selected, and the +cursor is left positioned at the start of the found string. Subsequent +@samp{s} commands show you the default search string within @samp{[} and +@samp{]}; pressing @key{RET} instead of typing a new string will use the +default search string. + +@dfn{Incremental searching} is similar to basic searching, but the +string is looked up while you are typing it, instead of waiting until +the entire search string has been specified. + +@node Xref Commands, Window Commands, Searching Commands, Top +@chapter Selecting Cross References + +We have already discussed the @samp{Next}, @samp{Prev}, and @samp{Up} +pointers which appear at the top of a node. In addition to these +pointers, a node may contain other pointers which refer you to a +different node, perhaps in another Info file. Such pointers are called +@dfn{cross references}, or @dfn{xrefs} for short. + +@menu +* Parts of an Xref:: What a cross reference is made of. +* Selecting Xrefs:: Commands for selecting menu or note items. +@end menu + +@node Parts of an Xref, Selecting Xrefs, , Xref Commands +@section Parts of an Xref + +Cross references have two major parts: the first part is called the +@dfn{label}; it is the name that you can use to refer to the cross +reference, and the second is the @dfn{target}; it is the full name of +the node that the cross reference points to. + +The target is separated from the label by a colon @samp{:}; first the +label appears, and then the target. For example, in the sample menu +cross reference below, the single colon separates the label from the +target. + +@example +* Foo Label: Foo Target. More information about Foo. +@end example + +Note the @samp{.} which ends the name of the target. The @samp{.} is +not part of the target; it serves only to let Info know where the target +name ends. + +A shorthand way of specifying references allows two adjacent colons to +stand for a target name which is the same as the label name: + +@example +* Foo Commands:: Commands pertaining to Foo. +@end example + +In the above example, the name of the target is the same as the name of +the label, in this case @code{Foo Commands}. + +You will normally see two types of cross reference while viewing nodes: +@dfn{menu} references, and @dfn{note} references. Menu references +appear within a node's menu; they begin with a @samp{*} at the beginning +of a line, and continue with a label, a target, and a comment which +describes what the contents of the node pointed to contains. + +Note references appear within the body of the node text; they begin with +@code{*Note}, and continue with a label and a target. + +Like @samp{Next}, @samp{Prev}, and @samp{Up} pointers, cross references +can point to any valid node. They are used to refer you to a place +where more detailed information can be found on a particular subject. +Here is a cross reference which points to a node within the Texinfo +documentation: @xref{xref, , Writing an Xref, texinfo, the Texinfo +Manual}, for more information on creating your own texinfo cross +references. + +@node Selecting Xrefs, , Parts of an Xref, Xref Commands +@section Selecting Xrefs + +The following table lists the Info commands which operate on menu items. + +@table @asis +@item @code{1} (@code{menu-digit}) +@itemx @code{2} @dots{} @code{9} +@cindex 1 @dots{} 9, in Info windows +@kindex 1 @dots{} 9, in Info windows +@findex menu-digit +Within an Info window, pressing a single digit, (such as @samp{1}), +selects that menu item, and places its node in the current window. +For convenience, there is one exception; pressing @samp{0} selects the +@emph{last} item in the node's menu. + +@item @code{0} (@code{last-menu-item}) +@kindex 0, in Info windows +@findex last-menu-item +Select the last item in the current node's menu. + +@item @code{m} (@code{menu-item}) +@kindex m +@findex menu-item +Reads the name of a menu item in the echo area and selects its node. +Completion is available while reading the menu label. + +@item @code{M-x find-menu} +@findex find-menu +Move the cursor to the start of this node's menu. +@end table + +This table lists the Info commands which operate on note cross references. + +@table @asis +@item @code{f} (@code{xref-item}) +@itemx @code{r} +@kindex f +@kindex r +@findex xref-item +Reads the name of a note cross reference in the echo area and selects +its node. Completion is available while reading the cross reference +label. +@end table + +Finally, the next few commands operate on menu or note references alike: + +@table @asis +@item @code{TAB} (@code{move-to-next-xref}) +@kindex TAB, in Info windows +@findex move-to-next-xref +Move the cursor to the start of the next nearest menu item or note +reference in this node. You can then use @key{RET} +(@code{select-reference-this-line}) to select the menu or note reference. + +@item @code{M-TAB} (@code{move-to-prev-xref}) +@kindex M-TAB, in Info windows +@findex move-to-prev-xref +Move the cursor the start of the nearest previous menu item or note +reference in this node. + +@item @code{RET} (@code{select-reference-this-line}) +@kindex RET, in Info windows +@findex select-reference-this-line +Select the menu item or note reference appearing on this line. +@end table + +@node Window Commands, Printing Nodes, Xref Commands, Top +@chapter Manipulating Multiple Windows +@cindex windows, manipulating + +A @dfn{window} is a place to show the text of a node. Windows have a +view area where the text of the node is displayed, and an associated +@dfn{mode line}, which briefly describes the node being viewed. + +GNU Info supports multiple windows appearing in a single screen; each +window is separated from the next by its modeline. At any time, there +is only one @dfn{active} window, that is, the window in which the cursor +appears. There are commands available for creating windows, changing +the size of windows, selecting which window is active, and for deleting +windows. + +@menu +* The Mode Line:: What appears in the mode line? +* Basic Windows:: Manipulating windows in Info. +* The Echo Area:: Used for displaying errors and reading input. +@end menu + +@node The Mode Line, Basic Windows, , Window Commands +@section The Mode Line + +A @dfn{mode line} is a line of inverse video which appears at the bottom +of an Info window. It describes the contents of the window just above +it; this information includes the name of the file and node appearing in +that window, the number of screen lines it takes to display the node, +and the percentage of text that is above the top of the window. It can +also tell you if the indirect tags table for this Info file needs to be +updated, and whether or not the Info file was compressed when stored on +disk. + +Here is a sample mode line for a window containing an uncompressed file +named @file{dir}, showing the node @samp{Top}. + +@example +@group +-----Info: (dir)Top, 40 lines --Top--------------------------------------- + ^^ ^ ^^^ ^^ + (file)Node #lines where +@end group +@end example + +When a node comes from a file which is compressed on disk, this is +indicated in the mode line with two small @samp{z}'s. In addition, if +the Info file containing the node has been split into subfiles, the name +of the subfile containing the node appears in the modeline as well: + +@example +--zz-Info: (emacs)Top, 291 lines --Top-- Subfile: emacs-1.Z--------------- +@end example + +When Info makes a node internally, such that there is no corresponding +info file on disk, the name of the node is surrounded by asterisks +(@samp{*}). The name itself tells you what the contents of the window +are; the sample mode line below shows an internally constructed node +showing possible completions: + +@example +-----Info: *Completions*, 7 lines --All----------------------------------- +@end example + +@node Basic Windows, The Echo Area, The Mode Line, Window Commands +@section Window Commands + +It can be convenient to view more than one node at a time. To allow +this, Info can display more than one @dfn{window}. Each window has its +own mode line (@pxref{The Mode Line}) and history of nodes viewed in that +window (@pxref{Node Commands, , @code{history-node}}). + +@table @asis +@item @code{C-x o} (@code{next-window}) +@cindex windows, selecting +@kindex C-x o +@findex next-window +Select the next window on the screen. Note that the echo area can only be +selected if it is already in use, and you have left it temporarily. +Normally, @samp{C-x o} simply moves the cursor into the next window on +the screen, or if you are already within the last window, into the first +window on the screen. Given a numeric argument, @samp{C-x o} moves over +that many windows. A negative argument causes @samp{C-x o} to select +the previous window on the screen. + +@item @code{M-x prev-window} +@findex prev-window +Select the previous window on the screen. This is identical to +@samp{C-x o} with a negative argument. + +@item @code{C-x 2} (@code{split-window}) +@cindex windows, creating +@kindex C-x 2 +@findex split-window +Split the current window into two windows, both showing the same node. +Each window is one half the size of the original window, and the cursor +remains in the original window. The variable @code{automatic-tiling} +can cause all of the windows on the screen to be resized for you +automatically, please @pxref{Variables, , automatic-tiling} for more +information. + +@item @code{C-x 0} (@code{delete-window}) +@cindex windows, deleting +@kindex C-x 0 +@findex delete-window +Delete the current window from the screen. If you have made too many +windows and your screen appears cluttered, this is the way to get rid of +some of them. + +@item @code{C-x 1} (@code{keep-one-window}) +@kindex C-x 1 +@findex keep-one-window +Delete all of the windows excepting the current one. + +@item @code{ESC C-v} (@code{scroll-other-window}) +@kindex ESC C-v, in Info windows +@findex scroll-other-window +Scroll the other window, in the same fashion that @samp{C-v} might +scroll the current window. Given a negative argument, scroll the +"other" window backward. + +@item @code{C-x ^} (@code{grow-window}) +@kindex C-x ^ +@findex grow-window +Grow (or shrink) the current window. Given a numeric argument, grow +the current window that many lines; with a negative numeric argument, +shrink the window instead. + +@item @code{C-x t} (@code{tile-windows}) +@cindex tiling +@kindex C-x t +@findex tile-windows +Divide the available screen space among all of the visible windows. +Each window is given an equal portion of the screen in which to display +its contents. The variable @code{automatic-tiling} can cause +@code{tile-windows} to be called when a window is created or deleted. +@xref{Variables, , @code{automatic-tiling}}. +@end table + +@node The Echo Area, , Basic Windows, Window Commands +@section The Echo Area +@cindex echo area + +The @dfn{echo area} is a one line window which appears at the bottom of +the screen. It is used to display informative or error messages, and to +read lines of input from you when that is necessary. Almost all of the +commands available in the echo area are identical to their Emacs +counterparts, so please refer to that documentation for greater depth of +discussion on the concepts of editing a line of text. The following +table briefly lists the commands that are available while input is being +read in the echo area: + +@table @asis +@item @code{C-f} (@code{echo-area-forward}) +@kindex C-f, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-forward +Move forward a character. + +@item @code{C-b} (@code{echo-area-backward}) +@kindex C-b, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-backward +Move backward a character. + +@item @code{C-a} (@code{echo-area-beg-of-line}) +@kindex C-a, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-beg-of-line +Move to the start of the input line. + +@item @code{C-e} (@code{echo-area-end-of-line}) +@kindex C-e, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-end-of-line +Move to the end of the input line. + +@item @code{M-f} (@code{echo-area-forward-word}) +@kindex M-f, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-forward-word +Move forward a word. + +@item @code{M-b} (@code{echo-area-backward-word}) +@kindex M-b, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-backward-word +Move backward a word. + +@item @code{C-d} (@code{echo-area-delete}) +@kindex C-d, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-delete +Delete the character under the cursor. + +@item @code{DEL} (@code{echo-area-rubout}) +@kindex DEL, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-rubout +Delete the character behind the cursor. + +@item @code{C-g} (@code{echo-area-abort}) +@kindex C-g, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-abort +Cancel or quit the current operation. If completion is being read, +@samp{C-g} discards the text of the input line which does not match any +completion. If the input line is empty, @samp{C-g} aborts the calling +function. + +@item @code{RET} (@code{echo-area-newline}) +@kindex RET, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-newline +Accept (or forces completion of) the current input line. + +@item @code{C-q} (@code{echo-area-quoted-insert}) +@kindex C-q, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-quoted-insert +Insert the next character verbatim. This is how you can insert control +characters into a search string, for example. + +@item @var{printing character} (@code{echo-area-insert}) +@kindex printing characters, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-insert +Insert the character. + +@item @code{M-TAB} (@code{echo-area-tab-insert}) +@kindex M-TAB, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-tab-insert +Insert a TAB character. + +@item @code{C-t} (@code{echo-area-transpose-chars}) +@kindex C-t, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-transpose-chars +Transpose the characters at the cursor. +@end table + +The next group of commands deal with @dfn{killing}, and @dfn{yanking} +text. For an in depth discussion of killing and yanking, +@pxref{Killing, , Killing and Deleting, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual} + +@table @asis +@item @code{M-d} (@code{echo-area-kill-word}) +@kindex M-d, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-kill-word +Kill the word following the cursor. + +@item @code{M-DEL} (@code{echo-area-backward-kill-word}) +@kindex M-DEL, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-backward-kill-word +Kill the word preceding the cursor. + +@item @code{C-k} (@code{echo-area-kill-line}) +@kindex C-k, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-kill-line +Kill the text from the cursor to the end of the line. + +@item @code{C-x DEL} (@code{echo-area-backward-kill-line}) +@kindex C-x DEL, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-backward-kill-line +Kill the text from the cursor to the beginning of the line. + +@item @code{C-y} (@code{echo-area-yank}) +@kindex C-y, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-yank +Yank back the contents of the last kill. + +@item @code{M-y} (@code{echo-area-yank-pop}) +@kindex M-y, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-yank-pop +Yank back a previous kill, removing the last yanked text first. +@end table + +Sometimes when reading input in the echo area, the command that needed +input will only accept one of a list of several choices. The choices +represent the @dfn{possible completions}, and you must respond with one +of them. Since there are a limited number of responses you can make, +Info allows you to abbreviate what you type, only typing as much of the +response as is necessary to uniquely identify it. In addition, you can +request Info to fill in as much of the response as is possible; this +is called @dfn{completion}. + +The following commands are available when completing in the echo area: + +@table @asis +@item @code{TAB} (@code{echo-area-complete}) +@itemx @code{SPC} +@kindex TAB, in the echo area +@kindex SPC, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-complete +Insert as much of a completion as is possible. + +@item @code{?} (@code{echo-area-possible-completions}) +@kindex ?, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-possible-completions +Display a window containing a list of the possible completions of what +you have typed so far. For example, if the available choices are: + +@example +@group +bar +foliate +food +forget +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +and you have typed an @samp{f}, followed by @samp{?}, the possible +completions would contain: + +@example +@group +foliate +food +forget +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +i.e., all of the choices which begin with @samp{f}. Pressing @key{SPC} +or @key{TAB} would result in @samp{fo} appearing in the echo area, since +all of the choices which begin with @samp{f} continue with @samp{o}. +Now, typing @samp{l} followed by @samp{TAB} results in @samp{foliate} +appearing in the echo area, since that is the only choice which begins +with @samp{fol}. + +@item @code{ESC C-v} (@code{echo-area-scroll-completions-window}) +@kindex ESC C-v, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-scroll-completions-window +Scroll the completions window, if that is visible, or the "other" +window if not. +@end table + +@node Printing Nodes, Miscellaneous Commands, Window Commands, Top +@chapter Printing Out Nodes +@cindex printing + +You may wish to print out the contents of a node as a quick reference +document for later use. Info provides you with a command for doing +this. In general, we recommend that you use @TeX{} to format the +document and print sections of it, by running @code{tex} on the Texinfo +source file. + +@table @asis +@item @code{M-x print-node} +@findex print-node +@cindex INFO_PRINT_COMMAND, environment variable +Pipe the contents of the current node through the command in the +environment variable @code{INFO_PRINT_COMMAND}. If the variable does not +exist, the node is simply piped to @code{lpr}. +@end table + +@node Miscellaneous Commands, Variables, Printing Nodes, Top +@chapter Miscellaneous Commands + +GNU Info contains several commands which self-document GNU Info: + +@table @asis +@item @code{M-x describe-command} +@cindex functions, describing +@cindex commands, describing +@findex describe-command +Read the name of an Info command in the echo area and then display a +brief description of what that command does. + +@item @code{M-x describe-key} +@cindex keys, describing +@findex describe-key +Read a key sequence in the echo area, and then display the name and +documentation of the Info command that the key sequence invokes. + +@item @code{M-x describe-variable} +Read the name of a variable in the echo area and then display a brief +description of what the variable affects. + +@item @code{M-x where-is} +@findex where-is +Read the name of an Info command in the echo area, and then display +a key sequence which can be typed in order to invoke that command. + +@item @code{C-h} (@code{get-help-window}) +@itemx @code{?} +@kindex C-h +@kindex ?, in Info windows +@findex get-help-window +Create (or Move into) the window displaying @code{*Help*}, and place +a node containing a quick reference card into it. This window displays +the most concise information about GNU Info available. + +@item @code{h} (@code{get-info-help-node}) +@kindex h +@findex get-info-help-node +Try hard to visit the node @code{(info)Help}. The Info file +@file{info.texi} distributed with GNU Info contains this node. Of +course, the file must first be processed with @code{makeinfo}, and then +placed into the location of your Info directory. +@end table + +Here are the commands for creating a numeric argument: + +@table @asis +@item @code{C-u} (@code{universal-argument}) +@cindex numeric arguments +@kindex C-u +@findex universal-argument +Start (or multiply by 4) the current numeric argument. @samp{C-u} is +a good way to give a small numeric argument to cursor movement or +scrolling commands; @samp{C-u C-v} scrolls the screen 4 lines, while +@samp{C-u C-u C-n} moves the cursor down 16 lines. + +@item @code{M-1} (@code{add-digit-to-numeric-arg}) +@itemx @code{M-2} @dots{} @code{M-9} +@kindex M-1 @dots{} M-9 +@findex add-digit-to-numeric-arg +Add the digit value of the invoking key to the current numeric +argument. Once Info is reading a numeric argument, you may just type +the digits of the argument, without the Meta prefix. For example, you +might give @samp{C-l} a numeric argument of 32 by typing: + +@example +@kbd{C-u 3 2 C-l} +@end example + +@noindent +or + +@example +@kbd{M-3 2 C-l} +@end example +@end table + +@samp{C-g} is used to abort the reading of a multi-character key +sequence, to cancel lengthy operations (such as multi-file searches) and +to cancel reading input in the echo area. + +@table @asis +@item @code{C-g} (@code{abort-key}) +@cindex cancelling typeahead +@cindex cancelling the current operation +@kindex C-g, in Info windows +@findex abort-key +Cancel current operation. +@end table + +The @samp{q} command of Info simply quits running Info. + +@table @asis +@item @code{q} (@code{quit}) +@cindex quitting +@kindex q +@findex quit +Exit GNU Info. +@end table + +If the operating system tells GNU Info that the screen is 60 lines tall, +and it is actually only 40 lines tall, here is a way to tell Info that +the operating system is correct. + +@table @asis +@item @code{M-x set-screen-height} +@findex set-screen-height +@cindex screen, changing the height of +Read a height value in the echo area and set the height of the +displayed screen to that value. +@end table + +Finally, Info provides a convenient way to display footnotes which might +be associated with the current node that you are viewing: + +@table @asis +@item @code{ESC C-f} (@code{show-footnotes}) +@kindex ESC C-f +@findex show-footnotes +@cindex footnotes, displaying +Show the footnotes (if any) associated with the current node in another +window. You can have Info automatically display the footnotes +associated with a node when the node is selected by setting the variable +@code{automatic-footnotes}. @xref{Variables, , @code{automatic-footnotes}}. +@end table + +@node Variables, GNU Info Global Index, Miscellaneous Commands, Top +@chapter Manipulating Variables + +GNU Info contains several @dfn{variables} whose values are looked at by +various Info commands. You can change the values of these variables, +and thus change the behavior of Info to more closely match your +environment and Info file reading manner. + +@table @asis +@item @code{M-x set-variable} +@cindex variables, setting +@findex set-variable +Read the name of a variable, and the value for it, in the echo area and +then set the variable to that value. Completion is available when +reading the variable name; often, completion is available when reading +the value to give to the variable, but that depends on the variable +itself. If a variable does @emph{not} supply multiple choices to +complete over, it expects a numeric value. + +@item @code{M-x describe-variable} +@cindex variables, describing +@findex describe-variable +Read the name of a variable in the echo area and then display a brief +description of what the variable affects. +@end table + +Here is a list of the variables that you can set in Info. + +@table @code +@item automatic-footnotes +@vindex automatic-footnotes +When set to @code{On}, footnotes appear and disappear automatically. +This variable is @code{On} by default. When a node is selected, a +window containing the footnotes which appear in that node is created, +and the footnotes are displayed within the new window. The window that +Info creates to contain the footnotes is called @samp{*Footnotes*}. If +a node is selected which contains no footnotes, and a @samp{*Footnotes*} +window is on the screen, the @samp{*Footnotes*} window is deleted. +Footnote windows created in this fashion are not automatically tiled so +that they can use as little of the display as is possible. + +@item automatic-tiling +@vindex automatic-tiling +When set to @code{On}, creating or deleting a window resizes other +windows. This variable is @code{Off} by default. Normally, typing +@samp{C-x 2} divides the current window into two equal parts. When +@code{automatic-tiling} is set to @code{On}, all of the windows are +resized automatically, keeping an equal number of lines visible in each +window. There are exceptions to the automatic tiling; specifically, the +windows @samp{*Completions*} and @samp{*Footnotes*} are @emph{not} +resized through automatic tiling; they remain their original size. + +@item visible-bell +@vindex visible-bell +When set to @code{On}, GNU Info attempts to flash the screen instead of +ringing the bell. This variable is @code{Off} by default. Of course, +Info can only flash the screen if the terminal allows it; in the case +that the terminal does not allow it, the setting of this variable has no +effect. However, you can make Info perform quietly by setting the +@code{errors-ring-bell} variable to @code{Off}. + +@item errors-ring-bell +@vindex errors-ring-bell +When set to @code{On}, errors cause the bell to ring. The default +setting of this variable is @code{On}. + +@item gc-compressed-files +@vindex gc-compressed-files +When set to @code{On}, Info garbage collects files which had to be +uncompressed. The default value of this variable is @code{Off}. +Whenever a node is visited in Info, the Info file containing that node +is read into core, and Info reads information about the tags and nodes +contained in that file. Once the tags information is read by Info, it +is never forgotten. However, the actual text of the nodes does not need +to remain in core unless a particular Info window needs it. For +non-compressed files, the text of the nodes does not remain in core when +it is no longer in use. But de-compressing a file can be a time +consuming operation, and so Info tries hard not to do it twice. +@code{gc-compressed-files} tells Info it is okay to garbage collect the +text of the nodes of a file which was compressed on disk. + +@item show-index-match +@vindex show-index-match +When set to @code{On}, the portion of the matched search string is +highlighted in the message which explains where the matched search +string was found. The default value of this variable is @code{On}. +When Info displays the location where an index match was found, +(@pxref{Searching Commands, , @code{next-index-match}}), the portion of the +string that you had typed is highlighted by displaying it in the inverse +case from its surrounding characters. + +@item scroll-behavior +@vindex scroll-behavior +Control what happens when forward scrolling is requested at the end of +a node, or when backward scrolling is requested at the beginning of a +node. The default value for this variable is @code{Continuous}. There +are three possible values for this variable: + +@table @code +@item Continuous +Try to get the first item in this node's menu, or failing that, the +@samp{Next} node, or failing that, the @samp{Next} of the @samp{Up}. +This behavior is identical to using the @samp{]} +(@code{global-next-node}) and @samp{[} (@code{global-prev-node}) +commands. + +@item Next Only +Only try to get the @samp{Next} node. + +@item Page Only +Simply give up, changing nothing. If @code{scroll-behavior} is +@code{Page Only}, no scrolling command can change the node that is being +viewed. +@end table + +@item scroll-step +@vindex scroll-step +The number of lines to scroll when the cursor moves out of the window. +Scrolling happens automatically if the cursor has moved out of the +visible portion of the node text when it is time to display. Usually +the scrolling is done so as to put the cursor on the center line of the +current window. However, if the variable @code{scroll-step} has a +nonzero value, Info attempts to scroll the node text by that many lines; +if that is enough to bring the cursor back into the window, that is what +is done. The default value of this variable is 0, thus placing the +cursor (and the text it is attached to) in the center of the window. +Setting this variable to 1 causes a kind of "smooth scrolling" which +some people prefer. + +@item ISO-Latin +@cindex ISO Latin characters +@vindex ISO-Latin +When set to @code{On}, Info accepts and displays ISO Latin characters. +By default, Info assumes an ASCII character set. @code{ISO-Latin} tells +Info that it is running in an environment where the European standard +character set is in use, and allows you to input such characters to +Info, as well as display them. +@end table + + + +@c the following is incomplete +@ignore +@c node Info for Sys Admins +@c chapter Info for System Administrators + +This text describes some common ways of setting up an Info hierarchy +from scratch, and details the various options that are available when +installing Info. This text is designed for the person who is installing +GNU Info on the system; although users may find the information present +in this section interesting, none of it is vital to understanding how to +use GNU Info. + +@menu +* Setting the INFOPATH:: Where are my Info files kept? +* Editing the DIR node:: What goes in `DIR', and why? +* Storing Info files:: Alternate formats allow flexibility in setups. +* Using `localdir':: Building DIR on the fly. +* Example setups:: Some common ways to organize Info files. +@end menu + +@c node Setting the INFOPATH +@c section Setting the INFOPATH + +Where are my Info files kept? + +@c node Editing the DIR node +@c section Editing the DIR node + +What goes in `DIR', and why? + +@c node Storing Info files +@c section Storing Info files + +Alternate formats allow flexibility in setups. + +@c node Using `localdir' +@c section Using `localdir' + +Building DIR on the fly. + +@c node Example setups +@c section Example setups + +Some common ways to organize Info files. +@end ignore + +@node GNU Info Global Index, , Variables, Top +@appendix Global Index + +@printindex cp + +@contents +@bye diff --git a/texinfo/info/info-utils.c b/texinfo/info/info-utils.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6af3dd0e2ca --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/info-utils.c @@ -0,0 +1,672 @@ +/* info-utils.c -- Useful functions for manipulating Info file quirks. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include <stdio.h> /* For "NULL". Yechhh! */ +#include <ctype.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H) +# include <string.h> +#endif /* HAVE_STRING_H */ +#include "info-utils.h" + +#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) +# include "man.h" +#endif /* HANDLE_MAN_PAGES */ + +/* When non-zero, various display and input functions handle ISO Latin + character sets correctly. */ +int ISO_Latin_p = 0; + +/* Variable which holds the most recent filename parsed as a result of + calling info_parse_xxx (). */ +char *info_parsed_filename = (char *)NULL; + +/* Variable which holds the most recent nodename parsed as a result of + calling info_parse_xxx (). */ +char *info_parsed_nodename = (char *)NULL; + +/* Functions to remember a filename or nodename for later return. */ +static void save_filename (), saven_filename (); +static void save_nodename (), saven_nodename (); + +/* How to get a reference (either menu or cross). */ +static REFERENCE **info_references_internal (); + +/* Parse the filename and nodename out of STRING. If STRING doesn't + contain a filename (i.e., it is NOT (FILENAME)NODENAME) then set + INFO_PARSED_FILENAME to NULL. If second argument NEWLINES_OKAY is + non-zero, it says to allow the nodename specification to cross a + newline boundary (i.e., only `,', `.', or `TAB' can end the spec). */ +void +info_parse_node (string, newlines_okay) + char *string; + int newlines_okay; +{ + register int i = 0; + + /* Default the answer. */ + save_filename ((char *)NULL); + save_nodename ((char *)NULL); + + /* Special case of nothing passed. Return nothing. */ + if (!string || !*string) + return; + + string += skip_whitespace (string); + + /* Check for (FILENAME)NODENAME. */ + if (*string == '(') + { + i = 0; + /* Advance past the opening paren. */ + string++; + + /* Find the closing paren. */ + while (string[i] && string[i] != ')') + i++; + + /* Remember parsed filename. */ + saven_filename (string, i); + + /* Point directly at the nodename. */ + string += i; + + if (*string) + string++; + } + + /* Parse out nodename. */ + i = skip_node_characters (string, newlines_okay); + saven_nodename (string, i); + canonicalize_whitespace (info_parsed_nodename); + if (info_parsed_nodename && !*info_parsed_nodename) + { + free (info_parsed_nodename); + info_parsed_nodename = (char *)NULL; + } +} + +/* Return the node addressed by LABEL in NODE (usually one of "Prev:", + "Next:", "Up:", "File:", or "Node:". After a call to this function, + the global INFO_PARSED_NODENAME and INFO_PARSED_FILENAME contain + the information. */ +void +info_parse_label (label, node) + char *label; + NODE *node; +{ + register int i; + char *nodeline; + + /* Default answer to failure. */ + save_nodename ((char *)NULL); + save_filename ((char *)NULL); + + /* Find the label in the first line of this node. */ + nodeline = node->contents; + i = string_in_line (label, nodeline); + + if (i == -1) + return; + + nodeline += i; + nodeline += skip_whitespace (nodeline); + info_parse_node (nodeline, DONT_SKIP_NEWLINES); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Finding and Building Menus */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Return a NULL terminated array of REFERENCE * which represents the menu + found in NODE. If there is no menu in NODE, just return a NULL pointer. */ +REFERENCE ** +info_menu_of_node (node) + NODE *node; +{ + long position; + SEARCH_BINDING search; + REFERENCE **menu = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + + search.buffer = node->contents; + search.start = 0; + search.end = node->nodelen; + search.flags = S_FoldCase; + + /* Find the start of the menu. */ + position = search_forward (INFO_MENU_LABEL, &search); + + if (position == -1) + return ((REFERENCE **) NULL); + + /* We have the start of the menu now. Glean menu items from the rest + of the node. */ + search.start = position + strlen (INFO_MENU_LABEL); + search.start += skip_line (search.buffer + search.start); + search.start--; + menu = info_menu_items (&search); + return (menu); +} + +/* Return a NULL terminated array of REFERENCE * which represents the cross + refrences found in NODE. If there are no cross references in NODE, just + return a NULL pointer. */ +REFERENCE ** +info_xrefs_of_node (node) + NODE *node; +{ + SEARCH_BINDING search; + +#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) + if (node->flags & N_IsManPage) + return (xrefs_of_manpage (node)); +#endif + + search.buffer = node->contents; + search.start = 0; + search.end = node->nodelen; + search.flags = S_FoldCase; + + return (info_xrefs (&search)); +} + +/* Glean menu entries from BINDING->buffer + BINDING->start until we + have looked at the entire contents of BINDING. Return an array + of REFERENCE * that represents each menu item in this range. */ +REFERENCE ** +info_menu_items (binding) + SEARCH_BINDING *binding; +{ + return (info_references_internal (INFO_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL, binding)); +} + +/* Glean cross references from BINDING->buffer + BINDING->start until + BINDING->end. Return an array of REFERENCE * that represents each + cross reference in this range. */ +REFERENCE ** +info_xrefs (binding) + SEARCH_BINDING *binding; +{ + return (info_references_internal (INFO_XREF_LABEL, binding)); +} + +/* Glean cross references or menu items from BINDING. Return an array + of REFERENCE * that represents the items found. */ +static REFERENCE ** +info_references_internal (label, binding) + char *label; + SEARCH_BINDING *binding; +{ + SEARCH_BINDING search; + REFERENCE **refs = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + int refs_index = 0, refs_slots = 0; + int searching_for_menu_items = 0; + long position; + + search.buffer = binding->buffer; + search.start = binding->start; + search.end = binding->end; + search.flags = S_FoldCase | S_SkipDest; + + searching_for_menu_items = (strcasecmp (label, INFO_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL) == 0); + + while ((position = search_forward (label, &search)) != -1) + { + int offset, start; + char *refdef; + REFERENCE *entry; + + search.start = position; + search.start += skip_whitespace (search.buffer + search.start); + start = search.start - binding->start; + refdef = search.buffer + search.start; + offset = string_in_line (":", refdef); + + /* When searching for menu items, if no colon, there is no + menu item on this line. */ + if (offset == -1) + { + if (searching_for_menu_items) + continue; + else + { + int temp; + + temp = skip_line (refdef); + offset = string_in_line (":", refdef + temp); + if (offset == -1) + continue; /* Give up? */ + else + offset += temp; + } + } + + entry = (REFERENCE *)xmalloc (sizeof (REFERENCE)); + entry->filename = (char *)NULL; + entry->nodename = (char *)NULL; + entry->label = (char *)xmalloc (offset); + strncpy (entry->label, refdef, offset - 1); + entry->label[offset - 1] = '\0'; + canonicalize_whitespace (entry->label); + + refdef += offset; + entry->start = start; + entry->end = refdef - binding->buffer; + + /* If this reference entry continues with another ':' then the + nodename is the same as the label. */ + if (*refdef == ':') + { + entry->nodename = strdup (entry->label); + } + else + { + /* This entry continues with a specific nodename. Parse the + nodename from the specification. */ + + refdef += skip_whitespace_and_newlines (refdef); + + if (searching_for_menu_items) + info_parse_node (refdef, DONT_SKIP_NEWLINES); + else + info_parse_node (refdef, SKIP_NEWLINES); + + if (info_parsed_filename) + entry->filename = strdup (info_parsed_filename); + + if (info_parsed_nodename) + entry->nodename = strdup (info_parsed_nodename); + } + + add_pointer_to_array + (entry, refs_index, refs, refs_slots, 50, REFERENCE *); + } + return (refs); +} + +/* Get the entry associated with LABEL in MENU. Return a pointer to the + REFERENCE if found, or NULL. */ +REFERENCE * +info_get_labeled_reference (label, references) + char *label; + REFERENCE **references; +{ + register int i; + REFERENCE *entry; + + for (i = 0; references && (entry = references[i]); i++) + { + if (strcmp (label, entry->label) == 0) + return (entry); + } + return ((REFERENCE *)NULL); +} + +/* A utility function for concatenating REFERENCE **. Returns a new + REFERENCE ** which is the concatenation of REF1 and REF2. The REF1 + and REF2 arrays are freed, but their contents are not. */ +REFERENCE ** +info_concatenate_references (ref1, ref2) + REFERENCE **ref1, **ref2; +{ + register int i, j; + REFERENCE **result; + int size; + + /* With one argument passed as NULL, simply return the other arg. */ + if (!ref1) + return (ref2); + else if (!ref2) + return (ref1); + + /* Get the total size of the slots that we will need. */ + for (i = 0; ref1[i]; i++); + size = i; + for (i = 0; ref2[i]; i++); + size += i; + + result = (REFERENCE **)xmalloc ((1 + size) * sizeof (REFERENCE *)); + + /* Copy the contents over. */ + for (i = 0; ref1[i]; i++) + result[i] = ref1[i]; + + j = i; + for (i = 0; ref2[i]; i++) + result[j++] = ref2[i]; + + result[j] = (REFERENCE *)NULL; + free (ref1); + free (ref2); + return (result); +} + +/* Free the data associated with REFERENCES. */ +void +info_free_references (references) + REFERENCE **references; +{ + register int i; + REFERENCE *entry; + + if (references) + { + for (i = 0; references && (entry = references[i]); i++) + { + maybe_free (entry->label); + maybe_free (entry->filename); + maybe_free (entry->nodename); + + free (entry); + } + + free (references); + } +} + +/* Search for sequences of whitespace or newlines in STRING, replacing + all such sequences with just a single space. Remove whitespace from + start and end of string. */ +void +canonicalize_whitespace (string) + char *string; +{ + register int i, j; + int len, whitespace_found, whitespace_loc; + char *temp; + + if (!string) + return; + + len = strlen (string); + temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len); + + /* Search for sequences of whitespace or newlines. Replace all such + sequences in the string with just a single space. */ + + whitespace_found = 0; + for (i = 0, j = 0; string[i]; i++) + { + if (whitespace_or_newline (string[i])) + { + whitespace_found++; + whitespace_loc = i; + continue; + } + else + { + if (whitespace_found && whitespace_loc) + { + whitespace_found = 0; + + /* Suppress whitespace at start of string. */ + if (j) + temp[j++] = ' '; + } + + temp[j++] = string[i]; + } + } + + /* Kill trailing whitespace. */ + if (j && whitespace (temp[j - 1])) + j--; + + temp[j] = '\0'; + strcpy (string, temp); + free (temp); +} + +/* String representation of a char returned by printed_representation (). */ +static char the_rep[10]; + +/* Return a pointer to a string which is the printed representation + of CHARACTER if it were printed at HPOS. */ +char * +printed_representation (character, hpos) + unsigned char character; + int hpos; +{ + register int i = 0; + int printable_limit; + + if (ISO_Latin_p) + printable_limit = 160; + else + printable_limit = 127; + + if (character == '\177') + { + the_rep[i++] = '^'; + the_rep[i++] = '?'; + } + else if (iscntrl (character)) + { + switch (character) + { + case '\r': + case '\n': + the_rep[i++] = character; + break; + + case '\t': + { + int tw; + + tw = ((hpos + 8) & 0xf8) - hpos; + while (i < tw) + the_rep[i++] = ' '; + } + break; + + default: + the_rep[i++] = '^'; + the_rep[i++] = (character | 0x40); + } + } + else if (character > printable_limit) + { + sprintf (the_rep + i, "\\%0o", character); + i = strlen (the_rep); + } + else + the_rep[i++] = character; + + the_rep[i] = '\0'; + + return (the_rep); +} + + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Functions Static To This File */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Amount of space allocated to INFO_PARSED_FILENAME via xmalloc (). */ +static int parsed_filename_size = 0; + +/* Amount of space allocated to INFO_PARSED_NODENAME via xmalloc (). */ +static int parsed_nodename_size = 0; + +static void save_string (), saven_string (); + +/* Remember FILENAME in PARSED_FILENAME. An empty FILENAME is translated + to a NULL pointer in PARSED_FILENAME. */ +static void +save_filename (filename) + char *filename; +{ + save_string (filename, &info_parsed_filename, &parsed_filename_size); +} + +/* Just like save_filename (), but you pass the length of the string. */ +static void +saven_filename (filename, len) + char *filename; + int len; +{ + saven_string (filename, len, + &info_parsed_filename, &parsed_filename_size); +} + +/* Remember NODENAME in PARSED_NODENAME. An empty NODENAME is translated + to a NULL pointer in PARSED_NODENAME. */ +static void +save_nodename (nodename) + char *nodename; +{ + save_string (nodename, &info_parsed_nodename, &parsed_nodename_size); +} + +/* Just like save_nodename (), but you pass the length of the string. */ +static void +saven_nodename (nodename, len) + char *nodename; + int len; +{ + saven_string (nodename, len, + &info_parsed_nodename, &parsed_nodename_size); +} + +/* Remember STRING in STRING_P. STRING_P should currently have STRING_SIZE_P + bytes allocated to it. An empty STRING is translated to a NULL pointer + in STRING_P. */ +static void +save_string (string, string_p, string_size_p) + char *string; + char **string_p; + int *string_size_p; +{ + if (!string || !*string) + { + if (*string_p) + free (*string_p); + + *string_p = (char *)NULL; + *string_size_p = 0; + } + else + { + if (strlen (string) >= *string_size_p) + *string_p = (char *)xrealloc + (*string_p, (*string_size_p = 1 + strlen (string))); + + strcpy (*string_p, string); + } +} + +/* Just like save_string (), but you also pass the length of STRING. */ +static void +saven_string (string, len, string_p, string_size_p) + char *string; + int len; + char **string_p; + int *string_size_p; +{ + if (!string) + { + if (*string_p) + free (*string_p); + + *string_p = (char *)NULL; + *string_size_p = 0; + } + else + { + if (len >= *string_size_p) + *string_p = (char *)xrealloc (*string_p, (*string_size_p = 1 + len)); + + strncpy (*string_p, string, len); + (*string_p)[len] = '\0'; + } +} + +/* Return a pointer to the part of PATHNAME that simply defines the file. */ +char * +filename_non_directory (pathname) + char *pathname; +{ + char *filename; + + filename = (char *) strrchr (pathname, '/'); + + if (filename) + filename++; + else + filename = pathname; + + return (filename); +} + +/* Return non-zero if NODE is one especially created by Info. */ +int +internal_info_node_p (node) + NODE *node; +{ +#if defined (NEVER) + if (node && + (node->filename && !*node->filename) && + !node->parent && node->nodename) + return (1); + else + return (0); +#else + return ((node != (NODE *)NULL) && ((node->flags & N_IsInternal) != 0)); +#endif /* !NEVER */ +} + +/* Make NODE appear to be one especially created by Info. */ +void +name_internal_node (node, name) + NODE *node; + char *name; +{ + if (!node) + return; + + node->filename = ""; + node->parent = (char *)NULL; + node->nodename = name; + node->flags |= N_IsInternal; +} + +/* Return the window displaying NAME, the name of an internally created + Info window. */ +WINDOW * +get_internal_info_window (name) + char *name; +{ + WINDOW *win; + + for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) + if (internal_info_node_p (win->node) && + (strcmp (win->node->nodename, name) == 0)) + break; + + return (win); +} diff --git a/texinfo/info/info-utils.h b/texinfo/info/info-utils.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9f17a39f88b --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/info-utils.h @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +/* info-utils.h -- Exported functions and variables from info-util.c. + $Id: info-utils.h,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:58:02 jason Exp $ + + This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_INFO_UTILS_H_) +#define _INFO_UTILS_H_ + +#if !defined (HAVE_STRCHR) +# undef strchr +# undef strrchr +# define strchr index +# define strrchr rindex +#endif /* !HAVE_STRCHR */ + +#include "nodes.h" +#include "window.h" +#include "search.h" + +/* Structure which describes a node reference, such as a menu entry or + cross reference. Arrays of such references can be built by calling + info_menus_of_node () or info_xrefs_of_node (). */ +typedef struct { + char *label; /* User Label. */ + char *filename; /* File where this node can be found. */ + char *nodename; /* Name of the node. */ + int start, end; /* Offsets within the containing node of LABEL. */ +} REFERENCE; + +/* When non-zero, various display and input functions handle ISO Latin + character sets correctly. */ +extern int ISO_Latin_p; + +/* Variable which holds the most recent filename parsed as a result of + calling info_parse_xxx (). */ +extern char *info_parsed_filename; + +/* Variable which holds the most recent nodename parsed as a result of + calling info_parse_xxx (). */ +extern char *info_parsed_nodename; + +/* Parse the filename and nodename out of STRING. If STRING doesn't + contain a filename (i.e., it is NOT (FILENAME)NODENAME) then set + INFO_PARSED_FILENAME to NULL. If second argument NEWLINES_OKAY is + non-zero, it says to allow the nodename specification to cross a + newline boundary (i.e., only `,', `.', or `TAB' can end the spec). */ +void info_parse_node (); + +/* Return a NULL terminated array of REFERENCE * which represents the menu + found in NODE. If there is no menu in NODE, just return a NULL pointer. */ +extern REFERENCE **info_menu_of_node (); + +/* Return a NULL terminated array of REFERENCE * which represents the cross + refrences found in NODE. If there are no cross references in NODE, just + return a NULL pointer. */ +extern REFERENCE **info_xrefs_of_node (); + +/* Glean cross references from BINDING->buffer + BINDING->start until + BINDING->end. Return an array of REFERENCE * that represents each + cross reference in this range. */ +extern REFERENCE **info_xrefs (); + +/* Get the entry associated with LABEL in REFERENCES. Return a pointer to + the reference if found, or NULL. */ +extern REFERENCE *info_get_labeled_reference (); + +/* Glean menu entries from BINDING->buffer + BINDING->start until we + have looked at the entire contents of BINDING. Return an array + of REFERENCE * that represents each menu item in this range. */ +extern REFERENCE **info_menu_items (); + +/* A utility function for concatenating REFERENCE **. Returns a new + REFERENCE ** which is the concatenation of REF1 and REF2. The REF1 + and REF2 arrays are freed, but their contents are not. */ +REFERENCE **info_concatenate_references (); + +/* Free the data associated with REFERENCES. */ +extern void info_free_references (); + +/* Search for sequences of whitespace or newlines in STRING, replacing + all such sequences with just a single space. Remove whitespace from + start and end of string. */ +void canonicalize_whitespace (); + +/* Return a pointer to a string which is the printed representation + of CHARACTER if it were printed at HPOS. */ +extern char *printed_representation (); + +/* Return a pointer to the part of PATHNAME that simply defines the file. */ +extern char *filename_non_directory (); + +/* Return non-zero if NODE is one especially created by Info. */ +extern int internal_info_node_p (); + +/* Make NODE appear to be one especially created by Info, and give it NAME. */ +extern void name_internal_node (); + +/* Return the window displaying NAME, the name of an internally created + Info window. */ +extern WINDOW *get_internal_info_window (); + +/* Return the node addressed by LABEL in NODE (usually one of "Prev:", + "Next:", "Up:", "File:", or "Node:". After a call to this function, + the global INFO_PARSED_NODENAME and INFO_PARSED_FILENAME contain + the information. */ +extern void info_parse_label (/* label, node */); + +#define info_label_was_found \ + (info_parsed_nodename != NULL || info_parsed_filename != NULL) + +#define info_file_label_of_node(n) info_parse_label (INFO_FILE_LABEL, n) +#define info_next_label_of_node(n) info_parse_label (INFO_NEXT_LABEL, n) +#define info_up_label_of_node(n) info_parse_label (INFO_UP_LABEL, n) +#define info_prev_label_of_node(n) \ + do { \ + info_parse_label (INFO_PREV_LABEL, n); \ + if (!info_label_was_found) \ + info_parse_label (INFO_ALTPREV_LABEL, n); \ + } while (0) + +#endif /* !_INFO_UTILS_H_ */ diff --git a/texinfo/info/info.1 b/texinfo/info/info.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f95687303d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/info.1 @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ +.TH info 1 "7th December 1990" +.SH NAME +info \- GNU's hypertext system +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B info +[ +.B \-\-option-name option-value +] +.B \menu-item... +.SH COPYRIGHT +.if n Copyright (C) 1989, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.if t Copyright \(co 1989, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.SH DESCRIPTION +.LP +The GNU project has a hypertext system called +.I Info +which allows the same source file to be either printed as a +paper manual, or viewed using +.B info. +It is possible to use the +.B info +program from inside Emacs, or to use the stand-alone version described here. +This manual page gives a brief summary of its capabilities. + +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.B \-\-directory directory-path +Add +.B directory-path +to the list of directory paths searched when +.B info +needs to find a file. You may issue +.B \-\-directory +multiple times. +Alternatively, you may specify a value for the environment variable +.B INFOPATH; +if +.B \-\-directory +is not given, the value of +.B INFOPATH +is used. The value of +.B INFOPATH +is a colon separated list of directory names. If you do not supply either +.B INFOPATH +or +.B \-\-directory-path, +.B info +uses a default path. +.TP +.B \-f filename +Specify a particular +.B info +file to visit. By default, +.B info +visits +the file +.B dir; +if you use this option, +.B info +will start with +.B (FILENAME)Top +as the first file and node. +.TP +.B \-n nodename +Specify a particular node to visit in the initial file that +.B info +loads. This is especially useful in conjunction with +.B \-\-file. +You may specify +.B \-\-node +multiple times. +.TP +.B -o file +Direct output to +.B file +instead of starting an interactive +.B info +session. +.TP +.B \-h +Produce a relatively brief description of the available +.B info +options. +.TP +.B \-\-version +Print the version information of +.B info +and exit. +.TP +.B menu-item +.B info +treats its remaining arguments as the names of menu items. +The first argument is a menu item in the initial node visited, +while the second argument is a menu item in the first argument's +node. You can easily move to the node of your choice by +specifying the menu names which describe the path to that node. +For example, + +.B info emacs buffers + +first selects the menu item +.B emacs +in the node +.B (dir)Top, +and then selects the menu item +.B buffers +in the node +.B (emacs)Top. +.SH COMMANDS +When in +.B info +the following commands are available: +.TP +.B h +Invoke the Info tutorial. +.TP +.B ? +Get a short summary of +.B info +commands. +.TP +.B h +Select the +.B info +node from the main directory; this is much more complete than just +using +.B ?. +.TP +.B Ctrl-g +Abort whatever you are doing. +.TP +.B Ctrl-l +Redraw the screen. +.PP +Selecting other nodes: +.TP +.B n +Move to the "next" node of this node. +.TP +.B p +Move to the "previous" node of this node. +.TP +.B u +Move to this node's "up" node. +.TP +.B m +Pick a menu item specified by name. Picking a menu item causes another +node to be selected. You do not need to type a complete nodename; if +you type a few letters and then a space or tab +.B info +will will try to fill in the rest of the nodename. If you ask for further +completion without typing any more characters you'll be given a list +of possibilities; you can also get the list with +.B ?. +If you type a few characters and then hit return +.B info +will try to do a completion, and if it is ambigous use the first possibility. +.TP +.B f +Follow a cross reference. You are asked for the name of the reference, +using command completion as for +.B m. +.TP +.B l +Move to the last node you were at. +.PP +Moving within a node: +.TP +.B Space +Scroll forward a page. +.TP +.B DEL +Scroll backward a page. +.TP +.B b +Go to the beginning of this node. +.PP +Advanced commands: +.TP +.B q +Quit +.B info. +.TP +.B 1 +Pick first item in node's menu. +.TP +.B 2 \-\- 5 +Pick second ... fifth item in node's menu. +.TP +.B g +Move to node specified by name. You may include a filename as well, +as +.B (FILENAME)NODENAME. +.TP +.B s +Search through this +.B info +file for a specified string, and select the node in which +the next occurrence is found. +.TP +.B M-x print-node +Pipe the contents of the current node through the command in the +environment variable +.B INFO_PRINT_COMMAND. +If the variable does not exist, the node is simply piped to +.B lpr. +.SH ENVIRONMENT +.TP +.B INFOPATH +A colon-separated list of directories to search for +.B info +files. Used if +.B \-\-directory +is not given. +.TP +.B INFO_PRINT_COMMAND +The command used for printing. +.SH SEE ALSO +.BR emacs (1) +.SH AUTHOR +.RS +Brian Fox, Free Software Foundation +.br +bfox@ai.mit.edu +.SH MANUAL AUTHOR +.RS +Robert Lupton; updated by Robert J. Chassell. +.br +rhl@astro.princeton.edu; bob@gnu.ai.mit.edu diff --git a/texinfo/info/info.c b/texinfo/info/info.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..223df55acb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/info.c @@ -0,0 +1,565 @@ +/* info.c -- Display nodes of Info files in multiple windows. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include "info.h" +#include "dribble.h" +#include "getopt.h" +#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) +# include "man.h" +#endif /* HANDLE_MAN_PAGES */ + +/* The version numbers of this version of Info. */ +int info_major_version = 2; +int info_minor_version = 16; +int info_patch_level = 0; + +/* Non-zero means search all indices for APROPOS_SEARCH_STRING. */ +static int apropos_p = 0; + +/* Variable containing the string to search for when apropos_p is non-zero. */ +static char *apropos_search_string = (char *)NULL; + +/* Non-zero means print version info only. */ +static int print_version_p = 0; + +/* Non-zero means print a short description of the options. */ +static int print_help_p = 0; + +/* Array of the names of nodes that the user specified with "--node" on the + command line. */ +static char **user_nodenames = (char **)NULL; +static int user_nodenames_index = 0; +static int user_nodenames_slots = 0; + +/* String specifying the first file to load. This string can only be set + by the user specifying "--file" on the command line. */ +static char *user_filename = (char *)NULL; + +/* String specifying the name of the file to dump nodes to. This value is + filled if the user speficies "--output" on the command line. */ +static char *user_output_filename = (char *)NULL; + +/* Non-zero indicates that when "--output" is specified, all of the menu + items of the specified nodes (and their subnodes as well) should be + dumped in the order encountered. This basically can print a book. */ +int dump_subnodes = 0; + +/* Structure describing the options that Info accepts. We pass this structure + to getopt_long (). If you add or otherwise change this structure, you must + also change the string which follows it. */ +#define APROPOS_OPTION 1 +#define DRIBBLE_OPTION 2 +#define RESTORE_OPTION 3 +static struct option long_options[] = { + { "apropos", 1, 0, APROPOS_OPTION }, + { "directory", 1, 0, 'd' }, + { "node", 1, 0, 'n' }, + { "file", 1, 0, 'f' }, + { "subnodes", 0, &dump_subnodes, 1 }, + { "output", 1, 0, 'o' }, + { "help", 0, &print_help_p, 1 }, + { "version", 0, &print_version_p, 1 }, + { "dribble", 1, 0, DRIBBLE_OPTION }, + { "restore", 1, 0, RESTORE_OPTION }, + {NULL, 0, NULL, 0} +}; + +/* String describing the shorthand versions of the long options found above. */ +static char *short_options = "d:n:f:o:s"; + +/* When non-zero, the Info window system has been initialized. */ +int info_windows_initialized_p = 0; + +/* Some "forward" declarations. */ +static void usage (), info_short_help (), remember_info_program_name (); + + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Main Entry Point to the Info Program */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + int getopt_long_index; /* Index returned by getopt_long (). */ + NODE *initial_node; /* First node loaded by Info. */ + + remember_info_program_name (argv[0]); + + while (1) + { + int option_character; + + option_character = getopt_long + (argc, argv, short_options, long_options, &getopt_long_index); + + /* getopt_long () returns EOF when there are no more long options. */ + if (option_character == EOF) + break; + + /* If this is a long option, then get the short version of it. */ + if (option_character == 0 && long_options[getopt_long_index].flag == 0) + option_character = long_options[getopt_long_index].val; + + /* Case on the option that we have received. */ + switch (option_character) + { + case 0: + break; + + /* User wants to add a directory. */ + case 'd': + info_add_path (optarg, INFOPATH_PREPEND); + break; + + /* User is specifying a particular node. */ + case 'n': + add_pointer_to_array (optarg, user_nodenames_index, user_nodenames, + user_nodenames_slots, 10, char *); + break; + + /* User is specifying a particular Info file. */ + case 'f': + if (user_filename) + free (user_filename); + + user_filename = strdup (optarg); + break; + + /* User is specifying the name of a file to output to. */ + case 'o': + if (user_output_filename) + free (user_output_filename); + user_output_filename = strdup (optarg); + break; + + /* User is specifying that she wishes to dump the subnodes of + the node that she is dumping. */ + case 's': + dump_subnodes = 1; + break; + + /* User has specified a string to search all indices for. */ + case APROPOS_OPTION: + apropos_p = 1; + maybe_free (apropos_search_string); + apropos_search_string = strdup (optarg); + break; + + /* User has specified a dribble file to receive keystrokes. */ + case DRIBBLE_OPTION: + close_dribble_file (); + open_dribble_file (optarg); + break; + + /* User has specified an alternate input stream. */ + case RESTORE_OPTION: + info_set_input_from_file (optarg); + break; + + default: + usage (); + } + } + + /* If the output device is not a terminal, and no output filename has been + specified, make user_output_filename be "-", so that the info is written + to stdout, and turn on the dumping of subnodes. */ + if ((!isatty (fileno (stdout))) && (user_output_filename == (char *)NULL)) + { + user_output_filename = strdup ("-"); + dump_subnodes = 1; + } + + /* If the user specified --version, then show the version and exit. */ + if (print_version_p) + { + printf ("GNU Info (Texinfo 3.9) %s\n", version_string ()); + puts ("Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\ +There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software\n\ +under the terms of the GNU General Public License.\n\ +For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING."); + exit (0); + } + + /* If the `--help' option was present, show the help and exit. */ + if (print_help_p) + { + info_short_help (); + exit (0); + } + + /* If the user hasn't specified a path for Info files, default that path + now. */ + if (!infopath) + { + char *path_from_env, *getenv (); + + path_from_env = getenv ("INFOPATH"); + + if (path_from_env) + info_add_path (path_from_env, INFOPATH_PREPEND); + else + info_add_path (DEFAULT_INFOPATH, INFOPATH_PREPEND); + } + + /* If the user specified a particular filename, add the path of that + file to the contents of INFOPATH. */ + if (user_filename) + { + char *directory_name, *temp; + + directory_name = strdup (user_filename); + temp = filename_non_directory (directory_name); + + if (temp != directory_name) + { + *temp = 0; + info_add_path (directory_name, INFOPATH_PREPEND); + } + + free (directory_name); + } + + /* If the user wants to search every known index for a given string, + do that now, and report the results. */ + if (apropos_p) + { + info_apropos (apropos_search_string); + exit (0); + } + + /* Get the initial Info node. It is either "(dir)Top", or what the user + specifed with values in user_filename and user_nodenames. */ + if (user_nodenames) + initial_node = info_get_node (user_filename, user_nodenames[0]); + else + initial_node = info_get_node (user_filename, (char *)NULL); + + /* If we couldn't get the initial node, this user is in trouble. */ + if (!initial_node) + { + if (info_recent_file_error) + info_error (info_recent_file_error); + else + info_error + (CANT_FIND_NODE, user_nodenames ? user_nodenames[0] : "Top"); + exit (1); + } + + /* Special cases for when the user specifies multiple nodes. If we are + dumping to an output file, dump all of the nodes specified. Otherwise, + attempt to create enough windows to handle the nodes that this user wants + displayed. */ + if (user_nodenames_index > 1) + { + free (initial_node); + + if (user_output_filename) + dump_nodes_to_file + (user_filename, user_nodenames, user_output_filename, dump_subnodes); + else + begin_multiple_window_info_session (user_filename, user_nodenames); + + exit (0); + } + + /* If there are arguments remaining, they are the names of menu items + in sequential info files starting from the first one loaded. That + file name is either "dir", or the contents of user_filename if one + was specified. */ + while (optind != argc) + { + REFERENCE **menu; + REFERENCE *entry; + NODE *node; + char *arg; + static char *first_arg = (char *)NULL; + + /* Remember the name of the menu entry we want. */ + arg = argv[optind++]; + + if (first_arg == (char *)NULL) + first_arg = arg; + + /* Build and return a list of the menu items in this node. */ + menu = info_menu_of_node (initial_node); + + /* If there wasn't a menu item in this node, stop here, but let + the user continue to use Info. Perhaps they wanted this node + and didn't realize it. */ + if (!menu) + { +#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) + if (first_arg == arg) + { + node = make_manpage_node (first_arg); + if (node) + goto maybe_got_node; + } +#endif /* HANDLE_MAN_PAGES */ + begin_info_session_with_error + (initial_node, "There is no menu in this node."); + exit (0); + } + + /* Find the specified menu item. */ + entry = info_get_labeled_reference (arg, menu); + + /* If the item wasn't found, search the list sloppily. Perhaps this + user typed "buffer" when they really meant "Buffers". */ + if (!entry) + { + register int i; + int best_guess = -1; + + for (i = 0; entry = menu[i]; i++) + { + if (strcasecmp (entry->label, arg) == 0) + break; + else + if (strncasecmp (entry->label, arg, strlen (arg)) == 0) + best_guess = i; + } + + if (!entry && best_guess != -1) + entry = menu[best_guess]; + } + + /* If we failed to find the reference, start Info with the current + node anyway. It is probably a misspelling. */ + if (!entry) + { + char *error_message = "There is no menu item \"%s\" in this node."; + +#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) + if (first_arg == arg) + { + node = make_manpage_node (first_arg); + if (node) + goto maybe_got_node; + } +#endif /* HANDLE_MAN_PAGES */ + + info_free_references (menu); + + /* If we were supposed to dump this node, complain. */ + if (user_output_filename) + info_error (error_message, arg); + else + begin_info_session_with_error (initial_node, error_message, arg); + + exit (0); + } + + /* We have found the reference that the user specified. Clean it + up a little bit. */ + if (!entry->filename) + { + if (initial_node->parent) + entry->filename = strdup (initial_node->parent); + else + entry->filename = strdup (initial_node->filename); + } + + /* Find this node. If we can find it, then turn the initial_node + into this one. If we cannot find it, try using the label of the + entry as a file (i.e., "(LABEL)Top"). Otherwise the Info file is + malformed in some way, and we will just use the current value of + initial node. */ + node = info_get_node (entry->filename, entry->nodename); + +#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) + if ((first_arg == arg) && !node) + { + node = make_manpage_node (first_arg); + if (node) + goto maybe_got_node; + } +#endif /* HANDLE_MAN_PAGES */ + + if (!node && entry->nodename && + (strcmp (entry->label, entry->nodename) == 0)) + node = info_get_node (entry->label, "Top"); + + maybe_got_node: + if (node) + { + free (initial_node); + initial_node = node; + info_free_references (menu); + } + else + { + char *temp = strdup (entry->label); + char *error_message; + + error_message = "Unable to find the node referenced by \"%s\"."; + + info_free_references (menu); + + /* If we were trying to dump the node, then give up. Otherwise, + start the session with an error message. */ + if (user_output_filename) + info_error (error_message, temp); + else + begin_info_session_with_error (initial_node, error_message, temp); + + exit (0); + } + } + + /* If the user specified that this node should be output, then do that + now. Otherwise, start the Info session with this node. */ + if (user_output_filename) + dump_node_to_file (initial_node, user_output_filename, dump_subnodes); + else + begin_info_session (initial_node); + + exit (0); +} + +/* Return a string describing the current version of Info. */ +char * +version_string () +{ + static char *vstring = (char *)NULL; + + if (!vstring) + { + vstring = (char *)xmalloc (50); + sprintf (vstring, "%d.%d", info_major_version, info_minor_version); + if (info_patch_level) + sprintf (vstring + strlen (vstring), "-p%d", info_patch_level); + } + return (vstring); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Error Handling for Info */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +static char *program_name = (char *)NULL; + +static void +remember_info_program_name (fullpath) + char *fullpath; +{ + char *filename; + + filename = filename_non_directory (fullpath); + program_name = strdup (filename); +} + +/* Non-zero if an error has been signalled. */ +int info_error_was_printed = 0; + +/* Non-zero means ring terminal bell on errors. */ +int info_error_rings_bell_p = 1; + +/* Print FORMAT with ARG1 and ARG2. If the window system was initialized, + then the message is printed in the echo area. Otherwise, a message is + output to stderr. */ +void +info_error (format, arg1, arg2) + char *format; + void *arg1, *arg2; +{ + info_error_was_printed = 1; + + if (!info_windows_initialized_p || display_inhibited) + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name); + fprintf (stderr, format, arg1, arg2); + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); + fflush (stderr); + } + else + { + if (!echo_area_is_active) + { + if (info_error_rings_bell_p) + terminal_ring_bell (); + window_message_in_echo_area (format, arg1, arg2); + } + else + { + NODE *temp; + + temp = build_message_node (format, arg1, arg2); + if (info_error_rings_bell_p) + terminal_ring_bell (); + inform_in_echo_area (temp->contents); + free (temp->contents); + free (temp); + } + } +} + +/* Produce a very brief descripton of the available options and exit with + an error. */ +static void +usage () +{ + fprintf (stderr,"%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n", +"Usage: info [-d dir-path] [-f info-file] [-o output-file] [-n node-name]...", +" [--directory dir-path] [--file info-file] [--node node-name]...", +" [--help] [--output output-file] [--subnodes] [--version]", +" [--dribble dribble-file] [--restore from-file]", +" [menu-selection ...]"); + exit (1); +} + +/* Produce a scaled down description of the available options to Info. */ +static void +info_short_help () +{ + puts ("\ +Here is a quick description of Info's options. For a more complete\n\ +description of how to use Info, type `info info options'.\n\ +\n\ + --directory DIR Add DIR to INFOPATH.\n\ + --dribble FILENAME Remember user keystrokes in FILENAME.\n\ + --file FILENAME Specify Info file to visit.\n\ + --node NODENAME Specify nodes in first visited Info file.\n\ + --output FILENAME Output selected nodes to FILENAME.\n\ + --restore FILENAME Read initial keystrokes from FILENAME.\n\ + --subnodes Recursively output menu items.\n\ + --help Get this help message.\n\ + --version Display Info's version information.\n\ +\n\ +Remaining arguments to Info are treated as the names of menu\n\ +items in the initial node visited. You can easily move to the\n\ +node of your choice by specifying the menu names which describe\n\ +the path to that node. For example, `info emacs buffers'.\n\ +\n\ +Email bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu."); + + exit (0); +} diff --git a/texinfo/info/info.h b/texinfo/info/info.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a8759227758 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/info.h @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/* info.h -- Header file which includes all of the other headers. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_INFO_H_) +#define _INFO_H_ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H) +#include <string.h> +#endif /* HAVE_STRING_H */ +#include "filesys.h" +#include "display.h" +#include "session.h" +#include "echo_area.h" +#include "doc.h" +#include "footnotes.h" +#include "gc.h" + +/* A structure associating the nodes visited in a particular window. */ +typedef struct { + WINDOW *window; /* The window that this list is attached to. */ + NODE **nodes; /* Array of nodes visited in this window. */ + int *pagetops; /* For each node in NODES, the pagetop. */ + long *points; /* For each node in NODES, the point. */ + int current; /* Index in NODES of the current node. */ + int nodes_index; /* Index where to add the next node. */ + int nodes_slots; /* Number of slots allocated to NODES. */ +} INFO_WINDOW; + +/* Array of structures describing for each window which nodes have been + visited in that window. */ +extern INFO_WINDOW **info_windows; + +/* For handling errors. If you initialize the window system, you should + also set info_windows_initialized_p to non-zero. It is used by the + info_error () function to determine how to format and output errors. */ +extern int info_windows_initialized_p; + +/* Non-zero if an error message has been printed. */ +extern int info_error_was_printed; + +/* Non-zero means ring terminal bell on errors. */ +extern int info_error_rings_bell_p; + +/* Print FORMAT with ARG1 and ARG2. If the window system was initialized, + then the message is printed in the echo area. Otherwise, a message is + output to stderr. */ +extern void info_error (); + +/* The version numbers of Info. */ +extern int info_major_version, info_minor_version, info_patch_level; + +/* How to get the version string for this version of Info. Returns + something similar to "2.11". */ +extern char *version_string (); + +/* Error message defines. */ +#define CANT_FIND_NODE "Cannot find the node \"%s\"." +#define CANT_FILE_NODE "Cannot find the node \"(%s)%s\"." +#define CANT_FIND_WIND "Cannot find a window!" +#define CANT_FIND_POINT "Point doesn't appear within this window's node!" +#define CANT_KILL_LAST "Cannot delete the last window." +#define NO_MENU_NODE "No menu in this node." +#define NO_FOOT_NODE "No footnotes in this node." +#define NO_XREF_NODE "No cross references in this node." +#define NO_POINTER "No \"%s\" pointer for this node." +#define UNKNOWN_COMMAND "Unknown Info command `%c'. `?' for help." +#define TERM_TOO_DUMB "Terminal type \"%s\" is not smart enough to run Info." +#define AT_NODE_BOTTOM "You are already at the last page of this node." +#define AT_NODE_TOP "You are already at the first page of this node." +#define ONE_WINDOW "Only one window." +#define WIN_TOO_SMALL "Resulting window would be too small." +#define CANT_MAKE_HELP \ +"There isn't enough room to make a help window. Please delete a window." + +#endif /* !_INFO_H_ */ + diff --git a/texinfo/info/info.texi b/texinfo/info/info.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..efc3077e339 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/info.texi @@ -0,0 +1,929 @@ +\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- +@comment %**start of header +@setfilename info.info +@settitle Info 1.0 +@comment %**end of header +@comment $Id: info.texi,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:58:02 jason Exp $ + +@ifinfo +@c This is a dir.info fragment to support semi-automated addition of +@c manuals to an info tree. +@format +START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY +* info: (info). Reading GNU online documentation. +END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY +@end format +@end ifinfo + +@iftex +@finalout +@end iftex +@dircategory Texinfo documentation system +@direntry +* Info: (info). Documentation browsing system. +@end direntry + +@ifinfo +This file describes how to use Info, +the on-line, menu-driven GNU documentation system. + +Copyright (C) 1989, 92, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +are preserved on all copies. + +@ignore +Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the +results, provided the printed document carries copying permission +notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph +(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). + +@end ignore +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire +resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission +notice identical to this one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved +by the Free Software Foundation. +@end ifinfo + +@titlepage +@sp 11 +@center @titlefont{Info} +@sp 2 +@center The +@sp 2 +@center On-line, Menu-driven +@sp 2 +@center GNU Documentation System + +@page +@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +@sp 2 + +Published by the Free Software Foundation @* +59 Temple Place - Suite 330 @* +Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +are preserved on all copies. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire +resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission +notice identical to this one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved +by the Free Software Foundation. +@end titlepage + +@ifinfo +@node Top, Getting Started, (dir), (dir) +@top Info: An Introduction + +Info is a program for reading documentation, which you are using now. + +To learn how to use Info, type the command @kbd{h}. It brings you +to a programmed instruction sequence. + +@c Need to make sure that `Info-help' goes to the right node, +@c which is the first node of the first chapter. (It should.) +@c (Info-find-node "info" +@c (if (< (window-height) 23) +@c "Help-Small-Screen" +@c "Help"))) + +To learn advanced Info commands, type @kbd{n} twice. This brings you to +@cite{Info for Experts}, skipping over the `Getting Started' chapter. +@end ifinfo + +@menu +* Getting Started:: Getting started using an Info reader. +* Advanced Info:: Advanced commands within Info. +* Create an Info File:: How to make your own Info file. +* The Standalone Info Program: (info-stnd.info). +@end menu + +@node Getting Started, Advanced Info, Top, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Getting Started + +This first part of the Info manual describes how to get around inside +of Info. The second part of the manual describes various advanced +Info commands, and how to write an Info as distinct from a Texinfo +file. The third part is about how to generate Info files from +Texinfo files. + +@iftex +This manual is primarily designed for use on a computer, so that you can +try Info commands while reading about them. Reading it on paper is less +effective, since you must take it on faith that the commands described +really do what the manual says. By all means go through this manual now +that you have it; but please try going through the on-line version as +well. + +There are two ways of looking at the online version of this manual: + +@enumerate +@item +Type @code{info} at your shell's command line. This approach uses a +small stand-alone program designed just to read Info files. + +@item +Type @code{emacs} at the command line; then type @kbd{C-h i} (Control +@kbd{h}, followed by @kbd{i}). This approach uses the Info mode of the +Emacs program, an editor with many other capabilities. +@end enumerate + +In either case, then type @kbd{mInfo} (just the letters), followed by +@key{RET}---the ``Return'' or ``Enter'' key. At this point, you should +be ready to follow the instructions in this manual as you read them on +the screen. +@c FIXME! (pesch@cygnus.com, 14 dec 1992) +@c Is it worth worrying about what-if the beginner goes to somebody +@c else's Emacs session, which already has an Info running in the middle +@c of something---in which case these simple instructions won't work? +@end iftex + +@menu +* Help-Small-Screen:: Starting Info on a Small Screen +* Help:: How to use Info +* Help-P:: Returning to the Previous node +* Help-^L:: The Space, Rubout, B and ^L commands. +* Help-M:: Menus +* Help-Adv:: Some advanced Info commands +* Help-Q:: Quitting Info +@end menu + +@node Help-Small-Screen, Help, , Getting Started +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Starting Info on a Small Screen + +@iftex +(In Info, you only see this section if your terminal has a small +number of lines; most readers pass by it without seeing it.) +@end iftex + +Since your terminal has an unusually small number of lines on its +screen, it is necessary to give you special advice at the beginning. + +If you see the text @samp{--All----} at near the bottom right corner +of the screen, it means the entire text you are looking at fits on the +screen. If you see @samp{--Top----} instead, it means that there is +more text below that does not fit. To move forward through the text +and see another screen full, press the Space bar, @key{SPC}. To move +back up, press the key labeled @samp{Backspace} or @key{Delete}. + +@ifinfo +Here are 40 lines of junk, so you can try Spaces and Deletes and +see what they do. At the end are instructions of what you should do +next. + +This is line 17 @* +This is line 18 @* +This is line 19 @* +This is line 20 @* +This is line 21 @* +This is line 22 @* +This is line 23 @* +This is line 24 @* +This is line 25 @* +This is line 26 @* +This is line 27 @* +This is line 28 @* +This is line 29 @* +This is line 30 @* +This is line 31 @* +This is line 32 @* +This is line 33 @* +This is line 34 @* +This is line 35 @* +This is line 36 @* +This is line 37 @* +This is line 38 @* +This is line 39 @* +This is line 40 @* +This is line 41 @* +This is line 42 @* +This is line 43 @* +This is line 44 @* +This is line 45 @* +This is line 46 @* +This is line 47 @* +This is line 48 @* +This is line 49 @* +This is line 50 @* +This is line 51 @* +This is line 52 @* +This is line 53 @* +This is line 54 @* +This is line 55 @* +This is line 56 @* + +If you have managed to get here, go back to the beginning with +Delete, and come back here again, then you understand Space and +Delete. So now type an @kbd{n} ---just one character; don't type +the quotes and don't type the Return key afterward--- to +get to the normal start of the course. +@end ifinfo + +@node Help, Help-P, Help-Small-Screen, Getting Started +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section How to use Info + +You are talking to the program Info, for reading documentation. + + Right now you are looking at one @dfn{Node} of Information. +A node contains text describing a specific topic at a specific +level of detail. This node's topic is ``how to use Info''. + + The top line of a node is its @dfn{header}. This node's header (look at +it now) says that it is the node named @samp{Help} in the file +@file{info}. It says that the @samp{Next} node after this one is the node +called @samp{Help-P}. An advanced Info command lets you go to any node +whose name you know. + + Besides a @samp{Next}, a node can have a @samp{Previous} or an @samp{Up}. +This node has a @samp{Previous} but no @samp{Up}, as you can see. + + Now it is time to move on to the @samp{Next} node, named @samp{Help-P}. + +>> Type @samp{n} to move there. Type just one character; + do not type the quotes and do not type a @key{RET} afterward. + +@samp{>>} in the margin means it is really time to try a command. + +@node Help-P, Help-^L, Help, Getting Started +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Returning to the Previous node + +This node is called @samp{Help-P}. The @samp{Previous} node, as you see, +is @samp{Help}, which is the one you just came from using the @kbd{n} +command. Another @kbd{n} command now would take you to the next +node, @samp{Help-^L}. + +>> But do not do that yet. First, try the @kbd{p} command, which takes + you to the @samp{Previous} node. When you get there, you can do an + @kbd{n} again to return here. + + This all probably seems insultingly simple so far, but @emph{do not} be +led into skimming. Things will get more complicated soon. Also, +do not try a new command until you are told it is time to. Otherwise, +you may make Info skip past an important warning that was coming up. + +>> Now do an @kbd{n} to get to the node @samp{Help-^L} and learn more. + +@node Help-^L, Help-M, Help-P, Getting Started +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section The Space, Delete, B and ^L commands. + + This node's header tells you that you are now at node @samp{Help-^L}, and +that @kbd{p} would get you back to @samp{Help-P}. The node's title is +underlined; it says what the node is about (most nodes have titles). + + This is a big node and it does not all fit on your display screen. +You can tell that there is more that is not visible because you +can see the string @samp{--Top-----} rather than @samp{--All----} near +the bottom right corner of the screen. + + The Space, Delete and @kbd{B} commands exist to allow you to ``move +around'' in a node that does not all fit on the screen at once. +Space moves forward, to show what was below the bottom of the screen. +Delete moves backward, to show what was above the top of the screen +(there is not anything above the top until you have typed some spaces). + +>> Now try typing a Space (afterward, type a Delete to return here). + + When you type the space, the two lines that were at the bottom of +the screen appear at the top, followed by more lines. Delete takes +the two lines from the top and moves them to the bottom, +@emph{usually}, but if there are not a full screen's worth of lines +above them they may not make it all the way to the bottom. + + If you type Space when there is no more to see, it rings the +bell and otherwise does nothing. The same goes for Delete when +the header of the node is visible. + + If your screen is ever garbaged, you can tell Info to print it out +again by typing @kbd{C-l} (@kbd{Control-L}, that is---hold down ``Control'' and +type an @key{L} or @kbd{l}). + +>> Type @kbd{C-l} now. + + To move back to the beginning of the node you are on, you can type +a lot of Deletes. You can also type simply @kbd{b} for beginning. +>> Try that now. (We have put in enough verbiage to push this past +the first screenful, but screens are so big nowadays that perhaps it +isn't enough. You may need to shrink your Emacs or Info window.) +Then come back, with Spaces. + + If your screen is very tall, all of this node might fit at once. +In that case, "b" won't do anything. Sorry; what can we do? + + You have just learned a considerable number of commands. If you +want to use one but have trouble remembering which, you should type +a @key{?} which prints out a brief list of commands. When you are +finished looking at the list, make it go away by typing a @key{SPC}. + +>> Type a @key{?} now. After it finishes, type a @key{SPC}. + + (If you are using the standalone Info reader, type `l' to return here.) + + From now on, you will encounter large nodes without warning, and +will be expected to know how to use Space and Delete to move +around in them without being told. Since not all terminals have +the same size screen, it would be impossible to warn you anyway. + +>> Now type @kbd{n} to see the description of the @kbd{m} command. + +@node Help-M, Help-Adv, Help-^L, Getting Started +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Menus + +Menus and the @kbd{m} command + + With only the @kbd{n} and @kbd{p} commands for moving between nodes, nodes +are restricted to a linear sequence. Menus allow a branching +structure. A menu is a list of other nodes you can move to. It is +actually just part of the text of the node formatted specially so that +Info can interpret it. The beginning of a menu is always identified +by a line which starts with @samp{* Menu:}. A node contains a menu if and +only if it has a line in it which starts that way. The only menu you +can use at any moment is the one in the node you are in. To use a +menu in any other node, you must move to that node first. + + After the start of the menu, each line that starts with a @samp{*} +identifies one subtopic. The line usually contains a brief name +for the subtopic (followed by a @samp{:}), the name of the node that talks +about that subtopic, and optionally some further description of the +subtopic. Lines in the menu that do not start with a @samp{*} have no +special meaning---they are only for the human reader's benefit and do +not define additional subtopics. Here is an example: + +@example +* Foo: FOO's Node This tells about FOO +@end example + +The subtopic name is Foo, and the node describing it is @samp{FOO's Node}. +The rest of the line is just for the reader's Information. +[[ But this line is not a real menu item, simply because there is +no line above it which starts with @samp{* Menu:}.]] + + When you use a menu to go to another node (in a way that will be +described soon), what you specify is the subtopic name, the first +thing in the menu line. Info uses it to find the menu line, extracts +the node name from it, and goes to that node. The reason that there +is both a subtopic name and a node name is that the node name must be +meaningful to the computer and may therefore have to be ugly looking. +The subtopic name can be chosen just to be convenient for the user to +specify. Often the node name is convenient for the user to specify +and so both it and the subtopic name are the same. There is an +abbreviation for this: + +@example +* Foo:: This tells about FOO +@end example + +@noindent +This means that the subtopic name and node name are the same; they are +both @samp{Foo}. + +>> Now use Spaces to find the menu in this node, then come back to + the front with a @kbd{b} and some Spaces. As you see, a menu is + actually visible in its node. If you cannot find a menu in a node + by looking at it, then the node does not have a menu and the + @kbd{m} command is not available. + + The command to go to one of the subnodes is @kbd{m}---but @emph{do +not do it yet!} Before you use @kbd{m}, you must understand the +difference between commands and arguments. So far, you have learned +several commands that do not need arguments. When you type one, Info +processes it and is instantly ready for another command. The @kbd{m} +command is different: it is incomplete without the @dfn{name of the +subtopic}. Once you have typed @kbd{m}, Info tries to read the +subtopic name. + + Now look for the line containing many dashes near the bottom of the +screen. There is one more line beneath that one, but usually it is +blank. If it is empty, Info is ready for a command, such as @kbd{n} +or @kbd{b} or Space or @kbd{m}. If that line contains text ending +in a colon, it mean Info is trying to read the @dfn{argument} to a +command. At such times, commands do not work, because Info tries to +use them as the argument. You must either type the argument and +finish the command you started, or type @kbd{Control-g} to cancel the +command. When you have done one of those things, the line becomes +blank again. + + The command to go to a subnode via a menu is @kbd{m}. After you type +the @kbd{m}, the line at the bottom of the screen says @samp{Menu item: }. +You must then type the name of the subtopic you want, and end it with +a @key{RET}. + + You can abbreviate the subtopic name. If the abbreviation is not +unique, the first matching subtopic is chosen. Some menus put +the shortest possible abbreviation for each subtopic name in capital +letters, so you can see how much you need to type. It does not +matter whether you use upper case or lower case when you type the +subtopic. You should not put any spaces at the end, or inside of the +item name, except for one space where a space appears in the item in +the menu. + + You can also use the @dfn{completion} feature to help enter the subtopic +name. If you type the Tab key after entering part of a name, it will +magically fill in more of the name---as much as follows uniquely from +what you have entered. + + If you move the cursor to one of the menu subtopic lines, then you do +not need to type the argument: you just type a Return, and it stands for +the subtopic of the line you are on. + +Here is a menu to give you a chance to practice. + +* Menu: The menu starts here. + +This menu gives you three ways of going to one place, Help-FOO. + +* Foo: Help-FOO. A node you can visit for fun.@* +* Bar: Help-FOO. Strange! two ways to get to the same place.@* +* Help-FOO:: And yet another!@* + + +>> Now type just an @kbd{m} and see what happens: + + Now you are ``inside'' an @kbd{m} command. Commands cannot be used +now; the next thing you will type must be the name of a subtopic. + + You can change your mind about doing the @kbd{m} by typing Control-g. + +>> Try that now; notice the bottom line clear. + +>> Then type another @kbd{m}. + +>> Now type @samp{BAR} item name. Do not type Return yet. + + While you are typing the item name, you can use the Delete key to +cancel one character at a time if you make a mistake. + +>> Type one to cancel the @samp{R}. You could type another @samp{R} to + replace it. You do not have to, since @samp{BA} is a valid abbreviation. + +>> Now you are ready to go. Type a @key{RET}. + + After visiting Help-FOO, you should return here. + +>> Type @kbd{n} to see more commands. + +@c If a menu appears at the end of this node, remove it. +@c It is an accident of the menu updating command. + +Here is another way to get to Help-FOO, a menu. You can ignore this +if you want, or else try it (but then please come back to here). + +@menu +* Help-FOO:: +@end menu + +@node Help-FOO, , , Help-M +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection The @kbd{u} command + + Congratulations! This is the node @samp{Help-FOO}. Unlike the other +nodes you have seen, this one has an @samp{Up}: @samp{Help-M}, the node you +just came from via the @kbd{m} command. This is the usual +convention---the nodes you reach from a menu have @samp{Up} nodes that lead +back to the menu. Menus move Down in the tree, and @samp{Up} moves Up. +@samp{Previous}, on the other hand, is usually used to ``stay on the same +level but go backwards'' + + You can go back to the node @samp{Help-M} by typing the command +@kbd{u} for ``Up''. That puts you at the @emph{front} of the +node---to get back to where you were reading you have to type +some @key{SPC}s. + +>> Now type @kbd{u} to move back up to @samp{Help-M}. + +@node Help-Adv, Help-Q, Help-M, Getting Started +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Some advanced Info commands + + The course is almost over, so please stick with it to the end. + + If you have been moving around to different nodes and wish to +retrace your steps, the @kbd{l} command (@kbd{l} for @dfn{last}) will +do that, one node-step at a time. As you move from node to node, Info +records the nodes where you have been in a special history list. The +@kbd{l} command revisits nodes in the history list; each successive +@kbd{l} command moves one step back through the history. + + If you have been following directions, ad @kbd{l} command now will get +you back to @samp{Help-M}. Another @kbd{l} command would undo the +@kbd{u} and get you back to @samp{Help-FOO}. Another @kbd{l} would undo +the @kbd{m} and get you back to @samp{Help-M}. + +>> Try typing three @kbd{l}'s, pausing in between to see what each + @kbd{l} does. + +Then follow directions again and you will end up back here. + + Note the difference between @kbd{l} and @kbd{p}: @kbd{l} moves to +where @emph{you} last were, whereas @kbd{p} always moves to the node +which the header says is the @samp{Previous} node (from this node, to +@samp{Help-M}). + + The @samp{d} command gets you instantly to the Directory node. +This node, which is the first one you saw when you entered Info, +has a menu which leads (directly, or indirectly through other menus), +to all the nodes that exist. + +>> Try doing a @samp{d}, then do an @kbd{l} to return here (yes, + @emph{do} return). + + Sometimes, in Info documentation, you will see a cross reference. +Cross references look like this: @xref{Help-Cross, Cross}. That is a +real, live cross reference which is named @samp{Cross} and points at +the node named @samp{Help-Cross}. + + If you wish to follow a cross reference, you must use the @samp{f} +command. The @samp{f} must be followed by the cross reference name +(in this case, @samp{Cross}). While you enter the name, you can use the +Delete key to edit your input. If you change your mind about following +any reference, you can use @kbd{Control-g} to cancel the command. + + Completion is available in the @samp{f} command; you can complete among +all the cross reference names in the current node by typing a Tab. + +>> Type @samp{f}, followed by @samp{Cross}, and a @key{RET}. + + To get a list of all the cross references in the current node, you can +type @kbd{?} after an @samp{f}. The @samp{f} continues to await a +cross reference name even after printing the list, so if you don't +actually want to follow a reference, you should type a @kbd{Control-g} +to cancel the @samp{f}. + +>> Type "f?" to get a list of the cross references in this node. Then + type a @kbd{Control-g} and see how the @samp{f} gives up. + +>> Now type @kbd{n} to see the last node of the course. + +@c If a menu appears at the end of this node, remove it. +@c It is an accident of the menu updating command. + +@node Help-Cross, , , Help-Adv +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@unnumberedsubsec The node reached by the cross reference in Info + + This is the node reached by the cross reference named @samp{Cross}. + + While this node is specifically intended to be reached by a cross +reference, most cross references lead to nodes that ``belong'' +someplace else far away in the structure of Info. So you cannot expect +the footnote to have a @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous} or @samp{Up} pointing back to +where you came from. In general, the @kbd{l} (el) command is the only +way to get back there. + +>> Type @kbd{l} to return to the node where the cross reference was. + +@node Help-Q, , Help-Adv, Getting Started +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Quitting Info + + To get out of Info, back to what you were doing before, type @kbd{q} +for @dfn{Quit}. + + This is the end of the course on using Info. There are some other +commands that are meant for experienced users; they are useful, and you +can find them by looking in the directory node for documentation on +Info. Finding them will be a good exercise in using Info in the usual +manner. + +>> Type @samp{d} to go to the Info directory node; then type + @samp{mInfo} and Return, to get to the node about Info and + see what other help is available. + +@node Advanced Info, Create an Info File, Getting Started, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Info for Experts + +This chapter describes various advanced Info commands, and how to write +an Info as distinct from a Texinfo file. (However, in most cases, writing a +Texinfo file is better, since you can use it @emph{both} to generate an +Info file and to make a printed manual. @xref{Top,, Overview of +Texinfo, texinfo, Texinfo: The GNU Documentation Format}.) + +@menu +* Expert:: Advanced Info commands: g, s, e, and 1 - 5. +* Add:: Describes how to add new nodes to the hierarchy. + Also tells what nodes look like. +* Menus:: How to add to or create menus in Info nodes. +* Cross-refs:: How to add cross-references to Info nodes. +* Tags:: How to make tag tables for Info files. +* Checking:: Checking an Info File +* Emacs Info Variables:: Variables modifying the behavior of Emacs Info. +@end menu + +@node Expert, Add, , Advanced Info +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Advanced Info Commands + +@kbd{g}, @kbd{s}, @kbd{1}, -- @kbd{9}, and @kbd{e} + +If you know a node's name, you can go there by typing @kbd{g}, the +name, and @key{RET}. Thus, @kbd{gTop@key{RET}} would go to the node +called @samp{Top} in this file (its directory node). +@kbd{gExpert@key{RET}} would come back here. + +Unlike @kbd{m}, @kbd{g} does not allow the use of abbreviations. + +To go to a node in another file, you can include the filename in the +node name by putting it at the front, in parentheses. Thus, +@kbd{g(dir)Top@key{RET}} would go to the Info Directory node, which is +node @samp{Top} in the file @file{dir}. + +The node name @samp{*} specifies the whole file. So you can look at +all of the current file by typing @kbd{g*@key{RET}} or all of any +other file with @kbd{g(FILENAME)@key{RET}}. + +The @kbd{s} command allows you to search a whole file for a string. +It switches to the next node if and when that is necessary. You +type @kbd{s} followed by the string to search for, terminated by +@key{RET}. To search for the same string again, just @kbd{s} followed +by @key{RET} will do. The file's nodes are scanned in the order +they are in in the file, which has no necessary relationship to the +order that they may be in in the tree structure of menus and @samp{next} pointers. +But normally the two orders are not very different. In any case, +you can always do a @kbd{b} to find out what node you have reached, if +the header is not visible (this can happen, because @kbd{s} puts your +cursor at the occurrence of the string, not at the beginning of the +node). + +If you grudge the system each character of type-in it requires, you +might like to use the commands @kbd{1}, @kbd{2}, @kbd{3}, @kbd{4}, ... +@kbd{9}. They are short for the @kbd{m} command together with an +argument. @kbd{1} goes through the first item in the current node's +menu; @kbd{2} goes through the second item, etc. + +If you display supports multiple fonts, and you are using Emacs' Info +mode to read Info files, the @samp{*} for the fifth menu item is +underlines, and so is the @samp{*} for the ninth item; these underlines +make it easy to see at a glance which number to use for an item. + +On ordinary terminals, you won't have underlining. If you need to +actually count items, it is better to use @kbd{m} instead, and specify +the name. + +The Info command @kbd{e} changes from Info mode to an ordinary +Emacs editing mode, so that you can edit the text of the current node. +Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to switch back to Info. The @kbd{e} command is allowed +only if the variable @code{Info-enable-edit} is non-@code{nil}. + +@node Add, Menus, Expert, Advanced Info +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Adding a new node to Info + +To add a new topic to the list in the Info directory, you must: +@enumerate +@item +Create some nodes, in some file, to document that topic. +@item +Put that topic in the menu in the directory. @xref{Menus, Menu}. +@end enumerate + +Usually, the way to create the nodes is with Texinfo @pxref{Top,, Overview of +Texinfo, texinfo, Texinfo: The GNU Documentation Format}); this has the +advantage that you can also make a printed manual from them. However, +if hyou want to edit an Info file, here is how. + + The new node can live in an existing documentation file, or in a new +one. It must have a @key{^_} character before it (invisible to the +user; this node has one but you cannot see it), and it ends with either +a @key{^_}, a @key{^L}, or the end of file. Note: If you put in a +@key{^L} to end a new node, be sure that there is a @key{^_} after it +to start the next one, since @key{^L} cannot @emph{start} a node. +Also, a nicer way to make a node boundary be a page boundary as well +is to put a @key{^L} @emph{right after} the @key{^_}. + + The @key{^_} starting a node must be followed by a newline or a +@key{^L} newline, after which comes the node's header line. The +header line must give the node's name (by which Info finds it), +and state the names of the @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous}, and @samp{Up} nodes (if +there are any). As you can see, this node's @samp{Up} node is the node +@samp{Top}, which points at all the documentation for Info. The @samp{Next} +node is @samp{Menus}. + + The keywords @dfn{Node}, @dfn{Previous}, @dfn{Up}, and @dfn{Next}, +may appear in any order, anywhere in the header line, but the +recommended order is the one in this sentence. Each keyword must be +followed by a colon, spaces and tabs, and then the appropriate name. +The name may be terminated with a tab, a comma, or a newline. A space +does not end it; node names may contain spaces. The case of letters +in the names is insignificant. + + A node name has two forms. A node in the current file is named by +what appears after the @samp{Node: } in that node's first line. For +example, this node's name is @samp{Add}. A node in another file is +named by @samp{(@var{filename})@var{node-within-file}}, as in +@samp{(info)Add} for this node. If the file name starts with ``./'', +then it is relative to the current directory; otherwise, it is relative +starting from the standard Info file directory of your site. +The name @samp{(@var{filename})Top} can be abbreviated to just +@samp{(@var{filename})}. By convention, the name @samp{Top} is used for +the ``highest'' node in any single file---the node whose @samp{Up} points +out of the file. The Directory node is @file{(dir)}. The @samp{Top} node +of a document file listed in the Directory should have an @samp{Up: +(dir)} in it. + + The node name @kbd{*} is special: it refers to the entire file. +Thus, @kbd{g*} shows you the whole current file. The use of the +node @kbd{*} is to make it possible to make old-fashioned, +unstructured files into nodes of the tree. + + The @samp{Node:} name, in which a node states its own name, must not +contain a filename, since Info when searching for a node does not +expect one to be there. The @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous} and @samp{Up} names may +contain them. In this node, since the @samp{Up} node is in the same file, +it was not necessary to use one. + + Note that the nodes in this file have a file name in the header +line. The file names are ignored by Info, but they serve as comments +to help identify the node for the user. + +@node Menus, Cross-refs, Add, Advanced Info +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section How to Create Menus + + Any node in the Info hierarchy may have a @dfn{menu}---a list of subnodes. +The @kbd{m} command searches the current node's menu for the topic which it +reads from the terminal. + + A menu begins with a line starting with @samp{* Menu:}. The rest of the +line is a comment. After the starting line, every line that begins +with a @samp{* } lists a single topic. The name of the topic--the +argument that the user must give to the @kbd{m} command to select this +topic---comes right after the star and space, and is followed by a +colon, spaces and tabs, and the name of the node which discusses that +topic. The node name, like node names following @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous} +and @samp{Up}, may be terminated with a tab, comma, or newline; it may also +be terminated with a period. + + If the node name and topic name are the same, then rather than +giving the name twice, the abbreviation @samp{* NAME::} may be used +(and should be used, whenever possible, as it reduces the visual +clutter in the menu). + + It is considerate to choose the topic names so that they differ +from each other very near the beginning---this allows the user to type +short abbreviations. In a long menu, it is a good idea to capitalize +the beginning of each item name which is the minimum acceptable +abbreviation for it (a long menu is more than 5 or so entries). + + The nodes listed in a node's menu are called its ``subnodes'', and +it is their ``superior''. They should each have an @samp{Up:} pointing at +the superior. It is often useful to arrange all or most of the +subnodes in a sequence of @samp{Next} and @samp{Previous} pointers so that someone who +wants to see them all need not keep revisiting the Menu. + + The Info Directory is simply the menu of the node @samp{(dir)Top}---that +is, node @samp{Top} in file @file{.../info/dir}. You can put new entries +in that menu just like any other menu. The Info Directory is @emph{not} the +same as the file directory called @file{info}. It happens that many of +Info's files live on that file directory, but they do not have to; and +files on that directory are not automatically listed in the Info +Directory node. + + Also, although the Info node graph is claimed to be a ``hierarchy'', +in fact it can be @emph{any} directed graph. Shared structures and +pointer cycles are perfectly possible, and can be used if they are +appropriate to the meaning to be expressed. There is no need for all +the nodes in a file to form a connected structure. In fact, this file +has two connected components. You are in one of them, which is under +the node @samp{Top}; the other contains the node @samp{Help} which the +@kbd{h} command goes to. In fact, since there is no garbage +collector, nothing terrible happens if a substructure is not pointed +to, but such a substructure is rather useless since nobody can +ever find out that it exists. + +@node Cross-refs, Tags, Menus, Advanced Info +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Creating Cross References + + A cross reference can be placed anywhere in the text, unlike a menu +item which must go at the front of a line. A cross reference looks +like a menu item except that it has @samp{*note} instead of @kbd{*}. +It @emph{cannot} be terminated by a @samp{)}, because @samp{)}'s are +so often part of node names. If you wish to enclose a cross reference +in parentheses, terminate it with a period first. Here are two +examples of cross references pointers: + +@example +*Note details: commands. (See *note 3: Full Proof.) +@end example + +They are just examples. The places they ``lead to'' do not really exist! + +@node Tags, Checking, Cross-refs, Advanced Info +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Tag Tables for Info Files + + You can speed up the access to nodes of a large Info file by giving +it a tag table. Unlike the tag table for a program, the tag table for +an Info file lives inside the file itself and is used +automatically whenever Info reads in the file. + + To make a tag table, go to a node in the file using Emacs Info mode and type +@kbd{M-x Info-tagify}. Then you must use @kbd{C-x C-s} to save the +file. + + Once the Info file has a tag table, you must make certain it is up +to date. If, as a result of deletion of text, any node moves back +more than a thousand characters in the file from the position +recorded in the tag table, Info will no longer be able to find that +node. To update the tag table, use the @code{Info-tagify} command again. + + An Info file tag table appears at the end of the file and looks like +this: + +@example +^_ +Tag Table: +File: info, Node: Cross-refs^?21419 +File: info, Node: Tags^?22145 +^_ +End Tag Table +@end example + +@noindent +Note that it contains one line per node, and this line contains +the beginning of the node's header (ending just after the node name), +a Delete character, and the character position in the file of the +beginning of the node. + +@node Checking, Emacs Info Variables, Tags, Advanced Info +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Checking an Info File + + When creating an Info file, it is easy to forget the name of a node +when you are making a pointer to it from another node. If you put in +the wrong name for a node, this is not detected until someone +tries to go through the pointer using Info. Verification of the Info +file is an automatic process which checks all pointers to nodes and +reports any pointers which are invalid. Every @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous}, and +@samp{Up} is checked, as is every menu item and every cross reference. In +addition, any @samp{Next} which does not have a @samp{Previous} pointing back is +reported. Only pointers within the file are checked, because checking +pointers to other files would be terribly slow. But those are usually +few. + + To check an Info file, do @kbd{M-x Info-validate} while looking at +any node of the file with Emacs Info mode. + +@node Emacs Info Variables, , Checking, Advanced Info +@section Emacs Info-mode Variables + +The following variables may modify the behaviour of Info-mode in Emacs; +you may wish to set one or several of these variables interactively, or +in your @file{~/.emacs} init file. @xref{Examining, Examining and Setting +Variables, Examining and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU Emacs +Manual}. + +@vtable @code +@item Info-enable-edit +Set to @code{nil}, disables the @samp{e} (@code{Info-edit}) command. A +non-@code{nil} value enables it. @xref{Add, Edit}. + +@item Info-enable-active-nodes +When set to a non-@code{nil} value, allows Info to execute Lisp code +associated with nodes. The Lisp code is executed when the node is +selected. + +@item Info-directory-list +The list of directories to search for Info files. Each element is a +string (directory name) or @code{nil} (try default directory). + +@item Info-directory +The standard directory for Info documentation files. Only used when the +function @code{Info-directory} is called. +@end vtable + +@node Create an Info File, , Advanced Info, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Creating an Info File from a Makeinfo file + +@code{makeinfo} is a utility that converts a Texinfo file into an Info +file; @code{texinfo-format-region} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} are +GNU Emacs functions that do the same. + +@xref{Create an Info File, , Creating an Info File, texinfo, the Texinfo +Manual}, to learn how to create an Info file from a Texinfo file. + +@xref{Top,, Overview of Texinfo, texinfo, Texinfo: The GNU Documentation +Format}, to learn how to write a Texinfo file. + +@bye diff --git a/texinfo/info/infodoc.c b/texinfo/info/infodoc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..35675095e70 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/infodoc.c @@ -0,0 +1,771 @@ +/* infodoc.c -- Functions which build documentation nodes. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include "info.h" + +/* Normally we do not define HELP_NODE_GETS_REGENERATED because the + contents of the help node currently can never change once an info + session has been started. You should consider defining this in + the case that you place information about dynamic variables in the + help text. When that happens, the contents of the help node will + change dependent on the value of those variables, and the user will + expect to see those changes. */ +/* #define HELP_NODE_GETS_REGENERATED 1 */ + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Info Help Windows */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* The name of the node used in the help window. */ +static char *info_help_nodename = "*Info Help*"; + +/* A node containing printed key bindings and their documentation. */ +static NODE *internal_info_help_node = (NODE *)NULL; + +/* A pointer to the contents of the help node. */ +static char *internal_info_help_node_contents = (char *)NULL; + +/* The static text which appears in the internal info help node. */ +static char *info_internal_help_text[] = { + "Basic Commands in Info Windows", + "******************************", + "", + " h Invoke the Info tutorial.", + "", + "Selecting other nodes:", + "----------------------", + " n Move to the \"next\" node of this node.", + " p Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.", + " u Move \"up\" from this node.", + " m Pick menu item specified by name.", + " Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.", + " f Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.", + " l Move to the last node seen in this window.", + " d Move to the `directory' node. Equivalent to `g(DIR)'.", + "", + "Moving within a node:", + "---------------------", + " SPC Scroll forward a page.", + " DEL Scroll backward a page.", + " b Go to the beginning of this node.", + " e Go to the end of this node.", + "", + "\"Advanced\" commands:", + "--------------------", + " q Quit Info.", + " 1 Pick first item in node's menu.", + " 2-9 Pick second ... ninth item in node's menu.", + " 0 Pick last item in node's menu.", + " g Move to node specified by name.", + " You may include a filename as well, as in (FILENAME)NODENAME.", + " s Search through this Info file for a specified string,", + " and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.", + (char *)NULL +}; + +static char *where_is (), *where_is_internal (); + +void +dump_map_to_message_buffer (prefix, map) + char *prefix; + Keymap map; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) + { + if (map[i].type == ISKMAP) + { + char *new_prefix, *keyname; + + keyname = pretty_keyname (i); + new_prefix = (char *) + xmalloc (3 + strlen (prefix) + strlen (keyname)); + sprintf (new_prefix, "%s%s%s ", prefix, *prefix ? " " : "", keyname); + + dump_map_to_message_buffer (new_prefix, (Keymap)map[i].function); + free (new_prefix); + } + else if (map[i].function) + { + register int last; + char *doc, *name; + + doc = function_documentation (map[i].function); + name = function_name (map[i].function); + + if (!*doc) + continue; + + /* Find out if there is a series of identical functions, as in + ea_insert (). */ + for (last = i + 1; last < 256; last++) + if ((map[last].type != ISFUNC) || + (map[last].function != map[i].function)) + break; + + if (last - 1 != i) + { + printf_to_message_buffer + ("%s%s .. ", prefix, pretty_keyname (i)); + printf_to_message_buffer + ("%s%s\t", prefix, pretty_keyname (last - 1)); + i = last - 1; + } + else + printf_to_message_buffer ("%s%s\t", prefix, pretty_keyname (i)); + +#if defined (NAMED_FUNCTIONS) + /* Print the name of the function, and some padding before the + documentation string is printed. */ + { + int length_so_far; + int desired_doc_start = 40; /* Must be multiple of 8. */ + + printf_to_message_buffer ("(%s)", name); + length_so_far = message_buffer_length_this_line (); + + if ((desired_doc_start + strlen (doc)) >= the_screen->width) + printf_to_message_buffer ("\n "); + else + { + while (length_so_far < desired_doc_start) + { + printf_to_message_buffer ("\t"); + length_so_far += character_width ('\t', length_so_far); + } + } + } +#endif /* NAMED_FUNCTIONS */ + printf_to_message_buffer ("%s\n", doc); + } + } +} + +/* How to create internal_info_help_node. */ +static void +create_internal_info_help_node () +{ + register int i; + char *contents = (char *)NULL; + NODE *node; + +#if !defined (HELP_NODE_GETS_REGENERATED) + if (internal_info_help_node_contents) + contents = internal_info_help_node_contents; +#endif /* !HELP_NODE_GETS_REGENERATED */ + + if (!contents) + { + int printed_one_mx = 0; + + initialize_message_buffer (); + + for (i = 0; info_internal_help_text[i]; i++) + printf_to_message_buffer ("%s\n", info_internal_help_text[i]); + + printf_to_message_buffer ("---------------------\n\n"); + printf_to_message_buffer ("The current search path is:\n"); + printf_to_message_buffer (" \"%s\"\n", infopath); + printf_to_message_buffer ("---------------------\n\n"); + printf_to_message_buffer ("Commands available in Info windows:\n\n"); + dump_map_to_message_buffer ("", info_keymap); + printf_to_message_buffer ("---------------------\n\n"); + printf_to_message_buffer ("Commands available in the echo area:\n\n"); + dump_map_to_message_buffer ("", echo_area_keymap); + +#if defined (NAMED_FUNCTIONS) + /* Get a list of the M-x commands which have no keystroke equivs. */ + for (i = 0; function_doc_array[i].func; i++) + { + VFunction *func = function_doc_array[i].func; + + if ((!where_is_internal (info_keymap, func)) && + (!where_is_internal (echo_area_keymap, func))) + { + if (!printed_one_mx) + { + printf_to_message_buffer ("---------------------\n\n"); + printf_to_message_buffer + ("The following commands can only be invoked via M-x:\n\n"); + printed_one_mx = 1; + } + + printf_to_message_buffer + ("M-x %s\n %s\n", + function_doc_array[i].func_name, + replace_in_documentation (function_doc_array[i].doc)); + } + } + + if (printed_one_mx) + printf_to_message_buffer ("\n"); +#endif /* NAMED_FUNCTIONS */ + + printf_to_message_buffer + ("%s", replace_in_documentation + ("--- Use `\\[history-node]' or `\\[kill-node]' to exit ---\n")); + node = message_buffer_to_node (); + internal_info_help_node_contents = node->contents; + } + else + { + /* We already had the right contents, so simply use them. */ + node = build_message_node ("", 0, 0); + free (node->contents); + node->contents = contents; + node->nodelen = 1 + strlen (contents); + } + + internal_info_help_node = node; + + /* Do not GC this node's contents. It never changes, and we never need + to delete it once it is made. If you change some things (such as + placing information about dynamic variables in the help text) then + you will need to allow the contents to be gc'd, and you will have to + arrange to always regenerate the help node. */ +#if defined (HELP_NODE_GETS_REGENERATED) + add_gcable_pointer (internal_info_help_node->contents); +#endif + + name_internal_node (internal_info_help_node, info_help_nodename); + + /* Even though this is an internal node, we don't want the window + system to treat it specially. So we turn off the internalness + of it here. */ + internal_info_help_node->flags &= ~N_IsInternal; +} + +/* Return a window which is the window showing help in this Info. */ +static WINDOW * +info_find_or_create_help_window () +{ + WINDOW *help_window, *eligible, *window; + + eligible = (WINDOW *)NULL; + help_window = get_internal_info_window (info_help_nodename); + + /* If we couldn't find the help window, then make it. */ + if (!help_window) + { + int max = 0; + + for (window = windows; window; window = window->next) + { + if (window->height > max) + { + max = window->height; + eligible = window; + } + } + + if (!eligible) + return ((WINDOW *)NULL); + } +#if !defined (HELP_NODE_GETS_REGENERATED) + else + return (help_window); +#endif /* !HELP_NODE_GETS_REGENERATED */ + + /* Make sure that we have a node containing the help text. */ + create_internal_info_help_node (); + + /* Either use the existing window to display the help node, or create + a new window if there was no existing help window. */ + if (!help_window) + { + /* Split the largest window into 2 windows, and show the help text + in that window. */ + if (eligible->height > 30) + { + active_window = eligible; + help_window = window_make_window (internal_info_help_node); + } + else + { + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (active_window); + window_set_node_of_window (active_window, internal_info_help_node); + help_window = active_window; + } + } + else + { + /* Case where help node always gets regenerated, and we have an + existing window in which to place the node. */ + if (active_window != help_window) + { + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (active_window); + active_window = help_window; + } + window_set_node_of_window (active_window, internal_info_help_node); + } + remember_window_and_node (help_window, help_window->node); + return (help_window); +} + +/* Create or move to the help window. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_get_help_window, "Display help message") +{ + WINDOW *help_window; + + help_window = info_find_or_create_help_window (); + if (help_window) + { + active_window = help_window; + active_window->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; + } + else + { + info_error (CANT_MAKE_HELP); + } +} + +/* Show the Info help node. This means that the "info" file is installed + where it can easily be found on your system. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_get_info_help_node, "Visit Info node `(info)Help'") +{ + NODE *node; + char *nodename; + + /* If there is a window on the screen showing the node "(info)Help" or + the node "(info)Help-Small-Screen", simply select that window. */ + { + WINDOW *win; + + for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) + { + if (win->node && win->node->filename && + (strcasecmp + (filename_non_directory (win->node->filename), "info") == 0) && + ((strcmp (win->node->nodename, "Help") == 0) || + (strcmp (win->node->nodename, "Help-Small-Screen") == 0))) + { + active_window = win; + return; + } + } + } + + /* If the current window is small, show the small screen help. */ + if (active_window->height < 24) + nodename = "Help-Small-Screen"; + else + nodename = "Help"; + + /* Try to get the info file for Info. */ + node = info_get_node ("Info", nodename); + + if (!node) + { + if (info_recent_file_error) + info_error (info_recent_file_error); + else + info_error (CANT_FILE_NODE, "Info", nodename); + } + else + { + /* If the current window is very large (greater than 45 lines), + then split it and show the help node in another window. + Otherwise, use the current window. */ + + if (active_window->height > 45) + active_window = window_make_window (node); + else + { + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (active_window); + window_set_node_of_window (active_window, node); + } + + remember_window_and_node (active_window, node); + } +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Groveling Info Keymaps and Docs */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Return the documentation associated with the Info command FUNCTION. */ +char * +function_documentation (function) + VFunction *function; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; function_doc_array[i].func; i++) + if (function == function_doc_array[i].func) + break; + + return (replace_in_documentation (function_doc_array[i].doc)); +} + +#if defined (NAMED_FUNCTIONS) +/* Return the user-visible name of the function associated with the + Info command FUNCTION. */ +char * +function_name (function) + + VFunction *function; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; function_doc_array[i].func; i++) + if (function == function_doc_array[i].func) + break; + + return (function_doc_array[i].func_name); +} + +/* Return a pointer to the function named NAME. */ +VFunction * +named_function (name) + char *name; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; function_doc_array[i].func; i++) + if (strcmp (function_doc_array[i].func_name, name) == 0) + break; + + return (function_doc_array[i].func); +} +#endif /* NAMED_FUNCTIONS */ + +/* Return the documentation associated with KEY in MAP. */ +char * +key_documentation (key, map) + char key; + Keymap map; +{ + VFunction *function = map[key].function; + + if (function) + return (function_documentation (function)); + else + return ((char *)NULL); +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (describe_key, "Print documentation for KEY") +{ + char keyname[50]; + int keyname_index = 0; + unsigned char keystroke; + char *rep; + Keymap map; + + keyname[0] = '\0'; + map = window->keymap; + + while (1) + { + message_in_echo_area ("Describe key: %s", keyname); + keystroke = info_get_input_char (); + unmessage_in_echo_area (); + + if (Meta_p (keystroke) && (!ISO_Latin_p || key < 160)) + { + if (map[ESC].type != ISKMAP) + { + window_message_in_echo_area + ("ESC %s is undefined.", pretty_keyname (UnMeta (keystroke))); + return; + } + + strcpy (keyname + keyname_index, "ESC "); + keyname_index = strlen (keyname); + keystroke = UnMeta (keystroke); + map = (Keymap)map[ESC].function; + } + + /* Add the printed representation of KEYSTROKE to our keyname. */ + rep = pretty_keyname (keystroke); + strcpy (keyname + keyname_index, rep); + keyname_index = strlen (keyname); + + if (map[keystroke].function == (VFunction *)NULL) + { + message_in_echo_area ("%s is undefined.", keyname); + return; + } + else if (map[keystroke].type == ISKMAP) + { + map = (Keymap)map[keystroke].function; + strcat (keyname, " "); + keyname_index = strlen (keyname); + continue; + } + else + { + char *message, *fundoc, *funname = ""; + +#if defined (NAMED_FUNCTIONS) + funname = function_name (map[keystroke].function); +#endif /* NAMED_FUNCTIONS */ + + fundoc = function_documentation (map[keystroke].function); + + message = (char *)xmalloc + (10 + strlen (keyname) + strlen (fundoc) + strlen (funname)); + +#if defined (NAMED_FUNCTIONS) + sprintf (message, "%s (%s): %s.", keyname, funname, fundoc); +#else + sprintf (message, "%s is defined to %s.", keyname, fundoc); +#endif /* !NAMED_FUNCTIONS */ + + window_message_in_echo_area ("%s", message); + free (message); + break; + } + } +} + +/* How to get the pretty printable name of a character. */ +static char rep_buffer[30]; + +char * +pretty_keyname (key) + unsigned char key; +{ + char *rep; + + if (Meta_p (key)) + { + char temp[20]; + + rep = pretty_keyname (UnMeta (key)); + + sprintf (temp, "ESC %s", rep); + strcpy (rep_buffer, temp); + rep = rep_buffer; + } + else if (Control_p (key)) + { + switch (key) + { + case '\n': rep = "LFD"; break; + case '\t': rep = "TAB"; break; + case '\r': rep = "RET"; break; + case ESC: rep = "ESC"; break; + + default: + sprintf (rep_buffer, "C-%c", UnControl (key)); + rep = rep_buffer; + } + } + else + { + switch (key) + { + case ' ': rep = "SPC"; break; + case DEL: rep = "DEL"; break; + default: + rep_buffer[0] = key; + rep_buffer[1] = '\0'; + rep = rep_buffer; + } + } + return (rep); +} + +/* Replace the names of functions with the key that invokes them. */ +char * +replace_in_documentation (string) + char *string; +{ + register int i, start, next; + static char *result = (char *)NULL; + + maybe_free (result); + result = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (string)); + + i = next = start = 0; + + /* Skip to the beginning of a replaceable function. */ + for (i = start; string[i]; i++) + { + /* Is this the start of a replaceable function name? */ + if (string[i] == '\\' && string[i + 1] == '[') + { + char *fun_name, *rep; + VFunction *function; + + /* Copy in the old text. */ + strncpy (result + next, string + start, i - start); + next += (i - start); + start = i + 2; + + /* Move to the end of the function name. */ + for (i = start; string[i] && (string[i] != ']'); i++); + + fun_name = (char *)xmalloc (1 + i - start); + strncpy (fun_name, string + start, i - start); + fun_name[i - start] = '\0'; + + /* Find a key which invokes this function in the info_keymap. */ + function = named_function (fun_name); + + /* If the internal documentation string fails, there is a + serious problem with the associated command's documentation. + We croak so that it can be fixed immediately. */ + if (!function) + abort (); + + rep = where_is (info_keymap, function); + strcpy (result + next, rep); + next = strlen (result); + + start = i; + if (string[i]) + start++; + } + } + strcpy (result + next, string + start); + return (result); +} + +/* Return a string of characters which could be typed from the keymap + MAP to invoke FUNCTION. */ +static char *where_is_rep = (char *)NULL; +static int where_is_rep_index = 0; +static int where_is_rep_size = 0; + +static char * +where_is (map, function) + Keymap map; + VFunction *function; +{ + char *rep; + + if (!where_is_rep_size) + where_is_rep = (char *)xmalloc (where_is_rep_size = 100); + where_is_rep_index = 0; + + rep = where_is_internal (map, function); + + /* If it couldn't be found, return "M-x Foo". */ + if (!rep) + { + char *name; + + name = function_name (function); + + if (name) + sprintf (where_is_rep, "M-x %s", name); + + rep = where_is_rep; + } + return (rep); +} + +/* Return the printed rep of FUNCTION as found in MAP, or NULL. */ +static char * +where_is_internal (map, function) + Keymap map; + VFunction *function; +{ + register int i; + + /* If the function is directly invokable in MAP, return the representation + of that keystroke. */ + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) + if ((map[i].type == ISFUNC) && map[i].function == function) + { + sprintf (where_is_rep + where_is_rep_index, "%s", pretty_keyname (i)); + return (where_is_rep); + } + + /* Okay, search subsequent maps for this function. */ + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) + { + if (map[i].type == ISKMAP) + { + int saved_index = where_is_rep_index; + char *rep; + + sprintf (where_is_rep + where_is_rep_index, "%s ", + pretty_keyname (i)); + + where_is_rep_index = strlen (where_is_rep); + rep = where_is_internal ((Keymap)map[i].function, function); + + if (rep) + return (where_is_rep); + + where_is_rep_index = saved_index; + } + } + + return ((char *)NULL); +} + +extern char *read_function_name (); + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_where_is, + "Show what to type to execute a given command") +{ + char *command_name; + + command_name = read_function_name ("Where is command: ", window); + + if (!command_name) + { + info_abort_key (active_window, count, key); + return; + } + + if (*command_name) + { + VFunction *function; + + function = named_function (command_name); + + if (function) + { + char *location; + + location = where_is (active_window->keymap, function); + + if (!location) + { + info_error ("`%s' is not on any keys", command_name); + } + else + { + if (strncmp (location, "M-x ", 4) == 0) + window_message_in_echo_area + ("%s can only be invoked via %s.", command_name, location); + else + window_message_in_echo_area + ("%s can be invoked via %s.", command_name, location); + } + } + else + info_error ("There is no function named `%s'", command_name); + } + + free (command_name); +} diff --git a/texinfo/info/infomap.c b/texinfo/info/infomap.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3f24f1f55d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/infomap.c @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +/* infomap.c -- Keymaps for Info. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include "stdio.h" +#include "ctype.h" +#include "infomap.h" +#include "funs.h" + +/* Return a new keymap which has all the uppercase letters mapped to run + the function info_do_lowercase_version (). */ +Keymap +keymap_make_keymap () +{ + register int i; + Keymap keymap; + + keymap = (Keymap)xmalloc (256 * sizeof (KEYMAP_ENTRY)); + + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) + { + keymap[i].type = ISFUNC; + keymap[i].function = (VFunction *)NULL; + } + + for (i = 'A'; i < ('Z' + 1); i++) + { + keymap[i].type = ISFUNC; + keymap[i].function = info_do_lowercase_version; + } + + return (keymap); +} + +/* Return a new keymap which is a copy of MAP. */ +Keymap +keymap_copy_keymap (map) + Keymap map; +{ + register int i; + Keymap keymap; + + keymap = keymap_make_keymap (); + + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) + { + keymap[i].type = map[i].type; + keymap[i].function = map[i].function; + } + return (keymap); +} + +/* Free the keymap and it's descendents. */ +void +keymap_discard_keymap (map) + Keymap (map); +{ + register int i; + + if (!map) + return; + + for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) + { + switch (map[i].type) + { + case ISFUNC: + break; + + case ISKMAP: + keymap_discard_keymap ((Keymap)map[i].function); + break; + + } + } +} + +/* Initialize the standard info keymaps. */ + +Keymap info_keymap = (Keymap)NULL; +Keymap echo_area_keymap = (Keymap)NULL; + +void +initialize_info_keymaps () +{ + register int i; + Keymap map; + + if (!info_keymap) + { + info_keymap = keymap_make_keymap (); + info_keymap[ESC].type = ISKMAP; + info_keymap[ESC].function = (VFunction *)keymap_make_keymap (); + info_keymap[Control ('x')].type = ISKMAP; + info_keymap[Control ('x')].function = (VFunction *)keymap_make_keymap (); + echo_area_keymap = keymap_make_keymap (); + echo_area_keymap[ESC].type = ISKMAP; + echo_area_keymap[ESC].function = (VFunction *)keymap_make_keymap (); + echo_area_keymap[Control ('x')].type = ISKMAP; + echo_area_keymap[Control ('x')].function = + (VFunction *)keymap_make_keymap (); + } + + /* Bind numeric arg functions for both echo area and info window maps. */ + for (i = '0'; i < '9' + 1; i++) + { + ((Keymap) info_keymap[ESC].function)[i].function = + ((Keymap) echo_area_keymap[ESC].function)[i].function = + info_add_digit_to_numeric_arg; + } + ((Keymap) info_keymap[ESC].function)['-'].function = + ((Keymap) echo_area_keymap[ESC].function)['-'].function = + info_add_digit_to_numeric_arg; + + /* Bind the echo area routines. */ + map = echo_area_keymap; + + /* Bind the echo area insert routines. */ + for (i = 0; i < 160; i++) + if (isprint (i)) + map[i].function = ea_insert; + + map[Control ('a')].function = ea_beg_of_line; + map[Control ('b')].function = ea_backward; + map[Control ('d')].function = ea_delete; + map[Control ('e')].function = ea_end_of_line; + map[Control ('f')].function = ea_forward; + map[Control ('g')].function = ea_abort; + map[Control ('h')].function = ea_rubout; + map[Control ('k')].function = ea_kill_line; + map[Control ('l')].function = info_redraw_display; + map[Control ('q')].function = ea_quoted_insert; + map[Control ('t')].function = ea_transpose_chars; + map[Control ('u')].function = info_universal_argument; + map[Control ('y')].function = ea_yank; + + map[LFD].function = ea_newline; + map[RET].function = ea_newline; + map[SPC].function = ea_complete; + map[TAB].function = ea_complete; + map['?'].function = ea_possible_completions; + map[DEL].function = ea_rubout; + + /* Bind the echo area ESC keymap. */ + map = (Keymap)echo_area_keymap[ESC].function; + + map[Control ('g')].function = ea_abort; + map[Control ('v')].function = ea_scroll_completions_window; + map['b'].function = ea_backward_word; + map['d'].function = ea_kill_word; + map['f'].function = ea_forward_word; +#if defined (NAMED_FUNCTIONS) + /* map['x'].function = info_execute_command; */ +#endif /* NAMED_FUNCTIONS */ + map['y'].function = ea_yank_pop; + map['?'].function = ea_possible_completions; + map[TAB].function = ea_tab_insert; + map[DEL].function = ea_backward_kill_word; + + /* Bind the echo area Control-x keymap. */ + map = (Keymap)echo_area_keymap[Control ('x')].function; + + map['o'].function = info_next_window; + map[DEL].function = ea_backward_kill_line; + + /* Bind commands for Info window keymaps. */ + map = info_keymap; + map[TAB].function = info_move_to_next_xref; + map[LFD].function = info_select_reference_this_line; + map[RET].function = info_select_reference_this_line; + map[SPC].function = info_scroll_forward; + map[Control ('a')].function = info_beginning_of_line; + map[Control ('b')].function = info_backward_char; + map[Control ('e')].function = info_end_of_line; + map[Control ('f')].function = info_forward_char; + map[Control ('g')].function = info_abort_key; + map[Control ('h')].function = info_get_help_window; + map[Control ('l')].function = info_redraw_display; + map[Control ('n')].function = info_next_line; + map[Control ('p')].function = info_prev_line; + map[Control ('r')].function = isearch_backward; + map[Control ('s')].function = isearch_forward; + map[Control ('u')].function = info_universal_argument; + map[Control ('v')].function = info_scroll_forward; + map[','].function = info_next_index_match; + + for (i = '1'; i < '9' + 1; i++) + map[i].function = info_menu_digit; + map['0'].function = info_last_menu_item; + + map['<'].function = info_first_node; + map['>'].function = info_last_node; + map['?'].function = info_get_help_window; + map['['].function = info_global_prev_node; + map[']'].function = info_global_next_node; + + map['b'].function = info_beginning_of_node; + map['d'].function = info_dir_node; + map['e'].function = info_end_of_node; + map['f'].function = info_xref_item; + map['g'].function = info_goto_node; + map['h'].function = info_get_info_help_node; + map['i'].function = info_index_search; + map['l'].function = info_history_node; + map['m'].function = info_menu_item; + map['n'].function = info_next_node; + map['p'].function = info_prev_node; + map['q'].function = info_quit; + map['r'].function = info_xref_item; + map['s'].function = info_search; + map['t'].function = info_top_node; + map['u'].function = info_up_node; + map[DEL].function = info_scroll_backward; + + /* Bind members in the ESC map for Info windows. */ + map = (Keymap)info_keymap[ESC].function; + map[Control ('f')].function = info_show_footnotes; + map[Control ('g')].function = info_abort_key; + map[TAB].function = info_move_to_prev_xref; + map[Control ('v')].function = info_scroll_other_window; + map['<'].function = info_beginning_of_node; + map['>'].function = info_end_of_node; + map['b'].function = info_backward_word; + map['f'].function = info_forward_word; + map['r'].function = info_move_to_window_line; + map['v'].function = info_scroll_backward; +#if defined (NAMED_FUNCTIONS) + map['x'].function = info_execute_command; +#endif /* NAMED_FUNCTIONS */ + + /* Bind members in the Control-X map for Info windows. */ + map = (Keymap)info_keymap[Control ('x')].function; + + map[Control ('b')].function = list_visited_nodes; + map[Control ('c')].function = info_quit; + map[Control ('f')].function = info_view_file; + map[Control ('g')].function = info_abort_key; + map[Control ('v')].function = info_view_file; + map['0'].function = info_delete_window; + map['1'].function = info_keep_one_window; + map['2'].function = info_split_window; + map['^'].function = info_grow_window; + map['b'].function = select_visited_node; + map['k'].function = info_kill_node; + map['o'].function = info_next_window; + map['t'].function = info_tile_windows; + map['w'].function = info_toggle_wrap; +} + +/* Strings which represent the sequence of characters that the arrow keys + produce. If these keys begin with ESC, and the second character of the + sequence does not conflict with an existing binding in the Meta keymap, + then bind the keys to do what C-p, C-n, C-f, and C-b do. */ +extern char *term_ku, *term_kd, *term_kr, *term_kl; + diff --git a/texinfo/info/infomap.h b/texinfo/info/infomap.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..faf93884fd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/infomap.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* infomap.h -- Description of a keymap in Info and related functions. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_INFOMAP_H_) +#define _INFOMAP_H_ + +#include "general.h" + +#define ESC '\033' +#define DEL '\177' +#define TAB '\011' +#define RET '\r' +#define LFD '\n' +#define SPC ' ' + +#define meta_character_threshold (DEL + 1) +#define control_character_threshold (SPC) + +#define meta_character_bit 0x80 +#define control_character_bit 0x40 + +#define Meta_p(c) (((c) > meta_character_threshold)) +#define Control_p(c) ((c) < control_character_threshold) + +#define Meta(c) ((c) | (meta_character_bit)) +#define UnMeta(c) ((c) & (~meta_character_bit)) +#define Control(c) ((toupper (c)) & (~control_character_bit)) +#define UnControl(c) (tolower ((c) | control_character_bit)) + +/* A keymap contains one entry for each key in the ASCII set. + Each entry consists of a type and a pointer. + FUNCTION is the address of a function to run, or the + address of a keymap to indirect through. + TYPE says which kind of thing FUNCTION is. */ +typedef struct { + char type; + VFunction *function; +} KEYMAP_ENTRY; + +typedef KEYMAP_ENTRY *Keymap; + +/* The values that TYPE can have in a keymap entry. */ +#define ISFUNC 0 +#define ISKMAP 1 + +extern Keymap info_keymap; +extern Keymap echo_area_keymap; + +/* Return a new keymap which has all the uppercase letters mapped to run + the function info_do_lowercase_version (). */ +extern Keymap keymap_make_keymap (); + +/* Return a new keymap which is a copy of MAP. */ +extern Keymap keymap_copy_keymap (); + +/* Free MAP and it's descendents. */ +extern void keymap_discard_keymap (); + +/* Initialize the info keymaps. */ +extern void initialize_info_keymaps (); + +#endif /* !_INFOMAP_H_ */ diff --git a/texinfo/info/m-x.c b/texinfo/info/m-x.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..03ac1a52232 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/m-x.c @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +/* m-x.c -- Meta-X minibuffer reader. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include "info.h" + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Reading Named Commands */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Read the name of an Info function in the echo area and return the + name. A return value of NULL indicates that no function name could + be read. */ +char * +read_function_name (prompt, window) + char *prompt; + WINDOW *window; +{ + register int i; + char *line; + REFERENCE **array = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + int array_index = 0, array_slots = 0; + + /* Make an array of REFERENCE which actually contains the names of + the functions available in Info. */ + for (i = 0; function_doc_array[i].func; i++) + { + REFERENCE *entry; + + entry = (REFERENCE *)xmalloc (sizeof (REFERENCE)); + entry->label = strdup (function_doc_array[i].func_name); + entry->nodename = (char *)NULL; + entry->filename = (char *)NULL; + + add_pointer_to_array + (entry, array_index, array, array_slots, 200, REFERENCE *); + } + + line = info_read_completing_in_echo_area (window, prompt, array); + + info_free_references (array); + + if (!echo_area_is_active) + window_clear_echo_area (); + + return (line); +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (describe_command, + "Read the name of an Info command and describe it") +{ + char *line; + + line = read_function_name ("Describe command: ", window); + + if (!line) + { + info_abort_key (active_window, count, key); + return; + } + + /* Describe the function named in "LINE". */ + if (*line) + { + char *fundoc; + VFunction *fun; + + fun = named_function (line); + + if (!fun) + return; + + window_message_in_echo_area ("%s: %s.", + line, function_documentation (fun)); + } + free (line); +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_execute_command, + "Read a command name in the echo area and execute it") +{ + char *line; + + /* Ask the completer to read a reference for us. */ + if (info_explicit_arg || count != 1) + { + char *prompt; + + prompt = (char *)xmalloc (20); + sprintf (prompt, "%d M-x ", count); + line = read_function_name (prompt, window); + } + else + line = read_function_name ("M-x ", window); + + /* User aborted? */ + if (!line) + { + info_abort_key (active_window, count, key); + return; + } + + /* User accepted "default"? (There is none.) */ + if (!*line) + { + free (line); + return; + } + + /* User wants to execute a named command. Do it. */ + { + VFunction *function; + + if ((active_window != the_echo_area) && + (strncmp (line, "echo-area-", 10) == 0)) + { + free (line); + info_error ("Cannot execute an `echo-area' command here."); + return; + } + + function = named_function (line); + free (line); + + if (!function) + return; + + (*function) (active_window, count, 0); + } +} + +/* Okay, now that we have M-x, let the user set the screen height. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (set_screen_height, + "Set the height of the displayed window") +{ + int new_height; + + if (info_explicit_arg || count != 1) + new_height = count; + else + { + char prompt[80]; + char *line; + + new_height = screenheight; + + sprintf (prompt, "Set screen height to (%d): ", new_height); + + line = info_read_in_echo_area (window, prompt); + + /* If the user aborted, do that now. */ + if (!line) + { + info_abort_key (active_window, count, 0); + return; + } + + /* Find out what the new height is supposed to be. */ + if (*line) + new_height = atoi (line); + + /* Clear the echo area if it isn't active. */ + if (!echo_area_is_active) + window_clear_echo_area (); + + free (line); + } + + terminal_clear_screen (); + display_clear_display (the_display); + screenheight = new_height; + display_initialize_display (screenwidth, screenheight); + window_new_screen_size (screenwidth, screenheight); +} diff --git a/texinfo/info/makedoc.c b/texinfo/info/makedoc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c0c4587ff18 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/makedoc.c @@ -0,0 +1,481 @@ +/* makedoc.c -- Make DOC.C and FUNS.H from input files. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +/* This program grovels the contents of the source files passed as arguments + and writes out a file of function pointers and documentation strings, and + a header file which describes the contents. This only does the functions + declared with DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND. */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H) +#include <sys/file.h> +#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */ +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include "general.h" + +#if !defined (O_RDONLY) +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H) +#include <sys/fcntl.h> +#else /* !HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H */ +#include <fcntl.h> +#endif /* !HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H */ +#endif /* !O_RDONLY */ + +extern void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc (); +static void fatal_file_error (); + +/* Name of the header file which receives the declarations of functions. */ +static char *funs_filename = "funs.h"; + +/* Name of the documentation to function pointer file. */ +static char *doc_filename = "doc.c"; + +static char *doc_header[] = { + "/* doc.c -- Generated structure containing function names and doc strings.", + "", + " This file was automatically made from various source files with the", + " command \"%s\". DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE, only \"%s.c\".", + (char *)NULL +}; + +static char *doc_header_1[] = { + " An entry in the array FUNCTION_DOC_ARRAY is made for each command", + " found in the above files; each entry consists of a function pointer,", +#if defined (NAMED_FUNCTIONS) + " a string which is the user-visible name of the function,", +#endif /* NAMED_FUNCTIONS */ + " and a string which documents its purpose. */", + "", + "#include \"doc.h\"", + "#include \"funs.h\"", + "", + "FUNCTION_DOC function_doc_array[] = {", + "", + (char *)NULL +}; + +/* How to remember the locations of the functions found so that Emacs + can use the information in a tag table. */ +typedef struct { + char *name; /* Name of the tag. */ + int line; /* Line number at which it appears. */ + long char_offset; /* Character offset at which it appears. */ +} EMACS_TAG; + +typedef struct { + char *filename; /* Name of the file containing entries. */ + long entrylen; /* Total number of characters in tag block. */ + EMACS_TAG **entries; /* Entries found in FILENAME. */ + int entries_index; + int entries_slots; +} EMACS_TAG_BLOCK; + +EMACS_TAG_BLOCK **emacs_tags = (EMACS_TAG_BLOCK **)NULL; +int emacs_tags_index = 0; +int emacs_tags_slots = 0; + +#define DECLARATION_STRING "\nDECLARE_INFO_COMMAND" + +static void process_one_file (); +static void maybe_dump_tags (); +static FILE *must_fopen (); + +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + register int i; + int tags_only = 0; + FILE *funs_stream, *doc_stream; + + for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) + if (strcmp (argv[i], "-tags") == 0) + { + tags_only++; + break; + } + + if (tags_only) + { + funs_filename = "/dev/null"; + doc_filename = "/dev/null"; + } + + funs_stream = must_fopen (funs_filename, "w"); + doc_stream = must_fopen (doc_filename, "w"); + + fprintf (funs_stream, + "/* %s -- Generated declarations for Info commands. */\n", + funs_filename); + + for (i = 0; doc_header[i]; i++) + { + fprintf (doc_stream, doc_header[i], argv[0], argv[0]); + fprintf (doc_stream, "\n"); + } + + fprintf (doc_stream, + " Source files groveled to make this file include:\n\n"); + + for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) + fprintf (doc_stream, "\t%s\n", argv[i]); + + fprintf (doc_stream, "\n"); + + for (i = 0; doc_header_1[i]; i++) + fprintf (doc_stream, "%s\n", doc_header_1[i]); + + + for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) + { + char *curfile; + curfile = argv[i]; + + if (*curfile == '-') + continue; + + fprintf (doc_stream, "/* Commands found in \"%s\". */\n", curfile); + fprintf (funs_stream, "\n/* Functions declared in \"%s\". */\n", + curfile); + + process_one_file (curfile, doc_stream, funs_stream); + } + + fprintf (doc_stream, + " { (VFunction *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL }\n};\n"); + + fclose (funs_stream); + fclose (doc_stream); + + if (tags_only) + maybe_dump_tags (stdout); + exit (0); +} + +/* Dumping out the contents of an Emacs tags table. */ +static void +maybe_dump_tags (stream) + FILE *stream; +{ + register int i; + + /* Print out the information for each block. */ + for (i = 0; i < emacs_tags_index; i++) + { + register int j; + register EMACS_TAG_BLOCK *block; + register EMACS_TAG *etag; + long block_len; + + block_len = 0; + block = emacs_tags[i]; + + /* Calculate the length of the dumped block first. */ + for (j = 0; j < block->entries_index; j++) + { + char digits[30]; + etag = block->entries[j]; + block_len += 3 + strlen (etag->name); + sprintf (digits, "%d,%d", etag->line, etag->char_offset); + block_len += strlen (digits); + } + + /* Print out the defining line. */ + fprintf (stream, "\f\n%s,%d\n", block->filename, block_len); + + /* Print out the individual tags. */ + for (j = 0; j < block->entries_index; j++) + { + etag = block->entries[j]; + + fprintf (stream, "%s,\177%d,%d\n", + etag->name, etag->line, etag->char_offset); + } + } +} + +/* Keeping track of names, line numbers and character offsets of functions + found in source files. */ +static EMACS_TAG_BLOCK * +make_emacs_tag_block (filename) + char *filename; +{ + EMACS_TAG_BLOCK *block; + + block = (EMACS_TAG_BLOCK *)xmalloc (sizeof (EMACS_TAG_BLOCK)); + block->filename = strdup (filename); + block->entrylen = 0; + block->entries = (EMACS_TAG **)NULL; + block->entries_index = 0; + block->entries_slots = 0; + return (block); +} + +static void +add_tag_to_block (block, name, line, char_offset) + EMACS_TAG_BLOCK *block; + char *name; + int line; + long char_offset; +{ + EMACS_TAG *tag; + + tag = (EMACS_TAG *)xmalloc (sizeof (EMACS_TAG)); + tag->name = name; + tag->line = line; + tag->char_offset = char_offset; + add_pointer_to_array (tag, block->entries_index, block->entries, + block->entries_slots, 50, EMACS_TAG *); +} + +/* Read the file represented by FILENAME into core, and search it for Info + function declarations. Output the declarations in various forms to the + DOC_STREAM and FUNS_STREAM. */ +static void +process_one_file (filename, doc_stream, funs_stream) + char *filename; + FILE *doc_stream, *funs_stream; +{ + int descriptor, decl_len; + char *buffer, *decl_str; + struct stat finfo; + long offset; + long file_size; + EMACS_TAG_BLOCK *block; + + if (stat (filename, &finfo) == -1) + fatal_file_error (filename); + + descriptor = open (filename, O_RDONLY, 0666); + + if (descriptor == -1) + fatal_file_error (filename); + + file_size = (long) finfo.st_size; + buffer = (char *)xmalloc (1 + file_size); + read (descriptor, buffer, file_size); + close (descriptor); + + offset = 0; + decl_str = DECLARATION_STRING; + decl_len = strlen (decl_str); + + block = make_emacs_tag_block (filename); + + while (1) + { + long point = 0; + long line_start = 0; + int line_number = 0; + + char *func, *doc; +#if defined (NAMED_FUNCTIONS) + char *func_name; +#endif /* NAMED_FUNCTIONS */ + + for (; offset < (file_size - decl_len); offset++) + { + if (buffer[offset] == '\n') + { + line_number++; + line_start = offset + 1; + } + + if (strncmp (buffer + offset, decl_str, decl_len) == 0) + { + offset += decl_len; + point = offset; + break; + } + } + + if (!point) + break; + + /* Skip forward until we find the open paren. */ + while (point < file_size) + { + if (buffer[point] == '\n') + { + line_number++; + line_start = point + 1; + } + else if (buffer[point] == '(') + break; + + point++; + } + + while (point++ < file_size) + { + if (!whitespace_or_newline (buffer[point])) + break; + else if (buffer[point] == '\n') + { + line_number++; + line_start = point + 1; + } + } + + if (point >= file_size) + break; + + /* Now looking at name of function. Get it. */ + for (offset = point; buffer[offset] != ','; offset++); + func = (char *)xmalloc (1 + (offset - point)); + strncpy (func, buffer + point, offset - point); + func[offset - point] = '\0'; + + /* Remember this tag in the current block. */ + { + char *tag_name; + + tag_name = (char *)xmalloc (1 + (offset - line_start)); + strncpy (tag_name, buffer + line_start, offset - line_start); + tag_name[offset - line_start] = '\0'; + add_tag_to_block (block, tag_name, line_number, point); + } + +#if defined (NAMED_FUNCTIONS) + /* Generate the user-visible function name from the function's name. */ + { + register int i; + char *name_start; + + name_start = func; + + if (strncmp (name_start, "info_", 5) == 0) + name_start += 5; + + func_name = strdup (name_start); + + /* Fix up "ea" commands. */ + if (strncmp (func_name, "ea_", 3) == 0) + { + char *temp_func_name; + + temp_func_name = (char *)xmalloc (10 + strlen (func_name)); + strcpy (temp_func_name, "echo_area_"); + strcat (temp_func_name, func_name + 3); + free (func_name); + func_name = temp_func_name; + } + + for (i = 0; func_name[i]; i++) + if (func_name[i] == '_') + func_name[i] = '-'; + } +#endif /* NAMED_FUNCTIONS */ + + /* Find doc string. */ + point = offset + 1; + + while (point < file_size) + { + if (buffer[point] == '\n') + { + line_number++; + line_start = point + 1; + } + + if (buffer[point] == '"') + break; + else + point++; + } + + offset = point + 1; + + while (offset < file_size) + { + if (buffer[offset] == '\n') + { + line_number++; + line_start = offset + 1; + } + + if (buffer[offset] == '\\') + offset += 2; + else if (buffer[offset] == '"') + break; + else + offset++; + } + + offset++; + if (offset >= file_size) + break; + + doc = (char *)xmalloc (1 + (offset - point)); + strncpy (doc, buffer + point, offset - point); + doc[offset - point] = '\0'; + +#if defined (NAMED_FUNCTIONS) + fprintf (doc_stream, " { %s, \"%s\", %s },\n", func, func_name, doc); + free (func_name); +#else /* !NAMED_FUNCTIONS */ + fprintf (doc_stream, " { %s, %s },\n", func, doc); +#endif /* !NAMED_FUNCTIONS */ + + fprintf (funs_stream, "extern void %s ();\n", func); + free (func); + free (doc); + } + free (buffer); + + /* If we created any tags, remember this file on our global list. Otherwise, + free the memory already allocated to it. */ + if (block->entries) + add_pointer_to_array (block, emacs_tags_index, emacs_tags, + emacs_tags_slots, 10, EMACS_TAG_BLOCK *); + else + { + free (block->filename); + free (block); + } +} + +static void +fatal_file_error (filename) + char *filename; +{ + fprintf (stderr, "Couldn't manipulate the file %s.\n", filename); + exit (2); +} + +static FILE * +must_fopen (filename, mode) + char *filename, *mode; +{ + FILE *stream; + + stream = fopen (filename, mode); + if (!stream) + fatal_file_error (filename); + + return (stream); +} + diff --git a/texinfo/info/man.c b/texinfo/info/man.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b899ec1d273 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/man.c @@ -0,0 +1,643 @@ +/* man.c: How to read and format man files. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox Thu May 4 09:17:52 1995 (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include "info.h" +#include <sys/ioctl.h> +#include <sys/file.h> +#include "signals.h" +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_TIME_H) +#include <sys/time.h> +#endif +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H) +#include <sys/wait.h> +#endif +#include "tilde.h" + +#include "man.h" + +#if !defined (_POSIX_VERSION) +#define pid_t int +#endif + +#if defined (FD_SET) +# if defined (hpux) +# define fd_set_cast(x) (int *)(x) +# else +# define fd_set_cast(x) (fd_set *)(x) +# endif /* !hpux */ +#endif /* FD_SET */ + +static char *read_from_fd (); +static void clean_manpage (); +static NODE *manpage_node_of_file_buffer (); +static char *get_manpage_contents (); + +NODE * +make_manpage_node (pagename) + char *pagename; +{ + return (info_get_node (MANPAGE_FILE_BUFFER_NAME, pagename)); +} + +NODE * +get_manpage_node (file_buffer, pagename) + FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer; + char *pagename; +{ + NODE *node; + + node = manpage_node_of_file_buffer (file_buffer, pagename); + + if (!node) + { + char *page; + + page = get_manpage_contents (pagename); + + if (page) + { + char header[1024]; + long oldsize, newsize; + int hlen, plen; + + sprintf (header, "\n\n%c\n%s %s, %s %s, %s (dir)\n\n", + INFO_COOKIE, + INFO_FILE_LABEL, file_buffer->filename, + INFO_NODE_LABEL, pagename, + INFO_UP_LABEL); + oldsize = file_buffer->filesize; + hlen = strlen (header); + plen = strlen (page); + newsize = (oldsize + hlen + plen); + file_buffer->contents = + (char *)xrealloc (file_buffer->contents, 1 + newsize); + memcpy (file_buffer->contents + oldsize, header, hlen); + oldsize += hlen; + memcpy (file_buffer->contents + oldsize, page, plen); + file_buffer->contents[newsize] = '\0'; + file_buffer->filesize = newsize; + file_buffer->finfo.st_size = newsize; + build_tags_and_nodes (file_buffer); + free (page); + } + + node = manpage_node_of_file_buffer (file_buffer, pagename); + } + + return (node); +} + +FILE_BUFFER * +create_manpage_file_buffer () +{ + FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer; + struct stat *finfo; + + file_buffer = make_file_buffer (); + file_buffer->filename = strdup (MANPAGE_FILE_BUFFER_NAME); + file_buffer->fullpath = strdup (MANPAGE_FILE_BUFFER_NAME); + file_buffer->finfo.st_size = 0; + file_buffer->filesize = 0; + file_buffer->contents = (char *)NULL; + file_buffer->flags = (N_IsInternal | N_CannotGC | N_IsManPage); + + return (file_buffer); +} + +/* Scan the list of directories in PATH looking for FILENAME. If we find + one that is an executable file, return it as a new string. Otherwise, + return a NULL pointer. */ +static char * +executable_file_in_path (filename, path) + char *filename, *path; +{ + struct stat finfo; + char *temp_dirname; + int statable, dirname_index; + + dirname_index = 0; + + while (temp_dirname = extract_colon_unit (path, &dirname_index)) + { + register int i; + char *temp; + + /* Expand a leading tilde if one is present. */ + if (*temp_dirname == '~') + { + char *expanded_dirname; + + expanded_dirname = tilde_expand_word (temp_dirname); + free (temp_dirname); + temp_dirname = expanded_dirname; + } + + temp = (char *)xmalloc (30 + strlen (temp_dirname) + strlen (filename)); + strcpy (temp, temp_dirname); + if (temp[(strlen (temp)) - 1] != '/') + strcat (temp, "/"); + strcat (temp, filename); + + free (temp_dirname); + + statable = (stat (temp, &finfo) == 0); + + /* If we have found a regular executable file, then use it. */ + if ((statable) && (S_ISREG (finfo.st_mode)) && + (access (temp, X_OK) == 0)) + return (temp); + else + free (temp); + } + return ((char *)NULL); +} + +/* Return the full pathname of the system man page formatter. */ +static char * +find_man_formatter () +{ + return (executable_file_in_path ("man", (char *)getenv ("PATH"))); +} + +static char *manpage_pagename = (char *)NULL; +static char *manpage_section = (char *)NULL; + +static void +get_page_and_section (pagename) + char *pagename; +{ + register int i; + + if (manpage_pagename) + free (manpage_pagename); + + if (manpage_section) + free (manpage_section); + + manpage_pagename = (char *)NULL; + manpage_section = (char *)NULL; + + for (i = 0; pagename[i] != '\0' && pagename[i] != '('; i++); + + manpage_pagename = (char *)xmalloc (1 + i); + strncpy (manpage_pagename, pagename, i); + manpage_pagename[i] = '\0'; + + if (pagename[i] == '(') + { + int start; + + start = i + 1; + + for (i = start; pagename[i] != '\0' && pagename[i] != ')'; i++); + + manpage_section = (char *)xmalloc (1 + (i - start)); + strncpy (manpage_section, pagename + start, (i - start)); + manpage_section[i - start] = '\0'; + } +} + +static void +reap_children (sig) + int sig; +{ + unsigned int status; + wait (&status); +} + +static char * +get_manpage_contents (pagename) + char *pagename; +{ + static char *formatter_args[4] = { (char *)NULL }; + int pipes[2]; + pid_t child; + char *formatted_page = (char *)NULL; + char *section = (char *)NULL; + int arg_index = 1; + + if (formatter_args[0] == (char *)NULL) + formatter_args[0] = find_man_formatter (); + + if (formatter_args[0] == (char *)NULL) + return ((char *)NULL); + + get_page_and_section (pagename); + + if (manpage_section != (char *)NULL) + formatter_args[arg_index++] = manpage_section; + + formatter_args[arg_index++] = manpage_pagename; + formatter_args[arg_index] = (char *)NULL; + + /* Open a pipe to this program, read the output, and save it away + in FORMATTED_PAGE. The reader end of the pipe is pipes[0]; the + writer end is pipes[1]. */ + pipe (pipes); + + signal (SIGCHLD, reap_children); + + child = fork (); + + if (child == -1) + return ((char *)NULL); + + if (child != 0) + { + /* In the parent, close the writing end of the pipe, and read from + the exec'd child. */ + close (pipes[1]); + formatted_page = read_from_fd (pipes[0]); + close (pipes[0]); + } + else + { + /* In the child, close the read end of the pipe, make the write end + of the pipe be stdout, and execute the man page formatter. */ + close (pipes[0]); + close (fileno (stderr)); + close (fileno (stdin)); /* Don't print errors. */ + dup2 (pipes[1], fileno (stdout)); + + execv (formatter_args[0], formatter_args); + + /* If we get here, we couldn't exec, so close out the pipe and + exit. */ + close (pipes[1]); + exit (0); + } + + /* If we have the page, then clean it up. */ + if (formatted_page) + clean_manpage (formatted_page); + + return (formatted_page); +} + +static void +clean_manpage (manpage) + char *manpage; +{ + register int i, j; + int newline_count = 0; + char *newpage; + + newpage = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (manpage)); + + for (i = 0, j = 0; newpage[j] = manpage[i]; i++, j++) + { + if (manpage[i] == '\n') + newline_count++; + else + newline_count = 0; + + if (newline_count == 3) + { + j--; + newline_count--; + } + + if (manpage[i] == '\b' || manpage[i] == '\f') + j -= 2; + } + + newpage[j++] = '\0'; + + strcpy (manpage, newpage); + free (newpage); +} + +static NODE * +manpage_node_of_file_buffer (file_buffer, pagename) + FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer; + char *pagename; +{ + NODE *node = (NODE *)NULL; + TAG *tag = (TAG *)NULL; + + if (file_buffer->contents) + { + register int i; + + for (i = 0; tag = file_buffer->tags[i]; i++) + { + if (strcasecmp (pagename, tag->nodename) == 0) + break; + } + } + + if (tag) + { + node = (NODE *)xmalloc (sizeof (NODE)); + node->filename = file_buffer->filename; + node->nodename = tag->nodename; + node->contents = file_buffer->contents + tag->nodestart; + node->nodelen = tag->nodelen; + node->flags = 0; + node->parent = (char *)NULL; + node->flags = (N_HasTagsTable | N_IsManPage); + node->contents += skip_node_separator (node->contents); + } + + return (node); +} + +static char * +read_from_fd (fd) + int fd; +{ + struct timeval timeout; + char *buffer = (char *)NULL; + int bsize = 0; + int bindex = 0; + int select_result; +#if defined (FD_SET) + fd_set read_fds; + + timeout.tv_sec = 15; + timeout.tv_usec = 0; + + FD_ZERO (&read_fds); + FD_SET (fd, &read_fds); + + select_result = select (fd + 1, fd_set_cast (&read_fds), 0, 0, &timeout); +#else /* !FD_SET */ + select_result = 1; +#endif /* !FD_SET */ + + switch (select_result) + { + case 0: + case -1: + break; + + default: + { + int amount_read; + int done = 0; + + while (!done) + { + while ((bindex + 1024) > (bsize)) + buffer = (char *)xrealloc (buffer, (bsize += 1024)); + buffer[bindex] = '\0'; + + amount_read = read (fd, buffer + bindex, 1023); + + if (amount_read < 0) + { + done = 1; + } + else + { + bindex += amount_read; + buffer[bindex] = '\0'; + if (amount_read == 0) + done = 1; + } + } + } + } + + if ((buffer != (char *)NULL) && (*buffer == '\0')) + { + free (buffer); + buffer = (char *)NULL; + } + + return (buffer); +} + +static char *reference_section_starters[] = +{ + "\nRELATED INFORMATION", + "\nRELATED\tINFORMATION", + "RELATED INFORMATION\n", + "RELATED\tINFORMATION\n", + "\nSEE ALSO", + "\nSEE\tALSO", + "SEE ALSO\n", + "SEE\tALSO\n", + (char *)NULL +}; + +static SEARCH_BINDING frs_binding; + +static SEARCH_BINDING * +find_reference_section (node) + NODE *node; +{ + register int i; + long position = -1; + + frs_binding.buffer = node->contents; + frs_binding.start = 0; + frs_binding.end = node->nodelen; + frs_binding.flags = S_SkipDest; + + for (i = 0; reference_section_starters[i] != (char *)NULL; i++) + { + position = search_forward (reference_section_starters[i], &frs_binding); + if (position != -1) + break; + } + + if (position == -1) + return ((SEARCH_BINDING *)NULL); + + /* We found the start of the reference section, and point is right after + the string which starts it. The text from here to the next header + (or end of buffer) contains the only references in this manpage. */ + frs_binding.start = position; + + for (i = frs_binding.start; i < frs_binding.end - 2; i++) + { + if ((frs_binding.buffer[i] == '\n') && + (!whitespace (frs_binding.buffer[i + 1]))) + { + frs_binding.end = i; + break; + } + } + + return (&frs_binding); +} + +REFERENCE ** +xrefs_of_manpage (node) + NODE *node; +{ + SEARCH_BINDING *reference_section; + REFERENCE **refs = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + int refs_index = 0; + int refs_slots = 0; + long position; + + reference_section = find_reference_section (node); + + if (reference_section == (SEARCH_BINDING *)NULL) + return ((REFERENCE **)NULL); + + /* Grovel the reference section building a list of references found there. + A reference is alphabetic characters followed by non-whitespace text + within parenthesis. */ + reference_section->flags = 0; + + while ((position = search_forward ("(", reference_section)) != -1) + { + register int start, end; + + for (start = position; start > reference_section->start; start--) + if (whitespace (reference_section->buffer[start])) + break; + + start++; + + for (end = position; end < reference_section->end; end++) + { + if (whitespace (reference_section->buffer[end])) + { + end = start; + break; + } + + if (reference_section->buffer[end] == ')') + { + end++; + break; + } + } + + if (end != start) + { + REFERENCE *entry; + int len = end - start; + + entry = (REFERENCE *)xmalloc (sizeof (REFERENCE)); + entry->label = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len); + strncpy (entry->label, (reference_section->buffer) + start, len); + entry->label[len] = '\0'; + entry->filename = strdup (node->filename); + entry->nodename = strdup (entry->label); + entry->start = start; + entry->end = end; + + add_pointer_to_array + (entry, refs_index, refs, refs_slots, 10, REFERENCE *); + } + + reference_section->start = position + 1; + } + + return (refs); +} + +long +locate_manpage_xref (node, start, dir) + NODE *node; + long start; + int dir; +{ + register int i, count; + REFERENCE **refs; + long position = -1; + + refs = xrefs_of_manpage (node); + + if (refs) + { + register int i, count; + REFERENCE *entry; + + for (i = 0; refs[i]; i++); + count = i; + + if (dir > 0) + { + for (i = 0; entry = refs[i]; i++) + if (entry->start > start) + { + position = entry->start; + break; + } + } + else + { + for (i = count - 1; i > -1; i--) + { + entry = refs[i]; + + if (entry->start < start) + { + position = entry->start; + break; + } + } + } + + info_free_references (refs); + } + return (position); +} + +/* This one was a little tricky. The binding buffer that is passed in has + a START and END value of 0 -- strlen (window-line-containing-point). + The BUFFER is a pointer to the start of that line. */ +REFERENCE ** +manpage_xrefs_in_binding (node, binding) + NODE *node; + SEARCH_BINDING *binding; +{ + register int i; + REFERENCE **all_refs = xrefs_of_manpage (node); + REFERENCE **brefs = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + REFERENCE *entry; + int brefs_index = 0; + int brefs_slots = 0; + int start, end; + + if (!all_refs) + return ((REFERENCE **)NULL); + + start = binding->start + (binding->buffer - node->contents); + end = binding->end + (binding->buffer - node->contents); + + for (i = 0; entry = all_refs[i]; i++) + { + if ((entry->start > start) && (entry->end < end)) + { + add_pointer_to_array + (entry, brefs_index, brefs, brefs_slots, 10, REFERENCE *); + } + else + { + maybe_free (entry->label); + maybe_free (entry->filename); + maybe_free (entry->nodename); + free (entry); + } + } + + free (all_refs); + return (brefs); +} diff --git a/texinfo/info/man.h b/texinfo/info/man.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1584e260687 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/man.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/* man.h: Defines and external function declarations for man.c */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Author: Brian J. Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) Sat May 6 16:19:13 1995. */ + +#if !defined (_MAN_H_) +#define _MAN_H_ + +#define MANPAGE_FILE_BUFFER_NAME "*manpages*" + +extern NODE *make_manpage_node (/* char *pagename */); +extern NODE *get_manpage_node (/* FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer, char *pagename */); +extern FILE_BUFFER *create_manpage_file_buffer (/* void */); +extern long locate_manpage_xref (/* NODE *node, long start, int dir */); +extern REFERENCE **xrefs_of_manpage (/* NODE *node */); +extern REFERENCE **manpage_xrefs_in_binding (/* NODE *node, SEARCH_BINDING *binding */); + +#endif /* !_MAN_H_ */ diff --git a/texinfo/info/nodemenu.c b/texinfo/info/nodemenu.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..33044157bd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/nodemenu.c @@ -0,0 +1,329 @@ +/* nodemenu.c -- Produce a menu of all visited nodes. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include "info.h" + +/* Return a line describing the format of a node information line. */ +static char * +nodemenu_format_info () +{ + return ("\n\ +* Menu:\n\ + (File)Node Lines Size Containing File\n\ + ---------- ----- ---- ---------------"); +} + +/* Produce a formatted line of information about NODE. Here is what we want + the output listing to look like: + +* Menu: + (File)Node Lines Size Containing File + ---------- ----- ---- --------------- +* (emacs)Buffers:: 48 2230 /usr/gnu/info/emacs/emacs-1 +* (autoconf)Writing configure.in:: 123 58789 /usr/gnu/info/autoconf/autoconf-1 +* (dir)Top:: 40 589 /usr/gnu/info/dir +*/ +static char * +format_node_info (node) + NODE *node; +{ + register int i, len; + char *parent, *containing_file; + static char *line_buffer = (char *)NULL; + + if (!line_buffer) + line_buffer = (char *)xmalloc (1000); + + if (node->parent) + { + parent = filename_non_directory (node->parent); + if (!parent) + parent = node->parent; + } + else + parent = (char *)NULL; + + containing_file = node->filename; + + if (!parent && !*containing_file) + sprintf (line_buffer, "* %s::", node->nodename); + else + { + char *file = (char *)NULL; + + if (parent) + file = parent; + else + file = filename_non_directory (containing_file); + + if (!file) + file = containing_file; + + if (!*file) + file = "dir"; + + sprintf (line_buffer, "* (%s)%s::", file, node->nodename); + } + + len = pad_to (36, line_buffer); + + { + int lines = 1; + + for (i = 0; i < node->nodelen; i++) + if (node->contents[i] == '\n') + lines++; + + sprintf (line_buffer + len, "%d", lines); + } + + len = pad_to (44, line_buffer); + sprintf (line_buffer + len, "%d", node->nodelen); + + if (node->filename && *(node->filename)) + { + len = pad_to (51, line_buffer); + sprintf (line_buffer + len, node->filename); + } + + return (strdup (line_buffer)); +} + +/* Little string comparison routine for qsort (). */ +static int +compare_strings (string1, string2) + char **string1, **string2; +{ + return (strcasecmp (*string1, *string2)); +} + +/* The name of the nodemenu node. */ +static char *nodemenu_nodename = "*Node Menu*"; + +/* Produce an informative listing of all the visited nodes, and return it + in a node. If FILTER_FUNC is non-null, it is a function which filters + which nodes will appear in the listing. FILTER_FUNC takes an argument + of NODE, and returns non-zero if the node should appear in the listing. */ +NODE * +get_visited_nodes (filter_func) + Function *filter_func; +{ + register int i, iw_index; + INFO_WINDOW *info_win; + NODE *node; + char **lines = (char **)NULL; + int lines_index = 0, lines_slots = 0; + + if (!info_windows) + return ((NODE *)NULL); + + for (iw_index = 0; info_win = info_windows[iw_index]; iw_index++) + { + for (i = 0; i < info_win->nodes_index; i++) + { + node = info_win->nodes[i]; + + /* We skip mentioning "*Node Menu*" nodes. */ + if (internal_info_node_p (node) && + (strcmp (node->nodename, nodemenu_nodename) == 0)) + continue; + + if (node && (!filter_func || (*filter_func) (node))) + { + char *line; + + line = format_node_info (node); + add_pointer_to_array + (line, lines_index, lines, lines_slots, 20, char *); + } + } + } + + /* Sort the array of information lines, if there are any. */ + if (lines) + { + register int j, newlen; + char **temp; + + qsort (lines, lines_index, sizeof (char *), compare_strings); + + /* Delete duplicates. */ + for (i = 0, newlen = 1; i < lines_index - 1; i++) + { + if (strcmp (lines[i], lines[i + 1]) == 0) + { + free (lines[i]); + lines[i] = (char *)NULL; + } + else + newlen++; + } + + /* We have free ()'d and marked all of the duplicate slots. + Copy the live slots rather than pruning the dead slots. */ + temp = (char **)xmalloc ((1 + newlen) * sizeof (char *)); + for (i = 0, j = 0; i < lines_index; i++) + if (lines[i]) + temp[j++] = lines[i]; + + temp[j] = (char *)NULL; + free (lines); + lines = temp; + lines_index = newlen; + } + + initialize_message_buffer (); + + printf_to_message_buffer + ("%s", replace_in_documentation + ("Here is the menu of nodes you have recently visited.\n\ +Select one from this menu, or use `\\[history-node]' in another window.\n")); + + printf_to_message_buffer ("%s\n", nodemenu_format_info ()); + + for (i = 0; (lines != (char **)NULL) && (i < lines_index); i++) + { + printf_to_message_buffer ("%s\n", lines[i]); + free (lines[i]); + } + + if (lines) + free (lines); + + node = message_buffer_to_node (); + add_gcable_pointer (node->contents); + return (node); +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (list_visited_nodes, + "Make a window containing a menu of all of the currently visited nodes") +{ + WINDOW *new; + NODE *node; + + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window); + + /* If a window is visible and showing the buffer list already, re-use it. */ + for (new = windows; new; new = new->next) + { + node = new->node; + + if (internal_info_node_p (node) && + (strcmp (node->nodename, nodemenu_nodename) == 0)) + break; + } + + /* If we couldn't find an existing window, try to use the next window + in the chain. */ + if (!new && window->next) + new = window->next; + + /* If we still don't have a window, make a new one to contain the list. */ + if (!new) + { + WINDOW *old_active; + + old_active = active_window; + active_window = window; + new = window_make_window ((NODE *)NULL); + active_window = old_active; + } + + /* If we couldn't make a new window, use this one. */ + if (!new) + new = window; + + /* Lines do not wrap in this window. */ + new->flags |= W_NoWrap; + node = get_visited_nodes ((Function *)NULL); + name_internal_node (node, nodemenu_nodename); + + /* Even if this is an internal node, we don't want the window + system to treat it specially. So we turn off the internalness + of it here. */ + node->flags &= ~N_IsInternal; + + /* If this window is already showing a node menu, reuse the existing node + slot. */ + { + int remember_me = 1; + +#if defined (NOTDEF) + if (internal_info_node_p (new->node) && + (strcmp (new->node->nodename, nodemenu_nodename) == 0)) + remember_me = 0; +#endif /* NOTDEF */ + + window_set_node_of_window (new, node); + + if (remember_me) + remember_window_and_node (new, node); + } + + active_window = new; +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (select_visited_node, + "Select a node which has been previously visited in a visible window") +{ + char *line; + NODE *node; + REFERENCE **menu; + + node = get_visited_nodes ((Function *)NULL); + + menu = info_menu_of_node (node); + free (node); + + line = + info_read_completing_in_echo_area (window, "Select visited node: ", menu); + + window = active_window; + + /* User aborts, just quit. */ + if (!line) + { + info_abort_key (window, 0, 0); + info_free_references (menu); + return; + } + + if (*line) + { + REFERENCE *entry; + + /* Find the selected label in the references. */ + entry = info_get_labeled_reference (line, menu); + + if (!entry) + info_error ("The reference disappeared! (%s).", line); + else + info_select_reference (window, entry); + } + + free (line); + info_free_references (menu); + + if (!info_error_was_printed) + window_clear_echo_area (); +} diff --git a/texinfo/info/nodes.c b/texinfo/info/nodes.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8995c78195f --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/nodes.c @@ -0,0 +1,1207 @@ +/* nodes.c -- How to get an Info file and node. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H) +#include <sys/file.h> +#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */ +#include <sys/errno.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H) +#include <string.h> +#endif /* HAVE_STRING_H */ +#include "nodes.h" +#include "search.h" +#include "filesys.h" +#include "info-utils.h" + +#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) +# include "man.h" +#endif /* HANDLE_MAN_PAGES */ + +#if !defined (O_RDONLY) +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H) +#include <sys/fcntl.h> +#else /* !HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H */ +#include <fcntl.h> +#endif /* !HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H */ +#endif /* !O_RDONLY */ + +#if !defined (errno) +extern int errno; +#endif /* !errno */ + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Functions Static to this File */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +static void forget_info_file (), remember_info_file (); +static void free_file_buffer_tags (), free_info_tag (); +static void get_nodes_of_tags_table (), get_nodes_of_info_file (); +static void get_tags_of_indirect_tags_table (); +static void info_reload_file_buffer_contents (); +static char *adjust_nodestart (); +static FILE_BUFFER *info_load_file_internal (), *info_find_file_internal (); +static NODE *info_node_of_file_buffer_tags (); + +static long get_node_length (); + +/* Magic number that RMS used to decide how much a tags table pointer could + be off by. I feel that it should be much smaller, like on the order of + 4. */ +#define DEFAULT_INFO_FUDGE 1000 + +/* Passed to *_internal functions. INFO_GET_TAGS says to do what is + neccessary to fill in the nodes or tags arrays in FILE_BUFFER. */ +#define INFO_NO_TAGS 0 +#define INFO_GET_TAGS 1 + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Global Variables */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* When non-zero, this is a string describing the recent file error. */ +char *info_recent_file_error = (char *)NULL; + +/* The list of already loaded nodes. */ +FILE_BUFFER **info_loaded_files = (FILE_BUFFER **)NULL; + +/* The number of slots currently allocated to LOADED_FILES. */ +int info_loaded_files_slots = 0; + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Public Functions for Node Manipulation */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Used to build "dir" menu from "localdir" files found in INFOPATH. */ +extern void maybe_build_dir_node (); + +/* Return a pointer to a NODE structure for the Info node (FILENAME)NODENAME. + FILENAME can be passed as NULL, in which case the filename of "dir" is used. + NODENAME can be passed as NULL, in which case the nodename of "Top" is used. + If the node cannot be found, return a NULL pointer. */ +NODE * +info_get_node (filename, nodename) + char *filename, *nodename; +{ + FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer; + NODE *node; + + file_buffer = (FILE_BUFFER *)NULL; + info_recent_file_error = (char *)NULL; + + info_parse_node (nodename, DONT_SKIP_NEWLINES); + nodename = (char *)NULL; + + if (info_parsed_filename) + filename = info_parsed_filename; + + if (info_parsed_nodename) + nodename = info_parsed_nodename; + + /* If FILENAME is not specified, it defaults to "dir". */ + if (!filename) + filename = "dir"; + + /* If the file to be looked up is "dir", build the contents from all of + the "dir"s and "localdir"s found in INFOPATH. */ + if (strcasecmp (filename, "dir") == 0) + maybe_build_dir_node (filename); + + /* Find the correct info file. */ + file_buffer = info_find_file (filename); + + if (!file_buffer) + { + if (filesys_error_number) + info_recent_file_error = + filesys_error_string (filename, filesys_error_number); + return ((NODE *)NULL); + } + + node = info_get_node_of_file_buffer (nodename, file_buffer); + /* If the node looked for was "Top", try again looking for the node under + a slightly different name. */ + if (!node && (nodename == NULL || strcasecmp (nodename, "Top") == 0)) + { + node = info_get_node_of_file_buffer ("Top", file_buffer); + if (!node) + node = info_get_node_of_file_buffer ("top", file_buffer); + if (!node) + node = info_get_node_of_file_buffer ("TOP", file_buffer); + } + return (node); +} + +/* Return a pointer to a NODE structure for the Info node NODENAME in + FILE_BUFFER. NODENAME can be passed as NULL, in which case the + nodename of "Top" is used. If the node cannot be found, return a + NULL pointer. */ +NODE * +info_get_node_of_file_buffer (nodename, file_buffer) + char *nodename; + FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer; +{ + NODE *node = (NODE *)NULL; + + /* If we are unable to find the file, we have to give up. There isn't + anything else we can do. */ + if (!file_buffer) + return ((NODE *)NULL); + + /* If the file buffer was gc'ed, reload the contents now. */ + if (!file_buffer->contents) + info_reload_file_buffer_contents (file_buffer); + + /* If NODENAME is not specified, it defaults to "Top". */ + if (!nodename) + nodename = "Top"; + + /* If the name of the node that we wish to find is exactly "*", then the + node body is the contents of the entire file. Create and return such + a node. */ + if (strcmp (nodename, "*") == 0) + { + node = (NODE *)xmalloc (sizeof (NODE)); + node->filename = file_buffer->fullpath; + node->parent = (char *)NULL; + node->nodename = strdup ("*"); + node->contents = file_buffer->contents; + node->nodelen = file_buffer->filesize; + node->flags = 0; + } +#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) + /* If the file buffer is the magic one associated with manpages, call + the manpage node finding function instead. */ + else if (file_buffer->flags & N_IsManPage) + { + node = get_manpage_node (file_buffer, nodename); + } +#endif /* HANDLE_MAN_PAGES */ + /* If this is the "main" info file, it might contain a tags table. Search + the tags table for an entry which matches the node that we want. If + there is a tags table, get the file which contains this node, but don't + bother building a node list for it. */ + else if (file_buffer->tags) + { + node = info_node_of_file_buffer_tags (file_buffer, nodename); + } + + /* Return the results of our node search. */ + return (node); +} + +/* Locate the file named by FILENAME, and return the information structure + describing this file. The file may appear in our list of loaded files + already, or it may not. If it does not already appear, find the file, + and add it to the list of loaded files. If the file cannot be found, + return a NULL FILE_BUFFER *. */ +FILE_BUFFER * +info_find_file (filename) + char *filename; +{ + return (info_find_file_internal (filename, INFO_GET_TAGS)); +} + +/* Load the info file FILENAME, remembering information about it in a + file buffer. */ +FILE_BUFFER * +info_load_file (filename) + char *filename; +{ + return (info_load_file_internal (filename, INFO_GET_TAGS)); +} + + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Private Functions Implementation */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* The workhorse for info_find_file (). Non-zero 2nd argument says to + try to build a tags table (or otherwise glean the nodes) for this + file once found. By default, we build the tags table, but when this + function is called by info_get_node () when we already have a valid + tags table describing the nodes, it is unnecessary. */ +static FILE_BUFFER * +info_find_file_internal (filename, get_tags) + char *filename; + int get_tags; +{ + register int i; + register FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer; + + /* First try to find the file in our list of already loaded files. */ + if (info_loaded_files) + { + for (i = 0; file_buffer = info_loaded_files[i]; i++) + if ((strcmp (filename, file_buffer->filename) == 0) || + (strcmp (filename, file_buffer->fullpath) == 0) || + ((*filename != '/') && + strcmp (filename, + filename_non_directory (file_buffer->fullpath)) == 0)) + { + struct stat new_info, *old_info; + + /* This file is loaded. If the filename that we want is + specifically "dir", then simply return the file buffer. */ + if (strcasecmp (filename_non_directory (filename), "dir") == 0) + return (file_buffer); + +#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) + /* Do the same for the magic MANPAGE file. */ + if (file_buffer->flags & N_IsManPage) + return (file_buffer); +#endif /* HANDLE_MAN_PAGES */ + + /* The file appears to be already loaded, and it is not "dir". + Check to see if it has changed since the last time it was + loaded. */ + if (stat (file_buffer->fullpath, &new_info) == -1) + { + filesys_error_number = errno; + return ((FILE_BUFFER *)NULL); + } + + old_info = &file_buffer->finfo; + + if ((new_info.st_size != old_info->st_size) || + (new_info.st_mtime != old_info->st_mtime)) + { + /* The file has changed. Forget that we ever had loaded it + in the first place. */ + forget_info_file (filename); + break; + } + else + { + /* The info file exists, and has not changed since the last + time it was loaded. If the caller requested a nodes list + for this file, and there isn't one here, build the nodes + for this file_buffer. In any case, return the file_buffer + object. */ + if (get_tags && !file_buffer->tags) + build_tags_and_nodes (file_buffer); + + return (file_buffer); + } + } + } + + /* The file wasn't loaded. Try to load it now. */ +#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) + /* If the name of the file that we want is our special file buffer for + Unix manual pages, then create the file buffer, and return it now. */ + if (strcasecmp (filename, MANPAGE_FILE_BUFFER_NAME) == 0) + file_buffer = create_manpage_file_buffer (); + else +#endif /* HANDLE_MAN_PAGES */ + file_buffer = info_load_file_internal (filename, get_tags); + + /* If the file was loaded, remember the name under which it was found. */ + if (file_buffer) + remember_info_file (file_buffer); + + return (file_buffer); +} + +/* The workhorse function for info_load_file (). Non-zero second argument + says to build a list of tags (or nodes) for this file. This is the + default behaviour when info_load_file () is called, but it is not + necessary when loading a subfile for which we already have tags. */ +static FILE_BUFFER * +info_load_file_internal (filename, get_tags) + char *filename; + int get_tags; +{ + char *fullpath, *contents; + long filesize; + struct stat finfo; + int retcode; + FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer = (FILE_BUFFER *)NULL; + + /* Get the full pathname of this file, as known by the info system. + That is to say, search along INFOPATH and expand tildes, etc. */ + fullpath = info_find_fullpath (filename); + + /* Did we actually find the file? */ + retcode = stat (fullpath, &finfo); + + /* If the file referenced by the name returned from info_find_fullpath () + doesn't exist, then try again with the last part of the filename + appearing in lowercase. */ + if (retcode < 0) + { + char *lowered_name; + char *basename; + + lowered_name = strdup (filename); + basename = (char *) strrchr (lowered_name, '/'); + + if (basename) + basename++; + else + basename = lowered_name; + + while (*basename) + { + if (isupper (*basename)) + *basename = tolower (*basename); + + basename++; + } + + fullpath = info_find_fullpath (lowered_name); + free (lowered_name); + + retcode = stat (fullpath, &finfo); + } + + /* If the file wasn't found, give up, returning a NULL pointer. */ + if (retcode < 0) + { + filesys_error_number = errno; + return ((FILE_BUFFER *)NULL); + } + + /* Otherwise, try to load the file. */ + contents = filesys_read_info_file (fullpath, &filesize, &finfo); + + if (!contents) + return ((FILE_BUFFER *)NULL); + + /* The file was found, and can be read. Allocate FILE_BUFFER and fill + in the various members. */ + file_buffer = make_file_buffer (); + file_buffer->filename = strdup (filename); + file_buffer->fullpath = strdup (fullpath); + file_buffer->finfo = finfo; + file_buffer->filesize = filesize; + file_buffer->contents = contents; + if (file_buffer->filesize != file_buffer->finfo.st_size) + file_buffer->flags |= N_IsCompressed; + + /* If requested, build the tags and nodes for this file buffer. */ + if (get_tags) + build_tags_and_nodes (file_buffer); + + return (file_buffer); +} + +/* Grovel FILE_BUFFER->contents finding tags and nodes, and filling in the + various slots. This can also be used to rebuild a tag or node table. */ +void +build_tags_and_nodes (file_buffer) + FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer; +{ + SEARCH_BINDING binding; + long position; + + free_file_buffer_tags (file_buffer); + file_buffer->flags &= ~N_HasTagsTable; + + /* See if there is a tags table in this info file. */ + binding.buffer = file_buffer->contents; + binding.start = file_buffer->filesize; + binding.end = binding.start - 1000; + if (binding.end < 0) + binding.end = 0; + binding.flags = S_FoldCase; + + position = search_backward (TAGS_TABLE_END_LABEL, &binding); + + /* If there is a tag table, find the start of it, and grovel over it + extracting tag information. */ + if (position != -1) + while (1) + { + long tags_table_begin, tags_table_end; + + binding.end = position; + binding.start = binding.end - 5 - strlen (TAGS_TABLE_END_LABEL); + if (binding.start < 0) + binding.start = 0; + + position = find_node_separator (&binding); + + /* For this test, (and all others here) failure indicates a bogus + tags table. Grovel the file. */ + if (position == -1) + break; + + /* Remember the end of the tags table. */ + binding.start = position; + tags_table_end = binding.start; + binding.end = 0; + + /* Locate the start of the tags table. */ + position = search_backward (TAGS_TABLE_BEG_LABEL, &binding); + + if (position == -1) + break; + + binding.end = position; + binding.start = binding.end - 5 - strlen (TAGS_TABLE_BEG_LABEL); + position = find_node_separator (&binding); + + if (position == -1) + break; + + /* The file contains a valid tags table. Fill the FILE_BUFFER's + tags member. */ + file_buffer->flags |= N_HasTagsTable; + tags_table_begin = position; + + /* If this isn't an indirect tags table, just remember the nodes + described locally in this tags table. Note that binding.end + is pointing to just after the beginning label. */ + binding.start = binding.end; + binding.end = file_buffer->filesize; + + if (!looking_at (TAGS_TABLE_IS_INDIRECT_LABEL, &binding)) + { + binding.start = tags_table_begin; + binding.end = tags_table_end; + get_nodes_of_tags_table (file_buffer, &binding); + return; + } + else + { + /* This is an indirect tags table. Build TAGS member. */ + SEARCH_BINDING indirect; + + indirect.start = tags_table_begin; + indirect.end = 0; + indirect.buffer = binding.buffer; + indirect.flags = S_FoldCase; + + position = search_backward (INDIRECT_TAGS_TABLE_LABEL, &indirect); + + if (position == -1) + { + /* This file is malformed. Give up. */ + return; + } + + indirect.start = position; + indirect.end = tags_table_begin; + binding.start = tags_table_begin; + binding.end = tags_table_end; + get_tags_of_indirect_tags_table (file_buffer, &indirect, &binding); + return; + } + } + + /* This file doesn't contain any kind of tags table. Grovel the + file and build node entries for it. */ + get_nodes_of_info_file (file_buffer); +} + +/* Search through FILE_BUFFER->contents building an array of TAG *, + one entry per each node present in the file. Store the tags in + FILE_BUFFER->tags, and the number of allocated slots in + FILE_BUFFER->tags_slots. */ +static void +get_nodes_of_info_file (file_buffer) + FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer; +{ + long nodestart; + int tags_index = 0; + SEARCH_BINDING binding; + + binding.buffer = file_buffer->contents; + binding.start = 0; + binding.end = file_buffer->filesize; + binding.flags = S_FoldCase; + + while ((nodestart = find_node_separator (&binding)) != -1) + { + int start, end; + char *nodeline; + TAG *entry; + + /* Skip past the characters just found. */ + binding.start = nodestart; + binding.start += skip_node_separator (binding.buffer + binding.start); + + /* Move to the start of the line defining the node. */ + nodeline = binding.buffer + binding.start; + + /* Find "Node:" */ + start = string_in_line (INFO_NODE_LABEL, nodeline); + + /* If not there, this is not the start of a node. */ + if (start == -1) + continue; + + /* Find the start of the nodename. */ + start += skip_whitespace (nodeline + start); + + /* Find the end of the nodename. */ + end = start + + skip_node_characters (nodeline + start, DONT_SKIP_NEWLINES); + + /* Okay, we have isolated the node name, and we know where the + node starts. Remember this information in a NODE structure. */ + entry = (TAG *)xmalloc (sizeof (TAG)); + entry->nodename = (char *)xmalloc (1 + (end - start)); + strncpy (entry->nodename, nodeline + start, end - start); + entry->nodename[end - start] = '\0'; + entry->nodestart = nodestart; + { + SEARCH_BINDING node_body; + + node_body.buffer = binding.buffer + binding.start; + node_body.start = 0; + node_body.end = binding.end - binding.start; + node_body.flags = S_FoldCase; + entry->nodelen = get_node_length (&node_body); + } + + entry->filename = file_buffer->fullpath; + + /* Add this tag to the array of tag structures in this FILE_BUFFER. */ + add_pointer_to_array (entry, tags_index, file_buffer->tags, + file_buffer->tags_slots, 100, TAG *); + } +} + +/* Return the length of the node which starts at BINDING. */ +static long +get_node_length (binding) + SEARCH_BINDING *binding; +{ + register int i; + char *body; + + /* From the Info-RFC file: + [A node] ends with either a ^_, a ^L, or the end of file. */ + for (i = binding->start, body = binding->buffer; i < binding->end; i++) + { + if (body[i] == INFO_FF || body[i] == INFO_COOKIE) + break; + } + return ((long) i - binding->start); +} + +/* Build and save the array of nodes in FILE_BUFFER by searching through the + contents of BUFFER_BINDING for a tags table, and groveling the contents. */ +static void +get_nodes_of_tags_table (file_buffer, buffer_binding) + FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer; + SEARCH_BINDING *buffer_binding; +{ + int offset, tags_index = 0; + SEARCH_BINDING *search; + long position; + + search = copy_binding (buffer_binding); + + /* Find the start of the tags table. */ + position = find_tags_table (search); + + /* If none, we're all done. */ + if (position == -1) + return; + + /* Move to one character before the start of the actual table. */ + search->start = position; + search->start += skip_node_separator (search->buffer + search->start); + search->start += strlen (TAGS_TABLE_BEG_LABEL); + search->start--; + + /* The tag table consists of lines containing node names and positions. + Do each line until we find one that doesn't contain a node name. */ + while ((position = search_forward ("\n", search)) != -1) + { + TAG *entry; + char *nodedef; + + /* Prepare to skip this line. */ + search->start = position; + search->start++; + + /* Skip past informative "(Indirect)" tags table line. */ + if (!tags_index && looking_at (TAGS_TABLE_IS_INDIRECT_LABEL, search)) + continue; + + /* Find the label preceding the node name. */ + offset = + string_in_line (INFO_NODE_LABEL, search->buffer + search->start); + + /* If not there, not a defining line, so we must be out of the + tags table. */ + if (offset == -1) + break; + + /* Point to the beginning of the node definition. */ + search->start += offset; + nodedef = search->buffer + search->start; + nodedef += skip_whitespace (nodedef); + + /* Move past the node's name. */ + for (offset = 0; + (nodedef[offset]) && (nodedef[offset] != INFO_TAGSEP); + offset++); + + if (nodedef[offset] != INFO_TAGSEP) + continue; + + entry = (TAG *)xmalloc (sizeof (TAG)); + entry->nodename = (char *)xmalloc (1 + offset); + strncpy (entry->nodename, nodedef, offset); + entry->nodename[offset] = '\0'; + offset++; + entry->nodestart = (long) atol (nodedef + offset); + + /* We don't know the length of this node yet. */ + entry->nodelen = -1; + + /* The filename of this node is currently known as the same as the + name of this file. */ + entry->filename = file_buffer->fullpath; + + /* Add this node structure to the array of node structures in this + FILE_BUFFER. */ + add_pointer_to_array (entry, tags_index, file_buffer->tags, + file_buffer->tags_slots, 100, TAG *); + } + free (search); +} + +/* A structure used only in get_tags_of_indirect_tags_table () to hold onto + an intermediate value. */ +typedef struct { + char *filename; + long first_byte; +} SUBFILE; + +/* Remember in FILE_BUFFER the nodenames, subfilenames, and offsets within the + subfiles of every node which appears in TAGS_BINDING. The 2nd argument is + a binding surrounding the indirect files list. */ +static void +get_tags_of_indirect_tags_table (file_buffer, indirect_binding, tags_binding) + FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer; + SEARCH_BINDING *indirect_binding, *tags_binding; +{ + register int i; + SUBFILE **subfiles = (SUBFILE **)NULL; + int subfiles_index = 0, subfiles_slots = 0; + TAG *entry; + + /* First get the list of tags from the tags table. Then lookup the + associated file in the indirect list for each tag, and update it. */ + get_nodes_of_tags_table (file_buffer, tags_binding); + + /* We have the list of tags in file_buffer->tags. Get the list of + subfiles from the indirect table. */ + { + char *start, *end, *line; + SUBFILE *subfile; + + start = indirect_binding->buffer + indirect_binding->start; + end = indirect_binding->buffer + indirect_binding->end; + line = start; + + while (line < end) + { + int colon; + + colon = string_in_line (":", line); + + if (colon == -1) + break; + + subfile = (SUBFILE *)xmalloc (sizeof (SUBFILE)); + subfile->filename = (char *)xmalloc (colon); + strncpy (subfile->filename, line, colon - 1); + subfile->filename[colon - 1] = '\0'; + subfile->first_byte = (long) atol (line + colon); + + add_pointer_to_array + (subfile, subfiles_index, subfiles, subfiles_slots, 10, SUBFILE *); + + while (*line++ != '\n'); + } + } + + /* If we have successfully built the indirect files table, then + merge the information in the two tables. */ + if (!subfiles) + { + free_file_buffer_tags (file_buffer); + return; + } + else + { + register int tags_index; + long header_length; + SEARCH_BINDING binding; + + /* Find the length of the header of the file containing the indirect + tags table. This header appears at the start of every file. We + want the absolute position of each node within each subfile, so + we subtract the start of the containing subfile from the logical + position of the node, and then add the length of the header in. */ + binding.buffer = file_buffer->contents; + binding.start = 0; + binding.end = file_buffer->filesize; + binding.flags = S_FoldCase; + + header_length = find_node_separator (&binding); + if (header_length == -1) + header_length = 0; + + /* Build the file buffer's list of subfiles. */ + { + char *containing_dir, *temp; + int len_containing_dir; + + containing_dir = strdup (file_buffer->fullpath); + temp = (char *) strrchr (containing_dir, '/'); + + if (temp) + *temp = '\0'; + + len_containing_dir = strlen (containing_dir); + + for (i = 0; subfiles[i]; i++); + + file_buffer->subfiles = (char **) xmalloc ((1 + i) * sizeof (char *)); + + for (i = 0; subfiles[i]; i++) + { + char *fullpath; + + fullpath = (char *) xmalloc + (2 + strlen (subfiles[i]->filename) + len_containing_dir); + + sprintf (fullpath, "%s/%s", + containing_dir, subfiles[i]->filename); + + file_buffer->subfiles[i] = fullpath; + } + file_buffer->subfiles[i] = (char *)NULL; + free (containing_dir); + } + + /* For each node in the file's tags table, remember the starting + position. */ + for (tags_index = 0; + entry = file_buffer->tags[tags_index]; + tags_index++) + { + for (i = 0; + subfiles[i] && entry->nodestart >= subfiles[i]->first_byte; + i++); + + /* If the Info file containing the indirect tags table is + malformed, then give up. */ + if (!i) + { + /* The Info file containing the indirect tags table is + malformed. Give up. */ + for (i = 0; subfiles[i]; i++) + { + free (subfiles[i]->filename); + free (subfiles[i]); + free (file_buffer->subfiles[i]); + } + file_buffer->subfiles = (char **)NULL; + free_file_buffer_tags (file_buffer); + return; + } + + /* SUBFILES[i] is the index of the first subfile whose logical + first byte is greater than the logical offset of this node's + starting position. This means that the subfile directly + preceding this one is the one containing the node. */ + + entry->filename = file_buffer->subfiles[i - 1]; + entry->nodestart -= subfiles[i -1]->first_byte; + entry->nodestart += header_length; + entry->nodelen = -1; + } + + /* We have successfully built the tags table. Remember that it + was indirect. */ + file_buffer->flags |= N_TagsIndirect; + } + + /* Free the structures assigned to SUBFILES. Free the names as well + as the structures themselves, then finally, the array. */ + for (i = 0; subfiles[i]; i++) + { + free (subfiles[i]->filename); + free (subfiles[i]); + } + free (subfiles); +} + +/* Return the node from FILE_BUFFER which matches NODENAME by searching + the tags table in FILE_BUFFER. If the node could not be found, return + a NULL pointer. */ +static NODE * +info_node_of_file_buffer_tags (file_buffer, nodename) + FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer; + char *nodename; +{ + register int i; + TAG *tag; + + for (i = 0; tag = file_buffer->tags[i]; i++) + if (strcmp (nodename, tag->nodename) == 0) + { + FILE_BUFFER *subfile; + + subfile = info_find_file_internal (tag->filename, INFO_NO_TAGS); + + if (!subfile) + return ((NODE *)NULL); + + if (!subfile->contents) + { + info_reload_file_buffer_contents (subfile); + + if (!subfile->contents) + return ((NODE *)NULL); + } + + /* If we were able to find this file and load it, then return + the node within it. */ + { + NODE *node; + + node = (NODE *)xmalloc (sizeof (NODE)); + node->filename = (subfile->fullpath); + node->nodename = tag->nodename; + node->contents = subfile->contents + tag->nodestart; + node->flags = 0; + node->parent = (char *)NULL; + + if (file_buffer->flags & N_HasTagsTable) + { + node->flags |= N_HasTagsTable; + + if (file_buffer->flags & N_TagsIndirect) + { + node->flags |= N_TagsIndirect; + node->parent = file_buffer->fullpath; + } + } + + if (subfile->flags & N_IsCompressed) + node->flags |= N_IsCompressed; + + /* If TAG->nodelen hasn't been calculated yet, then we aren't + in a position to trust the entry pointer. Adjust things so + that ENTRY->nodestart gets the exact address of the start of + the node separator which starts this node, and NODE->contents + gets the address of the line defining this node. If we cannot + do that, the node isn't really here. */ + if (tag->nodelen == -1) + { + int min, max; + char *node_sep; + SEARCH_BINDING node_body; + char *buff_end; + + min = max = DEFAULT_INFO_FUDGE; + + if (tag->nodestart < DEFAULT_INFO_FUDGE) + min = tag->nodestart; + + if (DEFAULT_INFO_FUDGE > + (subfile->filesize - tag->nodestart)) + max = subfile->filesize - tag->nodestart; + + /* NODE_SEP gets the address of the separator which defines + this node, or (char *)NULL if the node wasn't found. + NODE->contents is side-effected to point to right after + the separator. */ + node_sep = adjust_nodestart (node, min, max); + if (node_sep == (char *)NULL) + { + free (node); + return ((NODE *)NULL); + } + /* Readjust tag->nodestart. */ + tag->nodestart = node_sep - subfile->contents; + + /* Calculate the length of the current node. */ + buff_end = subfile->contents + subfile->filesize; + + node_body.buffer = node->contents; + node_body.start = 0; + node_body.end = buff_end - node_body.buffer; + node_body.flags = 0; + tag->nodelen = get_node_length (&node_body); + } + else + { + /* Since we know the length of this node, we have already + adjusted tag->nodestart to point to the exact start of + it. Simply skip the node separator. */ + node->contents += skip_node_separator (node->contents); + } + + node->nodelen = tag->nodelen; + return (node); + } + } + + /* There was a tag table for this file, and the node wasn't found. + Return NULL, since this file doesn't contain the desired node. */ + return ((NODE *)NULL); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Managing file_buffers, nodes, and tags. */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Create a new, empty file buffer. */ +FILE_BUFFER * +make_file_buffer () +{ + FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer; + + file_buffer = (FILE_BUFFER *)xmalloc (sizeof (FILE_BUFFER)); + file_buffer->filename = file_buffer->fullpath = (char *)NULL; + file_buffer->contents = (char *)NULL; + file_buffer->tags = (TAG **)NULL; + file_buffer->subfiles = (char **)NULL; + file_buffer->tags_slots = 0; + file_buffer->flags = 0; + + return (file_buffer); +} + +/* Add FILE_BUFFER to our list of already loaded info files. */ +static void +remember_info_file (file_buffer) + FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer; +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; info_loaded_files && info_loaded_files[i]; i++) + ; + + add_pointer_to_array (file_buffer, i, info_loaded_files, + info_loaded_files_slots, 10, FILE_BUFFER *); +} + +/* Forget the contents, tags table, nodes list, and names of FILENAME. */ +static void +forget_info_file (filename) + char *filename; +{ + register int i; + FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer; + + if (!info_loaded_files) + return; + + for (i = 0; file_buffer = info_loaded_files[i]; i++) + if ((strcmp (filename, file_buffer->filename) == 0) || + (strcmp (filename, file_buffer->fullpath) == 0)) + { + free (file_buffer->filename); + free (file_buffer->fullpath); + + if (file_buffer->contents) + free (file_buffer->contents); + + /* Note that free_file_buffer_tags () also kills the subfiles + list, since the subfiles list is only of use in conjunction + with tags. */ + free_file_buffer_tags (file_buffer); + + while (info_loaded_files[i] = info_loaded_files[++i]) + ; + + break; + } +} + +/* Free the tags (if any) associated with FILE_BUFFER. */ +static void +free_file_buffer_tags (file_buffer) + FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer; +{ + register int i; + + if (file_buffer->tags) + { + register TAG *tag; + + for (i = 0; tag = file_buffer->tags[i]; i++) + free_info_tag (tag); + + free (file_buffer->tags); + file_buffer->tags = (TAG **)NULL; + file_buffer->tags_slots = 0; + } + + if (file_buffer->subfiles) + { + for (i = 0; file_buffer->subfiles[i]; i++) + free (file_buffer->subfiles[i]); + + free (file_buffer->subfiles); + file_buffer->subfiles = (char **)NULL; + } +} + +/* Free the data associated with TAG, as well as TAG itself. */ +static void +free_info_tag (tag) + TAG *tag; +{ + free (tag->nodename); + + /* We don't free tag->filename, because that filename is part of the + subfiles list for the containing FILE_BUFFER. free_info_tags () + will free the subfiles when it is appropriate. */ + + free (tag); +} + +/* Load the contents of FILE_BUFFER->contents. This function is called + when a file buffer was loaded, and then in order to conserve memory, the + file buffer's contents were freed and the pointer was zero'ed. Note that + the file was already loaded at least once successfully, so the tags and/or + nodes members are still correctly filled. */ +static void +info_reload_file_buffer_contents (fb) + FILE_BUFFER *fb; +{ + +#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) + /* If this is the magic manpage node, don't try to reload, just give up. */ + if (fb->flags & N_IsManPage) + return; +#endif + + fb->flags &= ~N_IsCompressed; + + /* Let the filesystem do all the work for us. */ + fb->contents = + filesys_read_info_file (fb->fullpath, &(fb->filesize), &(fb->finfo)); + if (fb->filesize != (long) (fb->finfo.st_size)) + fb->flags |= N_IsCompressed; +} + +/* Return the actual starting memory location of NODE, side-effecting + NODE->contents. MIN and MAX are bounds for a search if one is necessary. + Because of the way that tags are implemented, the physical nodestart may + not actually be where the tag says it is. If that is the case, but the + node was found anyway, set N_UpdateTags in NODE->flags. If the node is + found, return non-zero. NODE->contents is returned positioned right after + the node separator that precedes this node, while the return value is + position directly on the separator that precedes this node. If the node + could not be found, return a NULL pointer. */ +static char * +adjust_nodestart (node, min, max) + NODE *node; + int min, max; +{ + long position; + SEARCH_BINDING node_body; + + /* Define the node body. */ + node_body.buffer = node->contents; + node_body.start = 0; + node_body.end = max; + node_body.flags = 0; + + /* Try the optimal case first. Who knows? This file may actually be + formatted (mostly) correctly. */ + if (node_body.buffer[0] != INFO_COOKIE && min > 2) + node_body.buffer -= 3; + + position = find_node_separator (&node_body); + + /* If we found a node start, then check it out. */ + if (position != -1) + { + int sep_len; + + sep_len = skip_node_separator (node->contents); + + /* If we managed to skip a node separator, then check for this node + being the right one. */ + if (sep_len != 0) + { + char *nodedef, *nodestart; + int offset; + + nodestart = node_body.buffer + position + sep_len; + nodedef = nodestart; + offset = string_in_line (INFO_NODE_LABEL, nodedef); + + if (offset != -1) + { + nodedef += offset; + nodedef += skip_whitespace (nodedef); + offset = skip_node_characters (nodedef, DONT_SKIP_NEWLINES); + if ((offset == strlen (node->nodename)) && + (strncmp (node->nodename, nodedef, offset) == 0)) + { + node->contents = nodestart; + return (node_body.buffer + position); + } + } + } + } + + /* Oh well, I guess we have to try to find it in a larger area. */ + node_body.buffer = node->contents - min; + node_body.start = 0; + node_body.end = min + max; + node_body.flags = 0; + + position = find_node_in_binding (node->nodename, &node_body); + + /* If the node couldn't be found, we lose big. */ + if (position == -1) + return ((char *)NULL); + + /* Otherwise, the node was found, but the tags table could need updating + (if we used a tag to get here, that is). Set the flag in NODE->flags. */ + node->contents = node_body.buffer + position; + node->contents += skip_node_separator (node->contents); + if (node->flags & N_HasTagsTable) + node->flags |= N_UpdateTags; + return (node_body.buffer + position); +} diff --git a/texinfo/info/nodes.h b/texinfo/info/nodes.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7ddea17ddda --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/nodes.h @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +/* nodes.h -- How we represent nodes internally. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_NODES_H_) +#define _NODES_H_ + +#include "general.h" + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* User Code Interface */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Callers generally only want the node itself. This structure is used + to pass node information around. None of the information in this + structure should ever be directly freed. The structure itself can + be passed to free (). Note that NODE->parent is non-null if this + node's file is a subfile. In that case, NODE->parent is the logical + name of the file containing this node. Both names are given as full + paths, so you might have: node->filename = "/usr/gnu/info/emacs-1", + with node->parent = "/usr/gnu/info/emacs". */ +typedef struct { + char *filename; /* The physical file containing this node. */ + char *parent; /* Non-null is the logical file name. */ + char *nodename; /* The name of this node. */ + char *contents; /* Characters appearing in this node. */ + long nodelen; /* The length of the CONTENTS member. */ + int flags; /* See immediately below. */ +} NODE; + +/* Defines that can appear in NODE->flags. All informative. */ +#define N_HasTagsTable 0x01 /* This node was found through a tags table. */ +#define N_TagsIndirect 0x02 /* The tags table was an indirect one. */ +#define N_UpdateTags 0x04 /* The tags table is out of date. */ +#define N_IsCompressed 0x08 /* The file is compressed on disk. */ +#define N_IsInternal 0x10 /* This node was made by Info. */ +#define N_CannotGC 0x20 /* File buffer cannot be gc'ed. */ +#define N_IsManPage 0x40 /* This node is a Un*x manpage. */ + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Internal Data Structures */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Some defines describing details about Info file contents. */ + +/* String Constants. */ +#define INFO_FILE_LABEL "File:" +#define INFO_NODE_LABEL "Node:" +#define INFO_PREV_LABEL "Prev:" +#define INFO_ALTPREV_LABEL "Previous:" +#define INFO_NEXT_LABEL "Next:" +#define INFO_UP_LABEL "Up:" +#define INFO_MENU_LABEL "\n* Menu:" +#define INFO_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL "\n* " +#define INFO_XREF_LABEL "*Note" +#define TAGS_TABLE_END_LABEL "\nEnd Tag Table" +#define TAGS_TABLE_BEG_LABEL "Tag Table:\n" +#define INDIRECT_TAGS_TABLE_LABEL "Indirect:\n" +#define TAGS_TABLE_IS_INDIRECT_LABEL "(Indirect)" + +/* Character Constants. */ +#define INFO_COOKIE '\037' +#define INFO_FF '\014' +#define INFO_TAGSEP '\177' + +/* For each logical file that we have loaded, we keep a list of the names + of the nodes that are found in that file. A pointer to a node in an + info file is called a "tag". For split files, the tag pointer is + "indirect"; that is, the pointer also contains the name of the split + file where the node can be found. For non-split files, the filename + member in the structure below simply contains the name of the current + file. The following structure describes a single node within a file. */ +typedef struct { + char *filename; /* The file where this node can be found. */ + char *nodename; /* The node pointed to by this tag. */ + long nodestart; /* The offset of the start of this node. */ + long nodelen; /* The length of this node. */ +} TAG; + +/* The following structure is used to remember information about the contents + of Info files that we have loaded at least once before. The FINFO member + is present so that we can reload the file if it has been modified since + last being loaded. All of the arrays appearing within this structure + are NULL terminated, and each array which can change size has a + corresponding SLOTS member which says how many slots have been allocated + (with malloc ()) for this array. */ +typedef struct { + char *filename; /* The filename used to find this file. */ + char *fullpath; /* The full pathname of this info file. */ + struct stat finfo; /* Information about this file. */ + char *contents; /* The contents of this particular file. */ + long filesize; /* The number of bytes this file expands to. */ + char **subfiles; /* If non-null, the list of subfiles. */ + TAG **tags; /* If non-null, the indirect tags table. */ + int tags_slots; /* Number of slots allocated for TAGS. */ + int flags; /* Various flags. Mimics of N_* flags. */ +} FILE_BUFFER; + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Externally Visible Functions */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Array of FILE_BUFFER * which represents the currently loaded info files. */ +extern FILE_BUFFER **info_loaded_files; + +/* The number of slots currently allocated to INFO_LOADED_FILES. */ +extern int info_loaded_files_slots; + +/* Locate the file named by FILENAME, and return the information structure + describing this file. The file may appear in our list of loaded files + already, or it may not. If it does not already appear, find the file, + and add it to the list of loaded files. If the file cannot be found, + return a NULL FILE_BUFFER *. */ +extern FILE_BUFFER *info_find_file (); + +/* Force load the file named FILENAME, and return the information structure + describing this file. Even if the file was already loaded, this loads + a new buffer, rebuilds tags and nodes, and returns a new FILE_BUFFER *. */ +extern FILE_BUFFER *info_load_file (); + +/* Return a pointer to a NODE structure for the Info node (FILENAME)NODENAME. + FILENAME can be passed as NULL, in which case the filename of "dir" is used. + NODENAME can be passed as NULL, in which case the nodename of "Top" is used. + If the node cannot be found, return a NULL pointer. */ +extern NODE *info_get_node (); + +/* Return a pointer to a NODE structure for the Info node NODENAME in + FILE_BUFFER. NODENAME can be passed as NULL, in which case the + nodename of "Top" is used. If the node cannot be found, return a + NULL pointer. */ +extern NODE *info_get_node_of_file_buffer (); + +/* Grovel FILE_BUFFER->contents finding tags and nodes, and filling in the + various slots. This can also be used to rebuild a tag or node table. */ +extern void build_tags_and_nodes (); + +/* When non-zero, this is a string describing the most recent file error. */ +extern char *info_recent_file_error; + +/* Create a new, empty file buffer. */ +extern FILE_BUFFER *make_file_buffer (); + +#endif /* !_NODES_H_ */ diff --git a/texinfo/info/search.c b/texinfo/info/search.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c5fd47794b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/search.c @@ -0,0 +1,519 @@ +/* search.c -- How to search large bodies of text. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include "general.h" +#include "search.h" +#include "nodes.h" + +#if !defined (NULL) +# define NULL 0x0 +#endif /* !NULL */ + +/* The search functions take two arguments: + + 1) a string to search for, and + + 2) a pointer to a SEARCH_BINDING which contains the buffer, start, + and end of the search. + + They return a long, which is the offset from the start of the buffer + at which the match was found. An offset of -1 indicates failure. */ + +/* A function which makes a binding with buffer and bounds. */ +SEARCH_BINDING * +make_binding (buffer, start, end) + char *buffer; + long start, end; +{ + SEARCH_BINDING *binding; + + binding = (SEARCH_BINDING *)xmalloc (sizeof (SEARCH_BINDING)); + binding->buffer = buffer; + binding->start = start; + binding->end = end; + binding->flags = 0; + + return (binding); +} + +/* Make a copy of BINDING without duplicating the data. */ +SEARCH_BINDING * +copy_binding (binding) + SEARCH_BINDING *binding; +{ + SEARCH_BINDING *copy; + + copy = make_binding (binding->buffer, binding->start, binding->end); + copy->flags = binding->flags; + return (copy); +} + + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* The Actual Searching Functions */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Search forwards or backwards for the text delimited by BINDING. + The search is forwards if BINDING->start is greater than BINDING->end. */ +long +search (string, binding) + char *string; + SEARCH_BINDING *binding; +{ + long result; + + /* If the search is backwards, then search backwards, otherwise forwards. */ + if (binding->start > binding->end) + result = search_backward (string, binding); + else + result = search_forward (string, binding); + + return (result); +} + +/* Search forwards for STRING through the text delimited in BINDING. */ +long +search_forward (string, binding) + char *string; + SEARCH_BINDING *binding; +{ + register int c, i, len; + register char *buff, *end; + char *alternate = (char *)NULL; + + len = strlen (string); + + /* We match characters in the search buffer against STRING and ALTERNATE. + ALTERNATE is a case reversed version of STRING; this is cheaper than + case folding each character before comparison. Alternate is only + used if the case folding bit is turned on in the passed BINDING. */ + + if (binding->flags & S_FoldCase) + { + alternate = strdup (string); + + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + if (islower (alternate[i])) + alternate[i] = toupper (alternate[i]); + else if (isupper (alternate[i])) + alternate[i] = tolower (alternate[i]); + } + } + + buff = binding->buffer + binding->start; + end = binding->buffer + binding->end + 1; + + while (buff < (end - len)) + { + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + c = buff[i]; + + if ((c != string[i]) && (!alternate || c != alternate[i])) + break; + } + + if (!string[i]) + { + if (alternate) + free (alternate); + if (binding->flags & S_SkipDest) + buff += len; + return ((long) (buff - binding->buffer)); + } + + buff++; + } + + if (alternate) + free (alternate); + + return ((long) -1); +} + +/* Search for STRING backwards through the text delimited in BINDING. */ +long +search_backward (input_string, binding) + char *input_string; + SEARCH_BINDING *binding; +{ + register int c, i, len; + register char *buff, *end; + char *string; + char *alternate = (char *)NULL; + + len = strlen (input_string); + + /* Reverse the characters in the search string. */ + string = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len); + for (c = 0, i = len - 1; input_string[c]; c++, i--) + string[i] = input_string[c]; + + string[c] = '\0'; + + /* We match characters in the search buffer against STRING and ALTERNATE. + ALTERNATE is a case reversed version of STRING; this is cheaper than + case folding each character before comparison. ALTERNATE is only + used if the case folding bit is turned on in the passed BINDING. */ + + if (binding->flags & S_FoldCase) + { + alternate = strdup (string); + + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + if (islower (alternate[i])) + alternate[i] = toupper (alternate[i]); + else if (isupper (alternate[i])) + alternate[i] = tolower (alternate[i]); + } + } + + buff = binding->buffer + binding->start - 1; + end = binding->buffer + binding->end; + + while (buff > (end + len)) + { + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + c = *(buff - i); + + if (c != string[i] && (alternate && c != alternate[i])) + break; + } + + if (!string[i]) + { + free (string); + if (alternate) + free (alternate); + + if (binding->flags & S_SkipDest) + buff -= len; + return ((long) (1 + (buff - binding->buffer))); + } + + buff--; + } + + free (string); + if (alternate) + free (alternate); + + return ((long) -1); +} + +/* Find STRING in LINE, returning the offset of the end of the string. + Return an offset of -1 if STRING does not appear in LINE. The search + is bound by the end of the line (i.e., either NEWLINE or 0). */ +int +string_in_line (string, line) + char *string, *line; +{ + register int end; + SEARCH_BINDING binding; + + /* Find the end of the line. */ + for (end = 0; line[end] && line[end] != '\n'; end++); + + /* Search for STRING within these confines. */ + binding.buffer = line; + binding.start = 0; + binding.end = end; + binding.flags = S_FoldCase | S_SkipDest; + + return (search_forward (string, &binding)); +} + +/* Return non-zero if STRING is the first text to appear at BINDING. */ +int +looking_at (string, binding) + char *string; + SEARCH_BINDING *binding; +{ + long search_end; + + search_end = search (string, binding); + + /* If the string was not found, SEARCH_END is -1. If the string was found, + but not right away, SEARCH_END is != binding->start. Otherwise, the + string was found at binding->start. */ + return (search_end == binding->start); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Small String Searches */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Function names that start with "skip" are passed a string, and return + an offset from the start of that string. Function names that start + with "find" are passed a SEARCH_BINDING, and return an absolute position + marker of the item being searched for. "Find" functions return a value + of -1 if the item being looked for couldn't be found. */ + +/* Return the index of the first non-whitespace character in STRING. */ +int +skip_whitespace (string) + char *string; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; string && whitespace (string[i]); i++); + return (i); +} + +/* Return the index of the first non-whitespace or newline character in + STRING. */ +int +skip_whitespace_and_newlines (string) + char *string; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; string && (whitespace (string[i]) || string[i] == '\n'); i++); + return (i); +} + +/* Return the index of the first whitespace character in STRING. */ +int +skip_non_whitespace (string) + char *string; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; string && !whitespace (string[i]); i++); + return (i); +} + +/* Return the index of the first non-node character in STRING. Note that + this function contains quite a bit of hair to ignore periods in some + special cases. This is because we here at GNU ship some info files which + contain nodenames that contain periods. No such nodename can start with + a period, or continue with whitespace, newline, or ')' immediately following + the period. If second argument NEWLINES_OKAY is non-zero, newlines should + be skipped while parsing out the nodename specification. */ +int +skip_node_characters (string, newlines_okay) + char *string; + int newlines_okay; +{ + register int c, i = 0; + int paren_seen = 0; + int paren = 0; + + /* Handle special case. This is when another function has parsed out the + filename component of the node name, and we just want to parse out the + nodename proper. In that case, a period at the start of the nodename + indicates an empty nodename. */ + if (string && *string == '.') + return (0); + + if (string && *string == '(') + { + paren++; + paren_seen++; + i++; + } + + for (; string && (c = string[i]); i++) + { + if (paren) + { + if (c == '(') + paren++; + else if (c == ')') + paren--; + + continue; + } + + /* If the character following the close paren is a space or period, + then this node name has no more characters associated with it. */ + if (c == '\t' || + c == ',' || + c == INFO_TAGSEP || + ((!newlines_okay) && (c == '\n')) || + ((paren_seen && string[i - 1] == ')') && + (c == ' ' || c == '.')) || + (c == '.' && + ((!string[i + 1]) || + (whitespace_or_newline (string[i + 1])) || + (string[i + 1] == ')')))) + break; + } + return (i); +} + + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Searching FILE_BUFFER's */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Return the absolute position of the first occurence of a node separator in + BINDING-buffer. The search starts at BINDING->start. Return -1 if no node + separator was found. */ +long +find_node_separator (binding) + SEARCH_BINDING *binding; +{ + register long i; + char *body; + + body = binding->buffer; + + /* A node is started by [^L]^_[^L]\n. That is to say, the C-l's are + optional, but the DELETE and NEWLINE are not. This separator holds + true for all separated elements in an Info file, including the tags + table (if present) and the indirect tags table (if present). */ + for (i = binding->start; i < binding->end - 1; i++) + if (((body[i] == INFO_FF && body[i + 1] == INFO_COOKIE) && + (body[i + 2] == '\n' || + (body[i + 2] == INFO_FF && body[i + 3] == '\n'))) || + ((body[i] == INFO_COOKIE) && + (body[i + 1] == '\n' || + (body[i + 1] == INFO_FF && body[i + 2] == '\n')))) + return (i); + return (-1); +} + +/* Return the length of the node separator characters that BODY is + currently pointing at. */ +int +skip_node_separator (body) + char *body; +{ + register int i; + + i = 0; + + if (body[i] == INFO_FF) + i++; + + if (body[i++] != INFO_COOKIE) + return (0); + + if (body[i] == INFO_FF) + i++; + + if (body[i++] != '\n') + return (0); + + return (i); +} + +/* Return the number of characters from STRING to the start of + the next line. */ +int +skip_line (string) + char *string; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; string && string[i] && string[i] != '\n'; i++); + + if (string[i] == '\n') + i++; + + return (i); +} + +/* Return the absolute position of the beginning of a tags table in this + binding starting the search at binding->start. */ +long +find_tags_table (binding) + SEARCH_BINDING *binding; +{ + SEARCH_BINDING search; + long position; + + search.buffer = binding->buffer; + search.start = binding->start; + search.end = binding->end; + search.flags = S_FoldCase; + + while ((position = find_node_separator (&search)) != -1 ) + { + search.start = position; + search.start += skip_node_separator (search.buffer + search.start); + + if (looking_at (TAGS_TABLE_BEG_LABEL, &search)) + return (position); + } + return (-1); +} + +/* Return the absolute position of the node named NODENAME in BINDING. + This is a brute force search, and we wish to avoid it when possible. + This function is called when a tag (indirect or otherwise) doesn't + really point to the right node. It returns the absolute position of + the separator preceding the node. */ +long +find_node_in_binding (nodename, binding) + char *nodename; + SEARCH_BINDING *binding; +{ + register long position; + register int offset, namelen; + SEARCH_BINDING search; + + namelen = strlen (nodename); + + search.buffer = binding->buffer; + search.start = binding->start; + search.end = binding->end; + search.flags = 0; + + while ((position = find_node_separator (&search)) != -1) + { + search.start = position; + search.start += skip_node_separator (search.buffer + search.start); + + offset = string_in_line (INFO_NODE_LABEL, search.buffer + search.start); + + if (offset == -1) + continue; + + search.start += offset; + search.start += skip_whitespace (search.buffer + search.start); + offset = skip_node_characters + (search.buffer + search.start, DONT_SKIP_NEWLINES); + + /* Notice that this is an exact match. You cannot grovel through + the buffer with this function looking for random nodes. */ + if ((offset == namelen) && + (search.buffer[search.start] == nodename[0]) && + (strncmp (search.buffer + search.start, nodename, offset) == 0)) + return (position); + } + return (-1); +} diff --git a/texinfo/info/search.h b/texinfo/info/search.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..72695c3f0b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/search.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* search.h -- Structure used to search large bodies of text, with bounds. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +/* The search functions take two arguments: + + 1) a string to search for, and + + 2) a pointer to a SEARCH_BINDING which contains the buffer, start, + and end of the search. + + They return a long, which is the offset from the start of the buffer + at which the match was found. An offset of -1 indicates failure. */ + +#if !defined (_SEARCH_H_) +#define _SEARCH_H_ + +typedef struct { + char *buffer; /* The buffer of text to search. */ + long start; /* Offset of the start of the search. */ + long end; /* Offset of the end of the searh. */ + int flags; /* Flags controlling the type of search. */ +} SEARCH_BINDING; + +#define S_FoldCase 0x01 /* Set means fold case in searches. */ +#define S_SkipDest 0x02 /* Set means return pointing after the dest. */ + +SEARCH_BINDING *make_binding (), *copy_binding (); +extern long search_forward (), search_backward (), search (); +extern int looking_at (); + +/* Note that STRING_IN_LINE () always returns the offset of the 1st character + after the string. */ +extern int string_in_line (); + +/* Some unixes don't have strcasecmp or strncasecmp. */ +#if !defined (HAVE_STRCASECMP) +extern int strcasecmp (), strncasecmp (); +#endif /* !HAVE_STRCASECMP */ + +/* Function names that start with "skip" are passed a string, and return + an offset from the start of that string. Function names that start + with "find" are passed a SEARCH_BINDING, and return an absolute position + marker of the item being searched for. "Find" functions return a value + of -1 if the item being looked for couldn't be found. */ +extern int skip_whitespace (), skip_non_whitespace (); +extern int skip_whitespace_and_newlines (), skip_line (); +extern int skip_node_characters (), skip_node_separator (); +#define DONT_SKIP_NEWLINES 0 +#define SKIP_NEWLINES 1 + +extern long find_node_separator (), find_tags_table (); +extern long find_node_in_binding (); + +#endif /* !_SEARCH_H_ */ + diff --git a/texinfo/info/session.c b/texinfo/info/session.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..be3076c9ac1 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/session.c @@ -0,0 +1,4263 @@ +/* session.c -- The user windowing interface to Info. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include "info.h" +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H) +#include <sys/file.h> +#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */ +#include <sys/ioctl.h> +#include <fcntl.h> + +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_TIME_H) +# include <sys/time.h> +# define HAVE_STRUCT_TIMEVAL +#endif /* HAVE_SYS_TIME_H */ + +#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) +# include "man.h" +#endif + +static void info_clear_pending_input (), info_set_pending_input (); +static void info_handle_pointer (); + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Running an Info Session */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* The place that we are reading input from. */ +static FILE *info_input_stream = (FILE *)NULL; + +/* The last executed command. */ +VFunction *info_last_executed_command = (VFunction *)NULL; + +/* Becomes non-zero when 'q' is typed to an Info window. */ +int quit_info_immediately = 0; + +/* Array of structures describing for each window which nodes have been + visited in that window. */ +INFO_WINDOW **info_windows = (INFO_WINDOW **)NULL; + +/* Where to add the next window, if we need to add one. */ +static int info_windows_index = 0; + +/* Number of slots allocated to INFO_WINDOWS. */ +static int info_windows_slots = 0; + +void remember_window_and_node (), forget_window_and_nodes (); +void initialize_info_session (), info_session (); +void display_startup_message_and_start (); + +/* Begin an info session finding the nodes specified by FILENAME and NODENAMES. + For each loaded node, create a new window. Always split the largest of the + available windows. */ +void +begin_multiple_window_info_session (filename, nodenames) + char *filename; + char **nodenames; +{ + register int i; + WINDOW *window = (WINDOW *)NULL; + + for (i = 0; nodenames[i]; i++) + { + NODE *node; + + node = info_get_node (filename, nodenames[i]); + + if (!node) + break; + + /* If this is the first node, initialize the info session. */ + if (!window) + { + initialize_info_session (node); + window = active_window; + } + else + { + /* Find the largest window in WINDOWS, and make that be the active + one. Then split it and add our window and node to the list + of remembered windows and nodes. Then tile the windows. */ + register WINDOW *win, *largest = (WINDOW *)NULL; + int max_height = 0; + + for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) + if (win->height > max_height) + { + max_height = win->height; + largest = win; + } + + if (!largest) + { + display_update_display (windows); + info_error (CANT_FIND_WIND); + info_session (); + exit (0); + } + + active_window = largest; + window = window_make_window (node); + if (window) + { + window_tile_windows (TILE_INTERNALS); + remember_window_and_node (window, node); + } + else + { + display_update_display (windows); + info_error (WIN_TOO_SMALL); + info_session (); + exit (0); + } + } + } + display_startup_message_and_start (); +} + +/* Start an info session with INITIAL_NODE, and an error message in the echo + area made from FORMAT and ARG. */ +void +begin_info_session_with_error (initial_node, format, arg) + NODE *initial_node; + char *format; + void *arg; +{ + initialize_info_session (initial_node); + info_error (format, arg, (void *)NULL); + info_session (); +} + +/* Start an info session with INITIAL_NODE. */ +void +begin_info_session (initial_node) + NODE *initial_node; +{ + initialize_info_session (initial_node); + display_startup_message_and_start (); +} + +void +display_startup_message_and_start () +{ + char *format; + + format = replace_in_documentation + ("Welcome to Info version %s. \"\\[get-help-window]\" for help, \"\\[menu-item]\" for menu item."); + + window_message_in_echo_area (format, version_string ()); + info_session (); +} + +/* Run an info session with an already initialized window and node. */ +void +info_session () +{ + terminal_prep_terminal (); + display_update_display (windows); + info_last_executed_command = (VFunction *)NULL; + info_read_and_dispatch (); + /* On program exit, leave the cursor at the bottom of the window, and + restore the terminal I/O. */ + terminal_goto_xy (0, screenheight - 1); + terminal_clear_to_eol (); + fflush (stdout); + terminal_unprep_terminal (); + close_dribble_file (); +} + +/* Here is a window-location dependent event loop. Called from the + functions info_session (), and from read_xxx_in_echo_area (). */ +void +info_read_and_dispatch () +{ + unsigned char key; + int done; + done = 0; + + while (!done && !quit_info_immediately) + { + int lk; + + /* If we haven't just gone up or down a line, there is no + goal column for this window. */ + if ((info_last_executed_command != info_next_line) && + (info_last_executed_command != info_prev_line)) + active_window->goal_column = -1; + + if (echo_area_is_active) + { + lk = echo_area_last_command_was_kill; + echo_area_prep_read (); + } + + if (!info_any_buffered_input_p ()) + display_update_display (windows); + + display_cursor_at_point (active_window); + info_initialize_numeric_arg (); + + initialize_keyseq (); + key = info_get_input_char (); + + /* No errors yet. We just read a character, that's all. Only clear + the echo_area if it is not currently active. */ + if (!echo_area_is_active) + window_clear_echo_area (); + + info_error_was_printed = 0; + + /* Do the selected command. */ + info_dispatch_on_key (key, active_window->keymap); + + if (echo_area_is_active) + { + /* Echo area commands that do killing increment the value of + ECHO_AREA_LAST_COMMAND_WAS_KILL. Thus, if there is no + change in the value of this variable, the last command + executed was not a kill command. */ + if (lk == echo_area_last_command_was_kill) + echo_area_last_command_was_kill = 0; + + if (ea_last_executed_command == ea_newline || + info_aborted_echo_area) + { + ea_last_executed_command = (VFunction *)NULL; + done = 1; + } + + if (info_last_executed_command == info_quit) + quit_info_immediately = 1; + } + else if (info_last_executed_command == info_quit) + done = 1; + } +} + +/* Found in signals.c */ +extern void initialize_info_signal_handler (); + +/* Initialize the first info session by starting the terminal, window, + and display systems. */ +void +initialize_info_session (node) + NODE *node; +{ + char *getenv (), *term_name; + + term_name = getenv ("TERM"); + terminal_initialize_terminal (term_name); + + if (terminal_is_dumb_p) + { + if (!term_name) + term_name = "dumb"; + + info_error (TERM_TOO_DUMB, term_name); + exit (1); + } + + terminal_clear_screen (); + initialize_info_keymaps (); + window_initialize_windows (screenwidth, screenheight); + initialize_info_signal_handler (); + display_initialize_display (screenwidth, screenheight); + info_set_node_of_window (active_window, node); + + /* Tell the window system how to notify us when a window needs to be + asynchronously deleted (e.g., user resizes window very small). */ + window_deletion_notifier = forget_window_and_nodes; + + /* If input has not been redirected yet, make it come from STDIN. */ + if (!info_input_stream) + info_input_stream = stdin; + + info_windows_initialized_p = 1; +} + +/* Tell Info that input is coming from the file FILENAME. */ +void +info_set_input_from_file (filename) + char *filename; +{ + FILE *stream; + + stream = fopen (filename, "r"); + + if (!stream) + return; + + if ((info_input_stream != (FILE *)NULL) && + (info_input_stream != stdin)) + fclose (info_input_stream); + + info_input_stream = stream; + + if (stream != stdin) + display_inhibited = 1; +} + +/* Return the INFO_WINDOW containing WINDOW, or NULL if there isn't one. */ +static INFO_WINDOW * +get_info_window_of_window (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + register int i; + INFO_WINDOW *info_win = (INFO_WINDOW *)NULL; + + for (i = 0; info_windows && (info_win = info_windows[i]); i++) + if (info_win->window == window) + break; + + return (info_win); +} + +/* Reset the remembered pagetop and point of WINDOW to WINDOW's current + values if the window and node are the same as the current one being + displayed. */ +void +set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + INFO_WINDOW *info_win; + + info_win = get_info_window_of_window (window); + + if (!info_win) + return; + + if (info_win->nodes_index && + (info_win->nodes[info_win->current] == window->node)) + { + info_win->pagetops[info_win->current] = window->pagetop; + info_win->points[info_win->current] = window->point; + } +} + +void +remember_window_and_node (window, node) + WINDOW *window; + NODE *node; +{ + INFO_WINDOW *info_win; + + /* See if we already have this window in our list. */ + info_win = get_info_window_of_window (window); + + /* If the window wasn't already on our list, then make a new entry. */ + if (!info_win) + { + info_win = (INFO_WINDOW *)xmalloc (sizeof (INFO_WINDOW)); + info_win->window = window; + info_win->nodes = (NODE **)NULL; + info_win->pagetops = (int *)NULL; + info_win->points = (long *)NULL; + info_win->current = 0; + info_win->nodes_index = 0; + info_win->nodes_slots = 0; + + add_pointer_to_array (info_win, info_windows_index, info_windows, + info_windows_slots, 10, INFO_WINDOW *); + } + + /* If this node, the current pagetop, and the current point are the + same as the last saved node and pagetop, don't really add this to + the list of history nodes. */ + { + int ni = info_win->nodes_index - 1; + + if ((ni != -1) && + (info_win->nodes[ni]->contents == node->contents) && + (info_win->pagetops[ni] == window->pagetop) && + (info_win->points[ni] == window->point)) + return; + } + + /* Remember this node, the currently displayed pagetop, and the current + location of point in this window. Because we are updating pagetops + and points as well as nodes, it is more efficient to avoid the + add_pointer_to_array macro here. */ + if (info_win->nodes_index + 2 >= info_win->nodes_slots) + { + info_win->nodes = (NODE **) + xrealloc (info_win->nodes, + (info_win->nodes_slots += 20) * sizeof (NODE *)); + + info_win->pagetops = (int *) + xrealloc (info_win->pagetops, info_win->nodes_slots * sizeof (int)); + + info_win->points = (long *) + xrealloc (info_win->points, info_win->nodes_slots * sizeof (long)); + } + + info_win->nodes[info_win->nodes_index] = node; + info_win->pagetops[info_win->nodes_index] = window->pagetop; + info_win->points[info_win->nodes_index] = window->point; + info_win->current = info_win->nodes_index++; + info_win->nodes[info_win->nodes_index] = (NODE *)NULL; + info_win->pagetops[info_win->nodes_index] = 0; + info_win->points[info_win->nodes_index] = 0; +} + +#define DEBUG_FORGET_WINDOW_AND_NODES +#if defined (DEBUG_FORGET_WINDOW_AND_NODES) +static void +consistency_check_info_windows () +{ + register int i; + INFO_WINDOW *info_win; + + for (i = 0; i < info_windows_index; i++) + { + WINDOW *win; + + for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) + if (win == info_windows[i]->window) + break; + + if (!win) + abort (); + } +} +#endif /* DEBUG_FORGET_WINDOW_AND_NODES */ + +/* Remove WINDOW and its associated list of nodes from INFO_WINDOWS. */ +void +forget_window_and_nodes (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + register int i; + INFO_WINDOW *info_win = (INFO_WINDOW *)NULL; + + for (i = 0; info_windows && (info_win = info_windows[i]); i++) + if (info_win->window == window) + break; + + /* If we found the window to forget, then do so. */ + if (info_win) + { + while (i < info_windows_index) + { + info_windows[i] = info_windows[i + 1]; + i++; + } + + info_windows_index--; + info_windows[info_windows_index] = (INFO_WINDOW *)NULL; + + if (info_win->nodes) + { + /* Free the node structures which held onto internal node contents + here. This doesn't free the contents; we have a garbage collector + which does that. */ + for (i = 0; info_win->nodes[i]; i++) + if (internal_info_node_p (info_win->nodes[i])) + free (info_win->nodes[i]); + free (info_win->nodes); + + maybe_free (info_win->pagetops); + maybe_free (info_win->points); + } + + free (info_win); + } +#if defined (DEBUG_FORGET_WINDOW_AND_NODES) + consistency_check_info_windows (); +#endif /* DEBUG_FORGET_WINDOW_AND_NODES */ +} + +/* Set WINDOW to show NODE. Remember the new window in our list of Info + windows. If we are doing automatic footnote display, also try to display + the footnotes for this window. */ +void +info_set_node_of_window (window, node) + WINDOW *window; + NODE *node; +{ + /* Put this node into the window. */ + window_set_node_of_window (window, node); + + /* Remember this node and window in our list of info windows. */ + remember_window_and_node (window, node); + + /* If doing auto-footnote display/undisplay, show the footnotes belonging + to this window's node. */ + if (auto_footnotes_p) + info_get_or_remove_footnotes (window); +} + + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Info Movement Commands */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Change the pagetop of WINDOW to DESIRED_TOP, perhaps scrolling the screen + to do so. */ +void +set_window_pagetop (window, desired_top) + WINDOW *window; + int desired_top; +{ + int point_line, old_pagetop; + + if (desired_top < 0) + desired_top = 0; + else if (desired_top > window->line_count) + desired_top = window->line_count - 1; + + if (window->pagetop == desired_top) + return; + + old_pagetop = window->pagetop; + window->pagetop = desired_top; + + /* Make sure that point appears in this window. */ + point_line = window_line_of_point (window); + if ((point_line < window->pagetop) || + ((point_line - window->pagetop) > window->height - 1)) + window->point = + window->line_starts[window->pagetop] - window->node->contents; + + window->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; + + /* Find out which direction to scroll, and scroll the window in that + direction. Do this only if there would be a savings in redisplay + time. This is true if the amount to scroll is less than the height + of the window, and if the number of lines scrolled would be greater + than 10 % of the window's height. */ + if (old_pagetop < desired_top) + { + int start, end, amount; + + amount = desired_top - old_pagetop; + + if ((amount >= window->height) || + (((window->height - amount) * 10) < window->height)) + return; + + start = amount + window->first_row; + end = window->height + window->first_row; + + display_scroll_display (start, end, -amount); + } + else + { + int start, end, amount; + + amount = old_pagetop - desired_top; + + if ((amount >= window->height) || + (((window->height - amount) * 10) < window->height)) + return; + + start = window->first_row; + end = (window->first_row + window->height) - amount; + display_scroll_display (start, end, amount); + } +} + +/* Immediately make WINDOW->point visible on the screen, and move the + terminal cursor there. */ +static void +info_show_point (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + int old_pagetop; + + old_pagetop = window->pagetop; + window_adjust_pagetop (window); + if (old_pagetop != window->pagetop) + { + int new_pagetop; + + new_pagetop = window->pagetop; + window->pagetop = old_pagetop; + set_window_pagetop (window, new_pagetop); + } + + if (window->flags & W_UpdateWindow) + display_update_one_window (window); + + display_cursor_at_point (window); +} + +/* Move WINDOW->point from OLD line index to NEW line index. */ +static void +move_to_new_line (old, new, window) + int old, new; + WINDOW *window; +{ + if (old == -1) + { + info_error (CANT_FIND_POINT); + } + else + { + int goal; + + if (new >= window->line_count || new < 0) + return; + + goal = window_get_goal_column (window); + window->goal_column = goal; + + window->point = window->line_starts[new] - window->node->contents; + window->point += window_chars_to_goal (window->line_starts[new], goal); + info_show_point (window); + } +} + +/* Move WINDOW's point down to the next line if possible. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_next_line, "Move down to the next line") +{ + int old_line, new_line; + + if (count < 0) + info_prev_line (window, -count, key); + else + { + old_line = window_line_of_point (window); + new_line = old_line + count; + move_to_new_line (old_line, new_line, window); + } +} + +/* Move WINDOW's point up to the previous line if possible. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_prev_line, "Move up to the previous line") +{ + int old_line, new_line; + + if (count < 0) + info_next_line (window, -count, key); + else + { + old_line = window_line_of_point (window); + new_line = old_line - count; + move_to_new_line (old_line, new_line, window); + } +} + +/* Move WINDOW's point to the end of the true line. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_end_of_line, "Move to the end of the line") +{ + register int point, len; + register char *buffer; + + buffer = window->node->contents; + len = window->node->nodelen; + + for (point = window->point; + (point < len) && (buffer[point] != '\n'); + point++); + + if (point != window->point) + { + window->point = point; + info_show_point (window); + } +} + +/* Move WINDOW's point to the beginning of the true line. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_beginning_of_line, "Move to the start of the line") +{ + register int point; + register char *buffer; + + buffer = window->node->contents; + point = window->point; + + for (; (point) && (buffer[point - 1] != '\n'); point--); + + /* If at a line start alreay, do nothing. */ + if (point != window->point) + { + window->point = point; + info_show_point (window); + } +} + +/* Move point forward in the node. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_forward_char, "Move forward a character") +{ + if (count < 0) + info_backward_char (window, -count, key); + else + { + window->point += count; + + if (window->point >= window->node->nodelen) + window->point = window->node->nodelen - 1; + + info_show_point (window); + } +} + +/* Move point backward in the node. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_backward_char, "Move backward a character") +{ + if (count < 0) + info_forward_char (window, -count, key); + else + { + window->point -= count; + + if (window->point < 0) + window->point = 0; + + info_show_point (window); + } +} + +#define alphabetic(c) (islower (c) || isupper (c) || isdigit (c)) + +/* Move forward a word in this node. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_forward_word, "Move forward a word") +{ + long point; + char *buffer; + int end, c; + + if (count < 0) + { + info_backward_word (window, -count, key); + return; + } + + point = window->point; + buffer = window->node->contents; + end = window->node->nodelen; + + while (count) + { + if (point + 1 >= end) + return; + + /* If we are not in a word, move forward until we are in one. + Then, move forward until we hit a non-alphabetic character. */ + c = buffer[point]; + + if (!alphabetic (c)) + { + while (++point < end) + { + c = buffer[point]; + if (alphabetic (c)) + break; + } + } + + if (point >= end) return; + + while (++point < end) + { + c = buffer[point]; + if (!alphabetic (c)) + break; + } + --count; + } + window->point = point; + info_show_point (window); +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_backward_word, "Move backward a word") +{ + long point; + char *buffer; + int c; + + if (count < 0) + { + info_forward_word (window, -count, key); + return; + } + + buffer = window->node->contents; + point = window->point; + + while (count) + { + if (point == 0) + break; + + /* Like info_forward_word (), except that we look at the + characters just before point. */ + + c = buffer[point - 1]; + + if (!alphabetic (c)) + { + while (--point) + { + c = buffer[point - 1]; + if (alphabetic (c)) + break; + } + } + + while (point) + { + c = buffer[point - 1]; + if (!alphabetic (c)) + break; + else + --point; + } + --count; + } + window->point = point; + info_show_point (window); +} + +/* Here is a list of time counter names which correspond to ordinal numbers. + It is used to print "once" instead of "1". */ +static char *counter_names[] = { + "not at all", "once", "twice", "three", "four", "five", "six", + (char *)NULL +}; + +/* Buffer used to return values from times_description (). */ +static char td_buffer[50]; + +/* Function returns a static string fully describing the number of times + present in COUNT. */ +static char * +times_description (count) + int count; +{ + register int i; + + td_buffer[0] = '\0'; + + for (i = 0; counter_names[i]; i++) + if (count == i) + break; + + if (counter_names[i]) + sprintf (td_buffer, "%s%s", counter_names[i], count > 2 ? " times" : ""); + else + sprintf (td_buffer, "%d times", count); + + return (td_buffer); +} + +/* Variable controlling the behaviour of default scrolling when you are + already at the bottom of a node. Possible values are defined in session.h. + The meanings are: + + IS_Continuous Try to get first menu item, or failing that, the + "Next:" pointer, or failing that, the "Up:" and + "Next:" of the up. + IS_NextOnly Try to get "Next:" menu item. + IS_PageOnly Simply give up at the bottom of a node. */ + +int info_scroll_behaviour = IS_Continuous; + +/* Choices used by the completer when reading a value for the user-visible + variable "scroll-behaviour". */ +char *info_scroll_choices[] = { + "Continuous", "Next Only", "Page Only", (char *)NULL +}; + +/* Move to 1st menu item, Next, Up/Next, or error in this window. */ +static void +forward_move_node_structure (window, behaviour) + WINDOW *window; + int behaviour; +{ + switch (behaviour) + { + case IS_PageOnly: + info_error (AT_NODE_BOTTOM); + break; + + case IS_NextOnly: + info_next_label_of_node (window->node); + if (!info_parsed_nodename && !info_parsed_filename) + info_error ("No \"Next\" pointer for this node."); + else + { + window_message_in_echo_area ("Following \"Next\" node..."); + info_handle_pointer ("Next", window); + } + break; + + case IS_Continuous: + { + /* First things first. If this node contains a menu, move down + into the menu. */ + { + REFERENCE **menu; + + menu = info_menu_of_node (window->node); + + if (menu) + { + info_free_references (menu); + window_message_in_echo_area ("Selecting first menu item..."); + info_menu_digit (window, 1, '1'); + return; + } + } + + /* Okay, this node does not contain a menu. If it contains a + "Next:" pointer, use that. */ + info_next_label_of_node (window->node); + if (info_label_was_found) + { + window_message_in_echo_area ("Selecting \"Next\" node..."); + info_handle_pointer ("Next", window); + return; + } + + /* Okay, there wasn't a "Next:" for this node. Move "Up:" until we + can move "Next:". If that isn't possible, complain that there + are no more nodes. */ + { + int up_counter, old_current; + INFO_WINDOW *info_win; + + /* Remember the current node and location. */ + info_win = get_info_window_of_window (window); + old_current = info_win->current; + + /* Back up through the "Up:" pointers until we have found a "Next:" + that isn't the same as the first menu item found in that node. */ + up_counter = 0; + while (!info_error_was_printed) + { + info_up_label_of_node (window->node); + if (info_label_was_found) + { + info_handle_pointer ("Up", window); + if (info_error_was_printed) + continue; + + up_counter++; + + info_next_label_of_node (window->node); + + /* If no "Next" pointer, keep backing up. */ + if (!info_label_was_found) + continue; + + /* If this node's first menu item is the same as this node's + Next pointer, keep backing up. */ + if (!info_parsed_filename) + { + REFERENCE **menu; + char *next_nodename; + + /* Remember the name of the Next node, since reading + the menu can overwrite the contents of the + info_parsed_xxx strings. */ + next_nodename = strdup (info_parsed_nodename); + + menu = info_menu_of_node (window->node); + if (menu && + (strcmp + (menu[0]->nodename, next_nodename) == 0)) + { + info_free_references (menu); + free (next_nodename); + continue; + } + else + { + /* Restore the world to where it was before + reading the menu contents. */ + info_free_references (menu); + free (next_nodename); + info_next_label_of_node (window->node); + } + } + + /* This node has a "Next" pointer, and it is not the + same as the first menu item found in this node. */ + window_message_in_echo_area + ("Moving \"Up\" %s, then \"Next\".", + times_description (up_counter)); + + info_handle_pointer ("Next", window); + return; + } + else + { + /* No more "Up" pointers. Print an error, and call it + quits. */ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; i < up_counter; i++) + { + info_win->nodes_index--; + free (info_win->nodes[info_win->nodes_index]); + info_win->nodes[info_win->nodes_index] = (NODE *)NULL; + } + info_win->current = old_current; + window->node = info_win->nodes[old_current]; + window->pagetop = info_win->pagetops[old_current]; + window->point = info_win->points[old_current]; + recalculate_line_starts (window); + window->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; + info_error ("No more nodes."); + } + } + } + break; + } + } +} + +/* Move Prev, Up or error in WINDOW depending on BEHAVIOUR. */ +static void +backward_move_node_structure (window, behaviour) + WINDOW *window; + int behaviour; +{ + switch (behaviour) + { + case IS_PageOnly: + info_error (AT_NODE_TOP); + break; + + case IS_NextOnly: + info_prev_label_of_node (window->node); + if (!info_parsed_nodename && !info_parsed_filename) + info_error ("No \"Prev\" for this node."); + else + { + window_message_in_echo_area ("Moving \"Prev\" in this window."); + info_handle_pointer ("Prev", window); + } + break; + + case IS_Continuous: + info_prev_label_of_node (window->node); + + if (!info_parsed_nodename && !info_parsed_filename) + { + info_up_label_of_node (window->node); + if (!info_parsed_nodename && !info_parsed_filename) + info_error ("No \"Prev\" or \"Up\" for this node."); + else + { + window_message_in_echo_area ("Moving \"Up\" in this window."); + info_handle_pointer ("Up", window); + } + } + else + { + REFERENCE **menu; + int inhibit_menu_traversing = 0; + + /* Watch out! If this node's Prev is the same as the Up, then + move Up. Otherwise, we could move Prev, and then to the last + menu item in the Prev. This would cause the user to loop + through a subsection of the info file. */ + if (!info_parsed_filename && info_parsed_nodename) + { + char *pnode; + + pnode = strdup (info_parsed_nodename); + info_up_label_of_node (window->node); + + if (!info_parsed_filename && info_parsed_nodename && + strcmp (info_parsed_nodename, pnode) == 0) + { + /* The nodes are the same. Inhibit moving to the last + menu item. */ + free (pnode); + inhibit_menu_traversing = 1; + } + else + { + free (pnode); + info_prev_label_of_node (window->node); + } + } + + /* Move to the previous node. If this node now contains a menu, + and we have not inhibited movement to it, move to the node + corresponding to the last menu item. */ + window_message_in_echo_area ("Moving \"Prev\" in this window."); + info_handle_pointer ("Prev", window); + + if (!inhibit_menu_traversing) + { + while (!info_error_was_printed && + (menu = info_menu_of_node (window->node))) + { + info_free_references (menu); + window_message_in_echo_area + ("Moving to \"Prev\"'s last menu item."); + info_menu_digit (window, 1, '0'); + } + } + } + break; + } +} + +/* Move continuously forward through the node structure of this info file. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_global_next_node, + "Move forwards or down through node structure") +{ + if (count < 0) + info_global_prev_node (window, -count, key); + else + { + while (count && !info_error_was_printed) + { + forward_move_node_structure (window, IS_Continuous); + count--; + } + } +} + +/* Move continuously backward through the node structure of this info file. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_global_prev_node, + "Move backwards or up through node structure") +{ + if (count < 0) + info_global_next_node (window, -count, key); + else + { + while (count && !info_error_was_printed) + { + backward_move_node_structure (window, IS_Continuous); + count--; + } + } +} + +/* Show the next screen of WINDOW's node. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_scroll_forward, "Scroll forward in this window") +{ + if (count < 0) + info_scroll_backward (window, -count, key); + else + { + int desired_top; + + /* Without an explicit numeric argument, scroll the bottom two + lines to the top of this window, Or, if at bottom of window, + and the user wishes to scroll through nodes get the "Next" node + for this window. */ + if (!info_explicit_arg && count == 1) + { + desired_top = window->pagetop + (window->height - 2); + + /* If there are no more lines to scroll here, error, or get + another node, depending on INFO_SCROLL_BEHAVIOUR. */ + if (desired_top > window->line_count) + { + int behaviour = info_scroll_behaviour; + + /* Here is a hack. If the key being used is not SPC, do the + PageOnly behaviour. */ + if (key != SPC && key != DEL) + behaviour = IS_PageOnly; + + forward_move_node_structure (window, behaviour); + return; + } + } + else + desired_top = window->pagetop + count; + + if (desired_top >= window->line_count) + desired_top = window->line_count - 2; + + if (window->pagetop > desired_top) + return; + else + set_window_pagetop (window, desired_top); + } +} + +/* Show the previous screen of WINDOW's node. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_scroll_backward, "Scroll backward in this window") +{ + if (count < 0) + info_scroll_forward (window, -count, key); + else + { + int desired_top; + + /* Without an explicit numeric argument, scroll the top two lines + to the bottom of this window, or move to the previous, or Up'th + node. */ + if (!info_explicit_arg && count == 1) + { + desired_top = window->pagetop - (window->height - 2); + + if ((desired_top < 0) && (window->pagetop == 0)) + { + int behaviour = info_scroll_behaviour; + + /* Same kind of hack as in info_scroll_forward. If the key + used to invoke this command is not DEL, do only the PageOnly + behaviour. */ + if (key != DEL && key != SPC) + behaviour = IS_PageOnly; + + backward_move_node_structure (window, behaviour); + return; + } + } + else + desired_top = window->pagetop - count; + + if (desired_top < 0) + desired_top = 0; + + set_window_pagetop (window, desired_top); + } +} + +/* Move to the beginning of the node. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_beginning_of_node, "Move to the start of this node") +{ + window->pagetop = window->point = 0; + window->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; +} + +/* Move to the end of the node. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_end_of_node, "Move to the end of this node") +{ + window->point = window->node->nodelen - 1; + info_show_point (window); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Commands for Manipulating Windows */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Make the next window in the chain be the active window. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_next_window, "Select the next window") +{ + if (count < 0) + { + info_prev_window (window, -count, key); + return; + } + + /* If no other window, error now. */ + if (!windows->next && !echo_area_is_active) + { + info_error (ONE_WINDOW); + return; + } + + while (count--) + { + if (window->next) + window = window->next; + else + { + if (window == the_echo_area || !echo_area_is_active) + window = windows; + else + window = the_echo_area; + } + } + + if (active_window != window) + { + if (auto_footnotes_p) + info_get_or_remove_footnotes (window); + + window->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; + active_window = window; + } +} + +/* Make the previous window in the chain be the active window. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_prev_window, "Select the previous window") +{ + if (count < 0) + { + info_next_window (window, -count, key); + return; + } + + /* Only one window? */ + + if (!windows->next && !echo_area_is_active) + { + info_error (ONE_WINDOW); + return; + } + + while (count--) + { + /* If we are in the echo area, or if the echo area isn't active and we + are in the first window, find the last window in the chain. */ + if (window == the_echo_area || + (window == windows && !echo_area_is_active)) + { + register WINDOW *win, *last; + + for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) + last = win; + + window = last; + } + else + { + if (window == windows) + window = the_echo_area; + else + window = window->prev; + } + } + + if (active_window != window) + { + if (auto_footnotes_p) + info_get_or_remove_footnotes (window); + + window->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; + active_window = window; + } +} + +/* Split WINDOW into two windows, both showing the same node. If we + are automatically tiling windows, re-tile after the split. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_split_window, "Split the current window") +{ + WINDOW *split, *old_active; + int pagetop; + + /* Remember the current pagetop of the window being split. If it doesn't + change, we can scroll its contents around after the split. */ + pagetop = window->pagetop; + + /* Make the new window. */ + old_active = active_window; + active_window = window; + split = window_make_window (window->node); + active_window = old_active; + + if (!split) + { + info_error (WIN_TOO_SMALL); + } + else + { +#if defined (SPLIT_BEFORE_ACTIVE) + /* Try to scroll the old window into its new postion. */ + if (pagetop == window->pagetop) + { + int start, end, amount; + + start = split->first_row; + end = start + window->height; + amount = split->height + 1; + display_scroll_display (start, end, amount); + } +#else /* !SPLIT_BEFORE_ACTIVE */ + /* Make sure point still appears in the active window. */ + info_show_point (window); +#endif /* !SPLIT_BEFORE_ACTIVE */ + + /* If the window just split was one internal to Info, try to display + something else in it. */ + if (internal_info_node_p (split->node)) + { + register int i, j; + INFO_WINDOW *iw; + NODE *node = (NODE *)NULL; + char *filename; + + for (i = 0; iw = info_windows[i]; i++) + { + for (j = 0; j < iw->nodes_index; j++) + if (!internal_info_node_p (iw->nodes[j])) + { + if (iw->nodes[j]->parent) + filename = iw->nodes[j]->parent; + else + filename = iw->nodes[j]->filename; + + node = info_get_node (filename, iw->nodes[j]->nodename); + if (node) + { + window_set_node_of_window (split, node); + i = info_windows_index - 1; + break; + } + } + } + } + split->pagetop = window->pagetop; + + if (auto_tiling_p) + window_tile_windows (DONT_TILE_INTERNALS); + else + window_adjust_pagetop (split); + + remember_window_and_node (split, split->node); + } +} + +/* Delete WINDOW, forgetting the list of last visited nodes. If we are + automatically displaying footnotes, show or remove the footnotes + window. If we are automatically tiling windows, re-tile after the + deletion. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_delete_window, "Delete the current window") +{ + if (!windows->next) + { + info_error (CANT_KILL_LAST); + } + else if (window->flags & W_WindowIsPerm) + { + info_error ("Cannot delete a permanent window"); + } + else + { + info_delete_window_internal (window); + + if (auto_footnotes_p) + info_get_or_remove_footnotes (active_window); + + if (auto_tiling_p) + window_tile_windows (DONT_TILE_INTERNALS); + } +} + +/* Do the physical deletion of WINDOW, and forget this window and + associated nodes. */ +void +info_delete_window_internal (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + if (windows->next && ((window->flags & W_WindowIsPerm) == 0)) + { + /* We not only delete the window from the display, we forget it from + our list of remembered windows. */ + forget_window_and_nodes (window); + window_delete_window (window); + + if (echo_area_is_active) + echo_area_inform_of_deleted_window (window); + } +} + +/* Just keep WINDOW, deleting all others. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_keep_one_window, "Delete all other windows") +{ + int num_deleted; /* The number of windows we deleted. */ + int pagetop, start, end; + + /* Remember a few things about this window. We may be able to speed up + redisplay later by scrolling its contents. */ + pagetop = window->pagetop; + start = window->first_row; + end = start + window->height; + + num_deleted = 0; + + while (1) + { + WINDOW *win; + + /* Find an eligible window and delete it. If no eligible windows + are found, we are done. A window is eligible for deletion if + is it not permanent, and it is not WINDOW. */ + for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) + if (win != window && ((win->flags & W_WindowIsPerm) == 0)) + break; + + if (!win) + break; + + info_delete_window_internal (win); + num_deleted++; + } + + /* Scroll the contents of this window into the right place so that the + user doesn't have to wait any longer than necessary for redisplay. */ + if (num_deleted) + { + int amount; + + amount = (window->first_row - start); + amount -= (window->pagetop - pagetop); + display_scroll_display (start, end, amount); + } + + window->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; +} + +/* Scroll the "other" window of WINDOW. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_scroll_other_window, "Scroll the other window") +{ + WINDOW *other; + + /* If only one window, give up. */ + if (!windows->next) + { + info_error (ONE_WINDOW); + return; + } + + other = window->next; + + if (!other) + other = window->prev; + + info_scroll_forward (other, count, key); +} + +/* Change the size of WINDOW by AMOUNT. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_grow_window, "Grow (or shrink) this window") +{ + window_change_window_height (window, count); +} + +/* When non-zero, tiling takes place automatically when info_split_window + is called. */ +int auto_tiling_p = 0; + +/* Tile all of the visible windows. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_tile_windows, + "Divide the available screen space among the visible windows") +{ + window_tile_windows (TILE_INTERNALS); +} + +/* Toggle the state of this window's wrapping of lines. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_toggle_wrap, + "Toggle the state of line wrapping in the current window") +{ + window_toggle_wrap (window); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Info Node Commands */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Using WINDOW for various defaults, select the node referenced by ENTRY + in it. If the node is selected, the window and node are remembered. */ +void +info_select_reference (window, entry) + WINDOW *window; + REFERENCE *entry; +{ + NODE *node; + char *filename, *nodename, *file_system_error; + + file_system_error = (char *)NULL; + + filename = entry->filename; + if (!filename) + filename = window->node->parent; + if (!filename) + filename = window->node->filename; + + if (filename) + filename = strdup (filename); + + if (entry->nodename) + nodename = strdup (entry->nodename); + else + nodename = strdup ("Top"); + + node = info_get_node (filename, nodename); + + /* Try something a little weird. If the node couldn't be found, and the + reference was of the form "foo::", see if the entry->label can be found + as a file, with a node of "Top". */ + if (!node) + { + if (info_recent_file_error) + file_system_error = strdup (info_recent_file_error); + + if (entry->nodename && (strcmp (entry->nodename, entry->label) == 0)) + { + node = info_get_node (entry->label, "Top"); + if (!node && info_recent_file_error) + { + maybe_free (file_system_error); + file_system_error = strdup (info_recent_file_error); + } + } + } + + if (!node) + { + if (file_system_error) + info_error (file_system_error); + else + info_error (CANT_FIND_NODE, nodename); + } + + maybe_free (file_system_error); + maybe_free (filename); + maybe_free (nodename); + + if (node) + { + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window); + info_set_node_of_window (window, node); + } +} + +/* Parse the node specification in LINE using WINDOW to default the filename. + Select the parsed node in WINDOW and remember it, or error if the node + couldn't be found. */ +static void +info_parse_and_select (line, window) + char *line; + WINDOW *window; +{ + REFERENCE entry; + + info_parse_node (line, DONT_SKIP_NEWLINES); + + entry.nodename = info_parsed_nodename; + entry.filename = info_parsed_filename; + entry.label = "*info-parse-and-select*"; + + info_select_reference (window, &entry); +} + +/* Given that the values of INFO_PARSED_FILENAME and INFO_PARSED_NODENAME + are previously filled, try to get the node represented by them into + WINDOW. The node should have been pointed to by the LABEL pointer of + WINDOW->node. */ +static void +info_handle_pointer (label, window) + char *label; + WINDOW *window; +{ + if (info_parsed_filename || info_parsed_nodename) + { + char *filename, *nodename; + NODE *node; + + filename = nodename = (char *)NULL; + + if (info_parsed_filename) + filename = strdup (info_parsed_filename); + else + { + if (window->node->parent) + filename = strdup (window->node->parent); + else if (window->node->filename) + filename = strdup (window->node->filename); + } + + if (info_parsed_nodename) + nodename = strdup (info_parsed_nodename); + else + nodename = strdup ("Top"); + + node = info_get_node (filename, nodename); + + if (node) + { + INFO_WINDOW *info_win; + + info_win = get_info_window_of_window (window); + if (info_win) + { + info_win->pagetops[info_win->current] = window->pagetop; + info_win->points[info_win->current] = window->point; + } + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window); + info_set_node_of_window (window, node); + } + else + { + if (info_recent_file_error) + info_error (info_recent_file_error); + else + info_error (CANT_FILE_NODE, filename, nodename); + } + + free (filename); + free (nodename); + } + else + { + info_error (NO_POINTER, label); + } +} + +/* Make WINDOW display the "Next:" node of the node currently being + displayed. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_next_node, "Select the `Next' node") +{ + info_next_label_of_node (window->node); + info_handle_pointer ("Next", window); +} + +/* Make WINDOW display the "Prev:" node of the node currently being + displayed. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_prev_node, "Select the `Prev' node") +{ + info_prev_label_of_node (window->node); + info_handle_pointer ("Prev", window); +} + +/* Make WINDOW display the "Up:" node of the node currently being + displayed. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_up_node, "Select the `Up' node") +{ + info_up_label_of_node (window->node); + info_handle_pointer ("Up", window); +} + +/* Make WINDOW display the last node of this info file. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_last_node, "Select the last node in this file") +{ + register int i; + FILE_BUFFER *fb = file_buffer_of_window (window); + NODE *node = (NODE *)NULL; + + if (fb && fb->tags) + { + for (i = 0; fb->tags[i]; i++); + node = info_get_node (fb->filename, fb->tags[i - 1]->nodename); + } + + if (!node) + info_error ("This window has no additional nodes"); + else + { + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window); + info_set_node_of_window (window, node); + } +} + +/* Make WINDOW display the first node of this info file. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_first_node, "Select the first node in this file") +{ + FILE_BUFFER *fb = file_buffer_of_window (window); + NODE *node = (NODE *)NULL; + + if (fb && fb->tags) + node = info_get_node (fb->filename, fb->tags[0]->nodename); + + if (!node) + info_error ("This window has no additional nodes"); + else + { + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window); + info_set_node_of_window (window, node); + } +} + +/* Make WINDOW display the previous node displayed in this window. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_history_node, + "Select the most recently selected node") +{ + INFO_WINDOW *info_win; + + /* Find the INFO_WINDOW which contains WINDOW. */ + info_win = get_info_window_of_window (window); + + if (!info_win) + { + info_error ("Requested window is not present!"); + return; + } + + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window); + if (!info_win->current) + { + if (info_win->nodes_index > 1) + { + window_message_in_echo_area + ("Now wrapped around to beginning of history."); + info_win->current = info_win->nodes_index; + } + else + { + info_error ("No earlier nodes in this window."); + return; + } + } + + info_win->current--; + window_set_node_of_window (window, info_win->nodes[info_win->current]); + window->pagetop = info_win->pagetops[info_win->current]; + window->point = info_win->points[info_win->current]; + window->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; + if (auto_footnotes_p) + info_get_or_remove_footnotes (window); +} + +/* Select the last menu item in WINDOW->node. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_last_menu_item, + "Select the last item in this node's menu") +{ + info_menu_digit (window, 1, '0'); +} + +/* Use KEY (a digit) to select the Nth menu item in WINDOW->node. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_menu_digit, "Select this menu item") +{ + register int i, item; + register REFERENCE *entry, **menu; + + menu = info_menu_of_node (window->node); + + if (!menu) + { + info_error (NO_MENU_NODE); + return; + } + + /* We have the menu. See if there are this many items in it. */ + item = key - '0'; + + /* Special case. Item "0" is the last item in this menu. */ + if (item == 0) + for (i = 0; menu[i + 1]; i++); + else + { + for (i = 0; entry = menu[i]; i++) + if (i == item - 1) + break; + } + + if (menu[i]) + info_select_reference (window, menu[i]); + else + info_error ("There aren't %d items in this menu.", item); + + info_free_references (menu); + return; +} + +/* Read a menu or followed reference from the user defaulting to the + reference found on the current line, and select that node. The + reading is done with completion. BUILDER is the function used + to build the list of references. ASK_P is non-zero if the user + should be prompted, or zero to select the default item. */ +static void +info_menu_or_ref_item (window, count, key, builder, ask_p) + WINDOW *window; + int count; + unsigned char key; + REFERENCE **(*builder) (); + int ask_p; +{ + REFERENCE **menu, *entry, *defentry = (REFERENCE *)NULL; + char *line; + + menu = (*builder) (window->node); + + if (!menu) + { + if (builder == info_menu_of_node) + info_error (NO_MENU_NODE); + else + info_error (NO_XREF_NODE); + return; + } + + /* Default the selected reference to the one which is on the line that + point is in. */ + { + REFERENCE **refs = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + int point_line; + + point_line = window_line_of_point (window); + + if (point_line != -1) + { + SEARCH_BINDING binding; + + binding.buffer = window->node->contents; + binding.start = window->line_starts[point_line] - binding.buffer; + if (window->line_starts[point_line + 1]) + binding.end = window->line_starts[point_line + 1] - binding.buffer; + else + binding.end = window->node->nodelen; + binding.flags = 0; + + if (builder == info_menu_of_node) + { + if (point_line) + { + binding.start--; + refs = info_menu_items (&binding); + } + } + else + { +#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) + if (window->node->flags & N_IsManPage) + refs = manpage_xrefs_in_binding (window->node, &binding); + else +#endif /* HANDLE_MAN_PAGES */ + refs = info_xrefs (&binding); + } + + if (refs) + { + if ((strcmp (refs[0]->label, "Menu") != 0) || + (builder == info_xrefs_of_node)) + { + int which = 0; + + /* Find the closest reference to point. */ + if (builder == info_xrefs_of_node) + { + int closest = -1; + + for (; refs[which]; which++) + { + if ((window->point >= refs[which]->start) && + (window->point <= refs[which]->end)) + { + closest = which; + break; + } + else if (window->point < refs[which]->start) + { + break; + } + } + if (closest == -1) + which--; + else + which = closest; + } + + defentry = (REFERENCE *)xmalloc (sizeof (REFERENCE)); + defentry->label = strdup (refs[which]->label); + defentry->filename = refs[which]->filename; + defentry->nodename = refs[which]->nodename; + + if (defentry->filename) + defentry->filename = strdup (defentry->filename); + if (defentry->nodename) + defentry->nodename = strdup (defentry->nodename); + } + info_free_references (refs); + } + } + } + + /* If we are going to ask the user a question, do it now. */ + if (ask_p) + { + char *prompt; + + /* Build the prompt string. */ + if (defentry) + prompt = (char *)xmalloc (20 + strlen (defentry->label)); + else + prompt = (char *)xmalloc (20); + + if (builder == info_menu_of_node) + { + if (defentry) + sprintf (prompt, "Menu item (%s): ", defentry->label); + else + sprintf (prompt, "Menu item: "); + } + else + { + if (defentry) + sprintf (prompt, "Follow xref (%s): ", defentry->label); + else + sprintf (prompt, "Follow xref: "); + } + + line = info_read_completing_in_echo_area (window, prompt, menu); + free (prompt); + + window = active_window; + + /* User aborts, just quit. */ + if (!line) + { + maybe_free (defentry); + info_free_references (menu); + info_abort_key (window, 0, 0); + return; + } + + /* If we had a default and the user accepted it, use that. */ + if (!*line) + { + free (line); + if (defentry) + line = strdup (defentry->label); + else + line = (char *)NULL; + } + } + else + { + /* Not going to ask any questions. If we have a default entry, use + that, otherwise return. */ + if (!defentry) + return; + else + line = strdup (defentry->label); + } + + if (line) + { + /* Find the selected label in the references. */ + entry = info_get_labeled_reference (line, menu); + + if (!entry && defentry) + info_error ("The reference disappeared! (%s).", line); + else + { + NODE *orig; + + orig = window->node; + info_select_reference (window, entry); + if ((builder == info_xrefs_of_node) && (window->node != orig)) + { + long offset; + long start; + + if (window->line_count > 0) + start = window->line_starts[1] - window->node->contents; + else + start = 0; + + offset = + info_target_search_node (window->node, entry->label, start); + + if (offset != -1) + { + window->point = offset; + window_adjust_pagetop (window); + } + } + } + + free (line); + if (defentry) + { + free (defentry->label); + maybe_free (defentry->filename); + maybe_free (defentry->nodename); + free (defentry); + } + } + + info_free_references (menu); + + if (!info_error_was_printed) + window_clear_echo_area (); +} + +/* Read a line (with completion) which is the name of a menu item, + and select that item. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_menu_item, "Read a menu item and select its node") +{ + info_menu_or_ref_item (window, count, key, info_menu_of_node, 1); +} + +/* Read a line (with completion) which is the name of a reference to + follow, and select the node. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND + (info_xref_item, "Read a footnote or cross reference and select its node") +{ + info_menu_or_ref_item (window, count, key, info_xrefs_of_node, 1); +} + +/* Position the cursor at the start of this node's menu. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_find_menu, "Move to the start of this node's menu") +{ + SEARCH_BINDING binding; + long position; + + binding.buffer = window->node->contents; + binding.start = 0; + binding.end = window->node->nodelen; + binding.flags = S_FoldCase | S_SkipDest; + + position = search (INFO_MENU_LABEL, &binding); + + if (position == -1) + info_error (NO_MENU_NODE); + else + { + window->point = position; + window_adjust_pagetop (window); + window->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; + } +} + +/* Visit as many menu items as is possible, each in a separate window. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_visit_menu, + "Visit as many menu items at once as possible") +{ + register int i; + REFERENCE *entry, **menu; + + menu = info_menu_of_node (window->node); + + if (!menu) + info_error (NO_MENU_NODE); + + for (i = 0; (!info_error_was_printed) && (entry = menu[i]); i++) + { + WINDOW *new; + + new = window_make_window (window->node); + window_tile_windows (TILE_INTERNALS); + + if (!new) + info_error (WIN_TOO_SMALL); + else + { + active_window = new; + info_select_reference (new, entry); + } + } +} + +/* Read a line of input which is a node name, and go to that node. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_goto_node, "Read a node name and select it") +{ + char *line; + NODE *node; + +#define GOTO_COMPLETES +#if defined (GOTO_COMPLETES) + /* Build a completion list of all of the known nodes. */ + { + register int fbi, i; + FILE_BUFFER *current; + REFERENCE **items = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + int items_index = 0; + int items_slots = 0; + + current = file_buffer_of_window (window); + + for (fbi = 0; info_loaded_files && info_loaded_files[fbi]; fbi++) + { + FILE_BUFFER *fb; + REFERENCE *entry; + int this_is_the_current_fb; + + fb = info_loaded_files[fbi]; + this_is_the_current_fb = (current == fb); + + entry = (REFERENCE *)xmalloc (sizeof (REFERENCE)); + entry->filename = entry->nodename = (char *)NULL; + entry->label = (char *)xmalloc (4 + strlen (fb->filename)); + sprintf (entry->label, "(%s)*", fb->filename); + + add_pointer_to_array + (entry, items_index, items, items_slots, 10, REFERENCE *); + + if (fb->tags) + { + for (i = 0; fb->tags[i]; i++) + { + entry = (REFERENCE *)xmalloc (sizeof (REFERENCE)); + entry->filename = entry->nodename = (char *)NULL; + entry->label = (char *) xmalloc + (4 + strlen (fb->filename) + strlen (fb->tags[i]->nodename)); + sprintf (entry->label, "(%s)%s", + fb->filename, fb->tags[i]->nodename); + + add_pointer_to_array + (entry, items_index, items, items_slots, 100, REFERENCE *); + } + + if (this_is_the_current_fb) + { + for (i = 0; fb->tags[i]; i++) + { + entry = (REFERENCE *)xmalloc (sizeof (REFERENCE)); + entry->filename = entry->nodename = (char *)NULL; + entry->label = strdup (fb->tags[i]->nodename); + add_pointer_to_array (entry, items_index, items, + items_slots, 100, REFERENCE *); + } + } + } + } + line = info_read_maybe_completing (window, "Goto Node: ", items); + info_free_references (items); + } +#else /* !GOTO_COMPLETES */ + line = info_read_in_echo_area (window, "Goto Node: "); +#endif /* !GOTO_COMPLETES */ + + /* If the user aborted, quit now. */ + if (!line) + { + info_abort_key (window, 0, 0); + return; + } + + canonicalize_whitespace (line); + + if (*line) + info_parse_and_select (line, window); + + free (line); + if (!info_error_was_printed) + window_clear_echo_area (); +} + +#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_man, "Read a manpage reference and select it") +{ + char *line; + NODE *node; + + line = info_read_in_echo_area (window, "Get Manpage: "); + + if (!line) + { + info_abort_key (window, 0, 0); + return; + } + + canonicalize_whitespace (line); + + if (*line) + { + char *goto_command; + + goto_command = (char *)xmalloc + (4 + strlen (MANPAGE_FILE_BUFFER_NAME) + strlen (line)); + + sprintf (goto_command, "(%s)%s", MANPAGE_FILE_BUFFER_NAME, line); + + info_parse_and_select (goto_command, window); + free (goto_command); + } + + free (line); + if (!info_error_was_printed) + window_clear_echo_area (); +} +#endif /* HANDLE_MAN_PAGES */ + +/* Move to the "Top" node in this file. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_top_node, "Select the node `Top' in this file") +{ + info_parse_and_select ("Top", window); +} + +/* Move to the node "(dir)Top". */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_dir_node, "Select the node `(dir)'") +{ + info_parse_and_select ("(dir)Top", window); +} + +/* Try to delete the current node appearing in this window, showing the most + recently selected node in this window. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_kill_node, "Kill this node") +{ + register int iw, i; + register INFO_WINDOW *info_win; + char *nodename = (char *)NULL; + NODE *temp = (NODE *)NULL; + + /* Read the name of a node to kill. The list of available nodes comes + from the nodes appearing in the current window configuration. */ + { + REFERENCE **menu = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + int menu_index = 0, menu_slots = 0; + char *default_nodename, *prompt; + + for (iw = 0; info_win = info_windows[iw]; iw++) + { + REFERENCE *entry; + + entry = (REFERENCE *)xmalloc (sizeof (REFERENCE)); + entry->label = strdup (info_win->window->node->nodename); + entry->filename = entry->nodename = (char *)NULL; + + add_pointer_to_array + (entry, menu_index, menu, menu_slots, 10, REFERENCE *); + } + + default_nodename = strdup (active_window->node->nodename); + prompt = (char *)xmalloc (40 + strlen (default_nodename)); + sprintf (prompt, "Kill node (%s): ", default_nodename); + + nodename = info_read_completing_in_echo_area (window, prompt, menu); + free (prompt); + info_free_references (menu); + if (nodename && !*nodename) + { + free (nodename); + nodename = default_nodename; + } + else + free (default_nodename); + } + + /* If there is no nodename to kill, quit now. */ + if (!nodename) + { + info_abort_key (window, 0, 0); + return; + } + + /* If there is a nodename, find it in our window list. */ + for (iw = 0; info_win = info_windows[iw]; iw++) + if (strcmp (nodename, info_win->nodes[info_win->current]->nodename) == 0) + break; + + if (!info_win) + { + if (*nodename) + info_error ("Cannot kill the node `%s'", nodename); + else + window_clear_echo_area (); + + return; + } + + /* If there are no more nodes left anywhere to view, complain and exit. */ + if (info_windows_index == 1 && info_windows[0]->nodes_index == 1) + { + info_error ("Cannot kill the last node"); + return; + } + + /* INFO_WIN contains the node that the user wants to stop viewing. + Delete this node from the list of nodes previously shown in this + window. */ + for (i = info_win->current; i < info_win->nodes_index; i++) + info_win->nodes[i] = info_win->nodes[i++]; + + /* There is one less node in this window's history list. */ + info_win->nodes_index--; + + /* Make this window show the most recent history node. */ + info_win->current = info_win->nodes_index - 1; + + /* If there aren't any nodes left in this window, steal one from the + next window. */ + if (info_win->current < 0) + { + INFO_WINDOW *stealer; + int which, pagetop; + long point; + + if (info_windows[iw + 1]) + stealer = info_windows[iw + 1]; + else + stealer = info_windows[0]; + + /* If the node being displayed in the next window is not the most + recently loaded one, get the most recently loaded one. */ + if ((stealer->nodes_index - 1) != stealer->current) + which = stealer->nodes_index - 1; + + /* Else, if there is another node behind the stealers current node, + use that one. */ + else if (stealer->current > 0) + which = stealer->current - 1; + + /* Else, just use the node appearing in STEALER's window. */ + else + which = stealer->current; + + /* Copy this node. */ + { + NODE *copy; + + temp = stealer->nodes[which]; + point = stealer->points[which]; + pagetop = stealer->pagetops[which]; + + copy = (NODE *)xmalloc (sizeof (NODE)); + copy->filename = temp->filename; + copy->parent = temp->parent; + copy->nodename = temp->nodename; + copy->contents = temp->contents; + copy->nodelen = temp->nodelen; + copy->flags = temp->flags; + + temp = copy; + } + + window_set_node_of_window (info_win->window, temp); + window->point = point; + window->pagetop = pagetop; + remember_window_and_node (info_win->window, temp); + } + else + { + temp = info_win->nodes[info_win->current]; + window_set_node_of_window (info_win->window, temp); + } + if (!info_error_was_printed) + window_clear_echo_area (); +} + +/* Read the name of a file and select the entire file. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_view_file, "Read the name of a file and select it") +{ + char *line; + + line = info_read_in_echo_area (window, "Find file: "); + if (!line) + { + info_abort_key (active_window, 1, 0); + return; + } + + if (*line) + { + NODE *node; + + node = info_get_node (line, "*"); + if (!node) + { + if (info_recent_file_error) + info_error (info_recent_file_error); + else + info_error ("Cannot find \"%s\".", line); + } + else + { + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (active_window); + info_set_node_of_window (window, node); + } + free (line); + } + + if (!info_error_was_printed) + window_clear_echo_area (); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Dumping and Printing Nodes */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +#define VERBOSE_NODE_DUMPING +static void write_node_to_stream (); +static void dump_node_to_stream (); +static void initialize_dumping (); + +/* Dump the nodes specified by FILENAME and NODENAMES to the file named + in OUTPUT_FILENAME. If DUMP_SUBNODES is non-zero, recursively dump + the nodes which appear in the menu of each node dumped. */ +void +dump_nodes_to_file (filename, nodenames, output_filename, dump_subnodes) + char *filename; + char **nodenames; + char *output_filename; + int dump_subnodes; +{ + register int i; + FILE *output_stream; + + /* Get the stream to print the nodes to. Special case of an output + filename of "-" means to dump the nodes to stdout. */ + if (strcmp (output_filename, "-") == 0) + output_stream = stdout; + else + output_stream = fopen (output_filename, "w"); + + if (!output_stream) + { + info_error ("Could not create output file \"%s\".", output_filename); + return; + } + + /* Print each node to stream. */ + initialize_dumping (); + for (i = 0; nodenames[i]; i++) + dump_node_to_stream (filename, nodenames[i], output_stream, dump_subnodes); + + if (output_stream != stdout) + fclose (output_stream); + +#if defined (VERBOSE_NODE_DUMPING) + info_error ("Done."); +#endif /* VERBOSE_NODE_DUMPING */ +} + +/* A place to remember already dumped nodes. */ +static char **dumped_already = (char **)NULL; +static int dumped_already_index = 0; +static int dumped_already_slots = 0; + +static void +initialize_dumping () +{ + dumped_already_index = 0; +} + +/* Get and print the node specified by FILENAME and NODENAME to STREAM. + If DUMP_SUBNODES is non-zero, recursively dump the nodes which appear + in the menu of each node dumped. */ +static void +dump_node_to_stream (filename, nodename, stream, dump_subnodes) + char *filename, *nodename; + FILE *stream; + int dump_subnodes; +{ + register int i; + NODE *node; + + node = info_get_node (filename, nodename); + + if (!node) + { + if (info_recent_file_error) + info_error (info_recent_file_error); + else + { + if (filename && *nodename != '(') + info_error + (CANT_FILE_NODE, filename_non_directory (filename), nodename); + else + info_error (CANT_FIND_NODE, nodename); + } + return; + } + + /* If we have already dumped this node, don't dump it again. */ + for (i = 0; i < dumped_already_index; i++) + if (strcmp (node->nodename, dumped_already[i]) == 0) + { + free (node); + return; + } + add_pointer_to_array (node->nodename, dumped_already_index, dumped_already, + dumped_already_slots, 50, char *); + +#if defined (VERBOSE_NODE_DUMPING) + /* Maybe we should print some information about the node being output. */ + if (node->filename) + info_error ("Writing node \"(%s)%s\"...", + filename_non_directory (node->filename), node->nodename); + else + info_error ("Writing node \"%s\"...", node->nodename); +#endif /* VERBOSE_NODE_DUMPING */ + + write_node_to_stream (node, stream); + + /* If we are dumping subnodes, get the list of menu items in this node, + and dump each one recursively. */ + if (dump_subnodes) + { + REFERENCE **menu = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + + /* If this node is an Index, do not dump the menu references. */ + if (string_in_line ("Index", node->nodename) == -1) + menu = info_menu_of_node (node); + + if (menu) + { + for (i = 0; menu[i]; i++) + { + /* We don't dump Info files which are different than the + current one. */ + if (!menu[i]->filename) + dump_node_to_stream + (filename, menu[i]->nodename, stream, dump_subnodes); + } + info_free_references (menu); + } + } + + free (node); +} + +/* Dump NODE to FILENAME. If DUMP_SUBNODES is non-zero, recursively dump + the nodes which appear in the menu of each node dumped. */ +void +dump_node_to_file (node, filename, dump_subnodes) + NODE *node; + char *filename; + int dump_subnodes; +{ + FILE *output_stream; + char *nodes_filename; + + /* Get the stream to print this node to. Special case of an output + filename of "-" means to dump the nodes to stdout. */ + if (strcmp (filename, "-") == 0) + output_stream = stdout; + else + output_stream = fopen (filename, "w"); + + if (!output_stream) + { + info_error ("Could not create output file \"%s\".", filename); + return; + } + + if (node->parent) + nodes_filename = node->parent; + else + nodes_filename = node->filename; + + initialize_dumping (); + dump_node_to_stream + (nodes_filename, node->nodename, output_stream, dump_subnodes); + + if (output_stream != stdout) + fclose (output_stream); + +#if defined (VERBOSE_NODE_DUMPING) + info_error ("Done."); +#endif /* VERBOSE_NODE_DUMPING */ +} + +#if !defined (DEFAULT_INFO_PRINT_COMMAND) +# define DEFAULT_INFO_PRINT_COMMAND "lpr" +#endif /* !DEFAULT_INFO_PRINT_COMMAND */ + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_print_node, + "Pipe the contents of this node through INFO_PRINT_COMMAND") +{ + print_node (window->node); +} + +/* Print NODE on a printer piping it into INFO_PRINT_COMMAND. */ +void +print_node (node) + NODE *node; +{ + char *print_command, *getenv (); + FILE *printer_pipe; + + print_command = getenv ("INFO_PRINT_COMMAND"); + + if (!print_command || !*print_command) + print_command = DEFAULT_INFO_PRINT_COMMAND; + + printer_pipe = popen (print_command, "w"); + + if (!printer_pipe) + { + info_error ("Cannot open pipe to \"%s\".", print_command); + return; + } + +#if defined (VERBOSE_NODE_DUMPING) + /* Maybe we should print some information about the node being output. */ + if (node->filename) + info_error ("Printing node \"(%s)%s\"...", + filename_non_directory (node->filename), node->nodename); + else + info_error ("Printing node \"%s\"...", node->nodename); +#endif /* VERBOSE_NODE_DUMPING */ + + write_node_to_stream (node, printer_pipe); + pclose (printer_pipe); + +#if defined (VERBOSE_NODE_DUMPING) + info_error ("Done."); +#endif /* VERBOSE_NODE_DUMPING */ +} + +static void +write_node_to_stream (node, stream) + NODE *node; + FILE *stream; +{ + fwrite (node->contents, 1, node->nodelen, stream); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Info Searching Commands */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Variable controlling the garbage collection of files briefly visited + during searches. Such files are normally gc'ed, unless they were + compressed to begin with. If this variable is non-zero, it says + to gc even those file buffer contents which had to be uncompressed. */ +int gc_compressed_files = 0; + +static void info_gc_file_buffers (); + +static char *search_string = (char *)NULL; +static int search_string_index = 0; +static int search_string_size = 0; +static int isearch_is_active = 0; + +/* Return the file buffer which belongs to WINDOW's node. */ +FILE_BUFFER * +file_buffer_of_window (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + /* If this window has no node, then it has no file buffer. */ + if (!window->node) + return ((FILE_BUFFER *)NULL); + + if (window->node->parent) + return (info_find_file (window->node->parent)); + + if (window->node->filename) + return (info_find_file (window->node->filename)); + + return ((FILE_BUFFER *)NULL); +} + +/* Search for STRING in NODE starting at START. Return -1 if the string + was not found, or the location of the string if it was. If WINDOW is + passed as non-null, set the window's node to be NODE, its point to be + the found string, and readjust the window's pagetop. Final argument + DIR says which direction to search in. If it is positive, search + forward, else backwards. */ +long +info_search_in_node (string, node, start, window, dir) + char *string; + NODE *node; + long start; + WINDOW *window; + int dir; +{ + SEARCH_BINDING binding; + long offset; + + binding.buffer = node->contents; + binding.start = start; + binding.end = node->nodelen; + binding.flags = S_FoldCase; + + if (dir < 0) + { + binding.end = 0; + binding.flags |= S_SkipDest; + } + + if (binding.start < 0) + return (-1); + + /* For incremental searches, we always wish to skip past the string. */ + if (isearch_is_active) + binding.flags |= S_SkipDest; + + offset = search (string, &binding); + + if (offset != -1 && window) + { + set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (window); + if (window->node != node) + window_set_node_of_window (window, node); + window->point = offset; + window_adjust_pagetop (window); + } + return (offset); +} + +/* Search NODE, looking for the largest possible match of STRING. Start the + search at START. Return the absolute position of the match, or -1, if + no part of the string could be found. */ +long +info_target_search_node (node, string, start) + NODE *node; + char *string; + long start; +{ + register int i; + long offset; + char *target; + + target = strdup (string); + i = strlen (target); + + /* Try repeatedly searching for this string while removing words from + the end of it. */ + while (i) + { + target[i] = '\0'; + offset = info_search_in_node (target, node, start, (WINDOW *)NULL, 1); + + if (offset != -1) + break; + + /* Delete the last word from TARGET. */ + for (; i && (!whitespace (target[i]) && (target[i] != ',')); i--); + } + free (target); + return (offset); +} + +/* Search for STRING starting in WINDOW at point. If the string is found + in this node, set point to that position. Otherwise, get the file buffer + associated with WINDOW's node, and search through each node in that file. + If the search fails, return non-zero, else zero. Side-effect window + leaving the node and point where the string was found current. */ +static char *last_searched_for_string = (char *)NULL; +static int +info_search_internal (string, window, dir) + char *string; + WINDOW *window; + int dir; +{ + register int i; + FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer; + char *initial_nodename; + long ret, start = 0; + + file_buffer = file_buffer_of_window (window); + initial_nodename = window->node->nodename; + + if ((info_last_executed_command == info_search) && + (last_searched_for_string) && + (strcmp (last_searched_for_string, string) == 0)) + { + ret = info_search_in_node + (string, window->node, window->point + dir, window, dir); + } + else + { + ret = info_search_in_node + (string, window->node, window->point, window, dir); + } + + maybe_free (last_searched_for_string); + last_searched_for_string = strdup (string); + + if (ret != -1) + { + /* We won! */ + if (!echo_area_is_active && !isearch_is_active) + window_clear_echo_area (); + return (0); + } + + /* The string wasn't found in the current node. Search through the + window's file buffer, iff the current node is not "*". */ + if (!file_buffer || (strcmp (initial_nodename, "*") == 0)) + return (-1); + + /* If this file has tags, search through every subfile, starting at + this node's subfile and node. Otherwise, search through the + file's node list. */ + if (file_buffer->tags) + { + register int current_tag, number_of_tags; + char *last_subfile; + TAG *tag; + + /* Find number of tags and current tag. */ + last_subfile = (char *)NULL; + for (i = 0; file_buffer->tags[i]; i++) + if (strcmp (initial_nodename, file_buffer->tags[i]->nodename) == 0) + { + current_tag = i; + last_subfile = file_buffer->tags[i]->filename; + } + + number_of_tags = i; + + /* If there is no last_subfile, our tag wasn't found. */ + if (!last_subfile) + return (-1); + + /* Search through subsequent nodes, wrapping around to the top + of the info file until we find the string or return to this + window's node and point. */ + while (1) + { + NODE *node; + + /* Allow C-g to quit the search, failing it if pressed. */ + return_if_control_g (-1); + + current_tag += dir; + + if (current_tag < 0) + current_tag = number_of_tags - 1; + else if (current_tag == number_of_tags) + current_tag = 0; + + tag = file_buffer->tags[current_tag]; + + if (!echo_area_is_active && (last_subfile != tag->filename)) + { + window_message_in_echo_area + ("Searching subfile \"%s\"...", + filename_non_directory (tag->filename)); + + last_subfile = tag->filename; + } + + node = info_get_node (file_buffer->filename, tag->nodename); + + if (!node) + { + /* If not doing i-search... */ + if (!echo_area_is_active) + { + if (info_recent_file_error) + info_error (info_recent_file_error); + else + info_error (CANT_FILE_NODE, + filename_non_directory (file_buffer->filename), + tag->nodename); + } + return (-1); + } + + if (dir < 0) + start = tag->nodelen; + + ret = + info_search_in_node (string, node, start, window, dir); + + /* Did we find the string in this node? */ + if (ret != -1) + { + /* Yes! We win. */ + remember_window_and_node (window, node); + if (!echo_area_is_active) + window_clear_echo_area (); + return (0); + } + + /* No. Free this node, and make sure that we haven't passed + our starting point. */ + free (node); + + if (strcmp (initial_nodename, tag->nodename) == 0) + return (-1); + } + } + return (-1); +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_search, "Read a string and search for it") +{ + char *line, *prompt; + int result, old_pagetop; + int direction; + + if (count < 0) + direction = -1; + else + direction = 1; + + /* Read a string from the user, defaulting the search to SEARCH_STRING. */ + if (!search_string) + { + search_string = (char *)xmalloc (search_string_size = 100); + search_string[0] = '\0'; + } + + prompt = (char *)xmalloc (50 + strlen (search_string)); + + sprintf (prompt, "%s for string [%s]: ", + direction < 0 ? "Search backward" : "Search", + search_string); + + line = info_read_in_echo_area (window, prompt); + free (prompt); + + if (!line) + { + info_abort_key (); + return; + } + + if (*line) + { + if (strlen (line) + 1 > search_string_size) + search_string = (char *) + xrealloc (search_string, (search_string_size += 50 + strlen (line))); + + strcpy (search_string, line); + search_string_index = strlen (line); + free (line); + } + + old_pagetop = active_window->pagetop; + result = info_search_internal (search_string, active_window, direction); + + if (result != 0 && !info_error_was_printed) + info_error ("Search failed."); + else if (old_pagetop != active_window->pagetop) + { + int new_pagetop; + + new_pagetop = active_window->pagetop; + active_window->pagetop = old_pagetop; + set_window_pagetop (active_window, new_pagetop); + if (auto_footnotes_p) + info_get_or_remove_footnotes (active_window); + } + + /* Perhaps free the unreferenced file buffers that were searched, but + not retained. */ + info_gc_file_buffers (); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Incremental Searching */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +static void incremental_search (); + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (isearch_forward, + "Search interactively for a string as you type it") +{ + incremental_search (window, count, key); +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (isearch_backward, + "Search interactively for a string as you type it") +{ + incremental_search (window, -count, key); +} + +/* Incrementally search for a string as it is typed. */ +/* The last accepted incremental search string. */ +static char *last_isearch_accepted = (char *)NULL; + +/* The current incremental search string. */ +static char *isearch_string = (char *)NULL; +static int isearch_string_index = 0; +static int isearch_string_size = 0; +static unsigned char isearch_terminate_search_key = ESC; + +/* Structure defining the current state of an incremental search. */ +typedef struct { + WINDOW_STATE_DECL; /* The node, pagetop and point. */ + int search_index; /* Offset of the last char in the search string. */ + int direction; /* The direction that this search is heading in. */ + int failing; /* Whether or not this search failed. */ +} SEARCH_STATE; + +/* Array of search states. */ +static SEARCH_STATE **isearch_states = (SEARCH_STATE **)NULL; +static int isearch_states_index = 0; +static int isearch_states_slots = 0; + +/* Push the state of this search. */ +static void +push_isearch (window, search_index, direction, failing) + WINDOW *window; + int search_index, direction, failing; +{ + SEARCH_STATE *state; + + state = (SEARCH_STATE *)xmalloc (sizeof (SEARCH_STATE)); + window_get_state (window, state); + state->search_index = search_index; + state->direction = direction; + state->failing = failing; + + add_pointer_to_array (state, isearch_states_index, isearch_states, + isearch_states_slots, 20, SEARCH_STATE *); +} + +/* Pop the state of this search to WINDOW, SEARCH_INDEX, and DIRECTION. */ +static void +pop_isearch (window, search_index, direction, failing) + WINDOW *window; + int *search_index, *direction, *failing; +{ + SEARCH_STATE *state; + + if (isearch_states_index) + { + isearch_states_index--; + state = isearch_states[isearch_states_index]; + window_set_state (window, state); + *search_index = state->search_index; + *direction = state->direction; + *failing = state->failing; + + free (state); + isearch_states[isearch_states_index] = (SEARCH_STATE *)NULL; + } +} + +/* Free the memory used by isearch_states. */ +static void +free_isearch_states () +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; i < isearch_states_index; i++) + { + free (isearch_states[i]); + isearch_states[i] = (SEARCH_STATE *)NULL; + } + isearch_states_index = 0; +} + +/* Display the current search in the echo area. */ +static void +show_isearch_prompt (dir, string, failing_p) + int dir; + unsigned char *string; + int failing_p; +{ + register int i; + char *prefix, *prompt, *p_rep; + int prompt_len, p_rep_index, p_rep_size; + + if (dir < 0) + prefix = "I-search backward: "; + else + prefix = "I-search: "; + + p_rep_index = p_rep_size = 0; + p_rep = (char *)NULL; + for (i = 0; string[i]; i++) + { + char *rep; + + switch (string[i]) + { + case ' ': rep = " "; break; + case LFD: rep = "\\n"; break; + case TAB: rep = "\\t"; break; + default: + rep = pretty_keyname (string[i]); + } + if ((p_rep_index + strlen (rep) + 1) >= p_rep_size) + p_rep = (char *)xrealloc (p_rep, p_rep_size += 100); + + strcpy (p_rep + p_rep_index, rep); + p_rep_index += strlen (rep); + } + + prompt_len = strlen (prefix) + p_rep_index + 20; + prompt = (char *)xmalloc (prompt_len); + sprintf (prompt, "%s%s%s", failing_p ? "Failing " : "", prefix, + p_rep ? p_rep : ""); + + window_message_in_echo_area ("%s", prompt); + maybe_free (p_rep); + free (prompt); + display_cursor_at_point (active_window); +} + +static void +incremental_search (window, count, ignore) + WINDOW *window; + int count; + unsigned char ignore; +{ + unsigned char key; + int last_search_result, search_result, dir; + SEARCH_STATE mystate, orig_state; + + if (count < 0) + dir = -1; + else + dir = 1; + + last_search_result = search_result = 0; + + window_get_state (window, &orig_state); + + isearch_string_index = 0; + if (!isearch_string_size) + isearch_string = (char *)xmalloc (isearch_string_size = 50); + + /* Show the search string in the echo area. */ + isearch_string[isearch_string_index] = '\0'; + show_isearch_prompt (dir, isearch_string, search_result); + + isearch_is_active = 1; + + while (isearch_is_active) + { + VFunction *func = (VFunction *)NULL; + int quoted = 0; + + /* If a recent display was interrupted, then do the redisplay now if + it is convenient. */ + if (!info_any_buffered_input_p () && display_was_interrupted_p) + { + display_update_one_window (window); + display_cursor_at_point (active_window); + } + + /* Read a character and dispatch on it. */ + key = info_get_input_char (); + window_get_state (window, &mystate); + + if (key == DEL) + { + /* User wants to delete one level of search? */ + if (!isearch_states_index) + { + terminal_ring_bell (); + continue; + } + else + { + pop_isearch + (window, &isearch_string_index, &dir, &search_result); + isearch_string[isearch_string_index] = '\0'; + show_isearch_prompt (dir, isearch_string, search_result); + goto after_search; + } + } + else if (key == Control ('q')) + { + key = info_get_input_char (); + quoted = 1; + } + + /* We are about to search again, or quit. Save the current search. */ + push_isearch (window, isearch_string_index, dir, search_result); + + if (quoted) + goto insert_and_search; + + if (!Meta_p (key) || (ISO_Latin_p && key < 160)) + { + func = window->keymap[key].function; + + /* If this key invokes an incremental search, then this means that + we will either search again in the same direction, search + again in the reverse direction, or insert the last search + string that was accepted through incremental searching. */ + if (func == isearch_forward || func == isearch_backward) + { + if ((func == isearch_forward && dir > 0) || + (func == isearch_backward && dir < 0)) + { + /* If the user has typed no characters, then insert the + last successful search into the current search string. */ + if (isearch_string_index == 0) + { + /* Of course, there must be something to insert. */ + if (last_isearch_accepted) + { + if (strlen (last_isearch_accepted) + 1 >= + isearch_string_size) + isearch_string = (char *) + xrealloc (isearch_string, + isearch_string_size += 10 + + strlen (last_isearch_accepted)); + strcpy (isearch_string, last_isearch_accepted); + isearch_string_index = strlen (isearch_string); + goto search_now; + } + else + continue; + } + else + { + /* Search again in the same direction. This means start + from a new place if the last search was successful. */ + if (search_result == 0) + window->point += dir; + } + } + else + { + /* Reverse the direction of the search. */ + dir = -dir; + } + } + else if (isprint (key) || func == (VFunction *)NULL) + { + insert_and_search: + + if (isearch_string_index + 2 >= isearch_string_size) + isearch_string = (char *)xrealloc + (isearch_string, isearch_string_size += 100); + + isearch_string[isearch_string_index++] = key; + isearch_string[isearch_string_index] = '\0'; + goto search_now; + } + else if (func == info_abort_key) + { + /* If C-g pressed, and the search is failing, pop the search + stack back to the last unfailed search. */ + if (isearch_states_index && (search_result != 0)) + { + terminal_ring_bell (); + while (isearch_states_index && (search_result != 0)) + pop_isearch + (window, &isearch_string_index, &dir, &search_result); + isearch_string[isearch_string_index] = '\0'; + show_isearch_prompt (dir, isearch_string, search_result); + continue; + } + else + goto exit_search; + } + else + goto exit_search; + } + else + { + exit_search: + /* The character is not printable, or it has a function which is + non-null. Exit the search, remembering the search string. If + the key is not the same as the isearch_terminate_search_key, + then push it into pending input. */ + if (isearch_string_index && func != info_abort_key) + { + maybe_free (last_isearch_accepted); + last_isearch_accepted = strdup (isearch_string); + } + + if (key != isearch_terminate_search_key) + info_set_pending_input (key); + + if (func == info_abort_key) + { + if (isearch_states_index) + window_set_state (window, &orig_state); + } + + if (!echo_area_is_active) + window_clear_echo_area (); + + if (auto_footnotes_p) + info_get_or_remove_footnotes (active_window); + + isearch_is_active = 0; + continue; + } + + /* Search for the contents of isearch_string. */ + search_now: + show_isearch_prompt (dir, isearch_string, search_result); + + if (search_result == 0) + { + /* Check to see if the current search string is right here. If + we are looking at it, then don't bother calling the search + function. */ + if (((dir < 0) && + (strncasecmp (window->node->contents + window->point, + isearch_string, isearch_string_index) == 0)) || + ((dir > 0) && + ((window->point - isearch_string_index) >= 0) && + (strncasecmp (window->node->contents + + (window->point - (isearch_string_index - 1)), + isearch_string, isearch_string_index) == 0))) + { + if (dir > 0) + window->point++; + } + else + search_result = info_search_internal (isearch_string, window, dir); + } + + /* If this search failed, and we didn't already have a failed search, + then ring the terminal bell. */ + if (search_result != 0 && last_search_result == 0) + terminal_ring_bell (); + + after_search: + show_isearch_prompt (dir, isearch_string, search_result); + + if (search_result == 0) + { + if ((mystate.node == window->node) && + (mystate.pagetop != window->pagetop)) + { + int newtop = window->pagetop; + window->pagetop = mystate.pagetop; + set_window_pagetop (window, newtop); + } + display_update_one_window (window); + display_cursor_at_point (window); + } + + last_search_result = search_result; + } + + /* Free the memory used to remember each search state. */ + free_isearch_states (); + + /* Perhaps GC some file buffers. */ + info_gc_file_buffers (); + + /* After searching, leave the window in the correct state. */ + if (!echo_area_is_active) + window_clear_echo_area (); +} + +/* GC some file buffers. A file buffer can be gc-ed if there we have + no nodes in INFO_WINDOWS that reference this file buffer's contents. + Garbage collecting a file buffer means to free the file buffers + contents. */ +static void +info_gc_file_buffers () +{ + register int fb_index, iw_index, i; + register FILE_BUFFER *fb; + register INFO_WINDOW *iw; + + if (!info_loaded_files) + return; + + for (fb_index = 0; fb = info_loaded_files[fb_index]; fb_index++) + { + int fb_referenced_p = 0; + + /* If already gc-ed, do nothing. */ + if (!fb->contents) + continue; + + /* If this file had to be uncompressed, check to see if we should + gc it. This means that the user-variable "gc-compressed-files" + is non-zero. */ + if ((fb->flags & N_IsCompressed) && !gc_compressed_files) + continue; + + /* If this file's contents are not gc-able, move on. */ + if (fb->flags & N_CannotGC) + continue; + + /* Check each INFO_WINDOW to see if it has any nodes which reference + this file. */ + for (iw_index = 0; iw = info_windows[iw_index]; iw_index++) + { + for (i = 0; iw->nodes && iw->nodes[i]; i++) + { + if ((strcmp (fb->fullpath, iw->nodes[i]->filename) == 0) || + (strcmp (fb->filename, iw->nodes[i]->filename) == 0)) + { + fb_referenced_p = 1; + break; + } + } + } + + /* If this file buffer wasn't referenced, free its contents. */ + if (!fb_referenced_p) + { + free (fb->contents); + fb->contents = (char *)NULL; + } + } +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Traversing and Selecting References */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Move to the next or previous cross reference in this node. */ +static void +info_move_to_xref (window, count, key, dir) + WINDOW *window; + int count; + unsigned char key; + int dir; +{ + long firstmenu, firstxref; + long nextmenu, nextxref; + long placement = -1; + long start = 0; + NODE *node = window->node; + + if (dir < 0) + start = node->nodelen; + + /* This search is only allowed to fail if there is no menu or cross + reference in the current node. Otherwise, the first menu or xref + found is moved to. */ + + firstmenu = info_search_in_node + (INFO_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL, node, start, (WINDOW *)NULL, dir); + + /* FIRSTMENU may point directly to the line defining the menu. Skip that + and go directly to the first item. */ + + if (firstmenu != -1) + { + char *text = node->contents + firstmenu; + + if (strncmp (text, INFO_MENU_LABEL, strlen (INFO_MENU_LABEL)) == 0) + firstmenu = info_search_in_node + (INFO_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL, node, firstmenu + dir, (WINDOW *)NULL, dir); + } + + firstxref = + info_search_in_node (INFO_XREF_LABEL, node, start, (WINDOW *)NULL, dir); + +#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) + if ((firstxref == -1) && (node->flags & N_IsManPage)) + { + firstxref = locate_manpage_xref (node, start, dir); + } +#endif /* HANDLE_MAN_PAGES */ + + if (firstmenu == -1 && firstxref == -1) + { + info_error ("No cross references in this node."); + return; + } + + /* There is at least one cross reference or menu entry in this node. + Try hard to find the next available one. */ + + nextmenu = info_search_in_node + (INFO_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL, node, window->point + dir, (WINDOW *)NULL, dir); + + nextxref = info_search_in_node + (INFO_XREF_LABEL, node, window->point + dir, (WINDOW *)NULL, dir); + +#if defined (HANDLE_MAN_PAGES) + if ((nextxref == -1) && (node->flags & N_IsManPage) && (firstxref != -1)) + nextxref = locate_manpage_xref (node, window->point + dir, dir); +#endif /* HANDLE_MAN_PAGES */ + + /* Ignore "Menu:" as a menu item. */ + if (nextmenu != -1) + { + char *text = node->contents + nextmenu; + + if (strncmp (text, INFO_MENU_LABEL, strlen (INFO_MENU_LABEL)) == 0) + nextmenu = info_search_in_node + (INFO_MENU_ENTRY_LABEL, node, nextmenu + dir, (WINDOW *)NULL, dir); + } + + /* If there is both a next menu entry, and a next xref entry, choose the + one which occurs first. Otherwise, select the one which actually + appears in this node following point. */ + if (nextmenu != -1 && nextxref != -1) + { + if (((dir == 1) && (nextmenu < nextxref)) || + ((dir == -1) && (nextmenu > nextxref))) + placement = nextmenu + 1; + else + placement = nextxref; + } + else if (nextmenu != -1) + placement = nextmenu + 1; + else if (nextxref != -1) + placement = nextxref; + + /* If there was neither a menu or xref entry appearing in this node after + point, choose the first menu or xref entry appearing in this node. */ + if (placement == -1) + { + if (firstmenu != -1 && firstxref != -1) + { + if (((dir == 1) && (firstmenu < firstxref)) || + ((dir == -1) && (firstmenu > firstxref))) + placement = firstmenu + 1; + else + placement = firstxref; + } + else if (firstmenu != -1) + placement = firstmenu + 1; + else + placement = firstxref; + } + window->point = placement; + window_adjust_pagetop (window); + window->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_move_to_prev_xref, + "Move to the previous cross reference") +{ + if (count < 0) + info_move_to_prev_xref (window, -count, key); + else + info_move_to_xref (window, count, key, -1); +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_move_to_next_xref, + "Move to the next cross reference") +{ + if (count < 0) + info_move_to_next_xref (window, -count, key); + else + info_move_to_xref (window, count, key, 1); +} + +/* Select the menu item or reference that appears on this line. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_select_reference_this_line, + "Select reference or menu item appearing on this line") +{ + char *line; + NODE *orig; + + line = window->line_starts[window_line_of_point (window)]; + orig = window->node; + + /* If this line contains a menu item, select that one. */ + if (strncmp ("* ", line, 2) == 0) + info_menu_or_ref_item (window, count, key, info_menu_of_node, 0); + else + info_menu_or_ref_item (window, count, key, info_xrefs_of_node, 0); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Miscellaneous Info Commands */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* What to do when C-g is pressed in a window. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_abort_key, "Cancel current operation") +{ + /* If error printing doesn't oridinarily ring the bell, do it now, + since C-g always rings the bell. Otherwise, let the error printer + do it. */ + if (!info_error_rings_bell_p) + terminal_ring_bell (); + info_error ("Quit"); + + info_initialize_numeric_arg (); + info_clear_pending_input (); + info_last_executed_command = (VFunction *)NULL; +} + +/* Move the cursor to the desired line of the window. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_move_to_window_line, + "Move to the cursor to a specific line of the window") +{ + int line; + + /* With no numeric argument of any kind, default to the center line. */ + if (!info_explicit_arg && count == 1) + line = (window->height / 2) + window->pagetop; + else + { + if (count < 0) + line = (window->height + count) + window->pagetop; + else + line = window->pagetop + count; + } + + /* If the line doesn't appear in this window, make it do so. */ + if ((line - window->pagetop) >= window->height) + line = window->pagetop + (window->height - 1); + + /* If the line is too small, make it fit. */ + if (line < window->pagetop) + line = window->pagetop; + + /* If the selected line is past the bottom of the node, force it back. */ + if (line >= window->line_count) + line = window->line_count - 1; + + window->point = (window->line_starts[line] - window->node->contents); +} + +/* Clear the screen and redraw its contents. Given a numeric argument, + move the line the cursor is on to the COUNT'th line of the window. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_redraw_display, "Redraw the display") +{ + if ((!info_explicit_arg && count == 1) || echo_area_is_active) + { + terminal_clear_screen (); + display_clear_display (the_display); + window_mark_chain (windows, W_UpdateWindow); + display_update_display (windows); + } + else + { + int desired_line, point_line; + int new_pagetop; + + point_line = window_line_of_point (window) - window->pagetop; + + if (count < 0) + desired_line = window->height + count; + else + desired_line = count; + + if (desired_line < 0) + desired_line = 0; + + if (desired_line >= window->height) + desired_line = window->height - 1; + + if (desired_line == point_line) + return; + + new_pagetop = window->pagetop + (point_line - desired_line); + + set_window_pagetop (window, new_pagetop); + } +} +/* This command does nothing. It is the fact that a key is bound to it + that has meaning. See the code at the top of info_session (). */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_quit, "Quit using Info") +{} + + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Reading Keys and Dispatching on Them */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Declaration only. Special cased in info_dispatch_on_key (). */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_do_lowercase_version, "") +{} + +static void +dispatch_error (keyseq) + char *keyseq; +{ + char *rep; + + rep = pretty_keyseq (keyseq); + + if (!echo_area_is_active) + info_error ("Unknown command (%s).", rep); + else + { + char *temp; + + temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (rep) + strlen ("\"\" is invalid")); + + sprintf (temp, "\"%s\" is invalid", rep); + terminal_ring_bell (); + inform_in_echo_area (temp); + free (temp); + } +} + +/* Keeping track of key sequences. */ +static char *info_keyseq = (char *)NULL; +static char keyseq_rep[100]; +static int info_keyseq_index = 0; +static int info_keyseq_size = 0; +static int info_keyseq_displayed_p = 0; + +/* Initialize the length of the current key sequence. */ +void +initialize_keyseq () +{ + info_keyseq_index = 0; + info_keyseq_displayed_p = 0; +} + +/* Add CHARACTER to the current key sequence. */ +void +add_char_to_keyseq (character) + char character; +{ + if (info_keyseq_index + 2 >= info_keyseq_size) + info_keyseq = (char *)xrealloc (info_keyseq, info_keyseq_size += 10); + + info_keyseq[info_keyseq_index++] = character; + info_keyseq[info_keyseq_index] = '\0'; +} + +/* Return the pretty printable string which represents KEYSEQ. */ +char * +pretty_keyseq (keyseq) + char *keyseq; +{ + register int i; + + keyseq_rep[0] = '\0'; + + for (i = 0; keyseq[i]; i++) + { + sprintf (keyseq_rep + strlen (keyseq_rep), "%s%s", + strlen (keyseq_rep) ? " " : "", + pretty_keyname (keyseq[i])); + } + + return (keyseq_rep); +} + +/* Display the current value of info_keyseq. If argument EXPECTING is + non-zero, input is expected to be read after the key sequence is + displayed, so add an additional prompting character to the sequence. */ +void +display_info_keyseq (expecting_future_input) + int expecting_future_input; +{ + char *rep; + + rep = pretty_keyseq (info_keyseq); + if (expecting_future_input) + strcat (rep, "-"); + + if (echo_area_is_active) + inform_in_echo_area (rep); + else + { + window_message_in_echo_area (rep); + display_cursor_at_point (active_window); + } + info_keyseq_displayed_p = 1; +} + +/* Called by interactive commands to read a keystroke. */ +unsigned char +info_get_another_input_char () +{ + int ready = 0; + + /* If there isn't any input currently available, then wait a + moment looking for input. If we don't get it fast enough, + prompt a little bit with the current key sequence. */ + if (!info_keyseq_displayed_p && + !info_any_buffered_input_p () && + !info_input_pending_p ()) + { +#if defined (FD_SET) + struct timeval timer; + fd_set readfds; + + FD_ZERO (&readfds); + FD_SET (fileno (info_input_stream), &readfds); + timer.tv_sec = 1; + timer.tv_usec = 750; + ready = select (1, &readfds, (fd_set *)NULL, (fd_set *)NULL, &timer); +#endif /* FD_SET */ + } + + if (!ready) + display_info_keyseq (1); + + return (info_get_input_char ()); +} + +/* Do the command associated with KEY in MAP. If the associated command is + really a keymap, then read another key, and dispatch into that map. */ +void +info_dispatch_on_key (key, map) + unsigned char key; + Keymap map; +{ + if (Meta_p (key) && (!ISO_Latin_p || map[key].function != ea_insert)) + { + if (map[ESC].type == ISKMAP) + { + map = (Keymap)map[ESC].function; + add_char_to_keyseq (ESC); + key = UnMeta (key); + info_dispatch_on_key (key, map); + } + else + { + dispatch_error (info_keyseq); + } + return; + } + + switch (map[key].type) + { + case ISFUNC: + { + VFunction *func; + + func = map[key].function; + if (func != (VFunction *)NULL) + { + /* Special case info_do_lowercase_version (). */ + if (func == info_do_lowercase_version) + { + info_dispatch_on_key (tolower (key), map); + return; + } + + add_char_to_keyseq (key); + + if (info_keyseq_displayed_p) + display_info_keyseq (0); + + { + WINDOW *where; + + where = active_window; + (*map[key].function) + (active_window, info_numeric_arg * info_numeric_arg_sign, key); + + /* If we have input pending, then the last command was a prefix + command. Don't change the value of the last function vars. + Otherwise, remember the last command executed in the var + appropriate to the window in which it was executed. */ + if (!info_input_pending_p ()) + { + if (where == the_echo_area) + ea_last_executed_command = map[key].function; + else + info_last_executed_command = map[key].function; + } + } + } + else + { + add_char_to_keyseq (key); + dispatch_error (info_keyseq); + return; + } + } + break; + + case ISKMAP: + add_char_to_keyseq (key); + if (map[key].function != (VFunction *)NULL) + { + unsigned char newkey; + + newkey = info_get_another_input_char (); + info_dispatch_on_key (newkey, (Keymap)map[key].function); + } + else + { + dispatch_error (info_keyseq); + return; + } + break; + } +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Numeric Arguments */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Handle C-u style numeric args, as well as M--, and M-digits. */ + +/* Non-zero means that an explicit argument has been passed to this + command, as in C-u C-v. */ +int info_explicit_arg = 0; + +/* The sign of the numeric argument. */ +int info_numeric_arg_sign = 1; + +/* The value of the argument itself. */ +int info_numeric_arg = 1; + +/* Add the current digit to the argument in progress. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_add_digit_to_numeric_arg, + "Add this digit to the current numeric argument") +{ + info_numeric_arg_digit_loop (window, 0, key); +} + +/* C-u, universal argument. Multiply the current argument by 4. + Read a key. If the key has nothing to do with arguments, then + dispatch on it. If the key is the abort character then abort. */ +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_universal_argument, + "Start (or multiply by 4) the current numeric argument") +{ + info_numeric_arg *= 4; + info_numeric_arg_digit_loop (window, 0, 0); +} + +/* Create a default argument. */ +void +info_initialize_numeric_arg () +{ + info_numeric_arg = info_numeric_arg_sign = 1; + info_explicit_arg = 0; +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (info_numeric_arg_digit_loop, + "Internally used by \\[universal-argument]") +{ + unsigned char pure_key; + Keymap keymap = window->keymap; + + while (1) + { + if (key) + pure_key = key; + else + { + if (display_was_interrupted_p && !info_any_buffered_input_p ()) + display_update_display (windows); + + if (active_window != the_echo_area) + display_cursor_at_point (active_window); + + pure_key = key = info_get_another_input_char (); + + if (Meta_p (key)) + add_char_to_keyseq (ESC); + + add_char_to_keyseq (UnMeta (key)); + } + + if (Meta_p (key)) + key = UnMeta (key); + + if (keymap[key].type == ISFUNC && + keymap[key].function == info_universal_argument) + { + info_numeric_arg *= 4; + key = 0; + continue; + } + + if (isdigit (key)) + { + if (info_explicit_arg) + info_numeric_arg = (info_numeric_arg * 10) + (key - '0'); + else + info_numeric_arg = (key - '0'); + info_explicit_arg = 1; + } + else + { + if (key == '-' && !info_explicit_arg) + { + info_numeric_arg_sign = -1; + info_numeric_arg = 1; + } + else + { + info_keyseq_index--; + info_dispatch_on_key (pure_key, keymap); + return; + } + } + key = 0; + } +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Input Character Buffering */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Character waiting to be read next. */ +static int pending_input_character = 0; + +/* How to make there be no pending input. */ +static void +info_clear_pending_input () +{ + pending_input_character = 0; +} + +/* How to set the pending input character. */ +static void +info_set_pending_input (key) + unsigned char key; +{ + pending_input_character = key; +} + +/* How to see if there is any pending input. */ +unsigned char +info_input_pending_p () +{ + return (pending_input_character); +} + +/* Largest number of characters that we can read in advance. */ +#define MAX_INFO_INPUT_BUFFERING 512 + +static int pop_index = 0, push_index = 0; +static unsigned char info_input_buffer[MAX_INFO_INPUT_BUFFERING]; + +/* Add KEY to the buffer of characters to be read. */ +static void +info_push_typeahead (key) + unsigned char key; +{ + /* Flush all pending input in the case of C-g pressed. */ + if (key == Control ('g')) + { + push_index = pop_index; + info_set_pending_input (Control ('g')); + } + else + { + info_input_buffer[push_index++] = key; + if (push_index >= sizeof (info_input_buffer)) + push_index = 0; + } +} + +/* Return the amount of space available in INFO_INPUT_BUFFER for new chars. */ +static int +info_input_buffer_space_available () +{ + if (pop_index > push_index) + return (pop_index - push_index); + else + return (sizeof (info_input_buffer) - (push_index - pop_index)); +} + +/* Get a key from the buffer of characters to be read. + Return the key in KEY. + Result is non-zero if there was a key, or 0 if there wasn't. */ +static int +info_get_key_from_typeahead (key) + unsigned char *key; +{ + if (push_index == pop_index) + return (0); + + *key = info_input_buffer[pop_index++]; + + if (pop_index >= sizeof (info_input_buffer)) + pop_index = 0; + + return (1); +} + +int +info_any_buffered_input_p () +{ + info_gather_typeahead (); + return (push_index != pop_index); +} + +/* Push KEY into the *front* of the input buffer. Returns non-zero if + successful, zero if there is no space left in the buffer. */ +static int +info_replace_key_to_typeahead (key) + unsigned char key; +{ + if (info_input_buffer_space_available ()) + { + pop_index--; + if (pop_index < 0) + pop_index = sizeof (info_input_buffer) - 1; + info_input_buffer[pop_index] = key; + return (1); + } + return (0); +} + +/* If characters are available to be read, then read them and stuff them into + info_input_buffer. Otherwise, do nothing. */ +void +info_gather_typeahead () +{ + register int i = 0; + int tty, space_avail; + long chars_avail; + unsigned char input[MAX_INFO_INPUT_BUFFERING]; + + tty = fileno (info_input_stream); + chars_avail = 0; + + space_avail = info_input_buffer_space_available (); + + /* If we can just find out how many characters there are to read, do so. */ +#if defined (FIONREAD) + { + ioctl (tty, FIONREAD, &chars_avail); + + if (chars_avail > space_avail) + chars_avail = space_avail; + + if (chars_avail) + read (tty, &input[0], chars_avail); + } +#else /* !FIONREAD */ +# if defined (O_NDELAY) + { + int flags; + + flags = fcntl (tty, F_GETFL, 0); + + fcntl (tty, F_SETFL, (flags | O_NDELAY)); + chars_avail = read (tty, &input[0], space_avail); + fcntl (tty, F_SETFL, flags); + + if (chars_avail == -1) + chars_avail = 0; + } +# endif /* O_NDELAY */ +#endif /* !FIONREAD */ + + while (i < chars_avail) + { + info_push_typeahead (input[i]); + i++; + } +} + +/* How to read a single character. */ +unsigned char +info_get_input_char () +{ + unsigned char keystroke; + + info_gather_typeahead (); + + if (pending_input_character) + { + keystroke = pending_input_character; + pending_input_character = 0; + } + else if (info_get_key_from_typeahead (&keystroke) == 0) + { + int rawkey; + + rawkey = getc (info_input_stream); + keystroke = rawkey; + + if (rawkey == EOF) + { + if (info_input_stream != stdin) + { + fclose (info_input_stream); + info_input_stream = stdin; + display_inhibited = 0; + display_update_display (windows); + display_cursor_at_point (active_window); + rawkey = getc (info_input_stream); + keystroke = rawkey; + } + + if (rawkey == EOF) + { + terminal_unprep_terminal (); + close_dribble_file (); + exit (0); + } + } + } + + if (info_dribble_file) + dribble (keystroke); + + return (keystroke); +} diff --git a/texinfo/info/session.h b/texinfo/info/session.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..98b8ccf695f --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/session.h @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +/* session.h -- Functions found in session.c. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_SESSION_H_) +#define _SESSION_H_ + +#include "general.h" +#include "dribble.h" + +/* All commands that can be invoked from within info_session () receive + arguments in the same way. This simple define declares the header + of a function named NAME, with associated documentation DOC. The + documentation string is groveled out of the source files by the + utility program `makedoc', which is also responsible for making + the documentation/function-pointer maps. */ +#define DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND(name, doc) \ +void name (window, count, key) WINDOW *window; int count; unsigned char key; + +/* Variables found in session.h. */ +extern VFunction *info_last_executed_command; + +/* Variable controlling the garbage collection of files briefly visited + during searches. Such files are normally gc'ed, unless they were + compressed to begin with. If this variable is non-zero, it says + to gc even those file buffer contents which had to be uncompressed. */ +extern int gc_compressed_files; + +/* When non-zero, tiling takes place automatically when info_split_window + is called. */ +extern int auto_tiling_p; + +/* Variable controlling the behaviour of default scrolling when you are + already at the bottom of a node. */ +extern int info_scroll_behaviour; +extern char *info_scroll_choices[]; + +/* Values for info_scroll_behaviour. */ +#define IS_Continuous 0 /* Try to get first menu item, or failing that, the + "Next:" pointer, or failing that, the "Up:" and + "Next:" of the up. */ +#define IS_NextOnly 1 /* Try to get "Next:" menu item. */ +#define IS_PageOnly 2 /* Simply give up at the bottom of a node. */ + +/* Utility functions found in session.c */ +extern void info_dispatch_on_key (); +extern unsigned char info_get_input_char (), info_get_another_input_char (); +extern unsigned char info_input_pending_p (); +extern void remember_window_and_node (), set_remembered_pagetop_and_point (); +extern void set_window_pagetop (), info_set_node_of_window (); +extern char *pretty_keyseq (); +extern void initialize_keyseq (), add_char_to_keyseq (); +extern void info_gather_typeahead (); +extern FILE_BUFFER *file_buffer_of_window (); +extern long info_search_in_node (), info_target_search_node (); +extern void info_select_reference (); +extern int info_any_buffered_input_p (); +extern void print_node (); +extern void dump_node_to_file (), dump_nodes_to_file (); + +/* Do the physical deletion of WINDOW, and forget this window and + associated nodes. */ +extern void info_delete_window_internal (); + +/* Tell Info that input is coming from the file FILENAME. */ +extern void info_set_input_from_file (); + +#define return_if_control_g(val) \ + do { \ + info_gather_typeahead (); \ + if (info_input_pending_p () == Control ('g')) \ + return (val); \ + } while (0) + +/* The names of the functions that run an info session. */ + +/* Starting an info session. */ +extern void begin_multiple_window_info_session (), begin_info_session (); +extern void begin_info_session_with_error (), info_session (); +extern void info_read_and_dispatch (); + +/* Moving the point within a node. */ +extern void info_next_line (), info_prev_line (); +extern void info_end_of_line (), info_beginning_of_line (); +extern void info_forward_char (), info_backward_char (); +extern void info_forward_word (), info_backward_word (); +extern void info_beginning_of_node (), info_end_of_node (); +extern void info_move_to_prev_xref (), info_move_to_next_xref (); + +/* Scrolling text within a window. */ +extern void info_scroll_forward (), info_scroll_backward (); +extern void info_redraw_display (), info_toggle_wrap (); +extern void info_move_to_window_line (); + +/* Manipulating multiple windows. */ +extern void info_split_window (), info_delete_window (); +extern void info_keep_one_window (), info_grow_window (); +extern void info_scroll_other_window (), info_tile_windows (); +extern void info_next_window (), info_prev_window (); + +/* Selecting nodes. */ +extern void info_next_node (), info_prev_node (), info_up_node (); +extern void info_last_node (), info_first_node (), info_history_node (); +extern void info_goto_node (), info_top_node (), info_dir_node (); +extern void info_global_next_node (), info_global_prev_node (); +extern void info_kill_node (), info_view_file (); + +/* Selecting cross references. */ +extern void info_menu_digit (), info_menu_item (), info_xref_item (); +extern void info_find_menu (), info_select_reference_this_line (); + +/* Hacking numeric arguments. */ +extern int info_explicit_arg, info_numeric_arg, info_numeric_arg_sign; + +extern void info_add_digit_to_numeric_arg (), info_universal_argument (); +extern void info_initialize_numeric_arg (), info_numeric_arg_digit_loop (); + +/* Searching commands. */ +extern void info_search (), isearch_forward (), isearch_backward (); + +/* Dumping and printing nodes. */ +extern void info_print_node (); + +/* Miscellaneous commands. */ +extern void info_abort_key (), info_quit (), info_do_lowercase_version (); + +#endif /* _SESSION_H_ */ diff --git a/texinfo/info/signals.c b/texinfo/info/signals.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a60777fe597 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/signals.c @@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ +/* signals.c -- Install and maintain Info signal handlers. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include "info.h" +#include "signals.h" + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Pretending That We Have POSIX Signals */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +#if !defined (HAVE_SIGPROCMASK) && defined (HAVE_SIGSETMASK) +/* Perform OPERATION on NEWSET, perhaps leaving information in OLDSET. */ +static void +sigprocmask (operation, newset, oldset) + int operation, *newset, *oldset; +{ + switch (operation) + { + case SIG_UNBLOCK: + sigsetmask (sigblock (0) & ~(*newset)); + break; + + case SIG_BLOCK: + *oldset = sigblock (*newset); + break; + + case SIG_SETMASK: + sigsetmask (*newset); + break; + + default: + abort (); + } +} +#endif /* !HAVE_SIGPROCMASK && HAVE_SIGSETMASK */ + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Signal Handling for Info */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +typedef void SigHandlerType; +typedef SigHandlerType SigHandler (); + +static SigHandlerType info_signal_handler (); +static SigHandler *old_TSTP, *old_TTOU, *old_TTIN; +static SigHandler *old_WINCH, *old_INT; + +void +initialize_info_signal_handler () +{ +#if defined (SIGTSTP) + old_TSTP = (SigHandler *) signal (SIGTSTP, info_signal_handler); + old_TTOU = (SigHandler *) signal (SIGTTOU, info_signal_handler); + old_TTIN = (SigHandler *) signal (SIGTTIN, info_signal_handler); +#endif /* SIGTSTP */ + +#if defined (SIGWINCH) + old_WINCH = (SigHandler *) signal (SIGWINCH, info_signal_handler); +#endif + +#if defined (SIGINT) + old_INT = (SigHandler *) signal (SIGINT, info_signal_handler); +#endif +} + +static void +redisplay_after_signal () +{ + terminal_clear_screen (); + display_clear_display (the_display); + window_mark_chain (windows, W_UpdateWindow); + display_update_display (windows); + display_cursor_at_point (active_window); + fflush (stdout); +} + +static SigHandlerType +info_signal_handler (sig) + int sig; +{ + SigHandler **old_signal_handler; + + switch (sig) + { +#if defined (SIGTSTP) + case SIGTSTP: + case SIGTTOU: + case SIGTTIN: +#endif +#if defined (SIGINT) + case SIGINT: +#endif + { +#if defined (SIGTSTP) + if (sig == SIGTSTP) + old_signal_handler = &old_TSTP; + if (sig == SIGTTOU) + old_signal_handler = &old_TTOU; + if (sig == SIGTTIN) + old_signal_handler = &old_TTIN; +#endif /* SIGTSTP */ + if (sig == SIGINT) + old_signal_handler = &old_INT; + + /* For stop signals, restore the terminal IO, leave the cursor + at the bottom of the window, and stop us. */ + terminal_goto_xy (0, screenheight - 1); + terminal_clear_to_eol (); + fflush (stdout); + terminal_unprep_terminal (); + signal (sig, *old_signal_handler); + UNBLOCK_SIGNAL (sig); + kill (getpid (), sig); + + /* The program is returning now. Restore our signal handler, + turn on terminal handling, redraw the screen, and place the + cursor where it belongs. */ + terminal_prep_terminal (); + *old_signal_handler = (SigHandler *) signal (sig, info_signal_handler); + redisplay_after_signal (); + fflush (stdout); + } + break; + +#if defined (SIGWINCH) + case SIGWINCH: + { + /* Turn off terminal IO, tell our parent that the window has changed, + then reinitialize the terminal and rebuild our windows. */ + old_signal_handler = &old_WINCH; + terminal_goto_xy (0, 0); + fflush (stdout); + terminal_unprep_terminal (); + signal (sig, *old_signal_handler); + UNBLOCK_SIGNAL (sig); + kill (getpid (), sig); + + /* After our old signal handler returns... */ + terminal_get_screen_size (); + terminal_prep_terminal (); + display_initialize_display (screenwidth, screenheight); + window_new_screen_size (screenwidth, screenheight, (VFunction *)NULL); + *old_signal_handler = (SigHandler *) signal (sig, info_signal_handler); + redisplay_after_signal (); + } + break; +#endif /* SIGWINCH */ + } +} diff --git a/texinfo/info/signals.h b/texinfo/info/signals.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ab87a3b5495 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/signals.h @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +/* signals.h -- Header to include system dependent signal definitions. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_SIGNALS_H_) +#define _SIGNALS_H_ + +#include <signal.h> + +#if !defined (HAVE_SIGPROCMASK) && !defined (sigmask) +# define sigmask(x) (1 << ((x)-1)) +#endif /* !HAVE_SIGPROCMASK && !sigmask */ + +#if !defined (HAVE_SIGPROCMASK) +# if !defined (SIG_BLOCK) +# define SIG_UNBLOCK 1 +# define SIG_BLOCK 2 +# define SIG_SETMASK 3 +# endif /* SIG_BLOCK */ + +/* Type of a signal set. */ +# define sigset_t int + +/* Make SET have no signals in it. */ +# define sigemptyset(set) (*(set) = (sigset_t)0x0) + +/* Make SET have the full range of signal specifications possible. */ +# define sigfillset(set) (*(set) = (sigset_t)0xffffffffff) + +/* Add SIG to the contents of SET. */ +# define sigaddset(set, sig) *(set) |= sigmask (sig) + +/* Delete SIG from the contents of SET. */ +# define sigdelset(set, sig) *(set) &= ~(sigmask (sig)) + +/* Tell if SET contains SIG. */ +# define sigismember(set, sig) (*(set) & (sigmask (sig))) + +/* Suspend the process until the reception of one of the signals + not present in SET. */ +# define sigsuspend(set) sigpause (*(set)) +#endif /* !HAVE_SIGPROCMASK */ + +#if defined (HAVE_SIGPROCMASK) || defined (HAVE_SIGSETMASK) +/* These definitions are used both in POSIX and non-POSIX implementations. */ + +#define BLOCK_SIGNAL(sig) \ + do { \ + sigset_t nvar, ovar; \ + sigemptyset (&nvar); \ + sigemptyset (&ovar); \ + sigaddset (&nvar, sig); \ + sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &nvar, &ovar); \ + } while (0) + +#define UNBLOCK_SIGNAL(sig) \ + do { \ + sigset_t nvar, ovar; \ + sigemptyset (&ovar); \ + sigemptyset (&nvar); \ + sigaddset (&nvar, sig); \ + sigprocmask (SIG_UNBLOCK, &nvar, &ovar); \ + } while (0) + +#else /* !HAVE_SIGPROCMASK && !HAVE_SIGSETMASK */ +# define BLOCK_SIGNAL(sig) +# define UNBLOCK_SIGNAL(sig) +#endif /* !HAVE_SIGPROCMASK && !HAVE_SIGSETMASK */ + +#endif /* !_SIGNALS_H_ */ diff --git a/texinfo/info/termdep.h b/texinfo/info/termdep.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4f8ce9057cc --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/termdep.h @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +/* termdep.h -- System things that terminal.c depends on. + $Id: termdep.h,v 1.3 1996/10/02 22:23:52 karl Exp $ + + This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_TERMDEP_H_) +# define _TERMDEP_H_ + +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H) +# include <sys/fcntl.h> +#else +# include <fcntl.h> +#endif /* !HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H */ + +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H) +# include <sys/file.h> +#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */ + +#if defined (HAVE_STRINGS_H) +# include <strings.h> +#else +# if defined (HAVE_STRING_H) +# include <string.h> +# endif +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_TERMIOS_H) +# include <termios.h> +#else +# if defined (HAVE_TERMIO_H) +# include <termio.h> +# if defined (HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H) +# if defined (M_UNIX) || !defined (M_XENIX) +# include <sys/stream.h> +# include <sys/ptem.h> +# undef TIOCGETC +# else /* M_XENIX */ +# define tchars tc +# endif /* M_XENIX */ +# endif /* HAVE_SYS_PTEM_H */ +# else /* !HAVE_TERMIO_H */ +# include <sgtty.h> +# endif /* !HAVE_TERMIO_H */ +#endif /* !HAVE_TERMIOS_H */ + +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_TTOLD_H) +# include <sys/ttold.h> +#endif /* HAVE_SYS_TTOLD_H */ + +#if !defined (HAVE_STRCHR) +# undef strchr +# undef strrchr +# define strchr index +# define strrchr rindex +#endif /* !HAVE_STRCHR */ + +#endif /* _TERMDEP_H_ */ diff --git a/texinfo/info/terminal.c b/texinfo/info/terminal.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9c1017696c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/terminal.c @@ -0,0 +1,769 @@ +/* terminal.c -- How to handle the physical terminal for Info. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + This file has appeared in prior works by the Free Software Foundation; + thus it carries copyright dates from 1988 through 1993. + + Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include "terminal.h" +#include "termdep.h" + +extern void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc (); + +/* The Unix termcap interface code. */ + +extern int tgetnum (), tgetflag (), tgetent (); +extern char *tgetstr (), *tgoto (); +extern char *getenv (); +extern void tputs (); + +/* Function "hooks". If you make one of these point to a function, that + function is called when appropriate instead of its namesake. Your + function is called with exactly the same arguments that were passed + to the namesake function. */ +VFunction *terminal_begin_inverse_hook = (VFunction *)NULL; +VFunction *terminal_end_inverse_hook = (VFunction *)NULL; +VFunction *terminal_prep_terminal_hook = (VFunction *)NULL; +VFunction *terminal_unprep_terminal_hook = (VFunction *)NULL; +VFunction *terminal_up_line_hook = (VFunction *)NULL; +VFunction *terminal_down_line_hook = (VFunction *)NULL; +VFunction *terminal_clear_screen_hook = (VFunction *)NULL; +VFunction *terminal_clear_to_eol_hook = (VFunction *)NULL; +VFunction *terminal_get_screen_size_hook = (VFunction *)NULL; +VFunction *terminal_goto_xy_hook = (VFunction *)NULL; +VFunction *terminal_initialize_terminal_hook = (VFunction *)NULL; +VFunction *terminal_new_terminal_hook = (VFunction *)NULL; +VFunction *terminal_put_text_hook = (VFunction *)NULL; +VFunction *terminal_ring_bell_hook = (VFunction *)NULL; +VFunction *terminal_write_chars_hook = (VFunction *)NULL; +VFunction *terminal_scroll_terminal_hook = (VFunction *)NULL; + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Terminal and Termcap */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* On Solaris2, sys/types.h #includes sys/reg.h, which #defines PC. + Unfortunately, PC is a global variable used by the termcap library. */ +#undef PC + +/* TERMCAP requires these variables, whether we access them or not. */ +char PC; +char *BC, *UP; +short ospeed; + +/* A buffer which holds onto the current terminal description, and a pointer + used to float within it. */ +static char *term_buffer = (char *)NULL; +static char *term_string_buffer = (char *)NULL; + +/* Some strings to control terminal actions. These are output by tputs (). */ +static char *term_goto, *term_clreol, *term_cr, *term_clrpag; +static char *term_begin_use, *term_end_use; +static char *term_AL, *term_DL, *term_al, *term_dl; + +/* How to go up a line. */ +static char *term_up; + +/* How to go down a line. */ +static char *term_dn; + +/* An audible bell, if the terminal can be made to make noise. */ +static char *audible_bell; + +/* A visible bell, if the terminal can be made to flash the screen. */ +static char *visible_bell; + +/* The string to write to turn on the meta key, if this term has one. */ +static char *term_mm; + +/* The string to write to turn off the meta key, if this term has one. */ +static char *term_mo; + +/* The string to turn on inverse mode, if this term has one. */ +static char *term_invbeg; + +/* The string to turn off inverse mode, if this term has one. */ +static char *term_invend; + +static void +output_character_function (c) + int c; +{ + putc (c, stdout); +} + +/* Macro to send STRING to the terminal. */ +#define send_to_terminal(string) \ + do { \ + if (string) \ + tputs (string, 1, output_character_function); \ + } while (0) + +/* Tell the terminal that we will be doing cursor addressable motion. */ +static void +terminal_begin_using_terminal () +{ + send_to_terminal (term_begin_use); +} + +/* Tell the terminal that we will not be doing any more cursor addressable + motion. */ +static void +terminal_end_using_terminal () +{ + send_to_terminal (term_end_use); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Necessary Terminal Functions */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* The functions and variables on this page implement the user visible + portion of the terminal interface. */ + +/* The width and height of the terminal. */ +int screenwidth, screenheight; + +/* Non-zero means this terminal can't really do anything. */ +int terminal_is_dumb_p = 0; + +/* Non-zero means that this terminal has a meta key. */ +int terminal_has_meta_p = 0; + +/* Non-zero means that this terminal can produce a visible bell. */ +int terminal_has_visible_bell_p = 0; + +/* Non-zero means to use that visible bell if at all possible. */ +int terminal_use_visible_bell_p = 0; + +/* Non-zero means that the terminal can do scrolling. */ +int terminal_can_scroll = 0; + +/* The key sequences output by the arrow keys, if this terminal has any. */ +char *term_ku = (char *)NULL; +char *term_kd = (char *)NULL; +char *term_kr = (char *)NULL; +char *term_kl = (char *)NULL; + +/* Move the cursor to the terminal location of X and Y. */ +void +terminal_goto_xy (x, y) + int x, y; +{ + if (terminal_goto_xy_hook) + (*terminal_goto_xy_hook) (x, y); + else + { + if (term_goto) + tputs (tgoto (term_goto, x, y), 1, output_character_function); + } +} + +/* Print STRING to the terminal at the current position. */ +void +terminal_put_text (string) + char *string; +{ + if (terminal_put_text_hook) + (*terminal_put_text_hook) (string); + else + { + printf ("%s", string); + } +} + +/* Print NCHARS from STRING to the terminal at the current position. */ +void +terminal_write_chars (string, nchars) + char *string; + int nchars; +{ + if (terminal_write_chars_hook) + (*terminal_write_chars_hook) (string, nchars); + else + { + if (nchars) + fwrite (string, 1, nchars, stdout); + } +} + +/* Clear from the current position of the cursor to the end of the line. */ +void +terminal_clear_to_eol () +{ + if (terminal_clear_to_eol_hook) + (*terminal_clear_to_eol_hook) (); + else + { + send_to_terminal (term_clreol); + } +} + +/* Clear the entire terminal screen. */ +void +terminal_clear_screen () +{ + if (terminal_clear_screen_hook) + (*terminal_clear_screen_hook) (); + else + { + send_to_terminal (term_clrpag); + } +} + +/* Move the cursor up one line. */ +void +terminal_up_line () +{ + if (terminal_up_line_hook) + (*terminal_up_line_hook) (); + else + { + send_to_terminal (term_up); + } +} + +/* Move the cursor down one line. */ +void +terminal_down_line () +{ + if (terminal_down_line_hook) + (*terminal_down_line_hook) (); + else + { + send_to_terminal (term_dn); + } +} + +/* Turn on reverse video if possible. */ +void +terminal_begin_inverse () +{ + if (terminal_begin_inverse_hook) + (*terminal_begin_inverse_hook) (); + else + { + send_to_terminal (term_invbeg); + } +} + +/* Turn off reverse video if possible. */ +void +terminal_end_inverse () +{ + if (terminal_end_inverse_hook) + (*terminal_end_inverse_hook) (); + else + { + send_to_terminal (term_invend); + } +} + +/* Ring the terminal bell. The bell is run visibly if it both has one and + terminal_use_visible_bell_p is non-zero. */ +void +terminal_ring_bell () +{ + if (terminal_ring_bell_hook) + (*terminal_ring_bell_hook) (); + else + { + if (terminal_has_visible_bell_p && terminal_use_visible_bell_p) + send_to_terminal (visible_bell); + else + send_to_terminal (audible_bell); + } +} + +/* At the line START, delete COUNT lines from the terminal display. */ +static void +terminal_delete_lines (start, count) + int start, count; +{ + int lines; + + /* Normalize arguments. */ + if (start < 0) + start = 0; + + lines = screenheight - start; + terminal_goto_xy (0, start); + if (term_DL) + tputs (tgoto (term_DL, 0, count), lines, output_character_function); + else + { + while (count--) + tputs (term_dl, lines, output_character_function); + } + + fflush (stdout); +} + +/* At the line START, insert COUNT lines in the terminal display. */ +static void +terminal_insert_lines (start, count) + int start, count; +{ + int lines; + + /* Normalize arguments. */ + if (start < 0) + start = 0; + + lines = screenheight - start; + terminal_goto_xy (0, start); + + if (term_AL) + tputs (tgoto (term_AL, 0, count), lines, output_character_function); + else + { + while (count--) + tputs (term_al, lines, output_character_function); + } + + fflush (stdout); +} + +/* Scroll an area of the terminal, starting with the region from START + to END, AMOUNT lines. If AMOUNT is negative, the lines are scrolled + towards the top of the screen, else they are scrolled towards the + bottom of the screen. */ +void +terminal_scroll_terminal (start, end, amount) + int start, end, amount; +{ + if (!terminal_can_scroll) + return; + + /* Any scrolling at all? */ + if (amount == 0) + return; + + if (terminal_scroll_terminal_hook) + (*terminal_scroll_terminal_hook) (start, end, amount); + else + { + /* If we are scrolling down, delete AMOUNT lines at END. Then insert + AMOUNT lines at START. */ + if (amount > 0) + { + terminal_delete_lines (end, amount); + terminal_insert_lines (start, amount); + } + + /* If we are scrolling up, delete AMOUNT lines before START. This + actually does the upwards scroll. Then, insert AMOUNT lines + after the already scrolled region (i.e., END - AMOUNT). */ + if (amount < 0) + { + int abs_amount = -amount; + terminal_delete_lines (start - abs_amount, abs_amount); + terminal_insert_lines (end - abs_amount, abs_amount); + } + } +} + +/* Re-initialize the terminal considering that the TERM/TERMCAP variable + has changed. */ +void +terminal_new_terminal (terminal_name) + char *terminal_name; +{ + if (terminal_new_terminal_hook) + (*terminal_new_terminal_hook) (terminal_name); + else + { + terminal_initialize_terminal (terminal_name); + } +} + +/* Set the global variables SCREENWIDTH and SCREENHEIGHT. */ +void +terminal_get_screen_size () +{ + if (terminal_get_screen_size_hook) + (*terminal_get_screen_size_hook) (); + else + { + screenwidth = screenheight = 0; + +#if defined (TIOCGWINSZ) + { + struct winsize window_size; + + if (ioctl (fileno (stdout), TIOCGWINSZ, &window_size) == 0) + { + screenwidth = (int) window_size.ws_col; + screenheight = (int) window_size.ws_row; + } + } +#endif /* TIOCGWINSZ */ + + /* Environment variable COLUMNS overrides setting of "co". */ + if (screenwidth <= 0) + { + char *sw = getenv ("COLUMNS"); + + if (sw) + screenwidth = atoi (sw); + + if (screenwidth <= 0) + screenwidth = tgetnum ("co"); + } + + /* Environment variable LINES overrides setting of "li". */ + if (screenheight <= 0) + { + char *sh = getenv ("LINES"); + + if (sh) + screenheight = atoi (sh); + + if (screenheight <= 0) + screenheight = tgetnum ("li"); + } + + /* If all else fails, default to 80x24 terminal. */ + if (screenwidth <= 0) + screenwidth = 80; + + if (screenheight <= 0) + screenheight = 24; + } +} + +/* Initialize the terminal which is known as TERMINAL_NAME. If this terminal + doesn't have cursor addressability, TERMINAL_IS_DUMB_P becomes non-zero. + The variables SCREENHEIGHT and SCREENWIDTH are set to the dimensions that + this terminal actually has. The variable TERMINAL_HAS_META_P becomes non- + zero if this terminal supports a Meta key. Finally, the terminal screen is + cleared. */ +void +terminal_initialize_terminal (terminal_name) + char *terminal_name; +{ + char *term, *buffer; + + terminal_is_dumb_p = 0; + + if (terminal_initialize_terminal_hook) + { + (*terminal_initialize_terminal_hook) (terminal_name); + return; + } + + term = terminal_name ? terminal_name : getenv ("TERM"); + + if (!term_string_buffer) + term_string_buffer = (char *)xmalloc (2048); + + if (!term_buffer) + term_buffer = (char *)xmalloc (2048); + + buffer = term_string_buffer; + + term_clrpag = term_cr = term_clreol = (char *)NULL; + + if (!term) + term = "dumb"; + + if (tgetent (term_buffer, term) <= 0) + { + terminal_is_dumb_p = 1; + screenwidth = 80; + screenheight = 24; + term_cr = "\r"; + term_up = term_dn = audible_bell = visible_bell = (char *)NULL; + term_ku = term_kd = term_kl = term_kr = (char *)NULL; + return; + } + + BC = tgetstr ("pc", &buffer); + PC = BC ? *BC : 0; + +#if defined (TIOCGETP) + { + struct sgttyb sg; + + if (ioctl (fileno (stdout), TIOCGETP, &sg) != -1) + ospeed = sg.sg_ospeed; + else + ospeed = B9600; + } +#else + ospeed = B9600; +#endif /* !TIOCGETP */ + + term_cr = tgetstr ("cr", &buffer); + term_clreol = tgetstr ("ce", &buffer); + term_clrpag = tgetstr ("cl", &buffer); + term_goto = tgetstr ("cm", &buffer); + + /* Find out about this terminals scrolling capability. */ + term_AL = tgetstr ("AL", &buffer); + term_DL = tgetstr ("DL", &buffer); + term_al = tgetstr ("al", &buffer); + term_dl = tgetstr ("dl", &buffer); + + terminal_can_scroll = ((term_AL || term_al) && (term_DL || term_dl)); + + term_invbeg = tgetstr ("mr", &buffer); + if (term_invbeg) + term_invend = tgetstr ("me", &buffer); + else + term_invend = (char *)NULL; + + if (!term_cr) + term_cr = "\r"; + + terminal_get_screen_size (); + + term_up = tgetstr ("up", &buffer); + term_dn = tgetstr ("dn", &buffer); + visible_bell = tgetstr ("vb", &buffer); + terminal_has_visible_bell_p = (visible_bell != (char *)NULL); + audible_bell = tgetstr ("bl", &buffer); + if (!audible_bell) + audible_bell = "\007"; + term_begin_use = tgetstr ("ti", &buffer); + term_end_use = tgetstr ("te", &buffer); + + /* Check to see if this terminal has a meta key. */ + terminal_has_meta_p = (tgetflag ("km") || tgetflag ("MT")); + if (terminal_has_meta_p) + { + term_mm = tgetstr ("mm", &buffer); + term_mo = tgetstr ("mo", &buffer); + } + else + { + term_mm = (char *)NULL; + term_mo = (char *)NULL; + } + + /* Attempt to find the arrow keys. */ + term_ku = tgetstr ("ku", &buffer); + term_kd = tgetstr ("kd", &buffer); + term_kr = tgetstr ("kr", &buffer); + term_kl = tgetstr ("kl", &buffer); + + /* If this terminal is not cursor addressable, then it is really dumb. */ + if (!term_goto) + terminal_is_dumb_p = 1; + + terminal_begin_using_terminal (); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* How to Read Characters From the Terminal */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +#if defined (TIOCGETC) +/* A buffer containing the terminal interrupt characters upon entry + to Info. */ +struct tchars original_tchars; +#endif + +#if defined (TIOCGLTC) +/* A buffer containing the local terminal mode characters upon entry + to Info. */ +struct ltchars original_ltchars; +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_TERMIOS_H) +struct termios original_termios, ttybuff; +#else +# if defined (HAVE_TERMIO_H) +/* A buffer containing the terminal mode flags upon entry to info. */ +struct termio original_termio, ttybuff; +# else /* !HAVE_TERMIO_H */ +/* Buffers containing the terminal mode flags upon entry to info. */ +int original_tty_flags = 0; +int original_lmode; +struct sgttyb ttybuff; +# endif /* !HAVE_TERMIO_H */ +#endif /* !HAVE_TERMIOS_H */ + +/* Prepare to start using the terminal to read characters singly. */ +void +terminal_prep_terminal () +{ + int tty; + + if (terminal_prep_terminal_hook) + { + (*terminal_prep_terminal_hook) (); + return; + } + + tty = fileno (stdin); + +#if defined (HAVE_TERMIOS_H) + tcgetattr (tty, &original_termios); + tcgetattr (tty, &ttybuff); +#else +# if defined (HAVE_TERMIO_H) + ioctl (tty, TCGETA, &original_termio); + ioctl (tty, TCGETA, &ttybuff); +# endif +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_TERMIOS_H) || defined (HAVE_TERMIO_H) + ttybuff.c_iflag &= (~ISTRIP & ~INLCR & ~IGNCR & ~ICRNL & ~IXON); + ttybuff.c_oflag &= (~ONLCR & ~OCRNL); + ttybuff.c_lflag &= (~ICANON & ~ECHO); + + ttybuff.c_cc[VMIN] = 1; + ttybuff.c_cc[VTIME] = 0; + + if (ttybuff.c_cc[VINTR] == '\177') + ttybuff.c_cc[VINTR] = -1; + + if (ttybuff.c_cc[VQUIT] == '\177') + ttybuff.c_cc[VQUIT] = -1; +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_TERMIOS_H) + tcsetattr (tty, TCSANOW, &ttybuff); +#else +# if defined (HAVE_TERMIO_H) + ioctl (tty, TCSETA, &ttybuff); +# endif +#endif + +#if !defined (HAVE_TERMIOS_H) && !defined (HAVE_TERMIO_H) + ioctl (tty, TIOCGETP, &ttybuff); + + if (!original_tty_flags) + original_tty_flags = ttybuff.sg_flags; + + /* Make this terminal pass 8 bits around while we are using it. */ +# if defined (PASS8) + ttybuff.sg_flags |= PASS8; +# endif /* PASS8 */ + +# if defined (TIOCLGET) && defined (LPASS8) + { + int flags; + ioctl (tty, TIOCLGET, &flags); + original_lmode = flags; + flags |= LPASS8; + ioctl (tty, TIOCLSET, &flags); + } +# endif /* TIOCLGET && LPASS8 */ + +# if defined (TIOCGETC) + { + struct tchars temp; + + ioctl (tty, TIOCGETC, &original_tchars); + temp = original_tchars; + + /* C-s and C-q. */ + temp.t_startc = temp.t_stopc = -1; + + /* Often set to C-d. */ + temp.t_eofc = -1; + + /* If the a quit or interrupt character conflicts with one of our + commands, then make it go away. */ + if (temp.t_intrc == '\177') + temp.t_intrc = -1; + + if (temp.t_quitc == '\177') + temp.t_quitc = -1; + + ioctl (tty, TIOCSETC, &temp); + } +# endif /* TIOCGETC */ + +# if defined (TIOCGLTC) + { + struct ltchars temp; + + ioctl (tty, TIOCGLTC, &original_ltchars); + temp = original_ltchars; + + /* Make the interrupt keys go away. Just enough to make people happy. */ + temp.t_lnextc = -1; /* C-v. */ + temp.t_dsuspc = -1; /* C-y. */ + temp.t_flushc = -1; /* C-o. */ + ioctl (tty, TIOCSLTC, &temp); + } +# endif /* TIOCGLTC */ + + ttybuff.sg_flags &= ~ECHO; + ttybuff.sg_flags |= CBREAK; + ioctl (tty, TIOCSETN, &ttybuff); +#endif /* !HAVE_TERMIOS_H && !HAVE_TERMIO_H */ +} + +/* Restore the tty settings back to what they were before we started using + this terminal. */ +void +terminal_unprep_terminal () +{ + int tty; + + if (terminal_unprep_terminal_hook) + { + (*terminal_unprep_terminal_hook) (); + return; + } + + tty = fileno (stdin); + +#if defined (HAVE_TERMIOS_H) + tcsetattr (tty, TCSANOW, &original_termios); +#else +# if defined (HAVE_TERMIO_H) + ioctl (tty, TCSETA, &original_termio); +# else /* !HAVE_TERMIO_H */ + ioctl (tty, TIOCGETP, &ttybuff); + ttybuff.sg_flags = original_tty_flags; + ioctl (tty, TIOCSETN, &ttybuff); + +# if defined (TIOCGETC) + ioctl (tty, TIOCSETC, &original_tchars); +# endif /* TIOCGETC */ + +# if defined (TIOCGLTC) + ioctl (tty, TIOCSLTC, &original_ltchars); +# endif /* TIOCGLTC */ + +# if defined (TIOCLGET) && defined (LPASS8) + ioctl (tty, TIOCLSET, &original_lmode); +# endif /* TIOCLGET && LPASS8 */ + +# endif /* !HAVE_TERMIO_H */ +#endif /* !HAVE_TERMIOS_H */ + terminal_end_using_terminal (); +} + diff --git a/texinfo/info/terminal.h b/texinfo/info/terminal.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7cb115835c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/terminal.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/* terminal.h -- The external interface to terminal I/O. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_TERMINAL_H_) +#define _TERMINAL_H_ + +/* We use the following data type to talk about pointers to functions. */ +#if !defined (__FUNCTION_DEF) +# define __FUNCTION_DEF +typedef int Function (); +typedef void VFunction (); +#endif /* _FUNCTION_DEF */ + +/* For almost every function externally visible from terminal.c, there is + a corresponding "hook" function which can be bound in order to replace + the functionality of the one found in terminal.c. This is how we go + about implemented X window display. */ + +/* The width and height of the terminal. */ +extern int screenwidth, screenheight; + +/* Non-zero means this terminal can't really do anything. */ +extern int terminal_is_dumb_p; + +/* Non-zero means that this terminal has a meta key. */ +extern int terminal_has_meta_p; + +/* Non-zero means that this terminal can produce a visible bell. */ +extern int terminal_has_visible_bell_p; + +/* Non-zero means to use that visible bell if at all possible. */ +extern int terminal_use_visible_bell_p; + +/* Non-zero means that this terminal can scroll lines up and down. */ +extern int terminal_can_scroll; + +/* Initialize the terminal which is known as TERMINAL_NAME. If this terminal + doesn't have cursor addressability, TERMINAL_IS_DUMB_P becomes non-zero. + The variables SCREENHEIGHT and SCREENWIDTH are set to the dimensions that + this terminal actually has. The variable TERMINAL_HAS_META_P becomes non- + zero if this terminal supports a Meta key. */ +extern void terminal_initialize_terminal (); +extern VFunction *terminal_initialize_terminal_hook; + +/* Return the current screen width and height in the variables + SCREENWIDTH and SCREENHEIGHT. */ +extern void terminal_get_screen_size (); +extern VFunction *terminal_get_screen_size_hook; + +/* Save and restore tty settings. */ +extern void terminal_prep_terminal (), terminal_unprep_terminal (); +extern VFunction *terminal_prep_terminal_hook, *terminal_unprep_terminal_hook; + +/* Re-initialize the terminal to TERMINAL_NAME. */ +extern void terminal_new_terminal (); +extern VFunction *terminal_new_terminal_hook; + +/* Move the cursor to the terminal location of X and Y. */ +extern void terminal_goto_xy (); +extern VFunction *terminal_goto_xy_hook; + +/* Print STRING to the terminal at the current position. */ +extern void terminal_put_text (); +extern VFunction *terminal_put_text_hook; + +/* Print NCHARS from STRING to the terminal at the current position. */ +extern void terminal_write_chars (); +extern VFunction *terminal_write_chars_hook; + +/* Clear from the current position of the cursor to the end of the line. */ +extern void terminal_clear_to_eol (); +extern VFunction *terminal_clear_to_eol_hook; + +/* Clear the entire terminal screen. */ +extern void terminal_clear_screen (); +extern VFunction *terminal_clear_screen_hook; + +/* Move the cursor up one line. */ +extern void terminal_up_line (); +extern VFunction *terminal_up_line_hook; + +/* Move the cursor down one line. */ +extern void terminal_down_line (); +extern VFunction *terminal_down_line_hook; + +/* Turn on reverse video if possible. */ +extern void terminal_begin_inverse (); +extern VFunction *terminal_begin_inverse_hook; + +/* Turn off reverse video if possible. */ +extern void terminal_end_inverse (); +extern VFunction *terminal_end_inverse_hook; + +/* Scroll an area of the terminal, starting with the region from START + to END, AMOUNT lines. If AMOUNT is negative, the lines are scrolled + towards the top of the screen, else they are scrolled towards the + bottom of the screen. */ +extern void terminal_scroll_terminal (); +extern VFunction *terminal_scroll_terminal_hook; + +/* Ring the terminal bell. The bell is run visibly if it both has one and + terminal_use_visible_bell_p is non-zero. */ +extern void terminal_ring_bell (); +extern VFunction *terminal_ring_bell_hook; + +/* The key sequences output by the arrow keys, if this terminal has any. */ +extern char *term_ku, *term_kd, *term_kr, *term_kl; + +#endif /* !_TERMINAL_H_ */ diff --git a/texinfo/info/tilde.c b/texinfo/info/tilde.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..817f9092c30 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/tilde.c @@ -0,0 +1,376 @@ +/* tilde.c -- Tilde expansion code (~/foo := $HOME/foo). + $Id: tilde.c,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:58:05 jason Exp $ + + This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1988, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if defined (__GNUC__) +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +#else /* !__GNUC__ */ +# if defined (_AIX) + #pragma alloca +# else /* !_AIX */ +# if defined (HAVE_ALLOCA_H) +# include <alloca.h> +# endif /* HAVE_ALLOCA_H */ +# endif /* !AIX */ +#endif /* !__GNUC__ */ + +#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H) +#include <stdlib.h> +#endif + +#include "tilde.h" +#include <pwd.h> + +#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H) +#include <string.h> +#endif + +#include "clib.h" + +#if !defined (NULL) +# define NULL 0x0 +#endif + +#if defined (TEST) || defined (STATIC_MALLOC) +static void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc (); +#else +extern void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc (); +#endif /* TEST || STATIC_MALLOC */ + +/* The default value of tilde_additional_prefixes. This is set to + whitespace preceding a tilde so that simple programs which do not + perform any word separation get desired behaviour. */ +static char *default_prefixes[] = + { " ~", "\t~", (char *)NULL }; + +/* The default value of tilde_additional_suffixes. This is set to + whitespace or newline so that simple programs which do not + perform any word separation get desired behaviour. */ +static char *default_suffixes[] = + { " ", "\n", (char *)NULL }; + +/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function to call if the + standard meaning for expanding a tilde fails. The function is called + with the text (sans tilde, as in "foo"), and returns a malloc()'ed string + which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if there is no expansion. */ +CFunction *tilde_expansion_failure_hook = (CFunction *)NULL; + +/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which + are duplicates for a tilde prefix. Bash uses this to expand + `=~' and `:~'. */ +char **tilde_additional_prefixes = default_prefixes; + +/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which match + the end of a username, instead of just "/". Bash sets this to + `:' and `=~'. */ +char **tilde_additional_suffixes = default_suffixes; + +/* Find the start of a tilde expansion in STRING, and return the index of + the tilde which starts the expansion. Place the length of the text + which identified this tilde starter in LEN, excluding the tilde itself. */ +static int +tilde_find_prefix (string, len) + char *string; + int *len; +{ + register int i, j, string_len; + register char **prefixes = tilde_additional_prefixes; + + string_len = strlen (string); + *len = 0; + + if (!*string || *string == '~') + return (0); + + if (prefixes) + { + for (i = 0; i < string_len; i++) + { + for (j = 0; prefixes[j]; j++) + { + if (strncmp (string + i, prefixes[j], strlen (prefixes[j])) == 0) + { + *len = strlen (prefixes[j]) - 1; + return (i + *len); + } + } + } + } + return (string_len); +} + +/* Find the end of a tilde expansion in STRING, and return the index of + the character which ends the tilde definition. */ +static int +tilde_find_suffix (string) + char *string; +{ + register int i, j, string_len; + register char **suffixes = tilde_additional_suffixes; + + string_len = strlen (string); + + for (i = 0; i < string_len; i++) + { + if (string[i] == '/' || !string[i]) + break; + + for (j = 0; suffixes && suffixes[j]; j++) + { + if (strncmp (string + i, suffixes[j], strlen (suffixes[j])) == 0) + return (i); + } + } + return (i); +} + +/* Return a new string which is the result of tilde expanding STRING. */ +char * +tilde_expand (string) + char *string; +{ + char *result, *tilde_expand_word (); + int result_size, result_index; + + result_size = result_index = 0; + result = (char *)NULL; + + /* Scan through STRING expanding tildes as we come to them. */ + while (1) + { + register int start, end; + char *tilde_word, *expansion; + int len; + + /* Make START point to the tilde which starts the expansion. */ + start = tilde_find_prefix (string, &len); + + /* Copy the skipped text into the result. */ + if ((result_index + start + 1) > result_size) + result = (char *)xrealloc (result, 1 + (result_size += (start + 20))); + + strncpy (result + result_index, string, start); + result_index += start; + + /* Advance STRING to the starting tilde. */ + string += start; + + /* Make END be the index of one after the last character of the + username. */ + end = tilde_find_suffix (string); + + /* If both START and END are zero, we are all done. */ + if (!start && !end) + break; + + /* Expand the entire tilde word, and copy it into RESULT. */ + tilde_word = (char *)xmalloc (1 + end); + strncpy (tilde_word, string, end); + tilde_word[end] = '\0'; + string += end; + + expansion = tilde_expand_word (tilde_word); + free (tilde_word); + + len = strlen (expansion); + if ((result_index + len + 1) > result_size) + result = (char *)xrealloc (result, 1 + (result_size += (len + 20))); + + strcpy (result + result_index, expansion); + result_index += len; + free (expansion); + } + + result[result_index] = '\0'; + + return (result); +} + +/* Do the work of tilde expansion on FILENAME. FILENAME starts with a + tilde. If there is no expansion, call tilde_expansion_failure_hook. */ +char * +tilde_expand_word (filename) + char *filename; +{ + char *dirname; + + dirname = filename ? strdup (filename) : (char *)NULL; + + if (dirname && *dirname == '~') + { + char *temp_name; + if (!dirname[1] || dirname[1] == '/') + { + /* Prepend $HOME to the rest of the string. */ + extern char *getenv (); + char *temp_home = getenv ("HOME"); + + /* If there is no HOME variable, look up the directory in + the password database. */ + if (!temp_home) + { + struct passwd *entry; + + entry = (struct passwd *) getpwuid (getuid ()); + if (entry) + temp_home = entry->pw_dir; + } + + temp_name = (char *) + alloca (1 + strlen (&dirname[1]) + + (temp_home ? strlen (temp_home) : 0)); + temp_name[0] = '\0'; + if (temp_home) + strcpy (temp_name, temp_home); + strcat (temp_name, &dirname[1]); + free (dirname); + dirname = strdup (temp_name); + } + else + { + struct passwd *user_entry; + char *username = (char *)alloca (257); + int i, c; + + for (i = 1; c = dirname[i]; i++) + { + if (c == '/') + break; + else + username[i - 1] = c; + } + username[i - 1] = '\0'; + + if (!(user_entry = (struct passwd *) getpwnam (username))) + { + /* If the calling program has a special syntax for + expanding tildes, and we couldn't find a standard + expansion, then let them try. */ + if (tilde_expansion_failure_hook) + { + char *expansion; + + expansion = (*tilde_expansion_failure_hook) (username); + + if (expansion) + { + temp_name = (char *)alloca + (1 + strlen (expansion) + strlen (&dirname[i])); + strcpy (temp_name, expansion); + strcat (temp_name, &dirname[i]); + free (expansion); + goto return_name; + } + } + /* We shouldn't report errors. */ + } + else + { + temp_name = (char *)alloca + (1 + strlen (user_entry->pw_dir) + strlen (&dirname[i])); + strcpy (temp_name, user_entry->pw_dir); + strcat (temp_name, &dirname[i]); + return_name: + free (dirname); + dirname = strdup (temp_name); + } + endpwent (); + } + } + return (dirname); +} + + +#if defined (TEST) +#undef NULL +#include <stdio.h> + +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + char *result, line[512]; + int done = 0; + + while (!done) + { + printf ("~expand: "); + fflush (stdout); + + if (!gets (line)) + strcpy (line, "done"); + + if ((strcmp (line, "done") == 0) || + (strcmp (line, "quit") == 0) || + (strcmp (line, "exit") == 0)) + { + done = 1; + break; + } + + result = tilde_expand (line); + printf (" --> %s\n", result); + free (result); + } + exit (0); +} + +static void memory_error_and_abort (); + +static void * +xmalloc (bytes) + int bytes; +{ + void *temp = (void *)malloc (bytes); + + if (!temp) + memory_error_and_abort (); + return (temp); +} + +static void * +xrealloc (pointer, bytes) + void *pointer; + int bytes; +{ + void *temp; + + if (!pointer) + temp = (char *)malloc (bytes); + else + temp = (char *)realloc (pointer, bytes); + + if (!temp) + memory_error_and_abort (); + + return (temp); +} + +static void +memory_error_and_abort () +{ + fprintf (stderr, "readline: Out of virtual memory!\n"); + abort (); +} +#endif /* TEST */ + diff --git a/texinfo/info/tilde.h b/texinfo/info/tilde.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d66aee95015 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/tilde.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* tilde.h: Externally available variables and function in libtilde.a. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + This file has appeared in prior works by the Free Software Foundation; + thus it carries copyright dates from 1988 through 1993. + + Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +/* Function pointers can be declared as (Function *)foo. */ +#if !defined (__FUNCTION_DEF) +# define __FUNCTION_DEF +typedef int Function (); +typedef void VFunction (); +typedef char *CFunction (); +#endif /* _FUNCTION_DEF */ + +/* If non-null, this contains the address of a function to call if the + standard meaning for expanding a tilde fails. The function is called + with the text (sans tilde, as in "foo"), and returns a malloc()'ed string + which is the expansion, or a NULL pointer if there is no expansion. */ +extern CFunction *tilde_expansion_failure_hook; + +/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which + are duplicates for a tilde prefix. Bash uses this to expand + `=~' and `:~'. */ +extern char **tilde_additional_prefixes; + +/* When non-null, this is a NULL terminated array of strings which match + the end of a username, instead of just "/". Bash sets this to + `:' and `=~'. */ +extern char **tilde_additional_suffixes; + +/* Return a new string which is the result of tilde expanding STRING. */ +extern char *tilde_expand (); + +/* Do the work of tilde expansion on FILENAME. FILENAME starts with a + tilde. If there is no expansion, call tilde_expansion_failure_hook. */ +extern char *tilde_expand_word (); + diff --git a/texinfo/info/userdoc.texi b/texinfo/info/userdoc.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f9349c65c50 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/userdoc.texi @@ -0,0 +1,1270 @@ +@c This file is meant to be included in any arbitrary piece of +@c documentation that wishes to describe the info program. Some day +@c info-stnd.texi should probably use this file instead of duplicating +@c its contents. +@c +@c This file documents the use of the standalone GNU Info program, +@c versions 2.7 and later. + +@ifclear InfoProgVer +@set InfoProgVer 2.11 +@end ifclear +@synindex vr cp +@synindex fn cp +@synindex ky cp + +@heading What is Info? + +This text documents the use of the GNU Info program, version +@value{InfoProgVer}. + +@dfn{Info} is a program which is used to view info files on an ASCII +terminal. @dfn{info files} are the result of processing texinfo files +with the program @code{makeinfo} or with the Emacs command @code{M-x +texinfo-format-buffer}. Finally, @dfn{texinfo} is a documentation +language which allows a printed manual and online documentation (an info +file) to be produced from a single source file. + +@menu +* Options:: Options you can pass on the command line. +* Cursor Commands:: Commands which move the cursor within a node. +* Scrolling Commands:: Commands for moving the node around in a window. +* Node Commands:: Commands for selecting a new node. +* Searching Commands:: Commands for searching an info file. +* Xref Commands:: Commands for selecting cross references. +* Window Commands:: Commands which manipulate multiple windows. +* Printing Nodes:: How to print out the contents of a node. +* Miscellaneous Commands:: A few commands that defy categories. +* Variables:: How to change the default behaviour of Info. +@ifset NOTSET +* Info for Sys Admins:: How to setup Info. Using special options. +@end ifset +@ifset STANDALONE +* GNU Info Global Index:: Global index containing keystrokes, command names, + variable names, and general concepts. +@end ifset +@end menu + +@node Options +@chapter Command Line Options +@cindex command line options +@cindex arguments, command line + +GNU Info accepts several options to control the initial node being +viewed, and to specify which directories to search for info files. Here +is a template showing an invocation of GNU Info from the shell: + +@example +info [--@var{option-name} @var{option-value}] @var{menu-item}@dots{} +@end example + +The following @var{option-names} are available when invoking Info from +the shell: + +@table @code +@cindex directory path +@item --directory @var{directory-path} +@itemx -d @var{directory-path} +Adds @var{directory-path} to the list of directory paths searched when +Info needs to find a file. You may issue @code{--directory} multiple +times; once for each directory which contains info files. +Alternatively, you may specify a value for the environment variable +@code{INFOPATH}; if @code{--directory} is not given, the value of +@code{INFOPATH} is used. The value of @code{INFOPATH} is a colon +separated list of directory names. If you do not supply +@code{INFOPATH} or @code{--directory-path} a default path is used. + +@item --file @var{filename} +@itemx -f @var{filename} +@cindex info file, selecting +Specifies a particular info file to visit. Instead of visiting the file +@code{dir}, Info will start with @code{(@var{filename})Top} as the first +file and node. + +@item --node @var{nodename} +@itemx -n @var{nodename} +@cindex node, selecting +Specifies a particular node to visit in the initial file loaded. This +is especially useful in conjunction with @code{--file}@footnote{Of +course, you can specify both the file and node in a @code{--node} +command; but don't forget to escape the open and close parentheses from +the shell as in: @code{info --node '(emacs)Buffers'}}. You may specify +@code{--node} multiple times; for an interactive Info, each +@var{nodename} is visited in its own window, for a non-interactive Info +(such as when @code{--output} is given) each @var{nodename} is processed +sequentially. + +@item --output @var{filename} +@itemx -o @var{filename} +@cindex file, outputting to +@cindex outputting to a file +Specify @var{filename} as the name of a file to output to. Each node +that Info visits will be output to @var{filename} instead of +interactively viewed. A value of @code{-} for @var{filename} specifies +the standard output. + +@item --subnodes +@cindex @code{--subnodes}, command line option +This option only has meaning when given in conjunction with +@code{--output}. It means to recursively output the nodes appearing in +the menus of each node being output. Menu items which resolve to +external info files are not output, and neither are menu items which are +members of an index. Each node is only output once. + +@item --help +@itemx -h +Produces a relatively brief description of the available Info options. + +@item --version +@cindex version information +Prints the version information of Info and exits. + +@item @var{menu-item} +@cindex menu, following +Remaining arguments to Info are treated as the names of menu items. The +first argument would be a menu item in the initial node visited, while +the second argument would be a menu item in the first argument's node. +You can easily move to the node of your choice by specifying the menu +names which describe the path to that node. For example, + +@example +info emacs buffers +@end example + +first selects the menu item @samp{Emacs} in the node @samp{(dir)Top}, +and then selects the menu item @samp{Buffers} in the node +@samp{(emacs)Top}. + +@end table + +@node Cursor Commands +@chapter Moving the Cursor +@cindex cursor, moving +Many people find that reading screens of text page by page is made +easier when one is able to indicate particular pieces of text with some +kind of pointing device. Since this is the case, GNU Info (both the +Emacs and standalone versions) have several commands which allow you to +move the cursor about the screen. The notation used in this manual to +describe keystrokes is identical to the notation used within the Emacs +manual, and the GNU Readline manual. @xref{Characters, , Character +Conventions, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}, if you are unfamilar with the +notation. + +The following table lists the basic cursor movement commands in Info. +Each entry consists of the key sequence you should type to execute the +cursor movement, the @code{M-x}@footnote{@code{M-x} is also a command; it +invokes @code{execute-extended-command}. @xref{M-x, , Executing an +extended command, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}, for more detailed +information.} command name (displayed in parentheses), and a short +description of what the command does. All of the cursor motion commands +can take an @dfn{numeric} argument (@pxref{Miscellaneous Commands, +@code{universal-argument}}), to find out how to supply them. With a +numeric argument, the motion commands are simply executed that +many times; for example, a numeric argument of 4 given to +@code{next-line} causes the cursor to move down 4 lines. With a +negative numeric argument, the motion is reversed; an argument of -4 +given to the @code{next-line} command would cause the cursor to move +@emph{up} 4 lines. + +@table @asis +@item @code{C-n} (@code{next-line}) +@kindex C-n +@findex next-line +Moves the cursor down to the next line. + +@item @code{C-p} (@code{prev-line}) +@kindex C-p +@findex prev-line +Move the cursor up to the previous line. + +@item @code{C-a} (@code{beginning-of-line}) +@kindex C-a, in Info windows +@findex beginning-of-line +Move the cursor to the start of the current line. + +@item @code{C-e} (@code{end-of-line}) +@kindex C-e, in Info windows +@findex end-of-line +Moves the cursor to the end of the current line. + +@item @code{C-f} (@code{forward-char}) +@kindex C-f, in Info windows +@findex forward-char +Move the cursor forward a character. + +@item @code{C-b} (@code{backward-char}) +@kindex C-b, in Info windows +@findex backward-char +Move the cursor backward a character. + +@item @code{M-f} (@code{forward-word}) +@kindex M-f, in Info windows +@findex forward-word +Moves the cursor forward a word. + +@item @code{M-b} (@code{backward-word}) +@kindex M-b, in Info winows +@findex backward-word +Moves the cursor backward a word. + +@item @code{M-<} (@code{beginning-of-node}) +@itemx @code{b} +@kindex b, in Info winows +@kindex M-< +@findex beginning-of-node +Moves the cursor to the start of the current node. + +@item @code{M->} (@code{end-of-node}) +@kindex M-> +@findex end-of-node +Moves the cursor to the end of the current node. + +@item @code{M-r} (@code{move-to-window-line}) +@kindex M-r +@findex move-to-window-line +Moves the cursor to a specific line of the window. Without a numeric +argument, @code{M-r} moves the cursor to the start of the line in the +center of the window. With a numeric argument of @var{n}, @code{M-r} +moves the cursor to the start of the @var{n}th line in the window. +@end table + +@node Scrolling Commands +@chapter Moving Text Within a Window +@cindex scrolling + +Sometimes you are looking at a screenful of text, and only part of the +current paragraph you are reading is visible on the screen. The +commands detailed in this section are used to shift which part of the +current node is visible on the screen. + +@table @asis +@item @code{SPC} (@code{scroll-forward}) +@itemx @code{C-v} +@kindex SPC, in Info windows +@kindex C-v +@findex scroll-forward +Shift the text in this window up. That is, show more of the node which +is currently below the bottom of the window. With a numeric argument, +show that many more lines at the bottom of the window; a numeric +argument of 4 would shift all of the text in the window up 4 lines +(discarding the top 4 lines), and show you four new lines at the bottom +of the window. Without a numeric argument, @key{SPC} takes the bottom +two lines of the window and places them at the top of the window, +redisplaying almost a completely new screenful of lines. + +@item @code{DEL} (@code{scroll-backward}) +@itemx @code{M-v} +@kindex DEL, in Info windows +@kindex M-v +@findex scroll-backward +Shift the text in this window down. The inverse of +@code{scroll-forward}. + +@end table + +@cindex scrolling through node structure +The @code{scroll-forward} and @code{scroll-backward} commands can also +move forward and backward through the node structure of the file. If +you press @key{SPC} while viewing the end of a node, or @key{DEL} while +viewing the beginning of a node, what happens is controlled by the +variable @code{scroll-behaviour}. @xref{Variables, +@code{scroll-behaviour}}, for more information. + +@table @asis +@item @code{C-l} (@code{redraw-display}) +@kindex C-l +@findex redraw-display +Redraw the display from scratch, or shift the line containing the cursor +to a specified location. With no numeric argument, @samp{C-l} clears +the screen, and then redraws its entire contents. Given a numeric +argument of @var{n}, the line containing the cursor is shifted so that +it is on the @var{n}th line of the window. + +@item @code{C-x w} (@code{toggle-wrap}) +@kindex C-w +@findex toggle-wrap +Toggles the state of line wrapping in the current window. Normally, +lines which are longer than the screen width @dfn{wrap}, i.e., they are +continued on the next line. Lines which wrap have a @samp{\} appearing +in the rightmost column of the screen. You can cause such lines to be +terminated at the rightmost column by changing the state of line +wrapping in the window with @code{C-x w}. When a line which needs more +space than one screen width to display is displayed, a @samp{$} appears +in the rightmost column of the screen, and the remainder of the line is +invisible. +@end table + +@node Node Commands +@chapter Selecting a New Node +@cindex nodes, selection of + +This section details the numerous Info commands which select a new node +to view in the current window. + +The most basic node commands are @samp{n}, @samp{p}, @samp{u}, and +@samp{l}. + +When you are viewing a node, the top line of the node contains some Info +@dfn{pointers} which describe where the next, previous, and up nodes +are. Info uses this line to move about the node structure of the file +when you use the following commands: + +@table @asis +@item @code{n} (@code{next-node}) +@kindex n +@findex next-node +Selects the `Next' node. + +@item @code{p} (@code{prev-node}) +@kindex p +@findex prev-node +Selects the `Prev' node. + +@item @code{u} (@code{up-node}) +@kindex u +@findex up-node +Selects the `Up' node. +@end table + +You can easily select a node that you have already viewed in this window +by using the @samp{l} command -- this name stands for "last", and +actually moves through the list of already visited nodes for this +window. @samp{l} with a negative numeric argument moves forward through +the history of nodes for this window, so you can quickly step between +two adjacent (in viewing history) nodes. + +@table @asis +@item @code{l} (@code{history-node}) +@kindex l +@findex history-node +Selects the most recently selected node in this window. +@end table + +Two additional commands make it easy to select the most commonly +selected nodes; they are @samp{t} and @samp{d}. + +@table @asis +@item @code{t} (@code{top-node}) +@kindex t +@findex top-node +Selects the node @samp{Top} in the current info file. + +@item @code{d} (@code{dir-node}) +@kindex d +@findex dir-node +Selects the directory node (i.e., the node @samp{(dir)}). +@end table + +Here are some other commands which immediately result in the selection +of a different node in the current window: + +@table @asis +@item @code{<} (@code{first-node}) +@kindex < +@findex first-node +Selects the first node which appears in this file. This node is most +often @samp{Top}, but it doesn't have to be. + +@item @code{>} (@code{last-node}) +@kindex > +@findex last-node +Selects the last node which appears in this file. + +@item @code{]} (@code{global-next-node}) +@kindex ] +@findex global-next-node +Moves forward or down through node structure. If the node that you are +currently viewing has a @samp{Next} pointer, that node is selected. +Otherwise, if this node has a menu, the first menu item is selected. If +there is no @samp{Next} and no menu, the same process is tried with the +@samp{Up} node of this node. + +@item @code{[} (@code{global-prev-node}) +@kindex [ +@findex global-prev-node +Moves backward or up through node structure. If the node that you are +currently viewing has a @samp{Prev} pointer, that node is selected. +Otherwise, if the node has an @samp{Up} pointer, that node is selected, +and if it has a menu, the last item in the menu is selected. +@end table + +You can get the same behaviour as @code{global-next-node} and +@code{global-prev-node} while simply scrolling through the file with +@key{SPC} and @key{DEL}; @xref{Variables, @code{scroll-behaviour}}, for +more information. + +@table @asis +@item @code{g} (@code{goto-node}) +@kindex g +@findex goto-node +Reads the name of a node and selects it. No completion is done while +reading the node name, since the desired node may reside in a separate +file. The node must be typed exactly as it appears in the info file. A +file name may be included as with any node specification, for example + +@example +@code{g(emacs)Buffers} +@end example + +finds the node @samp{Buffers} in the info file @file{emacs}. + +@item @code{C-x k} (@code{kill-node}) +@kindex C-x k +@findex kill-node +Kills a node. The node name is prompted for in the echo area, with a +default of the current node. @dfn{Killing} a node means that Info tries +hard to forget about it, removing it from the list of history nodes kept +for the window where that node is found. Another node is selected in +the window which contained the killed node. + +@item @code{C-x C-f} (@code{view-file}) +@kindex C-x C-f +@findex view-file +Reads the name of a file and selects the entire file. The command +@example +@code{C-x C-f @var{filename}} +@end example +is equivalent to typing +@example +@code{g(@var{filename})*} +@end example + +@item @code{C-x C-b} (@code{list-visited-nodes}) +@kindex C-x C-b +@findex list-visited-nodes +Makes a window containing a menu of all of the currently visited nodes. +This window becomes the selected window, and you may use the standard +Info commands within it. + +@item @code{C-x b} (@code{select-visited-node}) +@kindex C-x b +@findex select-visited-node +Selects a node which has been previously visited in a visible window. +This is similar to @samp{C-x C-b} followed by @samp{m}, but no window is +created. +@end table + +@node Searching Commands +@chapter Searching an Info File +@cindex searching + +GNU Info allows you to search for a sequence of characters throughout an +entire info file, search through the indices of an info file, or find +areas within an info file which discuss a particular topic. + +@table @asis +@item @code{s} (@code{search}) +@kindex s +@findex search +Reads a string in the echo area and searches for it. + +@item @code{C-s} (@code{isearch-forward}) +@kindex C-s +@findex isearch-forward +Interactively searches forward through the info file for a string as you +type it. + +@item @code{C-r} (@code{isearch-backward}) +@kindex C-r +@findex isearch-backward +Interactively searches backward through the info file for a string as +you type it. + +@item @code{i} (@code{index-search}) +@kindex i +@findex index-search +Looks up a string in the indices for this info file, and selects a node +where the found index entry points to. + +@item @code{,} (@code{next-index-match}) +@kindex , +@findex next-index-match +Moves to the node containing the next matching index item from the last +@samp{i} command. +@end table + +The most basic searching command is @samp{s} (@code{search}). The +@samp{s} command prompts you for a string in the echo area, and then +searches the remainder of the info file for an ocurrence of that string. +If the string is found, the node containing it is selected, and the +cursor is left positioned at the start of the found string. Subsequent +@samp{s} commands show you the default search string within @samp{[} and +@samp{]}; pressing @key{RET} instead of typing a new string will use the +default search string. + +@dfn{Incremental searching} is similar to basic searching, but the +string is looked up while you are typing it, instead of waiting until +the entire search string has been specified. + +@node Xref Commands +@chapter Selecting Cross References + +We have already discussed the @samp{Next}, @samp{Prev}, and @samp{Up} +pointers which appear at the top of a node. In addition to these +pointers, a node may contain other pointers which refer you to a +different node, perhaps in another info file. Such pointers are called +@dfn{cross references}, or @dfn{xrefs} for short. + +@menu +* Parts of an Xref:: What a cross reference is made of. +* Selecting Xrefs:: Commands for selecting menu or note items. +@end menu + +@node Parts of an Xref +@section Parts of an Xref + +Cross references have two major parts: the first part is called the +@dfn{label}; it is the name that you can use to refer to the cross +reference, and the second is the @dfn{target}; it is the full name of +the node that the cross reference points to. + +The target is separated from the label by a colon @samp{:}; first the +label appears, and then the target. For example, in the sample menu +cross reference below, the single colon separates the label from the +target. + +@example +* Foo Label: Foo Target. More information about Foo. +@end example + +Note the @samp{.} which ends the name of the target. The @samp{.} is +not part of the target; it serves only to let Info know where the target +name ends. + +A shorthand way of specifying references allows two adjacent colons to +stand for a target name which is the same as the label name: + +@example +* Foo Commands:: Commands pertaining to Foo. +@end example + +In the above example, the name of the target is the same as the name of +the label, in this case @code{Foo Commands}. + +You will normally see two types of cross references while viewing nodes: +@dfn{menu} references, and @dfn{note} references. Menu references +appear within a node's menu; they begin with a @samp{*} at the beginning +of a line, and continue with a label, a target, and a comment which +describes what the contents of the node pointed to contains. + +Note references appear within the body of the node text; they begin with +@code{*Note}, and continue with a label and a target. + +Like @samp{Next}, @samp{Prev} and @samp{Up} pointers, cross references +can point to any valid node. They are used to refer you to a place +where more detailed information can be found on a particular subject. +Here is a cross reference which points to a node within the Texinfo +documentation: @xref{xref, , Writing an Xref, texinfo, the Texinfo +Manual}, for more information on creating your own texinfo cross +references. + +@node Selecting Xrefs +@section Selecting Xrefs + +The following table lists the Info commands which operate on menu items. + +@table @asis +@item @code{1} (@code{menu-digit}) +@itemx @code{2} @dots{} @code{9} +@cindex 1 @dots{} 9, in Info windows +@kindex 1 @dots{} 9, in Info windows +@findex menu-digit +Within an Info window, pressing a single digit, (such as @samp{1}), +selects that menu item, and places its node in the current window. +For convenience, there is one exception; pressing @samp{0} selects the +@emph{last} item in the node's menu. + +@item @code{0} (@code{last-menu-item}) +@kindex 0, in Info windows +@findex last-menu-item +Select the last item in the current node's menu. + +@item @code{m} (@code{menu-item}) +@kindex m +@findex menu-item +Reads the name of a menu item in the echo area and selects its node. +Completion is available while reading the menu label. + +@item @code{M-x find-menu} +@findex find-menu +Moves the cursor to the start of this node's menu. +@end table + +This table lists the Info commands which operate on note cross references. + +@table @asis +@item @code{f} (@code{xref-item}) +@itemx @code{r} +@kindex f +@kindex r +@findex xref-item +Reads the name of a note cross reference in the echo area and selects +its node. Completion is available while reading the cross reference +label. +@end table + +Finally, the next few commands operate on menu or note references alike: + +@table @asis +@item @code{TAB} (@code{move-to-next-xref}) +@kindex TAB, in Info windows +@findex move-to-next-xref +Moves the cursor to the start of the next nearest menu item or note +reference in this node. You can then use @key{RET} +(@code{select-reference-this-line} to select the menu or note reference. + +@item @code{M-TAB} (@code{move-to-prev-xref}) +@kindex M-TAB, in Info windows +@findex move-to-prev-xref +Moves the cursor the start of the nearest previous menu item or note +reference in this node. + +@item @code{RET} (@code{select-reference-this-line}) +@kindex RET, in Info windows +@findex select-reference-this-line +Selects the menu item or note reference appearing on this line. +@end table + +@node Window Commands +@chapter Manipulating Multiple Windows +@cindex windows, manipulating + +A @dfn{window} is a place to show the text of a node. Windows have a +view area where the text of the node is displayed, and an associated +@dfn{mode line}, which briefly describes the node being viewed. + +GNU Info supports multiple windows appearing in a single screen; each +window is separated from the next by its modeline. At any time, there +is only one @dfn{active} window, that is, the window in which the cursor +appears. There are commands available for creating windows, changing +the size of windows, selecting which window is active, and for deleting +windows. + +@menu +* The Mode Line:: What appears in the mode line? +* Basic Windows:: Manipulating windows in Info. +* The Echo Area:: Used for displaying errors and reading input. +@end menu + +@node The Mode Line +@section The Mode Line + +A @dfn{mode line} is a line of inverse video which appears at the bottom +of an info window. It describes the contents of the window just above +it; this information includes the name of the file and node appearing in +that window, the number of screen lines it takes to display the node, +and the percentage of text that is above the top of the window. It can +also tell you if the indirect tags table for this info file needs to be +updated, and whether or not the info file was compressed when stored on +disk. + +Here is a sample mode line for a window containing an uncompressed file +named @file{dir}, showing the node @samp{Top}. + +@example +-----Info: (dir)Top, 40 lines --Top--------------------------------------- + ^^ ^ ^^^ ^^ + (file)Node #lines where +@end example + +When a node comes from a file which is compressed on disk, this is +indicated in the mode line with two small @samp{z}'s. In addition, if +the info file containing the node has been split into subfiles, the name +of the subfile containing the node appears in the modeline as well: + +@example +--zz-Info: (emacs)Top, 291 lines --Top-- Subfile: emacs-1.Z--------------- +@end example + +When Info makes a node internally, such that there is no corresponding +info file on disk, the name of the node is surrounded by asterisks +(@samp{*}). The name itself tells you what the contents of the window +are; the sample mode line below shows an internally constructed node +showing possible completions: + +@example +-----Info: *Completions*, 7 lines --All----------------------------------- +@end example + +@node Basic Windows +@section Window Commands + +It can be convenient to view more than one node at a time. To allow +this, Info can display more than one @dfn{window}. Each window has its +own mode line (@pxref{The Mode Line}) and history of nodes viewed in that +window (@pxref{Node Commands, , @code{history-node}}). + +@table @asis +@item @code{C-x o} (@code{next-window}) +@cindex windows, selecting +@kindex C-x o +@findex next-window +Selects the next window on the screen. Note that the echo area can only be +selected if it is already in use, and you have left it temporarily. +Normally, @samp{C-x o} simply moves the cursor into the next window on +the screen, or if you are already within the last window, into the first +window on the screen. Given a numeric argument, @samp{C-x o} moves over +that many windows. A negative argument causes @samp{C-x o} to select +the previous window on the screen. + +@item @code{M-x prev-window} +@findex prev-window +Selects the previous window on the screen. This is identical to +@samp{C-x o} with a negative argument. + +@item @code{C-x 2} (@code{split-window}) +@cindex windows, creating +@kindex C-x 2 +@findex split-window +Splits the current window into two windows, both showing the same node. +Each window is one half the size of the original window, and the cursor +remains in the original window. The variable @code{automatic-tiling} +can cause all of the windows on the screen to be resized for you +automatically, please @pxref{Variables, , automatic-tiling} for more +information. + +@item @code{C-x 0} (@code{delete-window}) +@cindex windows, deleting +@kindex C-x 0 +@findex delete-window +Deletes the current window from the screen. If you have made too many +windows and your screen appears cluttered, this is the way to get rid of +some of them. + +@item @code{C-x 1} (@code{keep-one-window}) +@kindex C-x 1 +@findex keep-one-window +Deletes all of the windows excepting the current one. + +@item @code{ESC C-v} (@code{scroll-other-window}) +@kindex ESC C-v, in Info windows +@findex scroll-other-window +Scrolls the other window, in the same fashion that @samp{C-v} might +scroll the current window. Given a negative argument, the "other" +window is scrolled backward. + +@item @code{C-x ^} (@code{grow-window}) +@kindex C-x ^ +@findex grow-window +Grows (or shrinks) the current window. Given a numeric argument, grows +the current window that many lines; with a negative numeric argument, +the window is shrunk instead. + +@item @code{C-x t} (@code{tile-windows}) +@cindex tiling +@kindex C-x t +@findex tile-windows +Divides the available screen space among all of the visible windows. +Each window is given an equal portion of the screen in which to display +its contents. The variable @code{automatic-tiling} can cause +@code{tile-windows} to be called when a window is created or deleted. +@xref{Variables, , @code{automatic-tiling}}. +@end table + +@node The Echo Area +@section The Echo Area +@cindex echo area + +The @dfn{echo area} is a one line window which appears at the bottom of +the screen. It is used to display informative or error messages, and to +read lines of input from you when that is necessary. Almost all of the +commands available in the echo area are identical to their Emacs +counterparts, so please refer to that documentation for greater depth of +discussion on the concepts of editing a line of text. The following +table briefly lists the commands that are available while input is being +read in the echo area: + +@table @asis +@item @code{C-f} (@code{echo-area-forward}) +@kindex C-f, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-forward +Moves forward a character. + +@item @code{C-b} (@code{echo-area-backward}) +@kindex C-b, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-backward +Moves backward a character. + +@item @code{C-a} (@code{echo-area-beg-of-line}) +@kindex C-a, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-beg-of-line +Moves to the start of the input line. + +@item @code{C-e} (@code{echo-area-end-of-line}) +@kindex C-e, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-end-of-line +Moves to the end of the input line. + +@item @code{M-f} (@code{echo-area-forward-word}) +@kindex M-f, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-forward-word +Moves forward a word. + +@item @code{M-b} (@code{echo-area-backward-word}) +@kindex M-b, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-backward-word +Moves backward a word. + +@item @code{C-d} (@code{echo-area-delete}) +@kindex C-d, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-delete +Deletes the character under the cursor. + +@item @code{DEL} (@code{echo-area-rubout}) +@kindex DEL, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-rubout +Deletes the character behind the cursor. + +@item @code{C-g} (@code{echo-area-abort}) +@kindex C-g, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-abort +Cancels or quits the current operation. If completion is being read, +@samp{C-g} discards the text of the input line which does not match any +completion. If the input line is empty, @samp{C-g} aborts the calling +function. + +@item @code{RET} (@code{echo-area-newline}) +@kindex RET, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-newline +Accepts (or forces completion of) the current input line. + +@item @code{C-q} (@code{echo-area-quoted-insert}) +@kindex C-q, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-quoted-insert +Inserts the next character verbatim. This is how you can insert control +characters into a search string, for example. + +@item @var{printing character} (@code{echo-area-insert}) +@kindex printing characters, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-insert +Inserts the character. + +@item @code{M-TAB} (@code{echo-area-tab-insert}) +@kindex M-TAB, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-tab-insert +Inserts a TAB character. + +@item @code{C-t} (@code{echo-area-transpose-chars}) +@kindex C-t, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-transpose-chars +Transposes the characters at the cursor. +@end table + +The next group of commands deal with @dfn{killing}, and @dfn{yanking} +text. For an in depth discussion of killing and yanking, +@pxref{Killing, , Killing and Deleting, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual} + +@table @asis +@item @code{M-d} (@code{echo-area-kill-word}) +@kindex M-d, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-kill-word +Kills the word following the cursor. + +@item @code{M-DEL} (@code{echo-area-backward-kill-word}) +@kindex M-DEL, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-backward-kill-word +Kills the word preceding the cursor. + +@item @code{C-k} (@code{echo-area-kill-line}) +@kindex C-k, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-kill-line +Kills the text from the cursor to the end of the line. + +@item @code{C-x DEL} (@code{echo-area-backward-kill-line}) +@kindex C-x DEL, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-backward-kill-line +Kills the text from the cursor to the beginning of the line. + +@item @code{C-y} (@code{echo-area-yank}) +@kindex C-y, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-yank +Yanks back the contents of the last kill. + +@item @code{M-y} (@code{echo-area-yank-pop}) +@kindex M-y, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-yank-pop +Yanks back a previous kill, removing the last yanked text first. +@end table + +Sometimes when reading input in the echo area, the command that needed +input will only accept one of a list of several choices. The choices +represent the @dfn{possible completions}, and you must respond with one +of them. Since there are a limited number of responses you can make, +Info allows you to abbreviate what you type, only typing as much of the +response as is necessary to uniquely identify it. In addition, you can +request Info to fill in as much of the response as is possible; this +is called @dfn{completion}. + +The following commands are available when completing in the echo area: + +@table @asis +@item @code{TAB} (@code{echo-area-complete}) +@itemx @code{SPC} +@kindex TAB, in the echo area +@kindex SPC, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-complete +Inserts as much of a completion as is possible. + +@item @code{?} (@code{echo-area-possible-completions}) +@kindex ?, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-possible-completions +Displays a window containing a list of the possible completions of what +you have typed so far. For example, if the available choices are: +@example +bar +foliate +food +forget +@end example +and you have typed an @samp{f}, followed by @samp{?}, the possible +completions would contain: +@example +foliate +food +forget +@end example +i.e., all of the choices which begin with @samp{f}. Pressing @key{SPC} +or @key{TAB} would result in @samp{fo} appearing in the echo area, since +all of the choices which begin with @samp{f} continue with @samp{o}. +Now, typing @samp{l} followed by @samp{TAB} results in @samp{foliate} +appearing in the echo area, since that is the only choice which begins +with @samp{fol}. + +@item @code{ESC C-v} (@code{echo-area-scroll-completions-window}) +@kindex ESC C-v, in the echo area +@findex echo-area-scroll-completions-window +Scrolls the completions window, if that is visible, or the "other" +window if not. +@end table + +@node Printing Nodes +@chapter Printing Out Nodes +@cindex printing + +You may wish to print out the contents of a node as a quick reference +document for later use. Info provides you with a command for doing +this. In general, we recommend that you use @TeX{} to format the +document and print sections of it, by running @code{tex} on the texinfo +source file. + +@table @asis +@item @code{M-x print-node} +@findex print-node +@cindex INFO_PRINT_COMMAND, environment variable +Pipes the contents of the current node through the command in the +environment variable @code{INFO_PRINT_COMMAND}. If the variable doesn't +exist, the node is simply piped to @code{lpr}. +@end table + +@node Miscellaneous Commands +@chapter Miscellaneous Commands + +GNU Info contains several commands which self-document GNU Info: + +@table @asis +@item @code{M-x describe-command} +@cindex functions, describing +@cindex commands, describing +@findex describe-command +Reads the name of an Info command in the echo area and then displays a +brief description of what that command does. + +@item @code{M-x describe-key} +@cindex keys, describing +@findex describe-key +Reads a key sequence in the echo area, and then displays the name and +documentation of the Info command that the key sequence invokes. + +@item @code{M-x describe-variable} +Reads the name of a variable in the echo area and then displays a brief +description of what the variable affects. + +@item @code{M-x where-is} +@findex where-is +Reads the name of an Info command in the echo area, and then displays +a key sequence which can be typed in order to invoke that command. + +@item @code{C-h} (@code{get-help-window}) +@itemx @code{?} +@kindex C-h +@kindex ?, in Info windows +@findex get-help-window +Creates (or moves into) the window displaying @code{*Help*}, and places +a node containing a quick reference card into it. This window displays +the most concise information about GNU Info available. + +@item @code{h} (@code{get-info-help-node}) +@kindex h +@findex get-info-help-node +Tries hard to visit the node @code{(info)Help}. The info file +@file{info.texi} distributed with GNU Info contains this node. Of +course, the file must first be processed with @code{makeinfo}, and then +placed into the location of your info directory. +@end table + +Here are the commands for creating a numeric argument: + +@table @asis +@item @code{C-u} (@code{universal-argument}) +@cindex numeric arguments +@kindex C-u +@findex universal-argument +Starts (or multiplies by 4) the current numeric argument. @samp{C-u} is +a good way to give a small numeric argument to cursor movement or +scrolling commands; @samp{C-u C-v} scrolls the screen 4 lines, while +@samp{C-u C-u C-n} moves the cursor down 16 lines. + +@item @code{M-1} (@code{add-digit-to-numeric-arg}) +@itemx @code{M-2} @dots{} @code{M-9} +@kindex M-1 @dots{} M-9 +@findex add-digit-to-numeric-arg +Adds the digit value of the invoking key to the current numeric +argument. Once Info is reading a numeric argument, you may just type +the digits of the argument, without the Meta prefix. For example, you +might give @samp{C-l} a numeric argument of 32 by typing: + +@example +@kbd{C-u 3 2 C-l} +@end example +or +@example +@kbd{M-3 2 C-l} +@end example +@end table + +@samp{C-g} is used to abort the reading of a multi-character key +sequence, to cancel lengthy operations (such as multi-file searches) and +to cancel reading input in the echo area. + +@table @asis +@item @code{C-g} (@code{abort-key}) +@cindex cancelling typeahead +@cindex cancelling the current operation +@kindex C-g, in Info windows +@findex abort-key +Cancels current operation. +@end table + +The @samp{q} command of Info simply quits running Info. + +@table @asis +@item @code{q} (@code{quit}) +@cindex quitting +@kindex q +@findex quit +Exits GNU Info. +@end table + +If the operating system tells GNU Info that the screen is 60 lines tall, +and it is actually only 40 lines tall, here is a way to tell Info that +the operating system is correct. + +@table @asis +@item @code{M-x set-screen-height} +@findex set-screen-height +@cindex screen, changing the height of +Reads a height value in the echo area and sets the height of the +displayed screen to that value. +@end table + +Finally, Info provides a convenient way to display footnotes which might +be associated with the current node that you are viewing: + +@table @asis +@item @code{ESC C-f} (@code{show-footnotes}) +@kindex ESC C-f +@findex show-footnotes +@cindex footnotes, displaying +Shows the footnotes (if any) associated with the current node in another +window. You can have Info automatically display the footnotes +associated with a node when the node is selected by setting the variable +@code{automatic-footnotes}. @xref{Variables, , @code{automatic-footnotes}}. +@end table + +@node Variables +@chapter Manipulating Variables + +GNU Info contains several @dfn{variables} whose values are looked at by various +Info commands. You can change the values of these variables, and thus +change the behaviour of Info to more closely match your environment and +info file reading manner. + +@table @asis +@item @code{M-x set-variable} +@cindex variables, setting +@findex set-variable +Reads the name of a variable, and the value for it, in the echo area and +then sets the variable to that value. Completion is available when +reading the variable name; often, completion is available when reading +the value to give to the variable, but that depends on the variable +itself. If a variable does @emph{not} supply multiple choices to +complete over, it expects a numeric value. + +@item @code{M-x describe-variable} +@cindex variables, describing +@findex describe-variable +Reads the name of a variable in the echo area and then displays a brief +description of what the variable affects. +@end table + +Here is a list of the variables that you can set in Info. + +@table @code +@item automatic-footnotes +@vindex automatic-footnotes +When set to @code{On}, footnotes appear and disappear automatically. +This variable is @code{On} by default. When a node is selected, a +window containing the footnotes which appear in that node is created, +and the footnotes are displayed within the new window. The window that +Info creates to contain the footnotes is called @samp{*Footnotes*}. If +a node is selected which contains no footnotes, and a @samp{*Footnotes*} +window is on the screen, the @samp{*Footnotes*} window is deleted. +Footnote windows created in this fashion are not automatically tiled so +that they can use as little of the display as is possible. + +@item automatic-tiling +@vindex automatic-tiling +When set to @code{On}, creating or deleting a window resizes other +windows. This variable is @code{Off} by default. Normally, typing +@samp{C-x 2} divides the current window into two equal parts. When +@code{automatic-tiling} is set to @code{On}, all of the windows are +resized automatically, keeping an equal number of lines visible in each +window. There are exceptions to the automatic tiling; specifically, the +windows @samp{*Completions*} and @samp{*Footnotes*} are @emph{not} +resized through automatic tiling; they remain their original size. + +@item visible-bell +@vindex visible-bell +When set to @code{On}, GNU Info attempts to flash the screen instead of +ringing the bell. This variable is @code{Off} by default. Of course, +Info can only flash the screen if the terminal allows it; in the case +that the terminal does not allow it, the setting of this variable has no +effect. However, you can make Info perform quietly by setting the +@code{errors-ring-bell} variable to @code{Off}. + +@item errors-ring-bell +@vindex errors-ring-bell +When set to @code{On}, errors cause the bell to ring. The default +setting of this variable is @code{On}. + +@item gc-compressed-files +@vindex gc-compressed-files +When set to @code{On}, Info garbage collects files which had to be +uncompressed. The default value of this variable is @code{Off}. +Whenever a node is visited in Info, the info file containing that node +is read into core, and Info reads information about the tags and nodes +contained in that file. Once the tags information is read by Info, it +is never forgotten. However, the actual text of the nodes does not need +to remain in core unless a particular info window needs it. For +non-compressed files, the text of the nodes does not remain in core when +it is no longer in use. But de-compressing a file can be a time +consuming operation, and so Info tries hard not to do it twice. +@code{gc-compressed-files} tells Info it is okay to garbage collect the +text of the nodes of a file which was compressed on disk. + +@item show-index-match +@vindex show-index-match +When set to @code{On}, the portion of the matched search string is +highlighted in the message which explains where the matched search +string was found. The default value of this variable is @code{On}. +When Info displays the location where an index match was found, +(@pxref{Searching Commands, , @code{next-index-match}}), the portion of the +string that you had typed is highlighted by displaying it in the inverse +case from its surrounding characters. + +@item scroll-behaviour +@vindex scroll-behaviour +Controls what happens when forward scrolling is requested at the end of +a node, or when backward scrolling is requested at the beginning of a +node. The default value for this variable is @code{Continuous}. There +are three possible values for this variable: + +@table @code +@item Continuous +Tries to get the first item in this node's menu, or failing that, the +@samp{Next} node, or failing that, the @samp{Next} of the @samp{Up}. +This behaviour is identical to using the @samp{]} +(@code{global-next-node}) and @samp{[} (@code{global-prev-node}) +commands. + +@item Next Only +Only tries to get the @samp{Next} node. + +@item Page Only +Simply gives up, changing nothing. If @code{scroll-behaviour} is +@code{Page Only}, no scrolling command can change the node that is being +viewed. +@end table + +@item scroll-step +@vindex scroll-step +The number of lines to scroll when the cursor moves out of the window. +Scrolling happens automatically if the cursor has moved out of the +visible portion of the node text when it is time to display. Usually +the scrolling is done so as to put the cursor on the center line of the +current window. However, if the variable @code{scroll-step} has a +nonzero value, Info attempts to scroll the node text by that many lines; +if that is enough to bring the cursor back into the window, that is what +is done. The default value of this variable is 0, thus placing the +cursor (and the text it is attached to) in the center of the window. +Setting this variable to 1 causes a kind of "smooth scrolling" which +some people prefer. + +@item ISO-Latin +@cindex ISO Latin characters +@vindex ISO-Latin +When set to @code{On}, Info accepts and displays ISO Latin characters. +By default, Info assumes an ASCII character set. @code{ISO-Latin} tells +Info that it is running in an environment where the European standard +character set is in use, and allows you to input such characters to +Info, as well as display them. +@end table + +@c The following node and its children are currently unfinished. Please feel +@c free to finish it! + +@ifset NOTSET +@node Info for Sys Admins +@chapter Info for System Administrators + +This text describes some common ways of setting up an Info heierarchy +from scratch, and details the various options that are available when +installing Info. This text is designed for the person who is installing +GNU Info on the system; although users may find the information present +in this section interesting, none of it is vital to understanding how to +use GNU Info. + +@menu +* Setting the INFOPATH:: Where are my Info files kept? +* Editing the DIR node:: What goes in `DIR', and why? +* Storing Info files:: Alternate formats allow flexibilty in setups. +* Using `localdir':: Building DIR on the fly. +* Example setups:: Some common ways to origanize Info files. +@end menu + +@node Setting the INFOPATH +@section Setting the INFOPATH +Where are my Info files kept? + +@node Editing the DIR node +@section Editing the DIR node +What goes in `DIR', and why? + +@node Storing Info files +@section Storing Info files +Alternate formats allow flexibilty in setups. + +@node Using `localdir' +@section Using `localdir' +Building DIR on the fly. + +@node Example setups +@section Example setups +Some common ways to origanize Info files. +@end ifset + +@ifset STANDALONE +@node GNU Info Global Index +@appendix Global Index +@printindex cp +@end ifset diff --git a/texinfo/info/variables.c b/texinfo/info/variables.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7798701c124 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/variables.c @@ -0,0 +1,272 @@ +/* variables.c -- How to manipulate user visible variables in Info. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include "info.h" +#include "variables.h" + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* User Visible Variables in Info */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Choices used by the completer when reading a zero/non-zero value for + a variable. */ +static char *on_off_choices[] = { "Off", "On", (char *)NULL }; + +VARIABLE_ALIST info_variables[] = { + { "automatic-footnotes", + "When \"On\", footnotes appear and disappear automatically", + &auto_footnotes_p, (char **)on_off_choices }, + + { "automatic-tiling", + "When \"On\", creating or deleting a window resizes other windows", + &auto_tiling_p, (char **)on_off_choices }, + + { "visible-bell", + "When \"On\", flash the screen instead of ringing the bell", + &terminal_use_visible_bell_p, (char **)on_off_choices }, + + { "errors-ring-bell", + "When \"On\", errors cause the bell to ring", + &info_error_rings_bell_p, (char **)on_off_choices }, + + { "gc-compressed-files", + "When \"On\", Info garbage collects files which had to be uncompressed", + &gc_compressed_files, (char **)on_off_choices }, + { "show-index-match", + "When \"On\", the portion of the matched search string is highlighted", + &show_index_match, (char **)on_off_choices }, + + { "scroll-behaviour", + "Controls what happens when scrolling is requested at the end of a node", + &info_scroll_behaviour, (char **)info_scroll_choices }, + + { "scroll-step", + "The number lines to scroll when the cursor moves out of the window", + &window_scroll_step, (char **)NULL }, + + { "ISO-Latin", + "When \"On\", Info accepts and displays ISO Latin characters", + &ISO_Latin_p, (char **)on_off_choices }, + + { (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (int *)NULL, (char **)NULL } +}; + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (describe_variable, "Explain the use of a variable") +{ + VARIABLE_ALIST *var; + char *description; + + /* Get the variable's name. */ + var = read_variable_name ("Describe variable: ", window); + + if (!var) + return; + + description = (char *)xmalloc (20 + strlen (var->name) + strlen (var->doc)); + + if (var->choices) + sprintf (description, "%s (%s): %s.", + var->name, var->choices[*(var->value)], var->doc); + else + sprintf (description, "%s (%d): %s.", var->name, *(var->value), var->doc); + + window_message_in_echo_area ("%s", description); + free (description); +} + +DECLARE_INFO_COMMAND (set_variable, "Set the value of an Info variable") +{ + VARIABLE_ALIST *var; + char *line; + + /* Get the variable's name and value. */ + var = read_variable_name ("Set variable: ", window); + + if (!var) + return; + + /* Read a new value for this variable. */ + { + char prompt[100]; + + if (!var->choices) + { + int potential_value; + + if (info_explicit_arg || count != 1) + potential_value = count; + else + potential_value = *(var->value); + + sprintf (prompt, "Set %s to value (%d): ", + var->name, potential_value); + line = info_read_in_echo_area (active_window, prompt); + + /* If no error was printed, clear the echo area. */ + if (!info_error_was_printed) + window_clear_echo_area (); + + /* User aborted? */ + if (!line) + return; + + /* If the user specified a value, get that, otherwise, we are done. */ + canonicalize_whitespace (line); + if (*line) + *(var->value) = atoi (line); + else + *(var->value) = potential_value; + + free (line); + } + else + { + register int i; + REFERENCE **array = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + int array_index = 0; + int array_slots = 0; + + for (i = 0; var->choices[i]; i++) + { + REFERENCE *entry; + + entry = (REFERENCE *)xmalloc (sizeof (REFERENCE)); + entry->label = strdup (var->choices[i]); + entry->nodename = (char *)NULL; + entry->filename = (char *)NULL; + + add_pointer_to_array + (entry, array_index, array, array_slots, 10, REFERENCE *); + } + + sprintf (prompt, "Set %s to value (%s): ", + var->name, var->choices[*(var->value)]); + + /* Ask the completer to read a variable value for us. */ + line = info_read_completing_in_echo_area (window, prompt, array); + + info_free_references (array); + + if (!echo_area_is_active) + window_clear_echo_area (); + + /* User aborted? */ + if (!line) + { + info_abort_key (active_window, 0, 0); + return; + } + + /* User accepted default choice? If so, no change. */ + if (!*line) + { + free (line); + return; + } + + /* Find the choice in our list of choices. */ + for (i = 0; var->choices[i]; i++) + if (strcmp (var->choices[i], line) == 0) + break; + + if (var->choices[i]) + *(var->value) = i; + } + } +} + +/* Read the name of an Info variable in the echo area and return the + address of a VARIABLE_ALIST member. A return value of NULL indicates + that no variable could be read. */ +VARIABLE_ALIST * +read_variable_name (prompt, window) + char *prompt; + WINDOW *window; +{ + register int i; + char *line; + REFERENCE **variables; + + /* Get the completion array of variable names. */ + variables = make_variable_completions_array (); + + /* Ask the completer to read a variable for us. */ + line = + info_read_completing_in_echo_area (window, prompt, variables); + + info_free_references (variables); + + if (!echo_area_is_active) + window_clear_echo_area (); + + /* User aborted? */ + if (!line) + { + info_abort_key (active_window, 0, 0); + return ((VARIABLE_ALIST *)NULL); + } + + /* User accepted "default"? (There is none.) */ + if (!*line) + { + free (line); + return ((VARIABLE_ALIST *)NULL); + } + + /* Find the variable in our list of variables. */ + for (i = 0; info_variables[i].name; i++) + if (strcmp (info_variables[i].name, line) == 0) + break; + + if (!info_variables[i].name) + return ((VARIABLE_ALIST *)NULL); + else + return (&(info_variables[i])); +} + +/* Make an array of REFERENCE which actually contains the names of the + variables available in Info. */ +REFERENCE ** +make_variable_completions_array () +{ + register int i; + REFERENCE **array = (REFERENCE **)NULL; + int array_index = 0, array_slots = 0; + + for (i = 0; info_variables[i].name; i++) + { + REFERENCE *entry; + + entry = (REFERENCE *)xmalloc (sizeof (REFERENCE)); + entry->label = strdup (info_variables[i].name); + entry->nodename = (char *)NULL; + entry->filename = (char *)NULL; + + add_pointer_to_array + (entry, array_index, array, array_slots, 200, REFERENCE *); + } + + return (array); +} diff --git a/texinfo/info/variables.h b/texinfo/info/variables.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..85bde27737b --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/variables.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* variables.h -- Description of user visible variables in Info. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_VARIABLES_H_) +#define _VARIABLES_H_ + +/* A variable (in the Info sense) is an integer value with a user-visible + name. You may supply an array of strings to complete over when the + variable is set; in that case, the variable is set to the index of the + string that the user chose. If you supply a null list, the user can + set the variable to a numeric value. */ + +/* Structure describing a user visible variable. */ +typedef struct { + char *name; /* Polite name. */ + char *doc; /* Documentation string. */ + int *value; /* Address of value. */ + char **choices; /* Array of strings or NULL if numeric only. */ +} VARIABLE_ALIST; + +/* Read the name of an Info variable in the echo area and return the + address of a VARIABLE_ALIST member. A return value of NULL indicates + that no variable could be read. */ +extern VARIABLE_ALIST *read_variable_name (); + +/* Make an array of REFERENCE which actually contains the names of the + variables available in Info. */ +extern REFERENCE **make_variable_completions_array (); + +/* Set the value of an info variable. */ +extern void set_variable (); + +/* The list of user-visible variables. */ +extern int auto_footnotes_p; +extern int auto_tiling_p; +extern int terminal_use_visible_bell_p; +extern int info_error_rings_bell_p; +extern int gc_compressed_files; +extern int show_index_match; +extern int info_scroll_behaviour; +extern int window_scroll_step; +extern int ISO_Latin_p; + +#endif /* _VARIABLES_H_ */ diff --git a/texinfo/info/window.c b/texinfo/info/window.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..304e89c0c75 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/window.c @@ -0,0 +1,1482 @@ +/* window.c -- Windows in Info. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include "nodes.h" +#include "window.h" +#include "display.h" +#include "info-utils.h" +#include "infomap.h" + +/* The window which describes the screen. */ +WINDOW *the_screen = (WINDOW *)NULL; + +/* The window which describes the echo area. */ +WINDOW *the_echo_area = (WINDOW *)NULL; + +/* The list of windows in Info. */ +WINDOW *windows = (WINDOW *)NULL; + +/* Pointer to the active window in WINDOW_LIST. */ +WINDOW *active_window = (WINDOW *)NULL; + +/* The size of the echo area in Info. It never changes, irregardless of the + size of the screen. */ +#define ECHO_AREA_HEIGHT 1 + +/* Macro returns the amount of space that the echo area truly requires relative + to the entire screen. */ +#define echo_area_required (1 + the_echo_area->height) + +/* Initalize the window system by creating THE_SCREEN and THE_ECHO_AREA. + Create the first window ever. + You pass the dimensions of the total screen size. */ +void +window_initialize_windows (width, height) + int width, height; +{ + the_screen = (WINDOW *)xmalloc (sizeof (WINDOW)); + the_echo_area = (WINDOW *)xmalloc (sizeof (WINDOW)); + windows = (WINDOW *)xmalloc (sizeof (WINDOW)); + active_window = windows; + + zero_mem (the_screen, sizeof (WINDOW)); + zero_mem (the_echo_area, sizeof (WINDOW)); + zero_mem (active_window, sizeof (WINDOW)); + + /* None of these windows has a goal column yet. */ + the_echo_area->goal_column = -1; + active_window->goal_column = -1; + the_screen->goal_column = -1; + + /* The active and echo_area windows are visible. + The echo_area is permanent. + The screen is permanent. */ + active_window->flags = W_WindowVisible; + the_echo_area->flags = W_WindowIsPerm | W_InhibitMode | W_WindowVisible; + the_screen->flags = W_WindowIsPerm; + + /* The height of the echo area never changes. It is statically set right + here, and it must be at least 1 line for display. The size of the + initial window cannot be the same size as the screen, since the screen + includes the echo area. So, we make the height of the initial window + equal to the screen's displayable region minus the height of the echo + area. */ + the_echo_area->height = ECHO_AREA_HEIGHT; + active_window->height = the_screen->height - 1 - the_echo_area->height; + window_new_screen_size (width, height, (VFunction *)NULL); + + /* The echo area uses a different keymap than normal info windows. */ + the_echo_area->keymap = echo_area_keymap; + active_window->keymap = info_keymap; +} + +/* Given that the size of the screen has changed to WIDTH and HEIGHT + from whatever it was before (found in the_screen->height, ->width), + change the size (and possibly location) of each window in the screen. + If a window would become too small, call the function DELETER on it, + after deleting the window from our chain of windows. If DELETER is NULL, + nothing extra is done. The last window can never be deleted, but it can + become invisible. */ + +/* If non-null, a function to call with WINDOW as argument when the function + window_new_screen_size () has deleted WINDOW. */ +VFunction *window_deletion_notifier = (VFunction *)NULL; + +void +window_new_screen_size (width, height) + int width, height; +{ + register WINDOW *win; + int delta_height, delta_each, delta_leftover; + int numwins; + + /* If no change, do nothing. */ + if (width == the_screen->width && height == the_screen->height) + return; + + /* If the new window height is too small, make it be zero. */ + if (height < (WINDOW_MIN_SIZE + the_echo_area->height)) + height = 0; + if (width < 0) + width = 0; + + /* Find out how many windows will change. */ + for (numwins = 0, win = windows; win; win = win->next, numwins++); + + /* See if some windows will need to be deleted. This is the case if + the screen is getting smaller, and the available space divided by + the number of windows is less than WINDOW_MIN_SIZE. In that case, + delete some windows and try again until there is either enough + space to divy up among the windows, or until there is only one + window left. */ + while ((height - echo_area_required) / numwins <= WINDOW_MIN_SIZE) + { + /* If only one window, make the size of it be zero, and return + immediately. */ + if (!windows->next) + { + windows->height = 0; + maybe_free (windows->line_starts); + windows->line_starts = (char **)NULL; + windows->line_count = 0; + break; + } + + /* If we have some temporary windows, delete one of them. */ + for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) + if (win->flags & W_TempWindow) + break; + + /* Otherwise, delete the first window, and try again. */ + if (!win) + win = windows; + + if (window_deletion_notifier) + (*window_deletion_notifier) (win); + + window_delete_window (win); + numwins--; + } + + /* The screen has changed height and width. */ + delta_height = height - the_screen->height; /* This is how much. */ + the_screen->height = height; /* This is the new height. */ + the_screen->width = width; /* This is the new width. */ + + /* Set the start of the echo area. */ + the_echo_area->first_row = height - the_echo_area->height; + the_echo_area->width = width; + + /* Check to see if the screen can really be changed this way. */ + if ((!windows->next) && ((windows->height == 0) && (delta_height < 0))) + return; + + /* Divide the change in height among the available windows. */ + delta_each = delta_height / numwins; + delta_leftover = delta_height - (delta_each * numwins); + + /* Change the height of each window in the chain by delta_each. Change + the height of the last window in the chain by delta_each and by the + leftover amount of change. Change the width of each window to be + WIDTH. */ + for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) + { + if ((win->width != width) && ((win->flags & W_InhibitMode) == 0)) + { + win->width = width; + maybe_free (win->modeline); + win->modeline = (char *)xmalloc (1 + width); + } + + win->height += delta_each; + + /* If the previous height of this window was zero, it was the only + window, and it was not visible. Thus we need to compensate for + the echo_area. */ + if (win->height == delta_each) + win->height -= (1 + the_echo_area->height); + + /* If this is not the first window in the chain, then change the + first row of it. We cannot just add delta_each to the first row, + since this window's first row is the sum of the collective increases + that have gone before it. So we just add one to the location of the + previous window's modeline. */ + if (win->prev) + win->first_row = (win->prev->first_row + win->prev->height) + 1; + + /* The last window in the chain gets the extra space (or shrinkage). */ + if (!win->next) + win->height += delta_leftover; + + if (win->node) + recalculate_line_starts (win); + + win->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; + } + + /* If the screen got smaller, check over the windows just shrunk to + keep them within bounds. Some of the windows may have gotten smaller + than WINDOW_MIN_HEIGHT in which case some of the other windows are + larger than the available display space in the screen. Because of our + intial test above, we know that there is enough space for all of the + windows. */ + if ((delta_each < 0) && ((windows->height != 0) && windows->next)) + { + int avail; + + avail = the_screen->height - (numwins + the_echo_area->height); + win = windows; + + while (win) + { + if ((win->height < WINDOW_MIN_HEIGHT) || + (win->height > avail)) + { + WINDOW *lastwin; + + /* Split the space among the available windows. */ + delta_each = avail / numwins; + delta_leftover = avail - (delta_each * numwins); + + for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) + { + lastwin = win; + if (win->prev) + win->first_row = + (win->prev->first_row + win->prev->height) + 1; + win->height = delta_each; + } + + /* Give the leftover space (if any) to the last window. */ + lastwin->height += delta_leftover; + break; + } + else + win= win->next; + } + } +} + +/* Make a new window showing NODE, and return that window structure. + If NODE is passed as NULL, then show the node showing in the active + window. If the window could not be made return a NULL pointer. The + active window is not changed.*/ +WINDOW * +window_make_window (node) + NODE *node; +{ + WINDOW *window; + + if (!node) + node = active_window->node; + + /* If there isn't enough room to make another window, return now. */ + if ((active_window->height / 2) < WINDOW_MIN_SIZE) + return ((WINDOW *)NULL); + + /* Make and initialize the new window. + The fudging about with -1 and +1 is because the following window in the + chain cannot start at window->height, since that is where the modeline + for the previous window is displayed. The inverse adjustment is made + in window_delete_window (). */ + window = (WINDOW *)xmalloc (sizeof (WINDOW)); + window->width = the_screen->width; + window->height = (active_window->height / 2) - 1; +#if defined (SPLIT_BEFORE_ACTIVE) + window->first_row = active_window->first_row; +#else + window->first_row = active_window->first_row + + (active_window->height - window->height); +#endif + window->keymap = info_keymap; + window->goal_column = -1; + window->modeline = (char *)xmalloc (1 + window->width); + window->line_starts = (char **)NULL; + window->flags = W_UpdateWindow | W_WindowVisible; + window_set_node_of_window (window, node); + + /* Adjust the height of the old active window. */ + active_window->height -= (window->height + 1); +#if defined (SPLIT_BEFORE_ACTIVE) + active_window->first_row += (window->height + 1); +#endif + active_window->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; + + /* Readjust the new and old windows so that their modelines and contents + will be displayed correctly. */ +#if defined (NOTDEF) + /* We don't have to do this for WINDOW since window_set_node_of_window () + already did. */ + window_adjust_pagetop (window); + window_make_modeline (window); +#endif /* NOTDEF */ + + /* We do have to readjust the existing active window. */ + window_adjust_pagetop (active_window); + window_make_modeline (active_window); + +#if defined (SPLIT_BEFORE_ACTIVE) + /* This window is just before the active one. The active window gets + bumped down one. The active window is not changed. */ + window->next = active_window; + + window->prev = active_window->prev; + active_window->prev = window; + + if (window->prev) + window->prev->next = window; + else + windows = window; +#else + /* This window is just after the active one. Which window is active is + not changed. */ + window->prev = active_window; + window->next = active_window->next; + active_window->next = window; + if (window->next) + window->next->prev = window; +#endif /* !SPLIT_BEFORE_ACTIVE */ + return (window); +} + +/* These useful macros make it possible to read the code in + window_change_window_height (). */ +#define grow_me_shrinking_next(me, next, diff) \ + do { \ + me->height += diff; \ + next->height -= diff; \ + next->first_row += diff; \ + window_adjust_pagetop (next); \ + } while (0) + +#define grow_me_shrinking_prev(me, prev, diff) \ + do { \ + me->height += diff; \ + prev->height -= diff; \ + me->first_row -=diff; \ + window_adjust_pagetop (prev); \ + } while (0) + +#define shrink_me_growing_next(me, next, diff) \ + do { \ + me->height -= diff; \ + next->height += diff; \ + next->first_row -= diff; \ + window_adjust_pagetop (next); \ + } while (0) + +#define shrink_me_growing_prev(me, prev, diff) \ + do { \ + me->height -= diff; \ + prev->height += diff; \ + me->first_row += diff; \ + window_adjust_pagetop (prev); \ + } while (0) + +/* Change the height of WINDOW by AMOUNT. This also automagically adjusts + the previous and next windows in the chain. If there is only one user + window, then no change takes place. */ +void +window_change_window_height (window, amount) + WINDOW *window; + int amount; +{ + register WINDOW *win, *prev, *next; + + /* If there is only one window, or if the amount of change is zero, + return immediately. */ + if (!windows->next || amount == 0) + return; + + /* Find this window in our chain. */ + for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) + if (win == window) + break; + + /* If the window is isolated (i.e., doesn't appear in our window list, + then quit now. */ + if (!win) + return; + + /* Change the height of this window by AMOUNT, if that is possible. + It can be impossible if there isn't enough available room on the + screen, or if the resultant window would be too small. */ + + prev = window->prev; + next = window->next; + + /* WINDOW decreasing in size? */ + if (amount < 0) + { + int abs_amount = -amount; /* It is easier to deal with this way. */ + + /* If the resultant window would be too small, stop here. */ + if ((window->height - abs_amount) < WINDOW_MIN_HEIGHT) + return; + + /* If we have two neighboring windows, choose the smaller one to get + larger. */ + if (next && prev) + { + if (prev->height < next->height) + shrink_me_growing_prev (window, prev, abs_amount); + else + shrink_me_growing_next (window, next, abs_amount); + } + else if (next) + shrink_me_growing_next (window, next, abs_amount); + else + shrink_me_growing_prev (window, prev, abs_amount); + } + + /* WINDOW increasing in size? */ + if (amount > 0) + { + int total_avail, next_avail = 0, prev_avail = 0; + + if (next) + next_avail = next->height - WINDOW_MIN_SIZE; + + if (prev) + prev_avail = prev->height - WINDOW_MIN_SIZE; + + total_avail = next_avail + prev_avail; + + /* If there isn't enough space available to grow this window, give up. */ + if (amount > total_avail) + return; + + /* If there aren't two neighboring windows, or if one of the neighbors + is larger than the other one by at least AMOUNT, grow that one. */ + if ((next && !prev) || ((next_avail - amount) >= prev_avail)) + grow_me_shrinking_next (window, next, amount); + else if ((prev && !next) || ((prev_avail - amount) >= next_avail)) + grow_me_shrinking_prev (window, prev, amount); + else + { + int change; + + /* This window has two neighbors. They both must be shrunk in to + make enough space for WINDOW to grow. Make them both the same + size. */ + if (prev_avail > next_avail) + { + change = prev_avail - next_avail; + grow_me_shrinking_prev (window, prev, change); + amount -= change; + } + else + { + change = next_avail - prev_avail; + grow_me_shrinking_next (window, next, change); + amount -= change; + } + + /* Both neighbors are the same size. Split the difference in + AMOUNT between them. */ + while (amount) + { + window->height++; + amount--; + + /* Odd numbers grow next, even grow prev. */ + if (amount & 1) + { + prev->height--; + window->first_row--; + } + else + { + next->height--; + next->first_row++; + } + } + window_adjust_pagetop (prev); + window_adjust_pagetop (next); + } + } + if (prev) + prev->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; + + if (next) + next->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; + + window->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; + window_adjust_pagetop (window); +} + +/* Tile all of the windows currently displayed in the global variable + WINDOWS. If argument STYLE is TILE_INTERNALS, tile windows displaying + internal nodes as well, otherwise do not change the height of such + windows. */ +void +window_tile_windows (style) + int style; +{ + WINDOW *win, *last_adjusted; + int numwins, avail, per_win_height, leftover; + int do_internals; + + numwins = avail = 0; + do_internals = (style == TILE_INTERNALS); + + for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) + if (do_internals || !win->node || + (win->node->flags & N_IsInternal) == 0) + { + avail += win->height; + numwins++; + } + + if (numwins <= 1 || !the_screen->height) + return; + + /* Find the size for each window. Divide the size of the usable portion + of the screen by the number of windows. */ + per_win_height = avail / numwins; + leftover = avail - (per_win_height * numwins); + + last_adjusted = (WINDOW *)NULL; + for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) + { + if (do_internals || !win->node || + (win->node->flags & N_IsInternal) == 0) + { + last_adjusted = win; + win->height = per_win_height; + } + } + + if (last_adjusted) + last_adjusted->height += leftover; + + /* Readjust the first_row of every window in the chain. */ + for (win = windows; win; win = win->next) + { + if (win->prev) + win->first_row = win->prev->first_row + win->prev->height + 1; + + window_adjust_pagetop (win); + win->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; + } +} + +/* Toggle the state of line wrapping in WINDOW. This can do a bit of fancy + redisplay. */ +void +window_toggle_wrap (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + if (window->flags & W_NoWrap) + window->flags &= ~W_NoWrap; + else + window->flags |= W_NoWrap; + + if (window != the_echo_area) + { + char **old_starts; + int old_lines, old_pagetop; + + old_starts = window->line_starts; + old_lines = window->line_count; + old_pagetop = window->pagetop; + + calculate_line_starts (window); + + /* Make sure that point appears within this window. */ + window_adjust_pagetop (window); + + /* If the pagetop hasn't changed maybe we can do some scrolling now + to speed up the display. Many of the line starts will be the same, + so scrolling here is a very good optimization.*/ + if (old_pagetop == window->pagetop) + display_scroll_line_starts + (window, old_pagetop, old_starts, old_lines); + maybe_free (old_starts); + } + window->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; +} + +/* Set WINDOW to display NODE. */ +void +window_set_node_of_window (window, node) + WINDOW *window; + NODE *node; +{ + window->node = node; + window->pagetop = 0; + window->point = 0; + recalculate_line_starts (window); + window->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; + window_adjust_pagetop (window); + window_make_modeline (window); +} + +/* Delete WINDOW from the list of known windows. If this window was the + active window, make the next window in the chain be the active window. + If the active window is the next or previous window, choose that window + as the recipient of the extra space. Otherwise, prefer the next window. */ +void +window_delete_window (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + WINDOW *next, *prev, *window_to_fix; + + next = window->next; + prev = window->prev; + + /* You cannot delete the only window or a permanent window. */ + if ((!next && !prev) || (window->flags & W_WindowIsPerm)) + return; + + if (next) + next->prev = prev; + + if (!prev) + windows = next; + else + prev->next = next; + + if (window->line_starts) + free (window->line_starts); + + if (window->modeline) + free (window->modeline); + + if (window == active_window) + { + /* If there isn't a next window, then there must be a previous one, + since we cannot delete the last window. If there is a next window, + prefer to use that as the active window. */ + if (next) + active_window = next; + else + active_window = prev; + } + + if (next && active_window == next) + window_to_fix = next; + else if (prev && active_window == prev) + window_to_fix = prev; + else if (next) + window_to_fix = next; + else if (prev) + window_to_fix = prev; + else + window_to_fix = windows; + + if (window_to_fix->first_row > window->first_row) + { + int diff; + + /* Try to adjust the visible part of the node so that as little + text as possible has to move. */ + diff = window_to_fix->first_row - window->first_row; + window_to_fix->first_row = window->first_row; + + window_to_fix->pagetop -= diff; + if (window_to_fix->pagetop < 0) + window_to_fix->pagetop = 0; + } + + /* The `+ 1' is to offset the difference between the first_row locations. + See the code in window_make_window (). */ + window_to_fix->height += window->height + 1; + window_to_fix->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; + + free (window); +} + +/* For every window in CHAIN, set the flags member to have FLAG set. */ +void +window_mark_chain (chain, flag) + WINDOW *chain; + int flag; +{ + register WINDOW *win; + + for (win = chain; win; win = win->next) + win->flags |= flag; +} + +/* For every window in CHAIN, clear the flags member of FLAG. */ +void +window_unmark_chain (chain, flag) + WINDOW *chain; + int flag; +{ + register WINDOW *win; + + for (win = chain; win; win = win->next) + win->flags &= ~flag; +} + +/* Return the number of characters it takes to display CHARACTER on the + screen at HPOS. */ +int +character_width (character, hpos) + int character, hpos; +{ + int printable_limit = 127; + int width = 1; + + if (ISO_Latin_p) + printable_limit = 160; + + if (character > printable_limit) + width = 3; + else if (iscntrl (character)) + { + switch (character) + { + case '\r': + case '\n': + width = the_screen->width - hpos; + break; + case '\t': + width = ((hpos + 8) & 0xf8) - hpos; + break; + default: + width = 2; + } + } + else if (character == DEL) + width = 2; + + return (width); +} + +/* Return the number of characters it takes to display STRING on the screen + at HPOS. */ +int +string_width (string, hpos) + char *string; + int hpos; +{ + register int i, width, this_char_width; + + for (width = 0, i = 0; string[i]; i++) + { + this_char_width = character_width (string[i], hpos); + width += this_char_width; + hpos += this_char_width; + } + return (width); +} + +/* Quickly guess the approximate number of lines to that NODE would + take to display. This really only counts carriage returns. */ +int +window_physical_lines (node) + NODE *node; +{ + register int i, lines; + char *contents; + + if (!node) + return (0); + + contents = node->contents; + for (i = 0, lines = 1; i < node->nodelen; i++) + if (contents[i] == '\n') + lines++; + + return (lines); +} + +/* Calculate a list of line starts for the node belonging to WINDOW. The line + starts are pointers to the actual text within WINDOW->NODE. */ +void +calculate_line_starts (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + register int i, hpos; + char **line_starts = (char **)NULL; + int line_starts_index = 0, line_starts_slots = 0; + int bump_index; + NODE *node; + + window->line_starts = (char **)NULL; + window->line_count = 0; + node = window->node; + + if (!node) + return; + + /* Grovel the node starting at the top, and for each line calculate the + width of the characters appearing in that line. Add each line start + to our array. */ + i = 0; + hpos = 0; + bump_index = 0; + + while (i < node->nodelen) + { + char *line = node->contents + i; + unsigned int cwidth, c; + + add_pointer_to_array (line, line_starts_index, line_starts, + line_starts_slots, 100, char *); + if (bump_index) + { + i++; + bump_index = 0; + } + + while (1) + { + c = node->contents[i]; + cwidth = character_width (c, hpos); + + /* If this character fits within this line, just do the next one. */ + if ((hpos + cwidth) < window->width) + { + i++; + hpos += cwidth; + continue; + } + else + { + /* If this character would position the cursor at the start of + the next printed screen line, then do the next line. */ + if (c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t') + { + i++; + hpos = 0; + break; + } + else + { + /* This character passes the window width border. Postion + the cursor after the printed character, but remember this + line start as where this character is. A bit tricky. */ + + /* If this window doesn't wrap lines, proceed to the next + physical line here. */ + if (window->flags & W_NoWrap) + { + hpos = 0; + while (i < node->nodelen && node->contents[i] != '\n') + i++; + + if (node->contents[i] == '\n') + i++; + } + else + { + hpos = the_screen->width - hpos; + bump_index++; + } + break; + } + } + } + } + window->line_starts = line_starts; + window->line_count = line_starts_index; +} + +/* Given WINDOW, recalculate the line starts for the node it displays. */ +void +recalculate_line_starts (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + maybe_free (window->line_starts); + calculate_line_starts (window); +} + +/* Global variable control redisplay of scrolled windows. If non-zero, it + is the desired number of lines to scroll the window in order to make + point visible. A user might set this to 1 for smooth scrolling. If + set to zero, the line containing point is centered within the window. */ +int window_scroll_step = 0; + +/* Adjust the pagetop of WINDOW such that the cursor point will be visible. */ +void +window_adjust_pagetop (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + register int line = 0; + char *contents; + + if (!window->node) + return; + + contents = window->node->contents; + + /* Find the first printed line start which is after WINDOW->point. */ + for (line = 0; line < window->line_count; line++) + { + char *line_start; + + line_start = window->line_starts[line]; + + if ((line_start - contents) > window->point) + break; + } + + /* The line index preceding the line start which is past point is the + one containing point. */ + line--; + + /* If this line appears in the current displayable page, do nothing. + Otherwise, adjust the top of the page to make this line visible. */ + if ((line < window->pagetop) || + (line - window->pagetop > (window->height - 1))) + { + /* The user-settable variable "scroll-step" is used to attempt + to make point visible, iff it is non-zero. If that variable + is zero, then the line containing point is centered within + the window. */ + if (window_scroll_step < window->height) + { + if ((line < window->pagetop) && + ((window->pagetop - window_scroll_step) <= line)) + window->pagetop -= window_scroll_step; + else if ((line - window->pagetop > (window->height - 1)) && + ((line - (window->pagetop + window_scroll_step) + < window->height))) + window->pagetop += window_scroll_step; + else + window->pagetop = line - ((window->height - 1) / 2); + } + else + window->pagetop = line - ((window->height - 1) / 2); + + if (window->pagetop < 0) + window->pagetop = 0; + window->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; + } +} + +/* Return the index of the line containing point. */ +int +window_line_of_point (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + register int i, start = 0; + + /* Try to optimize. Check to see if point is past the pagetop for + this window, and if so, start searching forward from there. */ + if ((window->pagetop > -1 && window->pagetop < window->line_count) && + (window->line_starts[window->pagetop] - window->node->contents) + <= window->point) + start = window->pagetop; + + for (i = start; i < window->line_count; i++) + { + if ((window->line_starts[i] - window->node->contents) > window->point) + break; + } + + return (i - 1); +} + +/* Get and return the goal column for this window. */ +int +window_get_goal_column (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + if (!window->node) + return (-1); + + if (window->goal_column != -1) + return (window->goal_column); + + /* Okay, do the work. Find the printed offset of the cursor + in this window. */ + return (window_get_cursor_column (window)); +} + +/* Get and return the printed column offset of the cursor in this window. */ +int +window_get_cursor_column (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + int i, hpos, end; + char *line; + + i = window_line_of_point (window); + + if (i < 0) + return (-1); + + line = window->line_starts[i]; + end = window->point - (line - window->node->contents); + + for (hpos = 0, i = 0; i < end; i++) + hpos += character_width (line[i], hpos); + + return (hpos); +} + +/* Count the number of characters in LINE that precede the printed column + offset of GOAL. */ +int +window_chars_to_goal (line, goal) + char *line; + int goal; +{ + register int i, check, hpos; + + for (hpos = 0, i = 0; line[i] != '\n'; i++) + { + + check = hpos + character_width (line[i], hpos); + + if (check > goal) + break; + + hpos = check; + } + return (i); +} + +/* Create a modeline for WINDOW, and store it in window->modeline. */ +void +window_make_modeline (window) + WINDOW *window; +{ + register int i; + char *modeline; + char location_indicator[4]; + int lines_remaining; + + /* Only make modelines for those windows which have one. */ + if (window->flags & W_InhibitMode) + return; + + /* Find the number of lines actually displayed in this window. */ + lines_remaining = window->line_count - window->pagetop; + + if (window->pagetop == 0) + { + if (lines_remaining <= window->height) + strcpy (location_indicator, "All"); + else + strcpy (location_indicator, "Top"); + } + else + { + if (lines_remaining <= window->height) + strcpy (location_indicator, "Bot"); + else + { + float pt, lc; + int percentage; + + pt = (float)window->pagetop; + lc = (float)window->line_count; + + percentage = 100 * (pt / lc); + + sprintf (location_indicator, "%2d%%", percentage); + } + } + + /* Calculate the maximum size of the information to stick in MODELINE. */ + { + int modeline_len = 0; + char *parent = (char *)NULL, *filename = "*no file*"; + char *nodename = "*no node*"; + char *update_message = (char *)NULL; + NODE *node = window->node; + + if (node) + { + if (node->nodename) + nodename = node->nodename; + + if (node->parent) + { + parent = filename_non_directory (node->parent); + modeline_len += strlen ("Subfile: ") + strlen (node->filename); + } + + if (node->filename) + filename = filename_non_directory (node->filename); + + if (node->flags & N_UpdateTags) + update_message = "--*** Tags out of Date ***"; + } + + if (update_message) + modeline_len += strlen (update_message); + modeline_len += strlen (filename); + modeline_len += strlen (nodename); + modeline_len += 4; /* strlen (location_indicator). */ + + /* 10 for the decimal representation of the number of lines in this + node, and the remainder of the text that can appear in the line. */ + modeline_len += 10 + strlen ("-----Info: (), lines ----, "); + modeline_len += window->width; + + modeline = (char *)xmalloc (1 + modeline_len); + + /* Special internal windows have no filename. */ + if (!parent && !*filename) + sprintf (modeline, "-%s---Info: %s, %d lines --%s--", + (window->flags & W_NoWrap) ? "$" : "-", + nodename, window->line_count, location_indicator); + else + sprintf (modeline, "-%s%s-Info: (%s)%s, %d lines --%s--", + (window->flags & W_NoWrap) ? "$" : "-", + (node && (node->flags & N_IsCompressed)) ? "zz" : "--", + parent ? parent : filename, + nodename, window->line_count, location_indicator); + + if (parent) + sprintf (modeline + strlen (modeline), " Subfile: %s", filename); + + if (update_message) + sprintf (modeline + strlen (modeline), "%s", update_message); + + i = strlen (modeline); + + if (i >= window->width) + modeline[window->width] = '\0'; + else + { + while (i < window->width) + modeline[i++] = '-'; + modeline[i] = '\0'; + } + + strcpy (window->modeline, modeline); + free (modeline); + } +} + +/* Make WINDOW start displaying at PERCENT percentage of its node. */ +void +window_goto_percentage (window, percent) + WINDOW *window; + int percent; +{ + int desired_line; + + if (!percent) + desired_line = 0; + else + desired_line = + (int) ((float)window->line_count * ((float)percent / 100.0)); + + window->pagetop = desired_line; + window->point = + window->line_starts[window->pagetop] - window->node->contents; + window->flags |= W_UpdateWindow; + window_make_modeline (window); +} + +/* Get the state of WINDOW, and save it in STATE. */ +void +window_get_state (window, state) + WINDOW *window; + WINDOW_STATE *state; +{ + state->node = window->node; + state->pagetop = window->pagetop; + state->point = window->point; +} + +/* Set the node, pagetop, and point of WINDOW. */ +void +window_set_state (window, state) + WINDOW *window; + WINDOW_STATE *state; +{ + if (window->node != state->node) + window_set_node_of_window (window, state->node); + window->pagetop = state->pagetop; + window->point = state->point; +} + + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Manipulating Home-Made Nodes */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* A place to buffer echo area messages. */ +static NODE *echo_area_node = (NODE *)NULL; + +/* Make the node of the_echo_area be an empty one. */ +static void +free_echo_area () +{ + if (echo_area_node) + { + maybe_free (echo_area_node->contents); + free (echo_area_node); + } + + echo_area_node = (NODE *)NULL; + window_set_node_of_window (the_echo_area, echo_area_node); +} + +/* Clear the echo area, removing any message that is already present. + The echo area is cleared immediately. */ +void +window_clear_echo_area () +{ + free_echo_area (); + display_update_one_window (the_echo_area); +} + +/* Make a message appear in the echo area, built from FORMAT, ARG1 and ARG2. + The arguments are treated similar to printf () arguments, but not all of + printf () hair is present. The message appears immediately. If there was + already a message appearing in the echo area, it is removed. */ +void +window_message_in_echo_area (format, arg1, arg2) + char *format; + void *arg1, *arg2; +{ + free_echo_area (); + echo_area_node = build_message_node (format, arg1, arg2); + window_set_node_of_window (the_echo_area, echo_area_node); + display_update_one_window (the_echo_area); +} + +/* Place a temporary message in the echo area built from FORMAT, ARG1 + and ARG2. The message appears immediately, but does not destroy + any existing message. A future call to unmessage_in_echo_area () + restores the old contents. */ +static NODE **old_echo_area_nodes = (NODE **)NULL; +static int old_echo_area_nodes_index = 0; +static int old_echo_area_nodes_slots = 0; + +void +message_in_echo_area (format, arg1, arg2) + char *format; + void *arg1, *arg2; +{ + if (echo_area_node) + { + add_pointer_to_array (echo_area_node, old_echo_area_nodes_index, + old_echo_area_nodes, old_echo_area_nodes_slots, + 4, NODE *); + } + echo_area_node = (NODE *)NULL; + window_message_in_echo_area (format, arg1, arg2); +} + +void +unmessage_in_echo_area () +{ + free_echo_area (); + + if (old_echo_area_nodes_index) + echo_area_node = old_echo_area_nodes[--old_echo_area_nodes_index]; + + window_set_node_of_window (the_echo_area, echo_area_node); + display_update_one_window (the_echo_area); +} + +/* A place to build a message. */ +static char *message_buffer = (char *)NULL; +static int message_buffer_index = 0; +static int message_buffer_size = 0; + +/* Ensure that there is enough space to stuff LENGTH characters into + MESSAGE_BUFFER. */ +static void +message_buffer_resize (length) + int length; +{ + if (!message_buffer) + { + message_buffer_size = length + 1; + message_buffer = (char *)xmalloc (message_buffer_size); + message_buffer_index = 0; + } + + while (message_buffer_size <= message_buffer_index + length) + message_buffer = (char *) + xrealloc (message_buffer, + message_buffer_size += 100 + (2 * length)); +} + +/* Format MESSAGE_BUFFER with the results of printing FORMAT with ARG1 and + ARG2. */ +static void +build_message_buffer (format, arg1, arg2) + char *format; + void *arg1, *arg2; +{ + register int i, len; + void *args[2]; + int arg_index = 0; + + args[0] = arg1; + args[1] = arg2; + + len = strlen (format); + + message_buffer_resize (len); + + for (i = 0; format[i]; i++) + { + if (format[i] != '%') + { + message_buffer[message_buffer_index++] = format[i]; + len--; + } + else + { + char c; + + c = format[++i]; + + switch (c) + { + case '%': /* Insert a percent sign. */ + message_buffer_resize (len + 1); + message_buffer[message_buffer_index++] = '%'; + break; + + case 's': /* Insert the current arg as a string. */ + { + char *string; + int string_len; + + string = (char *)args[arg_index++]; + string_len = strlen (string); + + message_buffer_resize (len + string_len); + sprintf + (message_buffer + message_buffer_index, "%s", string); + message_buffer_index += string_len; + } + break; + + case 'd': /* Insert the current arg as an integer. */ + { + long long_val; + int integer; + + long_val = (long)args[arg_index++]; + integer = (int)long_val; + + message_buffer_resize (len + 32); + sprintf + (message_buffer + message_buffer_index, "%d", integer); + message_buffer_index = strlen (message_buffer); + } + break; + + case 'c': /* Insert the current arg as a character. */ + { + long long_val; + int character; + + long_val = (long)args[arg_index++]; + character = (int)long_val; + + message_buffer_resize (len + 1); + message_buffer[message_buffer_index++] = character; + } + break; + + default: + abort (); + } + } + } + message_buffer[message_buffer_index] = '\0'; +} + +/* Build a new node which has FORMAT printed with ARG1 and ARG2 as the + contents. */ +NODE * +build_message_node (format, arg1, arg2) + char *format; + void *arg1, *arg2; +{ + NODE *node; + + message_buffer_index = 0; + build_message_buffer (format, arg1, arg2); + + node = message_buffer_to_node (); + return (node); +} + +/* Convert the contents of the message buffer to a node. */ +NODE * +message_buffer_to_node () +{ + NODE *node; + + node = (NODE *)xmalloc (sizeof (NODE)); + node->filename = (char *)NULL; + node->parent = (char *)NULL; + node->nodename = (char *)NULL; + node->flags = 0; + + /* Make sure that this buffer ends with a newline. */ + node->nodelen = 1 + strlen (message_buffer); + node->contents = (char *)xmalloc (1 + node->nodelen); + strcpy (node->contents, message_buffer); + node->contents[node->nodelen - 1] = '\n'; + node->contents[node->nodelen] = '\0'; + return (node); +} + +/* Useful functions can be called from outside of window.c. */ +void +initialize_message_buffer () +{ + message_buffer_index = 0; +} + +/* Print FORMAT with ARG1,2 to the end of the current message buffer. */ +void +printf_to_message_buffer (format, arg1, arg2) + char *format; + void *arg1, *arg2; +{ + build_message_buffer (format, arg1, arg2); +} + +/* Return the current horizontal position of the "cursor" on the most + recently output message buffer line. */ +int +message_buffer_length_this_line () +{ + register int i; + + if (!message_buffer_index) + return (0); + + for (i = message_buffer_index; i && message_buffer[i - 1] != '\n'; i--); + + return (string_width (message_buffer + i, 0)); +} + +/* Pad STRING to COUNT characters by inserting blanks. */ +int +pad_to (count, string) + int count; + char *string; +{ + register int i; + + i = strlen (string); + + if (i >= count) + string[i++] = ' '; + else + { + while (i < count) + string[i++] = ' '; + } + string[i] = '\0'; + + return (i); +} diff --git a/texinfo/info/window.h b/texinfo/info/window.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5bde64a10ac --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/window.h @@ -0,0 +1,229 @@ +/* window.h -- Structure and flags used in manipulating Info windows. */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (_WINDOW_H_) +#define _WINDOW_H_ + +#include "nodes.h" +#include "infomap.h" + +/* Smallest number of visible lines in a window. The actual height is + always one more than this number because each window has a modeline. */ +#define WINDOW_MIN_HEIGHT 2 + +/* Smallest number of screen lines that can be used to fully present a + window. This number includes the modeline of the window. */ +#define WINDOW_MIN_SIZE (WINDOW_MIN_HEIGHT + 1) + +/* The exact same elements are used within the WINDOW_STATE structure and a + subsection of the WINDOW structure. We could define a structure which + contains this elements, and include that structure in each of WINDOW_STATE + and WINDOW. But that would lead references in the code such as + window->state->node which we would like to avoid. Instead, we #define the + elements here, and simply include the define in both data structures. Thus, + if you need to change window state information, here is where you would + do it. NB> The last element does NOT end with a semi-colon. */ +#define WINDOW_STATE_DECL \ + NODE *node; /* The node displayed in this window. */ \ + int pagetop; /* LINE_STARTS[PAGETOP] is first line in WINDOW. */ \ + long point /* Offset within NODE of the cursor position. */ + +/* Structure which defines a window. Windows are doubly linked, next + and prev. The list of windows is kept on WINDOWS. The structure member + window->height is the total height of the window. The position location + (0, window->height + window->first_row) is the first character of this + windows modeline. The number of lines that can be displayed in a window + is equal to window->height - 1. */ +typedef struct __window__ { + struct __window__ *next; /* Next window in this chain. */ + struct __window__ *prev; /* Previous window in this chain. */ + int width; /* Width of this window. */ + int height; /* Height of this window. */ + int first_row; /* Offset of the first line in the_screen. */ + int goal_column; /* The column we would like the cursor to appear in. */ + Keymap keymap; /* Keymap used to read commands in this window. */ + WINDOW_STATE_DECL; /* Node, pagetop and point. */ + char *modeline; /* Calculated text of the modeline for this window. */ + char **line_starts; /* Array of printed line starts for this node. */ + int line_count; /* Number of lines appearing in LINE_STARTS. */ + int flags; /* See below for details. */ +} WINDOW; + +typedef struct { + WINDOW_STATE_DECL; /* What gets saved. */ +} WINDOW_STATE; + +#define W_UpdateWindow 0x01 /* WINDOW needs updating. */ +#define W_WindowIsPerm 0x02 /* This WINDOW is a permanent object. */ +#define W_WindowVisible 0x04 /* This WINDOW is currently visible. */ +#define W_InhibitMode 0x08 /* This WINDOW has no modeline. */ +#define W_NoWrap 0x10 /* Lines do not wrap in this window. */ +#define W_InputWindow 0x20 /* Window accepts input. */ +#define W_TempWindow 0x40 /* Window is less important. */ + +extern WINDOW *windows; /* List of visible Info windows. */ +extern WINDOW *active_window; /* The currently active window. */ +extern WINDOW *the_screen; /* The Info screen is just another window. */ +extern WINDOW *the_echo_area; /* THE_ECHO_AREA is a window in THE_SCREEN. */ + +/* Global variable control redisplay of scrolled windows. If non-zero, it + is the desired number of lines to scroll the window in order to make + point visible. A user might set this to 1 for smooth scrolling. If + set to zero, the line containing point is centered within the window. */ +extern int window_scroll_step; + + /* Make the modeline member for WINDOW. */ +extern void window_make_modeline (); + +/* Initalize the window system by creating THE_SCREEN and THE_ECHO_AREA. + Create the first window ever, and make it permanent. + You pass WIDTH and HEIGHT; the dimensions of the total screen size. */ +extern void window_initialize_windows (); + +/* Make a new window showing NODE, and return that window structure. + The new window is made to be the active window. If NODE is passed + as NULL, then show the node showing in the active window. If the + window could not be made return a NULL pointer. The active window + is not changed.*/ +extern WINDOW *window_make_window (); + +/* Delete WINDOW from the list of known windows. If this window was the + active window, make the next window in the chain be the active window, + or the previous window in the chain if there is no next window. */ +extern void window_delete_window (); + +/* A function to call when the screen changes size, and some windows have + to get deleted. The function is called with the window to be deleted + as an argument, and it can't do anything about the window getting deleted; + it can only clean up dangling references to that window. */ +extern VFunction *window_deletion_notifier; + +/* Set WINDOW to display NODE. */ +extern void window_set_node_of_window (); + +/* Tell the window system that the size of the screen has changed. This + causes lots of interesting things to happen. The permanent windows + are resized, as well as every visible window. You pass WIDTH and HEIGHT; + the dimensions of the total screen size. */ +extern void window_new_screen_size (); + +/* Change the height of WINDOW by AMOUNT. This also automagically adjusts + the previous and next windows in the chain. If there is only one user + window, then no change takes place. */ +extern void window_change_window_height (); + +/* Adjust the pagetop of WINDOW such that the cursor point will be visible. */ +extern void window_adjust_pagetop (); + +/* Tile all of the windows currently displayed in the global variable + WINDOWS. If argument DO_INTERNALS is non-zero, tile windows displaying + internal nodes as well. */ +#define DONT_TILE_INTERNALS 0 +#define TILE_INTERNALS 1 +extern void window_tile_windows (); + +/* Toggle the state of line wrapping in WINDOW. This can do a bit of fancy + redisplay. */ +extern void window_toggle_wrap (); + +/* For every window in CHAIN, set the flags member to have FLAG set. */ +extern void window_mark_chain (); + +/* For every window in CHAIN, clear the flags member of FLAG. */ +extern void window_unmark_chain (); + +/* Make WINDOW start displaying at PERCENT percentage of its node. */ +extern void window_goto_percentage (); + +/* Build a new node which has FORMAT printed with ARG1 and ARG2 as the + contents. */ +extern NODE *build_message_node (); + +/* Useful functions can be called from outside of window.c. */ +extern void initialize_message_buffer (); + +/* Print FORMAT with ARG1,2 to the end of the current message buffer. */ +extern void printf_to_message_buffer (); + +/* Convert the contents of the message buffer to a node. */ +extern NODE *message_buffer_to_node (); + +/* Return the length of the most recently printed line in message buffer. */ +extern int message_buffer_length_this_line (); + +/* Pad STRING to COUNT characters by inserting blanks. */ +extern int pad_to (); + +/* Make a message appear in the echo area, built from FORMAT, ARG1 and ARG2. + The arguments are treated similar to printf () arguments, but not all of + printf () hair is present. The message appears immediately. If there was + already a message appearing in the echo area, it is removed. */ +extern void window_message_in_echo_area (); + +/* Place a temporary message in the echo area built from FORMAT, ARG1 + and ARG2. The message appears immediately, but does not destroy + any existing message. A future call to unmessage_in_echo_area () + restores the old contents. */ +extern void message_in_echo_area (); +extern void unmessage_in_echo_area (); + +/* Clear the echo area, removing any message that is already present. + The echo area is cleared immediately. */ +extern void window_clear_echo_area (); + +/* Quickly guess the approximate number of lines to that NODE would + take to display. This really only counts carriage returns. */ +extern int window_physical_lines (); + +/* Calculate a list of line starts for the node belonging to WINDOW. The line + starts are pointers to the actual text within WINDOW->NODE. */ +extern void calculate_line_starts (); + +/* Given WINDOW, recalculate the line starts for the node it displays. */ +extern void recalculate_line_starts (); + +/* Return the number of characters it takes to display CHARACTER on the + screen at HPOS. */ +extern int character_width (); + +/* Return the number of characters it takes to display STRING on the + screen at HPOS. */ +extern int string_width (); + +/* Return the index of the line containing point. */ +extern int window_line_of_point (); + +/* Get and return the goal column for this window. */ +extern int window_get_goal_column (); + +/* Get and return the printed column offset of the cursor in this window. */ +extern int window_get_cursor_column (); + +/* Get and Set the node, pagetop, and point of WINDOW. */ +extern void window_get_state (), window_set_state (); + +/* Count the number of characters in LINE that precede the printed column + offset of GOAL. */ +extern int window_chars_to_goal (); + +#endif /* !_WINDOW_H_ */ diff --git a/texinfo/info/xmalloc.c b/texinfo/info/xmalloc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..156989ed711 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/info/xmalloc.c @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +/* xmalloc.c -- safe versions of malloc and realloc */ + +/* This file is part of GNU Info, a program for reading online documentation + stored in Info format. + + This file has appeared in prior works by the Free Software Foundation; + thus it carries copyright dates from 1988 through 1993. + + Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +#if !defined (ALREADY_HAVE_XMALLOC) +#include <stdio.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +extern void *malloc (), *realloc (); +static void memory_error_and_abort (); + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Memory Allocation and Deallocation. */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Return a pointer to free()able block of memory large enough + to hold BYTES number of bytes. If the memory cannot be allocated, + print an error message and abort. */ +void * +xmalloc (bytes) + int bytes; +{ + void *temp = malloc (bytes); + + if (!temp) + memory_error_and_abort ("xmalloc"); + return (temp); +} + +void * +xrealloc (pointer, bytes) + void *pointer; + int bytes; +{ + void *temp; + + if (!pointer) + temp = malloc (bytes); + else + temp = realloc (pointer, bytes); + + if (!temp) + memory_error_and_abort ("xrealloc"); + + return (temp); +} + +static void +memory_error_and_abort (fname) + char *fname; +{ + fprintf (stderr, "%s: Out of virtual memory!\n", fname); + abort (); +} +#endif /* !ALREADY_HAVE_XMALLOC */ diff --git a/texinfo/install-sh b/texinfo/install-sh new file mode 100755 index 00000000000..2c212ccf4ae --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/install-sh @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# +# install - install a program, script, or datafile +# This comes from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh). +# +# Copyright 1991 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology +# +# Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its +# documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that +# the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that +# copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting +# documentation, and that the name of M.I.T. not be used in advertising or +# publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, +# written prior permission. M.I.T. makes no representations about the +# suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" +# without express or implied warranty. +# +# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent +# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it +# when there is no Makefile. +# +# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written +# from scratch. +# + + +# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script + +# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. +doit="${DOITPROG-}" + + +# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars. + +mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}" +cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}" +chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}" +chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}" +chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}" +stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}" +rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}" +mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}" + +transformbasename="" +transform_arg="" +instcmd="$mvprog" +chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755" +chowncmd="" +chgrpcmd="" +stripcmd="" +rmcmd="$rmprog -f" +mvcmd="$mvprog" +src="" +dst="" +dir_arg="" + +while [ x"$1" != x ]; do + case $1 in + -c) instcmd="$cpprog" + shift + continue;; + + -d) dir_arg=true + shift + continue;; + + -m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2" + shift + shift + continue;; + + -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" + shift + shift + continue;; + + -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" + shift + shift + continue;; + + -s) stripcmd="$stripprog" + shift + continue;; + + -t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'` + shift + continue;; + + -b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'` + shift + continue;; + + *) if [ x"$src" = x ] + then + src=$1 + else + # this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug + : + dst=$1 + fi + shift + continue;; + esac +done + +if [ x"$src" = x ] +then + echo "install: no input file specified" + exit 1 +else + true +fi + +if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then + dst=$src + src="" + + if [ -d $dst ]; then + instcmd=: + else + instcmd=mkdir + fi +else + +# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command +# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad +# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. + + if [ -f $src -o -d $src ] + then + true + else + echo "install: $src does not exist" + exit 1 + fi + + if [ x"$dst" = x ] + then + echo "install: no destination specified" + exit 1 + else + true + fi + +# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system +# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic + + if [ -d $dst ] + then + dst="$dst"/`basename $src` + else + true + fi +fi + +## this sed command emulates the dirname command +dstdir=`echo $dst | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'` + +# Make sure that the destination directory exists. +# this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script + +# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case. +if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then +defaultIFS=' +' +IFS="${IFS-${defaultIFS}}" + +oIFS="${IFS}" +# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason. +IFS='%' +set - `echo ${dstdir} | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'` +IFS="${oIFS}" + +pathcomp='' + +while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do + pathcomp="${pathcomp}${1}" + shift + + if [ ! -d "${pathcomp}" ] ; + then + $mkdirprog "${pathcomp}" + else + true + fi + + pathcomp="${pathcomp}/" +done +fi + +if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ] +then + $doit $instcmd $dst && + + if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dst; else true ; fi && + if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dst; else true ; fi && + if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dst; else true ; fi && + if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dst; else true ; fi +else + +# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now. + + if [ x"$transformarg" = x ] + then + dstfile=`basename $dst` + else + dstfile=`basename $dst $transformbasename | + sed $transformarg`$transformbasename + fi + +# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename + + if [ x"$dstfile" = x ] + then + dstfile=`basename $dst` + else + true + fi + +# Make a temp file name in the proper directory. + + dsttmp=$dstdir/#inst.$$# + +# Move or copy the file name to the temp name + + $doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp && + + trap "rm -f ${dsttmp}" 0 && + +# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits + +# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to +# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore +# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command. + + if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && + if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && + if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && + if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd $dsttmp; else true;fi && + +# Now rename the file to the real destination. + + $doit $rmcmd -f $dstdir/$dstfile && + $doit $mvcmd $dsttmp $dstdir/$dstfile + +fi && + + +exit 0 diff --git a/texinfo/lgpl.texinfo b/texinfo/lgpl.texinfo new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5a57ff9620a --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/lgpl.texinfo @@ -0,0 +1,548 @@ +@c This LGPL is meant to be included from other files. +@c To format a standalone LGPL, use liblic.texi. + +@ifset lgpl-appendix +@appendix GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE +@end ifset + +@ifclear lgpl-appendix +@unnumbered GNU LIBRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE +@end ifclear +@center Version 2, June 1991 + +@display +Copyright @copyright{} 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA +Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies +of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + +[This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is + numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.] +@end display + +@unnumberedsec Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change +free software---to make sure the software is free for all its users. + + This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some +specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any +other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for +your libraries, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if +you distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis +or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave +you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source +code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide +complete object files to the recipients so that they can relink them +with the library, after making changes to the library and recompiling +it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. + + Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright +the library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal +permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. + + Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +library. If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original +version, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on +the original authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free +software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect +transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this, +we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's +free use or not licensed at all. + + Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary +GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility programs. This +license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies to certain +designated libraries. This license is quite different from the ordinary +one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that anything in it is +the same as in the ordinary license. + + The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is that +they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or adding to a +program and simply using it. Linking a program with a library, without +changing the library, is in some sense simply using the library, and is +analogous to running a utility program or application program. However, in +a textual and legal sense, the linked executable is a combined work, a +derivative of the original library, and the ordinary General Public License +treats it as such. + + Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General +Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software +sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We +concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better. + + However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the +users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the +libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended to +permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while +preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free +libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to achieve +this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved it as regards +changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope is that this +will lead to faster development of free libraries. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a +``work based on the library'' and a ``work that uses the library''. The +former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only +works together with the library. + + Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary +General Public License rather than by this special one. + +@iftex +@unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION +@end iftex +@ifinfo +@center TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION +@end ifinfo + +@enumerate 0 +@item +This License Agreement applies to any software library which +contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized +party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this Library +General Public License (also called ``this License''). Each licensee is +addressed as ``you''. + + A ``library'' means a collection of software functions and/or data +prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs +(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. + + The ``Library'', below, refers to any such software library or work +which has been distributed under these terms. A ``work based on the +Library'' means either the Library or any derivative work under +copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a +portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated +straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is +included without limitation in the term ``modification''.) + + ``Source code'' for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means +all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated +interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation +and installation of the library. + + Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from +such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based +on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for +writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does +and what the program that uses the Library does. + +@item +You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's +complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that +you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an +appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact +all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any +warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the +Library. + + You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, +and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a +fee. + +@item +You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + +@enumerate a +@item +The modified work must itself be a software library. + +@item +You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices +stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + +@item +You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no +charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. + +@item +If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a +table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses +the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility +is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, +in the event an application does not supply such function or +table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of +its purpose remains meaningful. + +(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has +a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the +application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any +application-supplied function or table used by this function must +be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square +root function must still compute square roots.) +@end enumerate + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote +it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Library. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library +with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + +@item +You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public +License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do +this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so +that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, +instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the +ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify +that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in +these notices. + + Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for +that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all +subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. + + This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of +the Library into a program that is not a library. + +@item +You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or +derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form +under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany +it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which +must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a +medium customarily used for software interchange. + + If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy +from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the +source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to +distribute the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + +@item +A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the +Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or +linked with it, is called a ``work that uses the Library''. Such a +work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and +therefore falls outside the scope of this License. + + However, linking a ``work that uses the Library'' with the Library +creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it +contains portions of the Library), rather than a ``work that uses the +library''. The executable is therefore covered by this License. +Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. + + When a ``work that uses the Library'' uses material from a header file +that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a +derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. +Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be +linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The +threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. + + If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data +structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline +functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object +file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative +work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the +Library will still fall under Section 6.) + + Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may +distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. +Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, +whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. + +@item +As an exception to the Sections above, you may also compile or +link a ``work that uses the Library'' with the Library to produce a +work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work +under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit +modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse +engineering for debugging such modifications. + + You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the +Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by +this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work +during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the +copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference +directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one +of these things: + +@enumerate a +@item +Accompany the work with the complete corresponding +machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever +changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under +Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked +with the Library, with the complete machine-readable ``work that +uses the Library'', as object code and/or source code, so that the +user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified +executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood +that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the +Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application +to use the modified definitions.) + +@item +Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at +least three years, to give the same user the materials +specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more +than the cost of performing this distribution. + +@item +If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy +from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above +specified materials from the same place. + +@item +Verify that the user has already received a copy of these +materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. +@end enumerate + + For an executable, the required form of the ``work that uses the +Library'' must include any data and utility programs needed for +reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, +the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally +distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major +components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on +which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies +the executable. + + It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license +restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally +accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot +use both them and the Library together in an executable that you +distribute. + +@item +You may place library facilities that are a work based on the +Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library +facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined +library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on +the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise +permitted, and provided that you do these two things: + +@enumerate a +@item +Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work +based on the Library, uncombined with any other library +facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the +Sections above. + +@item +Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact +that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining +where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. +@end enumerate + +@item +You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute +the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any +attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or +distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your +rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, +or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses +terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. + +@item +You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the +Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Library or works based on it. + +@item +Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the +Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library +subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + +@item +If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any +particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, +and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + +@item +If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add +an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, +so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus +excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if +written in the body of this License. + +@item +The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new +versions of the Library General Public License from time to time. +Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, +but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and +``any later version'', you have the option of following the terms and +conditions either of that version or of any later version published by +the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a +license version number, you may choose any version ever published by +the Free Software Foundation. + +@item +If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, +write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is +copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free +Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our +decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status +of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing +and reuse of software generally. + +@iftex +@heading NO WARRANTY +@end iftex +@ifinfo +@center NO WARRANTY +@end ifinfo + +@item +BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO +WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. +EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR +OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY +KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE +LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME +THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + +@item +IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN +WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY +AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU +FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR +CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE +LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING +RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A +FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF +SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGES. +@end enumerate + +@iftex +@heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS +@end iftex +@ifinfo +@center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS +@end ifinfo + +@page +@unnumberedsec How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries + + If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that +everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting +redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the +ordinary General Public License). + + To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is +safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the +``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + +@smallexample +@var{one line to give the library's name and an idea of what it does.} +Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{name of author} + +This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public +License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either +version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +Library General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +License along with this library; if not, write to the +Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Cambridge, +MA 02139, USA. +@end smallexample + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the library, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + +@example +Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in +the library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written +by James Random Hacker. + +@var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1990 +Ty Coon, President of Vice +@end example + +That's all there is to it! diff --git a/texinfo/liblic.texi b/texinfo/liblic.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b7ede0e35e5 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/liblic.texi @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +\input texinfo +@setfilename lgpl.info + +@ifinfo +@format +START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY +* COPYING LIBS: (lgpl). The GNU Library General Public License +END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY +@end format +@end ifinfo + +@settitle LGPL +@iftex +@headings doubleafter +@setchapternewpage off +@end iftex +@finalout + +@clear lgpl-appendix +@node Top, , (dir), (dir) +@include lgpl.texinfo + +@bye diff --git a/texinfo/libtxi/Makefile.in b/texinfo/libtxi/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a067cb9be5e --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/libtxi/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +# Makefile for GNU texinfo/libtxi. -*- Indented-Text -*- +# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.3 1996/10/03 18:32:28 karl Exp $ + +# Copyright (C) 1993, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +SHELL = /bin/sh +srcdir = @srcdir@ +VPATH = @srcdir@ + +CC = @CC@ +AR = ar +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ + +DEFS = @DEFS@ +LIBS = @LIBS@ +LOADLIBES = $(LIBS) + +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ + +# This is normally inherited from parent make, but if someone wants to +# build libtxi.a alone, this variable will still be properly defined. +ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@ + +# Standard functions that may be missing. +LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@ + +SRCS = getopt.c getopt1.c bzero.c getopt.h +OBJS = getopt.o getopt1.o bzero.o $(ALLOCA) $(LIBOBJS) + +PROGS = libtxi.a + +all: $(PROGS) +sub-all: all + +.c.o: + $(CC) -c $(CPPFLAGS) -I. -I$(srcdir) $(DEFS) $(CFLAGS) $< + +libtxi.a: $(OBJS) + rm -f $@ + $(AR) cq $@ $(OBJS) + $(RANLIB) $@ + +getopt.o: getopt.c getopt.h +getopt1.o: getopt1.c getopt.h +alloca.o: alloca.c + +install: +uninstall: +dvi: +install-info: + +TAGS: $(SRCS) + etags $(SRCS) + +clean: + rm -f *.o a.out core core.* $(PROGS) + +mostlyclean: clean + +distclean: clean + rm -f Makefile config.status TAGS ID + +realclean: distclean + +Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status + cd .. && sh config.status + +# Prevent GNU make v3 from overflowing arg limit on SysV. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/texinfo/libtxi/alloca.c b/texinfo/libtxi/alloca.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8f98b73dbb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/libtxi/alloca.c @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ +/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory + (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn + + This implementation of the PWB library alloca function, + which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so + that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit, + was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell. + J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support. + + There are some preprocessor constants that can + be defined when compiling for your specific system, for + improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay. + + The general concept of this implementation is to keep + track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any + that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current + invocation. This heuristic does not reclaim storage as + soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually. + + As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without + allocating any. It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in + your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include <config.h> +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H +#include <string.h> +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H +#include <stdlib.h> +#endif + +#ifdef emacs +#include "blockinput.h" +#endif + +/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed. */ +#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2 + +/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro, + there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work. */ +#ifndef alloca + +#ifdef emacs +#ifdef static +/* actually, only want this if static is defined as "" + -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static + in order to make unexec workable + */ +#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION +you +lose +-- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time +#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */ +#endif /* static */ +#endif /* emacs */ + +/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to + provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro. */ + +#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END) +long i00afunc (); +#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg)) +#else +#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg) +#endif + +#if __STDC__ +typedef void *pointer; +#else +typedef char *pointer; +#endif + +#ifndef NULL +#define NULL 0 +#endif + +/* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of + malloc. The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because + ordinary malloc isn't protected from input signals. On the other + hand, the utilities in lib-src need alloca to call malloc; some of + them are very simple, and don't have an xmalloc routine. + + Non-Emacs programs expect this to call use xmalloc. + + Callers below should use malloc. */ + +#ifndef emacs +#define malloc xmalloc +#endif +extern pointer malloc (); + +/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack + growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically + deduced at run-time. + + STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses + STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses + STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown */ + +#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION +#define STACK_DIRECTION 0 /* Direction unknown. */ +#endif + +#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0 + +#define STACK_DIR STACK_DIRECTION /* Known at compile-time. */ + +#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code. */ + +static int stack_dir; /* 1 or -1 once known. */ +#define STACK_DIR stack_dir + +static void +find_stack_direction () +{ + static char *addr = NULL; /* Address of first `dummy', once known. */ + auto char dummy; /* To get stack address. */ + + if (addr == NULL) + { /* Initial entry. */ + addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy); + + find_stack_direction (); /* Recurse once. */ + } + else + { + /* Second entry. */ + if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr) + stack_dir = 1; /* Stack grew upward. */ + else + stack_dir = -1; /* Stack grew downward. */ + } +} + +#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */ + +/* An "alloca header" is used to: + (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks; + (b) keep track of stack depth. + + It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc + alignment chunk size. The following default should work okay. */ + +#ifndef ALIGN_SIZE +#define ALIGN_SIZE sizeof(double) +#endif + +typedef union hdr +{ + char align[ALIGN_SIZE]; /* To force sizeof(header). */ + struct + { + union hdr *next; /* For chaining headers. */ + char *deep; /* For stack depth measure. */ + } h; +} header; + +static header *last_alloca_header = NULL; /* -> last alloca header. */ + +/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage, + which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from + the procedure that called alloca. Originally, this space + was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the + caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some + implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32. */ + +pointer +alloca (size) + unsigned size; +{ + auto char probe; /* Probes stack depth: */ + register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe); + +#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0 + if (STACK_DIR == 0) /* Unknown growth direction. */ + find_stack_direction (); +#endif + + /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that + was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */ + + { + register header *hp; /* Traverses linked list. */ + +#ifdef emacs + BLOCK_INPUT; +#endif + + for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;) + if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth) + || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth)) + { + register header *np = hp->h.next; + + free ((pointer) hp); /* Collect garbage. */ + + hp = np; /* -> next header. */ + } + else + break; /* Rest are not deeper. */ + + last_alloca_header = hp; /* -> last valid storage. */ + +#ifdef emacs + UNBLOCK_INPUT; +#endif + } + + if (size == 0) + return NULL; /* No allocation required. */ + + /* Allocate combined header + user data storage. */ + + { + register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size); + /* Address of header. */ + + if (new == 0) + abort(); + + ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header; + ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth; + + last_alloca_header = (header *) new; + + /* User storage begins just after header. */ + + return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header)); + } +} + +#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END) + +#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC +#include <stdio.h> +#endif + +#ifndef CRAY_STACK +#define CRAY_STACK +#ifndef CRAY2 +/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */ +struct stack_control_header + { + long shgrow:32; /* Number of times stack has grown. */ + long shaseg:32; /* Size of increments to stack. */ + long shhwm:32; /* High water mark of stack. */ + long shsize:32; /* Current size of stack (all segments). */ + }; + +/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at + the high-address end of a stack segment. (The stack + grows from low addresses to high addresses.) The initial + part of the stack segment linkage control information is + 0200 (octal) words. This provides for register storage + for the routine which overflows the stack. */ + +struct stack_segment_linkage + { + long ss[0200]; /* 0200 overflow words. */ + long sssize:32; /* Number of words in this segment. */ + long ssbase:32; /* Offset to stack base. */ + long:32; + long sspseg:32; /* Offset to linkage control of previous + segment of stack. */ + long:32; + long sstcpt:32; /* Pointer to task common address block. */ + long sscsnm; /* Private control structure number for + microtasking. */ + long ssusr1; /* Reserved for user. */ + long ssusr2; /* Reserved for user. */ + long sstpid; /* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking. */ + long ssgvup; /* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup. */ + long sscray[7]; /* Reserved for Cray Research. */ + long ssa0; + long ssa1; + long ssa2; + long ssa3; + long ssa4; + long ssa5; + long ssa6; + long ssa7; + long sss0; + long sss1; + long sss2; + long sss3; + long sss4; + long sss5; + long sss6; + long sss7; + }; + +#else /* CRAY2 */ +/* The following structure defines the vector of words + returned by the STKSTAT library routine. */ +struct stk_stat + { + long now; /* Current total stack size. */ + long maxc; /* Amount of contiguous space which would + be required to satisfy the maximum + stack demand to date. */ + long high_water; /* Stack high-water mark. */ + long overflows; /* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls. */ + long hits; /* Number of internal buffer hits. */ + long extends; /* Number of block extensions. */ + long stko_mallocs; /* Block allocations by $STKOFEN. */ + long underflows; /* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN). */ + long stko_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN. */ + long stkm_free; /* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET. */ + long segments; /* Current number of stack segments. */ + long maxs; /* Maximum number of stack segments so far. */ + long pad_size; /* Stack pad size. */ + long current_address; /* Current stack segment address. */ + long current_size; /* Current stack segment size. This + number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to + include the fifteen word trailer area. */ + long initial_address; /* Address of initial segment. */ + long initial_size; /* Size of initial segment. */ + }; + +/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails + any stack segment. I think that the description in 'asdef' is + out of date. I only describe the parts that I am sure about. */ + +struct stk_trailer + { + long this_address; /* Address of this block. */ + long this_size; /* Size of this block (does not include + this trailer). */ + long unknown2; + long unknown3; + long link; /* Address of trailer block of previous + segment. */ + long unknown5; + long unknown6; + long unknown7; + long unknown8; + long unknown9; + long unknown10; + long unknown11; + long unknown12; + long unknown13; + long unknown14; + }; + +#endif /* CRAY2 */ +#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */ + +#ifdef CRAY2 +/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS. + I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */ + +static long +i00afunc (long *address) +{ + struct stk_stat status; + struct stk_trailer *trailer; + long *block, size; + long result = 0; + + /* We want to iterate through all of the segments. The first + step is to get the stack status structure. We could do this + more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the + $LM00 common block, but I know that this works. */ + + STKSTAT (&status); + + /* Set up the iteration. */ + + trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address + + status.current_size + - 15); + + /* There must be at least one stack segment. Therefore it is + a fatal error if "trailer" is null. */ + + if (trailer == 0) + abort (); + + /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address. */ + + while (trailer != 0) + { + block = (long *) trailer->this_address; + size = trailer->this_size; + if (block == 0 || size == 0) + abort (); + trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link; + if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size))) + break; + } + + /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes + of all predecessor segments. */ + + result = address - block; + + if (trailer == 0) + { + return result; + } + + do + { + if (trailer->this_size <= 0) + abort (); + result += trailer->this_size; + trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link; + } + while (trailer != 0); + + /* We are done. Note that if you present a bogus address (one + not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed + from subtracting the address of the first block. This is probably + not what you want. */ + + return (result); +} + +#else /* not CRAY2 */ +/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP. + Determine the number of the cell within the stack, + given the address of the cell. The purpose of this + routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses + for alloca. */ + +static long +i00afunc (long address) +{ + long stkl = 0; + + long size, pseg, this_segment, stack; + long result = 0; + + struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr; + + /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the + current stack segment. If you (as a subprogram) store + your registers on the stack and find that you are past + the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment. + + B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control + area, which is what we are really interested in. */ + + stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END (); + ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; + + /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment, + one has the address of the first word of the segment. + + If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be + nonzero. */ + + pseg = ssptr->sspseg; + size = ssptr->sssize; + + this_segment = stkl - size; + + /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused + a stack overflow. Discard stack segments which do not + contain the target address. */ + + while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl)) + { +#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC + fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl); +#endif + if (pseg == 0) + break; + stkl = stkl - pseg; + ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; + size = ssptr->sssize; + pseg = ssptr->sspseg; + this_segment = stkl - size; + } + + result = address - this_segment; + + /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack, + you get the address of the previous stack segment's end. + This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save + a cycle somewhere. */ + + while (pseg != 0) + { +#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC + fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size); +#endif + stkl = stkl - pseg; + ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl; + size = ssptr->sssize; + pseg = ssptr->sspseg; + result += size; + } + return (result); +} + +#endif /* not CRAY2 */ +#endif /* CRAY */ + +#endif /* no alloca */ +#endif /* not GCC version 2 */ diff --git a/texinfo/libtxi/bzero.c b/texinfo/libtxi/bzero.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e73738234fd --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/libtxi/bzero.c @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + * Copyright (C) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + * any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, you can either send email to this + * program's author (see below) or write to: The Free Software Foundation, + * Inc.; 59 Temple Place - Suite 330. Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + */ + +#if !defined (HAVE_MEMSET) && !defined (HAVE_BZERO) + +void +bzero (b, length) + register char *b; + register int length; +{ +#ifdef VMS /* but this is definitely VMS-specific */ + short zero = 0; + long max_str = 65535; + + while (length > max_str) + { + (void) LIB$MOVC5 (&zero, &zero, &zero, &max_str, b); + length -= max_str; + b += max_str; + } + (void) LIB$MOVC5 (&zero, &zero, &zero, &length, b); +#else + while (length-- > 0) + *b++ = 0; +#endif /* not VMS */ +} + +#endif /* not HAVE_MEMSET && not HAVE_BZERO */ diff --git a/texinfo/libtxi/getopt.c b/texinfo/libtxi/getopt.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..36ebf5c5b03 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/libtxi/getopt.c @@ -0,0 +1,762 @@ +/* Getopt for GNU. + NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what + "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu + before changing it! + + Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>. + Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>. */ +#ifndef _NO_PROTO +#define _NO_PROTO +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include <config.h> +#endif + +#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ +/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems + reject `defined (const)'. */ +#ifndef const +#define const +#endif +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> + +/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not + actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C + Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling + and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library + (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU + program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, + it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ + +#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) + + +/* This needs to come after some library #include + to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them + contain conflicting prototypes for getopt. */ +#include <stdlib.h> +#endif /* GNU C library. */ + +/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages. + The GNU C Library itself does not yet support such messages. */ +#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# define gettext(msgid) (msgid) +#endif + +/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt' + but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user + to intersperse the options with the other arguments. + + As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that, + when it is done, all the options precede everything else. Thus + all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order. + + Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation. + Then the behavior is completely standard. + + GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which + they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments. */ + +#include "getopt.h" + +/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. + When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, + the argument value is returned here. + Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, + each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ + +char *optarg = NULL; + +/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. + This is used for communication to and from the caller + and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. + + On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. + + When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the + non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. + + Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next + how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ + +/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call. */ +int optind = 0; + +/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element + in which the last option character we returned was found. + This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off. + + If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan + by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */ + +static char *nextchar; + +/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message + for unrecognized options. */ + +int opterr = 1; + +/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. + This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the + system's own getopt implementation. */ + +int optopt = '?'; + +/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements. + + If the caller did not specify anything, + the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable + POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise. + + REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options; + stop option processing when the first non-option is seen. + This is what Unix does. + This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment + variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character + of the list of option characters. + + PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan, + so that eventually all the non-options are at the end. This allows options + to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to + expect this. + + RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written + to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about + the ordering of the two. We describe each non-option ARGV-element + as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1. + Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters + selects this mode of operation. + + The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless + of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only + `--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC. */ + +static enum +{ + REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER +} ordering; + +/* Value of POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable. */ +static char *posixly_correct; + +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries + because there are many ways it can cause trouble. + On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work + in GCC. */ +#include <string.h> +#define my_index strchr +#else + +/* Avoid depending on library functions or files + whose names are inconsistent. */ + +char *getenv (); + +static char * +my_index (str, chr) + const char *str; + int chr; +{ + while (*str) + { + if (*str == chr) + return (char *) str; + str++; + } + return 0; +} + +/* If using GCC, we can safely declare strlen this way. + If not using GCC, it is ok not to declare it. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +/* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h. + That was relevant to code that was here before. */ +#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ +/* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int, + and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms. */ +extern int strlen (const char *); +#endif /* not __STDC__ */ +#endif /* __GNUC__ */ + +#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ + +/* Handle permutation of arguments. */ + +/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have + been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them; + `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */ + +static int first_nonopt; +static int last_nonopt; + +/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV. + One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt) + which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far. + The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all + the options processed since those non-options were skipped. + + `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe + the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved. */ + +static void +exchange (argv) + char **argv; +{ + int bottom = first_nonopt; + int middle = last_nonopt; + int top = optind; + char *tem; + + /* Exchange the shorter segment with the far end of the longer segment. + That puts the shorter segment into the right place. + It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall, + but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next. */ + + while (top > middle && middle > bottom) + { + if (top - middle > middle - bottom) + { + /* Bottom segment is the short one. */ + int len = middle - bottom; + register int i; + + /* Swap it with the top part of the top segment. */ + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + tem = argv[bottom + i]; + argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i]; + argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem; + } + /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping. */ + top -= len; + } + else + { + /* Top segment is the short one. */ + int len = top - middle; + register int i; + + /* Swap it with the bottom part of the bottom segment. */ + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + tem = argv[bottom + i]; + argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i]; + argv[middle + i] = tem; + } + /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping. */ + bottom += len; + } + } + + /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy. */ + + first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt); + last_nonopt = optind; +} + +/* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made. */ + +static const char * +_getopt_initialize (optstring) + const char *optstring; +{ + /* Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0 + is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped + non-option ARGV-elements is empty. */ + + first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1; + + nextchar = NULL; + + posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT"); + + /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions. */ + + if (optstring[0] == '-') + { + ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER; + ++optstring; + } + else if (optstring[0] == '+') + { + ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; + ++optstring; + } + else if (posixly_correct != NULL) + ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER; + else + ordering = PERMUTE; + + return optstring; +} + +/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters + given in OPTSTRING. + + If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--", + then it is an option element. The characters of this element + (aside from the initial '-') are option characters. If `getopt' + is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters + from each of the option elements. + + If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character, + updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can + resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element. + + If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'. + Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element + that is not an option. (The ARGV-elements have been permuted + so that those that are not options now come last.) + + OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters. + If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING, + return '?' after printing an error message. If you set `opterr' to + zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'. + + If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg, + so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following + ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'. Two colons mean an option that + wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element, + it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero. + + If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of + handling the non-option ARGV-elements. + See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above. + + Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'. + Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique + or is an exact match for some defined option. If they have an + argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated + from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element. + When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's + `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field + if the `flag' field is zero. + + The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them. + But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible + with other systems. + + LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an + element containing a name which is zero. + + LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found. + It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most + recent call. + + If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce + long-named options. */ + +int +_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *optstring; + const struct option *longopts; + int *longind; + int long_only; +{ + optarg = NULL; + + if (optind == 0) + { + optstring = _getopt_initialize (optstring); + optind = 1; /* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name. */ + } + + if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0') + { + /* Advance to the next ARGV-element. */ + + if (ordering == PERMUTE) + { + /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options, + exchange them so that the options come first. */ + + if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) + exchange ((char **) argv); + else if (last_nonopt != optind) + first_nonopt = optind; + + /* Skip any additional non-options + and extend the range of non-options previously skipped. */ + + while (optind < argc + && (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')) + optind++; + last_nonopt = optind; + } + + /* The special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options. + Skip it like a null option, + then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option, + then skip everything else like a non-option. */ + + if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--")) + { + optind++; + + if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind) + exchange ((char **) argv); + else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt) + first_nonopt = optind; + last_nonopt = argc; + + optind = argc; + } + + /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan + and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted. */ + + if (optind == argc) + { + /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options + that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them. */ + if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt) + optind = first_nonopt; + return EOF; + } + + /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it, + either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by. */ + + if ((argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')) + { + if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER) + return EOF; + optarg = argv[optind++]; + return 1; + } + + /* We have found another option-ARGV-element. + Skip the initial punctuation. */ + + nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1 + + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-')); + } + + /* Decode the current option-ARGV-element. */ + + /* Check whether the ARGV-element is a long option. + + If long_only and the ARGV-element has the form "-f", where f is + a valid short option, don't consider it an abbreviated form of + a long option that starts with f. Otherwise there would be no + way to give the -f short option. + + On the other hand, if there's a long option "fubar" and + the ARGV-element is "-fu", do consider that an abbreviation of + the long option, just like "--fu", and not "-f" with arg "u". + + This distinction seems to be the most useful approach. */ + + if (longopts != NULL + && (argv[optind][1] == '-' + || (long_only && (argv[optind][2] || !my_index (optstring, argv[optind][1]))))) + { + char *nameend; + const struct option *p; + const struct option *pfound = NULL; + int exact = 0; + int ambig = 0; + int indfound; + int option_index; + + for (nameend = nextchar; *nameend && *nameend != '='; nameend++) + /* Do nothing. */ ; + + /* Test all long options for either exact match + or abbreviated matches. */ + for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name; p++, option_index++) + if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, nameend - nextchar)) + { + if (nameend - nextchar == strlen (p->name)) + { + /* Exact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + exact = 1; + break; + } + else if (pfound == NULL) + { + /* First nonexact match found. */ + pfound = p; + indfound = option_index; + } + else + /* Second or later nonexact match found. */ + ambig = 1; + } + + if (ambig && !exact) + { + if (opterr) + fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind]); + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + optind++; + return '?'; + } + + if (pfound != NULL) + { + option_index = indfound; + optind++; + if (*nameend) + { + /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't + allow it to be used on enums. */ + if (pfound->has_arg) + optarg = nameend + 1; + else + { + if (opterr) + if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-') + /* --option */ + fprintf (stderr, + gettext ("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], pfound->name); + else + /* +option or -option */ + fprintf (stderr, + gettext ("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name); + + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + return '?'; + } + } + else if (pfound->has_arg == 1) + { + if (optind < argc) + optarg = argv[optind++]; + else + { + if (opterr) + fprintf (stderr, + gettext ("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind - 1]); + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?'; + } + } + nextchar += strlen (nextchar); + if (longind != NULL) + *longind = option_index; + if (pfound->flag) + { + *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val; + return 0; + } + return pfound->val; + } + + /* Can't find it as a long option. If this is not getopt_long_only, + or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short + option, then it's an error. + Otherwise interpret it as a short option. */ + if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-' + || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL) + { + if (opterr) + { + if (argv[optind][1] == '-') + /* --option */ + fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n"), + argv[0], nextchar); + else + /* +option or -option */ + fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n"), + argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar); + } + nextchar = (char *) ""; + optind++; + return '?'; + } + } + + /* Look at and handle the next short option-character. */ + + { + char c = *nextchar++; + char *temp = my_index (optstring, c); + + /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character. */ + if (*nextchar == '\0') + ++optind; + + if (temp == NULL || c == ':') + { + if (opterr) + { + if (posixly_correct) + /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ + fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: illegal option -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); + else + fprintf (stderr, gettext ("%s: invalid option -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); + } + optopt = c; + return '?'; + } + if (temp[1] == ':') + { + if (temp[2] == ':') + { + /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally. */ + if (*nextchar != '\0') + { + optarg = nextchar; + optind++; + } + else + optarg = NULL; + nextchar = NULL; + } + else + { + /* This is an option that requires an argument. */ + if (*nextchar != '\0') + { + optarg = nextchar; + /* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg, + we must advance to the next element now. */ + optind++; + } + else if (optind == argc) + { + if (opterr) + { + /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message. */ + fprintf (stderr, + gettext ("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"), + argv[0], c); + } + optopt = c; + if (optstring[0] == ':') + c = ':'; + else + c = '?'; + } + else + /* We already incremented `optind' once; + increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument. */ + optarg = argv[optind++]; + nextchar = NULL; + } + } + return c; + } +} + +int +getopt (argc, argv, optstring) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *optstring; +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, + (const struct option *) 0, + (int *) 0, + 0); +} + +#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */ + +#ifdef TEST + +/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing + the above definition of `getopt'. */ + +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + int c; + int digit_optind = 0; + + while (1) + { + int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; + + c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789"); + if (c == EOF) + break; + + switch (c) + { + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) + printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); + digit_optind = this_option_optind; + printf ("option %c\n", c); + break; + + case 'a': + printf ("option a\n"); + break; + + case 'b': + printf ("option b\n"); + break; + + case 'c': + printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case '?': + break; + + default: + printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); + } + } + + if (optind < argc) + { + printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); + while (optind < argc) + printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); + printf ("\n"); + } + + exit (0); +} + +#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/texinfo/libtxi/getopt.h b/texinfo/libtxi/getopt.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..952f4830d3d --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/libtxi/getopt.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/* Declarations for getopt. + Copyright (C) 1989, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#ifndef _GETOPT_H +#define _GETOPT_H 1 + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller. + When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument, + the argument value is returned here. + Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER, + each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */ + +extern char *optarg; + +/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned. + This is used for communication to and from the caller + and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'. + + On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize. + + When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the + non-option elements that the caller should itself scan. + + Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next + how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */ + +extern int optind; + +/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints + for unrecognized options. */ + +extern int opterr; + +/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */ + +extern int optopt; + +/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application. + The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector + of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is + zero. + + The field `has_arg' is: + no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument, + required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument, + optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument. + + If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set + to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but + left unchanged if the option is not found. + + To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to + a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the + option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero + value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is + one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt' + returns the contents of the `val' field. */ + +struct option +{ +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ + const char *name; +#else + char *name; +#endif + /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about + type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */ + int has_arg; + int *flag; + int val; +}; + +/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */ + +#define no_argument 0 +#define required_argument 1 +#define optional_argument 2 + +#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__ +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with + differences in the consts, in stdlib.h. To avoid compilation + errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library. */ +extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts); +#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ +extern int getopt (); +#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */ +extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind); +extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv, + const char *shortopts, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind); + +/* Internal only. Users should not call this directly. */ +extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv, + const char *shortopts, + const struct option *longopts, int *longind, + int long_only); +#else /* not __STDC__ */ +extern int getopt (); +extern int getopt_long (); +extern int getopt_long_only (); + +extern int _getopt_internal (); +#endif /* __STDC__ */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* _GETOPT_H */ diff --git a/texinfo/libtxi/getopt1.c b/texinfo/libtxi/getopt1.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7cf0bfb0138 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/libtxi/getopt1.c @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt. + Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993, 1994 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the + Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any + later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "getopt.h" + +#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__ +/* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems + reject `defined (const)'. */ +#ifndef const +#define const +#endif +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> + +/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not + actually compiling the library itself. This code is part of the GNU C + Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions. Compiling + and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library + (especially if it is a shared library). Rather than having every GNU + program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files, + it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file. */ + +#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) + + +/* This needs to come after some library #include + to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */ +#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__ +#include <stdlib.h> +#else +char *getenv (); +#endif + +#ifndef NULL +#define NULL 0 +#endif + +int +getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *options; + const struct option *long_options; + int *opt_index; +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0); +} + +/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option. + If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option, + but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option + instead. */ + +int +getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index) + int argc; + char *const *argv; + const char *options; + const struct option *long_options; + int *opt_index; +{ + return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1); +} + + +#endif /* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__. */ + +#ifdef TEST + +#include <stdio.h> + +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + int c; + int digit_optind = 0; + + while (1) + { + int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1; + int option_index = 0; + static struct option long_options[] = + { + {"add", 1, 0, 0}, + {"append", 0, 0, 0}, + {"delete", 1, 0, 0}, + {"verbose", 0, 0, 0}, + {"create", 0, 0, 0}, + {"file", 1, 0, 0}, + {0, 0, 0, 0} + }; + + c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789", + long_options, &option_index); + if (c == EOF) + break; + + switch (c) + { + case 0: + printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name); + if (optarg) + printf (" with arg %s", optarg); + printf ("\n"); + break; + + case '0': + case '1': + case '2': + case '3': + case '4': + case '5': + case '6': + case '7': + case '8': + case '9': + if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind) + printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n"); + digit_optind = this_option_optind; + printf ("option %c\n", c); + break; + + case 'a': + printf ("option a\n"); + break; + + case 'b': + printf ("option b\n"); + break; + + case 'c': + printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case 'd': + printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg); + break; + + case '?': + break; + + default: + printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c); + } + } + + if (optind < argc) + { + printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: "); + while (optind < argc) + printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]); + printf ("\n"); + } + + exit (0); +} + +#endif /* TEST */ diff --git a/texinfo/libtxi/memcpy.c b/texinfo/libtxi/memcpy.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..521625464cd --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/libtxi/memcpy.c @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +/* Copy LEN bytes starting at SRCADDR to DESTADDR. Result undefined + if the source overlaps with the destination. + Return DESTADDR. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include <config.h> +#endif + +char * +memcpy (destaddr, srcaddr, len) + char *destaddr; + const char *srcaddr; + int len; +{ + char *dest = destaddr; + + while (len-- > 0) + *destaddr++ = *srcaddr++; + return dest; +} diff --git a/texinfo/libtxi/memmove.c b/texinfo/libtxi/memmove.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d7bdd7cd995 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/libtxi/memmove.c @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +/* memmove.c -- copy memory. + Copy LENGTH bytes from SOURCE to DEST. Does not null-terminate. + In the public domain. + By David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include <config.h> +#endif + +void +memmove (dest, source, length) + char *dest; + const char *source; + unsigned length; +{ + if (source < dest) + /* Moving from low mem to hi mem; start at end. */ + for (source += length, dest += length; length; --length) + *--dest = *--source; + else if (source != dest) + /* Moving from hi mem to low mem; start at beginning. */ + for (; length; --length) + *dest++ = *source++; +} diff --git a/texinfo/libtxi/strdup.c b/texinfo/libtxi/strdup.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1d60f13948a --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/libtxi/strdup.c @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +/* strdup.c -- return a newly allocated copy of a string + Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include <config.h> +#endif + +#ifdef STDC_HEADERS +#include <string.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#else +char *malloc (); +char *strcpy (); +#endif + +/* Return a newly allocated copy of STR, + or 0 if out of memory. */ + +char * +strdup (str) + const char *str; +{ + char *newstr; + + newstr = (char *) malloc (strlen (str) + 1); + if (newstr) + strcpy (newstr, str); + return newstr; +} diff --git a/texinfo/license.texi b/texinfo/license.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c23a4dc8095 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/license.texi @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +\input texinfo +@setfilename license.info + +@ifinfo +@format +START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY +* COPYING: (license). The GNU General Public License +END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY +@end format +@end ifinfo + +@settitle GPL +@iftex +@headings doubleafter +@setchapternewpage off +@end iftex +@finalout + +@node Top, , (dir), (dir) +@unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + +@include gpl.texinfo + +@bye diff --git a/texinfo/makeinfo/Makefile.in b/texinfo/makeinfo/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fe81fcdff5e --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/makeinfo/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# Makefile for GNU makeinfo. +# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:58:07 jason Exp $ +# +# Copyright (C) 1993, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +#### Start of system configuration section. #### + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +VPATH = $(srcdir):$(common) + +common = $(srcdir)/../libtxi + +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +CC = @CC@ +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + +LN = ln +RM = rm -f +MKDIR = mkdir + +DEFS = @DEFS@ +LIBS = -L../libtxi -ltxi @LIBS@ +LOADLIBES = $(LIBS) + +SHELL = /bin/sh + +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ + +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +bindir = @bindir@ +# Prefix for each installed program, normally empty or `g'. +binprefix = +infodir = @infodir@ + +#### End of system configuration section. #### + +SRCS = makeinfo.c multi.c +OBJS = makeinfo.o multi.o + +PROGS = makeinfo$(EXEEXT) + +all: $(PROGS) makeinfo.info +sub-all: all + +.c.o: + $(CC) -c $(CPPFLAGS) -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(common) $(DEFS) $(CFLAGS) $< + +makeinfo$(EXEEXT): $(OBJS) ../libtxi/libtxi.a + $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o makeinfo $(OBJS) $(LOADLIBES) + +../libtxi/libtxi.a: + (cd ../libtxi && $(MAKE) $(MFLAGS) libtxi.a) + +makeinfo.o: makeinfo.c $(common)/getopt.h + +$(OBJS): makeinfo.h + +info makeinfo.info: ./makeinfo makeinfo.texi #macro.texi + ./makeinfo --no-split -I$(srcdir) makeinfo.texi + +# makeinfo.texi: ./makeinfo makeinfo.mki +# ./makeinfo -E makeinfo.texi -I$(srcdir) makeinfo.mki + +dvi makeinfo.dvi: ./makeinfo makeinfo.texi #macro.texi + $(srcdir)/../util/texi2dvi makeinfo.txi + +install: all + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) makeinfo$(EXEEXT) $(bindir)/$(binprefix)makeinfo$(EXEEXT) + -d=$(srcdir); test -f ./makeinfo.info && d=.; $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/makeinfo.info $(infodir)/makeinfo.info + $(POST_INSTALL) + +install-info: + -d=$(srcdir); test -f ./makeinfo.info && d=.; $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/makeinfo.info $(infodir)/makeinfo.info + ../util/install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/makeinfo.info + +uninstall: + for f in $(PROGS); do rm -f $(bindir)/$(binprefix)$$f; done + rm -f $(infodir)/makeinfo.info + +TAGS: $(SRCS) + etags $(SRCS) + +clean: + rm -f *.o a.out core core.* $(PROGS) + +mostlyclean: clean + +distclean: clean + rm -f TAGS Makefile config.status *.info */*.info + +realclean: distclean +maintainer-clean: distclean + +Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status + cd .. && sh config.status + +# Prevent GNU make v3 from overflowing arg limit on SysV. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/texinfo/makeinfo/macro.texi b/texinfo/makeinfo/macro.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8a3fe802392 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/makeinfo/macro.texi @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +@c This file is included in makeinfo.texi. +@c +@ifinfo +@comment Here are some useful examples of the macro facility. + +@c Simply insert the right version of the texinfo name. +@macro texinfo{} +TeXinfo +@end macro + +@macro dfn{text} +@dfn{\text\} +@cpindex \text\ +@end macro + +@c Define a macro which expands to a pretty version of the name of the +@c Makeinfo program. +@macro makeinfo{} +@code{Makeinfo} +@end macro + +@c Define a macro which is used to define other macros. This one makes +@c a macro which creates a node and gives it a sectioning command. Note +@c that the created macro uses the original definition within the +@c expansion text. This takes advantage of the non-recursion feature of +@c macro execution. +@macro node_define{orig-name} +@macro \orig-name\{title} +@node \title\ +@\orig-name\ \title\ +@end macro +@end macro + +@c Now actually define a new set of sectioning commands. +@node_define {chapter} +@node_define {section} +@node_define {subsection} +@end ifinfo + +@chapter The Macro Facility + +This chapter describes the new macro facility. + +A @dfn{macro} is a command that you define in terms of other commands. +It doesn't exist as a @texinfo{} command until you define it as part of +the input file to @makeinfo{}. Once the command exists, it behaves much +as any other @texinfo{} command. Macros are a useful way to ease the +details and tedium of writing a `correct' info file. The following +sections explain how to write and invoke macros. + +@menu +* How to Use Macros in @texinfo{}:: + How to use the macro facility. + +* Using Macros Recursively:: + How to write a macro which does (or doesn't) recurse. + +* Using @texinfo{} Macros As Arguments:: + Passing a macro as an argument. +@end menu + +@section How to Use Macros in @texinfo{} + +Using macros in @texinfo{} is easy. First you define the macro. After +that, the macro command is available as a normal @texinfo{} command. +Here is what a definition looks like: + +@example +@@macro @var{name}@{@var{arg1}, @var{@dots{}} @var{argn}@} +@var{@texinfo{} commands@dots{}} +@@end macro +@end example + +The arguments that you specify that the macro takes are expanded with +the actual parameters used when calling the macro if they are seen +surrounded by backslashes. For example, here is a definition of +@code{@@codeitem}, a macro which can be used wherever @code{@@item} can +be used, but which surrounds its argument with @code{@@code@{@dots{}@}}. + +@example +@@macro codeitem@{item@} +@@item @@code@{\item\@} +@@end macro +@end example + +When the macro is expanded, all of the text between the @code{@@macro} +and @code{@@end macro} is inserted into the document at the expansion +point, with the actual parameters substituted for the named parameters. +So, a call to the above macro might look like: + +@example +@@codeitem@{Foo@} +@end example + +and @makeinfo{} would execute the following code: + +@example +@@item @@code@{Foo@} +@end example + +A special case is made for macros which only take a single argument, and +which are invoked without any brace characters (i.e., +@samp{@{}@dots{}@samp{@}}) surrounding an argument; the rest of the line +is supplied as is as the sole argument to the macro. This special case +allows one to redefine some standard @texinfo{} commands without +modifying the input file. Along with the non-recursive action of macro +invocation, one can easily redefine the sectioning commands to also +provide index entries: + +@example +@@macro chapter@{name@} +@@chapter \name\ +@@findex \name\ +@@end macro +@end example + +Thus, the text: + +@example +@@chapter strlen +@end example + +will expand to: + +@example +@@chapter strlen +@@findex strlen +@end example + +@section Using Macros Recursively + +Normally, while a particular macro is executing, any call to that macro +will be seen as a call to a builtin @texinfo{} command. This allows one +to redefine a builtin @texinfo{} command as a macro, and then use that +command within the definition of the macro itself. For example, one +might wish to make sure that whereever a term was defined with +@code{@@dfn@{@dots{}@}}, the location of the definition would appear +in the concept index for the manual. Here is a macro which redefines +@code{@@dfn} to do just that: + +@example +@@macro dfn@{text@} +@@dfn@{\text\@} +@@cpindex \text\ +@@end macro +@end example + +Note that we used the builtin @texinfo{} command @code{@@dfn} within our +overriding macro definition. + +This behaviour itself can be overridden for macro execution by writing a +special @dfn{macro control command} in the definition of the macro. The +command is considered special because it doesn't affect the output text +directly, rather, it affects the way in which the macro is defined. One +such special command is @code{@@allow-recursion}. + +@example +@@macro silly@{arg@} +@@allow-recursion +\arg\ +@@end macro +@end example + +Now @code{@@silly} is a macro that can be used within a call to itself: + +@example +This text @@silly@{@@silly@{some text@}@} is ``some text''. +@end example + +@section Using @texinfo{} Macros As Arguments + +@printindex cp +How to use @texinfo{} macros as arguments to other @texinfo{} macros. + +@bye + + diff --git a/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/example.texi b/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/example.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d3554ff3ddc --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/example.texi @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- +@comment %**start of header +@setfilename example.info +@set VERSION 1.58 +@paragraphindent none +@comment %**end of header + +@include simpledoc.texi + +@document {@makeinfo{}, Brian J. Fox, +This file is an extract from the @cite{@texinfo{}} manual.@* +It documents @makeinfo{}\, a program that converts @texinfo{} files into +Info files. +} + +@menu +* What is @makeinfo{}?:: +* Controlling Paragraph Formats:: +* Command Line Options:: +* Pointer Validation:: +@end menu + +@section What is @makeinfo{}? + +@iftex +This file documents the use of the @code{makeinfo} program, versions +@value{VERSION} and later. It is an extract from the @cite{TeXinfo} manual. +@end iftex + +@makeinfo{} is a program for converting @dfn{@texinfo{}} files into +@dfn{@Info{}} files. @texinfo{} is a documentation system that uses a +single source file to produce both on-line information and printed output. + +You can read the on-line information using @Info{}; type @code{info} to +learn about @Info{}. +@ifinfo +@xref{Top, Texinfo, Overview of Texinfo, texinfo, Texinfo}, +@end ifinfo +@iftex +See the @cite{TeXinfo} manual, +@end iftex +to learn about the TeXinfo documentation system. + +@section Controlling Paragraph Formats + +In general, @makeinfo{} @dfn{fills} the paragraphs that it outputs +to an @Info{} file. Filling is the process of breaking and connecting +lines so that lines are the same length as or shorter than the number +specified as the fill column. Lines are broken between words. With +@makeinfo{}, you can control: + +@itemize @bullet +@item +The width of each paragraph (the @dfn{fill-column}). +@item +The amount of indentation that the first line of +each paragraph receives (the @dfn{paragraph-indentation}). +@end itemize + +@section Command Line Options + +The following command line options are available for @makeinfo{}. + +@need 100 +@table @code +@item -D @var{var} +Cause @var{var} to be defined. This is equivalent to +@code{@@set @var{var}} in the Texinfo file. + +@need 150 +@item --error-limit @var{limit} +Set the maximum number of errors that @makeinfo{} will report +before exiting (on the assumption that continuing would be useless). +The default number of errors that can be reported before +@makeinfo{} gives up is 100.@refill + +@need 150 +@item --fill-column @var{width} +Specify the maximum number of columns in a line; this is the right-hand +edge of a line. Paragraphs that are filled will be filled to this +width. The default value for @code{fill-column} is 72. + +@item --footnote-style @var{style} +Set the footnote style to @var{style}, either @samp{end} for the end +node style or @samp{separate} for the separate node style. The value +set by this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an +@code{@@footnotestyle} command. When the footnote style is +@samp{separate}, @makeinfo{} makes a new node containing the +footnotes found in the current node. When the footnote style is +@samp{end}, @makeinfo{} places the footnote references at the end +of the current node. + +@need 150 +@item -I @var{dir} +Add @code{dir} to the directory search list for finding files that are +included using the @code{@@include} command. By default, +@makeinfo{} searches only the current directory. + +@need 150 +@item --no-headers +Do not include menus or node lines in the output. This results in an +@sc{ascii} file that you cannot read in Info since it does not contain +the requisite nodes or menus; but you can print such a file in a +single, typewriter-like font and produce acceptable output. + +@need 150 +@item --no-split +Suppress the splitting stage of @makeinfo{}. Normally, large +output files (where the size is greater than 70k bytes) are split into +smaller subfiles, each one approximately 50k bytes. If you specify +@samp{--no-split}, @makeinfo{} will not split up the output +file. + +@need 100 +@item --no-pointer-validate +@item --no-validate +Suppress the pointer-validation phase of @makeinfo{}. Normally, +after a Texinfo file is processed, some consistency checks are made to +ensure that cross references can be resolved, etc. +@xref{Pointer Validation}. + +@need 150 +@item --no-warn +Suppress the output of warning messages. This does @emph{not} +suppress the output of error messages, only warnings. You might +want this if the file you are creating has examples of Texinfo cross +references within it, and the nodes that are referenced do not actually +exist. + +@item --no-number-footnotes +Supress automatic footnote numbering. By default, @makeinfo{} +numbers each footnote sequentially in a single node, resetting the +current footnote number to 1 at the start of each node. + +@need 150 +@item --output @var{file} +@itemx -o @var{file} +Specify that the output should be directed to @var{file} and not to the +file name specified in the @code{@@setfilename} command found in the Texinfo +source. @var{file} can be the special token @samp{-}, which specifies +standard output. + +@need 150 +@item --paragraph-indent @var{indent} +Set the paragraph indentation style to @var{indent}. The value set by +this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an +@code{@@paragraphindent} command. The value of @var{indent} is +interpreted as follows: + +@itemize @bullet +@item +If the value of @var{indent} is @samp{asis}, do not change the +existing indentation at the starts of paragraphs. + +@item +If the value of @var{indent} is zero, delete any existing +indentation. + +@item +If the value of @var{indent} is greater than zero, indent each +paragraph by that number of spaces. +@end itemize + +@need 100 +@item --reference-limit @var{limit} +Set the value of the number of references to a node that +@makeinfo{} will make without reporting a warning. If a node has more +than this number of references in it, @makeinfo{} will make the +references but also report a warning. + +@need 150 +@item -U @var{var} +Cause @var{var} to be undefined. This is equivalent to +@code{@@clear @var{var}} in the Texinfo file. + +@need 100 +@item --verbose +Cause @makeinfo{} to display messages saying what it is doing. +Normally, @makeinfo{} only outputs messages if there are errors or +warnings. + +@need 100 +@item --version +Report the version number of this copy of @makeinfo{}. +@end table + +@section Pointer Validation +@cindex Pointer validation with @makeinfo{} +@cindex Validation of pointers + +If you do not suppress pointer-validation (by using the +@samp{--no-pointer-validation} option), @makeinfo{} +will check the validity of the final Info file. Mostly, +this means ensuring that nodes you have referenced +really exist. Here is a complete list of what is +checked: + +@enumerate +@item +If a `Next', `Previous', or `Up' node reference is a reference to a +node in the current file and is not an external reference such as to +@file{(dir)}, then the referenced node must exist. + +@item +In every node, if the `Previous' node is different from the `Up' node, +then the `Previous' node must also be pointed to by a `Next' node. + +@item +Every node except the `Top' node must have an `Up' pointer. + +@item +The node referenced by an `Up' pointer must contain a reference to the +current node in some manner other than through a `Next' reference. +This includes menu entries and cross references. + +@item +If the `Next' reference of a node is not the same as the `Next' reference +of the `Up' reference, then the node referenced by the `Next' pointer +must have a `Previous' pointer that points back to the current node. +This rule allows the last node in a section to point to the first node +of the next chapter. +@end enumerate + +@bye diff --git a/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/html.texi b/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/html.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..60760825c68 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/html.texi @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +@c html.texi: -*- Texinfo -*- Macros which support HTML output. + +@c Copyright (c) 1995 Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) +@c Author: Brian J. Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu) Sat Apr 1 20:30:54 1995. +@c +@c I didn't want to write this myself, because I wanted some HTML wizard +@c to get everything exactly right. However, rms continues to believe +@c that the macro system is not a good idea. I couldn't disagree more, +@c so I am writing this as an example of how useful such macros can be. + +@macro html +@set html +<html> +@end macro + +@c +@c The first step is to define the macros which really only have meaning +@c when producing output for HTML. + +@c +@c @anchor{Brian Fox, http://www.ua.com/users/bfox/} +@c +@macro anchor{text, link} +@ifset html +<a href="\link\">\text\</a> +@end ifset +@ifclear html +\text\ +@end ifclear +@end macro + +@macro pre{} +@ifset html +<pre> +@end ifset +@end macro + +@macro endpre{} +@ifset html +</pre> +@end ifset +@end macro + +@macro TeX +@ifset html +<i>T</i>e<i>X</i> +@end ifset +@ifclear html +@TeX{} +@end ifclear +@end macro + +@macro paragraph{} +@ifset html +<p> +@end ifset +@end macro + +@c +@c @email{bfox@@ai.mit.edu} +@c +@macro email{address} +@anchor{mailto:\address\, \address\} +@end macro + +@c +@c Redefine the TeXinfo commands which have direct HTML counterparts. +@c + +@macro html-define-0arg{command, html-insertion} +@macro \command\ +@ifset html +\html-insertion\ +@end ifset +@ifclear html +@\command\ +@end ifclear +@end macro +@end macro + +@macro html-define-1arg{command, html-insertion} +@macro \command\{arg} +@ifset html +\html-insertion\ +@end ifset +@ifclear html +@\command\{\arg\} +@end ifclear +@end macro +@end macro + +@macro html-define-line{command, html-insertion} +@macro \command\{line} +@ifset html +\html-insertion\ +@end ifset +@ifclear html +@\command\ \line\ +@end ifclear +@end macro +@end macro + +@html-define-0arg{*, <br>} +@html-define-1arg{b, <b>\\arg\\</b>} +@html-define-1arg{code, <tt><b>\\arg\\</b></tt>} +@html-define-line{itemize, <ul>} +@html-define-line{item,<p><li>} +@html-define-line{heading,<h1>\\line\\</h1>} +@html-define-0arg{bye, </html>} + +@c +@c Define into nothing the macros which do nothing in html. +@c +@html-define-line{group,} + +@c +@c Define a macro which is used to define other macros. This one makes +@c a macro which creates an HTML header line. No sectioning commands +@c are used. This takes advantage of the non-recursion feature of +@c macro execution. +@macro node_define{orig-name, header-style} +@macro \orig-name\{title} +@ifset html +@node \title\ +<a name="\title\"><\header-style\>\title\</\header-style\></a> +@end ifset +@ifclear html +@\orig-name\ \title\ +@end ifclear +@end macro +@end macro + +@c +@c The same as NODE_DEFINE, but italicized. +@macro inode_define{orig-name, header-style} +@macro \orig-name\{title} +@ifset html +@node \title\ +<a name="\title\"><\header-style\><i>\title\</i></\header-style\></a> +@end ifset +@ifclear html +@\orig-name\ \title\ +@end ifclear +@end macro +@end macro + +@c Ignore @node commands. +@html-define-line{node,} + +@c Here is a special one for "@top". +@macro top{title} +@end macro + +@c Now actually define a new set of sectioning commands. +@node_define {appendix, h1} +@node_define {appendixsec, h2} +@node_define {appendixsubsec, h3} +@node_define {appendixsubsubsec, h4} +@node_define {chapter, h1} +@node_define {section, h2} +@node_define {subsection, h3} +@node_define {subsubsec, h4} +@node_define {unnumbered, h1} +@node_define {unnumberedsec, h2} +@node_define {unnumberedsubsec, h3} +@node_define {unnumberedsubsubsec, h4} + +@c The italicized analogues. +@inode_define {iappendix, h1} +@inode_define {iappendixsec, h2} +@inode_define {iappendixsubsec, h3} +@inode_define {iappendixsubsubsec, h4} +@inode_define {ichapter, h1} +@inode_define {isection, h2} +@inode_define {isubsection, h3} +@inode_define {isubsubsec, h4} +@inode_define {iunnumbered, h1} +@inode_define {iunnumberedsec, h2} +@inode_define {iunnumberedsubsec, h3} +@inode_define {iunnumberedsubsubsec, h4} + +@c Manual starter: +@c +@c Pass arguments of TITLE, AUTHOR, and a short DESCRIPTION. +@c Immediately following, insert the Top node's menu. +@c +@c Typical usage: +@c +@c @document{Makeinfo, Brian J. Fox, This file documents the use of the +@c @code{makeinfo} program\, versions 1.61 and later.} +@c +@c @menu +@c * What is @makeinfo{}?:: +@c @end menu +@macro document{title, author, description} +@ifinfo +\description\ + +Copyright @copyright{} 1995 \author\ +Copyright @copyright{} 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +are preserved on all copies. + +Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the +results, provided the printed document carries copying permission +notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph +(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire +resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission +notice identical to this one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved +by the copyright holders. +@end ifinfo + +@titlepage +@title \title\ +@author \author\ + +@page +@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +Copyright @copyright{} 1995 \author\ +Copyright @copyright{} 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +are preserved on all copies. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire +resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission +notice identical to this one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved +by the copyright holders. +@end titlepage + +@top{\title\} + +\description\ +@end macro + +@html-define-line{end, +@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "ifinfo"\, @end ifinfo} +@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "ifset"\, @end ifset} +@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "ifclear"\, @end ifclear} +@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "cartouche"\, @end cartouche} +@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "menu"\, @end menu} +@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "itemize"\, </ul>} +@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "enumerate"\, </ul>} +@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "table"\, </ul>} +@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "ftable"\, </ul>} +@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "vtable"\, </ul>} +@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "menu"\, xxx} +@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "quotation"\, </pre>} +@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "example"\, </tt></pre>} +@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "smallexample"\, </tt></pre>} +@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "lisp"\, </tt></pre>} +@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "format"\, </tt></pre>} +@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "display"\, </tt></pre>} +@ifeq{"\\line\\"\, "group"}} diff --git a/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/multifmt.texi b/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/multifmt.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0f2eb32a585 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/multifmt.texi @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +@c multiformat.texi: -*- Texinfo -*- \input texinfo.tex + +@c Copyright (c) 1995 Universal Access, Inc +@c Author: Brian J. Fox (bfox@ua.com) Sun Apr 2 07:56:23 1995. +@setfilename multiformat.info + +@include html.texi + +@ifset html +@html +@end ifset + +@node First Node, First Section, (dir), (dir) +@chapter First Chapter +Here is some text that belongs in the first chapter. Nothing very +exciting happens here, but this is enough text to span a couple of +lines, and we feel that is important. +@paragraph + +This is the second paragraph of the first chapter. Note that the +formatting commands in @code{HTML} seem to do the right thing, as do the +commands when invoked in @code{Texinfo} mode and in @TeX{}. + +@node First Section, , First Node, First Node +@isection First Section + +Here is some text in the first section of the first chapter. We are +trying very hard to examine the output here to see exactly how proper it +is. If I wasn't so tired, we could probably see it already. +@paragraph + +Here is a list of items: +@paragraph + +@itemize @bullet +@item Here is the first item. +@item Here is the second item. +@end itemize + +@bye + diff --git a/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/res-samp.texi b/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/res-samp.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5b4e869e0c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/res-samp.texi @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +\input texinfo.tex +@setfilename resume-example.info + +@include resume.texi + +@name Brian J. Fox +@email bfox@@ai.mit.edu +@street 116 Barranca Ave, Ste. B +@city Santa Barbara +@state CA +@zip 93109 +@phone (805) 564-2192 + +@resume + +@block{EDUCATION} +@entry{ +12/11/59, +12/11/63, +My Mom's House, +Learning at home with my mother., +This was the most learning I ever did.} + +@entry{12/11/63, 12/11/77, Brookline\, MA, Learning in the public school system.} +@entry{12/11/78, 12/11/81, Santa Barbara\, CA, Learning in life +experience\, and three months at Santa Barbara City College.} + +@block{WORK EXPERIENCE} +@entry{12/11/59, 12/11/75, Mom's house, Various and sundry tasks\, +including washing dishes and clothes\, and toilet training.} +@entry{3 months ago, present, Terrapin\, Inc., hacking up Unix systems\, breaking @code{LOGO} worlds\, terrorizing surrounding neighborhood.} +@bye diff --git a/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/resume.texi b/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/resume.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a4dc5d04be9 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/resume.texi @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +@c +@c Reusme writing macros. Produce a very specific format. +@c + +@c A macro which creates a macro. The resultant macro can be called to +@c set a variable which has the same name as the macro. Use +@c @value{name} to get the value set in @name{}. +@macro make-var-macro{macro-name} +@macro \macro-name\{value} +@quote-arg +@set \macro-name\ \value\ +@end macro +@end macro + +@make-var-macro{name} +@make-var-macro{street} +@make-var-macro{city} +@make-var-macro{state} +@make-var-macro{zip} +@make-var-macro{phone} +@make-var-macro{email} + +@c Give all of the above variable/macros a null value to start. +@name +@street +@city +@state +@zip +@phone +@email + +@c A typical heading for a resume block is a non-indented line. +@macro block{title} +@paragraphindent none +@comment @noindent +@heading \title\ +@end macro + +@c A typical entry in a resume has a from-date, a to-date, a location, +@c a job title, and a longer descrition body. + +@macro entry{from-date, to-date, where, what, body} +@paragraphindent 8 +@b{\where\: \what\ (\from-date\ --- \to-date\)} +@paragraphindent 3 + +\body\ +@paragraphindent none +@end macro + +@macro address{} +@value{name}@* +@value{street}@* +@value{city}, @value{state}@* +@value{zip}@* +@value{phone} +@end macro + +@macro resume{} +@center @value{name}@* +@center @value{street}@* +@center @value{city}, @value{state} @value{zip}@* +@center @value{email} +@end macro diff --git a/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/simpledoc.texi b/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/simpledoc.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..576cb9b8e41 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/makeinfo/macros/simpledoc.texi @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ + +@comment Here are some useful examples of the macro facility. + +@c Simply insert the right version of the texinfo name. +@macro texinfo{} +TeXinfo +@end macro + +@c Define a macro which expands to a pretty version of the name of the +@c Makeinfo program. +@macro makeinfo{} +@code{Makeinfo} +@end macro + +@c Simple insert the right version of the Info name. +@macro Info{} +@code{Info} +@end macro + +@c Define a macro which is used to define other macros. This one makes +@c a macro which creates a node and gives it a sectioning command. Note +@c that the created macro uses the original definition within the +@c expansion text. This takes advantage of the non-recursion feature of +@c macro execution. +@macro node_define{orig-name} +@macro \orig-name\{title} +@node \title\ +@\orig-name\ \title\ +@end macro +@end macro + +@c Here is a special one for "@top", causing the node name to be "Top", +@c but leaving the section name as the specified title. +@macro top{title} +@node Top +@top \title\ +@end macro + +@c Now actually define a new set of sectioning commands. +@node_define {appendix} +@node_define {appendixsec} +@node_define {appendixsubsec} +@node_define {appendixsubsubsec} +@node_define {chapter} +@node_define {section} +@node_define {subsection} +@node_define {subsubsec} +@node_define {unnumbered} +@node_define {unnumberedsec} +@node_define {unnumberedsubsec} +@node_define {unnumberedsubsubsec} + +@c The italicized analogues. +@node_define {iappendix} +@node_define {iappendixsec} +@node_define {iappendixsubsec} +@node_define {iappendixsubsubsec} +@node_define {ichapter} +@node_define {isection} +@node_define {isubsection} +@node_define {isubsubsec} +@node_define {iunnumbered} +@node_define {iunnumberedsec} +@node_define {iunnumberedsubsec} +@node_define {iunnumberedsubsubsec} + +@c Manual starter: +@c +@c Pass arguments of TITLE, AUTHOR, and a short DESCRIPTION. +@c Immediately following, insert the Top node's menu. +@c +@c Typical usage: +@c +@c @document{Makeinfo, Brian J. Fox, This file documents the use of the +@c @code{makeinfo} program\, versions 1.58 and later.} +@c +@c @menu +@c * What is @makeinfo{}?:: +@c @end menu + +@macro document{title, author, description} +@ifinfo +\description\ + +Copyright @copyright{} 1994 \author\ +Copyright @copyright{} 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +are preserved on all copies. + +Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the +results, provided the printed document carries copying permission +notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph +(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire +resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission +notice identical to this one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved +by the copyright holders. +@end ifinfo + +@titlepage +@title \title\ +@author \author\ + +@page +@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +Copyright @copyright{} 1994 \author\ +Copyright @copyright{} 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +are preserved on all copies. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire +resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission +notice identical to this one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved +by the copyright holders. +@end titlepage + +@top{\title\} + +\description\ +@end macro diff --git a/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.c b/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ee12ef27e71 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.c @@ -0,0 +1,9349 @@ +/* Makeinfo -- convert texinfo format files into info files. + $Id: makeinfo.c,v 1.37 1996/10/04 18:20:52 karl Exp $ + + Copyright (C) 1987, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Makeinfo is authored by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +int major_version = 1; +int minor_version = 67; + +/* You can change some of the behaviour of Makeinfo by changing the + following defines: */ + +/* Define INDENT_PARAGRAPHS_IN_TABLE if you want the paragraphs which + appear within an @table, @ftable, or @itemize environment to have + standard paragraph indentation. Without this, such paragraphs have + no starting indentation. */ +/* #define INDENT_PARAGRAPHS_IN_TABLE */ + +/* Define DEFAULT_INDENTATION_INCREMENT as an integer which is the amount + that @example should increase indentation by. This incremement is used + for all insertions which indent the enclosed text. */ +#define DEFAULT_INDENTATION_INCREMENT 5 + +/* Define PARAGRAPH_START_INDENT to be the amount of indentation that + the first lines of paragraphs receive by default, where no other + value has been specified. Users can change this value on the command + line, with the --paragraph-indent option, or within the texinfo file, + with the @paragraphindent command. */ +#define PARAGRAPH_START_INDENT 3 + +/* Define DEFAULT_PARAGRAPH_SPACING as the number of blank lines that you + wish to appear between paragraphs. A value of 1 creates a single blank + line between paragraphs. Paragraphs are defined by 2 or more consecutive + newlines in the input file (i.e., one or more blank lines). */ +#define DEFAULT_PARAGRAPH_SPACING 1 + +/* Define HAVE_MACROS to enable the macro facility of Texinfo. Using this + facility, users can create their own command procedures with arguments. */ +#define HAVE_MACROS + + +/* Indent #pragma so that older Cpp's don't try to parse it. */ +#if defined (_AIX) + # pragma alloca +#endif /* _AIX */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <pwd.h> +#include <errno.h> + +#if defined (HAVE_VARARGS_H) +#include <varargs.h> +#endif /* HAVE_VARARGS_H */ +#include "getopt.h" + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +#include <unistd.h> +#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */ + +#if defined (VMS) +#include <perror.h> +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H) +#include <string.h> +#else +#include <strings.h> +#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */ + +#if defined (TM_IN_SYS_TIME) +#include <sys/time.h> +#else +#include <time.h> +#endif /* !TM_IN_SYS_TIME */ + +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H) +#include <sys/fcntl.h> +#else +#include <fcntl.h> +#endif /* !HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H */ + +#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H) +#include <sys/file.h> +#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */ + +#if defined (__GNUC__) +#define alloca __builtin_alloca +#else +#if defined(HAVE_ALLOCA_H) +#include <alloca.h> +#else /* !HAVE_ALLOCA_H */ +#if !defined (_AIX) +extern char *alloca (); +#endif /* !_AIX */ +#endif /* !HAVE_ALLOCA_H */ +#endif /* !__GNUC__ */ + +void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc (); +#if defined (__osf__) +extern void *malloc (), *realloc (); +#endif /* __osf__ */ + +char **get_brace_args (); +int array_len (); +void free_array (); +static void isolate_nodename (); + +#define COMPILING_MAKEINFO +#include "makeinfo.h" + +/* Non-zero means that we are currently hacking the insides of an + insertion which would use a fixed width font. */ +static int in_fixed_width_font = 0; + +/* Non-zero means that start_paragraph () MUST be called before we pay + any attention to close_paragraph () calls. */ +int must_start_paragraph = 0; + +/* Non-zero means a string is in execution, as opposed to a file. */ +static int executing_string = 0; + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) +/* If non-NULL, this is an output stream to write the full macro expansion + of the input text to. The resultant file is another texinfo file, but + missing @include, @infoinclude, @macro, and macro invocations. Instead, + all of the text is placed within the file. */ +FILE *macro_expansion_output_stream = (FILE *)NULL; + +/* Here is a structure used to remember input text strings and offsets + within them. */ +typedef struct { + char *pointer; /* Pointer to the input text. */ + int offset; /* Offset of the last character output. */ +} ITEXT; + +static ITEXT **itext_info = (ITEXT **)NULL; +static int itext_size = 0; + +/* Non-zero means to inhibit the writing of macro expansions to the output + stream. This is used in special cases where the output has already been + written. */ +int me_inhibit_expansion = 0; + +ITEXT *remember_itext (); +void forget_itext (), me_append_before_this_command (); +void append_to_expansion_output (), write_region_to_macro_output (); +void maybe_write_itext (), me_execute_string (); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + +/* Some systems don't declare this function in pwd.h. */ +struct passwd *getpwnam (); + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Global Variables */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Global pointer to argv[0]. */ +char *progname; + +/* Return non-zero if STRING is the text at input_text + input_text_offset, + else zero. */ +#define looking_at(string) \ + (strncmp (input_text + input_text_offset, string, strlen (string)) == 0) + +/* And writing to the output. */ + +/* The output file name. */ +char *output_filename = (char *)NULL; +char *pretty_output_filename; + +/* Name of the output file that the user elected to pass on the command line. + Such a name overrides any name found with the @setfilename command. */ +char *command_output_filename = (char *)NULL; + +/* A colon separated list of directories to search for files included + with @include. This can be controlled with the `-I' option to makeinfo. */ +char *include_files_path = (char *)NULL; + +/* Current output stream. */ +FILE *output_stream; + +/* Position in the output file. */ +int output_position; + +#define INITIAL_PARAGRAPH_SPACE 5000 +int paragraph_buffer_len = INITIAL_PARAGRAPH_SPACE; + +/* Filling.. */ +/* Non-zero indicates that filling will take place on long lines. */ +int filling_enabled = 1; + +/* Non-zero means that words are not to be split, even in long lines. This + gets changed for cm_w (). */ +int non_splitting_words = 0; + +/* Non-zero indicates that filling a line also indents the new line. */ +int indented_fill = 0; + +/* The amount of indentation to add at the starts of paragraphs. + 0 means don't change existing indentation at paragraph starts. + > 0 is amount to indent new paragraphs by. + < 0 means indent to column zero by removing indentation if necessary. + + This is normally zero, but some people prefer paragraph starts to be + somewhat more indented than paragraph bodies. A pretty value for + this is 3. */ +int paragraph_start_indent = PARAGRAPH_START_INDENT; + +/* Non-zero means that the use of paragraph_start_indent is inhibited. + @example uses this to line up the left columns of the example text. + A negative value for this variable is incremented each time it is used. + @noindent uses this to inhibit indentation for a single paragraph. */ +int inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 0; + +/* Indentation that is pending insertion. We have this for hacking lines + which look blank, but contain whitespace. We want to treat those as + blank lines. */ +int pending_indent = 0; + +/* The amount that indentation increases/decreases by. */ +int default_indentation_increment = DEFAULT_INDENTATION_INCREMENT; + +/* Non-zero indicates that indentation is temporarily turned off. */ +int no_indent = 1; + +/* Non-zero means forcing output text to be flushright. */ +int force_flush_right = 0; + +/* Non-zero means that the footnote style for this document was set on + the command line, which overrides any other settings. */ +int footnote_style_preset = 0; + +/* Non-zero means that we automatically number footnotes that have no + specified marker. */ +int number_footnotes = 1; + +/* The current footnote number in this node. Each time a new node is + started this is reset to 1. */ +int current_footnote_number = 1; + +/* Command name in the process of being hacked. */ +char *command; + +/* The index in our internal command table of the currently + executing command. */ +int command_index; + +/* A search string which is used to find a line defining a node. */ +char node_search_string[] = + { '\n', COMMAND_PREFIX, 'n', 'o', 'd', 'e', ' ', '\0' }; + +/* A search string which is used to find a line defining a menu. */ +char menu_search_string[] = + { '\n', COMMAND_PREFIX, 'm', 'e', 'n', 'u', '\0' }; + +/* A search string which is used to find the first @setfilename. */ +char setfilename_search[] = + { COMMAND_PREFIX, + 's', 'e', 't', 'f', 'i', 'l', 'e', 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e', '\0' }; + +/* A stack of file information records. If a new file is read in with + "@input", we remember the old input file state on this stack. */ +typedef struct fstack +{ + struct fstack *next; + char *filename; + char *text; + int size; + int offset; + int line_number; +} FSTACK; + +FSTACK *filestack = (FSTACK *) NULL; + +/* Stuff for nodes. */ +/* The current nodes node name. */ +char *current_node = (char *)NULL; + +/* The current nodes section level. */ +int current_section = 0; + +/* The filename of the current input file. This is never freed. */ +char *node_filename = (char *)NULL; + +/* What we remember for each node. */ +typedef struct tentry +{ + struct tentry *next_ent; + char *node; /* name of this node. */ + char *prev; /* name of "Prev:" for this node. */ + char *next; /* name of "Next:" for this node. */ + char *up; /* name of "Up:" for this node. */ + int position; /* output file position of this node. */ + int line_no; /* defining line in source file. */ + char *filename; /* The file that this node was found in. */ + int touched; /* non-zero means this node has been referenced. */ + int flags; /* Room for growth. Right now, contains 1 bit. */ +} TAG_ENTRY; + +/* If node-a has a "Next" for node-b, but node-b has no "Prev" for node-a, + we turn on this flag bit in node-b's tag entry. This means that when + it is time to validate node-b, we don't report an additional error + if there was no "Prev" field. */ +#define PREV_ERROR 0x1 +#define NEXT_ERROR 0x2 +#define UP_ERROR 0x4 +#define NO_WARN 0x8 +#define IS_TOP 0x10 + +TAG_ENTRY *tag_table = (TAG_ENTRY *) NULL; + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) +#define ME_RECURSE 0x01 +#define ME_QUOTE_ARG 0x02 + +/* Macro definitions for user-defined commands. */ +typedef struct { + char *name; /* Name of the macro. */ + char **arglist; /* Args to replace when executing. */ + char *body; /* Macro body. */ + char *source_file; /* File where this macro is defined. */ + int source_lineno; /* Line number within FILENAME. */ + int inhibited; /* Non-zero means make find_macro () fail. */ + int flags; /* ME_RECURSE, ME_QUOTE_ARG, etc. */ +} MACRO_DEF; + +void add_macro (), execute_macro (); +MACRO_DEF *find_macro (), *delete_macro (); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + +/* Menu reference, *note reference, and validation hacking. */ + +/* The various references that we know about. */ +enum reftype +{ + menu_reference, followed_reference +}; + +/* A structure to remember references with. A reference to a node is + either an entry in a menu, or a cross-reference made with [px]ref. */ +typedef struct node_ref +{ + struct node_ref *next; + char *node; /* Name of node referred to. */ + char *containing_node; /* Name of node containing this reference. */ + int line_no; /* Line number where the reference occurs. */ + int section; /* Section level where the reference occurs. */ + char *filename; /* Name of file where the reference occurs. */ + enum reftype type; /* Type of reference, either menu or note. */ +} NODE_REF; + +/* The linked list of such structures. */ +NODE_REF *node_references = (NODE_REF *) NULL; + +/* Flag which tells us whether to examine menu lines or not. */ +int in_menu = 0; + +/* Flag which tells us how to examine menu lines. */ +int in_detailmenu = 0; + +/* Non-zero means that we have seen "@top" once already. */ +int top_node_seen = 0; + +/* Non-zero means that we have seen a non-"@top" node already. */ +int non_top_node_seen = 0; + +/* Flags controlling the operation of the program. */ + +/* Default is to notify users of bad choices. */ +int print_warnings = 1; + +/* Default is to check node references. */ +int validating = 1; + +/* Non-zero means do not output "Node: Foo" for node separations. */ +int no_headers = 0; + +/* Number of errors that we tolerate on a given fileset. */ +int max_error_level = 100; + +/* Maximum number of references to a single node before complaining. */ +int reference_warning_limit = 1000; + +/* Non-zero means print out information about what is going on when it + is going on. */ +int verbose_mode = 0; + +/* Non-zero means to be relaxed about the input file. This is useful when + we can successfully format the input, but it doesn't strictly match our + somewhat pedantic ideas of correctness. Right now, it affects what + @table and @itemize do without arguments. */ +int allow_lax_format = 0; + +/* The list of commands that we hack in texinfo. Each one + has an associated function. When the command is encountered in the + text, the associated function is called with START as the argument. + If the function expects arguments in braces, it remembers itself on + the stack. When the corresponding close brace is encountered, the + function is called with END as the argument. */ + +#define START 0 +#define END 1 + +typedef struct brace_element +{ + struct brace_element *next; + COMMAND_FUNCTION *proc; + int pos, line; + int in_fixed_width_font; +} BRACE_ELEMENT; + +BRACE_ELEMENT *brace_stack = (BRACE_ELEMENT *) NULL; + +/* Forward declarations. */ +#if !defined (HAVE_STRDUP) +extern char *strdup (); +#endif /* HAVE_STRDUP */ + +extern void do_multitable (); + +void print_version_info (); +void usage (); +void push_node_filename (), pop_node_filename (); +void remember_error (); +void convert_from_stream (), convert_from_file (), convert_from_loaded_file (); +void init_internals (), init_paragraph (), init_brace_stack (); +void init_insertion_stack (), init_indices (); +void init_tag_table (), write_tag_table (), write_tag_table_internal (); +void validate_file (), validate_other_references (), split_file (); +void free_node_references (), do_enumeration (), handle_variable (); +void handle_variable_internal (); +void execute_string (); +void normalize_node_name (); +void undefindex (), top_defindex (), gen_defindex (); +void define_user_command (); +void free_pending_notes (), output_pending_notes (); + +void reader_loop (), read_command (); +void remember_brace (), remember_brace_1 (); +void pop_and_call_brace (), discard_braces (); +void add_word_args (), add_word (), add_char (), insert (), flush_output (); +void insert_string (); +void close_paragraph_with_lines (), close_paragraph (); +void ignore_blank_line (); +void do_flush_right_indentation (); +void start_paragraph (), indent (); + +void insert_self (), insert_space (), cm_ignore_line (); + +void + cm_TeX (), cm_asterisk (), cm_bullet (), cm_cite (), + cm_code (), cm_copyright (), cm_ctrl (), cm_dfn (), cm_dircategory (), + cm_direntry (), cm_dots (), cm_emph (), cm_enddots (), + cm_kbd (), cm_angle_brackets (), cm_no_op (), cm_not_fixed_width (), + cm_strong (), cm_var (), cm_w (); + +/* Sectioning. */ +void + cm_chapter (), cm_unnumbered (), cm_appendix (), cm_top (), + cm_section (), cm_unnumberedsec (), cm_appendixsec (), + cm_subsection (), cm_unnumberedsubsec (), cm_appendixsubsec (), + cm_subsubsection (), cm_unnumberedsubsubsec (), cm_appendixsubsubsec (), + cm_heading (), cm_chapheading (), cm_subheading (), cm_subsubheading (), + cm_majorheading (), cm_raisesections (), cm_lowersections (); + +/* All @defxxx commands map to cm_defun, most accent commands map to + cm_accent, most non-English letters map to cm_special_char. */ +void cm_defun (), cm_accent (), cm_special_char (), cm_dotless (); + +void + cm_node (), cm_menu (), cm_xref (), cm_ftable (), cm_vtable (), cm_pxref (), + cm_inforef (), cm_quotation (), cm_display (), cm_itemize (), + cm_enumerate (), cm_tab (), cm_table (), cm_itemx (), cm_noindent (), + cm_setfilename (), cm_br (), cm_sp (), cm_page (), cm_group (), + cm_center (), cm_include (), cm_bye (), cm_item (), cm_end (), + cm_ifinfo (), cm_kindex (), cm_cindex (), + cm_findex (), cm_pindex (), cm_vindex (), cm_tindex (), + cm_synindex (), cm_printindex (), cm_minus (), cm_footnote (), + cm_example (), cm_smallexample (), cm_lisp (), cm_format (), cm_exdent (), + cm_defindex (), cm_defcodeindex (), cm_sc (), cm_result (), cm_expansion (), + cm_equiv (), cm_print (), cm_error (), cm_point (), cm_today (), + cm_flushleft (), cm_flushright (), cm_smalllisp (), cm_finalout (), + cm_cartouche (), cm_detailmenu (), cm_multitable (); + +/* Conditionals. */ +void cm_set (), cm_clear (), cm_ifset (), cm_ifclear (); +void cm_value (), cm_ifeq (); + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) +/* Define a user-defined command which is simple substitution. */ +void cm_macro (), cm_unmacro (); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + +/* Options. */ +void cm_paragraphindent (), cm_footnotestyle (); + +/* Internals. */ +void command_name_condition (), misplaced_brace (), cm_obsolete (), + cm_ideprecated (); + +typedef struct +{ + char *name; + COMMAND_FUNCTION *proc; + int argument_in_braces; +} COMMAND; + +/* Stuff for defining commands on the fly. */ +COMMAND **user_command_array = (COMMAND **) NULL; +int user_command_array_len = 0; + +#define NO_BRACE_ARGS 0 +#define BRACE_ARGS 1 + +static COMMAND CommandTable[] = { + { "\t", insert_space, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "\n", insert_space, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { " ", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "!", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "\"", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "'", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "*", cm_asterisk, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { ",", cm_accent, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "-", cm_no_op, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { ".", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { ":", cm_no_op, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "=", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "?", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "@", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "^", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "`", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "{", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "|", cm_no_op, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "}", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "~", insert_self, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "AA", insert_self, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "AE", insert_self, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "H", cm_accent, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "L", cm_special_char, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "O", cm_special_char, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "OE", insert_self, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "TeX", cm_TeX, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "aa", insert_self, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ae", insert_self, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "appendix", cm_appendix, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "appendixsection", cm_appendixsec, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "appendixsec", cm_appendixsec, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "appendixsubsec", cm_appendixsubsec, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "appendixsubsubsec", cm_appendixsubsubsec, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "asis", cm_no_op, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "b", cm_not_fixed_width, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "bullet", cm_bullet, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "bye", cm_bye, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "c", cm_ignore_line, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "cartouche", cm_cartouche, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "center", cm_center, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "centerchap", cm_unnumbered, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "chapheading", cm_chapheading, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "chapter", cm_chapter, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "cindex", cm_cindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "cite", cm_cite, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "clear", cm_clear, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "code", cm_code, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "comment", cm_ignore_line, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "contents", cm_no_op, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "copyright", cm_copyright, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ctrl", cm_obsolete, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defcodeindex", cm_defcodeindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defindex", cm_defindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, +/* The `def' commands. */ + { "defcv", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defcvx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deffn", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deffnx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defivar", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defivarx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defmac", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defmacx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defmethod", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defmethodx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defop", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defopt", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defoptx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defopx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defspec", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defspecx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftp", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftpx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypefn", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypefnx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypefun", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypefunx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypemethod", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypemethodx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypevar", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypevarx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypevr", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "deftypevrx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defun", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defunx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defvar", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defvarx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defvr", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "defvrx", cm_defun, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, +/* The end of the `def' commands. */ + { "detailmenu", cm_detailmenu, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "dfn", cm_dfn, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "dircategory", cm_dircategory, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "direntry", cm_direntry, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "display", cm_display, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "dmn", cm_no_op, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "dotaccent", cm_accent, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "dotless", cm_dotless, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "dots", cm_dots, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "email", cm_angle_brackets, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "emph", cm_emph, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "end", cm_end, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "enddots", cm_enddots, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "enumerate", cm_enumerate, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "equiv", cm_equiv, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "error", cm_error, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "example", cm_example, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "exclamdown", cm_special_char, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "exdent", cm_exdent, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "expansion", cm_expansion, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "file", cm_code, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "finalout", cm_no_op, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "findex", cm_findex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "flushleft", cm_flushleft, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "flushright", cm_flushright, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "footnote", cm_footnote, NO_BRACE_ARGS}, /* self-arg eater */ + { "footnotestyle", cm_footnotestyle, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "format", cm_format, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ftable", cm_ftable, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "group", cm_group, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "heading", cm_heading, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "headings", cm_ignore_line, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "hyphenation", cm_no_op, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "i", cm_not_fixed_width, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ifclear", cm_ifclear, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ifeq", cm_ifeq, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ifhtml", command_name_condition, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ifinfo", cm_ifinfo, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ifset", cm_ifset, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "iftex", command_name_condition, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ignore", command_name_condition, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "include", cm_include, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "inforef", cm_inforef, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "item", cm_item, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "itemize", cm_itemize, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "itemx", cm_itemx, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "kbd", cm_kbd, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "key", cm_angle_brackets, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "kindex", cm_kindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "l", cm_special_char, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "lisp", cm_lisp, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "lowersections", cm_lowersections, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + { "macro", cm_macro, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, +#endif + { "majorheading", cm_majorheading, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "math", cm_no_op, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "menu", cm_menu, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "minus", cm_minus, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "multitable", cm_multitable, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "need", cm_ignore_line, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "node", cm_node, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "noindent", cm_noindent, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "nwnode", cm_node, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "o", cm_special_char, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "oe", insert_self, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "page", cm_no_op, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "paragraphindent", cm_paragraphindent, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "pindex", cm_pindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "point", cm_point, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "pounds", cm_special_char, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "print", cm_print, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "printindex", cm_printindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "pxref", cm_pxref, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "questiondown", cm_special_char, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "quotation", cm_quotation, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "r", cm_not_fixed_width, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "raisesections", cm_raisesections, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ref", cm_xref, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "refill", cm_no_op, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "result", cm_result, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ringaccent", cm_accent, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "samp", cm_code, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "sc", cm_sc, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "section", cm_section, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "set", cm_set, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "setchapternewpage", cm_ignore_line, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "setchapterstyle", cm_obsolete, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "setfilename", cm_setfilename, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "settitle", cm_ignore_line, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "shortcontents", cm_no_op, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "shorttitlepage", cm_ignore_line, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "smallbook", cm_ignore_line, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "smallexample", cm_smallexample, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "smalllisp", cm_smalllisp, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "sp", cm_sp, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ss", insert_self, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "strong", cm_strong, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "subheading", cm_subheading, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "subsection", cm_subsection, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "subsubheading", cm_subsubheading, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "subsubsection", cm_subsubsection, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "summarycontents", cm_no_op, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "syncodeindex", cm_synindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "synindex", cm_synindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "t", cm_no_op, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "tab", cm_tab, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "table", cm_table, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "tex", command_name_condition, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "tieaccent", cm_accent, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "tindex", cm_tindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "titlefont", cm_not_fixed_width, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "titlepage", command_name_condition, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "today", cm_today, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "top", cm_top, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "u", cm_accent, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ubaraccent", cm_accent, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "udotaccent", cm_accent, BRACE_ARGS }, +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + { "unmacro", cm_unmacro, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, +#endif + { "unnumbered", cm_unnumbered, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "unnumberedsec", cm_unnumberedsec, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "unnumberedsubsec", cm_unnumberedsubsec, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "unnumberedsubsubsec", cm_unnumberedsubsubsec, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "url", cm_code, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "v", cm_accent, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "value", cm_value, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "var", cm_var, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "vindex", cm_vindex, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "vtable", cm_vtable, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "w", cm_w, BRACE_ARGS }, + { "xref", cm_xref, BRACE_ARGS }, + + /* Deprecated commands. These used to be for italics. */ + { "iappendix", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "iappendixsec", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "iappendixsection", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "iappendixsubsec", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "iappendixsubsubsec", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "ichapter", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "isection", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "isubsection", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "isubsubsection", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "iunnumbered", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "iunnumberedsec", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "iunnumberedsubsec", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "iunnumberedsubsubsec", cm_ideprecated, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + + /* Now @include does what this was supposed to. */ + { "infoinclude", cm_obsolete, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + { "titlespec", cm_obsolete, NO_BRACE_ARGS }, + + {(char *) NULL, (COMMAND_FUNCTION *) NULL}, NO_BRACE_ARGS}; + +struct option long_options[] = +{ + { "error-limit", 1, 0, 'e' }, /* formerly -el */ + { "fill-column", 1, 0, 'f' }, /* formerly -fc */ + { "footnote-style", 1, 0, 's' }, /* formerly -ft */ + { "no-headers", 0, &no_headers, 1 }, /* Do not output Node: foo */ + { "no-pointer-validate", 0, &validating, 0 }, /* formerly -nv */ + { "no-validate", 0, &validating, 0 }, /* formerly -nv */ + { "no-split", 0, &splitting, 0 }, /* formerly -ns */ + { "no-warn", 0, &print_warnings, 0 }, /* formerly -nw */ +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + { "macro-expand", 1, 0, 'E' }, +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + { "number-footnotes", 0, &number_footnotes, 1 }, + { "no-number-footnotes", 0, &number_footnotes, 0 }, + { "output", 1, 0, 'o' }, + { "paragraph-indent", 1, 0, 'p' }, /* formerly -pi */ + { "reference-limit", 1, 0, 'r' }, /* formerly -rl */ + { "verbose", 0, &verbose_mode, 1 }, /* formerly -verbose */ + { "help", 0, 0, 'h' }, + { "version", 0, 0, 'V' }, + {NULL, 0, NULL, 0} +}; + +/* Values for calling handle_variable_internal (). */ +#define SET 1 +#define CLEAR 2 +#define IFSET 3 +#define IFCLEAR 4 + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Main () Start of code */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* For each file mentioned in the command line, process it, turning + Texinfo commands into wonderfully formatted output text. */ +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + extern int errors_printed; + char *filename_part (); + int c, ind; + int reading_from_stdin = 0; + + /* The name of this program is the last filename in argv[0]. */ + progname = filename_part (argv[0]); + + /* Parse argument flags from the input line. */ + while ((c = getopt_long + (argc, argv, +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + "D:E:U:I:f:o:p:e:r:s:V", +#else + "D:U:I:f:o:p:e:r:s:V", +#endif /* !HAVE_MACROS */ + long_options, &ind)) + != EOF) + { + if (c == 0 && long_options[ind].flag == 0) + c = long_options[ind].val; + + switch (c) + { + /* User specified variable to set or clear? */ + case 'D': + case 'U': + handle_variable_internal ((c == 'D') ? SET : CLEAR, optarg); + break; + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + /* Use specified a macro expansion output file? */ + case 'E': + if (!macro_expansion_output_stream) + { + macro_expansion_output_stream = fopen (optarg, "w"); + if (!macro_expansion_output_stream) + error ("Couldn't open macro expansion output \"%s\"", optarg); + } + else + error ("Cannot specify more than one macro expansion output"); + break; +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + /* User specified include file path? */ + case 'I': + if (!include_files_path) + include_files_path = strdup ("."); + + include_files_path = (char *) + xrealloc (include_files_path, + 2 + strlen (include_files_path) + strlen (optarg)); + strcat (include_files_path, ":"); + strcat (include_files_path, optarg); + break; + + /* User specified fill_column? */ + case 'f': + if (sscanf (optarg, "%d", &fill_column) != 1) + { + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: --fill-column arg must be numeric, not `%s'.\n", + progname, optarg); + usage (FATAL); + } + break; + + /* User specified output file? */ + case 'o': + command_output_filename = strdup (optarg); + break; + + /* User specified paragraph indent (paragraph_start_index)? */ + case 'p': + if (set_paragraph_indent (optarg) < 0) + { + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: --paragraph-indent arg must be numeric/none/asis, not `%s'.\n", + progname, optarg); + usage (FATAL); + } + break; + + /* User specified error level? */ + case 'e': + if (sscanf (optarg, "%d", &max_error_level) != 1) + { + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: --error-limit arg must be numeric, not `%s'.\n", + progname, optarg); + } + usage (stderr, FATAL); + break; + + /* User specified reference warning limit? */ + case 'r': + if (sscanf (optarg, "%d", &reference_warning_limit) != 1) + { + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: --reference-limit arg must be numeric, not `%s'.\n", + progname, optarg); + usage (FATAL); + } + break; + + /* User specified footnote style? */ + case 's': + if (set_footnote_style (optarg) < 0) + { + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: --footnote-style arg must be `separate' or `end', not `%s'.\n", + progname, optarg); + usage (FATAL); + } + footnote_style_preset = 1; + break; + + case 'h': + usage (NO_ERROR); + break; + + /* User requested version info? */ + case 'V': + print_version_info (); + puts ("Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\ +There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software\n\ +under the terms of the GNU General Public License.\n\ +For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING."); + exit (NO_ERROR); + break; + + case '?': + usage (FATAL); + break; + } + } + + if (optind == argc) + { + /* Check to see if input is a file. If so, process that. */ + if (!isatty (fileno (stdin))) + reading_from_stdin = 1; + else + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: missing file argument.\n", progname); + usage (FATAL); + } + } + + /* If the user has specified --no-headers, this should imply --no-split. + Do that here. I think it might also imply that we should ignore the + setfilename at the top of the file, but this might break some FSF things, + so I will hold off on that. */ + if (no_headers) + { + splitting = 0; + + /* If the user has not specified an output file, then use stdout by + default. */ + if (!command_output_filename) + command_output_filename = strdup ("-"); + } + + if (verbose_mode) + print_version_info (); + + /* Remaining arguments are file names of texinfo files. + Convert them, one by one. */ + if (!reading_from_stdin) + { + while (optind != argc) + convert_from_file (argv[optind++]); + } + else + convert_from_stream (stdin, "stdin"); + + if (errors_printed) + return (SYNTAX); + else + return (NO_ERROR); +} + +/* Display the version info of this invocation of Makeinfo. */ +void +print_version_info () +{ + printf ("GNU Makeinfo (Texinfo 3.9) %d.%d\n", major_version, minor_version); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Generic Utilities */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +static void +memory_error (callers_name, bytes_wanted) + char *callers_name; + int bytes_wanted; +{ + char printable_string[80]; + + sprintf (printable_string, + "Virtual memory exhausted in %s ()! Needed %d bytes.", + callers_name, bytes_wanted); + + error (printable_string); + abort (); +} + +/* Just like malloc, but kills the program in case of fatal error. */ +void * +xmalloc (nbytes) + unsigned int nbytes; +{ + void *temp = (void *) malloc (nbytes); + + if (nbytes && temp == (void *)NULL) + memory_error ("xmalloc", nbytes); + + return (temp); +} + +/* Like realloc (), but barfs if there isn't enough memory. */ +void * +xrealloc (pointer, nbytes) + void *pointer; + unsigned int nbytes; +{ + void *temp; + + if (!pointer) + temp = (void *)xmalloc (nbytes); + else + temp = (void *)realloc (pointer, nbytes); + + if (nbytes && !temp) + memory_error ("xrealloc", nbytes); + + return (temp); +} + +/* If EXIT_VALUE is zero, print the full usage message to stdout. + Otherwise, just say to use --help for more info. + Then exit with EXIT_VALUE. */ +void +usage (exit_value) + int exit_value; +{ + if (exit_value != 0) + fprintf (stderr, "Try `%s --help' for more information.\n", progname); + else + printf ("Usage: %s [OPTION]... TEXINFO-FILE...\n\ +\n\ +Translate Texinfo source documentation to a format suitable for reading\n\ +with GNU Info.\n\ +\n\ +Options:\n\ +-D VAR define a variable, as with @set.\n\ +-E MACRO-OFILE process macros only, output texinfo source.\n\ +-I DIR add DIR to the directory search list for @include.\n\ +-U VAR undefine a variable, as with @clear.\n\ +--error-limit NUM quit after NUM errors (default %d).\n\ +--fill-column NUM break lines at NUM characters (default %d).\n\ +--footnote-style STYLE output footnotes according to STYLE:\n\ + `separate' to place footnotes in their own node,\n\ + `end' to place the footnotes at the end of\n\ + the node in which they are defined (the default).\n\ +--help display this help and exit.\n\ +--no-validate suppress node cross-reference validation.\n\ +--no-warn suppress warnings (but not errors).\n\ +--no-split suppress splitting of large files.\n\ +--no-headers suppress node separators and Node: Foo headers.\n\ +--output FILE, -o FILE output to FILE, and ignore any @setfilename.\n\ +--paragraph-indent NUM indent paragraphs with NUM spaces (default %d).\n\ +--reference-limit NUM complain about at most NUM references (default %d).\n\ +--verbose report about what is being done.\n\ +--version display version information and exit.\n\ +\n\ +Email bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu.\n\ +", + progname, paragraph_start_indent, + fill_column, max_error_level, reference_warning_limit); + exit (exit_value); +} + +/* Manipulating Lists */ + +typedef struct generic_list { + struct generic_list *next; +} GENERIC_LIST; + +/* Reverse the chain of structures in LIST. Output the new head + of the chain. You should always assign the output value of this + function to something, or you will lose the chain. */ +GENERIC_LIST * +reverse_list (list) + register GENERIC_LIST *list; +{ + register GENERIC_LIST *next; + register GENERIC_LIST *prev = (GENERIC_LIST *) NULL; + + while (list) + { + next = list->next; + list->next = prev; + prev = list; + list = next; + } + return (prev); +} + +/* Pushing and Popping Files */ + +/* Find and load the file named FILENAME. Return a pointer to + the loaded file, or NULL if it can't be loaded. */ +char * +find_and_load (filename) + char *filename; +{ + struct stat fileinfo; + long file_size; + int file = -1, n, i, count = 0; + char *fullpath, *result, *get_file_info_in_path (); + + result = fullpath = (char *)NULL; + + fullpath = get_file_info_in_path (filename, include_files_path, &fileinfo); + + if (!fullpath) + goto error_exit; + + filename = fullpath; + file_size = (long) fileinfo.st_size; + + file = open (filename, O_RDONLY); + if (file < 0) + goto error_exit; + + /* Load the file. */ + result = (char *)xmalloc (1 + file_size); + + /* VMS stat lies about the st_size value. The actual number of + readable bytes is always less than this value. The arcane + mysteries of VMS/RMS are too much to probe, so this hack + suffices to make things work. */ +#if defined (VMS) + while ((n = read (file, result + count, file_size)) > 0) + count += n; + if (n == -1) +#else /* !VMS */ + count = file_size; + if (read (file, result, file_size) != file_size) +#endif /* !VMS */ + error_exit: + { + if (result) + free (result); + + if (fullpath) + free (fullpath); + + if (file != -1) + close (file); + + return ((char *) NULL); + } + close (file); + + /* Set the globals to the new file. */ + input_text = result; + size_of_input_text = count; + input_filename = fullpath; + node_filename = strdup (fullpath); + input_text_offset = 0; + line_number = 1; + /* Not strictly necessary. This magic prevents read_token () from doing + extra unnecessary work each time it is called (that is a lot of times). + The SIZE_OF_INPUT_TEXT is one past the actual end of the text. */ + input_text[size_of_input_text] = '\n'; + return (result); +} + +/* Save the state of the current input file. */ +void +pushfile () +{ + FSTACK *newstack = (FSTACK *) xmalloc (sizeof (FSTACK)); + newstack->filename = input_filename; + newstack->text = input_text; + newstack->size = size_of_input_text; + newstack->offset = input_text_offset; + newstack->line_number = line_number; + newstack->next = filestack; + + filestack = newstack; + push_node_filename (); +} + +/* Make the current file globals be what is on top of the file stack. */ +void +popfile () +{ + FSTACK *tos = filestack; + + if (!tos) + abort (); /* My fault. I wonder what I did? */ + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + { + maybe_write_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); + forget_itext (input_text); + } +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + /* Pop the stack. */ + filestack = filestack->next; + + /* Make sure that commands with braces have been satisfied. */ + if (!executing_string) + discard_braces (); + + /* Get the top of the stack into the globals. */ + input_filename = tos->filename; + input_text = tos->text; + size_of_input_text = tos->size; + input_text_offset = tos->offset; + line_number = tos->line_number; + free (tos); + + /* Go back to the (now) current node. */ + pop_node_filename (); +} + +/* Flush all open files on the file stack. */ +void +flush_file_stack () +{ + while (filestack) + { + char *fname = input_filename; + char *text = input_text; + popfile (); + free (fname); + free (text); + } +} + +int node_filename_stack_index = 0; +int node_filename_stack_size = 0; +char **node_filename_stack = (char **)NULL; + +void +push_node_filename () +{ + if (node_filename_stack_index + 1 > node_filename_stack_size) + node_filename_stack = (char **)xrealloc + (node_filename_stack, (node_filename_stack_size += 10) * sizeof (char *)); + + node_filename_stack[node_filename_stack_index] = node_filename; + node_filename_stack_index++; +} + +void +pop_node_filename () +{ + node_filename = node_filename_stack[--node_filename_stack_index]; +} + +/* Return just the simple part of the filename; i.e. the + filename without the path information, or extensions. + This conses up a new string. */ +char * +filename_part (filename) + char *filename; +{ + char *basename; + + basename = strrchr (filename, '/'); + if (!basename) + basename = filename; + else + basename++; + + basename = strdup (basename); +#if defined (REMOVE_OUTPUT_EXTENSIONS) + + /* See if there is an extension to remove. If so, remove it. */ + { + char *temp; + + temp = strrchr (basename, '.'); + if (temp) + *temp = '\0'; + } +#endif /* REMOVE_OUTPUT_EXTENSIONS */ + return (basename); +} + +/* Return the pathname part of filename. This can be NULL. */ +char * +pathname_part (filename) + char *filename; +{ + char *expand_filename (); + char *result = (char *) NULL; + register int i; + + filename = expand_filename (filename, ""); + + i = strlen (filename) - 1; + + while (i && filename[i] != '/') + i--; + if (filename[i] == '/') + i++; + + if (i) + { + result = (char *)xmalloc (1 + i); + strncpy (result, filename, i); + result[i] = '\0'; + } + free (filename); + return (result); +} + +char * +filename_non_directory (name) + char *name; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = strlen (name) - 1; i; i--) + if (name[i] == '/') + return (strdup (name + i + 1)); + + return (strdup (name)); +} + +/* Return the expansion of FILENAME. */ +char * +expand_filename (filename, input_name) + char *filename, *input_name; +{ + register int i; + char *full_pathname (); + + if (filename) + filename = full_pathname (filename); + else + { + filename = filename_non_directory (input_name); + + if (!*filename) + { + free (filename); + filename = strdup ("noname.texi"); + } + + for (i = strlen (filename) - 1; i; i--) + if (filename[i] == '.') + break; + + if (!i) + i = strlen (filename); + + if (i + 6 > (strlen (filename))) + filename = (char *)xrealloc (filename, i + 6); + strcpy (filename + i, ".info"); + return (filename); + } + + if (filename[0] == '.' || filename[0] == '/') + return (filename); + + if (filename[0] != '/' && input_name[0] == '/') + { + /* Make it so that relative names work. */ + char *result; + + i = strlen (input_name) - 1; + + result = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (input_name) + strlen (filename)); + strcpy (result, input_name); + + while (result[i] != '/' && i) + i--; + + if (result[i] == '/') + i++; + + strcpy (&result[i], filename); + free (filename); + return (result); + } + return (filename); +} + +/* Return the full path to FILENAME. */ +char * +full_pathname (filename) + char *filename; +{ + int initial_character; + char *result; + + /* No filename given? */ + if (!filename || !(initial_character = *filename)) + return (strdup ("")); + + /* Already absolute? */ + if ((initial_character == '/') || + ((strncmp (filename, "./", 2) == 0) || + (strncmp (filename, "../", 3) == 0))) + return (strdup (filename)); + + if (initial_character != '~') + { + char *localdir; + + localdir = (char *)xmalloc (1025); +#if defined (HAVE_GETCWD) + if (!getcwd (localdir, 1024)) +#else /* !HAVE_GETCWD */ + if (!getwd (localdir)) +#endif /* !HAVE_GETCWD */ + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: getwd: %s, %s\n", + progname, filename, localdir); + exit (1); + } + + strcat (localdir, "/"); + strcat (localdir, filename); + result = strdup (localdir); + free (localdir); + } + else + { + if (filename[1] == '/') + { + /* Return the concatenation of the environment variable HOME + and the rest of the string. */ + char *temp_home; + + temp_home = (char *) getenv ("HOME"); + result = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (&filename[1]) + + 1 + + temp_home ? strlen (temp_home) + : 0); + *result = '\0'; + + if (temp_home) + strcpy (result, temp_home); + + strcat (result, &filename[1]); + } + else + { + struct passwd *user_entry; + int i, c; + char *username = (char *)xmalloc (257); + + for (i = 1; c = filename[i]; i++) + { + if (c == '/') + break; + else + username[i - 1] = c; + } + if (c) + username[i - 1] = '\0'; + + user_entry = getpwnam (username); + + if (!user_entry) + return (strdup (filename)); + + result = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (user_entry->pw_dir) + + strlen (&filename[i])); + strcpy (result, user_entry->pw_dir); + strcat (result, &filename[i]); + } + } + return (result); +} + +char * +output_name_from_input_name (name) + char *name; +{ + return (expand_filename ((char *)NULL, name)); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Error Handling */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Number of errors encountered. */ +int errors_printed = 0; + +/* Print the last error gotten from the file system. */ +int +fs_error (filename) + char *filename; +{ + remember_error (); + perror (filename); + return (0); +} + +/* Print an error message, and return false. */ +#if defined (HAVE_VARARGS_H) && defined (HAVE_VFPRINTF) + +int +error (va_alist) + va_dcl +{ + char *format; + va_list args; + + remember_error (); + va_start (args); + format = va_arg (args, char *); + vfprintf (stderr, format, args); + va_end (args); + putc ('\n', stderr); +} + +/* Just like error (), but print the line number as well. */ +int +line_error (va_alist) + va_dcl +{ + char *format; + va_list args; + + remember_error (); + va_start (args); + format = va_arg (args, char *); + fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", input_filename, line_number); + vfprintf (stderr, format, args); + fprintf (stderr, ".\n"); + va_end (args); + return ((int) 0); +} + +int +warning (va_alist) + va_dcl +{ + char *format; + va_list args; + + va_start (args); + format = va_arg (args, char *); + if (print_warnings) + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: Warning: ", input_filename, line_number); + vfprintf (stderr, format, args); + fprintf (stderr, ".\n"); + } + va_end (args); + return ((int) 0); +} + +#else /* !(HAVE_VARARGS_H && HAVE_VFPRINTF) */ + +int +error (format, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5) + char *format; +{ + remember_error (); + fprintf (stderr, format, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5); + putc ('\n', stderr); + return ((int) 0); +} + +/* Just like error (), but print the line number as well. */ +int +line_error (format, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5) + char *format; +{ + remember_error (); + fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", input_filename, line_number); + fprintf (stderr, format, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5); + fprintf (stderr, ".\n"); + return ((int) 0); +} + +int +warning (format, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5) + char *format; +{ + if (print_warnings) + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: Warning: ", input_filename, line_number); + fprintf (stderr, format, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5); + fprintf (stderr, ".\n"); + } + return ((int) 0); +} + +#endif /* !(HAVE_VARARGS_H && HAVE_VFPRINTF) */ + +/* Remember that an error has been printed. If this is the first + error printed, then tell them which program is printing them. + If more than max_error_level have been printed, then exit the + program. */ +void +remember_error () +{ + errors_printed++; + if (max_error_level && (errors_printed > max_error_level)) + { + fprintf (stderr, "Too many errors! Gave up.\n"); + flush_file_stack (); + cm_bye (); + exit (1); + } +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Hacking Tokens and Strings */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Return the next token as a string pointer. We cons the string. */ +char * +read_token () +{ + int i, character; + char *result; + + /* If the first character to be read is self-delimiting, then that + is the command itself. */ + character = curchar (); + if (self_delimiting (character)) + { + input_text_offset++; + + if (character == '\n') + line_number++; + + result = strdup (" "); + *result = character; + return (result); + } + + for (i = 0; ((input_text_offset != size_of_input_text) + && (character = curchar ()) + && command_char (character)); + i++, input_text_offset++); + result = (char *)xmalloc (i + 1); + memcpy (result, &input_text[input_text_offset - i], i); + result[i] = '\0'; + return (result); +} + +/* Return non-zero if CHARACTER is self-delimiting. */ +int +self_delimiting (character) + int character; +{ + /* @; and @\ are not Texinfo commands, but they are listed here + anyway. I don't know why. --karl, 10aug96. */ + return member (character, "~{|}`^\\@?=;:.-,*\'\" !\n\t"); +} + +/* Clear whitespace from the front and end of string. */ +void +canon_white (string) + char *string; +{ + int len = strlen (string); + int x; + + if (!len) + return; + + for (x = 0; x < len; x++) + { + if (!cr_or_whitespace (string[x])) + { + strcpy (string, string + x); + break; + } + } + len = strlen (string); + if (len) + len--; + while (len > -1 && cr_or_whitespace (string[len])) + len--; + string[len + 1] = '\0'; +} + +/* Bash STRING, replacing all whitespace with just one space. */ +void +fix_whitespace (string) + char *string; +{ + char *temp = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1); + int string_index = 0; + int temp_index = 0; + int c; + + canon_white (string); + + while (string[string_index]) + { + c = temp[temp_index++] = string[string_index++]; + + if (c == ' ' || c == '\n' || c == '\t') + { + temp[temp_index - 1] = ' '; + while ((c = string[string_index]) && (c == ' ' || + c == '\t' || + c == '\n')) + string_index++; + } + } + temp[temp_index] = '\0'; + strcpy (string, temp); + free (temp); +} + +/* Discard text until the desired string is found. The string is + included in the discarded text. */ +void +discard_until (string) + char *string; +{ + int temp = search_forward (string, input_text_offset); + + int tt = (temp < 0) ? size_of_input_text : temp + strlen (string); + int from = input_text_offset; + + /* Find out what line we are on. */ + while (from != tt) + if (input_text[from++] == '\n') + line_number++; + + if (temp < 0) + { + input_text_offset = size_of_input_text - strlen (string); + + if (strcmp (string, "\n") != 0) + { + line_error ("Expected `%s'", string); + return; + } + } + else + input_text_offset = temp; + + input_text_offset += strlen (string); +} + +/* Read characters from the file until we are at MATCH. + Place the characters read into STRING. + On exit input_text_offset is after the match string. + Return the offset where the string starts. */ +int +get_until (match, string) + char *match, **string; +{ + int len, current_point, x, new_point, tem; + + current_point = x = input_text_offset; + new_point = search_forward (match, input_text_offset); + + if (new_point < 0) + new_point = size_of_input_text; + len = new_point - current_point; + + /* Keep track of which line number we are at. */ + tem = new_point + (strlen (match) - 1); + while (x != tem) + if (input_text[x++] == '\n') + line_number++; + + *string = (char *)xmalloc (len + 1); + + memcpy (*string, &input_text[current_point], len); + (*string)[len] = '\0'; + + /* Now leave input_text_offset in a consistent state. */ + input_text_offset = tem; + + if (input_text_offset > size_of_input_text) + input_text_offset = size_of_input_text; + + return (new_point); +} + +/* Read characters from the file until we are at MATCH or end of line. + Place the characters read into STRING. */ +void +get_until_in_line (match, string) + char *match, **string; +{ + int real_bottom, temp; + + real_bottom = size_of_input_text; + temp = search_forward ("\n", input_text_offset); + + if (temp < 0) + temp = size_of_input_text; + + size_of_input_text = temp; + get_until (match, string); + size_of_input_text = real_bottom; +} + +void +get_rest_of_line (string) + char **string; +{ + get_until ("\n", string); + canon_white (*string); + + if (curchar () == '\n') /* as opposed to the end of the file... */ + { + line_number++; + input_text_offset++; + } +} + +/* Backup the input pointer to the previous character, keeping track + of the current line number. */ +void +backup_input_pointer () +{ + if (input_text_offset) + { + input_text_offset--; + if (curchar () == '\n') + line_number--; + } +} + +/* Read characters from the file until we are at MATCH or closing brace. + Place the characters read into STRING. */ +void +get_until_in_braces (match, string) + char *match, **string; +{ + int i, brace = 0; + int match_len = strlen (match); + char *temp; + + for (i = input_text_offset; i < size_of_input_text; i++) + { + if (input_text[i] == '{') + brace++; + else if (input_text[i] == '}') + brace--; + else if (input_text[i] == '\n') + line_number++; + + if (brace < 0 || + (brace == 0 && strncmp (input_text + i, match, match_len) == 0)) + break; + } + + match_len = i - input_text_offset; + temp = (char *)xmalloc (2 + match_len); + strncpy (temp, input_text + input_text_offset, match_len); + temp[match_len] = '\0'; + input_text_offset = i; + *string = temp; +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Converting the File */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Convert the file named by NAME. The output is saved on the file + named as the argument to the @setfilename command. */ +static char *suffixes[] = { + ".texinfo", + ".texi", + ".txinfo", + "", + (char *)NULL +}; + +void +initialize_conversion () +{ + init_tag_table (); + init_indices (); + init_internals (); + init_paragraph (); + + /* This is used for splitting the output file and for doing section + headings. It was previously initialized in `init_paragraph', but its + use there loses with the `init_paragraph' calls done by the + multitable code; the tag indices get reset to zero. */ + output_position = 0; +} + +/* We read in multiples of 4k, simply because it is a typical pipe size + on unix systems. */ +#define READ_BUFFER_GROWTH (4 * 4096) + +/* Convert the texinfo file coming from the open stream STREAM. Assume the + source of the stream is named NAME. */ +void +convert_from_stream (stream, name) + FILE *stream; + char *name; +{ + char *buffer = (char *)NULL; + int buffer_offset = 0, buffer_size = 0; + + initialize_conversion (); + + /* Read until the end of the stream. This isn't strictly correct, since + the texinfo input may end before the stream ends, but it is a quick + working hueristic. */ + while (!feof (stream)) + { + int count; + + if (buffer_offset + (READ_BUFFER_GROWTH + 1) >= buffer_size) + buffer = (char *) + xrealloc (buffer, (buffer_size += READ_BUFFER_GROWTH)); + + count = fread (buffer + buffer_offset, 1, READ_BUFFER_GROWTH, stream); + + if (count < 0) + { + perror (name); + exit (FATAL); + } + + buffer_offset += count; + if (count == 0) + break; + } + + /* Set the globals to the new file. */ + input_text = buffer; + size_of_input_text = buffer_offset; + input_filename = strdup (name); + node_filename = strdup (name); + input_text_offset = 0; + line_number = 1; + + /* Not strictly necessary. This magic prevents read_token () from doing + extra unnecessary work each time it is called (that is a lot of times). + The SIZE_OF_INPUT_TEXT is one past the actual end of the text. */ + input_text[size_of_input_text] = '\n'; + + convert_from_loaded_file (name); +} + +void +convert_from_file (name) + char *name; +{ + register int i; + char *filename = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (name) + 50); + + initialize_conversion (); + + /* Try to load the file specified by NAME, concatenated with our + various suffixes. Prefer files like `makeinfo.texi' to + `makeinfo'. */ + for (i = 0; suffixes[i]; i++) + { + strcpy (filename, name); + strcat (filename, suffixes[i]); + + if (find_and_load (filename)) + break; + + if (!suffixes[i][0] && strrchr (filename, '.')) + { + fs_error (filename); + free (filename); + return; + } + } + + if (!suffixes[i]) + { + fs_error (name); + free (filename); + return; + } + + input_filename = filename; + + convert_from_loaded_file (name); +} + +void +convert_from_loaded_file (name) + char *name; +{ + char *expand_filename (), *filename_part (); + char *real_output_filename = (char *)NULL; + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + remember_itext (input_text, 0); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + /* Search this file looking for the special string which starts conversion. + Once found, we may truly begin. */ + input_text_offset = 0; + while (input_text_offset >= 0) + { + input_text_offset = + search_forward (setfilename_search, input_text_offset); + + if ((input_text_offset == 0) || + ((input_text_offset > 0) && + (input_text[input_text_offset -1] == '\n'))) + break; + else if (input_text_offset > 0) + input_text_offset++; + } + + if (input_text_offset < 0) + { + if (!command_output_filename) + { +#if defined (REQUIRE_SETFILENAME) + error ("No `%s' found in `%s'", setfilename_search, name); + goto finished; +#else + register int i, end_of_first_line; + + /* Find the end of the first line in the file. */ + for (i = 0; i < size_of_input_text - 1; i++) + if (input_text[i] == '\n') + break; + + end_of_first_line = i + 1; + + input_text_offset = 0; + + for (i = 0; i < end_of_first_line; i++) + { + if ((input_text[i] == '\\') && + (strncmp (input_text + i + 1, "include", 7) == 0)) + { + input_text_offset = end_of_first_line; + break; + } + } + command_output_filename = output_name_from_input_name (name); +#endif /* !REQUIRE_SETFILENAME */ + } + } + else + input_text_offset += strlen (setfilename_search); + + if (!command_output_filename) + get_until ("\n", &output_filename); + else + { + if (input_text_offset != -1) + discard_until ("\n"); + else + input_text_offset = 0; + + real_output_filename = output_filename = command_output_filename; + command_output_filename = (char *)NULL; + } + + canon_white (output_filename); + + if (real_output_filename && + strcmp (real_output_filename, "-") == 0) + { + real_output_filename = strdup (real_output_filename); + output_stream = stdout; + splitting = 0; /* Cannot split when writing to stdout. */ + } + else + { + if (!real_output_filename) + real_output_filename = expand_filename (output_filename, name); + else + real_output_filename = strdup (real_output_filename); + + output_stream = fopen (real_output_filename, "w"); + } + + if (output_stream != stdout) + printf ("Making %s file `%s' from `%s'.\n", + no_headers ? "text" : "info", output_filename, input_filename); + + if (output_stream == NULL) + { + fs_error (real_output_filename); + goto finished; + } + + /* Make the displayable filename from output_filename. Only the base + portion of the filename need be displayed. */ + if (output_stream != stdout) + pretty_output_filename = filename_part (output_filename); + else + pretty_output_filename = strdup ("stdout"); + + /* For this file only, count the number of newlines from the top of + the file to here. This way, we keep track of line numbers for + error reporting. Line_number starts at 1, since the user isn't + zero-based. */ + { + int temp = 0; + line_number = 1; + while (temp != input_text_offset) + if (input_text[temp++] == '\n') + line_number++; + } + + if (!no_headers) + { + add_word_args ("This is Info file %s, produced by Makeinfo version %d.%d", + output_filename, major_version, minor_version); + add_word_args (" from the input file %s.\n", input_filename); + } + + close_paragraph (); + reader_loop (); + +finished: + close_paragraph (); + flush_file_stack (); + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + fclose (macro_expansion_output_stream); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + if (output_stream != NULL) + { + output_pending_notes (); + free_pending_notes (); + if (tag_table != NULL) + { + tag_table = (TAG_ENTRY *) reverse_list (tag_table); + if (!no_headers) + write_tag_table (); + } + + if (output_stream != stdout) + fclose (output_stream); + + /* If validating, then validate the entire file right now. */ + if (validating) + validate_file (tag_table); + + /* This used to test && !errors_printed. + But some files might have legit warnings. So split anyway. */ + if (splitting) + split_file (real_output_filename, 0); + } + free (real_output_filename); +} + +void +free_and_clear (pointer) + char **pointer; +{ + if ((*pointer) != (char *) NULL) + { + free (*pointer); + *pointer = (char *) NULL; + } +} + + /* Initialize some state. */ +void +init_internals () +{ + free_and_clear (¤t_node); + free_and_clear (&output_filename); + free_and_clear (&command); + free_and_clear (&input_filename); + free_node_references (); + init_insertion_stack (); + init_brace_stack (); + command_index = 0; + in_menu = 0; + in_detailmenu = 0; + top_node_seen = 0; + non_top_node_seen = 0; +} + +void +init_paragraph () +{ + free_and_clear (&output_paragraph); + output_paragraph = (unsigned char *)xmalloc (paragraph_buffer_len); + output_paragraph[0] = '\0'; + output_paragraph_offset = 0; + output_column = 0; + paragraph_is_open = 0; + current_indent = 0; +} + +/* Okay, we are ready to start the conversion. Call the reader on + some text, and fill the text as it is output. Handle commands by + remembering things like open braces and the current file position on a + stack, and when the corresponding close brace is found, you can call + the function with the proper arguments. */ +void +reader_loop () +{ + int character; + int done = 0; + int dash_count = 0; + + while (!done) + { + if (input_text_offset >= size_of_input_text) + break; + + character = curchar (); + + if (!in_fixed_width_font && + (character == '\'' || character == '`') && + input_text[input_text_offset + 1] == character) + { + input_text_offset++; + character = '"'; + } + + if (character == '-') + { + dash_count++; + if (dash_count == 2 && !in_fixed_width_font) + { + input_text_offset++; + continue; + } + } + else + { + dash_count = 0; + } + + /* If this is a whitespace character, then check to see if the line + is blank. If so, advance to the carriage return. */ + if (whitespace (character)) + { + register int i = input_text_offset + 1; + + while (i < size_of_input_text && whitespace (input_text[i])) + i++; + + if (i == size_of_input_text || input_text[i] == '\n') + { + if (i == size_of_input_text) + i--; + + input_text_offset = i; + character = curchar (); + } + } + + if (character == '\n') + { + line_number++; + + /* Check for a menu entry here, since the "escape sequence" + that begins menu entries is "\n* ". */ + if (in_menu && input_text_offset + 1 < size_of_input_text) + { + char *glean_node_from_menu (), *tem; + + /* Note that the value of TEM is discarded, since it is + gauranteed to be NULL when glean_node_from_menu () is + called with a non-zero argument. */ + if (!in_detailmenu) + tem = glean_node_from_menu (1); + } + } + + switch (character) + { + case COMMAND_PREFIX: + read_command (); + break; + + case '{': + + /* Special case. I'm not supposed to see this character by itself. + If I do, it means there is a syntax error in the input text. + Report the error here, but remember this brace on the stack so + you can ignore its partner. */ + + line_error ("Misplaced `{'"); + remember_brace (misplaced_brace); + + /* Don't advance input_text_offset since this happens in + remember_brace (). + input_text_offset++; + */ + break; + + case '}': + pop_and_call_brace (); + input_text_offset++; + break; + + default: + add_char (character); + input_text_offset++; + } + } +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + maybe_write_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ +} + +/* Find the command corresponding to STRING. If the command + is found, return a pointer to the data structure. Otherwise + return (-1). */ +COMMAND * +get_command_entry (string) + char *string; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; CommandTable[i].name; i++) + if (strcmp (CommandTable[i].name, string) == 0) + return (&CommandTable[i]); + + /* This command is not in our predefined command table. Perhaps + it is a user defined command. */ + for (i = 0; i < user_command_array_len; i++) + if (user_command_array[i] && + (strcmp (user_command_array[i]->name, string) == 0)) + return (user_command_array[i]); + + /* Nope, we never heard of this command. */ + return ((COMMAND *) -1); +} + +/* input_text_offset is right at the command prefix character. + Read the next token to determine what to do. */ +void +read_command () +{ + COMMAND *entry; + + input_text_offset++; + free_and_clear (&command); + command = read_token (); + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + /* Check to see if this command is a macro. If so, execute it here. */ + { + MACRO_DEF *def; + + def = find_macro (command); + + if (def) + { + /* We disallow recursive use of a macro call. Inhibit the expansion + of this macro during the life of its execution. */ + if (!(def->flags & ME_RECURSE)) + def->inhibited = 1; + + execute_macro (def); + + if (!(def->flags & ME_RECURSE)) + def->inhibited = 0; + + return; + } + } +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + entry = get_command_entry (command); + + if (entry == (COMMAND *)-1) + { + line_error ("Unknown command `%s'", command); + return; + } + + if (entry->argument_in_braces) + remember_brace (entry->proc); + + (*(entry->proc)) (START, output_paragraph_offset, 0); +} + +/* Return the string which invokes PROC; a pointer to a function. */ +char * +find_proc_name (proc) + COMMAND_FUNCTION *proc; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; CommandTable[i].name; i++) + if (proc == CommandTable[i].proc) + return (CommandTable[i].name); + return ("NO_NAME!"); +} + +void +init_brace_stack () +{ + brace_stack = (BRACE_ELEMENT *) NULL; +} + +void +remember_brace (proc) + COMMAND_FUNCTION *proc; +{ + if (curchar () != '{') + line_error ("%c%s expected `{..}'", COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + else + input_text_offset++; + remember_brace_1 (proc, output_paragraph_offset); +} + +/* Remember the current output position here. Save PROC + along with it so you can call it later. */ +void +remember_brace_1 (proc, position) + COMMAND_FUNCTION *proc; + int position; +{ + BRACE_ELEMENT *new = (BRACE_ELEMENT *) xmalloc (sizeof (BRACE_ELEMENT)); + new->next = brace_stack; + new->proc = proc; + new->pos = position; + new->line = line_number; + new->in_fixed_width_font = in_fixed_width_font; + brace_stack = new; +} + +/* Pop the top of the brace stack, and call the associated function + with the args END and POS. */ +void +pop_and_call_brace () +{ + BRACE_ELEMENT *temp; + COMMAND_FUNCTION *proc; + int pos; + + if (brace_stack == (BRACE_ELEMENT *) NULL) + { + line_error ("Unmatched }"); + return; + } + + pos = brace_stack->pos; + proc = brace_stack->proc; + in_fixed_width_font = brace_stack->in_fixed_width_font; + temp = brace_stack->next; + free (brace_stack); + brace_stack = temp; + + (*proc) (END, pos, output_paragraph_offset); +} + +/* Shift all of the markers in `brace_stack' by AMOUNT. */ +void +adjust_braces_following (here, amount) + int here, amount; +{ + register BRACE_ELEMENT *stack = brace_stack; + + while (stack) + { + if (stack->pos >= here) + stack->pos += amount; + stack = stack->next; + } +} + +/* You call discard_braces () when you shouldn't have any braces on the stack. + I used to think that this happens for commands that don't take arguments + in braces, but that was wrong because of things like @code{foo @@}. So now + I only detect it at the beginning of nodes. */ +void +discard_braces () +{ + if (!brace_stack) + return; + + while (brace_stack) + { + if (brace_stack->proc != misplaced_brace) + { + char *proc_name; + int temp_line_number = line_number; + + line_number = brace_stack->line; + proc_name = find_proc_name (brace_stack->proc); + line_error ("%c%s missing close brace", COMMAND_PREFIX, proc_name); + line_number = temp_line_number; + pop_and_call_brace (); + } + else + { + BRACE_ELEMENT *temp; + temp = brace_stack->next; + free (brace_stack); + brace_stack = temp; + } + } +} + +int +get_char_len (character) + int character; +{ + /* Return the printed length of the character. */ + int len; + + switch (character) + { + case '\t': + len = (output_column + 8) & 0xf7; + if (len > fill_column) + len = fill_column - output_column; + else + len = len - output_column; + break; + + case '\n': + len = fill_column - output_column; + break; + + default: + if (character < ' ') + len = 2; + else + len = 1; + } + return (len); +} + +#if defined (HAVE_VARARGS_H) && defined (HAVE_VSPRINTF) + +void +add_word_args (va_alist) + va_dcl +{ + char buffer[1000]; + char *format; + va_list args; + + va_start (args); + format = va_arg (args, char *); + vsprintf (buffer, format, args); + va_end (args); + add_word (buffer); +} + +#else /* !(HAVE_VARARGS_H && HAVE_VSPRINTF) */ + +void +add_word_args (format, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5) + char *format; +{ + char buffer[1000]; + sprintf (buffer, format, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5); + add_word (buffer); +} + +#endif /* !(HAVE_VARARGS_H && HAVE_VSPRINTF) */ + +/* Add STRING to output_paragraph. */ +void +add_word (string) + char *string; +{ + while (*string) + add_char (*string++); +} + +/* Non-zero if the last character inserted has the syntax class of NEWLINE. */ +int last_char_was_newline = 1; + +/* The actual last inserted character. Note that this may be something + other than NEWLINE even if last_char_was_newline is 1. */ +int last_inserted_character = 0; + +/* Non-zero means that a newline character has already been + inserted, so close_paragraph () should insert one less. */ +int line_already_broken = 0; + +/* When non-zero we have finished an insertion (see end_insertion ()) and we + want to ignore false continued paragraph closings. */ +int insertion_paragraph_closed = 0; + +/* Non-zero means attempt to make all of the lines have fill_column width. */ +int do_justification = 0; + +/* Add the character to the current paragraph. If filling_enabled is + non-zero, then do filling as well. */ +void +add_char (character) + int character; +{ + /* If we are avoiding outputting headers, and we are currently + in a menu, then simply return. */ + if (no_headers && (in_menu || in_detailmenu)) + return; + + /* If we are adding a character now, then we don't have to + ignore close_paragraph () calls any more. */ + if (must_start_paragraph && character != '\n') + { + must_start_paragraph = 0; + line_already_broken = 0; /* The line is no longer broken. */ + if (current_indent > output_column) + { + indent (current_indent - output_column); + output_column = current_indent; + } + } + + if (non_splitting_words && member (character, " \t\n")) + character = ' ' | 0x80; + + insertion_paragraph_closed = 0; + + switch (character) + { + case '\n': + if (!filling_enabled) + { + insert ('\n'); + + if (force_flush_right) + { + close_paragraph (); + /* Hack to force single blank lines out in this mode. */ + flush_output (); + } + + output_column = 0; + + if (!no_indent && paragraph_is_open) + indent (output_column = current_indent); + break; + } + else /* CHARACTER is newline, and filling is enabled. */ + { + if (sentence_ender (last_inserted_character)) + { + insert (' '); + output_column++; + last_inserted_character = character; + } + } + + if (last_char_was_newline) + { + close_paragraph (); + pending_indent = 0; + } + else + { + last_char_was_newline = 1; + insert (' '); + output_column++; + } + break; + + default: + { + int len = get_char_len (character); + int suppress_insert = 0; + + if ((character == ' ') && (last_char_was_newline)) + { + if (!paragraph_is_open) + { + pending_indent++; + return; + } + } + + if (!paragraph_is_open) + { + start_paragraph (); + + /* If the paragraph is supposed to be indented a certain way, + then discard all of the pending whitespace. Otherwise, we + let the whitespace stay. */ + if (!paragraph_start_indent) + indent (pending_indent); + pending_indent = 0; + } + + if ((output_column += len) > fill_column) + { + if (filling_enabled) + { + int temp = output_paragraph_offset; + while (--temp > 0 && output_paragraph[temp] != '\n') + { + /* If we have found a space, we have the place to break + the line. */ + if (output_paragraph[temp] == ' ') + { + /* Remove trailing whitespace from output. */ + while (temp && whitespace (output_paragraph[temp - 1])) + temp--; + + output_paragraph[temp++] = '\n'; + + /* We have correctly broken the line where we want + to. What we don't want is spaces following where + we have decided to break the line. We get rid of + them. */ + { + int t1 = temp; + + for (;; t1++) + { + if (t1 == output_paragraph_offset) + { + if (whitespace (character)) + suppress_insert = 1; + break; + } + if (!whitespace (output_paragraph[t1])) + break; + } + + if (t1 != temp) + { + adjust_braces_following (temp, (- (t1 - temp))); + strncpy ((char *) &output_paragraph[temp], + (char *) &output_paragraph[t1], + (output_paragraph_offset - t1)); + output_paragraph_offset -= (t1 - temp); + } + } + + /* Filled, but now indent if that is right. */ + if (indented_fill && current_indent) + { + int buffer_len = ((output_paragraph_offset - temp) + + current_indent); + char *temp_buffer = (char *)xmalloc (buffer_len); + int indentation = 0; + + /* We have to shift any markers that are in + front of the wrap point. */ + adjust_braces_following (temp, current_indent); + + while (current_indent > 0 && + indentation != current_indent) + temp_buffer[indentation++] = ' '; + + strncpy ((char *) &temp_buffer[current_indent], + (char *) &output_paragraph[temp], + buffer_len - current_indent); + + if (output_paragraph_offset + buffer_len + >= paragraph_buffer_len) + { + unsigned char *tt = xrealloc + (output_paragraph, + (paragraph_buffer_len += buffer_len)); + output_paragraph = tt; + } + strncpy ((char *) &output_paragraph[temp], + temp_buffer, buffer_len); + output_paragraph_offset += current_indent; + free (temp_buffer); + } + output_column = 0; + while (temp < output_paragraph_offset) + output_column += + get_char_len (output_paragraph[temp++]); + output_column += len; + break; + } + } + } + } + + if (!suppress_insert) + { + insert (character); + last_inserted_character = character; + } + last_char_was_newline = 0; + line_already_broken = 0; + } + } +} + +/* Insert CHARACTER into `output_paragraph'. */ +void +insert (character) + int character; +{ + output_paragraph[output_paragraph_offset++] = character; + if (output_paragraph_offset == paragraph_buffer_len) + { + output_paragraph = + xrealloc (output_paragraph, (paragraph_buffer_len += 100)); + } +} + +/* Insert the null-terminated string STRING into `output_paragraph'. */ +void +insert_string (string) + char *string; +{ + while (*string) + insert (*string++); +} + +/* Remove upto COUNT characters of whitespace from the + the current output line. If COUNT is less than zero, + then remove until none left. */ +void +kill_self_indent (count) + int count; +{ + /* Handle infinite case first. */ + if (count < 0) + { + output_column = 0; + while (output_paragraph_offset) + { + if (whitespace (output_paragraph[output_paragraph_offset - 1])) + output_paragraph_offset--; + else + break; + } + } + else + { + while (output_paragraph_offset && count--) + if (whitespace (output_paragraph[output_paragraph_offset - 1])) + output_paragraph_offset--; + else + break; + } +} + +/* Non-zero means do not honor calls to flush_output (). */ +static int flushing_ignored = 0; + +/* Prevent calls to flush_output () from having any effect. */ +void +inhibit_output_flushing () +{ + flushing_ignored++; +} + +/* Allow calls to flush_output () to write the paragraph data. */ +void +uninhibit_output_flushing () +{ + flushing_ignored--; +} + +void +flush_output () +{ + register int i; + + if (!output_paragraph_offset || flushing_ignored) + return; + + for (i = 0; i < output_paragraph_offset; i++) + { + /* If we turned on the 8th bit for a space + inside @w, turn it back off for output. */ + if (output_paragraph[i] & meta_character_bit) + { + int temp = UNMETA (output_paragraph[i]); + if (temp == ' ') + output_paragraph[i] &= 0x7f; + } + } + + fwrite (output_paragraph, 1, output_paragraph_offset, output_stream); + + output_position += output_paragraph_offset; + output_paragraph_offset = 0; +} + +/* How to close a paragraph controlling the number of lines between + this one and the last one. */ + +/* Paragraph spacing is controlled by this variable. It is the number of + blank lines that you wish to appear between paragraphs. A value of + 1 creates a single blank line between paragraphs. */ +int paragraph_spacing = DEFAULT_PARAGRAPH_SPACING; + +/* Close the current paragraph, leaving no blank lines between them. */ +void +close_single_paragraph () +{ + close_paragraph_with_lines (0); +} + +/* Close a paragraph after an insertion has ended. */ +void +close_insertion_paragraph () +{ + if (!insertion_paragraph_closed) + { + /* Close the current paragraph, breaking the line. */ + close_single_paragraph (); + + /* Start a new paragraph here, inserting whatever indention is correct + for the now current insertion level (one above the one that we are + ending). */ + start_paragraph (); + + /* Tell close_paragraph () that the previous line has already been + broken, so it should insert one less newline. */ + line_already_broken = 1; + + /* Let functions such as add_char () know that we have already found a + newline. */ + ignore_blank_line (); + } + else + { + /* If the insertion paragraph is closed already, then we are seeing + two `@end' commands in a row. Note that the first one we saw was + handled in the first part of this if-then-else clause, and at that + time start_paragraph () was called, partially to handle the proper + indentation of the current line. However, the indentation level + may have just changed again, so we may have to outdent the current + line to the new indentation level. */ + if (current_indent < output_column) + kill_self_indent (output_column - current_indent); + } + + insertion_paragraph_closed = 1; +} + +void +close_paragraph_with_lines (lines) + int lines; +{ + int old_spacing = paragraph_spacing; + paragraph_spacing = lines; + close_paragraph (); + paragraph_spacing = old_spacing; +} + +/* Close the currently open paragraph. */ +void +close_paragraph () +{ + register int i; + + /* The insertion paragraph is no longer closed. */ + insertion_paragraph_closed = 0; + + if (paragraph_is_open && !must_start_paragraph) + { + register int tindex, c; + + tindex = output_paragraph_offset; + + /* Back up to last non-newline/space character, forcing all such + subsequent characters to be newlines. This isn't strictly + necessary, but a couple of functions use the presence of a newline + to make decisions. */ + for (tindex = output_paragraph_offset - 1; tindex >= 0; --tindex) + { + c = output_paragraph[tindex]; + + if (c == ' '|| c == '\n') + output_paragraph[tindex] = '\n'; + else + break; + } + + /* All trailing whitespace is ignored. */ + output_paragraph_offset = ++tindex; + + /* Break the line if that is appropriate. */ + if (paragraph_spacing >= 0) + insert ('\n'); + + /* Add as many blank lines as is specified in PARAGRAPH_SPACING. */ + if (!force_flush_right) + { + for (i = 0; i < (paragraph_spacing - line_already_broken); i++) + insert ('\n'); + } + + /* If we are doing flush right indentation, then do it now + on the paragraph (really a single line). */ + if (force_flush_right) + do_flush_right_indentation (); + + flush_output (); + paragraph_is_open = 0; + no_indent = 0; + output_column = 0; + } + ignore_blank_line (); +} + +/* Make the last line just read look as if it were only a newline. */ +void +ignore_blank_line () +{ + last_inserted_character = '\n'; + last_char_was_newline = 1; +} + +/* Align the end of the text in output_paragraph with fill_column. */ +void +do_flush_right_indentation () +{ + char *temp; + int temp_len; + + kill_self_indent (-1); + + if (output_paragraph[0] != '\n') + { + output_paragraph[output_paragraph_offset] = '\0'; + + if (output_paragraph_offset < fill_column) + { + register int i; + + if (fill_column >= paragraph_buffer_len) + output_paragraph = + xrealloc (output_paragraph, + (paragraph_buffer_len += fill_column)); + + temp_len = strlen ((char *)output_paragraph); + temp = (char *)xmalloc (temp_len + 1); + memcpy (temp, (char *)output_paragraph, temp_len); + + for (i = 0; i < fill_column - output_paragraph_offset; i++) + output_paragraph[i] = ' '; + + memcpy ((char *)output_paragraph + i, temp, temp_len); + free (temp); + output_paragraph_offset = fill_column; + } + } +} + +/* Begin a new paragraph. */ +void +start_paragraph () +{ + /* First close existing one. */ + if (paragraph_is_open) + close_paragraph (); + + /* In either case, the insertion paragraph is no longer closed. */ + insertion_paragraph_closed = 0; + + /* However, the paragraph is open! */ + paragraph_is_open = 1; + + /* If we MUST_START_PARAGRAPH, that simply means that start_paragraph () + had to be called before we would allow any other paragraph operations + to have an effect. */ + if (!must_start_paragraph) + { + int amount_to_indent = 0; + + /* If doing indentation, then insert the appropriate amount. */ + if (!no_indent) + { + if (inhibit_paragraph_indentation) + { + amount_to_indent = current_indent; + if (inhibit_paragraph_indentation < 0) + inhibit_paragraph_indentation++; + } + else if (paragraph_start_indent < 0) + amount_to_indent = current_indent; + else + amount_to_indent = current_indent + paragraph_start_indent; + + if (amount_to_indent >= output_column) + { + amount_to_indent -= output_column; + indent (amount_to_indent); + output_column += amount_to_indent; + } + } + } + else + must_start_paragraph = 0; +} + +/* Insert the indentation specified by AMOUNT. */ +void +indent (amount) + int amount; +{ + register BRACE_ELEMENT *elt = brace_stack; + + /* For every START_POS saved within the brace stack which will be affected + by this indentation, bump that start pos forward. */ + while (elt) + { + if (elt->pos >= output_paragraph_offset) + elt->pos += amount; + elt = elt->next; + } + + while (--amount >= 0) + insert (' '); +} + +/* Search forward for STRING in input_text. + FROM says where where to start. */ +int +search_forward (string, from) + char *string; + int from; +{ + int len = strlen (string); + + while (from < size_of_input_text) + { + if (strncmp (input_text + from, string, len) == 0) + return (from); + from++; + } + return (-1); +} + +/* Whoops, Unix doesn't have strcasecmp. */ + +/* Case independent string compare. */ +#if !defined (HAVE_STRCASECMP) +int +strcasecmp (string1, string2) + char *string1, *string2; +{ + char ch1, ch2; + + for (;;) + { + ch1 = *string1++; + ch2 = *string2++; + + if (!(ch1 | ch2)) + return (0); + + ch1 = coerce_to_upper (ch1); + ch2 = coerce_to_upper (ch2); + + if (ch1 != ch2) + return (ch1 - ch2); + } +} +#endif /* !HAVE_STRCASECMP */ + +void +init_insertion_stack () +{ + insertion_stack = (INSERTION_ELT *) NULL; +} + +/* Return the type of the current insertion. */ +enum insertion_type +current_insertion_type () +{ + if (!insertion_level) + return (bad_type); + else + return (insertion_stack->insertion); +} + +/* Return a pointer to the string which is the function to wrap around + items. */ +char * +current_item_function () +{ + register int level, done; + register INSERTION_ELT *elt; + + level = insertion_level; + elt = insertion_stack; + done = 0; + + /* Skip down through the stack until we find a non-conditional insertion. */ + while (!done && (elt != NULL)) + { + switch (elt->insertion) + { + case ifinfo: + case ifset: + case ifclear: + case cartouche: + elt = elt->next; + level--; + break; + + default: + done = 1; + } + } + + if (!level) + return ((char *) NULL); + else + return (elt->item_function); +} + +char * +get_item_function () +{ + char *item_function; + get_rest_of_line (&item_function); + backup_input_pointer (); + canon_white (item_function); + return (item_function); +} + + /* Push the state of the current insertion on the stack. */ +void +push_insertion (type, item_function) + enum insertion_type type; + char *item_function; +{ + INSERTION_ELT *new = (INSERTION_ELT *) xmalloc (sizeof (INSERTION_ELT)); + + new->item_function = item_function; + new->filling_enabled = filling_enabled; + new->indented_fill = indented_fill; + new->insertion = type; + new->line_number = line_number; + new->filename = strdup (input_filename); + new->inhibited = inhibit_paragraph_indentation; + new->in_fixed_width_font = in_fixed_width_font; + new->next = insertion_stack; + insertion_stack = new; + insertion_level++; +} + + /* Pop the value on top of the insertion stack into the + global variables. */ +void +pop_insertion () +{ + INSERTION_ELT *temp = insertion_stack; + + if (temp == (INSERTION_ELT *) NULL) + return; + + in_fixed_width_font = temp->in_fixed_width_font; + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = temp->inhibited; + filling_enabled = temp->filling_enabled; + indented_fill = temp->indented_fill; + free_and_clear (&(temp->item_function)); + free_and_clear (&(temp->filename)); + insertion_stack = insertion_stack->next; + free (temp); + insertion_level--; +} + + /* Return a pointer to the print name of this + enumerated type. */ +char * +insertion_type_pname (type) + enum insertion_type type; +{ + if ((int) type < (int) bad_type) + return (insertion_type_names[(int) type]); + else + return ("Broken-Type in insertion_type_pname"); +} + +/* Return the insertion_type associated with NAME. + If the type is not one of the known ones, return BAD_TYPE. */ +enum insertion_type +find_type_from_name (name) + char *name; +{ + int index = 0; + while (index < (int) bad_type) + { + if (strcmp (name, insertion_type_names[index]) == 0) + return (enum insertion_type) index; + index++; + } + return (bad_type); +} + +int +defun_insertion (type) + enum insertion_type type; +{ + return + ((type == deffn) + || (type == defun) + || (type == defmac) + || (type == defspec) + || (type == defvr) + || (type == defvar) + || (type == defopt) + || (type == deftypefn) + || (type == deftypefun) + || (type == deftypevr) + || (type == deftypevar) + || (type == defcv) + || (type == defivar) + || (type == defop) + || (type == defmethod) + || (type == deftypemethod) + || (type == deftp)); +} + +/* MAX_NS is the maximum nesting level for enumerations. I picked 100 + which seemed reasonable. This doesn't control the number of items, + just the number of nested lists. */ +#define max_stack_depth 100 +#define ENUM_DIGITS 1 +#define ENUM_ALPHA 2 +typedef struct { + int enumtype; + int enumval; +} DIGIT_ALPHA; + +DIGIT_ALPHA enumstack[max_stack_depth]; +int enumstack_offset = 0; +int current_enumval = 1; +int current_enumtype = ENUM_DIGITS; +char *enumeration_arg = (char *)NULL; + +void +start_enumerating (at, type) + int at, type; +{ + if ((enumstack_offset + 1) == max_stack_depth) + { + line_error ("Enumeration stack overflow"); + return; + } + enumstack[enumstack_offset].enumtype = current_enumtype; + enumstack[enumstack_offset].enumval = current_enumval; + enumstack_offset++; + current_enumval = at; + current_enumtype = type; +} + +void +stop_enumerating () +{ + --enumstack_offset; + if (enumstack_offset < 0) + enumstack_offset = 0; + + current_enumval = enumstack[enumstack_offset].enumval; + current_enumtype = enumstack[enumstack_offset].enumtype; +} + +/* Place a letter or digits into the output stream. */ +void +enumerate_item () +{ + char temp[10]; + + if (current_enumtype == ENUM_ALPHA) + { + if (current_enumval == ('z' + 1) || current_enumval == ('Z' + 1)) + { + current_enumval = ((current_enumval - 1) == 'z' ? 'a' : 'A'); + warning ("Lettering overflow, restarting at %c", current_enumval); + } + sprintf (temp, "%c. ", current_enumval); + } + else + sprintf (temp, "%d. ", current_enumval); + + indent (output_column += (current_indent - strlen (temp))); + add_word (temp); + current_enumval++; +} + +/* This is where the work for all the "insertion" style + commands is done. A huge switch statement handles the + various setups, and generic code is on both sides. */ +void +begin_insertion (type) + enum insertion_type type; +{ + int no_discard = 0; + + if (defun_insertion (type)) + { + push_insertion (type, strdup ("")); + no_discard++; + } + else + push_insertion (type, get_item_function ()); + + switch (type) + { + case menu: + if (!no_headers) + close_paragraph (); + + filling_enabled = no_indent = 0; + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + + if (!no_headers) + add_word ("* Menu:\n"); + + in_menu++; + no_discard++; + break; + + case detailmenu: + + if (!in_menu) + { + if (!no_headers) + close_paragraph (); + + filling_enabled = no_indent = 0; + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + + no_discard++; + } + + in_detailmenu++; + break; + + case direntry: + close_single_paragraph (); + filling_enabled = no_indent = 0; + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + insert_string ("START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY\n"); + break; + + /* I think @quotation is meant to do filling. + If you don't want filling, then use @display. */ + case quotation: + close_single_paragraph (); + last_char_was_newline = no_indent = 0; + indented_fill = filling_enabled = 1; + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + current_indent += default_indentation_increment; + break; + + case display: + case example: + case smallexample: + case lisp: + case smalllisp: + /* Just like @example, but no indentation. */ + case format: + + close_single_paragraph (); + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + in_fixed_width_font++; + filling_enabled = 0; + last_char_was_newline = 0; + + if (type != format) + current_indent += default_indentation_increment; + + break; + + case multitable: + do_multitable (); + break; + + case table: + case ftable: + case vtable: + case itemize: + close_single_paragraph (); + current_indent += default_indentation_increment; + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 1; +#if defined (INDENT_PARAGRAPHS_IN_TABLE) + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 0; +#else + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; +#endif /* !INDENT_PARAGRAPHS_IN_TABLE */ + + /* Make things work for losers who forget the itemize syntax. */ + if (allow_lax_format && (type == itemize)) + { + if (!(*insertion_stack->item_function)) + { + free (insertion_stack->item_function); + insertion_stack->item_function = strdup ("@bullet"); + insertion_stack->item_function[0] = COMMAND_PREFIX; + } + } + + if (!*insertion_stack->item_function) + { + line_error ("%s requires an argument: the formatter for %citem", + insertion_type_pname (type), COMMAND_PREFIX); + } + break; + + case enumerate: + close_single_paragraph (); + no_indent = 0; +#if defined (INDENT_PARAGRAPHS_IN_TABLE) + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 0; +#else + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; +#endif /* !INDENT_PARAGRAPHS_IN_TABLE */ + + current_indent += default_indentation_increment; + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 1; + + if (isdigit (*enumeration_arg)) + start_enumerating (atoi (enumeration_arg), ENUM_DIGITS); + else + start_enumerating (*enumeration_arg, ENUM_ALPHA); + break; + + /* Does nothing special in makeinfo. */ + case group: + /* Only close the paragraph if we are not inside of an @example. */ + if (!insertion_stack->next || + insertion_stack->next->insertion != example) + close_single_paragraph (); + break; + + /* Insertions that are no-ops in info, but do something in TeX. */ + case ifinfo: + case ifset: + case ifclear: + case cartouche: + if (in_menu) + no_discard++; + break; + + case deffn: + case defun: + case defmac: + case defspec: + case defvr: + case defvar: + case defopt: + case deftypefn: + case deftypefun: + case deftypevr: + case deftypevar: + case defcv: + case defivar: + case defop: + case defmethod: + case deftypemethod: + case deftp: + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 1; + current_indent += default_indentation_increment; + no_indent = 0; + break; + + case flushleft: + close_single_paragraph (); + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + filling_enabled = indented_fill = no_indent = 0; + break; + + case flushright: + close_single_paragraph (); + filling_enabled = indented_fill = no_indent = 0; + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + force_flush_right++; + break; + } + + if (!no_discard) + discard_until ("\n"); +} + +/* Try to end the insertion with the specified TYPE. + TYPE, with a value of bad_type, gets translated to match + the value currently on top of the stack. + Otherwise, if TYPE doesn't match the top of the insertion stack, + give error. */ +void +end_insertion (type) + enum insertion_type type; +{ + enum insertion_type temp_type; + + if (!insertion_level) + return; + + temp_type = current_insertion_type (); + + if (type == bad_type) + type = temp_type; + + if (type != temp_type) + { + line_error + ("`%cend' expected `%s', but saw `%s'", COMMAND_PREFIX, + insertion_type_pname (temp_type), insertion_type_pname (type)); + return; + } + + pop_insertion (); + + switch (type) + { + /* Insertions which have no effect on paragraph formatting. */ + case ifinfo: + case ifset: + case ifclear: + break; + + case direntry: + insert_string ("END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY\n\n"); + close_insertion_paragraph (); + break; + + case detailmenu: + in_detailmenu--; /* No longer hacking menus. */ + if (!in_menu) + { + if (!no_headers) + close_insertion_paragraph (); + } + break; + + case menu: + in_menu--; /* No longer hacking menus. */ + if (!no_headers) + close_insertion_paragraph (); + break; + + case multitable: + end_multitable (); + break; + + case enumerate: + stop_enumerating (); + close_insertion_paragraph (); + current_indent -= default_indentation_increment; + break; + + case flushleft: + case group: + case cartouche: + close_insertion_paragraph (); + break; + + case format: + case display: + case example: + case smallexample: + case lisp: + case smalllisp: + case quotation: + + /* @format is the only fixed_width insertion without a change + in indentation. */ + if (type != format) + current_indent -= default_indentation_increment; + + /* The ending of one of these insertions always marks the + start of a new paragraph. */ + close_insertion_paragraph (); + break; + + case table: + case ftable: + case vtable: + case itemize: + current_indent -= default_indentation_increment; + break; + + case flushright: + force_flush_right--; + close_insertion_paragraph (); + break; + + /* Handle the @defun style insertions with a default clause. */ + default: + current_indent -= default_indentation_increment; + close_insertion_paragraph (); + break; + } +} + +/* Insertions cannot cross certain boundaries, such as node beginnings. In + code that creates such boundaries, you should call discard_insertions () + before doing anything else. It prints the errors for you, and cleans up + the insertion stack. */ +void +discard_insertions () +{ + int real_line_number = line_number; + while (insertion_stack) + { + if (insertion_stack->insertion == ifinfo || + insertion_stack->insertion == ifset || + insertion_stack->insertion == ifclear) + break; + else + { + char *offender; + char *current_filename; + + current_filename = input_filename; + offender = (char *)insertion_type_pname (insertion_stack->insertion); + input_filename = insertion_stack->filename; + line_number = insertion_stack->line_number; + line_error ("This `%s' doesn't have a matching `%cend %s'", offender, + COMMAND_PREFIX, offender); + input_filename = current_filename; + pop_insertion (); + } + } + line_number = real_line_number; +} + +/* The Texinfo commands. */ + +/* Commands which insert their own names. */ +void +insert_self (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + add_word (command); +} + +void +insert_space (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + add_char (' '); +} + +/* Force a line break in the output. */ +void +cm_asterisk () +{ + close_single_paragraph (); +#if !defined (ASTERISK_NEW_PARAGRAPH) + cm_noindent (); +#endif /* ASTERISK_NEW_PARAGRAPH */ +} + +/* Insert ellipsis. */ +void +cm_dots (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + add_word ("..."); +} + +/* Insert ellipsis for sentence end. */ +void +cm_enddots (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + add_word ("...."); +} + +void +cm_bullet (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + add_char ('*'); +} + +void +cm_minus (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + add_char ('-'); +} + +/* Insert "TeX". */ +void +cm_TeX (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + add_word ("TeX"); +} + +/* Copyright symbol. */ +void +cm_copyright (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + add_word ("(C)"); +} + +/* Accent commands that take explicit arguments. */ +void +cm_accent (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + { + if (strcmp (command, "dotaccent") == 0) /* overdot */ + add_char ('.'); + else if (strcmp (command, "H") == 0) /* Hungarian umlaut */ + add_word ("''"); + else if (strcmp (command, "ringaccent") == 0) + add_char ('*'); + else if (strcmp (command, "tieaccent") == 0) + add_char ('['); + else if (strcmp (command, "u") == 0) /* breve */ + add_char ('('); + else if (strcmp (command, "v") == 0) /* hacek/check */ + add_char ('<'); + } + else if (arg == END) + { + if (strcmp (command, "ubaraccent") == 0) /* underbar */ + add_char ('_'); + else if (strcmp (command, "udotaccent") == 0) /* underdot */ + add_word ("-."); + else if (strcmp (command, ",") == 0) /* cedilla */ + add_word (","); + } +} + +/* Non-English letters/characters that don't insert themselves. */ +void +cm_special_char (arg) +{ + if (arg == START) + { + if ((*command == 'L' || *command == 'l' + || *command == 'O' || *command == 'o') + && command[1] == 0) + { + /* Lslash lslash Oslash oslash */ + add_char (*command); + add_char ('/'); + } + else if (strcmp (command, "exclamdown") == 0) + add_char ('!'); + else if (strcmp (command, "pounds") == 0) + add_char ('#'); + else if (strcmp (command, "questiondown") == 0) + add_char ('?'); + else + fprintf (stderr, "How did @%s end up in cm_special_char?\n", command); + } +} + +/* Dotless i or j. */ +void +cm_dotless (arg, start, end) + int arg, start, end; +{ + if (arg == END) + { + if (output_paragraph[start] != 'i' && output_paragraph[start] != 'j') + /* This error message isn't perfect if the argument is multiple + characters, but it doesn't seem worth getting right. */ + line_error ("%c%s expects `i' or `j' as argument, not `%c'", + COMMAND_PREFIX, command, output_paragraph[start]); + + else if (end - start != 1) + line_error ("%c%s expects a single character `i' or `j' as argument", + COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + + /* We've already inserted the `i' or `j', so nothing to do. */ + } +} + +#if defined (__osf__) +#define LOCALTIME_CAST(x) (time_t *)(x) +#else +#define LOCALTIME_CAST(x) (x) +#endif + +void +cm_today (arg) + int arg; +{ + static char * months [12] = + { "January", "February", "March", "April", "May", "June", "July", + "August", "September", "October", "November", "December" }; + if (arg == START) + { + long timer = time (0); + struct tm *ts = localtime (LOCALTIME_CAST (&timer)); + add_word_args + ("%d %s %d", + (ts -> tm_mday), + (months [ts -> tm_mon]), + ((ts -> tm_year) + 1900)); + } +} + +void +cm_code (arg) + int arg; +{ + extern int printing_index; + + if (arg == START) + { + in_fixed_width_font++; + + if (!printing_index) + add_char ('`'); + } + else + { + if (!printing_index) + add_char ('\''); + } +} + +void +cm_kbd (arg) + int arg; +{ + /* People use @kbd in an example to get the "user input" font. + We don't want quotes in that case. */ + if (!in_fixed_width_font) + cm_code (arg); +} + +void +cm_angle_brackets (arg) + int arg; +{ + add_char (arg == START ? '<' : '>'); +} + +/* Convert the character at position into a true control character. */ +void +cm_ctrl (arg, start, end) + int arg, start, end; +{ + /* Should we allow multiple character arguments? I think yes. */ + if (arg == END) + { + register int i, character; +#if defined (NO_MULTIPLE_CTRL) + if ((end - start) != 1) + line_error ("%c%s expects a single character as an argument", + COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + else +#endif + for (i = start; i < end; i++) + { + character = output_paragraph[i]; + + if (isletter (character)) + output_paragraph[i] = CTL (coerce_to_upper (character)); + } + } +} + +/* Handle a command that switches to a non-fixed-width font. */ +void +not_fixed_width (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + in_fixed_width_font = 0; +} + +/* Small caps in makeinfo has to do just all caps. */ +void +cm_sc (arg, start_pos, end_pos) + int arg, start_pos, end_pos; +{ + not_fixed_width (arg); + + if (arg == END) + { + while (start_pos < end_pos) + { + output_paragraph[start_pos] = + coerce_to_upper (output_paragraph[start_pos]); + start_pos++; + } + } +} + +/* @var in makeinfo just uppercases the text. */ +void +cm_var (arg, start_pos, end_pos) + int arg, start_pos, end_pos; +{ + not_fixed_width (arg); + + if (arg == END) + { + while (start_pos < end_pos) + { + output_paragraph[start_pos] = + coerce_to_upper (output_paragraph[start_pos]); + start_pos++; + } + } +} + +void +cm_dfn (arg, position) + int arg, position; +{ + add_char ('"'); +} + +void +cm_emph (arg) + int arg; +{ + add_char ('*'); +} + +void +cm_strong (arg, position) + int arg, position; +{ + cm_emph (arg); +} + +void +cm_cite (arg, position) + int arg, position; +{ + if (arg == START) + add_word ("`"); + else + add_word ("'"); +} + +/* No highlighting, but argument switches fonts. */ +void +cm_not_fixed_width (arg, start, end) + int arg, start, end; +{ + not_fixed_width (arg); +} + +/* Various commands are NOP's. */ +void +cm_no_op () +{ +} + +/* Prevent the argument from being split across two lines. */ +void +cm_w (arg, start, end) + int arg, start, end; +{ + if (arg == START) + non_splitting_words++; + else + non_splitting_words--; +} + + +/* Explain that this command is obsolete, thus the user shouldn't + do anything with it. */ +void +cm_obsolete (arg, start, end) + int arg, start, end; +{ + if (arg == START) + warning ("The command `%c%s' is obsolete", COMMAND_PREFIX, command); +} + +/* Insert the text following input_text_offset up to the end of the line + in a new, separate paragraph. Directly underneath it, insert a + line of WITH_CHAR, the same length of the inserted text. */ +void +insert_and_underscore (with_char) + int with_char; +{ + register int i, len; + int old_no_indent, starting_pos, ending_pos; + char *temp; + + close_paragraph (); + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 0; + old_no_indent = no_indent; + no_indent = 1; + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + append_to_expansion_output (input_text_offset + 1); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + get_rest_of_line (&temp); + + starting_pos = output_position + output_paragraph_offset; +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + { + char *temp1; + + temp1 = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (temp)); + sprintf (temp1, "%s\n", temp); + remember_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); + me_execute_string (temp1); + free (temp1); + } + else +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + execute_string ("%s\n", temp); + + ending_pos = output_position + output_paragraph_offset; + free (temp); + + len = (ending_pos - starting_pos) - 1; + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + add_char (with_char); + insert ('\n'); + close_paragraph (); + filling_enabled = 1; + no_indent = old_no_indent; +} + +/* Here is a structure which associates sectioning commands with + an integer, hopefully to reflect the `depth' of the current + section. */ +struct { + char *name; + int level; +} section_alist[] = { + { "unnumberedsubsubsec", 5 }, + { "unnumberedsubsec", 4 }, + { "unnumberedsec", 3 }, + { "unnumbered", 2 }, + { "appendixsubsubsec", 5 }, + { "appendixsubsec", 4 }, + { "appendixsec", 3 }, + { "appendixsection", 3 }, + { "appendix", 2 }, + { "subsubsec", 5 }, + { "subsubsection", 5 }, + { "subsection", 4 }, + { "section", 3 }, + { "chapter", 2 }, + { "top", 1 }, + + { (char *)NULL, 0 } +}; + +/* Amount to offset the name of sectioning commands to levels by. */ +int section_alist_offset = 0; + +/* Shift the meaning of @section to @chapter. */ +void +cm_raisesections () +{ + discard_until ("\n"); + section_alist_offset--; +} + +/* Shift the meaning of @chapter to @section. */ +void +cm_lowersections () +{ + discard_until ("\n"); + section_alist_offset++; +} + +/* Return an integer which identifies the type section present in TEXT. */ +int +what_section (text) + char *text; +{ + register int i, j; + char *t; + + find_section_command: + for (j = 0; text[j] && cr_or_whitespace (text[j]); j++); + if (text[j] != COMMAND_PREFIX) + return (-1); + + text = text + j + 1; + + /* We skip @c, @comment, and @?index commands. */ + if ((strncmp (text, "comment", strlen ("comment")) == 0) || + (text[0] == 'c' && cr_or_whitespace (text[1])) || + (strcmp (text + 1, "index") == 0)) + { + while (*text++ != '\n'); + goto find_section_command; + } + + /* Handle italicized sectioning commands. */ + if (*text == 'i') + text++; + + for (j = 0; text[j] && !cr_or_whitespace (text[j]); j++); + + for (i = 0; t = section_alist[i].name; i++) + { + if (j == strlen (t) && strncmp (t, text, j) == 0) + { + int return_val; + + return_val = (section_alist[i].level + section_alist_offset); + + if (return_val < 0) + return_val = 0; + else if (return_val > 5) + return_val = 5; + return (return_val); + } + } + return (-1); +} + +/* Set the level of @top to LEVEL. Return the old level of @top. */ +int +set_top_section_level (level) + int level; +{ + register int i, result = -1; + + for (i = 0; section_alist[i].name; i++) + if (strcmp (section_alist[i].name, "top") == 0) + { + result = section_alist[i].level; + section_alist[i].level = level; + break; + } + return (result); +} + +/* Treat this just like @unnumbered. The only difference is + in node defaulting. */ +void +cm_top () +{ + /* It is an error to have more than one @top. */ + if (top_node_seen) + { + TAG_ENTRY *tag = tag_table; + + line_error ("There already is a node having %ctop as a section", + COMMAND_PREFIX); + + while (tag != (TAG_ENTRY *)NULL) + { + if ((tag->flags & IS_TOP)) + { + int old_line_number = line_number; + char *old_input_filename = input_filename; + + line_number = tag->line_no; + input_filename = tag->filename; + line_error ("Here is the %ctop node", COMMAND_PREFIX); + input_filename = old_input_filename; + line_number = old_line_number; + return; + } + tag = tag->next_ent; + } + } + else + { + top_node_seen = 1; + + /* It is an error to use @top before you have used @node. */ + if (!tag_table) + { + char *top_name; + + get_rest_of_line (&top_name); + free (top_name); + line_error ("%ctop used before %cnode, defaulting to %s", + COMMAND_PREFIX, COMMAND_PREFIX, top_name); + execute_string ("@node Top, , (dir), (dir)\n@top %s\n", top_name); + return; + } + + cm_unnumbered (); + + /* The most recently defined node is the top node. */ + tag_table->flags |= IS_TOP; + + /* Now set the logical hierarchical level of the Top node. */ + { + int orig_offset = input_text_offset; + + input_text_offset = search_forward (node_search_string, orig_offset); + + if (input_text_offset > 0) + { + int this_section; + + /* We have encountered a non-top node, so mark that one exists. */ + non_top_node_seen = 1; + + /* Move to the end of this line, and find out what the + sectioning command is here. */ + while (input_text[input_text_offset] != '\n') + input_text_offset++; + + if (input_text_offset < size_of_input_text) + input_text_offset++; + + this_section = what_section (input_text + input_text_offset); + + /* If we found a sectioning command, then give the top section + a level of this section - 1. */ + if (this_section != -1) + set_top_section_level (this_section - 1); + } + input_text_offset = orig_offset; + } + } +} + +/* Organized by level commands. That is, "*" == chapter, "=" == section. */ +char *scoring_characters = "*=-."; + +void +sectioning_underscore (command) + char *command; +{ + char character; + char *temp; + int level; + + temp = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (command)); + temp[0] = COMMAND_PREFIX; + strcpy (&temp[1], command); + level = what_section (temp); + free (temp); + level -= 2; + + if (level < 0) + level = 0; + + character = scoring_characters[level]; + + insert_and_underscore (character); +} + +/* The command still works, but prints a warning message in addition. */ +void +cm_ideprecated (arg, start, end) + int arg, start, end; +{ + warning ("The command `%c%s' is obsolete; use `%c%s' instead", + COMMAND_PREFIX, command, COMMAND_PREFIX, command + 1); + sectioning_underscore (command + 1); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is a chapter heading. */ +void +cm_chapter () +{ + sectioning_underscore ("chapter"); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is a section heading. */ +void +cm_section () +{ + sectioning_underscore ("section"); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is a subsection heading. */ +void +cm_subsection () +{ + sectioning_underscore ("subsection"); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is a subsubsection heading. */ +void +cm_subsubsection () +{ + sectioning_underscore ("subsubsection"); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is an unnumbered heading. */ +void +cm_unnumbered () +{ + cm_chapter (); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is an unnumbered section heading. */ +void +cm_unnumberedsec () +{ + cm_section (); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is an unnumbered + subsection heading. */ +void +cm_unnumberedsubsec () +{ + cm_subsection (); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is an unnumbered + subsubsection heading. */ +void +cm_unnumberedsubsubsec () +{ + cm_subsubsection (); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is an appendix heading. */ +void +cm_appendix () +{ + cm_chapter (); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is an appendix section heading. */ +void +cm_appendixsec () +{ + cm_section (); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is an appendix subsection heading. */ +void +cm_appendixsubsec () +{ + cm_subsection (); +} + +/* The remainder of the text on this line is an appendix + subsubsection heading. */ +void +cm_appendixsubsubsec () +{ + cm_subsubsection (); +} + +/* Compatibility functions substitute for chapter, section, etc. */ +void +cm_majorheading () +{ + cm_chapheading (); +} + +void +cm_chapheading () +{ + cm_chapter (); +} + +void +cm_heading () +{ + cm_section (); +} + +void +cm_subheading () +{ + cm_subsection (); +} + +void +cm_subsubheading () +{ + cm_subsubsection (); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Adding nodes, and making tags */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Start a new tag table. */ +void +init_tag_table () +{ + while (tag_table != (TAG_ENTRY *) NULL) + { + TAG_ENTRY *temp = tag_table; + free (temp->node); + free (temp->prev); + free (temp->next); + free (temp->up); + tag_table = tag_table->next_ent; + free (temp); + } +} + +void +write_tag_table () +{ + write_tag_table_internal (0); /* Not indirect. */ +} + +void +write_tag_table_indirect () +{ + write_tag_table_internal (1); +} + +/* Write out the contents of the existing tag table. + INDIRECT_P says how to format the output. */ +void +write_tag_table_internal (indirect_p) + int indirect_p; +{ + TAG_ENTRY *node = tag_table; + int old_indent = no_indent; + + no_indent = 1; + filling_enabled = 0; + must_start_paragraph = 0; + close_paragraph (); + + if (!indirect_p) + { + no_indent = 1; + insert ('\n'); + } + + add_word_args ("\037\nTag Table:\n%s", indirect_p ? "(Indirect)\n" : ""); + + while (node != (TAG_ENTRY *) NULL) + { + execute_string ("Node: %s", node->node); + add_word_args ("\177%d\n", node->position); + node = node->next_ent; + } + + add_word ("\037\nEnd Tag Table\n"); + flush_output (); + no_indent = old_indent; +} + +char * +get_node_token () +{ + char *string; + + get_until_in_line (",", &string); + + if (curchar () == ',') + input_text_offset++; + + canon_white (string); + + /* Force all versions of "top" to be "Top". */ + normalize_node_name (string); + + return (string); +} + +/* Convert "top" and friends into "Top". */ +void +normalize_node_name (string) + char *string; +{ + if (strcasecmp (string, "Top") == 0) + strcpy (string, "Top"); +} + +/* Look up NAME in the tag table, and return the associated + tag_entry. If the node is not in the table return NULL. */ +TAG_ENTRY * +find_node (name) + char *name; +{ + TAG_ENTRY *tag = tag_table; + + while (tag != (TAG_ENTRY *) NULL) + { + if (strcmp (tag->node, name) == 0) + return (tag); + tag = tag->next_ent; + } + return ((TAG_ENTRY *) NULL); +} + +/* Remember NODE and associates. */ +void +remember_node (node, prev, next, up, position, line_no, no_warn) + char *node, *prev, *next, *up; + int position, line_no, no_warn; +{ + /* Check for existence of this tag already. */ + if (validating) + { + register TAG_ENTRY *tag = find_node (node); + if (tag) + { + line_error ("Node `%s' multiply defined (%d is first definition)", + node, tag->line_no); + return; + } + } + + /* First, make this the current node. */ + current_node = node; + + /* Now add it to the list. */ + { + TAG_ENTRY *new = (TAG_ENTRY *) xmalloc (sizeof (TAG_ENTRY)); + new->node = node; + new->prev = prev; + new->next = next; + new->up = up; + new->position = position; + new->line_no = line_no; + new->filename = node_filename; + new->touched = 0; /* not yet referenced. */ + new->flags = 0; + if (no_warn) + new->flags |= NO_WARN; + new->next_ent = tag_table; + tag_table = new; + } +} + +/* The order is: nodename, nextnode, prevnode, upnode. + If all of the NEXT, PREV, and UP fields are empty, they are defaulted. + You must follow a node command which has those fields defaulted + with a sectioning command (e.g. @chapter) giving the "level" of that node. + It is an error not to do so. + The defaults come from the menu in this node's parent. */ +void +cm_node () +{ + char *node, *prev, *next, *up; + int new_node_pos, defaulting, this_section, no_warn = 0; + extern int already_outputting_pending_notes; + + if (strcmp (command, "nwnode") == 0) + no_warn = 1; + + /* Get rid of unmatched brace arguments from previous commands. */ + discard_braces (); + + /* There also might be insertions left lying around that haven't been + ended yet. Do that also. */ + discard_insertions (); + + if (!already_outputting_pending_notes) + { + close_paragraph (); + output_pending_notes (); + free_pending_notes (); + } + + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 0; + new_node_pos = output_position; + current_footnote_number = 1; + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + append_to_expansion_output (input_text_offset + 1); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + node = get_node_token (); + next = get_node_token (); + prev = get_node_token (); + up = get_node_token (); + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + remember_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + no_indent = 1; + if (!no_headers) + { + add_word_args ("\037\nFile: %s, Node: ", pretty_output_filename); + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + me_execute_string (node); + else +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + execute_string ("%s", node); + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 0; + } + + /* Check for defaulting of this node's next, prev, and up fields. */ + defaulting = ((strlen (next) == 0) && + (strlen (prev) == 0) && + (strlen (up) == 0)); + + this_section = what_section (input_text + input_text_offset); + + /* If we are defaulting, then look at the immediately following + sectioning command (error if none) to determine the node's + level. Find the node that contains the menu mentioning this node + that is one level up (error if not found). That node is the "Up" + of this node. Default the "Next" and "Prev" from the menu. */ + if (defaulting) + { + NODE_REF *last_ref = (NODE_REF *)NULL; + NODE_REF *ref = node_references; + + if ((this_section < 0) && (strcmp (node, "Top") != 0)) + { + char *polite_section_name = "top"; + int i; + + for (i = 0; section_alist[i].name; i++) + if (section_alist[i].level == current_section + 1) + { + polite_section_name = section_alist[i].name; + break; + } + + line_error + ("Node `%s' requires a sectioning command (e.g. %c%s)", + node, COMMAND_PREFIX, polite_section_name); + } + else + { + if (strcmp (node, "Top") == 0) + { + /* Default the NEXT pointer to be the first menu item in + this node, if there is a menu in this node. We have to + try very hard to find the menu, as it may be obscured + by execution_strings which are on the filestack. For + every member of the filestack which has a FILENAME + member which is identical to the current INPUT_FILENAME, + search forward from that offset. */ + int saved_input_text_offset = input_text_offset; + int saved_size_of_input_text = size_of_input_text; + char *saved_input_text = input_text; + FSTACK *next_file = filestack; + + int orig_offset, orig_size; + char *glean_node_from_menu (); + + /* No matter what, make this file point back at `(dir)'. */ + free (up); up = strdup ("(dir)"); + + while (1) + { + orig_offset = input_text_offset; + orig_size = + search_forward (node_search_string, orig_offset); + + if (orig_size < 0) + orig_size = size_of_input_text; + + input_text_offset = + search_forward (menu_search_string, orig_offset); + + if (input_text_offset > -1) + { + char *nodename_from_menu = (char *)NULL; + + input_text_offset = + search_forward ("\n* ", input_text_offset); + + if (input_text_offset != -1) + nodename_from_menu = glean_node_from_menu (0); + + if (nodename_from_menu) + { + free (next); next = nodename_from_menu; + break; + } + } + + /* We got here, so it hasn't been found yet. Try + the next file on the filestack if there is one. */ + if (next_file && + (strcmp (next_file->filename, input_filename) == 0)) + { + input_text = next_file->text; + input_text_offset = next_file->offset; + size_of_input_text = next_file->size; + next_file = next_file->next; + } + else + { + /* No more input files to check. */ + break; + } + } + + input_text = saved_input_text; + input_text_offset = saved_input_text_offset; + size_of_input_text = saved_size_of_input_text; + } + } + + /* Fix the level of the menu references in the Top node, iff it + was declared with @top, and no subsequent reference was found. */ + if (top_node_seen && !non_top_node_seen) + { + /* Then this is the first non-@top node seen. */ + int level; + + level = set_top_section_level (this_section - 1); + non_top_node_seen = 1; + + while (ref) + { + if (ref->section == level) + ref->section = this_section - 1; + ref = ref->next; + } + + ref = node_references; + } + + while (ref) + { + if (ref->section == (this_section - 1) && + ref->type == menu_reference && + strcmp (ref->node, node) == 0) + { + char *containing_node = ref->containing_node; + + free (up); + up = strdup (containing_node); + + if (last_ref && + last_ref->type == menu_reference && + (strcmp (last_ref->containing_node, + containing_node) == 0)) + { + free (next); + next = strdup (last_ref->node); + } + + while ((ref->section == this_section - 1) && + (ref->next) && + (ref->next->type != menu_reference)) + ref = ref->next; + + if (ref->next && ref->type == menu_reference && + (strcmp (ref->next->containing_node, + containing_node) == 0)) + { + free (prev); + prev = strdup (ref->next->node); + } + else if (!ref->next && + strcasecmp (ref->containing_node, "Top") == 0) + { + free (prev); + prev = strdup (ref->containing_node); + } + break; + } + last_ref = ref; + ref = ref->next; + } + } + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + /* Insert the correct args if we are expanding macros, and the node's + pointers weren't defaulted. */ + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !defaulting) + { + char *temp; + int op_orig = output_paragraph_offset; + + temp = (char *)xmalloc (3 + strlen (next)); + sprintf (temp, ", %s", next); + me_execute_string (temp); + free (temp); + + temp = (char *)xmalloc (3 + strlen (prev)); + sprintf (temp, ", %s", prev); + me_execute_string (temp); + free (temp); + + temp = (char *)xmalloc (4 + strlen (up)); + sprintf (temp, ", %s", up); + me_execute_string (temp); + free (temp); + + output_paragraph_offset = op_orig; + } +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + if (!no_headers) + { +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + me_inhibit_expansion++; +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + if (*next) + { + execute_string (", Next: %s", next); + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 0; + } + + if (*prev) + { + execute_string (", Prev: %s", prev); + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 0; + } + + if (*up) + { + execute_string (", Up: %s", up); + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 0; + } +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + me_inhibit_expansion--; +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + } + + close_paragraph (); + no_indent = 0; + + if (!*node) + { + line_error ("No node name specified for `%c%s' command", + COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + free (node); + free (next); + free (prev); + free (up); + } + else + { + if (!*next) { free (next); next = (char *)NULL; } + if (!*prev) { free (prev); prev = (char *)NULL; } + if (!*up) { free (up); up = (char *)NULL; } + remember_node (node, prev, next, up, new_node_pos, line_number, no_warn); + } + + /* Change the section only if there was a sectioning command. */ + if (this_section >= 0) + current_section = this_section; + + filling_enabled = 1; +} + +/* Validation of an info file. + Scan through the list of tag entries touching the Prev, Next, and Up + elements of each. It is an error not to be able to touch one of them, + except in the case of external node references, such as "(DIR)". + + If the Prev is different from the Up, + then the Prev node must have a Next pointing at this node. + + Every node except Top must have an Up. + The Up node must contain some sort of reference, other than a Next, + to this node. + + If the Next is different from the Next of the Up, + then the Next node must have a Prev pointing at this node. */ +void +validate_file (tag_table) + TAG_ENTRY *tag_table; +{ + char *old_input_filename = input_filename; + TAG_ENTRY *tags = tag_table; + + while (tags != (TAG_ENTRY *) NULL) + { + register TAG_ENTRY *temp_tag; + + input_filename = tags->filename; + line_number = tags->line_no; + + /* If this is a "no warn" node, don't validate it in any way. */ + if (tags->flags & NO_WARN) + { + tags = tags->next_ent; + continue; + } + + /* If this node has a Next, then make sure that the Next exists. */ + if (tags->next) + { + validate (tags->next, tags->line_no, "Next"); + + /* If the Next node exists, and there is no Up, then make + sure that the Prev of the Next points back. */ + if (temp_tag = find_node (tags->next)) + { + char *prev; + + if (temp_tag->flags & NO_WARN) + { + /* Do nothing if we aren't supposed to issue warnings + about this node. */ + } + else + { + prev = temp_tag->prev; + if (!prev || (strcmp (prev, tags->node) != 0)) + { + line_error ("Node `%s''s Next field not pointed back to", + tags->node); + line_number = temp_tag->line_no; + input_filename = temp_tag->filename; + line_error + ("This node (`%s') is the one with the bad `Prev'", + temp_tag->node); + input_filename = tags->filename; + line_number = tags->line_no; + temp_tag->flags |= PREV_ERROR; + } + } + } + } + + /* Validate the Prev field if there is one, and we haven't already + complained about it in some way. You don't have to have a Prev + field at this stage. */ + if (!(tags->flags & PREV_ERROR) && tags->prev) + { + int valid = validate (tags->prev, tags->line_no, "Prev"); + + if (!valid) + tags->flags |= PREV_ERROR; + else + { + /* If the Prev field is not the same as the Up field, + then the node pointed to by the Prev field must have + a Next field which points to this node. */ + if (tags->up && (strcmp (tags->prev, tags->up) != 0)) + { + temp_tag = find_node (tags->prev); + + /* If we aren't supposed to issue warnings about the + target node, do nothing. */ + if (!temp_tag || (temp_tag->flags & NO_WARN)) + { + /* Do nothing. */ + } + else + { + if (!temp_tag->next || + (strcmp (temp_tag->next, tags->node) != 0)) + { + line_error + ("Node `%s''s Prev field not pointed back to", + tags->node); + line_number = temp_tag->line_no; + input_filename = temp_tag->filename; + line_error + ("This node (`%s') is the one with the bad `Next'", + temp_tag->node); + input_filename = tags->filename; + line_number = tags->line_no; + temp_tag->flags |= NEXT_ERROR; + } + } + } + } + } + + if (!tags->up && (strcasecmp (tags->node, "Top") != 0)) + line_error ("Node `%s' is missing an \"Up\" field", tags->node); + else if (tags->up) + { + int valid = validate (tags->up, tags->line_no, "Up"); + + /* If node X has Up: Y, then warn if Y fails to have a menu item + or note pointing at X, if Y isn't of the form "(Y)". */ + if (valid && *tags->up != '(') + { + NODE_REF *nref, *tref, *list; + NODE_REF *find_node_reference (); + + tref = (NODE_REF *) NULL; + list = node_references; + + for (;;) + { + if (!(nref = find_node_reference (tags->node, list))) + break; + + if (strcmp (nref->containing_node, tags->up) == 0) + { + if (nref->type != menu_reference) + { + tref = nref; + list = nref->next; + } + else + break; + } + list = nref->next; + } + + if (!nref) + { + temp_tag = find_node (tags->up); + line_number = temp_tag->line_no; + input_filename = temp_tag->filename; + if (!tref) + line_error ( +"`%s' has an Up field of `%s', but `%s' has no menu item for `%s'", + tags->node, tags->up, tags->up, tags->node); + line_number = tags->line_no; + input_filename = tags->filename; + } + } + } + tags = tags->next_ent; + } + + validate_other_references (node_references); + /* We have told the user about the references which didn't exist. + Now tell him about the nodes which aren't referenced. */ + + tags = tag_table; + while (tags != (TAG_ENTRY *) NULL) + { + /* If this node is a "no warn" node, do nothing. */ + if (tags->flags & NO_WARN) + { + tags = tags->next_ent; + continue; + } + + /* Special hack. If the node in question appears to have + been referenced more than REFERENCE_WARNING_LIMIT times, + give a warning. */ + if (tags->touched > reference_warning_limit) + { + input_filename = tags->filename; + line_number = tags->line_no; + warning ("Node `%s' has been referenced %d times", + tags->node, tags->touched); + } + + if (tags->touched == 0) + { + input_filename = tags->filename; + line_number = tags->line_no; + + /* Notice that the node "Top" is special, and doesn't have to + be referenced. */ + if (strcasecmp (tags->node, "Top") != 0) + warning ("Unreferenced node `%s'", tags->node); + } + tags = tags->next_ent; + } + input_filename = old_input_filename; +} + +/* Return 1 if tag correctly validated, or 0 if not. */ +int +validate (tag, line, label) + char *tag; + int line; + char *label; +{ + TAG_ENTRY *result; + + /* If there isn't a tag to verify, or if the tag is in another file, + then it must be okay. */ + if (!tag || !*tag || *tag == '(') + return (1); + + /* Otherwise, the tag must exist. */ + result = find_node (tag); + + if (!result) + { + line_number = line; + line_error ( +"Validation error. `%s' field points to node `%s', which doesn't exist", + label, tag); + return (0); + } + result->touched++; + return (1); +} + +/* Split large output files into a series of smaller files. Each file + is pointed to in the tag table, which then gets written out as the + original file. The new files have the same name as the original file + with a "-num" attached. SIZE is the largest number of bytes to allow + in any single split file. */ +void +split_file (filename, size) + char *filename; + int size; +{ + char *root_filename, *root_pathname; + char *the_file, *filename_part (); + struct stat fileinfo; + long file_size; + char *the_header; + int header_size; + + /* Can only do this to files with tag tables. */ + if (!tag_table) + return; + + if (size == 0) + size = DEFAULT_SPLIT_SIZE; + + if ((stat (filename, &fileinfo) != 0) || + (((long) fileinfo.st_size) < SPLIT_SIZE_THRESHOLD)) + return; + file_size = (long) fileinfo.st_size; + + the_file = find_and_load (filename); + if (!the_file) + return; + + root_filename = filename_part (filename); + root_pathname = pathname_part (filename); + + if (!root_pathname) + root_pathname = strdup (""); + + /* Start splitting the file. Walk along the tag table + outputting sections of the file. When we have written + all of the nodes in the tag table, make the top-level + pointer file, which contains indirect pointers and + tags for the nodes. */ + { + int which_file = 1; + TAG_ENTRY *tags = tag_table; + char *indirect_info = (char *)NULL; + + /* Remember the `header' of this file. The first tag in the file is + the bottom of the header; the top of the file is the start. */ + the_header = (char *)xmalloc (1 + (header_size = tags->position)); + memcpy (the_header, the_file, header_size); + + while (tags) + { + int file_top, file_bot, limit; + + /* Have to include the Control-_. */ + file_top = file_bot = tags->position; + limit = file_top + size; + + /* If the rest of this file is only one node, then + that is the entire subfile. */ + if (!tags->next_ent) + { + int i = tags->position + 1; + char last_char = the_file[i]; + + while (i < file_size) + { + if ((the_file[i] == '\037') && + ((last_char == '\n') || + (last_char == '\014'))) + break; + else + last_char = the_file[i]; + i++; + } + file_bot = i; + tags = tags->next_ent; + goto write_region; + } + + /* Otherwise, find the largest number of nodes that can fit in + this subfile. */ + for (; tags; tags = tags->next_ent) + { + if (!tags->next_ent) + { + /* This entry is the last node. Search forward for the end + of this node, and that is the end of this file. */ + int i = tags->position + 1; + char last_char = the_file[i]; + + while (i < file_size) + { + if ((the_file[i] == '\037') && + ((last_char == '\n') || + (last_char == '\014'))) + break; + else + last_char = the_file[i]; + i++; + } + file_bot = i; + + if (file_bot < limit) + { + tags = tags->next_ent; + goto write_region; + } + else + { + /* Here we want to write out everything before the last + node, and then write the last node out in a file + by itself. */ + file_bot = tags->position; + goto write_region; + } + } + + if (tags->next_ent->position > limit) + { + if (tags->position == file_top) + tags = tags->next_ent; + + file_bot = tags->position; + + write_region: + { + int fd; + char *split_filename; + + split_filename = (char *) xmalloc + (10 + strlen (root_pathname) + strlen (root_filename)); + sprintf + (split_filename, + "%s%s-%d", root_pathname, root_filename, which_file); + + fd = open + (split_filename, O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC | O_CREAT, 0666); + + if ((fd < 0) || + (write (fd, the_header, header_size) != header_size) || + (write (fd, the_file + file_top, file_bot - file_top) + != (file_bot - file_top)) || + ((close (fd)) < 0)) + { + perror (split_filename); + if (fd != -1) + close (fd); + exit (FATAL); + } + + if (!indirect_info) + { + indirect_info = the_file + file_top; + sprintf (indirect_info, "\037\nIndirect:\n"); + indirect_info += strlen (indirect_info); + } + + sprintf (indirect_info, "%s-%d: %d\n", + root_filename, which_file, file_top); + + free (split_filename); + indirect_info += strlen (indirect_info); + which_file++; + break; + } + } + } + } + + /* We have sucessfully created the subfiles. Now write out the + original again. We must use `output_stream', or + write_tag_table_indirect () won't know where to place the output. */ + output_stream = fopen (filename, "w"); + if (!output_stream) + { + perror (filename); + exit (FATAL); + } + + { + int distance = indirect_info - the_file; + fwrite (the_file, 1, distance, output_stream); + + /* Inhibit newlines. */ + paragraph_is_open = 0; + + write_tag_table_indirect (); + fclose (output_stream); + free (the_header); + free (the_file); + return; + } + } +} + +/* Some menu hacking. This is used to remember menu references while + reading the input file. After the output file has been written, if + validation is on, then we use the contents of NODE_REFERENCES as a + list of nodes to validate. */ +char * +reftype_type_string (type) + enum reftype type; +{ + switch (type) + { + case menu_reference: + return ("Menu"); + case followed_reference: + return ("Followed-Reference"); + default: + return ("Internal-bad-reference-type"); + } +} + +/* Remember this node name for later validation use. */ +void +remember_node_reference (node, line, type) + char *node; + int line; + enum reftype type; +{ + NODE_REF *temp = (NODE_REF *) xmalloc (sizeof (NODE_REF)); + + temp->next = node_references; + temp->node = strdup (node); + temp->line_no = line; + temp->section = current_section; + temp->type = type; + temp->containing_node = strdup (current_node ? current_node : ""); + temp->filename = node_filename; + + node_references = temp; +} + +void +validate_other_references (ref_list) + register NODE_REF *ref_list; +{ + char *old_input_filename = input_filename; + + while (ref_list != (NODE_REF *) NULL) + { + input_filename = ref_list->filename; + validate (ref_list->node, ref_list->line_no, + reftype_type_string (ref_list->type)); + ref_list = ref_list->next; + } + input_filename = old_input_filename; +} + +/* Find NODE in REF_LIST. */ +NODE_REF * +find_node_reference (node, ref_list) + char *node; + register NODE_REF *ref_list; +{ + while (ref_list) + { + if (strcmp (node, ref_list->node) == 0) + break; + ref_list = ref_list->next; + } + return (ref_list); +} + +void +free_node_references () +{ + register NODE_REF *list, *temp; + + list = node_references; + + while (list) + { + temp = list; + free (list->node); + free (list->containing_node); + list = list->next; + free (temp); + } + node_references = (NODE_REF *) NULL; +} + + /* This function gets called at the start of every line while inside of + a menu. It checks to see if the line starts with "* ", and if so, + remembers the node reference that this menu refers to. + input_text_offset is at the \n just before the line start. */ +#define menu_starter "* " +char * +glean_node_from_menu (remember_reference) + int remember_reference; +{ + int i, orig_offset = input_text_offset; + char *nodename; + + if (strncmp (&input_text[input_text_offset + 1], + menu_starter, + strlen (menu_starter)) != 0) + return ((char *)NULL); + else + input_text_offset += strlen (menu_starter) + 1; + + get_until_in_line (":", &nodename); + if (curchar () == ':') + input_text_offset++; + canon_white (nodename); + + if (curchar () == ':') + goto save_node; + + free (nodename); + get_rest_of_line (&nodename); + + /* Special hack: If the nodename follows the menu item name, + then we have to read the rest of the line in order to find + out what the nodename is. But we still have to read the + line later, in order to process any formatting commands that + might be present. So un-count the carriage return that has just + been counted. */ + line_number--; + + isolate_nodename (nodename); + +save_node: + input_text_offset = orig_offset; + normalize_node_name (nodename); + i = strlen (nodename); + if (i && nodename[i - 1] == ':') + nodename[i - 1] = '\0'; + + if (remember_reference) + { + remember_node_reference (nodename, line_number, menu_reference); + free (nodename); + return ((char *)NULL); + } + else + return (nodename); +} + +static void +isolate_nodename (nodename) + char *nodename; +{ + register int i, c; + int paren_seen, paren; + + if (!nodename) + return; + + canon_white (nodename); + paren_seen = paren = i = 0; + + if (*nodename == '.' || !*nodename) + { + *nodename = '\0'; + return; + } + + if (*nodename == '(') + { + paren++; + paren_seen++; + i++; + } + + for (; c = nodename[i]; i++) + { + if (paren) + { + if (c == '(') + paren++; + else if (c == ')') + paren--; + + continue; + } + + /* If the character following the close paren is a space, then this + node has no more characters associated with it. */ + if (c == '\t' || + c == '\n' || + c == ',' || + ((paren_seen && nodename[i - 1] == ')') && + (c == ' ' || c == '.')) || + (c == '.' && + ((!nodename[i + 1] || + (cr_or_whitespace (nodename[i + 1])) || + (nodename[i + 1] == ')'))))) + break; + } + nodename[i] = '\0'; +} + +void +cm_menu () +{ + if (current_node == (char *)NULL) + { + warning ("%cmenu seen before a node has been defined", COMMAND_PREFIX); + warning ("Creating `TOP' node."); + execute_string ("@node Top"); + } + begin_insertion (menu); +} + +void +cm_detailmenu () +{ + if (current_node == (char *)NULL) + { + warning ("%cmenu seen before a node has been defined", COMMAND_PREFIX); + warning ("Creating `TOP' node."); + execute_string ("@node Top"); + } + begin_insertion (detailmenu); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Cross Reference Hacking */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +char * +get_xref_token () +{ + char *string; + + get_until_in_braces (",", &string); + if (curchar () == ',') + input_text_offset++; + fix_whitespace (string); + return (string); +} + +int px_ref_flag = 0; /* Controls initial output string. */ + +/* Make a cross reference. */ +void +cm_xref (arg) +{ + if (arg == START) + { + char *arg1, *arg2, *arg3, *arg4, *arg5; + + arg1 = get_xref_token (); + arg2 = get_xref_token (); + arg3 = get_xref_token (); + arg4 = get_xref_token (); + arg5 = get_xref_token (); + + add_word_args ("%s", px_ref_flag ? "*note " : "*Note "); + + if (*arg5 || *arg4) + { + char *node_name; + + if (!*arg2) + { + if (*arg3) + node_name = arg3; + else + node_name = arg1; + } + else + node_name = arg2; + + execute_string ("%s: (%s)%s", node_name, arg4, arg1); + /* Free all of the arguments found. */ + if (arg1) free (arg1); + if (arg2) free (arg2); + if (arg3) free (arg3); + if (arg4) free (arg4); + if (arg5) free (arg5); + return; + } + else + remember_node_reference (arg1, line_number, followed_reference); + + if (*arg3) + { + if (!*arg2) + execute_string ("%s: %s", arg3, arg1); + else + execute_string ("%s: %s", arg2, arg1); + } + else + { + if (*arg2) + execute_string ("%s: %s", arg2, arg1); + else + execute_string ("%s::", arg1); + } + + /* Free all of the arguments found. */ + if (arg1) free (arg1); + if (arg2) free (arg2); + if (arg3) free (arg3); + if (arg4) free (arg4); + if (arg5) free (arg5); + } + else + { + /* Check to make sure that the next non-whitespace character is either + a period or a comma. input_text_offset is pointing at the "}" which + ended the xref or pxref command. */ + int temp = input_text_offset + 1; + + if (output_paragraph[output_paragraph_offset - 2] == ':' && + output_paragraph[output_paragraph_offset - 1] == ':') + return; + while (temp < size_of_input_text) + { + if (cr_or_whitespace (input_text[temp])) + temp++; + else + { + if (input_text[temp] == '.' || + input_text[temp] == ',' || + input_text[temp] == '\t') + return; + else + { + line_error ( + "Cross-reference must be terminated with a period or a comma"); + return; + } + } + } + } +} + +void +cm_pxref (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + { + px_ref_flag++; + cm_xref (arg); + px_ref_flag--; + } + else + add_char ('.'); +} + +void +cm_inforef (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == START) + { + char *node, *pname, *file; + + node = get_xref_token (); + pname = get_xref_token (); + file = get_xref_token (); + + execute_string ("*note %s: (%s)%s", pname, file, node); + } +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Insertion Command Stubs */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +void +cm_quotation () +{ + begin_insertion (quotation); +} + +void +cm_example () +{ + begin_insertion (example); +} + +void +cm_smallexample () +{ + begin_insertion (smallexample); +} + +void +cm_lisp () +{ + begin_insertion (lisp); +} + +void +cm_smalllisp () +{ + begin_insertion (smalllisp); +} + +/* @cartouche/@end cartouche draws box with rounded corners in + TeX output. Right now, just a NOP insertion. */ +void +cm_cartouche () +{ + begin_insertion (cartouche); +} + +void +cm_format () +{ + begin_insertion (format); +} + +void +cm_display () +{ + begin_insertion (display); +} + +void +cm_direntry () +{ + if (no_headers) + command_name_condition (); + else + begin_insertion (direntry); +} + +void +cm_itemize () +{ + begin_insertion (itemize); +} + +void +cm_enumerate () +{ + do_enumeration (enumerate, "1"); +} + +/* Start an enumeration insertion of type TYPE. If the user supplied + no argument on the line, then use DEFAULT_STRING as the initial string. */ +void +do_enumeration (type, default_string) + int type; + char *default_string; +{ + get_until_in_line (".", &enumeration_arg); + canon_white (enumeration_arg); + + if (!*enumeration_arg) + { + free (enumeration_arg); + enumeration_arg = strdup (default_string); + } + + if (!isdigit (*enumeration_arg) && !isletter (*enumeration_arg)) + { + warning ("%s requires a letter or a digit", insertion_type_pname (type)); + + switch (type) + { + case enumerate: + default_string = "1"; + break; + } + enumeration_arg = strdup (default_string); + } + begin_insertion (type); +} + +void +cm_table () +{ + begin_insertion (table); +} + +void +cm_multitable () +{ + begin_insertion (multitable); /* @@ */ +} + +void +cm_ftable () +{ + begin_insertion (ftable); +} + +void +cm_vtable () +{ + begin_insertion (vtable); +} + +void +cm_group () +{ + begin_insertion (group); +} + +void +cm_ifinfo () +{ + begin_insertion (ifinfo); +} + +/* Begin an insertion where the lines are not filled or indented. */ +void +cm_flushleft () +{ + begin_insertion (flushleft); +} + +/* Begin an insertion where the lines are not filled, and each line is + forced to the right-hand side of the page. */ +void +cm_flushright () +{ + begin_insertion (flushright); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Conditional Handling */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* A structure which contains `defined' variables. */ +typedef struct defines { + struct defines *next; + char *name; + char *value; +} DEFINE; + +/* The linked list of `set' defines. */ +DEFINE *defines = (DEFINE *)NULL; + +/* Add NAME to the list of `set' defines. */ +void +set (name, value) + char *name; + char *value; +{ + DEFINE *temp; + + for (temp = defines; temp; temp = temp->next) + if (strcmp (name, temp->name) == 0) + { + free (temp->value); + temp->value = strdup (value); + return; + } + + temp = (DEFINE *)xmalloc (sizeof (DEFINE)); + temp->next = defines; + temp->name = strdup (name); + temp->value = strdup (value); + defines = temp; +} + +/* Remove NAME from the list of `set' defines. */ +void +clear (name) + char *name; +{ + register DEFINE *temp, *last; + + last = (DEFINE *)NULL; + temp = defines; + + while (temp) + { + if (strcmp (temp->name, name) == 0) + { + if (last) + last->next = temp->next; + else + defines = temp->next; + + free (temp->name); + free (temp->value); + free (temp); + break; + } + last = temp; + temp = temp->next; + } +} + +/* Return the value of NAME. The return value is NULL if NAME is unset. */ +char * +set_p (name) + char *name; +{ + register DEFINE *temp; + + for (temp = defines; temp; temp = temp->next) + if (strcmp (temp->name, name) == 0) + return (temp->value); + + return ((char *)NULL); +} + +/* Conditionally parse based on the current command name. */ +void +command_name_condition () +{ + char *discarder; + + discarder = (char *)xmalloc (8 + strlen (command)); + + sprintf (discarder, "\n%cend %s", COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + discard_until (discarder); + discard_until ("\n"); + + free (discarder); +} + +/* Create a variable whose name appears as the first word on this line. */ +void +cm_set () +{ + handle_variable (SET); +} + +/* Remove a variable whose name appears as the first word on this line. */ +void +cm_clear () +{ + handle_variable (CLEAR); +} + +void +cm_ifset () +{ + handle_variable (IFSET); +} + +void +cm_ifclear () +{ + handle_variable (IFCLEAR); +} + +/* This command takes braces, but we parse the contents specially, so we + don't use the standard brace popping code. + + The syntax @ifeq{arg1, arg2, texinfo-commands} performs texinfo-commands + if ARG1 and ARG2 caselessly string compare to the same string, otherwise, + it produces no output. */ +void +cm_ifeq () +{ + register int i; + char **arglist; + + arglist = get_brace_args (0); + + if (arglist) + { + if (array_len (arglist) > 1) + { + if ((strcasecmp (arglist[0], arglist[1]) == 0) && + (arglist[2] != (char *)NULL)) + execute_string ("%s\n", arglist[2]); + } + + free_array (arglist); + } +} + +void +cm_value (arg, start_pos, end_pos) + int arg, start_pos, end_pos; +{ + if (arg == END) + { + char *name, *value; + name = (char *)&output_paragraph[start_pos]; + output_paragraph[end_pos] = '\0'; + name = strdup (name); + value = set_p (name); + output_column -= end_pos - start_pos; + output_paragraph_offset = start_pos; + + if (value) + execute_string ("%s", value); + else + add_word_args ("{No Value For \"%s\"}", name); + + free (name); + } +} + +/* Set, clear, or conditionalize based on ACTION. */ +void +handle_variable (action) + int action; +{ + char *name; + + get_rest_of_line (&name); + backup_input_pointer (); + canon_white (name); + handle_variable_internal (action, name); + free (name); +} + +void +handle_variable_internal (action, name) + int action; + char *name; +{ + char *temp; + int delimiter, additional_text_present = 0; + + /* Only the first word of NAME is a valid tag. */ + temp = name; + delimiter = 0; + while (*temp && (delimiter || !whitespace (*temp))) + { +/* #if defined (SET_WITH_EQUAL) */ + if (*temp == '"' || *temp == '\'') + { + if (*temp == delimiter) + delimiter = 0; + else + delimiter = *temp; + } +/* #endif SET_WITH_EQUAL */ + temp++; + } + + if (*temp) + additional_text_present++; + + *temp = '\0'; + + if (!*name) + line_error ("%c%s requires a name", COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + else + { + switch (action) + { + case SET: + { + char *value; + +#if defined (SET_WITH_EQUAL) + /* Allow a value to be saved along with a variable. The value is + the text following an `=' sign in NAME, if any is present. */ + + for (value = name; *value && *value != '='; value++); + + if (*value) + *value++ = '\0'; + + if (*value == '"' || *value == '\'') + { + value++; + value[strlen (value) - 1] = '\0'; + } + +#else /* !SET_WITH_EQUAL */ + /* The VALUE of NAME is the remainder of the line sans + whitespace. */ + if (additional_text_present) + { + value = temp + 1; + canon_white (value); + } + else + value = ""; +#endif /* !SET_WITH_VALUE */ + + set (name, value); + } + break; + + case CLEAR: + clear (name); + break; + + case IFSET: + case IFCLEAR: + /* If IFSET and NAME is not set, or if IFCLEAR and NAME is set, + read lines from the the file until we reach a matching + "@end CONDITION". This means that we only take note of + "@ifset/clear" and "@end" commands. */ + { + char condition[8]; + int condition_len; + + if (action == IFSET) + strcpy (condition, "ifset"); + else + strcpy (condition, "ifclear"); + + condition_len = strlen (condition); + + if ((action == IFSET && !set_p (name)) || + (action == IFCLEAR && set_p (name))) + { + int level = 0, done = 0; + + while (!done) + { + char *freeable_line, *line; + + get_rest_of_line (&freeable_line); + + for (line = freeable_line; whitespace (*line); line++); + + if (*line == COMMAND_PREFIX && + (strncmp (line + 1, condition, condition_len) == 0)) + level++; + else if (strncmp (line, "@end", 4) == 0) + { + char *cname = line + 4; + char *temp; + + while (*cname && whitespace (*cname)) + cname++; + temp = cname; + + while (*temp && !whitespace (*temp)) + temp++; + *temp = '\0'; + + if (strcmp (cname, condition) == 0) + { + if (!level) + { + done = 1; + } + else + level--; + } + } + free (freeable_line); + } + /* We found the end of a false @ifset/ifclear. If we are + in a menu, back up over the newline that ends the ifset, + since that newline may also begin the next menu entry. */ + break; + } + else + { + if (action == IFSET) + begin_insertion (ifset); + else + begin_insertion (ifclear); + } + } + break; + } + } +} + +/* Execution of random text not in file. */ + +typedef struct { + char *string; /* The string buffer. */ + int size; /* The size of the buffer. */ + int in_use; /* Non-zero means string currently in use. */ +} EXECUTION_STRING; + +static EXECUTION_STRING **execution_strings = (EXECUTION_STRING **)NULL; +static int execution_strings_index = 0; +static int execution_strings_slots = 0; + +EXECUTION_STRING * +get_execution_string (initial_size) + int initial_size; +{ + register int i = 0; + EXECUTION_STRING *es = (EXECUTION_STRING *)NULL; + + if (execution_strings) + { + for (i = 0; i < execution_strings_index; i++) + if (execution_strings[i] && (execution_strings[i]->in_use == 0)) + { + es = execution_strings[i]; + break; + } + } + + if (!es) + { + if (execution_strings_index + 1 >= execution_strings_slots) + { + execution_strings = (EXECUTION_STRING **)xrealloc + (execution_strings, + (execution_strings_slots += 3) * sizeof (EXECUTION_STRING *)); + for (; i < execution_strings_slots; i++) + execution_strings[i] = (EXECUTION_STRING *)NULL; + } + + execution_strings[execution_strings_index] = + (EXECUTION_STRING *)xmalloc (sizeof (EXECUTION_STRING)); + es = execution_strings[execution_strings_index]; + execution_strings_index++; + + es->size = 0; + es->string = (char *)NULL; + es->in_use = 0; + } + + if (initial_size > es->size) + { + es->string = (char *) xrealloc (es->string, initial_size); + es->size = initial_size; + } + return (es); +} + +/* Execute the string produced by formatting the ARGs with FORMAT. This + is like submitting a new file with @include. */ +#if defined (HAVE_VARARGS_H) && defined (HAVE_VSPRINTF) +void +execute_string (va_alist) + va_dcl +{ + EXECUTION_STRING *es; + char *temp_string; + char *format; + va_list args; + + es = get_execution_string (4000); + temp_string = es->string; + es->in_use = 1; + + va_start (args); + format = va_arg (args, char *); + vsprintf (temp_string, format, args); + va_end (args); + +#else /* !(HAVE_VARARGS_H && HAVE_VSPRINTF) */ + +void +execute_string (format, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5) + char *format; +{ + EXECUTION_STRING *es; + char *temp_string; + + es = get_execution_string (4000); + temp_string = es->string; + es->in_use = 1; + + sprintf (temp_string, format, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5); + +#endif /* !(HAVE_VARARGS_H && HAVE_VSPRINTF) */ + + pushfile (); + input_text_offset = 0; + input_text = temp_string; + input_filename = strdup (input_filename); + size_of_input_text = strlen (temp_string); + + executing_string++; + reader_loop (); + free (input_filename); + + popfile (); + executing_string--; + es->in_use = 0; +} + + +/* Return what would be output for STR, i.e., expand Texinfo commands. + If IMPLICIT_CODE is set, expand @code{STR}. */ + +char * +expansion (str, implicit_code) + char *str; + int implicit_code; +{ + int length; + char *result; + + /* Inhibit any real output. */ + int start = output_paragraph_offset; + int saved_paragraph_is_open = paragraph_is_open; + + inhibit_output_flushing (); + execute_string (implicit_code ? "@code{%s}" : "%s", str); + uninhibit_output_flushing (); + + /* Copy the expansion from the buffer. */ + length = output_paragraph_offset - start; + result = xmalloc (1 + length); + memcpy (result, (char *) (output_paragraph + start), length); + result[length] = 0; + + /* Pretend it never happened. */ + output_paragraph_offset = start; + paragraph_is_open = saved_paragraph_is_open; + + return result; +} + +/* @itemx, @item. */ + +static int itemx_flag = 0; + +void +cm_itemx () +{ + itemx_flag++; + cm_item (); + itemx_flag--; +} + +void +cm_item () +{ + char *rest_of_line, *item_func; + + /* Can only hack "@item" while inside of an insertion. */ + if (insertion_level) + { + INSERTION_ELT *stack = insertion_stack; + int original_input_text_offset; + + skip_whitespace (); + original_input_text_offset = input_text_offset; + + get_rest_of_line (&rest_of_line); + canon_white (rest_of_line); + item_func = current_item_function (); + + /* Okay, do the right thing depending on which insertion function + is active. */ + + switch_top: + switch (stack->insertion) + { + case multitable: + multitable_item (); + /* Ultra special hack. It appears that some people incorrectly + place text directly after the @item, instead of on a new line + by itself. This happens to work in TeX, so I make it work + here. */ + if (*rest_of_line) + { + line_number--; + input_text_offset = original_input_text_offset; + } + break; + + case ifinfo: + case ifset: + case ifclear: + case cartouche: + stack = stack->next; + if (!stack) + goto no_insertion; + else + goto switch_top; + break; + + case menu: + case quotation: + case example: + case smallexample: + case lisp: + case format: + case display: + case group: + line_error ("The `%c%s' command is meaningless within a `@%s' block", + COMMAND_PREFIX, command, + insertion_type_pname (current_insertion_type ())); + break; + + case itemize: + case enumerate: + if (itemx_flag) + { + line_error ("%citemx is not meaningful inside of a `%s' block", + COMMAND_PREFIX, + insertion_type_pname (current_insertion_type ())); + } + else + { + start_paragraph (); + kill_self_indent (-1); + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 1; + + if (current_insertion_type () == itemize) + { + indent (output_column = current_indent - 2); + + /* I need some way to determine whether this command + takes braces or not. I believe the user can type + either "@bullet" or "@bullet{}". Of course, they + can also type "o" or "#" or whatever else they want. */ + if (item_func && *item_func) + { + if (*item_func == COMMAND_PREFIX) + if (item_func[strlen (item_func) - 1] != '}') + execute_string ("%s{}", item_func); + else + execute_string ("%s", item_func); + else + execute_string ("%s", item_func); + } + insert (' '); + output_column++; + } + else + enumerate_item (); + + /* Special hack. This makes close paragraph ignore you until + the start_paragraph () function has been called. */ + must_start_paragraph = 1; + + /* Ultra special hack. It appears that some people incorrectly + place text directly after the @item, instead of on a new line + by itself. This happens to work in TeX, so I make it work + here. */ + if (*rest_of_line) + { + line_number--; + input_text_offset = original_input_text_offset; + } + } + break; + + case table: + case ftable: + case vtable: + { + /* Get rid of extra characters. */ + kill_self_indent (-1); + + /* close_paragraph () almost does what we want. The problem + is when paragraph_is_open, and last_char_was_newline, and + the last newline has been turned into a space, because + filling_enabled. I handle it here. */ + if (last_char_was_newline && filling_enabled && paragraph_is_open) + insert ('\n'); + close_paragraph (); + +#if defined (INDENT_PARAGRAPHS_IN_TABLE) + /* Indent on a new line, but back up one indentation level. */ + { + int t; + + t = inhibit_paragraph_indentation; + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + /* At this point, inserting any non-whitespace character will + force the existing indentation to be output. */ + add_char ('i'); + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = t; + } +#else /* !INDENT_PARAGRAPHS_IN_TABLE */ + add_char ('i'); +#endif /* !INDENT_PARAGRAPHS_IN_TABLE */ + + output_paragraph_offset--; + kill_self_indent (default_indentation_increment + 1); + + /* Add item's argument to the line. */ + filling_enabled = 0; + if (item_func && *item_func) + execute_string ("%s{%s}", item_func, rest_of_line); + else + execute_string ("%s", rest_of_line); + + if (current_insertion_type () == ftable) + execute_string ("%cfindex %s\n", COMMAND_PREFIX, rest_of_line); + + if (current_insertion_type () == vtable) + execute_string ("%cvindex %s\n", COMMAND_PREFIX, rest_of_line); + + /* Start a new line, and let start_paragraph () + do the indenting of it for you. */ + close_single_paragraph (); + indented_fill = filling_enabled = 1; + } + } + free (rest_of_line); + } + else + { + no_insertion: + line_error ("%c%s found outside of an insertion block", + COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + } +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Defun and Friends */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +#define DEFUN_SELF_DELIMITING(c) \ + (((c) == '(') \ + || ((c) == ')') \ + || ((c) == '[') \ + || ((c) == ']')) + +struct token_accumulator +{ + unsigned int length; + unsigned int index; + char **tokens; +}; + +void +initialize_token_accumulator (accumulator) + struct token_accumulator *accumulator; +{ + (accumulator->length) = 0; + (accumulator->index) = 0; + (accumulator->tokens) = NULL; +} + +void +accumulate_token (accumulator, token) + struct token_accumulator *accumulator; + char *token; +{ + if ((accumulator->index) >= (accumulator->length)) + { + (accumulator->length) += 10; + (accumulator->tokens) = (char **) xrealloc + (accumulator->tokens, (accumulator->length * sizeof (char *))); + } + accumulator->tokens[accumulator->index] = token; + accumulator->index += 1; +} + +char * +copy_substring (start, end) + char *start; + char *end; +{ + char *result, *scan, *scan_result; + + result = (char *) xmalloc ((end - start) + 1); + scan_result = result; + scan = start; + + while (scan < end) + *scan_result++ = *scan++; + + *scan_result = '\0'; + return (result); +} + +/* Given `string' pointing at an open brace, skip forward and return a + pointer to just past the matching close brace. */ +int +scan_group_in_string (string_pointer) + char **string_pointer; +{ + register int c; + register char *scan_string; + register unsigned int level = 1; + + scan_string = (*string_pointer) + 1; + + while (1) + { + if (level == 0) + { + (*string_pointer) = scan_string; + return (1); + } + c = (*scan_string++); + if (c == '\0') + { + /* Tweak line_number to compensate for fact that + we gobbled the whole line before coming here. */ + line_number -= 1; + line_error ("Missing `}' in %cdef arg", COMMAND_PREFIX); + line_number += 1; + (*string_pointer) = (scan_string - 1); + return (0); + } + if (c == '{') + level += 1; + if (c == '}') + level -= 1; + } +} + +/* Return a list of tokens from the contents of `string'. + Commands and brace-delimited groups count as single tokens. + Contiguous whitespace characters are converted to a token + consisting of a single space. */ +char ** +args_from_string (string) + char *string; +{ + struct token_accumulator accumulator; + register char *scan_string = string; + char *token_start, *token_end; + + initialize_token_accumulator (&accumulator); + + while ((*scan_string) != '\0') + { + /* Replace arbitrary whitespace by a single space. */ + if (whitespace (*scan_string)) + { + scan_string += 1; + while (whitespace (*scan_string)) + scan_string += 1; + accumulate_token ((&accumulator), (strdup (" "))); + continue; + } + + /* Commands count as single tokens. */ + if ((*scan_string) == COMMAND_PREFIX) + { + token_start = scan_string; + scan_string += 1; + if (self_delimiting (*scan_string)) + scan_string += 1; + else + { + register int c; + while (1) + { + c = *scan_string++; + + if ((c == '\0') || (c == '{') || (whitespace (c))) + { + scan_string -= 1; + break; + } + } + + if (*scan_string == '{') + { + char *s = scan_string; + (void) scan_group_in_string (&s); + scan_string = s; + } + } + token_end = scan_string; + } + + /* Parentheses and brackets are self-delimiting. */ + else if (DEFUN_SELF_DELIMITING (*scan_string)) + { + token_start = scan_string; + scan_string += 1; + token_end = scan_string; + } + + /* Open brace introduces a group that is a single token. */ + else if (*scan_string == '{') + { + char *s = scan_string; + int balanced = scan_group_in_string (&s); + + token_start = scan_string + 1; + scan_string = s; + token_end = balanced ? (scan_string - 1) : scan_string; + } + + /* Otherwise a token is delimited by whitespace, parentheses, + brackets, or braces. A token is also ended by a command. */ + else + { + token_start = scan_string; + + while (1) + { + register int c; + + c = *scan_string++; + + /* Do not back up if we're looking at a }; since the only + valid }'s are those matched with {'s, we want to give + an error. If we back up, we go into an infinite loop. */ + if (!c || whitespace (c) || DEFUN_SELF_DELIMITING (c) + || c == '{') + { + scan_string--; + break; + } + + /* If we encounter a command embedded within a token, + then end the token. */ + if (c == COMMAND_PREFIX) + { + scan_string--; + break; + } + } + token_end = scan_string; + } + + accumulate_token + (&accumulator, copy_substring (token_start, token_end)); + } + accumulate_token (&accumulator, NULL); + return (accumulator.tokens); +} + +void +process_defun_args (defun_args, auto_var_p) + char **defun_args; + int auto_var_p; +{ + int pending_space = 0; + + while (1) + { + char *defun_arg = *defun_args++; + + if (defun_arg == NULL) + break; + + if (defun_arg[0] == ' ') + { + pending_space = 1; + continue; + } + + if (pending_space) + { + add_char (' '); + pending_space = 0; + } + + if (DEFUN_SELF_DELIMITING (defun_arg[0])) + add_char (defun_arg[0]); + else if (defun_arg[0] == '&') + add_word (defun_arg); + else if (defun_arg[0] == COMMAND_PREFIX) + execute_string ("%s", defun_arg); + else if (auto_var_p) + execute_string ("%cvar{%s}", COMMAND_PREFIX, defun_arg); + else + add_word (defun_arg); + } +} + +char * +next_nonwhite_defun_arg (arg_pointer) + char ***arg_pointer; +{ + char **scan = (*arg_pointer); + char *arg = (*scan++); + + if ((arg != 0) && (*arg == ' ')) + arg = *scan++; + + if (arg == 0) + scan -= 1; + + *arg_pointer = scan; + + return ((arg == 0) ? "" : arg); +} + +/* Make the defun type insertion. + TYPE says which insertion this is. + X_P says not to start a new insertion if non-zero. */ +void +defun_internal (type, x_p) + enum insertion_type type; + int x_p; +{ + enum insertion_type base_type; + char **defun_args, **scan_args; + char *category, *defined_name, *type_name, *type_name2; + + { + char *line; + get_rest_of_line (&line); + defun_args = (args_from_string (line)); + free (line); + } + + scan_args = defun_args; + + switch (type) + { + case defun: + category = "Function"; + base_type = deffn; + break; + case defmac: + category = "Macro"; + base_type = deffn; + break; + case defspec: + category = "Special Form"; + base_type = deffn; + break; + case defvar: + category = "Variable"; + base_type = defvr; + break; + case defopt: + category = "User Option"; + base_type = defvr; + break; + case deftypefun: + category = "Function"; + base_type = deftypefn; + break; + case deftypevar: + category = "Variable"; + base_type = deftypevr; + break; + case defivar: + category = "Instance Variable"; + base_type = defcv; + break; + case defmethod: + category = "Method"; + base_type = defop; + break; + case deftypemethod: + category = "Method"; + base_type = deftypemethod; + break; + default: + category = next_nonwhite_defun_arg (&scan_args); + base_type = type; + break; + } + + if ((base_type == deftypefn) + || (base_type == deftypevr) + || (base_type == defcv) + || (base_type == defop) + || (base_type == deftypemethod)) + type_name = next_nonwhite_defun_arg (&scan_args); + + if (base_type == deftypemethod) + type_name2 = next_nonwhite_defun_arg (&scan_args); + + defined_name = next_nonwhite_defun_arg (&scan_args); + + /* This hack exists solely for the purposes of formatting the texinfo + manual. I couldn't think of a better way. The token might be + a simple @@ followed immediately by more text. If this is the case, + then the next defun arg is part of this one, and we should concatenate + them. */ + if (*scan_args && **scan_args && !whitespace (**scan_args) && + (strcmp (defined_name, "@@") == 0)) + { + char *tem = (char *)xmalloc (3 + strlen (scan_args[0])); + + sprintf (tem, "@@%s", scan_args[0]); + + free (scan_args[0]); + scan_args[0] = tem; + scan_args++; + defined_name = tem; + } + + if (!x_p) + begin_insertion (type); + + /* Write the definition header line. + This should start at the normal indentation. */ + current_indent -= default_indentation_increment; + start_paragraph (); + + switch (base_type) + { + case deffn: + case defvr: + case deftp: + execute_string (" -- %s: %s", category, defined_name); + break; + case deftypefn: + case deftypevr: + execute_string (" -- %s: %s %s", category, type_name, defined_name); + break; + case defcv: + execute_string (" -- %s of %s: %s", category, type_name, defined_name); + break; + case defop: + execute_string (" -- %s on %s: %s", category, type_name, defined_name); + break; + case deftypemethod: + execute_string (" -- %s on %s: %s %s", category, type_name, type_name2, + defined_name); + break; + } + current_indent += default_indentation_increment; + + /* Now process the function arguments, if any. + If these carry onto the next line, they should be indented by two + increments to distinguish them from the body of the definition, + which is indented by one increment. */ + current_indent += default_indentation_increment; + + switch (base_type) + { + case deffn: + case defop: + process_defun_args (scan_args, 1); + break; + case deftp: + case deftypefn: + case deftypemethod: + process_defun_args (scan_args, 0); + break; + } + current_indent -= default_indentation_increment; + close_single_paragraph (); + + if (!macro_expansion_output_stream) + /* Make an entry in the appropriate index unless we are just + expanding macros. */ + switch (base_type) + { + case deffn: + case deftypefn: + execute_string ("%cfindex %s\n", COMMAND_PREFIX, defined_name); + break; + case defvr: + case deftypevr: + case defcv: + execute_string ("%cvindex %s\n", COMMAND_PREFIX, defined_name); + break; + case defop: + case deftypemethod: + execute_string ("%cfindex %s on %s\n", + COMMAND_PREFIX, defined_name, type_name); + break; + case deftp: + execute_string ("%ctindex %s\n", COMMAND_PREFIX, defined_name); + break; + } + + /* Deallocate the token list. */ + scan_args = defun_args; + while (1) + { + char * arg = (*scan_args++); + if (arg == NULL) + break; + free (arg); + } + free (defun_args); +} + +/* Add an entry for a function, macro, special form, variable, or option. + If the name of the calling command ends in `x', then this is an extra + entry included in the body of an insertion of the same type. */ +void +cm_defun () +{ + int x_p; + enum insertion_type type; + char *temp = strdup (command); + + x_p = (command[strlen (command) - 1] == 'x'); + + if (x_p) + temp[strlen (temp) - 1] = '\0'; + + type = find_type_from_name (temp); + free (temp); + + /* If we are adding to an already existing insertion, then make sure + that we are already in an insertion of type TYPE. */ + if (x_p && + (!insertion_level || insertion_stack->insertion != type)) + { + line_error ("Must be in a `%s' insertion in order to use `%s'x", + command, command); + discard_until ("\n"); + return; + } + + defun_internal (type, x_p); +} + +/* End existing insertion block. */ +void +cm_end () +{ + char *temp; + enum insertion_type type; + + if (!insertion_level) + { + line_error ("Unmatched `%c%s'", COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + return; + } + + get_rest_of_line (&temp); + canon_white (temp); + + if (strlen (temp) == 0) + line_error ("`%c%s' needs something after it", COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + + type = find_type_from_name (temp); + + if (type == bad_type) + { + line_error ("Bad argument to `%s', `%s', using `%s'", + command, temp, insertion_type_pname (current_insertion_type ())); + } + end_insertion (type); + free (temp); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Other Random Commands */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* This says to inhibit the indentation of the next paragraph, but + not of following paragraphs. */ +void +cm_noindent () +{ + if (!inhibit_paragraph_indentation) + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = -1; +} + +/* I don't know exactly what to do with this. Should I allow + someone to switch filenames in the middle of output? Since the + file could be partially written, this doesn't seem to make sense. + Another option: ignore it, since they don't *really* want to + switch files. Finally, complain, or at least warn. */ +void +cm_setfilename () +{ + char *filename; + get_rest_of_line (&filename); + /* warning ("`@%s %s' encountered and ignored", command, filename); */ + free (filename); +} + +void +cm_ignore_line () +{ + discard_until ("\n"); +} + +/* @br can be immediately followed by `{}', so we have to read those here. + It should simply close the paragraph. */ +void +cm_br () +{ + if (looking_at ("{}")) + input_text_offset += 2; + + if (curchar () == '\n') + { + input_text_offset++; + line_number++; + } + + close_paragraph (); +} + + /* Insert the number of blank lines passed as argument. */ +void +cm_sp () +{ + int lines; + char *line; + + get_rest_of_line (&line); + + if (sscanf (line, "%d", &lines) != 1) + { + line_error ("%csp requires a positive numeric argument", COMMAND_PREFIX); + } + else + { + if (lines < 0) + lines = 0; + + while (lines--) + add_char ('\n'); + } + free (line); +} + +/* @dircategory LINE outputs INFO-DIR-SECTION LINE, + but not if --no-headers. */ + +void +cm_dircategory () +{ + char *line, *p; + + get_rest_of_line (&line);; + + if (! no_headers) + { + insert_string ("INFO-DIR-SECTION "); + insert_string (line); + insert ('\n'); + } + + free (line); +} + +/* Start a new line with just this text on it. + Then center the line of text. + This always ends the current paragraph. */ +void +cm_center () +{ + register int i, start, length; + int fudge_factor = 1; + unsigned char *line; + + close_paragraph (); + filling_enabled = indented_fill = 0; + cm_noindent (); + start = output_paragraph_offset; + inhibit_output_flushing (); + get_rest_of_line ((char **)&line); + execute_string ("%s", (char *)line); + free (line); + uninhibit_output_flushing (); + + i = output_paragraph_offset - 1; + while (i > (start - 1) && output_paragraph[i] == '\n') + i--; + + output_paragraph_offset = ++i; + length = output_paragraph_offset - start; + + if (length < (fill_column - fudge_factor)) + { + line = (unsigned char *)xmalloc (1 + length); + memcpy (line, (char *)(output_paragraph + start), length); + + i = (fill_column - fudge_factor - length) / 2; + output_paragraph_offset = start; + + while (i--) + insert (' '); + + for (i = 0; i < length; i++) + insert (line[i]); + + free (line); + } + + insert ('\n'); + close_paragraph (); + filling_enabled = 1; +} + +/* Show what an expression returns. */ +void +cm_result (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == END) + add_word ("=>"); +} + +/* What an expression expands to. */ +void +cm_expansion (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == END) + add_word ("==>"); +} + +/* Indicates two expressions are equivalent. */ +void +cm_equiv (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == END) + add_word ("=="); +} + +/* What an expression may print. */ +void +cm_print (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == END) + add_word ("-|"); +} + +/* An error signaled. */ +void +cm_error (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == END) + add_word ("error-->"); +} + +/* The location of point in an example of a buffer. */ +void +cm_point (arg) + int arg; +{ + if (arg == END) + add_word ("-!-"); +} + +/* Start a new line with just this text on it. + The text is outdented one level if possible. */ +void +cm_exdent () +{ + char *line; + int i = current_indent; + + if (current_indent) + current_indent -= default_indentation_increment; + + get_rest_of_line (&line); + close_single_paragraph (); + execute_string ("%s", line); + current_indent = i; + free (line); + close_single_paragraph (); +} + +#if !defined (HAVE_STRERROR) +extern char *sys_errlist[]; +extern int sys_nerr; + +char * +strerror (num) + int num; +{ + if (num >= sys_nerr) + return ("Unknown file system error"); + else + return (sys_errlist[num]); +} +#endif /* !HAVE_STRERROR */ + +/* Remember this file, and move onto the next. */ +void +cm_include () +{ + char *filename; + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + me_append_before_this_command (); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + close_paragraph (); + get_rest_of_line (&filename); + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + remember_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + pushfile (); + + /* In verbose mode we print info about including another file. */ + if (verbose_mode) + { + register int i = 0; + register FSTACK *stack = filestack; + + for (i = 0, stack = filestack; stack; stack = stack->next, i++); + + i *= 2; + + printf ("%*s", i, ""); + printf ("%c%s %s\n", COMMAND_PREFIX, command, filename); + fflush (stdout); + } + + if (!find_and_load (filename)) + { + extern int errno; + + popfile (); + line_number--; + + /* Cannot "@include foo", in line 5 of "/wh/bar". */ + line_error ("`%c%s %s': %s", COMMAND_PREFIX, command, filename, + strerror (errno)); + + free (filename); + return; + } + else + { +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + remember_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + reader_loop (); + } + free (filename); + popfile (); +} + +/* The other side of a malformed expression. */ +void +misplaced_brace () +{ + line_error ("Misplaced `}'"); +} + +/* Signals end of processing. Easy to make this happen. */ +void +cm_bye () +{ + input_text_offset = size_of_input_text; +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Indexing Stuff */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + + +/* An index element... */ +typedef struct index_elt +{ + struct index_elt *next; + char *entry; /* The index entry itself. */ + char *node; /* The node from whence it came. */ + int code; /* Non-zero means add `@code{...}' when + printing this element. */ + int defining_line; /* Line number where this entry was written. */ +} INDEX_ELT; + +/* A list of short-names for each index, and the index to that index in our + index array, the_indices. In addition, for each index, it is remembered + whether that index is a code index or not. Code indices have @code{} + inserted around the first word when they are printed with printindex. */ +typedef struct +{ + char *name; + int index; + int code; +} INDEX_ALIST; + +INDEX_ALIST **name_index_alist = (INDEX_ALIST **) NULL; + +/* An array of pointers. Each one is for a different index. The + "synindex" command changes which array slot is pointed to by a + given "index". */ +INDEX_ELT **the_indices = (INDEX_ELT **) NULL; + +/* The number of defined indices. */ +int defined_indices = 0; + +/* We predefine these. */ +#define program_index 0 +#define function_index 1 +#define concept_index 2 +#define variable_index 3 +#define datatype_index 4 +#define key_index 5 + +void +init_indices () +{ + int i; + + /* Create the default data structures. */ + + /* Initialize data space. */ + if (!the_indices) + { + the_indices = (INDEX_ELT **) xmalloc ((1 + defined_indices) * + sizeof (INDEX_ELT *)); + the_indices[defined_indices] = (INDEX_ELT *) NULL; + + name_index_alist = (INDEX_ALIST **) xmalloc ((1 + defined_indices) * + sizeof (INDEX_ALIST *)); + name_index_alist[defined_indices] = (INDEX_ALIST *) NULL; + } + + /* If there were existing indices, get rid of them now. */ + for (i = 0; i < defined_indices; i++) + undefindex (name_index_alist[i]->name); + + /* Add the default indices. */ + top_defindex ("pg", 0); + top_defindex ("fn", 1); /* "fn" is a code index. */ + top_defindex ("cp", 0); + top_defindex ("vr", 0); + top_defindex ("tp", 0); + top_defindex ("ky", 0); + +} + +/* Find which element in the known list of indices has this name. + Returns -1 if NAME isn't found. */ +int +find_index_offset (name) + char *name; +{ + register int i; + for (i = 0; i < defined_indices; i++) + if (name_index_alist[i] && + strcmp (name, name_index_alist[i]->name) == 0) + return (name_index_alist[i]->index); + return (-1); +} + +/* Return a pointer to the entry of (name . index) for this name. + Return NULL if the index doesn't exist. */ +INDEX_ALIST * +find_index (name) + char *name; +{ + int offset = find_index_offset (name); + if (offset > -1) + return (name_index_alist[offset]); + else + return ((INDEX_ALIST *) NULL); +} + +/* Given an index name, return the offset in the_indices of this index, + or -1 if there is no such index. */ +int +translate_index (name) + char *name; +{ + INDEX_ALIST *which = find_index (name); + + if (which) + return (which->index); + else + return (-1); +} + +/* Return the index list which belongs to NAME. */ +INDEX_ELT * +index_list (name) + char *name; +{ + int which = translate_index (name); + if (which < 0) + return ((INDEX_ELT *) -1); + else + return (the_indices[which]); +} + +/* Please release me, let me go... */ +void +free_index (index) + INDEX_ELT *index; +{ + INDEX_ELT *temp; + + while ((temp = index) != (INDEX_ELT *) NULL) + { + free (temp->entry); + free (temp->node); + index = index->next; + free (temp); + } +} + +/* Flush an index by name. */ +void +undefindex (name) + char *name; +{ + int i; + int which = find_index_offset (name); + + if (which < 0) + return; + + i = name_index_alist[which]->index; + + free_index (the_indices[i]); + the_indices[i] = (INDEX_ELT *) NULL; + + free (name_index_alist[which]->name); + free (name_index_alist[which]); + name_index_alist[which] = (INDEX_ALIST *) NULL; +} + +/* Define an index known as NAME. We assign the slot number. + CODE if non-zero says to make this a code index. */ +void +defindex (name, code) + char *name; + int code; +{ + register int i, slot; + + /* If it already exists, flush it. */ + undefindex (name); + + /* Try to find an empty slot. */ + slot = -1; + for (i = 0; i < defined_indices; i++) + if (!name_index_alist[i]) + { + slot = i; + break; + } + + if (slot < 0) + { + /* No such luck. Make space for another index. */ + slot = defined_indices; + defined_indices++; + + name_index_alist = (INDEX_ALIST **) + xrealloc ((char *)name_index_alist, + (1 + defined_indices) * sizeof (INDEX_ALIST *)); + the_indices = (INDEX_ELT **) + xrealloc ((char *)the_indices, + (1 + defined_indices) * sizeof (INDEX_ELT *)); + } + + /* We have a slot. Start assigning. */ + name_index_alist[slot] = (INDEX_ALIST *) xmalloc (sizeof (INDEX_ALIST)); + name_index_alist[slot]->name = strdup (name); + name_index_alist[slot]->index = slot; + name_index_alist[slot]->code = code; + + the_indices[slot] = (INDEX_ELT *) NULL; +} + +/* Add the arguments to the current index command to the index NAME. */ +void +index_add_arg (name) + char *name; +{ + int which; + char *index_entry; + INDEX_ALIST *tem; + + tem = find_index (name); + + which = tem ? tem->index : -1; + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + append_to_expansion_output (input_text_offset + 1); +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + get_rest_of_line (&index_entry); + ignore_blank_line (); + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + { + int op_orig; + + remember_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); + op_orig = output_paragraph_offset; + me_execute_string (index_entry); + me_execute_string ("\n"); + output_paragraph_offset = op_orig; + } +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + if (which < 0) + { + line_error ("Unknown index reference `%s'", name); + free (index_entry); + } + else + { + INDEX_ELT *new = (INDEX_ELT *) xmalloc (sizeof (INDEX_ELT)); + new->next = the_indices[which]; + new->entry = index_entry; + new->node = current_node; + new->code = tem->code; + new->defining_line = line_number - 1; + the_indices[which] = new; + } +} + +#define INDEX_COMMAND_SUFFIX "index" + +/* The function which user defined index commands call. */ +void +gen_index () +{ + char *name = strdup (command); + if (strlen (name) >= strlen ("index")) + name[strlen (name) - strlen ("index")] = '\0'; + index_add_arg (name); + free (name); +} + +void +top_defindex (name, code) + char *name; + int code; +{ + char *temp; + + temp = (char *) xmalloc (1 + strlen (name) + strlen ("index")); + sprintf (temp, "%sindex", name); + define_user_command (temp, gen_index, 0); + defindex (name, code); + free (temp); +} + +/* Define a new index command. Arg is name of index. */ +void +cm_defindex () +{ + gen_defindex (0); +} + +void +cm_defcodeindex () +{ + gen_defindex (1); +} + +void +gen_defindex (code) + int code; +{ + char *name; + get_rest_of_line (&name); + + if (find_index (name)) + { + line_error ("Index `%s' already exists", name); + free (name); + return; + } + else + { + char *temp = (char *) alloca (1 + strlen (name) + strlen ("index")); + sprintf (temp, "%sindex", name); + define_user_command (temp, gen_index, 0); + defindex (name, code); + free (name); + } +} + +/* Append LIST2 to LIST1. Return the head of the list. */ +INDEX_ELT * +index_append (head, tail) + INDEX_ELT *head, *tail; +{ + register INDEX_ELT *t_head = head; + + if (!t_head) + return (tail); + + while (t_head->next) + t_head = t_head->next; + t_head->next = tail; + return (head); +} + +/* Expects 2 args, on the same line. Both are index abbreviations. + Make the first one be a synonym for the second one, i.e. make the + first one have the same index as the second one. */ +void +cm_synindex () +{ + int redirector, redirectee; + char *temp; + + skip_whitespace (); + get_until_in_line (" ", &temp); + redirectee = find_index_offset (temp); + skip_whitespace (); + free_and_clear (&temp); + get_until_in_line (" ", &temp); + redirector = find_index_offset (temp); + free (temp); + if (redirector < 0 || redirectee < 0) + { + line_error ("Unknown index reference"); + } + else + { + /* I think that we should let the user make indices synonymous to + each other without any lossage of info. This means that one can + say @synindex cp dt anywhere in the file, and things that used to + be in cp will go into dt. */ + INDEX_ELT *i1 = the_indices[redirectee], *i2 = the_indices[redirector]; + + if (i1 || i2) + { + if (i1) + the_indices[redirectee] = index_append (i1, i2); + else + the_indices[redirectee] = index_append (i2, i1); + } + + name_index_alist[redirectee]->index = + name_index_alist[redirector]->index; + } +} + +void +cm_pindex () /* Pinhead index. */ +{ + index_add_arg ("pg"); +} + +void +cm_vindex () /* Variable index. */ +{ + index_add_arg ("vr"); +} + +void +cm_kindex () /* Key index. */ +{ + index_add_arg ("ky"); +} + +void +cm_cindex () /* Concept index. */ +{ + index_add_arg ("cp"); +} + +void +cm_findex () /* Function index. */ +{ + index_add_arg ("fn"); +} + +void +cm_tindex () /* Data Type index. */ +{ + index_add_arg ("tp"); +} + +/* Sorting the index. */ +int +index_element_compare (element1, element2) + INDEX_ELT **element1, **element2; +{ + return (strcasecmp ((*element1)->entry, (*element2)->entry)); +} + +/* Force all index entries to be unique. */ +void +make_index_entries_unique (array, count) + INDEX_ELT **array; + int count; +{ + register int i, j; + INDEX_ELT **copy; + int counter = 1; + + copy = (INDEX_ELT **)xmalloc ((1 + count) * sizeof (INDEX_ELT *)); + + for (i = 0, j = 0; i < count; i++) + { + if ((i == (count - 1)) || + (array[i]->node != array[i + 1]->node) || + (strcmp (array[i]->entry, array[i + 1]->entry) != 0)) + copy[j++] = array[i]; + else + { + free (array[i]->entry); + free (array[i]); + } + } + copy[j] = (INDEX_ELT *)NULL; + + /* Now COPY contains only unique entries. Duplicated entries in the + original array have been freed. Replace the current array with + the copy, fixing the NEXT pointers. */ + for (i = 0; copy[i] != (INDEX_ELT *)NULL; i++) + { + + copy[i]->next = copy[i + 1]; + + /* Fix entry names which are the same. They point to different nodes, + so we make the entry name unique. */ + if ((copy[i + 1] != (INDEX_ELT *)NULL) && + (strcmp (copy[i]->entry, copy[i + 1]->entry) == 0)) + { + char *new_entry_name; + + new_entry_name = (char *)xmalloc (10 + strlen (copy[i]->entry)); + sprintf (new_entry_name, "%s <%d>", copy[i]->entry, counter); + free (copy[i]->entry); + copy[i]->entry = new_entry_name; + counter++; + } + else + counter = 1; + + array[i] = copy[i]; + } + array[i] = (INDEX_ELT *)NULL; + + /* Free the storage used only by COPY. */ + free (copy); +} + +/* Sort the index passed in INDEX, returning an array of + pointers to elements. The array is terminated with a NULL + pointer. We call qsort because it's supposed to be fast. + I think this looks bad. */ +INDEX_ELT ** +sort_index (index) + INDEX_ELT *index; +{ + INDEX_ELT *temp = index; + INDEX_ELT **array; + int count = 0; + + while (temp != (INDEX_ELT *) NULL) + { + count++; + temp = temp->next; + } + + /* We have the length. Make an array. */ + + array = (INDEX_ELT **) xmalloc ((count + 1) * sizeof (INDEX_ELT *)); + count = 0; + temp = index; + + while (temp != (INDEX_ELT *) NULL) + { + array[count++] = temp; + + /* Maybe should set line number to the defining_line? Any errors + have already been given, though, I think. */ + + /* If this particular entry should be printed as a "code" index, + then wrap the entry with "@code{...}". */ + array[count - 1]->entry = expansion (temp->entry, index->code); + + temp = temp->next; + } + array[count] = (INDEX_ELT *) NULL; /* terminate the array. */ + + /* Sort the array. */ + qsort (array, count, sizeof (INDEX_ELT *), index_element_compare); + make_index_entries_unique (array, count); + return (array); +} + +/* Non-zero means that we are in the middle of printing an index. */ +int printing_index = 0; + +/* Takes one arg, a short name of an index to print. + Outputs a menu of the sorted elements of the index. */ +void +cm_printindex () +{ + int item; + INDEX_ELT *index; + INDEX_ELT **array; + char *index_name; + unsigned line_length; + char *line; + int saved_inhibit_paragraph_indentation = inhibit_paragraph_indentation; + int saved_filling_enabled = filling_enabled; + + close_paragraph (); + get_rest_of_line (&index_name); + + index = index_list (index_name); + if (index == (INDEX_ELT *)-1) + { + line_error ("Unknown index name `%s'", index_name); + free (index_name); + return; + } + else + free (index_name); + + /* Do this before sorting, so execute_string in index_element_compare + will give the same results as when we actually print. */ + printing_index = 1; + filling_enabled = 0; + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = 1; + array = sort_index (index); + + close_paragraph (); + add_word ("* Menu:\n\n"); + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + me_inhibit_expansion++; +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + /* This will probably be enough. */ + line_length = 100; + line = xmalloc (line_length); + + for (item = 0; (index = array[item]); item++) + { + /* A pathological document might have an index entry outside of any + node. Don't crash. Perhaps should warn. */ + char *index_node = index->node ? index->node : "(none)"; + unsigned new_length = strlen (index->entry) + strlen (index_node); + + if (new_length > line_length) + { + line_length = new_length + 6; /* * : .\0 */ + line = xrealloc (line, line_length); + } + + /* Print the entry, nicely formatted. We've already expanded any + commands, including any implicit @code. Thus, can't call + execute_string, since @@ has turned into @. */ + sprintf (line, "* %-37s %s.\n", index->entry, index_node); + line[2 + strlen (index->entry)] = ':'; + insert_string (line); + + /* Previous `output_paragraph' from growing to the size of the + whole index. */ + flush_output (); + } + + free (line); + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + me_inhibit_expansion--; +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + + printing_index = 0; + free (array); + close_single_paragraph (); + filling_enabled = saved_filling_enabled; + inhibit_paragraph_indentation = saved_inhibit_paragraph_indentation; +} + +/* User-defined commands. */ + +void +define_user_command (name, proc, needs_braces_p) + char *name; + COMMAND_FUNCTION *proc; + int needs_braces_p; +{ + int slot = user_command_array_len; + user_command_array_len++; + + if (!user_command_array) + user_command_array = (COMMAND **) xmalloc (1 * sizeof (COMMAND *)); + + user_command_array = (COMMAND **) xrealloc (user_command_array, + (1 + user_command_array_len) * + sizeof (COMMAND *)); + + user_command_array[slot] = (COMMAND *) xmalloc (sizeof (COMMAND)); + user_command_array[slot]->name = strdup (name); + user_command_array[slot]->proc = proc; + user_command_array[slot]->argument_in_braces = needs_braces_p; +} + +/* Set the paragraph indentation variable to the value specified in STRING. + Values can be: + `asis': Don't change existing indentation. + `none': Remove existing indentation. + NUM: Indent NUM spaces at the starts of paragraphs. + Note that if NUM is zero, we assume `none'. + + Returns 0 if successful, or non-zero if STRING isn't one of the above. */ +int +set_paragraph_indent (string) + char *string; +{ + if (strcmp (string, "asis") == 0) + paragraph_start_indent = 0; + else if (strcmp (string, "none") == 0) + paragraph_start_indent = -1; + else + { + if (sscanf (string, "%d", ¶graph_start_indent) != 1) + return (-1); + else + { + if (paragraph_start_indent == 0) + paragraph_start_indent = -1; + } + } + return (0); +} + +void +cm_paragraphindent () +{ + char *arg; + + get_rest_of_line (&arg); + if (set_paragraph_indent (arg) != 0) + line_error ("Bad argument to %c%s", COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + + free (arg); +} + +/* Some support for footnotes. */ + +/* Footnotes are a new construct in Info. We don't know the best method + of implementing them for sure, so we present two possiblities. + + SeparateNode: + Make them look like followed references, with the reference + destinations in a makeinfo manufactured node or, + + EndNode: + Make them appear at the bottom of the node that they originally + appeared in. */ +#define SeparateNode 0 +#define EndNode 1 + +int footnote_style = EndNode; +int first_footnote_this_node = 1; +int footnote_count = 0; + +/* Set the footnote style based on he style identifier in STRING. */ +int +set_footnote_style (string) + char *string; +{ + if ((strcasecmp (string, "separate") == 0) || + (strcasecmp (string, "MN") == 0)) + footnote_style = SeparateNode; + else if ((strcasecmp (string, "end") == 0) || + (strcasecmp (string, "EN") == 0)) + footnote_style = EndNode; + else + return (-1); + + return (0); +} + +void +cm_footnotestyle () +{ + char *arg; + + get_rest_of_line (&arg); + + /* If set on command line, do not change the footnote style. */ + if (!footnote_style_preset && set_footnote_style (arg) != 0) + line_error ("Bad argument to %c%s", COMMAND_PREFIX, command); + + free (arg); +} + +typedef struct fn +{ + struct fn *next; + char *marker; + char *note; +} FN; + +FN *pending_notes = (FN *) NULL; + +/* A method for remembering footnotes. Note that this list gets output + at the end of the current node. */ +void +remember_note (marker, note) + char *marker, *note; +{ + FN *temp = (FN *) xmalloc (sizeof (FN)); + + temp->marker = strdup (marker); + temp->note = strdup (note); + temp->next = pending_notes; + pending_notes = temp; + footnote_count++; +} + +/* How to get rid of existing footnotes. */ +void +free_pending_notes () +{ + FN *temp; + + while ((temp = pending_notes) != (FN *) NULL) + { + free (temp->marker); + free (temp->note); + pending_notes = pending_notes->next; + free (temp); + } + first_footnote_this_node = 1; + footnote_count = 0; +} + +/* What to do when you see a @footnote construct. */ + + /* Handle a "footnote". + footnote *{this is a footnote} + where "*" is the marker character for this note. */ +void +cm_footnote () +{ + char *marker; + char *note; + + get_until ("{", &marker); + canon_white (marker); + + /* Read the argument in braces. */ + if (curchar () != '{') + { + line_error ("`%c%s' expected more than just `%s'. It needs something in `{...}'", + COMMAND_PREFIX, command, marker); + free (marker); + return; + } + else + { + int braces = 1; + int temp = ++input_text_offset; + int len; + + while (braces) + { + if (temp == size_of_input_text) + { + line_error ("No closing brace for footnote `%s'", marker); + return; + } + + if (input_text[temp] == '{') + braces++; + else if (input_text[temp] == '}') + braces--; + else if (input_text[temp] == '\n') + line_number ++; + + temp++; + } + + len = (temp - input_text_offset) - 1; + note = (char *)xmalloc (len + 1); + strncpy (note, &input_text[input_text_offset], len); + note[len] = '\0'; + input_text_offset = temp; + } + + if (!current_node || !*current_node) + { + line_error ("Footnote defined without parent node"); + free (marker); + free (note); + return; + } + + if (!*marker) + { + free (marker); + + if (number_footnotes) + { + marker = (char *)xmalloc (10); + sprintf (marker, "%d", current_footnote_number); + current_footnote_number++; + } + else + marker = strdup ("*"); + } + + remember_note (marker, note); + + /* Your method should at least insert MARKER. */ + switch (footnote_style) + { + case SeparateNode: + add_word_args ("(%s)", marker); + if (first_footnote_this_node) + { + char *temp_string; + + temp_string = (char *) + xmalloc ((strlen (current_node)) + (strlen ("-Footnotes")) + 1); + + add_word_args (" (*note %s-Footnotes::)", current_node); + strcpy (temp_string, current_node); + strcat (temp_string, "-Footnotes"); + remember_node_reference (temp_string, line_number, followed_reference); + free (temp_string); + first_footnote_this_node = 0; + } + break; + + case EndNode: + add_word_args ("(%s)", marker); + break; + + default: + break; + } + free (marker); + free (note); +} + +/* Non-zero means that we are currently in the process of outputting + footnotes. */ +int already_outputting_pending_notes = 0; + +/* Output the footnotes. We are at the end of the current node. */ +void +output_pending_notes () +{ + FN *footnote = pending_notes; + + if (!pending_notes) + return; + + switch (footnote_style) + { + case SeparateNode: + { + char *old_current_node = current_node; + char *old_command = strdup (command); + + already_outputting_pending_notes++; + execute_string ("%cnode %s-Footnotes,,,%s\n", + COMMAND_PREFIX, current_node, current_node); + already_outputting_pending_notes--; + current_node = old_current_node; + free (command); + command = old_command; + } + break; + + case EndNode: + close_paragraph (); + in_fixed_width_font++; + execute_string ("---------- Footnotes ----------\n\n"); + in_fixed_width_font--; + break; + } + + /* Handle the footnotes in reverse order. */ + { + FN **array = (FN **) xmalloc ((footnote_count + 1) * sizeof (FN *)); + + array[footnote_count] = (FN *) NULL; + + while (--footnote_count > -1) + { + array[footnote_count] = footnote; + footnote = footnote->next; + } + + filling_enabled = 1; + indented_fill = 1; + + while (footnote = array[++footnote_count]) + { + + switch (footnote_style) + { + case SeparateNode: + case EndNode: + execute_string ("(%s) %s", footnote->marker, footnote->note); + close_paragraph (); + break; + } + } + close_paragraph (); + free (array); + } +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* User definable Macros (text substitution) */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +#if defined (HAVE_MACROS) + +/* Array of macros and definitions. */ +MACRO_DEF **macro_list = (MACRO_DEF **)NULL; + +int macro_list_len = 0; /* Number of elements. */ +int macro_list_size = 0; /* Number of slots in total. */ + +/* Return the macro definition of NAME or NULL if NAME is not defined. */ +MACRO_DEF * +find_macro (name) + char *name; +{ + register int i; + register MACRO_DEF *def; + + def = (MACRO_DEF *)NULL; + for (i = 0; macro_list && (def = macro_list[i]); i++) + { + if ((!def->inhibited) && (strcmp (def->name, name) == 0)) + break; + } + return (def); +} + +/* Add the macro NAME with ARGLIST and BODY to the list of defined macros. + SOURCE_FILE is the name of the file where this definition can be found, + and SOURCE_LINENO is the line number within that file. If a macro already + exists with NAME, then a warning is produced, and that previous + definition is overwritten. */ +void +add_macro (name, arglist, body, source_file, source_lineno, flags) + char *name; + char **arglist; + char *body; + char *source_file; + int source_lineno, flags; +{ + register MACRO_DEF *def; + + def = find_macro (name); + + if (!def) + { + if (macro_list_len + 2 >= macro_list_size) + macro_list = (MACRO_DEF **)xrealloc + (macro_list, ((macro_list_size += 10) * sizeof (MACRO_DEF *))); + + macro_list[macro_list_len] = (MACRO_DEF *)xmalloc (sizeof (MACRO_DEF)); + macro_list[macro_list_len + 1] = (MACRO_DEF *)NULL; + + def = macro_list[macro_list_len]; + macro_list_len += 1; + def->name = name; + } + else + { + char *temp_filename = input_filename; + int temp_line = line_number; + + warning ("The macro `%s' is previously defined", name); + + input_filename = def->source_file; + line_number = def->source_lineno; + + warning ("Here is the previous definition of `%s'", name); + + input_filename = temp_filename; + line_number = temp_line; + + if (def->arglist) + { + register int i; + + for (i = 0; def->arglist[i]; i++) + free (def->arglist[i]); + + free (def->arglist); + } + free (def->source_file); + free (def->body); + } + + def->source_file = strdup (source_file); + def->source_lineno = source_lineno; + def->body = body; + def->arglist = arglist; + def->inhibited = 0; + def->flags = flags; +} + +/* Delete the macro with name NAME. The macro is deleted from the list, + but it is also returned. If there was no macro defined, NULL is + returned. */ +MACRO_DEF * +delete_macro (name) + char *name; +{ + register int i; + register MACRO_DEF *def; + + def = (MACRO_DEF *)NULL; + + for (i = 0; macro_list && (def = macro_list[i]); i++) + if (strcmp (def->name, name) == 0) + { + memmove (macro_list + i, macro_list + i + 1, + ((macro_list_len + 1) - i) * sizeof (MACRO_DEF *)); + break; + } + return (def); +} + +/* Return the arglist on the current line. This can behave in two different + ways, depending on the variable BRACES_REQUIRED_FOR_MACRO_ARGS. */ +int braces_required_for_macro_args = 0; + +char ** +get_macro_args (def) + MACRO_DEF *def; +{ + register int i; + char *word; + + /* Quickly check to see if this macro has been invoked with any arguments. + If not, then don't skip any of the following whitespace. */ + for (i = input_text_offset; i < size_of_input_text; i++) + if (!cr_or_whitespace (input_text[i])) + break; + + if (input_text[i] != '{') + { + if (braces_required_for_macro_args) + { + return ((char **)NULL); + } + else + { + /* Braces are not required to fill out the macro arguments. If + this macro takes one argument, it is considered to be the + remainder of the line, sans whitespace. */ + if (def->arglist && def->arglist[0] && !def->arglist[1]) + { + char **arglist; + + get_rest_of_line (&word); + if (input_text[input_text_offset - 1] == '\n') + input_text_offset--; + /* canon_white (word); */ + arglist = (char **)xmalloc (2 * sizeof (char *)); + arglist[0] = word; + arglist[1] = (char *)NULL; + return (arglist); + } + else + { + /* The macro either took no arguments, or took more than + one argument. In that case, it must be invoked with + arguments surrounded by braces. */ + return ((char **)NULL); + } + } + } + return (get_brace_args (def->flags & ME_QUOTE_ARG)); +} + +/* Substitute actual parameters for named parameters in body. + The named parameters which appear in BODY must by surrounded + reverse slashes, as in \foo\. */ +char * +apply (named, actuals, body) + char **named, **actuals, *body; +{ + register int i; + int new_body_index, new_body_size; + char *new_body, *text; + int length_of_actuals; + + length_of_actuals = array_len (actuals); + new_body_size = strlen (body); + new_body = (char *)xmalloc (1 + new_body_size); + + /* Copy chars from BODY into NEW_BODY. */ + i = 0; new_body_index = 0; + + while (1) + { + if (!body[i]) + break; + + if (body[i] != '\\') + new_body[new_body_index++] = body[i++]; + else + { + /* Snarf parameter name, check against named parameters. */ + char *param; + int param_start, which, len; + + param_start = ++i; + while ((body[i]) && (body[i] != '\\')) + i++; + + len = i - param_start; + param = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len); + memcpy (param, body + param_start, len); + param[len] = '\0'; + + if (body[i]) + i++; + + /* Now check against named parameters. */ + for (which = 0; named && named[which]; which++) + if (strcmp (named[which], param) == 0) + break; + + if (named[which]) + { + if (which < length_of_actuals) + text = actuals[which]; + else + text = (char *)NULL; + + if (!text) + text = ""; + + len = strlen (text); + } + else + { + len += 2; + text = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len); + sprintf (text, "\\%s\\", param); + } + + if ((2 + strlen (param)) < len) + new_body = (char *)xrealloc + (new_body, new_body_size += (1 + len)); + + free (param); + + strcpy (new_body + new_body_index, text); + new_body_index += len; + + if (!named[which]) + free (text); + } + } + new_body[new_body_index] = '\0'; + return (new_body); +} + +/* Execute the macro passed in DEF, a pointer to a MACRO_DEF. */ +void +execute_macro (def) + MACRO_DEF *def; +{ + register int i; + char **arglist; + int num_args; + char *execution_string = (char *)NULL; + + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !me_inhibit_expansion) + me_append_before_this_command (); + + /* Find out how many arguments this macro definition takes. */ + num_args = array_len (def->arglist); + + /* Gather the arguments present on the line if there are any. */ + arglist = get_macro_args (def); + + if (num_args < array_len (arglist)) + { + free_array (arglist); + line_error ("Macro `%s' called with too many args", def->name); + return; + } + + if (def->body) + execution_string = apply (def->arglist, arglist, def->body); + + free_array (arglist); + + if (def->body) + { + if (macro_expansion_output_stream && !me_inhibit_expansion) + { + remember_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); + me_execute_string (execution_string); + } + else + execute_string ("%s", execution_string); + + free (execution_string); + } +} + +/* Read and remember the definition of a macro. */ +void +cm_macro () +{ + register int i; + char *name, **arglist, *body, *line; + int body_size, body_index; + int depth = 1; + int defining_line = line_number; + int flags = 0; + + arglist = (char **)NULL; + body = (char *)NULL; + body_size = 0; + body_index = 0; + + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + me_append_before_this_command (); + + skip_whitespace (); + + /* Get the name of the macro. This is the set of characters which are + not whitespace and are not `{' immediately following the @macro. */ + { + int start = input_text_offset; + int len; + + for (i = start; + (i < size_of_input_text) && + (input_text[i] != '{') && + (!cr_or_whitespace (input_text[i])); + i++); + + len = i - start; + name = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len); + strncpy (name, input_text + start, len); + name[len] = '\0'; + input_text_offset = i; + } + + skip_whitespace (); + + /* It is not required that the definition of a macro includes an arglist. + If not, don't try to get the named parameters, just use a null list. */ + if (curchar () == '{') + { + int arglist_index = 0, arglist_size = 0; + int gathering_words = 1; + char *word = (char *)NULL; + int character; + + /* Read the words inside of the braces which determine the arglist. + These words will be replaced within the body of the macro at + execution time. */ + + input_text_offset++; + skip_whitespace_and_newlines (); + + while (gathering_words) + { + int len; + + for (i = input_text_offset; + character = input_text[i]; + i++) + { + switch (character) + { + case '\n': + line_number++; + case ' ': + case '\t': + case ',': + case '}': + /* Found the end of the current arglist word. Save it. */ + len = i - input_text_offset; + word = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len); + strncpy (word, input_text + input_text_offset, len); + word[len] = '\0'; + input_text_offset = i; + + /* Advance to the comma or close-brace that signified + the end of the argument. */ + while ((character = curchar ()) + && character != ',' + && character != '}') + { + input_text_offset++; + if (character == '\n') + line_number++; + } + + /* Add the word to our list of words. */ + if ((arglist_index + 2) >= arglist_size) + arglist = (char **)xrealloc + (arglist, (arglist_size += 10) * sizeof (char *)); + + arglist[arglist_index++] = word; + arglist[arglist_index] = (char *)NULL; + break; + } + + if (character == '}') + { + input_text_offset++; + gathering_words = 0; + break; + } + + if (character == ',') + { + input_text_offset++; + skip_whitespace_and_newlines (); + i = input_text_offset - 1; + } + } + } + } + + /* Read the text carefully until we find an "@end macro" which + matches this one. The text in between is the body of the macro. */ + skip_whitespace_and_newlines (); + + while (depth) + { + if ((input_text_offset + 9) > size_of_input_text) + { + int temp_line = line_number; + line_number = defining_line; + line_error ("%cend macro not found", COMMAND_PREFIX); + line_number = temp_line; + return; + } + + get_rest_of_line (&line); + + /* Handle commands only meaningful within a macro. */ + if ((*line == COMMAND_PREFIX) && (depth == 1) && + (strncmp (line + 1, "allow-recursion", 15) == 0) && + (line[16] == '\0' || whitespace (line[16]))) + { + for (i = 16; whitespace (line[i]); i++); + strcpy (line, line + i); + flags |= ME_RECURSE; + if (!*line) + { + free (line); + continue; + } + } + + if ((*line == COMMAND_PREFIX) && (depth == 1) && + (strncmp (line + 1, "quote-arg", 9) == 0) && + (line[10] == '\0' || whitespace (line[10]))) + { + for (i = 10; whitespace (line[i]); i++); + strcpy (line, line + i); + + if (arglist && arglist[0] && !arglist[1]) + { + flags |= ME_QUOTE_ARG; + if (!*line) + { + free (line); + continue; + } + } + else + { + line_error ("%cquote-arg only useful when the macro takes a single argument", + COMMAND_PREFIX); + } + } + + if ((*line == COMMAND_PREFIX) && + (strncmp (line + 1, "macro ", 6) == 0)) + depth++; + + if ((*line == COMMAND_PREFIX) && + (strncmp (line + 1, "end macro", 9) == 0)) + depth--; + + if (depth) + { + if ((body_index + strlen (line) + 3) >= body_size) + body = (char *)xrealloc + (body, body_size += 3 + strlen (line)); + strcpy (body + body_index, line); + body_index += strlen (line); + body[body_index++] = '\n'; + body[body_index] = '\0'; + } + free (line); + } + + /* We now have the name, the arglist, and the body. However, BODY + includes the final newline which preceded the `@end macro' text. + Delete it. */ + if (body && strlen (body)) + body[strlen (body) - 1] = '\0'; + + add_macro (name, arglist, body, input_filename, defining_line, flags); + + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + remember_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); +} + +void +cm_unmacro () +{ + register int i; + char *line, *name; + MACRO_DEF *def; + + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + me_append_before_this_command (); + + get_rest_of_line (&line); + canon_white (line); + + for (i = 0; line[i] && !whitespace (line[i]); i++); + name = (char *)xmalloc (i); + strncpy (name, line, i); + name[i] = '\0'; + + def = delete_macro (name); + + if (def) + { + free (def->source_file); + free (def->name); + free (def->body); + + if (def->arglist) + { + register int i; + + for (i = 0; def->arglist[i]; i++) + free (def->arglist[i]); + + free (def->arglist); + } + + free (def); + } + + free (line); + free (name); + + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + remember_itext (input_text, input_text_offset); +} + +/* How to output sections of the input file verbatim. */ + +/* Set the value of POINTER's offset to OFFSET. */ +ITEXT * +remember_itext (pointer, offset) + char *pointer; + int offset; +{ + register int i; + ITEXT *itext = (ITEXT *)NULL; + + /* If we have no info, initialize a blank list. */ + if (!itext_info) + { + itext_info = (ITEXT **)xmalloc ((itext_size = 10) * sizeof (ITEXT *)); + for (i = 0; i < itext_size; i++) + itext_info[i] = (ITEXT *)NULL; + } + + /* If the pointer is already present in the list, then set the offset. */ + for (i = 0; i < itext_size; i++) + if ((itext_info[i] != (ITEXT *)NULL) && + (itext_info[i]->pointer == pointer)) + { + itext = itext_info[i]; + itext_info[i]->offset = offset; + break; + } + + if (i == itext_size) + { + /* Find a blank slot, (or create a new one), and remember the + pointer and offset. */ + for (i = 0; i < itext_size; i++) + if (itext_info[i] == (ITEXT *)NULL) + break; + + /* If not found, then add some slots. */ + if (i == itext_size) + { + register int j; + + itext_info = (ITEXT **)xrealloc + (itext_info, (itext_size += 10) * sizeof (ITEXT *)); + + for (j = i; j < itext_size; j++) + itext_info[j] = (ITEXT *)NULL; + } + + /* Now add the pointer and the offset. */ + itext_info[i] = (ITEXT *)xmalloc (sizeof (ITEXT)); + itext_info[i]->pointer = pointer; + itext_info[i]->offset = offset; + itext = itext_info[i]; + } + return (itext); +} + +/* Forget the input text associated with POINTER. */ +void +forget_itext (pointer) + char *pointer; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = 0; i < itext_size; i++) + if (itext_info[i] && (itext_info[i]->pointer == pointer)) + { + free (itext_info[i]); + itext_info[i] = (ITEXT *)NULL; + break; + } +} + +/* Append the text which appeared in input_text from the last offset to + the character just before the command that we are currently executing. */ +void +me_append_before_this_command () +{ + register int i; + + for (i = input_text_offset; i && (input_text[i] != COMMAND_PREFIX); i--); + maybe_write_itext (input_text, i); +} + +/* Similar to execute_string (), but only takes a single string argument, + and remembers the input text location, etc. */ +void +me_execute_string (execution_string) + char *execution_string; +{ + pushfile (); + input_text_offset = 0; + input_text = execution_string; + input_filename = strdup (input_filename); + size_of_input_text = strlen (execution_string); + + remember_itext (execution_string, 0); + + executing_string++; + reader_loop (); + popfile (); + executing_string--; +} + +/* Append the text which appears in input_text from the last offset to + the current OFFSET. */ +void +append_to_expansion_output (offset) + int offset; +{ + register int i; + ITEXT *itext = (ITEXT *)NULL; + + for (i = 0; i < itext_size; i++) + if (itext_info[i] && itext_info[i]->pointer == input_text) + { + itext = itext_info[i]; + break; + } + + if (!itext) + itext = remember_itext (input_text, 0); + + if (offset > itext->offset) + { + write_region_to_macro_output + (input_text, itext->offset, offset); + remember_itext (input_text, offset); + } +} + +/* Only write this input text iff it appears in our itext list. */ +void +maybe_write_itext (pointer, offset) + char *pointer; + int offset; +{ + register int i; + ITEXT *itext = (ITEXT *)NULL; + + for (i = 0; i < itext_size; i++) + if (itext_info[i] && (itext_info[i]->pointer == pointer)) + { + itext = itext_info[i]; + break; + } + + if (itext && (itext->offset < offset)) + { + write_region_to_macro_output (itext->pointer, itext->offset, offset); + remember_itext (pointer, offset); + } +} + +void +write_region_to_macro_output (string, start, end) + char *string; + int start, end; +{ + if (macro_expansion_output_stream) + fwrite (string + start, 1, end - start, macro_expansion_output_stream); +} + +#endif /* HAVE_MACROS */ + +/* Return the length of the array in ARRAY. */ +int +array_len (array) + char **array; +{ + register int i = 0; + + if (array) + for (i = 0; array[i] != (char *)NULL; i++); + + return (i); +} + +void +free_array (array) + char **array; +{ + if (array) + { + register int i; + + for (i = 0; array[i] != (char *)NULL; i++) + free (array[i]); + + free (array); + } +} + +/* Function is used even when we don't have macros. Although, I have + to admit, it is unlikely that you would have a use for it if you + aren't using macros. */ +char ** +get_brace_args (quote_single) + int quote_single; +{ + char **arglist, *word; + int arglist_index, arglist_size; + int character, escape_seen, start; + int depth = 1; + + /* There is an arglist in braces here, so gather the args inside of it. */ + skip_whitespace_and_newlines (); + input_text_offset++; + arglist = (char **)NULL; + arglist_index = arglist_size = 0; + + get_arg: + skip_whitespace_and_newlines (); + start = input_text_offset; + escape_seen = 0; + + while (character = curchar ()) + { + if (character == '\\') + { + input_text_offset += 2; + escape_seen = 1; + } + else if (character == '{') + { + depth++; + input_text_offset++; + } + else if ((character == ',' && !quote_single) || + ((character == '}') && depth == 1)) + { + int len = input_text_offset - start; + + if (len || (character != '}')) + { + word = (char *)xmalloc (1 + len); + strncpy (word, input_text + start, len); + word[len] = '\0'; + + /* Clean up escaped characters. */ + if (escape_seen) + { + register int i; + + for (i = 0; word[i]; i++) + if (word[i] == '\\') + memmove (word + i, word + i + 1, + 1 + strlen (word + i + 1)); + } + + if (arglist_index + 2 >= arglist_size) + arglist = (char **)xrealloc + (arglist, (arglist_size += 10) * sizeof (char *)); + + arglist[arglist_index++] = word; + arglist[arglist_index] = (char *)NULL; + } + + input_text_offset++; + if (character == '}') + break; + else + goto get_arg; + } + else if (character == '}') + { + depth--; + input_text_offset++; + } + else + { + input_text_offset++; + if (character == '\n') line_number++; + } + } + return (arglist); +} + +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Looking For Include Files */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Given a string containing units of information separated by colons, + return the next one pointed to by INDEX, or NULL if there are no more. + Advance INDEX to the character after the colon. */ +char * +extract_colon_unit (string, index) + char *string; + int *index; +{ + int i, start; + + i = *index; + + if (!string || (i >= strlen (string))) + return ((char *)NULL); + + /* Each call to this routine leaves the index pointing at a colon if + there is more to the path. If I is > 0, then increment past the + `:'. If I is 0, then the path has a leading colon. Trailing colons + are handled OK by the `else' part of the if statement; an empty + string is returned in that case. */ + if (i && string[i] == ':') + i++; + + start = i; + + while (string[i] && string[i] != ':') i++; + + *index = i; + + if (i == start) + { + if (string[i]) + (*index)++; + + /* Return "" in the case of a trailing `:'. */ + return (strdup ("")); + } + else + { + char *value; + + value = (char *)xmalloc (1 + (i - start)); + strncpy (value, &string[start], (i - start)); + value [i - start] = '\0'; + + return (value); + } +} + +/* Return the full pathname for FILENAME by searching along PATH. + When found, return the stat () info for FILENAME in FINFO. + If PATH is NULL, only the current directory is searched. + If the file could not be found, return a NULL pointer. */ +char * +get_file_info_in_path (filename, path, finfo) + char *filename, *path; + struct stat *finfo; +{ + char *dir; + int result, index = 0; + + if (path == (char *)NULL) + path = "."; + + /* Handle absolute pathnames. "./foo", "/foo", "../foo". */ + if (*filename == '/' || + (*filename == '.' && + (filename[1] == '/' || + (filename[1] == '.' && filename[2] == '/')))) + { + if (stat (filename, finfo) == 0) + return (strdup (filename)); + else + return ((char *)NULL); + } + + while (dir = extract_colon_unit (path, &index)) + { + char *fullpath; + + if (!*dir) + { + free (dir); + dir = strdup ("."); + } + + fullpath = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (dir) + strlen (filename)); + sprintf (fullpath, "%s/%s", dir, filename); + free (dir); + + result = stat (fullpath, finfo); + + if (result == 0) + return (fullpath); + else + free (fullpath); + } + return ((char *)NULL); +} diff --git a/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.h b/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..399764eb88b --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.h @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ +/* makeinfo.h -- Declarations for Makeinfo. + $Id: makeinfo.h,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:58:08 jason Exp $ + + Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + Written by Brian Fox (bfox@ai.mit.edu). */ + +/* Why, oh why, did I ever listen to rms when he said: + "Don't make lots of small files, just make one big one!" I've + regretted it ever since with this program, and with readline. + bfox@ai.mit.edu Thu Jul 11 07:54:32 1996 */ + +#if !defined (MAKEINFO_H) +#define MAKEINFO_H + +#if defined (COMPILING_MAKEINFO) +# define DECLARE(type, var, init) type var = init +#else +# define DECLARE(type, var, init) extern type var +#endif + +enum insertion_type +{ + menu, detailmenu, quotation, lisp, smalllisp, example, smallexample, + display, itemize, format, enumerate, cartouche, multitable, table, + ftable, vtable, group, ifinfo, flushleft, flushright, ifset, + ifclear, deffn, defun, defmac, defspec, defvr, defvar, defopt, + deftypefn, deftypefun, deftypevr, deftypevar, defcv, defivar, defop, + defmethod, deftypemethod, deftp, direntry, bad_type +}; + +DECLARE (int, insertion_level, 0); + +#if defined (COMPILING_MAKEINFO) +char *insertion_type_names[] = +{ + "menu", "detailmenu", "quotation", "lisp", "smalllisp", "example", + "smallexample", "display", "itemize", "format", "enumerate", + "cartouche", "multitable", "table", "ftable", "vtable", "group", + "ifinfo", "flushleft", "flushright", "ifset", "ifclear", "deffn", + "defun", "defmac", "defspec", "defvr", "defvar", "defopt", + "deftypefn", "deftypefun", "deftypevr", "deftypevar", "defcv", + "defivar", "defop", "defmethod", "deftypemethod", "deftp", "direntry", + "bad_type" +}; +#endif + +typedef struct istack_elt +{ + struct istack_elt *next; + char *item_function; + char *filename; + int line_number; + int filling_enabled; + int indented_fill; + enum insertion_type insertion; + int inhibited; + int in_fixed_width_font; +} INSERTION_ELT; + +DECLARE (INSERTION_ELT *, insertion_stack, (INSERTION_ELT *)NULL); + +/* Current output stream. */ +DECLARE (FILE *, output_stream, (FILE *)NULL); + +/* Output paragraph buffer. */ +DECLARE (unsigned char *, output_paragraph, (unsigned char *)NULL); + +/* Offset into OUTPUT_PARAGRAPH. */ +DECLARE (int, output_paragraph_offset, 0); + +/* The output paragraph "cursor" horizontal position. */ +DECLARE (int, output_column, 0); + +/* Non-zero means output_paragraph contains text. */ +DECLARE (int, paragraph_is_open, 0); + +/* The amount of indentation to apply at the start of each line. */ +DECLARE (int, current_indent, 0); + +/* nonzero if we are currently processing a multitable command */ +DECLARE (int, multitable_active, 0); + +/* The column at which long lines are broken. */ +DECLARE (int, fill_column, 72); + +/* The current input file state. */ +DECLARE (char *, input_filename, (char *)NULL); +DECLARE (char *, input_text, (char *)NULL); +DECLARE (int, size_of_input_text, 0); +DECLARE (int, input_text_offset, 0); +DECLARE (int, line_number, 0); + +#define curchar() input_text[input_text_offset] +/* **************************************************************** */ +/* */ +/* Global Defines */ +/* */ +/* **************************************************************** */ + +/* Error levels */ +#define NO_ERROR 0 +#define SYNTAX 2 +#define FATAL 4 + +/* C's standard macros don't check to make sure that the characters being + changed are within range. So I have to check explicitly. */ + +/* GNU Library doesn't have toupper(). Until GNU gets this fixed, I will + have to do it. */ +#ifndef toupper +#define toupper(c) ((c) - 32) +#endif + +#define coerce_to_upper(c) ((islower(c) ? toupper(c) : (c))) +#define coerce_to_lower(c) ((isupper(c) ? tolower(c) : (c))) + +#define control_character_bit 0x40 /* %01000000, must be off. */ +#define meta_character_bit 0x080/* %10000000, must be on. */ +#define CTL(c) ((c) & (~control_character_bit)) +#define UNCTL(c) coerce_to_upper(((c)|control_character_bit)) +#define META(c) ((c) | (meta_character_bit)) +#define UNMETA(c) ((c) & (~meta_character_bit)) + +#define whitespace(c) (((c) == '\t') || ((c) == ' ')) +#define sentence_ender(c) ((c) == '.' || (c) == '?' || (c) == '!') +#define cr_or_whitespace(c) (((c) == '\t') || ((c) == ' ') || ((c) == '\n')) + +#ifndef isletter +#define isletter(c) (((c) >= 'A' && (c) <= 'Z') || ((c) >= 'a' && (c) <= 'z')) +#endif + +#ifndef isupper +#define isupper(c) ((c) >= 'A' && (c) <= 'Z') +#endif + +#ifndef isdigit +#define isdigit(c) ((c) >= '0' && (c) <= '9') +#endif + +#ifndef digit_value +#define digit_value(c) ((c) - '0') +#endif + +#define member(c, s) (strchr (s, c) != NULL) + +#define COMMAND_PREFIX '@' + +/* Stuff for splitting large files. */ +#define SPLIT_SIZE_THRESHOLD 70000 /* What's good enough for Stallman... */ +#define DEFAULT_SPLIT_SIZE 50000 /* Is probably good enough for me. */ + +DECLARE (int, splitting, 1); /* Defaults to true for now. */ + +typedef void COMMAND_FUNCTION (); /* So I can say COMMAND_FUNCTION *foo; */ + +#define command_char(c) ((!whitespace(c)) && \ + ((c) != '\n') && \ + ((c) != '{') && \ + ((c) != '}') && \ + ((c) != '=')) + +#define skip_whitespace() \ + while ((input_text_offset != size_of_input_text) && \ + whitespace (curchar())) \ + input_text_offset++ + +#define skip_whitespace_and_newlines() \ + do { \ + while ((input_text_offset != size_of_input_text) && \ + (whitespace (curchar ()) || (curchar () == '\n'))) \ + { \ + if (curchar () == '\n') \ + line_number++; \ + input_text_offset++; \ + } \ + } while (0) + +#endif /* !MAKEINFO_H */ diff --git a/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.texi b/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..04c136875ab --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/makeinfo/makeinfo.texi @@ -0,0 +1,311 @@ +\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- +@comment %**start of header +@setfilename makeinfo.info +@set VERSION 1.61 +@paragraphindent none +@comment %**start of header +@comment $Id: makeinfo.texi,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:58:08 jason Exp $ + +@ifinfo +@format +START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY +* makeinfo: (makeinfo). Making info files from texinfo files. +END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY +@end format +@end ifinfo + +@dircategory Texinfo documentation system +@direntry +* makeinfo: (makeinfo). Convert Texinfo source to Info or plain ASCII. +@end direntry + +@ifinfo +This file is an extract from the @cite{Texinfo} manual.@* +It documents Makeinfo, a program that converts Texinfo +files into Info files. + +Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +are preserved on all copies. + +@ignore +Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the +results, provided the printed document carries copying permission +notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph +(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). + +@end ignore +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire +resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission +notice identical to this one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved +by the Free Software Foundation. +@end ifinfo + +@titlepage +@title GNU Makeinfo +@author Brian J. Fox and Robert J. Chassell + +@page +@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +are preserved on all copies. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire +resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission +notice identical to this one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved +by the Free Software Foundation. +@end titlepage + +@node Top +@chapter What is @code{makeinfo}? + +@iftex +This file documents the use of the @code{makeinfo} program, versions +@value{VERSION} and later. It is an extract from the @cite{Texinfo} manual. +@end iftex + +@code{makeinfo} is a program for converting @dfn{Texinfo} files into @dfn{Info} +files. Texinfo is a documentation system that uses a single source file to +produce both on-line information and printed output. + +You can read the on-line information using Info; type @code{info} to +learn about Info. +@ifinfo +@xref{Top, Texinfo, Overview of Texinfo, Texinfo, Texinfo}, +@end ifinfo +@iftex +See the @cite{Texinfo} manual, +@end iftex +to learn about the Texinfo documentation system. + +@menu +* Formatting Control:: Controlling the width of lines, paragraph + indentation, and other similar formatting. + +* Options:: Command line options which control the + behaviour of Makeinfo. + +* Pointer Validation:: How Makeinfo can help you to track node + references through complex Texinfo files. + +* Index:: Index of Concepts. +@end menu + +@c Removed this for 3.8 until it's time to rewrite it. +@c * The Macro Facility:: Makeinfo allows the use of @dfn{macros}. + +@node Formatting Control +@section Controlling Paragraph Formats + +Without any special options, @code{makeinfo} @dfn{fills} the paragraphs that +it outputs to an Info file. Filling is the process of breaking and connecting +lines so that lines are the same length as or shorter than the number +specified as the fill column. Lines are broken between words. With +@code{makeinfo}, you can control: + +@itemize @bullet +@item +The width of each paragraph (the @dfn{fill-column}). +@item +The amount of indentation that the first line of +each paragraph receives (the @dfn{paragraph-indentation}). +@end itemize + +@node Options +@section Command Line Options + +The following command line options are available for @code{makeinfo}. + +@need 100 +@table @code +@item -D @var{var} +Cause @var{var} to be defined. This is equivalent to +@code{@@set @var{var}} in the Texinfo file. + +@need 150 +@item --error-limit @var{limit} +Set the maximum number of errors that @code{makeinfo} will report +before exiting (on the assumption that continuing would be useless). +The default number of errors that can be reported before +@code{makeinfo} gives up is 100.@refill + +@need 150 +@item --fill-column @var{width} +Specify the maximum number of columns in a line; this is the right-hand +edge of a line. Paragraphs that are filled will be filled to this +width. The default value for @code{fill-column} is 72. +@refill + +@item --footnote-style @var{style} +Set the footnote style to @var{style}, either @samp{end} for the end +node style or @samp{separate} for the separate node style. The value +set by this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an +@code{@@footnotestyle} command. When the footnote style is +@samp{separate}, @code{makeinfo} makes a new node containing the +footnotes found in the current node. When the footnote style is +@samp{end}, @code{makeinfo} places the footnote references at the end +of the current node.@refill + +@need 150 +@item -I @var{dir} +Add @code{dir} to the directory search list for finding files that are +included using the @code{@@include} command. By default, +@code{makeinfo} searches only the current directory. + +@need 150 +@item --no-headers +Do not include menus or node lines in the output. This results in an +@sc{ascii} file that you cannot read in Info since it does not contain +the requisite nodes or menus; but you can print such a file in a +single, typewriter-like font and produce acceptable output. + +@need 150 +@item --no-split +Suppress the splitting stage of @code{makeinfo}. Normally, large +output files (where the size is greater than 70k bytes) are split into +smaller subfiles, each one approximately 50k bytes. If you specify +@samp{--no-split}, @code{makeinfo} will not split up the output +file.@refill + +@need 100 +@item --no-pointer-validate +@item --no-validate +Suppress the pointer-validation phase of @code{makeinfo}. Normally, +after a Texinfo file is processed, some consistency checks are made to +ensure that cross references can be resolved, etc. +@xref{Pointer Validation}.@refill + +@need 150 +@item --no-warn +Suppress the output of warning messages. This does @emph{not} +suppress the output of error messages, only warnings. You might +want this if the file you are creating has examples of Texinfo cross +references within it, and the nodes that are referenced do not actually +exist.@refill + +@item --no-number-footnotes +Supress automatic footnote numbering. By default, @code{makeinfo} +numbers each footnote sequentially in a single node, resetting the +current footnote number to 1 at the start of each node. + +@need 150 +@item --output @var{file} +@itemx -o @var{file} +Specify that the output should be directed to @var{file} and not to the +file name specified in the @code{@@setfilename} command found in the Texinfo +source. @var{file} can be the special token @samp{-}, which specifies +standard output. + +@need 150 +@item --paragraph-indent @var{indent} +Set the paragraph indentation style to @var{indent}. The value set by +this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an +@code{@@paragraphindent} command. The value of @var{indent} is +interpreted as follows:@refill + +@itemize @bullet +@item +If the value of @var{indent} is @samp{asis}, do not change the +existing indentation at the starts of paragraphs.@refill + +@item +If the value of @var{indent} is zero, delete any existing +indentation.@refill + +@item +If the value of @var{indent} is greater than zero, indent each +paragraph by that number of spaces.@refill +@end itemize + +@need 100 +@item --reference-limit @var{limit} +Set the value of the number of references to a node that +@code{makeinfo} will make without reporting a warning. If a node has more +than this number of references in it, @code{makeinfo} will make the +references but also report a warning.@refill + +@need 150 +@item -U @var{var} +Cause @var{var} to be undefined. This is equivalent to +@code{@@clear @var{var}} in the Texinfo file. + +@need 100 +@item --verbose +Cause @code{makeinfo} to display messages saying what it is doing. +Normally, @code{makeinfo} only outputs messages if there are errors or +warnings.@refill + +@need 100 +@item --version +Report the version number of this copy of @code{makeinfo}.@refill + +@item --help +Show a summary of the commend line arguments to @code{makeinfo}. +@end table + +@node Pointer Validation +@section Pointer Validation +@cindex Pointer validation with @code{makeinfo} +@cindex Validation of pointers + +If you do not suppress pointer-validation (by using the +@samp{--no-pointer-validation} option), @code{makeinfo} +will check the validity of the final Info file. Mostly, +this means ensuring that nodes you have referenced +really exist. Here is a complete list of what is +checked:@refill + +@enumerate +@item +If a `Next', `Previous', or `Up' node reference is a reference to a +node in the current file and is not an external reference such as to +@file{(dir)}, then the referenced node must exist.@refill + +@item +In every node, if the `Previous' node is different from the `Up' node, +then the `Previous' node must also be pointed to by a `Next' node.@refill + +@item +Every node except the `Top' node must have an `Up' pointer.@refill + +@item +The node referenced by an `Up' pointer must contain a reference to the +current node in some manner other than through a `Next' reference. +This includes menu entries and cross references.@refill + +@item +If the `Next' reference of a node is not the same as the `Next' reference +of the `Up' reference, then the node referenced by the `Next' pointer +must have a `Previous' pointer that points back to the current node. +This rule allows the last node in a section to point to the first node +of the next chapter.@refill +@end enumerate + +@c We don't want to advertise redefining commands. +@c lowersections +@c include macro.texi +@c raisesections + +@lowersections +@node Index +@appendix Index +@printindex cp +@raisesections + +@contents +@bye diff --git a/texinfo/makeinfo/multi.c b/texinfo/makeinfo/multi.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5d4bb70b28e --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/makeinfo/multi.c @@ -0,0 +1,418 @@ +/* multi.c -- Multitable stuff for makeinfo. + $Id: multi.c,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:58:08 jason Exp $ + + Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, + Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include "makeinfo.h" + +#define MAXCOLS 100 /* remove this limit later @@ */ + + +/* + * Output environments. This is a hack grafted onto existing + * structure. The "output environment" used to consist of the + * global variables `output_paragraph', `fill_column', etc. + * Routines like add_char would manipulate these variables. + * + * Now, when formatting a multitable, we maintain separate environments + * for each column. That way we can build up the columns separately + * and write them all out at once. The "current" output environment" + * is still kept in those global variables, so that the old output + * routines don't have to change. But we provide routines to save + * and restore these variables in an "environment table". The + * `select_output_environment' function switches from one output + * environment to another. + * + * Environment #0 (i.e. element #0 of the table) is the regular + * environment that is used when we're not formatting a multitable. + * + * Environment #N (where N = 1,2,3,...) is the env. for column #N of + * the table, when a multitable is active. + */ + +/* contents of an output environment */ +/* some more vars may end up being needed here later @@ */ +struct env +{ + unsigned char *output_paragraph; + int output_paragraph_offset; + int output_column; + int paragraph_is_open; + int current_indent; + int fill_column; +} envs[MAXCOLS]; /* the environment table */ + +/* index in environment table of currently selected environment */ +static int current_env_no; + +/* column number of last column in current multitable */ +static int last_column; + +/* flags indicating whether horizontal and vertical separators need + to be drawn, separating rows and columns in the current multitable. */ +static int hsep, vsep; + +void +do_multitable () +{ + int ncolumns; + + /* + * multitable strategy: + * for each item { + * for each column in an item { + * initialize a new paragraph + * do ordinary formatting into the new paragraph + * save the paragraph away + * repeat if there are more paragraphs in the column + * } + * dump out the saved paragraphs and free the storage + * } + */ + + if (multitable_active) + { + line_error ("Multitables cannot be nested"); + return; + } + + /* scan the current item function to get the field widths + and number of columns, and set up the output environment list + accordingly. */ + ncolumns = setup_multitable_parameters (); + if (hsep) + draw_horizontal_separator (); + + /* The next @item command will direct stdout into the first column + and start processing. @tab will then switch to the next column, + and @item will flush out the saved output and return to the first + column. Environment #1 is the first column. (Environment #0 is + the normal output) */ + + ++multitable_active; +} + +/* Read the parameters for a multitable from the current command + line, save the parameters away, and return the + number of columns. */ +int +setup_multitable_parameters () +{ + char *params = insertion_stack->item_function; + int nchars; + float columnfrac; + char command[200]; + int i = 1; + + /* We implement @hsep and @vsep even though TeX doesn't. + We don't get mixing of @columnfractions and templates right, + but TeX doesn't either. */ + hsep = vsep = 0; + + while (*params) { + while (whitespace (*params)) + params++; + + if (*params == '@') { + sscanf (params, "%s%n", command, &nchars); + params += nchars; + if (strcmp (command, "@hsep") == 0) + hsep++; + else if (strcmp (command, "@vsep") == 0) + vsep++; + else if (strcmp (command, "@columnfractions") == 0) { + /* Clobber old environments and create new ones, + starting at #1. Environment #0 is the normal standard output, + so we don't mess with it. */ + for ( ; i <= MAXCOLS; i++) { + if (sscanf (params, "%f%n", &columnfrac, &nchars) < 1) + goto done; + params += nchars; + setup_output_environment (i, (int) (columnfrac * fill_column + .5)); + } + } + + } else if (*params == '{') { + char *start = params; + while ((*params != '}' || params[-1] == '@') && *params) { + params++; + } + /* This gives us two spaces between columns. Seems reasonable. + Really should expand the text, though, so a template of + `@code{foo}' has a width of three, not ten. Also have to match + braces, then. */ + setup_output_environment (i++, params++ - start); + + } else { + warning ("ignoring stray text `%s' after @multitable", params); + break; + } + } + +done: + + flush_output (); + inhibit_output_flushing (); + + last_column = i - 1; + return last_column; +} + +/* Initialize environment number ENV_NO, of width WIDTH. + The idea is that we're going to use one environment for each column of + a multitable, so we can build them up separately and print them + all out at the end. */ +int +setup_output_environment (env_no, width) + int env_no; + int width; +{ + int old_env = select_output_environment (env_no); + + /* clobber old environment and set width of new one */ + init_paragraph (); + + /* make our change */ + fill_column = width; + + /* Save new environment and restore previous one. */ + select_output_environment (old_env); + + return env_no; +} + +/* Direct current output to environment number N. Used when + switching work from one column of a multitable to the next. + Returns previous environment number. */ +int +select_output_environment (n) + int n; +{ + struct env *e = &envs[current_env_no]; + int old_env_no = current_env_no; + + /* stash current env info from global vars into the old environment */ + e->output_paragraph = output_paragraph; + e->output_paragraph_offset = output_paragraph_offset; + e->output_column = output_column; + e->paragraph_is_open = paragraph_is_open; + e->current_indent = current_indent; + e->fill_column = fill_column; + + /* now copy new environment into global vars */ + current_env_no = n; + e = &envs[current_env_no]; + output_paragraph = e->output_paragraph; + output_paragraph_offset = e->output_paragraph_offset; + output_column = e->output_column; + paragraph_is_open = e->paragraph_is_open; + current_indent = e->current_indent; + fill_column = e->fill_column; + return old_env_no; +} + +/* advance to the next environment number */ +int +nselect_next_environment () +{ + if (current_env_no >= last_column) { + line_error ("Too many columns in multitable item (max %d)", last_column); + return 1; + } + select_output_environment (current_env_no + 1); +} + + +static void output_multitable_row (); + +/* start a new item (row) of a multitable */ +multitable_item () +{ + if (!multitable_active) { + /* impossible, I think. */ + error ("multitable item not in active multitable"); + exit (1); + } + if (current_env_no > 0) { + output_multitable_row (); + } + /* start at column 1 */ + select_output_environment (1); + if (!output_paragraph) { + line_error ("Cannot select column #%d in multitable", current_env_no); + exit (FATAL); + } + + init_column (); + + return 0; +} + +/* do anything needed at the beginning of processing a + multitable column. */ +init_column () +{ + /* don't indent 1st paragraph in the item */ + cm_noindent (); + + /* throw away possible whitespace after @item or @tab command */ + skip_whitespace (); +} + +/* Output a row. Have to keep `output_position' up-to-date for each + character we output, or the tags table will be off, leading to + chopped-off output files and undefined nodes (because they're in the + wrong file, etc.). Perhaps it would be better to accumulate this + value somewhere and add it once at the end of the table, or return it + as the value, but this seems simplest. */ + +static void +out_char (ch) + int ch; +{ + extern int output_position; + putc (ch, output_stream); + output_position++; +} + + +static void +output_multitable_row () +{ + int i, j, remaining; + + /* offset in the output paragraph of the next char needing + to be output for that column. */ + int offset[MAXCOLS]; + + for (i = 0; i <= last_column; i++) + offset[i] = 0; + + /* select the current environment, to make sure the env variables + get updated */ + select_output_environment (current_env_no); + +#define CHAR_ADDR(n) (offset[i] + (n)) +#define CHAR_AT(n) (envs[i].output_paragraph[CHAR_ADDR(n)]) + + /* remove trailing whitespace from each column */ + for (i = 1; i <= last_column; i++) { + while (cr_or_whitespace (CHAR_AT (envs[i].output_paragraph_offset - 1))) { + envs[i].output_paragraph_offset--; + } + } + + /* read the current line from each column, outputting them all + pasted together. Do this til all lines are output from all + columns. */ + for (;;) { + remaining = 0; + /* first, see if there is any work to do */ + for (i = 1; i <= last_column; i++) { + if (CHAR_ADDR (0) < envs[i].output_paragraph_offset) { + remaining = 1; + break; + } + } + if (!remaining) + break; + + if (vsep) + out_char ('|'); + + for (i = 1; i <= last_column; i++) { + for (j = 0; CHAR_ADDR (j) < envs[i].output_paragraph_offset; j++) { + if (CHAR_AT (j) == '\n') + break; + out_char (CHAR_AT (j)); + } + offset[i] += j + 1; /* skip last text plus skip the newline */ + for (; j <= envs[i].fill_column; j++) + out_char (' '); + if (vsep) + out_char ('|'); /* draw column separator */ + } + out_char ('\n'); /* end of line */ + } + + if (hsep) + draw_horizontal_separator (); + + /* Now dispose of the buffered output. */ + for (i = 1; i <= last_column; i++) { + select_output_environment (i); + init_paragraph (); + } +} + +#undef CHAR_AT +#undef CHAR_ADDR + +int +draw_horizontal_separator () +{ + int i, j; + if (vsep) + out_char ('+'); + for (i = 1; i <= last_column; i++) { + for (j = 0; j <= envs[i].fill_column; j++) + out_char ('-'); + if (vsep) + out_char ('+'); + } + out_char ('\n'); +} + +/* select a new column in current row of multitable */ +void +cm_tab () +{ + if (!multitable_active) + error ("ignoring @tab outside of multitable"); + + nselect_next_environment (); + init_column (); +} + +/* close a multitable, flushing its output and resetting + whatever needs resetting */ +void +end_multitable () +{ + int i; + + output_multitable_row (); + + /* Multitables cannot be nested. Otherwise, we'd have to save the + previous output environment number on a stack somewhere, and then + restore to that environment. */ + select_output_environment (0); + close_paragraph (); + insert ('\n'); /* we swallow newlines, so insert one of our own */ + + multitable_active = 0; + uninhibit_output_flushing (); + +#if 0 + printf ("** Multicolumn output from last row:\n"); + for (i = 1; i <= last_column; i++) { + select_output_environment (i); + printf ("* column #%d: output = %s\n", i, output_paragraph); + } +#endif +} diff --git a/texinfo/makeinfo/multiformat.texi b/texinfo/makeinfo/multiformat.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0c6c467dc0d --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/makeinfo/multiformat.texi @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +@c multiformat.texi: -*- Texinfo -*- \input texinfo.tex + +@c Copyright (c) 1995 Universal Access, Inc +@c Author: Brian J. Fox (bfox@ua.com) Sun Apr 2 07:56:23 1995. +@setfilename multiformat.info + +@include html.texi + +@ifset html +@html +@end ifset + +@node First Node, First Section, (dir), (dir) +@chapter First Chapter +Here is some text that belongs in the first chapter. Nothing very +exciting happens here, but this is enough text to span a couple of +lines, and we feel that is important. +@paragraph + +This is the second paragraph of the first chapter. Note that the +formatting commands in @code{HTML} seem to do the right thing, as do the +commands when invoked in @code{Texinfo} mode and in @TeX{}. + +@node First Section, , First Node, First Node +@isection First Section + +Here is some text in the first section of the first chapter. We are +trying very hard to examine the output here to see exactly how proper it +is. If I wasn't so tired, we could probably see it already. +@paragraph + +Here is a list of items: +@paragraph + +@itemize @bullet +@item Here is the first item. +@item Here is the second item. +@end itemize + +@bye diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/ChangeLog b/texinfo/testsuite/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..72366e2db68 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +Thu Oct 3 15:31:09 1996 Jason Molenda (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp) + + * Makefile.in (clean): Move config.log to distclean. + +Wed Oct 2 16:01:58 1996 Jason Molenda (crash@godzilla.cygnus.co.jp) + + * configure.in: Switch to autoconf configure.in + * configure: New. + * Makefile.in: Use autoconf-substituted values. + (clean): Remove config.log. + (distclean): Remove config.cache. + +Tue May 17 15:49:09 1994 Bill Cox (bill@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * config/unix.exp: Replace error proc calls with perror calls. + +Mon Apr 11 17:37:09 1994 Bill Cox (bill@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (EXPECT, RUNTEST): Set these for the check goal. + +Mon Apr 11 10:31:00 1994 Bill Cox (bill@rtl.cygnus.com) + + * Makefile.in (check): Set TCL_LIBRARY for runtest. + +Fri Jun 18 23:16:04 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@lioth.cygnus.com) + + * makeinfo.0/atnode.exp, text/atnode.texi: Add test for at sign + in node name. + +Wed May 19 13:02:59 1993 Jim Kingdon (kingdon@cygnus.com) + + * makeinfo.0/conditions.exp, text/conditions.texi: Add test for bug + currently being worked around in GDB manual. + +May 1993 Roland Pesch (pesch@cygnus.com) + + * New directory. diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/Makefile.in b/texinfo/testsuite/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4920a6290c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +# Makefile for regression testing GNU texinfo. +# Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +#This file is part of GNU texinfo. + +#texinfo is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +#it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +#the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +#any later version. + +#texinfo is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#GNU General Public License for more details. + +#You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to +#the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +VPATH = @srcdir@ + +prefix = @prefix@ + +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +bindir = @bindir@ +libdir = @libdir@ +tooldir = $(libdir)/$(target_alias) + +datadir = @datadir@/deja-gnu + +EXPECT = `if [ -f $${rootme}/../../expect/expect ] ; \ + then echo $${rootme}/../../expect/expect ; \ + else echo expect; fi` + +RUNTEST = `if [ -f ${srcdir}/../../dejagnu/runtest ] ; \ + then echo ${srcdir}/../../dejagnu/runtest ; \ + else echo runtest ; fi` +RUNTESTFLAGS = +FLAGS_TO_PASS = + +#### host, target, and site specific Makefile frags come in here. + +all: + +info: + +install-info: + +check: site.exp all + rootme=`pwd`; export rootme; \ + srcdir=${srcdir} ; export srcdir ; \ + EXPECT=${EXPECT} ; export EXPECT ; \ + if [ -f $${rootme}/../../expect/expect ] ; then \ + TCL_LIBRARY=$${srcdir}/../../tcl/library ; \ + export TCL_LIBRARY ; fi ; \ + $(RUNTEST) $(RUNTESTFLAGS) $(FLAGS_TO_PASS) --tool makeinfo \ + --srcdir $(srcdir) --target $(target_canonical) + +site.exp: ./config.status Makefile + @echo "Making a new config file..." + -@rm -f ./tmp? + @touch site.exp + + -@mv site.exp site.bak + @echo "## these variables are automatically generated by make ##" > ./tmp0 + @echo "# Do not edit here. If you wish to override these values" >> ./tmp0 + @echo "# add them to the last section" >> ./tmp0 + @echo "set host_os ${host_os}" >> ./tmp0 + @echo "set host_alias ${host_alias}" >> ./tmp0 + @echo "set host_cpu ${host_cpu}" >> ./tmp0 + @echo "set host_vendor ${host_vendor}" >> ./tmp0 + @echo "set target_os ${target_os}" >> ./tmp0 + @echo "set target_alias ${target_alias}" >> ./tmp0 + @echo "set target_cpu ${target_cpu}" >> ./tmp0 + @echo "set target_vendor ${target_vendor}" >> ./tmp0 + @echo "set host_triplet ${host_canonical}" >> ./tmp0 + @echo "set target_triplet ${target_canonical}" >> ./tmp0 + @echo "set tool binutils" >> ./tmp0 + @echo "set srcdir ${srcdir}" >> ./tmp0 + @echo "set objdir `pwd`" >> ./tmp0 + @echo "set MAKEINFO makeinfo" >> ./tmp0 + @echo "## All variables above are generated by configure. Do Not Edit ##" >> ./tmp0 + @cat ./tmp0 > site.exp + @cat site.bak | sed \ + -e '1,/^## All variables above are.*##/ d' >> site.exp + -@rm -f ./tmp? + +install: +uninstall: + +clean: + -rm -f *~ */*~ core *.info* *.log *.sum *.plog *.psum + +distclean: clean + -rm -f Makefile config.status site.exp config.cache config.log + +Makefile : $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(host_makefile_frag) $(target_makefile_frag) + $(SHELL) ./config.status + diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/config/unix.exp b/texinfo/testsuite/config/unix.exp new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..12b38ba0ec6 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/config/unix.exp @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +load_lib utils.exp ;# Get the file of utilities for Texinfo tests + +default MAKEINFO makeinfo ;# ensure Tcl var MAKEINFO has value + +# Ensure we can execute this tool +if [is_executable $MAKEINFO] then { + verbose "$MAKEINFO is executable\n" 1 +} else { + perror "$MAKEINFO: cannot execute\n" + exit 1 ;# no point in running any makeinfo tests +} + +# makeinfo_start undefined by choice; +# 1) it makes it clearer where the output is to start +# $MAKEINFO directly with `catch' from each test case, +# and +# 2) this takes no more lines than it would to call makeinfo_start + +proc makeinfo_exit {} {} + +proc makeinfo_version {} { + global MAKEINFO + set tmp [ exec $MAKEINFO --version ] + regexp "version.*$" $tmp vn ;# "vn" undef if pattern not found + if [info exists vn] then { + clone_output "[which $MAKEINFO] $vn\n" + } +} + diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/configure b/texinfo/testsuite/configure new file mode 100755 index 00000000000..5337df459f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/configure @@ -0,0 +1,707 @@ +#! /bin/sh + +# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. +# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.10 +# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation +# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. + +# Defaults: +ac_help= +ac_default_prefix=/usr/local +# Any additions from configure.in: + +# Initialize some variables set by options. +# The variables have the same names as the options, with +# dashes changed to underlines. +build=NONE +cache_file=./config.cache +exec_prefix=NONE +host=NONE +no_create= +nonopt=NONE +no_recursion= +prefix=NONE +program_prefix=NONE +program_suffix=NONE +program_transform_name=s,x,x, +silent= +site= +srcdir= +target=NONE +verbose= +x_includes=NONE +x_libraries=NONE +bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' +sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' +libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' +datadir='${prefix}/share' +sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' +sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' +localstatedir='${prefix}/var' +libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' +includedir='${prefix}/include' +oldincludedir='/usr/include' +infodir='${prefix}/info' +mandir='${prefix}/man' + +# Initialize some other variables. +subdirs= +MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS= + +ac_prev= +for ac_option +do + + # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. + if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option" + ac_prev= + continue + fi + + case "$ac_option" in + -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;; + *) ac_optarg= ;; + esac + + # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. + + case "$ac_option" in + + -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) + ac_prev=bindir ;; + -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) + bindir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) + ac_prev=build ;; + -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) + build="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ + | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) + ac_prev=cache_file ;; + -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ + | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) + cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da) + ac_prev=datadir ;; + -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \ + | --da=*) + datadir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -disable-* | --disable-*) + ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'` + eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;; + + -enable-* | --enable-*) + ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'` + case "$ac_option" in + *=*) ;; + *) ac_optarg=yes ;; + esac + eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;; + + -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ + | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ + | --exec | --exe | --ex) + ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; + -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ + | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ + | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) + exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) + # Obsolete; use --with-gas. + with_gas=yes ;; + + -help | --help | --hel | --he) + # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. + # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. + cat << EOF +Usage: configure [options] [host] +Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions] +Configuration: + --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE + --help print this message + --no-create do not create output files + --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking...' messages + --version print the version of autoconf that created configure +Directory and file names: + --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX + [$ac_default_prefix] + --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX + [same as prefix] + --bindir=DIR user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin] + --sbindir=DIR system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin] + --libexecdir=DIR program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec] + --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data in DIR + [PREFIX/share] + --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc] + --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR + [PREFIX/com] + --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var] + --libdir=DIR object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib] + --includedir=DIR C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include] + --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include] + --infodir=DIR info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info] + --mandir=DIR man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man] + --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..] + --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names + --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names + --program-transform-name=PROGRAM + run sed PROGRAM on installed program names +EOF + cat << EOF +Host type: + --build=BUILD configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST] + --host=HOST configure for HOST [guessed] + --target=TARGET configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST] +Features and packages: + --disable-FEATURE do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no) + --enable-FEATURE[=ARG] include FEATURE [ARG=yes] + --with-PACKAGE[=ARG] use PACKAGE [ARG=yes] + --without-PACKAGE do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no) + --x-includes=DIR X include files are in DIR + --x-libraries=DIR X library files are in DIR +EOF + if test -n "$ac_help"; then + echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help" + fi + exit 0 ;; + + -host | --host | --hos | --ho) + ac_prev=host ;; + -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) + host="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ + | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) + ac_prev=includedir ;; + -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ + | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) + includedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) + ac_prev=infodir ;; + -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) + infodir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) + ac_prev=libdir ;; + -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) + libdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ + | --libexe | --libex | --libe) + ac_prev=libexecdir ;; + -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ + | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) + libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ + | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \ + | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo) + ac_prev=localstatedir ;; + -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ + | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \ + | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*) + localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) + ac_prev=mandir ;; + -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) + mandir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -nfp | --nfp | --nf) + # Obsolete; use --without-fp. + with_fp=no ;; + + -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ + | --no-cr | --no-c) + no_create=yes ;; + + -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ + | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) + no_recursion=yes ;; + + -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ + | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ + | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) + ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; + -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ + | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ + | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) + oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) + ac_prev=prefix ;; + -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) + prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ + | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) + ac_prev=program_prefix ;; + -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ + | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) + program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ + | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) + ac_prev=program_suffix ;; + -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ + | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) + program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ + | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ + | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ + | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ + | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ + | --program-trans | --program-tran \ + | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) + ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; + -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ + | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ + | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ + | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ + | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ + | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ + | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) + program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ + | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) + silent=yes ;; + + -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) + ac_prev=sbindir ;; + -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ + | --sbi=* | --sb=*) + sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ + | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ + | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ + | --sha | --sh) + ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; + -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ + | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ + | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ + | --sha=* | --sh=*) + sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -site | --site | --sit) + ac_prev=site ;; + -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) + site="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) + ac_prev=srcdir ;; + -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) + srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ + | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) + ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; + -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ + | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) + sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) + ac_prev=target ;; + -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) + target="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) + verbose=yes ;; + + -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers) + echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.10" + exit 0 ;; + + -with-* | --with-*) + ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` + case "$ac_option" in + *=*) ;; + *) ac_optarg=yes ;; + esac + eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;; + + -without-* | --without-*) + ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'` + # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. + if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then + { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'` + eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;; + + --x) + # Obsolete; use --with-x. + with_x=yes ;; + + -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ + | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) + ac_prev=x_includes ;; + -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ + | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) + x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ + | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) + ac_prev=x_libraries ;; + -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ + | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) + x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;; + + -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; } + ;; + + *) + if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then + echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2 + fi + if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then + { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi + nonopt="$ac_option" + ;; + + esac +done + +if test -n "$ac_prev"; then + { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; } +fi + +trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15 + +# File descriptor usage: +# 0 standard input +# 1 file creation +# 2 errors and warnings +# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty +# 4 used on the Kubota Titan +# 6 checking for... messages and results +# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log +if test "$silent" = yes; then + exec 6>/dev/null +else + exec 6>&1 +fi +exec 5>./config.log + +echo "\ +This file contains any messages produced by compilers while +running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. +" 1>&5 + +# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. +# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters. +ac_configure_args= +for ac_arg +do + case "$ac_arg" in + -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ + | --no-cr | --no-c) ;; + -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ + | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;; + *" "*|*" "*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*) + ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;; + *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;; + esac +done + +# NLS nuisances. +# Only set LANG and LC_ALL to C if already set. +# These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand +# e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO). +if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi +if test "${LANG+set}" = set; then LANG=C; export LANG; fi + +# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. +rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h +# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline. +echo > confdefs.h + +# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that +# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct. +ac_unique_file=makeinfo.0/atnode.exp + +# Find the source files, if location was not specified. +if test -z "$srcdir"; then + ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes + # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent. + ac_prog=$0 + ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=. + srcdir=$ac_confdir + if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then + srcdir=.. + fi +else + ac_srcdir_defaulted=no +fi +if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then + if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then + { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; } + else + { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; } + fi +fi +srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'` + +# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. +if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then + if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then + CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site" + else + CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site" + fi +fi +for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do + if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then + echo "loading site script $ac_site_file" + . "$ac_site_file" + fi +done + +if test -r "$cache_file"; then + echo "loading cache $cache_file" + . $cache_file +else + echo "creating cache $cache_file" + > $cache_file +fi + +ac_ext=c +# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options. +ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' +ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5' +ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5' + +if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then + # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu. + if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then + ac_n= ac_c=' +' ac_t=' ' + else + ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t= + fi +else + ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t= +fi + + + +trap '' 1 2 15 +cat > confcache <<\EOF +# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure +# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure +# scripts and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. +# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it. +# +# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file, +# creating it if it does not exist already. You can give configure +# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is +# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in +# subdirectories, so they share the cache. +# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure. +# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the +# --recheck option to rerun configure. +# +EOF +# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, +# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. +(set) 2>&1 | + sed -n "s/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=\${\1='\2'}/p" \ + >> confcache +if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then + : +else + if test -w $cache_file; then + echo "updating cache $cache_file" + cat confcache > $cache_file + else + echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" + fi +fi +rm -f confcache + +trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15 + +test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix +# Let make expand exec_prefix. +test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' + +# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute +# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed. +# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it. +if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then + ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[^:]*$/d' +fi + +trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15 + +# Transform confdefs.h into DEFS. +# Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules. +# Protect against Makefile macro expansion. +cat > conftest.defs <<\EOF +s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%-D\1=\2%g +s%[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'"<>?]%\\&%g +s%\[%\\&%g +s%\]%\\&%g +s%\$%$$%g +EOF +DEFS=`sed -f conftest.defs confdefs.h | tr '\012' ' '` +rm -f conftest.defs + + +# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status. +: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status} + +echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS +rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS +cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF +#! /bin/sh +# Generated automatically by configure. +# Run this file to recreate the current configuration. +# This directory was configured as follows, +# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`: +# +# $0 $ac_configure_args +# +# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging +# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists. + +ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]" +for ac_option +do + case "\$ac_option" in + -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) + echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion" + exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;; + -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v) + echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.10" + exit 0 ;; + -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h) + echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;; + *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;; + esac +done + +ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir + +trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15 +EOF +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF + +# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status. +sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g; + s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF +$ac_vpsub +$extrasub +s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g +s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g +s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g +s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g +s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g +s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g +s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g +s%@prefix@%$prefix%g +s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g +s%@bindir@%$bindir%g +s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g +s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g +s%@datadir@%$datadir%g +s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g +s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g +s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g +s%@libdir@%$libdir%g +s%@includedir@%$includedir%g +s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g +s%@infodir@%$infodir%g +s%@mandir@%$mandir%g + +CEOF +EOF +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF + +CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile"} +EOF +cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF +for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then + # Support "outfile[:infile]", defaulting infile="outfile.in". + case "$ac_file" in + *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%.*:%%'` + ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;; + *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;; + esac + + # Adjust relative srcdir, etc. for subdirectories. + + # Remove last slash and all that follows it. Not all systems have dirname. + ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'` + if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then + # The file is in a subdirectory. + test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir" + ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`" + # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. + ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'` + else + ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots= + fi + + case "$ac_given_srcdir" in + .) srcdir=. + if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=. + else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;; + /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + *) # Relative path. + srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix" + top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;; + esac + + echo creating "$ac_file" + rm -f "$ac_file" + configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure." + case "$ac_file" in + *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\ +# $configure_input" ;; + *) ac_comsub= ;; + esac + sed -e "$ac_comsub +s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g +s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g +s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g +" -f conftest.subs $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_file_in > $ac_file +fi; done +rm -f conftest.subs + + + +exit 0 +EOF +chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS +rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files +test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1 + diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/configure.in b/texinfo/testsuite/configure.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8cf18763df0 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/configure.in @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. +AC_PREREQ(2.5) +AC_INIT(makeinfo.0/atnode.exp) + +AC_OUTPUT(Makefile) diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/lib/utils.exp b/texinfo/testsuite/lib/utils.exp new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..713e9f2332a --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/lib/utils.exp @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# utils.exp, a collection of Tcl/Expect utilities for texinfo tests. + +# ----------default-------------------------------------------- +# default VAR VALUE +# Check whether VAR exists and has a nonempty value; +# if not, use VALUE as the default +# ------------------------------------------------------------- +proc default {varname varval} { + upvar $varname outervar + if { ![info exists outervar] || [string match {} $outervar] } then { + verbose "Defaulting $varname to $varval\n" 1 + set outervar $varval + } else { + verbose "$varname retains existing value $outervar\n" 1 + } + return +} + + +# ----------is_executable-------------------------------------- +# is_executable NAME +# Boolean predicate: is NAME an executable file +# somewhere on our PATH? +# ------------------------------------------------------------- +proc is_executable {name} { + if [ file executable [which $name] ] then { + return 1 + } else { + return 0 + } +} diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/atnode.exp b/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/atnode.exp new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..19724347cbb --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/atnode.exp @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# Lessons: +# 1) may use \ to continue long lines +# 2) Careful in specifying string end on string match, to be sure +# to exclude errors! (cf output from nonsense.exp) + +catch "exec $MAKEINFO -o ./atnode.info $srcdir/text/atnode.texi" maki_out + +verbose "Makeinfo output: $maki_out" 1 + +setup_xfail "*-*-*" +if [string match \ + "Making*file*atnode*from*atnode.texi'." \ + "$maki_out" \ + ] then { + pass "at sign in node name" +} else { + fail "at sign in node name" +} +clear_xfail "*-*-*" diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/conditions.exp b/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/conditions.exp new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c62c66a2a04 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/conditions.exp @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +# Lessons: +# 1) may use \ to continue long lines +# 2) Careful in specifying string end on string match, to be sure +# to exclude errors! (cf output from nonsense.exp) + +catch "exec $MAKEINFO -o ./conditions.info $srcdir/text/conditions.texi" maki_out + +verbose "Makeinfo output: $maki_out" 1 + +# The gdb manual works around this by putting a blank line after the pair of +# @end if* commands. +setup_xfail "*-*-*" +if [string match \ + "Making*file*conditions*from*conditions.texi'." \ + "$maki_out" \ + ] then { + pass "texinfo conditions" +} else { + fail "texinfo conditions" +} +clear_xfail "*-*-*" diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/mini.exp b/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/mini.exp new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..17d48bdee61 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/mini.exp @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +# Lessons: +# 1) may use \ to continue long lines +# 2) Careful in specifying string end on string match, to be sure +# to exclude errors! (cf output from nonsense.exp) + +catch "exec $MAKEINFO -o ./mini.info $srcdir/text/minimal.texi" maki_out + +verbose "Makeinfo output: $maki_out" 1 + +if [string match \ + "Making*file*mini*from*minimal.texi'." \ + "$maki_out" \ + ] then { + pass "minimal source file" +} else { + fail "minimal source file" +} diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/missnode.exp b/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/missnode.exp new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fb278f08cfb --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/missnode.exp @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +#set real_verbose [set verbose] +#set verbose 2 +catch "exec $MAKEINFO -o ./missnode.info $srcdir/text/missnode.texi" maki_out + +verbose "Makeinfo output: $maki_out" 1 + +if [string match \ + "*Validation error*Next*doesn't exist*" \ + "$maki_out" \ + ] then { + pass "missing Next detection" +} else { + fail "missing Next detection" +} + +if [string match \ + "*Validation error*Menu*doesn't exist*" \ + "$maki_out" \ + ] then { + pass "missing menu entry detection" +} else { + fail "missing menu entry detection" +} + +#set verbose [set real_verbose] diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/nonsense.exp b/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/nonsense.exp new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3b19f2680fc --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/nonsense.exp @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +catch "exec $MAKEINFO -o ./nonsense.info $srcdir/text/nonsense.texi" maki_out + +verbose "Makeinfo output: $maki_out" 1 + +if [string match \ + "*Unknown info command*" \ + "$maki_out" \ + ] then { + pass "unknown command detection" +} else { + fail "unknown command detection" +} diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/not.exp b/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/not.exp new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3c5ac5a5964 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/not.exp @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +# lessons: +# 1) ALL expected args to a cmd on one line! +# 2) `*' at end of string match pattern essential---match *complete* string! +# 3) $srcdir (at least when .) expanded in dir where runtest invoked--- +# NOT dir where test lives! +# 4) stderr already folded into stdout; no need for 2>&1 or such things + +catch "exec $MAKEINFO $srcdir/text/not.texi" maki_out +verbose "Makeinfo output: $maki_out" 1 + +if [string match "No*setfilename*found*in*" "$maki_out"] then { + pass "@setfilename required" +} else { + fail "@setfilename required" +} diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/smstruct.exp b/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/smstruct.exp new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1a0c00f275c --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/makeinfo.0/smstruct.exp @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +catch "exec $MAKEINFO -o ./smstruct.info $srcdir/text/smstruct.texi" maki_out + +verbose "Makeinfo output: $maki_out" 1 + +if [string match \ + "Making*file*smstruct*from*smstruct.texi'." \ + "$maki_out" \ + ] then { + pass "structured source file" +} else { + fail "structured source file" +} + + diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/text/atnode.texi b/texinfo/testsuite/text/atnode.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..443738d19aa --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/text/atnode.texi @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +@setfilename atnode + +@node Top +@c @top Toity + +@menu +* @@string:: A node with an at sign in its name +* Joke:: A node without an at sign in its name +@end menu + +@node @@string +@chapter On the Nature of Strings + +They can be thick or thin. + +@node Joke +@chapter Stop me if You've Heard this One + +These three strings (@pxref{@@string}), walked into a bar, and... + +@bye diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/text/conditions.texi b/texinfo/testsuite/text/conditions.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5c4a3209720 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/text/conditions.texi @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +@setfilename conditions +@set foo1 +@clear foo2 +@clear bar +@node Top +@top Test of conditions +@menu +@ifclear bar +@ifset foo1 +* Foo1:: This text should be included. +@end ifset +@ifset foo2 +* Foo2:: This text should not be included. +@end ifset +@end ifclear +* Foo3:: And we have no blank line here. +@end menu +@node Foo1 +@chapter Foo1 +@ifset foo2 +@node Foo2 +@chapter Foo2 +@end ifset +@node Foo3 +@chapter Foo3 +@bye diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/text/dfltnode.texi b/texinfo/testsuite/text/dfltnode.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3800f42d853 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/text/dfltnode.texi @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +@setfilename smstruct + +@node Top +@top Hoity + +@menu +* First:: The Very First Node +* Second:: Another Whole Node +@end menu + +@node First +@chapter The Very First Node + +This node is a real node, yes indeed. + +@node Second +@chapter Another Whole Node + +Will wonders never cease? + +@bye diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/text/minimal.texi b/texinfo/testsuite/text/minimal.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..682881d4fd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/text/minimal.texi @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +@setfilename mini +@bye diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/text/missnode.texi b/texinfo/testsuite/text/missnode.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..db997de8632 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/text/missnode.texi @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +@setfilename missingnode + +@node Top, First,, +@top Hoity + +@menu +* First:: The very first node +* Second:: Another whole node +* Third:: No such thing +@end menu + +@node First, Second, Top, Top +@chapter The Very First Node + +This node is a real node, yes indeed. + +@node Second, Third, First, Top +@chapter Another Whole Node + +Will wonders never cease? + +@bye diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/text/nonsense.texi b/texinfo/testsuite/text/nonsense.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b84fb3d7080 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/text/nonsense.texi @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +@setfilename mini +@nonsense +@bye diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/text/not.texi b/texinfo/testsuite/text/not.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a8d29b95088 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/text/not.texi @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +Ceci n'est pas un fichier Texinfo. diff --git a/texinfo/testsuite/text/smstruct.texi b/texinfo/testsuite/text/smstruct.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..64f98ea2337 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/testsuite/text/smstruct.texi @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +@setfilename smstruct + +@node Top, First,, +@top Hoity + +@menu +* First:: The Very First Node +* Second:: Another Whole Node +@end menu + +@node First, Second, Top, Top +@chapter The Very First Node + +This node is a real node, yes indeed. + +@node Second,,First,Top +@chapter Another Whole Node + +Will wonders never cease? + +@bye diff --git a/texinfo/texinfo.tex b/texinfo/texinfo.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..96345315e30 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/texinfo.tex @@ -0,0 +1,4800 @@ +%% TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. +%% $Id: texinfo.tex,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:57:53 jason Exp $ + +% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, +% 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +%This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +%modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +%published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at +%your option) any later version. + +%This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be +%useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty +%of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +%General Public License for more details. + +%You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +%along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write +%to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, +%Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + + +%In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program. +%You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve +%what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! + + +% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu. +% Please include a *precise* test case in each bug report. + + +% Make it possible to create a .fmt file just by loading this file: +% if the underlying format is not loaded, start by loading it now. +% Added by gildea November 1993. +\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi + +% This automatically updates the version number based on RCS. +\def\deftexinfoversion$#1: #2 ${\def\texinfoversion{#2}} +\deftexinfoversion$Revision: 1.1 $ +\message{Loading texinfo package [Version \texinfoversion]:} + +% If in a .fmt file, print the version number +% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because +% they might have appeared in the input file name. +\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}\message{} + \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} + +% Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine. + +\let\ptexb=\b +\let\ptexbullet=\bullet +\let\ptexc=\c +\let\ptexcomma=\, +\let\ptexdot=\. +\let\ptexdots=\dots +\let\ptexend=\end +\let\ptexequiv = \equiv +\let\ptexi=\i +\let\ptexlbrace=\{ +\let\ptexrbrace=\} +\let\ptexstar=\* +\let\ptext=\t + +% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space +% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space +% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and +% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the +% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. +{\catcode`@ = 11 + % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble + % if the definition is written into an index file. + \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M + \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } +} + + +\message{Basics,} +\chardef\other=12 + +% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it +% starts a new line in the output. +\newlinechar = `^^J + +% Set up fixed words for English. +\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined{\gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}}\fi% +\def\putwordInfo{Info}% +\ifx\putwordSee\undefined{\gdef\putwordSee{See}}\fi% +\ifx\putwordsee\undefined{\gdef\putwordsee{see}}\fi% +\ifx\putwordfile\undefined{\gdef\putwordfile{file}}\fi% +\ifx\putwordpage\undefined{\gdef\putwordpage{page}}\fi% +\ifx\putwordsection\undefined{\gdef\putwordsection{section}}\fi% +\ifx\putwordSection\undefined{\gdef\putwordSection{Section}}\fi% +\ifx\putwordTableofContents\undefined{\gdef\putwordTableofContents{Table of Contents}}\fi% +\ifx\putwordShortContents\undefined{\gdef\putwordShortContents{Short Contents}}\fi% +\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined{\gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}}\fi% + +% Ignore a token. +% +\def\gobble#1{} + +\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix} +\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers} +\hyphenation{eshell} + +% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. +\newdimen \bindingoffset +\newdimen \normaloffset +\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight + +% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file +% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, +% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. +% +\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% +\def\loggingall{\tracingcommands2 \tracingstats2 + \tracingpages1 \tracingoutput1 \tracinglostchars1 + \tracingmacros2 \tracingparagraphs1 \tracingrestores1 + \showboxbreadth\maxdimen\showboxdepth\maxdimen +}% + +% For @cropmarks command. +% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. +% +\newif\ifcropmarks +\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue +% +% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. +% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 +% +\newdimen\cornerlong \newdimen\cornerthick +\newdimen\topandbottommargin +\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize +\cornerlong=1pc\cornerthick=.3pt % These set size of cropmarks +\outerhsize=7in +%\outervsize=9.5in +% Alternative @smallbook page size is 9.25in +\outervsize=9.25in +\topandbottommargin=.75in + +% Main output routine. +\chardef\PAGE = 255 +\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} + +\newbox\headlinebox +\newbox\footlinebox + +% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents +% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. +\def\onepageout#1{% + \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi + % + \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset + \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi + % + % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in + % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). + \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% + \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% + % + {% + % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to + % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends + % before the \shipout runs. + % + \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. + \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. + \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if + % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. + \shipout\vbox{% + \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup + \hsize = \outerhsize + \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% + \nointerlineskip + \line{% + \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% + \hfill + \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% + }% + \vskip\topandbottommargin + \line\bgroup + \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. + \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi + \vbox\bgroup + \fi + % + \unvbox\headlinebox + \pagebody{#1}% + \unvbox\footlinebox + % + \ifcropmarks + \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup + \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup + \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill + \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick + \line{% + \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% + \hfill + \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% + }% + \nointerlineskip + \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% + \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause + \fi + }% end of \shipout\vbox + }% end of group with \turnoffactive + \advancepageno + \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi +} + +\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen + +\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} +{\catcode`\@ =11 +\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi +% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) +\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present + \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi +\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 +\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi +\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} +} + +% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are +% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize +% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) +% +\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} +\def\nstop{\vbox + {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} +\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} +\def\nsbot{\vbox + {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} + +% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of +% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a +% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. +% +\def\parsearg#1{% + \let\next = #1% + \begingroup + \obeylines + \futurelet\temp\parseargx +} + +% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or +% the like), remove it and recurse. Otherwise, we're done. +\def\parseargx{% + % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces. + \ifx\obeyedspace\temp + \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace + \else + \expandafter\parseargline + \fi +} + +% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call). +{\obeyspaces % + \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}} + +{\obeylines % + \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% + \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. + % + % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment. + % Result of each macro is put in \toks0. + \argremovec #1\c\relax % + \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax % + % + % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg. + \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}% + }% +} + +% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX +% do that for us. The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call +% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is +% just to delimit the argument to the \c. +\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} +\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}} + +% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g., +% @end itemize @c foo +% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the +% `itemize'. Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the +% result to \toks0. +% +% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces +% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded. +% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands. (If it ever +% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed +% here.) But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of +% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument +% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it. +% +\def\removeactivespaces#1{% + \begingroup + \ignoreactivespaces + \edef\temp{#1}% + \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}% + \endgroup +} + +% Change the active space to expand to nothing. +% +\begingroup + \obeyspaces + \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty} +\endgroup + + +\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} + +%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away +%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup) +\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi} +\def\ENVcheck{% +\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment. Type Return to continue.} +\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage + +% @begin foo is the same as @foo, for now. +\newhelp\EMsimple{Type <Return> to continue.} + +\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx} + +\def\beginxxx #1{% +\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax +{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else +\csname #1\endcsname\fi} + +% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. +% +\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx} +\def\endxxx #1{% + \removeactivespaces{#1}% + \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}% + % + \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax + % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo. + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}% + \else + \unmatchedenderror\endthing + \fi + \else + % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started. + \csname E\endthing\endcsname + \fi +} + +% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started. Give an error. +% +\def\unmatchedenderror#1{% + \errhelp = \EMsimple + \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}% +} + +% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error. +% +\def\defineunmatchedend#1{% + \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}% +} + + +% Single-spacing is done by various environments (specifically, in +% \nonfillstart and \quotations). +\newskip\singlespaceskip \singlespaceskip = 12.5pt +\def\singlespace{% + % Why was this kern here? It messes up equalizing space above and below + % environments. --karl, 6may93 + %{\advance \baselineskip by -\singlespaceskip + %\kern \baselineskip}% + \setleading \singlespaceskip +} + +%% Simple single-character @ commands + +% @@ prints an @ +% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). +\def\@{{\tt \char '100}} + +% This is turned off because it was never documented +% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. +%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' +%% but suppressing ligatures. +%\def\`{{`}} +%\def\'{{'}} + +% Used to generate quoted braces. +\def\mylbrace {{\tt \char '173}} +\def\myrbrace {{\tt \char '175}} +\let\{=\mylbrace +\let\}=\myrbrace +\begingroup + % Definitions to produce actual \{ & \} command in an index. + \catcode`\{ = 12 \catcode`\} = 12 + \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 + \catcode`\@ = 0 \catcode`\\ = 12 + @gdef@lbracecmd[\{]% + @gdef@rbracecmd[\}]% +@endgroup + +% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent +% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @v @H. +\let\, = \c +\let\dotaccent = \. +\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} +\let\tieaccent = \t +\let\ubaraccent = \b +\let\udotaccent = \d + +% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown +% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (and lowercase versions) @ss. +\def\questiondown{?`} +\def\exclamdown{!`} + +% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. +\def\imacro{i} +\def\jmacro{j} +\def\dotless#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi + \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j + \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% + \fi\fi +} + +% @: forces normal size whitespace following. +\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } + +% @* forces a line break. +\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} + +% @. is an end-of-sentence period. +\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 } + +% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. +\gdef\enddots{$\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}$\spacefactor=3000} + +% @! is an end-of-sentence bang. +\gdef\!{!\spacefactor=3000 } + +% @? is an end-of-sentence query. +\gdef\?{?\spacefactor=3000 } + +% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the +% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would +% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. +\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} + +% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing +% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box +% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for +% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is +% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, +% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and +% the text is small, which looks bad. +% +\def\group{\begingroup + \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else + \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp + \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% + \fi + % + % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large + % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the + % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it. (See p.82 of + % the TeXbook.) Thus, space below is not quite equal to space + % above. But it's pretty close. + \def\Egroup{% + \egroup % End the \vtop. + \endgroup % End the \group. + }% + % + \vtop\bgroup + % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in + % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it. + % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group + % and the first line afterwards is too small. But we can't put the + % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself. + % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line. + \everypar = {\strut}% + % + % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's + % normal interline spacing. + \offinterlineskip + % + % OK, but now we have to do something about blank + % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally + % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've + % turned off the interline space. Simplest is to make them be an + % empty paragraph. + \ifx\par\lisppar + \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}% + % + % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par. + \obeylines + \fi + % + % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as + % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an + % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after + % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group + % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo + % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. + \comment +} +% +% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help +% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. +% +\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% +group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% +where each line of input produces a line of output.} + +% @need space-in-mils +% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. + +\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in + +\def\need{\parsearg\needx} + +% Old definition--didn't work. +%\def\needx #1{\par % +%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally +%% if the depth of the box does not fit. +%{\baselineskip=0pt% +%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\penalty 10000 +%\prevdepth=-1000pt +%}} + +\def\needx#1{% + % Go into vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a + % paragraph. + \par + % + % Don't add any leading before our big empty box, but allow a page + % break, since the best break might be right here. + \allowbreak + \nointerlineskip + \vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}% + % + % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the + % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the + % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider + % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the + % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. + % + % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the + % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in + % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which + % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing + % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an + % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real + % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. + \penalty9999 + % + % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. + \kern -#1\mil + % + % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. + \nobreak +} + +% @br forces paragraph break + +\let\br = \par + +% @dots{} output some dots + +\def\dots{$\ldots$} + +% @page forces the start of a new page + +\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} + +% @exdent text.... +% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin + +% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. +% That's how much \exdent should take out. +\newskip\exdentamount + +% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. +\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy} +\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} + +% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. +\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy} +\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount +\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} + +% @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph. + +\def\inmargin#1{% +\strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth + \vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss + \llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}} +\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm +\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} + +%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} + +% @include file insert text of that file as input. +% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). +\def\include{\begingroup + \catcode`\\=12 + \catcode`~=12 + \catcode`^=12 + \catcode`_=12 + \catcode`|=12 + \catcode`<=12 + \catcode`>=12 + \catcode`+=12 + \parsearg\includezzz} +% Restore active chars for included file. +\def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup + % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work. + \def\thisfile{#1}% + \input\thisfile +\endgroup} + +\def\thisfile{} + +% @center line outputs that line, centered + +\def\center{\parsearg\centerzzz} +\def\centerzzz #1{{\advance\hsize by -\leftskip +\advance\hsize by -\rightskip +\centerline{#1}}} + +% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space + +\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx} +\def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip} + +% @comment ...line which is ignored... +% @c is the same as @comment +% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment + +\def\comment{\catcode 64=\other \catcode 123=\other \catcode 125=\other% +\parsearg \commentxxx} + +\def\commentxxx #1{\catcode 64=0 \catcode 123=1 \catcode 125=2 } + +\let\c=\comment + +% @paragraphindent is defined for the Info formatting commands only. +\let\paragraphindent=\comment + +% Prevent errors for section commands. +% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. +\def\ignoresections{% +\let\chapter=\relax +\let\unnumbered=\relax +\let\top=\relax +\let\unnumberedsec=\relax +\let\unnumberedsection=\relax +\let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax +\let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax +\let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax +\let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax +\let\section=\relax +\let\subsec=\relax +\let\subsubsec=\relax +\let\subsection=\relax +\let\subsubsection=\relax +\let\appendix=\relax +\let\appendixsec=\relax +\let\appendixsection=\relax +\let\appendixsubsec=\relax +\let\appendixsubsection=\relax +\let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax +\let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax +\let\contents=\relax +\let\smallbook=\relax +\let\titlepage=\relax +} + +% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source +% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used +% incorrectly. +% +\def\ignoremorecommands{% + \let\defcodeindex = \relax + \let\defcv = \relax + \let\deffn = \relax + \let\deffnx = \relax + \let\defindex = \relax + \let\defivar = \relax + \let\defmac = \relax + \let\defmethod = \relax + \let\defop = \relax + \let\defopt = \relax + \let\defspec = \relax + \let\deftp = \relax + \let\deftypefn = \relax + \let\deftypefun = \relax + \let\deftypevar = \relax + \let\deftypevr = \relax + \let\defun = \relax + \let\defvar = \relax + \let\defvr = \relax + \let\ref = \relax + \let\xref = \relax + \let\printindex = \relax + \let\pxref = \relax + \let\settitle = \relax + \let\setchapternewpage = \relax + \let\setchapterstyle = \relax + \let\everyheading = \relax + \let\evenheading = \relax + \let\oddheading = \relax + \let\everyfooting = \relax + \let\evenfooting = \relax + \let\oddfooting = \relax + \let\headings = \relax + \let\include = \relax + \let\lowersections = \relax + \let\down = \relax + \let\raisesections = \relax + \let\up = \relax + \let\set = \relax + \let\clear = \relax + \let\item = \relax +} + +% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore. +% +\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} + +% Also ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @html, @menu, and @direntry text. +% +\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} +\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} +\def\html{\doignore{html}} +\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} +\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} + +% Also ignore @macro ... @end macro. The user must run texi2dvi, +% which runs makeinfo to do macro expansion. Ignore @unmacro, too. +\def\macro{\doignore{macro}} +\let\unmacro = \comment + + +% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file +% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. +\let\dircategory = \comment + +% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. +% +\def\doignore#1{\begingroup + % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. + \ignoresections + % + % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. + \long\def\doignoretext##1\end #1{\enddoignore}% + % + % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. + \catcode32 = 10 + % + % And now expand that command. + \doignoretext +} + +% What we do to finish off ignored text. +% +\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% + +\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse +\def\obstexwarn{% + \ifwarnedobs\relax\else + % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. + % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. + \immediate\write16{} + \immediate\write16{***WARNING*** for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} + \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} + \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} + \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} + \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} + \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)} + \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} + \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} + \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} + \immediate\write16{} + \global\warnedobstrue + \fi +} + +% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a +% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), +% uncomment the following line: +%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax + +% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for +% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. +% +\def\nestedignore#1{% + \obstexwarn + % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end + % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the + % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize + % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on + % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font. + % + \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup + % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. + \ignoresections + % + % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the + % @end command again. + \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% + % + % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no + % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do + % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we + % undefine them. + % + % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; + % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. + \ignoremorecommands + % + % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define + % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use + % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites + % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still + % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of + % stuff compared to the main input. + % + \nullfont + \let\tenrm = \nullfont \let\tenit = \nullfont \let\tensl = \nullfont + \let\tenbf = \nullfont \let\tentt = \nullfont \let\smallcaps = \nullfont + \let\tensf = \nullfont + % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in + % smallexample) + \let\indrm = \nullfont \let\indit = \nullfont \let\indsl = \nullfont + \let\indbf = \nullfont \let\indtt = \nullfont \let\indsc = \nullfont + \let\indsf = \nullfont + % + % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. + \tracinglostchars = 0 + % + % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. + \frenchspacing + % + % Don't report underfull hboxes. + \hbadness = 10000 + % + % Do minimal line-breaking. + \pretolerance = 10000 + % + % Do not execute instructions in @tex + \def\tex{\doignore{tex}} +} + +% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. +% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. +% +% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be +% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our +% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we +% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid +% losing inside @example, for instance. +% +\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 + \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. + \parsearg\setxxx} +\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} +\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% + \def\temp{#2}% + \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty + \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. + \fi + \endgroup +} +% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or +% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into +% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'. +\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} + +% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. +% +\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} +\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} + +% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. +% +\def\value{\begingroup + \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. + \valuexxx} +\def\valuexxx#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + {\{No value for ``#1''\}}% + \else + \csname SET#1\endcsname + \fi +\endgroup} + +% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined +% with @set. +% +\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx} +\def\ifsetxxx #1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifsetfail + \else + \expandafter\ifsetsucceed + \fi +} +\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} +\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} +\defineunmatchedend{ifset} + +% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been +% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. +% +\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx} +\def\ifclearxxx #1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifclearsucceed + \else + \expandafter\ifclearfail + \fi +} +\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} +\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} +\defineunmatchedend{ifclear} + +% @iftex always succeeds; we read the text following, through @end +% iftex). But `@end iftex' should be valid only after an @iftex. +% +\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} +\defineunmatchedend{iftex} + +% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it +% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no +% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must +% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't +% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since +% the @ifset might be nested.) +% +\def\conditionalsucceed#1{% + \edef\temp{% + % Remember the current value of \E#1. + \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}% + % + % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value. + \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}% + }% + \temp +} + +% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the +% control sequences after we've constructed them. +% +\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} + +% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. +% +\def\asis#1{#1} + +% @math means output in math mode. +% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control +% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then, +% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they +% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a +% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode. +% +% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it +% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there. +% +\let\implicitmath = $ +\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath} + +% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. +\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} +\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} + +\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz} +\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx [#1,]} +\def\nodexxx[#1,#2]{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} +\let\nwnode=\node +\let\lastnode=\relax + +\def\donoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else +\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}\fi +\global\let\lastnode=\relax} + +\def\unnumbnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else +\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\unnumbsetref{\lastnode}\fi +\global\let\lastnode=\relax} + +\def\appendixnoderef{\ifx\lastnode\relax\else +\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\appendixsetref{\lastnode}\fi +\global\let\lastnode=\relax} + +% @refill is a no-op. +\let\refill=\relax + +% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. +% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. +% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. +\def\setfilename{% + \readauxfile + \opencontents + \openindices + \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. + \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. + \comment % Ignore the actual filename. +} + +% @bye. +\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} + +% \def\macro#1{\begingroup\ignoresections\catcode`\#=6\def\macrotemp{#1}\parsearg\macroxxx} +% \def\macroxxx#1#2 \end macro{% +% \expandafter\gdef\macrotemp#1{#2}% +% \endgroup} + +%\def\linemacro#1{\begingroup\ignoresections\catcode`\#=6\def\macrotemp{#1}\parsearg\linemacroxxx} +%\def\linemacroxxx#1#2 \end linemacro{% +%\let\parsearg=\relax +%\edef\macrotempx{\csname M\butfirst\expandafter\string\macrotemp\endcsname}% +%\expandafter\xdef\macrotemp{\parsearg\macrotempx}% +%\expandafter\gdef\macrotempx#1{#2}% +%\endgroup} + +%\def\butfirst#1{} + + +\message{fonts,} + +% Font-change commands. + +% Texinfo supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. +% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc. +\newfam\sffam +\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf} +\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. + +% We don't need math for this one. +\def\ttsl{\tenttsl} + +%% Try out Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf +\let\mainmagstep=\magstephalf + +% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the +% specified font prefix (normally `cm'). +% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor +\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4} + +% Use cm as the default font prefix. +% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix +% before you read in texinfo.tex. +\ifx\fontprefix\undefined +\def\fontprefix{cm} +\fi +% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. +\def\rmshape{r} +\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold +\def\bfshape{b} +\def\bxshape{bx} +\def\ttshape{tt} +\def\ttbshape{tt} +\def\ttslshape{sltt} +\def\itshape{ti} +\def\itbshape{bxti} +\def\slshape{sl} +\def\slbshape{bxsl} +\def\sfshape{ss} +\def\sfbshape{ss} +\def\scshape{csc} +\def\scbshape{csc} + +\ifx\bigger\relax +\let\mainmagstep=\magstep1 +\setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000} +\else +\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\fi +% Instead of cmb10, you many want to use cmbx10. +% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10 +% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10. +\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} +\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep +\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep + +% A few fonts for @defun, etc. +\setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314 +\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} +\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf} + +% Fonts for indices and small examples (9pt). +% We actually use the slanted font rather than the italic, +% because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that. +% Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they +% aren't very useful. +\setfont\ninett\ttshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\indrm\rmshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\indit\slshape{9}{1000} +\let\indsl=\indit +\let\indtt=\ninett +\let\indttsl=\ninett +\let\indsf=\indrm +\let\indbf=\indrm +\setfont\indsc\scshape{10}{900} +\font\indi=cmmi9 +\font\indsy=cmsy9 + +% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). +\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} +\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2} +\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3} +\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep2} +\let\chapbf=\chaprm +\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3} +\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 +\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 + +% Section fonts (14.4pt). +\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} +\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} +\let\secbf\secrm +\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} +\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 +\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 + +% \setfont\ssecrm\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} % This size an font looked bad. +% \setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{\magstep1} % The letters were too crowded. +% \setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1} +% \setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} +% \setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{\magstep1} + +%\setfont\ssecrm\bfshape{10}{1315} % Note the use of cmb rather than cmbx. +%\setfont\ssecit\itshape{10}{1315} % Also, the size is a little larger than +%\setfont\ssecsl\slshape{10}{1315} % being scaled magstep1. +%\setfont\ssectt\ttshape{10}{1315} +%\setfont\ssecsf\sfshape{10}{1315} + +%\let\ssecbf=\ssecrm + +% Subsection fonts (13.15pt). +\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} +\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} +\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1} +\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} +\let\ssecbf\ssecrm +\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1} +\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf +\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1 +% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5, +% but that is not a standard magnification. + +% Fonts for title page: +\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} +\let\authorrm = \secrm + +% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, +% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since +% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts, we +% don't bother to reset \scriptfont and \scriptscriptfont (which would +% also require loading a lot more fonts). +% +\def\resetmathfonts{% + \textfont0 = \tenrm \textfont1 = \teni \textfont2 = \tensy + \textfont\itfam = \tenit \textfont\slfam = \tensl \textfont\bffam = \tenbf + \textfont\ttfam = \tentt \textfont\sffam = \tensf +} + + +% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead +% of just \STYLE. We do this so that font changes will continue to work +% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most +% cases, not the current font. Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam +% \tenbf}, for example. By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to +% redefine \bf itself. +\def\textfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl + \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc + \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl + \resetmathfonts} +\def\chapfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl + \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc + \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} +\def\secfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl + \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc + \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} +\def\subsecfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl + \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc + \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} +\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf? +\def\indexfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl + \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc + \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy \let\tenttsl=\indttsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{12pt}} + +% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. +% +\textfonts + +% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks +\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 + +% Fonts for short table of contents. +\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000} +\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} + +%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans +%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic + +% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction +% unless the following character is such as not to need one. +\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else\/\fi\fi\fi} +\def\smartitalic#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} + +\let\i=\smartitalic +\let\var=\smartitalic +\let\dfn=\smartitalic +\let\emph=\smartitalic +\let\cite=\smartitalic + +\def\b#1{{\bf #1}} +\let\strong=\b + +% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at +% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the +% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. +% +\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} +\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } + +\def\t#1{% + {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}% + \null +} +\let\ttfont=\t +\def\samp #1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} +\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{8}{1000} +\font\smallsy=cmsy9 +\def\key#1{{\smallrm\textfont2=\smallsy \leavevmode\hbox{% + \raise0.4pt\hbox{$\langle$}\kern-.08em\vtop{% + \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt + \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{$\langle$}}#1}}% + \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% + \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{$\rangle$}}}} +% The old definition, with no lozenge: +%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} +\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} + +\let\file=\samp + +% @code is a modification of @t, +% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. +\def\tclose#1{% + {% + % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. + \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font + % + % Switch to typewriter. + \tt + % + % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. + \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% + % + % Turn off hyphenation. + \nohyphenation + % + \rawbackslash + \frenchspacing + #1% + }% + \null +} + +% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code. +% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes +% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. + +% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control +% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. +% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) +% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. +% -- rms. +{ +\catcode`\-=\active +\catcode`\_=\active +\catcode`\|=\active +\global\def\code{\begingroup \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder \codex} +% The following is used by \doprintindex to insure that long function names +% wrap around. It is necessary for - and _ to be active before the index is +% read from the file, as \entry parses the arguments long before \code is +% ever called. -- mycroft +% _ is always active; and it shouldn't be \let = to an _ that is a +% subscript character anyway. Then, @cindex @samp{_} (for example) +% fails. --karl +\global\def\indexbreaks{% + \catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash +} +} + +\def\realdash{-} +\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} +\def\codeunder{\ifusingtt{\normalunderscore\discretionary{}{}{}}{\_}} +\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} + +%\let\exp=\tclose %Was temporary + +% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, +% then @kbd has no effect. +% +\def\xkey{\key} +\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% +\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% +\else{\tclose{\ttsl\look}}\fi +\else{\tclose{\ttsl\look}}\fi} + +% @url, @email. Quotes do not seem necessary. +\let\url=\code % perhaps include a hypertex \special eventually +% rms does not like the angle brackets --karl, 17may97. +%\def\email#1{$\langle${\tt #1}$\rangle$} +\let\email=\code + +% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the +% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and +% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have +% this property, we can check that font parameter. +% +\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } + +% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the +% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of +% @dmn{}pt. +% +\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} + +\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} + +% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', +% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for +% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. +%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} + +\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font +% Use of \lowercase was suggested. +\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font +\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font + +% @pounds{} is a sterling sign. +\def\pounds{{\it\$}} + + +\message{page headings,} + +\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in +\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc + +% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. +\def\titlefont#1{{\titlerm #1}} + +\newif\ifseenauthor +\newif\iffinishedtitlepage + +\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz} +\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% + \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} + +\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts + \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm +% I deinstalled the following change because \cmr12 is undefined. +% This change was not in the ChangeLog anyway. --rms. +% \let\subtitlerm=\cmr12 + \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}% + % + \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines}% + % + % Leave some space at the very top of the page. + \vglue\titlepagetopglue + % + % Now you can print the title using @title. + \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}% + \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefont{##1}} + % print a rule at the page bottom also. + \finishedtitlepagefalse + \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}% + % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. + \finishedtitlepagetrue + % + % Now you can put text using @subtitle. + \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}% + \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}% + % + % @author should come last, but may come many times. + \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}% + \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi + {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}% + % + % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space + % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. + \let\oldpage = \page + \def\page{% + \iffinishedtitlepage\else + \finishtitlepage + \fi + \oldpage + \let\page = \oldpage + \hbox{}}% +% \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}} +} + +\def\Etitlepage{% + \iffinishedtitlepage\else + \finishtitlepage + \fi + % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, + % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. + % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page + % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. + \oldpage + \endgroup + \HEADINGSon +} + +\def\finishtitlepage{% + \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize + \vskip\titlepagebottomglue + \finishedtitlepagetrue +} + +%%% Set up page headings and footings. + +\let\thispage=\folio + +\newtoks \evenheadline % Token sequence for heading line of even pages +\newtoks \oddheadline % Token sequence for heading line of odd pages +\newtoks \evenfootline % Token sequence for footing line of even pages +\newtoks \oddfootline % Token sequence for footing line of odd pages + +% Now make Tex use those variables +\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline + \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} +\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline + \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} +\let\HEADINGShook=\relax + +% Commands to set those variables. +% For example, this is what @headings on does +% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter +% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle +% @evenfooting @thisfile|| +% @oddfooting ||@thisfile + +\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} +\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} +\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx} + +\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} +\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} +\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx} + +{\catcode`\@=0 % + +\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\gdef\everyheadingxxx #1{\everyheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\everyheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}} +\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\global\oddfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} + +\gdef\everyfootingxxx #1{\everyfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish} +\gdef\everyfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{% +\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}} +\global\oddfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} +% +}% unbind the catcode of @. + +% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. +% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. +% @headings off turns them off. +% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. +% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. +% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. +% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. +% By default, they are off at the start of a document, +% and turned `on' after @end titlepage. + +\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} + +\def\HEADINGSoff{ +\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} +\HEADINGSoff +% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. +% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, +% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document +% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top +% edge of all pages. +\def\HEADINGSdouble{ +\global\pageno=1 +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +} +\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager + +% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, +% page number on top right. +\def\HEADINGSsingle{ +\global\pageno=1 +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +} +\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} + +\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} +\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter +\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +} + +\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} +\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% +\global\evenfootline={\hfil} +\global\oddfootline={\hfil} +\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +} + +% Subroutines used in generating headings +% Produces Day Month Year style of output. +\def\today{\number\day\space +\ifcase\month\or +January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or +July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi +\space\number\year} + +% Use this if you want the Month Day, Year style of output. +%\def\today{\ifcase\month\or +%January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or +%July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi +%\space\number\day, \number\year} + +% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings +% It generates no output of its own + +\def\thistitle{No Title} +\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz} +\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}} + + +\message{tables,} + +% @tabs -- simple alignment + +% These don't work. For one thing, \+ is defined as outer. +% So these macros cannot even be defined. + +%\def\tabs{\parsearg\tabszzz} +%\def\tabszzz #1{\settabs\+#1\cr} +%\def\tabline{\parsearg\tablinezzz} +%\def\tablinezzz #1{\+#1\cr} +%\def\&{&} + +% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x). + +% default indentation of table text +\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in +% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text +\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in +% margin between end of table item and start of table text. +\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in + +% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin +\newdimen\itemmax + +% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with +% these defs. +% They also define \itemindex +% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). + +\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip + +\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} + +\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} +\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} + +\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz} +\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz} + +\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz} +\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz} + +\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}% + \itemzzz {#1}} + +\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}% + \itemzzz {#1}} + +\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % + \advance\hsize by -\rightskip + \advance\hsize by -\tableindent + \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}% + \itemindex{#1}% + \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. + % + % Be sure we are not still in the middle of a paragraph. + %{\parskip = 0in + %\par + %}% + % + % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line + % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that + % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next + % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the + % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. + \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax + % + % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, + % but leave it ragged-right. + \begingroup + \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent + \advance\hsize by\tableindent + \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil + \leavevmode\unhbox0\par + \endgroup + % + % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the + % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. + \nobreak \vskip-\parskip + % + % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. Unfortunately + % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following + % \baselineskip glue. + \nobreak + \endgroup + \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse + \else + % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the + % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. Since that + % text will be indented by \tableindent, we make the item text be in + % a zero-width box. + \noindent + \rlap{\hskip -\tableindent\box0}\ignorespaces% + \endgroup% + \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue% + \fi +} + +\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}} +\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}} +\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}} +\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}} +\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}} +\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}} + +%% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work +\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}} + +\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex} +{\obeylines\obeyspaces% +\gdef\tablex #1^^M{% +\tabley\dontindex#1 \endtabley}} + +\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex} +{\obeylines\obeyspaces% +\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{% +\tabley\fnitemindex#1 \endtabley +\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% +\let\Etable=\relax}} + +\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex} +{\obeylines\obeyspaces% +\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{% +\tabley\vritemindex#1 \endtabley +\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% +\let\Etable=\relax}} + +\def\dontindex #1{} +\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}% +\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}% + +{\obeyspaces % +\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup% +\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} + +\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{% +\aboveenvbreak % +\begingroup % +\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge. +\let\itemindex=#1% +\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi % +\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi % +\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi % +\def\itemfont{#2}% +\itemmax=\tableindent % +\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % +\advance \leftskip by \tableindent % +\exdentamount=\tableindent +\parindent = 0pt +\parskip = \smallskipamount +\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% +\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% +\let\item = \internalBitem % +\let\itemx = \internalBitemx % +\let\kitem = \internalBkitem % +\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx % +\let\xitem = \internalBxitem % +\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx % +} + +% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize + +\newcount \itemno + +\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz} + +\def\itemizezzz #1{% + \begingroup % ended by the @end itemsize + \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize} +} + +\def\itemizey #1#2{% +\aboveenvbreak % +\itemmax=\itemindent % +\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin % +\advance \leftskip by \itemindent % +\exdentamount=\itemindent +\parindent = 0pt % +\parskip = \smallskipamount % +\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi% +\def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% +\def\itemcontents{#1}% +\let\item=\itemizeitem} + +% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. +% These are `.?!:;,' +\def\frenchspacing{\sfcode46=1000 \sfcode63=1000 \sfcode33=1000 + \sfcode58=1000 \sfcode59=1000 \sfcode44=1000 } + +% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in +% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. +% +\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% + +% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, +% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No +% argument is the same as `1'. +% +\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz} +\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} +\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% + \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate + % + % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. + \def\thearg{#1}% + \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi + % + % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a + % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. + % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. + % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at + % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) + \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark + \ifx\rest\empty + % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. + % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. + % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and + % not equal to itself. + % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. + % + % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from + % continuing to look for a <number>. + % + \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax + \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) + \else + % It's a letter. + \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax + \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter + \else + \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter + \fi + \fi + \else + % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. + \numericenumerate + \fi +} + +% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is +% given in \thearg. +% +\def\numericenumerate{% + \itemno = \thearg + \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% +} + +% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. +\def\lowercaseenumerate{% + \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg + \startenumeration{% + % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. + \ifnum\itemno=0 + \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger + alphabet}% + \fi + \char\lccode\itemno + }% +} + +% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. +\def\uppercaseenumerate{% + \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg + \startenumeration{% + % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. + \ifnum\itemno=0 + \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger + alphabet} + \fi + \char\uccode\itemno + }% +} + +% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the +% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in +% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. +% +\def\startenumeration#1{% + \advance\itemno by -1 + \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr +} + +% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg +% to @enumerate. +% +\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} +\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} +\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} +\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} + +% Definition of @item while inside @itemize. + +\def\itemizeitem{% +\advance\itemno by 1 +{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% +\ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi +{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt +\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}% +\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% +\flushcr} + +% @multitable macros +% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 +% +% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. +% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width +% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, +% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. + +% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. + +% To make preamble: +% +% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: +% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 +% @item ... +% +% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total +% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many +% columns as desired. + + +% Or use a template: +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} +% @item ... +% using the widest term desired in each column. +% +% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in +% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it +% will parse correctly, i.e., +% +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 +% template} +% Not: +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} +% {Column 3 template} + +% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column +% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's +% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, +% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. + +% @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their +% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are. + +% Sample multitable: + +% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} +% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col +% @item +% first col stuff +% @tab +% second col stuff +% @tab +% third col +% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff +% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. +% +% They will wrap at the width determined by the template. +% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. +% @end multitable + +% Default dimensions may be reset by user. +% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. +% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. +% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. +% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline +% to baseline. +% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. + +%%%% +% Dimensions + +\newskip\multitableparskip +\newskip\multitableparindent +\newdimen\multitablecolspace +\newskip\multitablelinespace +\multitableparskip=0pt +\multitableparindent=6pt +\multitablecolspace=12pt +\multitablelinespace=0pt + +%%%% +% Macros used to set up halign preamble: +\let\endsetuptable\relax +\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} +\let\columnfractions\relax +\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} +\newif\ifsetpercent + +%% 2/1/96, to allow fractions to be given with more than one digit. +\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {\global\advance\colcount by1 % +\expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#1\hsize}% +\setuptable} + +\newcount\colcount +\def\setuptable#1{\def\firstarg{#1}% +\ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable\let\go\relax% +\else + \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions\global\setpercenttrue% + \else + \ifsetpercent + \let\go\pickupwholefraction % In this case arg of setuptable + % is the decimal point before the + % number given in percent of hsize. + % We don't need this so we don't use it. + \else + \global\advance\colcount by1 + \setbox0=\hbox{#1 }% Add a normal word space as a separator; + % typically that is always in the input, anyway. + \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% + \fi% + \fi% +\ifx\go\pickupwholefraction\else\let\go\setuptable\fi% +\fi\go} + +%%%% +% multitable syntax +\def\tab{&\hskip1sp\relax} % 2/2/96 + % tiny skip here makes sure this column space is + % maintained, even if it is never used. + + +%%%% +% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: + +\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable} + +\def\dotable#1{\bgroup +\let\item\cr +\tolerance=9500 +\hbadness=9500 +\setmultitablespacing +\parskip=\multitableparskip +\parindent=\multitableparindent +\overfullrule=0pt +\global\colcount=0\relax% +\def\Emultitable{\global\setpercentfalse\global\everycr{}\cr\egroup\egroup}% + % To parse everything between @multitable and @item : +\setuptable#1 \endsetuptable + % Need to reset this to 0 after \setuptable. +\global\colcount=0\relax% + % + % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will + % be used as many times as user calls for columns. + % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and + % continue for many paragraphs if desired. +\halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax% +\multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname + % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other + % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after + % the first one. + % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace + % to the width of each template entry. + % If user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize + % we will use that dimension as the width of the column, and + % the \leftskip will keep entries from bumping into each other. + % Table will start at left margin and final column will justify at + % right margin. +\ifnum\colcount=1 +\else + \ifsetpercent + \else + % If user has <not> set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize + % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace + \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace + \fi + % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: +\leftskip=\multitablecolspace +\fi + % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious + % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the + % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. + % For example: + % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 + % @item @code{#} + % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. + % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking + % characters. + \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr + % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of + % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one. + % The table preamble + % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width. +\global\everycr{\noalign{% +% \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. +% Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table +% breaks over pages Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the problem +% manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. +\global\colcount=0\relax}} +} + +\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace. +% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on +% current baselineskip. +\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt +%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders, +%% to keep lines equally spaced +\let\multistrut = \strut +%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of +%% table. If not, do nothing. +%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. +\else +\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0 +width0pt\relax} \fi +\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller + %% than skip between lines in the table. +\fi% +\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller + %% than skip between lines in the table. +\fi} + + +\message{indexing,} +% Index generation facilities + +% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite +% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex. +{\catcode`\@=11 +\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}} + +% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. +% It automatically defines \fooindex such that +% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. +% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for +% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. +% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long +% for the sake of vms. + +\def\newindex #1{ +\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file +\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file +\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex +\noexpand\doindex {#1}} +} + +% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} + +\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} + +% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. + +\def\newcodeindex #1{ +\expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname% Define number for output file +\openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file +\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex +\noexpand\docodeindex {#1}} +} + +\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} + +% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. +% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. +\def\synindex #1 #2 {% +\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname +\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo +\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex +\noexpand\doindex {#2}}% +} + +% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo +% inside @code. +\def\syncodeindex #1 #2 {% +\expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname +\expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo +\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define \xxxindex +\noexpand\docodeindex {#2}}% +} + +% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. +% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, +% and it is "foo", the name of the index. + +% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. +% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. + +% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} +% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. + +\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} +\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} + +% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. +\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} +\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} + +\def\indexdummies{% +% Take care of the plain tex accent commands. +\def\"{\realbackslash "}% +\def\`{\realbackslash `}% +\def\'{\realbackslash '}% +\def\^{\realbackslash ^}% +\def\~{\realbackslash ~}% +\def\={\realbackslash =}% +\def\b{\realbackslash b}% +\def\c{\realbackslash c}% +\def\d{\realbackslash d}% +\def\u{\realbackslash u}% +\def\v{\realbackslash v}% +\def\H{\realbackslash H}% +% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters. +\def\oe{\realbackslash oe}% +\def\ae{\realbackslash ae}% +\def\aa{\realbackslash aa}% +\def\OE{\realbackslash OE}% +\def\AE{\realbackslash AE}% +\def\AA{\realbackslash AA}% +\def\o{\realbackslash o}% +\def\O{\realbackslash O}% +\def\l{\realbackslash l}% +\def\L{\realbackslash L}% +\def\ss{\realbackslash ss}% +% Take care of texinfo commands likely to appear in an index entry. +% (Must be a way to avoid doing expansion at all, and thus not have to +% laboriously list every single command here.) +\def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char. +%\let\{ = \lbracecmd +%\let\} = \rbracecmd +\def\_{{\realbackslash _}}% +\def\w{\realbackslash w }% +\def\bf{\realbackslash bf }% +%\def\rm{\realbackslash rm }% +\def\sl{\realbackslash sl }% +\def\sf{\realbackslash sf}% +\def\tt{\realbackslash tt}% +\def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}% +\def\less{\realbackslash less}% +\def\hat{\realbackslash hat}% +%\def\char{\realbackslash char}% +\def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}% +\def\dots{\realbackslash dots }% +\def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright }% +\def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose {##1}}% +\def\code##1{\realbackslash code {##1}}% +\def\dotless##1{\realbackslash dotless {##1}}% +\def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp {##1}}% +\def\,##1{\realbackslash ,{##1}}% +\def\t##1{\realbackslash t {##1}}% +\def\r##1{\realbackslash r {##1}}% +\def\i##1{\realbackslash i {##1}}% +\def\b##1{\realbackslash b {##1}}% +\def\sc##1{\realbackslash sc {##1}}% +\def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite {##1}}% +\def\key##1{\realbackslash key {##1}}% +\def\file##1{\realbackslash file {##1}}% +\def\var##1{\realbackslash var {##1}}% +\def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd {##1}}% +\def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn {##1}}% +\def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph {##1}}% +\unsepspaces +} + +% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces +% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the +% expansion of \tie (\\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). +{\obeyspaces + \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}} + +% \indexnofonts no-ops all font-change commands. +% This is used when outputting the strings to sort the index by. +\def\indexdummyfont#1{#1} +\def\indexdummytex{TeX} +\def\indexdummydots{...} + +\def\indexnofonts{% +% Just ignore accents. +\let\,=\indexdummyfont +\let\"=\indexdummyfont +\let\`=\indexdummyfont +\let\'=\indexdummyfont +\let\^=\indexdummyfont +\let\~=\indexdummyfont +\let\==\indexdummyfont +\let\b=\indexdummyfont +\let\c=\indexdummyfont +\let\d=\indexdummyfont +\let\u=\indexdummyfont +\let\v=\indexdummyfont +\let\H=\indexdummyfont +\let\dotless=\indexdummyfont +% Take care of the plain tex special European modified letters. +\def\oe{oe}% +\def\ae{ae}% +\def\aa{aa}% +\def\OE{OE}% +\def\AE{AE}% +\def\AA{AA}% +\def\o{o}% +\def\O{O}% +\def\l{l}% +\def\L{L}% +\def\ss{ss}% +\let\w=\indexdummyfont +\let\t=\indexdummyfont +\let\r=\indexdummyfont +\let\i=\indexdummyfont +\let\b=\indexdummyfont +\let\emph=\indexdummyfont +\let\strong=\indexdummyfont +\let\cite=\indexdummyfont +\let\sc=\indexdummyfont +%Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command +% and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |... +%\let\tt=\indexdummyfont +\let\tclose=\indexdummyfont +\let\code=\indexdummyfont +\let\file=\indexdummyfont +\let\samp=\indexdummyfont +\let\kbd=\indexdummyfont +\let\key=\indexdummyfont +\let\var=\indexdummyfont +\let\TeX=\indexdummytex +\let\dots=\indexdummydots +\def\@{@}% +} + +% To define \realbackslash, we must make \ not be an escape. +% We must first make another character (@) an escape +% so we do not become unable to do a definition. + +{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other +@gdef@realbackslash{\}} + +\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. + +\let\SETmarginindex=\relax %initialize! +% workhorse for all \fooindexes +% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there +\def\doind #1#2{% + % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. + \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else + \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}% + \fi + {% + \count255=\lastpenalty + {% + \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage + \escapechar=`\\ + {% + \let\folio=0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio. + \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now + % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. + % + % First process the index-string with all font commands turned off + % to get the string to sort by. + {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2}}% + % + % Now produce the complete index entry, with both the sort key and the + % original text, including any font commands. + \toks0 = {#2}% + \edef\temp{% + \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{% + \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}% + }% + \temp + }% + }% + \penalty\count255 + }% +} + +\def\dosubind #1#2#3{% +{\count10=\lastpenalty % +{\indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage +\escapechar=`\\% +{\let\folio=0% +\def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% +% +% Now process the index-string once, with all font commands turned off, +% to get the string to sort the index by. +{\indexnofonts +\xdef\temp1{#2 #3}% +}% +% Now produce the complete index entry. We process the index-string again, +% this time with font commands expanded, to get what to print in the index. +\edef\temp{% +\write \csname#1indfile\endcsname{% +\realbackslash entry {\temp1}{\folio}{#2}{#3}}}% +\temp }% +}\penalty\count10}} + +% The index entry written in the file actually looks like +% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} +% or +% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} +% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files +% containing these kinds of lines: +% \initial {c} +% before the first topic whose initial is c +% \entry {topic}{pagelist} +% for a topic that is used without subtopics +% \primary {topic} +% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics +% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} +% for each subtopic. + +% Define the user-accessible indexing commands +% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. + +\def\findex {\fnindex} +\def\kindex {\kyindex} +\def\cindex {\cpindex} +\def\vindex {\vrindex} +\def\tindex {\tpindex} +\def\pindex {\pgindex} + +\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} +{\obeylines % +\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % +\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} + +% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. + +% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. +% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). +% +\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex} +\def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup + \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% + % + \indexfonts \rm + \tolerance = 9500 + \indexbreaks + % + % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. + \openin 1 \jobname.#1s + \ifeof 1 + % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, + % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the + % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure + % there is some text. + (Index is nonexistent) + \else + % + % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof + % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so + % it can discover if there is anything in it. + \read 1 to \temp + \ifeof 1 + (Index is empty) + \else + % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape + % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change + % to make right now. + \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}% + \catcode`\\ = 0 + \catcode`\@ = 11 + \escapechar = `\\ + \begindoublecolumns + \input \jobname.#1s + \enddoublecolumns + \fi + \fi + \closein 1 +\endgroup} + +% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. +% Change them to control the appearance of the index. + +% Same as \bigskipamount except no shrink. +% \balancecolumns gets confused if there is any shrink. +\newskip\initialskipamount \initialskipamount 12pt plus4pt + +\def\initial #1{% +{\let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt +\ifdim\lastskip<\initialskipamount +\removelastskip \penalty-200 \vskip \initialskipamount\fi +\line{\secbf#1\hfill}\kern 2pt\penalty10000}} + +% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2 +% flush to the right margin. It is used for index and table of contents +% entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. +% +\def\entry #1#2{\begingroup + % + % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't + % affect previous text. + \par + % + % Do not fill out the last line with white space. + \parfillskip = 0in + % + % No extra space above this paragraph. + \parskip = 0in + % + % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. + \finalhyphendemerits = 0 + % + % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number + % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the + % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large + % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across + % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. + % + % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start + % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. + \hangindent=2em + % + % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line + % with blank space. + \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil + % + % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking + % parameters we've set above will have an effect. + \noindent + % + % Insert the text of the index entry. TeX will do line-breaking on it. + #1% + % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if + % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be + % cursed by a Unix daemon. + \def\tempa{{\rm }}% + \def\tempb{#2}% + \edef\tempc{\tempa}% + \edef\tempd{\tempb}% + \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else% + % + % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out + % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the + % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) + \hfil\penalty50 + \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. + % + % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as + % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull + % \hbox ensues. + \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. + \fi% + \par +\endgroup} + +% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em. +\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders + \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} + +\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} + +\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm + +\def\secondary #1#2{ +{\parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in +\hangindent =1in \hangafter=1 +\noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill #2\par +}} + +% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. +% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, +% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. +\catcode`\@=11 + +\newbox\partialpage +\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize + +\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns + % Grab any single-column material above us. + \output = {\global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% + % + % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a + % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output + % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is + % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In + % that case, we must prevent the second \partialpage from + % simply overwriting the first, causing us to lose the page. + % This will preserve it until a real output routine can ship it + % out. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this runs and + % this will be a no-op. + \unvbox\partialpage + % + % Unvbox the main output page. + \unvbox255 + \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip + }}% + \eject + % + % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. + \output = {\doublecolumnout}% + % + % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this + % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 + % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple + % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the + % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. + % + % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between + % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it + % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant + % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) + % as it did when we hard-coded it. + % + % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we + % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) + % been clobbered. + % + \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize + \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize + \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 + \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize + % + % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, + % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) + \vsize = 2\vsize +} +\def\doublecolumnout{% + \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth + % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal + % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the + % previous page. + \dimen@=\pageheight \advance\dimen@ by-\ht\partialpage + % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. + \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ + \onepageout\pagesofar + \unvbox255 + \penalty\outputpenalty +} +\def\pagesofar{% + % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, + % followed by the two boxes we just split. + \unvbox\partialpage + \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize + \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% +} +\def\enddoublecolumns{% + \output = {\balancecolumns}\eject % split what we have + \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns + % + % Back to normal single-column typesetting, but take account of the + % fact that we just accumulated some stuff on the output page. + \pagegoal = \vsize +} +\def\balancecolumns{% + % Called at the end of the double column material. + \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% + \dimen@ = \ht0 + \advance\dimen@ by \topskip + \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip + \divide\dimen@ by 2 + \splittopskip = \topskip + % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. + {\vbadness=10000 \loop + \global\setbox3=\copy0 + \global\setbox1=\vsplit3 to\dimen@ + \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ \global\advance\dimen@ by1pt + \repeat}% + \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% + \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% + \pagesofar +} +\catcode`\@ = \other + + +\message{sectioning,} +% Define chapters, sections, etc. + +\newcount\chapno +\newcount\secno \secno=0 +\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 +\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 + +% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... +\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ +\def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} + +\newwrite\contentsfile +% This is called from \setfilename. +\def\opencontents{\openout\contentsfile = \jobname.toc } + +% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. +% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise + +\def\thischapter{} \def\thissection{} +\def\seccheck#1{\ifnum \pageno<0 + \errmessage{@#1 not allowed after generating table of contents}% +\fi} + +\def\chapternofonts{% + \let\rawbackslash=\relax + \let\frenchspacing=\relax + \def\result{\realbackslash result}% + \def\equiv{\realbackslash equiv}% + \def\expansion{\realbackslash expansion}% + \def\print{\realbackslash print}% + \def\TeX{\realbackslash TeX}% + \def\dots{\realbackslash dots}% + \def\copyright{\realbackslash copyright}% + \def\tt{\realbackslash tt}% + \def\bf{\realbackslash bf}% + \def\w{\realbackslash w}% + \def\less{\realbackslash less}% + \def\gtr{\realbackslash gtr}% + \def\hat{\realbackslash hat}% + \def\char{\realbackslash char}% + \def\tclose##1{\realbackslash tclose{##1}}% + \def\code##1{\realbackslash code{##1}}% + \def\samp##1{\realbackslash samp{##1}}% + \def\r##1{\realbackslash r{##1}}% + \def\b##1{\realbackslash b{##1}}% + \def\key##1{\realbackslash key{##1}}% + \def\file##1{\realbackslash file{##1}}% + \def\kbd##1{\realbackslash kbd{##1}}% + % These are redefined because @smartitalic wouldn't work inside xdef. + \def\i##1{\realbackslash i{##1}}% + \def\cite##1{\realbackslash cite{##1}}% + \def\var##1{\realbackslash var{##1}}% + \def\emph##1{\realbackslash emph{##1}}% + \def\dfn##1{\realbackslash dfn{##1}}% +} + +\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level +\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count + +% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. +\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} +\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name + +% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. +\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} +\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name + +% Choose a numbered-heading macro +% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections +% #2 is text for heading +\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 +\ifcase\absseclevel + \chapterzzz{#2} +\or + \seczzz{#2} +\or + \numberedsubseczzz{#2} +\or + \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} +\else + \ifnum \absseclevel<0 + \chapterzzz{#2} + \else + \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2} + \fi +\fi +} + +% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels +\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 +\ifcase\absseclevel + \appendixzzz{#2} +\or + \appendixsectionzzz{#2} +\or + \appendixsubseczzz{#2} +\or + \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} +\else + \ifnum \absseclevel<0 + \appendixzzz{#2} + \else + \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2} + \fi +\fi +} + +% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels +\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1 +\ifcase\absseclevel + \unnumberedzzz{#2} +\or + \unnumberedseczzz{#2} +\or + \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2} +\or + \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} +\else + \ifnum \absseclevel<0 + \unnumberedzzz{#2} + \else + \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2} + \fi +\fi +} + + +\def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title} +\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy} +\def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz +\def\chapterzzz #1{\seccheck{chapter}% +\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 +\global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter \the\chapno}% +\chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}% +\gdef\thissection{#1}% +\gdef\thischaptername{#1}% +% We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter +% because we don't want its macros evaluated now. +\xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}% +{\chapternofonts% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}{\the\chapno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\donoderef % +\global\let\section = \numberedsec +\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec +\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec +}} + +\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy} +\def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz +\def\appendixzzz #1{\seccheck{appendix}% +\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 +\global\advance \appendixno by 1 \message{Appendix \appendixletter}% +\chapmacro {#1}{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}% +\gdef\thissection{#1}% +\gdef\thischaptername{#1}% +\xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}% +{\chapternofonts% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash chapentry{\the\toks0}% + {\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\appendixnoderef % +\global\let\section = \appendixsec +\global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec +\global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec +}} + +% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. +\outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy} +\def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}} + +\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} +\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy} +\def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz +\def\unnumberedzzz #1{\seccheck{unnumbered}% +\secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 +% +% This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the +% argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX +% expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX +% expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant +% to be executed, not expanded). +% +% Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear +% as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use +% \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once, +% simply yielding the contents of the <toks register>. +\toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}% +% +\unnumbchapmacro {#1}% +\gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% +{\chapternofonts% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbchapentry{\the\toks0}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\unnumbnoderef % +\global\let\section = \unnumberedsec +\global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec +\global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec +}} + +\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy} +\def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz +\def\seczzz #1{\seccheck{section}% +\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % +\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}% +{\chapternofonts% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry % +{\the\toks0}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\donoderef % +\penalty 10000 % +}} + +\outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} +\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy} +\def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz +\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsection}% +\subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 % +\gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}% +{\chapternofonts% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash secentry % +{\the\toks0}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\appendixnoderef % +\penalty 10000 % +}} + +\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy} +\def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz +\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsec}% +\plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% +{\chapternofonts% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsecentry{\the\toks0}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\unnumbnoderef % +\penalty 10000 % +}} + +\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy} +\def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz +\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsection}% +\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % +\subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% +{\chapternofonts% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry % +{\the\toks0}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\donoderef % +\penalty 10000 % +}} + +\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy} +\def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz +\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsec}% +\gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 % +\subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}% +{\chapternofonts% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsecentry % +{\the\toks0}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\appendixnoderef % +\penalty 10000 % +}} + +\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy} +\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz +\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsec}% +\plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% +{\chapternofonts% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsecentry{\the\toks0}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\unnumbnoderef % +\penalty 10000 % +}} + +\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy} +\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz +\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{subsubsection}% +\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % +\subsubsecheading {#1} + {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% +{\chapternofonts% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0} + {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno} + {\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\donoderef % +\penalty 10000 % +}} + +\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy} +\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz +\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{appendixsubsubsec}% +\gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 % +\subsubsecheading {#1} + {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}% +{\chapternofonts% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash subsubsecentry{\the\toks0}% + {\appendixletter} + {\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\appendixnoderef % +\penalty 10000 % +}} + +\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy} +\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz +\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{\seccheck{unnumberedsubsubsec}% +\plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}% +{\chapternofonts% +\toks0 = {#1}% +\edef\temp{{\realbackslash unnumbsubsubsecentry{\the\toks0}{\noexpand\folio}}}% +\escapechar=`\\% +\write \contentsfile \temp % +\unnumbnoderef % +\penalty 10000 % +}} + +% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo. +% Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work. +\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} +\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz} +\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz} +\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz} +\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz} + +\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz} +\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz} +\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz} +\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz} + +\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz} +\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz} +\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz} +\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz} + +% These macros control what the section commands do, according +% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). +% Define them by default for a numbered chapter. +\global\let\section = \numberedsec +\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec +\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec + +% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading + +% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and +% such: +% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit +% overlong headings to fold. +% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a +% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. +% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and +% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. + + +\def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz} +\def\majorheadingzzz #1{% +{\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% +{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} + +\def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz} +\def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak % +{\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200} + +% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. +\def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading} +\def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading} +\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading} + +% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only +% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), +% given all the information in convenient, parsed form. + +%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) +\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} + +\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} + +%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it +% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) + +\newskip\chapheadingskip + +\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} +\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} +\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} + +\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} + +\def\CHAPPAGoff{ +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} + +\def\CHAPPAGon{ +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager +\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} + +\def\CHAPPAGodd{ +\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage +\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage +\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage +\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} + +\CHAPPAGon + +\def\CHAPFplain{ +\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain +\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain +\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain} + +% Plain chapter opening. +% #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered. +\def\chfplain#1#2{% + \pchapsepmacro + {% + \chapfonts \rm + \def\chapnum{#2}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% + \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright + \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe + \unhbox0 #1\par}% + }% + \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title + \nobreak +} + +% Plain opening for unnumbered. +\def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}} + +% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. +\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax +\def\centerchfplain#1{{% + \def\centerparametersmaybe{% + \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip + \leftskip = \rightskip + \parfillskip = 0pt + }% + \chfplain{#1}{}% +}} + +\CHAPFplain % The default + +\def\unnchfopen #1{% +\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt\raggedright + \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 % +} + +\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts +\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% +\par\penalty 5000 % +} + +\def\centerchfopen #1{% +\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 + \parindent=0pt + \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 10000 % +} + +\def\CHAPFopen{ +\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen +\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen +\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} + + +% Section titles. +\newskip\secheadingskip +\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}} +\def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}} +\def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}} + +% Subsection titles. +\newskip \subsecheadingskip +\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}} +\def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}} +\def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}} + +% Subsubsection titles. +\let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip +\let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak +\def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}} +\def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}} + + +% Print any size section title. +% +% #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section +% number (maybe empty), #3 the text. +\def\sectionheading#1#2#3{% + {% + \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip + \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname + }% + {% + % Switch to the right set of fonts. + \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm + % + % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number. + \def\secnum{#2}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}% + % + \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright + \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number + \unhbox0 #3}% + }% + \ifdim\parskip<10pt \nobreak\kern10pt\nobreak\kern-\parskip\fi \nobreak +} + + +\message{toc printing,} +% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written +% to \contentsfile. + +\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in +\def\startcontents#1{% + % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should + % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain + % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. + % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se> + \contentsalignmacro + \immediate\closeout \contentsfile + \ifnum \pageno>0 + \pageno = -1 % Request roman numbered pages. + \fi + % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. + % It is abundantly clear what they are. + \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}% + \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. + \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11 + \catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi + \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. + \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. +} + + +% Normal (long) toc. +\outer\def\contents{% + \startcontents{\putwordTableofContents}% + \input \jobname.toc + \endgroup + \vfill \eject +} + +% And just the chapters. +\outer\def\summarycontents{% + \startcontents{\putwordShortContents}% + % + \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry + \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry + % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. + \secfonts + \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf \let\sl=\shortcontsl + \rm + \hyphenpenalty = 10000 + \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. + \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{} + \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{} + \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{} + \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{} + \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{} + \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{} + \input \jobname.toc + \endgroup + \vfill \eject +} +\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents + +% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. +% The first argument is the chapter or section name. +% The last argument is the page number. +% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... + +% Chapter-level things, for both the long and short contents. +\def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}} + +% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings +\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{% + \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno{#3}}% +} + +% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. +% The arg is, e.g. `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. +% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry +% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry +% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it. +\setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix } +\newdimen\shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth = \wd0 + +\def\shortchaplabel#1{% + % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of + % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned. + \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}% + \dimen0 = \ifdim\wd0 > \shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth \else 0pt \fi + % + % This space should be plenty, since a single number is .5em, and the + % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. + % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after + % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) + \advance\dimen0 by 1.1em + \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hfil}% +} + +\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}} +\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno{#2}}} + +% Sections. +\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}} +\def\unnumbsecentry#1#2{\dosecentry{#1}{#2}} + +% Subsections. +\def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}} +\def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#2}} + +% And subsubsections. +\def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{% + \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}} +\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#2}} + +% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. +\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc + +% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the +% page number. +% +% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters +% if at all possible; hence the \penalty. +\def\dochapentry#1#2{% + \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip + \begingroup + \chapentryfonts + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% + \endgroup + \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip +} + +\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% +\endgroup} + +\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% +\endgroup} + +\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup + \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% +\endgroup} + +% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for +% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here. (We +% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist +% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.) +% +% \turnoffactive is for the sake of @" used for umlauts. +\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup + \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks + \entry{\turnoffactive #1}{\turnoffactive #2}% +\endgroup} + +% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. +\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} + +\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} +\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} + +\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} +\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} +\let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts +\let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts + + +\message{environments,} + +% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of +% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. +% Furthermore, these definitions must come after we define our fonts. +\newbox\dblarrowbox \newbox\longdblarrowbox +\newbox\pushcharbox \newbox\bullbox +\newbox\equivbox \newbox\errorbox + +%{\tentt +%\global\setbox\dblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil} +%\global\setbox\longdblarrowbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil} +%\global\setbox\pushcharbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil} +%\global\setbox\equivbox = \hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil} +% Adapted from the manmac format (p.420 of TeXbook) +%\global\setbox\bullbox = \hbox to 1em{\kern.15em\vrule height .75ex width .85ex +% depth .1ex\hfil} +%} + +% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. +\def\point{$\star$} +\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} +\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} +\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} +\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} + +% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. +{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. +\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules +% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) +\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt} + +\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil + \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. + \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. + \vbox{ + \hrule height\dimen2 + \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. + \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. + \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. + \hrule height\dimen2} + \hfil} + +% The @error{} command. +\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} + +% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. +% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. +% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. + +\def\tex{\begingroup +\catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 +\catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 +\catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=13 \let~=\tie +\catcode `\%=14 +\catcode 43=12 % plus +\catcode`\"=12 +\catcode`\==12 +\catcode`\|=12 +\catcode`\<=12 +\catcode`\>=12 +\escapechar=`\\ +% +\let\,=\ptexcomma +\let\{=\ptexlbrace +\let\}=\ptexrbrace +\let\.=\ptexdot +\let\*=\ptexstar +\let\dots=\ptexdots +\def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% +\def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% +\def\@{@}% +\let\bullet=\ptexbullet +\let\b=\ptexb \let\c=\ptexc \let\i=\ptexi \let\t=\ptext +% +\let\Etex=\endgroup} + +% Define @lisp ... @endlisp. +% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things, +% including the definition of @endlisp (which normally is erroneous). + +% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. +\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in + +% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other +% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't +% have any width. +\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} + +% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword +% space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this +% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input +% should produce a line of output anyway. +% +{\obeyspaces % +\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}} + +% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is. This is +% for use in \parsearg. +{\sepspaces% +\global\let\obeyedspace= } + +% This space is always present above and below environments. +\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt + +% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here +% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip +% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the +% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip +% +\def\aboveenvbreak{{\advance\envskipamount by \parskip +\endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount +\removelastskip \penalty-50 \vskip\envskipamount \fi}} + +\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak + +% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins. +\let\nonarrowing=\relax + +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% \cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around argument +\font\circle=lcircle10 +\newdimen\circthick +\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner +\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip +\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle +% +\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth +\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} +\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} +\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} +\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip + \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr + \hskip\rskip}} +\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip + \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr + \hskip\rskip}} +% +\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip + +\long\def\cartouche{% +\begingroup + \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip + \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*. + \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip + \advance\cartinner by-\rskip + \cartouter=\hsize + \advance\cartouter by 18pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either +% side, and for 6pt waste from +% each corner char + \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip + % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. + \let\nonarrowing=\comment + \vbox\bgroup + \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt + \carttop + \hbox\bgroup + \hskip\lskip + \vrule\kern3pt + \vbox\bgroup + \hsize=\cartinner + \kern3pt + \begingroup + \baselineskip=\normbskip + \lineskip=\normlskip + \parskip=\normpskip + \vskip -\parskip +\def\Ecartouche{% + \endgroup + \kern3pt + \egroup + \kern3pt\vrule + \hskip\rskip + \egroup + \cartbot + \egroup +\endgroup +}} + + +% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, +% inside a group. +\def\nonfillstart{% + \aboveenvbreak + \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body + \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy + \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. + \singlespace + \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines + \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output + \parskip = 0pt + \parindent = 0pt + \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes + % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing + % at next level down. + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing + \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing + \let\exdent=\nofillexdent + \let\nonarrowing=\relax + \fi +} + +% To ending an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph +% (via \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we +% keep the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue +% will be inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the +% document, after the environment. +% +\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}% + +% This macro is +\def\lisp{\begingroup + \nonfillstart + \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish + \tt + \rawbackslash % have \ input char produce \ char from current font + \gobble +} + +% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the +% environment, so the error checking in \end will work. +% +% We must call \lisp last in the definition, since it reads the +% return following the @example (or whatever) command. +% +\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} +\def\smallexample{\begingroup \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} +\def\smalllisp{\begingroup \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp} + +% @smallexample and @smalllisp. This is not used unless the @smallbook +% command is given. Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. +% +\def\smalllispx{\begingroup + \nonfillstart + \let\Esmalllisp = \nonfillfinish + \let\Esmallexample = \nonfillfinish + % + % Smaller fonts for small examples. + \indexfonts \tt + \rawbackslash % make \ output the \ character from the current font (tt) + \gobble +} + +% This is @display; same as @lisp except use roman font. +% +\def\display{\begingroup + \nonfillstart + \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish + \gobble +} + +% This is @format; same as @display except don't narrow margins. +% +\def\format{\begingroup + \let\nonarrowing = t + \nonfillstart + \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish + \gobble +} + +% @flushleft (same as @format) and @flushright. +% +\def\flushleft{\begingroup + \let\nonarrowing = t + \nonfillstart + \let\Eflushleft = \nonfillfinish + \gobble +} +\def\flushright{\begingroup + \let\nonarrowing = t + \nonfillstart + \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish + \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill + \gobble} + +% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) +% and narrows the margins. +% +\def\quotation{% + \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body + {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip + \singlespace + \parindent=0pt + % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're + % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment... + \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}% + % + % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. + \ifx\nonarrowing\relax + \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing + \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing + \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing + \let\nonarrowing = \relax + \fi +} + +\message{defuns,} +% Define formatter for defuns +% First, allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally +\def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname} + +\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in +\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt +\newskip\deftypemargin \deftypemargin=12pt +\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt + +\newcount\parencount +% define \functionparens, which makes ( and ) and & do special things. +% \functionparens affects the group it is contained in. +\def\activeparens{% +\catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active \catcode`\&=\active +\catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active} + +% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. +\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) + +{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm) + +% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, +% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, +% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. +\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen +\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack + +\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 } +\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} +% This is used to turn on special parens +% but make & act ordinary (given that it's active). +\gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr} + +% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions. +% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses. +\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested + \global\advance\parencount by 1 +} +% +% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens. +\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 } +% +\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0. + % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (. + \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi + \global\advance \parencount by -1 } +% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards +\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ } +% +\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr} +} % End of definition inside \activeparens +%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the +%% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] +\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 } +\def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 } +\def\ampnr{\&} +\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} +\def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}} + +% First, defname, which formats the header line itself. +% #1 should be the function name. +% #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function". + +\def\defname #1#2{% +% Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were +% outside the @def... +\dimen2=\leftskip +\advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent +\dimen3=\rightskip +\advance\dimen3 by -\defbodyindent +\noindent % +\setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}% +\dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0 % compute size for first line +\dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent %size for continuations +\parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1 % +% Now output arg 2 ("Function" or some such) +% ending at \deftypemargin from the right margin, +% but stuck inside a box of width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking +{% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins, +% so that \rightline will obey them. +\advance \hsize by -\dimen2 \advance \hsize by -\dimen3 +\rlap{\rightline{{\rm #2}\hskip \deftypemargin}}}% +% Make all lines underfull and no complaints: +\tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 +\advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +{\df #1}\enskip % Generate function name +} + +% Actually process the body of a definition +% #1 should be the terminating control sequence, such as \Edefun. +% #2 should be the "another name" control sequence, such as \defunx. +% #3 should be the control sequence that actually processes the header, +% such as \defunheader. + +\def\defparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody +\medbreak % +% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies +% so that it will exit this group. +\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% +\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3}% +\parindent=0in +\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +\begingroup % +\catcode 61=\active % 61 is `=' +\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit#3} + +\def\defmethparsebody #1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV % +\medbreak % +% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies +% so that it will exit this group. +\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% +\def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% +\parindent=0in +\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}} + +\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % +\medbreak % +% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies +% so that it will exit this group. +\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% +\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% +\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% +\parindent=0in +\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} + +% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones +% except that they do not make parens into active characters. +% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments. + +\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{\begingroup\inENV% Environment for definitionbody +\medbreak % +% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies +% so that it will exit this group. +\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% +\def#2{\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit#3}% +\parindent=0in +\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +\begingroup % +\catcode 61=\active % +\obeylines\spacesplit#3} + +% This is used for \def{tp,vr}parsebody. It could probably be used for +% some of the others, too, with some judicious conditionals. +% +\def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{% + \begingroup\inENV % + \medbreak % + % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies + % so that it will exit this group. + \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% + \def#2##1 {\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##1}}}% + \parindent=0in + \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + \begingroup\obeylines +} + +\def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {% + \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \spacesplit{#3{#4}}% +} + +% This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the +% type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct +% termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument. Sigh. +% \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody +% +% So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name. That +% way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and +% won't strip off the braces. +% +\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {% + \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty +} + +% Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the +% braces (if any). That's what this does. +% +\def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1} + +% After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final +% thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3 +% (which might be empty) the arguments. +% +\def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{% + #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}% +}% + +\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % +\medbreak % +% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies +% so that it will exit this group. +\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% +\def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}% +\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{##2}}}% +\parindent=0in +\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent \advance \rightskip by \defbodyindent +\exdentamount=\defbodyindent +\begingroup\obeylines\spacesplit{#3{#5}}} + +% Split up #2 at the first space token. +% call #1 with two arguments: +% the first is all of #2 before the space token, +% the second is all of #2 after that space token. +% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg +% and the second is passed as empty. + +{\obeylines +\gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitfoo{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitfoo}% +\long\gdef\spacesplitfoo#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitfoo{% +\ifx\relax #3% +#1{#2}{}\else #1{#2}{#3#4}\fi}} + +% So much for the things common to all kinds of definitions. + +% Define @defun. + +% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun +% Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up + +\def\defunargs #1{\functionparens \sl +% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. +% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. +\hyphenchar\tensl=0 +#1% +\hyphenchar\tensl=45 +\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi% +\interlinepenalty=10000 +\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil +\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000% +} + +\def\deftypefunargs #1{% +% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. +% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. +% Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special. +\boldbraxnoamp +\tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars +\interlinepenalty=10000 +\advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil +\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000% +} + +% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed. + +% @deffn Command forward-char nchars + +\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader} + +\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% +\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup % +\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @defun == @deffn Function + +\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader} + +\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{Function}% +\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % +\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) + +\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader} + +% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name and args. +\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax} +% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args. +\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{% +\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Function}% +\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup % +\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) + +\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader} + +% \defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$ +% puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null. +\def\defheaderxcond#1#2$$${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi} + +% #1 is the classification. #2 is the data type. #3 is the name and args. +\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax} +% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args. +\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{% +\doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup +\normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents +% at least some C++ text from working +\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1}% +\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup % +\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @defmac == @deffn Macro + +\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader} + +\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{Macro}% +\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % +\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% @defspec == @deffn Special Form + +\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader} + +\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{Special Form}% +\defunargs {#2}\endgroup % +\catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody +} + +% This definition is run if you use @defunx +% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. + +\def\deffnx #1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} +\def\defunx #1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} +\def\defmacx #1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} +\def\defspecx #1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypefnx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypemethodx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypeunx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypeunx in invalid context}} + +% @defmethod, and so on + +% @defop {Funny Method} foo-class frobnicate argument + +\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}% +\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype} + +\def\defopheader #1#2#3{% +\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{on #1}% Make entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype{} on #1}% +\defunargs {#3}\endgroup % +} + +% @deftypemethod foo-class return-type foo-method args +% +\def\deftypemethod{% + \defmethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader} +% +% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args. +\def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{% + \deftypefnheaderx{Method on #1}{#2}#3 #4\relax +} + +% @defmethod == @defop Method + +\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader} + +\def\defmethodheader #1#2#3{% +\dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{on #1}% entry in function index +\begingroup\defname {#2}{Method on #1}% +\defunargs {#3}\endgroup % +} + +% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag + +\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}% +\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype} + +\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{% +\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index +\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype{} of #1}% +\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % +} + +% @defivar == @defcv {Instance Variable} + +\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader} + +\def\defivarheader #1#2#3{% +\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index +\begingroup\defname {#2}{Instance Variable of #1}% +\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % +} + +% These definitions are run if you use @defmethodx, etc., +% anywhere other than immediately after a @defmethod, etc. + +\def\defopx #1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} +\def\defmethodx #1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} +\def\defcvx #1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} +\def\defivarx #1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} + +% Now @defvar + +% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar. +% This is actually simple: just print them in roman. +% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up +\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1% +\interlinepenalty=10000 +\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000} + +% @defvr Counter foo-count + +\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader} + +\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}% +\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup} + +% @defvar == @defvr Variable + +\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader} + +\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{Variable}% +\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % +} + +% @defopt == @defvr {User Option} + +\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader} + +\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index +\begingroup\defname {#1}{User Option}% +\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % +} + +% @deftypevar int foobar + +\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader} + +% #1 is the data type. #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that +% is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index. +\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{% +\dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index +\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Variable}% +\interlinepenalty=10000 +\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000 +\endgroup} +\def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}} + +% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable + +\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader} + +\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax% +\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}{#1} +\interlinepenalty=10000 +\endgraf\penalty 10000\vskip -\parskip\penalty 10000 +\endgroup} + +% This definition is run if you use @defvarx +% anywhere other than immediately after a @defvar or @defvarx. + +\def\defvrx #1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} +\def\defvarx #1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} +\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypevarx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypevrx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} + +% Now define @deftp +% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar. + +\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}} + +% @deftp Class window height width ... + +\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader} + +\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}% +\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup} + +% This definition is run if you use @deftpx, etc +% anywhere other than immediately after a @deftp, etc. + +\def\deftpx #1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} + + +\message{cross reference,} +% Define cross-reference macros +\newwrite \auxfile + +\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. +\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. + +% @inforef is simple. +\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} +\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, + node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} + +% \setref{foo} defines a cross-reference point named foo. + +\def\setref#1{% +\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% +\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% +\dosetq{#1-snt}{Ysectionnumberandtype}} + +\def\unnumbsetref#1{% +\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% +\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% +\dosetq{#1-snt}{Ynothing}} + +\def\appendixsetref#1{% +\dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% +\dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% +\dosetq{#1-snt}{Yappendixletterandtype}} + +% \xref, \pxref, and \ref generate cross-references to specified points. +% For \xrefX, #1 is the node name, #2 the name of the Info +% cross-reference, #3 the printed node name, #4 the name of the Info +% file, #5 the name of the printed manual. All but the node name can be +% omitted. +% +\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} +\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup + \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% + \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}% + \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}% + \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}% + \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt + % No printed node name was explicitly given. + \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax + % Use the node name inside the square brackets. + \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% + \else + % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside + % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. + \ifdim \wd1>0pt% + % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. + \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% + \else + \ifhavexrefs + % We know the real title if we have the xref values. + \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}% + \else + % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. + \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}% + \fi% + \fi + \fi + \fi + % + % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not + % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will + % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals + % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this + % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it + % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. + \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt + \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' in \cite{\printedmanual}% + \else + % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the + % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand + % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of + % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the + % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. + {\turnoffactive \refx{#1-snt}{}}% + \space [\printednodename],\space + \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% + \fi +\endgroup} + +% \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros + +% Use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore +% work in node names. +\def\dosetq #1#2{{\let\folio=0 \turnoffactive +\edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq {#1}{#2}}}% +\next}} + +% \internalsetq {foo}{page} expands into +% CHARACTERS 'xrdef {foo}{...expansion of \Ypage...} +% When the aux file is read, ' is the escape character + +\def\internalsetq #1#2{'xrdef {#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}} + +% Things to be expanded by \internalsetq + +\def\Ypagenumber{\folio} + +\def\Ytitle{\thissection} + +\def\Ynothing{} + +\def\Ysectionnumberandtype{% +\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordChapter\xreftie\the\chapno % +\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno % +\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 % +\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno % +\else % +\putwordSection\xreftie\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno % +\fi \fi \fi } + +\def\Yappendixletterandtype{% +\ifnum\secno=0 \putwordAppendix\xreftie'char\the\appendixno{}% +\else \ifnum \subsecno=0 \putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno % +\else \ifnum \subsubsecno=0 % +\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno % +\else % +\putwordSection\xreftie'char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno % +\fi \fi \fi } + +\gdef\xreftie{'tie} + +% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error +% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. +% +\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined + \let\linenumber = \empty % Non-3.0. +\else + \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space} +\fi + +% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. +% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. + +\def\refx#1#2{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname X#1\endcsname\relax + % If not defined, say something at least. + $\langle$un\-de\-fined$\rangle$% + \ifhavexrefs + \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% + \else + \ifwarnedxrefs\else + \global\warnedxrefstrue + \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% + \fi + \fi + \else + % It's defined, so just use it. + \csname X#1\endcsname + \fi + #2% Output the suffix in any case. +} + +% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. +\def\xrdef #1#2{{% + \catcode`\'=\other + \expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname{#2}% +}} + +% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. +\def\readauxfile{\begingroup + \catcode`\^^@=\other + \catcode`\=\other + \catcode`\=\other + \catcode`\^^C=\other + \catcode`\^^D=\other + \catcode`\^^E=\other + \catcode`\^^F=\other + \catcode`\^^G=\other + \catcode`\^^H=\other + \catcode`\ =\other + \catcode`\^^L=\other + \catcode`\=\other + \catcode`\=\other + \catcode`\=\other + \catcode`\=\other + \catcode`\=\other + \catcode`\=\other + \catcode`\=\other + \catcode`\=\other + \catcode`\=\other + \catcode`\=\other + \catcode`\=\other + \catcode`\=\other + \catcode26=\other + \catcode`\^^[=\other + \catcode`\^^\=\other + \catcode`\^^]=\other + \catcode`\^^^=\other + \catcode`\^^_=\other + \catcode`\@=\other + \catcode`\^=\other + % It was suggested to define this as 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. + % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't + % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, + % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ + % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat + % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first + % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could + % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. + % + % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: + % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter + % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. + % + \catcode`\~=\other + \catcode`\[=\other + \catcode`\]=\other + \catcode`\"=\other + \catcode`\_=\other + \catcode`\|=\other + \catcode`\<=\other + \catcode`\>=\other + \catcode`\$=\other + \catcode`\#=\other + \catcode`\&=\other + % `\+ does not work, so use 43. + \catcode43=\other + % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters + {% + \count 1=128 + \def\loop{% + \catcode\count 1=\other + \advance\count 1 by 1 + \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi + }% + }% + % The aux file uses ' as the escape (for now). + % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on + % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names. + % For example, 'xrdef {$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^ + % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish, + % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in. + \catcode`\{=1 + \catcode`\}=2 + \catcode`\%=\other + \catcode`\'=0 + \catcode`\\=\other + % + \openin 1 \jobname.aux + \ifeof 1 \else + \closein 1 + \input \jobname.aux + \global\havexrefstrue + \global\warnedobstrue + \fi + % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. + \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux +\endgroup} + + +% Footnotes. + +\newcount \footnoteno + +% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is +% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a +% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is +% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a +% space to prevent strange expansion errors.) +\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } + +% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.. +\let\footnotestyle=\comment + +\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote + +{\catcode `\@=11 +% +% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. +\gdef\footnote{% + \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne + \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% + % + % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the + % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. + \let\@sf\empty + \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\/\fi + % + % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. + \unskip + \thisfootno\@sf + \footnotezzz +}% + +% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the +% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. +% +% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses +% \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when +% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. +% +\long\gdef\footnotezzz{\insert\footins\bgroup + % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the + % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. + % So reset some parameters. + \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty + \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes + \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox + \floatingpenalty\@MM + \leftskip\z@skip + \rightskip\z@skip + \spaceskip\z@skip + \xspaceskip\z@skip + \parindent\defaultparindent + % + % Hang the footnote text off the number. + \hang + \textindent{\thisfootno}% + % + % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this + % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it + % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. + \footstrut + \futurelet\next\fo@t +} +\def\fo@t{\ifcat\bgroup\noexpand\next \let\next\f@@t + \else\let\next\f@t\fi \next} +\def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next} +\def\f@t#1{#1\@foot} +\def\@foot{\strut\egroup} + +}%end \catcode `\@=11 + +% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size +% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers +% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. +% +\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} +\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} +\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} +% +\def\setleading#1{% + \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax + \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip + \normalbaselines + \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% + \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip + depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip + }% +} + +% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should +% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the +% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would +% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main +% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). +% +\def\|{% + % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. + \leavevmode + % + % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. + \vadjust{% + % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current + % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. + \vskip-\baselineskip + % + % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So + % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. + \llap{% + % + % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. + \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt + % + % This is the space between the bar and the text. + \hskip 12pt + }% + }% +} + +% For a final copy, take out the rectangles +% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided +% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). +% +\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} + + +% End of control word definitions. + +\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} + +\def\openindices{% + \newindex{cp}% + \newcodeindex{fn}% + \newcodeindex{vr}% + \newcodeindex{tp}% + \newcodeindex{ky}% + \newcodeindex{pg}% +} + +% Set some numeric style parameters, for 8.5 x 11 format. + +\hsize = 6in +\hoffset = .25in +\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt +\parindent = \defaultparindent +\parskip 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt +\setleading{13.2pt} +\advance\topskip by 1.2cm + +\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt +\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt +\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt + +% Prevent underfull vbox error messages. +\vbadness=10000 + +% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. +\widowpenalty=10000 +\clubpenalty=10000 + +% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're +% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of +% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on +% \hsize. This makes it come to about 9pt for the 8.5x11 format. +% +\ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined + % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. + \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% +\else + \emergencystretch = \hsize + \divide\emergencystretch by 45 +\fi + +% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 format (or else 7x9.25) +\def\smallbook{ + \global\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt + \global\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt + \global\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt + % + \global\lispnarrowing = 0.3in + \setleading{12pt} + \advance\topskip by -1cm + \global\parskip 2pt plus 1pt + \global\hsize = 5in + \global\vsize=7.5in + \global\tolerance=700 + \global\hfuzz=1pt + \global\contentsrightmargin=0pt + \global\deftypemargin=0pt + \global\defbodyindent=.5cm + % + \global\pagewidth=\hsize + \global\pageheight=\vsize + % + \global\let\smalllisp=\smalllispx + \global\let\smallexample=\smalllispx + \global\def\Esmallexample{\Esmalllisp} +} + +% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. +\def\afourpaper{ +\global\tolerance=700 +\global\hfuzz=1pt +\setleading{12pt} +\global\parskip 15pt plus 1pt + +\global\vsize= 53\baselineskip +\advance\vsize by \topskip +%\global\hsize= 5.85in % A4 wide 10pt +\global\hsize= 6.5in +\global\outerhsize=\hsize +\global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in +\global\outervsize=\vsize +\global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in + +\global\pagewidth=\hsize +\global\pageheight=\vsize +} + +\bindingoffset=0pt +\normaloffset=\hoffset +\pagewidth=\hsize +\pageheight=\vsize + +% Allow control of the text dimensions. Parameters in order: textheight; +% textwidth; voffset; hoffset; binding offset; topskip. +% All require a dimension; +% header is additional; added length extends the bottom of the page. + +\def\changepagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{ + \global\vsize= #1 + \global\topskip= #6 + \advance\vsize by \topskip + \global\voffset= #3 + \global\hsize= #2 + \global\outerhsize=\hsize + \global\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in + \global\outervsize=\vsize + \global\advance\outervsize by 0.6in + \global\pagewidth=\hsize + \global\pageheight=\vsize + \global\normaloffset= #4 + \global\bindingoffset= #5} + +% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. Top margin +% 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm. +\def\afourlatex + {\global\tolerance=700 + \global\hfuzz=1pt + \setleading{12pt} + \global\parskip 15pt plus 1pt + \advance\baselineskip by 1.6pt + \changepagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm} + } + +% Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format. +\def\afourwide{\afourpaper +\changepagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}} + +% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. +\catcode`\"=\other +\catcode`\~=\other +\catcode`\^=\other +\catcode`\_=\other +\catcode`\|=\other +\catcode`\<=\other +\catcode`\>=\other +\catcode`\+=\other +\def\normaldoublequote{"} +\def\normaltilde{~} +\def\normalcaret{^} +\def\normalunderscore{_} +\def\normalverticalbar{|} +\def\normalless{<} +\def\normalgreater{>} +\def\normalplus{+} + +% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont +% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts, +% where something hairier probably needs to be done. +% +% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print +% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero +% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all +% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. +% +\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\the\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} + +% Turn off all special characters except @ +% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). +% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can +% use math or other variants that look better in normal text. + +\catcode`\"=\active +\def\activedoublequote{{\tt \char '042}} +\let"=\activedoublequote +\catcode`\~=\active +\def~{{\tt \char '176}} +\chardef\hat=`\^ +\catcode`\^=\active +\def^{{\tt \hat}} + +\catcode`\_=\active +\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} +% Subroutine for the previous macro. +\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.06em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}} + +\catcode`\|=\active +\def|{{\tt \char '174}} +\chardef \less=`\< +\catcode`\<=\active +\def<{{\tt \less}} +\chardef \gtr=`\> +\catcode`\>=\active +\def>{{\tt \gtr}} +\catcode`\+=\active +\def+{{\tt \char 43}} +%\catcode 27=\active +%\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$} + +% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time. +{\catcode`\==\active +\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}} + +\catcode`+=\active +\catcode`\_=\active + +% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file +% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. +% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. +% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. +\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} + +\catcode`\@=0 + +% \rawbackslashxx output one backslash character in current font +\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\ +%{\catcode`\\=\other +%@gdef@rawbackslashxx{\}} + +% \rawbackslash redefines \ as input to do \rawbackslashxx. +{\catcode`\\=\active +@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx }} + +% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. +\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}} + +% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. +\escapechar=`\@ + +% \catcode 17=0 % Define control-q +\catcode`\\=\active + +% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters +% even after parsing them. +@def@turnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote +@let\=@realbackslash +@let~=@normaltilde +@let^=@normalcaret +@let_=@normalunderscore +@let|=@normalverticalbar +@let<=@normalless +@let>=@normalgreater +@let+=@normalplus} + +@def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote +@let\=@normalbackslash +@let~=@normaltilde +@let^=@normalcaret +@let_=@normalunderscore +@let|=@normalverticalbar +@let<=@normalless +@let>=@normalgreater +@let+=@normalplus} + +% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. +% This is canceled by @fixbackslash. +@otherifyactive + +% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. +% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing +% a backslash. +% +@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} +@global@let\ = @eatinput + +% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then +% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix +% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. +% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input +% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. +% +@gdef@fixbackslash{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi + @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active} + +%% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. The @rm below +%% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10 +@catcode`@$=@other @catcode`@%=@other @catcode`@&=@other @catcode`@#=@other + +@textfonts +@rm + +@c Local variables: +@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" +@c End: diff --git a/texinfo/texinfo.texi b/texinfo/texinfo.texi new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0f55da09901 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/texinfo.texi @@ -0,0 +1,16886 @@ +\input texinfo.tex @c -*-texinfo-*- +@comment %**start of header +@setfilename texinfo +@settitle Texinfo @value{edition} +@c Define a new index for options. +@defcodeindex op +@c Put everything except function (command, in this case) names in one +index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index). +@syncodeindex op cp +@syncodeindex vr cp +@syncodeindex pg cp +@footnotestyle separate +@paragraphindent 2 +@finalout +@comment %**end of header +@comment $Id: texinfo.texi,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:57:54 jason Exp $ + +@c Before release, run C-u C-c C-u C-a (texinfo-all-menus-update with a +@c prefix arg). This updates the node pointers, which texinfmt.el needs. + +@dircategory Texinfo documentation system +@direntry +* Texinfo: (texinfo). The GNU documentation format. +* install-info: (texinfo)Invoking install-info. Updating info/dir entries. +* texi2dvi: (texinfo)Format with texi2dvi. Printing Texinfo documentation. +* texindex: (texinfo)Format with tex/texindex. Sorting Texinfo index files. +@end direntry + +@c Set smallbook if printing in smallbook format so the example of the +@c smallbook font is actually written using smallbook; in bigbook, a kludge +@c is used for TeX output. +@smallbook +@set smallbook +@c @@clear smallbook + +@set edition 2.23 +@set update-month October 1996 +@set update-date 1 @value{update-month} + +@c Currently undocumented command, 5 December 1993: +@c +@c nwnode (Same as node, but no warnings; for `makeinfo'.) + +@ifinfo +This file documents Texinfo, a documentation system that can produce +both on-line information and a printed manual from a single source file. + +Copyright (C) 1988, 90, 91, 92, 93, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,@* +and is consistent with version 2 of @file{texinfo.tex}. + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +are preserved on all copies. + +@ignore +Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the +results, provided the printed document carries copying permission +notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph +(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). + +@end ignore +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire +resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission +notice identical to this one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved +by the Free Software Foundation. +@end ifinfo + +@setchapternewpage odd + +@shorttitlepage Texinfo + +@titlepage +@c use the new format for titles +@title Texinfo +@subtitle The GNU Documentation Format +@subtitle Edition @value{edition}, for Texinfo Version Three +@subtitle @value{update-month} + +@author Robert J.@: Chassell +@author Richard M.@: Stallman + +@c Include the Distribution inside the titlepage so +@c that headings are turned off. + +@page +@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +@sp 2 +This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,@* +and is consistent with version 2 of @file{texinfo.tex}. +@sp 2 + +Published by the Free Software Foundation @* +59 Temple Place Suite 330, @* +Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA @* +Printed copies are available for $15 each.@* +ISBN 1-882114-64-7 +@c ISBN 1-882114-63-9 is for edition 2.20 of 28 February 1995 +@c ISBN 1-882114-64-7 is for edition 2.23 of 1 October 1996. + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +are preserved on all copies. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire +resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission +notice identical to this one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual +into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved +by the Free Software Foundation. +@sp 2 +Cover art by Etienne Suvasa. +@end titlepage + +@ifinfo +@node Top, Copying, (dir), (dir) +@top Texinfo + +Texinfo is a documentation system that uses a single source file to +produce both on-line information and printed output.@refill + +The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info +document, including the @@-command and concept indices. The rest of +the menu lists all the lower level nodes in the document.@refill + +This is Edition @value{edition} of the Texinfo documentation, +@w{@value{update-date},} for Texinfo Version Three. +@end ifinfo + +@c Here is a spare copy of the chapter menu entry descriptions, +@c in case they are accidently deleted +@ignore +Your rights. +Texinfo in brief. +How to use Texinfo mode. +What is at the beginning of a Texinfo file? +What is at the end of a Texinfo file? +How to create chapters, sections, subsections, + appendices, and other parts. +How to provide structure for a document. +How to write nodes. +How to write menus. +How to write cross references. +How to mark words and phrases as code, + keyboard input, meta-syntactic + variables, and the like. +How to write quotations, examples, etc. +How to write lists and tables. +How to create indices. +How to insert @@-signs, braces, etc. +How to indicate results of evaluation, + expansion of macros, errors, etc. +How to force and prevent line and page breaks. +How to describe functions and the like in a uniform manner. +How to write footnotes. +How to specify text for either @TeX{} or Info. +How to print hardcopy. +How to create an Info file. +How to install an Info file +A list of all the Texinfo @@-commands. +Hints on how to write a Texinfo document. +A sample Texinfo file to look at. +Tell readers they have the right to copy + and distribute. +How to incorporate other Texinfo files. +How to write page headings and footings. +How to find formatting mistakes. +All about paragraph refilling. +A description of @@-Command syntax. +Texinfo second edition features. +A menu containing commands and variables. +A menu covering many topics. +@end ignore + +@menu +* Copying:: Your rights. +* Overview:: Texinfo in brief. +* Texinfo Mode:: How to use Texinfo mode. +* Beginning a File:: What is at the beginning of a Texinfo file? +* Ending a File:: What is at the end of a Texinfo file? +* Structuring:: How to create chapters, sections, subsections, + appendices, and other parts. +* Nodes:: How to write nodes. +* Menus:: How to write menus. +* Cross References:: How to write cross references. +* Marking Text:: How to mark words and phrases as code, + keyboard input, meta-syntactic + variables, and the like. +* Quotations and Examples:: How to write quotations, examples, etc. +* Lists and Tables:: How to write lists and tables. +* Indices:: How to create indices. +* Insertions:: How to insert @@-signs, braces, etc. +* Glyphs:: How to indicate results of evaluation, + expansion of macros, errors, etc. +* Breaks:: How to force and prevent line and page breaks. +* Definition Commands:: How to describe functions and the like + in a uniform manner. +* Footnotes:: How to write footnotes. +* Conditionals:: How to specify text for either @TeX{} or Info. +* Macros:: Defining new Texinfo commands. +* Format/Print Hardcopy:: How to convert a Texinfo file to a file + for printing and how to print that file. +* Create an Info File:: Convert a Texinfo file into an Info file. +* Install an Info File:: Make an Info file accessible to users. +* Command List:: All the Texinfo @@-commands. +* Tips:: Hints on how to write a Texinfo document. +* Sample Texinfo File:: A sample Texinfo file to look at. +* Sample Permissions:: Tell readers they have the right to copy + and distribute. +* Include Files:: How to incorporate other Texinfo files. +* Headings:: How to write page headings and footings. +* Catching Mistakes:: How to find formatting mistakes. +* Refilling Paragraphs:: All about paragraph refilling. +* Command Syntax:: A description of @@-Command syntax. +* Obtaining TeX:: How to Obtain @TeX{}. +* New Features:: Texinfo second edition features. +* Command and Variable Index:: A menu containing commands and variables. +* Concept Index:: A menu covering many topics. + +@detailmenu + + --- The Detailed Node Listing --- + +Overview of Texinfo + +* Using Texinfo:: Create a conventional printed book + or an Info file. +* Info Files:: What is an Info file? +* Printed Books:: Characteristics of a printed book or manual. +* Formatting Commands:: @@-commands are used for formatting. +* Conventions:: General rules for writing a Texinfo file. +* Comments:: How to write comments and mark regions that + the formatting commands will ignore. +* Minimum:: What a Texinfo file must have. +* Six Parts:: Usually, a Texinfo file has six parts. +* Short Sample:: A short sample Texinfo file. +* Acknowledgements:: + +Using Texinfo Mode + +* Texinfo Mode Overview:: How Texinfo mode can help you. +* Emacs Editing:: Texinfo mode adds to GNU Emacs' general + purpose editing features. +* Inserting:: How to insert frequently used @@-commands. +* Showing the Structure:: How to show the structure of a file. +* Updating Nodes and Menus:: How to update or create new nodes and menus. +* Info Formatting:: How to format for Info. +* Printing:: How to format and print part or all of a file. +* Texinfo Mode Summary:: Summary of all the Texinfo mode commands. + +Updating Nodes and Menus + +* Updating Commands:: Five major updating commands. +* Updating Requirements:: How to structure a Texinfo file for + using the updating command. +* Other Updating Commands:: How to indent descriptions, insert + missing nodes lines, and update + nodes in sequence. + +Beginning a Texinfo File + +* Four Parts:: Four parts begin a Texinfo file. +* Sample Beginning:: Here is a sample beginning for a Texinfo file. +* Header:: The very beginning of a Texinfo file. +* Info Summary and Permissions:: Summary and copying permissions for Info. +* Titlepage & Copyright Page:: Creating the title and copyright pages. +* The Top Node:: Creating the `Top' node and master menu. +* Software Copying Permissions:: Ensure that you and others continue to + have the right to use and share software. + +The Texinfo File Header + +* First Line:: The first line of a Texinfo file. +* Start of Header:: Formatting a region requires this. +* setfilename:: Tell Info the name of the Info file. +* settitle:: Create a title for the printed work. +* setchapternewpage:: Start chapters on right-hand pages. +* paragraphindent:: An option to specify paragraph indentation. +* End of Header:: Formatting a region requires this. + +The Title and Copyright Pages + +* titlepage:: Create a title for the printed document. +* titlefont center sp:: The @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@center}, + and @code{@@sp} commands. +* title subtitle author:: The @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, + and @code{@@author} commands. +* Copyright & Permissions:: How to write the copyright notice and + include copying permissions. +* end titlepage:: Turn on page headings after the title and + copyright pages. +* headings on off:: An option for turning headings on and off + and double or single sided printing. + +The `Top' Node and Master Menu + +* Title of Top Node:: Sketch what the file is about. +* Master Menu Parts:: A master menu has three or more parts. + +Ending a Texinfo File + +* Printing Indices & Menus:: How to print an index in hardcopy and + generate index menus in Info. +* Contents:: How to create a table of contents. +* File End:: How to mark the end of a file. + +Chapter Structuring + +* Tree Structuring:: A manual is like an upside down tree @dots{} +* Structuring Command Types:: How to divide a manual into parts. +* makeinfo top:: The @code{@@top} command, part of the `Top' node. +* chapter:: +* unnumbered & appendix:: +* majorheading & chapheading:: +* section:: +* unnumberedsec appendixsec heading:: +* subsection:: +* unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading:: +* subsubsection:: Commands for the lowest level sections. +* Raise/lower sections:: How to change commands' hierarchical level. + +Nodes + +* Two Paths:: Different commands to structure + Info output and printed output. +* Node Menu Illustration:: A diagram, and sample nodes and menus. +* node:: How to write a node, in detail. +* makeinfo Pointer Creation:: How to create node pointers with @code{makeinfo}. + +The @code{@@node} Command + +* Node Names:: How to choose node and pointer names. +* Writing a Node:: How to write an @code{@@node} line. +* Node Line Tips:: Keep names short. +* Node Line Requirements:: Keep names unique, without @@-commands. +* First Node:: How to write a `Top' node. +* makeinfo top command:: How to use the @code{@@top} command. +* Top Node Summary:: Write a brief description for readers. + +Menus + +* Menu Location:: Put a menu in a short node. +* Writing a Menu:: What is a menu? +* Menu Parts:: A menu entry has three parts. +* Less Cluttered Menu Entry:: Two part menu entry. +* Menu Example:: Two and three part menu entries. +* Other Info Files:: How to refer to a different Info file. + +Cross References + +* References:: What cross references are for. +* Cross Reference Commands:: A summary of the different commands. +* Cross Reference Parts:: A cross reference has several parts. +* xref:: Begin a reference with `See' @dots{} +* Top Node Naming:: How to refer to the beginning of another file. +* ref:: A reference for the last part of a sentence. +* pxref:: How to write a parenthetical cross reference. +* inforef:: How to refer to an Info-only file. + +@code{@@xref} + +* Reference Syntax:: What a reference looks like and requires. +* One Argument:: @code{@@xref} with one argument. +* Two Arguments:: @code{@@xref} with two arguments. +* Three Arguments:: @code{@@xref} with three arguments. +* Four and Five Arguments:: @code{@@xref} with four and five arguments. + +Marking Words and Phrases + +* Indicating:: How to indicate definitions, files, etc. +* Emphasis:: How to emphasize text. + +Indicating Definitions, Commands, etc. + +* Useful Highlighting:: Highlighting provides useful information. +* code:: How to indicate code. +* kbd:: How to show keyboard input. +* key:: How to specify keys. +* samp:: How to show a literal sequence of characters. +* var:: How to indicate a metasyntactic variable. +* file:: How to indicate the name of a file. +* dfn:: How to specify a definition. +* cite:: How to refer to a book that is not in Info. +* url:: How to indicate a world wide web reference. +* email:: How to indicate an electronic mail address. + +Emphasizing Text + +* emph & strong:: How to emphasize text in Texinfo. +* Smallcaps:: How to use the small caps font. +* Fonts:: Various font commands for printed output. +* Customized Highlighting:: How to define highlighting commands. + +Quotations and Examples + +* Block Enclosing Commands:: Use different constructs for + different purposes. +* quotation:: How to write a quotation. +* example:: How to write an example in a fixed-width font. +* noindent:: How to prevent paragraph indentation. +* Lisp Example:: How to illustrate Lisp code. +* smallexample & smalllisp:: Forms for the @code{@@smallbook} option. +* display:: How to write an example in the current font. +* format:: How to write an example that does not narrow + the margins. +* exdent:: How to undo the indentation of a line. +* flushleft & flushright:: How to push text flushleft or flushright. +* cartouche:: How to draw cartouches around examples. + +Making Lists and Tables + +* Introducing Lists:: Texinfo formats lists for you. +* itemize:: How to construct a simple list. +* enumerate:: How to construct a numbered list. +* Two-column Tables:: How to construct a two-column table. +* Multi-column Tables:: How to construct generalized tables. + +Making a Two-column Table + +* table:: How to construct a two-column table. +* ftable vtable:: How to construct a two-column table + with automatic indexing. +* itemx:: How to put more entries in the first column. + +Multi-column Tables + +* Multitable Column Widths:: Defining multitable column widths. +* Multitable Rows:: Defining multitable rows, with examples. + +Creating Indices + +* Index Entries:: Choose different words for index entries. +* Predefined Indices:: Use different indices for different kinds + of entry. +* Indexing Commands:: How to make an index entry. +* Combining Indices:: How to combine indices. +* New Indices:: How to define your own indices. + +Combining Indices + +* syncodeindex:: How to merge two indices, using @code{@@code} + font for the merged-from index. +* synindex:: How to merge two indices, using the + default font of the merged-to index. + +Special Insertions + +* Braces Atsigns:: How to insert braces, @samp{@@}. +* Inserting Space:: How to insert the right amount of space + within a sentence. +* Inserting Accents:: How to insert accents and special characters. +* Dots Bullets:: How to insert dots and bullets. +* TeX and copyright:: How to insert the @TeX{} logo + and the copyright symbol. +* pounds:: How to insert the pounds currency symbol. +* minus:: How to insert a minus sign. +* math:: How to format a mathematical expression. + +Inserting @@ and Braces + +* Inserting An Atsign:: How to insert @samp{@@}. +* Inserting Braces:: How to insert @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}. + +Inserting Space + +* Not Ending a Sentence:: Sometimes a . doesn't end a sentence. +* Ending a Sentence:: Sometimes it does. +* Multiple Spaces:: Inserting multiple spaces. +* dmn:: How to format a dimension. + +Inserting Ellipsis, Dots, and Bullets + +* dots:: How to insert dots @dots{} +* bullet:: How to insert a bullet. + +Inserting @TeX{} and the Copyright Symbol + +* tex:: How to insert the @TeX{} logo. +* copyright symbol:: How to use @code{@@copyright}@{@}. + +Glyphs for Examples + +* Glyphs Summary:: +* result:: How to show the result of expression. +* expansion:: How to indicate an expansion. +* Print Glyph:: How to indicate printed output. +* Error Glyph:: How to indicate an error message. +* Equivalence:: How to indicate equivalence. +* Point Glyph:: How to indicate the location of point. + +Making and Preventing Breaks + +* Break Commands:: Cause and prevent splits. +* Line Breaks:: How to force a single line to use two lines. +* - and hyphenation:: How to tell TeX about hyphenation points. +* w:: How to prevent unwanted line breaks. +* sp:: How to insert blank lines. +* page:: How to force the start of a new page. +* group:: How to prevent unwanted page breaks. +* need:: Another way to prevent unwanted page breaks. + +Definition Commands + +* Def Cmd Template:: How to structure a description using a + definition command. +* Optional Arguments:: How to handle optional and repeated arguments. +* deffnx:: How to group two or more `first' lines. +* Def Cmds in Detail:: All the definition commands. +* Def Cmd Conventions:: Conventions for writing definitions. +* Sample Function Definition:: + +The Definition Commands + +* Functions Commands:: Commands for functions and similar entities. +* Variables Commands:: Commands for variables and similar entities. +* Typed Functions:: Commands for functions in typed languages. +* Typed Variables:: Commands for variables in typed languages. +* Abstract Objects:: Commands for object-oriented programming. +* Data Types:: The definition command for data types. + +Footnotes + +* Footnote Commands:: How to write a footnote in Texinfo. +* Footnote Styles:: Controlling how footnotes appear in Info. + +Conditionally Visible Text + +* Conditional Commands:: How to specify text for HTML, Info, or @TeX{}. +* Using Ordinary TeX Commands:: You can use any and all @TeX{} commands. +* set clear value:: How to designate which text to format (for + both Info and @TeX{}); and how to set a + flag to a string that you can insert. + +@code{@@set}, @code{@@clear}, and @code{@@value} + +* ifset ifclear:: Format a region if a flag is set. +* value:: Replace a flag with a string. +* value Example:: An easy way to update edition information. + +Macros: Defining New Texinfo Commands + +* Defining Macros:: Both defining and undefining new commands. +* Invoking Macros:: Using a macro, once you've defined it. + +Format and Print Hardcopy + +* Use TeX:: Use @TeX{} to format for hardcopy. +* Format with tex/texindex:: How to format in a shell. +* Format with texi2dvi:: A simpler way to use the shell. +* Print with lpr:: How to print. +* Within Emacs:: How to format and print from an Emacs shell. +* Texinfo Mode Printing:: How to format and print in Texinfo mode. +* Compile-Command:: How to print using Emacs's compile command. +* Requirements Summary:: @TeX{} formatting requirements summary. +* Preparing for TeX:: What you need to do to use @TeX{}. +* Overfull hboxes:: What are and what to do with overfull hboxes. +* smallbook:: How to print small format books and manuals. +* A4 Paper:: How to print on European A4 paper. +* Cropmarks and Magnification:: How to print marks to indicate the size + of pages and how to print scaled up output. + +Creating an Info File + +* makeinfo advantages:: @code{makeinfo} provides better error checking. +* Invoking makeinfo:: How to run @code{makeinfo} from a shell. +* makeinfo options:: Specify fill-column and other options. +* Pointer Validation:: How to check that pointers point somewhere. +* makeinfo in Emacs:: How to run @code{makeinfo} from Emacs. +* texinfo-format commands:: Two Info formatting commands written + in Emacs Lisp are an alternative + to @code{makeinfo}. +* Batch Formatting:: How to format for Info in Emacs Batch mode. +* Tag and Split Files:: How tagged and split files help Info + to run better. + +Installing an Info File + +* Directory file:: The top level menu for all Info files. +* New Info File:: Listing a new info file. +* Other Info Directories:: How to specify Info files that are + located in other directories. +* Installing Dir Entries:: How to specify what menu entry to add + to the Info directory. +* Invoking install-info:: @code{install-info} options. + +Sample Permissions + +* Inserting Permissions:: How to put permissions in your document. +* ifinfo Permissions:: Sample @samp{ifinfo} copying permissions. +* Titlepage Permissions:: Sample Titlepage copying permissions. + +Include Files + +* Using Include Files:: How to use the @code{@@include} command. +* texinfo-multiple-files-update:: How to create and update nodes and + menus when using included files. +* Include File Requirements:: What @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} expects. +* Sample Include File:: A sample outer file with included files + within it; and a sample included file. +* Include Files Evolution:: How use of the @code{@@include} command + has changed over time. + +Page Headings + +* Headings Introduced:: Conventions for using page headings. +* Heading Format:: Standard page heading formats. +* Heading Choice:: How to specify the type of page heading. +* Custom Headings:: How to create your own headings and footings. + +Formatting Mistakes + +* makeinfo preferred:: @code{makeinfo} finds errors. +* Debugging with Info:: How to catch errors with Info formatting. +* Debugging with TeX:: How to catch errors with @TeX{} formatting. +* Using texinfo-show-structure:: How to use @code{texinfo-show-structure}. +* Using occur:: How to list all lines containing a pattern. +* Running Info-Validate:: How to find badly referenced nodes. + +Finding Badly Referenced Nodes + +* Using Info-validate:: How to run @code{Info-validate}. +* Unsplit:: How to create an unsplit file. +* Tagifying:: How to tagify a file. +* Splitting:: How to split a file manually. + +Second Edition Features + +* New Texinfo Mode Commands:: The updating commands are especially useful. +* New Commands:: Many newly described @@-commands. +@end detailmenu +@end menu + +@node Copying, Overview, Top, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@unnumbered Texinfo Copying Conditions +@cindex Copying conditions +@cindex Conditions for copying Texinfo + +The programs currently being distributed that relate to Texinfo include +portions of GNU Emacs, plus other separate programs (including +@code{makeinfo}, @code{info}, @code{texindex}, and @file{texinfo.tex}). +These programs are @dfn{free}; this means that everyone is free to use +them and free to redistribute them on a free basis. The Texinfo-related +programs are not in the public domain; they are copyrighted and there +are restrictions on their distribution, but these restrictions are +designed to permit everything that a good cooperating citizen would want +to do. What is not allowed is to try to prevent others from further +sharing any version of these programs that they might get from +you.@refill + + Specifically, we want to make sure that you have the right to give +away copies of the programs that relate to Texinfo, that you receive +source code or else can get it if you want it, that you can change these +programs or use pieces of them in new free programs, and that you know +you can do these things.@refill + + To make sure that everyone has such rights, we have to forbid you to +deprive anyone else of these rights. For example, if you distribute +copies of the Texinfo related programs, you must give the recipients all +the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or +can get the source code. And you must tell them their rights.@refill + + Also, for our own protection, we must make certain that everyone finds +out that there is no warranty for the programs that relate to Texinfo. +If these programs are modified by someone else and passed on, we want +their recipients to know that what they have is not what we distributed, +so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on our +reputation.@refill + + The precise conditions of the licenses for the programs currently +being distributed that relate to Texinfo are found in the General Public +Licenses that accompany them.@refill + +@node Overview, Texinfo Mode, Copying, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Overview of Texinfo +@cindex Overview of Texinfo +@cindex Texinfo overview + +@dfn{Texinfo}@footnote{Note that the first syllable of ``Texinfo'' is +pronounced like ``speck'', not ``hex''. This odd pronunciation is +derived from, but is not the same as, the pronunciation of @TeX{}. In +the word @TeX{}, the @samp{X} is actually the Greek letter ``chi'' +rather than the English letter ``ex''. Pronounce @TeX{} as if the +@samp{X} were the last sound in the name `Bach'; but pronounce Texinfo +as if the @samp{x} were a `k'. Spell ``Texinfo'' with a capital ``T'' +and write the other letters in lower case.} +is a documentation system that uses a single source file to produce both +on-line information and printed output. This means that instead of +writing two different documents, one for the on-line help or other on-line +information and the other for a typeset manual or other printed work, you +need write only one document. When the work is revised, you need revise +only one document. (You can read the on-line information, known as an +@dfn{Info file}, with an Info documentation-reading program.)@refill + +@menu +* Using Texinfo:: Create a conventional printed book + or an Info file. +* Info Files:: What is an Info file? +* Printed Books:: Characteristics of a printed book or manual. +* Formatting Commands:: @@-commands are used for formatting. +* Conventions:: General rules for writing a Texinfo file. +* Comments:: How to write comments and mark regions that + the formatting commands will ignore. +* Minimum:: What a Texinfo file must have. +* Six Parts:: Usually, a Texinfo file has six parts. +* Short Sample:: A short sample Texinfo file. +* Acknowledgements:: +@end menu + +@node Using Texinfo, Info Files, Overview, Overview +@ifinfo +@heading Using Texinfo +@end ifinfo + +Using Texinfo, you can create a printed document with the normal +features of a book, including chapters, sections, cross references, +and indices. From the same Texinfo source file, you can create a +menu-driven, on-line Info file with nodes, menus, cross references, +and indices. You can, if you wish, make the chapters and sections of +the printed document correspond to the nodes of the on-line +information; and you use the same cross references and indices for +both the Info file and the printed work. @cite{The GNU +Emacs Manual} is a good example of a Texinfo file, as is this manual.@refill + +To make a printed document, you process a Texinfo source file with the +@TeX{} typesetting program. This creates a @sc{dvi} file that you can +typeset and print as a book or report. (Note that the Texinfo language +is completely different from @TeX{}'s usual language, plain @TeX{}.) If +you do not have @TeX{}, but do have @code{troff} or @code{nroff}, you +can use the @code{texi2roff} program instead.@refill + +To make an Info file, you process a Texinfo source file with the +@code{makeinfo} utility or Emacs's @code{texinfo-format-buffer} command; +this creates an Info file that you can install on-line.@refill + +@TeX{} and @code{texi2roff} work with many types of printer; similarly, +Info works with almost every type of computer terminal. This power +makes Texinfo a general purpose system, but brings with it a constraint, +which is that a Texinfo file may contain only the customary +``typewriter'' characters (letters, numbers, spaces, and punctuation +marks) but no special graphics.@refill + +A Texinfo file is a plain @sc{ascii} file containing text and +@dfn{@@-commands} (words preceded by an @samp{@@}) that tell the +typesetting and formatting programs what to do. You may edit a +Texinfo file with any text editor; but it is especially convenient to +use GNU Emacs since that editor has a special mode, called Texinfo +mode, that provides various Texinfo-related features. (@xref{Texinfo +Mode}.)@refill + +Before writing a Texinfo source file, you should become familiar with +the Info documentation reading program and learn about nodes, +menus, cross references, and the rest. (@inforef{Top, info, info}, +for more information.)@refill + +You can use Texinfo to create both on-line help and printed manuals; +moreover, Texinfo is freely redistributable. For these reasons, Texinfo +is the format in which documentation for GNU utilities and libraries is +written.@refill + +@node Info Files, Printed Books, Using Texinfo, Overview +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Info files +@cindex Info files + +An Info file is a Texinfo file formatted so that the Info documentation +reading program can operate on it. (@code{makeinfo} +and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} are two commands that convert a Texinfo file +into an Info file.)@refill + +Info files are divided into pieces called @dfn{nodes}, each of which +contains the discussion of one topic. Each node has a name, and +contains both text for the user to read and pointers to other nodes, +which are identified by their names. The Info program displays one node +at a time, and provides commands with which the user can move to other +related nodes.@refill + +@ifinfo +@inforef{Top, info, info}, for more information about using Info.@refill +@end ifinfo + +Each node of an Info file may have any number of child nodes that +describe subtopics of the node's topic. The names of child +nodes are listed in a @dfn{menu} within the parent node; this +allows you to use certain Info commands to move to one of the child +nodes. Generally, an Info file is organized like a book. If a node +is at the logical level of a chapter, its child nodes are at the level +of sections; likewise, the child nodes of sections are at the level +of subsections.@refill + +All the children of any one parent are linked together in a +bidirectional chain of `Next' and `Previous' pointers. The `Next' +pointer provides a link to the next section, and the `Previous' pointer +provides a link to the previous section. This means that all the nodes +that are at the level of sections within a chapter are linked together. +Normally the order in this chain is the same as the order of the +children in the parent's menu. Each child node records the parent node +name as its `Up' pointer. The last child has no `Next' pointer, and the +first child has the parent both as its `Previous' and as its `Up' +pointer.@footnote{In some documents, the first child has no `Previous' +pointer. Occasionally, the last child has the node name of the next +following higher level node as its `Next' pointer.}@refill + +The book-like structuring of an Info file into nodes that correspond +to chapters, sections, and the like is a matter of convention, not a +requirement. The `Up', `Previous', and `Next' pointers of a node can +point to any other nodes, and a menu can contain any other nodes. +Thus, the node structure can be any directed graph. But it is usually +more comprehensible to follow a structure that corresponds to the +structure of chapters and sections in a printed book or report.@refill + +In addition to menus and to `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers, Info +provides pointers of another kind, called references, that can be +sprinkled throughout the text. This is usually the best way to +represent links that do not fit a hierarchical structure.@refill + +Usually, you will design a document so that its nodes match the +structure of chapters and sections in the printed output. But there +are times when this is not right for the material being discussed. +Therefore, Texinfo uses separate commands to specify the node +structure for the Info file and the section structure for the printed +output.@refill + +Generally, you enter an Info file through a node that by convention is +called @samp{Top}. This node normally contains just a brief summary +of the file's purpose, and a large menu through which the rest of the +file is reached. From this node, you can either traverse the file +systematically by going from node to node, or you can go to a specific +node listed in the main menu, or you can search the index menus and +then go directly to the node that has the information you want.@refill +@c !!! With the standalone Info system you may go to specific nodes +@c directly.. + +If you want to read through an Info file in sequence, as if it were a +printed manual, you can get the whole file with the advanced Info +command @kbd{g* @key{RET}}. (@inforef{Expert, Advanced Info commands, +info}.)@refill + +@c !!! dir file may be located in one of many places: +@c /usr/local/emacs/info mentioned in info.c DEFAULT_INFOPATH +@c /usr/local/lib/emacs/info mentioned in info.c DEFAULT_INFOPATH +@c /usr/gnu/info mentioned in info.c DEFAULT_INFOPATH +@c /usr/local/info +@c /usr/local/lib/info +The @file{dir} file in the @file{info} directory serves as the +departure point for the whole Info system. From it, you can reach the +`Top' nodes of each of the documents in a complete Info system.@refill + +@node Printed Books, Formatting Commands, Info Files, Overview +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Printed Books +@cindex Printed book and manual characteristics +@cindex Manual characteristics, printed +@cindex Book characteristics, printed +@cindex Texinfo printed book characteristics +@cindex Characteristics, printed books or manuals + +@cindex Knuth, Donald +A Texinfo file can be formatted and typeset as a printed book or manual. +To do this, you need @TeX{}, a powerful, sophisticated typesetting +program written by Donald Knuth.@footnote{You can also use the +@code{texi2roff} program if you do not have @TeX{}; since Texinfo is +designed for use with @TeX{}, @code{texi2roff} is not described here. +@code{texi2roff} is part of the standard GNU distribution.}@refill + +A Texinfo-based book is similar to any other typeset, printed work: it +can have a title page, copyright page, table of contents, and preface, +as well as chapters, numbered or unnumbered sections and subsections, +page headers, cross references, footnotes, and indices.@refill + +You can use Texinfo to write a book without ever having the intention +of converting it into on-line information. You can use Texinfo for +writing a printed novel, and even to write a printed memo, although +this latter application is not recommended since electronic mail is so +much easier.@refill + +@TeX{} is a general purpose typesetting program. Texinfo provides a +file called @file{texinfo.tex} that contains information (definitions or +@dfn{macros}) that @TeX{} uses when it typesets a Texinfo file. +(@file{texinfo.tex} tells @TeX{} how to convert the Texinfo @@-commands +to @TeX{} commands, which @TeX{} can then process to create the typeset +document.) @file{texinfo.tex} contains the specifications for printing +a document.@refill + +Most often, documents are printed on 8.5 inch by 11 inch +pages (216@dmn{mm} by 280@dmn{mm}; this is the default size), but you +can also print for 7 inch by 9.25 inch pages (178@dmn{mm} by +235@dmn{mm}; the @code{@@smallbook} size) or on European A4 size paper +(@code{@@afourpaper}). (@xref{smallbook, , Printing ``Small'' Books}. +Also, see @ref{A4 Paper, ,Printing on A4 Paper}.)@refill + +By changing the parameters in @file{texinfo.tex}, you can change the +size of the printed document. In addition, you can change the style in +which the printed document is formatted; for example, you can change the +sizes and fonts used, the amount of indentation for each paragraph, the +degree to which words are hyphenated, and the like. By changing the +specifications, you can make a book look dignified, old and serious, or +light-hearted, young and cheery.@refill + +@TeX{} is freely distributable. It is written in a dialect of Pascal +called WEB and can be compiled either in Pascal or (by using a +conversion program that comes with the @TeX{} distribution) in C. +(@xref{TeX Mode, ,@TeX{} Mode, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for information +about @TeX{}.)@refill + +@TeX{} is very powerful and has a great many features. Because a +Texinfo file must be able to present information both on a +character-only terminal in Info form and in a typeset book, the +formatting commands that Texinfo supports are necessarily +limited.@refill + +@xref{Obtaining TeX, , How to Obtain @TeX{}}. + + +@node Formatting Commands, Conventions, Printed Books, Overview +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @@-commands +@cindex @@-commands +@cindex Formatting commands + +In a Texinfo file, the commands that tell @TeX{} how to typeset the +printed manual and tell @code{makeinfo} and +@code{texinfo-format-buffer} how to create an Info file are preceded +by @samp{@@}; they are called @dfn{@@-commands}. For example, +@code{@@node} is the command to indicate a node and @code{@@chapter} +is the command to indicate the start of a chapter.@refill + +@quotation +@strong{Please note:} All the @@-commands, with the exception of the +@code{@@TeX@{@}} command, must be written entirely in lower +case.@refill +@end quotation + +The Texinfo @@-commands are a strictly limited set of constructs. The +strict limits make it possible for Texinfo files to be understood both +by @TeX{} and by the code that converts them into Info files. You can +display Info files on any terminal that displays alphabetic and +numeric characters. Similarly, you can print the output generated by +@TeX{} on a wide variety of printers.@refill + +Depending on what they do or what arguments@footnote{The word +@dfn{argument} comes from the way it is used in mathematics and does +not refer to a disputation between two people; it refers to the +information presented to the command. According to the @cite{Oxford +English Dictionary}, the word derives from the Latin for @dfn{to make +clear, prove}; thus it came to mean `the evidence offered as proof', +which is to say, `the information offered', which led to its +mathematical meaning. In its other thread of derivation, the word +came to mean `to assert in a manner against which others may make +counter assertions', which led to the meaning of `argument' as a +disputation.} they take, you need to write @@-commands on lines of +their own or as part of sentences:@refill + +@itemize @bullet +@item +Write a command such as @code{@@noindent} at the beginning of a line as +the only text on the line. (@code{@@noindent} prevents the beginning of +the next line from being indented as the beginning of a +paragraph.)@refill + +@item +Write a command such as @code{@@chapter} at the beginning of a line +followed by the command's arguments, in this case the chapter title, on +the rest of the line. (@code{@@chapter} creates chapter titles.)@refill + +@item +Write a command such as @code{@@dots@{@}} wherever you wish but usually +within a sentence. (@code{@@dots@{@}} creates dots @dots{})@refill + +@item +Write a command such as @code{@@code@{@var{sample-code}@}} wherever you +wish (but usually within a sentence) with its argument, +@var{sample-code} in this example, between the braces. (@code{@@code} +marks text as being code.)@refill + +@item +Write a command such as @code{@@example} at the beginning of a line of +its own; write the body-text on following lines; and write the matching +@code{@@end} command, @code{@@end example} in this case, at the +beginning of a line of its own after the body-text. (@code{@@example} +@dots{} @code{@@end example} indents and typesets body-text as an +example.)@refill +@end itemize + +@noindent +@cindex Braces, when to use +As a general rule, a command requires braces if it mingles among other +text; but it does not need braces if it starts a line of its own. The +non-alphabetic commands, such as @code{@@:}, are exceptions to the rule; +they do not need braces.@refill + +As you gain experience with Texinfo, you will rapidly learn how to +write the different commands: the different ways to write commands +make it easier to write and read Texinfo files than if all commands +followed exactly the same syntax. (For details about @@-command +syntax, see @ref{Command Syntax, , @@-Command Syntax}.)@refill + +@node Conventions, Comments, Formatting Commands, Overview +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section General Syntactic Conventions +@cindex General syntactic conventions +@cindex Syntactic conventions +@cindex Conventions, syntactic + +All printable @sc{ascii} characters except @samp{@@}, @samp{@{} and +@samp{@}} can appear in a Texinfo file and stand for themselves. +@samp{@@} is the escape character which introduces commands. +@samp{@{} and @samp{@}} should be used only to surround arguments to +certain commands. To put one of these special characters into the +document, put an @samp{@@} character in front of it, like this: +@samp{@@@@}, @samp{@@@{}, and @samp{@@@}}.@refill + +@ifinfo +It is customary in @TeX{} to use doubled single-quote characters to +begin and end quotations: ` ` and ' ' (but without a space between the +two single-quote characters). This convention should be followed in +Texinfo files. @TeX{} converts doubled single-quote characters to +left- and right-hand doubled quotation marks and Info converts doubled +single-quote characters to @sc{ascii} double-quotes: ` ` and ' ' to " .@refill +@end ifinfo +@iftex +It is customary in @TeX{} to use doubled single-quote characters to +begin and end quotations: @w{@tt{ `` }} and @w{@tt{ '' }}. This +convention should be followed in Texinfo files. @TeX{} converts +doubled single-quote characters to left- and right-hand doubled +quotation marks, ``like this'', and Info converts doubled single-quote +characters to @sc{ascii} double-quotes: @w{@tt{ `` }} and +@w{@tt{ '' }} to @w{@tt{ " }}.@refill +@end iftex + +Use three hyphens in a row, @samp{---}, for a dash---like this. In +@TeX{}, a single or even a double hyphen produces a printed dash that +is shorter than the usual typeset dash. Info reduces three hyphens to two for +display on the screen.@refill + +To prevent a paragraph from being indented in the printed manual, put +the command @code{@@noindent} on a line by itself before the +paragraph.@refill + +If you mark off a region of the Texinfo file with the @code{@@iftex} +and @w{@code{@@end iftex}} commands, that region will appear only in +the printed copy; in that region, you can use certain commands +borrowed from plain @TeX{} that you cannot use in Info. Likewise, if +you mark off a region with the @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo} +commands, that region will appear only in the Info file; in that +region, you can use Info commands that you cannot use in @TeX{}. +Similarly for @code{@@ifhtml} and @code{@@end ifhtml}. +@xref{Conditionals}. + +@cindex Tabs; don't use! +@quotation +@strong{Caution:} Do not use tabs in a Texinfo file! @TeX{} uses +variable-width fonts, which means that it cannot predefine a tab to work +in all circumstances. Consequently, @TeX{} treats tabs like single +spaces, and that is not what they look like.@refill + +@noindent +To avoid this problem, Texinfo mode causes GNU Emacs to insert multiple +spaces when you press the @key{TAB} key.@refill + +@noindent +Also, you can run @code{untabify} in Emacs to convert tabs in a region +to multiple spaces.@refill +@end quotation + +@node Comments, Minimum, Conventions, Overview +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Comments + +You can write comments in a Texinfo file that will not appear in +either the Info file or the printed manual by using the +@code{@@comment} command (which may be abbreviated to @code{@@c}). +Such comments are for the person who reads the Texinfo file. All the +text on a line that follows either @code{@@comment} or @code{@@c} is a +comment; the rest of the line does not appear in either the Info file +or the printed manual. (Often, you can write the @code{@@comment} or +@code{@@c} in the middle of a line, and only the text that follows after +the @code{@@comment} or @code{@@c} command does not appear; but some +commands, such as @code{@@settitle} and @code{@@setfilename}, work on a +whole line. You cannot use @code{@@comment} or @code{@@c} in a line +beginning with such a command.)@refill +@cindex Comments +@findex comment +@findex c @r{(comment)} + +You can write long stretches of text that will not appear in either +the Info file or the printed manual by using the @code{@@ignore} and +@code{@@end ignore} commands. Write each of these commands on a line +of its own, starting each command at the beginning of the line. Text +between these two commands does not appear in the processed output. +You can use @code{@@ignore} and @code{@@end ignore} for writing +comments. Often, @code{@@ignore} and @code{@@end ignore} is used +to enclose a part of the copying permissions that applies to the +Texinfo source file of a document, but not to the Info or printed +version of the document.@refill +@cindex Ignored text +@cindex Unprocessed text +@findex ignore +@c !!! Perhaps include this comment about ignore and ifset: +@ignore +Text enclosed by @code{@@ignore} or by failing @code{@@ifset} or +@code{@@ifclear} conditions is ignored in the sense that it will not +contribute to the formatted output. However, TeX and makeinfo must +still parse the ignored text, in order to understand when to +@emph{stop} ignoring text from the source file; that means that you +will still get error messages if you have invalid Texinfo markup +within ignored text. +@end ignore + +@node Minimum, Six Parts, Comments, Overview +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section What a Texinfo File Must Have +@cindex Minimal Texinfo file (requirements) +@cindex Must have in Texinfo file +@cindex Required in Texinfo file +@cindex Texinfo file minimum + +By convention, the names of Texinfo files end with one of the +extensions @file{.texinfo}, @file{.texi}, or @file{.tex}. The longer +extension is preferred since it describes more clearly to a human +reader the nature of the file. The shorter extensions are for +operating systems that cannot handle long file names.@refill + +In order to be made into a printed manual and an Info file, a Texinfo +file @strong{must} begin with lines like this:@refill + +@example +@group +\input texinfo +@@setfilename @var{info-file-name} +@@settitle @var{name-of-manual} +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +The contents of the file follow this beginning, and then you @strong{must} end +a Texinfo file with a line like this:@refill + +@example +@@bye +@end example + +@findex input @r{(@TeX{} command)} +@noindent +The @samp{\input texinfo} line tells @TeX{} to use the +@file{texinfo.tex} file, which tells @TeX{} how to translate the Texinfo +@@-commands into @TeX{} typesetting commands. (Note the use of the +backslash, @samp{\}; this is correct for @TeX{}.) The +@samp{@@setfilename} line provides a name for the Info file and tells +@TeX{} to open auxiliary files. The @samp{@@settitle} line specifies a +title for the page headers (or footers) of the printed manual.@refill + +The @code{@@bye} line at the end of the file on a line of its own tells +the formatters that the file is ended and to stop formatting.@refill + +Usually, you will not use quite such a spare format, but will include +mode setting and start-of-header and end-of-header lines at the +beginning of a Texinfo file, like this:@refill + +@example +@group +\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*- +@@c %**start of header +@@setfilename @var{info-file-name} +@@settitle @var{name-of-manual} +@@c %**end of header +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +In the first line, @samp{-*-texinfo-*-} causes Emacs to switch into +Texinfo mode when you edit the file. + +The @code{@@c} lines which surround the @samp{@@setfilename} and +@samp{@@settitle} lines are optional, but you need them in order to +run @TeX{} or Info on just part of the file. (@xref{Start of Header}, +for more information.)@refill + +Furthermore, you will usually provide a Texinfo file with a title +page, indices, and the like. But the minimum, which can be useful +for short documents, is just the three lines at the beginning and the +one line at the end.@refill + +@node Six Parts, Short Sample, Minimum, Overview +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Six Parts of a Texinfo File + +Generally, a Texinfo file contains more than the minimal +beginning and end---it usually contains six parts:@refill + +@table @r +@item 1. Header +The @dfn{Header} names the file, tells @TeX{} which definitions' file to +use, and performs other ``housekeeping'' tasks.@refill + +@item 2. Summary Description and Copyright +The @dfn{Summary Description and Copyright} segment describes the document +and contains the copyright notice and copying permissions for the Info +file. The segment must be enclosed between @code{@@ifinfo} and +@code{@@end ifinfo} commands so that the formatters place it only in the Info +file.@refill + +@item 3. Title and Copyright +The @dfn{Title and Copyright} segment contains the title and copyright pages +and copying permissions for the printed manual. The segment must be +enclosed between @code{@@titlepage} and @code{@@end titlepage} commands. +The title and copyright page appear only in the printed @w{manual}.@refill + +@item 4. `Top' Node and Master Menu +The @dfn{Master Menu} contains a complete menu of all the nodes in the whole +Info file. It appears only in the Info file, in the `Top' node.@refill + +@item 5. Body +The @dfn{Body} of the document may be structured like a traditional book or +encyclopedia or it may be free form.@refill + +@item 6. End +The @dfn{End} contains commands for printing indices and generating +the table of contents, and the @code{@@bye} command on a line of its +own.@refill +@end table + +@node Short Sample, Acknowledgements, Six Parts, Overview +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section A Short Sample Texinfo File +@cindex Sample Texinfo file + +Here is a complete but very short Texinfo file, in 6 parts. The first +three parts of the file, from @samp{\input texinfo} through to +@samp{@@end titlepage}, look more intimidating than they are. Most of +the material is standard boilerplate; when you write a manual, simply +insert the names for your own manual in this segment. (@xref{Beginning a +File}.)@refill + +@noindent +In the following, the sample text is @emph{indented}; comments on it are +not. The complete file, without any comments, is shown in +@ref{Sample Texinfo File}. + +@subheading Part 1: Header + +@noindent +The header does not appear in either the Info file or the@* +printed output. It sets various parameters, including the@* +name of the Info file and the title used in the header. + +@example +@group +\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*- +@@c %**start of header +@@setfilename sample.info +@@settitle Sample Document +@@c %**end of header + +@@setchapternewpage odd +@end group +@end example + +@subheading Part 2: Summary Description and Copyright + +@noindent +The summary description and copyright segment does not@* +appear in the printed document. + +@example +@group +@@ifinfo +This is a short example of a complete Texinfo file. + +Copyright @@copyright@{@} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +@@end ifinfo +@end group +@end example + +@subheading Part 3: Titlepage and Copyright + +@noindent +The titlepage segment does not appear in the Info file. + +@example +@group +@@titlepage +@@sp 10 +@@comment The title is printed in a large font. +@@center @@titlefont@{Sample Title@} +@end group + +@group +@@c The following two commands start the copyright page. +@@page +@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +Copyright @@copyright@{@} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +@@end titlepage +@end group +@end example + +@subheading Part 4: `Top' Node and Master Menu + +@noindent +The `Top' node contains the master menu for the Info file.@* +Since a printed manual uses a table of contents rather than@* +a menu, the master menu appears only in the Info file. + +@example +@group +@@node Top, First Chapter, (dir), (dir) +@@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@end group +@end example + +@example +@group +@@menu +* First Chapter:: The first chapter is the + only chapter in this sample. +* Concept Index:: This index has two entries. +@@end menu +@end group +@end example + +@subheading Part 5: The Body of the Document + +@noindent +The body segment contains all the text of the document, but not the +indices or table of contents. This example illustrates a node and a +chapter containing an enumerated list.@refill + +@example +@group +@@node First Chapter, Concept Index, Top, Top +@@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@@chapter First Chapter +@@cindex Sample index entry +@end group + +@group +This is the contents of the first chapter. +@@cindex Another sample index entry +@end group + +@group +Here is a numbered list. + +@@enumerate +@@item +This is the first item. + +@@item +This is the second item. +@@end enumerate +@end group + +@group +The @@code@{makeinfo@} and @@code@{texinfo-format-buffer@} +commands transform a Texinfo file such as this into +an Info file; and @@TeX@{@} typesets it for a printed +manual. +@end group +@end example + +@subheading Part 6: The End of the Document + +@noindent +The end segment contains commands both for generating an index in a node +and unnumbered chapter of its own and for generating the table of +contents; and it contains the @code{@@bye} command that marks the end of +the document.@refill + +@example +@group +@@node Concept Index, , First Chapter, Top +@@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@@unnumbered Concept Index +@end group + +@group +@@printindex cp + +@@contents +@@bye +@end group +@end example + +@subheading The Results + +Here is what the contents of the first chapter of the sample look like: + +@sp 1 +@need 700 +@quotation +This is the contents of the first chapter. + +Here is a numbered list. + +@enumerate +@item +This is the first item. + +@item +This is the second item. +@end enumerate + +The @code{makeinfo} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} +commands transform a Texinfo file such as this into +an Info file; and @TeX{} typesets it for a printed +manual. +@end quotation + +@node Acknowledgements, , Short Sample, Overview +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Acknowledgements + +@cindex Stallman, Richard M. +@cindex Chassell, Robert J. +@cindex Berry, Karl +Richard M.@: Stallman wrote Edition 1.0 of this manual. @w{Robert J.@: +Chassell} revised and extended it, starting with Edition 1.1. Karl +Berry made updates for the Texinfo 3.8 and subsequent releases, starting +with Edition 2.22. + +@cindex Pinard, Fran@,{c}ois +@cindex Zuhn, David D. +@cindex Weisshaus, Melissa +Our thanks go out to all who helped improve this work, particularly to +Fran@,{c}ois Pinard and @w{David D.@: Zuhn}, who tirelessly recorded and +reported mistakes and obscurities; our special thanks go to Melissa +Weisshaus for her frequent and often tedious reviews of nearly similar +editions. Our mistakes are our own. + +Please send suggestions and corrections to: + +@example +@group +@r{Internet address:} + bug-texinfo@@prep.ai.mit.edu +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +Please include the manual's edition number and update date in your messages. + +@node Texinfo Mode, Beginning a File, Overview, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Using Texinfo Mode +@cindex Texinfo mode +@cindex Mode, using Texinfo +@cindex GNU Emacs +@cindex Emacs + +You may edit a Texinfo file with any text editor you choose. A Texinfo +file is no different from any other @sc{ascii} file. However, GNU Emacs +comes with a special mode, called Texinfo +mode, that provides Emacs commands and tools to help ease your work.@refill + +This chapter describes features of GNU Emacs' Texinfo mode but not any +features of the Texinfo formatting language. If you are reading this +manual straight through from the beginning, you may want to skim through +this chapter briefly and come back to it after reading succeeding +chapters which describe the Texinfo formatting language in +detail.@refill + +@menu +* Texinfo Mode Overview:: How Texinfo mode can help you. +* Emacs Editing:: Texinfo mode adds to GNU Emacs' general + purpose editing features. +* Inserting:: How to insert frequently used @@-commands. +* Showing the Structure:: How to show the structure of a file. +* Updating Nodes and Menus:: How to update or create new nodes and menus. +* Info Formatting:: How to format for Info. +* Printing:: How to format and print part or all of a file. +* Texinfo Mode Summary:: Summary of all the Texinfo mode commands. +@end menu + +@node Texinfo Mode Overview, Emacs Editing, Texinfo Mode, Texinfo Mode +@ifinfo +@heading Texinfo Mode Overview +@end ifinfo + +Texinfo mode provides special features for working with Texinfo +files:@refill + +@itemize @bullet +@item +Insert frequently used @@-commands. @refill + +@item +Automatically create @code{@@node} lines. + +@item +Show the structure of a Texinfo source file.@refill + +@item +Automatically create or update the `Next',@* +`Previous', and `Up' pointers of a node. + +@item +Automatically create or update menus.@refill + +@item +Automatically create a master menu.@refill + +@item +Format a part or all of a file for Info.@refill + +@item +Typeset and print part or all of a file.@refill +@end itemize + +Perhaps the two most helpful features are those for inserting frequently +used @@-commands and for creating node pointers and menus.@refill + +@node Emacs Editing, Inserting, Texinfo Mode Overview, Texinfo Mode +@section The Usual GNU Emacs Editing Commands + +In most cases, the usual Text mode commands work the same in Texinfo +mode as they do in Text mode. Texinfo mode adds new editing commands +and tools to GNU Emacs' general purpose editing features. The major +difference concerns filling. In Texinfo mode, the paragraph +separation variable and syntax table are redefined so that Texinfo +commands that should be on lines of their own are not inadvertently +included in paragraphs. Thus, the @kbd{M-q} (@code{fill-paragraph}) +command will refill a paragraph but not mix an indexing command on a +line adjacent to it into the paragraph.@refill + +In addition, Texinfo mode sets the @code{page-delimiter} variable to +the value of @code{texinfo-chapter-level-regexp}; by default, this is +a regular expression matching the commands for chapters and their +equivalents, such as appendices. With this value for the page +delimiter, you can jump from chapter title to chapter title with the +@kbd{C-x ]} (@code{forward-page}) and @kbd{C-x [} +(@code{backward-page}) commands and narrow to a chapter with the +@kbd{C-x p} (@code{narrow-to-page}) command. (@xref{Pages, , ,emacs, +The GNU Emacs Manual}, for details about the page commands.)@refill + +You may name a Texinfo file however you wish, but the convention is to +end a Texinfo file name with one of the three extensions +@file{.texinfo}, @file{.texi}, or @file{.tex}. A longer extension is +preferred, since it is explicit, but a shorter extension may be +necessary for operating systems that limit the length of file names. +GNU Emacs automatically enters Texinfo mode when you visit a file with +a @file{.texinfo} or @file{.texi} +extension. Also, Emacs switches to Texinfo mode +when you visit a +file that has @samp{-*-texinfo-*-} in its first line. If ever you are +in another mode and wish to switch to Texinfo mode, type @code{M-x +texinfo-mode}.@refill + +Like all other Emacs features, you can customize or enhance Texinfo +mode as you wish. In particular, the keybindings are very easy to +change. The keybindings described here are the default or standard +ones.@refill + +@node Inserting, Showing the Structure, Emacs Editing, Texinfo Mode +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Inserting Frequently Used Commands +@cindex Inserting frequently used commands +@cindex Frequently used commands, inserting +@cindex Commands, inserting them + +Texinfo mode provides commands to insert various frequently used +@@-commands into the buffer. You can use these commands to save +keystrokes.@refill + +The insert commands are invoked by typing @kbd{C-c} twice and then the +first letter of the @@-command:@refill + +@table @kbd +@item C-c C-c c +@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@code +@findex texinfo-insert-@@code +Insert @code{@@code@{@}} and put the +cursor between the braces.@refill + +@item C-c C-c d +@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@dfn +@findex texinfo-insert-@@dfn +Insert @code{@@dfn@{@}} and put the +cursor between the braces.@refill + +@item C-c C-c e +@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@end +@findex texinfo-insert-@@end +Insert @code{@@end} and attempt to insert the correct following word, +such as @samp{example} or @samp{table}. (This command does not handle +nested lists correctly, but inserts the word appropriate to the +immediately preceding list.)@refill + +@item C-c C-c i +@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@item +@findex texinfo-insert-@@item +Insert @code{@@item} and put the +cursor at the beginning of the next line.@refill + +@item C-c C-c k +@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@kbd +@findex texinfo-insert-@@kbd +Insert @code{@@kbd@{@}} and put the +cursor between the braces.@refill + +@item C-c C-c n +@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@node +@findex texinfo-insert-@@node +Insert @code{@@node} and a comment line +listing the sequence for the `Next', +`Previous', and `Up' nodes. +Leave point after the @code{@@node}.@refill + +@item C-c C-c o +@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@noindent +@findex texinfo-insert-@@noindent +Insert @code{@@noindent} and put the +cursor at the beginning of the next line.@refill + +@item C-c C-c s +@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@samp +@findex texinfo-insert-@@samp +Insert @code{@@samp@{@}} and put the +cursor between the braces.@refill + +@item C-c C-c t +@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@table +@findex texinfo-insert-@@table +Insert @code{@@table} followed by a @key{SPC} +and leave the cursor after the @key{SPC}.@refill + +@item C-c C-c v +@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@var +@findex texinfo-insert-@@var +Insert @code{@@var@{@}} and put the +cursor between the braces.@refill + +@item C-c C-c x +@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@example +@findex texinfo-insert-@@example +Insert @code{@@example} and put the +cursor at the beginning of the next line.@refill + +@c M-@{ was the binding for texinfo-insert-braces; +@c in Emacs 19, backward-paragraph will take this binding. +@item C-c C-c @{ +@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-braces +@findex texinfo-insert-braces +Insert @code{@{@}} and put the cursor between the braces.@refill + +@item C-c C-c @} +@itemx C-c C-c ] +@itemx M-x up-list +@findex up-list +Move from between a pair of braces forward past the closing brace. +Typing @kbd{C-c C-c ]} is easier than typing @kbd{C-c C-c @}}, which +is, however, more mnemonic; hence the two keybindings. (Also, you can +move out from between braces by typing @kbd{C-f}.)@refill +@end table + +To put a command such as @w{@code{@@code@{@dots{}@}}} around an +@emph{existing} word, position the cursor in front of the word and type +@kbd{C-u 1 C-c C-c c}. This makes it easy to edit existing plain text. +The value of the prefix argument tells Emacs how many words following +point to include between braces---1 for one word, 2 for two words, and +so on. Use a negative argument to enclose the previous word or words. +If you do not specify a prefix argument, Emacs inserts the @@-command +string and positions the cursor between the braces. This feature works +only for those @@-commands that operate on a word or words within one +line, such as @code{@@kbd} and @code{@@var}.@refill + +This set of insert commands was created after analyzing the frequency +with which different @@-commands are used in the @cite{GNU Emacs +Manual} and the @cite{GDB Manual}. If you wish to add your own insert +commands, you can bind a keyboard macro to a key, use abbreviations, +or extend the code in @file{texinfo.el}.@refill + +@findex texinfo-start-menu-description +@cindex Menu description, start +@cindex Description for menu, start +@kbd{C-c C-c C-d} (@code{texinfo-start-menu-description}) is an insert +command that works differently from the other insert commands. It +inserts a node's section or chapter title in the space for the +description in a menu entry line. (A menu entry has three parts, the +entry name, the node name, and the description. Only the node name is +required, but a description helps explain what the node is about. +@xref{Menu Parts, , The Parts of a Menu}.)@refill + +To use @code{texinfo-start-menu-description}, position point in a menu +entry line and type @kbd{C-c C-c C-d}. The command looks for and copies +the title that goes with the node name, and inserts the title as a +description; it positions point at beginning of the inserted text so you +can edit it. The function does not insert the title if the menu entry +line already contains a description.@refill + +This command is only an aid to writing descriptions; it does not do the +whole job. You must edit the inserted text since a title tends to use +the same words as a node name but a useful description uses different +words.@refill + +@node Showing the Structure, Updating Nodes and Menus, Inserting, Texinfo Mode +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Showing the Section Structure of a File +@cindex Showing the section structure of a file +@cindex Section structure of a file, showing it +@cindex Structure of a file, showing it +@cindex Outline of file structure, showing it +@cindex Contents-like outline of file structure +@cindex File section structure, showing it +@cindex Texinfo file section structure, showing it + +You can show the section structure of a Texinfo file by using the +@kbd{C-c C-s} command (@code{texinfo-show-structure}). This command +shows the section structure of a Texinfo file by listing the lines +that begin with the @@-commands for @code{@@chapter}, +@code{@@section}, and the like. It constructs what amounts +to a table of contents. These lines are displayed in another buffer +called the @samp{*Occur*} buffer. In that buffer, you can position +the cursor over one of the lines and use the @kbd{C-c C-c} command +(@code{occur-mode-goto-occurrence}), to jump to the corresponding spot +in the Texinfo file.@refill + +@table @kbd +@item C-c C-s +@itemx M-x texinfo-show-structure +@findex texinfo-show-structure +Show the @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, and such lines of a +Texinfo file.@refill + +@item C-c C-c +@itemx M-x occur-mode-goto-occurrence +@findex occur-mode-goto-occurrence +Go to the line in the Texinfo file corresponding to the line under the +cursor in the @file{*Occur*} buffer.@refill +@end table + +If you call @code{texinfo-show-structure} with a prefix argument by +typing @w{@kbd{C-u C-c C-s}}, it will list not only those lines with the +@@-commands for @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, and the like, +but also the @code{@@node} lines. (This is how the +@code{texinfo-show-structure} command worked without an argument in +the first version of Texinfo. It was changed because @code{@@node} +lines clutter up the @samp{*Occur*} buffer and are usually not +needed.) You can use @code{texinfo-show-structure} with a prefix +argument to check whether the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers of +an @code{@@node} line are correct.@refill + +Often, when you are working on a manual, you will be interested only +in the structure of the current chapter. In this case, you can mark +off the region of the buffer that you are interested in by using the +@kbd{C-x n n} (@code{narrow-to-region}) command and +@code{texinfo-show-structure} will work on only that region. To see +the whole buffer again, use @w{@kbd{C-x n w}} (@code{widen}). +(@xref{Narrowing, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more +information about the narrowing commands.)@refill + +@vindex page-delimiter +@cindex Page delimiter in Texinfo mode +In addition to providing the @code{texinfo-show-structure} command, +Texinfo mode sets the value of the page delimiter variable to match +the chapter-level @@-commands. This enables you to use the @kbd{C-x +]} (@code{forward-page}) and @kbd{C-x [} (@code{backward-page}) +commands to move forward and backward by chapter, and to use the +@kbd{C-x p} (@code{narrow-to-page}) command to narrow to a chapter. +@xref{Pages, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more information +about the page commands.@refill + +@node Updating Nodes and Menus, Info Formatting, Showing the Structure, Texinfo Mode +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Updating Nodes and Menus +@cindex Updating nodes and menus +@cindex Create nodes, menus automatically +@cindex Insert nodes, menus automatically +@cindex Automatically insert nodes, menus + +Texinfo mode provides commands for automatically creating or updating +menus and node pointers. The commands are called ``update'' commands +because their most frequent use is for updating a Texinfo file after +you have worked on it; but you can use them to insert the `Next', +`Previous', and `Up' pointers into an @code{@@node} line that has none and to +create menus in a file that has none.@refill + +If you do not use the updating commands, you need to write menus and +node pointers by hand, which is a tedious task.@refill + +@menu +* Updating Commands:: Five major updating commands. +* Updating Requirements:: How to structure a Texinfo file for + using the updating command. +* Other Updating Commands:: How to indent descriptions, insert + missing nodes lines, and update + nodes in sequence. +@end menu + +@node Updating Commands, Updating Requirements, Updating Nodes and Menus, Updating Nodes and Menus +@ifinfo +@subheading The Updating Commands +@end ifinfo + +You can use the updating commands@refill + +@itemize @bullet +@item +to insert or update the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers of a +node,@refill + +@item +to insert or update the menu for a section, and@refill + +@item +to create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.@refill +@end itemize + +You can also use the commands to update all the nodes and menus in a +region or in a whole Texinfo file.@refill + +The updating commands work only with conventional Texinfo files, which +are structured hierarchically like books. In such files, a structuring +command line must follow closely after each @code{@@node} line, except +for the `Top' @code{@@node} line. (A @dfn{structuring command line} is +a line beginning with @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, or other +similar command.) + +You can write the structuring command line on the line that follows +immediately after an @code{@@node} line or else on the line that +follows after a single @code{@@comment} line or a single +@code{@@ifinfo} line. You cannot interpose more than one line between +the @code{@@node} line and the structuring command line; and you may +interpose only an @code{@@comment} line or an @code{@@ifinfo} line. + +Commands which work on a whole buffer require that the `Top' node be +followed by a node with an @code{@@chapter} or equivalent-level command. +Note that the menu updating commands will not create a main or master +menu for a Texinfo file that has only @code{@@chapter}-level nodes! The +menu updating commands only create menus @emph{within} nodes for lower level +nodes. To create a menu of chapters, you must provide a `Top' +node.@refill + +The menu updating commands remove menu entries that refer to other Info +files since they do not refer to nodes within the current buffer. This +is a deficiency. Rather than use menu entries, you can use cross +references to refer to other Info files. None of the updating commands +affect cross references.@refill + +Texinfo mode has five updating commands that are used most often: two +are for updating the node pointers or menu of a single node (or a +region); two are for updating every node pointer and menu in a file; +and one, the @code{texinfo-master-menu} command, is for creating a +master menu for a complete file, and optionally, for updating every +node and menu in the whole Texinfo file.@refill + +The @code{texinfo-master-menu} command is the primary command:@refill + +@table @kbd +@item C-c C-u m +@itemx M-x texinfo-master-menu +@findex texinfo-master-menu +Create or update a master menu that includes all the other menus +(incorporating the descriptions from pre-existing menus, if +any).@refill + +With an argument (prefix argument, @kbd{C-u,} if interactive), first create or +update all the nodes and all the regular menus in the buffer before +constructing the master menu. (@xref{The Top Node, , The Top Node and +Master Menu}, for more about a master menu.)@refill + +For @code{texinfo-master-menu} to work, the Texinfo file must have a +`Top' node and at least one subsequent node.@refill + +After extensively editing a Texinfo file, you can type the following: + +@example +C-u M-x texinfo-master-menu +@exdent or +C-u C-c C-u m +@end example + +@noindent +This updates all the nodes and menus completely and all at once.@refill +@end table + +The other major updating commands do smaller jobs and are designed for +the person who updates nodes and menus as he or she writes a Texinfo +file.@refill + +@need 1000 +The commands are:@refill + +@table @kbd +@item C-c C-u C-n +@itemx M-x texinfo-update-node +@findex texinfo-update-node +Insert the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers for the node that point is +within (i.e., for the @code{@@node} line preceding point). If the +@code{@@node} line has pre-existing `Next', `Previous', or `Up' +pointers in it, the old pointers are removed and new ones inserted. +With an argument (prefix argument, @kbd{C-u}, if interactive), this command +updates all @code{@@node} lines in the region (which is the text +between point and mark).@refill + +@item C-c C-u C-m +@itemx M-x texinfo-make-menu +@findex texinfo-make-menu +Create or update the menu in the node that point is within. +With an argument (@kbd{C-u} as prefix argument, if +interactive), the command makes or updates menus for the +nodes which are either within or a part of the +region.@refill + +Whenever @code{texinfo-make-menu} updates an existing menu, the +descriptions from that menu are incorporated into the new menu. This +is done by copying descriptions from the existing menu to the entries +in the new menu that have the same node names. If the node names are +different, the descriptions are not copied to the new menu.@refill + +@item C-c C-u C-e +@itemx M-x texinfo-every-node-update +@findex texinfo-every-node-update +Insert or update the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers for every +node in the buffer.@refill + +@item C-c C-u C-a +@itemx M-x texinfo-all-menus-update +@findex texinfo-all-menus-update +Create or update all the menus in the buffer. With an argument +(@kbd{C-u} as prefix argument, if interactive), first insert +or update all the node +pointers before working on the menus.@refill + +If a master menu exists, the @code{texinfo-all-menus-update} command +updates it; but the command does not create a new master menu if none +already exists. (Use the @code{texinfo-master-menu} command for +that.)@refill + +When working on a document that does not merit a master menu, you can +type the following: + +@example +C-u C-c C-u C-a +@exdent or +C-u M-x texinfo-all-menus-update +@end example + +@noindent +This updates all the nodes and menus.@refill +@end table + +The @code{texinfo-column-for-description} variable specifies the +column to which menu descriptions are indented. By default, the value +is 32 although it is often useful to reduce it to as low as 24. You +can set the variable with the @kbd{M-x edit-options} command +(@pxref{Edit Options, , Editing Variable Values, emacs, The GNU Emacs +Manual}) or with the @kbd{M-x set-variable} command (@pxref{Examining, +, Examining and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU Emacs +Manual}).@refill + +Also, the @code{texinfo-indent-menu-description} command may be used to +indent existing menu descriptions to a specified column. Finally, if +you wish, you can use the @code{texinfo-insert-node-lines} command to +insert missing @code{@@node} lines into a file. (@xref{Other Updating +Commands}, for more information.)@refill + +@node Updating Requirements, Other Updating Commands, Updating Commands, Updating Nodes and Menus +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection Updating Requirements +@cindex Updating requirements +@cindex Requirements for updating commands + +To use the updating commands, you must organize the Texinfo file +hierarchically with chapters, sections, subsections, and the like. +When you construct the hierarchy of the manual, do not `jump down' +more than one level at a time: you can follow the `Top' node with a +chapter, but not with a section; you can follow a chapter with a +section, but not with a subsection. However, you may `jump up' any +number of levels at one time---for example, from a subsection to a +chapter.@refill + +Each @code{@@node} line, with the exception of the line for the `Top' +node, must be followed by a line with a structuring command such as +@code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, or +@code{@@unnumberedsubsec}.@refill + +Each @code{@@node} line/structuring-command line combination +must look either like this:@refill + +@example +@group +@@node Comments, Minimum, Conventions, Overview +@@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@@section Comments +@end group +@end example + +or like this (without the @code{@@comment} line): + +@example +@group +@@node Comments, Minimum, Conventions, Overview +@@section Comments +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +In this example, `Comments' is the name of both the node and the +section. The next node is called `Minimum' and the previous node is +called `Conventions'. The `Comments' section is within the `Overview' +node, which is specified by the `Up' pointer. (Instead of an +@code{@@comment} line, you can write an @code{@@ifinfo} line.)@refill + +If a file has a `Top' node, it must be called @samp{top} or @samp{Top} +and be the first node in the file.@refill + +The menu updating commands create a menu of sections within a chapter, +a menu of subsections within a section, and so on. This means that +you must have a `Top' node if you want a menu of chapters.@refill + +Incidentally, the @code{makeinfo} command will create an Info file for +a hierarchically organized Texinfo file that lacks `Next', `Previous' +and `Up' pointers. Thus, if you can be sure that your Texinfo file +will be formatted with @code{makeinfo}, you have no need for the +`update node' commands. (@xref{Create an Info File, , Creating an +Info File}, for more information about @code{makeinfo}.) However, +both @code{makeinfo} and the @code{texinfo-format-@dots{}} commands +require that you insert menus in the file.@refill + +@node Other Updating Commands, , Updating Requirements, Updating Nodes and Menus +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection Other Updating Commands + +In addition to the five major updating commands, Texinfo mode +possesses several less frequently used updating commands:@refill + +@table @kbd +@item M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines +@findex texinfo-insert-node-lines +Insert @code{@@node} lines before the @code{@@chapter}, +@code{@@section}, and other sectioning commands wherever they are +missing throughout a region in a Texinfo file.@refill + +With an argument (@kbd{C-u} as prefix argument, if interactive), the +@code{texinfo-insert-node-lines} command not only inserts +@code{@@node} lines but also inserts the chapter or section titles as +the names of the corresponding nodes. In addition, it inserts the +titles as node names in pre-existing @code{@@node} lines that lack +names. Since node names should be more concise than section or +chapter titles, you must manually edit node names so inserted.@refill + +For example, the following marks a whole buffer as a region and inserts +@code{@@node} lines and titles throughout:@refill + +@example +C-x h C-u M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines +@end example + +(Note that this command inserts titles as node names in @code{@@node} +lines; the @code{texinfo-start-menu-description} command +(@pxref{Inserting, Inserting Frequently Used Commands}) inserts titles +as descriptions in menu entries, a different action. However, in both +cases, you need to edit the inserted text.)@refill + +@item M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update +@findex texinfo-multiple-files-update @r{(in brief)} +Update nodes and menus in a document built from several separate files. +With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, create and insert a master menu in +the outer file. With a numeric prefix argument, such as @kbd{C-u 2}, first +update all the menus and all the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers +of all the included files before creating and inserting a master menu in +the outer file. The @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} command is +described in the appendix on @code{@@include} files. +@ifinfo +@xref{texinfo-multiple-files-update}.@refill +@end ifinfo +@iftex +@xref{texinfo-multiple-files-update, , +@code{texinfo-multiple-files-update}}.@refill +@end iftex + +@item M-x texinfo-indent-menu-description +@findex texinfo-indent-menu-description +Indent every description in the menu following point to the specified +column. You can use this command to give yourself more space for +descriptions. With an argument (@kbd{C-u} as prefix argument, if +interactive), the @code{texinfo-indent-menu-description} command indents +every description in every menu in the region. However, this command +does not indent the second and subsequent lines of a multi-line +description.@refill + +@item M-x texinfo-sequential-node-update +@findex texinfo-sequential-node-update +Insert the names of the nodes immediately following and preceding the +current node as the `Next' or `Previous' pointers regardless of those +nodes' hierarchical level. This means that the `Next' node of a +subsection may well be the next chapter. Sequentially ordered nodes are +useful for novels and other documents that you read through +sequentially. (However, in Info, the @code{g* @key{RET}} command lets +you look through the file sequentially, so sequentially ordered nodes +are not strictly necessary.) With an argument (prefix argument, if +interactive), the @code{texinfo-sequential-node-update} command +sequentially updates all the nodes in the region.@refill +@end table + +@node Info Formatting, Printing, Updating Nodes and Menus, Texinfo Mode +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Formatting for Info +@cindex Formatting for Info +@cindex Running an Info formatter +@cindex Info formatting + +Texinfo mode provides several commands for formatting part or all of a +Texinfo file for Info. Often, when you are writing a document, you +want to format only part of a file---that is, a region.@refill + +You can use either the @code{texinfo-format-region} or the +@code{makeinfo-region} command to format a region:@refill + +@table @kbd +@findex texinfo-format-region +@item C-c C-e C-r +@itemx M-x texinfo-format-region +@itemx C-c C-m C-r +@itemx M-x makeinfo-region +Format the current region for Info.@refill +@end table + +You can use either the @code{texinfo-format-buffer} or the +@code{makeinfo-buffer} command to format a whole buffer:@refill + +@table @kbd +@findex texinfo-format-buffer +@item C-c C-e C-b +@itemx M-x texinfo-format-buffer +@itemx C-c C-m C-b +@itemx M-x makeinfo-buffer +Format the current buffer for Info.@refill +@end table + +@need 1000 +For example, after writing a Texinfo file, you can type the following: + +@example +C-u C-c C-u m +@exdent or +C-u M-x texinfo-master-menu +@end example + +@noindent +This updates all the nodes and menus. Then type the following to create +an Info file: + +@example +C-c C-m C-b +@exdent or +M-x makeinfo-buffer +@end example + +For @TeX{} or the Info formatting commands to work, the file @emph{must} +include a line that has @code{@@setfilename} in its header.@refill + +@xref{Create an Info File}, for details about Info formatting.@refill + +@node Printing, Texinfo Mode Summary, Info Formatting, Texinfo Mode +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Formatting and Printing +@cindex Formatting for printing +@cindex Printing a region or buffer +@cindex Region formatting and printing +@cindex Buffer formatting and printing +@cindex Part of file formatting and printing + +Typesetting and printing a Texinfo file is a multi-step process in which +you first create a file for printing (called a @sc{dvi} file), and then +print the file. Optionally, you may also create indices. To do this, +you must run the @code{texindex} command after first running the +@code{tex} typesetting command; and then you must run the @code{tex} +command again. Or else run the @code{texi2dvi} command which +automatically creates indices as needed.@refill + +Often, when you are writing a document, you want to typeset and print +only part of a file to see what it will look like. You can use the +@code{texinfo-tex-region} and related commands for this purpose. Use +the @code{texinfo-tex-buffer} command to format all of a +buffer.@refill + +@table @kbd +@item C-c C-t C-b +@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-buffer +@findex texinfo-tex-buffer +Run @code{texi2dvi} on the buffer. In addition to running @TeX{} on the +buffer, this command automatically creates or updates indices as +needed.@refill + +@item C-c C-t C-r +@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-region +@findex texinfo-tex-region +Run @TeX{} on the region.@refill + +@item C-c C-t C-i +@itemx M-x texinfo-texindex +Run @code{texindex} to sort the indices of a Texinfo file formatted with +@code{texinfo-tex-region}. The @code{texinfo-tex-region} command does +not run @code{texindex} automatically; it only runs the @code{tex} +typesetting command. You must run the @code{texinfo-tex-region} command +a second time after sorting the raw index files with the @code{texindex} +command. (Usually, you do not format an index when you format a region, +only when you format a buffer. Now that the @code{texi2dvi} command +exists, there is no little need for this command.)@refill + +@item C-c C-t C-p +@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-print +@findex texinfo-tex-print +Print the file (or the part of the file) previously formatted with +@code{texinfo-tex-buffer} or @code{texinfo-tex-region}.@refill +@end table + +For @code{texinfo-tex-region} or @code{texinfo-tex-buffer} to work, the +file @emph{must} start with a @samp{\input texinfo} line and must +include an @code{@@settitle} line. The file must end with @code{@@bye} +on a line by itself. (When you use @code{texinfo-tex-region}, you must +surround the @code{@@settitle} line with start-of-header and +end-of-header lines.)@refill + +@xref{Format/Print Hardcopy}, for a description of the other @TeX{} related +commands, such as @code{tex-show-print-queue}.@refill + +@node Texinfo Mode Summary, , Printing, Texinfo Mode +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Texinfo Mode Summary + +In Texinfo mode, each set of commands has default keybindings that +begin with the same keys. All the commands that are custom-created +for Texinfo mode begin with @kbd{C-c}. The keys are somewhat +mnemonic.@refill + +@subheading Insert Commands + +The insert commands are invoked by typing @kbd{C-c} twice and then the +first letter of the @@-command to be inserted. (It might make more +sense mnemonically to use @kbd{C-c C-i}, for `custom insert', but +@kbd{C-c C-c} is quick to type.)@refill + +@example +C-c C-c c @r{Insert} @samp{@@code}. +C-c C-c d @r{Insert} @samp{@@dfn}. +C-c C-c e @r{Insert} @samp{@@end}. +C-c C-c i @r{Insert} @samp{@@item}. +C-c C-c n @r{Insert} @samp{@@node}. +C-c C-c s @r{Insert} @samp{@@samp}. +C-c C-c v @r{Insert} @samp{@@var}. +C-c C-c @{ @r{Insert braces.} +C-c C-c ] +C-c C-c @} @r{Move out of enclosing braces.} + +@group +C-c C-c C-d @r{Insert a node's section title} + @r{in the space for the description} + @r{in a menu entry line.} +@end group +@end example + +@subheading Show Structure + +The @code{texinfo-show-structure} command is often used within a +narrowed region.@refill + +@example +C-c C-s @r{List all the headings.} +@end example + +@subheading The Master Update Command + +The @code{texinfo-master-menu} command creates a master menu; and can +be used to update every node and menu in a file as well.@refill + +@example +@group +C-c C-u m +M-x texinfo-master-menu + @r{Create or update a master menu.} +@end group + +@group +C-u C-c C-u m @r{With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, first} + @r{create or update all nodes and regular} + @r{menus, and then create a master menu.} +@end group +@end example + +@subheading Update Pointers + +The update pointer commands are invoked by typing @kbd{C-c C-u} and +then either @kbd{C-n} for @code{texinfo-update-node} or @kbd{C-e} for +@code{texinfo-every-node-update}.@refill + +@example +C-c C-u C-n @r{Update a node.} +C-c C-u C-e @r{Update every node in the buffer.} +@end example + +@subheading Update Menus + +Invoke the update menu commands by typing @kbd{C-c C-u} +and then either @kbd{C-m} for @code{texinfo-make-menu} or +@kbd{C-a} for @code{texinfo-all-menus-update}. To update +both nodes and menus at the same time, precede @kbd{C-c C-u +C-a} with @kbd{C-u}.@refill + +@example +C-c C-u C-m @r{Make or update a menu.} + +@group +C-c C-u C-a @r{Make or update all} + @r{menus in a buffer.} +@end group + +@group +C-u C-c C-u C-a @r{With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument,} + @r{first create or update all nodes and} + @r{then create or update all menus.} +@end group +@end example + +@subheading Format for Info + +The Info formatting commands that are written in Emacs Lisp are +invoked by typing @kbd{C-c C-e} and then either @kbd{C-r} for a region +or @kbd{C-b} for the whole buffer.@refill + +The Info formatting commands that are written in C and based on the +@code{makeinfo} program are invoked by typing @kbd{C-c C-m} and then +either @kbd{C-r} for a region or @kbd{C-b} for the whole buffer.@refill + +@need 800 +@noindent +Use the @code{texinfo-format@dots{}} commands: + +@example +@group +C-c C-e C-r @r{Format the region.} +C-c C-e C-b @r{Format the buffer.} +@end group +@end example + +@need 750 +@noindent +Use @code{makeinfo}: + +@example +C-c C-m C-r @r{Format the region.} +C-c C-m C-b @r{Format the buffer.} +C-c C-m C-l @r{Recenter the @code{makeinfo} output buffer.} +C-c C-m C-k @r{Kill the @code{makeinfo} formatting job.} +@end example + +@subheading Typeset and Print + +The @TeX{} typesetting and printing commands are invoked by typing +@kbd{C-c C-t} and then another control command: @kbd{C-r} for +@code{texinfo-tex-region}, @kbd{C-b} for @code{texinfo-tex-buffer}, +and so on.@refill + +@example +C-c C-t C-r @r{Run @TeX{} on the region.} +C-c C-t C-b @r{Run} @code{texi2dvi} @r{on the buffer.} +C-c C-t C-i @r{Run} @code{texindex}. +C-c C-t C-p @r{Print the @sc{dvi} file.} +C-c C-t C-q @r{Show the print queue.} +C-c C-t C-d @r{Delete a job from the print queue.} +C-c C-t C-k @r{Kill the current @TeX{} formatting job.} +C-c C-t C-x @r{Quit a currently stopped @TeX{} formatting job.} +C-c C-t C-l @r{Recenter the output buffer.} +@end example + +@subheading Other Updating Commands + +The `other updating commands' do not have standard keybindings because +they are rarely used. + +@example +@group +M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines + @r{Insert missing @code{@@node} lines in region.} + @r{With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument,} + @r{use section titles as node names.} +@end group + +@group +M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update + @r{Update a multi-file document.} + @r{With @kbd{C-u 2} as a prefix argument,} + @r{create or update all nodes and menus} + @r{in all included files first.} +@end group + +@group +M-x texinfo-indent-menu-description + @r{Indent descriptions.} +@end group + +@group +M-x texinfo-sequential-node-update + @r{Insert node pointers in strict sequence.} +@end group +@end example + +@node Beginning a File, Ending a File, Texinfo Mode, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Beginning a Texinfo File +@cindex Beginning a Texinfo file +@cindex Texinfo file beginning +@cindex File beginning + +Certain pieces of information must be provided at the beginning of a +Texinfo file, such as the name of the file and the title of the +document.@refill + +@menu +* Four Parts:: Four parts begin a Texinfo file. +* Sample Beginning:: Here is a sample beginning for a Texinfo file. +* Header:: The very beginning of a Texinfo file. +* Info Summary and Permissions:: Summary and copying permissions for Info. +* Titlepage & Copyright Page:: Creating the title and copyright pages. +* The Top Node:: Creating the `Top' node and master menu. +* Software Copying Permissions:: Ensure that you and others continue to + have the right to use and share software. +@end menu + +@node Four Parts, Sample Beginning, Beginning a File, Beginning a File +@ifinfo +@heading Four Parts Begin a File +@end ifinfo + +Generally, the beginning of a Texinfo file has four parts:@refill + +@enumerate +@item +The header, delimited by special comment lines, that includes the +commands for naming the Texinfo file and telling @TeX{} what +definitions' file to use when processing the Texinfo file.@refill + +@item +A short statement of what the file is about, with a copyright notice +and copying permissions. This is enclosed in @code{@@ifinfo} and +@code{@@end ifinfo} commands so that the formatters place it only +in the Info file.@refill + +@item +A title page and copyright page, with a copyright notice and copying +permissions. This is enclosed between @code{@@titlepage} and +@code{@@end titlepage} commands. The title and copyright page appear +only in the printed @w{manual}.@refill + +@item +The `Top' node that contains a menu for the whole Info file. The +contents of this node appear only in the Info file.@refill +@end enumerate + +Also, optionally, you may include the copying conditions for a program +and a warranty disclaimer. The copying section will be followed by an +introduction or else by the first chapter of the manual.@refill + +Since the copyright notice and copying permissions for the Texinfo +document (in contrast to the copying permissions for a program) are in +parts that appear only in the Info file or only in the printed manual, +this information must be given twice.@refill + +@node Sample Beginning, Header, Four Parts, Beginning a File +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Sample Texinfo File Beginning + +The following sample shows what is needed.@refill + +@example +\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*- +@@c %**start of header +@@setfilename @var{name-of-info-file} +@@settitle @var{name-of-manual} +@@setchapternewpage odd +@@c %**end of header + +@@ifinfo +This file documents @dots{} + +Copyright @var{year} @var{copyright-owner} + +@group +Permission is granted to @dots{} +@@end ifinfo +@end group + +@group +@@c This title page illustrates only one of the +@@c two methods of forming a title page. +@end group + +@group +@@titlepage +@@title @var{name-of-manual-when-printed} +@@subtitle @var{subtitle-if-any} +@@subtitle @var{second-subtitle} +@@author @var{author} +@end group + +@group +@@c The following two commands +@@c start the copyright page. +@@page +@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +Copyright @@copyright@{@} @var{year} @var{copyright-owner} +@end group + +Published by @dots{} + +Permission is granted to @dots{} +@@end titlepage + +@@node Top, Overview, (dir), (dir) + +@@ifinfo +This document describes @dots{} + +This document applies to version @dots{} +of the program named @dots{} +@@end ifinfo + +@group +@@menu +* Copying:: Your rights and freedoms. +* First Chapter:: Getting started @dots{} +* Second Chapter:: @dots{} + @dots{} + @dots{} +@@end menu +@end group + +@group +@@node First Chapter, Second Chapter, top, top +@@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@@chapter First Chapter +@@cindex Index entry for First Chapter +@end group +@end example + +@node Header, Info Summary and Permissions, Sample Beginning, Beginning a File +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section The Texinfo File Header +@cindex Header for Texinfo files +@cindex Texinfo file header + +Texinfo files start with at least three lines that provide Info and +@TeX{} with necessary information. These are the @code{\input +texinfo} line, the @code{@@settitle} line, and the +@code{@@setfilename} line. If you want to run @TeX{} on just a part +of the Texinfo File, you must write the @code{@@settitle} +and @code{@@setfilename} lines between start-of-header and end-of-header +lines.@refill + +Thus, the beginning of a Texinfo file looks like this: + +@example +@group +\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*- +@@setfilename sample.info +@@settitle Sample Document +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +or else like this: + +@example +@group +\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*- +@@c %**start of header +@@setfilename sample.info +@@settitle Sample Document +@@c %**end of header +@end group +@end example + +@menu +* First Line:: The first line of a Texinfo file. +* Start of Header:: Formatting a region requires this. +* setfilename:: Tell Info the name of the Info file. +* settitle:: Create a title for the printed work. +* setchapternewpage:: Start chapters on right-hand pages. +* paragraphindent:: An option to specify paragraph indentation. +* End of Header:: Formatting a region requires this. +@end menu + +@node First Line, Start of Header, Header, Header +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection The First Line of a Texinfo File +@cindex First line of a Texinfo file +@cindex Beginning line of a Texinfo file +@cindex Header of a Texinfo file + +Every Texinfo file that is to be the top-level input to @TeX{} must begin +with a line that looks like this:@refill + +@example +\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*- +@end example + +@noindent +This line serves two functions: + +@enumerate +@item +When the file is processed by @TeX{}, the @code{\input texinfo} command +tells @TeX{} to load the macros needed for processing a Texinfo file. +These are in a file called @file{texinfo.tex}, which is usually located +in the @file{/usr/lib/tex/macros} directory. @TeX{} uses the backslash, +@samp{\}, to mark the beginning of a command, just as Texinfo uses +@code{@@}. The @file{texinfo.tex} file causes the switch from @samp{\} +to @samp{@@}; before the switch occurs, @TeX{} requires @samp{\}, which +is why it appears at the beginning of the file.@refill + +@item +When the file is edited in GNU Emacs, the @samp{-*-texinfo-*-} mode +specification tells Emacs to use Texinfo mode.@refill +@end enumerate + +@node Start of Header, setfilename, First Line, Header +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection Start of Header +@cindex Start of header line + +Write a start-of-header line on the second line of a Texinfo file. +Follow the start-of-header line with @code{@@setfilename} and +@code{@@settitle} lines and, optionally, with other command lines, such +as @code{@@smallbook} or @code{@@footnotestyle}; and then by an +end-of-header line (@pxref{End of Header}).@refill + +With these lines, you can format part of a Texinfo file for Info or +typeset part for printing.@refill + +A start-of-header line looks like this:@refill + +@example +@@c %**start of header +@end example + +The odd string of characters, @samp{%**}, is to ensure that no other +comment is accidentally taken for a start-of-header line.@refill + +@node setfilename, settitle, Start of Header, Header +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@setfilename} +@cindex Info file requires @code{@@setfilename} +@findex setfilename + +In order to serve as the primary input file for either @code{makeinfo} +or @TeX{}, a Texinfo file must contain a line that looks like this: + +@example +@@setfilename @var{info-file-name} +@end example + +Write the @code{@@setfilename} command at the beginning of a line and +follow it on the same line by the Info file name. Do not write +anything else on the line; anything on the line after the command is +considered part of the file name, including a comment.@refill + +The @code{@@setfilename} line specifies the name of the Info file to be +generated. This name should be different from the name of the Texinfo +file. There are two conventions for choosing the name: you can either +remove the @samp{.tex} extension from the input file name, or replace it +with the @samp{.info} extension. + +Some operating systems cannot handle long file names. You can run into +a problem even when the file name you specify is itself short enough. +This occurs because the Info formatters split a long Info file into +short indirect subfiles, and name them by appending `-1', `-2', @dots{}, +`-10', `-11', and so on, to the original file name. (@xref{Tag and +Split Files, , Tag Files and Split Files}.) The subfile name +@file{texinfo.info-10}, for example, is too long for some systems; so +the Info file name for this document is @file{texinfo} rather than +@file{texinfo.info}.@refill + +The Info formatting commands ignore everything written before the +@code{@@setfilename} line, which is why the very first line of +the file (the @code{\input} line) does not need to be commented out. + +The @code{@@setfilename} line produces no output when you typeset a +printed manual, but is does an essential job: it opens the index, +cross-reference, and other auxiliary files used by Texinfo. + +@node settitle, setchapternewpage, setfilename, Header +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@settitle} +@findex settitle + +In order to be made into a printed manual, a Texinfo file must contain +a line that looks like this:@refill + +@example +@@settitle @var{title} +@end example + +Write the @code{@@settitle} command at the beginning of a line and +follow it on the same line by the title. This tells @TeX{} the title +to use in a header or footer. Do not write anything else on the line; +anything on the line after the command is considered part of the +title, including a comment.@refill + +Conventionally, when @TeX{} formats a Texinfo file for double-sided +output, the title is printed in the left-hand (even-numbered) page +headings and the current chapter title is printed in the right-hand +(odd-numbered) page headings. (@TeX{} learns the title of each chapter +from each @code{@@chapter} command.) Page footers are not +printed.@refill + +Even if you are printing in a single-sided style, @TeX{} looks for an +@code{@@settitle} command line, in case you include the manual title +in the heading. @refill + +The @code{@@settitle} command should precede everything that generates +actual output in @TeX{}.@refill + +Although the title in the @code{@@settitle} command is usually the +same as the title on the title page, it does not affect the title as +it appears on the title page. Thus, the two do not need not match +exactly; and the title in the @code{@@settitle} command can be a +shortened or expanded version of the title as it appears on the title +page. (@xref{titlepage, , @code{@@titlepage}}.)@refill + +@TeX{} prints page headings only for that text that comes after the +@code{@@end titlepage} command in the Texinfo file, or that comes +after an @code{@@headings} command that turns on headings. +(@xref{headings on off, , The @code{@@headings} Command}, for more +information.)@refill + +You may, if you wish, create your own, customized headings and +footings. @xref{Headings, , Page Headings}, for a detailed discussion +of this process.@refill + +@node setchapternewpage, paragraphindent, settitle, Header +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@setchapternewpage} +@cindex Starting chapters +@cindex Pages, starting odd +@findex setchapternewpage + +In a book or a manual, text is usually printed on both sides of the +paper, chapters start on right-hand pages, and right-hand pages have +odd numbers. But in short reports, text often is printed only on one +side of the paper. Also in short reports, chapters sometimes do not +start on new pages, but are printed on the same page as the end of the +preceding chapter, after a small amount of vertical whitespace.@refill + +You can use the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command with various +arguments to specify how @TeX{} should start chapters and whether it +should typeset pages for printing on one or both sides of the paper +(single-sided or double-sided printing).@refill + +Write the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command at the beginning of a +line followed by its argument.@refill + +For example, you would write the following to cause each chapter to +start on a fresh odd-numbered page:@refill + +@example +@@setchapternewpage odd +@end example + +You can specify one of three alternatives with the +@code{@@setchapternewpage} command:@refill + +@table @asis +@ignore +@item No @code{@@setchapternewpage} command +If the Texinfo file does not contain an @code{@@setchapternewpage} +command before the @code{@@titlepage} command, @TeX{} automatically +begins chapters on new pages and prints headings in the standard +format for single-sided printing. This is the conventional format for +single-sided printing.@refill + +The result is exactly the same as when you write +@code{@@setchapternewpage on}.@refill +@end ignore +@item @code{@@setchapternewpage off} +Cause @TeX{} to typeset a new chapter on the same page as the last +chapter, after skipping some vertical whitespace. Also, cause @TeX{} to +format page headers for single-sided printing. (You can override the +headers format with the @code{@@headings double} command; see +@ref{headings on off, , The @code{@@headings} Command}.)@refill + +@item @code{@@setchapternewpage on} +Cause @TeX{} to start new chapters on new pages and to typeset page +headers for single-sided printing. This is the form most often +used for short reports.@refill + +This alternative is the default.@refill + +@item @code{@@setchapternewpage odd} +Cause @TeX{} to start new chapters on new, odd-numbered pages +(right-handed pages) and to typeset for double-sided printing. This is +the form most often used for books and manuals.@refill +@end table + +@noindent +Texinfo does not have an @code{@@setchapternewpage even} command.@refill + +@noindent +(You can countermand or modify an @code{@@setchapternewpage} command +with an @code{@@headings} command. @xref{headings on off, , The +@code{@@headings} Command}.)@refill + +At the beginning of a manual or book, pages are not numbered---for +example, the title and copyright pages of a book are not numbered. +By convention, table of contents pages are numbered with roman +numerals and not in sequence with the rest of the document.@refill + +Since an Info file does not have pages, the @code{@@setchapternewpage} +command has no effect on it.@refill + +Usually, you do not write an @code{@@setchapternewpage} command for +single-sided printing, but accept the default which is to typeset for +single-sided printing and to start new chapters on new pages. Usually, +you write an @code{@@setchapternewpage odd} command for double-sided +printing.@refill + +@node paragraphindent, End of Header, setchapternewpage, Header +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection Paragraph Indenting +@cindex Indenting paragraphs +@cindex Paragraph indentation +@findex paragraphindent + +The Info formatting commands may insert spaces at the beginning of the +first line of each paragraph, thereby indenting that paragraph. You +can use the @code{@@paragraphindent} command to specify the +indentation. Write an @code{@@paragraphindent} command at the +beginning of a line followed by either @samp{asis} or a number. The +template is:@refill + +@example +@@paragraphindent @var{indent} +@end example + +The Info formatting commands indent according to the value of +@var{indent}:@refill + +@itemize @bullet +@item +If the value of @var{indent} is @samp{asis}, the Info formatting +commands do not change the existing indentation.@refill + +@item +If the value of @var{indent} is 0, the Info formatting commands delete +existing indentation.@refill + +@item +If the value of @var{indent} is greater than 0, the Info formatting +commands indent the paragraph by that number of spaces.@refill +@end itemize + +The default value of @var{indent} is @samp{asis}.@refill + +Write the @code{@@paragraphindent} command before or shortly after the +end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file. (If you write +the command between the start-of-header and end-of-header lines, the +region formatting commands indent paragraphs as specified.)@refill + +A peculiarity of the @code{texinfo-format-buffer} and +@code{texinfo-format-region} commands is that they do not indent (nor +fill) paragraphs that contain @code{@@w} or @code{@@*} commands. +@xref{Refilling Paragraphs}, for a detailed description of what goes +on.@refill + +@node End of Header, , paragraphindent, Header +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection End of Header +@cindex End of header line + +Follow the header lines with an @w{end-of-header} line. +An end-of-header line looks like this:@refill + +@example +@@c %**end of header +@end example + +If you include the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command between the +start-of-header and end-of-header lines, @TeX{} will typeset a region as +that command specifies. Similarly, if you include an @code{@@smallbook} +command between the start-of-header and end-of-header lines, @TeX{} will +typeset a region in the ``small'' book format.@refill + +@ifinfo +The reason for the odd string of characters (@samp{%**}) is so that the +@code{texinfo-tex-region} command does not accidentally find +something that it should not when it is looking for the header.@refill + +The start-of-header line and the end-of-header line are Texinfo mode +variables that you can change.@refill +@end ifinfo + +@iftex +@xref{Start of Header}. +@end iftex + +@node Info Summary and Permissions, Titlepage & Copyright Page, Header, Beginning a File +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Summary and Copying Permissions for Info + +The title page and the copyright page appear only in the printed copy of +the manual; therefore, the same information must be inserted in a +section that appears only in the Info file. This section usually +contains a brief description of the contents of the Info file, a +copyright notice, and copying permissions.@refill + +The copyright notice should read:@refill + +@example +Copyright @var{year} @var{copyright-owner} +@end example + +@noindent +and be put on a line by itself.@refill + +Standard text for the copyright permissions is contained in an appendix +to this manual; see @ref{ifinfo Permissions, , @samp{ifinfo} Copying +Permissions}, for the complete text.@refill + +The permissions text appears in an Info file @emph{before} the first +node. This mean that a reader does @emph{not} see this text when +reading the file using Info, except when using the advanced Info command +@kbd{g *}. + +@node Titlepage & Copyright Page, The Top Node, Info Summary and Permissions, Beginning a File +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section The Title and Copyright Pages + +A manual's name and author are usually printed on a title page. +Sometimes copyright information is printed on the title page as well; +more often, copyright information is printed on the back of the title +page. + +The title and copyright pages appear in the printed manual, but not in the +Info file. Because of this, it is possible to use several slightly +obscure @TeX{} typesetting commands that cannot be used in an Info file. +In addition, this part of the beginning of a Texinfo file contains the text +of the copying permissions that will appear in the printed manual.@refill + +@xref{Titlepage Permissions, , Titlepage Copying Permissions}, for the +standard text for the copyright permissions.@refill + +@menu +* titlepage:: Create a title for the printed document. +* titlefont center sp:: The @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@center}, + and @code{@@sp} commands. +* title subtitle author:: The @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, + and @code{@@author} commands. +* Copyright & Permissions:: How to write the copyright notice and + include copying permissions. +* end titlepage:: Turn on page headings after the title and + copyright pages. +* headings on off:: An option for turning headings on and off + and double or single sided printing. +@end menu + +@node titlepage, titlefont center sp, Titlepage & Copyright Page, Titlepage & Copyright Page +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@titlepage} +@cindex Title page +@findex titlepage + +Start the material for the title page and following copyright page +with @code{@@titlepage} on a line by itself and end it with +@code{@@end titlepage} on a line by itself.@refill + +The @code{@@end titlepage} command starts a new page and turns on page +numbering. (@xref{Headings, , Page Headings}, for details about how to +generate page headings.) All the material that you want to +appear on unnumbered pages should be put between the +@code{@@titlepage} and @code{@@end titlepage} commands. By using the +@code{@@page} command you can force a page break within the region +delineated by the @code{@@titlepage} and @code{@@end titlepage} +commands and thereby create more than one unnumbered page. This is +how the copyright page is produced. (The @code{@@titlepage} command +might perhaps have been better named the +@code{@@titleandadditionalpages} command, but that would have been +rather long!)@refill + +@c !!! append refill to footnote when makeinfo can handle it. +When you write a manual about a computer program, you should write the +version of the program to which the manual applies on the title +page. If the manual changes more frequently than the program or is +independent of it, you should also include an edition +number@footnote{We have found that it is helpful to refer to versions +of manuals as `editions' and versions of programs as `versions'; +otherwise, we find we are liable to confuse each other in conversation +by referring to both the documentation and the software with the same +words.} for the manual. This helps readers keep track of which manual +is for which version of the program. (The `Top' node +should also contain this information; see @ref{makeinfo top, , +@code{@@top}}.)@refill + +Texinfo provides two main methods for creating a title page. One method +uses the @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@sp}, and @code{@@center} commands +to generate a title page in which the words on the page are +centered.@refill + +The second method uses the @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, and +@code{@@author} commands to create a title page with black rules under +the title and author lines and the subtitle text set flush to the +right hand side of the page. With this method, you do not specify any +of the actual formatting of the title page. You specify the text +you want, and Texinfo does the formatting. You may use either +method.@refill + +@findex shorttitlepage +For extremely simple applications, Texinfo also provides a command +@code{@@shorttitlepage} which takes a single argument as the title. +The argument is typeset on a page by itself and followed by a blank +page. + + +@node titlefont center sp, title subtitle author, titlepage, Titlepage & Copyright Page +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@center}, and @code{@@sp} +@findex titlefont +@findex center +@findex sp @r{(titlepage line spacing)} + +You can use the @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@sp}, and @code{@@center} +commands to create a title page for a printed document. (This is the +first of the two methods for creating a title page in Texinfo.)@refill + +Use the @code{@@titlefont} command to select a large font suitable for +the title itself.@refill + +@need 700 +For example: + +@example +@@titlefont@{Texinfo@} +@end example + +Use the @code{@@center} command at the beginning of a line to center +the remaining text on that line. Thus,@refill + +@example +@@center @@titlefont@{Texinfo@} +@end example + +@noindent +centers the title, which in this example is ``Texinfo'' printed +in the title font.@refill + +Use the @code{@@sp} command to insert vertical space. For example:@refill + +@example +@@sp 2 +@end example + +@noindent +This inserts two blank lines on the printed page. (@xref{sp, , +@code{@@sp}}, for more information about the @code{@@sp} +command.)@refill + +A template for this method looks like this:@refill + +@example +@group +@@titlepage +@@sp 10 +@@center @@titlefont@{@var{name-of-manual-when-printed}@} +@@sp 2 +@@center @var{subtitle-if-any} +@@sp 2 +@@center @var{author} +@dots{} +@@end titlepage +@end group +@end example + +The spacing of the example fits an 8 1/2 by 11 inch manual.@refill + +@node title subtitle author, Copyright & Permissions, titlefont center sp, Titlepage & Copyright Page +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, and @code{@@author} +@findex title +@findex subtitle +@findex author + +You can use the @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, and @code{@@author} +commands to create a title page in which the vertical and horizontal +spacing is done for you automatically. This contrasts with the method +described in +the previous section, in which the @code{@@sp} command is needed to +adjust vertical spacing.@refill + +Write the @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, or @code{@@author} +commands at the beginning of a line followed by the title, subtitle, +or author.@refill + +The @code{@@title} command produces a line in which the title is set +flush to the left-hand side of the page in a larger than normal font. +The title is underlined with a black rule.@refill + +The @code{@@subtitle} command sets subtitles in a normal-sized font +flush to the right-hand side of the page.@refill + +The @code{@@author} command sets the names of the author or authors in +a middle-sized font flush to the left-hand side of the page on a line +near the bottom of the title page. The names are underlined with a +black rule that is thinner than the rule that underlines the title. +(The black rule only occurs if the @code{@@author} command line is +followed by an @code{@@page} command line.)@refill + +There are two ways to use the @code{@@author} command: you can write +the name or names on the remaining part of the line that starts with +an @code{@@author} command:@refill + +@example +@@author by Jane Smith and John Doe +@end example + +@noindent +or you can write the names one above each other by using two (or more) +@code{@@author} commands:@refill + +@example +@group +@@author Jane Smith +@@author John Doe +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +(Only the bottom name is underlined with a black rule.)@refill + +@need 950 +A template for this method looks like this:@refill + +@example +@group +@@titlepage +@@title @var{name-of-manual-when-printed} +@@subtitle @var{subtitle-if-any} +@@subtitle @var{second-subtitle} +@@author @var{author} +@@page +@dots{} +@@end titlepage +@end group +@end example + +@ifinfo +@noindent +Contrast this form with the form of a title page written using the +@code{@@sp}, @code{@@center}, and @code{@@titlefont} commands:@refill + +@example +@@titlepage +@@sp 10 +@@center @@titlefont@{Name of Manual When Printed@} +@@sp 2 +@@center Subtitle, If Any +@@sp 1 +@@center Second subtitle +@@sp 2 +@@center Author +@@page +@dots{} +@@end titlepage +@end example +@end ifinfo + +@node Copyright & Permissions, end titlepage, title subtitle author, Titlepage & Copyright Page +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection Copyright Page and Permissions +@cindex Copyright page +@cindex Printed permissions +@cindex Permissions, printed + +By international treaty, the copyright notice for a book should be +either on the title page or on the back of the title page. The +copyright notice should include the year followed by the name of the +organization or person who owns the copyright.@refill + +When the copyright notice is on the back of the title page, that page +is customarily not numbered. Therefore, in Texinfo, the information +on the copyright page should be within @code{@@titlepage} and +@code{@@end titlepage} commands.@refill + +@findex vskip +@findex filll +@cindex Vertical whitespace (@samp{vskip}) +Use the @code{@@page} command to cause a page break. To push the +copyright notice and the other text on the copyright page towards the +bottom of the page, you can write a somewhat mysterious line after the +@code{@@page} command that reads like this:@refill + +@example +@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +@end example + +@noindent +This is a @TeX{} command that is not supported by the Info formatting +commands. The @code{@@vskip} command inserts whitespace. The +@samp{0pt plus 1filll} means to put in zero points of mandatory whitespace, +and as much optional whitespace as needed to push the +following text to the bottom of the page. Note the use of three +@samp{l}s in the word @samp{filll}; this is the correct usage in +@TeX{}.@refill + +@findex copyright +In a printed manual, the @code{@@copyright@{@}} command generates a +@samp{c} inside a circle. (In Info, it generates @samp{(C)}.) The +copyright notice itself has the following legally defined sequence:@refill + +@example +Copyright @copyright{} @var{year} @var{copyright-owner} +@end example + +It is customary to put information on how to get a manual after the +copyright notice, followed by the copying permissions for the +manual.@refill + +Note that permissions must be given here as well as in the summary +segment within @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo} that +immediately follows the header since this text appears only in the +printed manual and the @samp{ifinfo} text appears only in the Info +file.@refill + +@xref{Sample Permissions}, for the standard text.@refill + +@node end titlepage, headings on off, Copyright & Permissions, Titlepage & Copyright Page +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection Heading Generation +@findex end titlepage +@cindex Headings, page, begin to appear +@cindex Titlepage end starts headings +@cindex End titlepage starts headings + +An @code{@@end titlepage} command on a line by itself not only marks +the end of the title and copyright pages, but also causes @TeX{} to start +generating page headings and page numbers. + +To repeat what is said elsewhere, Texinfo has two standard page heading +formats, one for documents which are printed on one side of each sheet of paper +(single-sided printing), and the other for documents which are printed on both +sides of each sheet (double-sided printing). +(@xref{setchapternewpage, ,@code{@@setchapternewpage}}.) +You can specify these formats in different ways:@refill + +@itemize @bullet +@item +The conventional way is to write an @code{@@setchapternewpage} command +before the title page commands, and then have the @code{@@end +titlepage} command start generating page headings in the manner desired. +(@xref{setchapternewpage, , @code{@@setchapternewpage}}.)@refill + +@item +Alternatively, you can use the @code{@@headings} command to prevent page +headings from being generated or to start them for either single or +double-sided printing. (Write an @code{@@headings} command immediately +after the @code{@@end titlepage} command. @xref{headings on off, , The +@code{@@headings} Command}, for more information.)@refill + +@item +Or, you may specify your own page heading and footing format. +@xref{Headings, , Page Headings}, for detailed +information about page headings and footings.@refill +@end itemize + +Most documents are formatted with the standard single-sided or +double-sided format, using @code{@@setchapternewpage odd} for +double-sided printing and no @code{@@setchapternewpage} command for +single-sided printing.@refill + +@node headings on off, , end titlepage, Titlepage & Copyright Page +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection The @code{@@headings} Command +@findex headings + +The @code{@@headings} command is rarely used. It specifies what kind of +page headings and footings to print on each page. Usually, this is +controlled by the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command. You need the +@code{@@headings} command only if the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command +does not do what you want, or if you want to turn off pre-defined page +headings prior to defining your own. Write an @code{@@headings} command +immediately after the @code{@@end titlepage} command.@refill + +You can use @code{@@headings} as follows:@refill + +@table @code +@item @@headings off +Turn off printing of page headings.@refill + +@item @@headings single +Turn on page headings appropriate for single-sided printing. +@refill + +@item @@headings double +Turn on page headings appropriate for double-sided printing. The two +commands, @code{@@headings on} and @code{@@headings double}, are +synonymous.@refill + +@item @@headings singleafter +@itemx @@headings doubleafter +Turn on @code{single} or @code{double} headings, respectively, after the +current page is output. + +@item @@headings on +Turn on page headings: @code{single} if @samp{@@setchapternewpage +on}, @code{double} otherwise. +@end table + +For example, suppose you write @code{@@setchapternewpage off} before the +@code{@@titlepage} command to tell @TeX{} to start a new chapter on the +same page as the end of the last chapter. This command also causes +@TeX{} to typeset page headers for single-sided printing. To cause +@TeX{} to typeset for double sided printing, write @code{@@headings +double} after the @code{@@end titlepage} command. + +You can stop @TeX{} from generating any page headings at all by +writing @code{@@headings off} on a line of its own immediately after the +line containing the @code{@@end titlepage} command, like this:@refill + +@example +@@end titlepage +@@headings off +@end example + +@noindent +The @code{@@headings off} command overrides the @code{@@end titlepage} +command, which would otherwise cause @TeX{} to print page +headings.@refill + +You can also specify your own style of page heading and footing. +@xref{Headings, , Page Headings}, for more information.@refill + +@node The Top Node, Software Copying Permissions, Titlepage & Copyright Page, Beginning a File +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section The `Top' Node and Master Menu +@cindex @samp{@r{Top}} node +@cindex Master menu +@cindex Node, `Top' + +The `Top' node is the node from which you enter an Info file.@refill + +A `Top' node should contain a brief description of the Info file and an +extensive, master menu for the whole Info file. +This helps the reader understand what the Info file is +about. Also, you should write the version number of the program to +which the Info file applies; or, at least, the edition number.@refill + +The contents of the `Top' node should appear only in the Info file; none +of it should appear in printed output, so enclose it between +@code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo} commands. (@TeX{} does not +print either an @code{@@node} line or a menu; they appear only in Info; +strictly speaking, you are not required to enclose these parts between +@code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo}, but it is simplest to do so. +@xref{Conditionals, , Conditionally Visible Text}.)@refill + +@menu +* Title of Top Node:: Sketch what the file is about. +* Master Menu Parts:: A master menu has three or more parts. +@end menu + +@node Title of Top Node, Master Menu Parts, The Top Node, The Top Node +@ifinfo +@subheading `Top' Node Title +@end ifinfo + +Sometimes, you will want to place an @code{@@top} sectioning command +line containing the title of the document immediately after the +@code{@@node Top} line (@pxref{makeinfo top command, , The @code{@@top} +Sectioning Command}, for more information).@refill + +For example, the beginning of the Top node of this manual contains an +@code{@@top} sectioning command, a short description, and edition and +version information. It looks like this:@refill + +@example +@group +@dots{} +@@end titlepage + +@@ifinfo +@@node Top, Copying, (dir), (dir) +@@top Texinfo + +Texinfo is a documentation system@dots{} +@end group + +@group +This is edition@dots{} +@dots{} +@@end ifinfo +@end group + +@group +@@menu +* Copying:: Texinfo is freely + redistributable. +* Overview:: What is Texinfo? +@dots{} +@end group +@@end menu +@end example + +In a `Top' node, the `Previous', and `Up' nodes usually refer to the top +level directory of the whole Info system, which is called @samp{(dir)}. +The `Next' node refers to the first node that follows the main or master +menu, which is usually the copying permissions, introduction, or first +chapter.@refill + +@node Master Menu Parts, , Title of Top Node, The Top Node +@subsection Parts of a Master Menu +@cindex Master menu parts +@cindex Parts of a master menu + +A @dfn{master menu} is a detailed main menu listing all the nodes in a +file. + +A master menu is enclosed in @code{@@menu} and @code{@@end menu} +commands and does not appear in the printed document.@refill + +Generally, a master menu is divided into parts.@refill + +@itemize @bullet +@item +The first part contains the major nodes in the Texinfo file: the nodes +for the chapters, chapter-like sections, and the appendices.@refill + +@item +The second part contains nodes for the indices.@refill + +@item +The third and subsequent parts contain a listing of the other, lower +level nodes, often ordered by chapter. This way, rather than go +through an intermediary menu, an inquirer can go directly to a +particular node when searching for specific information. These menu +items are not required; add them if you think they are a +convenience. If you do use them, put @code{@@detailmenu} before the +first one, and @code{@@end detailmenu} after the last; otherwise, +@code{makeinfo} will get confused. +@end itemize + +Each section in the menu can be introduced by a descriptive line. So +long as the line does not begin with an asterisk, it will not be +treated as a menu entry. (@xref{Writing a Menu}, for more +information.)@refill + +For example, the master menu for this manual looks like the following +(but has many more entries):@refill + +@example +@group +@@menu +* Copying:: Texinfo is freely + redistributable. +* Overview:: What is Texinfo? +* Texinfo Mode:: Special features in GNU Emacs. +@dots{} +@dots{} +@end group +@group +* Command and Variable Index:: + An entry for each @@-command. +* Concept Index:: An entry for each concept. +@end group + +@group +@@detailmenu + --- The Detailed Node Listing --- + +Overview of Texinfo + +* Info Files:: What is an Info file? +* Printed Manuals:: Characteristics of + a printed manual. +@dots{} +@dots{} +@end group + +@group +Using Texinfo Mode + +* Info on a Region:: Formatting part of a file + for Info. +@dots{} +@dots{} +@@end detailmenu +@@end menu +@end group +@end example + +@node Software Copying Permissions, , The Top Node, Beginning a File +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Software Copying Permissions +@cindex Software copying permissions +@cindex Copying software +@cindex Distribution +@cindex License agreement + +If the Texinfo file has a section containing the ``General Public +License'' and the distribution information and a warranty disclaimer +for the software that is documented, this section usually follows the +`Top' node. The General Public License is very important to Project +GNU software. It ensures that you and others will continue to have a +right to use and share the software.@refill + +The copying and distribution information and the disclaimer are +followed by an introduction or else by the first chapter of the +manual.@refill + +@cindex Introduction, as part of file +Although an introduction is not a required part of a Texinfo file, it +is very helpful. Ideally, it should state clearly and concisely what +the file is about and who would be interested in reading it. In +general, an introduction would follow the licensing and distribution +information, although sometimes people put it earlier in the document. +Usually, an introduction is put in an @code{@@unnumbered} section. +(@xref{unnumbered & appendix, , The @code{@@unnumbered} and +@code{@@appendix} Commands}.)@refill + +@node Ending a File, Structuring, Beginning a File, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Ending a Texinfo File +@cindex Ending a Texinfo file +@cindex Texinfo file ending +@cindex File ending +@findex bye + +The end of a Texinfo file should include the commands that create +indices and generate detailed and summary tables of contents. +And it must include the @code{@@bye} command that marks the last line +processed by @TeX{}.@refill + +@need 700 +For example: + +@example +@@node Concept Index, , Variables Index, Top +@@c node-name, next, previous, up +@@unnumbered Concept Index + +@@printindex cp + +@@contents +@@bye +@end example + +@menu +* Printing Indices & Menus:: How to print an index in hardcopy and + generate index menus in Info. +* Contents:: How to create a table of contents. +* File End:: How to mark the end of a file. +@end menu + +@node Printing Indices & Menus, Contents, Ending a File, Ending a File +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Index Menus and Printing an Index +@findex printindex +@cindex Printing an index +@cindex Indices, printing and menus +@cindex Generating menus with indices +@cindex Menus generated with indices + +To print an index means to include it as part of a manual or Info +file. This does not happen automatically just because you use +@code{@@cindex} or other index-entry generating commands in the +Texinfo file; those just cause the raw data for the index to be +accumulated. To generate an index, you must include the +@code{@@printindex} command at the place in the document where you +want the index to appear. Also, as part of the process of creating a +printed manual, you must run a program called @code{texindex} +(@pxref{Format/Print Hardcopy}) to sort the raw data to produce a sorted +index file. The sorted index file is what is actually used to +print the index.@refill + +Texinfo offers six different types of predefined index: the concept +index, the function index, the variables index, the keystroke index, the +program index, and the data type index (@pxref{Predefined Indices}). Each +index type has a two-letter name: @samp{cp}, @samp{fn}, @samp{vr}, +@samp{ky}, @samp{pg}, and @samp{tp}. You may merge indices, or put them +into separate sections (@pxref{Combining Indices}); or you may define +your own indices (@pxref{New Indices, , Defining New Indices}).@refill + +The @code{@@printindex} command takes a two-letter index name, reads +the corresponding sorted index file and formats it appropriately into +an index.@refill + +@ignore +The two-letter index names are: + +@table @samp +@item cp +concept index +@item fn +function index +@item vr +variable index +@item ky +key index +@item pg +program index +@item tp +data type index +@end table +@end ignore +The @code{@@printindex} command does not generate a chapter heading +for the index. Consequently, you should precede the +@code{@@printindex} command with a suitable section or chapter command +(usually @code{@@unnumbered}) to supply the chapter heading and put +the index into the table of contents. Precede the @code{@@unnumbered} +command with an @code{@@node} line.@refill + +@need 1200 +For example: + +@smallexample +@group +@@node Variable Index, Concept Index, Function Index, Top +@@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@@unnumbered Variable Index + +@@printindex vr +@end group + +@group +@@node Concept Index, , Variable Index, Top +@@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@@unnumbered Concept Index + +@@printindex cp +@end group + +@group +@@summarycontents +@@contents +@@bye +@end group +@end smallexample + +@noindent +(Readers often prefer that the concept index come last in a book, +since that makes it easiest to find.)@refill + +@ignore +In @TeX{}, the @code{@@printindex} command needs a sorted index file +to work from. @TeX{} does not know how to do sorting; this is a +deficiency. @TeX{} writes output files of raw index data; use the +@code{texindex} program to convert these files to sorted index files. +(@xref{Format/Print Hardcopy}, for more information.)@refill +@end ignore +@node Contents, File End, Printing Indices & Menus, Ending a File +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Generating a Table of Contents +@cindex Table of contents +@cindex Contents, Table of +@findex contents +@findex summarycontents +@findex shortcontents + +The @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, and other structuring commands +supply the information to make up a table of contents, but they do not +cause an actual table to appear in the manual. To do this, you must +use the @code{@@contents} and @code{@@summarycontents} +commands:@refill + +@table @code +@item @@contents +Generate a table of contents in a printed manual, including all +chapters, sections, subsections, etc., as well as appendices and +unnumbered chapters. (Headings generated by the @code{@@heading} +series of commands do not appear in the table of contents.) The +@code{@@contents} command should be written on a line by +itself.@refill + +@item @@shortcontents +@itemx @@summarycontents +(@code{@@summarycontents} is a synonym for @code{@@shortcontents}; the +two commands are exactly the same.)@refill + +Generate a short or summary table of contents that lists only the +chapters (and appendices and unnumbered chapters). Omit sections, subsections +and subsubsections. Only a long manual needs a short table +of contents in addition to the full table of contents.@refill + +Write the @code{@@shortcontents} command on a line by itself right +@emph{before} the @code{@@contents} command.@refill +@end table + +The table of contents commands automatically generate a chapter-like +heading at the top of the first table of contents page. Write the table +of contents commands at the very end of a Texinfo file, just before the +@code{@@bye} command, following any index sections---anything in the +Texinfo file after the table of contents commands will be omitted from +the table of contents.@refill + +When you print a manual with a table of contents, the table of +contents are printed last and numbered with roman numerals. You need +to place those pages in their proper place, after the title page, +yourself. (This is the only collating you need to do for a printed +manual. The table of contents is printed last because it is generated +after the rest of the manual is typeset.)@refill + +@need 700 +Here is an example of where to write table of contents commands:@refill + +@example +@group +@var{indices}@dots{} +@@shortcontents +@@contents +@@bye +@end group +@end example + +Since an Info file uses menus instead of tables of contents, the Info +formatting commands ignore the @code{@@contents} and +@code{@@shortcontents} commands.@refill + +@node File End, , Contents, Ending a File +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@bye} File Ending +@findex bye + +An @code{@@bye} command terminates @TeX{} or Info formatting. None of +the formatting commands see any of the file following @code{@@bye}. +The @code{@@bye} command should be on a line by itself.@refill + +If you wish, you may follow the @code{@@bye} line with notes. These notes +will not be formatted and will not appear in either Info or a printed +manual; it is as if text after @code{@@bye} were within @code{@@ignore} +@dots{} @code{@@end ignore}. Also, you may follow the @code{@@bye} line +with a local variables list. @xref{Compile-Command, , Using Local +Variables and the Compile Command}, for more information.@refill + +@node Structuring, Nodes, Ending a File, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Chapter Structuring +@cindex Chapter structuring +@cindex Structuring of chapters + +The @dfn{chapter structuring} commands divide a document into a hierarchy of +chapters, sections, subsections, and subsubsections. These commands +generate large headings; they also provide information for the table +of contents of a printed manual (@pxref{Contents, , Generating a Table +of Contents}).@refill + +The chapter structuring commands do not create an Info node structure, +so normally you should put an @code{@@node} command immediately before +each chapter structuring command (@pxref{Nodes}). The only time you +are likely to use the chapter structuring commands without using the +node structuring commands is if you are writing a document that +contains no cross references and will never be transformed into Info +format.@refill + +It is unlikely that you will ever write a Texinfo file that is +intended only as an Info file and not as a printable document. If you +do, you might still use chapter structuring commands to create a +heading at the top of each node---but you don't need to.@refill + +@menu +* Tree Structuring:: A manual is like an upside down tree @dots{} +* Structuring Command Types:: How to divide a manual into parts. +* makeinfo top:: The @code{@@top} command, part of the `Top' node. +* chapter:: +* unnumbered & appendix:: +* majorheading & chapheading:: +* section:: +* unnumberedsec appendixsec heading:: +* subsection:: +* unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading:: +* subsubsection:: Commands for the lowest level sections. +* Raise/lower sections:: How to change commands' hierarchical level. +@end menu + +@node Tree Structuring, Structuring Command Types, Structuring, Structuring +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Tree Structure of Sections +@cindex Tree structuring + +A Texinfo file is usually structured like a book with chapters, +sections, subsections, and the like. This structure can be visualized +as a tree (or rather as an upside-down tree) with the root at the top +and the levels corresponding to chapters, sections, subsection, and +subsubsections.@refill + +Here is a diagram that shows a Texinfo file with three chapters, +each of which has two sections.@refill + +@example +@group + Top + | + ------------------------------------- + | | | + Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 + | | | + -------- -------- -------- + | | | | | | + Section Section Section Section Section Section + 1.1 1.2 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 + +@end group +@end example + +In a Texinfo file that has this structure, the beginning of Chapter 2 +looks like this:@refill + +@example +@group +@@node Chapter 2, Chapter 3, Chapter 1, top +@@chapter Chapter 2 +@end group +@end example + +The chapter structuring commands are described in the sections that +follow; the @code{@@node} and @code{@@menu} commands are described in +following chapters. (@xref{Nodes}, and see @ref{Menus}.)@refill + +@node Structuring Command Types, makeinfo top, Tree Structuring, Structuring +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Types of Structuring Command + +The chapter structuring commands fall into four groups or series, each +of which contains structuring commands corresponding to the +hierarchical levels of chapters, sections, subsections, and +subsubsections.@refill + +The four groups are the @code{@@chapter} series, the +@code{@@unnumbered} series, the @code{@@appendix} series, and the +@code{@@heading} series.@refill + +Each command produces titles that have a different appearance on the +printed page or Info file; only some of the commands produce +titles that are listed in the table of contents of a printed book or +manual.@refill + +@itemize @bullet +@item +The @code{@@chapter} and @code{@@appendix} series of commands produce +numbered or lettered entries both in the body of a printed work and in +its table of contents.@refill + +@item +The @code{@@unnumbered} series of commands produce unnumbered entries +both in the body of a printed work and in its table of contents. The +@code{@@top} command, which has a special use, is a member of this +series (@pxref{makeinfo top, , @code{@@top}}).@refill + +@item +The @code{@@heading} series of commands produce unnumbered headings +that do not appear in a table of contents. The heading commands never +start a new page.@refill + +@item +The @code{@@majorheading} command produces results similar to using +the @code{@@chapheading} command but generates a larger vertical +whitespace before the heading.@refill + +@item +When an @code{@@setchapternewpage} command says to do so, the +@code{@@chapter}, @code{@@unnumbered}, and @code{@@appendix} commands +start new pages in the printed manual; the @code{@@heading} commands +do not.@refill +@end itemize + +@need 1000 +Here are the four groups of chapter structuring commands:@refill + +@c Slightly different formatting for regular sized books and smallbooks. +@ifset smallbook +@sp 1 +@tex +{\let\rm=\indrm \let\tt=\indtt +\halign{\hskip\itemindent#\hfil& \hskip.5em#\hfil& \hskip.5em#\hfil& +\hskip.5em#\hfil\cr + +& & & \rm No new pages\cr +\rm Numbered& \rm Unnumbered& \rm Lettered and numbered& \rm Unnumbered\cr +\rm In contents& \rm In contents& \rm In contents& \rm Not in contents\cr + +& & & \cr + & \tt @@top& & \tt @@majorheading\cr +\tt @@chapter& \tt @@unnumbered& \tt @@appendix& \tt @@chapheading\cr +\tt @@section& \tt @@unnumberedsec& \tt @@appendixsec& \tt @@heading\cr +\tt @@subsection&\tt @@unnumberedsubsec&\tt @@appendixsubsec& +\tt @@subheading\cr +\tt @@subsubsection& \tt @@unnumberedsubsubsec& \tt @@appendixsubsubsec& +\tt @@subsubheading\cr}} +@end tex +@end ifset +@ifclear smallbook +@sp 1 +@tex +\vbox{ +\halign{\hskip\itemindent\hskip.5em#\hfil& \hskip.5em#\hfil& +\hskip.5em#\hfil& \hskip.5em #\hfil\cr + +& & & \cr +& & & \rm No new pages\cr +\rm Numbered& \rm Unnumbered& \rm Lettered and numbered& \rm Unnumbered\cr +\rm In contents& \rm In contents& \rm In contents& \rm Not in contents\cr + +& & & \cr + & \tt @@top& & \tt @@majorheading\cr +\tt @@chapter& \tt @@unnumbered& \tt @@appendix& \tt @@chapheading\cr +\tt @@section& \tt @@unnumberedsec& \tt @@appendixsec& \tt @@heading\cr +\tt @@subsection&\tt @@unnumberedsubsec&\tt @@appendixsubsec& +\tt @@subheading\cr +\tt @@subsubsection& \tt @@unnumberedsubsubsec& \tt @@appendixsubsubsec& +\tt @@subsubheading\cr}} +@end tex +@end ifclear +@ifinfo +@example +@group + @r{No new pages} +@r{Numbered} @r{Unnumbered} @r{Lettered and numbered} @r{Unnumbered} +@r{In contents} @r{In contents} @r{In contents} @r{Not in contents} + + @@top @@majorheading +@@chapter @@unnumbered @@appendix @@chapheading +@@section @@unnumberedsec @@appendixsec @@heading +@@subsection @@unnumberedsubsec @@appendixsubsec @@subheading +@@subsubsection @@unnumberedsubsubsec @@appendixsubsubsec @@subsubheading +@end group +@end example +@end ifinfo + +@c Cannot line up columns properly inside of an example because of roman +@c proportional fonts. +@ignore +@ifset smallbook +@iftex +@smallexample +@group + @r{No new pages} +@r{Numbered} @r{Unnumbered} @r{Lettered and numbered} @r{Unnumbered} +@r{In contents} @r{In contents} @r{In contents} @r{Not in contents} + + @@top @@majorheading +@@chapter @@unnumbered @@appendix @@chapheading +@@section @@unnumberedsec @@appendixsec @@heading +@@subsection @@unnumberedsubsec @@appendixsubsec @@subheading +@@subsubsection @@unnumberedsubsubsec @@appendixsubsubsec @@subsubheading +@end group +@end smallexample +@end iftex +@end ifset +@ifclear smallbook +@iftex +@smallexample +@group + @r{No new pages} +@r{Numbered} @r{Unnumbered} @r{Lettered and numbered} @r{Unnumbered} +@r{In contents} @r{In contents} @r{In contents} @r{Not in contents} + + @@top @@majorheading +@@chapter @@unnumbered @@appendix @@chapheading +@@section @@unnumberedsec @@appendixsec @@heading +@@subsection @@unnumberedsubsec @@appendixsubsec @@subheading +@@subsubsection @@unnumberedsubsubsec @@appendixsubsubsec @@subsubheading +@end group +@end smallexample +@end iftex +@end ignore + +@node makeinfo top, chapter, Structuring Command Types, Structuring +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@top} + +The @code{@@top} command is a special sectioning command that you use +only after an @code{@@node Top} line at the beginning of a Texinfo file. +The @code{@@top} command tells the @code{makeinfo} formatter +which node is the `Top' +node. It has the same typesetting effect as @code{@@unnumbered} +(@pxref{unnumbered & appendix, , @code{@@unnumbered}, @code{@@appendix}}). +For detailed information, see +@ref{makeinfo top command, , The @code{@@top} Command}.@refill + +@node chapter, unnumbered & appendix, makeinfo top, Structuring +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@chapter} +@findex chapter + +@code{@@chapter} identifies a chapter in the document. Write the +command at the beginning of a line and follow it on the same line by +the title of the chapter.@refill + +For example, this chapter in this manual is entitled ``Chapter +Structuring''; the @code{@@chapter} line looks like this:@refill + +@example +@@chapter Chapter Structuring +@end example + +In @TeX{}, the @code{@@chapter} command creates a chapter in the +document, specifying the chapter title. The chapter is numbered +automatically.@refill + +In Info, the @code{@@chapter} command causes the title to appear on a +line by itself, with a line of asterisks inserted underneath. Thus, +in Info, the above example produces the following output:@refill + +@example +Chapter Structuring +******************* +@end example + +@findex centerchap +Texinfo also provides a command @code{@@centerchap}, which is analogous +to @code{@@unnumbered}, but centers its argument in the printed output. +This kind of stylistic choice is not usually offered by Texinfo. +@c but the Hacker's Dictionary wanted it ... + + +@node unnumbered & appendix, majorheading & chapheading, chapter, Structuring +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@unnumbered}, @code{@@appendix} +@findex unnumbered +@findex appendix + +Use the @code{@@unnumbered} command to create a chapter that appears +in a printed manual without chapter numbers of any kind. Use the +@code{@@appendix} command to create an appendix in a printed manual +that is labelled by letter instead of by number.@refill + +For Info file output, the @code{@@unnumbered} and @code{@@appendix} +commands are equivalent to @code{@@chapter}: the title is printed on a +line by itself with a line of asterisks underneath. (@xref{chapter, , +@code{@@chapter}}.)@refill + +To create an appendix or an unnumbered chapter, write an +@code{@@appendix} or @code{@@unnumbered} command at the beginning of a +line and follow it on the same line by the title, as you would if you +were creating a chapter.@refill + + +@node majorheading & chapheading, section, unnumbered & appendix, Structuring +@section @code{@@majorheading}, @code{@@chapheading} +@findex majorheading +@findex chapheading + +The @code{@@majorheading} and @code{@@chapheading} commands put +chapter-like headings in the body of a document.@refill + +However, neither command causes @TeX{} to produce a numbered heading +or an entry in the table of contents; and neither command causes +@TeX{} to start a new page in a printed manual.@refill + +In @TeX{}, an @code{@@majorheading} command generates a larger vertical +whitespace before the heading than an @code{@@chapheading} command but +is otherwise the same.@refill + +In Info, +the @code{@@majorheading} and +@code{@@chapheading} commands are equivalent to +@code{@@chapter}: the title is printed on a line by itself with a line +of asterisks underneath. (@xref{chapter, , @code{@@chapter}}.)@refill + +@node section, unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, majorheading & chapheading, Structuring +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@section} +@findex section + +In a printed manual, an @code{@@section} command identifies a +numbered section within a chapter. The section title appears in the +table of contents. In Info, an @code{@@section} command provides a +title for a segment of text, underlined with @samp{=}.@refill + +This section is headed with an @code{@@section} command and looks like +this in the Texinfo file:@refill + +@example +@@section @@code@{@@@@section@} +@end example + +To create a section, write the @code{@@section} command at the +beginning of a line and follow it on the same line by the section +title.@refill + +Thus, + +@example +@@section This is a section +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@example +@group +This is a section +================= +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +in Info. + +@node unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, subsection, section, Structuring +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@unnumberedsec}, @code{@@appendixsec}, @code{@@heading} +@findex unnumberedsec +@findex appendixsec +@findex heading + +The @code{@@unnumberedsec}, @code{@@appendixsec}, and @code{@@heading} +commands are, respectively, the unnumbered, appendix-like, and +heading-like equivalents of the @code{@@section} command. +(@xref{section, , @code{@@section}}.)@refill + +@table @code +@item @@unnumberedsec +The @code{@@unnumberedsec} command may be used within an +unnumbered chapter or within a regular chapter or appendix to +provide an unnumbered section.@refill + +@item @@appendixsec +@itemx @@appendixsection +@code{@@appendixsection} is a longer spelling of the +@code{@@appendixsec} command; the two are synonymous.@refill +@findex appendixsection + +Conventionally, the @code{@@appendixsec} or @code{@@appendixsection} +command is used only within appendices.@refill + +@item @@heading +You may use the @code{@@heading} command anywhere you wish for a +section-style heading that will not appear in the table of contents.@refill +@end table + +@node subsection, unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, Structuring +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section The @code{@@subsection} Command +@findex subsection + +Subsections are to sections as sections are to chapters. +(@xref{section, , @code{@@section}}.) In Info, subsection titles are +underlined with @samp{-}. For example,@refill + +@example +@@subsection This is a subsection +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@example +@group +This is a subsection +-------------------- +@end group +@end example + +In a printed manual, subsections are listed in the table of contents +and are numbered three levels deep.@refill + +@node unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, subsubsection, subsection, Structuring +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section The @code{@@subsection}-like Commands +@cindex Subsection-like commands +@findex unnumberedsubsec +@findex appendixsubsec +@findex subheading + +The @code{@@unnumberedsubsec}, @code{@@appendixsubsec}, and +@code{@@subheading} commands are, respectively, the unnumbered, +appendix-like, and heading-like equivalents of the @code{@@subsection} +command. (@xref{subsection, , @code{@@subsection}}.)@refill + +In Info, the @code{@@subsection}-like commands generate a title +underlined with hyphens. In a printed manual, an @code{@@subheading} +command produces a heading like that of a subsection except that it is +not numbered and does not appear in the table of contents. Similarly, +an @code{@@unnumberedsubsec} command produces an unnumbered heading like +that of a subsection and an @code{@@appendixsubsec} command produces a +subsection-like heading labelled with a letter and numbers; both of +these commands produce headings that appear in the table of +contents.@refill + +@node subsubsection, Raise/lower sections, unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, Structuring +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section The `subsub' Commands +@cindex Subsub commands +@findex subsubsection +@findex unnumberedsubsubsec +@findex appendixsubsubsec +@findex subsubheading + +The fourth and lowest level sectioning commands in Texinfo are the +`subsub' commands. They are:@refill + +@table @code +@item @@subsubsection +Subsubsections are to subsections as subsections are to sections. +(@xref{subsection, , @code{@@subsection}}.) In a printed manual, +subsubsection titles appear in the table of contents and are numbered +four levels deep.@refill + +@item @@unnumberedsubsubsec +Unnumbered subsubsection titles appear in the table of contents of a +printed manual, but lack numbers. Otherwise, unnumbered +subsubsections are the same as subsubsections. In Info, unnumbered +subsubsections look exactly like ordinary subsubsections.@refill + +@item @@appendixsubsubsec +Conventionally, appendix commands are used only for appendices and are +lettered and numbered appropriately in a printed manual. They also +appear in the table of contents. In Info, appendix subsubsections look +exactly like ordinary subsubsections.@refill + +@item @@subsubheading +The @code{@@subsubheading} command may be used anywhere that you need +a small heading that will not appear in the table of contents. In +Info, subsubheadings look exactly like ordinary subsubsection +headings.@refill +@end table + +In Info, `subsub' titles are underlined with periods. +For example,@refill + +@example +@@subsubsection This is a subsubsection +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@example +@group +This is a subsubsection +....................... +@end group +@end example + +@node Raise/lower sections, , subsubsection, Structuring +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@raisesections} and @code{@@lowersections} +@findex raisesections +@findex lowersections +@cindex Raising and lowering sections +@cindex Sections, raising and lowering + +The @code{@@raisesections} and @code{@@lowersections} commands raise and +lower the hierarchical level of chapters, sections, subsections and the +like. The @code{@@raisesections} command changes sections to chapters, +subsections to sections, and so on. The @code{@@lowersections} command +changes chapters to sections, sections to subsections, and so on. + +An @code{@@lowersections} command is useful if you wish to include text +that is written as an outer or standalone Texinfo file in another +Texinfo file as an inner, included file. If you write the command at +the beginning of the file, all your @code{@@chapter} commands are +formatted as if they were @code{@@section} commands, all your +@code{@@section} command are formatted as if they were +@code{@@subsection} commands, and so on. + +@need 1000 +@code{@@raisesections} raises a command one level in the chapter +structuring hierarchy:@refill + +@example +@group + @r{Change} @r{To} + +@@subsection @@section, +@@section @@chapter, +@@heading @@chapheading, + @r{etc.} +@end group +@end example + +@need 1000 +@code{@@lowersections} lowers a command one level in the chapter +structuring hierarchy:@refill + +@example +@group + @r{Change} @r{To} + +@@chapter @@section, +@@subsection @@subsubsection, +@@heading @@subheading, + @r{etc.} +@end group +@end example + +An @code{@@raisesections} or @code{@@lowersections} command changes only +those structuring commands that follow the command in the Texinfo file. +Write an @code{@@raisesections} or @code{@@lowersections} command on a +line of its own. + +An @code{@@lowersections} command cancels an @code{@@raisesections} +command, and vice versa. + +Repeated use of the commands continue to raise or lower the hierarchical +level a step at a time. + +An attempt to raise above `chapters' reproduces chapter commands; an +attempt to lower below `subsubsections' reproduces subsubsection +commands. + +@node Nodes, Menus, Structuring, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Nodes + +@dfn{Nodes} are the primary segments of a Texinfo file. They do not +themselves impose a hierarchic or any other kind of structure on a file. +Nodes contain @dfn{node pointers} that name other nodes, and can contain +@dfn{menus} which are lists of nodes. In Info, the movement commands +can carry you to a pointed-to node or to a node listed in a menu. Node +pointers and menus provide structure for Info files just as chapters, +sections, subsections, and the like, provide structure for printed +books.@refill + +@menu +* Two Paths:: Different commands to structure + Info output and printed output. +* Node Menu Illustration:: A diagram, and sample nodes and menus. +* node:: How to write a node, in detail. +* makeinfo Pointer Creation:: How to create node pointers with @code{makeinfo}. +@end menu + +@node Two Paths, Node Menu Illustration, Nodes, Nodes +@ifinfo +@heading Two Paths +@end ifinfo + +The node and menu commands and the chapter structuring commands are +independent of each other: + +@itemize @bullet +@item +In Info, node and menu commands provide structure. The chapter +structuring commands generate headings with different kinds of +underlining---asterisks for chapters, hyphens for sections, and so on; +they do nothing else.@refill + +@item +In @TeX{}, the chapter structuring commands generate chapter and section +numbers and tables of contents. The node and menu commands provide +information for cross references; they do nothing else.@refill +@end itemize + +You can use node pointers and menus to structure an Info file any way +you want; and you can write a Texinfo file so that its Info output has a +different structure than its printed output. However, most Texinfo +files are written such that the structure for the Info output +corresponds to the structure for the printed output. It is not +convenient to do otherwise.@refill + +Generally, printed output is structured in a tree-like hierarchy in +which the chapters are the major limbs from which the sections branch +out. Similarly, node pointers and menus are organized to create a +matching structure in the Info output.@refill + +@node Node Menu Illustration, node, Two Paths, Nodes +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Node and Menu Illustration + +Here is a copy of the diagram shown earlier that illustrates a Texinfo +file with three chapters, each of which contains two sections.@refill + +Note that the ``root'' is at the top of the diagram and the ``leaves'' +are at the bottom. This is how such a diagram is drawn conventionally; +it illustrates an upside-down tree. For this reason, the root node is +called the `Top' node, and `Up' node pointers carry you closer to the +root.@refill + +@example +@group + Top + | + ------------------------------------- + | | | + Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 + | | | + -------- -------- -------- + | | | | | | + Section Section Section Section Section Section + 1.1 1.2 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 + +@end group +@end example + +Write the beginning of the node for Chapter 2 like this:@refill + +@example +@group +@@node Chapter 2, Chapter 3, Chapter 1, top +@@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +This @code{@@node} line says that the name of this node is ``Chapter 2'', the +name of the `Next' node is ``Chapter 3'', the name of the `Previous' +node is ``Chapter 1'', and the name of the `Up' node is ``Top''. + +@quotation +@strong{Please Note:} `Next' refers to the next node at the same +hierarchical level in the manual, not necessarily to the next node +within the Texinfo file. In the Texinfo file, the subsequent node may +be at a lower level---a section-level node may follow a chapter-level +node, and a subsection-level node may follow a section-level node. +`Next' and `Previous' refer to nodes at the @emph{same} hierarchical +level. (The `Top' node contains the exception to this rule. Since the +`Top' node is the only node at that level, `Next' refers to the first +following node, which is almost always a chapter or chapter-level +node.)@refill +@end quotation + +To go to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 using Info, you need a menu inside Chapter +2. (@xref{Menus}.) You would write the menu just +before the beginning of Section 2.1, like this:@refill + +@example +@group + @@menu + * Sect. 2.1:: Description of this section. + * Sect. 2.2:: + @@end menu +@end group +@end example + +Write the node for Sect. 2.1 like this:@refill + +@example +@group + @@node Sect. 2.1, Sect. 2.2, Chapter 2, Chapter 2 + @@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@end group +@end example + +In Info format, the `Next' and `Previous' pointers of a node usually +lead to other nodes at the same level---from chapter to chapter or from +section to section (sometimes, as shown, the `Previous' pointer points +up); an `Up' pointer usually leads to a node at the level above (closer +to the `Top' node); and a `Menu' leads to nodes at a level below (closer +to `leaves'). (A cross reference can point to a node at any level; +see @ref{Cross References}.)@refill + +Usually, an @code{@@node} command and a chapter structuring command are +used in sequence, along with indexing commands. (You may follow the +@code{@@node} line with a comment line that reminds you which pointer is +which.)@refill + +Here is the beginning of the chapter in this manual called ``Ending a +Texinfo File''. This shows an @code{@@node} line followed by a comment +line, an @code{@@chapter} line, and then by indexing lines.@refill + +@example +@group +@@node Ending a File, Structuring, Beginning a File, Top +@@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@@chapter Ending a Texinfo File +@@cindex Ending a Texinfo file +@@cindex Texinfo file ending +@@cindex File ending +@end group +@end example + +@node node, makeinfo Pointer Creation, Node Menu Illustration, Nodes +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section The @code{@@node} Command + +@cindex Node, defined +A @dfn{node} is a segment of text that begins at an @code{@@node} +command and continues until the next @code{@@node} command. The +definition of node is different from that for chapter or section. A +chapter may contain sections and a section may contain subsections; +but a node cannot contain subnodes; the text of a node continues only +until the next @code{@@node} command in the file. A node usually +contains only one chapter structuring command, the one that follows +the @code{@@node} line. On the other hand, in printed output nodes +are used only for cross references, so a chapter or section may +contain any number of nodes. Indeed, a chapter usually contains +several nodes, one for each section, subsection, and +subsubsection.@refill + +To create a node, write an @code{@@node} command at the beginning of a +line, and follow it with four arguments, separated by commas, on the +rest of the same line. These arguments are the name of the node, and +the names of the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers, in that order. +You may insert spaces before each pointer if you wish; the spaces are +ignored. You must write the name of the node, and the names of the +`Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers, all on the same line. Otherwise, +the formatters fail. (@inforef{Top, info, info}, for more information +about nodes in Info.)@refill + +Usually, you write one of the chapter-structuring command lines +immediately after an @code{@@node} line---for example, an +@code{@@section} or @code{@@subsection} line. (@xref{Structuring +Command Types, , Types of Structuring Command}.)@refill + +@quotation +@strong{Please note:} The GNU Emacs Texinfo mode updating commands work +only with Texinfo files in which @code{@@node} lines are followed by chapter +structuring lines. @xref{Updating Requirements}.@refill +@end quotation + +@TeX{} uses @code{@@node} lines to identify the names to use for cross +references. For this reason, you must write @code{@@node} lines in a +Texinfo file that you intend to format for printing, even if you do not +intend to format it for Info. (Cross references, such as the one at the +end of this sentence, are made with @code{@@xref} and its related +commands; see @ref{Cross References}.)@refill + +@menu +* Node Names:: How to choose node and pointer names. +* Writing a Node:: How to write an @code{@@node} line. +* Node Line Tips:: Keep names short. +* Node Line Requirements:: Keep names unique, without @@-commands. +* First Node:: How to write a `Top' node. +* makeinfo top command:: How to use the @code{@@top} command. +* Top Node Summary:: Write a brief description for readers. +@end menu + +@node Node Names, Writing a Node, node, node +@ifinfo +@subheading Choosing Node and Pointer Names +@end ifinfo + +The name of a node identifies the node. The pointers enable +you to reach other nodes and consist of the names of those nodes.@refill + +Normally, a node's `Up' pointer contains the name of the node whose menu +mentions that node. The node's `Next' pointer contains the name of the +node that follows that node in that menu and its `Previous' pointer +contains the name of the node that precedes it in that menu. When a +node's `Previous' node is the same as its `Up' node, both node pointers +name the same node.@refill + +Usually, the first node of a Texinfo file is the `Top' node, and its +`Up' and `Previous' pointers point to the @file{dir} file, which +contains the main menu for all of Info.@refill + +The `Top' node itself contains the main or master menu for the manual. +Also, it is helpful to include a brief description of the manual in the +`Top' node. @xref{First Node}, for information on how to write the +first node of a Texinfo file.@refill + +@node Writing a Node, Node Line Tips, Node Names, node +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection How to Write an @code{@@node} Line +@cindex Writing an @code{@@node} line +@cindex @code{@@node} line writing +@cindex Node line writing + +The easiest way to write an @code{@@node} line is to write @code{@@node} +at the beginning of a line and then the name of the node, like +this:@refill + +@example +@@node @var{node-name} +@end example + +If you are using GNU Emacs, you can use the update node commands +provided by Texinfo mode to insert the names of the pointers; or you +can leave the pointers out of the Texinfo file and let @code{makeinfo} +insert node pointers into the Info file it creates. (@xref{Texinfo +Mode}, and @ref{makeinfo Pointer Creation}.)@refill + +Alternatively, you can insert the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' +pointers yourself. If you do this, you may find it helpful to use the +Texinfo mode keyboard command @kbd{C-c C-c n}. This command inserts +@samp{@@node} and a comment line listing the names of the pointers in +their proper order. The comment line helps you keep track of which +arguments are for which pointers. This comment line is especially useful +if you are not familiar with Texinfo.@refill + +The template for a node line with `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers +looks like this:@refill + +@example +@@node @var{node-name}, @var{next}, @var{previous}, @var{up} +@end example + +If you wish, you can ignore @code{@@node} lines altogether in your first +draft and then use the @code{texinfo-insert-node-lines} command to +create @code{@@node} lines for you. However, we do not +recommend this practice. It is better to name the node itself +at the same time that you +write a segment so you can easily make cross references. A large number +of cross references are an especially important feature of a good Info +file.@refill + +After you have inserted an @code{@@node} line, you should immediately +write an @@-command for the chapter or section and insert its name. +Next (and this is important!), put in several index entries. Usually, +you will find at least two and often as many as four or five ways of +referring to the node in the index. Use them all. This will make it +much easier for people to find the node.@refill + +@node Node Line Tips, Node Line Requirements, Writing a Node, node +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@node} Line Tips + +Here are three suggestions: + +@itemize @bullet +@item +Try to pick node names that are informative but short.@refill + +In the Info file, the file name, node name, and pointer names are all +inserted on one line, which may run into the right edge of the window. +(This does not cause a problem with Info, but is ugly.)@refill + +@item +Try to pick node names that differ from each other near the beginnings +of their names. This way, it is easy to use automatic name completion in +Info.@refill + +@item +By convention, node names are capitalized just as they would be for +section or chapter titles---initial and significant words are +capitalized; others are not.@refill +@end itemize + +@node Node Line Requirements, First Node, Node Line Tips, node +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@node} Line Requirements + +@cindex Node line requirements +Here are several requirements for @code{@@node} lines: + +@itemize @bullet +@cindex Unique nodename requirement +@cindex Nodename must be unique +@item +All the node names for a single Info file must be unique.@refill + +Duplicates confuse the Info movement commands. This means, for +example, that if you end every chapter with a summary, you must name +each summary node differently. You cannot just call each one +``Summary''. You may, however, duplicate the titles of chapters, sections, +and the like. Thus you can end each chapter in a book with a section +called ``Summary'', so long as the node names for those sections are all +different.@refill + +@item +A pointer name must be the name of a node.@refill + +The node to which a pointer points may come before or after the +node containing the pointer.@refill + +@cindex @@-command in nodename +@cindex Nodename, cannot contain +@item +You cannot use any of the Texinfo @@-commands in a node name; +@w{@@-commands} confuse Info.@refill + +@need 750 +Thus, the beginning of the section called @code{@@chapter} looks like +this:@refill + +@smallexample +@group +@@node chapter, unnumbered & appendix, makeinfo top, Structuring +@@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@@section @@code@{@@@@chapter@} +@@findex chapter +@end group +@end smallexample + +@cindex Comma in nodename +@cindex Colon in nodename +@cindex Apostrophe in nodename +@item +You cannot use commas, colons, or apostrophes within a node name; these +confuse @TeX{} or the Info formatters.@refill + +@need 700 +For example, the following is a section title: + +@smallexample +@@code@{@@@@unnumberedsec@}, @@code@{@@@@appendixsec@}, @@code@{@@@@heading@} +@end smallexample + +@noindent +The corresponding node name is: + +@smallexample +unnumberedsec appendixsec heading +@end smallexample + +@cindex Case in nodename +@item +Case is significant. +@end itemize + +@node First Node, makeinfo top command, Node Line Requirements, node +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection The First Node +@cindex @samp{@r{Top}} node is first +@cindex First node + +The first node of a Texinfo file is the `Top' node, except in an +included file (@pxref{Include Files}). + +The `Top' node (which must be named @samp{top} or @samp{Top}) should +have as its `Up' and `Previous' nodes the name of a node in another +file, where there is a menu that leads to this file. Specify the file +name in parentheses. If the file is to be installed directly in the +Info directory file, use @samp{(dir)} as the parent of the `Top' node; +this is short for @samp{(dir)top}, and specifies the `Top' node in the +@file{dir} file, which contains the main menu for Info. For example, +the @code{@@node Top} line of this manual looks like this:@refill + +@example +@@node Top, Overview, (dir), (dir) +@end example + +@noindent +(You may use the Texinfo updating commands or the @code{makeinfo} +utility to insert these `Next' and @samp{(dir)} pointers +automatically.)@refill + +@xref{Install an Info File}, for more information about installing +an Info file in the @file{info} directory.@refill + +The `Top' node contains the main or master menu for the document. + +@node makeinfo top command, Top Node Summary, First Node, node +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection The @code{@@top} Sectioning Command +@findex top @r{(@@-command)} + +A special sectioning command, @code{@@top}, has been created for use +with the @code{@@node Top} line. The @code{@@top} sectioning command tells +@code{makeinfo} that it marks the `Top' node in the file. It provides +the information that @code{makeinfo} needs to insert node +pointers automatically. Write the @code{@@top} command at the +beginning of the line immediately following the @code{@@node Top} +line. Write the title on the remaining part of the same line as the +@code{@@top} command.@refill + +In Info, the @code{@@top} sectioning command causes the title to appear on a +line by itself, with a line of asterisks inserted underneath.@refill + +In @TeX{} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer}, the @code{@@top} +sectioning command is merely a synonym for @code{@@unnumbered}. +Neither of these formatters require an @code{@@top} command, and do +nothing special with it. You can use @code{@@chapter} or +@code{@@unnumbered} after the @code{@@node Top} line when you use +these formatters. Also, you can use @code{@@chapter} or +@code{@@unnumbered} when you use the Texinfo updating commands to +create or update pointers and menus.@refill + +@node Top Node Summary, , makeinfo top command, node +@subsection The `Top' Node Summary +@cindex @samp{@r{Top}} node summary + +You can help readers by writing a summary in the `Top' node, after the +@code{@@top} line, before the main or master menu. The summary should +briefly describe the document. In Info, this summary will appear just +before the master menu. In a printed manual, this summary will appear +on a page of its own.@refill + +If you do not want the summary to appear on a page of its own in a +printed manual, you can enclose the whole of the `Top' node, including +the @code{@@node Top} line and the @code{@@top} sectioning command line +or other sectioning command line between @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end +ifinfo}. This prevents any of the text from appearing in the printed +output. (@pxref{Conditionals, , Conditionally Visible Text}). You can +repeat the brief description from the `Top' node within @code{@@iftex} +@dots{} @code{@@end iftex} at the beginning of the first chapter, for +those who read the printed manual. This saves paper and may look +neater.@refill + +You should write the version number of the program to which the manual +applies in the summary. This helps the reader keep track of which +manual is for which version of the program. If the manual changes more +frequently than the program or is independent of it, you should also +include an edition number for the manual. (The title page should also +contain this information: see @ref{titlepage, , +@code{@@titlepage}}.)@refill + +@node makeinfo Pointer Creation, , node, Nodes +@section Creating Pointers with @code{makeinfo} +@cindex Creating pointers with @code{makeinfo} +@cindex Pointer creation with @code{makeinfo} +@cindex Automatic pointer creation with @code{makeinfo} + +The @code{makeinfo} program has a feature for automatically creating +node pointers for a hierarchically organized file that lacks +them.@refill + +When you take advantage of this feature, you do not need to write the +`Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers after the name of a node. +However, you must write a sectioning command, such as @code{@@chapter} +or @code{@@section}, on the line immediately following each truncated +@code{@@node} line. You cannot write a comment line after a node +line; the section line must follow it immediately.@refill + +In addition, you must follow the `Top' @code{@@node} line with a line beginning +with @code{@@top} to mark the `Top' node in the file. @xref{makeinfo +top, , @code{@@top}}. + +Finally, you must write the name of each node (except for the `Top' +node) in a menu that is one or more hierarchical levels above the +node's hierarchical level.@refill + +This node pointer insertion feature in @code{makeinfo} is an +alternative to the menu and pointer creation and update commands in +Texinfo mode. (@xref{Updating Nodes and Menus}.) It is especially +helpful to people who do not use GNU Emacs for writing Texinfo +documents.@refill + +@node Menus, Cross References, Nodes, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Menus +@cindex Menus +@findex menu + +@dfn{Menus} contain pointers to subordinate +nodes.@footnote{Menus can carry you to any node, regardless +of the hierarchical structure; even to nodes in a different +Info file. However, the GNU Emacs Texinfo mode updating +commands work only to create menus of subordinate nodes. +Conventionally, cross references are used to refer to other +nodes.} In Info, you use menus to go to such nodes. Menus +have no effect in printed manuals and do not appear in +them.@refill + +By convention, a menu is put at the end of a node since a reader who +uses the menu may not see text that follows it.@refill + +@ifinfo +A node that has a menu should @emph{not} contain much text. If you +have a lot of text and a menu, move most of the text into a new +subnode---all but a few lines.@refill +@end ifinfo +@iftex +@emph{A node that has a menu should not contain much text.} If you +have a lot of text and a menu, move most of the text into a new +subnode---all but a few lines. Otherwise, a reader with a terminal +that displays only a few lines may miss the menu and its associated +text. As a practical matter, you should locate a menu within 20 lines +of the beginning of the node.@refill +@end iftex + +@menu +* Menu Location:: Put a menu in a short node. +* Writing a Menu:: What is a menu? +* Menu Parts:: A menu entry has three parts. +* Less Cluttered Menu Entry:: Two part menu entry. +* Menu Example:: Two and three part menu entries. +* Other Info Files:: How to refer to a different Info file. +@end menu + +@node Menu Location, Writing a Menu, Menus, Menus +@ifinfo +@heading Menus Need Short Nodes +@end ifinfo +@cindex Menu location +@cindex Location of menus +@cindex Nodes for menus are short +@cindex Short nodes for menus + +@ifinfo +A reader can easily see a menu that is close to the beginning of the +node. The node should be short. As a practical matter, you should +locate a menu within 20 lines of the beginning of the node. +Otherwise, a reader with a terminal that displays only a few lines may +miss the menu and its associated text.@refill +@end ifinfo + +The short text before a menu may look awkward in a printed manual. To +avoid this, you can write a menu near the beginning of its node and +follow the menu by an @code{@@node} line, and then an @code{@@heading} +line located within @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo}. This way, +the menu, @code{@@node} line, and title appear only in the Info file, +not the printed document.@refill + +For example, the preceding two paragraphs follow an Info-only menu, +@code{@@node} line, and heading, and look like this:@refill + +@example +@group +@@menu +* Menu Location:: Put a menu in a short node. +* Writing a Menu:: What is a menu? +* Menu Parts:: A menu entry has three parts. +* Less Cluttered Menu Entry:: Two part menu entry. +* Menu Example:: Two and three part entries. +* Other Info Files:: How to refer to a different + Info file. +@@end menu + +@@node Menu Location, Writing a Menu, , Menus +@@ifinfo +@@heading Menus Need Short Nodes +@@end ifinfo +@end group +@end example + +The Texinfo file for this document contains more than a dozen +examples of this procedure. One is at the beginning of this chapter; +another is at the beginning of the ``Cross References'' chapter.@refill + +@node Writing a Menu, Menu Parts, Menu Location, Menus +@section Writing a Menu +@cindex Writing a menu +@cindex Menu writing + +A menu consists of an @code{@@menu} command on a line by +itself followed by menu entry lines or menu comment lines +and then by an @code{@@end menu} command on a line by +itself.@refill + +A menu looks like this:@refill + +@example +@group +@@menu +Larger Units of Text + +* Files:: All about handling files. +* Multiples: Buffers. Multiple buffers; editing + several files at once. +@@end menu +@end group +@end example + +In a menu, every line that begins with an @w{@samp{* }} is a +@dfn{menu entry}. (Note the space after the asterisk.) A +line that does not start with an @w{@samp{* }} may also +appear in a menu. Such a line is not a menu entry but is a +menu comment line that appears in the Info file. In +the example above, the line @samp{Larger Units of Text} is a +menu comment line; the two lines starting with @w{@samp{* }} +are menu entries. + +@node Menu Parts, Less Cluttered Menu Entry, Writing a Menu, Menus +@section The Parts of a Menu +@cindex Parts of a menu +@cindex Menu parts +@cindex @code{@@menu} parts + +A menu entry has three parts, only the second of which is +required:@refill + +@enumerate +@item +The menu entry name. + +@item +The name of the node (required). + +@item +A description of the item. +@end enumerate + +The template for a menu entry looks like this:@refill + +@example +* @var{menu-entry-name}: @var{node-name}. @var{description} +@end example + +Follow the menu entry name with a single colon and follow the node name +with tab, comma, period, or newline.@refill + +In Info, a user selects a node with the @kbd{m} (@code{Info-menu}) +command. The menu entry name is what the user types after the @kbd{m} +command.@refill + +The third part of a menu entry is a descriptive phrase or +sentence. Menu entry names and node names are often short; the +description explains to the reader what the node is about. The +description, which is optional, can spread over two or more lines. A +useful description complements the node name rather than repeats +it.@refill + +@node Less Cluttered Menu Entry, Menu Example, Menu Parts, Menus +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Less Cluttered Menu Entry +@cindex Two part menu entry +@cindex Double-colon menu entries +@cindex Menu entries with two colons +@cindex Less cluttered menu entry +@cindex Uncluttered menu entry + +When the menu entry name and node name are the same, you can write +the name immediately after the asterisk and space at the beginning of +the line and follow the name with two colons.@refill + +@need 800 +For example, write + +@example +* Name:: @var{description} +@end example + +@need 800 +@noindent +instead of + +@example +* Name: Name. @var{description} +@end example + +You should use the node name for the menu entry name whenever possible, +since it reduces visual clutter in the menu.@refill + +@node Menu Example, Other Info Files, Less Cluttered Menu Entry, Menus +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section A Menu Example +@cindex Menu example +@cindex Example menu + +A menu looks like this in Texinfo:@refill + +@example +@group +@@menu +* menu entry name: Node name. A short description. +* Node name:: This form is preferred. +@@end menu +@end group +@end example + +@need 800 +@noindent +This produces: + +@example +@group +* menu: + +* menu entry name: Node name. A short description. +* Node name:: This form is preferred. +@end group +@end example + +@need 700 +Here is an example as you might see it in a Texinfo file:@refill + +@example +@group +@@menu +Larger Units of Text + +* Files:: All about handling files. +* Multiples: Buffers. Multiple buffers; editing + several files at once. +@@end menu +@end group +@end example + +@need 800 +@noindent +This produces: + +@example +@group +* menu: +Larger Units of Text + +* Files:: All about handling files. +* Multiples: Buffers. Multiple buffers; editing + several files at once. +@end group +@end example + +In this example, the menu has two entries. @samp{Files} is both a menu +entry name and the name of the node referred to by that name. +@samp{Multiples} is the menu entry name; it refers to the node named +@samp{Buffers}. The line @samp{Larger Units of Text} is a comment; it +appears in the menu, but is not an entry.@refill + +Since no file name is specified with either @samp{Files} or +@samp{Buffers}, they must be the names of nodes in the same Info file +(@pxref{Other Info Files, , Referring to Other Info Files}).@refill + +@node Other Info Files, , Menu Example, Menus +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Referring to Other Info Files +@cindex Referring to other Info files +@cindex Nodes in other Info files +@cindex Other Info files' nodes +@cindex Going to other Info files' nodes +@cindex Info; other files' nodes + +You can create a menu entry that enables a reader in Info to go to a +node in another Info file by writing the file name in parentheses just +before the node name. In this case, you should use the three-part menu +entry format, which saves the reader from having to type the file +name.@refill + +@need 800 +The format looks like this:@refill + +@example +@group +@@menu +* @var{first-entry-name}:(@var{filename})@var{nodename}. @var{description} +* @var{second-entry-name}:(@var{filename})@var{second-node}. @var{description} +@@end menu +@end group +@end example + +For example, to refer directly to the @samp{Outlining} and +@samp{Rebinding} nodes in the @cite{Emacs Manual}, you would write a +menu like this:@refill + +@example +@group +@@menu +* Outlining: (emacs)Outline Mode. The major mode for + editing outlines. +* Rebinding: (emacs)Rebinding. How to redefine the + meaning of a key. +@@end menu +@end group +@end example + +If you do not list the node name, but only name the file, then Info +presumes that you are referring to the `Top' node.@refill + +The @file{dir} file that contains the main menu for Info has menu +entries that list only file names. These take you directly to the `Top' +nodes of each Info document. (@xref{Install an Info File}.)@refill + +@need 700 +For example: + +@example +@group +* Info: (info). Documentation browsing system. +* Emacs: (emacs). The extensible, self-documenting + text editor. +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +(The @file{dir} top level directory for the Info system is an Info file, +not a Texinfo file, but a menu entry looks the same in both types of +file.)@refill + +Note that the GNU Emacs Texinfo mode menu updating commands only work +with nodes within the current buffer, so you cannot use them to create +menus that refer to other files. You must write such menus by hand.@refill + +@node Cross References, Marking Text, Menus, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Cross References +@cindex Making cross references +@cindex Cross references +@cindex References + +@dfn{Cross references} are used to refer the reader to other parts of the +same or different Texinfo files. In Texinfo, nodes are the +places to which cross references can refer.@refill + +@menu +* References:: What cross references are for. +* Cross Reference Commands:: A summary of the different commands. +* Cross Reference Parts:: A cross reference has several parts. +* xref:: Begin a reference with `See' @dots{} +* Top Node Naming:: How to refer to the beginning of another file. +* ref:: A reference for the last part of a sentence. +* pxref:: How to write a parenthetical cross reference. +* inforef:: How to refer to an Info-only file. +@end menu + +@node References, Cross Reference Commands, Cross References, Cross References +@ifinfo +@heading What References Are For +@end ifinfo + +Often, but not always, a printed document should be designed so that +it can be read sequentially. People tire of flipping back and forth +to find information that should be presented to them as they need +it.@refill + +However, in any document, some information will be too detailed for +the current context, or incidental to it; use cross references to +provide access to such information. Also, an on-line help system or a +reference manual is not like a novel; few read such documents in +sequence from beginning to end. Instead, people look up what they +need. For this reason, such creations should contain many cross +references to help readers find other information that they may not +have read.@refill + +In a printed manual, a cross reference results in a page reference, +unless it is to another manual altogether, in which case the cross +reference names that manual.@refill + +In Info, a cross reference results in an entry that you can follow using +the Info @samp{f} command. (@inforef{Help-Adv, Some advanced Info +commands, info}.)@refill + +The various cross reference commands use nodes to define cross +reference locations. This is evident in Info, in which a cross +reference takes you to the specified node. @TeX{} also uses nodes to +define cross reference locations, but the action is less obvious. When +@TeX{} generates a @sc{dvi} file, it records nodes' page numbers and +uses the page numbers in making references. Thus, if you are writing +a manual that will only be printed, and will not be used on-line, you +must nonetheless write @code{@@node} lines to name the places to which +you make cross references.@refill + +@need 800 +@node Cross Reference Commands, Cross Reference Parts, References, Cross References +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Different Cross Reference Commands +@cindex Different cross reference commands + +There are four different cross reference commands:@refill + +@table @code +@item @@xref +Used to start a sentence in the printed manual saying @w{`See @dots{}'} +or an Info cross-reference saying @samp{*Note @var{name}: @var{node}.}. + +@item @@ref +Used within or, more often, at the end of a sentence; same as +@code{@@xref} for Info; produces just the reference in the printed +manual without a preceding `See'.@refill + +@item @@pxref +Used within parentheses to make a reference that suits both an Info +file and a printed book. Starts with a lower case `see' within the +printed manual. (@samp{p} is for `parenthesis'.)@refill + +@item @@inforef +Used to make a reference to an Info file for which there is no printed +manual.@refill +@end table + +@noindent +(The @code{@@cite} command is used to make references to books and +manuals for which there is no corresponding Info file and, therefore, +no node to which to point. @xref{cite, , @code{@@cite}}.)@refill + +@node Cross Reference Parts, xref, Cross Reference Commands, Cross References +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Parts of a Cross Reference +@cindex Cross reference parts +@cindex Parts of a cross reference + +A cross reference command requires only one argument, which is the +name of the node to which it refers. But a cross reference command +may contain up to four additional arguments. By using these +arguments, you can provide a cross reference name for Info, a topic +description or section title for the printed output, the name of a +different Info file, and the name of a different printed +manual.@refill + +Here is a simple cross reference example:@refill + +@example +@@xref@{Node name@}. +@end example + +@noindent +which produces + +@example +*Note Node name::. +@end example + +@noindent +and + +@quotation +See Section @var{nnn} [Node name], page @var{ppp}. +@end quotation + +@need 700 +Here is an example of a full five-part cross reference:@refill + +@example +@group +@@xref@{Node name, Cross Reference Name, Particular Topic, +info-file-name, A Printed Manual@}, for details. +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +which produces + +@example +*Note Cross Reference Name: (info-file-name)Node name, +for details. +@end example + +@noindent +in Info and + +@quotation +See section ``Particular Topic'' in @i{A Printed Manual}, for details. +@end quotation + +@noindent +in a printed book. + +The five possible arguments for a cross reference are:@refill + +@enumerate +@item +The node name (required). This is the node to which the +cross reference takes you. In a printed document, the location of the +node provides the page reference only for references within the same +document.@refill + +@item +The cross reference name for the Info reference, if it is to be different +from the node name. If you include this argument, it argument becomes +the first part of the cross reference. It is usually omitted.@refill + +@item +A topic description or section name. Often, this is the title of the +section. This is used as the name of the reference in the printed +manual. If omitted, the node name is used.@refill + +@item +The name of the Info file in which the reference is located, if it is +different from the current file.@refill + +@item +The name of a printed manual from a different Texinfo file.@refill +@end enumerate + +The template for a full five argument cross reference looks like +this:@refill + +@example +@group +@@xref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}, @var{title-or-topic}, +@var{info-file-name}, @var{printed-manual-title}@}. +@end group +@end example + +Cross references with one, two, three, four, and five arguments are +described separately following the description of @code{@@xref}.@refill + +Write a node name in a cross reference in exactly the same way as in +the @code{@@node} line, including the same capitalization; otherwise, the +formatters may not find the reference.@refill + +You can write cross reference commands within a paragraph, but note +how Info and @TeX{} format the output of each of the various commands: +write @code{@@xref} at the beginning of a sentence; write +@code{@@pxref} only within parentheses, and so on.@refill + +@node xref, Top Node Naming, Cross Reference Parts, Cross References +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@xref} +@findex xref +@cindex Cross references using @code{@@xref} +@cindex References using @code{@@xref} + +The @code{@@xref} command generates a cross reference for the +beginning of a sentence. The Info formatting commands convert it into +an Info cross reference, which the Info @samp{f} command can use to +bring you directly to another node. The @TeX{} typesetting commands +convert it into a page reference, or a reference to another book or +manual.@refill + +@menu +* Reference Syntax:: What a reference looks like and requires. +* One Argument:: @code{@@xref} with one argument. +* Two Arguments:: @code{@@xref} with two arguments. +* Three Arguments:: @code{@@xref} with three arguments. +* Four and Five Arguments:: @code{@@xref} with four and five arguments. +@end menu + +@node Reference Syntax, One Argument, xref, xref +@ifinfo +@subheading What a Reference Looks Like and Requires +@end ifinfo + +Most often, an Info cross reference looks like this:@refill + +@example +*Note @var{node-name}::. +@end example + +@noindent +or like this + +@example +*Note @var{cross-reference-name}: @var{node-name}. +@end example + +@noindent +In @TeX{}, a cross reference looks like this: + +@example +See Section @var{section-number} [@var{node-name}], page @var{page}. +@end example + +@noindent +or like this + +@example +See Section @var{section-number} [@var{title-or-topic}], page @var{page}. +@end example + +The @code{@@xref} command does not generate a period or comma to end +the cross reference in either the Info file or the printed output. +You must write that period or comma yourself; otherwise, Info will not +recognize the end of the reference. (The @code{@@pxref} command works +differently. @xref{pxref, , @code{@@pxref}}.)@refill + +@quotation +@strong{Please note:} A period or comma @strong{must} follow the closing +brace of an @code{@@xref}. It is required to terminate the cross +reference. This period or comma will appear in the output, both in +the Info file and in the printed manual.@refill +@end quotation + +@code{@@xref} must refer to an Info node by name. Use @code{@@node} +to define the node (@pxref{Writing a Node}).@refill + +@code{@@xref} is followed by several arguments inside braces, separated by +commas. Whitespace before and after these commas is ignored.@refill + +A cross reference requires only the name of a node; but it may contain +up to four additional arguments. Each of these variations produces a +cross reference that looks somewhat different.@refill + +@quotation +@strong{Please note:} Commas separate arguments in a cross reference; +avoid including them in the title or other part lest the formatters +mistake them for separators.@refill +@end quotation + +@node One Argument, Two Arguments, Reference Syntax, xref +@subsection @code{@@xref} with One Argument + +The simplest form of @code{@@xref} takes one argument, the name of +another node in the same Info file. The Info formatters produce +output that the Info readers can use to jump to the reference; @TeX{} +produces output that specifies the page and section number for you.@refill + +@need 700 +@noindent +For example, + +@example +@@xref@{Tropical Storms@}. +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@example +*Note Tropical Storms::. +@end example + +@noindent +and + +@quotation +See Section 3.1 [Tropical Storms], page 24. +@end quotation + +@noindent +(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a +period.)@refill + +You can write a clause after the cross reference, like this:@refill + +@example +@@xref@{Tropical Storms@}, for more info. +@end example + +@noindent +which produces + +@example +*Note Tropical Storms::, for more info. +@end example + +@quotation +See Section 3.1 [Tropical Storms], page 24, for more info. +@end quotation + +@noindent +(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a +comma, and then by the clause, which is followed by a period.)@refill + +@node Two Arguments, Three Arguments, One Argument, xref +@subsection @code{@@xref} with Two Arguments + +With two arguments, the second is used as the name of the Info cross +reference, while the first is still the name of the node to which the +cross reference points.@refill + +@need 750 +@noindent +The template is like this: + +@example +@@xref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}@}. +@end example + +@need 700 +@noindent +For example, + +@example +@@xref@{Electrical Effects, Lightning@}. +@end example + +@noindent +produces: + +@example +*Note Lightning: Electrical Effects. +@end example + +@noindent +and + +@quotation +See Section 5.2 [Electrical Effects], page 57. +@end quotation + +@noindent +(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a +period; and that the node name is printed, not the cross reference name.)@refill + +You can write a clause after the cross reference, like this:@refill + +@example +@@xref@{Electrical Effects, Lightning@}, for more info. +@end example + +@noindent +which produces +@example +*Note Lightning: Electrical Effects, for more info. +@end example + +@noindent +and + +@quotation +See Section 5.2 [Electrical Effects], page 57, for more info. +@end quotation + +@noindent +(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a +comma, and then by the clause, which is followed by a period.)@refill + +@node Three Arguments, Four and Five Arguments, Two Arguments, xref +@subsection @code{@@xref} with Three Arguments + +A third argument replaces the node name in the @TeX{} output. The third +argument should be the name of the section in the printed output, or +else state the topic discussed by that section. Often, you will want to +use initial upper case letters so it will be easier to read when the +reference is printed. Use a third argument when the node name is +unsuitable because of syntax or meaning.@refill + +Remember to avoid placing a comma within the title or topic section of +a cross reference, or within any other section. The formatters divide +cross references into arguments according to the commas; a comma +within a title or other section will divide it into two arguments. In +a reference, you need to write a title such as ``Clouds, Mist, and +Fog'' without the commas.@refill + +Also, remember to write a comma or period after the closing brace of a +@code{@@xref} to terminate the cross reference. In the following +examples, a clause follows a terminating comma.@refill + + +@need 750 +@noindent +The template is like this: + +@example +@group +@@xref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}, @var{title-or-topic}@}. +@end group +@end example + +@need 700 +@noindent +For example, + +@example +@group +@@xref@{Electrical Effects, Lightning, Thunder and Lightning@}, +for details. +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@example +*Note Lightning: Electrical Effects, for details. +@end example + +@noindent +and + +@quotation +See Section 5.2 [Thunder and Lightning], page 57, for details. +@end quotation + +If a third argument is given and the second one is empty, then the +third argument serves both. (Note how two commas, side by side, mark +the empty second argument.)@refill + +@example +@group +@@xref@{Electrical Effects, , Thunder and Lightning@}, +for details. +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@example +*Note Thunder and Lightning: Electrical Effects, for details. +@end example + +@noindent +and + +@quotation +See Section 5.2 [Thunder and Lightning], page 57, for details. +@end quotation + +As a practical matter, it is often best to write cross references with +just the first argument if the node name and the section title are the +same, and with the first and third arguments if the node name and title +are different.@refill + +Here are several examples from @cite{The GAWK Manual}:@refill + +@smallexample +@@xref@{Sample Program@}. +@@xref@{Glossary@}. +@@xref@{Case-sensitivity, ,Case-sensitivity in Matching@}. +@@xref@{Close Output, , Closing Output Files and Pipes@}, + for more information. +@@xref@{Regexp, , Regular Expressions as Patterns@}. +@end smallexample + +@node Four and Five Arguments, , Three Arguments, xref +@subsection @code{@@xref} with Four and Five Arguments + +In a cross reference, a fourth argument specifies the name of another +Info file, different from the file in which the reference appears, and +a fifth argument specifies its title as a printed manual.@refill + +Remember that a comma or period must follow the closing brace of an +@code{@@xref} command to terminate the cross reference. In the +following examples, a clause follows a terminating comma.@refill + +@need 800 +@noindent +The template is: + +@example +@group +@@xref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}, @var{title-or-topic}, +@var{info-file-name}, @var{printed-manual-title}@}. +@end group +@end example + +@need 700 +@noindent +For example, + +@example +@@xref@{Electrical Effects, Lightning, Thunder and Lightning, +weather, An Introduction to Meteorology@}, for details. +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@example +*Note Lightning: (weather)Electrical Effects, for details. +@end example + +@noindent +The name of the Info file is enclosed in parentheses and precedes +the name of the node. + +@noindent +In a printed manual, the reference looks like this:@refill + +@quotation +See section ``Thunder and Lightning'' in @i{An Introduction to +Meteorology}, for details. +@end quotation + +@noindent +The title of the printed manual is typeset in italics; and the +reference lacks a page number since @TeX{} cannot know to which page a +reference refers when that reference is to another manual.@refill + +Often, you will leave out the second argument when you use the long +version of @code{@@xref}. In this case, the third argument, the topic +description, will be used as the cross reference name in Info.@refill + +@noindent +The template looks like this: + +@example +@@xref@{@var{node-name}, , @var{title-or-topic}, @var{info-file-name}, +@var{printed-manual-title}@}, for details. +@end example + +@noindent +which produces + +@example +*Note @var{title-or-topic}: (@var{info-file-name})@var{node-name}, for details. +@end example + +@noindent +and + +@quotation +See section @var{title-or-topic} in @var{printed-manual-title}, for details. +@end quotation + +@need 700 +@noindent +For example, + +@example +@@xref@{Electrical Effects, , Thunder and Lightning, +weather, An Introduction to Meteorology@}, for details. +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@example +@group +*Note Thunder and Lightning: (weather)Electrical Effects, +for details. +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +and + +@quotation +See section ``Thunder and Lightning'' in @i{An Introduction to +Meteorology}, for details. +@end quotation + +On rare occasions, you may want to refer to another Info file that +is within a single printed manual---when multiple Texinfo files are +incorporated into the same @TeX{} run but make separate Info files. +In this case, you need to specify only the fourth argument, and not +the fifth.@refill + +@node Top Node Naming, ref, xref, Cross References +@section Naming a `Top' Node +@cindex Naming a `Top' Node in references +@cindex @samp{@r{Top}} node naming for references + +In a cross reference, you must always name a node. This means that in +order to refer to a whole manual, you must identify the `Top' node by +writing it as the first argument to the @code{@@xref} command. (This +is different from the way you write a menu entry; see @ref{Other Info +Files, , Referring to Other Info Files}.) At the same time, to +provide a meaningful section topic or title in the printed cross +reference (instead of the word `Top'), you must write an appropriate +entry for the third argument to the @code{@@xref} command. +@refill + +@noindent +Thus, to make a cross reference to @cite{The GNU Make Manual}, +write:@refill + +@example +@@xref@{Top, , Overview, make, The GNU Make Manual@}. +@end example + +@noindent +which produces + +@example +*Note Overview: (make)Top. +@end example + +@noindent +and + +@quotation +See section ``Overview'' in @i{The GNU Make Manual}. +@end quotation + +@noindent +In this example, @samp{Top} is the name of the first node, and +@samp{Overview} is the name of the first section of the manual.@refill +@node ref, pxref, Top Node Naming, Cross References +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@ref} +@cindex Cross references using @code{@@ref} +@cindex References using @code{@@ref} +@findex ref + +@code{@@ref} is nearly the same as @code{@@xref} except that it does +not generate a `See' in the printed output, just the reference itself. +This makes it useful as the last part of a sentence.@refill + +@need 700 +@noindent +For example, + +@example +For more information, see @@ref@{Hurricanes@}. +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@example +For more information, see *Note Hurricanes. +@end example + +@noindent +and + +@quotation +For more information, see Section 8.2 [Hurricanes], page 123. +@end quotation + +The @code{@@ref} command sometimes leads writers to express themselves +in a manner that is suitable for a printed manual but looks awkward +in the Info format. Bear in mind that your audience will be using +both the printed and the Info format.@refill + +@need 800 +@noindent +For example, + +@example +@group +Sea surges are described in @@ref@{Hurricanes@}. +@end group +@end example + +@need 800 +@noindent +produces + +@quotation +Sea surges are described in Section 6.7 [Hurricanes], page 72. +@end quotation + +@need 800 +@noindent +in a printed document, and the following in Info: + +@example +Sea surges are described in *Note Hurricanes::. +@end example + +@quotation +@strong{Caution:} You @emph{must} write a period or comma immediately +after an @code{@@ref} command with two or more arguments. Otherwise, +Info will not find the end of the cross reference entry and its +attempt to follow the cross reference will fail. As a general rule, +you should write a period or comma after every @code{@@ref} command. +This looks best in both the printed and the Info output.@refill +@end quotation + +@node pxref, inforef, ref, Cross References +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@pxref} +@cindex Cross references using @code{@@pxref} +@cindex References using @code{@@pxref} +@findex pxref + +The parenthetical reference command, @code{@@pxref}, is nearly the +same as @code{@@xref}, but you use it @emph{only} inside parentheses +and you do @emph{not} type a comma or period after the command's +closing brace. The command differs from @code{@@xref} in two +ways:@refill + +@enumerate +@item +@TeX{} typesets the reference for the printed manual with a lower case +`see' rather than an upper case `See'.@refill + +@item +The Info formatting commands automatically end the reference with a +closing colon or period.@refill +@end enumerate + +Because one type of formatting automatically inserts closing +punctuation and the other does not, you should use @code{@@pxref} +@emph{only} inside parentheses as part of another sentence. Also, you +yourself should not insert punctuation after the reference, as you do +with @code{@@xref}.@refill + +@code{@@pxref} is designed so that the output looks right and works +right between parentheses both in printed output and in an Info file. +In a printed manual, a closing comma or period should not follow a +cross reference within parentheses; such punctuation is wrong. But in +an Info file, suitable closing punctuation must follow the cross +reference so Info can recognize its end. @code{@@pxref} spares you +the need to use complicated methods to put a terminator into one form +of the output and not the other.@refill + +@noindent +With one argument, a parenthetical cross reference looks like +this:@refill + +@example +@dots{} storms cause flooding (@@pxref@{Hurricanes@}) @dots{} +@end example + +@need 800 +@noindent +which produces + +@example +@group +@dots{} storms cause flooding (*Note Hurricanes::) @dots{} +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +and + +@quotation +@dots{} storms cause flooding (see Section 6.7 [Hurricanes], page 72) @dots{} +@end quotation + +With two arguments, a parenthetical cross reference has this +template:@refill + +@example +@dots{} (@@pxref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}@}) @dots{} +@end example + +@noindent +which produces + +@example +@dots{} (*Note @var{cross-reference-name}: @var{node-name}.) @dots{} +@end example + +@noindent +and + +@need 1500 +@quotation +@dots{} (see Section @var{nnn} [@var{node-name}], page @var{ppp}) @dots{} +@end quotation + +@code{@@pxref} can be used with up to five arguments just like +@code{@@xref} (@pxref{xref, , @code{@@xref}}).@refill + +@quotation +@strong{Please note:} Use @code{@@pxref} only as a parenthetical +reference. Do not try to use @code{@@pxref} as a clause in a sentence. +It will look bad in either the Info file, the printed output, or +both.@refill + +Also, parenthetical cross references look best at the ends of sentences. +Although you may write them in the middle of a sentence, that location +breaks up the flow of text.@refill +@end quotation + +@node inforef, , pxref, Cross References +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@inforef} +@cindex Cross references using @code{@@inforef} +@cindex References using @code{@@inforef} +@findex inforef + +@code{@@inforef} is used for cross references to Info files for which +there are no printed manuals. Even in a printed manual, +@code{@@inforef} generates a reference directing the user to look in +an Info file.@refill + +The command takes either two or three arguments, in the following +order:@refill + +@enumerate +@item +The node name. + +@item +The cross reference name (optional). + +@item +The Info file name. +@end enumerate + +@noindent +Separate the arguments with commas, as with @code{@@xref}. Also, you +must terminate the reference with a comma or period after the +@samp{@}}, as you do with @code{@@xref}.@refill + +@noindent +The template is: + +@example +@@inforef@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}, @var{info-file-name}@}, +@end example + +@need 800 +@noindent +Thus, + +@example +@group +@@inforef@{Expert, Advanced Info commands, info@}, +for more information. +@end group +@end example + +@need 800 +@noindent +produces + +@example +@group +*Note Advanced Info commands: (info)Expert, +for more information. +@end group +@end example + +@need 800 +@noindent +and + +@quotation +See Info file @file{info}, node @samp{Expert}, for more information. +@end quotation + +@need 800 +@noindent +Similarly, + +@example +@group +@@inforef@{Expert, , info@}, for more information. +@end group +@end example + +@need 800 +@noindent +produces + +@example +*Note (info)Expert::, for more information. +@end example + +@need 800 +@noindent +and + +@quotation +See Info file @file{info}, node @samp{Expert}, for more information. +@end quotation + +The converse of @code{@@inforef} is @code{@@cite}, which is used to +refer to printed works for which no Info form exists. @xref{cite, , +@code{@@cite}}.@refill + +@node Marking Text, Quotations and Examples, Cross References, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Marking Words and Phrases +@cindex Paragraph, marking text within +@cindex Marking words and phrases +@cindex Words and phrases, marking them +@cindex Marking text within a paragraph + +In Texinfo, you can mark words and phrases in a variety of ways. +The Texinfo formatters use this information to determine how to +highlight the text. +You can specify, for example, whether a word or phrase is a +defining occurrence, a metasyntactic variable, or a symbol used in a +program. Also, you can emphasize text.@refill + +@menu +* Indicating:: How to indicate definitions, files, etc. +* Emphasis:: How to emphasize text. +@end menu + +@node Indicating, Emphasis, Marking Text, Marking Text +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Indicating Definitions, Commands, etc. +@cindex Highlighting text +@cindex Indicating commands, definitions, etc. + +Texinfo has commands for indicating just what kind of object a piece of +text refers to. For example, metasyntactic variables are marked by +@code{@@var}, and code by @code{@@code}. Since the pieces of text are +labelled by commands that tell what kind of object they are, it is easy +to change the way the Texinfo formatters prepare such text. (Texinfo is +an @emph{intentional} formatting language rather than a @emph{typesetting} +formatting language.)@refill + +For example, in a printed manual, +code is usually illustrated in a typewriter font; +@code{@@code} tells @TeX{} to typeset this text in this font. But it +would be easy to change the way @TeX{} highlights code to use another +font, and this change would not effect how keystroke examples are +highlighted. If straight typesetting commands were used in the body +of the file and you wanted to make a change, you would need to check +every single occurrence to make sure that you were changing code and +not something else that should not be changed.@refill + +@menu +* Useful Highlighting:: Highlighting provides useful information. +* code:: How to indicate code. +* kbd:: How to show keyboard input. +* key:: How to specify keys. +* samp:: How to show a literal sequence of characters. +* var:: How to indicate a metasyntactic variable. +* file:: How to indicate the name of a file. +* dfn:: How to specify a definition. +* cite:: How to refer to a book that is not in Info. +* url:: How to indicate a world wide web reference. +* email:: How to indicate an electronic mail address. +@end menu + +@node Useful Highlighting, code, Indicating, Indicating +@ifinfo +@subheading Highlighting Commands are Useful +@end ifinfo + +The highlighting commands can be used to generate useful information +from the file, such as lists of functions or file names. It is +possible, for example, to write a program in Emacs Lisp (or a keyboard +macro) to insert an index entry after every paragraph that contains +words or phrases marked by a specified command. You could do this to +construct an index of functions if you had not already made the +entries.@refill + +The commands serve a variety of purposes:@refill + +@table @code +@item @@code@{@var{sample-code}@} +Indicate text that is a literal example of a piece of a program.@refill + +@item @@kbd@{@var{keyboard-characters}@} +Indicate keyboard input.@refill + +@item @@key@{@var{key-name}@} +Indicate the conventional name for a key on a keyboard.@refill + +@item @@samp@{@var{text}@} +Indicate text that is a literal example of a sequence of characters.@refill + +@item @@var@{@var{metasyntactic-variable}@} +Indicate a metasyntactic variable.@refill + +@item @@url@{@var{uniform-resource-locator}@} +Indicate a uniform resource locator for the World Wide Web. + +@item @@file@{@var{file-name}@} +Indicate the name of a file.@refill + +@item @@email@{@var{email-address}@} +Indicate an electronic mail address. + +@item @@dfn@{@var{term}@} +Indicate the introductory or defining use of a term.@refill + +@item @@cite@{@var{reference}@} +Indicate the name of a book.@refill + +@ignore +@item @@ctrl@{@var{ctrl-char}@} +Use for an @sc{ascii} control character.@refill +@end ignore +@end table + +@node code, kbd, Useful Highlighting, Indicating +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@code}@{@var{sample-code}@} +@findex code + +Use the @code{@@code} command to indicate text that is a piece of a +program and which consists of entire syntactic tokens. Enclose the +text in braces.@refill + +Thus, you should use @code{@@code} for an expression in a program, for +the name of a variable or function used in a program, or for a +keyword. Also, you should use @code{@@code} for the name of a +program, such as @code{diff}, that is a name used in the machine. (You +should write the name of a program in the ordinary text font if you +regard it as a new English word, such as `Emacs' or `Bison'.)@refill + +Use @code{@@code} for environment variables such as @code{TEXINPUTS}, +and other variables.@refill + +Use @code{@@code} for command names in command languages that +resemble programming languages, such as Texinfo or the shell. +For example, @code{@@code} and @code{@@samp} are produced by writing +@samp{@@code@{@@@@code@}} and @samp{@@code@{@@@@samp@}} in the Texinfo +source, respectively.@refill + +Note, however, that you should not use @code{@@code} for shell options +such as @samp{-c} when such options stand alone. (Use @code{@@samp}.) +Also, an entire shell command often looks better if written using +@code{@@samp} rather than @code{@@code}. In this case, the rule is to +choose the more pleasing format.@refill + +It is incorrect to alter the case of a word inside an @code{@@code} +command when it appears at the beginning of a sentence. Most computer +languages are case sensitive. In C, for example, @code{Printf} is +different from the identifier @code{printf}, and most likely is a +misspelling of it. Even in languages which are not case sensitive, it +is confusing to a human reader to see identifiers spelled in different +ways. Pick one spelling and always use that. If you do not want to +start a sentence with a command written all in lower case, you should +rearrange the sentence.@refill + +Do not use the @code{@@code} command for a string of characters shorter +than a syntactic token. If you are writing about @samp{TEXINPU}, which +is just a part of the name for the @code{TEXINPUTS} environment +variable, you should use @code{@@samp}.@refill + +In particular, you should not use the @code{@@code} command when writing +about the characters used in a token; do not, for example, use +@code{@@code} when you are explaining what letters or printable symbols +can be used in the names of functions. (Use @code{@@samp}.) Also, you +should not use @code{@@code} to mark text that is considered input to +programs unless the input is written in a language that is like a +programming language. For example, you should not use @code{@@code} for +the keystroke commands of GNU Emacs (use @code{@@kbd} instead) although +you may use @code{@@code} for the names of the Emacs Lisp functions that +the keystroke commands invoke.@refill + +In the printed manual, @code{@@code} causes @TeX{} to typeset the +argument in a typewriter face. In the Info file, it causes the Info +formatting commands to use single quotation marks around the text. + +@need 700 +For example, + +@example +Use @@code@{diff@} to compare two files. +@end example + +@noindent +produces this in the printed manual:@refill + +@quotation +Use @code{diff} to compare two files. +@end quotation +@iftex + +@noindent +and this in the Info file:@refill + +@example +Use `diff' to compare two files. +@end example +@end iftex + +@node kbd, key, code, Indicating +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@kbd}@{@var{keyboard-characters}@} +@findex kbd + +Use the @code{@@kbd} command for characters of input to be typed by +users. For example, to refer to the characters @kbd{M-a}, +write@refill + +@example +@@kbd@{M-a@} +@end example + +@noindent +and to refer to the characters @kbd{M-x shell}, write@refill + +@example +@@kbd@{M-x shell@} +@end example + +The @code{@@kbd} command has the same effect as @code{@@code} in Info, +but may produce a different font in a printed manual.@refill + +You can embed another @@-command inside the braces of an @code{@@kbd} +command. Here, for example, is the way to describe a command that +would be described more verbosely as ``press an @samp{r} and then +press the @key{RET} key'':@refill + +@example +@@kbd@{r @@key@{RET@}@} +@end example + +@noindent +This produces: @kbd{r @key{RET}} + +You also use the @code{@@kbd} command if you are spelling out the letters +you type; for example:@refill + +@example +To give the @@code@{logout@} command, +type the characters @@kbd@{l o g o u t @@key@{RET@}@}. +@end example + +@noindent +This produces: + +@quotation +To give the @code{logout} command, +type the characters @kbd{l o g o u t @key{RET}}. +@end quotation + +(Also, this example shows that you can add spaces for clarity. If you +really want to mention a space character as one of the characters of +input, write @kbd{@@key@{SPC@}} for it.)@refill + +@node key, samp, kbd, Indicating +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@key}@{@var{key-name}@} +@findex key + +Use the @code{@@key} command for the conventional name for a key on a +keyboard, as in:@refill + +@example +@@key@{RET@} +@end example + +You can use the @code{@@key} command within the argument of an +@code{@@kbd} command when the sequence of characters to be typed +includes one or more keys that are described by name.@refill + +@need 700 +For example, to produce @kbd{C-x @key{ESC}} you would type:@refill + +@example +@@kbd@{C-x @@key@{ESC@}@} +@end example + +Here is a list of the recommended names for keys: +@cindex Recommended names for keys +@cindex Keys, recommended names +@cindex Names recommended for keys +@cindex Abbreviations for keys + +@quotation +@table @t +@item SPC +Space +@item RET +Return +@item LFD +Linefeed (however, since most keyboards nowadays do not have a Linefeed key, +it might be better to call this character @kbd{C-j}. +@item TAB +Tab +@item BS +Backspace +@item ESC +Escape +@item DEL +Delete +@item SHIFT +Shift +@item CTRL +Control +@item META +Meta +@end table +@end quotation + +@cindex META key +There are subtleties to handling words like `meta' or `ctrl' that are +names of shift keys. When mentioning a character in which the shift key +is used, such as @kbd{Meta-a}, use the @code{@@kbd} command alone; do +not use the @code{@@key} command; but when you are referring to the +shift key in isolation, use the @code{@@key} command. For example, +write @samp{@@kbd@{Meta-a@}} to produce @kbd{Meta-a} and +@samp{@@key@{META@}} to produce @key{META}. + +@c I don't think this is a good explanation. +@c I think it will puzzle readers more than it clarifies matters. -- rms. +@c In other words, use @code{@@kbd} for what you do, and use @code{@@key} +@c for what you talk about: ``Press @code{@@kbd@{M-a@}} to move point to +@c the beginning of the sentence. The @code{@@key@{META@}} key is often in +@c the lower left of the keyboard.''@refill + +@node samp, var, key, Indicating +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@samp}@{@var{text}@} +@findex samp + +Use the @code{@@samp} command to indicate text that is a literal example +or `sample' of a sequence of characters in a file, string, pattern, etc. +Enclose the text in braces. The argument appears within single +quotation marks in both the Info file and the printed manual; in +addition, it is printed in a fixed-width font.@refill + +@example +To match @@samp@{foo@} at the end of the line, +use the regexp @@samp@{foo$@}. +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@quotation +To match @samp{foo} at the end of the line, use the regexp +@samp{foo$}.@refill +@end quotation + +Any time you are referring to single characters, you should use +@code{@@samp} unless @code{@@kbd} is more appropriate. Use +@code{@@samp} for the names of command-line options. Also, you may use +@code{@@samp} for entire statements in C and for entire shell +commands---in this case, @code{@@samp} often looks better than +@code{@@code}. Basically, @code{@@samp} is a catchall for whatever is +not covered by @code{@@code}, @code{@@kbd}, or @code{@@key}.@refill + +Only include punctuation marks within braces if they are part of the +string you are specifying. Write punctuation marks outside the braces +if those punctuation marks are part of the English text that surrounds +the string. In the following sentence, for example, the commas and +period are outside of the braces:@refill + +@example +@group +In English, the vowels are @@samp@{a@}, @@samp@{e@}, +@@samp@{i@}, @@samp@{o@}, @@samp@{u@}, and sometimes +@@samp@{y@}. +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +This produces: + +@quotation +In English, the vowels are @samp{a}, @samp{e}, +@samp{i}, @samp{o}, @samp{u}, and sometimes +@samp{y}. +@end quotation + +@node var, file, samp, Indicating +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@var}@{@var{metasyntactic-variable}@} +@findex var + +Use the @code{@@var} command to indicate metasyntactic variables. A +@dfn{metasyntactic variable} is something that stands for another piece of +text. For example, you should use a metasyntactic variable in the +documentation of a function to describe the arguments that are passed +to that function.@refill + +Do not use @code{@@var} for the names of particular variables in +programming languages. These are specific names from a program, so +@code{@@code} is correct for them. For example, the Lisp variable +@code{texinfo-tex-command} is not a metasyntactic variable; it is +properly formatted using @code{@@code}.@refill + +The effect of @code{@@var} in the Info file is to change the case of +the argument to all upper case; in the printed manual, to italicize it. + +@need 700 +For example, + +@example +To delete file @@var@{filename@}, +type @@code@{rm @@var@{filename@}@}. +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@quotation +To delete file @var{filename}, type @code{rm @var{filename}}. +@end quotation + +@noindent +(Note that @code{@@var} may appear inside @code{@@code}, +@code{@@samp}, @code{@@file}, etc.)@refill + +Write a metasyntactic variable all in lower case without spaces, and +use hyphens to make it more readable. Thus, the Texinfo source for +the illustration of how to begin a Texinfo manual looks like +this:@refill + +@example +@group +\input texinfo +@@@@setfilename @@var@{info-file-name@} +@@@@settitle @@var@{name-of-manual@} +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +This produces: + +@example +@group +\input texinfo +@@setfilename @var{info-file-name} +@@settitle @var{name-of-manual} +@end group +@end example + +In some documentation styles, metasyntactic variables are shown with +angle brackets, for example:@refill + +@example +@dots{}, type rm <filename> +@end example + +@noindent +However, that is not the style that Texinfo uses. (You can, of +course, modify the sources to @TeX{} and the Info formatting commands +to output the @code{<@dots{}>} format if you wish.)@refill + +@node file, dfn, var, Indicating +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@file}@{@var{file-name}@} +@findex file + +Use the @code{@@file} command to indicate text that is the name of a +file, buffer, or directory, or is the name of a node in Info. You can +also use the command for file name suffixes. Do not use @code{@@file} +for symbols in a programming language; use @code{@@code}. + +Currently, @code{@@file} is equivalent to @code{@@samp} in its effects. +For example,@refill + +@example +The @@file@{.el@} files are in +the @@file@{/usr/local/emacs/lisp@} directory. +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@quotation +The @file{.el} files are in +the @file{/usr/local/emacs/lisp} directory. +@end quotation + +@node dfn, cite, file, Indicating +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@dfn}@{@var{term}@} +@findex dfn + +Use the @code{@@dfn} command to identify the introductory or defining +use of a technical term. Use the command only in passages whose +purpose is to introduce a term which will be used again or which the +reader ought to know. Mere passing mention of a term for the first +time does not deserve @code{@@dfn}. The command generates italics in +the printed manual, and double quotation marks in the Info file. For +example:@refill + +@example +Getting rid of a file is called @@dfn@{deleting@} it. +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@quotation +Getting rid of a file is called @dfn{deleting} it. +@end quotation + +As a general rule, a sentence containing the defining occurrence of a +term should be a definition of the term. The sentence does not need +to say explicitly that it is a definition, but it should contain the +information of a definition---it should make the meaning clear. + +@node cite, url, dfn, Indicating +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@cite}@{@var{reference}@} +@findex cite + +Use the @code{@@cite} command for the name of a book that lacks a +companion Info file. The command produces italics in the printed +manual, and quotation marks in the Info file.@refill + +(If a book is written in Texinfo, it is better to use a cross reference +command since a reader can easily follow such a reference in Info. +@xref{xref, , @code{@@xref}}.)@refill + +@ignore +@c node ctrl, , cite, Indicating +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@c subsection @code{@@ctrl}@{@var{ctrl-char}@} +@findex ctrl + +The @code{@@ctrl} command is seldom used. It describes an @sc{ascii} +control character by inserting the actual character into the Info +file. + +Usually, in Texinfo, you talk what you type as keyboard entry by +describing it with @code{@@kbd}: thus, @samp{@@kbd@{C-a@}} for +@kbd{C-a}. Use @code{@@kbd} in this way when talking about a control +character that is typed on the keyboard by the user. When talking +about a control character appearing in a file or a string, do not use +@code{@@kbd} since the control character is not typed. Also, do not +use @samp{C-} but spell out @code{control-}, as in @samp{control-a}, +to make it easier for a reader to understand.@refill + +@code{@@ctrl} is an idea from the beginnings of Texinfo which may not +really fit in to the scheme of things. But there may be times when +you want to use the command. The pattern is +@code{@@ctrl@{@var{ch}@}}, where @var{ch} is an @sc{ascii} character +whose control-equivalent is wanted. For example, to specify +@samp{control-f}, you would enter@refill + +@example +@@ctrl@{f@} +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@quotation +@ctrl{f} +@end quotation + +In the Info file, this generates the specified control character, output +literally into the file. This is done so a user can copy the specified +control character (along with whatever else he or she wants) into another +Emacs buffer and use it. Since the `control-h',`control-i', and +`control-j' characters are formatting characters, they should not be +indicated with @code{@@ctrl}.@refill + +In a printed manual, @code{@@ctrl} generates text to describe or +identify that control character: an uparrow followed by the character +@var{ch}.@refill +@end ignore + +@node url, email, cite, Indicating +@subsection @code{@@url}@{@var{uniform-resource-locator}@} +@findex url + +Use the @code{@@url} command to indicate a uniform resource locator on +the World Wide Web. For example: + +@c Two lines because one is too long for smallbook format. +@example +The official GNU ftp site is +@@url@{ftp://ftp.gnu.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu@}. +@end example + +In Info and @TeX{}, this acts like @code{@@samp}. When +Texinfo is converted to HTML, this produces a link you can follow. + +@node email, , url, Indicating +@subsection @code{@@email}@{@var{email-address}@} +@findex email + +Use the @code{@@email} command to indicate an electronic mail address. +For example: + +@example +Send bug reports to @email{bug-texinfo@@prep.ai.mit.edu}. +@end example + +In Info and @TeX{}, this acts like @code{@@samp}. When we have support +for conversion of Texinfo to HTML, this will produce a link you can +follow to bring up a mail composition window initialized with +@var{email-address}. + +@node Emphasis, , Indicating, Marking Text +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Emphasizing Text +@cindex Emphasizing text + +Usually, Texinfo changes the font to mark words in the text according to +what category the words belong to; an example is the @code{@@code} command. +Most often, this is the best way to mark words. +However, sometimes you will want to emphasize text without indicating a +category. Texinfo has two commands to do this. Also, Texinfo has +several commands that specify the font in which @TeX{} will typeset +text. These commands have no affect on Info and only one of them, +the @code{@@r} command, has any regular use.@refill + +@menu +* emph & strong:: How to emphasize text in Texinfo. +* Smallcaps:: How to use the small caps font. +* Fonts:: Various font commands for printed output. +* Customized Highlighting:: How to define highlighting commands. +@end menu + +@node emph & strong, Smallcaps, Emphasis, Emphasis +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@emph}@{@var{text}@} and @code{@@strong}@{@var{text}@} +@cindex Emphasizing text, font for +@findex emph +@findex strong + +The @code{@@emph} and @code{@@strong} commands are for emphasis; +@code{@@strong} is stronger. In printed output, @code{@@emph} +produces @emph{italics} and @code{@@strong} produces +@strong{bold}.@refill + +@need 800 +For example, + +@example +@group +@@quotation +@@strong@{Caution:@} @@code@{rm * .[^.]*@} removes @@emph@{all@} +files in the directory. +@@end quotation +@end group +@end example + +@iftex +@noindent +produces the following in printed output: + +@quotation +@strong{Caution}: @code{rm * .[^.]*} removes @emph{all} +files in the directory. +@end quotation + +@noindent +and the following in Info: +@end iftex +@ifinfo +@noindent +produces: +@end ifinfo + +@example + *Caution*: `rm * .[^.]*' removes *all* + files in the directory. +@end example + +The @code{@@strong} command is seldom used except to mark what is, in +effect, a typographical element, such as the word `Caution' in the +preceding example. + +In the Info file, both @code{@@emph} and @code{@@strong} put asterisks +around the text.@refill + +@quotation +@strong{Caution:} Do not use @code{@@emph} or @code{@@strong} with the +word @samp{Note}; Info will mistake the combination for a cross +reference. Use a phrase such as @strong{Please note} or +@strong{Caution} instead.@refill +@end quotation + +@node Smallcaps, Fonts, emph & strong, Emphasis +@subsection @code{@@sc}@{@var{text}@}: The Small Caps Font +@cindex Small caps font +@findex sc @r{(small caps font)} + +@iftex +Use the @samp{@@sc} command to set text in the printed output in @sc{a +small caps font} and set text in the Info file in upper case letters.@refill +@end iftex +@ifinfo +Use the @samp{@@sc} command to set text in the printed output in a +small caps font and set text in the Info file in upper case letters.@refill +@end ifinfo + +Write the text between braces in lower case, like this:@refill + +@example +The @@sc@{acm@} and @@sc@{ieee@} are technical societies. +@end example + +@noindent +This produces: + +@display +The @sc{acm} and @sc{ieee} are technical societies. +@end display + +@TeX{} typesets the small caps font in a manner that prevents the +letters from `jumping out at you on the page'. This makes small caps +text easier to read than text in all upper case. The Info formatting +commands set all small caps text in upper case.@refill + +@ifinfo +If the text between the braces of an @code{@@sc} command is upper case, +@TeX{} typesets in full-size capitals. Use full-size capitals +sparingly.@refill +@end ifinfo +@iftex +If the text between the braces of an @code{@@sc} command is upper case, +@TeX{} typesets in @sc{FULL-SIZE CAPITALS}. Use full-size capitals +sparingly.@refill +@end iftex + +You may also use the small caps font for a jargon word such as +@sc{ato} (a @sc{nasa} word meaning `abort to orbit').@refill + +There are subtleties to using the small caps font with a jargon word +such as @sc{cdr}, a word used in Lisp programming. In this case, you +should use the small caps font when the word refers to the second and +subsequent elements of a list (the @sc{cdr} of the list), but you +should use @samp{@@code} when the word refers to the Lisp function of +the same spelling.@refill + +@node Fonts, Customized Highlighting, Smallcaps, Emphasis +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection Fonts for Printing, Not Info +@cindex Fonts for printing, not for Info +@findex i @r{(italic font)} +@findex b @r{(bold font)} +@findex t @r{(typewriter font)} +@findex r @r{(Roman font)} + +Texinfo provides four font commands that specify font changes in the +printed manual but have no effect in the Info file. @code{@@i} +requests @i{italic} font (in some versions of @TeX{}, a slanted font +is used), @code{@@b} requests @b{bold} face, @code{@@t} requests the +@t{fixed-width}, typewriter-style font used by @code{@@code}, and @code{@@r} requests a +@r{roman} font, which is the usual font in which text is printed. All +four commands apply to an argument that follows, surrounded by +braces.@refill + +Only the @code{@@r} command has much use: in example programs, you +can use the @code{@@r} command to convert code comments from the +fixed-width font to a roman font. This looks better in printed +output.@refill + +@need 700 +For example, + +@example +@group +@@lisp +(+ 2 2) ; @@r@{Add two plus two.@} +@@end lisp +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@lisp +(+ 2 2) ; @r{Add two plus two.} +@end lisp + +If possible, you should avoid using the other three font commands. If +you need to use one, it probably indicates a gap in the Texinfo +language.@refill + +@node Customized Highlighting, , Fonts, Emphasis +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection Customized Highlighting +@cindex Highlighting, customized +@cindex Customized highlighting + +@c I think this whole section is obsolete with the advent of macros +@c --karl, 15sep96. +You can use regular @TeX{} commands inside of @code{@@iftex} @dots{} +@code{@@end iftex} to create your own customized highlighting commands +for Texinfo. The easiest way to do this is to equate your customized +commands with pre-existing commands, such as those for italics. Such +new commands work only with @TeX{}.@refill + +@findex definfoenclose +@cindex Enclosure command for Info +You can use the @code{@@definfoenclose} command inside of +@code{@@ifinfo} @dots{} @code{@@end ifinfo} to define commands for Info +with the same names as new commands for @TeX{}. +@code{@@definfoenclose} creates new commands for Info that mark text by +enclosing it in strings that precede and follow the text. +@footnote{Currently, @code{@@definfoenclose} works only with +@code{texinfo-format-buffer} and @code{texinfo-format-region}, not with +@code{makeinfo}.}@refill + +Here is how to create a new @@-command called @code{@@phoo} that causes +@TeX{} to typeset its argument in italics and causes Info to display the +argument between @samp{//} and @samp{\\}.@refill + +@need 1300 +For @TeX{}, write the following to equate the @code{@@phoo} command with +the existing @code{@@i} italics command:@refill + +@example +@group +@@iftex +@@global@@let@@phoo=@@i +@@end iftex +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +This defines @code{@@phoo} as a command that causes @TeX{} to typeset +the argument to @code{@@phoo} in italics. @code{@@global@@let} tells +@TeX{} to equate the next argument with the argument that follows the +equals sign. + +@need 1300 +For Info, write the following to tell the Info formatters to enclose the +argument between @samp{//} and @samp{\\}: + +@example +@group +@@ifinfo +@@definfoenclose phoo, //, \\ +@@end ifinfo +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +Write the @code{@@definfoenclose} command on a line and follow it with +three arguments separated by commas (commas are used as separators in an +@code{@@node} line in the same way).@refill + +@itemize @bullet +@item +The first argument to @code{@@definfoenclose} is the @@-command name +@strong{without} the @samp{@@}; + +@item +the second argument is the Info start delimiter string; and, + +@item +the third argument is the Info end delimiter string. +@end itemize + +@noindent +The latter two arguments enclose the highlighted text in the Info file. +A delimiter string may contain spaces. Neither the start nor end +delimiter is required. However, if you do not provide a start +delimiter, you must follow the command name with two commas in a row; +otherwise, the Info formatting commands will misinterpret the end +delimiter string as a start delimiter string.@refill + +After you have defined @code{@@phoo} both for @TeX{} and for Info, you +can then write @code{@@phoo@{bar@}} to see @samp{//bar\\} +in Info and see +@ifinfo +@samp{bar} in italics in printed output. +@end ifinfo +@iftex +@i{bar} in italics in printed output. +@end iftex + +Note that each definition applies to its own formatter: one for @TeX{}, +the other for Info. + +@need 1200 +Here is another example: + +@example +@group +@@ifinfo +@@definfoenclose headword, , : +@@end ifinfo +@@iftex +@@global@@let@@headword=@@b +@@end iftex +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +This defines @code{@@headword} as an Info formatting command that +inserts nothing before and a colon after the argument and as a @TeX{} +formatting command to typeset its argument in bold. + +@node Quotations and Examples, Lists and Tables, Marking Text, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Quotations and Examples + +Quotations and examples are blocks of text consisting of one or more +whole paragraphs that are set off from the bulk of the text and +treated differently. They are usually indented.@refill + +In Texinfo, you always begin a quotation or example by writing an +@@-command at the beginning of a line by itself, and end it by writing +an @code{@@end} command that is also at the beginning of a line by +itself. For instance, you begin an example by writing @code{@@example} +by itself at the beginning of a line and end the example by writing +@code{@@end example} on a line by itself, at the beginning of that +line.@refill +@findex end + +@menu +* Block Enclosing Commands:: Use different constructs for + different purposes. +* quotation:: How to write a quotation. +* example:: How to write an example in a fixed-width font. +* noindent:: How to prevent paragraph indentation. +* Lisp Example:: How to illustrate Lisp code. +* smallexample & smalllisp:: Forms for the @code{@@smallbook} option. +* display:: How to write an example in the current font. +* format:: How to write an example that does not narrow + the margins. +* exdent:: How to undo the indentation of a line. +* flushleft & flushright:: How to push text flushleft or flushright. +* cartouche:: How to draw cartouches around examples. +@end menu + +@node Block Enclosing Commands, quotation, Quotations and Examples, Quotations and Examples +@section The Block Enclosing Commands + +Here are commands for quotations and examples:@refill + +@table @code +@item @@quotation +Indicate text that is quoted. The text is filled, indented, and +printed in a roman font by default.@refill + +@item @@example +Illustrate code, commands, and the like. The text is printed +in a fixed-width font, and indented but not filled.@refill + +@item @@lisp +Illustrate Lisp code. The text is printed in a fixed-width font, +and indented but not filled.@refill + +@item @@smallexample +Illustrate code, commands, and the like. Similar to +@code{@@example}, except that in @TeX{} this command typesets text in +a smaller font for the smaller @code{@@smallbook} format than for the +8.5 by 11 inch format.@refill + +@item @@smalllisp +Illustrate Lisp code. Similar to @code{@@lisp}, except that +in @TeX{} this command typesets text in a smaller font for the smaller +@code{@@smallbook} format than for the 8.5 by 11 inch format.@refill + +@item @@display +Display illustrative text. The text is indented but not filled, and +no font is specified (so, by default, the font is roman).@refill + +@item @@format +Print illustrative text. The text is not indented and not filled +and no font is specified (so, by default, the font is roman).@refill +@end table + +The @code{@@exdent} command is used within the above constructs to +undo the indentation of a line. + +The @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright} commands are used to line +up the left or right margins of unfilled text.@refill + +The @code{@@noindent} command may be used after one of the above +constructs to prevent the following text from being indented as a new +paragraph.@refill + +You can use the @code{@@cartouche} command within one of the above +constructs to highlight the example or quotation by drawing a box with +rounded corners around it. (The @code{@@cartouche} command affects +only the printed manual; it has no effect in the Info file; see +@ref{cartouche, , Drawing Cartouches Around Examples}.)@refill + +@node quotation, example, Block Enclosing Commands, Quotations and Examples +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@quotation} +@cindex Quotations +@findex quotation + +The text of a quotation is +processed normally except that:@refill + +@itemize @bullet +@item +the margins are closer to the center of the page, so the whole of the +quotation is indented;@refill + +@item +the first lines of paragraphs are indented no more than other +lines;@refill + +@item +in the printed output, interparagraph spacing is reduced.@refill +@end itemize + +@quotation +This is an example of text written between an @code{@@quotation} +command and an @code{@@end quotation} command. An @code{@@quotation} +command is most often used to indicate text that is excerpted from +another (real or hypothetical) printed work.@refill +@end quotation + +Write an @code{@@quotation} command as text on a line by itself. This +line will disappear from the output. Mark the end of the quotation +with a line beginning with and containing only @code{@@end quotation}. +The @code{@@end quotation} line will likewise disappear from the +output. Thus, the following,@refill + +@example +@@quotation +This is +a foo. +@@end quotation +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@quotation +This is a foo. +@end quotation + +@node example, noindent, quotation, Quotations and Examples +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@example} +@cindex Examples, formatting them +@cindex Formatting examples +@findex example + +The @code{@@example} command is used to indicate an example that is +not part of the running text, such as computer input or output.@refill + +@example +@group +This is an example of text written between an +@code{@@example} command +and an @code{@@end example} command. +The text is indented but not filled. +@end group + +@group +In the printed manual, the text is typeset in a +fixed-width font, and extra spaces and blank lines are +significant. In the Info file, an analogous result is +obtained by indenting each line with five spaces. +@end group +@end example + +Write an @code{@@example} command at the beginning of a line by itself. +This line will disappear from the output. Mark the end of the example +with an @code{@@end example} command, also written at the beginning of a +line by itself. The @code{@@end example} will disappear from the +output.@refill + +@need 700 +For example, + +@example +@@example +mv foo bar +@@end example +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@example +mv foo bar +@end example + +Since the lines containing @code{@@example} and @code{@@end example} +will disappear, you should put a blank line before the +@code{@@example} and another blank line after the @code{@@end +example}. (Remember that blank lines between the beginning +@code{@@example} and the ending @code{@@end example} will appear in +the output.)@refill + +@quotation +@strong{Caution:} Do not use tabs in the lines of an example (or anywhere +else in Texinfo, for that matter)! @TeX{} treats tabs as single +spaces, and that is not what they look like. This is a problem with +@TeX{}. (If necessary, in Emacs, you can use @kbd{M-x untabify} to +convert tabs in a region to multiple spaces.)@refill +@end quotation + +Examples are often, logically speaking, ``in the middle'' of a +paragraph, and the text continues after an example should not be +indented. The @code{@@noindent} command prevents a piece of text from +being indented as if it were a new paragraph. +@ifinfo +(@xref{noindent}.) +@end ifinfo + +(The @code{@@code} command is used for examples of code that are +embedded within sentences, not set off from preceding and following +text. @xref{code, , @code{@@code}}.) + +@node noindent, Lisp Example, example, Quotations and Examples +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@noindent} +@findex noindent + +An example or other inclusion can break a paragraph into segments. +Ordinarily, the formatters indent text that follows an example as a new +paragraph. However, you can prevent this by writing @code{@@noindent} +at the beginning of a line by itself preceding the continuation +text.@refill + +@need 1500 +For example: + +@example +@group +@@example +This is an example +@@end example + +@@noindent +This line is not indented. As you can see, the +beginning of the line is fully flush left with the line +that follows after it. (This whole example is between +@@code@{@@@@display@} and @@code@{@@@@end display@}.) +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@display +@example +This is an example +@end example +@tex +% Remove extra vskip; this is a kludge to counter the effect of display +\vskip-3.5\baselineskip +@end tex + +@noindent +This line is not indented. As you can see, the +beginning of the line is fully flush left with the line +that follows after it. (This whole example is between +@code{@@display} and @code{@@end display}.) +@end display + +To adjust the number of blank lines properly in the Info file output, +remember that the line containing @code{@@noindent} does not generate a +blank line, and neither does the @code{@@end example} line.@refill + +In the Texinfo source file for this manual, each line that says +`produces' is preceded by a line containing @code{@@noindent}.@refill + +Do not put braces after an @code{@@noindent} command; they are not +necessary, since @code{@@noindent} is a command used outside of +paragraphs (@pxref{Command Syntax}).@refill + +@node Lisp Example, smallexample & smalllisp, noindent, Quotations and Examples +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@lisp} +@cindex Lisp example +@findex lisp + +The @code{@@lisp} command is used for Lisp code. It is synonymous +with the @code{@@example} command. + +@lisp +This is an example of text written between an +@code{@@lisp} command and an @code{@@end lisp} command. +@end lisp + +Use @code{@@lisp} instead of @code{@@example} so as to preserve +information regarding the nature of the example. This is useful, for +example, if you write a function that evaluates only and all the Lisp +code in a Texinfo file. Then you can use the Texinfo file as a Lisp +library.@footnote{It would be straightforward to extend Texinfo to +work in a similar fashion for C, @sc{fortran}, or other languages.}@refill + +Mark the end of @code{@@lisp} with @code{@@end lisp} on a line by +itself.@refill + +@node smallexample & smalllisp, display, Lisp Example, Quotations and Examples +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} +@cindex Small book example +@cindex Example for a small book +@cindex Lisp example for a small book +@findex smallexample +@findex smalllisp + +In addition to the regular @code{@@example} and @code{@@lisp} commands, +Texinfo has two other ``example-style'' commands. These are the +@code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands. Both these +commands are designed for use with the @code{@@smallbook} command that +causes @TeX{} to produce a printed manual in a 7 by 9.25 inch format +rather than the regular 8.5 by 11 inch format.@refill + +In @TeX{}, the @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands +typeset text in a smaller font for the smaller @code{@@smallbook} +format than for the 8.5 by 11 inch format. Consequently, many examples +containing long lines fit in a narrower, @code{@@smallbook} page +without needing to be shortened. Both commands typeset in the normal +font size when you format for the 8.5 by 11 inch size; indeed, +in this situation, the @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} +commands are defined to be the @code{@@example} and @code{@@lisp} +commands.@refill + +In Info, the @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands are +equivalent to the @code{@@example} and @code{@@lisp} commands, and work +exactly the same.@refill + +Mark the end of @code{@@smallexample} or @code{@@smalllisp} with +@code{@@end smallexample} or @code{@@end smalllisp}, +respectively.@refill + +@iftex +Here is an example written in the small font used by the +@code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands: + +@ifclear smallbook +@display +@tex +% Remove extra vskip; this is a kludge to counter the effect of display +\vskip-3\baselineskip +{\ninett +\dots{} to make sure that you have the freedom to +distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source +code or can get it if you want it, that you can +change the software or use pieces of it in new free +programs; and that you know you can do these things.} +@end tex +@end display +@end ifclear +@end iftex +@ifset smallbook +@iftex +@smallexample +This is an example of text written between @code{@@smallexample} and +@code{@@end smallexample}. In Info and in an 8.5 by 11 inch manual, +this text appears in its normal size; but in a 7 by 9.25 inch manual, +this text appears in a smaller font. +@end smallexample +@end iftex +@end ifset +@ifinfo +@smallexample +This is an example of text written between @code{@@smallexample} and +@code{@@end smallexample}. In Info and in an 8.5 by 11 inch manual, +this text appears in its normal size; but in a 7 by 9.25 inch manual, +this text appears in a smaller font. +@end smallexample +@end ifinfo + +The @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands make it +easier to prepare smaller format manuals without forcing you to edit +examples by hand to fit them onto narrower pages.@refill + +As a general rule, a printed document looks better if you write all the +examples in a chapter consistently in @code{@@example} or in +@code{@@smallexample}. Only occasionally should you mix the two +formats.@refill + +@xref{smallbook, , Printing ``Small'' Books}, for more information +about the @code{@@smallbook} command.@refill + +@node display, format, smallexample & smalllisp, Quotations and Examples +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@display} +@cindex Display formatting +@findex display + +The @code{@@display} command begins a kind of example. It is like the +@code{@@example} command +except that, in +a printed manual, @code{@@display} does not select the fixed-width +font. In fact, it does not specify the font at all, so that the text +appears in the same font it would have appeared in without the +@code{@@display} command.@refill + +@display +This is an example of text written between an @code{@@display} command +and an @code{@@end display} command. The @code{@@display} command +indents the text, but does not fill it. +@end display + +@node format, exdent, display, Quotations and Examples +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@format} +@findex format + +The @code{@@format} command is similar to @code{@@example} except +that, in the printed manual, @code{@@format} does not select the +fixed-width font and does not narrow the margins.@refill + +@format +This is an example of text written between an @code{@@format} command +and an @code{@@end format} command. As you can see +from this example, +the @code{@@format} command does not fill the text. +@end format + +@node exdent, flushleft & flushright, format, Quotations and Examples +@section @code{@@exdent}: Undoing a Line's Indentation +@cindex Indentation undoing +@findex exdent + +The @code{@@exdent} command removes any indentation a line might have. +The command is written at the beginning of a line and applies only to +the text that follows the command that is on the same line. Do not use +braces around the text. In a printed manual, the text on an +@code{@@exdent} line is printed in the roman font.@refill + +@code{@@exdent} is usually used within examples. Thus,@refill + +@example +@group +@@example +This line follows an @@@@example command. +@@exdent This line is exdented. +This line follows the exdented line. +The @@@@end example comes on the next line. +@@end group +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@example +@group +This line follows an @@example command. +@exdent This line is exdented. +This line follows the exdented line. +The @@end example comes on the next line. +@end group +@end example + +In practice, the @code{@@exdent} command is rarely used. +Usually, you un-indent text by ending the example and +returning the page to its normal width.@refill + +@node flushleft & flushright, cartouche, exdent, Quotations and Examples +@section @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright} +@findex flushleft +@findex flushright + +The @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright} commands line up the +ends of lines on the left and right margins of a page, +but do not fill the text. The commands are written on lines of their +own, without braces. The @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright} +commands are ended by @code{@@end flushleft} and @code{@@end +flushright} commands on lines of their own.@refill + +@need 1500 +For example, + +@example +@group +@@flushleft +This text is +written flushleft. +@@end flushleft +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@quotation +@flushleft +This text is +written flushleft. +@end flushleft +@end quotation + + +Flushright produces the type of indentation often used in the return +address of letters.@refill + +@need 1500 +@noindent +For example, + +@example +@group +@@flushright +Here is an example of text written +flushright. The @@code@{@@flushright@} command +right justifies every line but leaves the +left end ragged. +@@end flushright +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@flushright +Here is an example of text written +flushright. The @code{@@flushright} command +right justifies every line but leaves the +left end ragged. +@end flushright + +@node cartouche, , flushleft & flushright, Quotations and Examples +@section Drawing Cartouches Around Examples +@findex cartouche +@cindex Box with rounded corners + +In a printed manual, the @code{@@cartouche} command draws a box with +rounded corners around its contents. You can use this command to +further highlight an example or quotation. For instance, you could +write a manual in which one type of example is surrounded by a cartouche +for emphasis.@refill + +The @code{@@cartouche} command affects only the printed manual; it has +no effect in the Info file.@refill + +@need 1500 +For example, + +@example +@group +@@example +@@cartouche +% pwd +/usr/local/lib/emacs/info +@@end cartouche +@@end example +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +surrounds the two-line example with a box with rounded corners, in the +printed manual. + +@iftex +In a printed manual, the example looks like this:@refill + +@example +@group +@cartouche +% pwd +/usr/local/lib/emacs/info +@end cartouche +@end group +@end example +@end iftex + +@node Lists and Tables, Indices, Quotations and Examples, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Making Lists and Tables +@cindex Making lists and tables +@cindex Lists and tables, making them +@cindex Tables and lists, making them + +Texinfo has several ways of making lists and two-column tables. Lists can +be bulleted or numbered, while two-column tables can highlight the items in +the first column.@refill + +@menu +* Introducing Lists:: Texinfo formats lists for you. +* itemize:: How to construct a simple list. +* enumerate:: How to construct a numbered list. +* Two-column Tables:: How to construct a two-column table. +* Multi-column Tables:: How to construct generalized tables. +@end menu + +@ifinfo +@node Introducing Lists, itemize, Lists and Tables, Lists and Tables +@heading Introducing Lists +@end ifinfo + +Texinfo automatically indents the text in lists or tables, and numbers +an enumerated list. This last feature is useful if you modify the +list, since you do not need to renumber it yourself.@refill + +Numbered lists and tables begin with the appropriate @@-command at the +beginning of a line, and end with the corresponding @code{@@end} +command on a line by itself. The table and itemized-list commands +also require that you write formatting information on the same line as +the beginning @@-command.@refill + +Begin an enumerated list, for example, with an @code{@@enumerate} +command and end the list with an @code{@@end enumerate} command. +Begin an itemized list with an @code{@@itemize} command, followed on +the same line by a formatting command such as @code{@@bullet}, and end +the list with an @code{@@end itemize} command.@refill +@findex end + +Precede each element of a list with an @code{@@item} or @code{@@itemx} +command.@refill + +@sp 1 +@noindent +Here is an itemized list of the different kinds of table and lists:@refill + +@itemize @bullet +@item +Itemized lists with and without bullets. + +@item +Enumerated lists, using numbers or letters. + +@item +Two-column tables with highlighting. +@end itemize + +@sp 1 +@noindent +Here is an enumerated list with the same items:@refill + +@enumerate +@item +Itemized lists with and without bullets. + +@item +Enumerated lists, using numbers or letters. + +@item +Two-column tables with highlighting. +@end enumerate + +@sp 1 +@noindent +And here is a two-column table with the same items and their +@w{@@-commands}:@refill + +@table @code +@item @@itemize +Itemized lists with and without bullets. + +@item @@enumerate +Enumerated lists, using numbers or letters. + +@item @@table +@itemx @@ftable +@itemx @@vtable +Two-column tables with indexing. +@end table + +@node itemize, enumerate, Introducing Lists, Lists and Tables +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Making an Itemized List +@cindex Itemization +@findex itemize + +The @code{@@itemize} command produces sequences of indented +paragraphs, with a bullet or other mark inside the left margin +at the beginning of each paragraph for which such a mark is desired.@refill + +Begin an itemized list by writing @code{@@itemize} at the beginning of +a line. Follow the command, on the same line, with a character or a +Texinfo command that generates a mark. Usually, you will write +@code{@@bullet} after @code{@@itemize}, but you can use +@code{@@minus}, or any character or any special symbol that results in +a single character in the Info file. (When you write @code{@@bullet} +or @code{@@minus} after an @code{@@itemize} command, you may omit the +@samp{@{@}}.)@refill + +Write the text of the indented paragraphs themselves after the +@code{@@itemize}, up to another line that says @code{@@end +itemize}.@refill + +Before each paragraph for which a mark in the margin is desired, write +a line that says just @code{@@item}. Do not write any other text on this +line.@refill +@findex item + +Usually, you should put a blank line before an @code{@@item}. This +puts a blank line in the Info file. (@TeX{} inserts the proper +interline whitespace in either case.) Except when the entries are +very brief, these blank lines make the list look better.@refill + +Here is an example of the use of @code{@@itemize}, followed by the +output it produces. Note that @code{@@bullet} produces an @samp{*} in +Info and a round dot in @TeX{}.@refill + +@example +@group +@@itemize @@bullet +@@item +Some text for foo. + +@@item +Some text +for bar. +@@end itemize +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +This produces: + +@quotation +@itemize @bullet +@item +Some text for foo. + +@item +Some text +for bar. +@end itemize +@end quotation + +Itemized lists may be embedded within other itemized lists. Here is a +list marked with dashes embedded in a list marked with bullets:@refill + +@example +@group +@@itemize @@bullet +@@item +First item. + +@@itemize @@minus +@@item +Inner item. + +@@item +Second inner item. +@@end itemize + +@@item +Second outer item. +@@end itemize +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +This produces: + +@quotation +@itemize @bullet +@item +First item. + +@itemize @minus +@item +Inner item. + +@item +Second inner item. +@end itemize + +@item +Second outer item. +@end itemize +@end quotation + +@node enumerate, Two-column Tables, itemize, Lists and Tables +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Making a Numbered or Lettered List +@cindex Enumeration +@findex enumerate + +@code{@@enumerate} is like @code{@@itemize} except that the marks in +the left margin contain successive integers or letters. +(@xref{itemize, , @code{@@itemize}}.)@refill + +Write the @code{@@enumerate} command at the beginning of a line. +The command does not require an argument, but accepts either a number or +a letter as an option. +Without an argument, @code{@@enumerate} starts the list +with the number 1. With a numeric argument, such as 3, +the command starts the list with that number. +With an upper or lower case letter, such as @kbd{a} or @kbd{A}, +the command starts the list with that letter.@refill + +Write the text of the enumerated list in the same way you write an +itemized list: put @code{@@item} on a line of its own before the start of +each paragraph that you want enumerated. Do not write any other text on +the line beginning with @code{@@item}.@refill + +You should put a blank line between entries in the list. +This generally makes it easier to read the Info file.@refill + +@need 1500 +Here is an example of @code{@@enumerate} without an argument:@refill + +@example +@group +@@enumerate +@@item +Underlying causes. + +@@item +Proximate causes. +@@end enumerate +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +This produces: + +@enumerate +@item +Underlying causes. + +@item +Proximate causes. +@end enumerate +@sp 1 +Here is an example with an argument of @kbd{3}:@refill +@sp 1 +@example +@group +@@enumerate 3 +@@item +Predisposing causes. + +@@item +Precipitating causes. + +@@item +Perpetuating causes. +@@end enumerate +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +This produces: + +@enumerate 3 +@item +Predisposing causes. + +@item +Precipitating causes. + +@item +Perpetuating causes. +@end enumerate +@sp 1 +Here is a brief summary of the alternatives. The summary is constructed +using @code{@@enumerate} with an argument of @kbd{a}.@refill +@sp 1 +@enumerate a +@item +@code{@@enumerate} + +Without an argument, produce a numbered list, starting with the number +1.@refill + +@item +@code{@@enumerate @var{positive-integer}} + +With a (positive) numeric argument, start a numbered list with that +number. You can use this to continue a list that you interrupted with +other text.@refill + +@item +@code{@@enumerate @var{upper-case-letter}} + +With an upper case letter as argument, start a list +in which each item is marked +by a letter, beginning with that upper case letter.@refill + +@item +@code{@@enumerate @var{lower-case-letter}} + +With a lower case letter as argument, start a list +in which each item is marked by +a letter, beginning with that lower case letter.@refill +@end enumerate + +You can also nest enumerated lists, as in an outline.@refill + +@node Two-column Tables, Multi-column Tables, enumerate, Lists and Tables +@section Making a Two-column Table +@cindex Tables, making two-column +@findex table + +@code{@@table} is similar to @code{@@itemize}, but the command allows +you to specify a name or heading line for each item. (@xref{itemize, +, @code{@@itemize}}.) The @code{@@table} command is used to produce +two-column tables, and is especially useful for glossaries and +explanatory exhibits.@refill + +@menu +* table:: How to construct a two-column table. +* ftable vtable:: How to construct a two-column table + with automatic indexing. +* itemx:: How to put more entries in the first column. +@end menu + +@ifinfo +@node table, ftable vtable, Two-column Tables, Two-column Tables +@subheading Using the @code{@@table} Command + +Use the @code{@@table} command to produce two-column tables.@refill +@end ifinfo + +Write the @code{@@table} command at the beginning of a line and follow +it on the same line with an argument that is a Texinfo command such as +@code{@@code}, @code{@@samp}, @code{@@var}, or @code{@@kbd}. +Although these commands are usually followed by arguments in braces, +in this case you use the command name without an argument because +@code{@@item} will supply the argument. This command will be applied +to the text that goes into the first column of each item and +determines how it will be highlighted. For example, @code{@@samp} +will cause the text in the first column to be highlighted with an +@code{@@samp} command.@refill + +You may also choose to use the @code{@@asis} command as an argument to +@code{@@table}. @code{@@asis} is a command that does nothing; if you use this +command after @code{@@table}, @TeX{} and the Info formatting commands +output the first column entries without added highlighting (`as +is').@refill + +(The @code{@@table} command may work with other commands besides those +listed here. However, you can only use commands +that normally take arguments in braces.)@refill + +Begin each table entry with an @code{@@item} command at the beginning +of a line. Write the first column text on the same line as the +@code{@@item} command. Write the second column text on the line +following the @code{@@item} line and on subsequent lines. (You do not +need to type anything for an empty second column entry.) You may +write as many lines of supporting text as you wish, even several +paragraphs. But only text on the same line as the @code{@@item} will +be placed in the first column.@refill +@findex item + +Normally, you should put a blank line before an @code{@@item} line. +This puts a blank like in the Info file. Except when the entries are +very brief, a blank line looks better.@refill + +@need 1500 +The following table, for example, highlights the text in the first +column with an @code{@@samp} command:@refill + +@example +@group +@@table @@samp +@@item foo +This is the text for +@@samp@{foo@}. + +@@item bar +Text for @@samp@{bar@}. +@@end table +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +This produces: + +@table @samp +@item foo +This is the text for +@samp{foo}. +@item bar +Text for @samp{bar}. +@end table + +If you want to list two or more named items with a single block of +text, use the @code{@@itemx} command. (@xref{itemx, , +@code{@@itemx}}.)@refill + +@node ftable vtable, itemx, table, Two-column Tables +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable} +@cindex Tables with indexes +@cindex Indexing table entries automatically +@findex ftable +@findex vtable + +The @code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable} commands are the same as the +@code{@@table} command except that @code{@@ftable} automatically enters +each of the items in the first column of the table into the index of +functions and @code{@@vtable} automatically enters each of the items in +the first column of the table into the index of variables. This +simplifies the task of creating indices. Only the items on the same +line as the @code{@@item} commands are indexed, and they are indexed in +exactly the form that they appear on that line. @xref{Indices, , +Creating Indices}, for more information about indices.@refill + +Begin a two-column table using @code{@@ftable} or @code{@@vtable} by +writing the @@-command at the beginning of a line, followed on the same +line by an argument that is a Texinfo command such as @code{@@code}, +exactly as you would for an @code{@@table} command; and end the table +with an @code{@@end ftable} or @code{@@end vtable} command on a line by +itself. + +See the example for @code{@@table} in the previous section. + +@node itemx, , ftable vtable, Two-column Tables +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@itemx} +@cindex Two named items for @code{@@table} +@findex itemx + +Use the @code{@@itemx} command inside a table when you have two or +more first column entries for the same item, each of which should +appear on a line of its own. Use @code{@@itemx} for all but the first +entry. The @code{@@itemx} command works exactly like @code{@@item} +except that it does not generate extra vertical space above the first +column text.@refill + +@need 1000 +For example, + +@example +@group +@@table @@code +@@item upcase +@@itemx downcase +These two functions accept a character or a string as +argument, and return the corresponding upper case (lower +case) character or string. +@@end table +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +This produces: + +@table @code +@item upcase +@itemx downcase +These two functions accept a character or a string as +argument, and return the corresponding upper case (lower +case) character or string.@refill +@end table + +@noindent +(Note also that this example illustrates multi-line supporting text in +a two-column table.)@refill + + +@node Multi-column Tables, , Two-column Tables, Lists and Tables +@section Multi-column Tables +@cindex Tables, making multi-column +@findex multitable + +@code{@@multitable} allows you to construct tables with any number of +columns, with each column having any width you like. + +You define the column widths on the @code{@@multitable} line itself, and +write each row of the actual table following an @code{@@item} command, +with columns separated by an @code{@@tab} command. Finally, @code{@@end +multitable} completes the table. Details in the sections below. + +@menu +* Multitable Column Widths:: Defining multitable column widths. +* Multitable Rows:: Defining multitable rows, with examples. +@end menu + +@node Multitable Column Widths, Multitable Rows, Multi-column Tables, Multi-column Tables +@subsection Multitable Column Widths +@cindex Multitable column widths +@cindex Column widths, defining for multitables +@cindex Widths, defining multitable column + +You can define the column widths for a multitable in two ways: as +fractions of the line length; or with a prototype row. Mixing the two +methods is not supported. In either case, the widths are defined +entirely on the same line as the @code{@@multitable} command. + +@enumerate +@item +@findex columnfractions +@cindex Line length, column widths as fraction of +To specify column widths as fractions of the line length, write +@code{@@columnfractions} and the decimal numbers (presumably less than +1) after the @code{@@multitable} command, as in: + +@example +@@multitable @@columnfractions .33 .33 .33 +@end example + +@noindent The fractions need not add up exactly to 1.0, as these do +not. This allows you to produce tables that do not need the full line +length. + +@item +@cindex Prototype row, column widths defined by +To specify a prototype row, write the longest entry for each column +enclosed in braces after the @code{@@multitable} command. For example: + +@example +@@multitable @{some text for column one@} @{for column two@} +@end example + +@noindent +The first column will then have the width of the typeset `some text for +column one', and the second column the width of `for column two'. + +The prototype entries need not appear in the table itself. + +Although we used simple text in this example, the prototype entries can +contain Texinfo commands; markup commands such as @code{@@code} are +particularly likely to be useful. + +@end enumerate + + +@node Multitable Rows, , Multitable Column Widths, Multi-column Tables +@subsection Multitable Rows +@cindex Multitable rows +@cindex Rows, of a multitable + +@findex item +@cindex tab +After the @code{@@multitable} command defining the column widths (see +the previous section), you begin each row in the body of a multitable +with @code{@@item}, and separate the column entries with @code{@@tab}. +Line breaks are not special within the table body, and you may break +input lines in your source file as necessary. + +Here is a complete example of a multi-column table (the text is from +the GNU Emacs manual): + +@example +@@multitable @@columnfractions .15 .45 .4 +@@item Key @@tab Command @@tab Description +@@item C-x 2 +@@tab @@code@{split-window-vertically@} +@@tab Split the selected window into two windows, +with one above the other. +@@item C-x 3 +@@tab @@code@{split-window-horizontally@} +@@tab Split the selected window into two windows +positioned side by side. +@@item C-Mouse-2 +@@tab +@@tab In the mode line or scroll bar of a window, +split that window. +@@end multitable +@end example + +@noindent produces: + +@multitable @columnfractions .15 .45 .4 +@item Key @tab Command @tab Description +@item C-x 2 +@tab @code{split-window-vertically} +@tab Split the selected window into two windows, +with one above the other. +@item C-x 3 +@tab @code{split-window-horizontally} +@tab Split the selected window into two windows +positioned side by side. +@item C-Mouse-2 +@tab +@tab In the mode line or scroll bar of a window, +split that window. +@end multitable + + +@node Indices, Insertions, Lists and Tables, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Creating Indices +@cindex Indices +@cindex Creating indices + +Using Texinfo, you can generate indices without having to sort and +collate entries manually. In an index, the entries are listed in +alphabetical order, together with information on how to find the +discussion of each entry. In a printed manual, this information +consists of page numbers. In an Info file, this information is a menu +entry leading to the first node referenced.@refill + +Texinfo provides several predefined kinds of index: an index +for functions, an index for variables, an index for concepts, and so +on. You can combine indices or use them for other than their +canonical purpose. If you wish, you can define your own indices.@refill + +@menu +* Index Entries:: Choose different words for index entries. +* Predefined Indices:: Use different indices for different kinds + of entry. +* Indexing Commands:: How to make an index entry. +* Combining Indices:: How to combine indices. +* New Indices:: How to define your own indices. +@end menu + +@node Index Entries, Predefined Indices, Indices, Indices +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Making Index Entries +@cindex Index entries, making +@cindex Entries, making index + +When you are making index entries, it is good practice to think of the +different ways people may look for something. Different people +@emph{do not} think of the same words when they look something up. A +helpful index will have items indexed under all the different words +that people may use. For example, one reader may think it obvious that +the two-letter names for indices should be listed under ``Indices, +two-letter names'', since the word ``Index'' is the general concept. +But another reader may remember the specific concept of two-letter +names and search for the entry listed as ``Two letter names for +indices''. A good index will have both entries and will help both +readers.@refill + +Like typesetting, the construction of an index is a highly skilled, +professional art, the subtleties of which are not appreciated until you +need to do it yourself.@refill + +@xref{Printing Indices & Menus}, for information about printing an index +at the end of a book or creating an index menu in an Info file.@refill + +@node Predefined Indices, Indexing Commands, Index Entries, Indices +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Predefined Indices + +Texinfo provides six predefined indices:@refill + +@itemize @bullet +@item +A @dfn{concept index} listing concepts that are discussed.@refill + +@item +A @dfn{function index} listing functions (such as entry points of +libraries).@refill + +@item +A @dfn{variables index} listing variables (such as global variables +of libraries).@refill + +@item +A @dfn{keystroke index} listing keyboard commands.@refill + +@item +A @dfn{program index} listing names of programs.@refill + +@item +A @dfn{data type index} listing data types (such as structures defined in +header files).@refill +@end itemize + +@noindent +Not every manual needs all of these, and most manuals use two or three +of them. This manual has two indices: a +concept index and an @@-command index (that is actually the function +index but is called a command index in the chapter heading). Two or +more indices can be combined into one using the @code{@@synindex} or +@code{@@syncodeindex} commands. @xref{Combining Indices}.@refill + +@node Indexing Commands, Combining Indices, Predefined Indices, Indices +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Defining the Entries of an Index +@cindex Defining indexing entries +@cindex Index entries +@cindex Entries for an index +@cindex Specifying index entries +@cindex Creating index entries + +The data to make an index come from many individual indexing commands +scattered throughout the Texinfo source file. Each command says to add +one entry to a particular index; after formatting, the index will give +the current page number or node name as the reference.@refill + +An index entry consists of an indexing command at the beginning of a +line followed, on the rest of the line, by the entry.@refill + +For example, this section begins with the following five entries for +the concept index:@refill + +@example +@@cindex Defining indexing entries +@@cindex Index entries +@@cindex Entries for an index +@@cindex Specifying index entries +@@cindex Creating index entries +@end example + +Each predefined index has its own indexing command---@code{@@cindex} +for the concept index, @code{@@findex} for the function index, and so +on.@refill + +@cindex Writing index entries +@cindex Index entry writing +Concept index entries consist of text. The best way to write an index +is to choose entries that are terse yet clear. If you can do this, +the index often looks better if the entries are not capitalized, but +written just as they would appear in the middle of a sentence. +(Capitalize proper names and acronyms that always call for upper case +letters.) This is the case convention we use in most GNU manuals' +indices. + +If you don't see how to make an entry terse yet clear, make it longer +and clear---not terse and confusing. If many of the entries are several +words long, the index may look better if you use a different convention: +to capitalize the first word of each entry. But do not capitalize a +case-sensitive name such as a C or Lisp function name or a shell +command; that would be a spelling error. + +Whichever case convention you use, please use it consistently! + +@ignore +Concept index entries consist of English text. The usual convention +is to capitalize the first word of each such index entry, unless that +word is the name of a function, variable, or other such entity that +should not be capitalized. However, if your concept index entries are +consistently short (one or two words each) it may look better for each +regular entry to start with a lower case letter, aside from proper +names and acronyms that always call for upper case letters. Whichever +convention you adapt, please be consistent! +@end ignore + +Entries in indices other than the concept index are symbol names in +programming languages, or program names; these names are usually +case-sensitive, so use upper and lower case as required for them. + +By default, entries for a concept index are printed in a small roman +font and entries for the other indices are printed in a small +@code{@@code} font. You may change the way part of an entry is +printed with the usual Texinfo commands, such as @code{@@file} for +file names and @code{@@emph} for emphasis (@pxref{Marking +Text}).@refill +@cindex Index font types + +@cindex Predefined indexing commands +@cindex Indexing commands, predefined +The six indexing commands for predefined indices are: + +@table @code +@item @@cindex @var{concept} +@findex cindex +Make an entry in the concept index for @var{concept}.@refill + +@item @@findex @var{function} +@findex findex +Make an entry in the function index for @var{function}.@refill + +@item @@vindex @var{variable} +@findex vindex +Make an entry in the variable index for @var{variable}.@refill + +@item @@kindex @var{keystroke} +@findex kindex +Make an entry in the key index for @var{keystroke}.@refill + +@item @@pindex @var{program} +@findex pindex +Make an entry in the program index for @var{program}.@refill + +@item @@tindex @var{data type} +@findex tindex +Make an entry in the data type index for @var{data type}.@refill +@end table + +@quotation +@strong{Caution:} Do not use a colon in an index entry. In Info, a +colon separates the menu entry name from the node name. An extra +colon confuses Info. +@xref{Menu Parts, , The Parts of a Menu}, +for more information about the structure of a menu entry.@refill +@end quotation + +If you write several identical index entries in different places in a +Texinfo file, the index in the printed manual will list all the pages to +which those entries refer. However, the index in the Info file will +list @strong{only} the node that references the @strong{first} of those +index entries. Therefore, it is best to write indices in which each +entry refers to only one place in the Texinfo file. Fortunately, this +constraint is a feature rather than a loss since it means that the index +will be easy to use. Otherwise, you could create an index that lists +several pages for one entry and your reader would not know to which page +to turn. If you have two identical entries for one topic, change the +topics slightly, or qualify them to indicate the difference.@refill + +You are not actually required to use the predefined indices for their +canonical purposes. For example, suppose you wish to index some C +preprocessor macros. You could put them in the function index along +with actual functions, just by writing @code{@@findex} commands for +them; then, when you print the ``Function Index'' as an unnumbered +chapter, you could give it the title `Function and Macro Index' and +all will be consistent for the reader. Or you could put the macros in +with the data types by writing @code{@@tindex} commands for them, and +give that index a suitable title so the reader will understand. +(@xref{Printing Indices & Menus}.)@refill + +@node Combining Indices, New Indices, Indexing Commands, Indices +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Combining Indices +@cindex Combining indices +@cindex Indices, combining them + +Sometimes you will want to combine two disparate indices such as functions +and concepts, perhaps because you have few enough of one of them that +a separate index for them would look silly.@refill + +You could put functions into the concept index by writing +@code{@@cindex} commands for them instead of @code{@@findex} commands, +and produce a consistent manual by printing the concept index with the +title `Function and Concept Index' and not printing the `Function +Index' at all; but this is not a robust procedure. It works only if +your document is never included as part of another +document that is designed to have a separate function index; if your +document were to be included with such a document, the functions from +your document and those from the other would not end up together. +Also, to make your function names appear in the right font in the +concept index, you would need to enclose every one of them between +the braces of @code{@@code}.@refill + +@menu +* syncodeindex:: How to merge two indices, using @code{@@code} + font for the merged-from index. +* synindex:: How to merge two indices, using the + default font of the merged-to index. +@end menu + +@node syncodeindex, synindex, Combining Indices, Combining Indices +@subsection @code{@@syncodeindex} +@findex syncodeindex + +When you want to combine functions and concepts into one index, you +should index the functions with @code{@@findex} and index the concepts +with @code{@@cindex}, and use the @code{@@syncodeindex} command to +redirect the function index entries into the concept index.@refill +@findex syncodeindex + +The @code{@@syncodeindex} command takes two arguments; they are the name +of the index to redirect, and the name of the index to redirect it to. +The template looks like this:@refill + +@example +@@syncodeindex @var{from} @var{to} +@end example + +@cindex Predefined names for indices +@cindex Two letter names for indices +@cindex Indices, two letter names +@cindex Names for indices +For this purpose, the indices are given two-letter names:@refill + +@table @samp +@item cp +concept index +@item fn +function index +@item vr +variable index +@item ky +key index +@item pg +program index +@item tp +data type index +@end table + +Write an @code{@@syncodeindex} command before or shortly after the +end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file. For example, +to merge a function index with a concept index, write the +following:@refill + +@example +@@syncodeindex fn cp +@end example + +@noindent +This will cause all entries designated for the function index to merge +in with the concept index instead.@refill + +To merge both a variables index and a function index into a concept +index, write the following:@refill + +@example +@group +@@syncodeindex vr cp +@@syncodeindex fn cp +@end group +@end example + +@cindex Fonts for indices +The @code{@@syncodeindex} command puts all the entries from the `from' +index (the redirected index) into the @code{@@code} font, overriding +whatever default font is used by the index to which the entries are +now directed. This way, if you direct function names from a function +index into a concept index, all the function names are printed in the +@code{@@code} font as you would expect.@refill + +@node synindex, , syncodeindex, Combining Indices +@subsection @code{@@synindex} +@findex synindex + +The @code{@@synindex} command is nearly the same as the +@code{@@syncodeindex} command, except that it does not put the +`from' index entries into the @code{@@code} font; rather it puts +them in the roman font. Thus, you use @code{@@synindex} when you +merge a concept index into a function index.@refill + +@xref{Printing Indices & Menus}, for information about printing an index +at the end of a book or creating an index menu in an Info file.@refill + +@node New Indices, , Combining Indices, Indices +@section Defining New Indices +@cindex Defining new indices +@cindex Indices, defining new +@cindex New index defining +@findex defindex +@findex defcodeindex + +In addition to the predefined indices, you may use the +@code{@@defindex} and @code{@@defcodeindex} commands to define new +indices. These commands create new indexing @@-commands with which +you mark index entries. The @code{@@defindex }command is used like +this:@refill + +@example +@@defindex @var{name} +@end example + +The name of an index should be a two letter word, such as @samp{au}. +For example:@refill + +@example +@@defindex au +@end example + +This defines a new index, called the @samp{au} index. At the same +time, it creates a new indexing command, @code{@@auindex}, that you +can use to make index entries. Use the new indexing command just as +you would use a predefined indexing command.@refill + +For example, here is a section heading followed by a concept index +entry and two @samp{au} index entries.@refill + +@example +@@section Cognitive Semantics +@@cindex kinesthetic image schemas +@@auindex Johnson, Mark +@@auindex Lakoff, George +@end example + +@noindent +(Evidently, @samp{au} serves here as an abbreviation for ``author''.) +Texinfo constructs the new indexing command by concatenating the name +of the index with @samp{index}; thus, defining an @samp{au} index +leads to the automatic creation of an @code{@@auindex} command.@refill + +Use the @code{@@printindex} command to print the index, as you do with +the predefined indices. For example:@refill + +@example +@group +@@node Author Index, Subject Index, , Top +@@unnumbered Author Index + +@@printindex au +@end group +@end example + +The @code{@@defcodeindex} is like the @code{@@defindex} command, except +that, in the printed output, it prints entries in an @code{@@code} font +instead of a roman font. Thus, it parallels the @code{@@findex} command +rather than the @code{@@cindex} command.@refill + +You should define new indices within or right after the end-of-header +line of a Texinfo file, before any @code{@@synindex} or +@code{@@syncodeindex} commands (@pxref{Header}).@refill + +@node Insertions, Glyphs, Indices, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Special Insertions +@cindex Inserting special characters and symbols +@cindex Special insertions + +Texinfo provides several commands for formatting dimensions, for +inserting single characters that have special meaning in Texinfo, such +as braces, and for inserting special graphic symbols that do not +correspond to characters, such as dots and bullets.@refill + +@iftex +These are: + +@itemize @bullet +@item +Braces, @samp{@@} and periods. + +@item +Format a dimension, such as @samp{12@dmn{pt}}. + +@item +Dots and bullets. + +@item +The @TeX{} logo and the copyright symbol. + +@item +A minus sign. +@end itemize +@end iftex + +@menu +* Braces Atsigns:: How to insert braces, @samp{@@}. +* Inserting Space:: How to insert the right amount of space + within a sentence. +* Inserting Accents:: How to insert accents and special characters. +* Dots Bullets:: How to insert dots and bullets. +* TeX and copyright:: How to insert the @TeX{} logo + and the copyright symbol. +* pounds:: How to insert the pounds currency symbol. +* minus:: How to insert a minus sign. +* math:: How to format a mathematical expression. +@end menu + + +@node Braces Atsigns, Inserting Space, Insertions, Insertions +@section Inserting @@ and Braces +@cindex Inserting @@, braces +@cindex Braces, inserting +@cindex Special characters, commands to insert +@cindex Commands to insert special characters + +@samp{@@} and curly braces are special characters in Texinfo. To insert +these characters so they appear in text, you must put an @samp{@@} in +front of these characters to prevent Texinfo from misinterpreting +them. + +Do not put braces after any of these commands; they are not +necessary. + +@menu +* Inserting An Atsign:: How to insert @samp{@@}. +* Inserting Braces:: How to insert @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}. +@end menu + +@node Inserting An Atsign, Inserting Braces, Braces Atsigns, Braces Atsigns +@subsection Inserting @samp{@@} with @@@@ +@findex @@ @r{(single @samp{@@})} + +@code{@@@@} stands for a single @samp{@@} in either printed or Info +output. + +Do not put braces after an @code{@@@@} command. + +@node Inserting Braces, , Inserting An Atsign, Braces Atsigns +@subsection Inserting @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}with @@@{ and @@@} +@findex @{ @r{(single @samp{@{})} +@findex @} @r{(single @samp{@}})} + +@code{@@@{} stands for a single @samp{@{} in either printed or Info +output. + +@code{@@@}} stands for a single @samp{@}} in either printed or Info +output. + +Do not put braces after either an @code{@@@{} or an @code{@@@}} +command. + + +@node Inserting Space, Inserting Accents, Braces Atsigns, Insertions +@section Inserting Space + +@cindex Inserting space +@cindex Spacing, inserting +@cindex Whitespace, inserting +The following sections describe commands that control spacing of various +kinds within and after sentences. + +@menu +* Not Ending a Sentence:: Sometimes a . doesn't end a sentence. +* Ending a Sentence:: Sometimes it does. +* Multiple Spaces:: Inserting multiple spaces. +* dmn:: How to format a dimension. +@end menu + +@node Not Ending a Sentence, Ending a Sentence, Inserting Space, Inserting Space +@subsection Not Ending a Sentence + +@cindex Not ending a sentence +@cindex Sentence non-ending punctuation +@cindex Periods, inserting +Depending on whether a period or exclamation point or question mark is +inside or at the end of a sentence, less or more space is inserted after +a period in a typeset manual. Since it is not always possible for +Texinfo to determine when a period ends a sentence and when it is used +in an abbreviation, special commands are needed in some circumstances. +(Usually, Texinfo can guess how to handle periods, so you do not need to +use the special commands; you just enter a period as you would if you +were using a typewriter, which means you put two spaces after the +period, question mark, or exclamation mark that ends a sentence.) + +@findex : @r{(suppress widening)} +Use the @code{@@:}@: command after a period, question mark, +exclamation mark, or colon that should not be followed by extra space. +For example, use @code{@@:}@: after periods that end abbreviations +which are not at the ends of sentences. @code{@@:}@: has no effect on +the Info file output. + +@need 700 +For example, + +@example +The s.o.p.@@: has three parts @dots{} +The s.o.p. has three parts @dots{} +@end example + +@noindent +@ifinfo +produces +@end ifinfo +@iftex +produces the following. If you look carefully at this printed output, +you will see a little more whitespace after @samp{s.o.p.} in the second +line.@refill +@end iftex + +@quotation +The s.o.p.@: has three parts @dots{}@* +The s.o.p. has three parts @dots{} +@end quotation + +@noindent +@kbd{@@:} has no effect on the Info output. (@samp{s.o.p.} is an +abbreviation for ``Standard Operating Procedure''.) + +Do not put braces after @code{@@:}. + + +@node Ending a Sentence, Multiple Spaces, Not Ending a Sentence, Inserting Space +@subsection Ending a Sentence + +@cindex Ending a Sentence +@cindex Sentence ending punctuation + +@findex . @r{(end of sentence)} +@findex ! @r{(end of sentence)} +@findex ? @r{(end of sentence)} +Use @code{@@.}@: instead of a period, @code{@@!}@: instead of an +exclamation point, and @code{@@?}@: instead of a question mark at the end +of a sentence that ends with a single capital letter. Otherwise, @TeX{} +will think the letter is an abbreviation and will not insert the correct +end-of-sentence spacing. Here is an example: + +@example +Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W@@. Also, give it to R.J.C@@. +Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W. Also, give it to R.J.C. +@end example + +@noindent +@ifinfo +produces +@end ifinfo +@iftex +produces the following. If you look carefully at this printed output, +you will see a little more whitespace after the @samp{W} in the first +line. +@end iftex + +@quotation +Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W@. Also, give it to R.J.C@.@* +Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W. Also, give it to R.J.C. +@end quotation + +In the Info file output, @code{@@.}@: is equivalent to a simple +@samp{.}; likewise for @code{@@!}@: and @code{@@?}@:. + +The meanings of @code{@@:} and @code{@@.}@: in Texinfo are designed to +work well with the Emacs sentence motion commands (@pxref{Sentences,,, +emacs, GNU Emacs}). This made it necessary for them to be incompatible +with some other formatting systems that use @@-commands. + +Do not put braces after any of these commands. + + +@node Multiple Spaces, dmn, Ending a Sentence, Inserting Space +@subsection Multiple Spaces + +@cindex Multiple spaces +@cindex Whitespace, inserting +@findex (space) +@findex (tab) +@findex (newline) + +Ordinarily, @TeX{} collapses multiple whitespace characters (space, tab, +and newline) into a single space. (Info output, on the other hand, +preserves whitespace as you type it, except for changing a newline into +a space; this is why it is important to put two spaces at the end of +sentences in Texinfo documents.) + +Occasionally, you may want to actually insert several consecutive +spaces, either for purposes of example (what your program does with +multiple spaces as input), or merely for purposes of appearance in +headings or lists. Texinfo supports three commands: @code{@@ }, +@code{@@@kbd{TAB}}, and @code{@@@kbd{NL}}, all of which insert a single +space into the output. (Here, @kbd{TAB} and @kbd{NL} represent the tab +character and end-of-line, i.e., when @samp{@@} is the last character on +a line.) + +For example, +@example +Spacey@@ @@ @@ @@ +example. +@end example + +@noindent produces + +@example +Spacey@ @ @ @ +example. +@end example + +Other possible uses of @code{@@ } have been subsumed by @code{@@multitable} +(@pxref{Multi-column Tables}). + +Do not follow any of these commands with braces. + + +@node dmn, , Multiple Spaces, Inserting Space +@subsection @code{@@dmn}@{@var{dimension}@}: Format a Dimension +@cindex Thin space between number, dimension +@cindex Dimension formatting +@cindex Format a dimension +@findex dmn + +At times, you may want to write @samp{12@dmn{pt}} or +@samp{8.5@dmn{in}} with little or no space between the number and the +abbreviation for the dimension. You can use the @code{@@dmn} command +to do this. On seeing the command, @TeX{} inserts just enough space +for proper typesetting; the Info formatting commands insert no space +at all, since the Info file does not require it.@refill + +To use the @code{@@dmn} command, write the number and then follow it +immediately, with no intervening space, by @code{@@dmn}, and then by +the dimension within braces.@refill + +@need 700 +@noindent +For example, + +@example +A4 paper is 8.27@@dmn@{in@} wide. +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@quotation +A4 paper is 8.27@dmn{in} wide. +@end quotation + +Not everyone uses this style. Instead of writing +@w{@samp{8.27@@dmn@{in@}}} in the Texinfo file, you may write +@w{@samp{8.27 in.}} or @w{@samp{8.27 inches}}. (In these cases, the +formatters may insert a line break between the number and the +dimension. Also, if you write a period after an abbreviation within a +sentence, you should write @samp{@@:} after the period to prevent +@TeX{} from inserting extra whitespace. @xref{Inserting Space}. + + +@node Inserting Accents, Dots Bullets, Inserting Space, Insertions +@section Inserting Accents + +@cindex Inserting accents +@cindex Accents, inserting +@cindex Floating accents, inserting + +Here is a table with the commands Texinfo provides for inserting +floating accents. The commands with non-alphabetic names do not take +braces around their argument (which is taken to be the next character). +(Exception: @code{@@,} @emph{does} take braces around its argument.) +This is so as to make the source as convenient to type and read as +possible, since accented characters are very common in some languages. + +@findex " +@cindex Umlaut accent +@findex ' +@cindex Acute accent +@findex = +@cindex Macron accent +@findex ^ +@cindex Circumflex accent +@findex ` +@cindex Grave accent +@findex ~ +@cindex Tilde accent +@findex , +@cindex Cedilla accent +@findex dotaccent +@cindex Dot accent +@findex H +@cindex Hungariam umlaut accent +@findex ringaccent +@cindex Ring accent +@findex tieaccent +@cindex Tie-after accent +@findex u +@cindex Breve accent +@findex ubaraccent +@cindex Underbar accent +@findex udotaccent +@cindex Underdot accent +@findex v +@cindex Check accent +@multitable {@@questiondown@{@}} {Output} {macron/overbar accent} +@item Command @tab Output @tab What +@item @t{@@"o} @tab @"o @tab umlaut accent +@item @t{@@'o} @tab @'o @tab acute accent +@item @t{@@,@{c@}} @tab @,{c} @tab cedilla accent +@item @t{@@=o} @tab @=o @tab macron/overbar accent +@item @t{@@^o} @tab @^o @tab circumflex accent +@item @t{@@`o} @tab @`o @tab grave accent +@item @t{@@~o} @tab @~o @tab tilde accent +@item @t{@@dotaccent@{o@}} @tab @dotaccent{o} @tab overdot accent +@item @t{@@H@{o@}} @tab @H{o} @tab long Hungarian umlaut +@item @t{@@ringaccent@{o@}} @tab @ringaccent{o} @tab ring accent +@item @t{@@tieaccent@{oo@}} @tab @tieaccent{oo} @tab tie-after accent +@item @t{@@u@{o@}} @tab @u{o} @tab breve accent +@item @t{@@ubaraccent@{o@}} @tab @ubaraccent{o} @tab underbar accent +@item @t{@@udotaccent@{o@}} @tab @udotaccent{o} @tab underdot accent +@item @t{@@v@{o@}} @tab @v{o} @tab hacek or check accent +@end multitable + +This table lists the Texinfo commands for inserting other characters +commonly used in languages other than English. + +@findex questiondown +@cindex @questiondown{} +@findex exclamdown +@cindex @exclamdown{} +@findex aa +@cindex @aa{} +@findex AA +@cindex @AA{} +@findex ae +@cindex @ae{} +@findex AE +@cindex @AE{} +@findex dotless +@cindex @dotless{i} +@cindex @dotless{j} +@cindex Dotless i, j +@findex l +@cindex @l{} +@findex L +@cindex @L{} +@findex o +@cindex @o{} +@findex O +@cindex @O{} +@findex oe +@cindex @oe{} +@findex OE +@cindex @OE{} +@findex ss +@cindex @ss{} +@cindex Es-zet +@cindex Sharp S +@cindex German S +@multitable {@@questiondown@{@}} {oe,OE} {es-zet or sharp S} +@item @t{@@exclamdown@{@}} @tab @exclamdown{} @tab upside-down ! +@item @t{@@questiondown@{@}} @tab @questiondown{} @tab upside-down ? +@item @t{@@aa@{@},@@AA@{@}} @tab @aa{},@AA{} @tab A,a with circle +@item @t{@@ae@{@},@@AE@{@}} @tab @ae{},@AE{} @tab ae,AE ligatures +@item @t{@@dotless@{i@}} @tab @dotless{i} @tab dotless i +@item @t{@@dotless@{j@}} @tab @dotless{j} @tab dotless j +@item @t{@@l@{@},@@L@{@}} @tab @l{},@L{} @tab suppressed-L,l +@item @t{@@o@{@},@@O@{@}} @tab @o{},@O{} @tab O,o with slash +@item @t{@@oe@{@},@@OE@{@}} @tab @oe{},@OE{} @tab OE,oe ligatures +@item @t{@@ss@{@}} @tab @ss{} @tab es-zet or sharp S +@end multitable + + +@node Dots Bullets, TeX and copyright, Inserting Accents, Insertions +@section Inserting Ellipsis, Dots, and Bullets +@cindex Dots, inserting +@cindex Bullets, inserting +@cindex Ellipsis, inserting +@cindex Inserting ellipsis +@cindex Inserting dots +@cindex Special typesetting commands +@cindex Typesetting commands for dots, etc. + +An @dfn{ellipsis} (a line of dots) is not typeset as a string of +periods, so a special command is used for ellipsis in Texinfo. The +@code{@@bullet} command is special, too. Each of these commands is +followed by a pair of braces, @samp{@{@}}, without any whitespace +between the name of the command and the braces. (You need to use braces +with these commands because you can use them next to other text; without +the braces, the formatters would be confused. @xref{Command Syntax, , +@@-Command Syntax}, for further information.)@refill + +@menu +* dots:: How to insert dots @dots{} +* bullet:: How to insert a bullet. +@end menu + +@node dots, bullet, Dots Bullets, Dots Bullets +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@dots}@{@} +@findex dots +@cindex Inserting dots +@cindex Dots, inserting + +Use the @code{@@dots@{@}} command to generate an ellipsis, which is +three dots in a row, appropriately spaced, like this: `@dots{}'. Do +not simply write three periods in the input file; that would work for +the Info file output, but would produce the wrong amount of space +between the periods in the printed manual. + +Similarly, the @code{@@enddots@{@}} command generates an +end-of-sentence ellipsis (four dots) @enddots{} + +@iftex +Here is an ellipsis: @dots{} +Here are three periods in a row: ... + +In printed output, the three periods in a row are closer together than +the dots in the ellipsis. +@end iftex + +@node bullet, , dots, Dots Bullets +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@bullet}@{@} +@findex bullet + +Use the @code{@@bullet@{@}} command to generate a large round dot, or +the closest possible thing to one. In Info, an asterisk is used.@refill + +Here is a bullet: @bullet{} + +When you use @code{@@bullet} in @code{@@itemize}, you do not need to +type the braces, because @code{@@itemize} supplies them. +(@xref{itemize, , @code{@@itemize}}.)@refill + +@node TeX and copyright, pounds, Dots Bullets, Insertions +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Inserting @TeX{} and the Copyright Symbol + +The logo `@TeX{}' is typeset in a special fashion and it needs an +@@-command. The copyright symbol, `@copyright{}', is also special. +Each of these commands is followed by a pair of braces, @samp{@{@}}, +without any whitespace between the name of the command and the +braces.@refill + +@menu +* tex:: How to insert the @TeX{} logo. +* copyright symbol:: How to use @code{@@copyright}@{@}. +@end menu + +@node tex, copyright symbol, TeX and copyright, TeX and copyright +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@TeX}@{@} +@findex tex (command) + +Use the @code{@@TeX@{@}} command to generate `@TeX{}'. In a printed +manual, this is a special logo that is different from three ordinary +letters. In Info, it just looks like @samp{TeX}. The +@code{@@TeX@{@}} command is unique among Texinfo commands in that the +@kbd{T} and the @kbd{X} are in upper case.@refill + +@node copyright symbol, , tex, TeX and copyright +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@subsection @code{@@copyright}@{@} +@findex copyright + +Use the @code{@@copyright@{@}} command to generate `@copyright{}'. In +a printed manual, this is a @samp{c} inside a circle, and in Info, +this is @samp{(C)}.@refill + +@node pounds, minus, TeX and copyright, Insertions +@section @code{@@pounds}@{@} +@findex pounds + +Use the @code{@@pounds@{@}} command to generate `@pounds{}'. In a +printed manual, this is the symbol for the currency pounds sterling. +In Info, it is a @samp{#}. Other currency symbols are unfortunately not +available. + +@node minus, math, pounds, Insertions +@section @code{@@minus}@{@}: Inserting a Minus Sign +@findex minus + +Use the @code{@@minus@{@}} command to generate a minus sign. In a +fixed-width font, this is a single hyphen, but in a proportional font, +the symbol is the customary length for a minus sign---a little longer +than a hyphen.@refill + +You can compare the two forms: + +@display +@samp{@minus{}} is a minus sign generated with @samp{@@minus@{@}}, + +`-' is a hyphen generated with the character @samp{-}. +@end display + +@noindent +In the fixed-width font used by Info, @code{@@minus@{@}} is the same +as a hyphen.@refill + +You should not use @code{@@minus@{@}} inside @code{@@code} or +@code{@@example} because the width distinction is not made in the +fixed-width font they use.@refill + +When you use @code{@@minus} to specify the mark beginning each entry in +an itemized list, you do not need to type the braces +(@pxref{itemize, , @code{@@itemize}}.)@refill + +@node math, , minus, Insertions +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@math}: Inserting Mathematical Expressions +@findex math +@cindex Mathematical expressions + +You can write a short mathematical expression with the @code{@@math} +command. Write the mathematical expression between braces, like this: + +@example +@@math@{(a + b)(a + b) = a^2 + 2ab + b^2@} +@end example + +@iftex +@need 1000 +@noindent +This produces the following in @TeX{}: + +@display +@math{(a + b)(a + b) = a^2 + 2ab + b^2} +@end display + +@noindent +and the following in Info: +@end iftex +@ifinfo +@noindent +This produces the following in Info: +@end ifinfo + +@example +(a + b)(a + b) = a^2 + 2ab + b^2 +@end example + +The @code{@@math} command has no effect on the Info output. Currently, +it has limited effect on typeset output. However, this may change since +@TeX{} itself is designed for mathematical typesetting and does a +splendid job. + +Certainly, for complex mathematical expressions, you could use @TeX{} +directly. @xref{Using Ordinary TeX Commands, , Using Ordinary @TeX{} +Commands}. When you use @TeX{} directly, remember to write the +mathematical expression between one or two @samp{$} (dollar-signs) as +appropriate. + +@node Glyphs, Breaks, Insertions, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Glyphs for Examples +@cindex Glyphs + +In Texinfo, code is often illustrated in examples that are delimited +by @code{@@example} and @code{@@end example}, or by @code{@@lisp} and +@code{@@end lisp}. In such examples, you can indicate the results of +evaluation or an expansion using @samp{@result{}} or +@samp{@expansion{}}. Likewise, there are commands to insert glyphs +to indicate +printed output, error messages, equivalence of expressions, and the +location of point.@refill + +The glyph-insertion commands do not need to be used within an example, but +most often they are. Every glyph-insertion command is followed by a pair of +left- and right-hand braces.@refill + +@menu +* Glyphs Summary:: +* result:: How to show the result of expression. +* expansion:: How to indicate an expansion. +* Print Glyph:: How to indicate printed output. +* Error Glyph:: How to indicate an error message. +* Equivalence:: How to indicate equivalence. +* Point Glyph:: How to indicate the location of point. +@end menu + +@node Glyphs Summary, result, Glyphs, Glyphs +@ifinfo +@heading Glyphs Summary + +Here are the different glyph commands:@refill +@end ifinfo + +@table @asis +@item @result{} +@code{@@result@{@}} points to the result of an expression.@refill + +@item @expansion{} +@code{@@expansion@{@}} shows the results of a macro expansion.@refill + +@item @print{} +@code{@@print@{@}} indicates printed output.@refill + +@item @error{} +@code{@@error@{@}} indicates that the following text is an error +message.@refill + +@item @equiv{} +@code{@@equiv@{@}} indicates the exact equivalence of two forms.@refill + +@item @point{} +@code{@@point@{@}} shows the location of point.@refill +@end table + +@node result, expansion, Glyphs Summary, Glyphs +@section @result{}: Indicating Evaluation +@cindex Result of an expression +@cindex Indicating evaluation +@cindex Evaluation glyph +@cindex Value of an expression, indicating + +Use the @code{@@result@{@}} command to indicate the result of +evaluating an expression.@refill + +@iftex +The @code{@@result@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{=>} in Info and +as @samp{@result{}} in the printed output. +@end iftex +@ifinfo +The @code{@@result@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@result{}} in Info +and as a double stemmed arrow in the printed output.@refill +@end ifinfo + +Thus, the following, + +@lisp +(cdr '(1 2 3)) + @result{} (2 3) +@end lisp + +@noindent +may be read as ``@code{(cdr '(1 2 3))} evaluates to @code{(2 3)}''. + +@node expansion, Print Glyph, result, Glyphs +@section @expansion{}: Indicating an Expansion +@cindex Expansion, indicating it + +When an expression is a macro call, it expands into a new expression. +You can indicate the result of the expansion with the +@code{@@expansion@{@}} command.@refill + +@iftex +The @code{@@expansion@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{==>} in Info and +as @samp{@expansion{}} in the printed output. +@end iftex +@ifinfo +The @code{@@expansion@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@expansion{}} +in Info and as a long arrow with a flat base in the printed output.@refill +@end ifinfo + +@need 700 +For example, the following + +@example +@group +@@lisp +(third '(a b c)) + @@expansion@{@} (car (cdr (cdr '(a b c)))) + @@result@{@} c +@@end lisp +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@lisp +@group +(third '(a b c)) + @expansion{} (car (cdr (cdr '(a b c)))) + @result{} c +@end group +@end lisp + +@noindent +which may be read as: + +@quotation +@code{(third '(a b c))} expands to @code{(car (cdr (cdr '(a b c))))}; +the result of evaluating the expression is @code{c}. +@end quotation + +@noindent +Often, as in this case, an example looks better if the +@code{@@expansion@{@}} and @code{@@result@{@}} commands are indented +five spaces.@refill + +@node Print Glyph, Error Glyph, expansion, Glyphs +@section @print{}: Indicating Printed Output +@cindex Printed output, indicating it + +Sometimes an expression will print output during its execution. You +can indicate the printed output with the @code{@@print@{@}} command.@refill + +@iftex +The @code{@@print@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{-|} in Info and +as @samp{@print{}} in the printed output. +@end iftex +@ifinfo +The @code{@@print@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@print{}} in Info +and similarly, as a horizontal dash butting against a vertical bar, in +the printed output.@refill +@end ifinfo + +In the following example, the printed text is indicated with +@samp{@print{}}, and the value of the expression follows on the +last line.@refill + +@lisp +@group +(progn (print 'foo) (print 'bar)) + @print{} foo + @print{} bar + @result{} bar +@end group +@end lisp + +@noindent +In a Texinfo source file, this example is written as follows: + +@lisp +@group +@@lisp +(progn (print 'foo) (print 'bar)) + @@print@{@} foo + @@print@{@} bar + @@result@{@} bar +@@end lisp +@end group +@end lisp + +@node Error Glyph, Equivalence, Print Glyph, Glyphs +@section @error{}: Indicating an Error Message +@cindex Error message, indicating it + +A piece of code may cause an error when you evaluate it. You can +designate the error message with the @code{@@error@{@}} command.@refill + +@iftex +The @code{@@error@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{error-->} in Info +and as @samp{@error{}} in the printed output. +@end iftex +@ifinfo +The @code{@@error@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@error{}} in Info +and as the word `error' in a box in the printed output.@refill +@end ifinfo + +@need 700 +Thus, + +@example +@@lisp +(+ 23 'x) +@@error@{@} Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, x +@@end lisp +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@lisp +(+ 23 'x) +@error{} Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, x +@end lisp + +@noindent +This indicates that the following error message is printed +when you evaluate the expression: + +@lisp +Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, x +@end lisp + +Note that @samp{@error{}} itself is not part of the error +message. + +@node Equivalence, Point Glyph, Error Glyph, Glyphs +@section @equiv{}: Indicating Equivalence +@cindex Equivalence, indicating it + +Sometimes two expressions produce identical results. You can indicate the +exact equivalence of two forms with the @code{@@equiv@{@}} command.@refill + +@iftex +The @code{@@equiv@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{==} in Info and +as @samp{@equiv{}} in the printed output. +@end iftex +@ifinfo +The @code{@@equiv@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@equiv{}} in Info +and as a three parallel horizontal lines in the printed output.@refill +@end ifinfo + +Thus, + +@example +@@lisp +(make-sparse-keymap) @@equiv@{@} (list 'keymap) +@@end lisp +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@lisp +(make-sparse-keymap) @equiv{} (list 'keymap) +@end lisp + +@noindent +This indicates that evaluating @code{(make-sparse-keymap)} produces +identical results to evaluating @code{(list 'keymap)}. + +@c Cannot write point command here because it causes trouble with TOC. +@node Point Glyph, , Equivalence, Glyphs +@section Indicating Point in a Buffer +@cindex Point, indicating it in a buffer + +Sometimes you need to show an example of text in an Emacs buffer. In +such examples, the convention is to include the entire contents of the +buffer in question between two lines of dashes containing the buffer +name.@refill + +You can use the @samp{@@point@{@}} command to show the location of point +in the text in the buffer. (The symbol for point, of course, is not +part of the text in the buffer; it indicates the place @emph{between} +two characters where point is located.)@refill + +@iftex +The @code{@@point@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{-!-} in Info and +as @samp{@point{}} in the printed output. +@end iftex +@ifinfo +The @code{@@point@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@point{}} in Info +and as a small five pointed star in the printed output.@refill +@end ifinfo + +The following example shows the contents of buffer @file{foo} before +and after evaluating a Lisp command to insert the word @code{changed}.@refill + +@example +@group +---------- Buffer: foo ---------- +This is the @point{}contents of foo. +---------- Buffer: foo ---------- + +@end group +@end example + +@example +@group +(insert "changed ") + @result{} nil +---------- Buffer: foo ---------- +This is the changed @point{}contents of foo. +---------- Buffer: foo ---------- + +@end group +@end example + +In a Texinfo source file, the example is written like this:@refill + +@example +@@example +---------- Buffer: foo ---------- +This is the @@point@{@}contents of foo. +---------- Buffer: foo ---------- + +(insert "changed ") + @@result@{@} nil +---------- Buffer: foo ---------- +This is the changed @@point@{@}contents of foo. +---------- Buffer: foo ---------- +@@end example +@end example + +@node Breaks, Definition Commands, Glyphs, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Making and Preventing Breaks +@cindex Making line and page breaks +@cindex Preventing line and page breaks + +Usually, a Texinfo file is processed both by @TeX{} and by one of the +Info formatting commands. Line, paragraph, or page breaks sometimes +occur in the `wrong' place in one or other form of output. You must +ensure that text looks right both in the printed manual and in the +Info file.@refill + +For example, in a printed manual, page breaks may occur awkwardly in +the middle of an example; to prevent this, you can hold text together +using a grouping command that keeps the text from being split across +two pages. Conversely, you may want to force a page break where none +would occur normally. Fortunately, problems like these do not often +arise. When they do, use the break, break prevention, or pagination +commands.@refill + +@menu +* Break Commands:: Cause and prevent splits. +* Line Breaks:: How to force a single line to use two lines. +* - and hyphenation:: How to tell TeX about hyphenation points. +* w:: How to prevent unwanted line breaks. +* sp:: How to insert blank lines. +* page:: How to force the start of a new page. +* group:: How to prevent unwanted page breaks. +* need:: Another way to prevent unwanted page breaks. +@end menu + +@ifinfo +@node Break Commands, Line Breaks, Breaks, Breaks +@heading The Break Commands +@end ifinfo +@iftex +@sp 1 +@end iftex + +The break commands create or allow line and paragraph breaks:@refill + +@table @code +@item @@* +Force a line break. + +@item @@sp @var{n} +Skip @var{n} blank lines.@refill + +@item @@- +Insert a discretionary hyphen. + +@item @@hyphenation@{@var{hy-phen-a-ted words}@} +Define hyphen points in @var{hy-phen-a-ted words}. +@end table + +The line-break-prevention command holds text together all on one +line:@refill + +@table @code +@item @@w@{@var{text}@} +Prevent @var{text} from being split and hyphenated across two lines.@refill +@end table +@iftex +@sp 1 +@end iftex + +The pagination commands apply only to printed output, since Info +files do not have pages.@refill + +@table @code +@item @@page +Start a new page in the printed manual.@refill + +@item @@group +Hold text together that must appear on one printed page.@refill + +@item @@need @var{mils} +Start a new printed page if not enough space on this one.@refill +@end table + +@node Line Breaks, - and hyphenation, Break Commands, Breaks +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@*}: Generate Line Breaks +@findex * @r{(force line break)} +@cindex Line breaks +@cindex Breaks in a line + +The @code{@@*} command forces a line break in both the printed manual and +in Info.@refill + +@need 700 +For example, + +@example +This line @@* is broken @@*in two places. +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@example +@group +This line + is broken +in two places. +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +(Note that the space after the first @code{@@*} command is faithfully +carried down to the next line.)@refill + +@need 800 +The @code{@@*} command is often used in a file's copyright page:@refill + +@example +@group +This is edition 2.0 of the Texinfo documentation,@@* +and is for @dots{} +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +In this case, the @code{@@*} command keeps @TeX{} from stretching the +line across the whole page in an ugly manner.@refill + +@quotation +@strong{Please note:} Do not write braces after an @code{@@*} command; +they are not needed.@refill + +Do not write an @code{@@refill} command at the end of a paragraph +containing an @code{@@*} command; it will cause the paragraph to be +refilled after the line break occurs, negating the effect of the line +break.@refill +@end quotation + +@node - and hyphenation, w, Line Breaks, Breaks +@section @code{@@-} and @code{@@hyphenation}: Helping @TeX{} hyphenate + +@findex - +@findex hyphenation +@cindex Hyphenation, helping @TeX{} do +@cindex Fine-tuning, and hyphenation + +Although @TeX{}'s hyphenation algorithm is generally pretty good, it +does miss useful hyphenation points from time to time. (Or, far more +rarely, insert an incorrect hyphenation.) So, for documents with an +unusual vocabulary or when fine-tuning for a printed edition, you may +wish to help @TeX{} out. Texinfo supports two commands for this: + +@table @code +@item @@- +Insert a discretionary hyphen, i.e., a place where @TeX{} can (but does +not have to) hyphenate. This is especially useful when you notice +an overfull hbox is due to @TeX{} missing a hyphenation (@pxref{Overfull +hboxes}). @TeX{} will not insert any hyphenation points in a word +containing @code{@@-}. + +@item @@hyphenation@{@var{hy-phen-a-ted words}@} +Tell @TeX{} how to hyphenate @var{hy-phen-a-ted words}. As shown, you +put a @samp{-} at each hyphenation point. For example: +@example +@@hyphenation@{man-u-script man-u-scripts@} +@end example +@noindent @TeX{} only uses the specified hyphenation points when the +words match exactly, so give all necessary variants. +@end table + +Info output is not hyphenated, so these commands have no effect there. + +@node w, sp, - and hyphenation, Breaks +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@w}@{@var{text}@}: Prevent Line Breaks +@findex w @r{(prevent line break)} +@cindex Line breaks, preventing +@cindex Hyphenation, preventing + +@code{@@w@{@var{text}@}} outputs @var{text} and prohibits line breaks +within @var{text}.@refill + +You can use the @code{@@w} command to prevent @TeX{} from automatically +hyphenating a long name or phrase that accidentally falls near the end +of a line.@refill + +@example +You can copy GNU software from @@w@{@@file@{prep.ai.mit.edu@}@}. +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@quotation +You can copy GNU software from @w{@file{prep.ai.mit.edu}}. +@end quotation + +@quotation +@strong{Caution:} Do not write an @code{@@refill} command at the end +of a paragraph containing an @code{@@w} command; it will cause the +paragraph to be refilled and may thereby negate the effect of the +@code{@@w} command.@refill +@end quotation + +@node sp, page, w, Breaks +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@sp} @var{n}: Insert Blank Lines +@findex sp @r{(line spacing)} +@cindex Spaces (blank lines) +@cindex Blank lines +@cindex Line spacing + +A line beginning with and containing only @code{@@sp @var{n}} +generates @var{n} blank lines of space in both the printed manual and +the Info file. @code{@@sp} also forces a paragraph break. For +example,@refill + +@example +@@sp 2 +@end example + +@noindent +generates two blank lines. + +The @code{@@sp} command is most often used in the title page.@refill + +@ignore +@c node br, page, sp, Breaks +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@c section @code{@@br}: Generate Paragraph Breaks +@findex br @r{(paragraph breaks)} +@cindex Paragraph breaks +@cindex Breaks in a paragraph + +The @code{@@br} command forces a paragraph break. It inserts a blank +line. You can use the command within or at the end of a line. If +used within a line, the @code{@@br@{@}} command must be followed by +left and right braces (as shown here) to mark the end of the +command.@refill + +@need 700 +For example, + +@example +@group +This line @@br@{@}contains and is ended by paragraph breaks@@br +and is followed by another line. +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@example +@group +This line + +contains and is ended by paragraph breaks + +and is followed by another line. +@end group +@end example + +The @code{@@br} command is seldom used. +@end ignore + +@node page, group, sp, Breaks +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@page}: Start a New Page +@cindex Page breaks +@findex page + +A line containing only @code{@@page} starts a new page in a printed +manual. The command has no effect on Info files since they are not +paginated. An @code{@@page} command is often used in the @code{@@titlepage} +section of a Texinfo file to start the copyright page.@refill + +@node group, need, page, Breaks +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@group}: Prevent Page Breaks +@cindex Group (hold text together vertically) +@cindex Holding text together vertically +@cindex Vertically holding text together +@findex group + +The @code{@@group} command (on a line by itself) is used inside an +@code{@@example} or similar construct to begin an unsplittable vertical +group, which will appear entirely on one page in the printed output. +The group is terminated by a line containing only @code{@@end group}. +These two lines produce no output of their own, and in the Info file +output they have no effect at all.@refill + +@c Once said that these environments +@c turn off vertical spacing between ``paragraphs''. +@c Also, quotation used to work, but doesn't in texinfo-2.72 +Although @code{@@group} would make sense conceptually in a wide +variety of contexts, its current implementation works reliably only +within @code{@@example} and variants, and within @code{@@display}, +@code{@@format}, @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright}. +@xref{Quotations and Examples}. (What all these commands have in +common is that each line of input produces a line of output.) In +other contexts, @code{@@group} can cause anomalous vertical +spacing.@refill + +@need 750 +This formatting requirement means that you should write: + +@example +@group +@@example +@@group +@dots{} +@@end group +@@end example +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +with the @code{@@group} and @code{@@end group} commands inside the +@code{@@example} and @code{@@end example} commands. + +The @code{@@group} command is most often used to hold an example +together on one page. In this Texinfo manual, more than 100 examples +contain text that is enclosed between @code{@@group} and @code{@@end +group}. + +If you forget to end a group, you may get strange and unfathomable +error messages when you run @TeX{}. This is because @TeX{} keeps +trying to put the rest of the Texinfo file onto the one page and does +not start to generate error messages until it has processed +considerable text. It is a good rule of thumb to look for a missing +@code{@@end group} if you get incomprehensible error messages in +@TeX{}.@refill + +@node need, , group, Breaks +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@need @var{mils}}: Prevent Page Breaks +@cindex Need space at page bottom +@findex need + +A line containing only @code{@@need @var{n}} starts +a new page in a printed manual if fewer than @var{n} mils (thousandths +of an inch) remain on the current page. Do not use +braces around the argument @var{n}. The @code{@@need} command has no +effect on Info files since they are not paginated.@refill + +@need 800 +This paragraph is preceded by an @code{@@need} command that tells +@TeX{} to start a new page if fewer than 800 mils (eight-tenths +inch) remain on the page. It looks like this:@refill + +@example +@group +@@need 800 +This paragraph is preceded by @dots{} +@end group +@end example + +The @code{@@need} command is useful for preventing orphans (single +lines at the bottoms of printed pages).@refill + +@node Definition Commands, Footnotes, Breaks, Top +@chapter Definition Commands +@cindex Definition commands + +The @code{@@deffn} command and the other @dfn{definition commands} +enable you to describe functions, variables, macros, commands, user +options, special forms and other such artifacts in a uniform +format.@refill + +In the Info file, a definition causes the entity +category---`Function', `Variable', or whatever---to appear at the +beginning of the first line of the definition, followed by the +entity's name and arguments. In the printed manual, the command +causes @TeX{} to print the entity's name and its arguments on the left +margin and print the category next to the right margin. In both +output formats, the body of the definition is indented. Also, the +name of the entity is entered into the appropriate index: +@code{@@deffn} enters the name into the index of functions, +@code{@@defvr} enters it into the index of variables, and so +on.@refill + +A manual need not and should not contain more than one definition for +a given name. An appendix containing a summary should use +@code{@@table} rather than the definition commands.@refill + +@menu +* Def Cmd Template:: How to structure a description using a + definition command. +* Optional Arguments:: How to handle optional and repeated arguments. +* deffnx:: How to group two or more `first' lines. +* Def Cmds in Detail:: All the definition commands. +* Def Cmd Conventions:: Conventions for writing definitions. +* Sample Function Definition:: +@end menu + +@node Def Cmd Template, Optional Arguments, Definition Commands, Definition Commands +@section The Template for a Definition +@cindex Definition template +@cindex Template for a definition + +The @code{@@deffn} command is used for definitions of entities that +resemble functions. To write a definition using the @code{@@deffn} +command, write the @code{@@deffn} command at the beginning of a line +and follow it on the same line by the category of the entity, the name +of the entity itself, and its arguments (if any). Then write the body +of the definition on succeeding lines. (You may embed examples in the +body.) Finally, end the definition with an @code{@@end deffn} command +written on a line of its own. (The other definition commands follow +the same format.)@refill + +The template for a definition looks like this: + +@example +@group +@@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +@var{body-of-definition} +@@end deffn +@end group +@end example + +@need 700 +@noindent +For example, + +@example +@group +@@deffn Command forward-word count +This command moves point forward @@var@{count@} words +(or backward if @@var@{count@} is negative). @dots{} +@@end deffn +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@quotation +@deffn Command forward-word count +This function moves point forward @var{count} words +(or backward if @var{count} is negative). @dots{} +@end deffn +@end quotation + +Capitalize the category name like a title. If the name of the +category contains spaces, as in the phrase `Interactive Command', +write braces around it. For example:@refill + +@example +@group +@@deffn @{Interactive Command@} isearch-forward +@dots{} +@@end deffn +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +Otherwise, the second word will be mistaken for the name of the +entity.@refill + +Some of the definition commands are more general than others. The +@code{@@deffn} command, for example, is the general definition command +for functions and the like---for entities that may take arguments. When +you use this command, you specify the category to which the entity +belongs. The @code{@@deffn} command possesses three predefined, +specialized variations, @code{@@defun}, @code{@@defmac}, and +@code{@@defspec}, that specify the category for you: ``Function'', +``Macro'', and ``Special Form'' respectively. The @code{@@defvr} +command also is accompanied by several predefined, specialized +variations for describing particular kinds of variables.@refill + +The template for a specialized definition, such as @code{@@defun}, is +similar to the template for a generalized definition, except that you +do not need to specify the category:@refill + +@example +@group +@@defun @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +@var{body-of-definition} +@@end defun +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +Thus, + +@example +@group +@@defun buffer-end flag +This function returns @@code@{(point-min)@} if @@var@{flag@} +is less than 1, @@code@{(point-max)@} otherwise. +@dots{} +@@end defun +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@quotation +@defun buffer-end flag +This function returns @code{(point-min)} if @var{flag} is less than 1, +@code{(point-max)} otherwise. @dots{} +@end defun +@end quotation + +@noindent +@xref{Sample Function Definition, Sample Function Definition, A Sample +Function Definition}, for a more detailed example of a function +definition, including the use of @code{@@example} inside the +definition.@refill + +The other specialized commands work like @code{@@defun}.@refill + +@node Optional Arguments, deffnx, Def Cmd Template, Definition Commands +@section Optional and Repeated Arguments +@cindex Optional and repeated arguments +@cindex Repeated and optional arguments +@cindex Arguments, repeated and optional +@cindex Syntax, optional & repeated arguments +@cindex Meta-syntactic chars for arguments + +Some entities take optional or repeated arguments, which may be +specified by a distinctive glyph that uses square brackets and +ellipses. For @w{example}, a special form often breaks its argument list +into separate arguments in more complicated ways than a +straightforward function.@refill + +@iftex +An argument enclosed within square brackets is optional. +Thus, the phrase +@samp{@code{@r{[}@var{optional-arg}@r{]}}} means that +@var{optional-arg} is optional. +An argument followed by an ellipsis is optional +and may be repeated more than once. +@c This is consistent with Emacs Lisp Reference manual +Thus, @samp{@var{repeated-args}@dots{}} stands for zero or more arguments. +Parentheses are used when several arguments are grouped +into additional levels of list structure in Lisp. +@end iftex +@c The following looks better in Info (no `r', `samp' and `code'): +@ifinfo +An argument enclosed within square brackets is optional. +Thus, [@var{optional-arg}] means that @var{optional-arg} is optional. +An argument followed by an ellipsis is optional +and may be repeated more than once. +@c This is consistent with Emacs Lisp Reference manual +Thus, @var{repeated-args}@dots{} stands for zero or more arguments. +Parentheses are used when several arguments are grouped +into additional levels of list structure in Lisp. +@end ifinfo + +Here is the @code{@@defspec} line of an example of an imaginary +special form:@refill + +@quotation +@defspec foobar (@var{var} [@var{from} @var{to} [@var{inc}]]) @var{body}@dots{} +@end defspec +@tex +\vskip \parskip +@end tex +@end quotation + +@noindent +In this example, the arguments @var{from} and @var{to} are optional, +but must both be present or both absent. If they are present, +@var{inc} may optionally be specified as well. These arguments are +grouped with the argument @var{var} into a list, to distinguish them +from @var{body}, which includes all remaining elements of the +form.@refill + +In a Texinfo source file, this @code{@@defspec} line is written like +this (except it would not be split over two lines, as it is in this +example).@refill + +@example +@group +@@defspec foobar (@@var@{var@} [@@var@{from@} @@var@{to@} + [@@var@{inc@}]]) @@var@{body@}@@dots@{@} +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +The function is listed in the Command and Variable Index under +@samp{foobar}.@refill + +@node deffnx, Def Cmds in Detail, Optional Arguments, Definition Commands +@section Two or More `First' Lines +@cindex Two `First' Lines for @code{@@deffn} +@cindex Grouping two definitions together +@cindex Definitions grouped together +@findex deffnx + +To create two or more `first' or header lines for a definition, follow +the first @code{@@deffn} line by a line beginning with @code{@@deffnx}. +The @code{@@deffnx} command works exactly like @code{@@deffn} +except that it does not generate extra vertical white space between it +and the preceding line.@refill + +@need 1000 +For example, + +@example +@group +@@deffn @{Interactive Command@} isearch-forward +@@deffnx @{Interactive Command@} isearch-backward +These two search commands are similar except @dots{} +@@end deffn +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +produces + +@deffn {Interactive Command} isearch-forward +@deffnx {Interactive Command} isearch-backward +These two search commands are similar except @dots{} +@end deffn + +Each of the other definition commands has an `x' form: @code{@@defunx}, +@code{@@defvrx}, @code{@@deftypefunx}, etc. + +The `x' forms work just like @code{@@itemx}; see @ref{itemx, , @code{@@itemx}}. + +@node Def Cmds in Detail, Def Cmd Conventions, deffnx, Definition Commands +@section The Definition Commands + +Texinfo provides more than a dozen definition commands, all of which +are described in this section.@refill + +The definition commands automatically enter the name of the entity in +the appropriate index: for example, @code{@@deffn}, @code{@@defun}, +and @code{@@defmac} enter function names in the index of functions; +@code{@@defvr} and @code{@@defvar} enter variable names in the index +of variables.@refill + +Although the examples that follow mostly illustrate Lisp, the commands +can be used for other programming languages.@refill + +@menu +* Functions Commands:: Commands for functions and similar entities. +* Variables Commands:: Commands for variables and similar entities. +* Typed Functions:: Commands for functions in typed languages. +* Typed Variables:: Commands for variables in typed languages. +* Abstract Objects:: Commands for object-oriented programming. +* Data Types:: The definition command for data types. +@end menu + +@node Functions Commands, Variables Commands, Def Cmds in Detail, Def Cmds in Detail +@subsection Functions and Similar Entities + +This section describes the commands for describing functions and similar +entities:@refill + +@table @code +@findex deffn +@item @@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +The @code{@@deffn} command is the general definition command for +functions, interactive commands, and similar entities that may take +arguments. You must choose a term to describe the category of entity +being defined; for example, ``Function'' could be used if the entity is +a function. The @code{@@deffn} command is written at the beginning of a +line and is followed on the same line by the category of entity being +described, the name of this particular entity, and its arguments, if +any. Terminate the definition with @code{@@end deffn} on a line of its +own.@refill + +@need 750 +For example, here is a definition: + +@example +@group +@@deffn Command forward-char nchars +Move point forward @@var@{nchars@} characters. +@@end deffn +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +This shows a rather terse definition for a ``command'' named +@code{forward-char} with one argument, @var{nchars}. + +@code{@@deffn} prints argument names such as @var{nchars} in italics or +upper case, as if @code{@@var} had been used, because we think of these +names as metasyntactic variables---they stand for the actual argument +values. Within the text of the description, write an argument name +explicitly with @code{@@var} to refer to the value of the argument. In +the example above, we used @samp{@@var@{nchars@}} in this way. + +The template for @code{@@deffn} is: + +@example +@group +@@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +@var{body-of-definition} +@@end deffn +@end group +@end example + +@findex defun +@item @@defun @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +The @code{@@defun} command is the definition command for functions. +@code{@@defun} is equivalent to @samp{@@deffn Function +@dots{}}.@refill + +@need 800 +@noindent +For example, + +@example +@group +@@defun set symbol new-value +Change the value of the symbol @@var@{symbol@} +to @@var@{new-value@}. +@@end defun +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +shows a rather terse definition for a function @code{set} whose +arguments are @var{symbol} and @var{new-value}. The argument names on +the @code{@@defun} line automatically appear in italics or upper case as +if they were enclosed in @code{@@var}. Terminate the definition with +@code{@@end defun} on a line of its own.@refill + +The template is: + +@example +@group +@@defun @var{function-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +@var{body-of-definition} +@@end defun +@end group +@end example + +@code{@@defun} creates an entry in the index of functions. + +@findex defmac +@item @@defmac @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +The @code{@@defmac} command is the definition command for macros. +@code{@@defmac} is equivalent to @samp{@@deffn Macro @dots{}} and +works like @code{@@defun}.@refill + +@findex defspec +@item @@defspec @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +The @code{@@defspec} command is the definition command for special +forms. (In Lisp, a special form is an entity much like a function.) +@code{@@defspec} is equivalent to @samp{@@deffn @{Special Form@} +@dots{}} and works like @code{@@defun}.@refill +@end table + +@node Variables Commands, Typed Functions, Functions Commands, Def Cmds in Detail +@subsection Variables and Similar Entities + +Here are the commands for defining variables and similar +entities:@refill + +@table @code +@findex defvr +@item @@defvr @var{category} @var{name} +The @code{@@defvr} command is a general definition command for +something like a variable---an entity that records a value. You must +choose a term to describe the category of entity being defined; for +example, ``Variable'' could be used if the entity is a variable. +Write the @code{@@defvr} command at the beginning of a line and +followed it on the same line by the category of the entity and the +name of the entity.@refill + +Capitalize the category name like a title. If the name of the +category contains spaces, as in the name `User Option', write braces +around it. Otherwise, the second word will be mistaken for the name +of the entity, for example: + +@example +@group +@@defvr @{User Option@} fill-column +This buffer-local variable specifies +the maximum width of filled lines. +@dots{} +@@end defvr +@end group +@end example + +Terminate the definition with @code{@@end defvr} on a line of its +own.@refill + +The template is: + +@example +@group +@@defvr @var{category} @var{name} +@var{body-of-definition} +@@end defvr +@end group +@end example + +@code{@@defvr} creates an entry in the index of variables for @var{name}. + +@findex defvar +@item @@defvar @var{name} +The @code{@@defvar} command is the definition command for variables. +@code{@@defvar} is equivalent to @samp{@@defvr Variable +@dots{}}.@refill + +@need 750 +For example: + +@example +@group +@@defvar kill-ring +@dots{} +@@end defvar +@end group +@end example + +The template is: + +@example +@group +@@defvar @var{name} +@var{body-of-definition} +@@end defvar +@end group +@end example + +@code{@@defvar} creates an entry in the index of variables for +@var{name}.@refill + +@findex defopt +@item @@defopt @var{name} +The @code{@@defopt} command is the definition command for user +options. @code{@@defopt} is equivalent to @samp{@@defvr @{User +Option@} @dots{}} and works like @code{@@defvar}.@refill +@end table + +@node Typed Functions, Typed Variables, Variables Commands, Def Cmds in Detail +@subsection Functions in Typed Languages + +The @code{@@deftypefn} command and its variations are for describing +functions in C or any other language in which you must declare types +of variables and functions.@refill + +@table @code +@findex deftypefn +@item @@deftypefn @var{category} @var{data-type} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +The @code{@@deftypefn} command is the general definition command for +functions and similar entities that may take arguments and that are +typed. The @code{@@deftypefn} command is written at the beginning of +a line and is followed on the same line by the category of entity +being described, the type of the returned value, the name of this +particular entity, and its arguments, if any.@refill + +@need 800 +@noindent +For example, + +@example +@group +@@deftypefn @{Library Function@} int foobar + (int @@var@{foo@}, float @@var@{bar@}) +@dots{} +@@end deftypefn +@end group +@end example + +@need 1000 +@noindent +(where the text before the ``@dots{}'', shown above as two lines, would +actually be a single line in a real Texinfo file) produces the following +in Info: + +@smallexample +@group +-- Library Function: int foobar (int FOO, float BAR) +@dots{} +@end group +@end smallexample +@iftex + +In a printed manual, it produces: + +@quotation +@deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) +@dots{} +@end deftypefn +@end quotation +@end iftex + +This means that @code{foobar} is a ``library function'' that returns an +@code{int}, and its arguments are @var{foo} (an @code{int}) and +@var{bar} (a @code{float}).@refill + +The argument names that you write in @code{@@deftypefn} are not subject +to an implicit @code{@@var}---since the actual names of the arguments in +@code{@@deftypefn} are typically scattered among data type names and +keywords, Texinfo cannot find them without help. Instead, you must write +@code{@@var} explicitly around the argument names. In the example +above, the argument names are @samp{foo} and @samp{bar}.@refill + +The template for @code{@@deftypefn} is:@refill + +@example +@group +@@deftypefn @var{category} @var{data-type} @var{name} @var{arguments} @dots{} +@var{body-of-description} +@@end deftypefn +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +Note that if the @var{category} or @var{data type} is more than one +word then it must be enclosed in braces to make it a single argument.@refill + +If you are describing a procedure in a language that has packages, +such as Ada, you might consider using @code{@@deftypefn} in a manner +somewhat contrary to the convention described in the preceding +paragraphs.@refill + +@need 800 +@noindent +For example: + +@example +@group +@@deftypefn stacks private push + (@@var@{s@}:in out stack; + @@var@{n@}:in integer) +@dots{} +@@end deftypefn +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +(The @code{@@deftypefn} arguments are shown split into three lines, but +would be a single line in a real Texinfo file.) + +In this instance, the procedure is classified as belonging to the +package @code{stacks} rather than classified as a `procedure' and its +data type is described as @code{private}. (The name of the procedure +is @code{push}, and its arguments are @var{s} and @var{n}.)@refill + +@code{@@deftypefn} creates an entry in the index of functions for +@var{name}.@refill + +@findex deftypefun +@item @@deftypefun @var{data-type} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +The @code{@@deftypefun} command is the specialized definition command +for functions in typed languages. The command is equivalent to +@samp{@@deftypefn Function @dots{}}.@refill + +@need 800 +@noindent +Thus, + +@smallexample +@group +@@deftypefun int foobar (int @@var@{foo@}, float @@var@{bar@}) +@dots{} +@@end deftypefun +@end group +@end smallexample + +@noindent +produces the following in Info: + +@example +@group +-- Function: int foobar (int FOO, float BAR) +@dots{} +@end group +@end example +@iftex + +@need 800 +@noindent +and the following in a printed manual: + +@quotation +@deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar}) +@dots{} +@end deftypefun +@end quotation +@end iftex + +@need 800 +The template is: + +@example +@group +@@deftypefun @var{type} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +@var{body-of-description} +@@end deftypefun +@end group +@end example + +@code{@@deftypefun} creates an entry in the index of functions for +@var{name}.@refill +@end table + +@node Typed Variables, Abstract Objects, Typed Functions, Def Cmds in Detail +@subsection Variables in Typed Languages + +Variables in typed languages are handled in a manner similar to +functions in typed languages. @xref{Typed Functions}. The general +definition command @code{@@deftypevr} corresponds to +@code{@@deftypefn} and the specialized definition command +@code{@@deftypevar} corresponds to @code{@@deftypefun}.@refill + +@table @code +@findex deftypevr +@item @@deftypevr @var{category} @var{data-type} @var{name} +The @code{@@deftypevr} command is the general definition command for +something like a variable in a typed language---an entity that records +a value. You must choose a term to describe the category of the +entity being defined; for example, ``Variable'' could be used if the +entity is a variable.@refill + +The @code{@@deftypevr} command is written at the beginning of a line +and is followed on the same line by the category of the entity +being described, the data type, and the name of this particular +entity.@refill + +@need 800 +@noindent +For example: + +@example +@group +@@deftypevr @{Global Flag@} int enable +@dots{} +@@end deftypevr +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +produces the following in Info: + +@example +@group +-- Global Flag: int enable +@dots{} +@end group +@end example +@iftex + +@noindent +and the following in a printed manual: + +@quotation +@deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable +@dots{} +@end deftypevr +@end quotation +@end iftex + +@need 800 +The template is: + +@example +@@deftypevr @var{category} @var{data-type} @var{name} +@var{body-of-description} +@@end deftypevr +@end example + +@code{@@deftypevr} creates an entry in the index of variables for +@var{name}.@refill + +@findex deftypevar +@item @@deftypevar @var{data-type} @var{name} +The @code{@@deftypevar} command is the specialized definition command +for variables in typed languages. @code{@@deftypevar} is equivalent +to @samp{@@deftypevr Variable @dots{}}.@refill + +@need 800 +@noindent +For example: + +@example +@group +@@deftypevar int fubar +@dots{} +@@end deftypevar +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +produces the following in Info: + +@example +@group +-- Variable: int fubar +@dots{} +@end group +@end example +@iftex + +@need 800 +@noindent +and the following in a printed manual: + +@quotation +@deftypevar int fubar +@dots{} +@end deftypevar +@end quotation +@end iftex + +@need 800 +@noindent +The template is: + +@example +@group +@@deftypevar @var{data-type} @var{name} +@var{body-of-description} +@@end deftypevar +@end group +@end example + +@code{@@deftypevar} creates an entry in the index of variables for +@var{name}.@refill +@end table + +@node Abstract Objects, Data Types, Typed Variables, Def Cmds in Detail +@subsection Object-Oriented Programming + +Here are the commands for formatting descriptions about abstract +objects, such as are used in object-oriented programming. A class is +a defined type of abstract object. An instance of a class is a +particular object that has the type of the class. An instance +variable is a variable that belongs to the class but for which each +instance has its own value.@refill + +In a definition, if the name of a class is truly a name defined in the +programming system for a class, then you should write an @code{@@code} +around it. Otherwise, it is printed in the usual text font.@refill + +@table @code +@findex defcv +@item @@defcv @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} +The @code{@@defcv} command is the general definition command for +variables associated with classes in object-oriented programming. The +@code{@@defcv} command is followed by three arguments: the category of +thing being defined, the class to which it belongs, and its +name. Thus,@refill + +@example +@group +@@defcv @{Class Option@} Window border-pattern +@dots{} +@@end defcv +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +illustrates how you would write the first line of a definition of the +@code{border-pattern} class option of the class @code{Window}.@refill + +The template is + +@example +@group +@@defcv @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} +@dots{} +@@end defcv +@end group +@end example + +@code{@@defcv} creates an entry in the index of variables. + +@findex defivar +@item @@defivar @var{class} @var{name} +The @code{@@defivar} command is the definition command for instance +variables in object-oriented programming. @code{@@defivar} is +equivalent to @samp{@@defcv @{Instance Variable@} @dots{}}@refill + +The template is: + +@example +@group +@@defivar @var{class} @var{instance-variable-name} +@var{body-of-definition} +@@end defivar +@end group +@end example + +@code{@@defivar} creates an entry in the index of variables. + +@findex defop +@item @@defop @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +The @code{@@defop} command is the general definition command for +entities that may resemble methods in object-oriented programming. +These entities take arguments, as functions do, but are associated +with particular classes of objects.@refill + +For example, some systems have constructs called @dfn{wrappers} that +are associated with classes as methods are, but that act more like +macros than like functions. You could use @code{@@defop Wrapper} to +describe one of these.@refill + +Sometimes it is useful to distinguish methods and @dfn{operations}. +You can think of an operation as the specification for a method. +Thus, a window system might specify that all window classes have a +method named @code{expose}; we would say that this window system +defines an @code{expose} operation on windows in general. Typically, +the operation has a name and also specifies the pattern of arguments; +all methods that implement the operation must accept the same +arguments, since applications that use the operation do so without +knowing which method will implement it.@refill + +Often it makes more sense to document operations than methods. For +example, window application developers need to know about the +@code{expose} operation, but need not be concerned with whether a +given class of windows has its own method to implement this operation. +To describe this operation, you would write:@refill + +@example +@@defop Operation windows expose +@end example + +The @code{@@defop} command is written at the beginning of a line and +is followed on the same line by the overall name of the category of +operation, the name of the class of the operation, the name of the +operation, and its arguments, if any.@refill + +@need 800 +@noindent +The template is: + +@example +@group +@@defop @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +@var{body-of-definition} +@@end defop +@end group +@end example + +@code{@@defop} creates an entry, such as `@code{expose} on +@code{windows}', in the index of functions.@refill + +@findex defmethod +@item @@defmethod @var{class} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +The @code{@@defmethod} command is the definition command for methods +in object-oriented programming. A method is a kind of function that +implements an operation for a particular class of objects and its +subclasses. In the Lisp Machine, methods actually were functions, but +they were usually defined with @code{defmethod}. + +@code{@@defmethod} is equivalent to @samp{@@defop Method @dots{}}. +The command is written at the beginning of a line and is followed by +the name of the class of the method, the name of the method, and its +arguments, if any.@refill + +@need 800 +@noindent +For example, + +@example +@group +@@defmethod @code{bar-class} bar-method argument +@dots{} +@@end defmethod +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +illustrates the definition for a method called @code{bar-method} of +the class @code{bar-class}. The method takes an argument.@refill + +The template is: + +@example +@group +@@defmethod @var{class} @var{method-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +@var{body-of-definition} +@@end defmethod +@end group +@end example + +@code{@@defmethod} creates an entry, such as `@code{bar-method} on +@code{bar-class}', in the index of functions.@refill +@end table + +@node Data Types, , Abstract Objects, Def Cmds in Detail +@subsection Data Types + +Here is the command for data types:@refill + +@table @code +@findex deftp +@item @@deftp @var{category} @var{name} @var{attributes}@dots{} +The @code{@@deftp} command is the generic definition command for data +types. The command is written at the beginning of a line and is +followed on the same line by the category, by the name of the type +(which is a word like @code{int} or @code{float}), and then by names of +attributes of objects of that type. Thus, you could use this command +for describing @code{int} or @code{float}, in which case you could use +@code{data type} as the category. (A data type is a category of +certain objects for purposes of deciding which operations can be +performed on them.)@refill + +In Lisp, for example, @dfn{pair} names a particular data +type, and an object of that type has two slots called the +@sc{car} and the @sc{cdr}. Here is how you would write the first line +of a definition of @code{pair}.@refill + +@example +@group +@@deftp @{Data type@} pair car cdr +@dots{} +@@end deftp +@end group +@end example + +@need 950 +The template is: + +@example +@group +@@deftp @var{category} @var{name-of-type} @var{attributes}@dots{} +@var{body-of-definition} +@@end deftp +@end group +@end example + +@code{@@deftp} creates an entry in the index of data types. +@end table + +@node Def Cmd Conventions, Sample Function Definition, Def Cmds in Detail, Definition Commands +@section Conventions for Writing Definitions +@cindex Definition conventions +@cindex Conventions for writing definitions + +When you write a definition using @code{@@deffn}, @code{@@defun}, or +one of the other definition commands, please take care to use +arguments that indicate the meaning, as with the @var{count} argument +to the @code{forward-word} function. Also, if the name of an argument +contains the name of a type, such as @var{integer}, take care that the +argument actually is of that type.@refill + +@node Sample Function Definition, , Def Cmd Conventions, Definition Commands +@section A Sample Function Definition +@cindex Function definitions +@cindex Command definitions +@cindex Macro definitions +@cindex Sample function definition + +A function definition uses the @code{@@defun} and @code{@@end defun} +commands. The name of the function follows immediately after the +@code{@@defun} command and it is followed, on the same line, by the +parameter list.@refill + +Here is a definition from @cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}. +(@xref{Calling Functions, , Calling Functions, elisp, The GNU Emacs +Lisp Reference Manual}.) + +@quotation +@defun apply function &rest arguments +@code{apply} calls @var{function} with @var{arguments}, just +like @code{funcall} but with one difference: the last of +@var{arguments} is a list of arguments to give to +@var{function}, rather than a single argument. We also say +that this list is @dfn{appended} to the other arguments. + +@code{apply} returns the result of calling @var{function}. +As with @code{funcall}, @var{function} must either be a Lisp +function or a primitive function; special forms and macros +do not make sense in @code{apply}. + +@example +(setq f 'list) + @result{} list +(apply f 'x 'y 'z) +@error{} Wrong type argument: listp, z +(apply '+ 1 2 '(3 4)) + @result{} 10 +(apply '+ '(1 2 3 4)) + @result{} 10 + +(apply 'append '((a b c) nil (x y z) nil)) + @result{} (a b c x y z) +@end example + +An interesting example of using @code{apply} is found in the description +of @code{mapcar}.@refill +@end defun +@end quotation + +@need 1200 +In the Texinfo source file, this example looks like this: + +@example +@group +@@defun apply function &rest arguments + +@@code@{apply@} calls @@var@{function@} with +@@var@{arguments@}, just like @@code@{funcall@} but with one +difference: the last of @@var@{arguments@} is a list of +arguments to give to @@var@{function@}, rather than a single +argument. We also say that this list is @@dfn@{appended@} +to the other arguments. +@end group + +@group +@@code@{apply@} returns the result of calling +@@var@{function@}. As with @@code@{funcall@}, +@@var@{function@} must either be a Lisp function or a +primitive function; special forms and macros do not make +sense in @@code@{apply@}. +@end group + +@group +@@example +(setq f 'list) + @@result@{@} list +(apply f 'x 'y 'z) +@@error@{@} Wrong type argument: listp, z +(apply '+ 1 2 '(3 4)) + @@result@{@} 10 +(apply '+ '(1 2 3 4)) + @@result@{@} 10 + +(apply 'append '((a b c) nil (x y z) nil)) + @@result@{@} (a b c x y z) +@@end example +@end group + +@group +An interesting example of using @@code@{apply@} is found +in the description of @@code@{mapcar@}.@@refill +@@end defun +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +In this manual, this function is listed in the Command and Variable +Index under @code{apply}.@refill + +Ordinary variables and user options are described using a format like +that for functions except that variables do not take arguments. + +@node Footnotes, Conditionals, Definition Commands, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Footnotes +@cindex Footnotes +@findex footnote + +A @dfn{footnote} is for a reference that documents or elucidates the +primary text.@footnote{A footnote should complement or expand upon +the primary text, but a reader should not need to read a footnote to +understand the primary text. For a thorough discussion of footnotes, +see @cite{The Chicago Manual of Style}, which is published by the +University of Chicago Press.}@refill + +@menu +* Footnote Commands:: How to write a footnote in Texinfo. +* Footnote Styles:: Controlling how footnotes appear in Info. +@end menu + +@node Footnote Commands, Footnote Styles, Footnotes, Footnotes +@section Footnote Commands + +In Texinfo, footnotes are created with the @code{@@footnote} command. +This command is followed immediately by a left brace, then by the text +of the footnote, and then by a terminating right brace. The template +is: + +@example +@@footnote@{@var{text}@} +@end example + +Footnotes may be of any length, but are usually short.@refill + +For example, this clause is followed by a sample +footnote@footnote{Here is the sample footnote.}; in the Texinfo +source, it looks like this:@refill + +@example +@dots{}a sample footnote @@footnote@{Here is the sample +footnote.@}; in the Texinfo source@dots{} +@end example + +@strong{Warning:} Don't use footnotes in the argument of the +@code{@@item} command for a @code{@@table} table. This doesn't work; +because of limitations of @TeX{}, there is no way to fix it. To avoid +the problem, move the footnote into the body text of the table. + +In a printed manual or book, the reference mark for a footnote is a +small, superscripted number; the text of the footnote appears at the +bottom of the page, below a horizontal line.@refill + +In Info, the reference mark for a footnote is a pair of parentheses +with the footnote number between them, like this: @samp{(1)}.@refill + +@node Footnote Styles, , Footnote Commands, Footnotes +@section Footnote Styles + +Info has two footnote styles, which determine where the text of the +footnote is located:@refill + +@itemize @bullet +@cindex @samp{@r{End}} node footnote style +@item +In the `End' node style, all the footnotes for a single node +are placed at the end of that node. The footnotes are separated from +the rest of the node by a line of dashes with the word +@samp{Footnotes} within it. Each footnote begins with an +@samp{(@var{n})} reference mark.@refill + +@need 700 +@noindent +Here is an example of a single footnote in the end of node style:@refill + +@example +@group + --------- Footnotes --------- + +(1) Here is a sample footnote. +@end group +@end example + +@cindex @samp{@r{Separate}} footnote style +@item +In the `Separate' node style, all the footnotes for a single +node are placed in an automatically constructed node of +their own. In this style, a ``footnote reference'' follows +each @samp{(@var{n})} reference mark in the body of the +node. The footnote reference is actually a cross reference +which you use to reach the footnote node.@refill + +The name of the node containing the footnotes is constructed +by appending @w{@samp{-Footnotes}} to the name of the node +that contains the footnotes. (Consequently, the footnotes' +node for the @file{Footnotes} node is +@w{@file{Footnotes-Footnotes}}!) The footnotes' node has an +`Up' node pointer that leads back to its parent node.@refill + +@noindent +Here is how the first footnote in this manual looks after being +formatted for Info in the separate node style:@refill + +@smallexample +@group +File: texinfo.info Node: Overview-Footnotes, Up: Overview + +(1) Note that the first syllable of "Texinfo" is +pronounced like "speck", not "hex". @dots{} +@end group +@end smallexample +@end itemize + +A Texinfo file may be formatted into an Info file with either footnote +style.@refill + +@findex footnotestyle +Use the @code{@@footnotestyle} command to specify an Info file's +footnote style. Write this command at the beginning of a line followed +by an argument, either @samp{end} for the end node style or +@samp{separate} for the separate node style. + +@need 700 +For example, + +@example +@@footnotestyle end +@end example +@noindent +or +@example +@@footnotestyle separate +@end example + +Write an @code{@@footnotestyle} command before or shortly after the +end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file. (If you +include the @code{@@footnotestyle} command between the start-of-header +and end-of-header lines, the region formatting commands will format +footnotes as specified.)@refill + +If you do not specify a footnote style, the formatting commands use +their default style. Currently, @code{texinfo-format-buffer} and +@code{texinfo-format-region} use the `separate' style and +@code{makeinfo} uses the `end' style.@refill + +@c !!! note: makeinfo's --footnote-style option overrides footnotestyle +@ignore +If you use @code{makeinfo} to create the Info file, the +@samp{--footnote-style} option determines which style is used, +@samp{end} for the end of node style or @samp{separate} for the +separate node style. Thus, to format the Texinfo manual in the +separate node style, you would use the following shell command:@refill + +@example +makeinfo --footnote-style=separate texinfo.texi +@end example + +@noindent +To format the Texinfo manual in the end of node style, you would +type:@refill + +@example +makeinfo --footnote-style=end texinfo.texi +@end example +@end ignore +@ignore +If you use @code{texinfo-format-buffer} or +@code{texinfo-format-region} to create the Info file, the value of the +@code{texinfo-footnote-style} variable controls the footnote style. +It can be either @samp{"separate"} for the separate node style or +@samp{"end"} for the end of node style. (You can change the value of +this variable with the @kbd{M-x edit-options} command (@pxref{Edit +Options, , Editing Variable Values, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}), or +with the @kbd{M-x set-variable} command (@pxref{Examining, , Examining +and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}).@refill + +The @code{texinfo-footnote-style} variable also controls the style if +you use the @kbd{M-x makeinfo-region} or @kbd{M-x makeinfo-buffer} +command in Emacs.@refill +@end ignore +This chapter contains two footnotes.@refill + +@node Conditionals, Macros, Footnotes, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Conditionally Visible Text +@cindex Conditionally visible text +@cindex Text, conditionally visible +@cindex Visibility of conditional text +@cindex If text conditionally visible +@findex ifhtml +@findex ifinfo +@findex iftex + +Sometimes it is good to use different text for a printed manual and +its corresponding Info file. In this case, you can use the +@dfn{conditional commands} to specify which text is for the printed manual +and which is for the Info file.@refill + +@menu +* Conditional Commands:: How to specify text for HTML, Info, or @TeX{}. +* Using Ordinary TeX Commands:: You can use any and all @TeX{} commands. +* set clear value:: How to designate which text to format (for + both Info and @TeX{}); and how to set a + flag to a string that you can insert. +@end menu + +@node Conditional Commands, Using Ordinary TeX Commands, Conditionals, Conditionals +@ifinfo +@heading Using @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@iftex} +@end ifinfo + +@code{@@ifinfo} begins segments of text that should be ignored +by @TeX{} when it +typesets the printed manual. The segment of text appears only +in the Info file. +The @code{@@ifinfo} command should appear on a line by itself; end +the Info-only text with a line containing @code{@@end ifinfo} by +itself. At the beginning of a Texinfo file, the Info permissions are +contained within a region marked by @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end +ifinfo}. (@xref{Info Summary and Permissions}.)@refill + +The @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex} commands are similar to the +@code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo} commands, except that they +specify text that will appear in the printed manual but not in the Info +file. Likewise for @code{@@ifhtml} and @code{@@end ifhtml}, which +specify text to appear only in HTML output.@refill + +@need 700 +For example, + +@example +@@iftex +This text will appear only in the printed manual. +@@end iftex + +@@ifinfo +However, this text will appear only in Info. +@@end ifinfo +@end example + +@noindent +The preceding example produces the following line: + +@iftex +This text will appear only in the printed manual. +@end iftex + +@ifinfo +However, this text will appear only in Info. +@end ifinfo + +@noindent +Note how you only see one of the two lines, depending on whether you +are reading the Info version or the printed version of this +manual.@refill + +The @code{@@titlepage} command is a special variant of @code{@@iftex} that +is used for making the title and copyright pages of the printed +manual. (@xref{titlepage, , @code{@@titlepage}}.) @refill + +@node Using Ordinary TeX Commands, set clear value, Conditional Commands, Conditionals +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Using Ordinary @TeX{} Commands +@cindex @TeX{} commands, using ordinary +@cindex Ordinary @TeX{} commands, using +@cindex Commands using ordinary @TeX{} +@cindex plain @TeX{} + +Inside a region delineated by @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex}, +you can embed some plain @TeX{} commands. Info will ignore these +commands since they are only in that part of the file which is seen by +@TeX{}. You can write the @TeX{} commands as you would write them in +a normal @TeX{} file, except that you must replace the @samp{\} used +by @TeX{} with an @samp{@@}. For example, in the @code{@@titlepage} +section of a Texinfo file, you can use the @TeX{} command +@code{@@vskip} to format the copyright page. (The @code{@@titlepage} +command causes Info to ignore the region automatically, as it does +with the @code{@@iftex} command.)@refill + +However, many features of plain @TeX{} will not work, as they are +overridden by features of Texinfo. + +@findex tex +You can enter plain @TeX{} completely, and use @samp{\} in the @TeX{} +commands, by delineating a region with the @code{@@tex} and @code{@@end +tex} commands. (The @code{@@tex} command also causes Info to ignore the +region, like the @code{@@iftex} +command.)@refill + +@cindex Mathematical expressions +For example, here is a mathematical expression written in +plain @TeX{}:@refill + +@example +@@tex +$$ \chi^2 = \sum_@{i=1@}^N + \left (y_i - (a + b x_i) + \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$ +@@end tex +@end example + +@noindent +The output of this example will appear only in a printed manual. If +you are reading this in Info, you will not see anything after this +paragraph. +@iftex +In a printed manual, the above expression looks like +this: +@end iftex + +@tex +$$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N + \left(y_i - (a + b x_i) + \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$ +@end tex + +@node set clear value, , Using Ordinary TeX Commands, Conditionals +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @code{@@set}, @code{@@clear}, and @code{@@value} + +You can direct the Texinfo formatting commands to format or ignore parts +of a Texinfo file with the @code{@@set}, @code{@@clear}, @code{@@ifset}, +and @code{@@ifclear} commands.@refill + +In addition, you can use the @code{@@set @var{flag}} command to set the +value of @var{flag} to a string of characters; and use +@code{@@value@{@var{flag}@}} to insert that string. You can use +@code{@@set}, for example, to set a date and use @code{@@value} to +insert the date in several places in the Texinfo file.@refill + +@menu +* ifset ifclear:: Format a region if a flag is set. +* value:: Replace a flag with a string. +* value Example:: An easy way to update edition information. +@end menu + +@node ifset ifclear, value, set clear value, set clear value +@subsection @code{@@ifset} and @code{@@ifclear} + +@findex ifset +When a @var{flag} is set, the Texinfo formatting commands format text +between subsequent pairs of @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} and @code{@@end +ifset} commands. When the @var{flag} is cleared, the Texinfo formatting +commands do @emph{not} format the text. + +Use the @code{@@set @var{flag}} command to turn on, or @dfn{set}, a +@var{flag}; a @dfn{flag} can be any single word. The format for the +command looks like this:@refill +@findex set + +@example +@@set @var{flag} +@end example + +Write the conditionally formatted text between @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} +and @code{@@end ifset} commands, like this:@refill + +@example +@group +@@ifset @var{flag} +@var{conditional-text} +@@end ifset +@end group +@end example + +For example, you can create one document that has two variants, such as +a manual for a `large' and `small' model:@refill + +@example +You can use this machine to dig up shrubs +without hurting them. + +@@set large + +@@ifset large +It can also dig up fully grown trees. +@@end ifset + +Remember to replant promptly @dots{} +@end example + +@noindent +In the example, the formatting commands will format the text between +@code{@@ifset large} and @code{@@end ifset} because the @code{large} +flag is set.@refill + +@findex clear +Use the @code{@@clear @var{flag}} command to turn off, or @dfn{clear}, +a flag. Clearing a flag is the opposite of setting a flag. The +command looks like this:@refill + +@example +@@clear @var{flag} +@end example + +@noindent +Write the command on a line of its own. + +When @var{flag} is cleared, the Texinfo formatting commands do +@emph{not} format the text between @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} and +@code{@@end ifset}; that text is ignored and does not appear in either +printed or Info output.@refill + +For example, if you clear the flag of the preceding example by writing +an @code{@@clear large} command after the @code{@@set large} command +(but before the conditional text), then the Texinfo formatting commands +ignore the text between the @code{@@ifset large} and @code{@@end ifset} +commands. In the formatted output, that text does not appear; in both +printed and Info output, you see only the lines that say, ``You can use +this machine to dig up shrubs without hurting them. Remember to replant +promptly @dots{}''. + +@findex ifclear +If a flag is cleared with an @code{@@clear @var{flag}} command, then +the formatting commands format text between subsequent pairs of +@code{@@ifclear} and @code{@@end ifclear} commands. But if the flag +is set with @code{@@set @var{flag}}, then the formatting commands do +@emph{not} format text between an @code{@@ifclear} and an @code{@@end +ifclear} command; rather, they ignore that text. An @code{@@ifclear} +command looks like this:@refill + +@example +@@ifclear @var{flag} +@end example + +@need 700 +In brief, the commands are:@refill + +@table @code +@item @@set @var{flag} +Tell the Texinfo formatting commands that @var{flag} is set.@refill + +@item @@clear @var{flag} +Tell the Texinfo formatting commands that @var{flag} is cleared.@refill + +@item @@ifset @var{flag} +If @var{flag} is set, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to format +the text up to the following @code{@@end ifset} command.@refill + +If @var{flag} is cleared, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to +ignore text up to the following @code{@@end ifset} command.@refill + +@item @@ifclear @var{flag} +If @var{flag} is set, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to ignore +the text up to the following @code{@@end ifclear} command.@refill + +If @var{flag} is cleared, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to +format the text up to the following @code{@@end ifclear} +command.@refill +@end table + +@node value, value Example, ifset ifclear, set clear value +@subsection @code{@@value} +@findex value + +You can use the @code{@@set} command to specify a value for a flag, +which is expanded by the @code{@@value} command. The value is a string +a characters. + +Write the @code{@@set} command like this: + +@example +@@set foo This is a string. +@end example + +@noindent +This sets the value of @code{foo} to ``This is a string.'' + +The Texinfo formatters replace an @code{@@value@{@var{flag}@}} command with +the string to which @var{flag} is set.@refill + +Thus, when @code{foo} is set as shown above, the Texinfo formatters convert + +@example +@group +@@value@{foo@} +@exdent @r{to} +This is a string. +@end group +@end example + +You can write an @code{@@value} command within a paragraph; but you +must write an @code{@@set} command on a line of its own. + +If you write the @code{@@set} command like this: + +@example +@@set foo +@end example + +@noindent +without specifying a string, the value of @code{foo} is an empty string. + +If you clear a previously set flag with an @code{@@clear @var{flag}} +command, a subsequent @code{@@value@{flag@}} command is invalid and the +string is replaced with an error message that says @samp{@{No value for +"@var{flag}"@}}. + +For example, if you set @code{foo} as follows:@refill + +@example +@@set how-much very, very, very +@end example + +@noindent +then the formatters transform + +@example +@group +It is a @@value@{how-much@} wet day. +@exdent @r{into} +It is a very, very, very wet day. +@end group +@end example + +If you write + +@example +@@clear how-much +@end example + +@noindent +then the formatters transform + +@example +@group +It is a @@value@{how-much@} wet day. +@exdent @r{into} +It is a @{No value for "how-much"@} wet day. +@end group +@end example + +@node value Example, , value, set clear value +@subsection @code{@@value} Example + +You can use the @code{@@value} command to limit the number of places you +need to change when you record an update to a manual. +Here is how it is done in @cite{The GNU Make Manual}: + +@need 1000 +@noindent +Set the flags: + +@example +@group +@@set EDITION 0.35 Beta +@@set VERSION 3.63 Beta +@@set UPDATED 14 August 1992 +@@set UPDATE-MONTH August 1992 +@end group +@end example + +@need 750 +@noindent +Write text for the first @code{@@ifinfo} section, for people reading the +Texinfo file: + +@example +@group +This is Edition @@value@{EDITION@}, +last updated @@value@{UPDATED@}, +of @@cite@{The GNU Make Manual@}, +for @@code@{make@}, Version @@value@{VERSION@}. +@end group +@end example + +@need 1000 +@noindent +Write text for the title page, for people reading the printed manual: +@c List only the month and the year since that looks less fussy on a +@c printed cover than a date that lists the day as well. + +@example +@group +@@title GNU Make +@@subtitle A Program for Directing Recompilation +@@subtitle Edition @@value@{EDITION@}, @dots{} +@@subtitle @@value@{UPDATE-MONTH@} +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +(On a printed cover, a date listing the month and the year looks less +fussy than a date listing the day as well as the month and year.) + +@need 750 +@noindent +Write text for the Top node, for people reading the Info file: + +@example +@group +This is Edition @@value@{EDITION@} +of the @@cite@{GNU Make Manual@}, +last updated @@value@{UPDATED@} +for @@code@{make@} Version @@value@{VERSION@}. +@end group +@end example + +@need 950 +After you format the manual, the text in the first @code{@@ifinfo} +section looks like this: + +@example +@group +This is Edition 0.35 Beta, last updated 14 August 1992, +of `The GNU Make Manual', for `make', Version 3.63 Beta. +@end group +@end example + +When you update the manual, change only the values of the flags; you do +not need to rewrite the three sections. + + +@node Macros, Format/Print Hardcopy, Conditionals, Top +@chapter Macros: Defining New Texinfo Commands +@cindex Macros +@cindex Defining new Texinfo commands +@cindex New Texinfo commands, defining +@cindex Texinfo commands, defining new +@cindex User-defined Texinfo commands + +A Texinfo @dfn{macro} allows you to define a new Texinfo command as any +sequence of text and/or existing commands (including other macros). The +macro can have any number of @dfn{parameters}---text you supply each +time you use the macro. (This has nothing to do with the +@code{@@defmac} command, which is for documenting macros in the subject +of the manual; @pxref{Def Cmd Template}.) + +@menu +* Defining Macros:: Both defining and undefining new commands. +* Invoking Macros:: Using a macro, once you've defined it. +@end menu + + +@node Defining Macros, Invoking Macros, Macros, Macros +@section Defining Macros +@cindex Defining macros +@cindex Macro definitions + +@findex macro +You use the Texinfo @code{@@macro} command to define a macro. For example: + +@example +@@macro @var{macro-name}@{@var{param1}, @var{param2}, @dots{}@} +@var{text} @dots{} \@var{param1}\ @dots{} +@@end macro +@end example + +The @dfn{parameters} @var{param1}, @var{param2}, @dots{} correspond to +arguments supplied when the macro is subsequently used in the document +(see the next section). + +If a macro needs no parameters, you can define it either with an empty +list (@samp{@@macro foo @{@}}) or with no braces at all (@samp{@@macro +foo}). + +@cindex Body of a macro +@cindex Mutually recursive macros +@cindex Recursion, mutual +The definition or @dfn{body} of the macro can contain any Texinfo +commands, including previously-defined macros. (It is not possible to +have mutually recursive Texinfo macros.) In the body, instances of a +parameter name surrounded by backslashes, as in @samp{\@var{param1}\} in +the example above, are replaced by the corresponding argument from the +macro invocation. + +@findex unmacro +@cindex Macros, undefining +@cindex Undefining macros +You can undefine a macro @var{foo} with @code{@@unmacro @var{foo}}. +It is not an error to undefine a macro that is already undefined. +For example: + +@example +@@unmacro foo +@end example + + +@node Invoking Macros, , Defining Macros, Macros +@section Invoking Macros +@cindex Invoking macros +@cindex Macro invocation + +After a macro is defined (see the previous section), you can use +(@dfn{invoke}) it in your document like this: + +@example +@@@var{macro-name} @{@var{arg1}, @var{arg2}, @dots{}@} +@end example + +@noindent and the result will be just as if you typed the body of +@var{macro-name} at that spot. For example: + +@example +@@macro foo @{p, q@} +Together: \p\ & \q\. +@@end macro +@@foo@{a, b@} +@end example + +@noindent produces: + +@display +Together: a & b. +@end display + +@cindex Backslash, and macros +Thus, the arguments and parameters are separated by commas and delimited +by braces; any whitespace after (but not before) a comma is ignored. To +insert a comma, brace, or backslash in an argument, prepend a backslash, +as in + +@example +@@@var{macro-name} @{\\\@{\@}\,@} +@end example + +@noindent +which will pass the (almost certainly error-producing) argument +@samp{\@{@},} to @var{macro-name}. + +If the macro is defined to take a single argument, and is invoked +without any braces, the entire rest of the line after the macro name is +supplied as the argument. For example: + +@example +@@macro bar @{p@} +Twice: \p\, \p\. +@@end macro +@@bar aah +@end example + +@noindent produces: + +@display +Twice: aah, aah. +@end display + + +@node Format/Print Hardcopy, Create an Info File, Macros, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Format and Print Hardcopy +@cindex Format and print hardcopy +@cindex Hardcopy, printing it +@cindex Making a printed manual +@cindex Sorting indices +@cindex Indices, sorting +@cindex @TeX{} index sorting +@pindex texindex + +There are three major shell commands for making a printed manual from a +Texinfo file: one for converting the Texinfo file into a file that will be +printed, a second for sorting indices, and a third for printing the +formatted document. When you use the shell commands, you can either +work directly in the operating system shell or work within a shell +inside GNU Emacs.@refill + +If you are using GNU Emacs, you can use commands provided by Texinfo +mode instead of shell commands. In addition to the three commands to +format a file, sort the indices, and print the result, Texinfo mode +offers key bindings for commands to recenter the output buffer, show the +print queue, and delete a job from the print queue.@refill + +@menu +* Use TeX:: Use @TeX{} to format for hardcopy. +* Format with tex/texindex:: How to format in a shell. +* Format with texi2dvi:: A simpler way to use the shell. +* Print with lpr:: How to print. +* Within Emacs:: How to format and print from an Emacs shell. +* Texinfo Mode Printing:: How to format and print in Texinfo mode. +* Compile-Command:: How to print using Emacs's compile command. +* Requirements Summary:: @TeX{} formatting requirements summary. +* Preparing for TeX:: What you need to do to use @TeX{}. +* Overfull hboxes:: What are and what to do with overfull hboxes. +* smallbook:: How to print small format books and manuals. +* A4 Paper:: How to print on European A4 paper. +* Cropmarks and Magnification:: How to print marks to indicate the size + of pages and how to print scaled up output. +@end menu + +@node Use TeX, Format with tex/texindex, Format/Print Hardcopy, Format/Print Hardcopy +@ifinfo +@heading Use @TeX{} +@end ifinfo + +The typesetting program called @TeX{} is used for formatting a Texinfo +file. @TeX{} is a very powerful typesetting program and, if used right, +does an exceptionally good job. @xref{Obtaining TeX, , How to Obtain +@TeX{}}, for information on how to obtain @TeX{}.@refill + +The @code{makeinfo}, @code{texinfo-format-region}, and +@code{texinfo-format-buffer} commands read the very same @@-commands +in the Texinfo file as does @TeX{}, but process them differently to +make an Info file; see @ref{Create an Info File}.@refill + +@node Format with tex/texindex, Format with texi2dvi, Use TeX, Format/Print Hardcopy +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Format using @code{tex} and @code{texindex} +@cindex Shell formatting with @code{tex} and @code{texindex} +@cindex Formatting with @code{tex} and @code{texindex} +@cindex DVI file + +Format the Texinfo file with the shell command @code{tex} followed by +the name of the Texinfo file. This command produces a formatted +@sc{dvi} file as well as several auxiliary files containing indices, +cross references, etc. The @sc{dvi} file (for @dfn{DeVice Independent} +file) can be printed on a wide variety of printers.@refill + +The @code{tex} formatting command itself does not sort the indices; it +writes an output file of unsorted index data. This is a misfeature of +@TeX{}. (The @code{texi2dvi} command automatically generates indices; +see @ref{Format with texi2dvi, , Format using @code{texi2dvi}}.) To +generate a printed index after running the @code{tex} command, you first +need a sorted index to work from. The @code{texindex} command sorts +indices. (The source file @file{texindex.c} comes as part of the +standard GNU distribution and is usually installed when Emacs is +installed.)@refill +@pindex texindex +@ignore +Usage: texindex [-k] [-T tempdir] infile [-o outfile] ... + +Each infile arg can optionally be followed by a `-o outfile' arg; +for each infile that is not followed by a -o arg, the infile name with +`s' (for `sorted') appended is used for the outfile. + +-T dir is the directory to put temp files in, instead of /tmp. +-k means `keep tempfiles', for debugging. +@end ignore + +The @code{tex} formatting command outputs unsorted index files under +names that obey a standard convention. These names are the name of +your main input file to the @code{tex} formatting command, with +everything after the first period thrown away, and the two letter +names of indices added at the end. For example, the raw index output +files for the input file @file{foo.texinfo} would be @file{foo.cp}, +@file{foo.vr}, @file{foo.fn}, @file{foo.tp}, @file{foo.pg} and +@file{foo.ky}. Those are exactly the arguments to give to +@code{texindex}.@refill + +@need 1000 +Or else, you can use @samp{??} as ``wild-cards'' and give the command in +this form:@refill + +@example +texindex foo.?? +@end example + +@noindent +This command will run @code{texindex} on all the unsorted index files, +including any that you have defined yourself using @code{@@defindex} +or @code{@@defcodeindex}. (You may execute @samp{texindex foo.??} +even if there are similarly named files with two letter extensions +that are not index files, such as @samp{foo.el}. The @code{texindex} +command reports but otherwise ignores such files.)@refill + +For each file specified, @code{texindex} generates a sorted index file +whose name is made by appending @samp{s} to the input file name. The +@code{@@printindex} command knows to look for a file of that name. +@code{texindex} does not alter the raw index output file.@refill + +After you have sorted the indices, you need to rerun the @code{tex} +formatting command on the Texinfo file. This regenerates a formatted +@sc{dvi} file with up-to-date index entries.@footnote{If you use more +than one index and have cross references to an index other than the +first, you must run @code{tex} @emph{three times} to get correct output: +once to generate raw index data; again (after @code{texindex}) to output +the text of the indices and determine their true page numbers; and a +third time to output correct page numbers in cross references to them. +However, cross references to indices are rare.}@refill + +To summarize, this is a three step process: + +@enumerate +@item +Run the @code{tex} formatting command on the Texinfo file. This +generates the formatted @sc{dvi} file as well as the raw index files +with two letter extensions.@refill + +@item +Run the shell command @code{texindex} on the raw index files to sort +them. This creates the corresponding sorted index files.@refill + +@item +Rerun the @code{tex} formatting command on the Texinfo file. This +regenerates a formatted @sc{dvi} file with the index entries in the +correct order. This second run also corrects the page numbers for +the cross references. (The tables of contents are always correct.)@refill +@end enumerate + +You need not run @code{texindex} each time after you run the +@code{tex} formatting. If you do not, on the next run, the @code{tex} +formatting command will use whatever sorted index files happen to +exist from the previous use of @code{texindex}. This is usually +@sc{ok} while you are debugging.@refill + +@node Format with texi2dvi, Print with lpr, Format with tex/texindex, Format/Print Hardcopy +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Format using @code{texi2dvi} +@pindex texi2dvi @r{(shell script)} + +The @code{texi2dvi} command is a shell script that automatically runs +both @code{tex} and @code{texindex} as many times as necessary to +produce a @sc{dvi} file with up-to-date, sorted indices. It simplifies +the @code{tex}---@code{texindex}---@code{tex} sequence described in the +previous section. + +@need 1000 +The syntax for @code{texi2dvi} is like this (where @samp{prompt$} is the +shell prompt):@refill + +@example +prompt$ @kbd{texi2dvi @var{filename}@dots{}} +@end example + +@node Print with lpr, Within Emacs, Format with texi2dvi, Format/Print Hardcopy +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Shell Print Using @code{lpr -d} +@pindex lpr @r{(@sc{dvi} print command)} + +You can print a @sc{dvi} file with the @sc{dvi} print command. The +precise printing command to use depends on your system; @samp{lpr -d} is +common. The @sc{dvi} print command may require a file name without any +extension or with a @samp{.dvi} extension.@refill + +@need 1200 +The following commands, for example, sort the indices, format, and +print the @cite{Bison Manual} (where @samp{%} is the shell +prompt):@refill + +@example +@group +% tex bison.texinfo +% texindex bison.?? +% tex bison.texinfo +% lpr -d bison.dvi +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +(Remember that the shell commands may be different at your site; but +these are commonly used versions.)@refill + +@need 1000 +Using the @code{texi2dvi} shell script, you simply need type:@refill + +@example +@group +% texi2dvi bison.texinfo +% lpr -d bison.dvi +@end group +@end example + +@node Within Emacs, Texinfo Mode Printing, Print with lpr, Format/Print Hardcopy +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section From an Emacs Shell @dots{} +@cindex Print, format from Emacs shell +@cindex Format, print from Emacs shell +@cindex Shell, format, print from +@cindex Emacs shell, format, print from +@cindex GNU Emacs shell, format, print from + +You can give formatting and printing commands from a shell within GNU +Emacs. To create a shell within Emacs, type @kbd{M-x shell}. In this +shell, you can format and print the document. @xref{Format/Print +Hardcopy, , Format and Print Hardcopy}, for details.@refill + +You can switch to and from the shell buffer while @code{tex} is +running and do other editing. If you are formatting a long document +on a slow machine, this can be very convenient.@refill + +You can also use @code{texi2dvi} from an Emacs shell. For example, +here is how to use @code{texi2dvi} to format and print @cite{Using and +Porting GNU CC} from a shell within Emacs (where @samp{%} is the shell +prompt):@refill + +@example +@group +% texi2dvi gcc.texinfo +% lpr -d gcc.dvi +@end group +@end example +@ifinfo + +@xref{Texinfo Mode Printing}, for more information about formatting +and printing in Texinfo mode.@refill +@end ifinfo + +@node Texinfo Mode Printing, Compile-Command, Within Emacs, Format/Print Hardcopy +@section Formatting and Printing in Texinfo Mode +@cindex Region printing in Texinfo mode +@cindex Format and print in Texinfo mode +@cindex Print and format in Texinfo mode + +Texinfo mode provides several predefined key commands for @TeX{} +formatting and printing. These include commands for sorting indices, +looking at the printer queue, killing the formatting job, and +recentering the display of the buffer in which the operations +occur.@refill + +@table @kbd +@item C-c C-t C-b +@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-buffer +Run @code{texi2dvi} on the current buffer.@refill + +@item C-c C-t C-r +@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-region +Run @TeX{} on the current region.@refill + +@item C-c C-t C-i +@itemx M-x texinfo-texindex +Sort the indices of a Texinfo file formatted with +@code{texinfo-tex-region}.@refill + +@item C-c C-t C-p +@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-print +Print a @sc{dvi} file that was made with @code{texinfo-tex-region} or +@code{texinfo-tex-buffer}.@refill + +@item C-c C-t C-q +@itemx M-x tex-show-print-queue +Show the print queue.@refill + +@item C-c C-t C-d +@itemx M-x texinfo-delete-from-print-queue +Delete a job from the print queue; you will be prompted for the job +number shown by a preceding @kbd{C-c C-t C-q} command +(@code{texinfo-show-tex-print-queue}).@refill + +@item C-c C-t C-k +@itemx M-x tex-kill-job +Kill the currently running @TeX{} job started by +@code{texinfo-tex-region} or @code{texinfo-tex-buffer}, or any other +process running in the Texinfo shell buffer.@refill + +@item C-c C-t C-x +@itemx M-x texinfo-quit-job +Quit a @TeX{} formatting job that has stopped because of an error by +sending an @key{x} to it. When you do this, @TeX{} preserves a record +of what it did in a @file{.log} file.@refill + +@item C-c C-t C-l +@itemx M-x tex-recenter-output-buffer +Redisplay the shell buffer in which the @TeX{} printing and formatting +commands are run to show its most recent output.@refill +@end table + +@need 1000 +Thus, the usual sequence of commands for formatting a buffer is as +follows (with comments to the right):@refill + +@example +@group +C-c C-t C-b @r{Run @code{texi2dvi} on the buffer.} +C-c C-t C-p @r{Print the @sc{dvi} file.} +C-c C-t C-q @r{Display the printer queue.} +@end group +@end example + +The Texinfo mode @TeX{} formatting commands start a subshell in Emacs +called the @file{*tex-shell*}. The @code{texinfo-tex-command}, +@code{texinfo-texindex-command}, and @code{tex-dvi-print-command} +commands are all run in this shell. + +You can watch the commands operate in the @samp{*tex-shell*} buffer, +and you can switch to and from and use the @samp{*tex-shell*} buffer +as you would any other shell buffer.@refill + +@need 1500 +The formatting and print commands depend on the values of several variables. +The default values are:@refill + +@example +@group + @r{Variable} @r{Default value} + +texinfo-texi2dvi-command "texi2dvi" +texinfo-tex-command "tex" +texinfo-texindex-command "texindex" +texinfo-delete-from-print-queue-command "lprm" +texinfo-tex-trailer "@@bye" +tex-start-of-header "%**start" +tex-end-of-header "%**end" +tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" +tex-show-queue-command "lpq" +@end group +@end example + +You can change the values of these variables with the @kbd{M-x +edit-options} command (@pxref{Edit Options, , Editing Variable Values, +emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}), with the @kbd{M-x set-variable} command +(@pxref{Examining, , Examining and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU +Emacs Manual}), or with your @file{.emacs} initialization file +(@pxref{Init File, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}).@refill + +@node Compile-Command, Requirements Summary, Texinfo Mode Printing, Format/Print Hardcopy +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Using the Local Variables List +@cindex Local variables +@cindex Compile command for formatting +@cindex Format with the compile command + +Yet another way to apply the @TeX{} formatting command to a Texinfo file +is to put that command in a @dfn{local variables list} at the end of the +Texinfo file. You can then specify the @code{tex} or @code{texi2dvi} +commands as a @code{compile-command} and have Emacs run it by typing +@kbd{M-x compile}. This creates a special shell called the +@file{*compilation*} buffer in which Emacs runs the compile command. +For example, at the end of the @file{gdb.texinfo} file, after the +@code{@@bye}, you could put the following:@refill + +@example +@group +@@c Local Variables: +@@c compile-command: "texi2dvi gdb.texinfo" +@@c End: +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +This technique is most often used by programmers who also compile programs +this way; see @ref{Compilation, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.@refill + +@node Requirements Summary, Preparing for TeX, Compile-Command, Format/Print Hardcopy +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section @TeX{} Formatting Requirements Summary +@cindex Requirements for formatting +@cindex Formatting requirements + +Every Texinfo file that is to be input to @TeX{} must begin with a +@code{\input} command and must contain an @code{@@setfilename} command and +an @code{@@settitle} command:@refill + +@example +\input texinfo +@@setfilename @var{arg-not-used-by-@TeX{}} +@@settitle @var{name-of-manual} +@end example + +@noindent +The first command instructs @TeX{} to load the macros it needs to +process a Texinfo file, the second command opens auxiliary files, and +the third specifies the title of printed manual. + +@need 1000 +Every Texinfo file must end with a line that terminates @TeX{} +processing and forces out unfinished pages:@refill + +@example +@@bye +@end example + +Strictly speaking, these four lines are all a Texinfo file needs for +@TeX{}, besides the body. (The @code{@@setfilename} line is the only +line that a Texinfo file needs for Info formatting.)@refill + +Usually, the file's first line contains an @samp{@@c -*-texinfo-*-} +comment that causes Emacs to switch to Texinfo mode when you edit the +file. In addition, the beginning usually includes an +@code{@@setchapternewpage} command, a title page, a copyright page, and +permissions. Besides an @code{@@bye}, the end of a file usually +includes indices and a table of contents.@refill + +@iftex +For more information, see +@ref{setchapternewpage, , @code{@@setchapternewpage}}, +@ref{Headings, ,Page Headings}, +@ref{Titlepage & Copyright Page}, +@ref{Printing Indices & Menus}, and +@ref{Contents}. +@end iftex +@noindent +@ifinfo +For more information, see@* +@ref{setchapternewpage, , @code{@@setchapternewpage}},@* +@ref{Headings, ,Page Headings},@* +@ref{Titlepage & Copyright Page},@* +@ref{Printing Indices & Menus}, and@* +@ref{Contents}. +@end ifinfo + +@node Preparing for TeX, Overfull hboxes, Requirements Summary, Format/Print Hardcopy +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Preparing to Use @TeX{} +@cindex Preparing to use @TeX{} +@cindex @TeX{} input initialization +@cindex @code{TEXINPUTS} environment variable +@vindex TEXINPUTS +@cindex @b{.profile} initialization file +@cindex @b{.cshrc} initialization file +@cindex Initialization file for @TeX{} input + +@TeX{} needs to know where to find the @file{texinfo.tex} file +that you have told it to input with the @samp{\input texinfo} command +at the beginning of the first line. The @file{texinfo.tex} file tells +@TeX{} how to handle @@-commands. (@file{texinfo.tex} is +included in the standard GNU distributions.)@refill + +Usually, the @file{texinfo.tex} file is put in the default directory +that contains @TeX{} macros (the @file{/usr/lib/tex/macros} +directory) when GNU Emacs or other GNU software is installed. +In this case, @TeX{} will +find the file and you do not need to do anything special. +Alternatively, you can put @file{texinfo.tex} in the directory in +which the Texinfo source file is located, and @TeX{} will find it +there.@refill + +However, you may want to specify the location of the @code{\input} file +yourself. One way to do this is to write the complete path for the file +after the @code{\input} command. Another way is to set the +@code{TEXINPUTS} environment variable in your @file{.cshrc} or +@file{.profile} file. The @code{TEXINPUTS} environment variable will tell +@TeX{} where to find the @file{texinfo.tex} file and any other file that +you might want @TeX{} to use.@refill + +Whether you use a @file{.cshrc} or @file{.profile} file depends on +whether you use @code{csh}, @code{sh}, or @code{bash} for your shell +command interpreter. When you use @code{csh}, it looks to the +@file{.cshrc} file for initialization information, and when you use +@code{sh} or @code{bash}, it looks to the @file{.profile} file.@refill + +@need 1000 +In a @file{.cshrc} file, you could use the following @code{csh} command +sequence:@refill + +@example +setenv TEXINPUTS .:/usr/me/mylib:/usr/lib/tex/macros +@end example + +@need 1000 +In a @file{.profile} file, you could use the following @code{sh} command +sequence: + +@example +@group +TEXINPUTS=.:/usr/me/mylib:/usr/lib/tex/macros +export TEXINPUTS +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +This would cause @TeX{} to look for @file{\input} file first in the current +directory, indicated by the @samp{.}, then in a hypothetical user's +@file{me/mylib} directory, and finally in the system library.@refill + +@node Overfull hboxes, smallbook, Preparing for TeX, Format/Print Hardcopy +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Overfull ``hboxes'' +@cindex Overfull @samp{hboxes} +@cindex @samp{hboxes}, overfull +@cindex Final output + +@TeX{} is sometimes unable to typeset a line without extending it into +the right margin. This can occur when @TeX{} comes upon what it +interprets as a long word that it cannot hyphenate, such as an +electronic mail network address or a very long title. When this +happens, @TeX{} prints an error message like this:@refill + +@example +Overfull \hbox (20.76302pt too wide) +@end example + +@noindent +(In @TeX{}, lines are in ``horizontal boxes'', hence the term, ``hbox''. +The backslash, @samp{\}, is the @TeX{} equivalent of @samp{@@}.)@refill + +@TeX{} also provides the line number in the Texinfo source file and +the text of the offending line, which is marked at all the places that +@TeX{} knows how to hyphenate words. +@xref{Debugging with TeX, , Catching Errors with @TeX{} Formatting}, +for more information about typesetting errors.@refill + +If the Texinfo file has an overfull hbox, you can rewrite the sentence +so the overfull hbox does not occur, or you can decide to leave it. A +small excursion into the right margin often does not matter and may not +even be noticeable.@refill + +@cindex Black rectangle in hardcopy +@cindex Rectangle, ugly, black in hardcopy +However, unless told otherwise, @TeX{} will print a large, ugly, black +rectangle beside the line that contains the overfull hbox. This is so +you will notice the location of the problem if you are correcting a +draft.@refill + +@need 1000 +@findex finalout +To prevent such a monstrosity from marring your final printout, write +the following in the beginning of the Texinfo file on a line of its own, +before the @code{@@titlepage} command:@refill + +@example +@@finalout +@end example + +@node smallbook, A4 Paper, Overfull hboxes, Format/Print Hardcopy +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Printing ``Small'' Books +@findex smallbook +@cindex Small book size +@cindex Book, printing small +@cindex Page sizes for books +@cindex Size of printed book + +By default, @TeX{} typesets pages for printing in an 8.5 by 11 inch +format. However, you can direct @TeX{} to typeset a document in a 7 by +9.25 inch format that is suitable for bound books by inserting the +following command on a line by itself at the beginning of the Texinfo +file, before the title page:@refill + +@example +@@smallbook +@end example + +@noindent +(Since regular sized books are often about 7 by 9.25 inches, this +command might better have been called the @code{@@regularbooksize} +command, but it came to be called the @code{@@smallbook} command by +comparison to the 8.5 by 11 inch format.)@refill + +If you write the @code{@@smallbook} command between the +start-of-header and end-of-header lines, the Texinfo mode @TeX{} +region formatting command, @code{texinfo-tex-region}, will format the +region in ``small'' book size (@pxref{Start of Header}).@refill + +The Free Software Foundation distributes printed copies of @cite{The GNU +Emacs Manual} and other manuals in the ``small'' book size. +@xref{smallexample & smalllisp, , @code{@@smallexample} and +@code{@@smalllisp}}, for information about commands that make it easier +to produce examples for a smaller manual.@refill + +@node A4 Paper, Cropmarks and Magnification, smallbook, Format/Print Hardcopy +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Printing on A4 Paper +@cindex A4 paper, printing on +@cindex Paper size, European A4 +@cindex European A4 paper +@findex afourpaper + +You can tell @TeX{} to typeset a document for printing on European size +A4 paper with the @code{@@afourpaper} command. Write the command on a +line by itself between @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex} lines near +the beginning of the Texinfo file, before the title page:@refill + +For example, this is how you would write the header for this manual:@refill + +@example +@group +\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*- +@@c %**start of header +@@setfilename texinfo +@@settitle Texinfo +@@syncodeindex vr fn +@@iftex +@@afourpaper +@@end iftex +@@c %**end of header +@end group +@end example + +@node Cropmarks and Magnification, , A4 Paper, Format/Print Hardcopy +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Cropmarks and Magnification + +@findex cropmarks +@cindex Cropmarks for printing +@cindex Printing cropmarks +You can attempt to direct @TeX{} to print cropmarks at the corners of +pages with the @code{@@cropmarks} command. Write the @code{@@cropmarks} +command on a line by itself between @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end +iftex} lines near the beginning of the Texinfo file, before the title +page, like this:@refill + +@example +@group +@@iftex +@@cropmarks +@@end iftex +@end group +@end example + +This command is mainly for printers that typeset several pages on one +sheet of film; but you can attempt to use it to mark the corners of a +book set to 7 by 9.25 inches with the @code{@@smallbook} command. +(Printers will not produce cropmarks for regular sized output that is +printed on regular sized paper.) Since different printing machines work +in different ways, you should explore the use of this command with a +spirit of adventure. You may have to redefine the command in the +@file{texinfo.tex} definitions file.@refill + +@findex mag @r{(@TeX{} command)} +@cindex Magnified printing +@cindex Larger or smaller pages +You can attempt to direct @TeX{} to typeset pages larger or smaller than +usual with the @code{\mag} @TeX{} command. Everything that is typeset +is scaled proportionally larger or smaller. (@code{\mag} stands for +``magnification''.) This is @emph{not} a Texinfo @@-command, but is a +plain @TeX{} command that is prefixed with a backslash. You have to +write this command between @code{@@tex} and @code{@@end tex} +(@pxref{Using Ordinary TeX Commands, , Using Ordinary @TeX{} +Commands}).@refill + +Follow the @code{\mag} command with an @samp{=} and then a number that +is 1000 times the magnification you desire. For example, to print pages +at 1.2 normal size, write the following near the beginning of the +Texinfo file, before the title page:@refill + +@example +@group +@@tex +\mag=1200 +@@end tex +@end group +@end example + +With some printing technologies, you can print normal-sized copies that +look better than usual by using a larger-than-normal master.@refill + +Depending on your system, @code{\mag} may not work or may work only at +certain magnifications. Be prepared to experiment.@refill + +@node Create an Info File, Install an Info File, Format/Print Hardcopy, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Creating an Info File +@cindex Creating an Info file +@cindex Info, creating an on-line file +@cindex Formatting a file for Info + +@code{makeinfo} is a utility that converts a Texinfo file into an Info +file; @code{texinfo-format-region} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} are +GNU Emacs functions that do the same.@refill + +A Texinfo file must possess an @code{@@setfilename} line near its +beginning, otherwise the Info formatting commands will fail.@refill + +For information on installing the Info file in the Info system, see +@ref{Install an Info File}.@refill + +@menu +* makeinfo advantages:: @code{makeinfo} provides better error checking. +* Invoking makeinfo:: How to run @code{makeinfo} from a shell. +* makeinfo options:: Specify fill-column and other options. +* Pointer Validation:: How to check that pointers point somewhere. +* makeinfo in Emacs:: How to run @code{makeinfo} from Emacs. +* texinfo-format commands:: Two Info formatting commands written + in Emacs Lisp are an alternative + to @code{makeinfo}. +* Batch Formatting:: How to format for Info in Emacs Batch mode. +* Tag and Split Files:: How tagged and split files help Info + to run better. +@end menu + +@node makeinfo advantages, Invoking makeinfo, Create an Info File, Create an Info File +@ifinfo +@heading @code{makeinfo} Preferred +@end ifinfo + +The @code{makeinfo} utility creates an Info file from a Texinfo source +file more quickly than either of the Emacs formatting commands and +provides better error messages. We recommend it. @code{makeinfo} is a +C program that is independent of Emacs. You do not need to run Emacs to +use @code{makeinfo}, which means you can use @code{makeinfo} on machines +that are too small to run Emacs. You can run @code{makeinfo} in +any one of three ways: from an operating system shell, from a shell +inside Emacs, or by typing a key command in Texinfo mode in Emacs. +@refill + +The @code{texinfo-format-region} and the @code{texinfo-format-buffer} +commands are useful if you cannot run @code{makeinfo}. Also, in some +circumstances, they format short regions or buffers more quickly than +@code{makeinfo}.@refill + +@node Invoking makeinfo, makeinfo options, makeinfo advantages, Create an Info File +@section Running @code{makeinfo} from a Shell + +To create an Info file from a Texinfo file, type @code{makeinfo} +followed by the name of the Texinfo file. Thus, to create the Info +file for Bison, type the following at the shell prompt (where @samp{%} +is the prompt):@refill + +@example +% makeinfo bison.texinfo +@end example + +(You can run a shell inside Emacs by typing @kbd{M-x +shell}.)@refill + +@ifinfo +Sometimes you will want to specify options. For example, if you wish +to discover which version of @code{makeinfo} you are using, +type:@refill + +@example +% makeinfo --version +@end example + +@xref{makeinfo options}, for more information. +@end ifinfo + +@node makeinfo options, Pointer Validation, Invoking makeinfo, Create an Info File +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Options for @code{makeinfo} +@cindex @code{makeinfo} options +@cindex Options for @code{makeinfo} + +The @code{makeinfo} command takes a number of options. Most often, +options are used to set the value of the fill column and specify the +footnote style. Each command line option is a word preceded by +@samp{--}@footnote{@samp{--} has replaced @samp{+}, the old introductory +character, to maintain POSIX.2 compatibility without losing long-named +options.} or a letter preceded by @samp{-}. You can use abbreviations +for the option names as long as they are unique.@refill + +For example, you could use the following command to create an Info +file for @file{bison.texinfo} in which each line is filled to only 68 +columns (where @samp{%} is the prompt):@refill + +@example +% makeinfo --fill-column=68 bison.texinfo +@end example + +You can write two or more options in sequence, like this:@refill + +@example +% makeinfo --no-split --fill-column=70 @dots{} +@end example + +@noindent +This would keep the Info file together as one possibly very long +file and would also set the fill column to 70.@refill + +@iftex +If you wish to discover which version of @code{makeinfo} +you are using, type:@refill + +@example +% makeinfo --version +@end example +@end iftex + +The options are:@refill + +@need 100 +@table @code +@item -D @var{var} +Cause @var{var} to be defined. This is equivalent to +@code{@@set @var{var}} in the Texinfo file. + +@need 150 +@item --error-limit @var{limit} +Set the maximum number of errors that @code{makeinfo} will report +before exiting (on the assumption that continuing would be useless). +The default number of errors that can be reported before +@code{makeinfo} gives up is 100.@refill + +@need 150 +@item --fill-column @var{width} +Specify the maximum number of columns in a line; this is the right-hand +edge of a line. Paragraphs that are filled will be filled to this +width. (Filling is the process of breaking up and connecting lines so +that lines are the same length as or shorter than the number specified +as the fill column. Lines are broken between words.) The default value +for @code{fill-column} is 72. +@refill + +@item --footnote-style @var{style} +Set the footnote style to @var{style}, either @samp{end} for the end +node style or @samp{separate} for the separate node style. The value +set by this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an +@code{@@footnotestyle} command. When the footnote style is +@samp{separate}, @code{makeinfo} makes a new node containing the +footnotes found in the current node. When the footnote style is +@samp{end}, @code{makeinfo} places the footnote references at the end +of the current node.@refill + +@need 150 +@item -I @var{dir} +Add @code{dir} to the directory search list for finding files that are +included using the @code{@@include} command. By default, +@code{makeinfo} searches only the current directory. + +@need 150 +@item --no-headers +Do not include menus or node lines in the output. This results in an +@sc{ascii} file that you cannot read in Info since it does not contain +the requisite nodes or menus; but you can print such a file in a +single, typewriter-like font and produce acceptable output. + +@need 150 +@item --no-split +Suppress the splitting stage of @code{makeinfo}. Normally, large +output files (where the size is greater than 70k bytes) are split into +smaller subfiles, each one approximately 50k bytes. If you specify +@samp{--no-split}, @code{makeinfo} will not split up the output +file.@refill + +@need 100 +@item --no-pointer-validate +@item --no-validate +Suppress the pointer-validation phase of @code{makeinfo}. Normally, +after a Texinfo file is processed, some consistency checks are made to +ensure that cross references can be resolved, etc. +@xref{Pointer Validation}.@refill + +@need 150 +@item --no-warn +Suppress the output of warning messages. This does @emph{not} +suppress the output of error messages, only warnings. You might +want this if the file you are creating has examples of Texinfo cross +references within it, and the nodes that are referenced do not actually +exist.@refill + +@item --no-number-footnotes +Suppress automatic footnote numbering. By default, @code{makeinfo} +numbers each footnote sequentially in a single node, resetting the +current footnote number to 1 at the start of each node. + +@need 150 +@item --output @var{file} +@itemx -o @var{file} +Specify that the output should be directed to @var{file} and not to the +file name specified in the @code{@@setfilename} command found in the Texinfo +source. @var{file} can be the special token @samp{-}, which specifies +standard output. + +@need 150 +@item --paragraph-indent @var{indent} +Set the paragraph indentation style to @var{indent}. The value set by +this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an +@code{@@paragraphindent} command. The value of @var{indent} is +interpreted as follows:@refill + +@itemize @bullet +@item +If the value of @var{indent} is @samp{asis}, do not change the +existing indentation at the starts of paragraphs.@refill + +@item +If the value of @var{indent} is zero, delete any existing +indentation.@refill + +@item +If the value of @var{indent} is greater than zero, indent each +paragraph by that number of spaces.@refill +@end itemize + +@need 100 +@item --reference-limit @var{limit} +Set the value of the number of references to a node that +@code{makeinfo} will make without reporting a warning. If a node has more +than this number of references in it, @code{makeinfo} will make the +references but also report a warning.@refill + +@need 150 +@item -U @var{var} +Cause @var{var} to be undefined. This is equivalent to +@code{@@clear @var{var}} in the Texinfo file. + +@need 100 +@item --verbose +Cause @code{makeinfo} to display messages saying what it is doing. +Normally, @code{makeinfo} only outputs messages if there are errors or +warnings.@refill + +@need 100 +@item --version +Report the version number of this copy of @code{makeinfo}.@refill +@end table + +@node Pointer Validation, makeinfo in Emacs, makeinfo options, Create an Info File +@section Pointer Validation +@cindex Pointer validation with @code{makeinfo} +@cindex Validation of pointers + +If you do not suppress pointer-validation, @code{makeinfo} will check +the validity of the final Info file. Mostly, this means ensuring that +nodes you have referenced really exist. Here is a complete list of what +is checked:@refill + +@enumerate +@item +If a `Next', `Previous', or `Up' node reference is a reference to a +node in the current file and is not an external reference such as to +@file{(dir)}, then the referenced node must exist.@refill + +@item +In every node, if the `Previous' node is different from the `Up' node, +then the `Previous' node must also be pointed to by a `Next' node.@refill + +@item +Every node except the `Top' node must have an `Up' pointer.@refill + +@item +The node referenced by an `Up' pointer must contain a reference to the +current node in some manner other than through a `Next' reference. +This includes menu entries and cross references.@refill + +@item +If the `Next' reference of a node is not the same as the `Next' reference +of the `Up' reference, then the node referenced by the `Next' pointer +must have a `Previous' pointer that points back to the current node. +This rule allows the last node in a section to point to the first node +of the next chapter.@refill +@end enumerate + +@node makeinfo in Emacs, texinfo-format commands, Pointer Validation, Create an Info File +@section Running @code{makeinfo} inside Emacs +@cindex Running @code{makeinfo} in Emacs +@cindex @code{makeinfo} inside Emacs +@cindex Shell, running @code{makeinfo} in + +You can run @code{makeinfo} in GNU Emacs Texinfo mode by using either the +@code{makeinfo-region} or the @code{makeinfo-buffer} commands. In +Texinfo mode, the commands are bound to @kbd{C-c C-m C-r} and @kbd{C-c +C-m C-b} by default.@refill + +@table @kbd +@item C-c C-m C-r +@itemx M-x makeinfo-region +Format the current region for Info.@refill +@findex makeinfo-region + +@item C-c C-m C-b +@itemx M-x makeinfo-buffer +Format the current buffer for Info.@refill +@findex makeinfo-buffer +@end table + +When you invoke either @code{makeinfo-region} or +@code{makeinfo-buffer}, Emacs prompts for a file name, offering the +name of the visited file as the default. You can edit the default +file name in the minibuffer if you wish, before typing @key{RET} to +start the @code{makeinfo} process.@refill + +The Emacs @code{makeinfo-region} and @code{makeinfo-buffer} commands +run the @code{makeinfo} program in a temporary shell buffer. If +@code{makeinfo} finds any errors, Emacs displays the error messages in +the temporary buffer.@refill + +@cindex Errors, parsing +@cindex Parsing errors +@findex next-error +You can parse the error messages by typing @kbd{C-x `} +(@code{next-error}). This causes Emacs to go to and position the +cursor on the line in the Texinfo source that @code{makeinfo} thinks +caused the error. @xref{Compilation, , Running @code{make} or +Compilers Generally, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more +information about using the @code{next-error} command.@refill + +In addition, you can kill the shell in which the @code{makeinfo} +command is running or make the shell buffer display its most recent +output.@refill + +@table @kbd +@item C-c C-m C-k +@itemx M-x makeinfo-kill-job +@findex makeinfo-kill-job +Kill the current running @code{makeinfo} job created by +@code{makeinfo-region} or @code{makeinfo-buffer}.@refill + +@item C-c C-m C-l +@itemx M-x makeinfo-recenter-output-buffer +@findex makeinfo-recenter-output-buffer +Redisplay the @code{makeinfo} shell buffer to display its most recent +output.@refill +@end table + +@noindent +(Note that the parallel commands for killing and recentering a @TeX{} +job are @kbd{C-c C-t C-k} and @kbd{C-c C-t C-l}. @xref{Texinfo Mode +Printing}.)@refill + +You can specify options for @code{makeinfo} by setting the +@code{makeinfo-options} variable with either the @kbd{M-x +edit-options} or the @kbd{M-x set-variable} command, or by setting the +variable in your @file{.emacs} initialization file.@refill + +For example, you could write the following in your @file{.emacs} file:@refill + +@example +@group +(setq makeinfo-options + "--paragraph-indent=0 --no-split + --fill-column=70 --verbose") +@end group +@end example + +@c If you write these three cross references using xref, you see +@c three references to the same named manual, which looks strange. +@iftex +For more information, see @ref{makeinfo options, , Options for +@code{makeinfo}}, as well as ``Editing Variable Values,''``Examining and +Setting Variables,'' and ``Init File'' in the @cite{The GNU Emacs +Manual}. +@end iftex +@noindent +@ifinfo +For more information, see@* +@ref{Edit Options, , Editing Variable Values, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual},@* +@ref{Examining, , Examining and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual},@* +@ref{Init File, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, and@* +@ref{makeinfo options, , Options for @code{makeinfo}}. +@end ifinfo + +@node texinfo-format commands, Batch Formatting, makeinfo in Emacs, Create an Info File +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section The @code{texinfo-format@dots{}} Commands +@findex texinfo-format-region +@findex texinfo-format-buffer + +In GNU Emacs in Texinfo mode, you can format part or all of a Texinfo +file with the @code{texinfo-format-region} command. This formats the +current region and displays the formatted text in a temporary buffer +called @samp{*Info Region*}.@refill + +Similarly, you can format a buffer with the +@code{texinfo-format-buffer} command. This command creates a new +buffer and generates the Info file in it. Typing @kbd{C-x C-s} will +save the Info file under the name specified by the +@code{@@setfilename} line which must be near the beginning of the +Texinfo file.@refill + +@table @kbd +@item C-c C-e C-r +@itemx @code{texinfo-format-region} +Format the current region for Info. +@findex texinfo-format-region + +@item C-c C-e C-b +@itemx @code{texinfo-format-buffer} +Format the current buffer for Info. +@findex texinfo-format-buffer +@end table + +The @code{texinfo-format-region} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} +commands provide you with some error checking, and other functions can +provide you with further help in finding formatting errors. These +procedures are described in an appendix; see @ref{Catching Mistakes}. +However, the @code{makeinfo} program is often faster and +provides better error checking (@pxref{makeinfo in Emacs}).@refill + +@node Batch Formatting, Tag and Split Files, texinfo-format commands, Create an Info File +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Batch Formatting +@cindex Batch formatting for Info +@cindex Info batch formatting + +You can format Texinfo files for Info using @code{batch-texinfo-format} +and Emacs Batch mode. You can run Emacs in Batch mode from any shell, +including a shell inside of Emacs. (@xref{Command Switches, , Command +Line Switches and Arguments, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.)@refill + +Here is the command to format all the files that end in @file{.texinfo} +in the current directory (where @samp{%} is the shell prompt):@refill + +@example +% emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format *.texinfo +@end example + +@noindent +Emacs processes all the files listed on the command line, even if an +error occurs while attempting to format some of them.@refill + +Run @code{batch-texinfo-format} only with Emacs in Batch mode as shown; +it is not interactive. It kills the Batch mode Emacs on completion.@refill + +@code{batch-texinfo-format} is convenient if you lack @code{makeinfo} +and want to format several Texinfo files at once. When you use Batch +mode, you create a new Emacs process. This frees your current Emacs, so +you can continue working in it. (When you run +@code{texinfo-format-region} or @code{texinfo-format-buffer}, you cannot +use that Emacs for anything else until the command finishes.)@refill + +@node Tag and Split Files, , Batch Formatting, Create an Info File +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Tag Files and Split Files +@cindex Making a tag table automatically +@cindex Tag table, making automatically + +If a Texinfo file has more than 30,000 bytes, +@code{texinfo-format-buffer} automatically creates a tag table +for its Info file; @code{makeinfo} always creates a tag table. With +a @dfn{tag table}, Info can jump to new nodes more quickly than it can +otherwise.@refill + +@cindex Indirect subfiles +In addition, if the Texinfo file contains more than about 70,000 +bytes, @code{texinfo-format-buffer} and @code{makeinfo} split the +large Info file into shorter @dfn{indirect} subfiles of about 50,000 +bytes each. Big files are split into smaller files so that Emacs does +not need to make a large buffer to hold the whole of a large Info +file; instead, Emacs allocates just enough memory for the small, split +off file that is needed at the time. This way, Emacs avoids wasting +memory when you run Info. (Before splitting was implemented, Info +files were always kept short and @dfn{include files} were designed as +a way to create a single, large printed manual out of the smaller Info +files. @xref{Include Files}, for more information. Include files are +still used for very large documents, such as @cite{The Emacs Lisp +Reference Manual}, in which each chapter is a separate file.)@refill + +When a file is split, Info itself makes use of a shortened version of +the original file that contains just the tag table and references to +the files that were split off. The split off files are called +@dfn{indirect} files.@refill + +The split off files have names that are created by appending @w{@samp{-1}}, +@w{@samp{-2}}, @w{@samp{-3}} and so on to the file name specified by the +@code{@@setfilename} command. The shortened version of the original file +continues to have the name specified by @code{@@setfilename}.@refill + +At one stage in writing this document, for example, the Info file was saved +as @file{test-texinfo} and that file looked like this:@refill + +@example +@group +Info file: test-texinfo, -*-Text-*- +produced by texinfo-format-buffer +from file: new-texinfo-manual.texinfo + +^_ +Indirect: +test-texinfo-1: 102 +test-texinfo-2: 50422 +@end group +@group +test-texinfo-3: 101300 +^_^L +Tag table: +(Indirect) +Node: overview^?104 +Node: info file^?1271 +@end group +@group +Node: printed manual^?4853 +Node: conventions^?6855 +@dots{} +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +(But @file{test-texinfo} had far more nodes than are shown here.) Each of +the split off, indirect files, @file{test-texinfo-1}, +@file{test-texinfo-2}, and @file{test-texinfo-3}, is listed in this file +after the line that says @samp{Indirect:}. The tag table is listed after +the line that says @samp{Tag table:}. @refill + +In the list of indirect files, the number following the file name +records the cumulative number of bytes in the preceding indirect files, +not counting the file list itself, the tag table, or the permissions +text in each file. In the tag table, the number following the node name +records the location of the beginning of the node, in bytes from the +beginning.@refill + +If you are using @code{texinfo-format-buffer} to create Info files, +you may want to run the @code{Info-validate} command. (The +@code{makeinfo} command does such a good job on its own, you do not +need @code{Info-validate}.) However, you cannot run the @kbd{M-x +Info-validate} node-checking command on indirect files. For +information on how to prevent files from being split and how to +validate the structure of the nodes, see @ref{Using +Info-validate}.@refill + + +@node Install an Info File, Command List, Create an Info File, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@chapter Installing an Info File +@cindex Installing an Info file +@cindex Info file installation +@cindex @file{dir} directory for Info installation + +Info files are usually kept in the @file{info} directory. You can read +Info files using the standalone Info program or the Info reader built +into Emacs. (@inforef{Top, info, info}, for an introduction to Info.) + +@menu +* Directory file:: The top level menu for all Info files. +* New Info File:: Listing a new info file. +* Other Info Directories:: How to specify Info files that are + located in other directories. +* Installing Dir Entries:: How to specify what menu entry to add + to the Info directory. +* Invoking install-info:: @code{install-info} options. +@end menu + +@node Directory file, New Info File, Install an Info File, Install an Info File +@ifinfo +@heading The @file{dir} File +@end ifinfo + +For Info to work, the @file{info} directory must contain a file that +serves as a top level directory for the Info system. By convention, +this file is called @file{dir}. (You can find the location of this file +within Emacs by typing @kbd{C-h i} to enter Info and then typing +@kbd{C-x C-f} to see the pathname to the @file{info} directory.) + +The @file{dir} file is itself an Info file. It contains the top level +menu for all the Info files in the system. The menu looks like +this:@refill + +@example +@group +* Menu: + +* Info: (info). Documentation browsing system. +* Emacs: (emacs). The extensible, self-documenting + text editor. +* Texinfo: (texinfo). With one source file, make + either a printed manual using + TeX or an Info file. +@dots{} +@end group +@end example + +Each of these menu entries points to the `Top' node of the Info file +that is named in parentheses. (The menu entry does not need to +specify the `Top' node, since Info goes to the `Top' node if no node +name is mentioned. @xref{Other Info Files, , Nodes in Other Info +Files}.)@refill + +Thus, the @samp{Info} entry points to the `Top' node of the +@file{info} file and the @samp{Emacs} entry points to the `Top' node +of the @file{emacs} file.@refill + +In each of the Info files, the `Up' pointer of the `Top' node refers +back to the @code{dir} file. For example, the line for the `Top' +node of the Emacs manual looks like this in Info:@refill + +@example +File: emacs Node: Top, Up: (DIR), Next: Distrib +@end example + +@noindent +(Note that in this case, the @file{dir} file name is written in upper +case letters---it can be written in either upper or lower case. Info +has a feature that it will change the case of the file name to lower +case if it cannot find the name as written.)@refill +@c !!! Can any file name be written in upper or lower case, +@c or is dir a special case? +@c Yes, apparently so, at least with Gillespie's Info. --rjc 24mar92 + + +@node New Info File, Other Info Directories, Directory file, Install an Info File +@section Listing a New Info File +@cindex Adding a new info file +@cindex Listing a new info file +@cindex New info file, listing it in @file{dir} file +@cindex Info file, listing new one +@cindex @file{dir} file listing + +To add a new Info file to your system, you must write a menu entry to +add to the menu in the @file{dir} file in the @file{info} directory. +For example, if you were adding documentation for GDB, you would write +the following new entry:@refill + +@example +* GDB: (gdb). The source-level C debugger. +@end example + +@noindent +The first part of the menu entry is the menu entry name, followed by a +colon. The second part is the name of the Info file, in parentheses, +followed by a period. The third part is the description. + +The name of an Info file often has a @file{.info} extension. Thus, the +Info file for GDB might be called either @file{gdb} or @file{gdb.info}. +The Info reader programs automatically try the file name both with and +without @file{.info}; so it is better to avoid clutter and not to write +@samp{.info} explicitly in the menu entry. For example, the GDB menu +entry should use just @samp{gdb} for the file name, not @samp{gdb.info}. + + +@node Other Info Directories, Installing Dir Entries, New Info File, Install an Info File +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@section Info Files in Other Directories +@cindex Installing Info in another directory +@cindex Info installed in another directory +@cindex Another Info directory + +If an Info file is not in the @file{info} directory, there are three +ways to specify its location:@refill + +@itemize @bullet +@item +Write the pathname in the @file{dir} file as the second part of the +menu.@refill + +@item +If you are using Emacs, list the name of the file in a second @file{dir} +file, in its directory; and then add the name of that directory to the +@code{Info-directory-list} variable in your personal or site +initialization file. + +This tells Emacs's Info reader where to look for @file{dir} +files. Emacs merges the files named @file{dir} from each of the listed +directories. (In Emacs Version 18, you can set the +@code{Info-directory} variable to the name of only one +directory.)@refill + +@item +Specify the @file{info} directory name in the @code{INFOPATH} +environment variable in your @file{.profile} or @file{.cshrc} +initialization file. (Only you and others who set this environment +variable will be able to find Info files whose location is specified +this way.)@refill +@end itemize + +For example, to reach a test file in the @file{~bob/manuals} +directory, you could add an entry like this to the menu in the +@file{dir} file:@refill + +@example +* Test: (/home/bob/manuals/info-test). Bob's own test file. +@end example + +@noindent +In this case, the absolute file name of the @file{info-test} file is +written as the second part of the menu entry.@refill + +@vindex Info-directory-list +Alternatively, you could write the following in your @file{.emacs} +file:@refill + +@example +@group +(setq Info-directory-list + '("/home/bob/manuals" + "/usr/local/emacs/info")) +@end group +@end example + +@c reworded to avoid overfill hbox +This tells Emacs to merge the @file{dir} file from the +@file{/home/bob/manuals} directory with the @file{dir} file from the +@file{"/usr/local/emacs/info}" directory. Info will list the +@file{/home/bob/manuals/info-test} file as a menu entry in the +@file{/home/bob/manuals/dir} file.@refill + +@vindex INFOPATH +Finally, you can tell Info where to look by setting the +@code{INFOPATH} environment variable in your @file{.cshrc} or +@file{.profile} file.@refill + +If you use @code{sh} or @code{bash} for your shell command interpreter, +you must set the @code{INFOPATH} environment variable in the +@file{.profile} initialization file; but if you use @code{csh}, you must +set the variable in the @file{.cshrc} initialization file. The two +files use slightly different command formats.@refill + +@itemize @bullet +@item +In a @file{.cshrc} file, you could set the @code{INFOPATH} +variable as follows:@refill + +@smallexample +setenv INFOPATH .:~bob/manuals:/usr/local/emacs/info +@end smallexample + +@item +In a @file{.profile} file, you would achieve the same effect by +writing:@refill + +@smallexample +INFOPATH=.:~bob/manuals:/usr/local/emacs/info +export INFOPATH +@end smallexample +@end itemize + +@noindent +The @samp{.} indicates the current directory. Emacs uses the +@code{INFOPATH} environment variable to initialize the value of Emacs's +own @code{Info-directory-list} variable. + + +@node Installing Dir Entries, Invoking install-info, Other Info Directories, Install an Info File +@section Installing Info Directory Files + +When you install an Info file onto your system, you can use the program +@code{install-info} to update the Info directory file @file{dir}. +Normally the makefile for the package runs @code{install-info}, just +after copying the Info file into its proper installed location. + +@findex dircategory +@findex direntry +In order for the Info file to work with @code{install-info}, you should +use the commands @code{@@dircategory} and @code{@@direntry} in the +Texinfo source file. Use @code{@@direntry} to specify the menu entry to +add to the Info directory file, and use @code{@@dircategory} to specify +which part of the Info directory to put it in. Here is how these +commands are used in this manual: + +@smallexample +@@dircategory Texinfo documentation system +@@direntry +* Texinfo: (texinfo). The GNU documentation format. +* install-info: (texinfo)Invoking install-info. @dots{} +@dots{} +@@end direntry +@end smallexample + +Here's what this produces in the Info file: + +@smallexample +INFO-DIR-SECTION Texinfo documentation system +START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY +* Texinfo: (texinfo). The GNU documentation format. +* install-info: (texinfo)Invoking install-info. @dots{} +@dots{} +END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY +@end smallexample + +@noindent +The @code{install-info} program sees these lines in the Info file, and +that is how it knows what to do. + +Always use the @code{@@direntry} and @code{@@dircategory} commands near +the beginning of the Texinfo input, before the first @code{@@node} +command. If you use them later on in the input, @code{install-info} +will not notice them. + +If you use @code{@@dircategory} more than once in the Texinfo source, +each usage specifies one category; the new menu entry is added to the +Info directory file in each of the categories you specify. If you use +@code{@@direntry} more than once, each usage specifies one menu entry; +each of these menu entries is added to the directory in each of the +specified categories. + + +@node Invoking install-info, , Installing Dir Entries, Install an Info File +@section Invoking install-info + +@pindex install-info + +@code{install-info} inserts menu entries from an Info file into the +top-level @file{dir} file in the Info system (see the previous sections +for an explanation of how the @file{dir} file works). It's most often +run as part of software installation, or when constructing a dir file +for all manuals on a system. Synopsis: + +@example +install-info [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{info-file} [@var{dir-file}]] +@end example + +If @var{info-file} or @var{dir-file} are not specified, the various +options (described below) that define them must be. There are no +compile-time defaults, and standard input is never used. +@code{install-info} can read only one info file and write only one dir +file per invocation. + +Options: + +@table @samp +@item --delete +@opindex --delete +Only delete existing entries in @var{info-file}; don't insert any new +entries. + +@item --dir-file=@var{name} +@opindex --dir-file=@var{name} +Specify file name of the Info directory file. This is equivalent to +using the @var{dir-file} argument. + +@item --entry=@var{text} +@opindex --entry=@var{text} +Insert @var{text} as an Info directory entry; @var{text} should have the +form of an Info menu item line plus zero or more extra lines starting +with whitespace. If you specify more than one entry, they are all +added. If you don't specify any entries, they are determined from +information in the Info file itself. + +@item --help +@opindex --help +Display a usage message listing basic usage and all available options, +then exit successfully. + +@item --info-file=@var{file} +@opindex --info-file=@var{file} +Specify Info file to install in the directory. +This is equivalent to using the @var{info-file} argument. + +@item --info-dir=@var{dir} +@opindex --info-dir=@var{dir} +Equivalent to @samp{--dir-file=@var{dir}/dir}. + +@item --item=@var{text} +@opindex --item=@var{text} +Same as --entry=@var{text}. An Info directory entry is actually a menu +item. + +@item --quiet +@opindex --quiet +Suppress warnings. + +@item --remove +@opindex --remove +Same as --delete. + +@item --section=@var{sec} +@opindex --section=@var{sec} +Put this file's entries in section @var{sec} of the directory. If you +specify more than one section, all the entries are added in each of the +sections. If you don't specify any sections, they are determined from +information in the Info file itself. + +@item --version +@opindex --version +@cindex version number, finding +Display version information and exit successfully. + +@end table + + +@c ================ Appendix starts here ================ + +@node Command List, Tips, Install an Info File, Top +@appendix @@-Command List +@cindex Alphabetical @@-command list +@cindex List of @@-commands +@cindex @@-command list + +Here is an alphabetical list of the @@-commands in Texinfo. Square +brackets, @t{[}@w{ }@t{]}, indicate optional arguments; an ellipsis, +@samp{@dots{}}, indicates repeated text.@refill + +@sp 1 +@table @code +@item @@@var{whitespace} +An @code{@@} followed by a space, tab, or newline produces a normal, +stretchable, interword space. @xref{Multiple Spaces}. + +@item @@! +Generate an exclamation point that really does end a sentence (usually +after an end-of-sentence capital letter). @xref{Ending a Sentence}. + +@item @@" +@itemx @@' +Generate an umlaut or acute accent, respectively, over the next +character, as in @"o and @'o. @xref{Inserting Accents}. + +@item @@* +Force a line break. Do not end a paragraph that uses @code{@@*} with +an @code{@@refill} command. @xref{Line Breaks}.@refill + +@item @@,@{@var{c}@} +Generate a cedilla accent under @var{c}, as in @,{c}. @xref{Inserting +Accents}. + +@item @@- +Insert a discretionary hyphenation point. @xref{- and hyphenation}. + +@item @@. +Produce a period that really does end a sentence (usually after an +end-of-sentence capital letter). @xref{Ending a Sentence}. + +@item @@: +Indicate to @TeX{} that an immediately preceding period, question +mark, exclamation mark, or colon does not end a sentence. Prevent +@TeX{} from inserting extra whitespace as it does at the end of a +sentence. The command has no effect on the Info file output. +@xref{Not Ending a Sentence}.@refill + +@item @@= +Generate a macro (bar) accent over the next character, as in @=o. +@xref{Inserting Accents}. + +@item @@? +Generate a question mark that really does end a sentence (usually after +an end-of-sentence capital letter). @xref{Ending a Sentence}. + +@item @@@@ +Stands for an at sign, @samp{@@}.@* +@xref{Braces Atsigns, , Inserting @@ and braces}. + +@item @@^ +@itemx @@` +Generate a circumflex (hat) or grave accent, respectively, over the next +character, as in @^o. +@xref{Inserting Accents}. + +@item @@@{ +Stands for a left brace, @samp{@{}.@* +@xref{Braces Atsigns, , Inserting @@ and braces}. + +@item @@@} +Stands for a right-hand brace, @samp{@}}.@* +@xref{Braces Atsigns, , Inserting @@ and braces}. + +@item @@= +Generate a tilde accent over the next character, as in @~N. +@xref{Inserting Accents}. + +@item @@AA@{@} +@itemx @@aa@{@} +Generate the uppercase and lowercase Scandinavian A-ring letters, +respectively: @AA{}, @aa{}. @xref{Inserting Accents}. + +@item @@AE@{@} +@itemx @@ae@{@} +Generate the uppercase and lowercase AE ligatures, respectively: +@AE{}, @ae{}. @xref{Inserting Accents}. + +@item @@appendix @var{title} +Begin an appendix. The title appears in the table +of contents of a printed manual. In Info, the title is +underlined with asterisks. @xref{unnumbered & appendix, , The +@code{@@unnumbered} and @code{@@appendix} Commands}.@refill + +@item @@appendixsec @var{title} +@itemx @@appendixsection @var{title} +Begin an appendix section within an appendix. The section title appears +in the table of contents of a printed manual. In Info, the title is +underlined with equal signs. @code{@@appendixsection} is a longer +spelling of the @code{@@appendixsec} command. @xref{unnumberedsec +appendixsec heading, , Section Commands}.@refill + +@item @@appendixsubsec @var{title} +Begin an appendix subsection within an appendix. The title appears +in the table of contents of a printed manual. In Info, the title is +underlined with hyphens. @xref{unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec +subheading, , Subsection Commands}.@refill + +@item @@appendixsubsubsec @var{title} +Begin an appendix subsubsection within a subappendix. The title +appears in the table of contents of a printed manual. In Info, the +title is underlined with periods. @xref{subsubsection,, The `subsub' +Commands}.@refill + +@item @@asis +Used following @code{@@table}, @code{@@ftable}, and @code{@@vtable} to +print the table's first column without highlighting (``as is''). +@xref{Two-column Tables, , Making a Two-column Table}.@refill + +@item @@author @var{author} +Typeset @var{author} flushleft and underline it. @xref{title +subtitle author, , The @code{@@title} and @code{@@author} +Commands}.@refill + +@item @@b@{@var{text}@} +Print @var{text} in @b{bold} font. No effect in Info. @xref{Fonts}.@refill + +@ignore +@item @@br +Force a paragraph break. If used within a line, follow @code{@@br} +with braces. @xref{br, , @code{@@br}}.@refill +@end ignore + +@item @@bullet@{@} +Generate a large round dot, or the closest possible +thing to one. @xref{bullet, , @code{@@bullet}}.@refill + +@item @@bye +Stop formatting a file. The formatters do not see the contents of a +file following an @code{@@bye} command. @xref{Ending a File}.@refill + +@item @@c @var{comment} +Begin a comment in Texinfo. The rest of the line does not appear in +either the Info file or the printed manual. A synonym for +@code{@@comment}. @xref{Comments, , Comments}.@refill + +@item @@cartouche +Highlight an example or quotation by drawing a box with rounded +corners around it. Pair with @code{@@end cartouche}. No effect in +Info. @xref{cartouche, , Drawing Cartouches Around Examples}.)@refill + +@item @@center @var{line-of-text} +Center the line of text following the command. +@xref{titlefont center sp, , @code{@@center}}.@refill + +@item @@centerchap @var{line-of-text} +Like @code{@@chapter}, but centers the chapter title. @xref{chapter,, +@code{@@chapter}}. + +@item @@chapheading @var{title} +Print a chapter-like heading in the text, but not in the table of +contents of a printed manual. In Info, the title is underlined with +asterisks. @xref{majorheading & chapheading, , @code{@@majorheading} +and @code{@@chapheading}}.@refill + +@item @@chapter @var{title} +Begin a chapter. The chapter title appears in the table of +contents of a printed manual. In Info, the title is underlined with +asterisks. @xref{chapter, , @code{@@chapter}}.@refill + +@item @@cindex @var{entry} +Add @var{entry} to the index of concepts. @xref{Index Entries, , +Defining the Entries of an Index}.@refill + +@item @@cite@{@var{reference}@} +Highlight the name of a book or other reference that lacks a +companion Info file. @xref{cite, , @code{@@cite}}.@refill + +@item @@clear @var{flag} +Unset @var{flag}, preventing the Texinfo formatting commands from +formatting text between subsequent pairs of @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} +and @code{@@end ifset} commands, and preventing +@code{@@value@{@var{flag}@}} from expanding to the value to which +@var{flag} is set. +@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill + +@item @@code@{@var{sample-code}@} +Highlight text that is an expression, a syntactically complete token +of a program, or a program name. @xref{code, , @code{@@code}}.@refill + +@item @@comment @var{comment} +Begin a comment in Texinfo. The rest of the line does not appear in +either the Info file or the printed manual. A synonym for @code{@@c}. +@xref{Comments, , Comments}.@refill + +@item @@contents +Print a complete table of contents. Has no effect in Info, which uses +menus instead. @xref{Contents, , Generating a Table of +Contents}.@refill + +@item @@copyright@{@} +Generate a copyright symbol. @xref{copyright symbol, , +@code{@@copyright}}.@refill + +@ignore +@item @@ctrl@{@var{ctrl-char}@} +Describe an @sc{ascii} control character. Insert actual control character +into Info file. @xref{ctrl, , @code{@@ctrl}}.@refill +@end ignore + +@item @@defcodeindex @var{index-name} +Define a new index and its indexing command. Print entries in an +@code{@@code} font. @xref{New Indices, , Defining New +Indices}.@refill + +@item @@defcv @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} +@itemx @@defcvx @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} +Format a description for a variable associated with a class in +object-oriented programming. Takes three arguments: the category of +thing being defined, the class to which it belongs, and its name. +@xref{Definition Commands}, and @ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. + +@item @@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +@itemx @@deffnx @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +Format a description for a function, interactive command, or similar +entity that may take arguments. @code{@@deffn} takes as arguments the +category of entity being described, the name of this particular +entity, and its arguments, if any. @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill + +@item @@defindex @var{index-name} +Define a new index and its indexing command. Print entries in a roman +font. @xref{New Indices, , Defining New Indices}.@refill + +@c Unused so far as I can see and unsupported by makeinfo -- karl, 15sep96. +@item @@definfoenclose @var{new-command}, @var{before}, @var{after}, +Create new @@-command for Info that marks text by enclosing it in +strings that precede and follow the text. Write definition inside of +@code{@@ifinfo} @dots{} @code{@@end ifinfo}. @xref{Customized +Highlighting}.@refill + +@item @@defivar @var{class} @var{instance-variable-name} +@itemx @@defivarx @var{class} @var{instance-variable-name} +This command formats a description for an instance variable in +object-oriented programming. The command is equivalent to @samp{@@defcv +@{Instance Variable@} @dots{}}. @xref{Definition Commands}, and +@ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. + +@item @@defmac @var{macro-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +@itemx @@defmacx @var{macro-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +Format a description for a macro. The command is equivalent to +@samp{@@deffn Macro @dots{}}. @xref{Definition Commands}, and +@ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. + +@item @@defmethod @var{class} @var{method-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +@itemx @@defmethodx @var{class} @var{method-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +Format a description for a method in object-oriented programming. The +command is equivalent to @samp{@@defop Method @dots{}}. Takes as +arguments the name of the class of the method, the name of the +method, and its arguments, if any. @xref{Definition Commands}, and +@ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. + +@item @@defop @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +@itemx @@defopx @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +Format a description for an operation in object-oriented programming. +@code{@@defop} takes as arguments the overall name of the category of +operation, the name of the class of the operation, the name of the +operation, and its arguments, if any. @xref{Definition +Commands}, and @ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. + +@item @@defopt @var{option-name} +@itemx @@defoptx @var{option-name} +Format a description for a user option. The command is equivalent to +@samp{@@defvr @{User Option@} @dots{}}. @xref{Definition Commands}, and +@ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. + +@item @@defspec @var{special-form-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +@itemx @@defspecx @var{special-form-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +Format a description for a special form. The command is equivalent to +@samp{@@deffn @{Special Form@} @dots{}}. @xref{Definition Commands}, +and @ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. + +@item @@deftp @var{category} @var{name-of-type} @var{attributes}@dots{} +@itemx @@deftpx @var{category} @var{name-of-type} @var{attributes}@dots{} +Format a description for a data type. @code{@@deftp} takes as arguments +the category, the name of the type (which is a word like @samp{int} or +@samp{float}), and then the names of attributes of objects of that type. +@xref{Definition Commands}, and @ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. + +@item @@deftypefn @var{classification} @var{data-type} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +@itemx @@deftypefnx @var{classification} @var{data-type} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +Format a description for a function or similar entity that may take +arguments and that is typed. @code{@@deftypefn} takes as arguments the +classification of entity being described, the type, the name of the +entity, and its arguments, if any. @xref{Definition Commands}, and +@ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. + +@item @@deftypefun @var{data-type} @var{function-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +@itemx @@deftypefunx @var{data-type} @var{function-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +Format a description for a function in a typed language. +The command is equivalent to @samp{@@deftypefn Function @dots{}}. +@xref{Definition Commands}, +and @ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. + +@item @@deftypevr @var{classification} @var{data-type} @var{name} +@itemx @@deftypevrx @var{classification} @var{data-type} @var{name} +Format a description for something like a variable in a typed +language---an entity that records a value. Takes as arguments the +classification of entity being described, the type, and the name of the +entity. @xref{Definition Commands}, and @ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in +Detail}. + +@item @@deftypevar @var{data-type} @var{variable-name} +@itemx @@deftypevarx @var{data-type} @var{variable-name} +Format a description for a variable in a typed language. The command is +equivalent to @samp{@@deftypevr Variable @dots{}}. @xref{Definition +Commands}, and @ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. + +@item @@defun @var{function-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +@itemx @@defunx @var{function-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +Format a description for functions. The command is equivalent to +@samp{@@deffn Function @dots{}}. @xref{Definition Commands}, and +@ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. + +@item @@defvar @var{variable-name} +@itemx @@defvarx @var{variable-name} +Format a description for variables. The command is equivalent to +@samp{@@defvr Variable @dots{}}. @xref{Definition Commands}, and +@ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. + +@item @@defvr @var{category} @var{name} +@itemx @@defvrx @var{category} @var{name} +Format a description for any kind of variable. @code{@@defvr} takes +as arguments the category of the entity and the name of the entity. +@xref{Definition Commands}, +and @ref{deffnx,, Def Cmds in Detail}. + +@item @@detailmenu@{@} +Use to avoid Makeinfo confusion stemming from the detailed node listing +in a master menu. @xref{Master Menu Parts}. + +@item @@dfn@{@var{term}@} +Highlight the introductory or defining use of a term. +@xref{dfn, , @code{@@dfn}}.@refill + +@item @@dircategory @var{dirpart} +Specify a part of the Info directory menu where this file's entry should +go. @xref{Installing Dir Entries}. + +@item @@direntry +Begin the Info directory menu entry for this file. +@xref{Installing Dir Entries}. + +@need 100 +@item @@display +Begin a kind of example. Indent text, do not fill, do not select a +new font. Pair with @code{@@end display}. @xref{display, , +@code{@@display}}.@refill + +@item @@dmn@{@var{dimension}@} +Format a unit of measure, as in 12@dmn{pt}. Causes @TeX{} to insert a +thin space before @var{dimension}. No effect in Info. +@xref{dmn, , @code{@@dmn}}.@refill + +@need 100 +@item @@dots@{@} +Insert an ellipsis: @samp{@dots{}}. +@xref{dots, , @code{@@dots}}.@refill + +@item @@email@{@var{address}@} +Indicate an electronic mail address. +@xref{email, , @code{@@email}}.@refill + +@need 100 +@item @@emph@{@var{text}@} +Highlight @var{text}; text is displayed in @emph{italics} in printed +output, and surrounded by asterisks in Info. @xref{Emphasis, , Emphasizing Text}.@refill + +@item @@end @var{environment} +Ends @var{environment}, as in @samp{@@end example}. @xref{Formatting +Commands,,@@-commands}. + +@item @@enddots@{@} +Generate an end-of-sentence of ellipsis, like this @enddots{} +@xref{dots,,@code{@@dots@{@}}}. + +@need 100 +@item @@enumerate [@var{number-or-letter}] +Begin a numbered list, using @code{@@item} for each entry. +Optionally, start list with @var{number-or-letter}. Pair with +@code{@@end enumerate}. @xref{enumerate, , +@code{@@enumerate}}.@refill + +@need 100 +@item @@equiv@{@} +Indicate to the reader the exact equivalence of two forms with a +glyph: @samp{@equiv{}}. @xref{Equivalence}.@refill + +@item @@error@{@} +Indicate to the reader with a glyph that the following text is +an error message: @samp{@error{}}. @xref{Error Glyph}.@refill + +@item @@evenfooting [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}] +Specify page footings for even-numbered (left-hand) pages. Not relevant to +Info. @xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill + +@item @@evenheading [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}] +Specify page headings for even-numbered (left-hand) pages. Only +supported within @code{@@iftex}. @xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make +Your Own Headings}.@refill + +@item @@everyfooting [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}] +@itemx @@everyheading [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}] +Specify page footings resp.@: headings for every page. Not relevant to +Info. @xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill + +@item @@example +Begin an example. Indent text, do not fill, and select fixed-width font. +Pair with @code{@@end example}. @xref{example, , +@code{@@example}}.@refill + +@item @@exclamdown@{@} +Generate an upside-down exclamation point. @xref{Inserting Accents}. + +@item @@exdent @var{line-of-text} +Remove any indentation a line might have. @xref{exdent, , +Undoing the Indentation of a Line}.@refill + +@item @@expansion@{@} +Indicate the result of a macro expansion to the reader with a special +glyph: @samp{@expansion{}}. +@xref{expansion, , @expansion{} Indicating an Expansion}.@refill + +@item @@file@{@var{filename}@} +Highlight the name of a file, buffer, node, or directory. @xref{file, , +@code{@@file}}.@refill + +@item @@finalout +Prevent @TeX{} from printing large black warning rectangles beside +over-wide lines. @xref{Overfull hboxes}.@refill + +@need 100 +@item @@findex @var{entry} +Add @var{entry} to the index of functions. @xref{Index Entries, , +Defining the Entries of an Index}.@refill + +@need 200 +@item @@flushleft +@itemx @@flushright +Left justify every line but leave the right end ragged. +Leave font as is. Pair with @code{@@end flushleft}. +@code{@@flushright} analogous. +@xref{flushleft & flushright, , @code{@@flushleft} and +@code{@@flushright}}.@refill + +@need 200 +@item @@footnote@{@var{text-of-footnote}@} +Enter a footnote. Footnote text is printed at the bottom of the page +by @TeX{}; Info may format in either `End' node or `Separate' node style. +@xref{Footnotes}.@refill + +@item @@footnotestyle @var{style} +Specify an Info file's footnote style, either @samp{end} for the end +node style or @samp{separate} for the separate node style. +@xref{Footnotes}.@refill + +@item @@format +Begin a kind of example. Like @code{@@example} or @code{@@display}, +but do not narrow the margins and do not select the fixed-width font. +Pair with @code{@@end format}. @xref{example, , +@code{@@example}}.@refill + +@item @@ftable @var{formatting-command} +Begin a two-column table, using @code{@@item} for each entry. +Automatically enter each of the items in the first column into the +index of functions. Pair with @code{@@end ftable}. The same as +@code{@@table}, except for indexing. @xref{ftable vtable, , +@code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable}}.@refill + +@item @@group +Hold text together that must appear on one printed page. Pair with +@code{@@end group}. Not relevant to Info. @xref{group, , +@code{@@group}}.@refill + +@item @@H@{@var{c}@} +Generate the long Hungarian umlaut accent over @var{c}, as in @H{o}. + +@item @@heading @var{title} +Print an unnumbered section-like heading in the text, but not in the +table of contents of a printed manual. In Info, the title is +underlined with equal signs. @xref{unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, +, Section Commands}.@refill + +@item @@headings @var{on-off-single-double} +Turn page headings on or off, and/or specify single-sided or double-sided +page headings for printing. @xref{headings on off, , The +@code{@@headings} Command}. + +@item @@i@{@var{text}@} +Print @var{text} in @i{italic} font. No effect in Info. +@xref{Fonts}.@refill + +@item @@ifclear @var{flag} +If @var{flag} is cleared, the Texinfo formatting commands format text +between @code{@@ifclear @var{flag}} and the following @code{@@end +ifclear} command. +@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill + +@item @@ifhtml +@itemx @@ifinfo +Begin a stretch of text that will be ignored by @TeX{} when it typesets +the printed manual. The text appears only in the HTML resp.@: Info +file. Pair with @code{@@end ifhtml} resp.@: @code{@@end ifinfo}. +@xref{Conditionals, , Conditionally Visible Text}.@refill + +@item @@ifset @var{flag} +If @var{flag} is set, the Texinfo formatting commands format text +between @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} and the following @code{@@end ifset} +command. +@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill + +@item @@iftex +Begin a stretch of text that will not appear in the Info file, but +will be processed only by @TeX{}. Pair with @code{@@end iftex}. +@xref{Conditionals, , Conditionally Visible Text}.@refill + +@item @@ignore +Begin a stretch of text that will not appear in either the Info file +or the printed output. Pair with @code{@@end ignore}. +@xref{Comments, , Comments and Ignored Text}.@refill + +@item @@include @var{filename} +Incorporate the contents of the file @var{filename} into the Info file +or printed document. @xref{Include Files}.@refill + +@item @@inforef@{@var{node-name}, [@var{entry-name}], @var{info-file-name}@} +Make a cross reference to an Info file for which there is no printed +manual. @xref{inforef, , Cross references using +@code{@@inforef}}.@refill + +@item \input @var{macro-definitions-file} +Use the specified macro definitions file. This command is used only +in the first line of a Texinfo file to cause @TeX{} to make use of the +@file{texinfo} macro definitions file. The backslash in @code{\input} +is used instead of an @code{@@} because @TeX{} does not +recognize @code{@@} until after it has read the definitions file. +@xref{Header, , The Texinfo File Header}.@refill + +@item @@item +Indicate the beginning of a marked paragraph for @code{@@itemize} and +@code{@@enumerate}; indicate the beginning of the text of a first column +entry for @code{@@table}, @code{@@ftable}, and @code{@@vtable}. +@xref{Lists and Tables}.@refill + +@item @@itemize @var{mark-generating-character-or-command} +Produce a sequence of indented paragraphs, with a mark inside the left +margin at the beginning of each paragraph. Pair with @code{@@end +itemize}. @xref{itemize, , @code{@@itemize}}.@refill + +@item @@itemx +Like @code{@@item} but do not generate extra vertical space above the +item text. @xref{itemx, , @code{@@itemx}}.@refill + +@item @@kbd@{@var{keyboard-characters}@} +Indicate text that is characters of input to be typed by +users. @xref{kbd, , @code{@@kbd}}.@refill + +@item @@key@{@var{key-name}@} +Highlight @var{key-name}, a name for a key on a keyboard. +@xref{key, , @code{@@key}}.@refill + +@item @@kindex @var{entry} +Add @var{entry} to the index of keys. @xref{Index Entries, , Defining the +Entries of an Index}.@refill + +@item @@L@{@} +@itemx @@l@{@} +Generate the uppercase and lowercase Polish suppressed-L letters, +respectively: @L{}, @l{}. + +@c Possibly this can be tossed now that we have macros. --karl, 16sep96. +@item @@global@@let@var{new-command}=@var{existing-command} +Equate a new highlighting command with an existing one. Only for +@TeX{}. Write definition inside of @code{@@iftex} @dots{} @code{@@end +iftex}. @xref{Customized Highlighting}.@refill + +@item @@lisp +Begin an example of Lisp code. Indent text, do not fill, and select +fixed-width font. Pair with @code{@@end lisp}. @xref{Lisp Example, , +@code{@@lisp}}.@refill + +@item @@lowersections +Change subsequent chapters to sections, sections to subsections, and so +on. @xref{Raise/lower sections, , @code{@@raisesections} and +@code{@@lowersections}}.@refill + +@item @@macro @var{macro-name} @{@var{params}@} +Define a new Texinfo command @code{@@@var{macro-name}@{@var{params}@}}. +Only supported by Makeinfo and Texi2dvi. @xref{Defining Macros}. + +@item @@majorheading @var{title} +Print a chapter-like heading in the text, but not in the table of +contents of a printed manual. Generate more vertical whitespace before +the heading than the @code{@@chapheading} command. In Info, the chapter +heading line is underlined with asterisks. @xref{majorheading & +chapheading, , @code{@@majorheading} and @code{@@chapheading}}.@refill + +@item @@math@{@var{mathematical-expression}@} +Format a mathematical expression. +@xref{math, , @code{@@math}: Inserting Mathematical Expressions}. + +@item @@menu +Mark the beginning of a menu of nodes in Info. No effect in a printed +manual. Pair with @code{@@end menu}. @xref{Menus}.@refill + +@item @@minus@{@} +Generate a minus sign, `@minus{}'. @xref{minus, , @code{@@minus}}.@refill + +@item @@multitable @var{column-width-spec} +Begin a multi-column table. Pair with @code{@@end multitable}. +@xref{Multitable Column Widths}. + +@item @@need @var{n} +Start a new page in a printed manual if fewer than @var{n} mils +(thousandths of an inch) remain on the current page. @xref{need, , +@code{@@need}}.@refill + +@item @@node @var{name, next, previous, up} +Define the beginning of a new node in Info, and serve as a locator for +references for @TeX{}. @xref{node, , @code{@@node}}.@refill + +@item @@noindent +Prevent text from being indented as if it were a new paragraph. +@xref{noindent, , @code{@@noindent}}.@refill + +@item @@O@{@} +@itemx @@o@{@} +Generate the uppercase and lowercase Owith-slash letters, respectively: +@O{}, @o{}. + +@item @@oddfooting [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}] +@itemx @@oddheading [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}] +Specify page footings resp.@: headings for odd-numbered (right-hand) +pages. Only allowed inside @code{@@iftex}. @xref{Custom Headings, , +How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill + +@item @@OE@{@} +@itemx @@oe@{@} +Generate the uppercase and lowercase OE ligatures, respectively: +@OE{}, @oe{}. @xref{Inserting Accents}. + +@item @@page +Start a new page in a printed manual. No effect in Info. +@xref{page, , @code{@@page}}.@refill + +@item @@paragraphindent @var{indent} +Indent paragraphs by @var{indent} number of spaces; delete indentation +if the value of @var{indent} is 0; and do not change indentation if +@var{indent} is @code{asis}. @xref{paragraphindent, , Paragraph +Indenting}.@refill + +@item @@pindex @var{entry} +Add @var{entry} to the index of programs. @xref{Index Entries, , Defining +the Entries of an Index}.@refill + +@item @@point@{@} +Indicate the position of point in a buffer to the reader with a +glyph: @samp{@point{}}. @xref{Point Glyph, , Indicating +Point in a Buffer}.@refill + +@item @@pounds@{@} +Generate the pounds sterling currency sign. +@xref{pounds,,@code{@@pounds@{@}}}. + +@item @@print@{@} +Indicate printed output to the reader with a glyph: +@samp{@print{}}. @xref{Print Glyph}.@refill + +@item @@printindex @var{index-name} +Print an alphabetized two-column index in a printed manual or generate +an alphabetized menu of index entries for Info. @xref{Printing +Indices & Menus}.@refill + +@item @@pxref@{@var{node-name}, [@var{entry}], [@var{topic-or-title}], [@var{info-file}], [@var{manual}]@} +Make a reference that starts with a lower case `see' in a printed +manual. Use within parentheses only. Do not follow command with a +punctuation mark---the Info formatting commands automatically insert +terminating punctuation as needed. Only the first argument is mandatory. +@xref{pxref, , @code{@@pxref}}.@refill + +@item @@questiondown@{@} +Generate an upside-down question mark. @xref{Inserting Accents}. + +@item @@quotation +Narrow the margins to indicate text that is quoted from another real +or imaginary work. Write command on a line of its own. Pair with +@code{@@end quotation}. @xref{quotation, , +@code{@@quotation}}.@refill + +@need 100 +@item @@r@{@var{text}@} +Print @var{text} in @r{roman} font. No effect in Info. +@xref{Fonts}.@refill + +@item @@raisesections +Change subsequent sections to chapters, subsections to sections, and so +on. @xref{Raise/lower sections, , @code{@@raisesections} and +@code{@@lowersections}}.@refill + +@need 300 +@item @@ref@{@var{node-name}, [@var{entry}], [@var{topic-or-title}], [@var{info-file}], [@var{manual}]@} +Make a reference. In a printed manual, the reference does not start +with a `See'. Follow command with a punctuation mark. Only the first +argument is mandatory. @xref{ref, , @code{@@ref}}.@refill + +@need 300 +@item @@refill +In Info, refill and indent the paragraph after all the other processing +has been done. No effect on @TeX{}, which always refills. This command +is no longer needed, since all formatters now automatically refill. +@xref{Refilling Paragraphs}.@refill + +@need 300 +@item @@result@{@} +Indicate the result of an expression to the reader with a special +glyph: @samp{@result{}}. @xref{result, , @code{@@result}}.@refill + +@item @@ringaccent@{@var{c}@} +Generate a ring accent over the next character, as in @ringaccent{o}. +@xref{Inserting Accents}. + +@item @@samp@{@var{text}@} +Highlight @var{text} that is a literal example of a sequence of +characters. Used for single characters, for statements, and often for +entire shell commands. @xref{samp, , @code{@@samp}}.@refill + +@item @@sc@{@var{text}@} +Set @var{text} in a printed output in @sc{the small caps font} and +set text in the Info file in uppercase letters. +@xref{Smallcaps}.@refill + +@item @@section @var{title} +Begin a section within a chapter. In a printed manual, the section +title is numbered and appears in the table of contents. In Info, the +title is underlined with equal signs. @xref{section, , +@code{@@section}}.@refill + +@item @@set @var{flag} [@var{string}] +Make @var{flag} active, causing the Texinfo formatting commands to +format text between subsequent pairs of @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} and +@code{@@end ifset} commands. Optionally, set value of @var{flag} to +@var{string}. +@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill + +@item @@setchapternewpage @var{on-off-odd} +Specify whether chapters start on new pages, and if so, whether on +odd-numbered (right-hand) new pages. @xref{setchapternewpage, , +@code{@@setchapternewpage}}.@refill + +@item @@setfilename @var{info-file-name} +Provide a name to be used by the Info file. This command is essential +for @TeX{} formatting as well, even though it produces no output. +@xref{setfilename, , @code{@@setfilename}}.@refill + +@item @@settitle @var{title} +Provide a title for page headers in a printed manual. +@xref{settitle, , @code{@@settitle}}.@refill + +@item @@shortcontents +Print a short table of contents. Not relevant to Info, which uses +menus rather than tables of contents. A synonym for +@code{@@summarycontents}. @xref{Contents, , Generating a Table of +Contents}.@refill + +@item @@shorttitlepage@{@var{title}@} +Generate a minimal title page. @xref{titlepage,,@code{@@titlepage}}. + +@need 400 +@item @@smallbook +Cause @TeX{} to produce a printed manual in a 7 by 9.25 inch format +rather than the regular 8.5 by 11 inch format. @xref{smallbook, , +Printing Small Books}. Also, see @ref{smallexample & smalllisp, , +@code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp}}.@refill + +@need 400 +@item @@smallexample +Indent text to indicate an example. Do not fill, select fixed-width +font. In @code{@@smallbook} format, print text in a smaller font than +with @code{@@example}. Pair with @code{@@end smallexample}. +@xref{smallexample & smalllisp, , @code{@@smallexample} and +@code{@@smalllisp}}.@refill + +@need 400 +@item @@smalllisp +Begin an example of Lisp code. Indent text, do not fill, select +fixed-width font. In @code{@@smallbook} format, print text in a +smaller font. Pair with @code{@@end smalllisp}. @xref{smallexample & +smalllisp, , @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp}}.@refill + +@need 700 +@item @@sp @var{n} +Skip @var{n} blank lines. @xref{sp, , @code{@@sp}}.@refill + +@item @@ss@{@} +Generate the German sharp-S es-zet letter, @ss{}. @xref{Inserting Accents}. + +@need 700 +@item @@strong @var{text} +Emphasize @var{text} by typesetting it in a @strong{bold} font for the +printed manual and by surrounding it with asterisks for Info. +@xref{emph & strong, , Emphasizing Text}.@refill + +@item @@subheading @var{title} +Print an unnumbered subsection-like heading in the text, but not in +the table of contents of a printed manual. In Info, the title is +underlined with hyphens. @xref{unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec +subheading, , @code{@@unnumberedsubsec} @code{@@appendixsubsec} +@code{@@subheading}}.@refill + +@item @@subsection @var{title} +Begin a subsection within a section. In a printed manual, the +subsection title is numbered and appears in the table of contents. In +Info, the title is underlined with hyphens. @xref{subsection, , +@code{@@subsection}}.@refill + +@item @@subsubheading @var{title} +Print an unnumbered subsubsection-like heading in the text, but not in +the table of contents of a printed manual. In Info, the title is +underlined with periods. @xref{subsubsection, , The `subsub' +Commands}.@refill + +@item @@subsubsection @var{title} +Begin a subsubsection within a subsection. In a printed manual, +the subsubsection title is numbered and appears in the table of +contents. In Info, the title is underlined with periods. +@xref{subsubsection, , The `subsub' Commands}.@refill + +@item @@subtitle @var{title} +In a printed manual, set a subtitle in a normal sized font flush to +the right-hand side of the page. Not relevant to Info, which does not +have title pages. @xref{title subtitle author, , @code{@@title} +@code{@@subtitle} and @code{@@author} Commands}.@refill + +@item @@summarycontents +Print a short table of contents. Not relevant to Info, which uses +menus rather than tables of contents. A synonym for +@code{@@shortcontents}. @xref{Contents, , Generating a Table of +Contents}.@refill + +@need 300 +@item @@syncodeindex @var{from-index} @var{into-index} +Merge the index named in the first argument into the index named in +the second argument, printing the entries from the first index in +@code{@@code} font. @xref{Combining Indices}.@refill + +@need 300 +@item @@synindex @var{from-index} @var{into-index} +Merge the index named in the first argument into the index named in +the second argument. Do not change the font of @var{from-index} +entries. @xref{Combining Indices}.@refill + +@need 100 +@item @@t@{@var{text}@} +Print @var{text} in a @t{fixed-width}, typewriter-like font. +No effect in Info. @xref{Fonts}.@refill + +@item @@tab +Separate columns in a multitable. @xref{Multitable Rows}. + +@need 400 +@item @@table @var{formatting-command} +Begin a two-column table, using @code{@@item} for each entry. Write +each first column entry on the same line as @code{@@item}. First +column entries are printed in the font resulting from +@var{formatting-command}. Pair with @code{@@end table}. +@xref{Two-column Tables, , Making a Two-column Table}. +Also see @ref{ftable vtable, , @code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable}}, +and @ref{itemx, , @code{@@itemx}}.@refill + +@item @@TeX@{@} +Insert the logo @TeX{}. @xref{TeX and copyright, , Inserting @TeX{} +and @copyright{}}.@refill + +@item @@tex +Enter @TeX{} completely. Pair with @code{@@end tex}. @xref{Using +Ordinary TeX Commands, , Using Ordinary @TeX{} Commands}.@refill + +@item @@thischapter +@itemx @@thischaptername +@itemx @@thisfile +@itemx @@thispage +@itemx @@thistitle +Only allowed in a heading or footing. Stands for the number and name of +the current chapter (in the format `Chapter 1: Title'), the chapter name +only, the filename, the current page number, and the title of the +document, respectively. @xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own +Headings}.@refill + +@item @@tindex @var{entry} +Add @var{entry} to the index of data types. @xref{Index Entries, , +Defining the Entries of an Index}.@refill + +@item @@title @var{title} +In a printed manual, set a title flush to the left-hand side of the +page in a larger than normal font and underline it with a black rule. +Not relevant to Info, which does not have title pages. @xref{title +subtitle author, , The @code{@@title} @code{@@subtitle} and +@code{@@author} Commands}.@refill + +@need 400 +@item @@titlefont@{@var{text}@} +In a printed manual, print @var{text} in a larger than normal font. +Not relevant to Info, which does not have title pages. +@xref{titlefont center sp, , The @code{@@titlefont} @code{@@center} +and @code{@@sp} Commands}.@refill + +@need 300 +@item @@titlepage +Indicate to Texinfo the beginning of the title page. Write command on +a line of its own. Pair with @code{@@end titlepage}. Nothing between +@code{@@titlepage} and @code{@@end titlepage} appears in Info. +@xref{titlepage, , @code{@@titlepage}}.@refill + +@need 150 +@item @@today@{@} +Insert the current date, in `1 Jan 1900' style. @xref{Custom +Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill + +@item @@top @var{title} +In a Texinfo file to be formatted with @code{makeinfo}, identify the +topmost @code{@@node} line in the file, which must be written on the line +immediately preceding the @code{@@top} command. Used for +@code{makeinfo}'s node pointer insertion feature. The title is +underlined with asterisks. Both the @code{@@node} line and the @code{@@top} +line normally should be enclosed by @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end +ifinfo}. In @TeX{} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer}, the @code{@@top} +command is merely a synonym for @code{@@unnumbered}. @xref{makeinfo +Pointer Creation, , Creating Pointers with @code{makeinfo}}. + +@item @@u@var{c} +@itemx @@ubaraccent@var{c} +@itemx @@udotaccent@var{c} +Generate a breve, underbar, or underdot accent, respectively, over or +under the character @var{c}, as in @u{o}, @ubaraccent{o}, +@udotaccent{o}. @xref{Inserting Accents}. + +@item @@unnumbered @var{title} +In a printed manual, begin a chapter that appears without chapter +numbers of any kind. The title appears in the table of contents of a +printed manual. In Info, the title is underlined with asterisks. +@xref{unnumbered & appendix, , @code{@@unnumbered} and +@code{@@appendix}}.@refill + +@item @@unnumberedsec @var{title} +In a printed manual, begin a section that appears without section +numbers of any kind. The title appears in the table of contents of a +printed manual. In Info, the title is underlined with equal signs. +@xref{unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, , Section Commands}.@refill + +@item @@unnumberedsubsec @var{title} +In a printed manual, begin an unnumbered subsection within a +chapter. The title appears in the table of contents of a printed +manual. In Info, the title is underlined with hyphens. +@xref{unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, , +@code{@@unnumberedsubsec} @code{@@appendixsubsec} +@code{@@subheading}}.@refill + +@item @@unnumberedsubsubsec @var{title} +In a printed manual, begin an unnumbered subsubsection within a +chapter. The title appears in the table of contents of a printed +manual. In Info, the title is underlined with periods. +@xref{subsubsection, , The `subsub' Commands}.@refill + +@item @@url@{@var{url}@} +Highlight text that is a uniform resource locator for the World Wide +Web. @xref{url, , @code{@@url}}.@refill + +@item @@v@var{c} +Generate check accent over the character @var{c}, as in @v{o}. +@xref{Inserting Accents}. + +@item @@value@{@var{flag}@} +Replace @var{flag} with the value to which it is set by @code{@@set +@var{flag}}. +@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill + +@item @@var@{@var{metasyntactic-variable}@} +Highlight a metasyntactic variable, which is something that stands for +another piece of text. @xref{var, , Indicating Metasyntactic +Variables}.@refill + +@need 400 +@item @@vindex @var{entry} +Add @var{entry} to the index of variables. @xref{Index Entries, , +Defining the Entries of an Index}.@refill + +@need 400 +@item @@vskip @var{amount} +In a printed manual, insert whitespace so as to push text on the +remainder of the page towards the bottom of the page. Used in +formatting the copyright page with the argument @samp{0pt plus +1filll}. (Note spelling of @samp{filll}.) @code{@@vskip} may be used +only in contexts ignored for Info. @xref{Copyright & Permissions, , +The Copyright Page and Printed Permissions}.@refill + +@need 400 +@item @@vtable @var{formatting-command} +Begin a two-column table, using @code{@@item} for each entry. +Automatically enter each of the items in the first column into the +index of variables. Pair with @code{@@end vtable}. The same as +@code{@@table}, except for indexing. @xref{ftable vtable, , +@code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable}}.@refill + +@need 400 +@item @@w@{@var{text}@} +Prevent @var{text} from being split across two lines. Do not end a +paragraph that uses @code{@@w} with an @code{@@refill} command. +@xref{w, , @code{@@w}}.@refill + +@need 400 +@item @@xref@{@var{node-name}, [@var{entry}], [@var{topic-or-title}], [@var{info-file}], [@var{manual}]@} +Make a reference that starts with `See' in a printed manual. Follow +command with a punctuation mark. Only the first argument is +mandatory. @xref{xref, , @code{@@xref}}.@refill +@end table + +@node Tips, Sample Texinfo File, Command List, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendix Tips and Hints + +Here are some tips for writing Texinfo documentation:@refill + +@cindex Tips +@cindex Usage tips +@cindex Hints +@itemize @bullet +@item +Write in the present tense, not in the past or the future. + +@item +Write actively! For example, write ``We recommend that @dots{}'' rather +than ``It is recommended that @dots{}''. + +@item +Use 70 or 72 as your fill column. Longer lines are hard to read. + +@item +Include a copyright notice and copying permissions. +@end itemize + +@subsubheading Index, index, index! + +Write many index entries, in different ways. +Readers like indices; they are helpful and convenient. + +Although it is easiest to write index entries as you write the body of +the text, some people prefer to write entries afterwards. In either +case, write an entry before the paragraph to which it applies. This +way, an index entry points to the first page of a paragraph that is +split across pages. + +Here are more hints we have found valuable: + +@itemize @bullet +@item +Write each index entry differently, so each entry refers to a different +place in the document. + +@item +Write index entries only where a topic is discussed significantly. For +example, it is not useful to index ``debugging information'' in a +chapter on reporting bugs. Someone who wants to know about debugging +information will certainly not find it in that chapter. + +@item +Consistently capitalize the first word of every concept index entry, +or else consistently use lower case. Terse entries often call for +lower case; longer entries for capitalization. Whichever case +convention you use, please use one or the other consistently! Mixing +the two styles looks bad. + +@item +Always capitalize or use upper case for those words in an index for +which this is proper, such as names of countries or acronyms. Always +use the appropriate case for case-sensitive names, such as those in C or +Lisp. + +@item +Write the indexing commands that refer to a whole section immediately +after the section command, and write the indexing commands that refer to +the paragraph before the paragraph. + +@need 1000 +In the example that follows, a blank line comes after the index +entry for ``Leaping'': + +@example +@group +@@section The Dog and the Fox +@@cindex Jumping, in general +@@cindex Leaping + +@@cindex Dog, lazy, jumped over +@@cindex Lazy dog jumped over +@@cindex Fox, jumps over dog +@@cindex Quick fox jumps over dog +The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog. +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +(Note that the example shows entries for the same concept that are +written in different ways---@samp{Lazy dog}, and @samp{Dog, lazy}---so +readers can look up the concept in different ways.) +@end itemize + +@subsubheading Blank lines + +@itemize @bullet +@item +Insert a blank line between a sectioning command and the first following +sentence or paragraph, or between the indexing commands associated with +the sectioning command and the first following sentence or paragraph, as +shown in the tip on indexing. Otherwise, a formatter may fold title and +paragraph together. + +@item +Always insert a blank line before an @code{@@table} command and after an +@code{@@end table} command; but never insert a blank line after an +@code{@@table} command or before an @code{@@end table} command. + +@need 1000 +For example, + +@example +@group +Types of fox: + +@@table @@samp +@@item Quick +Jump over lazy dogs. +@end group + +@group +@@item Brown +Also jump over lazy dogs. +@@end table + +@end group +@group +@@noindent +On the other hand, @dots{} +@end group +@end example + +Insert blank lines before and after @code{@@itemize} @dots{} @code{@@end +itemize} and @code{@@enumerate} @dots{} @code{@@end enumerate} in the +same way. +@end itemize + +@subsubheading Complete phrases + +Complete phrases are easier to read than @dots{} + +@itemize @bullet +@item +Write entries in an itemized list as complete sentences; or at least, as +complete phrases. Incomplete expressions @dots{} awkward @dots{} like +this. + +@item +Write the prefatory sentence or phrase for a multi-item list or table as +a complete expression. Do not write ``You can set:''; instead, write +``You can set these variables:''. The former expression sounds cut off. +@end itemize + +@subsubheading Editions, dates and versions + +Write the edition and version numbers and date in three places in every +manual: + +@enumerate +@item +In the first @code{@@ifinfo} section, for people reading the Texinfo file. + +@item +In the @code{@@titlepage} section, for people reading the printed manual. + +@item +In the `Top' node, for people reading the Info file. +@end enumerate + +@noindent +Also, it helps to write a note before the first @code{@@ifinfo} +section to explain what you are doing. + +@need 800 +@noindent +For example: + +@example +@group +@@c ===> NOTE! <== +@@c Specify the edition and version numbers and date +@@c in *three* places: +@@c 1. First ifinfo section 2. title page 3. top node +@@c To find the locations, search for !!set +@end group + +@group +@@ifinfo +@@c !!set edition, date, version +This is Edition 4.03, January 1992, +of the @@cite@{GDB Manual@} for GDB Version 4.3. +@dots{} +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +---or use @code{@@set} and @code{@@value} +(@pxref{value Example, , @code{@@value} Example}). + +@subsubheading Definition Commands + +Definition commands are @code{@@deffn}, @code{@@defun}, +@code{@@defmac}, and the like, and enable you to write descriptions in +a uniform format.@refill + +@itemize @bullet +@item +Write just one definition command for each entity you define with a +definition command. The automatic indexing feature creates an index +entry that leads the reader to the definition. + +@item +Use @code{@@table} @dots{} @code{@@end table} in an appendix that +contains a summary of functions, not @code{@@deffn} or other definition +commands. +@end itemize + +@subsubheading Capitalization + +@itemize @bullet +@item +Capitalize @samp{Texinfo}; it is a name. Do not write the @samp{x} or +@samp{i} in upper case. + +@item +Capitalize @samp{Info}; it is a name. + +@item +Write @TeX{} using the @code{@@TeX@{@}} command. Note the uppercase +@samp{T} and @samp{X}. This command causes the formatters to +typeset the name according to the wishes of Donald Knuth, who wrote +@TeX{}. +@end itemize + +@subsubheading Spaces + +Do not use spaces to format a Texinfo file, except inside of +@code{@@example} @dots{} @code{@@end example} and similar commands. + +@need 700 +For example, @TeX{} fills the following: + +@example +@group + @@kbd@{C-x v@} + @@kbd@{M-x vc-next-action@} + Perform the next logical operation + on the version-controlled file + corresponding to the current buffer. +@end group +@end example + +@need 950 +@noindent +so it looks like this: + +@iftex +@quotation + @kbd{C-x v} + @kbd{M-x vc-next-action} + Perform the next logical operation on the version-controlled file + corresponding to the current buffer. +@end quotation +@end iftex +@ifinfo +@quotation +`C-x v' `M-x vc-next-action' Perform the next logical operation on the +version-controlled file corresponding to the current buffer. +@end quotation +@end ifinfo + +@noindent +In this case, the text should be formatted with +@code{@@table}, @code{@@item}, and @code{@@itemx}, to create a table. + +@subsubheading @@code, @@samp, @@var, and @samp{---} + +@itemize @bullet +@item +Use @code{@@code} around Lisp symbols, including command names. +For example, + +@example +The main function is @@code@{vc-next-action@}, @dots{} +@end example + +@item +Avoid putting letters such as @samp{s} immediately after an +@samp{@@code}. Such letters look bad. + +@item +Use @code{@@var} around meta-variables. Do not write angle brackets +around them. + +@item +Use three hyphens in a row, @samp{---}, to indicate a long dash. @TeX{} +typesets these as a long dash and the Info formatters reduce three +hyphens to two. +@end itemize + +@subsubheading Periods Outside of Quotes + +Place periods and other punctuation marks @emph{outside} of quotations, +unless the punctuation is part of the quotation. This practice goes +against publishing conventions in the United States, but enables the +reader to distinguish between the contents of the quotation and the +whole passage. + +For example, you should write the following sentence with the period +outside the end quotation marks: + +@example +Evidently, @samp{au} is an abbreviation for ``author''. +@end example + +@noindent +since @samp{au} does @emph{not} serve as an abbreviation for +@samp{author.} (with a period following the word). + +@subsubheading Introducing New Terms + +@itemize @bullet +@item +Introduce new terms so that a reader who does not know them can +understand them from context; or write a definition for the term. + +For example, in the following, the terms ``check in'', ``register'' and +``delta'' are all appearing for the first time; the example sentence should be +rewritten so they are understandable. + +@quotation +The major function assists you in checking in a file to your +version control system and registering successive sets of changes to +it as deltas. +@end quotation + +@item +Use the @code{@@dfn} command around a word being introduced, to indicate +that the reader should not expect to know the meaning already, and +should expect to learn the meaning from this passage. +@end itemize + +@subsubheading @@pxref + +@c !!! maybe include this in the tips on pxref +@ignore +By the way, it is okay to use pxref with something else in front of +it within the parens, as long as the pxref is followed by the close +paren, and the material inside the parens is not part of a larger +sentence. Also, you can use xref inside parens as part of a complete +sentence so long as you terminate the cross reference with punctuation. +@end ignore +Absolutely never use @code{@@pxref} except in the special context for +which it is designed: inside parentheses, with the closing parenthesis +following immediately after the closing brace. One formatter +automatically inserts closing punctuation and the other does not. This +means that the output looks right both in printed output and in an Info +file, but only when the command is used inside parentheses. + +@subsubheading Invoking from a Shell + +You can invoke programs such as Emacs, GCC, and GAWK from a shell. +The documentation for each program should contain a section that +describes this. Unfortunately, if the node names and titles for these +sections are all different, readers find it hard to search for the +section.@refill + +Name such sections with a phrase beginning with the word +@w{`Invoking @dots{}'}, as in `Invoking Emacs'; this way +users can find the section easily. + +@subsubheading @sc{ansi c} Syntax + +When you use @code{@@example} to describe a C function's calling +conventions, use the @sc{ansi c} syntax, like this:@refill + +@example +void dld_init (char *@@var@{path@}); +@end example + +@noindent +And in the subsequent discussion, refer to the argument values by +writing the same argument names, again highlighted with +@code{@@var}.@refill + +@need 800 +Avoid the obsolete style that looks like this:@refill + +@example +#include <dld.h> + +dld_init (path) +char *path; +@end example + +Also, it is best to avoid writing @code{#include} above the +declaration just to indicate that the function is declared in a +header file. The practice may give the misimpression that the +@code{#include} belongs near the declaration of the function. Either +state explicitly which header file holds the declaration or, better +yet, name the header file used for a group of functions at the +beginning of the section that describes the functions.@refill + +@subsubheading Bad Examples + +Here are several examples of bad writing to avoid: + +In this example, say, `` @dots{} you must @code{@@dfn}@{check +in@} the new version.'' That flows better. + +@quotation +When you are done editing the file, you must perform a +@code{@@dfn}@{check in@}. +@end quotation + +In the following example, say, ``@dots{} makes a unified interface such as VC +mode possible.'' + +@quotation +SCCS, RCS and other version-control systems all perform similar +functions in broadly similar ways (it is this resemblance which makes +a unified control mode like this possible). +@end quotation + +And in this example, you should specify what `it' refers to: + +@quotation +If you are working with other people, it assists in coordinating +everyone's changes so they do not step on each other. +@end quotation + +@subsubheading And Finally @dots{} + +@itemize @bullet +@item +Pronounce @TeX{} as if the @samp{X} were a Greek `chi', as the last +sound in the name `Bach'. But pronounce Texinfo as in `speck': +@samp{teckinfo}. + +@item +Write notes for yourself at the very end of a Texinfo file after the +@code{@@bye}. None of the formatters process text after the +@code{@@bye}; it is as if the text were within @code{@@ignore} @dots{} +@code{@@end ignore}. +@end itemize + +@node Sample Texinfo File, Sample Permissions, Tips, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendix A Sample Texinfo File +@cindex Sample Texinfo file, no comments + +Here is a complete, short sample Texinfo file, without any commentary. +You can see this file, with comments, in the first chapter. +@xref{Short Sample, , A Short Sample Texinfo File}. + +@sp 1 +@example +\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*- +@@c %**start of header +@@setfilename sample.info +@@settitle Sample Document +@@c %**end of header + +@@setchapternewpage odd + +@@ifinfo +This is a short example of a complete Texinfo file. + +Copyright 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +@@end ifinfo + +@@titlepage +@@sp 10 +@@comment The title is printed in a large font. +@@center @@titlefont@{Sample Title@} + +@@c The following two commands start the copyright page. +@@page +@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +Copyright @@copyright@{@} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +@@end titlepage + +@@node Top, First Chapter, (dir), (dir) +@@comment node-name, next, previous, up + +@@menu +* First Chapter:: The first chapter is the + only chapter in this sample. +* Concept Index:: This index has two entries. +@@end menu + +@@node First Chapter, Concept Index, Top, Top +@@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@@chapter First Chapter +@@cindex Sample index entry + +This is the contents of the first chapter. +@@cindex Another sample index entry + +Here is a numbered list. + +@@enumerate +@@item +This is the first item. + +@@item +This is the second item. +@@end enumerate + +The @@code@{makeinfo@} and @@code@{texinfo-format-buffer@} +commands transform a Texinfo file such as this into +an Info file; and @@TeX@{@} typesets it for a printed +manual. + +@@node Concept Index, , First Chapter, Top +@@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@@unnumbered Concept Index + +@@printindex cp + +@@contents +@@bye +@end example + +@node Sample Permissions, Include Files, Sample Texinfo File, Top +@appendix Sample Permissions +@cindex Permissions +@cindex Copying permissions + +Texinfo files should contain sections that tell the readers that they +have the right to copy and distribute the Texinfo file, the Info file, +and the printed manual.@refill + +Also, if you are writing a manual about software, you should explain +that the software is free and either include the GNU General Public +License (GPL) or provide a reference to it. @xref{Distrib, , +Distribution, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for an example of the text +that could be used in the software ``Distribution'', ``General Public +License'', and ``NO WARRANTY'' sections of a document. @xref{Copying, +, Texinfo Copying Conditions}, for an example of a brief explanation +of how the copying conditions provide you with rights. @refill + +@menu +* Inserting Permissions:: How to put permissions in your document. +* ifinfo Permissions:: Sample @samp{ifinfo} copying permissions. +* Titlepage Permissions:: Sample Titlepage copying permissions. +@end menu + +@node Inserting Permissions, ifinfo Permissions, Sample Permissions, Sample Permissions +@ifinfo +@appendixsec Inserting Permissions +@end ifinfo + +In a Texinfo file, the first @code{@@ifinfo} section usually begins +with a line that says what the file documents. This is what a person +reading the unprocessed Texinfo file or using the advanced Info +command @kbd{g *} sees first. @inforef{Expert, Advanced Info +commands, info}, for more information. (A reader using the regular +Info commands usually starts reading at the first node and skips +this first section, which is not in a node.)@refill + +In the @code{@@ifinfo} section, the summary sentence is followed by a +copyright notice and then by the copying permission notice. One of +the copying permission paragraphs is enclosed in @code{@@ignore} and +@code{@@end ignore} commands. This paragraph states that the Texinfo +file can be processed through @TeX{} and printed, provided the printed +manual carries the proper copying permission notice. This paragraph +is not made part of the Info file since it is not relevant to the Info +file; but it is a mandatory part of the Texinfo file since it permits +people to process the Texinfo file in @TeX{} and print the +results.@refill + +In the printed manual, the Free Software Foundation copying permission +notice follows the copyright notice and publishing information and is +located within the region delineated by the @code{@@titlepage} and +@code{@@end titlepage} commands. The copying permission notice is exactly +the same as the notice in the @code{@@ifinfo} section except that the +paragraph enclosed in @code{@@ignore} and @code{@@end ignore} commands is +not part of the notice.@refill + +To make it simple to insert a permission notice into each section of +the Texinfo file, sample permission notices for each section are +reproduced in full below.@refill + +Note that you may need to specify the correct name of a section +mentioned in the permission notice. For example, in @cite{The GDB +Manual}, the name of the section referring to the General Public +License is called the ``GDB General Public License'', but in the +sample shown below, that section is referred to generically as the +``GNU General Public License''. If the Texinfo file does not carry a +copy of the General Public License, leave out the reference to it, but +be sure to include the rest of the sentence.@refill + +@node ifinfo Permissions, Titlepage Permissions, Inserting Permissions, Sample Permissions +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendixsec @samp{ifinfo} Copying Permissions +@cindex @samp{ifinfo} permissions + +In the @code{@@ifinfo} section of a Texinfo file, the standard Free +Software Foundation permission notice reads as follows:@refill + +@example +This file documents @dots{} + +Copyright 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim +copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and +this permission notice are preserved on all copies. + +@@ignore +Permission is granted to process this file through TeX +and print the results, provided the printed document +carries a copying permission notice identical to this +one except for the removal of this paragraph (this +paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). + +@@end ignore +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified +versions of this manual under the conditions for +verbatim copying, provided also that the sections +entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License'' +are included exactly as in the original, and provided +that the entire resulting derived work is distributed +under the terms of a permission notice identical to this +one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute +translations of this manual into another language, +under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that this permission notice may be stated in a +translation approved by the Free Software Foundation. +@end example + +@node Titlepage Permissions, , ifinfo Permissions, Sample Permissions +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendixsec Titlepage Copying Permissions +@cindex Titlepage permissions + +In the @code{@@titlepage} section of a Texinfo file, the standard Free +Software Foundation copying permission notice follows the copyright +notice and publishing information. The standard phrasing is as +follows:@refill + +@example +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim +copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and +this permission notice are preserved on all copies. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified +versions of this manual under the conditions for +verbatim copying, provided also that the sections +entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License'' +are included exactly as in the original, and provided +that the entire resulting derived work is distributed +under the terms of a permission notice identical to this +one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute +translations of this manual into another language, +under the above conditions for modified versions, +except that this permission notice may be stated in a +translation approved by the Free Software Foundation. +@end example + +@node Include Files, Headings, Sample Permissions, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendix Include Files +@cindex Include files + +When @TeX{} or an Info formatting command sees an @code{@@include} +command in a Texinfo file, it processes the contents of the file named +by the command and incorporates them into the @sc{dvi} or Info file being +created. Index entries from the included file are incorporated into +the indices of the output file.@refill + +Include files let you keep a single large document as a collection of +conveniently small parts.@refill + +@menu +* Using Include Files:: How to use the @code{@@include} command. +* texinfo-multiple-files-update:: How to create and update nodes and + menus when using included files. +* Include File Requirements:: What @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} expects. +* Sample Include File:: A sample outer file with included files + within it; and a sample included file. +* Include Files Evolution:: How use of the @code{@@include} command + has changed over time. +@end menu + +@node Using Include Files, texinfo-multiple-files-update, Include Files, Include Files +@appendixsec How to Use Include Files +@findex include + +To include another file within a Texinfo file, write the +@code{@@include} command at the beginning of a line and follow it on +the same line by the name of a file to be included. For +example:@refill + +@example +@@include buffers.texi +@end example + +An included file should simply be a segment of text that you expect to +be included as is into the overall or @dfn{outer} Texinfo file; it +should not contain the standard beginning and end parts of a Texinfo +file. In particular, you should not start an included file with a +line saying @samp{\input texinfo}; if you do, that phrase is inserted +into the output file as is. Likewise, you should not end an included +file with an @code{@@bye} command; nothing after @code{@@bye} is +formatted.@refill + +In the past, you were required to write an @code{@@setfilename} line at the +beginning of an included file, but no longer. Now, it does not matter +whether you write such a line. If an @code{@@setfilename} line exists +in an included file, it is ignored.@refill + +Conventionally, an included file begins with an @code{@@node} line that +is followed by an @code{@@chapter} line. Each included file is one +chapter. This makes it easy to use the regular node and menu creating +and updating commands to create the node pointers and menus within the +included file. However, the simple Emacs node and menu creating and +updating commands do not work with multiple Texinfo files. Thus you +cannot use these commands to fill in the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' +pointers of the @code{@@node} line that begins the included file. Also, +you cannot use the regular commands to create a master menu for the +whole file. Either you must insert the menus and the `Next', +`Previous', and `Up' pointers by hand, or you must use the GNU Emacs +Texinfo mode command, @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update}, that is +designed for @code{@@include} files.@refill + +@node texinfo-multiple-files-update, Include File Requirements, Using Include Files, Include Files +@appendixsec @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} +@findex texinfo-multiple-files-update + +GNU Emacs Texinfo mode provides the @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} +command. This command creates or updates `Next', `Previous', and `Up' +pointers of included files as well as those in the outer or overall +Texinfo file, and it creates or updates a main menu in the outer file. +Depending whether you call it with optional arguments, the command +updates only the pointers in the first @code{@@node} line of the +included files or all of them:@refill + +@table @kbd +@item M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update +Called without any arguments:@refill + +@itemize @minus +@item +Create or update the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers of the +first @code{@@node} line in each file included in an outer or overall +Texinfo file.@refill + +@item +Create or update the `Top' level node pointers of the outer or +overall file.@refill + +@item +Create or update a main menu in the outer file.@refill +@end itemize + +@item C-u M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update +Called with @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument: + +@itemize @minus{} +@item +Create or update pointers in the first @code{@@node} line in each +included file. + +@item +Create or update the `Top' level node pointers of the outer file. + +@item +Create and insert a master menu in the outer file. The master menu +is made from all the menus in all the included files.@refill +@end itemize + +@item C-u 8 M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update +Called with a numeric prefix argument, such as @kbd{C-u 8}: + +@itemize @minus +@item +Create or update @strong{all} the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers +of all the included files.@refill + +@item +Create or update @strong{all} the menus of all the included +files.@refill + +@item +Create or update the `Top' level node pointers of the outer or +overall file.@refill + +@item +And then create a master menu in the outer file. This is similar to +invoking @code{texinfo-master-menu} with an argument when you are +working with just one file.@refill +@end itemize +@end table + +Note the use of the prefix argument in interactive use: with a regular +prefix argument, just @w{@kbd{C-u}}, the +@code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} command inserts a master menu; +with a numeric prefix argument, such as @kbd{C-u 8}, the command +updates @strong{every} pointer and menu in @strong{all} the files and then inserts a +master menu.@refill + +@node Include File Requirements, Sample Include File, texinfo-multiple-files-update, Include Files +@appendixsec Include File Requirements +@cindex Include file requirements +@cindex Requirements for include files + +If you plan to use the @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} command, +the outer Texinfo file that lists included files within it should +contain nothing but the beginning and end parts of a Texinfo file, and +a number of @code{@@include} commands listing the included files. It +should not even include indices, which should be listed in an included +file of their own.@refill + +Moreover, each of the included files must contain exactly one highest +level node (conventionally, @code{@@chapter} or equivalent), +and this node must be the first node in the included file. +Furthermore, each of these highest level nodes in each included file +must be at the same hierarchical level in the file structure. +Usually, each is an @code{@@chapter}, an @code{@@appendix}, or an +@code{@@unnumbered} node. Thus, normally, each included file contains +one, and only one, chapter or equivalent-level node.@refill + +The outer file should contain only @emph{one} node, the `Top' node. It +should @emph{not} contain any nodes besides the single `Top' node. The +@code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} command will not process +them.@refill + +@node Sample Include File, Include Files Evolution, Include File Requirements, Include Files +@appendixsec Sample File with @code{@@include} +@cindex Sample @code{@@include} file +@cindex Include file sample +@cindex @code{@@include} file sample + +Here is an example of a complete outer Texinfo file with @code{@@include} files +within it before running @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update}, which +would insert a main or master menu:@refill + +@example +@group +\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*- +@c %**start of header +@@setfilename include-example.info +@@settitle Include Example +@c %**end of header +@end group + +@group +@@setchapternewpage odd +@@titlepage +@@sp 12 +@@center @@titlefont@{Include Example@} +@@sp 2 +@@center by Whom Ever +@end group + +@group +@@page +@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll +Copyright @@copyright@{@} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +@@end titlepage +@end group + +@group +@@ifinfo +@@node Top, First, (dir), (dir) +@@top Master Menu +@@end ifinfo +@end group + +@group +@@include foo.texinfo +@@include bar.texinfo +@@include concept-index.texinfo +@end group + +@group +@@summarycontents +@@contents + +@@bye +@end group +@end example + +An included file, such as @file{foo.texinfo}, might look like +this:@refill + +@example +@group +@@node First, Second, , Top +@@chapter First Chapter + +Contents of first chapter @dots{} +@end group +@end example + +The full contents of @file{concept-index.texinfo} might be as simple as this: + +@example +@group +@@node Concept Index, , Second, Top +@@unnumbered Concept Index + +@@printindex cp +@end group +@end example + +The outer Texinfo source file for @cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference +Manual} is named @file{elisp.texi}. This outer file contains a master +menu with 417 entries and a list of 41 @code{@@include} +files.@refill + +@node Include Files Evolution, , Sample Include File, Include Files +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendixsec Evolution of Include Files + +When Info was first created, it was customary to create many small +Info files on one subject. Each Info file was formatted from its own +Texinfo source file. This custom meant that Emacs did not need to +make a large buffer to hold the whole of a large Info file when +someone wanted information; instead, Emacs allocated just enough +memory for the small Info file that contained the particular +information sought. This way, Emacs could avoid wasting memory.@refill + +References from one file to another were made by referring to the file +name as well as the node name. (@xref{Other Info Files, , Referring to +Other Info Files}. Also, see @ref{Four and Five Arguments, , +@code{@@xref} with Four and Five Arguments}.)@refill + +Include files were designed primarily as a way to create a single, +large printed manual out of several smaller Info files. In a printed +manual, all the references were within the same document, so @TeX{} +could automatically determine the references' page numbers. The Info +formatting commands used include files only for creating joint +indices; each of the individual Texinfo files had to be formatted for +Info individually. (Each, therefore, required its own +@code{@@setfilename} line.)@refill + +However, because large Info files are now split automatically, it is +no longer necessary to keep them small.@refill + +Nowadays, multiple Texinfo files are used mostly for large documents, +such as @cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, and for projects +in which several different people write different sections of a +document simultaneously.@refill + +In addition, the Info formatting commands have been extended to work +with the @code{@@include} command so as to create a single large Info +file that is split into smaller files if necessary. This means that +you can write menus and cross references without naming the different +Texinfo files.@refill + +@node Headings, Catching Mistakes, Include Files, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendix Page Headings +@cindex Headings +@cindex Footings +@cindex Page numbering +@cindex Page headings +@cindex Formatting headings and footings + +Most printed manuals contain headings along the top of every page +except the title and copyright pages. Some manuals also contain +footings. (Headings and footings have no meaning to Info, which is +not paginated.)@refill + +@menu +* Headings Introduced:: Conventions for using page headings. +* Heading Format:: Standard page heading formats. +* Heading Choice:: How to specify the type of page heading. +* Custom Headings:: How to create your own headings and footings. +@end menu + +@node Headings Introduced, Heading Format, Headings, Headings +@ifinfo +@heading Headings Introduced +@end ifinfo + +Texinfo provides standard page heading formats for manuals that are printed +on one side of each sheet of paper and for manuals that are printed on +both sides of the paper. Usually, you will use one or other of these +formats, but you can specify your own format, if you wish.@refill + +In addition, you can specify whether chapters should begin on a new +page, or merely continue the same page as the previous chapter; and if +chapters begin on new pages, you can specify whether they must be +odd-numbered pages.@refill + +By convention, a book is printed on both sides of each sheet of paper. +When you open a book, the right-hand page is odd-numbered, and +chapters begin on right-hand pages---a preceding left-hand page is +left blank if necessary. Reports, however, are often printed on just +one side of paper, and chapters begin on a fresh page immediately +following the end of the preceding chapter. In short or informal +reports, chapters often do not begin on a new page at all, but are +separated from the preceding text by a small amount of whitespace.@refill + +The @code{@@setchapternewpage} command controls whether chapters begin +on new pages, and whether one of the standard heading formats is used. +In addition, Texinfo has several heading and footing commands that you +can use to generate your own heading and footing formats.@refill + +In Texinfo, headings and footings are single lines at the tops and +bottoms of pages; you cannot create multiline headings or footings. +Each header or footer line is divided into three parts: a left part, a +middle part, and a right part. Any part, or a whole line, may be left +blank. Text for the left part of a header or footer line is set +flushleft; text for the middle part is centered; and, text for the +right part is set flushright.@refill + +@node Heading Format, Heading Choice, Headings Introduced, Headings +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendixsec Standard Heading Formats + +Texinfo provides two standard heading formats, one for manuals printed +on one side of each sheet of paper, and the other for manuals printed +on both sides of the paper. + +By default, nothing is specified for the footing of a Texinfo file, +so the footing remains blank.@refill + +The standard format for single-sided printing consists of a header +line in which the left-hand part contains the name of the chapter, the +central part is blank, and the right-hand part contains the page +number.@refill + +@need 950 +A single-sided page looks like this: + +@example +@group + _______________________ + | | + | chapter page number | + | | + | Start of text ... | + | ... | + | | + +@end group +@end example + +The standard format for two-sided printing depends on whether the page +number is even or odd. By convention, even-numbered pages are on the +left- and odd-numbered pages are on the right. (@TeX{} will adjust the +widths of the left- and right-hand margins. Usually, widths are +correct, but during double-sided printing, it is wise to check that +pages will bind properly---sometimes a printer will produce output in +which the even-numbered pages have a larger right-hand margin than the +odd-numbered pages.)@refill + +In the standard double-sided format, the left part of the left-hand +(even-numbered) page contains the page number, the central part is +blank, and the right part contains the title (specified by the +@code{@@settitle} command). The left part of the right-hand +(odd-numbered) page contains the name of the chapter, the central part +is blank, and the right part contains the page number.@refill + +@need 750 +Two pages, side by side as in an open book, look like this:@refill + +@example +@group + _______________________ _______________________ + | | | | + | page number title | | chapter page number | + | | | | + | Start of text ... | | More text ... | + | ... | | ... | + | | | | + +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +The chapter name is preceded by the word @samp{Chapter}, the chapter +number and a colon. This makes it easier to keep track of where you +are in the manual.@refill + +@node Heading Choice, Custom Headings, Heading Format, Headings +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendixsec Specifying the Type of Heading + +@TeX{} does not begin to generate page headings for a standard Texinfo +file until it reaches the @code{@@end titlepage} command. Thus, the +title and copyright pages are not numbered. The @code{@@end +titlepage} command causes @TeX{} to begin to generate page headings +according to a standard format specified by the +@code{@@setchapternewpage} command that precedes the +@code{@@titlepage} section.@refill + +@need 1000 +There are four possibilities:@refill + +@table @asis +@item No @code{@@setchapternewpage} command +Cause @TeX{} to specify the single-sided heading format, with chapters +on new pages. This is the same as @code{@@setchapternewpage on}.@refill + +@item @code{@@setchapternewpage on} +Specify the single-sided heading format, with chapters on new pages.@refill + +@item @code{@@setchapternewpage off} +Cause @TeX{} to start a new chapter on the same page as the last page of +the preceding chapter, after skipping some vertical whitespace. Also +cause @TeX{} to typeset for single-sided printing. (You can override +the headers format with the @code{@@headings double} command; see +@ref{headings on off, , The @code{@@headings} Command}.)@refill + +@item @code{@@setchapternewpage odd} +Specify the double-sided heading format, with chapters on new pages.@refill +@end table + +@noindent +Texinfo lacks an @code{@@setchapternewpage even} command.@refill + +@node Custom Headings, , Heading Choice, Headings +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendixsec How to Make Your Own Headings + +You can use the standard headings provided with Texinfo or specify +your own.@refill + +@c Following paragraph is verbose to prevent overfull hboxes. +Texinfo provides six commands for specifying headings and +footings. The @code{@@everyheading} command and +@code{@@everyfooting} command generate page headers and footers +that are the same for both even- and odd-numbered pages. +The @code{@@evenheading} command and @code{@@evenfooting} +command generate headers and footers for even-numbered +(left-hand) pages; and the @code{@@oddheading} command and +@code{@@oddfooting} command generate headers and footers for +odd-numbered (right-hand) pages.@refill + +Write custom heading specifications in the Texinfo file immediately +after the @code{@@end titlepage} command. Enclose your specifications +between @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex} commands since the +@code{texinfo-format-buffer} command may not recognize them. Also, +you must cancel the predefined heading commands with the +@code{@@headings off} command before defining your own +specifications.@refill + +@need 1000 +Here is how to tell @TeX{} to place the chapter name at the left, the +page number in the center, and the date at the right of every header +for both even- and odd-numbered pages:@refill + +@example +@group +@@iftex +@@headings off +@@everyheading @@thischapter @@| @@thispage @@| @@today@{@} +@@end iftex +@end group +@end example + +@noindent +You need to divide the left part from the central part and the central +part from the right had part by inserting @samp{@@|} between parts. +Otherwise, the specification command will not be able to tell where +the text for one part ends and the next part begins.@refill + +Each part can contain text or @@-commands. The text +is printed as if the part were within an ordinary paragraph in the +body of the page. The @@-commands replace +themselves with the page number, date, chapter name, or +whatever.@refill + +@need 950 +Here are the six heading and footing commands:@refill + +@findex everyheading +@findex everyfooting +@table @code +@item @@everyheading @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right} +@itemx @@everyfooting @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right} + +The `every' commands specify the format for both even- and odd-numbered +pages. These commands are for documents that are printed on one side +of each sheet of paper, or for documents in which you want symmetrical +headers or footers.@refill + +@findex evenheading +@findex evenfooting +@findex oddheading +@findex oddfooting +@item @@evenheading @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right} +@itemx @@oddheading @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right} + +@itemx @@evenfooting @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right} +@itemx @@oddfooting @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right} + +The `even' and `odd' commands specify the format for even-numbered +pages and odd-numbered pages. These commands are for books and +manuals that are printed on both sides of each sheet of paper.@refill +@end table + +Use the @samp{@@this@dots{}} series of @@-commands to +provide the names of chapters +and sections and the page number. You can use the +@samp{@@this@dots{}} commands in the left, center, or right portions +of headers and footers, or anywhere else in a Texinfo file so long as +they are between @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex} commands.@refill + +@need 1000 +Here are the @samp{@@this@dots{}} commands:@refill + +@table @code +@findex thispage +@item @@thispage +Expands to the current page number.@refill +@c !!! Karl Berry says that `thissection' fails on page breaks. +@ignore +@item @@thissection +Expands to the name of the current section.@refill +@end ignore + +@findex thischaptername +@item @@thischaptername +Expands to the name of the current chapter.@refill + +@findex thischapter +@item @@thischapter +Expands to the number and name of the current +chapter, in the format `Chapter 1: Title'.@refill + +@findex thistitle +@item @@thistitle +Expands to the name of the document, as specified by the +@code{@@settitle} command.@refill + +@findex thisfile +@item @@thisfile +For @code{@@include} files only: expands to the name of the current +@code{@@include} file. If the current Texinfo source file is not an +@code{@@include} file, this command has no effect. This command does +@emph{not} provide the name of the current Texinfo source file unless +it is an @code{@@include} file. (@xref{Include Files}, for more +information about @code{@@include} files.)@refill +@end table + +@noindent +You can also use the @code{@@today@{@}} command, which expands to the +current date, in `1 Jan 1900' format.@refill +@findex today + +Other @@-commands and text are printed in a header or footer just as +if they were in the body of a page. It is useful to incorporate text, +particularly when you are writing drafts:@refill + +@example +@group +@@iftex +@@headings off +@@everyheading @@emph@{Draft!@} @@| @@thispage @@| @@thischapter +@@everyfooting @@| @@| Version: 0.27: @@today@{@} +@@end iftex +@end group +@end example + +Beware of overlong titles: they may overlap another part of the +header or footer and blot it out.@refill + +@node Catching Mistakes, Refilling Paragraphs, Headings, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendix Formatting Mistakes +@cindex Structure, catching mistakes in +@cindex Nodes, catching mistakes +@cindex Catching mistakes +@cindex Correcting mistakes +@cindex Mistakes, catching +@cindex Problems, catching +@cindex Debugging the Texinfo structure + +Besides mistakes in the content of your documentation, there +are two kinds of mistake you can make with Texinfo: you can make mistakes +with @@-commands, and you can make mistakes with the structure of the +nodes and chapters.@refill + +Emacs has two tools for catching the @@-command mistakes and two for +catching structuring mistakes.@refill + +For finding problems with @@-commands, you can run @TeX{} or a region +formatting command on the region that has a problem; indeed, you can +run these commands on each region as you write it.@refill + +For finding problems with the structure of nodes and chapters, you can use +@kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{texinfo-show-structure}) and the related @code{occur} +command and you can use the @kbd{M-x Info-validate} command.@refill + +@menu +* makeinfo preferred:: @code{makeinfo} finds errors. +* Debugging with Info:: How to catch errors with Info formatting. +* Debugging with TeX:: How to catch errors with @TeX{} formatting. +* Using texinfo-show-structure:: How to use @code{texinfo-show-structure}. +* Using occur:: How to list all lines containing a pattern. +* Running Info-Validate:: How to find badly referenced nodes. +@end menu + +@node makeinfo preferred, Debugging with Info, Catching Mistakes, Catching Mistakes +@ifinfo +@heading @code{makeinfo} Find Errors +@end ifinfo + +The @code{makeinfo} program does an excellent job of catching errors +and reporting them---far better than @code{texinfo-format-region} or +@code{texinfo-format-buffer}. In addition, the various functions for +automatically creating and updating node pointers and menus remove +many opportunities for human error.@refill + +If you can, use the updating commands to create and insert pointers +and menus. These prevent many errors. Then use @code{makeinfo} (or +its Texinfo mode manifestations, @code{makeinfo-region} and +@code{makeinfo-buffer}) to format your file and check for other +errors. This is the best way to work with Texinfo. But if you +cannot use @code{makeinfo}, or your problem is very puzzling, then you +may want to use the tools described in this appendix.@refill + +@node Debugging with Info, Debugging with TeX, makeinfo preferred, Catching Mistakes +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendixsec Catching Errors with Info Formatting +@cindex Catching errors with Info formatting +@cindex Debugging with Info formatting + +After you have written part of a Texinfo file, you can use the +@code{texinfo-format-region} or the @code{makeinfo-region} command to +see whether the region formats properly.@refill + +Most likely, however, you are reading this section because for some +reason you cannot use the @code{makeinfo-region} command; therefore, the +rest of this section presumes that you are using +@code{texinfo-format-region}.@refill + +If you have made a mistake with an @@-command, +@code{texinfo-format-region} will stop processing at or after the +error and display an error message. To see where in the buffer the +error occurred, switch to the @samp{*Info Region*} buffer; the cursor +will be in a position that is after the location of the error. Also, +the text will not be formatted after the place where the error +occurred (or more precisely, where it was detected).@refill + +For example, if you accidentally end a menu with the command @code{@@end +menus} with an `s' on the end, instead of with @code{@@end menu}, you +will see an error message that says:@refill + +@example +@@end menus is not handled by texinfo +@end example + +@noindent +The cursor will stop at the point in the buffer where the error +occurs, or not long after it. The buffer will look like this:@refill + +@example +@group +---------- Buffer: *Info Region* ---------- +* Menu: + +* Using texinfo-show-structure:: How to use + `texinfo-show-structure' + to catch mistakes. +* Running Info-Validate:: How to check for + unreferenced nodes. +@@end menus +@point{} +---------- Buffer: *Info Region* ---------- +@end group +@end example + +The @code{texinfo-format-region} command sometimes provides slightly +odd error messages. For example, the following cross reference fails to format:@refill + +@example +(@@xref@{Catching Mistakes, for more info.) +@end example + +@noindent +In this case, @code{texinfo-format-region} detects the missing closing +brace but displays a message that says @samp{Unbalanced parentheses} +rather than @samp{Unbalanced braces}. This is because the formatting +command looks for mismatches between braces as if they were +parentheses.@refill + +Sometimes @code{texinfo-format-region} fails to detect mistakes. For +example, in the following, the closing brace is swapped with the +closing parenthesis:@refill + +@example +(@@xref@{Catching Mistakes), for more info.@} +@end example + +@noindent +Formatting produces: +@example +(*Note for more info.: Catching Mistakes) +@end example + +The only way for you to detect this error is to realize that the +reference should have looked like this:@refill + +@example +(*Note Catching Mistakes::, for more info.) +@end example + +Incidentally, if you are reading this node in Info and type @kbd{f +@key{RET}} (@code{Info-follow-reference}), you will generate an error +message that says: + +@example +No such node: "Catching Mistakes) The only way @dots{} +@end example + +@noindent +This is because Info perceives the example of the error as the first +cross reference in this node and if you type a @key{RET} immediately +after typing the Info @kbd{f} command, Info will attempt to go to the +referenced node. If you type @kbd{f catch @key{TAB} @key{RET}}, Info +will complete the node name of the correctly written example and take +you to the `Catching Mistakes' node. (If you try this, you can return +from the `Catching Mistakes' node by typing @kbd{l} +(@code{Info-last}).) + +@c !!! section on using Elisp debugger ignored. +@ignore +Sometimes @code{texinfo-format-region} will stop long after the +original error; this is because it does not discover the problem until +then. In this case, you will need to backtrack.@refill + +@c menu +@c * Using the Emacs Lisp Debugger:: How to use the Emacs Lisp debugger. +@c end menu + +@c node Using the Emacs Lisp Debugger +@c appendixsubsec Using the Emacs Lisp Debugger +@c index Using the Emacs Lisp debugger +@c index Emacs Lisp debugger +@c index Debugger, using the Emacs Lisp + +If an error is especially elusive, you can turn on the Emacs Lisp +debugger and look at the backtrace; this tells you where in the +@code{texinfo-format-region} function the problem occurred. You can +turn on the debugger with the command:@refill + +@example +M-x set-variable @key{RET} debug-on-error @key{RET} t @key{RET} +@end example + +@noindent +and turn it off with + +@example +M-x set-variable @key{RET} debug-on-error @key{RET} nil @key{RET} +@end example + +Often, when you are using the debugger, it is easier to follow what is +going on if you use the Emacs Lisp files that are not byte-compiled. +The byte-compiled sources send octal numbers to the debugger that may +look mysterious. To use the uncompiled source files, load +@file{texinfmt.el} and @file{texinfo.el} with the @kbd{M-x load-file} +command.@refill + +The debugger will not catch an error if @code{texinfo-format-region} +does not detect one. In the example shown above, +@code{texinfo-format-region} did not find the error when the whole +list was formatted, but only when part of the list was formatted. +When @code{texinfo-format-region} did not find an error, the debugger +did not find one either. @refill + +However, when @code{texinfo-format-region} did report an error, it +invoked the debugger. This is the backtrace it produced:@refill + +@example +---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ---------- +Signalling: (search-failed "[@},]") + re-search-forward("[@},]") + (while ...) + (let ...) + texinfo-format-parse-args() + (let ...) + texinfo-format-xref() + funcall(texinfo-format-xref) + (if ...) + (let ...) + (if ...) + (while ...) + texinfo-format-scan() + (save-excursion ...) + (let ...) + texinfo-format-region(103370 103631) +* call-interactively(texinfo-format-region) +---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ---------- +@end example + +The backtrace is read from the bottom up. +@code{texinfo-format-region} was called interactively; and it, in +turn, called various functions, including @code{texinfo-format-scan}, +@code{texinfo-format-xref} and @code{texinfo-format-parse-args}. +Inside the function @code{texinfo-format-parse-args}, the function +@code{re-search-forward} was called; it was this function that could +not find the missing right-hand brace.@refill + +@xref{Lisp Debug, , Debugging Emacs Lisp, emacs, The GNU Emacs +Manual}, for more information.@refill +@end ignore + +@node Debugging with TeX, Using texinfo-show-structure, Debugging with Info, Catching Mistakes +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendixsec Catching Errors with @TeX{} Formatting +@cindex Catching errors with @TeX{} formatting +@cindex Debugging with @TeX{} formatting + +You can also catch mistakes when you format a file with @TeX{}.@refill + +Usually, you will want to do this after you have run +@code{texinfo-format-buffer} (or, better, @code{makeinfo-buffer}) on +the same file, because @code{texinfo-format-buffer} sometimes displays +error messages that make more sense than @TeX{}. (@xref{Debugging +with Info}, for more information.)@refill + +For example, @TeX{} was run on a Texinfo file, part of which is shown +here:@refill + +@example +---------- Buffer: texinfo.texi ---------- +name of the Texinfo file as an extension. The +@@samp@{??@} are `wildcards' that cause the shell to +substitute all the raw index files. (@@xref@{sorting +indices, for more information about sorting +indices.)@@refill +---------- Buffer: texinfo.texi ---------- +@end example + +@noindent +(The cross reference lacks a closing brace.) +@TeX{} produced the following output, after which it stopped:@refill + +@example +---------- Buffer: *tex-shell* ---------- +Runaway argument? +@{sorting indices, for more information about sorting +indices.) @@refill @@ETC. +! Paragraph ended before @@xref was complete. +<to be read again> + @@par +l.27 + +? +---------- Buffer: *tex-shell* ---------- +@end example + +In this case, @TeX{} produced an accurate and +understandable error message: + +@example +Paragraph ended before @@xref was complete. +@end example + +@noindent +@samp{@@par} is an internal @TeX{} command of no relevance to Texinfo. +@samp{l.27} means that @TeX{} detected the problem on line 27 of the +Texinfo file. The @samp{?} is the prompt @TeX{} uses in this +circumstance.@refill + +Unfortunately, @TeX{} is not always so helpful, and sometimes you must +truly be a Sherlock Holmes to discover what went wrong.@refill + +In any case, if you run into a problem like this, you can do one of three +things.@refill + +@enumerate +@item +You can tell @TeX{} to continue running and ignore just this error by +typing @key{RET} at the @samp{?} prompt.@refill + +@item +You can tell @TeX{} to continue running and to ignore all errors as best +it can by typing @kbd{r @key{RET}} at the @samp{?} prompt.@refill + +This is often the best thing to do. However, beware: the one error +may produce a cascade of additional error messages as its consequences +are felt through the rest of the file. (To stop @TeX{} when it is +producing such an avalanche of error messages, type @kbd{C-d} (or +@kbd{C-c C-d}, if you are running a shell inside Emacs.))@refill + +@item +You can tell @TeX{} to stop this run by typing @kbd{x @key{RET}} +at the @samp{?} prompt.@refill +@end enumerate + +Please note that if you are running @TeX{} inside Emacs, you need to +switch to the shell buffer and line at which @TeX{} offers the @samp{?} +prompt.@refill + +Sometimes @TeX{} will format a file without producing error messages even +though there is a problem. This usually occurs if a command is not ended +but @TeX{} is able to continue processing anyhow. For example, if you fail +to end an itemized list with the @code{@@end itemize} command, @TeX{} will +write a @sc{dvi} file that you can print out. The only error message that +@TeX{} will give you is the somewhat mysterious comment that@refill + +@example +(@@end occurred inside a group at level 1) +@end example + +@noindent +However, if you print the @sc{dvi} file, you will find that the text +of the file that follows the itemized list is entirely indented as if +it were part of the last item in the itemized list. The error message +is the way @TeX{} says that it expected to find an @code{@@end} +command somewhere in the file; but that it could not determine where +it was needed.@refill + +Another source of notoriously hard-to-find errors is a missing +@code{@@end group} command. If you ever are stumped by +incomprehensible errors, look for a missing @code{@@end group} command +first.@refill + +If the Texinfo file lacks header lines, +@TeX{} may stop in the +beginning of its run and display output that looks like the following. +The @samp{*} indicates that @TeX{} is waiting for input.@refill + +@example +This is TeX, Version 3.14159 (Web2c 7.0) +(test.texinfo [1]) +* +@end example + +@noindent +In this case, simply type @kbd{\end @key{RET}} after the asterisk. Then +write the header lines in the Texinfo file and run the @TeX{} command +again. (Note the use of the backslash, @samp{\}. @TeX{} uses @samp{\} +instead of @samp{@@}; and in this circumstance, you are working +directly with @TeX{}, not with Texinfo.)@refill + +@node Using texinfo-show-structure, Using occur, Debugging with TeX, Catching Mistakes +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendixsec Using @code{texinfo-show-structure} +@cindex Showing the structure of a file +@findex texinfo-show-structure + +It is not always easy to keep track of the nodes, chapters, sections, and +subsections of a Texinfo file. This is especially true if you are revising +or adding to a Texinfo file that someone else has written.@refill + +In GNU Emacs, in Texinfo mode, the @code{texinfo-show-structure} +command lists all the lines that begin with the @@-commands that +specify the structure: @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, +@code{@@appendix}, and so on. With an argument (@w{@kbd{C-u}} +as prefix argument, if interactive), +the command also shows the @code{@@node} lines. The +@code{texinfo-show-structure} command is bound to @kbd{C-c C-s} in +Texinfo mode, by default.@refill + +The lines are displayed in a buffer called the @samp{*Occur*} buffer, +indented by hierarchical level. For example, here is a part of what was +produced by running @code{texinfo-show-structure} on this manual:@refill + +@example +@group + Lines matching "^@@\\(chapter \\|sect\\|subs\\|subh\\| + unnum\\|major\\|chapheading \\|heading \\|appendix\\)" + in buffer texinfo.texi. + @dots{} + 4177:@@chapter Nodes + 4198: @@heading Two Paths + 4231: @@section Node and Menu Illustration + 4337: @@section The @@code@{@@@@node@} Command + 4393: @@subheading Choosing Node and Pointer Names + 4417: @@subsection How to Write an @@code@{@@@@node@} Line + 4469: @@subsection @@code@{@@@@node@} Line Tips + @dots{} +@end group +@end example + +This says that lines 4337, 4393, and 4417 of @file{texinfo.texi} begin +with the @code{@@section}, @code{@@subheading}, and @code{@@subsection} +commands respectively. If you move your cursor into the @samp{*Occur*} +window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and use the +@kbd{C-c C-c} command (@code{occur-mode-goto-occurrence}), to jump to +the corresponding spot in the Texinfo file. @xref{Other Repeating +Search, , Using Occur, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more +information about @code{occur-mode-goto-occurrence}.@refill + +The first line in the @samp{*Occur*} window describes the @dfn{regular +expression} specified by @var{texinfo-heading-pattern}. This regular +expression is the pattern that @code{texinfo-show-structure} looks for. +@xref{Regexps, , Using Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, +for more information.@refill + +When you invoke the @code{texinfo-show-structure} command, Emacs will +display the structure of the whole buffer. If you want to see the +structure of just a part of the buffer, of one chapter, for example, +use the @kbd{C-x n n} (@code{narrow-to-region}) command to mark the +region. (@xref{Narrowing, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.) This is +how the example used above was generated. (To see the whole buffer +again, use @kbd{C-x n w} (@code{widen}).)@refill + +If you call @code{texinfo-show-structure} with a prefix argument by +typing @w{@kbd{C-u C-c C-s}}, it will list lines beginning with +@code{@@node} as well as the lines beginning with the @@-sign commands +for @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, and the like.@refill + +You can remind yourself of the structure of a Texinfo file by looking at +the list in the @samp{*Occur*} window; and if you have mis-named a node +or left out a section, you can correct the mistake.@refill + +@node Using occur, Running Info-Validate, Using texinfo-show-structure, Catching Mistakes +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendixsec Using @code{occur} +@cindex Occurrences, listing with @code{@@occur} +@findex occur + +Sometimes the @code{texinfo-show-structure} command produces too much +information. Perhaps you want to remind yourself of the overall structure +of a Texinfo file, and are overwhelmed by the detailed list produced by +@code{texinfo-show-structure}. In this case, you can use the @code{occur} +command directly. To do this, type@refill + +@example +@kbd{M-x occur} +@end example + +@noindent +and then, when prompted, type a @dfn{regexp}, a regular expression for +the pattern you want to match. (@xref{Regexps, , Regular Expressions, +emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.) The @code{occur} command works from +the current location of the cursor in the buffer to the end of the +buffer. If you want to run @code{occur} on the whole buffer, place +the cursor at the beginning of the buffer.@refill + +For example, to see all the lines that contain the word +@samp{@@chapter} in them, just type @samp{@@chapter}. This will +produce a list of the chapters. It will also list all the sentences +with @samp{@@chapter} in the middle of the line.@refill + +If you want to see only those lines that start with the word +@samp{@@chapter}, type @samp{^@@chapter} when prompted by +@code{occur}. If you want to see all the lines that end with a word +or phrase, end the last word with a @samp{$}; for example, +@samp{catching mistakes$}. This can be helpful when you want to see +all the nodes that are part of the same chapter or section and +therefore have the same `Up' pointer.@refill + +@xref{Other Repeating Search, , Using Occur, emacs , The GNU Emacs Manual}, +for more information.@refill + +@node Running Info-Validate, , Using occur, Catching Mistakes +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendixsec Finding Badly Referenced Nodes +@findex Info-validate +@cindex Nodes, checking for badly referenced +@cindex Checking for badly referenced nodes +@cindex Looking for badly referenced nodes +@cindex Finding badly referenced nodes +@cindex Badly referenced nodes + +You can use the @code{Info-validate} command to check whether any of +the `Next', `Previous', `Up' or other node pointers fail to point to a +node. This command checks that every node pointer points to an +existing node. The @code{Info-validate} command works only on Info +files, not on Texinfo files.@refill + +The @code{makeinfo} program validates pointers automatically, so you +do not need to use the @code{Info-validate} command if you are using +@code{makeinfo}. You only may need to use @code{Info-validate} if you +are unable to run @code{makeinfo} and instead must create an Info file +using @code{texinfo-format-region} or @code{texinfo-format-buffer}, or +if you write an Info file from scratch.@refill + +@menu +* Using Info-validate:: How to run @code{Info-validate}. +* Unsplit:: How to create an unsplit file. +* Tagifying:: How to tagify a file. +* Splitting:: How to split a file manually. +@end menu + +@node Using Info-validate, Unsplit, Running Info-Validate, Running Info-Validate +@appendixsubsec Running @code{Info-validate} +@cindex Running @code{Info-validate} +@cindex Info validating a large file +@cindex Validating a large file + +To use @code{Info-validate}, visit the Info file you wish to check and +type:@refill + +@example +M-x Info-validate +@end example + +@noindent +(Note that the @code{Info-validate} command requires an upper case +`I'. You may also need to create a tag table before running +@code{Info-validate}. @xref{Tagifying}.)@refill + +If your file is valid, you will receive a message that says ``File appears +valid''. However, if you have a pointer that does not point to a node, +error messages will be displayed in a buffer called @samp{*problems in +info file*}.@refill + +For example, @code{Info-validate} was run on a test file that contained +only the first node of this manual. One of the messages said:@refill + +@example +In node "Overview", invalid Next: Texinfo Mode +@end example + +@noindent +This meant that the node called @samp{Overview} had a `Next' pointer that +did not point to anything (which was true in this case, since the test file +had only one node in it).@refill + +Now suppose we add a node named @samp{Texinfo Mode} to our test case +but we do not specify a `Previous' for this node. Then we will get +the following error message:@refill + +@example +In node "Texinfo Mode", should have Previous: Overview +@end example + +@noindent +This is because every `Next' pointer should be matched by a +`Previous' (in the node where the `Next' points) which points back.@refill + +@code{Info-validate} also checks that all menu entries and cross references +point to actual nodes.@refill + +Note that @code{Info-validate} requires a tag table and does not work +with files that have been split. (The @code{texinfo-format-buffer} +command automatically splits large files.) In order to use +@code{Info-validate} on a large file, you must run +@code{texinfo-format-buffer} with an argument so that it does not split +the Info file; and you must create a tag table for the unsplit +file.@refill + +@node Unsplit, Tagifying, Using Info-validate, Running Info-Validate +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendixsubsec Creating an Unsplit File +@cindex Creating an unsplit file +@cindex Unsplit file creation + +You can run @code{Info-validate} only on a single Info file that has a +tag table. The command will not work on the indirect subfiles that +are generated when a master file is split. If you have a large file +(longer than 70,000 bytes or so), you need to run the +@code{texinfo-format-buffer} or @code{makeinfo-buffer} command in such +a way that it does not create indirect subfiles. You will also need +to create a tag table for the Info file. After you have done this, +you can run @code{Info-validate} and look for badly referenced +nodes.@refill + +The first step is to create an unsplit Info file. To prevent +@code{texinfo-format-buffer} from splitting a Texinfo file into +smaller Info files, give a prefix to the @kbd{M-x +texinfo-format-buffer} command:@refill + +@example +C-u M-x texinfo-format-buffer +@end example + +@noindent +or else + +@example +C-u C-c C-e C-b +@end example + +@noindent +When you do this, Texinfo will not split the file and will not create +a tag table for it. @refill +@cindex Making a tag table manually +@cindex Tag table, making manually + +@node Tagifying, Splitting, Unsplit, Running Info-Validate +@appendixsubsec Tagifying a File + +After creating an unsplit Info file, you must create a tag table for +it. Visit the Info file you wish to tagify and type:@refill + +@example +M-x Info-tagify +@end example + +@noindent +(Note the upper case @samp{I} in @code{Info-tagify}.) This creates an +Info file with a tag table that you can validate.@refill + +The third step is to validate the Info file:@refill + +@example +M-x Info-validate +@end example + +@noindent +(Note the upper case @samp{I} in @code{Info-validate}.) +In brief, the steps are:@refill + +@example +@group +C-u M-x texinfo-format-buffer +M-x Info-tagify +M-x Info-validate +@end group +@end example + +After you have validated the node structure, you can rerun +@code{texinfo-format-buffer} in the normal way so it will construct a +tag table and split the file automatically, or you can make the tag +table and split the file manually.@refill + +@node Splitting, , Tagifying, Running Info-Validate +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendixsubsec Splitting a File Manually +@cindex Splitting an Info file manually +@cindex Info file, splitting manually + +You should split a large file or else let the +@code{texinfo-format-buffer} or @code{makeinfo-buffer} command do it +for you automatically. (Generally you will let one of the formatting +commands do this job for you. @xref{Create an Info File}.)@refill + +The split-off files are called the indirect subfiles.@refill + +Info files are split to save memory. With smaller files, Emacs does not +have make such a large buffer to hold the information.@refill + +If an Info file has more than 30 nodes, you should also make a tag +table for it. @xref{Using Info-validate}, for information +about creating a tag table. (Again, tag tables are usually created +automatically by the formatting command; you only need to create a tag +table yourself if you are doing the job manually. Most likely, you +will do this for a large, unsplit file on which you have run +@code{Info-validate}.)@refill + +@c Info-split is autoloaded in `loaddefs.el' in Emacs 18.51 +@ignore +Before running @code{Info-split}, you need to load the @code{info} library +into Emacs by giving the command @kbd{M-x load-library @key{RET} info +@key{RET}}. +@end ignore + +Visit the Info file you wish to tagify and split and type the two +commands:@refill + +@example +M-x Info-tagify +M-x Info-split +@end example + +@noindent +(Note that the @samp{I} in @samp{Info} is upper case.)@refill + +When you use the @code{Info-split} command, the buffer is modified into a +(small) Info file which lists the indirect subfiles. This file should be +saved in place of the original visited file. The indirect subfiles are +written in the same directory the original file is in, with names generated +by appending @samp{-} and a number to the original file name.@refill + +The primary file still functions as an Info file, but it contains just +the tag table and a directory of subfiles.@refill + +@node Refilling Paragraphs, Command Syntax, Catching Mistakes, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendix Refilling Paragraphs +@cindex Refilling paragraphs +@cindex Filling paragraphs +@findex refill + +The @code{@@refill} command refills and, optionally, indents the first +line of a paragraph.@footnote{Perhaps the command should have been +called the @code{@@refillandindent} command, but @code{@@refill} is +shorter and the name was chosen before indenting was possible.} The +@code{@@refill} command is no longer important, but we describe it here +because you once needed it. You will see it in many old Texinfo +files.@refill + +Without refilling, paragraphs containing long @@-constructs may look +bad after formatting because the formatter removes @@-commands and +shortens some lines more than others. In the past, neither the +@code{texinfo-format-region} command nor the +@code{texinfo-format-buffer} command refilled paragraphs +automatically. The @code{@@refill} command had to be written at the +end of every paragraph to cause these formatters to fill them. (Both +@TeX{} and @code{makeinfo} have always refilled paragraphs +automatically.) Now, all the Info formatters automatically fill and +indent those paragraphs that need to be filled and indented.@refill + +The @code{@@refill} command causes @code{texinfo-format-region} and +@code{texinfo-format-buffer} to refill a paragraph in the Info file +@emph{after} all the other processing has been done. For this reason, +you can not use @code{@@refill} with a paragraph containing either +@code{@@*} or @code{@@w@{ @dots{} @}} since the refilling action will +override those two commands.@refill + +The @code{texinfo-format-region} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} +commands now automatically append @code{@@refill} to the end of each +paragraph that should be filled. They do not append @code{@@refill} to +the ends of paragraphs that contain @code{@@*} or @w{@code{@@w@{ @dots{}@}}} +and therefore do not refill or indent them.@refill + +@node Command Syntax, Obtaining TeX, Refilling Paragraphs, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@appendix @@-Command Syntax +@cindex @@-command syntax + +The character @samp{@@} is used to start special Texinfo commands. +(It has the same meaning that @samp{\} has in plain @TeX{}.) Texinfo +has four types of @@-command:@refill + +@table @asis +@item 1. Non-alphabetic commands. +These commands consist of an @@ followed by a punctuation mark or other +character that is not part of the alphabet. Non-alphabetic commands +are almost always part of the text within a paragraph, and never take +any argument. The two characters (@@ and the other one) are complete +in themselves; none is followed by braces. The non-alphabetic +commands are: @code{@@.}, @code{@@:}, @code{@@*}, @code{@@@@}, +@code{@@@{}, and @code{@@@}}.@refill + +@item 2. Alphabetic commands that do not require arguments. +These commands start with @@ followed by a word followed by left- and +right-hand braces. These commands insert special symbols in the +document; they do not require arguments. For example, +@code{@@dots@{@}} @result{} @samp{@dots{}}, @code{@@equiv@{@}} +@result{} @samp{@equiv{}}, @code{@@TeX@{@}} @result{} `@TeX{}', +and @code{@@bullet@{@}} @result{} @samp{@bullet{}}.@refill + +@item 3. Alphabetic commands that require arguments within braces. +These commands start with @@ followed by a letter or a word, followed by an +argument within braces. For example, the command @code{@@dfn} indicates +the introductory or defining use of a term; it is used as follows: @samp{In +Texinfo, @@@@-commands are @@dfn@{mark-up@} commands.}@refill + +@item 4. Alphabetic commands that occupy an entire line. +These commands occupy an entire line. The line starts with @@, +followed by the name of the command (a word); for example, @code{@@center} +or @code{@@cindex}. If no argument is needed, the word is followed by +the end of the line. If there is an argument, it is separated from +the command name by a space. Braces are not used.@refill +@end table + +@cindex Braces and argument syntax +Thus, the alphabetic commands fall into classes that have +different argument syntaxes. You cannot tell to which class a command +belongs by the appearance of its name, but you can tell by the +command's meaning: if the command stands for a glyph, it is in +class 2 and does not require an argument; if it makes sense to use the +command together with other text as part of a paragraph, the command +is in class 3 and must be followed by an argument in braces; +otherwise, it is in class 4 and uses the rest of the line as its +argument.@refill + +The purpose of having a different syntax for commands of classes 3 and +4 is to make Texinfo files easier to read, and also to help the GNU +Emacs paragraph and filling commands work properly. There is only one +exception to this rule: the command @code{@@refill}, which is always +used at the end of a paragraph immediately following the final period +or other punctuation character. @code{@@refill} takes no argument and +does @emph{not} require braces. @code{@@refill} never confuses the +Emacs paragraph commands because it cannot appear at the beginning of +a line.@refill + +@node Obtaining TeX, New Features, Command Syntax, Top +@appendix How to Obtain @TeX{} +@cindex Obtaining @TeX{} +@cindex @TeX{}, how to obtain + +@c !!! Here is information about obtaining TeX. Update it whenever. +@c !!! Also consider updating TeX.README on prep. +@c Updated by RJC on 1 March 1995, conversation with MacKay. +@c Updated by kb@cs.umb.edu on 29 July 1996. +@TeX{} is freely redistributable. You can obtain @TeX{} for Unix +systems via anonymous ftp or on tape or CD-ROM. The core material +consists of Karl Berry's Web2c @TeX{} distribution. + +On-line retrieval instructions are available from either: +@example +@url{ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/unixtex.ftp} +@url{http://www.tug.org/unixtex.ftp} +@end example + +The Free Software Foundation provides a core distribution on its Source +Code CD-ROM suitable for printing Texinfo manuals; the University of +Washington maintains and supports a tape distribution; the @TeX{} Users +Group co-sponsors a complete CD-ROM @TeX{} distribution. + +For the FSF Source Code CD-ROM, please contact: + +@iftex +@display +@group +Free Software Foundation, Inc. +59 Temple Place Suite 330 +Boston, MA w{ } 02111-1307 +USA + +Telephone: @w{@t{+}1--617--542--5942} +Fax: (including Japan) @w{@t{+}1--617--542--2652} +Free Dial Fax (in Japan): +@w{ } @w{ } @w{ } 0031--13--2473 (KDD) +@w{ } @w{ } @w{ } 0066--3382--0158 (IDC) +Electronic mail: @code{gnu@@prep.ai.mit.edu} +@end group +@end display +@end iftex +@ifinfo +@display +@group +Free Software Foundation, Inc. +59 Temple Place Suite 330 +Boston, MA @w{ } 02111-1307 +USA + +Telephone: @w{@t{+}1-617-542-5942} +Fax: (including Japan) @w{@t{+}1-617-542-2652} +Free Dial Fax (in Japan): +@w{ } @w{ } @w{ } 0031-13-2473 (KDD) +@w{ } @w{ } @w{ } 0066-3382-0158 (IDC) +Electronic mail: @code{gnu@@prep.ai.mit.edu} +@end group +@end display +@end ifinfo + +To order a full distribution on CD-ROM, please see: +@display +@url{http://www.tug.org/tex-live.html} +@end display + +@noindent +(The distribution is also available by FTP; see the URL's above.) + +To order a full distribution from the University of Washington on either a +1/4@dmn{in} 4-track QIC-24 cartridge or a 4@dmn{mm} DAT cartridge, send +$210 to: + +@display +@group +Pierre A. MacKay +Denny Hall, Mail Stop DH-10 +University of Washington +Seattle, WA @w{ } 98195 +USA + +Telephone: @t{+}1--206--543--2268 +Electronic mail: @code{mackay@@cs.washington.edu} +@end group +@end display + +Please make checks payable to the University of Washington. +Checks must be in U.S.@: dollars, drawn on a U.S.@: bank. + +Prepaid orders are the only orders that can now be handled. Overseas +sites: please add to the base cost, if desired, $20.00 for shipment +via air parcel post, or $30.00 for shipment via courier. + +Please check with the above for current prices and formats. + + +@node New Features, Command and Variable Index, Obtaining TeX, Top +@appendix Second Edition Features + +@tex +% Widen the space for the first column so three control-character +% strings fit in the first column. Switched back to default .8in +% value at end of chapter. +\global\tableindent=1.0in +@end tex + +The second edition of the Texinfo manual describes more than 20 new +Texinfo mode commands and more than 50 previously undocumented Texinfo +@@-commands. This edition is more than twice the length of the first +edition.@refill + +Here is a brief description of the new commands.@refill + +@menu +* New Texinfo Mode Commands:: The updating commands are especially useful. +* New Commands:: Many newly described @@-commands. +@end menu + +@node New Texinfo Mode Commands, New Commands, New Features, New Features +@appendixsec New Texinfo Mode Commands + +Texinfo mode provides commands and features especially designed for +working with Texinfo files. More than 20 new commands have been +added, including commands for automatically creating and updating +both nodes and menus. This is a tedious task when done by hand.@refill + +The keybindings are intended to be somewhat mnemonic.@refill + +@subheading Update all nodes and menus + +The @code{texinfo-master-menu} command is the primary command: + +@table @kbd +@item C-c C-u m +@itemx M-x texinfo-master-menu +Create or update a master menu. +With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, +first create or update all nodes +and regular menus. +@end table + +@subheading Update Pointers + +@noindent +Create or update `Next', `Previous', and `Up' node pointers.@refill + +@noindent +@xref{Updating Nodes and Menus}. + +@table @kbd +@item C-c C-u C-n +@itemx M-x texinfo-update-node +Update a node. + +@item C-c C-u C-e +@itemx M-x texinfo-every-node-update +Update every node in the buffer. +@end table + +@subheading Update Menus + +@noindent +Create or update menus.@refill + +@noindent +@xref{Updating Nodes and Menus}. + +@table @kbd +@item C-c C-u C-m +@itemx M-x texinfo-make-menu +Make or update a menu. + +@item C-c C-u C-a +@itemx M-x texinfo-all-menus-update +Make or update all the menus in a buffer. +With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, +first update all the nodes. +@end table + +@subheading Insert Title as Description + +@noindent +Insert a node's chapter or section title in the space for the +description in a menu entry line; position point so you can edit the +insert. (This command works somewhat differently than the other +insertion commands, which insert only a predefined string.)@refill + +@noindent +@xref{Inserting, Inserting Frequently Used Commands}. + +@table @kbd +@item C-c C-c C-d +Insert title. +@end table + +@subheading Format for Info + +@noindent +Provide keybindings both for the Info formatting commands that are +written in Emacs Lisp and for @code{makeinfo} that is written in +C.@refill + +@noindent +@xref{Info Formatting}. + +@noindent +Use the Emacs lisp @code{texinfo-format@dots{}} commands: + +@table @kbd +@item C-c C-e C-r +Format the region. + +@item C-c C-e C-b +Format the buffer. +@end table + +@noindent +Use @code{makeinfo}: + +@table @kbd +@item C-c C-m C-r +Format the region. + +@item C-c C-m C-b +Format the buffer. + +@item C-c C-m C-l +Recenter the @code{makeinfo} output buffer. + +@item C-c C-m C-k +Kill the @code{makeinfo} formatting job. +@end table + +@subheading Typeset and Print + +@noindent +Typeset and print Texinfo documents from within Emacs.@refill + +@ifinfo +@noindent +@xref{Printing}. +@end ifinfo +@iftex +@noindent +@xref{Printing, , Formatting and Printing}. +@end iftex + +@table @kbd +@item C-c C-t C-b +Run @code{texi2dvi} on the buffer. + +@item C-c C-t C-r +Run @TeX{} on the region. + +@item C-c C-t C-i +Run @code{texindex}. + +@item C-c C-t C-p +Print the @sc{dvi} file. + +@item C-c C-t C-q +Show the print queue. + +@item C-c C-t C-d +Delete a job from the print queue. + +@item C-c C-t C-k +Kill the current @TeX{} formatting job. + +@item C-c C-t C-x +Quit a currently stopped @TeX{} formatting job. + +@item C-c C-t C-l +Recenter the output buffer. +@end table + +@subheading Other Updating Commands + +@noindent +The ``other updating commands'' do not have standard keybindings because +they are used less frequently.@refill + +@noindent +@xref{Other Updating Commands}. + +@table @kbd +@item M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines +Insert missing @code{@@node} lines using +section titles as node names. + +@item M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update +Update a multi-file document. +With a numeric prefix, such as @kbd{C-u 8}, +update @strong{every} pointer and +menu in @strong{all} the files and +then insert a master menu. + +@item M-x texinfo-indent-menu-description +Indent descriptions in menus. + +@item M-x texinfo-sequential-node-update +Insert node pointers in strict sequence. +@end table + +@node New Commands, , New Texinfo Mode Commands, New Features +@appendixsec New Texinfo @@-Commands + +The second edition of the Texinfo manual describes more than 50 +commands that were not described in the first edition. A third or so +of these commands existed in Texinfo but were not documented in the +manual; the others are new. Here is a listing, with brief +descriptions of them:@refill + +@subheading Indexing + +@noindent +Create your own index, and merge indices.@refill + +@noindent +@xref{Indices}. + +@table @kbd +@item @@defindex @var{index-name} +Define a new index and its indexing command. +See also the @code{@@defcodeindex} command. + +@c written verbosely to avoid overfull hbox +@item @@synindex @var{from-index} @var{into-index} +Merge the @var{from-index} index into the @var{into-index} index. +See also the @code{@@syncodeindex} command. +@end table + +@subheading Definitions + +@noindent +Describe functions, variables, macros, +commands, user options, special forms, and other such artifacts in a +uniform format.@refill + +@noindent +@xref{Definition Commands}. + +@table @kbd +@item @@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} +Format a description for functions, interactive +commands, and similar entities. + +@item @@defvr, @@defop, @dots{} +15 other related commands. +@end table + +@subheading Glyphs + +@noindent +Indicate the results of evaluation, expansion, +printed output, an error message, equivalence of expressions, and the +location of point.@refill + +@noindent +@xref{Glyphs}. + +@table @kbd +@item @@equiv@{@} +@itemx @equiv{} +Equivalence: + +@item @@error@{@} +@itemx @error{} +Error message + +@item @@expansion@{@} +@itemx @expansion{} +Macro expansion + +@item @@point@{@} +@itemx @point{} +Position of point + +@item @@print@{@} +@itemx @print{} +Printed output + +@item @@result@{@} +@itemx @result{} +Result of an expression +@end table + +@subheading Page Headings + +@noindent +Customize page headings. + +@noindent +@xref{Headings}. + +@table @kbd +@item @@headings @var{on-off-single-double} +Headings on or off, single, or double-sided. + +@item @@evenfooting [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}] +Footings for even-numbered (left-hand) pages. + +@item @@evenheading, @@everyheading, @@oddheading, @dots{} +Five other related commands. + +@item @@thischapter +Insert name of chapter and chapter number. + +@item @@thischaptername, @@thisfile, @@thistitle, @@thispage +Related commands. +@end table + +@subheading Formatting + +@noindent +Format blocks of text. + +@noindent +@xref{Quotations and Examples}, and@* +@ref{Lists and Tables, , Making Lists and Tables}. + +@table @kbd +@item @@cartouche +Draw rounded box surrounding text (not in Info). + +@item @@enumerate @var{optional-arg} +Enumerate a list with letters or numbers. + +@item @@exdent @var{line-of-text} +Remove indentation. + +@item @@flushleft +Left justify. + +@item @@flushright +Right justify. + +@item @@format +Do not narrow nor change font. + +@item @@ftable @var{formatting-command} +@itemx @@vtable @var{formatting-command} +Two-column table with indexing. + +@item @@lisp +For an example of Lisp code. + +@item @@smallexample +@itemx @@smalllisp +Like @@table and @@lisp @r{but for} @@smallbook. +@end table + +@subheading Conditionals + +@noindent +Conditionally format text. + +@noindent +@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill + +@table @kbd +@item @@set @var{flag} [@var{string}] +Set a flag. Optionally, set value +of @var{flag} to @var{string}. + +@item @@clear @var{flag} +Clear a flag. + +@item @@value@{@var{flag}@} +Replace with value to which @var{flag} is set. + +@item @@ifset @var{flag} +Format, if @var{flag} is set. + +@item @@ifclear @var{flag} +Ignore, if @var{flag} is set. +@end table + +@subheading @@heading series for Titles + +@noindent +Produce unnumbered headings that do not appear in a table of contents. + +@noindent +@xref{Structuring}. + +@table @kbd +@item @@heading @var{title} +Unnumbered section-like heading not listed +in the table of contents of a printed manual. + +@item @@chapheading, @@majorheading, @@subheading, @@subsubheading +Related commands. +@end table + +@need 1000 +@subheading Font commands + +@need 1000 +@noindent +@xref{Smallcaps}, and @* +@ref{Fonts}. + +@table @kbd +@item @@r@{@var{text}@} +Print in roman font. + +@item @@sc@{@var{text}@} +Print in @sc{small caps} font. +@end table + +@subheading Miscellaneous + +@noindent +See @ref{title subtitle author, , @code{@@title} @code{@@subtitle} and @code{@@author} Commands},@* +see @ref{Customized Highlighting},@* +see @ref{Overfull hboxes},@* +see @ref{Footnotes},@* +see @ref{dmn, , Format a Dimension},@* +see @ref{Raise/lower sections, , @code{@@raisesections} and @code{@@lowersections}},@* +see @ref{math, , @code{@@math}: Inserting Mathematical Expressions}.@* +see @ref{minus, , Inserting a Minus Sign},@* +see @ref{paragraphindent, , Paragraph Indenting},@* +see @ref{Cross Reference Commands},@* +see @ref{title subtitle author, , @code{@@title} @code{@@subtitle} and @code{@@author}}, and@* +see @ref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}. + +@table @kbd +@item @@author @var{author} +Typeset author's name. + +@ignore +@item @@definfoenclose @var{new-command}, @var{before}, @var{after}, +Define a highlighting command for Info. (Info only.) +@end ignore + +@item @@finalout +Produce cleaner printed output. + +@item @@footnotestyle @var{end-or-separate} +Specify footnote style. + +@item @@dmn@{@var{dimension}@} +Format a dimension. + +@item @@global@@let@var{new-cmd}=@var{existing-cmd} +Define a highlighting command for @TeX{}. (@TeX{} only.) + +@item @@lowersections +Reduce hierarchical level of sectioning commands. + +@item @@math@{@var{mathematical-expression}@} +Format a mathematical expression. + +@item @@minus@{@} +Generate a minus sign. + +@item @@paragraphindent @var{asis-or-number} +Specify paragraph indentation. + +@item @@raisesections +Raise hierarchical level of sectioning commands. + +@item @@ref@{@var{node-name}, @r{[}@var{entry}@r{]}, @r{[}@var{topic-or-title}@r{]}, @r{[}@var{info-file}@r{]}, @r{[}@var{manual}@r{]}@} +Make a reference. In the printed manual, the +reference does not start with the word `see'. + +@item @@title @var{title} +Typeset @var{title} in the alternative +title page format. + +@item @@subtitle @var{subtitle} +Typeset @var{subtitle} in the alternative +title page format. + +@item @@today@{@} +Insert the current date. +@end table +@tex +% Switch width of first column of tables back to default value +\global\tableindent=.8in +@end tex + + +@node Command and Variable Index, Concept Index, New Features, Top +@comment node-name, next, previous, up +@unnumbered Command and Variable Index + +This is an alphabetical list of all the @@-commands, assorted Emacs Lisp +functions, and several variables. To make the list easier to use, the +commands are listed without their preceding @samp{@@}.@refill + +@printindex fn + + +@node Concept Index, , Command and Variable Index, Top +@unnumbered Concept Index + +@printindex cp + + +@summarycontents +@contents +@bye diff --git a/texinfo/util/Makefile.in b/texinfo/util/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9108632535f --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/util/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +# Makefile for GNU Texindex and other utilities. +# $Id: Makefile.in,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:58:12 jason Exp $ +# +# Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. + +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. + +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +#### Start of system configuration section. #### + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +VPATH = $(srcdir):$(common) + +common = $(srcdir)/../libtxi + +EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@ +CC = @CC@ +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ + +LN = ln +RM = rm -f +MKDIR = mkdir + +DEFS = @DEFS@ +LIBS = -L../libtxi -ltxi @LIBS@ +LOADLIBES = $(LIBS) + +SHELL = /bin/sh + +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ + +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +bindir = @bindir@ +# Prefix for each installed program, normally empty or `g'. +binprefix = +# Prefix for each installed man page, normally empty or `g'. +manprefix = +mandir = @mandir@/man1 +manext = 1 +infodir = @infodir@ + +#### End of system configuration section. #### + +all: texindex$(EXEEXT) install-info$(EXEEXT) +sub-all: all + +.c.o: + $(CC) -c $(CPPFLAGS) $(DEFS) -I. -I$(srcdir) -I$(common) $(CFLAGS) $< + + +install: all + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) texindex$(EXEEXT) $(bindir)/texindex$(EXEEXT) + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $(srcdir)/texi2dvi $(bindir)/texi2dvi + $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) install-info$(EXEEXT) $(bindir)/install-info$(EXEEXT) + +install-info: +dvi: + +uninstall: + rm -f $(bindir)/texindex$(EXEEXT) $(bindir)/texi2dvi $(bindir)/install-info$(EXEEXT) + +Makefile: Makefile.in ../config.status + cd ..; $(SHELL) config.status + +TAGS: + etags *.c *.h $(common)/getopt*.c $(common)/getopt.h + +clean: + rm -f *.o a.out core core.* texindex install-info + +mostlyclean: clean + +distclean: clean + rm -f Makefile config.status + +realclean: distclean + rm -f TAGS + +texindex: texindex.o ../libtxi/libtxi.a + $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o texindex texindex.o $(LOADLIBES) + +texindex.o: texindex.c $(common)/getopt.h + +install-info: install-info.o + $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o install-info install-info.o $(LOADLIBES) + +install-info.o: install-info.c $(common)/getopt.h + +# Prevent GNU make v3 from overflowing arg limit on SysV. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/texinfo/util/deref.c b/texinfo/util/deref.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c15bc1abcf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/util/deref.c @@ -0,0 +1,238 @@ +/* + * deref.c + + * compile command: gcc -g -o deref deref.c + + * execute command: deref filename.texi > newfile.texi + + * To: bob@gnu.ai.mit.edu + * Subject: another tool + * Date: 18 Dec 91 16:03:13 EST (Wed) + * From: gatech!skeeve!arnold@eddie.mit.edu (Arnold D. Robbins) + * + * Here is deref.c. It turns texinfo cross references back into the + * one argument form. It has the same limitations as fixref; one xref per + * line and can't cross lines. You can use it to find references that do + * cross a line boundary this way: + * + * deref < manual > /dev/null 2>errs + * + * (This assumes bash or /bin/sh.) The file errs will have list of lines + * where deref could not find matching braces. + * + * A gawk manual processed by deref goes through makeinfo without complaint. + * Compile with gcc and you should be set. + * + * Enjoy, + * + * Arnold + * ----------- + */ + +/* + * deref.c + * + * Make all texinfo references into the one argument form. + * + * Arnold Robbins + * arnold@skeeve.atl.ga.us + * December, 1991 + * + * Copyright, 1991, Arnold Robbins + */ + +/* + * LIMITATIONS: + * One texinfo cross reference per line. + * Cross references may not cross newlines. + * Use of fgets for input (to be fixed). + */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <errno.h> + +/* for gcc on the 3B1, delete if this gives you grief */ +extern int fclose (FILE * fp); +extern int fprintf (FILE * fp, const char *str,...); + +extern char *strerror (int errno); +extern char *strchr (char *cp, int ch); +extern int strncmp (const char *s1, const char *s2, int count); + +extern int errno; + +void process (FILE * fp); +void repair (char *line, char *ref, int toffset); + +int Errs = 0; +char *Name = "stdin"; +int Line = 0; +char *Me; + +/* main --- handle arguments, global vars for errors */ + +int +main (int argc, char **argv) +{ + FILE *fp; + + Me = argv[0]; + + if (argc == 1) + process (stdin); + else + for (argc--, argv++; *argv != NULL; argc--, argv++) + { + if (argv[0][0] == '-' && argv[0][1] == '\0') + { + Name = "stdin"; + Line = 0; + process (stdin); + } + else if ((fp = fopen (*argv, "r")) != NULL) + { + Name = *argv; + Line = 0; + process (fp); + fclose (fp); + } + else + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: can not open: %s\n", + *argv, strerror (errno)); + Errs++; + } + } + return Errs != 0; +} + +/* isref --- decide if we've seen a texinfo cross reference */ + +int +isref (char *cp) +{ + if (strncmp (cp, "@ref{", 5) == 0) + return 5; + if (strncmp (cp, "@xref{", 6) == 0) + return 6; + if (strncmp (cp, "@pxref{", 7) == 0) + return 7; + return 0; +} + +/* process --- read files, look for references, fix them up */ + +void +process (FILE * fp) +{ + char buf[BUFSIZ]; + char *cp; + int count; + + while (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) != NULL) + { + Line++; + cp = strchr (buf, '@'); + if (cp == NULL) + { + fputs (buf, stdout); + continue; + } + do + { + count = isref (cp); + if (count == 0) + { + cp++; + cp = strchr (cp, '@'); + if (cp == NULL) + { + fputs (buf, stdout); + goto next; + } + continue; + } + /* got one */ + repair (buf, cp, count); + break; + } + while (cp != NULL); + next:; + } +} + +/* repair --- turn all texinfo cross references into the one argument form */ + +void +repair (char *line, char *ref, int toffset) +{ + int braces = 1; /* have seen first left brace */ + char *cp; + + ref += toffset; + + /* output line up to and including left brace in reference */ + for (cp = line; cp <= ref; cp++) + putchar (*cp); + + /* output node name */ + for (; *cp && *cp != '}' && *cp != ',' && *cp != '\n'; cp++) + putchar (*cp); + + if (*cp != '}') + { /* could have been one arg xref */ + /* skip to matching right brace */ + for (; braces > 0; cp++) + { + switch (*cp) + { + case '@': + cp++; /* blindly skip next character */ + break; + case '{': + braces++; + break; + case '}': + braces--; + break; + case '\n': + case '\0': + Errs++; + fprintf (stderr, + "%s: %s: %d: mismatched braces\n", + Me, Name, Line); + goto out; + default: + break; + } + } + out: + ; + } + + putchar ('}'); + if (*cp == '}') + cp++; + + /* now the rest of the line */ + for (; *cp; cp++) + putchar (*cp); + return; +} + +/* strerror --- return error string, delete if in your library */ + +char * +strerror (int errno) +{ + static char buf[100]; + extern int sys_nerr; + extern char *sys_errlist[]; + + if (errno < sys_nerr && errno >= 0) + return sys_errlist[errno]; + + sprintf (buf, "unknown error %d", errno); + return buf; +} diff --git a/texinfo/util/fixfonts b/texinfo/util/fixfonts new file mode 100755 index 00000000000..ee2ea719219 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/util/fixfonts @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# Make links named `lcircle10' for all TFM and GF/PK files, if no +# lcircle10 files already exist. + +# Don't override definition of prefix and/or libdir if they are +# already defined in the environment. +if test "z${prefix}" = "z" ; then + prefix=/usr/local +else + # prefix may contain references to other variables, thanks to make. + eval prefix=\""${prefix}"\" +fi + +if test "z${libdir}" = "z" ; then + libdir="${prefix}/lib/tex" +else + # libdir may contain references to other variables, thanks to make. + eval libdir=\""${libdir}"\" +fi + +texlibdir="${libdir}" +texfontdir="${texlibdir}/fonts" + +# Directories for the different font formats, in case they're not all +# stored in one place. +textfmdir="${textfmdir-${texfontdir}}" +texpkdir="${texpkdir-${texfontdir}}" +texgfdir="${texgfdir-${texfontdir}}" + +test "z${TMPDIR}" = "z" && TMPDIR="/tmp" + +tempfile="${TMPDIR}/circ$$" +tempfile2="${TMPDIR}/circ2$$" + +# EXIT SIGHUP SIGINT SIGQUIT SIGTERM +#trap 'rm -f "${tempfile}" "${tempfile2}"' 0 1 2 3 15 + +# Find all the fonts with names that include `circle'. +(cd "${texfontdir}"; find . -name '*circle*' -print > "${tempfile}") + +# If they have lcircle10.tfm, assume everything is there, and quit. +if grep 'lcircle10\.tfm' "${tempfile}" > /dev/null 2>&1 ; then + echo "Found lcircle10.tfm." + exit 0 +fi + +# No TFM file for lcircle. Make a link to circle10.tfm if it exists, +# and then make a link to the bitmap files. +grep 'circle10\.tfm' "${tempfile}" > "${tempfile2}" \ + || { + echo "I can't find any circle fonts in ${texfontdir}. +If it isn't installed somewhere else, you need to get the Metafont sources +from somewhere, e.g., labrea.stanford.edu:pub/tex/latex/circle10.mf, and +run Metafont on them." + exit 1 + } + +# We have circle10.tfm. (If we have it more than once, take the first +# one.) Make the link. +tempfile2_line1="`sed -ne '1p;q' \"${tempfile2}\"`" +ln "${tempfile2_line1}" "${textfmdir}/lcircle10.tfm" +echo "Linked to ${tempfile2_line1}." + +# Now make a link for the PK files, if any. +(cd "${texpkdir}" + for f in `grep 'circle10.*pk' "${tempfile}"` ; do + set - `echo "$f" \ + | sed -ne '/\//!s/^/.\//;s/\(.*\)\/\([^\/][^\/]*\)$/\1 \2/;p'` + ln "$f" "${1}/l${2}" + echo "Linked to $f." + done +) + +# And finally for the GF files. +(cd "${texgfdir}" + for f in `grep 'circle10.*gf' "${tempfile}"` ; do + set - `echo "$f" \ + | sed -ne '/\//!s/^/.\//;s/\(.*\)\/\([^\/][^\/]*\)$/\1 \2/;p'` + ln "$f" "${1}/l${2}" + echo "Linked to $f." + done +) + +# eof diff --git a/texinfo/util/gen-dir-node b/texinfo/util/gen-dir-node new file mode 100755 index 00000000000..ed825043db6 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/util/gen-dir-node @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# $Id: gen-dir-node,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:58:12 jason Exp $ +# Generate the top-level Info node, given a directory of Info files +# and (optionally) a skeleton file. The output will be suitable for a +# top-level dir file. The skeleton file contains info topic names in the +# order they should appear in the output. There are three special +# lines that alter the behavior: a line consisting of just "--" causes +# the next line to be echoed verbatim to the output. A line +# containing just "%%" causes all the remaining filenames (wildcards +# allowed) in the rest of the file to be ignored. A line containing +# just "!!" exits the script when reached (unless preceded by a line +# containing just "--"). Once the script reaches the end of the +# skeleton file, it goes through the remaining files in the directory +# in order, putting their entries at the end. The script will use the +# ENTRY information in each info file if it exists. Otherwise it will +# make a minimal entry. + +# sent by Jeffrey Osier <jeffrey@cygnus.com>, who thinks it came from +# zoo@winternet.com (david d `zoo' zuhn) + +# modified 7 April 1995 by Joe Harrington <jh@tecate.gsfc.nasa.gov> to +# take special flags + +INFODIR=$1 +if [ $# = 2 ] ; then + SKELETON=$2 +else + SKELETON=/dev/null +fi + +skip= + +if [ $# -gt 2 ] ; then + echo usage: $0 info-directory [ skeleton-file ] 1>&2 + exit 1 +else + true +fi + +if [ ! -d ${INFODIR} ] ; then + echo "$0: first argument must specify a directory" + exit 1 +fi + +### output the dir header +echo "-*- Text -*-" +echo "This file was generated automatically by $0." +echo "This version was generated on `date`" +echo "by `whoami`@`hostname` for `(cd ${INFODIR}; pwd)`" + +cat << moobler + +This is the file .../info/dir, which contains the topmost node of the +Info hierarchy. The first time you invoke Info you start off +looking at that node, which is (dir)Top. + +File: dir Node: Top This is the top of the INFO tree + This (the Directory node) gives a menu of major topics. + Typing "d" returns here, "q" exits, "?" lists all INFO commands, "h" + gives a primer for first-timers, "mTexinfo<Return>" visits Texinfo topic, + etc. + Or click mouse button 2 on a menu item or cross reference to select it. + --- PLEASE ADD DOCUMENTATION TO THIS TREE. (See INFO topic first.) --- + +* Menu: The list of major topics begins on the next line. + +moobler + +### go through the list of files in the skeleton. If an info file +### exists, grab the ENTRY information from it. If an entry exists +### use it, otherwise create a minimal dir entry. +### +### Then remove that file from the list of existing files. If any +### additional files remain (ones that don't have a skeleton entry), +### then generate entries for those in the same way, putting the info for +### those at the end.... + +infofiles=`(cd ${INFODIR}; ls | egrep -v '\-|^dir$|^dir\.info$|^dir\.orig$')` + +# echoing gets clobbered by backquotes; we do it the hard way... +lines=`wc $SKELETON | awk '{print $1}'` +line=1 +while [ $lines -ge $line ] ; do + # Read one line from the file. This is so that we can echo lines with + # whitespace and quoted characters in them. + fileline=`awk NR==$line $SKELETON` + + # flag fancy features + if [ ! -z "$echoline" ] ; then # echo line + echo "$fileline" + fileline= + echoline= + elif [ "${fileline}" = "--" ] ; then # should we echo the next line? + echoline=1 + elif [ "${fileline}" = "%%" ] ; then # eliminate remaining files from dir? + skip=1 + elif [ "${fileline}" = "!!" ] ; then # quit now + exit 0 + fi + + # handle files if they exist + for file in $fileline"" ; do # expand wildcards ("" handles blank lines) + + fname= + + if [ -z "$echoline" -a ! -z "$file" ] ; then + + # Find the file to operate upon. Check both possible names. + infoname=`echo $file | sed 's/\.info$//'` + noext= + ext= + if [ -f ${INFODIR}/$infoname ] ; then + noext=$infoname + fi + if [ -f ${INFODIR}/${infoname}.info ] ; then + ext=${infoname}.info + fi + + # If it exists with both names take what was said in the file. + if [ ! -z "$ext" -a ! -z "$noext" ]; then + fname=$file + warn="### Warning: $ext and $noext both exist! Using ${file}. ###" + elif [ ! \( -z "$ext" -a -z "$noext" \) ]; then + # just take the name if it exists only once + fname=${noext}${ext} + fi + + # if we found something and aren't skipping, do the entry + if [ ! -z "$fname" ] ; then + if [ -z "$skip" ] ; then + + if [ ! -z "$warn" ] ; then # issue any warning + echo $warn + warn= + fi + + entry=`sed -e '1,/START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/d' \ + -e '/END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/,$d' ${INFODIR}/$fname` + if [ ! -z "${entry}" ] ; then + echo "${entry}" + else + echo "* ${infoname}: (${fname})." + fi + fi + + # remove the name from the directory listing + infofiles=`echo ${infofiles} | sed -e "s/ ${fname} / /" \ + -e "s/^${fname} //" \ + -e "s/ ${fname}$//"` + + fi + + fi + + done + + line=`expr $line + 1` +done + +if [ -z "${infofiles}" ] ; then + exit 0 +else + echo +fi + +for file in ${infofiles}; do + infoname=`echo $file | sed 's/\.info$//'` + entry=`sed -e '1,/START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/d' \ + -e '/END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY/,$d' ${INFODIR}/${file}` + + if [ ! -z "${entry}" ] ; then + echo "${entry}" + else + echo "* ${infoname}: (${file})." + fi +done diff --git a/texinfo/util/install-info.c b/texinfo/util/install-info.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..53fa4aa1116 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/util/install-info.c @@ -0,0 +1,1111 @@ +/* install-info -- create Info directory entry(ies) for an Info file. + Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +$Id: install-info.c,v 1.12 1996/10/03 23:13:36 karl Exp $ + +This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or +(at your option) any later version. + +This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +#define INSTALL_INFO_VERSION_STRING "GNU install-info (Texinfo 3.9) 1.2" + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <getopt.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +/* Get O_RDONLY. */ +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H +#include <sys/fcntl.h> +#else +#include <fcntl.h> +#endif /* !HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H */ +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_FILE_H +#include <sys/file.h> +#endif + +/* Name this program was invoked with. */ +char *progname; + +char *readfile (); +struct line_data *findlines (); +char *my_strerror (); +void fatal (); +void insert_entry_here (); +int compare_section_names (); + +struct spec_entry; + +/* Data structures. */ + +/* Record info about a single line from a file + as read into core. */ + +struct line_data +{ + /* The start of the line. */ + char *start; + /* The number of characters in the line, + excluding the terminating newline. */ + int size; + /* Vector containing pointers to the entries to add before this line. + The vector is null-terminated. */ + struct spec_entry **add_entries_before; + /* 1 means output any needed new sections before this line. */ + int add_sections_before; + /* 1 means don't output this line. */ + int delete; +}; + +/* This is used for a list of the specified menu section names + in which entries should be added. */ + +struct spec_section +{ + struct spec_section *next; + char *name; + /* 1 means we have not yet found an existing section with this name + in the dir file--so we will need to add a new section. */ + int missing; +}; + +/* This is used for a list of the entries specified to be added. */ + +struct spec_entry +{ + struct spec_entry *next; + char *text; +}; + +/* This is used for a list of nodes found by parsing the dir file. */ + +struct node +{ + struct node *next; + /* The node name. */ + char *name; + /* The line number of the line where the node starts. + This is the line that contains control-underscore. */ + int start_line; + /* The line number of the line where the node ends, + which is the end of the file or where the next line starts. */ + int end_line; + /* Start of first line in this node's menu + (the line after the * Menu: line). */ + char *menu_start; + /* The start of the chain of sections in this node's menu. */ + struct menu_section *sections; + /* The last menu section in the chain. */ + struct menu_section *last_section; +}; + +/* This is used for a list of sections found in a node's menu. + Each struct node has such a list in the sections field. */ + +struct menu_section +{ + struct menu_section *next; + char *name; + /* Line number of start of section. */ + int start_line; + /* Line number of end of section. */ + int end_line; +}; + +/* Memory allocation and string operations. */ + +/* Like malloc but get fatal error if memory is exhausted. */ + +void * +xmalloc (size) + unsigned int size; +{ + extern void *malloc (); + void *result = malloc (size); + if (result == NULL) + fatal ("virtual memory exhausted", 0); + return result; +} + +/* Like malloc but get fatal error if memory is exhausted. */ + +void * +xrealloc (obj, size) + void *obj; + unsigned int size; +{ + extern void *realloc (); + void *result = realloc (obj, size); + if (result == NULL) + fatal ("virtual memory exhausted", 0); + return result; +} + +/* Return a newly-allocated string whose contents concatenate those of s1, s2, s3. */ + +char * +concat (s1, s2, s3) + char *s1, *s2, *s3; +{ + int len1 = strlen (s1), len2 = strlen (s2), len3 = strlen (s3); + char *result = (char *) xmalloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 1); + + strcpy (result, s1); + strcpy (result + len1, s2); + strcpy (result + len1 + len2, s3); + *(result + len1 + len2 + len3) = 0; + + return result; +} + +/* Return a string containing SIZE characters + copied from starting at STRING. */ + +char * +copy_string (string, size) + char *string; + int size; +{ + int i; + char *copy = (char *) xmalloc (size + 1); + for (i = 0; i < size; i++) + copy[i] = string[i]; + copy[size] = 0; + return copy; +} + +/* Error message functions. */ + +/* Print error message. `s1' is printf control string, `s2' is arg for it. */ + +/* VARARGS1 */ +void +error (s1, s2, s3) + char *s1, *s2, *s3; +{ + fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", progname); + fprintf (stderr, s1, s2, s3); + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); +} + +/* VARARGS1 */ +void +warning (s1, s2, s3) + char *s1, *s2, *s3; +{ + fprintf (stderr, "%s: Warning: ", progname); + fprintf (stderr, s1, s2, s3); + fprintf (stderr, "\n"); +} + +/* Print error message and exit. */ + +void +fatal (s1, s2, s3) + char *s1, *s2, *s3; +{ + error (s1, s2, s3); + exit (1); +} + +/* Print fatal error message based on errno, with file name NAME. */ + +void +pfatal_with_name (name) + char *name; +{ + char *s = concat ("", my_strerror (errno), " for %s"); + fatal (s, name); +} + +/* Given the full text of a menu entry, null terminated, + return just the menu item name (copied). */ + +char * +extract_menu_item_name (item_text) + char *item_text; +{ + char *p; + + if (*item_text == '*') + item_text++; + while (*item_text == ' ') + item_text++; + + p = item_text; + while (*p && *p != ':') p++; + return copy_string (item_text, p - item_text); +} + +/* Given the full text of a menu entry, terminated by null or newline, + return just the menu item file (copied). */ + +char * +extract_menu_file_name (item_text) + char *item_text; +{ + char *p = item_text; + + /* If we have text that looks like * ITEM: (FILE)NODE..., + extract just FILE. Otherwise return "(none)". */ + + if (*p == '*') + p++; + while (*p == ' ') + p++; + + /* Skip to and past the colon. */ + while (*p && *p != '\n' && *p != ':') p++; + if (*p == ':') p++; + + /* Skip past the open-paren. */ + while (1) + { + if (*p == '(') + break; + else if (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') + p++; + else + return "(none)"; + } + p++; + + item_text = p; + + /* File name ends just before the close-paren. */ + while (*p && *p != '\n' && *p != ')') p++; + if (*p != ')') + return "(none)"; + + return copy_string (item_text, p - item_text); +} + +void +suggest_asking_for_help () +{ + fprintf (stderr, "\tTry `%s --help' for a complete list of options.\n", + progname); + exit (1); +} + +void +print_help () +{ + printf ("%s [OPTION]... [INFO-FILE [DIR-FILE]]\n\ + Install INFO-FILE in the Info directory file DIR-FILE.\n\ +\n\ +Options:\n\ +--delete Delete existing entries in INFO-FILE;\n\ + don't insert any new entries.\n\ +--dir-file=NAME Specify file name of Info directory file.\n\ + This is equivalent to using the DIR-FILE argument.\n\ +--entry=TEXT Insert TEXT as an Info directory entry.\n\ + TEXT should have the form of an Info menu item line\n\ + plus zero or more extra lines starting with whitespace.\n\ + If you specify more than one entry, they are all added.\n\ + If you don't specify any entries, they are determined\n\ + from information in the Info file itself.\n\ +--help Display this help and exit.\n\ +--info-file=FILE Specify Info file to install in the directory.\n\ + This is equivalent to using the INFO-FILE argument.\n\ +--info-dir=DIR Same as --dir-file=DIR/dir.\n\ +--item=TEXT Same as --entry TEXT.\n\ + An Info directory entry is actually a menu item.\n\ +--quiet Suppress warnings.\n\ +--remove Same as --delete.\n\ +--section=SEC Put this file's entries in section SEC of the directory.\n\ + If you specify more than one section, all the entries\n\ + are added in each of the sections.\n\ + If you don't specify any sections, they are determined\n\ + from information in the Info file itself.\n\ +--version Display version information and exit.\n\ +\n\ +Email bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu.\n\ +", progname); +} + +/* Convert an errno value into a string describing the error. + We define this function here rather than using strerror + because not all systems have strerror. */ + +char * +my_strerror (errnum) + int errnum; +{ + extern char *sys_errlist[]; + extern int sys_nerr; + + if (errnum >= 0 && errnum < sys_nerr) + return sys_errlist[errnum]; + return (char *) "Unknown error"; +} + +/* This table defines all the long-named options, says whether they + use an argument, and maps them into equivalent single-letter options. */ + +struct option longopts[] = +{ + { "delete", no_argument, NULL, 'r' }, + { "dir-file", required_argument, NULL, 'd' }, + { "entry", required_argument, NULL, 'e' }, + { "help", no_argument, NULL, 'h' }, + { "info-dir", required_argument, NULL, 'D' }, + { "info-file", required_argument, NULL, 'i' }, + { "item", required_argument, NULL, 'e' }, + { "quiet", no_argument, NULL, 'q' }, + { "remove", no_argument, NULL, 'r' }, + { "section", required_argument, NULL, 's' }, + { "version", no_argument, NULL, 'V' }, + { 0 } +}; + +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + char *infile = 0, *dirfile = 0; + char *infile_sans_info; + unsigned infilelen_sans_info; + FILE *output; + + /* Record the text of the Info file, as a sequence of characters + and as a sequence of lines. */ + char *input_data; + int input_size; + struct line_data *input_lines; + int input_nlines; + + /* Record here the specified section names and directory entries. */ + struct spec_section *input_sections = NULL; + struct spec_entry *entries_to_add = NULL; + int n_entries_to_add = 0; + + /* Record the old text of the dir file, as plain characters, + as lines, and as nodes. */ + char *dir_data; + int dir_size; + int dir_nlines; + struct line_data *dir_lines; + struct node *dir_nodes; + + /* Nonzero means --delete was specified (just delete existing entries). */ + int delete_flag = 0; + int something_deleted = 0; + /* Nonzero means -q was specified. */ + int quiet_flag = 0; + + int node_header_flag; + int prefix_length; + int i; + + progname = argv[0]; + + while (1) + { + int opt = getopt_long (argc, argv, "i:d:e:s:hHr", longopts, 0); + + if (opt == EOF) + break; + + switch (opt) + { + case 0: + /* If getopt returns 0, then it has already processed a + long-named option. We should do nothing. */ + break; + + case 1: + abort (); + + case 'd': + if (dirfile) + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: Specify the Info directory only once.\n", + progname); + suggest_asking_for_help (); + } + dirfile = optarg; + break; + + case 'D': + if (dirfile) + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: Specify the Info directory only once.\n", + progname); + suggest_asking_for_help (); + } + dirfile = concat (optarg, "", "/dir"); + break; + + case 'e': + { + struct spec_entry *next + = (struct spec_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct spec_entry)); + if (! (*optarg != 0 && optarg[strlen (optarg) - 1] == '\n')) + optarg = concat (optarg, "\n", ""); + next->text = optarg; + next->next = entries_to_add; + entries_to_add = next; + n_entries_to_add++; + } + break; + + case 'h': + case 'H': + print_help (); + exit (0); + + case 'i': + if (infile) + { + fprintf (stderr, "%s: Specify the Info file only once.\n", + progname); + suggest_asking_for_help (); + } + infile = optarg; + break; + + case 'q': + quiet_flag = 1; + break; + + case 'r': + delete_flag = 1; + break; + + case 's': + { + struct spec_section *next + = (struct spec_section *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct spec_section)); + next->name = optarg; + next->next = input_sections; + next->missing = 1; + input_sections = next; + } + break; + + case 'V': + puts (INSTALL_INFO_VERSION_STRING); +puts ("Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\ +There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software\n\ +under the terms of the GNU General Public License.\n\ +For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING."); + exit (0); + + default: + suggest_asking_for_help (); + } + } + + /* Interpret the non-option arguments as file names. */ + for (; optind < argc; ++optind) + { + if (infile == 0) + infile = argv[optind]; + else if (dirfile == 0) + dirfile = argv[optind]; + else + error ("excess command line argument `%s'", argv[optind]); + } + + if (!infile) + fatal ("No input file specified"); + if (!dirfile) + fatal ("No dir file specified"); + + /* Read the Info file and parse it into lines. */ + + input_data = readfile (infile, &input_size); + input_lines = findlines (input_data, input_size, &input_nlines); + + /* Parse the input file to find the section names it specifies. */ + + if (input_sections == 0) + { + prefix_length = strlen ("INFO-DIR-SECTION "); + for (i = 0; i < input_nlines; i++) + { + if (!strncmp ("INFO-DIR-SECTION ", input_lines[i].start, + prefix_length)) + { + struct spec_section *next + = (struct spec_section *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct spec_section)); + next->name = copy_string (input_lines[i].start + prefix_length, + input_lines[i].size - prefix_length); + next->next = input_sections; + next->missing = 1; + input_sections = next; + } + } + } + + /* Default to section "Miscellaneous" if no sections specified. */ + if (input_sections == 0) + { + input_sections + = (struct spec_section *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct spec_section)); + input_sections->name = "Miscellaneous"; + input_sections->next = 0; + input_sections->missing = 1; + } + + /* Now find the directory entries specified in the file + and put them on entries_to_add. But not if entries + were specified explicitly with command options. */ + + if (entries_to_add == 0) + { + char *start_of_this_entry = 0; + for (i = 0; i < input_nlines; i++) + { + if (!strncmp ("START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY", input_lines[i].start, + input_lines[i].size) + && sizeof ("START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY") - 1 == input_lines[i].size) + { + if (start_of_this_entry != 0) + fatal ("START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY without matching END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY"); + start_of_this_entry = input_lines[i + 1].start; + } + if (!strncmp ("END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY", input_lines[i].start, + input_lines[i].size) + && sizeof ("END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY") - 1 == input_lines[i].size) + { + if (start_of_this_entry != 0) + { + struct spec_entry *next + = (struct spec_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct spec_entry)); + next->text = copy_string (start_of_this_entry, + input_lines[i].start - start_of_this_entry); + next->next = entries_to_add; + entries_to_add = next; + n_entries_to_add++; + start_of_this_entry = 0; + } + else + fatal ("END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY without matching START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY"); + } + } + if (start_of_this_entry != 0) + fatal ("START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY without matching END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY"); + } + + if (!delete_flag) + if (entries_to_add == 0) + fatal ("no info dir entry in `%s'", infile); + + /* Now read in the Info dir file. */ + dir_data = readfile (dirfile, &dir_size); + dir_lines = findlines (dir_data, dir_size, &dir_nlines); + + /* We will be comparing the entries in the dir file against the + current filename, so need to strip off any directory prefix and any + .info suffix. */ + { + unsigned basename_len; + extern char *strrchr (); + char *infile_basename = strrchr (infile, '/'); + if (infile_basename) + infile_basename++; + else + infile_basename = infile; + + basename_len = strlen (infile_basename); + infile_sans_info + = (strlen (infile_basename) > 5 + && strcmp (infile_basename + basename_len - 5, ".info") == 0) + ? copy_string (infile_basename, basename_len - 5) + : infile_basename; + + infilelen_sans_info = strlen (infile_sans_info); + } + + /* Parse the dir file. Find all the nodes, and their menus, + and the sections of their menus. */ + + dir_nodes = 0; + node_header_flag = 0; + for (i = 0; i < dir_nlines; i++) + { + /* Parse node header lines. */ + if (node_header_flag) + { + int j, end; + for (j = 0; j < dir_lines[i].size; j++) + /* Find the node name and store it in the `struct node'. */ + if (!strncmp ("Node:", dir_lines[i].start + j, 5)) + { + char *line = dir_lines[i].start; + /* Find the start of the node name. */ + j += 5; + while (line[j] == ' ' || line[j] == '\t') + j++; + /* Find the end of the node name. */ + end = j; + while (line[end] != 0 && line[end] != ',' && line[end] != '\n' + && line[end] != '\t') + end++; + dir_nodes->name = copy_string (line + j, end - j); + } + node_header_flag = 0; + } + + /* Notice the start of a node. */ + if (*dir_lines[i].start == 037) + { + struct node *next + = (struct node *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct node)); + next->next = dir_nodes; + next->name = NULL; + next->start_line = i; + next->end_line = 0; + next->menu_start = NULL; + next->sections = NULL; + next->last_section = NULL; + + if (dir_nodes != 0) + dir_nodes->end_line = i; + /* Fill in the end of the last menu section + of the previous node. */ + if (dir_nodes != 0 && dir_nodes->last_section != 0) + dir_nodes->last_section->end_line = i; + + dir_nodes = next; + + /* The following line is the header of this node; + parse it. */ + node_header_flag = 1; + } + + /* Notice the lines that start menus. */ + if (dir_nodes != 0 + && !strncmp ("* Menu:", dir_lines[i].start, 7)) + dir_nodes->menu_start = dir_lines[i + 1].start; + + /* Notice sections in menus. */ + if (dir_nodes != 0 + && dir_nodes->menu_start != 0 + && *dir_lines[i].start != '\n' + && *dir_lines[i].start != '*' + && *dir_lines[i].start != ' ' + && *dir_lines[i].start != '\t') + { + /* Add this menu section to the node's list. + This list grows in forward order. */ + struct menu_section *next + = (struct menu_section *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct menu_section)); + next->start_line = i + 1; + next->next = 0; + next->end_line = 0; + next->name = copy_string (dir_lines[i].start, dir_lines[i].size); + if (dir_nodes->sections) + { + dir_nodes->last_section->next = next; + dir_nodes->last_section->end_line = i; + } + else + dir_nodes->sections = next; + dir_nodes->last_section = next; + } + + /* Check for an existing entry that should be deleted. + Delete all entries which specify this file name. */ + if (*dir_lines[i].start == '*') + { + char *p = dir_lines[i].start; + + while (*p != 0 && *p != ':') + p++; + p++; + while (*p == ' ') p++; + if (*p == '(') + { + p++; + if ((dir_lines[i].size + > (p - dir_lines[i].start + infilelen_sans_info)) + && !strncmp (p, infile_sans_info, infilelen_sans_info) + && p[infilelen_sans_info] == ')') + dir_lines[i].delete = 1; + } + } + /* Treat lines that start with whitespace + as continuations; if we are deleting an entry, + delete all its continuations as well. */ + else if (i > 0 + && (*dir_lines[i].start == ' ' + || *dir_lines[i].start == '\t')) + { + dir_lines[i].delete = dir_lines[i - 1].delete; + something_deleted = 1; + } + } + + /* Finish the info about the end of the last node. */ + if (dir_nodes != 0) + { + dir_nodes->end_line = dir_nlines; + if (dir_nodes->last_section != 0) + dir_nodes->last_section->end_line = dir_nlines; + } + + /* Decide where to add the new entries (unless --delete was used). + Find the menu sections to add them in. + In each section, find the proper alphabetical place to add + each of the entries. */ + + if (!delete_flag) + { + struct node *node; + struct menu_section *section; + struct spec_section *spec; + + for (node = dir_nodes; node; node = node->next) + for (section = node->sections; section; section = section->next) + { + for (i = section->end_line; i > section->start_line; i--) + if (dir_lines[i - 1].size != 0) + break; + section->end_line = i; + + for (spec = input_sections; spec; spec = spec->next) + if (!strcmp (spec->name, section->name)) + break; + if (spec) + { + int add_at_line = section->end_line; + struct spec_entry *entry; + /* Say we have found at least one section with this name, + so we need not add such a section. */ + spec->missing = 0; + /* For each entry, find the right place in this section + to add it. */ + for (entry = entries_to_add; entry; entry = entry->next) + { + int textlen = strlen (entry->text); + /* Subtract one because dir_lines is zero-based, + but the `end_line' and `start_line' members are + one-based. */ + for (i = section->end_line - 1; + i >= section->start_line - 1; i--) + { + /* If an entry exists with the same name, + and was not marked for deletion + (which means it is for some other file), + we are in trouble. */ + if (dir_lines[i].start[0] == '*' + && menu_line_equal (entry->text, textlen, + dir_lines[i].start, + dir_lines[i].size) + && !dir_lines[i].delete) + fatal ("menu item `%s' already exists, for file `%s'", + extract_menu_item_name (entry->text), + extract_menu_file_name (dir_lines[i].start)); + if (dir_lines[i].start[0] == '*' + && menu_line_lessp (entry->text, textlen, + dir_lines[i].start, + dir_lines[i].size)) + add_at_line = i; + } + insert_entry_here (entry, add_at_line, + dir_lines, n_entries_to_add); + } + } + } + + /* Mark the end of the Top node as the place to add any + new sections that are needed. */ + for (node = dir_nodes; node; node = node->next) + if (node->name && strcmp (node->name, "Top") == 0) + dir_lines[node->end_line].add_sections_before = 1; + } + + if (delete_flag && !something_deleted && !quiet_flag) + warning ("no entries found for `%s'; nothing deleted", infile); + + /* Output the old dir file, interpolating the new sections + and/or new entries where appropriate. */ + + output = fopen (dirfile, "w"); + if (!output) + { + perror (dirfile); + exit (1); + } + + for (i = 0; i <= dir_nlines; i++) + { + int j; + + /* If we decided to output some new entries before this line, + output them now. */ + if (dir_lines[i].add_entries_before) + for (j = 0; j < n_entries_to_add; j++) + { + struct spec_entry *this = dir_lines[i].add_entries_before[j]; + if (this == 0) + break; + fputs (this->text, output); + } + /* If we decided to add some sections here + because there are no such sections in the file, + output them now. */ + if (dir_lines[i].add_sections_before) + { + struct spec_section *spec; + struct spec_section **sections; + int n_sections = 0; + + /* Count the sections and allocate a vector for all of them. */ + for (spec = input_sections; spec; spec = spec->next) + n_sections++; + sections = ((struct spec_section **) + xmalloc (n_sections * sizeof (struct spec_section *))); + + /* Fill the vector SECTIONS with pointers to all the sections, + and sort them. */ + j = 0; + for (spec = input_sections; spec; spec = spec->next) + sections[j++] = spec; + qsort (sections, n_sections, sizeof (struct spec_section *), + compare_section_names); + + /* Generate the new sections in alphabetical order. + In each new section, output all of our entries. */ + for (j = 0; j < n_sections; j++) + { + spec = sections[j]; + if (spec->missing) + { + struct spec_entry *entry; + + putc ('\n', output); + fputs (spec->name, output); + putc ('\n', output); + for (entry = entries_to_add; entry; entry = entry->next) + fputs (entry->text, output); + } + } + + free (sections); + } + + /* Output the original dir lines unless marked for deletion. */ + if (i < dir_nlines && !dir_lines[i].delete) + { + fwrite (dir_lines[i].start, 1, dir_lines[i].size, output); + putc ('\n', output); + } + } + + fclose (output); + + exit (0); +} + +/* Read all of file FILNAME into memory + and return the address of the data. + Store the size into SIZEP. + If there is trouble, do a fatal error. */ + +char * +readfile (filename, sizep) + char *filename; + int *sizep; +{ + int data_size = 1024; + char *data = (char *) xmalloc (data_size); + int filled = 0; + int nread = 0; + + int desc = open (filename, O_RDONLY); + + if (desc < 0) + pfatal_with_name (filename); + + while (1) + { + nread = read (desc, data + filled, data_size - filled); + if (nread < 0) + pfatal_with_name (filename); + if (nread == 0) + break; + + filled += nread; + if (filled == data_size) + { + data_size *= 2; + data = (char *) xrealloc (data, data_size); + } + } + + *sizep = filled; + return data; +} + +/* Divide the text at DATA (of SIZE bytes) into lines. + Return a vector of struct line_data describing the lines. + Store the length of that vector into *NLINESP. */ + +struct line_data * +findlines (data, size, nlinesp) + char *data; + int size; + int *nlinesp; +{ + struct line_data *lines; + int lines_allocated = 512; + int filled = 0; + int i = 0; + int lineflag; + + lines = (struct line_data *) xmalloc (lines_allocated * sizeof (struct line_data)); + + lineflag = 1; + for (i = 0; i < size; i++) + { + if (lineflag) + { + if (filled == lines_allocated) + { + lines_allocated *= 2; + lines = (struct line_data *) xrealloc (lines, lines_allocated * sizeof (struct line_data)); + } + lines[filled].start = &data[i]; + lines[filled].add_entries_before = 0; + lines[filled].add_sections_before = 0; + lines[filled].delete = 0; + if (filled > 0) + lines[filled - 1].size + = lines[filled].start - lines[filled - 1].start - 1; + filled++; + } + lineflag = (data[i] == '\n'); + } + if (filled > 0) + lines[filled - 1].size = &data[i] - lines[filled - 1].start - lineflag; + + /* Do not leave garbage in the last element. */ + lines[filled].start = NULL; + lines[filled].add_entries_before = NULL; + lines[filled].add_sections_before = 0; + lines[filled].delete = 0; + lines[filled].size = 0; + + *nlinesp = filled; + return lines; +} + +/* Compare the menu item names in LINE1 (line length LEN1) + and LINE2 (line length LEN2). Return 1 if the item name + in LINE1 is less, 0 otherwise. */ + +int +menu_line_lessp (line1, len1, line2, len2) + char *line1; + int len1; + char *line2; + int len2; +{ + int minlen = (len1 < len2 ? len1 : len2); + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < minlen; i++) + { + /* If one item name is a prefix of the other, + the former one is less. */ + if (line1[i] == ':' && line2[i] != ':') + return 1; + if (line2[i] == ':' && line1[i] != ':') + return 0; + /* If they both continue and differ, one is less. */ + if (line1[i] < line2[i]) + return 1; + if (line1[i] > line2[i]) + return 0; + } + /* With a properly formatted dir file, + we can only get here if the item names are equal. */ + return 0; +} + +/* Compare the menu item names in LINE1 (line length LEN1) + and LINE2 (line length LEN2). Return 1 if the item names are equal, + 0 otherwise. */ + +int +menu_line_equal (line1, len1, line2, len2) + char *line1; + int len1; + char *line2; + int len2; +{ + int minlen = (len1 < len2 ? len1 : len2); + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < minlen; i++) + { + /* If both item names end here, they are equal. */ + if (line1[i] == ':' && line2[i] == ':') + return 1; + /* If they both continue and differ, one is less. */ + if (line1[i] != line2[i]) + return 0; + } + /* With a properly formatted dir file, + we can only get here if the item names are equal. */ + return 1; +} + +/* This is the comparison function for qsort + for a vector of pointers to struct spec_section. + Compare the section names. */ + +int +compare_section_names (sec1, sec2) + struct spec_section **sec1, **sec2; +{ + char *name1 = (*sec1)->name; + char *name2 = (*sec2)->name; + return strcmp (name1, name2); +} + +/* Insert ENTRY into the add_entries_before vector + for line number LINE_NUMBER of the dir file. + DIR_LINES and N_ENTRIES carry information from like-named variables + in main. */ + +void +insert_entry_here (entry, line_number, dir_lines, n_entries) + struct spec_entry *entry; + int line_number; + struct line_data *dir_lines; + int n_entries; +{ + int i; + + if (dir_lines[line_number].add_entries_before == 0) + { + dir_lines[line_number].add_entries_before + = (struct spec_entry **) xmalloc (n_entries * sizeof (struct spec_entry *)); + for (i = 0; i < n_entries; i++) + dir_lines[line_number].add_entries_before[i] = 0; + } + + for (i = 0; i < n_entries; i++) + if (dir_lines[line_number].add_entries_before[i] == 0) + break; + + if (i == n_entries) + abort (); + + dir_lines[line_number].add_entries_before[i] = entry; +} diff --git a/texinfo/util/mkinstalldirs b/texinfo/util/mkinstalldirs new file mode 100755 index 00000000000..934c6714923 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/util/mkinstalldirs @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy +# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu> +# Created: 1993-05-16 +# Public domain + +# $Id: mkinstalldirs,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:58:12 jason Exp $ + +errstatus=0 + +for file +do + set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'` + shift + + pathcomp= + for d + do + pathcomp="$pathcomp$d" + case "$pathcomp" in + -* ) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;; + esac + + if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then + echo "mkdir $pathcomp" 1>&2 + + mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$? + + if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then + errstatus=$lasterr + fi + fi + + pathcomp="$pathcomp/" + done +done + +exit $errstatus + +# mkinstalldirs ends here diff --git a/texinfo/util/tex3patch b/texinfo/util/tex3patch new file mode 100755 index 00000000000..1708c7588bb --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/util/tex3patch @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# Auxiliary script to work around TeX 3.0 bug. ---- tex3patch ---- +# patches texinfo.tex in current directory, or in directory given as arg. + +ANYVERSION=no + +for arg in $1 $2 +do + case $arg in + --dammit | -d ) ANYVERSION=yes ;; + + * ) dir=$arg + esac +done + +if [ -z "$dir" ]; then + dir='.' +fi + +if [ \( 2 -lt $# \) -o \ + \( ! -f $dir/texinfo.tex \) ]; then + echo "To patch texinfo.tex for peaceful coexistence with Unix TeX 3.0," + echo "run $0" + echo "with no arguments in the same directory as texinfo.tex; or run" + echo " $0 DIRECTORY" + echo "(where DIRECTORY is a path leading to texinfo.tex)." + exit +fi + +if [ -z "$TMPDIR" ]; then + TMPDIR=/tmp +fi + +echo "Checking for \`dummy.tfm'" + +( cd $TMPDIR; tex '\relax \batchmode \font\foo=dummy \bye' ) + +grep -s '3.0' $TMPDIR/texput.log +if [ 1 = "$?" -a "$ANYVERSION" != "yes" ]; then + echo "You probably do not need this patch," + echo "since your TeX does not seem to be version 3.0." + echo "If you insist on applying the patch, run $0" + echo "again with the option \`--dammit'" + exit +fi + +grep -s 'file not found' $TMPDIR/texput.log +if [ 0 = $? ]; then + echo "This patch requires the dummy font metric file \`dummy.tfm'," + echo "which does not seem to be part of your TeX installation." + echo "Please get your TeX maintainer to install \`dummy.tfm'," + echo "then run this script again." + exit +fi +rm $TMPDIR/texput.log + +echo "Patching $dir/texinfo.tex" + +sed -e 's/%%*\\font\\nullfont/\\font\\nullfont/' \ + $dir/texinfo.tex >$TMPDIR/texinfo.tex +mv $dir/texinfo.tex $dir/texinfo.tex-distrib; mv $TMPDIR/texinfo.tex $dir + +if [ 0 = $? ]; then + echo "Patched $dir/texinfo.tex to avoid TeX 3.0 bug." + echo "The original version is saved as $dir/texinfo.tex-distrib." +else + echo "Patch failed. Sorry." +fi +----------------------------------------tex3patch ends + + diff --git a/texinfo/util/texi2dvi b/texinfo/util/texi2dvi new file mode 100755 index 00000000000..d9f1b3e1a51 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/util/texi2dvi @@ -0,0 +1,367 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# texi2dvi --- smartly produce DVI files from texinfo sources + +# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +# $Id: texi2dvi,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:58:13 jason Exp $ + +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify +# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by +# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +# GNU General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +# along with this program; if not, you can either send email to this +# program's maintainer or write to: The Free Software Foundation, +# Inc.; 59 Temple Place, Suite 330; Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. + +# Commentary: + +# Author: Noah Friedman <friedman@prep.ai.mit.edu> + +# Please send bug reports, etc. to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu +# If possible, please send a copy of the output of the script called with +# the `--debug' option when making a bug report. + +# In the interest of general portability, some common bourne shell +# constructs were avoided because they weren't guaranteed to be available +# in some earlier implementations. I've tried to make this program as +# portable as possible. Welcome to unix, where the lowest common +# denominator is rapidly diminishing. +# +# Among the more interesting lossages I noticed with some bourne shells +# are: +# * No shell functions. +# * No `unset' builtin. +# * `shift' cannot take a numeric argument, and signals an error if +# there are no arguments to shift. + +# Code: + +# Name by which this script was invoked. +progname=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's/[^\/]*\///g'` + +# This string is expanded by rcs automatically when this file is checked out. +rcs_revision='$Revision: 1.1 $' +version=`set - $rcs_revision; echo $2` + +# To prevent hairy quoting and escaping later. +bq='`' +eq="'" + +usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... FILE... +Run a Texinfo document through TeX. + +Options: +-D, --debug Turn on shell debugging ($bq${bq}set -x$eq$eq). +-t, --texinfo CMD Insert CMD after @setfilename before running TeX. +--verbose Report on what is done. +-h, --help Display this help and exit. +-v, --version Display version information and exit. + +The values of the TEX, TEXINDEX, and MAKEINFO environment variables are +used to run those commands, if they are set. + +Email bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu. +" + +# Initialize variables. +# Don't use `unset' since old bourne shells don't have this command. +# Instead, assign them an empty value. +# Some of these, like TEX and TEXINDEX, may be inherited from the environment. +backup_extension=.bak # these files get deleted if all goes well. +debug= +orig_pwd="`pwd`" +textra= +verbose=false +makeinfo="${MAKEINFO-makeinfo}" +texindex="${TEXINDEX-texindex}" +tex="${TEX-tex}" + +# Save this so we can construct a new TEXINPUTS path for each file. +TEXINPUTS_orig="$TEXINPUTS" +export TEXINPUTS + +# Parse command line arguments. +# Make sure that all wildcarded options are long enough to be unambiguous. +# It's a good idea to document the full long option name in each case. +# Long options which take arguments will need a `*' appended to the +# canonical name to match the value appended after the `=' character. +while : ; do + case $# in 0) break ;; esac + case "$1" in + -D | --debug | --d* ) debug=t; shift ;; + -h | --help | --h* ) echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; + # OK, we should do real option parsing here, but be lazy for now. + -t | --texinfo | --t*) shift; textra="$textra $1"; shift ;; + -v | --vers* ) + echo "$progname (Texinfo 3.9) $version" + echo "Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software +under the terms of the GNU General Public License. +For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING." + exit 0 ;; + --verb* ) verbose=echo; shift ;; + -- ) # Stop option processing + shift + break + ;; + -* ) + case "$1" in + --*=* ) arg=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's/=.*//'` ;; + * ) arg="$1" ;; + esac + exec 1>&2 + echo "$progname: Unknown or ambiguous option $bq$arg$eq." + echo "$progname: Try $bq--help$eq for more information." + exit 1 + ;; + * ) + break + ;; + esac +done + +# See if there are any command line args left (which will be interpreted as +# filename arguments). +if test $# -eq 0; then + exec 1>&2 + echo "$progname: At least one file name is required as an argument." + echo "$progname: Try $bq--help$eq for more information." + exit 2 +fi + +test "$debug" = t && set -x + +# Texify files +for command_line_filename in ${1+"$@"} ; do + $verbose "Processing $command_line_filename ..." + + # See if file exists. If it doesn't we're in trouble since, even + # though the user may be able to reenter a valid filename at the tex + # prompt (assuming they're attending the terminal), this script won't + # be able to find the right index files and so forth. + if test ! -r "${command_line_filename}" ; then + echo "$0: Could not read ${command_line_filename}." >&2 + continue + fi + + # Roughly equivalent to `dirname ...`, but more portable + directory="`echo ${command_line_filename} | sed 's/\/[^\/]*$//'`" + filename_texi="`basename ${command_line_filename}`" + # Strip off the last extension part (probably .texinfo or .texi) + filename_noext="`echo ${filename_texi} | sed 's/\.[^.]*$//'`" + + # Use same basename since we want to generate aux files with the same + # basename as the manual. Use extension .texi for the temp file so + # that TeX will ignore it. Thus, we must use a subdirectory. + # + # Output the macro-expanded file to here. + tmp_dir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/$$ + filename_tmp=$tmp_dir/$filename_noext.texi + # Output the file with the user's extra commands to here. + filename_tmp2=$tmp_dir.2/$filename_noext.texi + mkdir $tmp_dir $tmp_dir.2 + + # If directory and file are the same, then it's probably because there's + # no pathname component. Set dirname to `.', the current directory. + if test "z${directory}" = "z${command_line_filename}" ; then + directory=. + fi + + # Source file might @include additional texinfo sources. Put `.' and + # directory where source file(s) reside in TEXINPUTS before anything + # else. `.' goes first to ensure that any old .aux, .cps, etc. files in + # ${directory} don't get used in preference to fresher files in `.'. + TEXINPUTS=".:${directory}:${TEXINPUTS_orig}" + + # Expand macro commands in the original source file using Makeinfo; + # the macro syntax bfox implemented is impossible to implement in TeX. + # Always use `end' footnote style, since the `separate' style + # generates different output (arguably this is a bug in -E). + # Discard main info output, the user asked to run TeX, not makeinfo. + # Redirect output to /dev/null to throw away `Making info file...' msg. + $verbose "Macro-expanding $command_line_filename to $filename_tmp ..." + $makeinfo --footnote-style=end -E $filename_tmp -o /dev/null \ + $command_line_filename >/dev/null + + # But if there were no macros, or makeinfo failed for some reason, + # just use the original file. (It shouldn't make any difference, but + # let's be safe.) + if test $? -ne 0 || cmp -s $filename_tmp $command_line_filename; then + $verbose "Reverting to $command_line_filename ..." + filename_input=$command_line_filename + else + filename_input=$filename_tmp + fi + + # Used most commonly for @finalout, @smallbook, etc. + if test -n "$textra"; then + $verbose "Inserting extra commands: $textra." + sed '/^@setfilename/a\ +'"$textra" $filename_input >$filename_tmp2 + filename_input=$filename_tmp2 + fi + + while true; do # will break out of loop below + # "Unset" variables that might have values from previous iterations and + # which won't be completely reset later. + definite_index_files= + + # Find all files having root filename with a two-letter extension, + # determine whether they're really index files, and save them. Foo.aux + # is actually the cross-references file, but we need to keep track of + # that too. + possible_index_files="`eval echo ${filename_noext}.?? ${filename_noext}.aux`" + for this_file in ${possible_index_files} ; do + # If file is empty, forget it. + test -s "${this_file}" || continue + + # Examine first character of file. If it's not suitable to be an + # index or xref file, don't process it. + first_character="`sed -n '1s/^\(.\).*$/\1/p;q' ${this_file}`" + if test "x${first_character}" = "x\\" \ + || test "x${first_character}" = "x'"; then + definite_index_files="${definite_index_files} ${this_file}" + fi + done + orig_index_files="${definite_index_files}" + orig_index_files_sans_aux="`echo ${definite_index_files} \ + | sed 's/'${filename_noext}'\.aux//; + s/^[ ]*//;s/[ ]*$//;'`" + + # Now save copies of original index files so we have some means of + # comparison later. + $verbose "Backing up current index files: $orig_index_files ..." + for index_file_to_save in ${orig_index_files} ; do + cp "${index_file_to_save}" "${index_file_to_save}${backup_extension}" + done + + # Run texindex on current index files. If they already exist, and + # after running TeX a first time the index files don't change, then + # there's no reason to run TeX again. But we won't know that if the + # index files are out of date or nonexistent. + if test -n "${orig_index_files_sans_aux}" ; then + $verbose "Running $texindex $orig_index_files_sans_aux ..." + ${texindex} ${orig_index_files_sans_aux} + fi + + # Finally, run TeX. + $verbose "Running $tex $filename_input ..." + ${tex} "$filename_input" + + # Check if index files changed. + # + definite_index_files= + # Get list of new index files. + possible_index_files="`eval echo ${filename_noext}.?? ${filename_noext}.aux`" + for this_file in ${possible_index_files} ; do + # If file is empty, forget it. + test -s "${this_file}" || continue + + # Examine first character of file. If it's not a backslash or + # single quote, then it's definitely not an index or xref file. + # (Will have to check for @ when we switch to Texinfo syntax in + # all these files...) + first_character="`sed -n '1s/^\(.\).*$/\1/p;q' ${this_file}`" + if test "x${first_character}" = "x\\" \ + || test "x${first_character}" = "x'"; then + definite_index_files="${definite_index_files} ${this_file}" + fi + done + new_index_files="${definite_index_files}" + new_index_files_sans_aux="`echo ${definite_index_files} \ + | sed 's/'${filename_noext}'\.aux//; + s/^[ ]*//;s/[ ]*$//;'`" + + # If old and new list don't at least have the same file list, then one + # file or another has definitely changed. + $verbose "Original index files =$orig_index_files" + $verbose "New index files =$new_index_files" + if test "z${orig_index_files}" != "z${new_index_files}" ; then + index_files_changed_p=t + else + # File list is the same. We must compare each file until we find a + # difference. + index_files_changed_p= + for this_file in ${new_index_files} ; do + $verbose "Comparing index file $this_file ..." + # cmp -s will return nonzero exit status if files differ. + cmp -s "${this_file}" "${this_file}${backup_extension}" + if test $? -ne 0 ; then + # We only need to keep comparing until we find *one* that + # differs, because we'll have to run texindex & tex no + # matter what. + index_files_changed_p=t + $verbose "Index file $this_file differed:" + test $verbose = echo \ + && diff -c "${this_file}${backup_extension}" "${this_file}" + break + fi + done + fi + + # If index files have changed since TeX has been run, or if the aux + # file wasn't present originally, run texindex and TeX again. + if test "${index_files_changed_p}" ; then :; else + # Nothing changed. We're done with TeX. + break + fi + done + + # Generate list of files to delete, then call rm once with the entire + # list. This is significantly faster than multiple executions of rm. + file_list= + for file in ${orig_index_files} ; do + file_list="${file_list} ${file}${backup_extension}" + done + if test -n "${file_list}" ; then + $verbose "Removing $file_list $tmp_dir $tmp_dir.2 ..." + rm -f ${file_list} + rm -rf $tmp_dir $tmp_dir.2 + fi +done + +$verbose "$0 done." +true # exit successfully. + +# texi2dvi ends here +# $Log: texi2dvi,v $ +# Revision 1.1 1997/08/21 22:58:13 jason +# Initial revision +# +# Revision 1.10 1996/10/04 18:21:55 karl +# Include only the current year in the copyright message. +# +# Revision 1.9 1996/10/04 11:49:48 karl +# Exit successfully. From arnold. +# +# Revision 1.8 1996/10/03 23:14:26 karl +# Only show diff if verbose. +# Update version number. +# +# Revision 1.7 1996/09/29 22:56:08 karl +# Use $progname instead of $0 for --version. +# +# Revision 1.6 1996/09/28 21:01:23 karl +# Recompute original index files each time through loop. +# Make indentation uniform. +# Use same basename for the temp input files. +# Standardize --version output. +# +# Revision 1.5 1996/09/26 14:46:34 karl +# (texi2dvi): Run TeX until the aux/index files stabilize, instead of just +# twice. From: David Shaw <daves@gsms01.alcatel.com.au>. +# +# Revision 1.4 1996/08/27 18:59:26 karl +# Include bug reporting address. +# +# Revision 1.3 1996/07/26 18:20:56 karl +# Do macro expansion with makeinfo before running TeX. +# Various expansion safety measures added for test; avoid use of -o. +# diff --git a/texinfo/util/texindex.c b/texinfo/util/texindex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..306aa1fd601 --- /dev/null +++ b/texinfo/util/texindex.c @@ -0,0 +1,1793 @@ +/* Prepare TeX index dribble output into an actual index. + $Id: texindex.c,v 1.1 1997/08/21 22:58:13 jason Exp $ + + Copyright (C) 1987, 91, 92, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307. */ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <ctype.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include "getopt.h" + +#define TEXINDEX_VERSION_STRING "GNU Texindex (Texinfo 3.9) 2.1" + +#if defined (emacs) +# include "../src/config.h" +/* Some s/os.h files redefine these. */ +# undef read +# undef close +# undef write +# undef open +#endif + +#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H) +# include <string.h> +#endif /* HAVE_STRING_H */ + +#if !defined (HAVE_STRCHR) +char *strrchr (); +#endif /* !HAVE_STRCHR */ + +#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) +# include <stdlib.h> +#else /* !STDC_HEADERS */ +char *getenv (), *malloc (), *realloc (); +#endif /* !STDC_HEADERS */ + +#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H) +# include <unistd.h> +#else /* !HAVE_UNISTD_H */ +off_t lseek (); +#endif /* !HAVE_UNISTD_H */ + +#if !defined (HAVE_MEMSET) +#undef memset +#define memset(ptr, ignore, count) bzero (ptr, count) +#endif + + +char *mktemp (); + +#if defined (VMS) +# include <file.h> +# define TI_NO_ERROR ((1 << 28) | 1) +# define TI_FATAL_ERROR ((1 << 28) | 4) +# define unlink delete +#else /* !VMS */ +# if defined (HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H) +# include <sys/types.h> +# include <sys/fcntl.h> +# endif /* HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H */ + +# if defined (_AIX) || !defined (_POSIX_VERSION) +# include <sys/file.h> +# else /* !AIX && _POSIX_VERSION */ +# if !defined (HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H) +# include <fcntl.h> +# endif /* !HAVE_FCNTL_H */ +# endif /* !_AIX && _POSIX_VERSION */ +# define TI_NO_ERROR 0 +# define TI_FATAL_ERROR 1 +#endif /* !VMS */ + +#if !defined (SEEK_SET) +# define SEEK_SET 0 +# define SEEK_CUR 1 +# define SEEK_END 2 +#endif /* !SEEK_SET */ + +#ifndef errno +extern int errno; +#endif +#ifndef strerror +extern char *strerror (); +#endif + +/* When sorting in core, this structure describes one line + and the position and length of its first keyfield. */ +struct lineinfo +{ + char *text; /* The actual text of the line. */ + union { + char *text; /* The start of the key (for textual comparison). */ + long number; /* The numeric value (for numeric comparison). */ + } key; + long keylen; /* Length of KEY field. */ +}; + +/* This structure describes a field to use as a sort key. */ +struct keyfield +{ + int startwords; /* Number of words to skip. */ + int startchars; /* Number of additional chars to skip. */ + int endwords; /* Number of words to ignore at end. */ + int endchars; /* Ditto for characters of last word. */ + char ignore_blanks; /* Non-zero means ignore spaces and tabs. */ + char fold_case; /* Non-zero means case doesn't matter. */ + char reverse; /* Non-zero means compare in reverse order. */ + char numeric; /* Non-zeros means field is ASCII numeric. */ + char positional; /* Sort according to file position. */ + char braced; /* Count balanced-braced groupings as fields. */ +}; + +/* Vector of keyfields to use. */ +struct keyfield keyfields[3]; + +/* Number of keyfields stored in that vector. */ +int num_keyfields = 3; + +/* Vector of input file names, terminated with a null pointer. */ +char **infiles; + +/* Vector of corresponding output file names, or NULL, meaning default it + (add an `s' to the end). */ +char **outfiles; + +/* Length of `infiles'. */ +int num_infiles; + +/* Pointer to the array of pointers to lines being sorted. */ +char **linearray; + +/* The allocated length of `linearray'. */ +long nlines; + +/* Directory to use for temporary files. On Unix, it ends with a slash. */ +char *tempdir; + +/* Start of filename to use for temporary files. */ +char *tempbase; + +/* Number of last temporary file. */ +int tempcount; + +/* Number of last temporary file already deleted. + Temporary files are deleted by `flush_tempfiles' in order of creation. */ +int last_deleted_tempcount; + +/* During in-core sort, this points to the base of the data block + which contains all the lines of data. */ +char *text_base; + +/* Additional command switches .*/ + +/* Nonzero means do not delete tempfiles -- for debugging. */ +int keep_tempfiles; + +/* The name this program was run with. */ +char *program_name; + +/* Forward declarations of functions in this file. */ + +void decode_command (); +void sort_in_core (); +void sort_offline (); +char **parsefile (); +char *find_field (); +char *find_pos (); +long find_value (); +char *find_braced_pos (); +char *find_braced_end (); +void writelines (); +int compare_field (); +int compare_full (); +long readline (); +int merge_files (); +int merge_direct (); +void pfatal_with_name (); +void fatal (); +void error (); +void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc (); +char *concat (); +char *maketempname (); +void flush_tempfiles (); +char *tempcopy (); + +#define MAX_IN_CORE_SORT 500000 + +int +main (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + int i; + + tempcount = 0; + last_deleted_tempcount = 0; + + program_name = strrchr (argv[0], '/'); + if (program_name != (char *)NULL) + program_name++; + else + program_name = argv[0]; + + /* Describe the kind of sorting to do. */ + /* The first keyfield uses the first braced field and folds case. */ + keyfields[0].braced = 1; + keyfields[0].fold_case = 1; + keyfields[0].endwords = -1; + keyfields[0].endchars = -1; + + /* The second keyfield uses the second braced field, numerically. */ + keyfields[1].braced = 1; + keyfields[1].numeric = 1; + keyfields[1].startwords = 1; + keyfields[1].endwords = -1; + keyfields[1].endchars = -1; + + /* The third keyfield (which is ignored while discarding duplicates) + compares the whole line. */ + keyfields[2].endwords = -1; + keyfields[2].endchars = -1; + + decode_command (argc, argv); + + tempbase = mktemp (concat ("txiXXXXXX", "", "")); + + /* Process input files completely, one by one. */ + + for (i = 0; i < num_infiles; i++) + { + int desc; + long ptr; + char *outfile; + + desc = open (infiles[i], O_RDONLY, 0); + if (desc < 0) + pfatal_with_name (infiles[i]); + lseek (desc, (off_t) 0, SEEK_END); + ptr = (long) lseek (desc, (off_t) 0, SEEK_CUR); + + close (desc); + + outfile = outfiles[i]; + if (!outfile) + { + outfile = concat (infiles[i], "s", ""); + } + + if (ptr < MAX_IN_CORE_SORT) + /* Sort a small amount of data. */ + sort_in_core (infiles[i], ptr, outfile); + else + sort_offline (infiles[i], ptr, outfile); + } + + flush_tempfiles (tempcount); + exit (TI_NO_ERROR); +} + +typedef struct +{ + char *long_name; + char *short_name; + int *variable_ref; + int variable_value; + char *arg_name; + char *doc_string; +} TEXINDEX_OPTION; + +TEXINDEX_OPTION texindex_options[] = { + { "--keep", "-k", &keep_tempfiles, 1, (char *)NULL, + "keep temporary files around after processing" }, + { "--no-keep", 0, &keep_tempfiles, 0, (char *)NULL, + "do not keep temporary files around after processing (default)" }, + { "--output", "-o", (int *)NULL, 0, "FILE", + "send output to FILE" }, + { "--version", (char *)NULL, (int *)NULL, 0, (char *)NULL, + "display version information and exit" }, + { "--help", "-h", (int *)NULL, 0, (char *)NULL, + "display this help and exit" }, + { (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL, (int *)NULL, 0, (char *)NULL } +}; + +void +usage (result_value) + int result_value; +{ + register int i; + FILE *f = result_value ? stderr : stdout; + + fprintf (f, "Usage: %s [OPTION]... FILE...\n", program_name); + fprintf (f, "Generate a sorted index for each TeX output FILE.\n"); + /* Avoid trigraph nonsense. */ + fprintf (f, "Usually FILE... is `foo.??\' for a document `foo.texi'.\n"); + fprintf (f, "\nOptions:\n"); + + for (i = 0; texindex_options[i].long_name; i++) + { + if (texindex_options[i].short_name) + fprintf (f, "%s, ", texindex_options[i].short_name); + + fprintf (f, "%s %s", + texindex_options[i].long_name, + texindex_options[i].arg_name + ? texindex_options[i].arg_name : ""); + + fprintf (f, "\t%s\n", texindex_options[i].doc_string); + } + puts ("\nEmail bug reports to bug-texinfo@prep.ai.mit.edu."); + + exit (result_value); +} + +/* Decode the command line arguments to set the parameter variables + and set up the vector of keyfields and the vector of input files. */ + +void +decode_command (argc, argv) + int argc; + char **argv; +{ + int arg_index = 1; + int optc; + char **ip; + char **op; + + /* Store default values into parameter variables. */ + + tempdir = getenv ("TMPDIR"); +#ifdef VMS + if (tempdir == NULL) + tempdir = "sys$scratch:"; +#else + if (tempdir == NULL) + tempdir = "/tmp/"; + else + tempdir = concat (tempdir, "/", ""); +#endif + + keep_tempfiles = 0; + + /* Allocate ARGC input files, which must be enough. */ + + infiles = (char **) xmalloc (argc * sizeof (char *)); + outfiles = (char **) xmalloc (argc * sizeof (char *)); + ip = infiles; + op = outfiles; + + while (arg_index < argc) + { + char *arg = argv[arg_index++]; + + if (*arg == '-') + { + if (strcmp (arg, "--version") == 0) + { + puts (TEXINDEX_VERSION_STRING); +puts ("Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n\ +There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software\n\ +under the terms of the GNU General Public License.\n\ +For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING."); + exit (0); + } + else if ((strcmp (arg, "--keep") == 0) || + (strcmp (arg, "-k") == 0)) + { + keep_tempfiles = 1; + } + else if ((strcmp (arg, "--help") == 0) || + (strcmp (arg, "-h") == 0)) + { + usage (0); + } + else if ((strcmp (arg, "--output") == 0) || + (strcmp (arg, "-o") == 0)) + { + if (argv[arg_index] != (char *)NULL) + { + arg_index++; + if (op > outfiles) + *(op - 1) = argv[arg_index]; + } + else + usage (1); + } + else + usage (1); + } + else + { + *ip++ = arg; + *op++ = (char *)NULL; + } + } + + /* Record number of keyfields and terminate list of filenames. */ + num_infiles = ip - infiles; + *ip = (char *)NULL; + if (num_infiles == 0) + usage (1); +} + +/* Return a name for a temporary file. */ + +char * +maketempname (count) + int count; +{ + char tempsuffix[10]; + sprintf (tempsuffix, "%d", count); + return concat (tempdir, tempbase, tempsuffix); +} + +/* Delete all temporary files up to TO_COUNT. */ + +void +flush_tempfiles (to_count) + int to_count; +{ + if (keep_tempfiles) + return; + while (last_deleted_tempcount < to_count) + unlink (maketempname (++last_deleted_tempcount)); +} + +/* Copy the input file open on IDESC into a temporary file + and return the temporary file name. */ + +#define BUFSIZE 1024 + +char * +tempcopy (idesc) + int idesc; +{ + char *outfile = maketempname (++tempcount); + int odesc; + char buffer[BUFSIZE]; + + odesc = open (outfile, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT, 0666); + + if (odesc < 0) + pfatal_with_name (outfile); + + while (1) + { + int nread = read (idesc, buffer, BUFSIZE); + write (odesc, buffer, nread); + if (!nread) + break; + } + + close (odesc); + + return outfile; +} + +/* Compare LINE1 and LINE2 according to the specified set of keyfields. */ + +int +compare_full (line1, line2) + char **line1, **line2; +{ + int i; + + /* Compare using the first keyfield; + if that does not distinguish the lines, try the second keyfield; + and so on. */ + + for (i = 0; i < num_keyfields; i++) + { + long length1, length2; + char *start1 = find_field (&keyfields[i], *line1, &length1); + char *start2 = find_field (&keyfields[i], *line2, &length2); + int tem = compare_field (&keyfields[i], start1, length1, *line1 - text_base, + start2, length2, *line2 - text_base); + if (tem) + { + if (keyfields[i].reverse) + return -tem; + return tem; + } + } + + return 0; /* Lines match exactly. */ +} + +/* Compare LINE1 and LINE2, described by structures + in which the first keyfield is identified in advance. + For positional sorting, assumes that the order of the lines in core + reflects their nominal order. */ + +int +compare_prepared (line1, line2) + struct lineinfo *line1, *line2; +{ + int i; + int tem; + char *text1, *text2; + + /* Compare using the first keyfield, which has been found for us already. */ + if (keyfields->positional) + { + if (line1->text - text_base > line2->text - text_base) + tem = 1; + else + tem = -1; + } + else if (keyfields->numeric) + tem = line1->key.number - line2->key.number; + else + tem = compare_field (keyfields, line1->key.text, line1->keylen, 0, + line2->key.text, line2->keylen, 0); + if (tem) + { + if (keyfields->reverse) + return -tem; + return tem; + } + + text1 = line1->text; + text2 = line2->text; + + /* Compare using the second keyfield; + if that does not distinguish the lines, try the third keyfield; + and so on. */ + + for (i = 1; i < num_keyfields; i++) + { + long length1, length2; + char *start1 = find_field (&keyfields[i], text1, &length1); + char *start2 = find_field (&keyfields[i], text2, &length2); + int tem = compare_field (&keyfields[i], start1, length1, text1 - text_base, + start2, length2, text2 - text_base); + if (tem) + { + if (keyfields[i].reverse) + return -tem; + return tem; + } + } + + return 0; /* Lines match exactly. */ +} + +/* Like compare_full but more general. + You can pass any strings, and you can say how many keyfields to use. + POS1 and POS2 should indicate the nominal positional ordering of + the two lines in the input. */ + +int +compare_general (str1, str2, pos1, pos2, use_keyfields) + char *str1, *str2; + long pos1, pos2; + int use_keyfields; +{ + int i; + + /* Compare using the first keyfield; + if that does not distinguish the lines, try the second keyfield; + and so on. */ + + for (i = 0; i < use_keyfields; i++) + { + long length1, length2; + char *start1 = find_field (&keyfields[i], str1, &length1); + char *start2 = find_field (&keyfields[i], str2, &length2); + int tem = compare_field (&keyfields[i], start1, length1, pos1, + start2, length2, pos2); + if (tem) + { + if (keyfields[i].reverse) + return -tem; + return tem; + } + } + + return 0; /* Lines match exactly. */ +} + +/* Find the start and length of a field in STR according to KEYFIELD. + A pointer to the starting character is returned, and the length + is stored into the int that LENGTHPTR points to. */ + +char * +find_field (keyfield, str, lengthptr) + struct keyfield *keyfield; + char *str; + long *lengthptr; +{ + char *start; + char *end; + char *(*fun) (); + + if (keyfield->braced) + fun = find_braced_pos; + else + fun = find_pos; + + start = (*fun) (str, keyfield->startwords, keyfield->startchars, + keyfield->ignore_blanks); + if (keyfield->endwords < 0) + { + if (keyfield->braced) + end = find_braced_end (start); + else + { + end = start; + while (*end && *end != '\n') + end++; + } + } + else + { + end = (*fun) (str, keyfield->endwords, keyfield->endchars, 0); + if (end - str < start - str) + end = start; + } + *lengthptr = end - start; + return start; +} + +/* Return a pointer to a specified place within STR, + skipping (from the beginning) WORDS words and then CHARS chars. + If IGNORE_BLANKS is nonzero, we skip all blanks + after finding the specified word. */ + +char * +find_pos (str, words, chars, ignore_blanks) + char *str; + int words, chars; + int ignore_blanks; +{ + int i; + char *p = str; + + for (i = 0; i < words; i++) + { + char c; + /* Find next bunch of nonblanks and skip them. */ + while ((c = *p) == ' ' || c == '\t') + p++; + while ((c = *p) && c != '\n' && !(c == ' ' || c == '\t')) + p++; + if (!*p || *p == '\n') + return p; + } + + while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t') + p++; + + for (i = 0; i < chars; i++) + { + if (!*p || *p == '\n') + break; + p++; + } + return p; +} + +/* Like find_pos but assumes that each field is surrounded by braces + and that braces within fields are balanced. */ + +char * +find_braced_pos (str, words, chars, ignore_blanks) + char *str; + int words, chars; + int ignore_blanks; +{ + int i; + int bracelevel; + char *p = str; + char c; + + for (i = 0; i < words; i++) + { + bracelevel = 1; + while ((c = *p++) != '{' && c != '\n' && c) + /* Do nothing. */ ; + if (c != '{') + return p - 1; + while (bracelevel) + { + c = *p++; + if (c == '{') + bracelevel++; + if (c == '}') + bracelevel--; + if (c == 0 || c == '\n') + return p - 1; + } + } + + while ((c = *p++) != '{' && c != '\n' && c) + /* Do nothing. */ ; + + if (c != '{') + return p - 1; + + if (ignore_blanks) + while ((c = *p) == ' ' || c == '\t') + p++; + + for (i = 0; i < chars; i++) + { + if (!*p || *p == '\n') + break; + p++; + } + return p; +} + +/* Find the end of the balanced-brace field which starts at STR. + The position returned is just before the closing brace. */ + +char * +find_braced_end (str) + char *str; +{ + int bracelevel; + char *p = str; + char c; + + bracelevel = 1; + while (bracelevel) + { + c = *p++; + if (c == '{') + bracelevel++; + if (c == '}') + bracelevel--; + if (c == 0 || c == '\n') + return p - 1; + } + return p - 1; +} + +long +find_value (start, length) + char *start; + long length; +{ + while (length != 0L) + { + if (isdigit (*start)) + return atol (start); + length--; + start++; + } + return 0l; +} + +/* Vector used to translate characters for comparison. + This is how we make all alphanumerics follow all else, + and ignore case in the first sorting. */ +int char_order[256]; + +void +init_char_order () +{ + int i; + for (i = 1; i < 256; i++) + char_order[i] = i; + + for (i = '0'; i <= '9'; i++) + char_order[i] += 512; + + for (i = 'a'; i <= 'z'; i++) + { + char_order[i] = 512 + i; + char_order[i + 'A' - 'a'] = 512 + i; + } +} + +/* Compare two fields (each specified as a start pointer and a character count) + according to KEYFIELD. + The sign of the value reports the relation between the fields. */ + +int +compare_field (keyfield, start1, length1, pos1, start2, length2, pos2) + struct keyfield *keyfield; + char *start1; + long length1; + long pos1; + char *start2; + long length2; + long pos2; +{ + if (keyfields->positional) + { + if (pos1 > pos2) + return 1; + else + return -1; + } + if (keyfield->numeric) + { + long value = find_value (start1, length1) - find_value (start2, length2); + if (value > 0) + return 1; + if (value < 0) + return -1; + return 0; + } + else + { + char *p1 = start1; + char *p2 = start2; + char *e1 = start1 + length1; + char *e2 = start2 + length2; + + while (1) + { + int c1, c2; + + if (p1 == e1) + c1 = 0; + else + c1 = *p1++; + if (p2 == e2) + c2 = 0; + else + c2 = *p2++; + + if (char_order[c1] != char_order[c2]) + return char_order[c1] - char_order[c2]; + if (!c1) + break; + } + + /* Strings are equal except possibly for case. */ + p1 = start1; + p2 = start2; + while (1) + { + int c1, c2; + + if (p1 == e1) + c1 = 0; + else + c1 = *p1++; + if (p2 == e2) + c2 = 0; + else + c2 = *p2++; + + if (c1 != c2) + /* Reverse sign here so upper case comes out last. */ + return c2 - c1; + if (!c1) + break; + } + + return 0; + } +} + +/* A `struct linebuffer' is a structure which holds a line of text. + `readline' reads a line from a stream into a linebuffer + and works regardless of the length of the line. */ + +struct linebuffer +{ + long size; + char *buffer; +}; + +/* Initialize LINEBUFFER for use. */ + +void +initbuffer (linebuffer) + struct linebuffer *linebuffer; +{ + linebuffer->size = 200; + linebuffer->buffer = (char *) xmalloc (200); +} + +/* Read a line of text from STREAM into LINEBUFFER. + Return the length of the line. */ + +long +readline (linebuffer, stream) + struct linebuffer *linebuffer; + FILE *stream; +{ + char *buffer = linebuffer->buffer; + char *p = linebuffer->buffer; + char *end = p + linebuffer->size; + + while (1) + { + int c = getc (stream); + if (p == end) + { + buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, linebuffer->size *= 2); + p += buffer - linebuffer->buffer; + end += buffer - linebuffer->buffer; + linebuffer->buffer = buffer; + } + if (c < 0 || c == '\n') + { + *p = 0; + break; + } + *p++ = c; + } + + return p - buffer; +} + +/* Sort an input file too big to sort in core. */ + +void +sort_offline (infile, nfiles, total, outfile) + char *infile; + int nfiles; + long total; + char *outfile; +{ + /* More than enough. */ + int ntemps = 2 * (total + MAX_IN_CORE_SORT - 1) / MAX_IN_CORE_SORT; + char **tempfiles = (char **) xmalloc (ntemps * sizeof (char *)); + FILE *istream = fopen (infile, "r"); + int i; + struct linebuffer lb; + long linelength; + int failure = 0; + + initbuffer (&lb); + + /* Read in one line of input data. */ + + linelength = readline (&lb, istream); + + if (lb.buffer[0] != '\\' && lb.buffer[0] != '@') + { + error ("%s: not a texinfo index file", infile); + return; + } + + /* Split up the input into `ntemps' temporary files, or maybe fewer, + and put the new files' names into `tempfiles' */ + + for (i = 0; i < ntemps; i++) + { + char *outname = maketempname (++tempcount); + FILE *ostream = fopen (outname, "w"); + long tempsize = 0; + + if (!ostream) + pfatal_with_name (outname); + tempfiles[i] = outname; + + /* Copy lines into this temp file as long as it does not make file + "too big" or until there are no more lines. */ + + while (tempsize + linelength + 1 <= MAX_IN_CORE_SORT) + { + tempsize += linelength + 1; + fputs (lb.buffer, ostream); + putc ('\n', ostream); + + /* Read another line of input data. */ + + linelength = readline (&lb, istream); + if (!linelength && feof (istream)) + break; + + if (lb.buffer[0] != '\\' && lb.buffer[0] != '@') + { + error ("%s: not a texinfo index file", infile); + failure = 1; + goto fail; + } + } + fclose (ostream); + if (feof (istream)) + break; + } + + free (lb.buffer); + +fail: + /* Record number of temp files we actually needed. */ + + ntemps = i; + + /* Sort each tempfile into another tempfile. + Delete the first set of tempfiles and put the names of the second + into `tempfiles'. */ + + for (i = 0; i < ntemps; i++) + { + char *newtemp = maketempname (++tempcount); + sort_in_core (&tempfiles[i], MAX_IN_CORE_SORT, newtemp); + if (!keep_tempfiles) + unlink (tempfiles[i]); + tempfiles[i] = newtemp; + } + + if (failure) + return; + + /* Merge the tempfiles together and indexify. */ + + merge_files (tempfiles, ntemps, outfile); +} + +/* Sort INFILE, whose size is TOTAL, + assuming that is small enough to be done in-core, + then indexify it and send the output to OUTFILE (or to stdout). */ + +void +sort_in_core (infile, total, outfile) + char *infile; + long total; + char *outfile; +{ + char **nextline; + char *data = (char *) xmalloc (total + 1); + char *file_data; + long file_size; + int i; + FILE *ostream = stdout; + struct lineinfo *lineinfo; + + /* Read the contents of the file into the moby array `data'. */ + + int desc = open (infile, O_RDONLY, 0); + + if (desc < 0) + fatal ("failure reopening %s", infile); + for (file_size = 0;;) + { + i = read (desc, data + file_size, total - file_size); + if (i <= 0) + break; + file_size += i; + } + file_data = data; + data[file_size] = 0; + + close (desc); + + if (file_size > 0 && data[0] != '\\' && data[0] != '@') + { + error ("%s: not a texinfo index file", infile); + return; + } + + init_char_order (); + + /* Sort routines want to know this address. */ + + text_base = data; + + /* Create the array of pointers to lines, with a default size + frequently enough. */ + + nlines = total / 50; + if (!nlines) + nlines = 2; + linearray = (char **) xmalloc (nlines * sizeof (char *)); + + /* `nextline' points to the next free slot in this array. + `nlines' is the allocated size. */ + + nextline = linearray; + + /* Parse the input file's data, and make entries for the lines. */ + + nextline = parsefile (infile, nextline, file_data, file_size); + if (nextline == 0) + { + error ("%s: not a texinfo index file", infile); + return; + } + + /* Sort the lines. */ + + /* If we have enough space, find the first keyfield of each line in advance. + Make a `struct lineinfo' for each line, which records the keyfield + as well as the line, and sort them. */ + + lineinfo = (struct lineinfo *) malloc ((nextline - linearray) * sizeof (struct lineinfo)); + + if (lineinfo) + { + struct lineinfo *lp; + char **p; + + for (lp = lineinfo, p = linearray; p != nextline; lp++, p++) + { + lp->text = *p; + lp->key.text = find_field (keyfields, *p, &lp->keylen); + if (keyfields->numeric) + lp->key.number = find_value (lp->key.text, lp->keylen); + } + + qsort (lineinfo, nextline - linearray, sizeof (struct lineinfo), + compare_prepared); + + for (lp = lineinfo, p = linearray; p != nextline; lp++, p++) + *p = lp->text; + + free (lineinfo); + } + else + qsort (linearray, nextline - linearray, sizeof (char *), compare_full); + + /* Open the output file. */ + + if (outfile) + { + ostream = fopen (outfile, "w"); + if (!ostream) + pfatal_with_name (outfile); + } + + writelines (linearray, nextline - linearray, ostream); + if (outfile) + fclose (ostream); + + free (linearray); + free (data); +} + +/* Parse an input string in core into lines. + DATA is the input string, and SIZE is its length. + Data goes in LINEARRAY starting at NEXTLINE. + The value returned is the first entry in LINEARRAY still unused. + Value 0 means input file contents are invalid. */ + +char ** +parsefile (filename, nextline, data, size) + char *filename; + char **nextline; + char *data; + long size; +{ + char *p, *end; + char **line = nextline; + + p = data; + end = p + size; + *end = 0; + + while (p != end) + { + if (p[0] != '\\' && p[0] != '@') + return 0; + + *line = p; + while (*p && *p != '\n') + p++; + if (p != end) + p++; + + line++; + if (line == linearray + nlines) + { + char **old = linearray; + linearray = (char **) xrealloc (linearray, sizeof (char *) * (nlines *= 4)); + line += linearray - old; + } + } + + return line; +} + +/* Indexification is a filter applied to the sorted lines + as they are being written to the output file. + Multiple entries for the same name, with different page numbers, + get combined into a single entry with multiple page numbers. + The first braced field, which is used for sorting, is discarded. + However, its first character is examined, folded to lower case, + and if it is different from that in the previous line fed to us + a \initial line is written with one argument, the new initial. + + If an entry has four braced fields, then the second and third + constitute primary and secondary names. + In this case, each change of primary name + generates a \primary line which contains only the primary name, + and in between these are \secondary lines which contain + just a secondary name and page numbers. */ + +/* The last primary name we wrote a \primary entry for. + If only one level of indexing is being done, this is the last name seen. */ +char *lastprimary; +/* Length of storage allocated for lastprimary. */ +int lastprimarylength; + +/* Similar, for the secondary name. */ +char *lastsecondary; +int lastsecondarylength; + +/* Zero if we are not in the middle of writing an entry. + One if we have written the beginning of an entry but have not + yet written any page numbers into it. + Greater than one if we have written the beginning of an entry + plus at least one page number. */ +int pending; + +/* The initial (for sorting purposes) of the last primary entry written. + When this changes, a \initial {c} line is written */ + +char *lastinitial; + +int lastinitiallength; + +/* When we need a string of length 1 for the value of lastinitial, + store it here. */ + +char lastinitial1[2]; + +/* Initialize static storage for writing an index. */ + +void +init_index () +{ + pending = 0; + lastinitial = lastinitial1; + lastinitial1[0] = 0; + lastinitial1[1] = 0; + lastinitiallength = 0; + lastprimarylength = 100; + lastprimary = (char *) xmalloc (lastprimarylength + 1); + memset (lastprimary, '\0', lastprimarylength + 1); + lastsecondarylength = 100; + lastsecondary = (char *) xmalloc (lastsecondarylength + 1); + memset (lastsecondary, '\0', lastsecondarylength + 1); +} + +/* Indexify. Merge entries for the same name, + insert headers for each initial character, etc. */ + +void +indexify (line, ostream) + char *line; + FILE *ostream; +{ + char *primary, *secondary, *pagenumber; + int primarylength, secondarylength = 0, pagelength; + int nosecondary; + int initiallength; + char *initial; + char initial1[2]; + register char *p; + + /* First, analyze the parts of the entry fed to us this time. */ + + p = find_braced_pos (line, 0, 0, 0); + if (*p == '{') + { + initial = p; + /* Get length of inner pair of braces starting at `p', + including that inner pair of braces. */ + initiallength = find_braced_end (p + 1) + 1 - p; + } + else + { + initial = initial1; + initial1[0] = *p; + initial1[1] = 0; + initiallength = 1; + + if (initial1[0] >= 'a' && initial1[0] <= 'z') + initial1[0] -= 040; + } + + pagenumber = find_braced_pos (line, 1, 0, 0); + pagelength = find_braced_end (pagenumber) - pagenumber; + if (pagelength == 0) + abort (); + + primary = find_braced_pos (line, 2, 0, 0); + primarylength = find_braced_end (primary) - primary; + + secondary = find_braced_pos (line, 3, 0, 0); + nosecondary = !*secondary; + if (!nosecondary) + secondarylength = find_braced_end (secondary) - secondary; + + /* If the primary is different from before, make a new primary entry. */ + if (strncmp (primary, lastprimary, primarylength)) + { + /* Close off current secondary entry first, if one is open. */ + if (pending) + { + fputs ("}\n", ostream); + pending = 0; + } + + /* If this primary has a different initial, include an entry for + the initial. */ + if (initiallength != lastinitiallength || + strncmp (initial, lastinitial, initiallength)) + { + fprintf (ostream, "\\initial {"); + fwrite (initial, 1, initiallength, ostream); + fprintf (ostream, "}\n", initial); + if (initial == initial1) + { + lastinitial = lastinitial1; + *lastinitial1 = *initial1; + } + else + { + lastinitial = initial; + } + lastinitiallength = initiallength; + } + + /* Make the entry for the primary. */ + if (nosecondary) + fputs ("\\entry {", ostream); + else + fputs ("\\primary {", ostream); + fwrite (primary, primarylength, 1, ostream); + if (nosecondary) + { + fputs ("}{", ostream); + pending = 1; + } + else + fputs ("}\n", ostream); + + /* Record name of most recent primary. */ + if (lastprimarylength < primarylength) + { + lastprimarylength = primarylength + 100; + lastprimary = (char *) xrealloc (lastprimary, + 1 + lastprimarylength); + } + strncpy (lastprimary, primary, primarylength); + lastprimary[primarylength] = 0; + + /* There is no current secondary within this primary, now. */ + lastsecondary[0] = 0; + } + + /* Should not have an entry with no subtopic following one with a subtopic. */ + + if (nosecondary && *lastsecondary) + error ("entry %s follows an entry with a secondary name", line); + + /* Start a new secondary entry if necessary. */ + if (!nosecondary && strncmp (secondary, lastsecondary, secondarylength)) + { + if (pending) + { + fputs ("}\n", ostream); + pending = 0; + } + + /* Write the entry for the secondary. */ + fputs ("\\secondary {", ostream); + fwrite (secondary, secondarylength, 1, ostream); + fputs ("}{", ostream); + pending = 1; + + /* Record name of most recent secondary. */ + if (lastsecondarylength < secondarylength) + { + lastsecondarylength = secondarylength + 100; + lastsecondary = (char *) xrealloc (lastsecondary, + 1 + lastsecondarylength); + } + strncpy (lastsecondary, secondary, secondarylength); + lastsecondary[secondarylength] = 0; + } + + /* Here to add one more page number to the current entry. */ + if (pending++ != 1) + fputs (", ", ostream); /* Punctuate first, if this is not the first. */ + fwrite (pagenumber, pagelength, 1, ostream); +} + +/* Close out any unfinished output entry. */ + +void +finish_index (ostream) + FILE *ostream; +{ + if (pending) + fputs ("}\n", ostream); + free (lastprimary); + free (lastsecondary); +} + +/* Copy the lines in the sorted order. + Each line is copied out of the input file it was found in. */ + +void +writelines (linearray, nlines, ostream) + char **linearray; + int nlines; + FILE *ostream; +{ + char **stop_line = linearray + nlines; + char **next_line; + + init_index (); + + /* Output the text of the lines, and free the buffer space. */ + + for (next_line = linearray; next_line != stop_line; next_line++) + { + /* If -u was specified, output the line only if distinct from previous one. */ + if (next_line == linearray + /* Compare previous line with this one, using only the + explicitly specd keyfields. */ + || compare_general (*(next_line - 1), *next_line, 0L, 0L, num_keyfields - 1)) + { + char *p = *next_line; + char c; + + while ((c = *p++) && c != '\n') + /* Do nothing. */ ; + *(p - 1) = 0; + indexify (*next_line, ostream); + } + } + + finish_index (ostream); +} + +/* Assume (and optionally verify) that each input file is sorted; + merge them and output the result. + Returns nonzero if any input file fails to be sorted. + + This is the high-level interface that can handle an unlimited + number of files. */ + +#define MAX_DIRECT_MERGE 10 + +int +merge_files (infiles, nfiles, outfile) + char **infiles; + int nfiles; + char *outfile; +{ + char **tempfiles; + int ntemps; + int i; + int value = 0; + int start_tempcount = tempcount; + + if (nfiles <= MAX_DIRECT_MERGE) + return merge_direct (infiles, nfiles, outfile); + + /* Merge groups of MAX_DIRECT_MERGE input files at a time, + making a temporary file to hold each group's result. */ + + ntemps = (nfiles + MAX_DIRECT_MERGE - 1) / MAX_DIRECT_MERGE; + tempfiles = (char **) xmalloc (ntemps * sizeof (char *)); + for (i = 0; i < ntemps; i++) + { + int nf = MAX_DIRECT_MERGE; + if (i + 1 == ntemps) + nf = nfiles - i * MAX_DIRECT_MERGE; + tempfiles[i] = maketempname (++tempcount); + value |= merge_direct (&infiles[i * MAX_DIRECT_MERGE], nf, tempfiles[i]); + } + + /* All temporary files that existed before are no longer needed + since their contents have been merged into our new tempfiles. + So delete them. */ + flush_tempfiles (start_tempcount); + + /* Now merge the temporary files we created. */ + + merge_files (tempfiles, ntemps, outfile); + + free (tempfiles); + + return value; +} + +/* Assume (and optionally verify) that each input file is sorted; + merge them and output the result. + Returns nonzero if any input file fails to be sorted. + + This version of merging will not work if the number of + input files gets too high. Higher level functions + use it only with a bounded number of input files. */ + +int +merge_direct (infiles, nfiles, outfile) + char **infiles; + int nfiles; + char *outfile; +{ + struct linebuffer *lb1, *lb2; + struct linebuffer **thisline, **prevline; + FILE **streams; + int i; + int nleft; + int lossage = 0; + int *file_lossage; + struct linebuffer *prev_out = 0; + FILE *ostream = stdout; + + if (outfile) + { + ostream = fopen (outfile, "w"); + } + if (!ostream) + pfatal_with_name (outfile); + + init_index (); + + if (nfiles == 0) + { + if (outfile) + fclose (ostream); + return 0; + } + + /* For each file, make two line buffers. + Also, for each file, there is an element of `thisline' + which points at any time to one of the file's two buffers, + and an element of `prevline' which points to the other buffer. + `thisline' is supposed to point to the next available line from the file, + while `prevline' holds the last file line used, + which is remembered so that we can verify that the file is properly sorted. */ + + /* lb1 and lb2 contain one buffer each per file. */ + lb1 = (struct linebuffer *) xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (struct linebuffer)); + lb2 = (struct linebuffer *) xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (struct linebuffer)); + + /* thisline[i] points to the linebuffer holding the next available line in file i, + or is zero if there are no lines left in that file. */ + thisline = (struct linebuffer **) + xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (struct linebuffer *)); + /* prevline[i] points to the linebuffer holding the last used line + from file i. This is just for verifying that file i is properly + sorted. */ + prevline = (struct linebuffer **) + xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (struct linebuffer *)); + /* streams[i] holds the input stream for file i. */ + streams = (FILE **) xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (FILE *)); + /* file_lossage[i] is nonzero if we already know file i is not + properly sorted. */ + file_lossage = (int *) xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (int)); + + /* Allocate and initialize all that storage. */ + + for (i = 0; i < nfiles; i++) + { + initbuffer (&lb1[i]); + initbuffer (&lb2[i]); + thisline[i] = &lb1[i]; + prevline[i] = &lb2[i]; + file_lossage[i] = 0; + streams[i] = fopen (infiles[i], "r"); + if (!streams[i]) + pfatal_with_name (infiles[i]); + + readline (thisline[i], streams[i]); + } + + /* Keep count of number of files not at eof. */ + nleft = nfiles; + + while (nleft) + { + struct linebuffer *best = 0; + struct linebuffer *exch; + int bestfile = -1; + int i; + + /* Look at the next avail line of each file; choose the least one. */ + + for (i = 0; i < nfiles; i++) + { + if (thisline[i] && + (!best || + 0 < compare_general (best->buffer, thisline[i]->buffer, + (long) bestfile, (long) i, num_keyfields))) + { + best = thisline[i]; + bestfile = i; + } + } + + /* Output that line, unless it matches the previous one and we + don't want duplicates. */ + + if (!(prev_out && + !compare_general (prev_out->buffer, + best->buffer, 0L, 1L, num_keyfields - 1))) + indexify (best->buffer, ostream); + prev_out = best; + + /* Now make the line the previous of its file, and fetch a new + line from that file. */ + + exch = prevline[bestfile]; + prevline[bestfile] = thisline[bestfile]; + thisline[bestfile] = exch; + + while (1) + { + /* If the file has no more, mark it empty. */ + + if (feof (streams[bestfile])) + { + thisline[bestfile] = 0; + /* Update the number of files still not empty. */ + nleft--; + break; + } + readline (thisline[bestfile], streams[bestfile]); + if (thisline[bestfile]->buffer[0] || !feof (streams[bestfile])) + break; + } + } + + finish_index (ostream); + + /* Free all storage and close all input streams. */ + + for (i = 0; i < nfiles; i++) + { + fclose (streams[i]); + free (lb1[i].buffer); + free (lb2[i].buffer); + } + free (file_lossage); + free (lb1); + free (lb2); + free (thisline); + free (prevline); + free (streams); + + if (outfile) + fclose (ostream); + + return lossage; +} + +/* Print error message and exit. */ + +void +fatal (format, arg) + char *format, *arg; +{ + error (format, arg); + exit (TI_FATAL_ERROR); +} + +/* Print error message. FORMAT is printf control string, ARG is arg for it. */ +void +error (format, arg) + char *format, *arg; +{ + printf ("%s: ", program_name); + printf (format, arg); + if (format[strlen (format) -1] != '\n') + printf ("\n"); +} + +void +perror_with_name (name) + char *name; +{ + char *s; + + s = strerror (errno); + printf ("%s: ", program_name); + printf ("%s; for file `%s'.\n", s, name); +} + +void +pfatal_with_name (name) + char *name; +{ + char *s; + + s = strerror (errno); + printf ("%s: ", program_name); + printf ("%s; for file `%s'.\n", s, name); + exit (TI_FATAL_ERROR); +} + +/* Return a newly-allocated string whose contents concatenate those of + S1, S2, S3. */ + +char * +concat (s1, s2, s3) + char *s1, *s2, *s3; +{ + int len1 = strlen (s1), len2 = strlen (s2), len3 = strlen (s3); + char *result = (char *) xmalloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 1); + + strcpy (result, s1); + strcpy (result + len1, s2); + strcpy (result + len1 + len2, s3); + *(result + len1 + len2 + len3) = 0; + + return result; +} + +#if !defined (HAVE_STRERROR) +extern char *sys_errlist[]; +extern int sys_nerr; + +char * +strerror (num) + int num; +{ + if (num >= sys_nerr) + return (""); + else + return (sys_errlist[num]); +} +#endif /* !HAVE_STRERROR */ + +#if !defined (HAVE_STRCHR) +char * +strrchr (string, character) + char *string; + int character; +{ + register int i; + + for (i = strlen (string) - 1; i > -1; i--) + if (string[i] == character) + return (string + i); + + return ((char *)NULL); +} +#endif /* HAVE_STRCHR */ + +/* Just like malloc, but kills the program in case of fatal error. */ +void * +xmalloc (nbytes) + int nbytes; +{ + void *temp = (void *) malloc (nbytes); + + if (nbytes && temp == (void *)NULL) + memory_error ("xmalloc", nbytes); + + return (temp); +} + +/* Like realloc (), but barfs if there isn't enough memory. */ +void * +xrealloc (pointer, nbytes) + void *pointer; + int nbytes; +{ + void *temp; + + if (!pointer) + temp = (void *)xmalloc (nbytes); + else + temp = (void *)realloc (pointer, nbytes); + + if (nbytes && !temp) + memory_error ("xrealloc", nbytes); + + return (temp); +} + +memory_error (callers_name, bytes_wanted) + char *callers_name; + int bytes_wanted; +{ + char printable_string[80]; + + sprintf (printable_string, + "Virtual memory exhausted in %s ()! Needed %d bytes.", + callers_name, bytes_wanted); + + error (printable_string); + abort (); +} + |